Skip to main content

Full text of "A practical treatise on the medical and surgical uses of electricity : including localized and general faradization, localized and central galvanization, franklinization, electrolysis and galvano-cautery"

See other formats


^2..  (0.  /f- 


A   PRACTICAL  TREATISE 


MEDICAL  AND  SURGICAL  USES 


ELECTEICITY. 

i ncluding  : 

Localized  and    General  Faradization;    Localized  and  Central 

Galvanization  ;    Franklinization  ;    Electrolysis  and 

Galvano-Cautery. 


GEO.  M.  BEARD,  A.M.,  M.D. 

Felloio  of  the  'K'eio  Yorl-  Academy  of  Medi- 
cine; Member  of  the  American  Academy  <f 
Medicine  ;  Member  of  the  American  Neuro- 
logical Association ;  of  the  New  York  Neu- 
rological Society,  etc. 


A.  D.  ROCKWELL,  A.M.,  M.D. 

Felloio  of  the  New  York  Academy  of  Medi- 
cine ;  Member  of  the  American  Academy  of 
Medicine  ;  Member  of  tlie  American  Neuro- 
logical Ansociation ;  Electro-Therapeutisi 
to  the  Woman's  Hospital  of  the  State  of 
New  York,  etc. 


i'ourtl)  (gJrition.    Hctjiseb  bg 
A.    D.    EOCKWELL,    M.D. 


WITH    NEARLY    TWO    HUNDRED    ILLUSTRATIONS 


NEW  YORK 

WILLIAM   WOOD  &  COMPANY,  PUBLISHERS 

56  &  58  LAFAYETTE  PLACE 

1883 


<^63 


COPYKIGHT, 

WILLIAJVI  WOOD   Si,  COMPijre. 
1881. 


Trow's 

Printing  and  Bookbinding  Companv 

201-213  Easi  rztk  Street 

Nr:W  YOKK 


TO 


JOHN   T.  METCALFE,  M  D.. 

PROFESSOR   OF   CLINICAL   MEDICINE   IN   THE   COLLEGE   OF   PHYSICIANS 
AND    SURGEONS,   NEW    YORK, 


This    Work  is  Dedicated, 
with     the    grateful    esteem 

OF  -* 

THE    AUTHORS 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2010  witii  funding  from 

Open  Knowledge  Commons  and  Harvard  Medical  School 


http://www.archive.org/details/practicaltreatis1883bear 


PREFACE  TO  THE  FOURTH  EDITION. 


It  is  with  much  satisfaction  that  Dr.  Rockwell  offers  to  the  profession 
a  fourth  revised  edition  of  this  work.  "Vyhen,  with  the  late  Dr.  George 
M.  Beard,  he  first  sent  it  forth  upon  its  mission,  a  pioneer  in  a  neg- 
lected and  perhaps  despised  department  of  medicine,  it  was,  both  on 
the  part  of  authors  and  publisher,  with  some  misgivings  as  to  its  suc- 
cess. While  the  measure  of  its  merits  as  a  guide  in  the  department  of 
which  it  treats  may  fall  far  below  the  generous  reception  accorded  to 
it,  both  at  home  and  abroad,  the  fact  that  each  successive  edition  has 
been  exhausted  more  rapidly  than  its  predecessor,  notAvithstanding  the 
widening  literature  of  the  subject,  affords  ample  encouragement  for 
further  revision. 

The  chapter  on  Franklinic  Electricity  has  been  entirely  rewritten. 
This  was  rendered  necessary  by  the  many  improvements  in  apparatus 
and  appliances,  and  its  great  value  as  an  adjunct  or  supplement  to 
dynamic  electricity.  Experience  has  demonstrated,  also,  that  in  a  num- 
ber of  pathological  conditions  it  is  even  superior  to  the  other  forms  of 
electricity.  It  should  not,  however,  be  forgotten  that  Franklinic  Elec- 
tricity has  in  general  a  narrower  range  of  usefulness  than  dynamic,  and 
that  in  the  study  of  electro-therapeutics  the  latter  should  precede  the 
former.  But  perhaps  the  most  important  of  the  new  matter  that  has 
been  introduced  relates  to  the  experience  of  the  author  in  the  treat- 
ment of  Extra-Uterine  Pregnancy. 

Formerly,  as  is  well  known,  these  cases  resulted  either  in  immediate 
death,  through  rupture  of  the  distended  tube,  or  in  protracted  suffering, 
with  frequently  a  fatal  ending,  through  the  efforts  of  nature  to  rid  itself 
of  the  foetal  mass.  The  only  other  alternative  was  the  knife,  with  its 
attendant  dangers.  By  the  method  described,  however,  and  used  with 
such  complete  success  in  every  instance,  this  abnormality  of  pregnancy 


Vi  PREFACE   TO   THE   FOURTH   EDITION. 

need  not  in  the  future  be  regarded  as  such  a  dreaded  complication  as 
it  has  been  in  the  past. 

The  operation  is  simple  in  its  details  and  certain  in  its  results ;  is  at- 
tended with  but  comparatively  little  suffering  or  danger  to  the  mother, 
and  cannot  but  commend  itself  to  the  profession  everywhere. 

Extra-Uterine  Pregnancy  is  doubtless  more  frequent  than  is  generally 
supposed,  and  because  of  the  difficulty  of  an  early  diagnosis,  death  fre- 
quently occurs  without  any  previous  knowledge  of  the  existing  condi- 
tion of  affairs.  It  behooves,  therefore,  every  practitioner  to  be  on  the 
alert  for  this  condition  in  its  earlier  stages,  when  this  method  of  treat- 
ment is  so  efficacious. 

A.  D.  ROCKWELL, 

46  Jias^  Thirty-first  Street,  New  York. 


PREFACE  TO  THE  THIRD  EDITION. 


In  issuing  a  third  edition  of  this  work  I  have  endeavored  to  make 
such  additions  as  seemed  necessary,  and  at  the  same  time  avoid  an 
increase  in  size.  This  has  been  accompHshed  by  condensing  wherever 
possible,  and  omitting  portions  here  and  there  which  have  served  their 
purpose  and  are  no  longer  of  value.  Two  new  chapters  on  the  Sequelae 
of  Acute  Diseases  and  on  Exophthalmic  Goitre,  respectively,  have  been 
inserted,  while  several  pages  in  the  discussion  of  Electro-diagnosis  have 
been  omitted,  and  the  space  occupied  by  later  and  more  exact  infor- 
mation. The  chapter  on  Diseases  of  Women  has  been  revised,  and 
the  clinical  additions  Avill  be  found  interesting  and  suggestive,  while  in 
the  discussion  of  Midwifery  the  complication  of  Extra-Uterine  Preg- 
nancy is  fully  considered. 

These,  together  with  many  other  changes  and  brief  additions 
throughout  the  work^  have,  it  is  believed,  materially  enhanced  its 
practical  value. 

The  position  of  electricity  in  the  front  rank  of  sedatives  and  tonics, 
and  the  pre-eminent  value  of  the  methods  of  general  faradization  and 
central  galvanization,  as  means  of  obtaining  the  full  measure  of  these 
effects  (claims  in  regard  to  which  the  authors  of  this  work  once  stood 
alone),  have  now  been  so  long  confirmed  by  expert  observation  in  this 
country  and  Germany  that  extensive  demonstration  of  these  propo- 
sitions by  cases  is  less  needed  than  formerly. 

In  regard  to  the  theory  of  Dr.  Thomas  W.  Poole,  of  Lindsay, 
Canada,  that  electricity  is  essentially  a  paralyzing  agent,  and  that  its 
sedative  and  tonic  effects  are  due  to  its  paralyzing  power,  this  may  be 
said  :  That,  granting  for  a  moment  the  full  claim,  it  yet  remains,  that 
practically,  we  do  obtain  from  the  use  of  electricity  sedative  and  tonic 
effects  similar  to  those  which  we  obtain  from  a  vast  number  of  other 
remedial   agencies.     Allowing  that   these   effects  are  resultants  of  a 


Vlll  PREFACE   TO   THE   THIRD    EDITION. 

paralyzing  influence  it  is  none  tlie   less  justifiable,   on  scientific  and 
practical  grounds,  to  use  the  terms  sedative  and  tonic. 

The  final  rationale  of  no  work  or  remedial  force  of  any  kind  is  com- 
pletely known  to  science,  and,  for  practical  uses,  it  is  not  necessary 
that  it  should  be  ;  we,  perhaps,  know  as  much  of  the  rationale  of  elec- 
tricity as  of  any  agent  that  we  use  for  the  cure  of  disease. 

The  more  thoroughly  one  studies  electro-therapeutics  in  all  its  re- 
lations, medical  and  surgical,  the  clearer  it  becomes  that  the  real 
scientific  basis  for  the  use  of  electricity  in  medicine  and  surgery  is 
found  in  electro-physics  more  than  in  electro-physiology ;  and  for  that 
reason  it  did  not  seem  wise  to  very  much  abbreviate  •  the  portion  of 
this  work  allotted  to  that  department.  The  rationale  of  general  fara- 
dization and  central  galvanization,  for  example,  can  only  be  under- 
stood by  those  who  have  grasped  the  elementary  principles  of  electro- 
physics,  the  laws  of  resistance  and  conductibility,  and,  above  all,  the 
law  of  Ohm,  to  which  we  have  assigned  a  special  chapter.  Those  who 
have  been  once  well  grounded  in  these  laws  of  electro-physics  find  that 
the  various  special  problems  that  arise,  whether  of  a  theoretical  or 
practical  character,  very  quickly  resolve  themselves. 

Now  that  electricity  has  become  popular  in  medicine,  there  is,  in 
some  quarters,  a  temptation  to  overdo  the  application,  not  only  in 
strength  but  in  length  and  frequency  ;  to  treat  all  cases  alike  by  rou- 
tine, mechanical  applications,  regardless  either  of  the  disease  or  the 
idiosyncrasies  of  the  patient ;  hence,  in  cases  not  a  few,  come  results 
either  negatively  or  temporarily  injurious,  with  disappointment  on  all 
sides. 

The  dosage  of  electricity  is  a  special  study  of  the  greatest  practical 
importance  ;  the  difference  in  result  between  a  very  gentle  and  short 
application  and  a  very  strong  and  protracted  one  being,  in  some  cases, 
all  the  difference  between  agreeable  success  and  painful  failure. 

There  are  persons  who  must  be  treated  not  only  mildly  but  at  long 
intervals,  and  there  are  persons  with,  perhaps,  the  same  maladies  that 
can  bear  with  advantage  powerful  and  frequent  applications  ;  to  dis- 
tinguish between  these  classes  and  the  various  gradations  that  lie  be- 
tween the  extremes  of  tolerance  and  of  susceptibihty  is  the  first  duty, 
and,  oftentimes,  the  hardest  study  of  him  who  makes  much  use  of 
electricity  in  medicine. 


PREFACE   TO   THE   SECOND   EDITION. 


A  FEW  weeks  after  the  publication  of  the  first  edition  of  this  work,  in 
1871,  we  were  informed  by  the  pubhshers  that  a  new  edition  would  be 
called  for.  From  that  time  to  the  present  moment  much  force  has 
been  expended  on  the  thorough  revision  of  the  work  in  all  its  depart- 
ments. As  much  time  and  toil,  it  is  safe  to  say,  have  been  given  to  this 
edition  as  to  the  first ;  and  the  work  as  it  now  stands  represents  our 
accumulated  and  thoroughly  sifted  experience  from  our  entrance  upon 
this  specialty,  as  well  as  a  full  and  exhaustive  resume  of  all  that  has 
been  accomplished  by  other  authorities  everywhere. 

About  one  year  ago,  while  this  edition  was  in  press,  we  amicably  dis- 
solved the  professional  association  that  had  existed  for  six  years,  and 
during  which  all  our  writings  on  this  subject  had  appeared.  This  dis- 
solution of  our  business  relations  has  not  affected  the  present  work 
except  so  far  as  to  delay  somewhat  its  publication. 

The  success  of  the  first  edition  of  this  work  has  far  surpassed  our 
highest  hopes  ;  and  our  belief  is  that  it  may  have  done  something  to 
raise  the  standard  of  electro-therapeutics  as  well  as  to  popularize  it. 
More  than  a  year  since,  the  work  was  translated  into  German  by  Dr. 
Vater,  of  Prague,  who  has  confirmed  all  that  we  have  claimed  in  regard 
to  the  efficacy  of  general  electrization,  and  who  has  followed  up  the 
translation  by  a  series  of  elaborate  articles,  didactic  and  cHnical,  on 
general  electrization  and  central  galvanization  in  the  Allgemeine 
Wieiier  Zeitiing. 

The  use  of  general  faradization  as  a  constitutional  tonic  in  a 
wide  variety  of  affections  is  now  well  estabhshed  and  the  effects 
that  we  have  claimed  for  it  have  been  confirmed  in  full  detail  by  com- 
petent observers  at  home  and  abroad.  This  method  of  using  electricity 
has  also  attained  a  wide  popularity,  and  its  introduction  into  therapeu- 
tics may  be  said  to  have  marked  a  radical  and  important  advance. 

The  section  on  Electro-physics  is  much  enlarged.  Observation  has 
'convinced  us  that  the  one  great  defect  in  those  who  practise  electro- 
therapeutics is  ignorance  of  the  physical  relations  of  electricity.     From 


X  PREFACE   TO   THE   SECOND   EDITION. 

this  source  flow  at  least  half  the  blunders,  discouragements,  and  ill 
success  that  novices  in  this  branch  so  painfully  experience.  The  undu 
latory  theory  of  the  electrical  force  that  is  adopted  in  this  edition  is,  so 
far  as  can  now  be  seen,  consistent  and  harmonious,  and  it  explains 
better  than  any  other  theory  the  varied  and  complex  phenomena  of 
electro-physiology  and  electro-therapeutics. 

The  chemistry  of  the  batteries,  it  will  be  seen,  is  explained  in  full 
detail,  and  in  accordance  with  recent  chemical  facts  and  nomenclature. 

To  Ohm's  Law,  at  once  so  important  and  so  difficult,  a  separate  and 
special  chapter  has  been  assigned  ;  and  no  effort  has  been  spared  to 
make  it  clear  in  all  its  practical  relations  to  all  trained  minds  who  will 
give  it  close  and  careful  attention. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  section  on  Electro-physics  we  have  been 
favored  with  the  advice  and  suggestions  of  a  number  of  our  most  dis- 
tinguished physicists  and  mathematicians  ;  and  especially  are  we  indebt- 
ed to  Prof.  Henry  T.  Eddy,  of  Cincinnati,  who  has  interested  himself  in 
the  attempt  here  made  to  put  the  most  recent  theories  and  facts  of 
electro-physics  in  a  shape  at  once  clear,  compact,  and  trustworthy. 

The  need  of  a  section  of  this  kind  has  been  most  urgent,  for  the 
treatises  on  the  physics  of  electricity  that  have  been  most  accessible 
are  either  far  behind  the  time  or  have  been  expressed  so  blindly 
as  to  be  of  little  value  to  electro-therapeutists.  Even  the  best  of  the 
more  recent  writers  on  the  physics  of  electricity,  as  Fleming  Jenkins, 
and  Latimer  Clarke,  have  not  adapted  their  works  to  the  wants  of  those 
who  use  electricity  in  therapeutics. 

Electro-physiology  is  largely  rewritten  and  considerably  enlarged. 
It  includes  a  large  number  of  our  own  experiments,  mostly  made  dur. 
ing  the  past  three  years,  as  well  as  a  compact  resume  of  all  the  more 
recent  studies  in  this  branch  by  European  and  American  observers. 
The  general  relation  of  electro-physiology  to  electro-therapeutics  has 
been  brought  into  prominence  at  every  point. 

The  method  of  central  galvanization  that  we  have  systematized  and 
introduced  to  the  profession  since  the  publication  of  the  first  edition  is 
here  described  and  illustrated  in  full  detail.  The  great  practical 
advantages  of  this  method  of  galvanization  over  localized  galvanization 
of  the  nerve-centres — and  in  many  cases  over  general  faradization — are 
already  well  understood  by  many  of  our  leading  electro-therapeutists. 

There  are  now  introduced  into  science,  six  methods  of  using  electri- 
city for  the  treatment  of  disease  :  localized  faradization  and  localized 
galvanization,  general  faradization,  central  galvanization,  and,  in  electro- 
surgery,  electrolysis  and  galvano-cautery. 


PREFACE   TO   THE   SECOND   EDITION.  xi 

In  the  chapter  on  Apparatus  we  have  endeavored  to  represent  with 
fairness  and  impartiaUty  the  best  workmanship  and  the  most  recent 
improvements.  The  fact  of  the  superiority  of  continuous  over  separate- 
coil  Faradic-machines  in  the  treatment  of  sensitive  patients  is  here  for 
the  first  time  brought  out  and  emphasized. 

A  new  chapter  on  General  Suggestions  has  been  added,  in  which  the 
attempt  has  been  made  to  answer  in  detail  the  various  practical  queries 
that  so  annoy  the  beginner  in  electro-therapeutics. 

In  the  section  on  Electro-surgery  the  principles  of  galvano-cautery, 
of  ordinary  electrolysis,  and  of  the  method  of  electrolysis  of  the  base 
have  been  described  and  illustrated,  and  in  the  clinical  portions  all  varie- 
ties of  results  have  been  presented  from  a  very  large  experience  in  this 
department,  so  that  one  may  learn  both  what  can  be  done  and  what 
cannot  be  done  by  electricity  in  surgical  diseases. 

In  the  clinical  part  of  electro-medicine  a  number  of  entirely  new 
chapters  have  been  added,  and  all  of  the  chapters  have  been  recast. 
The  number  of  cases  has  been  increased  nearly  twofold,  the  failures 
and  successes  being  fairly  represented. 

We  may  call  especial  attention  to  the  chapters  on  Diseases  of  the 
Skin,  wherein,  besides  many  other  cases,  are  detailed  the  remarkable 
results  of  central  galvanization  in  chronic  eczema  and  prurigo,  and  to 
the  chapter  on  Diseases  of  Children,  in  which  are  recorded  the  results 
of  experiments  in  the  treatment  of  whooping-cough,  marasmus,  and  de- 
bility, and  also  the  fact  of  the  remarkable  tolerance  of  childhood  to 
electricity.  Since  the  publication  of  the  first  edition  a  number  of  excel- 
lent works  on  nervous  diseases  have  appeared,  and  for  that  reason,  as 
well  as  for  lack  of  space,  the  systematic  remarks  on  certain  diseases 
have,  in  this  edition,  been  mostly  omitted,  save  some  special  points 
wherein  our  views  differ  from  those  generally  adopted. 

Although  the  work  is  considerably  enlarged  yet  this  enlargement  is 
due  more  to  the  addition  of  new  matter  than  to  the  retention  of  old.  If 
there  are  any  who  object  to  the  size  of  the  work,  who  seek  for  short 
and  ready  methods  to  the  science  and  art  of  electro-therapeutics,  who 
despise  and  deride  the  physical  and  physiological  relations  of  electricity, 
and  who  suppose  that  he  who  has  held  two  sponges  on  a  patient  has 
compassed  the  whole  of  electrology,  we  can  only  reply  that  it  is  not  for 
such  that  this  book  was  written,  and  we  hope  that  nothing  we  may 
write  will  encourage  the  increase  of  physicians  of  that  character.  The 
ideal  of  every  electro-therapeutist — certainly  of  every  one  who  gives  the 
subject  special  .attention — should  be  to  become  an  electrologist,  that  is, 
to  be  a  master  of  electricity  in  its  physical  and  physiological  as  well  as 


Xii  PREFACE   TO   THE   SECOND   EDITION. 

its  purely  diagnostic  and  therapeutic  relations  ;  for  all  such  this  edi 
tion  is  designed  to  be  a  work  of  exhaustive  reference.  Those,  how 
ever,  whose  aims  are  lower  will  here  find  the  purely  practical  and 
clinical  department  clearly  presented  by  a  large  variety  of  illustrations  of 
the  various  methods  of  application,  and  by  details  of  more  than  two 
hundred  cases,  including  every  type  of  medical  and  surgical  disease,  for 
which  electricity  by  any  method  of  application  has  been  used  with  any 
encouraging  results. 

To  those  who,  since  the  first  edition  of  this  work  was  out  of  press, 
have  grown  weary  in  waiting  for  the  long-promised  appeara.nce  of  the 
second  edition,  we  may  express  the  hope  that  they  will  find  in  the 
present  treatise  sufiicient  evidences  of  original  experience  and  research 
to  fully  account  for,  if  not  to  justify  the  annoying  delay. 


PREFACE  TO  THE  FIRST  EDITION. 


The  object  of  this  work  is  to  present,  in  a  compact,  practical  form, 
all  that  is  now  known  on  the  application  of  electricity  to  the  treatment 
of  disease.  The  aim  of  the  authors  has  been  to  combine  their  own 
extensive  and  varied  researches  with  localized  and  general  electriza- 
tion, and  the  labors  of  all  other  recent  explorers  in  electro-therapeutics, 
in  a  summary  which  should  be  at  once  practical  and  exhaustive,  and 
which  should  represent  with  strict  impartiality  all  that  has  been  really 
accomplished  in  this  department  by  every  school,  in  every  country,  and 
by  all  methods. 

For  this  undertaking  the  authors  have  been  prepared  by  an  experi- 
ence acquired  in  more  than  10,000  applications  of  electricity  in  a  wide 
variety  of  morbid  conditions,  and  by  personal  observation  of  the 
methods  and  the  results  of  the  recognized  leaders  in  this  important 
field  of  science. 

For  convenience  of  reference,  and  in  order  to  avoid  repetition  and 
confusion,  the  work  is  divided  into  Electro-Physics,  Electro-Physiology, 
Electro-  Therapeutics,  and  Electro-Surgery.  It  is  believed  that  by  this 
arrangement  the  work  will  be  more  acceptable  both  to  the  majority 
who  seek  to  consult  the  distinctively  practical  portions,  and  to  the  few 
who  may  desire  also  to  investigate  the  subject  of  electricity  in  its 
physical  and  physiological  relations. 

General  electrization,  which  the  authors  were  the  first  in  the  profes- 
sion to  systematically  investigate,  is  here,  for  the  first  time,  described 
and  illustrated  in  systematic  detail  of  its  modus  operandi  and  its  very 
remarkable  effects  in  conditions  of  debility. 

The  general  differential  indications  for  the  use  of  the  two  cur- 
rents and  for  the  use  of  localized  and  general  applications,  we  have 
sought  to  distinguish  and  elucidate  by  logical  deductions  from  the 
known  principles  of  electro-therapeutics,  and,  above  all,  from  extend- 
ed experimental  comparison.  The  knowledge  of  electro-therapeutical 
anatomy,  which  is  so  essential  for  an  intelligent  electro-diagnosis  in 
therapeutics,  we  have  endeavored  to  facilitate  by  concise  and  explicit 
illustrations.  The  drawings  for  illustrations  of  the  different  methods 
of  electrization  were  made  from  photographs  taken  during  the  applica- 
tion«; 


xiv  PREFACE   TO   THE   FIRST   EDITION. 

In  the  selection  and  detailed  description  of  apparatus,  both  the  tastes 
of  the  specialist  and  the  imperative  needs  of  the  general  practitionei 
have  been  constantly  borne  in  mind  ;  and  while  nearly  all  the  most  im- 
proved forms  of  machines  for  both  currents  have  received  notice, 
minute  description  and  illustration  have  been  reserved  only  for  those 
that  experience  has  shown  unite  in  the  highest  degree  the  qualities  of 
convenience  and  compactness,  with  accessibility  and  uniformity  of  ac- 
tion. When  we  began  our  experiments  in  this  department,  there  was 
in  this  country  no  satisfactory  apparatus  either  for  the  faradic  or  the 
galvanic  current,  and  for  this  reason  our  early  observations  were  made 
under  exceeding  disadvantages. 

The  difficulty  has  for  a  number  of  years  been  partly  met  by  the 
electro-magnetic  apparatus  of  Kidder,  which,  for  all  the  essential  qual- 
ities required,  is  as  yet  unsurpassed.  We  early  became  convinced  that 
scientific  electro-therapeutics  required  also  a  galvanic  apparatus  which 
should  be  at  least  more  compact  and  more  portable  than  those  which 
had  been  usually  employed,  and  that  to  be  forced  to  depend  on  appa- 
ratus of  foreign  construction  would  both  retard  the  progress  and  prac- 
tically prohibit  the  popularization  of  electro-therapeutics.  Amid  many 
discouragements  which  only  those  who  have  pursued  similar  investiga- 
tions can  well  appreciate,  we  have  striven  to  overcome  this  serious  evil 
and  to  prepare  a  galvanic  apparatus  which  should  be  both  simple  and 
enduring,  and  which  could  be  used  at  the  bedside  as  well  as  in  the 
hospital  or  consulting-room.  Through  the  skill  and  intelligence  of  the 
mechanician  above-mentioned,  we  are  now  able  to  present  an  appa- 
ratus for  the  galvanic  current  which,  if  not  on  the  one  hand  so  com- 
pact, or  on  the  other  so  elaborate  as  others  to  which  we  have  called 
attention,  is  yet,  in  the  wide  variety  of  size  and  shape  of  which  it  is 
capable,  in  the  simplicity  of  its  construction,  and  the  ease  of  its  man- 
agement, perhaps  even  better  fitted  to  supply  the  general  want. 

Electro-surgery,  though  a  young  and  as  yet  but  little  developed 
branch  of  electro-therapeutics,  is  yet  of  such  intrinsic  importance  and 
interest,  and  so  fruitful  in  promise  for  the  future,  that  it  has  been 
deemed  worthy  of  separate  and  special  consideration. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  detailed  and  statistical  reports  of  cases,  we 
have  sought  to  give  a  picture  that  shall  be  so  accurate,  and  so  true  to 
experience,  that  it  may  be  unfailingly  recognized  by  all  those  who  pur- 
sue a  similar  line  of  experiment.  The  somewhat  deserved  reproach 
against  electro-therapeutists,  that  they  publish  only  their  most  fortunate 
results,  we  have  endeavored  to  avert  by  giving  prominence  to  failures 
as  well  as  to  successes ;  by  noting  relapses  as  well  as  permanent  re 


PREFACE   TO   THE   FIRST   EDITION.  XV 

coveries.  We  have  been  not  unmindful  of  the  fact  thai  statistical  re- 
ports of  the  results  of  any  method  of  treatment,  however  conscien- 
tiously prepared,  must  be  at  best  incomplete,  and  to  a  certain  extent 
illusory.  Therapeutics  is  always  a  subject  of  vast  complications.  It 
is  probable  that  in  some  of  the  cases  reported  as  absolute  or  approxi- 
mate recoveries,  nature  and  time,  and  in  a  few  instances,  perhaps, 
other  medicina-l  or  hygienic  treatment  bore  as  large  a  share  as  the  ap- 
plications themselves.  We  have,  however,  endeavored  to  make  all 
proper  allowances  for  the  influence  of  these  various  factors  ;  and  in 
the  few  exceptional  cases  where  medicinal  has  been  combined  with 
electrical  treatJirent,  the  fact  has  been  mentioned,  and  cases  of  posi- 
tive doubt  have  been  excluded  from  consideration.  For  the  study  of 
the  special  effects  of  electrical  treatment,  when  used  alone,  we  have 
been  peculiarly  fortunate,  since  the  vast  majority  of  our  cases  had 
abandoned  medication  before  they  were  referred  to  our  care.  On  the 
other  hand,  it  is  indisputably  true  that  some  of  the  cases  reported  as 
absolute  failures,  or  as  but  slightly  benefited,  were  kept  from  perfect 
recovery  by  the  indulgence  of  evil  habits  of  hygiene  ;  and  it  is  fully 
probable  that  some  of  them,  as  well  as  of  those  reported  as  unknown, 
appreciated  the  after  results  of  the  treatment  and  went  on  to  recovery. 
Still  further,  it  is  in  every  way  probable  that  some  of  the  failures  might, 
by  greater  perseverance  on  the  part  of  the  patients,  have  been  trans- 
formed into  perfect  successes. 

It  is  believed  that  these  various  errors  to  a  certain  extent  counter- 
balance each  other,  and  that  on  the  whole  our  statistical  reports  fairly 
represent,  so  far  as  they  go,  the  legitimate  results  of  the  electrical 
treatment.  And  yet  it  should  be  considered  that  the  majority  of  the 
cases  represented  in  our  statistics  were  both  long-standing  and  pecu- 
liarly obstinate,  and  there  is  ground  for  the  beUef  that  those  who  treat 
milder  and  more  recent  cases  by  the  same  methods,  will  obtain  a  larger 
percentage  of  success. 

It  will  be  observed  that  throughout  the  work  these  leading  ideas  are 
kept  constantly  in  the  foreground  as  the  foundation  principles  on  which 
must  rest  the  science  of  electro-therapeutics  : — 

1.  That  electrization,  besides  being  merely  a  local  stimulant,  also 
exercises  an  influence  over  general  and  local  nutrition,  at  once  unique 
and  unrivalled,  and  that  entitles  it  to  the  highest  rank  among  constitu- 
tional tonics. 

2.  That  the  accepted  system  of  making  the  applications  exclusively 
local  is  both  illogical  and  inconsistent ;  that  in  the  use  of  electricity, 
as  of  every  other  remedy,  constitutional  diseases  should  be  treated 
constitutionally. 


XVI  PREFACE   TO   THE   FIRST   EDITION. 

3.  That  the  best  method  of  bringing  the  whole  system  under  the 
direct  influence  of  the  current  is  by  general  electrization  as  here  de- 
scribed ;  and  that  by  the  use  of  this  method  the  success  of  electro- 
therapeutics is  materially  enhanced,  and  its  sphere  very  greatly  widened, 
so  as  to  include  a  variety  of  frequent  and  distressing  constitutional 
morbid  conditions,  for  which  merely  localized  electrization  is  but  im- 
perfectly indicated. 

4.  That,  in  determining  the  influence  of  the  electrical  apphcations 
on  conditions  of  disease  the  last  appeal  must  be  made,  not  to  physics 
nor  to  physiology,  nor  to  pathology,  nor  to  any  a  priori  rea,soumg  what- 
ever, but  solely  and  alone  to  clinical  experience. 

To  those  who  adhere  to  the  long-accepted  theory  that  electricity  is 
merely  a  means  for  local  stimulation,  and,  as  such,  chiefly  indicated  in 
the  severe  or  incurable  conditions  of  paralysis  or  chronic  rheumatism, 
or  who  hope  to  reduce  electro-therapeutics  to  an  exact  science  on  the 
basis  of  a  complete  physiology  and  pathology,  the  above  propositions 
must  seem  both  radical  and  erroneous,  and  especially  so  if  they  have 
studied  the  action  of  electricity  on  the  body  merely  by  localized  appli- 
cations. 

Therefore  with  all  the  greater  interest  and  pleasure  have  we  ob- 
served that,  during  the  last  few  years,  there  has  been  in  electro-thera- 
peutical literature  a  manifest  and  increasing  tendency  to  abandon  the 
narrow  doctrines  of  merely  local  stimulation,  to  accept  the  fact  which 
experience  everywhere  confirms,  that  in  electricity  we  have  an  unsur- 
passed means  of  improving  the  general  nutrition  in  the  immense  va- 
riety of  chronic  morbid  conditions  where  such  results  are  chiefly  indi- 
cated ;  and  we  express  the  confident  hope  that  the  abundant  and  varied 
evidence  with  which  in  the  present  work  we  have  been  enabled  to  for- 
tify these  propositions,  increased  and  enriched  as  it  may  be  by  the  ex- 
perience of  the  future,  and  harmonizing  as  it  surely  must  with  the  gen- 
eral progress  of  science,  will  materially  aid  in  bringing  nearer  the  day 
of  their  universal  acceptance. 

Although  this  work  is  not  intended  to  be  in  any  sense  a  complete 
guide  to  the  study  of  chronic  diseases  of  the  nervous  system,  yet  some 
general  remarks  on  the  nature,  causation,  and  the  diagnosis  of  the 
principal  of  these  diseases  have  been  deemed  both  appropriate  and 
necessary,  for  the  twofold  reason  that  such  knowledge  is  necessary  for 
an  intelligent  appreciation  of  the  directions  for  the  treatment,  and  also 
because  very  many  of  the  diseases  here  mentioned — such  as  nervous 
dyspepsia,  spinal  irritation,  neurasthenia,  hypochondriasis,  insomnia, 
locomotor  ataxy,  muscular  atrophy,  spinal  and  infantile  paralysis,  as 
well  as  some  of  the  varieties  of  neuralgia — have  not  received  in  any  orie 


PREFACE   TO   THE   FIRST   EDITION.  xvii 

popular  text-book  the  practical  attention  which  their  vast  importance 
in  electro-therapeutics  requires. 

Scientific  electro-therapeutics  requires  scientific  diagnosis.  He  who 
only  knows  how  to  apply  electricity  is  not  fit  to  do  even  that.  Suc- 
cessful results  in  electro-therapeutics  can  be  and  are  obtained  by  the 
most  ignorant  of  charlatans,  but  to  intelligently  report  these  successes 
or  make  them  of  value  to  science  requires  the  best  skill  of  the  physi- 
cian. Mere  hand-books  of  electrical  applications  cannot  be  otherwise 
than  injurious  to  science.  Other  conditions  being  the  same,  the  value 
of  reports  of  cases  in  electro-therapeutics  is  in  direct  proportion  to  the 
accuracy  and  completeness  of  the  diagnosis.  For  this  reason  it  is  that 
electro-therapeutics  is  the  most  exacting  and  laborious  of  all  the 
special  departments,  for  in  a  certain  sense  it  trenches  on  and  necessi- 
tates a  knowledge  of  all  other  departments. 

In  the  strict  sense  of  the  word,  therefore,  the  electro-therapeutist  is 
i\o  specialist,  since  his  idea! — which  of  course  he  can  but  imperfectly 
fulfil — must  be  to  know  something  of  every  department  with  which 
electro-therapeutics  brings  him  into  relation.  His  ambition,  like  that 
of  Bacon,  must  be  "  to  make  all  knowledge  his  province." 

Besides  a  thorough  familiarity  with  the  department  of  nervous  dis- 
eases, and  especially  with  the  recent  methods  of  studying  them  by  the 
sesthesiometer,  the  ophthalmoscope,  and  by  electricity,  it  is  necessary 
for  the  electro-therapeutist  to  avail  himself  of  all  the  advances  that  are 
made  in  the  special  departments  of  gynaecology,  ophthalmology,  otol- 
ogy, laryngology,  and  dermatology,  as  well  as  general  medicine  and 
surgery. 

In  respect  to  diagnosis  we  have  ourselves  been  exceptionally  fa- 
vored, since  the  majority  of  our  cases  have  obtained  the  opinion  of  one 
or  more  acknowledged  authorities  in  their  respective  departments. 

That  all  the  special  views  on  the  nature  and  treatment  of  the  dis- 
eases here  mentioned  should  meet  with  universal  acceptance,  is  more 
than  can  be  expected.  Everywhere  we  tread  on  debatable  ground. 
In  regard  to  the  nature,  the  causation,  the  symptoms,  the  general  treat- 
ment, the  divisions  and  the  terminology  of  diseases,  the  choice  of  cur- 
rents, the  methods  of  applications,  the  relative  merits  of  rival  appa- 
ratus,— in  these  and  in  many  other  subjects  there  is  room  for  the 
widest  possible  divergence  of  honest  opinion  among  those  whose  abili- 
ties and  opportunities  entitle  their  opinions  to  the  highest  respect. 
On  all  these  controverted  themes  we  present  nothing  as  a  finality,  noth- 
ing which  we  shall  not  readily  modify  in  the  light  of  sufficient  inductive 
evidence. 


CONTENTS. 

ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

A.  KNOWLEDGE  OF  THE  PRINCIPLES  OF  ELECTRO-PHYSICS  NECESSARY  TO 
THE  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTIST — DEFINITION  OF  ELECTRICITY — MAG- 
NETISM.    Polarity  of  magnets — Magnetic  induction 1-7 

CHAPTER   II. 
Frictional,  or  statical,  or  Franklinian  ELECTRICITY.     Statical  in- 
duction— Distribution  of  electricity — Holtz's  machine — Electrophorus 
— Gold-leaf  electroscope — Leyden  jar 8-18 

CHAPTER  III. 
Galvanism,  or  voltaic  electricity.  Chemistry  of  the  battery  — ^^ 
Simple  galvanic  circles — Polarity  of  the  circuit — Electro-chemical 
series — Amalgamation — Polarity  of  electricity — Derived  of  branch 
currents — Polarization  of  electrodes — Daniell's  and  Grove's  batteries — 
Zinc-carbon  batteries — Smee's  battery — Galvanometers — Volta's  re- 
searches         I9~44 

CHAPTER   IV. 
Electrolysis  (electro-chemistry).     Law?s  of  electrolysis — Theory  of 

electrolysis 45~5o 

CHAPTER  V. 
Induced  electricity — Current  and  magneto-induction — Electro- 
magnetism.      Thermo-electricity — Ampere's  theory  of  magnetism — 
Electro-magnetic  helix — Induction  coils — Ruhmkorft's  coil — Magneto- 
electricity — History  of  induction — Thermo-electric  batteries S^~^4 

CHAPTER  VI. 
Ohm's  law  and  its  practical  application  to  electro-therapeu- 
tics.      Electro-motive   force  —  Tension   or   potential —  Resistance — 
Quantity  or  strength  of  cuiTent — Large  cells  vs.  small  cells 65-83 


XX  CONTENTS. 


ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 


CHAPTER   I. 
Relation  of  electro-physiology  to  electro-therapeutics — Ani- 
mal ELECTRICITY.     Electric  fishes — Galvani  and  Volta — Humboldt's 
and  Aldini's  researches — Du  Bois-Reymond's  discoveries — Experiments 
of  Trowbridge 87-98 

CHAPTER   II. 
Electrotonos,  anelectrotonos,  and  catelectrotonos.     Du  Bois- 
Reymond's  molecular  theory  of  anelectrotonos — Effects  of  electrotonos 
— Pfliiger'  s  contraction  law 99-104 

CHAPTER    HI. 
Action  of  electricity  on  the  skin.     Action  of  thefaradic  current — • 

Of  the  galvanic  current — Electro-ansesthesia 105-1 1 1 

CHAPTER   IV. 
Action  of  electricity  on  the  brain   and   spinal  cord.     Galvani- 
zation of  the  brain — Experiments  of  Hitzig,  Ferrier,  and  others 112-115 

CPIAPTER    V. 
Action  of  electricity  on  the  sympathetic  and  pneumogastric. 

Experiments  with  sphygmograph 1 16-127 

CHAPTER    VI. 
Action  of  electricity  on  the  nerves  of  special  sense.     Action  on 
the  optic  nerve — On  the  auditory  nerve — Brenner's  reseaixhes — Action 
on  the  gustatory  nerve 128-140 

CHAPTER    VII. 
Action  of  electricity  on  motor   and    sensory   nerves  and  vol- 
untary muscles.     Eiectro-muscular  contractility — and  electro-mus- 
cular sensibility — Increase  of  temperature  after  muscular  contraction — 
Electro-physiological  anatomy I4I-157 

CHAPTER    VIII. 
Action  of  electricity  on  involuntary  muscles.     Experiments...    158-163 


CONTENTS.  XXI 

CHAPTER   IX. 
Action  of  electricity  on  the  blood.     Experiments... 164-167 

CHAPTER   X. 
Electro-conductivity  of  the  human  body.      Modified  by  age  and 

temperament 168-175 

CHAPTER   XI. 

The  effect  of  electricity  on  nutrition.  Mechanical,  physical, 
chemical,  and  physiological  effects — Electrical  endosmosis  after  physical 
effects — Electrolysis  of  living  substance — Circulation — Secretion — Ex- 
cretion— Absorption — Effects  produced  by  increase  in  size  and  weight 
— Reflex  action — Experiments — Effects  of  electricity  on  bacteria  and  on 
the  growth  of  plants , 176-195 


ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 


CHAPTER   I. 
History  of   electro-therapeutics.     Era  of  Franklinic  electricity — 
Era  of  galvanization — Era  of  faradization — Localized  faradization  and 
galvanization — General  faradization — Central  galvanization 198-215 

CHAPTER    II. 
General  therapeutical  action  of  electricity.     Electricity  a  stimu- 
lating sedative  tonic — Is  electricity  transformed  into  nerve  force  ? — El- 
ectricity compared  with  other  tonics — Rationale  of  electrization 217-225 

CHAPTER  III. 
General  suggestions  in  regard  to  the  use  of  electricity  as  a 
therapeutic  agent.  Stage  of  disease,  when  indicated — Differential 
action  of  poles  and  of  current  direction — Both  seat  of  disease  and  effects 
to  be  treated — Healthy  parts  may  be  benefited — Dose  of  electricity — 
Mild  currents — Care  in  details  of  application — Time,  frequency,  and 
regularity  of  applications — Combination  of  methods — How  to  judge  of 
effects — Good  effects — Bad  effects — Regard  for  age — After  effects — 
Use  of  electricity  by  the  laity — Abbreviations  used  in  electro-therapeu- 
tics    226-260 

CHAPTER   IV. 
Comparative  value  of  the  galvanic  and  faradic  currents.     Ad- 
vantages of  galvanic  over  faradic — Advantages  of  faradic  over  galvanic 
— Galvano-faradization 261-267 


XXll  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  V. 
The  principles  of  electro-diagnosis  (electro-pathology).  Modi- 
fications of  electro-sensibility — Electro-muscular  sensibility  and  con- 
tractility— Galvano  vs.  Farado-muscular  contractility — Reaction  of  de- 
generation— Abnormal  reflex  irritability — Diplegic  contractions — 
Electro-bioscopy 268-2S2 

CHAPTER   VI. 

Electro-therapeutical  anatomy.     Motor   points — Electro-sensibility 

of  surface  of  the  body 283-290 

CHAPTER   VII. 

Apparatus  for  electro-therapeutics.  Single  and  separate  coil  ma- 
chines— Faradic  apparatus — Rules  for  its  use — Galvanic  apparatus — 
Directions  for  use — Cabinet  battery — Rheostats — Galvanometers  and 
electrodes — Care  of  electrodes — European  batteries 291-330 

CHAPTER   IX. 

Localized  electrization.  Dry  faradization — Electric  moxa — Electri- 
zation with  moistened  electrodes — Direct  and  indirect  electrization — 
Definition  of  terms — Details  of  applications — Electrization  of  the  brain, 
spine,  cervical  sympathetic,  plexuses,  nerves,  muscles — Effects 33i~346 

CHAPTER   X. 
General  faradization.     Object   proposed  —  Position  of  patient  —  Of 
operator — Application  to  head  and  neck — Use  of  hand  as  an  electrode 
— Special  rules  observed — Persistence  in  treatment — Effects — Rationale 
of  effects 347-371 

CHAPTER  XI. 
Differential  indications  for  the  use  of  localized  and  general 
FARADIZATION.     Cause  of  failures  in  electro-therapeutics — Combina- 
tion of  the  methods 372-375 

CHAPTER   XII. 
Central  galvanization.     Method — Details  of  the  application — Theory 
of  the  method — Compared  with  localized  galvanization — With  general 
faradization — Objections  answered 376-389 

CHAPTER   XIII. 

The  use  of  franklinic  or  static  electricity.  Apparatus  for 
franklinization — Methods  of  application — Value  of  franklinic  elec- 
tricity as  compared  with  dynamic  electricity 390-394 

CHAPTER    XIV. 
Electric   baths.     Method  of  giving — Effects — Rules  for  giving  them, .   395-398 


CONTEXTS.  xxiii 

CHAPTER   XV. 
Hysteria  and  allied  affections.     Electro-diagnosis — Cases   of  hys- 
teria— Hypochondriasis — Cases — Neurasthenia — Spinal  irritation — In- 
somnia— Astraphobia  (fear  of  lightning) 399-415 

CHAPTER    XVI. 
Insanity.     Methods  used — Cases 416-420 

CHAPTER   XVII. 
Cerebral  and  spinal  congestion.     Prognosis  and  treatment — Cases..  421-424 

CHAPTER   XVIII. 
Neuralgia.     Methods  of  treatment — General   prognosis — Cephalalgia — 
Cases  —Sick  headache  (migraine) — Facial  neuralgia — Gastralgia — Scia- 
tica— Reflex  neuralgia — Galvanic  belts  and  disks 425-446 

CHAPTER    XIX. 
An.^sthesia.     Different  kinds  of  sensibility  — Farado-sensibility — Electro- 
diagnosis — Prognosis — Cases 447~45  ^ 

CHAPTER   XX. 
Paralysis.     Paralysis  from  opium — Syphilitic  paralysis — Lead  paralysis — 
Hysterical  paralysis— Cases — Hemiplegia,  treatment  and  accessories — 
Cases  of  hemiplegia — Glosso-laryngeal    paralysis — Paraplegia — Facial 
paralysis — Paralysis  from  pressure  and  cold — Reflex  paralysis 452-473 

CHAPTER    XXI. 
Locomotor  ataxia  (posterior  spinal  sclerosis).     Causes  of  the  dis- 
ease— Electro-diagnosis — Prognosis — Treatment — Cases. 474-477 

CHAPTER  XXII. 

Progressive  muscular   atrophy.     Prognosis  and   treatment — Cases — 

Progressive  myo-sclerotis  (Pseudo-hypertrophic  paralysis) 478-482 

CHAPTER   XXin. 
Rheumatism     and    gout.        Treatment — Prognosis — Cases — Myalgia — 

Lumbago — Pleurodynia — Rheumatic  gout 4^3~4^9 

CHAPTER   XXIV. 

Spasmodic    diseases.       Writer's   cramp— Torticollis — Cases— Paralysis 

Agitans— Asthma— Facial  spasm— Hydrophobia — Epilepsy — Cases 490-501 

CHAPTER  XXV. 
Diseases  of  the  skin.  General  considerations — Methods  of  application — ■ 
Central  galvanization  —Eczema— Prurigo — Lichen— Anjesthesia — Acne 
— Acne  rosacea — Psoriasis  pityriasis— Herpes — Herpes  frontalis— Ring- 
worm—  Scleroderma—  Melanoderma— Elephantiasis— Case— Alopecia 
— Permanence  of  results 502-510 


XXIV  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  XXVI. 

Diseases  of  the  organs  of  digestion.  Electro-diagnosis — General 
principles  of  treatment — -Dyspepsia — Cases — Constipation — Chronic 
diarrhoea — Jaundice — Ileus  (invagination) — Regurgitation  (vomiting) — 
Flatulence — Sea-sickness 517-528 

CHAPTER   XXVII. 

Diseases  of  women.  Amenorrhoea — Dysmenorrhoea — Menorrhagia — 
Leucorrhoea — Methods  of  treatment,  external  and  internal — General 
and  central  treatment — Franklinization — Prognosis — Cases — Atrophy 
and  displacement  of  the  uterus— Congestion  and  enlargement — Irrita- 
tion and  congestion  of  ovaries — Intra-uterine  galvanic  pessaries 529-544 

CHAPTER   XXVIII. 

Diseases  of  children.  Chorea — Marasmus  and  Whooping-cough — In- 
continence of  urine — Vomiting  and  cholera  infantum — Paralysis — Mi- 
croscopic examination  of  muscles^Treatment — Cases 545-557 

CHAPTER  XXIX. 
Diseases    of    the    genito-urinary    organs.      Electro-diagnosis   and 
treatment  of  impotence — Aspermatism — Spermatorrhoea — Cases — Pa- 
resis and  paralysis  of  the  bladder — Oi'chitis — Enlargement  of  the  pros- 
tate— Prolapsus  ani — Prolapsus  of  the  sphincter — -Hemorrhoids 559-570 

CHAPTER   XXX. 

Diseases    of    the    larynx.     Ansemia — Aphonia — Treatment — Cases — 

Spasmus  glottidis — Nervous  cough — Hyperesthesia — Anaesthesia 571-580 

CHAPTER  XXXI. 
Diseases  of  the  eye.     General  considerations — Paresis  and  paralysis  of 
muscles — Asthenopia — Amblyopia  and   amaurosis — Spasm  of  the  lid 
— Opacities  of  cornea  and   vitreous   humor — Ptosis  and  mydriasis — 
Myosis — Neuro-retinitis — Strabismus 581-589 

CHAPTER   XXXII. 
Diseases  of  the  ear.     General  considerations  and  methods  of  applica- 
tion— Pathological  reactions — General  results — Subacute  and  chronic 
inflammation  of  middle  ear — Tinnitus  aurium — Hysterical  deafness — 
Chronic  suppuration  of  the  middle  ear 590-602 

CHAPTER   XXXIII. 

Midwifery.     Faradization  for  inertia  uteri — Post-partum  hemorrhage — 

Deficient  lacteal  secretion — Sore  nipples — Extra-uterine  pregnancy.  .   603-61 1(? 


CONTENTS.  XXV 

CHAPTER   XXXIV. 
Artificial  respiration  by  electrization   in  cases   of  apparent 
death  from  drowning,    or   suffocation   through  poisonous 
gases,  or  in  asphyxia  of  new-born  infants 612-614 

CHAPTER  XXXV. 
Diseases  of  the  heart  and  lungs.     Palpitation  of  the  heart — Angina 

pectoris — Consumption 615-619 

CHAPTER   XXXVI. 
Exophthalmic  goitre.     Methods  of  treatment — Cases 620-627 

CHAPTER   XXXVII. 
Sequel.^  of  acute  diseases.     Diphtheria— Cerebro-spinal  meningitis — 

Typho -malarial  fever — Sunstroke 62S-635 

CHAPTER  XXXVIII. 
Miscellaneous  medical  diseases.  Cases — Intermittent  fever — Addi- 
son's disease — Case — Diabetes — Dropsical  effusions — Bright's  disease — 
Suppression  of  urine — Diabetes — Chronic  rhinitis — Catarrh  of  nose — 
Anosmia — Toothache — Ozone  and  ozonized  oxygen — Hay  fever — Fever 
and  convalescence — Obesity — Cirrhosis  of  the  liver — Chronic  alcohol- 
ism     636-651 


ELECTRO-SURGERY. 


CHAPTER   I. 


History  of  electro-surgery.     Early  history — Later  history — Surgical 

and  medical  electricity  compared , 655-660 

CHAPTER   II. 
Electrolysis.     Its  nature  and  general  methods — Method  of  introducing 
the  needles — Electrolyzing  the  base — Method  of  operating — Instruments 
— Theory  of  the  method — Its  advantages  and  disadvantages 661-672 

CHAPTER   III. 

Galvano-CAUTERY.  Advantages  over  actual  cautery — Apparatus,  handles, 
burners,  loops  for  Galvano-cautery — Care  of  batteries — Uses  and  ad- 
vantages of  the  galvano-cautery — Rules  for  use  of  galvano-cautery,  and 
adaptation  to  various  departments  — Statistics  of  cases 673-685 


XXVI  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  IV. 
Benign  and  malignant  tumors.  N^vi  (erectile  tumors) — Goitres — 
Benign  cystic  tumors — Malignant  cystic  tumors — Hydatids  of  the  liver 
— Fibroids — Fibroids  of  uterus — Lipomata  (fatty)  tumors — Adenitis — 
Ovarian  tumors— Polypi — Epithelioma — Scirrhus  and  other  malignant 
growths — Cases — Relief  of  pain  of  cancer  by  galvanization — Illustrative 
cases 686-715 

CHAPTER   V. 
Aneurisms  and  varicose  veins.     Method  of  operating — Statistics  of 

aneurisms  treated  by  electricity — Varicose  veins 716-720 

CHAPTER   VI. 
Strictures.     Stricture  of  the  urethra — Experiments  and  cases — Stricture 

of  the  oesophagus 721-725 

CHAPTER  VII. 
Ulcers,  fistula  and   sinuses.     Ulcers — Bed-sores — Method  of  treat- 
ment—  Galvano-ozonization 726-728 

CHAPTER   VIII. 

Miscellaneous  surgical  diseases.  Stumps  after  amputation — Hse- 
matocele  — Gangrene  —  Carbuncles  —  Furuncles  —  Burns  —  Frost-bite 
(chilblains) —  Synovitis — Hydrocele  —  Sprains — Strains  of  muscles — 
Spondylitis  (Pott's  disease) — Spinal  curvature — Pseudo-arthrosis  (un- 
united fracture)— Hernia — Morbus  coxarius  (disease  of  the  hip-joint) — 
Club-foot  (talipes) — Warts — Dissolution  of  calculi  in  the  bladder — 
Electric  explorer  or  probe — Extraction  of  foreign  bodies  by  the  electro- 
magnet— Electro-chemical  baths — Removal  of  poisonous  metals  from 
the  body — Faradic  anaesthesia — Hydro-electrization — Electro-medica- 
tion— Podalgia 729-741 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 


PACE 

I — Magnetic  Zone,  illustrated 3 

2 —  "         Polarity,  illustrated 4 

3 —  "         Armature 6 

4 — Insulated  Conductor 10 

5 — Brass  Hemispheres 11 

6 — Insulated  Cylinder 12 

7 — Cylinder  Electrical  Machine 13 

8 — Holtz's  Machine 14 

9 — Bennett's  Electroscope 15 

10 — Leyden  Jar 16 

1 1 — Simple  Galvanic  Circle , 22 

12 — Compound  Galvanic  Circle 28 

13 — Branch  Current,  illustrated 29 

14— Voltaic  Pile 30 

15 — Daniell's  Battery 32 

16 — Grove's  Battery 34 

17 — Bunsen's  Nitric- Acid  Battery 34 

18 — Smee's  Battery 37 

19 — Voltameter 40 

20 — Astatic  Galvanometer 41 

21 — Galvanic  Frog 43 

22 — Phenomena  of  Electrolysis 50 

23 — Electro-magnetic  Helix 53 

24 — Electro-magnet 53 

25 — Current  Induction,  illustrated , . . , 54 

26 — Induction,  illustrated 55 

27 — Current-interrupter •  5^ 

28— Ruhmkorft'  s  Coil 58 

29 — Horse-shoe  Magnet 6r 


XXviii  LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 

PAGE 

30 — Thermo-electricity,  illustrated 63 

31 — Farmer's  Thermo-electric  Battery 64 

32 — Electrotonos,  illustrated 100 

33 — Anelectrotonos  and  Catelectrotonos,  illustrated loi 

34-43 — Sphygmographic  Tracings , 125 

44 — Electro-therapeutical  Anatomy  of  the  Human  Body — anterior  view 2S6 

45 — Electro-therapeutical  Anatomy  of  the  Human  Body — posterior  view.  „ . . .  287 

46 — Kidder' s  Faradic  Machine ,  295 

47 — Faradic  Machine  (Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Co.) 299 

48 —      "  "        without  the  box 300 

49_      "  "        (Thomas  Hallj 301 

50 — Zinc-carbon  Battery,  32  cells. 303 

51 — Bartlett  Battery 304 

52 — Galvanic  Battery,  36  cells , ,    305 

53 — Kidder's  Zinc-carbon  Battery,  18  cells 306 

54 — Chloride  of  Silver  Battery 308 

55^Cabinet  Battery  (Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Co.) 309 

56 — Portable  Galvanic  Battery  (Drescher) 313 

57 — Galvano-Faradic  Machine,         "  314 

58 — Portable  Beetz-Leclanche    Battery 315 

59 — Brenner's  Apparatus  (Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Co.) 316 

60 — Galvanometer  used  by  the  Authors  (Chester  &  Co.). 316 

61 — Siemen's  Stopper-rheostat 317 

62 — Hydro-rheostat  (Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Co.) 318 

63 — Universal  Handles  for  Electrodes 319 

64 —         '*  "  "  "         with  Interrupter,  insulated 319 

65 — Long  Sponge  Electrode 320 

66— Electrodes  of  various  sizes  to  be  attached  to  Universal  Handles 320 

67— Hard  Rubber  Handle  and  Electrode 320 

6S — Sponge-holder,  with  sponge  attached c 320 

69 — Small  Sponge  Electrode 3^0 

70 — Duchenne's  Electrode 320 

71— Rockwell's  Brass  Ball  Electrode  for  General  Faradization 320 

72 — Beard's  Stationary  Electrode 321 

73 — Adjustable  Electrode,  with  band 321 

74 — Beard's  Adjustable  Electrode,  with  flannel  cover 322 

75 — Flannel  Cover  for  Electrode 322 

76 — Adjustable  Electrode,  with  sponge 323 

77 — Oblong  Adjustable  Electrode 323 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS.  xxix 


PAGE 


78 — Metallic  Brush 323 

79 —       "  "     with  brush  pushed  within  the  cylinder 323 

80 — Spinal  Electrode 323 

81 — Beard's  Current-reverser 324 

82 — Meyer  &  Meltzer's  Faradic  Machine. , 327 

83 — Foveaux's  Portable  Galvanic  Battery 329 

84 — Meyer  &  Meltzer's  Portable  Apparatus 330 

85 — Galvanization  of  the  Cervical  Sympathetic 336 

86 —  "  "  "  "  including  the  Pneumogastric. . .  337 

87 — Faradization  of  Facial  Nerve  and  Muscles 339 

88 — Muscular  Faradization,  with  Metallic  Electrodes 339 

89 — Faradization  of  muscles  of  thigh 340 

90 —  *'         "    Popliteal  Nerve  and  Peroneal  Muscles 340 

91 — Spinal-cord-brachial  plexus  current 342 

92 — Spinal-cord-medium  nerve  current 342 

93 — General  Faradization,  application  to  head 349 

94 —       "  "  "  "spine 351 

95 — General  Galvano-faradization,  application  to  spine  by  sponge-holder 354 

96 — General  Faradization,  application  to  stomach 358 

97 —         "  "  "  "  lower  extremities 359 

98— Central  Galvanization,  first  stage 376 

99 —         "  "  second  stage 377 

100 —         "  "  third  stage 378 

loi —         "  "  fourth  stage 379 

102 — Method  of  Franklinization 394 

103 — Electric  Bath 396 

104 — Circle  Disk 486 

105 — Oblong  Button  Disk 486 

106 — Elephantiasis  of  legs,  before  treatment  by  electricity 5^5 

107 — Rectal  Electrode,  non-insulated 523 

108—     "  "  insulated 523 

109  —Double  Rectal  Electrode 523 

1 10 — Faradization  of  the  Uterus S30 

1 1 1 — Uterine  Electrode 531 

112 — Beard's  Intra-uterine  Electrode. 53^ 

113 — Double  Intra-uterine  Electrode 53* 

114 — Duchenne's  Double-uterine  Electrode,  open 53^ 

115 —         "  "  "  "  closed 532 

116 — Vaginal  Electrode 533 


XXX  LIST   OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 

PAGE 

117 — Intra-uterine  Galvanic  Pessary 543 

1 18 — Duchenne's  Trocar 552 

119 — Noeggerath's  Trocar 552 

120-121-122 — Normal  Fibre,  first  degree 554 

123-124 — Normal  Fibre,  second  degree 554 

125-126 —       "           "       third  degree 554 

127-128-129 — Normal  Fibre,  fourth  degree ,  .  554 

130 — Insulated  Catheter  Electrode 563 

131-132 — Double  Vesical  Electrode,  closed  and  open , 567 

133 — Laryngeal  Electrode  and  Necklet 574 

134 — Internal  Electrization  of  Ear ,  591 

135 — Murray's  Galvanic  Nipple-shield 605 

136 — Extra-Uterine  Pregnancy 607 

137 — Extra-Uterine  Pregnancy 610 

138 — Nasal  Electrode 646 

139 — Conductor  for  Electrolysis 664 

140 — Bayonet-pointed  Needles  for  Electrolysis 665 

141 — Rockwell's  Long  Needle  for  Electrolysis  of  Uterus 665 

142 — Rockwell's  Needle-Holders  with  Needles  for  Electrolysis 666 

143 — Beard's  Long-cutting  Needles  for  Electrolysis  of  the  base 666 

144 — Electrolysis  of  Base  in  scirrhus  of  breast 668 

145 —         '•           "       •'     "        *'         "     "     after  removal  of  tumor 669 

146  —Byrnes'  Multiple-element  Battery 674 

147 — Zinc-Carbon  Galvano-cautery  Battery  (Kidder) 675 

148 —  "         "               "             "             "         (Galvano-Faradic  Manuring  Co.).  675 

I49_  '«         "               "            «'             "                 "             ««           "             "  676 

150 — Galvano-cautery  Battery  (Meyer  &  Meltzer,  London) 677 

151-176 — Accompanying  Appliances — Handles,  Burners,  or  Cauterizers,  Loops, 

Knives,  etc. ,  for  Galvano-cautery 678-679 

177-188 —  }  Galvano-cautery  Operating  Case  and  Loop  (Galvano-Faradic  Man- 

)        ufacturing  Co.) 680 

189 — Benign  Cystic  Tumor  treated  by  Ordinary  Electrolysis 694 

190 — Electrolysis  of  Base  of  Malignant  Cystic  Tumor , 697 

191 — Removal  of  Epithelioma  by  Electrolysis  of  Base 702 

192 —  (  Epithelioma  of  Vagina  and  Vulva  before  and  after  operations  by  Elec- 

193 —  )              trolysis 705 

194 — Scirrhus  of  Breast  treated  by  Ordinary  Electrolysis 709 

195 — Trouve's  Electric  Explorer 735 

196 — Gruening's  Magnet 737 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


CHAPTER  I. 


A    KNOWLEDGE    OF   THE   PRINCIPLES   OF   ELEeXRO-PHYSICS   NECESSARY 
TO    THE     ELECTRO-THERAPEUTIST — DEFINITION     OF     ELECTRICITY — 

MAGNETISM. 

Electro-physics  is  the  science  which  treats  of  electricity  in  its  physical 
relations. 

No  one  can  be  a  master  in  electro-therapeutics  without  also  being  a 
master  in  electro-physics.  Hence  it  becomes  necessary,  in  a  systema- 
tic treatise  on  electro-therapeutics,  to  present  the  leading  principles  of 
electro-physics,  and  to  point  out  their  practical  bearings  both  on 
electro-physiology  and  electro-therapeutics.  This  necessity  is  all  the 
greater  because  electro-physics  is  the  branch  of  electrology  that  electro- 
therapeutists  are  most  of  all  disposed  to  neglect ;  and  ignorance  of  this 
department  has  retarded,  and  still  retards,  the  scientific  advance  of 
electro-therapeutics  both  medical  and. surgical.  It  is  possible  to  make 
happy  hits  in  electro-therapeutics  without  knowing  anything  of  electro- 
physics  or  electro-physiology ;  but  on  the  average,  and  in  the  long  run, 
the  best  results  will  be  obtained  by  those  who  to  purely  practical  know- 
ledge add  a  thorough  mastery  of  the  scientific  relations  of  the  subject. 

Wliy  discussed  in  a  Practical  Treatise  like  this. — The  necessity  of  pre- 
senting the  leading  principles  of  electro-physics  in  a  practical  treatise 
like  this  is  the  more  imperative  from  the  fact  that,  until  quite  recently 
at  least,  all,  or  nearly  all,  the  text-books  on  physics  in  use  in  schools 
and  colleges  have  failed  to  represent  the  advanced  researches  and 
generalizations  of  modern  scientists  in  the  department  of  electricity. 
The  old  hypotheses,  that  electricity  is  a  single  or  double  fluid,  still  Hnger 
in  our  centres  of  education,  or  yield  the  ground  but  slowly;  and  even  in 
those  works  that  are  fully  up  to  the  times  on  this  subject,  the  special 
I 


2  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

and  practical  bearings  of  electro-physical  principles  on  electro-phys- 
iology and  electro-therapeutics  are  of  course  not  considered. 

To  this  should  be  added  the  consideration  that  any  science,  however 
well  acquired,  if  it  be  not  kept  before  the  mind  by  teaching  or  writing, 
or  by  practical  application,  soon  fades  from  the  memory,  or  becomes  a 
mass  of  half-truths  and  uncertainties.  We  are  therefore  justified  in 
assuming  that  not  one  in  a  hundred  of  those  who  will  consult  this  book 
as  a  guide  in  electro-therapeutics  will  be  so  thoroughly  and  accurately 
informed  on  the  principles  of  electro-physics  as  not  to  need,  on  this 
subject,  some  compact  treatise  which  shall  serve  as  a  guide  and  reminder 
of  the  leading  facts  and  principles  of  the  science.  To  supply  this  need 
is  the  object  of  this  division  of  our  treatise. 


NATURE   AND   DEFINITION   OF   ELECTRICITY, 

Electricity  is  now  regarded  as  a  force  correlated  to  the  other  great 
forces  of  nature — heat,  light,  etc. — and,  like  thejn,  is  simply  a  mode  of 
motion, — a  forjji  of  vibration. 

Although  the  precise  nature  of  these  vibrations  have  not  yet  been 
mathematically  demonstrated,  as  in  the  case  of  light  and  heat,  yet  the 
theory  that  the  phenomena  of  electricity  are  the  result  of  vibrations  has 
much  in  its  favor,  and  it  is  by  no  means  impossible  that  in  the  future  the 
nature  of  these  vibrations  will  be  well  understood. 

In  the  present  treatise,  as  in  all  works  on  physics,  various  terms,  as 
"current,"  "flows,"  "runs,"  etc.,  that  took  their  origin  when  the  fluid 
theory  prevailed,  are  retained  for  the  sake  of  convenience  of  description. 
With  this  understanding  there  is  no  objection  to  their  use. 

Electricity  is  manifested  in  three  general  forms:  Magnetism;  Stati- 
cal ox  Frictional  ox  Franklinic  Electricity/  and  Galvanism,  or  Voltaic 
or  Dynamical  Electricity. 


magnetism. 

Magnetism. — In  order  to  understand  electricity  in  general  it  is  neces- 
sary to  understand  magnetism,  which  is  one  of  its  manifestations. 
Magnetism,  defined  by  its  phenomena,  is  the  "^oy^ox  which  certain  bodies 
possess  of  attracting  iron.  The  bodies  which  are  observed  to  have  this 
power  are  called  magnets,  and  are  divided  into  two  classes — Jiatural  and 
artificial.     Natural  magnets  consist  of  iron  ore  or  loadstone.     Load- 


MAGNETISM — POLARITY  OF  MAGNETS.  3 

stone  was  fii'st  discovered  in  Magnesia,  in  Asia  Minor,  and  hence  the 
name  magfiet  was  derived.  The  compass  was  introduced  into  Europe  in 
the  twelfth  century;  but  the  Chinese  are  said  to  have  been  acquainte<f 
with  it  in  the  fourth  century. 

Artificial  magnets  are  usually  made  of  steel  that  has  been  magnetized 
by  the  galvanic  current  or  by  other  magnets.  Steel  bars  that  have 
been  thus  magnetized  may  be  either  straight  or  bent.  For  convenience' 
sake,  they  are  usually  bent  in  the  form  of  a  horseshoe. 

All  substances  are  more  or  less  susceptible  to  magnetic  influence,  but 
iron  is  more  affected  by  it  than  others.  Experiments  illustrative  of  the 
effects  and  power  of  artificial  magnets  are  so  familiar  that  they  need  not 
be  cited. 

Polarity  of  Magnets, — The  polarity  of  a  magnet  is  that  peculiar  pro- 
perty by  which  it  manifests  two  opposite  kinds  of  magnetism,  that  are 
termed,  relatively  to  each  other,  the  north  and  the  south  pole.  When  a 
magnetic  needle  is  so  suspended  that  it  can  move  unimpeded  in  any 
direction,  one  end  points  to  the  north,  and  the  other  to  the  south.  If 
the  magnet  be  disturbed  in  any  way,  and  forced  temporarily  out  of 
position,  it  at  once  and  uniformly  returns. 

Polarity  is  a  quality  that  belongs  not  only  to  magnetism,  but  also  to 
other  forms  of  electricity,  and  to  light  and  the  other  great  forces. 

The  poles  of  a  magnet  are  always  at  its  ends,  for  here  the  attractive 
power  is  greatest.  This  can  be  demonstrated  by  a  very  simple  experi- 
ment. If  a  magnetic  bar  be  rolled  in  a  pile  of  iron-filings,  it  will  be 
found  that  these  adhere  to  the  bar  most  firmly  and  in  the  greatest 
quantity  at  and  near  its  poles.  The  quantity  that  adheres  is  less  as  we 
approach  the  middle  of  the  bar. 

Neutral  Line. — In  long  bars  there  is  always  a  place  at  the  middle, 
or  near  to  it,  where  no  filings  are  attracted.  This  space  is  variously 
termed  the  neutral  or  magnetic  zone,  or  magnetic  equator,  or  point  of 
indifference. 


Fig.  I. 


Another  familiar  experiment  is  to  pass  an  iron  ball,  suspended  by  a 
string  or  thread,  near  to  a  magnet  from  end  to  end.  It  is  observed 
that  the  ball  is  attracted  very  Httle,  or  not  at  all,  in  the  middle,  but 


4  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

that  the  attractive  power  is  increased  as  we  bring  it  towards  either  end. 
If  any  substance  be  placed  between  the  ball  and  the  magnet,  the  at- 
traction is  just  as  marked,  unless  the  interposed  substance  itself  con- 
tains iron.  Nearly  all  substances  that  are  not  themselves  magnetic 
are  capable  of  transmitting  the  magnetic  influence. 

Another  feature  of  magnetic  polarity  is,  that  like  poles  repel,  and 
unlike  poles  attract,  each  other.  If  one  magnetic  bar  be  suspended 
freely  in  the  air,  and  another  be  brought  near  to  it,  it  will  be  found 
that  the  north  pole  of  one  is  attracted  by  the  south  pole  of  the  other, 
and  vice  versd — in  short,  that  the  like  poles  repel,  while  the  unlike 
attract. 


Fig.  2. 


Magnetism  of  Broken  Magnets. — If  a  bar  that  has  been  magnetized 
be  broken  in  the  middle,  each  half  will  have  two  poles  and  a  neutral 
point  in  the  centre.  If  one  of  these  halves  is  broken  in  the  middle, 
each  half  will  be  found  to  have  two  poles  and  a  neutral  line.  If  one 
of  these  parts  in  turn  be  broken,  each  half  will  again  be  found  to  be  a 
complete  magnet,  with  two  poles  and  a  neutral  line,  and  so  on  as  long 
as.  we  can  carry  the  division. 

Coulomb's  Theory  of  Magnetism. — A  theory  of  magnetism  ad- 
vanced by  Coulomb  is,  that  magnetic  substances  consist  of  particles, 
each^one  of  which  is  a  magnet.  These  particles  have  their  poles  turned 
in  different  directions,  so  as  to  neutralize  each  other. 

Magnetization  brings  these  particles  round  so  that  they  lie  in  the  same 
direction.  This  theory  brings  magnetism  very  close  to  statical  electri- 
city, and  would  naturally  be  adopted  by  those  who  believe  all  mag- 
netic pheno?nena  result  from  electricity  in  magnetic  bodies. 


MAGNETIC  INDUCTION.  5 

Between  the  behavior  of  electricity  in  animal  bodies  (animal  electri- 
city), electricity  in  general  (statical  and  dynamical  electricity),  to  be 
subsequently  explained,  and  magnetism  as  here  explained,  there  are 
analogies  so  close  and  so  consistent  as  to  warrant  the  view  that  all  are 
but  different  manifestations  of  one  force. 

Magnetic  Induction. — If  a  bar  of  soft  iron  is  brought  in  contact 
with  or  near  to  one  of  the  poles  of  a  magnet,  it  is  attracted,  and  foi 
the  time  being  becomes  itself  magnetic ;  and  if  it  is  brought  near 
enough  to  the  magnet,  it  firmly  adheres  to  it.  A  bar  of  soft  iron  thus 
obtains  by  induction  all  the  properties  of  an  ordinary  magnet.  It  has 
a  north  and  south  pole.  It  attracts  iron-filings  around  these  poles,  just 
like  the  regular  magnet.  If  another  piece  of  soft  iron  is  brought  in 
contact  with,  or  near  to  its  poles,  it  is  attracted  and  made  to  adhere, 
just  as  it  would  do  if  applied  to  an  ordinary  magnet.  Quite  a  number 
of  bars  of  soft  iion  may  be  made  to  adhere  in  the  same  way.  But 
when  this  bar,  thus  made  magnetic,  is  forcibly  removed  from  the  per- 
manent magnet  to  which  it  adheres,  it  instantaneously  loses  all  its  mag- 
netic power,  and  the  iron-filings  or  pieces  of  soft  iron  that  have  been 
attracted  by  it  at  once  drop  off.  Such  a  magnet  is  therefore  styled 
'■'■temporary,'^  in  contradistinction  to  \}i\Q. permanent  magnets  of  steel. 

If  a  bar  of  steel  is  brought  near  to,  or  in  contact  with  a  magnet,  it 
also  becomes  magnetic,  and  exhibits  very  different  phenomena  from 
the  bar  of  soft  iron.  In  the  first  place,  it  becomes  magnetic  much 
more  slowly  than  the  bar  of  soft  iron,  and  displays  less  magnetic 
power.  On  the  other  hand,  it  does  not,  like  the  soft  iron  bar,  lose  its 
attractive  power  as  soon  as  it  is  removed  from  the  magnet,  but  perma- 
nently retains  it. 

The  quality  of  steel  by  which  it  at  first  resists  the  attractive  power 
of  magnets,  and  resists  the  dispersion  of  the  magnetism  which  it  has 
once  acquired,  is  called  coercitive  force. 

The  same  phenomena  are  observed  in  regard  to  heat.  Some  bodies 
that  are  quick  to  acquire  heat,  are  quick  to  part  with  it ;  and  vice  versa, 
those  bodies  which,  like  iron,  steel,  and  so  forth,  acquire  heat  gradually, 
also  part  with  it  slowly. 

It  is  by  virtue  of  its  coercitive  force  that  loadstone  permanently  re 
tains  its  magnetism. 

The  harder  any  steel  is,  the  greater  its  coercitive  force.  Steel  that 
is  soft  has  comparatively  little  coercitiveness,  and  when  brought  near 
to,  or  in  contact  with  a  magnet,  it  behaves  very  much  like  soft  iron. 
Very  hard  steel,  on  the  contrary,  has  so  great  coercitiveness  that  it  is 
only  attracted  by  very  powerful  magnets. 


6  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

Soft  iron,  when  adulterated  with  sulphur,  phosphorus,  arsenic,  oi 
charcoal,  or  if  it  is  even  twisted  or  bent,  may  exhibit  a  slight  degree 
of  coercitive  force.  Soft  iron  that  is  perfectly  pure  possesses  no  coer- 
citive  force  whatever. 

The  law  of  the  distribution  of  magnetism  in  a  bar  of  iron,  and  the 
law  of  magnetic  attraction  and  repulsion  were  discovered  by  Coulomb 
in  1789. 

Shape  of  Magnets — Magnetic  Armatures. — Artificial  magnets  are 
either  composed  of  straight  bars,  or  are  bent  in  the  shape  of  a  horse- 
shoe. The  horseshoe  form  is  used  mainly  for  the  sake  of  conveni- 
ence. It  enables  us  to  apply  both  poles  simultaneously  and  uniformly 
to  the  object  that  is  to  be  magnetized.  Very  powerful  magnets  may 
be  made  of  a  number  of  thin  steel  bars  placed  side  by  side,  their  poles 
being  situated  homonymously,  that  is,  lying  in  the  same  direction.  A 
number  of  bundles  of  bars  of  steel  arranged  in  this  way  is  called  a 
^'■magnetic  magazine,  or  battery" 

Magnetic  armatures  are  pieces  of  soft  iron  that  are  placed  at  the  ends 
of  magnets,  to  keep  their  magnetic  power.  This  bar,  or  armature,  not 
only  receives  magnetism  from  the  magnet,  but  acts  upon  it  in  return, 
and  thus  helps  to  preserve  its  magnetic  power.  Magnets  that  are  not 
provided  with  an  armature  gradually  lose  their  attractive  power  by  the 
disturbing  influence  of  the  magnetism  of  the  earth.  The  magnetic 
power  of  magnets  is  apt  to  be  impaired  by  letting  them  fall  on  a  hard 
surface,  or  by  suddenly  striking  them  with  a  solid  body. 


Fig.  3. 

Magnetization. — It  is  possible  to  communicate  magnetism  to  bodies 
that  can  retain  it  in  several  different  ways : 

1.  By  single  Touch. — The  bar  which  we  wish  to  magnetize  is  laid 
on  a  table,  and  the  pole  of  a  magnet  is  rubbed  along  its  surface  from 
end  to  end  for  a  number  of  times. 

2.  By  double  Touch. — The  bar  that  is  to  be  magnetized  is  placed  on 
a  piece  of  wood,  the  ends  of  which  are  placed  against  two  strong  mag- 
nets. Two  magnets  for  rubbing  are  placed  on  the  bar  to  be  magnet- 
ized, making  an  angle  with  the  bar  of  from  15°  to  20°.  A  small  piece 
of  wood  is  placed  between  the  extremities  of  these  two  magnets,  to 
prevent  their  touching.  They  are  then  rubbed  along  the  bar  that  is  to 
be  magnetized,  from  the  middle  towards  the  end,  and  back  again,  and 


MAGNETIC  INDUCTION.  7 

raised  from  the  magnetized  bar  again  at  the  middle.  This  method 
communicates  a  strong,  though  sometimes  irregular  magnetism;  it  was 
invented  by  Mitchell,  and  perfected  by  Epinus  in  1758. 

3.  By  separate  Touch. — This  method  consists  in  putting  two  opposite 
poles  of  two  magnets  of  the  same  force  in  the  middle  of  the  bar  that  is 
to  be  magnetized,  and  moving  each  of  them  at  the  same  time  toward 
the  opposite  end  of  the  bar.  This  operation  is  repeated  several  times 
on  both  sides  until  the  bar  is  magnetized. 

The  magnets  may  be  held  vertically  or  may  be  inclined. 
The  vertical  method  was  first  used  by  Knight  in  1745. 

4.  By  the  Galvanic  Current. — The  bar  to  be  magnetized  is  placed 
inside  a  coil  of  insulated  wire  through  which  a  galvanic  current  is  run- 
ning, and  is  then  moved  backward  and  forward,  as  in  the  method  by 
the  double  touch. 

5.  By  the  Earth. — It  is  clear  that  the  earth  is  itself  a  magnet,  for  it 
manifests  strong  inductive  power.  A  steel  rod  becomes  permanently 
magnetic  when  it  is  held  parallel  to  a  dipping-needle.  If  a  bar  of  soft 
iron  is  held  in  the  same  position  it  also  becomes  magnetic,  and  much 
more  rapidly  than  the  steel  bar,  but  does  not  so  long  retain  its  magnet- 
ism. If  a  soft  iron  bar,  held  in  this  position,  is  struck  a  few  times  by  a 
hammer,  its  magnetism,  which  was  before  temporary,  becomes  per 
manent.  The  blows  of  the  hammer  seem  to  impart  in  some  mys- 
terious way  a  coercitive  force  to  the  temporary  magnet. 

Large  masses  of  iron,  when  kept  in  a  stationary  position  for  any 
length  of  time,  always  give  proofs  of  having  been  magnetized  by  the 
earth.  Tools  in  workshops  are  apt  to  become  permanently  magnetic 
from  the  repeated  hammering  to  which  they  are  subjected.  The  mag- 
netism of  the  loadstone  is  due  to  the  silent  but  continuous  inductive 
action  of  the  earth.* 

Saturation  Point  of  Magnetism. — The  limit  of  the  amount  of  mag- 
netism that  a  magnet  can  permanently  retain  is  called  the  point  of  sat u- 
ratiofi.  If  any  magnet  receives  more  of  magnetism  than  it  can  perma- 
nently retain,  it  gradually  loses  it  or  throws  it  off  until  it  falls  to  the 
point  of  saturation,  when  it  ceases  to  lose  any  more.  The  saturative 
point  of  any  magnet  depends  on  its  temper  and  coercitive  force. 

Magnetism  is  very  markedly  influenced  by  temperature.  When  a 
magnet  is  heated  it  loses  its  magnetic  power  in  proportion  as  its  tem- 
perature rises ;  when  it  cools  it  regains  more  or  less  of  what  it  has  lost. 

*  On  this  subject  we  may  refer  to  the  able  pamphlet  of  Prof.  Mayer  on  The  Earth 
a  great  Magnet. 


CHAPTER  II. 

FRICTIONAL,  OR   STATICAL,    OR   FRANKLINIC  ELECTRICITY. 

When  glass  is  rubbed  with  silk  it  acquires  the  power  of  attracting 
any  light  substance,  such  as  a  pith-ball.  By  a  short  contact  this  prop- 
erty is  also  communicated  to  the  pith-ball,  and  it  then  repels  the  glass 
instead  of  being  attracted. 

These  phenomena  are  explained  by  the  existence  of  a  force  which  is 
termed  Electricity.  That  which  exists  in  the  glass  is  called  vitreous,  or 
positive,  or  -(-  electricity.  If  a  piece  of  sealing-wax  be  rubbed  with 
flannel  it  will  attract  the  pith-ball,  which  is  repelled  by  the  glass.  This 
phenomenon  is  due  to  the  existence  of  resinous,  or  negative,  or  —  elec- 
tricity in  the  sealing-wax. 

The  name  electricity  is  derived  from  the  Greek  word  y\k^Krpov,  mean- 
ing amber,  because,  as  the  story  goes,  Thales  of  Miletus,  one  of  the 
seven  sages  of  Greece,  first  discovered  the  manifestations  of  this  myste- 
rious force  by  rubbing  a  piece  of  amber  with  a  dry  cloth. 

The  science  of  electricity  dates  from  1600,  when  Dr.  Gilbert,  of  Col- 
chester, physician  to  Queen  Elizabeth,  published  a  work  on  magnetism, 
entitled  Tractatus  de  Magnete.  He  first  used  the  word  electricity.  He 
showed  that  not  only  amber,  but  other  bodies,  as  sulphur,  wax,  etc., 
develop  electricity.  He  first  used  the  term  poles  in  magnetism,  and 
announced  the  first  theory  of  terrestrial  magnetism.  Not  only  seaHng- 
wax  and  glass,  but  all  bodies  contain  more  or  less  of  electricity  that  may 
be  thus  developed  by  some  kind  of  friction. 

Conductors  and  Non-conductors. — All  bodies  are  electrically  divided 
into  three  classes:  Conductors,  semi-conductors,  and  non-conductors. 
Under  the  first  class — conductors — are  included  water  and  all  saline 
solutions,  the  metals,  the  earths  and  stones,  the  structures  of  plants  and 
animals,  etc.,  etc.  Under  the  second  class — semi-conductors — are  in- 
cluded ether,  alcohol,  dry  wood,  marble,  paper,  straw,  etc.,  at  32°  F, 
Under  the  third  class — non-conductors,  or  insulators — are  included  glass, 
sealing-wax,  porcelain,  resins,  sulphur,  wax,  dry  metallic  oxides,  fatty 
oils,  etc.,  at  —  13^^  F. ;    phosphorus,  india-rubber,  gutta-percha,  col- 


FRICTIONAL   OR   FRANKLINIC   ELECTRICITY.  9 

lodion,  wool,  diy  hair,  silk,  shellac,  ebonite,  amber,  feathers,  chalk, 
linie,  dry  gases,  and  aqueous  vapor  in  a  dry  state. 

The  conducting  power  of  metals  may  be  lessened  by  heating  them. 
In  nearly  all  other  substances  heat  increases  the  conducting  power. 
Certain  substances,  such  as  feathers,  wool,  hair,  and  the  atmosphere, 
which  in  a  dry  state  are  non-conductors,  become,  when  thoroughly 
moistened,  the  best  of  conductors. 

In  this  classification  of  all  substances  into  conductors,  semi-conduc- 
tors, and  non-conductors,  reference  is  had  only  to  frictional  electricity. 
Substances  that  are  semi-conductors  for  frictional  electricity  are  non- 
conductors for  galvanic  electricity. 

Frictional  electricity  may  be  obtained  not  only  by  rubbing,  but  also 
by  cleavage  and  pressure.  When  a  piece  of  mica  is  cleaved,  the  two 
plates  which  are  separated  exhibit  opposite  electricities,  and  a  faint 
light  is  observed  when  the  cleavage  is  made  in  the  dark.  The  light 
that  is  seen  when  sugar- candy  or  loaf-sugar  is  broken,  is  accounted  for 
by  the  development  of  electricity  through  cleavage. 

When  a  thin  piece  of  cork  is  pressed  against  a  slice  of  orange, 
by  insulating  handles,  one  assumes  a  positive  and  the  other  a  negative 
electricity.  The  same  phenomena  may  be  obtained  by  cleavage  and 
pressure  of  very  many  other  substances,  and  under  diverse  condi- 
tions. 

A  conductor  is  said  to  be  insulated  when  it  is  placed  on  some  non- 
conducting substance,  so  that  the  electricity  communicated  to  it  is  pre- 
vented from  passing  into  the  ground.  Glass  is  one  of  the  best  non- 
conductors, and  is  the  insulating  material  usually  employed  in  the  con- 
struction of  electrical  apparatus.  It  is  hard,  durable,  and  easily  ob- 
tained, and,  could  its  surface  be  kept  always  dry,  would  be  surpassed  as 
an  insulator  by  no  material.  In  frosty  and  dry  weather  it  acts  very  well ; 
but  when  the  atmosphere  is  at  all  damp,  it  becomes  coated  with  a  layer 
of  moisture,  which  very  much  impairs  its  insulating  power. 

A  much  superior  insulator  to  glass  is  ebonite,  a  preparation  of  vulcan- 
ized india-rubber,  that  of  late  has  been  much  used. 

Discovery  of  Electric  Conduction. — Electric  conduction  was  discov- 
ered by  Stephen  Grey  in  1729.  He  found  that  when  a  wire  700  feet 
long,  and  hung  on  loops  of  silk,  was  connected  at  one  end  with  a  glass 
tube,  and  the  tube  was  rubbed,  the  other  end  of  the  wire  was  electri- 
fied and  attracted  light  bodies.  When  wire-loops  were  substituted  for 
the  silk-loops,  the  electricity  passed  off  through  the  wire.  Hence  origi- 
nated the  distinction  between  instilators  and  conductors. 

Loss  of  Electricity. — All  electrified  bodies  lose  electricity  more  or  less, 


10  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

however  carefully  they  may  be  insulated.     Taere  are  two  reasons  foi 
this  : — 

First.  No  insulators  are  perfect.  The  best  insulators,  as  glass  and 
rubber,  conduct  somewhat. 

Secondly.  The  air  is  a  conductor  ;  its  conductive  capacity  depends 
upon  the  amount  of  moisture  in  it. 

In  vacuo,  also,  electrified  bodies  lose  their  electricity  more  rapidly 
than  in  air,  on  account  of  the  diminution  of  the  pressure  on  the  insulat- 
ing surface. 

The  human  body,  as  will  be  shown  under  Electro-physiology,  is 
charged  with  electricity,  which  is  conducted  away  by  the  air,  and  not 
unlikely  by  other  conductors. 

Statical  Induction. — An  insulated  conductor,  when  charged  with  either 
positive  or  negative  electricity,  acts  o?i  bodies  placed  near  to  it  just  as  the 
jnagnet  acts  on  soft  iron  ;  it  attracts  the  opposite 
and  repels  the  same  kind  of  electricity.  This  may 
be  shown  in  the  following  manner  :  A  brass  cylin- 
der (Fig.  4),  rounded  at  either  extremity,  is 
insulated  by  means  of  a  glass  rod.  Two  pith- 
balls  are  suspended  by  cotton  thread  from  each 
end.  If  an  insulated  ball  charged  with  positive 
Fig.  4.  electricity  be  brought  in  close  proximity  to  the 

brass  cylinder,  the  pith-balls  will  diverge,  show- 
ing a  disturbance  of  the  electrical  equilibrium  in  the  cylinder.  So  soon 
as  the  charged  ball  is  withdrawn,  the  pith-balls  hang  down  as  before, 
showing  that  the  electrical  disturbance  in  the  cyHnder  depended  on  the 
presence  of  the  charged  ball,  and  was  merely  temporary. 

If  a  small  disk  of  insulated  gilt  paper  be  brought  in  contact  with 
the  end  of  the  cylinder  next  the  charged  ball,  and  then  approached 
toward  an  electrometer,  the  needle  will  indicate  that  the  disk  has  re- 
ceived —  electricity. 

If  the  experiment  be  tried  with  the  opposite  end,  -f  electricity  will 
be  transmitted  to  the  gilt  disk. 

It  is  thus  seen  that  -f  electricity  of  the  charged  ball  causes  the  near 
end  of  the  cylinder  to  assume  a  —  condition  ;  while,  according  to  a 
universal  law,  that  no  —  electricity  can  be  excited  without  an  equal 
amount  of  positive  electricity,  the  opposite  extremity  becomes  -h .  The 
phenomenon  thus  described  is  called  induction,  or  influence  ;  and  while 
in  this  peculiar  electrical  condition  the  cylinder  is  said  to  h^  polar- 
ized. 

Induction  and  Conduction  compared. — We  ha/e  seen  that  a  body  may 


DISTRIBUTION   OF   ELECTRICITY.  H 

be  charged  mth  electricity  both  by  condiictmi — actual  contact — and 
by  induction  at  a  distance.  In  conduction,  the  first  body  loses  a  part 
of  its  electricity ;  in  induction  it  does  not.  In  conduction,  the  elec« 
tricity  given  to  the  body  is  the  same  as  that  which  gives  it ;  in  induc- 
tion, it  is  of  the  opposite  kind.  In  order  to  impart  electricity  by  con- 
duction, the  body  must  be  insulated ;  to  impart  electricity  by  induction, 
the  body  must  be  for  the  time  in  connection  with  the  earth.  Bad  con 
ductors  are  acted  on  by  induction  slowly,  but  retain  their  electricity 
longer  ;  just  as  steel  which  is  slowly  magnetized  becomes  z. permanent 
magnet,  while  soft  iron,  which  is  rapidly  magnetized,  soon  loses  its 
magnetism.  There  is  a  limit  to  the  conductive  capacity  of  every  elec- 
trified body  ;  when  this  limit  is  reached,  it  ceases  to  have  any  effect  on 
the  second  body. 

Distrihition  of  Electricity. — It  is  evident  that  the  greater  the  surface 
over  which  electricity  is  diffused,  the  less  is  its  power  or  intensity  at  any 
given  point. 

Electricity  does  not  penetrate  to  the  interior  of  metallic  conductors,  but 
diffuses  itself  over  the  surface. 

Experiment  proves  this.     Let  a  brass  ball  be  charged  with  electricity, 


/I 


Fig.  s. 

dnd  suspended  by  a  silk  thread,  and  then  covered  with  two  hemispheri- 
cal surfaces  of  brass,  which  exactly  fit  it.  When  the  hemispheres  are 
withdrawn,  it  will  be  found  that  they  are  charged  with  electricity,  which 
has  been  entirely  taken  from  the  brass  ball. 

Faraday  illustrated  this  truth  by  a  beautiful  and  original  experiment 
with  a  conical  bag  of  cotton  gauze,  around  the  opening  of  which  an  in- 
sulated ring  was  attached.  The  bag  was  held  distended  by  means  of  a 
silk  thread  attached  to  the  apex,  and  then  charged.  By  the  proof-plane, 
he  found  that  the  charge  was  wholly  on  the  outside.  The  bag  was 
then  turned  inside  out  by  pulling  the  thread  the  other  way,  when  it  was 


12 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


found  that  the  electricity  had  changed  sides,  and  lay  itholly  on  the 
outside. 

Density. — The  quantity  of  electricity  on  a  given  surface  at  any  inoinem 
is  called  electric  density,  or  thickness.  . 

The  shape  of  a  body  has  an  influence  in  the  distribution  of  electricity 
over  it. 

In  an  elHpsoid,  for  example,  the  density  is  greatest  at  the  small  end 
and  least  at  the  middle  space. 


Fig.  6. 


On  an  insulated  cylinder,  with  the  two  hemispheres  at  the  ends,  the 
density  of  the  electricity  is  greatest  at  the  ends.  On  a  circular  disk, 
the  density  is  greatest  at  the  edges.  The  tendency  is  for  electricity  to 
accumulate  at  points.  On  a  sphere  the  density  is  uniform ;  the  further 
removed  a  body  is  from  a  sphere  the  more  irregular  the  distribution. 

In  all  pointed  rods  the  electricity  accumulates  at  the  pointed  ex- 
tremities ;  hence  lightning-rods  are  made  to  terminate  at  sharp  points. 
In  electro-physiology  and  electro-therapeutics  it  is  found  that  small, 
pointed  electrodes  cause  much  more  pain,  the  strength  of  the  current 
being  the  same,  than  large,  broad  electrodes.  Hence,  except  in  those 
cases  where  it  is  desired  to  confine  the  action  of  the  current  to  a  very 
limited  surface,  electrodes  of  pretty  good  surface  are  desirable. 

Electric  Machines. — This  term  is  exceedingly  vague.  It  is  applied 
to  any  and  all  forms  of  electrical  apparatus.  The  first  electric  machine 
was  made  in  1672,  by  Otto  von  Guericke,  of  Magdeburg.*  It  consisted 
of  a  globe  of  sulphur,  turned  on  its  axis  by  one  hand  and  pressed  against 


'  Fxperimenta  Nova.     Magdeburgica. 


HOLTZ'S  MACHINE. 


13 


the  other  hand.     Afterward   a   glass   cyHnder  was   used   instead   of 
sulphur. 

In  1740  Winckler  substituted  cushions  of  horse-hair  as  rubbers.  In 
1760  Rams  den  substituted  a  circular  glass  plate  for  the  glass  cylinder. 
The  forms  of  electric  machines  now  used  are  modifications  of  Rams- 
den's.  This  is  one  of  the  forms  of  apparatus  from  which  we  obtain 
statical  electricity.  Fig.  7  represents  the  common  cylinder  electrical 
machine,  for  developing  electricity  by  friction. 


Fig.  7. 

Holies  Electrophorus  Machine. — The  best  and  most  recent  form  of 
apparatus  for  statical  electricity  is  the  electrophorus  machine  that  was 
invented  by  Holtz,*  of  Berlin,  in  1865.  In  this  machine  the  electricity 
is  generated  not  by  friction,  but,  as  in  the  electrophorus,  by  inductive 
action.  The  machine  consists  of  two  glass  disks  and  paper  coatings, 
with  a  number  of  conductors.  One  of  the  disks  revolves  on  its  axis  ; 
the  other  remains  immovable.  The  disks  and  paper  coatings  are  cov- 
ered with  sealing-wax. 

The  metallic  conductors  are  made  in  a  comb-shape.  An  incision  in 
the  immovable  disk,  with  the  paper  coating  and  metallic  conductor,  is 
called  an  element.  The  machine  may  have  two,  four,  six,  or  eight  of 
these  elements.  When  rotated,  the  paper  coating  becomes  charged  with 
negative  electricity :  the  corresponding  part  of  the  movable  disk  be- 
comes charged  with  positive  electricity.  The  conductor  corresponds 
to  the  finger  of  the  experimenter.     The  length  of  the  spark  produced 


•  A  similar  machine  was  constructed  about  the  same  time  by  Topler. 


14 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


by  the  machine  depends  on  the  size  of  the  disk,  which  may  be  12,  21, 
or  30  inches  in  diameter.  These  machines  are  also  called  rotation 
multipliers,  because  by  their  rotary  motion  they  multiply  by  successive 
transmissions  the  charge  of  electricity  that  they  communicate. 


Fig.  8. 


Electric  Spark. — An  interesting  phenomenon  connected  with  the 
electrical  machine  is  the  electric  spark  which  is  drawn  from  the  con- 
ductor when  the  finger  is  presented  to  it. 

The  positive  electricity  of  the  conductor  decomposes  the  electricity 
of  the  body,  attracting  the  negative  and  repelling  the  positive,  and,  when 
the  tension  is  great  enough,  these  opposite  electricities  overcome  the 
resistance  of  the  air  and  recombine,  with  a  spark  and  crackling  sound. 
The  spark  is  accompanied  by  a  prickly  sensation.  When  the  spark  is 
short  it  is  straight ;  beyond  two  or  three  inches  in  length  it  becomes 
curved  or  zigzag,  like  the  lightning  in  the  sky. 


ELECTROSCOPE. 


15 


The  human  body  may  be  charged  with  electricity  by  sitting  on  an 
insulating  stool  and  touching  the  conductor  of  an  electrical  machine. 

When  the  body  is  thus  charged,  the  hair  diverges,  a  peculiar  sensa- 
tion is  felt  in  the  face,  and  if  an}'  other  person  standing  on  the  giound 
touches  one  so  charged,  he  receives  a  spark,  with  a  crackling  sound 
and  a  pricking  sensation. 

Eledrophoi'us. — The  electrophorus,  invented  by  Volta,  in  1775,  con- 
sists of  a  metallic  mould,  filled  with  a  mixture  of  shellac  and  turpentine, 
and  a  movable  metallic  cover  that  is  provided  with  a  glass  handle. 
The  surface  of  the  shellac  is  negatively  electrified  by  beating  it  with  a 
cat's  fur  or  fox-tail.  The  cover  is  then  put  on,  and  by  contact  be- 
comes negatively  electrified,  and  gives  to  the  finger  a  slight  spark  of 
negative  electricity.  If  the  cover  be  now  removed  by  its  insulating 
handle,  it  gives  positive  electricity  to  whatever  touches  it.  This  posi- 
tive electricity  it  acquires  not  directly  from  the  shellac,  but  by  indiictivt 
action  through  the  air.  , 

Gold-Leaf  Electroscope. — By  this  instrument  we  are  enabled  not 
only  to  detect  the  presence,  but  to  determine  the  kind,  of  electricity 
that  may  exist  in  any  body. 

Fig.  9  represents  Bennett's  electroscope.      B  is  a  tubulated  glass 


Fig.  9. 


shade,  enclosed  at  its  lower  end  by  a  metallic  cover,  by  means  of  which 
it  communicates  with  the  ground.  A  metal  rod,  fitting  in  the  tubule  of 
the  shade,  terminates  at  its  upper  extremity  in  a  knob,  C,  and  at  its 
lower  extremity  it  holds  two  narrow  strips  of  gold  leaf.  On  the  inside 
of  the  shade  are  two  strips  of  gold  leaf  reaching  to  the  metal  cover 


l6  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

If  a  body  charged  with  either  kind  of  electricity  is  brought  in  contacl 
with  the  knob,  the  gold  leaves  diverge. 

Thomson's  Quadrant  Electrometer. — A  far  superior  instrument  for 
all  delicate  researches  is  the  quadrant  electrometer  of  Sir  William 
Thomson.  This  instrument  is  quite  complex,  and  only  in  a  general 
way  shall  we  attempt  to  describe  it.  A  delicate  aluminum  needle, 
two  inches  long,  is  hung  by  two  cocoon  threads  in  a  glass  jar,  which  is 
one-sixth  filled  with  sulphuric  acid.  From  the  nfeedle  a  delicate  thread 
of  platinum  drops  into  the  acid.  The  needle  is  'thus  free  to  swing  hori- 
zontally a  little  distance,  or  until  the  torsion  of  one  of  the  threads  by 
which  it  is  hung  forces  it  back  to  its  original  position.  Above  the 
needle  a  very  delicate  mirror  is  suspended.  When  the  aluminum  needle 
is  charged  with  electricity,  which  is  conducted  through  the  sulphuric 
acid  and  carried  up  the  platinum  wire,  the  needle  is  repelled  or  at- 
tracted according  as  the  electricity  is  positive  or  negative.  Behind  a 
screen,  at  some  little  distance,  is  placed  a  lamp,  the  light  of  which 
reaches  the  needle  through  a  slit  in  the  screen.  On  the  screen  is  a 
scale  ;  a  very  slight  movement  of  the  needle  is  reflected  by  the  mirror 
above  it  on  the  scale.     An  exceedingly  slight  displacement  of  the  needle 


Fig,  io. 

will  cause  a  very  large  displacement  of  the  image  reflected  on  the 
scale.  Thus  this  instrument  is  of  great  value  in  very  delicate  researches. 
Leyden  Jar. — The  Leyden  jar  is  made  of  glass,  with  a  coating  of  tin- 
foil pasted  carefully  inside  and  out,  extending  to  within  a  few  inches  of 
the  mouth.  Through  a  varnished  wooden  cover  a  wire,  having  a  knob 
at  top,  is  passed,  and  extends  to  the  inside  coating.  Now,  when  either 
positive  or  negative  electricity  is  communicated  to  the  knob  at  the 
top,  it  is  immediately  diffused  over  the  whole  inside  coating ;  and  by  its 
rnductive  influence  the  outside  coating  takes  on  the  opposite  kind. 


LEYDEN  JAR.  1 7 

When  in  this  state, — the  two  coatings  being  oppositely  electrified, — 
the  jar  is  said  to  be  charged ;  and  a  discharge  takes  place  when  a  com- 
niunication  is  established  between  the  knob  and  the  outside  coating, 
the  equilibrium  being  restored  with  a  bright  flash  of  light  and  a  sharp 
report. 

As  the  human  system  is  a  good  conductor,  this  discharge  may  take 
place  through  it,  by  grasping  the  outside  coating  with  one  hand,  and 
touching  the  knob  at  the  top  with  the  other  ;  or  several  persons  may 
form  a  line  by  grasping  hands,  the  one  at  one  extreme  touching  the 
outside  coating,  while  the  one  at  the  other  extreme  touches  the  knob. 
All  \\all  feel  the  shocks  as  it  is  called,  at  the  same  instant.  While  the 
jar  is  receiving  the  charge,  it  must  not  be  insulated ;  that  is,  the  outside 
must  communicate  with  the  earth.  As  the  positive  fluid  collects  on 
the  inside,  the  outside  becomes  negative  by  the  expulsion  of  the  posi- 
tive fluid  naturally  in  it,  and  the  accumulation  of  the  negative  fluid  in 
its  stead,  drawn  from  the  earth.  But  if  the  outside  is  insulated,  these 
transfers  to  and  from  it  cannot  take  place,  and  therefore  the  jar  cannot 
become  charged. 

A  submarine  cable  is  really  a  vast  Leyden  jar.  The  wire  constitutes 
the  interior  coating,  the  water  the  exterior  coating,  and  the  gutta- 
percha the  insulator  between  them.  On  this  account  the  passage  of 
an  electric  current  through  a  submarine  cable  is  greatly  retarded. 

History  of  the  Leyden  Jar. — In  October,  1745,  a  bishop  of  Cammin, 
in  Pomerania,  Von  Kleist  by  name,  passed  through  a  cork  in  the  neck 
of  a  flask  an  iron  nail  Connected  with  an  electrical  machine.  The  flask 
contained  mercury  or  alcohol.  On  touching  the  nail,  Von  Kleist  re- 
ceived a  severe  shock.  In  January,  1746,  Cuneus,  Allamand,  and 
Musschenbroek  passed  a  wire  from  an  electrical  machine  into  a  flask 
filled  with  water.  Musschenbroek  held  the  flask  in  his  right  hand,  and 
when  a  turn  was  given  to  the  machine,  he  received  a  spark  from  the 
conductor  with  his  left  hand. 

The  spark  was  so  terrible  that  he  declared  he  would  not  receive 
another  like  it  for  the  French  crown.  He  observed  what  Kleist  did 
not,  that  only  the  person  who  held  the  jar  received  the  shock.  In  this 
experiment  the  hand  of  the  observer  corresponded  to  the  outer  coating 
of  the  ordinary  Leyden  jar.  He  was  the  most  scientific  of  the  three 
Leyden  philosophers  who  have  given  the  name  to  the  Leyden  jar. 

The  theory  of  the  Leyden  jar,  and  apparatus  similar  to  it,  was  given 
by  Franklin  in  1747.     In  the  same  year  Watson,  Bishop  of  Llandaff, 
sent  a  discharge  from  a  Leyden  jar  through  2,800  feet,  and  subsequently 
through  10,600  feet  of  wire. 
2 


l8  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

Experiments  like  these  were  also  made  by  Franklin  across  the  Schuyl- 
kill 

For  a  long  time  Franklinic  electricity  was  the  only  form  used  in  electro 
therapeutics.  At  present  it  is  but  little  used  except  in  certain  hos- 
pitals and  public  institutions.  Its  value  as  a  therapeutic  agent  is, 
however,  unquestioned,  and  now  that  some  of  the  inconveniences 
attending  its  use  have  been  removed  by  Holtz's  machine,  it  is  just  that 
it  should  have  a  fair  and  careful  trial  at  the  hands  of  modern  electro- 
therapeutists. 


CHAPTER  IIT. 

GALVANISM,    OR   VOLTAIC   ELECTR'.CITV. 

Under  the  general  term  Dynamical  Electricity  is  included  the  elec- 
tricity which  arises,  first,  from  chemical  action — especially  from  thai 
attending  the  dissolution  of  metals — called  galvanism  or  voltaic  elec- 
tricity ;  seco?idly,  from  induction  by  currents  or  magnets,  called 
induced  electricity,  electro-magnetism,  or  magneto-electricity ;  thirdly, 
from  heat,  called  thermo-electricity.  These  varieties  are  called  dynam- 
ical electricity,  signifying  electricity  in  motion  as  distinguished  from 
frictional  or  statical  electricity,  which  denotes  the  electrical  condition 
of  bodies  in  which  electricity  remains  insulated  or  stationary.  Strictly 
speaking,  these  terms — dynamical  and  statical — are  applicable  to  both 
branches  of  the  science  ;  for  if  the  poles  of  a  series  of  galvanic  batteries 
are  insulated,  they  manifest,  before  the  current  begins,  the  electric 
tension  of  a  friction  machine.  Again,  the  characteristics  of  the  gal- 
vanic current  are  manifested  slightly  in  the  series  of  discharges  which 
are  transmitted  in  a  wire  connecting  the  prime  conductor  of  a  machine 
in  action  with  the  ground  or  other  negative  conductor. 

Nature  and  Definition  of  Force  and  its  Relatio7i  to  Matter. — Force  is 
that  which  ^produces  motio?t.  It  is  itself  a  primary  motion  and  cannot 
be  defined.  Matter  is  a  collection  of  centres  of  force  called  atoms. 
Molecules  are  collections  of  atoms.  A  molecule  is  the  smallest  particle 
into  which  a  body  can  be  divided  without  losing  its  identity. 

The  molecules  of  a  gas  are  in  rapid  and  continuous  motion,  and  the 
relative  velocities  in  different  gases  has  easily  been  determined.  These 
motions  and  velocities  are  the  result  of  the  forces  of  which  matter  con- 
sists. It  must  be  similarly  true  of  liquids  and  soHds  :  force  and  motion 
are  the  bases  of  their  constitution.  Indeed,  without  force  matter  would 
not  exist  at  all,  for  matter  is  simply  an  aggregation  of  centres  of  force. 

Ponderable  Matter  is  a  form  of  force  which  our  senses  recognize. 
Ether  pervades  all  matter  and  all  space,  but  it  is  not  recognized  by 
sense,  and  yet  it  is  none  the  less  a  manifestation  of  centres  of  force. 

Electricity  compared  with  other  Forces. — If  force  be  added  to  mattei 


20  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

the  equilibrium  of  that  point  is  disturbed,  and  the  disturbance  is  prop* 
gated  from  molecule  to  molecule,  through  matter,  or  ether,  or  both. 
Heat  by  conduction  and  mass-motion  are  of  matter  only.  Heat  by 
radiation  and  light  are  of  the  ether  only.  Electricity  is  now  regarded 
as  a  movement  of  the  ether,  and  of  the  body  in  which  it  circulates. 
Chemical  action  is  a  rearrangement  of  atoms.  After  this  action  the 
sum  of  the  activities  of  the  molecules  of  the  resulting  product  is  dif- 
ferent from  that  which  its  factors  previously  had.  This  difference  is 
force,  and  appears  sometimes  as  light,  and  under  certain  conditions  as 
electricity,  but  it  is  rarely  or  never  confined  to  one  mode  of  manifes- 
tation. The  cofidition  for  the  generation  of  electricity  by  chemical  action 
appears  to  be  that  this  action  takes  place  at  the  surface  of  a  conductor 
through  which  a  current  {so  called)  can  circulate.  Since  the  current  is 
made  of  motion  of  the  molecules  of  the  conductor  through  which  it 
passes,  and  of  the  ether,  the  nature  of  the  conductor  must  modify  the 
current  itself.  It  is  known  that  the  current  through  a  telegraph-wire 
500  miles  long  meets  the  greater  part  of  its  resistance  in  the  first  100 
miles.  The  current  is  modified  by  the  material  and  length  and  size  of 
the  wire. 

The  differential  physiological  effects  of  induction-coils  of  different 
lengths  and  fineness  may  thus  be  in  part  explained.  These  difterential 
effects  will  be  spoken  of  in  the  electro-therapeutical  portion  of  this 
work. 

The  Chemistry  of  the  Battery  not  yet  Exact. — Chemistry  can  never 
be  an  exact  science  until  temperature,  specific  heat,  and  matter  are  all 
considered,  and  justly  estimated  in  all  reactions.  This  has  not  yet  been 
accomplished. 

We  are  unable  to  state  a  priori  what  must  be  the  electro-motive  force 
of  the  different  batteries  in  use,  since  that,  as  we  have  seen,  depends 
on  data  hereafter  to  be  determined.  Frequently,  however,  we  are  able 
to  state  which  of  two  reactions  must  evolve  the  greater  force,  and  so, 
under  like  circumstances,  the  stronger  electric  current.  This  is  done  by 
inspection  of  the  electro-chemical  series  of  elements.  That  series,  how- 
ever, must  vary  with  the  temperature,  so  that  it  is  no  sure  guide. 

Office  of  the  Water  in  the  Battery. — The  water  used  in  all  common 
batteries  serves  as  a  solvent  of  the  salt  formed  in  the  reaction.  When 
the  water  used  becomes  saturated  by  this  salt  the  current  stops,  and  it 
declines  in  power  as  the  solution  approaches  saturation. 

Office  of  the  Metals  in  the  Battery. — Of  the  two  metals  in  any 
battery  one  only  enters  into  the  reaction.  Zinc  has  generally  filled  that 
place  in  all  the  best-known  batteries,  because  it  is  nearer  the  negative 


CHEMISTRY   OF    THE   BATTERY.  21 

end  of  the  electro-chemical  series  than  any  other  common  and  cunve- 
nient  metal.  Potassium  or  sodium  would  be  the  beau  ideal  of  the  negative 
metal,  but  they  are  not  convenient  or  practicable.  Any  metal  or  con- 
ductor which  is  not  acted  on  by  the  fluid  in  which  it  is  immersed  may 
occupy  the  other  place  in  the  couple. 

All  modern  research  tends  toward  the  conclusion  that  the  different 
forms  of  electricity  which  we  variously  distinguish  as  magnetism,  Frank- 
linism,  galva?iism,  electro-magnetism.,  are  but  expressions  of  one  force, 
which  force  is,  as  we  have  seen,  but  a  mode  of  motion  of  the  universal 
ether.  Very  recently  a  European  physicist  has  estimated  the  electro- 
motive force  of  Holtz'  s  machine,  and  has  expressed  it  in  a  mathematical 
form,  so  that  it  may  be  compared  with  the  ordinary  galvanic  batteries. 

In  the  present  chapter  we  shall  speak  of  the  form  of  electricity  that 
is  generated  by  chemical  action — galvanism  or  voltaism.  Analogy  and 
experience  make  it  more  than  probable  that  all  chemical  actio?i  whatso- 
ever is  attended  with  the  evolution  of  electricity ;  and  reasoning  still 
further  we  may  believe  that  all  molecular  disturbance,  however  excited, 
must  give  rise  to  electrical  disturbance.  The  play  and  interplay  of 
electrical  phenomena  are  incessant  and  infinite ;  electrical  force,  like 
light  and  gravity,  is  everywhere  being  generated  and  everywhere  acting. 
If  we  are  unable  to  detect  the  electricity  generated  by  chemical  action 
only  under  certain  conditions,  or  when  generated  in  comparatively 
large  quantities,  it  is  because  of  the  imperfections  of  our  knowledge  and 
the  want  of  sufficient  refinement  in  our  apparatus  for  collecting  and 
measuring  electricity. 

As  a  matter  of  experience  it  is  found  that  chemical  electricity  is  most 
convenientlv  generated  by  the  reactions  that  take  place  between  two 
metals  and  some  acid  solution,  and  as  a  matter  of  convenience  and 
economy  zinc  is  the  metal  at  the  expense  of  which  the  electrical  force 
is  evolved,  the  other  metals  acting  merely  as  conductors;  but  the 
combinations  that  are  actually  employed  by  physicists  are  but  a  fraction 
of  those  that  are  possible  and  conceivable. 

Every  year  new  batteries  and  modifications  of  old  batteries  are  de- 
vised, but  all  of  them  are  based  on  the  general  principle  that  chemical 
action  of  any  sort  whatsoever  is  attended  by  the  evolution  of  electri- 
city. 

We  present  below  brief  descriptions  of  some  of  the  principal  batteries 
that  are  now  in  use.  All,  or  nearly  all  of  them,  in  their  original  shape, 
or  under  various  modifications,  are  used  in  electro-therapeutics.  We 
shall  not  attempt  to  exhaust  the  list,  but  to  illustrate  those  that  are  best 
known,  most  useful,  and   are  most  thoroughly  representative.     Those 


22 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


who  understand  the  principle  on  which  these  batteries  are  constructed 
will  not  find  it  difficult  to  understand  any  new  modification  of  them  thai 
may  arise. 

Here  let  us  interpose  the  remark,  that  the  time  and  energy  that  are 
devoted  to  the  study  of  the  chemistry  of  batteries  will  not  be  wasted 
time — will  indeed  be  spent  most  wisely — for  half  the  annoyances  of 
young  and  old  electro-therapeutists  comes  from  the  difficulty  of  keeping 
their  batteries  in  order.  This  difficulty  will  be  diminished  one-half  and 
more  when  we  really  understand  the  mechanism  of  batteries  and  the 
laws  that  govern  their  action. 

Simple  Galvanic  Circles. — In  the  formation  of  a  simple  galvanic 
circle  there  are  usually  metals  and  a  liquid. 
Fig.  1 1  constitutes  such  a  circle. 

Let  C  and  Z  represent  respectively  plates 
of  copper  and  zinc  introduced  into  dilute 
acid,  and  connected  by  a  wire.  An  electri- 
cal disturbance  takes  place  over  all  the 
surface  of  the  zinc  covered  by  the  liquid. 
Positive  electricity  is  generated  at  the  zinc 
element,  and  flows  through  the  liquid  to  the 
copper,  and  thus  a  constant  current  is  es- 
tablished over  the  wires,  as  shown  by  the 
arrows. 

So  far  as  the  galvanic  action  is  concerned, 
it  matters  not  whether  the  plates  touch  each  other  or  are  connected  by 
wires,  as  in  the  figure.  A  current  is  formed,  whether  contact  is  made 
between  the  plates  either  above  or  below  the  liquid.  In  every  instance, 
however,  a  circuit  must  be  formed,  around  which  the  electricity  may  flow. 
The  electricity  may  traverse  the  circuit  either  in  a  single  current  or 
in  a  number  of  partial  currents,  into  which  it  may  divide  itself  when 
the  plates  are  brought  in  contact  along  their  whole  surfaces.  When 
the  plates,  or  the  wires  which  connect  them,  are  in  contact,  the  circuit 
is  said  to  be  closed ;  when  they  are  separated,  it  is  said  to  be  broken,  or 
ope7t.  The  electricity  is  generated  wholly  by  the  chemical  action  of 
the  acid  upon  the  zinc,  and,  other  things  being  equal,  the  quantity  of 
electricity  set  in  motion  will  be  proportional  to  the  extent  of  zinc  sur- 
face exposed  to  the  acid. 

The  terms  Electro-positive  and  Electro-negative. — Both  in  simple 
and  compound  circles  the  electricity  always  moves  in  the  liquid  of  the 
battery  from  the  zinc  to  the  copper ;  and  oid  of  the  Hquid,  from  the 
copper  to  the  zinc.     This  should  be  remembered,  since  the  zinc  is 


Fig.  II. 


POLARITY   OF  THE   CIRCUIT. 


23 


called  the  electro-positive  element^  although  out  of  the  liquid  it  is  neo-a- 
tive ;  and,  consequently,  in  the  decomposition  that  occurs  in  the 
battery,  that  element  which  goes  to  the  zinc  pole  is  called  the  electro- 
positive element,  being  attracted  by  its  opposite  force ;  while  the 
element  going  to  the  copper  is  called,  for  the  same  reason,  the  electro- 
negative— a  current  from  two  liquids  and  one  metal. 

Two  liquids  and  one  metal  can  also  produce  a  circuit  as  well  as  one 
liquid  and  two  metals.  Becquerel's  oxygen  battery  (pile  a  oxygene)  is 
one  of  the  best  arrangements  of  this  kind.  The  current  is  produced  by 
the  action  of  caustic  potash  on  nitric  acid,  platinum  forming  the  con- 
ducting arc. 

Homoge7ieity  of  the  Galvanic  Circ2iit. — In /;-zV//^;Z(7/ electricity  there 
are  points  which  form  the  seat  of  +  or  —  electricity.  On  the  con- 
trary, in  a  wire  where  a  galvanic  current  is  circulating,  there  are  no 
such  points.  It  has  no  power,  like  frictional  electricity,  to  attract  or 
repel  objects.  The  wire  feels  and  behaves  no  differently  when  the 
current  is  passing  than  when  it  is  not.  The  wire  conducts  so  much 
better  than  the  air  that  the  current  follows  it.  Its  force  is  the  same  at 
every  point,  in  the  battery  or  in  the  circuit.  Making  interruptions  in 
it  at  different  points,  and  sending  currents  through  solutions  of  sulphate 
of  copper,  the  same  amount  of  copper  is  deposited  at  each  of  the 
places  where  the  interruption  is  made.  If  we  connect  the  several 
breaks  by  pieces  of  platinum  wire,  each  wire  will  be  heated  to  the 
same  temperature. 

In  short,  the  magnetic -heating  ajid  chemical  and  other  effects  of  the 
current  are  the  same  at  every  point  in  the  circuit. 

Polarity  of  the  Circuit. — If  the  wire  in  which  the  current  runs  be 
cut  or  broken  at  any  point  in  the  circuit,  the  current  ceases  to  flow — 
that  is,  ceases  to  be  dynamic,  but  at  the  two  cut  ends  there  is  statical 
electricity.  One  end  of  the  cut  wire  will  be  charged  with  +  and  the 
other  with  —.electricity.  The  amount  of  this  statical  electricity  will 
depend  on  the  original  strength  of  the  current  before  the  interruption 
was  made. 

By  the  condensing  electroscope  it  can  be  shown  that  each  end  of 
the  cut  wire  is  charged  with  an  opposite  electricity,  and  the  amount  of 
this  can  be  estimated.  If  we  take  away  any  part  of  the  wire  entirely 
from  the  circuit,  the  piece  of  wire  taken  away  is  out  of  the  circuit  en- 
tirely ;  but  if  the  ends  of  the  wires  at  each  point  of  interruption  be 
dipped  in  a  fluid  that  is  decomposed  by  the  current,  the  circuit  will  be 
again  completed,  and  it  will  be  found  that  the  part  of  the  wire  that  is 
taken  away  has  opposite  electricities  at  the  ends. 


24 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


Similarly,  also,  the  solution  in  the  battery  and  the  metals  themselves, 
like  the  connecting  wire,  are  +  at  one  end  and  —  at  the  other.  The 
circuit  throughout  consists  of  +  following  —  and  —  following  -f--  It 
appears  to  be  electrically  the  same  throughout. 

Electrical  Relations  of  the  Elemejits. — In  the  galvanic  cell,  by  the 
decomposition  of  the  water,  oxygen  arises  at  the  positive  pole  and 
hydrogen  at  the  negative. 

The  metals  assume  opposite  electricities,  the  zinc  being  positive  and 
the  copper  negative. 

Since  electricities  that  attract  each  other  are  opposite  to  each  other, 
the  substances  that  are  liberated  at  the  positive  pole  are  called  electro- 
negative, and  the  substances  liberated  at  the  negative  pole  are  called 
electro-positive.  Thus,  in  the  decomposition  of  the  battery,  oxygen 
which  is  liberated  at  the  zinc  is  electro-negative,  while  hydrogen  which 
is  liberated  at  the  copper  or  platinum  is  electro-positive.  ' 

The  elements  have  been  arranged  as  to  their  electro-chemical  re- 
lations when  associated  in  pairs  in  the  galvanic  cell.  According  to 
recent  chemistry,  atoms  are  arranged  in  two  classes,  according  to  their 
combining  power.  Positive  atoms  are  those  which  are  attracted  to  the 
negative  electrode  in  electrolysis,  and  whose  hydrates  are  bases. 
Negative  atoms  are  those  that  are  attracted  to  the  positive  pole  in 
electrolysis,  and  whose  hydrates  are  acids.  The  electro-chemical  series 
ire  presented  below  : 


Electro-Chemical  Series. 


Negative  end  — . 

Silicon. 

Zinc. 

Oxygen. 

Hydrogen. 

Manganese. 

Sulphur, 

Gold. 

Lanthanum. 

Nitrogen. 

Osmium. 

Didymium. 

Fluorine. 

Iridium. 

Cerium. 

Chlorine. 

Platinum. 

Thorium. 

Bromine. 

Rhodium, 

Zirconium. 

Iodine. 

Ruthenium. 

Aluminum. 

Selenium. 

Palladium. 

Erbium. 

Phosphorus. 

Mercury. 

Yttrium. 

Arsenic. 

Silver. 

Glucinum. 

Chromium. 

Copper. 

Magnesium. 

Vanadium. 

Uranium. 

Calcium, 

Molybdenum. 

Bismuth. 

Strontium. 

ELECTRO-CHEMICAL   SERIES — AMALGAMATION.  25 


Tungsten. 

Tin. 

Barium. 

Boron. 

Indium. 

Lithium. 

Carbon. 

Lead. 

Sodium. 

Antimony. 

Cadmium. 

Potassium. 

Tellurium. 

Thallium. 

Rubidium. 

Tantalum. 

Cobalt. 

Caesium. 

Columbium. 

Nickel. 

Positive  end  +• 

Titanium. 

Iron. 

Each  atom  of  any  of  the  substances  in  this  list  is  positive  to  any 
atom  of  any  substance  above  it,  and  negative  to  any  one  below  it. 
These  distinctions  are  therefore  purely  relative. 

Thus,  for  example,  copper,  when  associated  in  a  galvanic  pair  in  the 
proper  fluid  with  any  one  of  the  elements  below  it,  generates  positive 
electricity  and  becomes  electro-positive,  but  when  associated  with  any 
one  of  the  elements  above  it,  becomes  electro-negative. 

The  more  electro-negative  any  one  of  the  elements  in  this  series  is 
to  a  given  element,  the  more  intense  will  be  the  current  generated 
when  they  are  united  in  a  galvanic  pair.  For  example,  the  current 
generated  by  zinc  and  copper  is  feebler  than  that  obtained  from  zinc 
and  platinum,  and  the  current  is  less  when  carbon  is  substituted  for 
the  platinum.  The  order  in  the  above  arrangement  is,  however,  by  no 
means  absolute.  The  relative  position  of  the  metals  depends  fre- 
quently on  the  liquid  in  which  they  are  immersed.  Thus  silver  is  — 
toward  lead  in  a  solution  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  while  in  a  solution 
of  cyanide  of  potassium  it  is  -j-  toward  it. 

Ajnalgamation. — If  pure  zinc  is  immersed  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid 
no  change  is  manifest,  while  ordinary  commercial  zinc  is  quickly  dis- 
solved by  it.  The  action  of  the  dilute  acid  or  zinc  is  due  to  the  im- 
purities of  iron  or  lead  which  it  contains.  These  impurities  are  electro- 
negative toward  zinc,  and  they  cause  local  currents  of  electricity. 
When  the  battery  is  closed,  these  local  currents  interfere  with  the 
action  that  produces  the  main  current ;  when  the  current  is  open,  they 
may  still  keep  up  their  action,  as  is  evidenced  by  the  bubbling  up  of 
the  gases,  and  thus  the  zinc  may  be  in  time  destroyed. 

Now,  local  action  in  a  single  battery  cell,  arising  from  the  above 
cause,  not  only  consumes  the  power  of  that  member,  but  reduces  the 
energy  of  the  whole  series.  In  order  to  avoid  this  evil,  resulting  from 
local  action,  it  is  necessary  that  the  zinc  plates  be  amalgamated  with 
mercury.  The  amalgamated  surfaces  are  reduced  to  one  uniform 
electrical  condition,  like  pure  zinc,  and  will  remain  in  the  fluid  for  any 


26  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

length  of  time  unacted  on,  until  connected  with  the  electro-negative 
element. 

At  the  present  time  all  unproved  batteries  are  constructed  with  amal- 
gamated zinc. 

How  to  amalgamate  Zinc. — To  amalgamate  zinc,  first  immerse  it  in  a 
solution  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  of  almost  any  strength,  so  as  to  clean 
the  surface ;  then  dip  it  in  mercury,  or  pour  mercury  over  it,  and  rub 
it  on  with  a  brush  or  sponge  or  cloth.  The  mercury  will  spread  very 
rapidly  over  the  surface  of  the  zinc,  and  give  it  a  bright,  mercury-like 
appearance. 

The  art  of  amalgamating  zinc  is  of  great  practical  importance  to  the 
electro-therapeutist,  since  nearly  all  the  batteries  in  common  use  have 
zinc  for  one  of  the  metals.  Amalgamated  zinc  was  first  used  for  gal- 
vanic batteries  by  Kemp,  in  1826. 

Chemical  Action  the  Origin  of  the  Current. — When  the  electrically 
opposite  metals — zinc  and  platinum,  for  example — are  dipped  in  acidu- 
lated water  and  united  at  their  ends,  either  directly  or  by  a  wire,  the 
zinc  has  so  strong  an  attraction  for  the  oxygen  of  the  water  that  it  unites 
with  it  and  forms  the  oxide  of  zinc.  This  oxide  of  zinc  combines  with 
the  sulphuric  acid  and  forms  sulphate  of  zinc.  The  hydrogen  of  the 
water  escapes  in  the  form  of  gas  at  the  platinum.  The  result  of  this 
chemical  actio?i  is  a  current  of  electricity.  The  zinc  (the  electro- 
negative element)  dissolves,  and  the  quantity  of  electricity  generated 
is  proportioned  exactly  to  the  quantity  of  zinc  dissolved. 

It  had  been  supposed  by  Volta  and  his  followers  that  simple  contact 
of  the  metals  was  all  that  was  necessary  to  excite  the  current ;  but 
Faraday  showed,  by  two  very  beautiful  experiments,  that  mere  contact 
was  not  sufficient — that  there  must  be  chemical  action  in  the  cell  in 
order  to  obtain  a  current.  It  is  possible  that  all  chemical  actions  are 
attended  with  the  generation  of  electricity  ;  but  only  under  certain  con- 
ditions, or  when  the  amount  is  considerable,  are  we  able  to  detect  it. 

In  what  way  does  Chemical  Action  generate  the  Current  ? — In  science 
it  often  happens  that  the  simplest  and  easiest  questions  are  the  hardest 
to  answer.  Just  how  the  current  is  excited  by  chemical  action  we  do 
not  fully  know.  We  know  that  when  the  different  metals  touch  each 
other,  the  positive  electricity  will  go  to  one  metal  and  the  negative  to 
the  other.  This  disturbance,  however,  is  only  momentary,  and  equili- 
brium is  at  once  restored,  and  no  current  continues. 

Now  we  may  regard  the  atoms  of  oxygen  and  hydrogen  that  make 
up  a  molecule  of  water  as  charged  with  opposite  electricities,  like  two 
different  metals.     When  zinc  and  platinum  are  dipped  in  water,   the 


ELECTRICITY  AS  RELATED  TO  OTHER  FORCES.     2/ 

positively  charged  atom  will  turn  toward  one  metal  and  the  negative 
toward  the  other ;  but  as  long  as  the  metals  do  not  touch  each  other 
the  equilibrium  is  at  once  restored,  and  there  is  no  current.  The  free 
ends  of  the  metals  are  in  a  state  of  electric  tension,  and  are  capable 
of  discharging  themselves  into  a  condenser  or  Leyden  jar.  When  the 
metals  are  made  to  touch  each  other,  or  are  connected  by  wires,  they  are 
relieved  of  their  charge,  and  again  become  charged  :  then  again  relieve 
themselves,  and  so  on  indefinitely.  There  is  no  equilibrium  estabUshed, 
but  a  constant  effort  to  establish  it,  which  never  succeeds.  This  con- 
stant effort  to  establish  an  equilibrium  keeps  up  the  current. 

Electricity  a  Mode  of  Motion. — Although,  for  the  sake  of  conve- 
nience, we  speak  of  electricity  as  a  current  flowing  in  certain  direc- 
tions, after  the  manner  of  a  river,  yet,  as  we  have  already  said,  we 
should  not  thereby  be  led  into  the  error  of  supposing  that  the  elec- 
tricity is  a  real  fluid  flowing  through  different  substances,  or  from  one 
substance  to  another. 

Electricity  is  a  disturbance  propagated  in  the  Molecules  of  a  body, 
and  at  the  sa^ne  time  in  the  Ether  pervading  that  body. — The  theory  that 
light  was  caused  by  the  emission  of  particles  from  the  sun  was  aban- 
doned long  ago  ;  and  now  the  theory  that  light  consists  of  u7idulations 
of  ether  is  considered  to  be  as  impregnable  as  the  theory  of  gravitation. 
Similarly  we  may  believe  that  electricity  consists  of  movements  of  a 
different  kind  from  those  of  light,  but  which  is  variously  modified  in  its 
manifestations  by  the  substances  through  which  it  circulates. 

The  impulse  or  movement  that  constitutes  what  we  call  the  current 
may  be  regarded  as  simply  a  mode  of  motion. 

Polarity  of  Electricity. — Polarity,  ox  properties  in  opposite  directions, 
is  not  pecuhar  to  electricity.  Light  and  heat  may  also  be  polarized, 
and  chemical  attractions  and  repulsions  are  likewise  manifestations  of 
the  polar  qualities  of  atoms.  We  may  gather  a  definite  idea  of  the 
nature  of  electricity  and  the  character  of  the  so-called  "current"  by  the 
following  illustration  :  Let  a  tube  be  filled  with  balls,  all  of  which  are 
attracted  to  each  other.  If  the  first  ball  is  turned  round  on  its  centre, 
it  will  turn  in  a  similar  way  the  next  ball,  and  so  on  through  the  whole 
series.  There  is  here  no  progress  of  a  material  current,  but  simply  a 
motion. 

If  the  motion  is  rapidly  repeated  through  the  attempt  of  electricity  to 
find  an  equilibrium,  we  have  what  we  call  an  electrical  current. 

Electricity  convertible  into  the  other  Great  Forces. — We  see  in  this 
section  on  electro-physics  many  illustrations  of  the  transformation  of 
one  force  into  another.     If  we  start  with  heat,  we  find  that  it  pro- 


28 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


duces  e'.ectricity,  and  through  electricity  produces  chemical  action, 
magnetism,  and  light.  If  we  start  with  magnetism,  we  find  that  it 
produces  electricity,  and  through  electricity  heat,  chemical  action,  and 
light.  If  we  start  with  chemical  action,  we  find  that  it  produces  heat, 
light,  and  electricity.  If  we  start  with  electricity,  we  find  that  it  pro- 
duces magnetism,  heat,  light,  chemical  action,  and  motion. 

Conversion  of  Electricity  into  Heat.  The  Electric  Light. — By  the 
law  of  the  correlation  of  forces  the  electricity  generated  in  a  battery 
may  be  converted  into  heat.  This  heat  may  remain  in  the  battery  or 
be  transferred  to  any  part  of  the  circuit.  In  order  to  convert  the  elec- 
tricity into  heat  it  must  pass  through  some  poor  conductor  that  resists 
its  passage,  and  thus  compels  it  to  appear  as  heat.  With  ordinary 
thick  copper  wire  there  is  but  little  sensible  heat  in  the  passage  of  a 
current,  because  copper  wire  is  a  good  conductor ;  but  when  platinum 
wire,  which  is  a  poor  conductor,  is  used,  it  is  raised  under  a  strong 
current  to  white-heat.     This  has  been  utilized  in  galvano-cautery. 

In  the  electric  light  the  heat  is  transferred  to  carbon  points  interposed 
in  the  circuit.  Particles  of  carbon  become  incandescent,  and  are  volatil- 
ized and  transported  from  the  positive  to  the  negative  pole.  A  metal 
or  other  substance  may  give  an  electric  light,  but  carbon,  on  account  of 
its  friability,  gives  a  better  and  stronger  light  than  any  other  substance. 
The  electric  light  was  invented  by  Sir  Humphry  Davy  in  1813.  • 

Compound  Galvanic  Circles. — The  compound  galvanic  circle,  or  gal- 


Fig.   12. 


va%(ic  battery,  is  composed  of  two  or  more  simple  galvanic  circles.  They 
are  so  connected  together  that  the  copper  of  one  battery  is  joined  to 
the  zinc  of  the  next,  and  so  on  throughout  the  series.  By  combining 
together  a  number  of  cups,  such  as  are  represented  in  Fig.  12,  we  form 


DERIVED    OR  BRANCH   CURRENTS, 


29 


an  excellent  compound  circuit.  Each  cup  contains  a  zinc  and  a  copper 
plate,  which  are  connected  together  as  described  above.  By  examining 
this  arrangement,  it  will  be  seen  that  one  extreme  of  the  series  is  cop- 
per and  the  other  zinc.  If  these  two  extremes  or  poles  are  connected 
by  a  copper  wire,  the  current  will  flow  in  the  direction  of  the  arrows, 
both  through  the  series  and  over  the  wires. 

Derived,  or  Partial,  or  Bra?tch  Currents. — When  a  current  in  its 
passage  through  any  conductor  meets  with  different  qualities  of  resist- 
ance, it  subdivides  into  various  branch  currents.  In  Fig.  13  the  cur- 
rent goes  from  the  elements  through  the  wire  r,  g,  p,  n,  m ;  but  if  a 


Fig.   13. 


second  wire,  n,  x,  g  be  interposed,  the  current  will  divide  at  g,  n, 
part  going  by  way  of  g  and  part  around  through  x,  n.  The  divided 
currents  which  go  through  the  wires  are  called  derived  or  partial  cur- 
rents. If,  instead  of  one  or  two  wires,  a  large  number  were  interposed, 
the  current  would  subdivide  itself  as  many  times  as  there  were  wires, 
part  going  through  each  wire. 

In  thus  dividing  into  derived  or  partial  currents,  two  laws  are 
obeyed  : 

I  St.  The  sum  of  the  strength  of  the  divided  current  is  equal  to  the 
strength  of  the  principal  current.  If  (in  the  figure)  the  strength  of  the 
current  ^,  /,  n  is  40,  and  g,  x,  n  is  60,  then  the  strength  of  the  prin- 
cipal current  in  r,  g,  before  division,  is  100. 

2d.  The  strength  of  the  currents  in  the  divided  parts  is  inversely 
as  the  resistance  in  those  parts.  This  law  supplements  the  first.  Re- 
sistance is  directly  as  the  length  and  inversely  as  the  diameter. 

If  the  derived  wires  are  of  the  same  length  and  diameter  as  the  prin- 
cipal wire,  then  the  current  will  divide  into  equal  parts  between  them. 
If  the  derived  wires  are  of  the  same  length  as  the  principal  wire,  but 
of  unequal  diameters,  the  current  will  divide  unequally,  according  to 
the  diameter  of  each  wire.  The  law  may  be  illustrated  by  thinking  of 
the  course  that  rivers  pursue  when  they  are  subdivided  or  split  up  intc 


so 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


deltas.     The  quantity  of  water  that  flows  through  all  the  subdivisions 
or  deltas  would  be  equal  to  the  quantity  that  flowed  through  the  main 
stream  before  the  divisions  took  place.     If  the  subdivisions  are  of  dif- 
ferent sizes,   the  deepest  and  widest  will  convey 
the  most  water. 

When  electricity  passes  through  the  human 
body  it  encounters  tissues  that  differ  considerably 
in  their  conductivity,  and  hence  it  subdivides  into 
an  infinite  number  of  derived  or  partial  currents, 
the  strength  of  which  varies  with  the  nature  and 
length  of  the  tissues.  This  point  will  be  further 
illustrated  in  electro-physiology  and  electro-thera- 
peutics. 

Descri;ption  of  Galvanic  Batteries. — Under  this 
head  may  properly  be  included,  first,  a  description 
of  the  voltaic  pile,  which  was  constructed  by  Volta 
in  1799,  and  became  known  in  England  in  1800. 
The  apparatus  consists  of  a  number  of  disks  piled 
one  above  the  other.  The  arrangement  is  in  the 
following  order  :  A  disk  of  copper  is  placed  on  a 
frame  of  wood ;  a  disk  of  cloth,  moistened  by 
acidulated  water,  is  then  placed  on  the  copper, 
and  then  a  disk  of  zinc  on  the  cloth  completes 
what  is  called  the  voltaic  couple.  A  series  of 
such  couples  constitutes  a  voltaic  pile — the  ter- 
minal copper  being  the  positive  and  the  terminal 
zinc  the  negative  pole. 
This  apparatus  is  inconstant  and  unreliable,  easily  corrodes,  has 
many  inconveniences,  and  is  now  but  little  used.  Various  modifications 
of  the  voltaic  pile  have  been  devised,  but  all  of  them  are  too  inconstant 
for  electro-therapeutical  purposes,  or  indeed  for  any  sustained  use 
whatsoever. 

Polarization  in  Batteries. — When  two  metals,  as  zinc  and  platinum, 
are  placed  in  acidulated  water,  the  platinum  plate  becomes  covered 
with  a  film  of  hydrogen.  This  hydrogen  is  electro-positive,  like  zinc, 
and  so  when  the  platinum  becomes  well  covered  we  have  electro-posi- 
tive zinc  opposed  to  electro-positive  hydrogen,  and  thus  the  current  be- 
comes enfeebled,  if  not  destroyed.  This  polarization  in  batteries  is  pre- 
vented in  two  ways : 

I  St.  By  keeping  the  liquids  in  constant  agitation.  Blowing  into  the 
liquid  with  a  bellows,  or  stirring  the  liquid  by  any  mechanical  arrange* 


Fig.  14. 


POLARIZATION   OF  ELECTRODES.  31 

ment,  keeps  the  surface  of  the  platinum  or  carbon  free  from  hydrogen, 
and  thus  prevents  the  weakening  of  the  current. 

Dr.  Byrne,  in  his  galvano-cautery  battery  (to  be  described  in  the  sec- 
tion on  Electro-surgery),  has  availed  himself  of  this  depolarizing  power 
of  mechanical  agitation,  and  has  thus  succeeded  in  obtaining  a  great  and 
enduring  quantity  of  electricity  from  a  comparatively  small  surface. 

On  the  same  principle  we  explain  the  fact  that  lifting  the  metals  out 
of  the  liquid  for  a  moment  or  two  at  once  increases  the  strength  of  the 
current.  While  in  action,  the  hydrogen  accumulates  on  the  platinum  ; 
by  removing  the  metals  from  the  liquid  an  instant,  the  hydrogen  escapes 
and  the  battery  is  as  good  as  ever. 

2d.  By  the  use  of  two  liquids.  The  cells  of  Grove,  Daniells,  and 
Bunsen,  to  be  hereafter  explained,  are  constructed  so  as  to  avoid  polari- 
zation of  the  metals. 

Polarization  of  Electrodes  and  Currents  of  Polarization. — The  elec- 
trodes that  convey  the  current  through  acidulated  water  also  become 
polarized. 

Oxygen  covers  the  positive  and  hydrogen  the  negative  electrode. 
Hydrogen  being  electro-positive,  and  oxygen  electro-negative,  these 
two  gases  act  like  two  metals,  and  if  the  current  of  the  battery  be  bro- 
ken and  the  two  films  of  oxygen  and  hydrogen  are  connected  metalli- 
cally, an  electric  current  is  obtained,  just  as  a  current  is  obtained 
between  zinc  and  platinum.  In  the  liquid  the  current  flows  from  the 
film  of  hydrogen  to  the  film  of  oxygen.  Two  electrodes  covered  in 
this  way  with  films  of  gas  are  called  polarized,  and  the  currents  gene- 
rated by  these  ai-e  called  the  currents  of  polarization.  These  currents 
of  polarization  are  always  in  a  direction  opposite  to  the  main  current, 
and  tend  to  interfere  with  and  weaken  it.  This  polarization  of  the 
electrodes  takes  place  more  or  less  in  all  applications  of  the  galvanic 
current.  One  evidence  of  this  is  the  discoloration  of  the  electrodes 
that  are  employed  in  electrization  after  long  use.  To  meet  this  difficulty 
wipolarizable  electrodes  have  been  devised.  These  will  be  described 
under  Electro-therapeutics. 

Secondary  Piles  and  Gas-Batteries. — If  a  series  of  plates  of  plati- 
num, with  moistened  cloths  between  them,  be  connected  with  the  poles 
of  a  battery,  the  gases  (oxygen  and  hydrogen)  resulting  from  the  decom- 
position of  the  water  accumulate  in  films  on  the  platinum.  If  now  the 
series  be  separated  from  the  battery,  it  will  itself,  through  the  action 
between  these  films  of  gases,  generate  a  current.  A  pile  thus  formed 
is  called  a  secondary  pile.  It  was  discovered  by  Ritter.  The  gas- 
battery  of  Grove  is  constructed  on  the  same  principle.     The  gases  arc 


32 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


collected  in  glass  tubes,  oxygen  in  one  and  hydrogen  in  the  other,  and 
in  each  tube  is  fastened  a  platinum  electrode.  The  tubes  are  inverted 
over  sulphuric  acid.  When  the  electrodes  are  connected  with  a  gal- 
vanometer a  current  is  indicated,  the  direction  of  which  is  from  oxygen 
to  hydrogen. 

There  are  two  general  varieties  of  batteries,  double  and  single  cell. 
Double-cell  Constant  Batteries. — The  current  produced  by  elements 
with  a  single  liquid  becomes  rapidly  enfeebled,  because  of  the  polariza- 
tion.      This    polarization    is   prevented  in  the   double-cell    batteries 
of  Daniell,  Grove,  and  Bunsen,  by  placing   the   electro-negative  ele- 
ment in  a  liquid  that  is  acted  upon  chemically 
by  the  deposited  hydrogen.     Currents  from 
these  two-cell  batteries  are  called  constant, 
because  they  do  not  weaken  so  rapidly  as 
currents  from  single-cell  batteries,  and  the 
metals  can  be  allowed  to  stand  all  the  time 
in  the  solution. 

The  term  constant  is  nov/  applied  to  the 
galvanic  current,  however  generated,  as 
distinguished  from  the  induced  or  faradic 
current. 

DanielTs  Battery. — Fig.  15  represents  a 
single  cell.  V  is  a  glass  or  porcelain  vessel 
nearly  filled  with  a  saturated  solution  of 
sulphate  of  copper.  C  is  a  cylinder  of  cop- 
per, open  at  both  ends  and  perforated  by  a  number  of  holes.  G, 
which  is  also  perforated  by  holes,  is  an  annular  shelf  at  the  upper  por- 
tion of  the  zinc  cylinder,  upon  which  crystals  of  sulphate  of  copper  may 
be  placed  to  supply  the  waste  in  the  cell  caused  by  the  electrical  action. 
P  is  a  thin  porous  vessel  of  unglazed  earthenware,  containing  the 
amalgamated  cylinder  of  zinc  Z,  and  a  solution  either  of  common  salt 
or  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  The  elements  are  connected  in  series  by 
strips  of  copper,  p  and  «,  which  are  fixed  to  the  copper  and  zinc  by 
means  of  binding-screws.  When  the  circuit  in  the  battery  just  de- 
scribed is  closed,  an  atom  of  zinc  replaces  and  liberates  from  the  nitric 
acid  two  atoms  of  hydrogen,  thus  producing  sulphate  of  zinc.  The 
liberated  hydrogen  replaces  one  atom  of  copper  in  the  sulphate  of 
copper,  which  by  electrolytic  action  is  deposited  on  the  copper  element, 
or  sometimes  on  the  porous  cup.  Polarization  is  the  resistance  to  the 
passage  of  the  current  produced  by  a  deposit  (such  as  hydrogen)  on 


Fig.  15. 


daniell's  and  grove's  batteries.  33 

either  of  the  elements.     No  such  deposit  occurs  in  this  battery,  hence 
the  current  is  constant. 

Order  of  the  parts  in  Daniell's  sulphate  of  copper  battery:  ist,  zinc; 
2d,  sulphuric  acid;  3d,  porous  cup;  4th,  sulphate  of  copper;  5th, 
copper. 

Reaction. 

Zn  +  H,  SO,  +  Cu  SO,  =  Zn  SO,  +  H,  SO,  +  Cu 

The  current  obtained  from  this  battery  will  flow  with  undiminished 
strength  for  hours,  and,  in  fact,  is  superior  to  all  its  fellows  in  con- 
stancy. Daniell's  battery  was  invented  in  1836.  The  modifications 
of  Daniell's  battery  are  quite  numerous;  among  them  we  may  men- 
tion those  of  Hill,  Siemens-Halske,  and  Muirhead. 

Grovis  Battery. — This  battery  differs  from  Daniell's  mainly  in  the 
substitution  of  a  nitric-acid  for  a  sulphate-of-copper  solution,  and  pla- 
tinum for  copper,  by  which  increased  electro-motive  force  is  obtained. 
In  Fig.  16,  A  represents  a  glass  vessel  containing  dilute  sulphuric  acid, 
Z  a  cylinder  of  zinc  open  at  both  ends,  and  V  a  porous  pipe-clay  vessel 
partially  filled  with  nitric  acid.  P  is  a  plate  of  platinum,  with  a  cover, 
C,  which  rests  on  the  porous  vessel  when  the  platinum  is  immersed  in 
the  nitric-acid  solution  ;  b  and  a  are  binding-screws,  which  connect  re- 
spectively with  the  platinum  and  zinc. 

In  this  arrangement  a  double  reaction  occurs  between  the  zinc,  sul- 
phuric acid  and  nitric  acid,  giving  as  a  result,  sulphate  of  zinc,  water  and 
nitrogen  dioxide,  which  is  disengaged,  and  by  contact  with  the  air  be- 
comes nitrogen  tetroxide.  The  reaction  in  Grove's  nitric-acid  battery 
is  as  follows:  ist,  zinc;  2d,  sulphuric  acid;  3d,  porous  cup;  4th,  nitric 
acid ;  5th,  platinum. 

Zn3  -f  (H,S0,)3  -f  (HNO3),  =  (Zn  S0,)3  -|-  N,0,  +  (H.  O), 

ilso  Nj  Oj  4-  O2  =  Nj  O,  by  contact  with  the  atmosphere.  Force 
Just  be  lost  by  the  evolution  of  these  nitrous  fumes.  Prof  Wolcott 
Gibbs,  of  Cambridge,  has  discovered  that  a  small  quantity  of  bichromate 
of  potash  in  the  nitric-acid  cup  of  Grove's  battery  acts  as  a  deodorizer 
by  taking  up  the  disagreeable  nitrous  acid  fumes.  Thus  one  of  the 
most  serious  objections  to  the  use  of  this  battery  is  removed. 
Grove's  battery  was  invented  in  1839.  It  is  very  powerful,  and  is 
3 


34 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


much  used  in  telegraphy.     It  has   also  been   employed   in  galvano 
cautery. 


Fig.  i6. 


Bunseiis  Douhle-cell  Nitric  Acid  Battery. — This  battery  is  very 
similar  to  Grove's.  It  differs  from  it  only  in  the  substitution  of  carbon 
for  platinum.  The  letter  P  in  Fig.  1 7  represents  a  single  element,  as 
it  appears  when  ready  for  use. 


Fig.  17. 


F  is  a  vessel  of  glass  containing  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  Z,  a  cylinder 
of  amalgamated  zinc.  V,  a  porous  vessel  partly  filled  with  ordinary 
nitric  acid  ;  and  C,  a  bar  of  carbon  or  coke.  The  zinc  is  first  placed 
in  the  vessel  F,  after  which  the  porous  vessel  V,  into  the  nitric-acid 
solution  of  which  the  carbon  C  has  been  immersed,  is  inserted  into  the 
zinc  cylinder.  The  binding-screws  m  and  n  are  respectively  the  posi- 
tive and  negative  poles.     The  elements  are  arranged  in  the  form  of  a 


bunsen's  and  walker's  zinc-carbon  batteries.      35 

compound  battery,  by  means  of  the  clamp  m  n,  and  a  rod  connecting 
the  carbon  of  one  cell  with  the  zinc  of  the  following. 

Bunsen's  Bichrotnate  Battery. — In  this  battery  a  solution  of  bichro- 
mate of  potash — one  part  to  twelve  parts  of  water — is  placed  in  the 
porous  cup. 

The  order  of  the  parts  in  Bunsen's  Bichromate  Battery  is  as  follows  : 
ist,  zinc;  2d,  sulphuric  acid;  3d,  porous  cup;  4th,  sulph.  acid  and 
bichromate  of  potash  ;  5th,  carbon. 

Reaction. 

Zn3  +  (H,  SOJ3  4-  K,  Cr,  O,  +  (H,  SOJ, 

=  (Za  S0,)3  +  K,  Cr,  (SO,),  +  (H,  O), 

Chrome-alum,  sulphate  of  zinc,  and  water,  are  the  products.  The  office 
of  the  porous  cup  is  to  keep  the  bichromate  of  potash  from  the  surface 
of  the  zinc,  and  thus  more  uniformity  and  constancy  of  action  is  attained. 

While  the  action  of  Bunsen's  battery  is  the  most  energetic  of  all  the 
constant  batteries,  and  while  the  first  cost  is  less  than  Grove's,  it  is  yet 
more  expensive  to  work  and  more  inconvenient  to  manipulate.  Bun- 
sen's battery  was  invented  in  1843. 

Walker's  Single-cell  Zinc-carbon  Battery. — In  this  battery  carbon 
is  substituted  for  the  platinum  of  the  Smee  battery,  and  the  solution 
used  is  composed  of  bichromate  of  potash,  sulphuric  acid,  and  water, 
the  same  as  in  Bunsen's  battery.  The  carbon  is  usually  the  pressed 
and  baked  graphite  of  the  gas-works.  There  is  considerable  differ- 
ence in  the  quality  of  the  carbon  as  sold  in  the  market ;  the  more 
thoroughly  it  is  pressed  and  baked,  the  better  it  will  be.  Carbons  that 
are  poorly  prepared,  or  that  contain  impurities,  easily  become  soaked 
with  fluid  and  the  salts  of  the  solutions,  and  also  generate  local  currents 
that  interfere  with  the  main  current.  Sometimes  the  carbons  are 
platinized,  that  is,  covered  with  finely-divided  platinum,  as  is  the  silver 
in  the  Smee  battery.  The  proportion  of  the  solution  used  in  Walker's 
battery  is  as  follows  : 

Sulphuric  acid, 

Bichromate  of  potash,  aa |  i. 

Water |  xij. 

The  reaction  is  the  same  as  in  Bunsen's  Bichromate  Battery  just  de- 
scribed. 

To  prepare  this  mixture,  add  the  sulphuric  acid  to  the  water,  and 
when  this  is  cool,  add  the  bichromate  of  potash  well  pulverized.  Do 
not  immerse  the  elements  in  the  fluid  until  it  is  perfectly  cool,  for  when 


36  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

hot  the  fluid  saturates  the  carbons  and  removes  the  amalgam  from  the 
zinc,  and  thus  injures  very  seriously  the  working  power  of  the  battery.* 
The  proportions  of  sulphuric  acid  and  bichromate  of  potash  above  given 
may  be  varied  more  or  less  as  may  be  desired.  Mathematical  accu- 
racy is  not  required.  If,  however,  the  solution  is  excessively  strong, 
if  the  proportion  of  bichromate  of  potash  and  sulphuric  acid  is  too 
great,  say  two  or  three  times  what  is  here  given,  the  battery  will  wear 
away  very  rapidly  and  a  greenish-black  deposit  will  be  found  in  the 
bottom  of  the  cells.  This  deposit,  which  sometimes  forms  very  hard, 
and  is  difficult  to  remove  without  breaking  the  glasses,  is  the  chrome- 
alum,  and  is  a  result  of  the  decomposition  of  the  salts  and  acids  that 
takes  place  while  the  battery  is  in  action.  Like  the  Smee  battery,  the 
zinc-carbon  battery  will  need  to  be  occasionally  amalgamated,  but,  un- 
like the  Smee  battery,  it  does  not  require  any  mercury  in  each  cell,  and 
the  presence  of  mercury  will  give  rise  to  local  action.  We  speak  thus 
particularly  of  the  simple  zinc-carbon  battery,  because  it  is  one  very 
widely  used  in  electro-therapeutics,  and  it  is  important  that  its  manage- 
ment should  be  well  understood.  The  galvanic  batteries  of  Stohrer,  of 
the  Galvano-faradic  Manufacturing  Company,  and  of  Kidder,  are  mostly 
of  single-cell  zinc-carbon  elements.  The  zinc-carbon  battery,  like 
Smee's^  to  be  hereafter  described,  is  not  constant.  If  the  metals  are  kept 
long  immersed  in  the  solution,  the  power  rapidly  goes  down.  It  is 
necessary,  therefore,  to  keep  the  metals  out  of  the  solution,  except  when 
the  battery  is  in  use.  In  this  respect  the  battery  differs  very  much  from 
the  batteries  of  Grove,  Bunsen,  and  Lechanche,  where  the  metals  are 
never  removed  from  the  solution  except  to  be  cleaned  and  repaired. 

Sniei s  Batto-y. — This  battery,  invented  in  1840,  is  very  economical, 
convenient,  and  easy  to  manage,  and  on  that  account  has  been  con- 
siderably employed  in  electro-magnetic  apparatus.  It  consists  of  a 
plate  of  corrugated  platinum,  or  silver  covered  with  finely-divided  plati- 
num, between  the  two  plates  of  zinc,  in  a  solution  of  sulphuric  acid  and 
water  (one  part  to  ten  or  twelve). 

The  order  of  the  parts  in  Smee's  Sulphuric  Acid  Battery  is  as  follows  : 

ist,  zinc;  2d,  sulphuric  acid;  3d,  platinum. 

Reaction. 
Zn  -f  H,  SO4  =  Zn  SO^  -f  H. 

*  It  is  well  known  that  when  sulphuric  acid  and  water  are  mixed,  the  solution  be- 
comes very  hot.  The  explanation  of  this  is,  that  in  mixing,  the  atoms  of  the  water  are 
attracted  to  the  atoms  of  the  sulphuric  acid  ;  in  other  words,  work  is  done.  The  vol- 
ume is  diminished  8  per  cent.,  and  the  heat  that  appears  is  a  result  of  the  work  thus 
performed. 


smee's  and  lechanche's  batteries. 


37 


The  chemical  action  of  this  battery  is  more  rapid  than  that  of  the  suL 
phate  of  copper  battery,  because  platinum  is  more  positive  than  copper, 
whose  place  it  occupies  in  the  sulphate  of  copper  battery.  The  dis- 
engagement of  the  hydrogen  is  effected  by  mechanical  means,  but  there 
must  be  a  large  loss  of  force  in  changing  hydrogen  to  a  gaseous  state, 
precisely  as  force  is  lost  in  changing  water  to  steam. 

The  object  of  corrugating  the  platinum  plate,  or  making  it  into  folds 
or  furrows,  is  to  give  greater  surface.  The  object  in  covering  it  with 
finel)''-divided  platinum  is  to  roughen  the  surface  so  that  the  hydrogen 
will  not  adhere.  It  is  customary  in  using  the  battery  to  keep  about 
half  a  tablespoonful  of  mercury  in  the  bottom  of  the  cup,  in  order  that 
the  zincs  may  be  all  the  time  well  amalgamated.  Care  should  be  taken, 
in  the  preparation  of  this  battery,  to  prevent 
the  mercury  from  collecting  on  the  platinum 
plate.  If  by  any  carelessness  it  does  get 
on  the  platinum  plate,  it  will  turn  it  to  the 
color  of  mercury,  and  will  weaken  or  destroy 
the  force  of  the  battery.  In  this  battery 
more  or  less  action  goes  on  even  when  the 
connections  are  not  made  ;  this  is  evidenced 
by  the  formation  of  sulphate  of  zinc  at  the  top 
of  the  metals  after  they  have  been  long  im- 
mersed. It  is  therefore  an  advantage  in  using 
the  battery  to  keep  the  elements  out  of  the  so- 
lution when  not  needed.  If  kept  constantly 
immersed,  like  Daniell's  battery,  it  very  soon 
loses  its  power  and  becomes  thoroughly  incrusted  with  sulphate  of  zinc. 

LeclanchS s  Battery. — During  the  past  few  years,  this  battery  has 
attracted  great  attention  in  Europe,  both  among  telegraphists  and  elec- 
tro-therapeutists. The  great  advantage  that  is  claimed  for  it,  where  it 
is  not  used  too  long  at  a  time,  is  that  it  is  far  more  constant  than  any 
other  battery  yet  invented.  The  battery  was  devised  by  Leclanche,  a 
Frenchman,  in  1868,  and  bears  his  name.  A  Leclanche  cell  consists 
of,  ist,  a  cylinder  of  zinc  in  a  concentrated  solution  of  chloride  of  am- 
monium ;  2d,  a  rod  of  carbon,  packed  with  powdered  carbon  and  na- 
tive peroxide  of  manganese  in  a  porous  cell.  The  whole  is  closed  with 
a  cover.  The  chemical  changes  that  take  place  in  a  Leclanche  bat- 
tery are  these  :  Chloride  of  ammonium  is  decomposed,  chlorine  com- 
bining with  the  zinc,  hydrogen  being  absorbed  by  the  oxygen  of  the 
peroxide  of  manganese,  and  ammonia  being  liberated.  The  ammonia 
is  absorbed  by  the  water,  but  in  process  of  time  the  water  becomes 


38  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

"saturated,    then   the   ammonia   escapes   through  the   opening  in   the 
cover. 
The  chemical  formula  is  as  follows  : 

Zn  +  (CI  NH,),  +  (Mn  O,),  =  Zn  CI,  +  H,  O  +  (NH3),  f  Mn,  O3 

Leclanche's  battery  was  first  arranged  for  electro-therapeutics  bj 
Gaifife,  an  instrument-maker  of  Paris.  It  has  been  modified  by  Tripier, 
the  well-known  French  electro-therapeutist,  by  Keyser  and  Schmidt, 
of  Berlin,  and  a  portable  form  has  been  devised  by  Beetz,  of  Munich. 
Leclanche's  battery  has  one  great  advantage  and  some  disadvantages. 
Its  advantage  lies  in  its  power  of  endurance.  If  not  overworked  it 
will  stand  for  months  and  years,  and  yet  retain  sufficient  power  to  be 
quite  useful  in  electro-therapeutics.  This  is  not  true  of  any  other 
battery;  even  Daniell's,  the  most  constant  of  all,  and  as  variously 
modified,  requires  replenishing  or  cleaning  every  few  months,  else  it 
goes  down  to  nothing. 

Its  disadvantages  are  these  : 

1st.  It  xa.^\d\y  J^olarizes,  and  so  generates  a  secondary  current  that 
weakens  the  main  current.  This  polarization  only  takes  place  when 
the  battery  is  in  action ;  if,  therefore,  the  battery  is  but  little  used,  or 
only  occasionally,  this  disadvantage  does  not  appear. 

2d.  The  free  ammonia  that  escapes  after  the  water  becomes  satu- 
rated is  annoying. 

On  account  of  these  disadvantages,  Leclanche's  battery  has  not  been 
as  popular  among  telegraphers  as  was  at  one  time  expected  it  would  be. 
Among  European  electro-therapeutists,  however,  -it  is  considerably  used. 
It  is  sometimes  employed  in  electro-magnetic  or  induction  machines. 

Callan's  Iron-zinc  Battery. — In  this  battery  the  positive  plate  is 
zinc  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid ;  the  negative  plate  is  iron  in  strong 
nitric  acid.  The  great  practical  difficulty  with  this  battery  is,  that 
under  certain  conditions  it  may  suddenly  and  rapidly  evolve  nitrous 
fumes.  This  complaint  has  been  made  even  by  those  who  have  adopted 
this  form  of  battery  in  electro-surgical  practice.  The  common  explana- 
tion that  the  phenomena  displayed  by  this  battery  are  due  to  the  pas- 
sivity of  iron,  is  not  in  accordance  with  the  more  recent  doctrines  of 
physics.  This  fact  is  a  serious  objection  to  the  use  of  these  batteries 
in  electro-therapeutics.  They  have  been  employed,  however,  for  the 
purpose  of  galvano-cauter)'. 

Wollastoti s  Zinc-copper  Battery. — This  form  of  battery,  devised  by 
Wollaston  in  1 801,  is  now  pretty  well  displaced  by  modern  improve 


ZINC-COPPER   BATTERY — WATER  BATTERY.  39 

ments.  It  consists  of  a  copper  vessel,  enclosing  a  solution  of  sulphate 
of  copper,  a  zinc  plate,  or  a  sheet  of  copper  folded  over  a  piece  of 
zinc,  so  as  to  have  both  faces  of  the  zinc  exposed  to  chemical  action, 
and  so  increase  the  quantity  of  electricity.  The  two  objections  to  the 
battery  are,  that  it  is  not  constant,  and  the  metals  must  be  kept  out  of 
the  solution  except  when  in  actual  use,  and  that  the  zinc  becomes 
rapidly  corroded  with  a  deposition  that  weakens  the  force  of  the  bat- 
tery. This  deposition  must  be  constantly  cleared  and  scraped  off,  if 
we  would  keep  up  the  strength  of  the  current. 

The  order  of  the  parts  in  the  sulphate  of  copper  battery,  single  cell 
is  as  follows  :  ist,  zinc;  2d,  sulphate  of  copper;  3d,  copper. 

Reaction. 
Zn  +  Cu  SO^  =  Zn  So^  +  Cu 

In  this  battery  any  local  action  on  the  zinc  will  deposit  metallic 
copper  in  the  form  of  a  black  powder  upon  the  zinc,  or  an  oxide  of 
coj^per,  which  forms  a  covering  on  the  surface  of  the  zinc. 

For  this  reason  the  zinc  must  be  amalgamated  or  else  frequently 
cleaned.  Sulphate  of  copper  must  be  frequently  added,  so  that  the 
battery  shall  be  charged  with  a  saturated  solution  of  that  salt ;  but  care 
must  be  taken  that  the  solution  of  sulphate  of  zinc  does  not  approach 
saturation. 

The  necessity  of  frequently  cleaning  and  scraping  the  zinc  in  this 
battery  is  a  most  serious  disadvantage,  and  on  that  account  mainly  it  is 
not  to  be  recommended  to  the  electro-therapeutist. 

Water  Battery. — If  a  large  number  of  cylinders  of  zinc  and  copper 
be  immersed  in  water  in  glass  jars,  and  are  properly  protected  from 
light  and  dust,  a  current  of  electricity  will  be  produced.  A  battery 
of  130  pairs  causes  the  gold  leaves  of  the  electroscope  to  diverge,  and 
1,200  pairs  gives  a  strong  shock,  A  battery  of  2,000  or  3,000  pairs  is 
very  powerful.  Batteries  of  this  kind  have  been  constructed  by  Crosse, 
Noad,  and  Gassiot. 

These  water  batteries  will  keep  their  power  for  years,  provided  water 
is  supplied  to  them  to  make  up  for  the  loss  from  evaporation.  They 
take  up  a  large  space,  and,  on  account  of  the  great  resistance  of  the 
water,  give  but  a  small  qua?itity  of  electricity.  For  these  two  reasons 
they  offer  no  advantage  for  medical  use. 

Marine  Battery. — A  sea-water  or  marine  battery  has  been  constructed 
by  Duchemin,  of  France.  A  cylinder  of  carbon  and  zinc,  attached 
to  a  cork,  is  put  into  the  sea,  and  connected  with  the  shore  by  con- 


40  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

ducting  wires.  As  the  ocean  furnishes  the  exciting  fluid,  it  needs  no 
replenishing.  It  was  hoped  that  a  battery  of  this  kind  might  be  of 
sufficient  strength  to  furnish  an  electric  light  for  light-houses.  This 
hope,  so  far  as  we  know,  has  not  been  realized. 

Dry  Pile. — Dry  piles  have,  instead  of  liquids,  some  solid  hygrometric 
substances,  as  paper  or  leather.  There  are  many  varieties  of  dry 
piles.  Those  of  Zamboni,  which  are  best  known,  are  composed  of 
tin  or  silver  and  binoxide  of  manganese.  A  piece  of  paper  is  tinned 
or  silvered  on  one  side,  and  the  other  side  is  covered  with  powdered 
binoxide  of  manganese.  These  sheets  are  cut  into  disks,  about  one 
inch  in  diameter,  and  arranged  so  that  the  tin  or  silver  of  each  disk  is 
in  contact  with  the  manganese  of  the  next  in  the  series.  A  Zamboni 
pile  of  200  couples  is  very  feeble  and  slow  in  its  action,  but  it  can 
charge  a  Leyden  jar,  and  it  is  quite  permanent. 

Instruments  for  Measuring  Electricity. — The  instruments  for  mea- 
suring electricity  are  quite  numerous,  and  some  of  them  are  very 
delicate.  It  is  necessary  here  to  describe  only  a  sufficient  number  to 
illustrate  the  principles  involved. 

The  Voltameter. — The  voltameter  is  an  instrument  devised  by  Fara- 
day to  measure  the  strength  of  the  galvanic  current.  It  is  a  graduated 
tube  that  receives  and  accurately  measures  the  quantity  of  gas  that  is 
generated  by  the  decomposition  of  water  by  the  current  in  a  given 
time. 

In  Fig.  19  the  platinum  needles  connected  with  the  poles  of  the  bat- 
tery are  inserted  through  the  cork,  at  the  end  of  the  tube.  The  gases 
that  result  from  the  electrolysis  rise  to  the  top,  as  the  tube  is  held  up- 
right, and  repel  the  water  through  a  hole  in  the  cork. 


Fig.  19.  

This  is  a  very  trustworthy  method  of  measuring  currents  and  of 
comparing  batteries.  If  we  wish  to  ascertain  how  one  battery  com- 
pares with  another  in  strength,  or  whether  a  battery  has  weakened  by 
use  or  long  standing,  or  whether  the  strength  is  sufficient  for  a  power- 
ful electrolytic  operation,  the  voltameter  will  give  us  precisely  the  infor- 
mation we  seek. 

Galvanometers. — A  galvanometer  is  an  instrument  for  indicating  the 
presence  and  direction  of  a  current,  and  for  measuring  its  strength. 
There  are  several  varieties  of  galvanometers,  but  all  are  constructed  on 


GALVANOMETERS. 


41 


the  same  general  principle — a  f?iagnet  freely  hung  so  as  to  be  deflected  by 
the  passage  of  a  current  throUgh  a  coil  of  insulated  wire.  Galvanorn 
eters  with  a  long  coil — sometimes  called  ^^ tension"  galvanometers^ 
are  used  to  measure  circuits  of  large  resistance.  Galvanometers  with  a 
short  coil — sometimes  called  "  quantity  "  galvanometers — are  used  to 
measure  circuits  of  small  resistance.  The  explanation  of  this  difference 
will  appear  in  the  chapter  on  Ohm's  Law. 


Fig.  20. 


Astatic  Galvanometer. — This  form  of  galvanometer  is  used  either  to 
detect  the  simple  presence  of  a  current,  or  to  measure  the  strength  of  a 
weak  current.  Let  A  and  B,  Fig.  20,  represent  two  needles  of  about 
equal  strength,  having  the  same  axis,  and  having  their  poles  reversed 
in  reference  to  each  other.  The  needles  will  settle  a  very  little  in  the 
meridian,  from  the  fact  that  one  of  them  is  very  slightly  more  highly 
magnetized  than  the  other. 

C  is  an  insulated  wire,  bent  around  the  lower  needle  several  times. 
When  a  current  is  passed  through  this  wire,  the  needles  will  be  influ- 
enced to  turn  in  the  same  direction.  In  this  way  the  passage  of  the 
most  feeble  current  may  be  detected.  In  connection  with  a  thermo- 
electric pile,  this  instrument  is  capable  of  indicating  a  change  of  tem- 
perature of  only  a  very  small  fraction  of  a  degree.  Galvanometers 
which  have  a  long  resistance  coil,  and  in  which  a  branch  resistance  coil, 
or  "  shunt,"  as  it  is  called,  is  interposed,  may  be  used  to  measure 
strong  currents  (see  chapter  on  Ohm's  Law),  and  are  therefore  con- 
venient in  comparing  batteries.  A  galvanometer  of  this  kind  that  we 
employ  will  be  described  under  electro-therapeutics. 

Thomson^ s  Reflecting  Galvanometer. — Sir  William  Thomson  has  done 
much  to  advance  the  science  of  electrology  by  the  construction  of 
his  reflecting  or  mirror  galvanometer,  which  will  indicate  the  presence 
of  very  slight  currents.  This  instrument  consists  of  the  coils  of  a  gal- 
vanometer, between  which  are  suspended,  by  a  single  silk  fibre,  a 
mirror  and  magnet,  which,  when  it  moves  under  the  influence  of  a  cur- 


42  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

rent,  is  reflected  through  a  lens  on  a  graduated  scald  placed  at  a  little 
distance  in  front  of  it.  A  lamp  is  placed  behind  the  screen,  which 
contains  a  slit,  through  which  the  light  passes  to  the  mirror,  from 
which  it  is  reflected  back  on  the  graduated  scale.  When  the  magnet 
is  deflected  by  the  passage  of  a  current  through  the  coil,  the  image 
moves  to  the  right  or  left  along  the  scale,  the  angle  made  by  the  re- 
flected image  being  twice  the  angle  through  which  the  mirror  and 
magnet  are  deflected.  A  very  small  deflection  of  the  magnet  pro- 
duces a  very  great  displacement  of  the  reflected  image  on  the  screen,  and 
thus  a  very  slight  current  can  be  detected. 

This  instrument,  as  that  of  Wiedmann,  of  Germany,  is  much  used 
in  delicate  electro-physiological  researches. 

Rheostates :  Insti'uments  for  Measuring  Resistance. — The  rheostat, 
an  instrument  invented  by  Wheatstone,  was  originally  designed  to 
ascertain  the  relative  amount  of  resistance  of  different  conductors.  In 
electro-therapeutics  it  is  employed  to  interpose  resistances  in  the  circuit, 
etc.,  so  as  to  delicately  modify  the  strength  of  the  current  Avithin  small 
fractions  of  the  strength  of  an  element. 

In  electro-physiological  investigations,  as  also  in  certain  branches  of 
electro-therapeutics — particularly  in  applications  to  the  ear — rheostates 
have  been  used.  The  form  employed  by  Brenner  and  others,  and  also 
the  water-rheostat,  will  be  described  in  electrotherapeutics. 

Early  History  of  Galvanism. — In  the  year  1786,  while  Galvani,  Pro- 
fessor at  Bologna,  was  expei'imenting  with  an  old-fashioned  electrical 
machine  that  lay  near  a  dish  of  frogs  that  had  been  prepared,  it  is 
stated,  for  his  sick  wife,  he  noticed  that  the  frogs  jumped  whenever  a 
spark  was  drawn  from  the  conductor  of  the  machine.  On  observing 
this,  it  occurred  to  him  that  perhaps  he  had  found  a  means  of  detect- 
ing atmospheric  electricity  more  delicate  than  he  had  previously  em- 
ployed. In  order  to  test  this,  Galvani  took  the  dish  of  frogs,  and,  with 
his  neighbor  Camillo,  went  out  on  the  terrace  of  his  house.*  It  was 
a  clear  evening  in  the  early  part  of  September,  and  no  marked  elec- 
tric phenomena  were  apparent  in  the  air.  Fixing  an  iron  hook  in  the 
spine  of  each  frog,  he  suspended  it  from  the  iron  railing. 

Behold  sp07itaneous  movements  appeared  in  the  frogs,  various  in 
their  character  and  quite  frequent ! 

That  moment  was  the  birth  of  the  science  of  Galvanism.  At  once 
there  fla'shed  on  the  mind  of  Galvani  the  query,  What  causes  these  con- 


*  At  No.  96,  in  Strado  S.  Felice,   Bolog-aa,  the  house  where  Galvani  lived,  with 
terrace  and  railings,  is  still  shown  to  travellers. 


EARLY  HISTORY   OF   GALVANISM. 


43 


tractions  ?  There  were  no  electric  disturbances  in  the  air  ;  the  electric 
machine  was  far  away  inside  the  house.  Could  there  be  electricity  in  the 
frogs  themselves  ?  In  the  history  of  science  it  often  happens  that  a 
theory  partly  false  guides  us  into  facts  that  are  wholly  true.  Thus  it 
happened  to  Galvani, 

From  that  moment  until  he  died,  he  lived  in  an  atmosphere  of  ex- 
periment. Frogs  without  number  were  slaughtered,  and  all  for  the 
purpose  of  proving  to  himself  and  others  that  it  was  animal  electricity 
that  caused  these  contractions. 

Galvani's  researches,  as  soon  as  they  were  made  public,  in  1791,  ex- 


FlG.  21. 


cited  great  interest  among  scientific  men,  and  inspired  him  to  make 
another  attempt  to  master  the  mysteries  of  electricity.  At  the  time 
when  Galvani  made  his  discovery,  the  interest  excited  by  the  discovery 
of  the  Leyden  jar  and  Franklin's  kite,  about  forty  years  previously, 
had  died  out.  Philosophers  had  followed  the  vein  thus  opened,  about 
as  far  as  it  seemed  to  lead.  They  supposed  that  the  battles  of  elec- 
tricity were  all  fought  out,  and  so  they  were  laying  aside  their  armor. 
On  the  announcement  of  Galvani's  discovery,  his  experiments  were  re- 
peated all  over  Europe,  and  the  theory  that  the  contractions  of  the  mus- 
cles of  the  frog  were  due  to  animal  electricity  was  universally  adopted. 
Volta's  Researches  :  The  Theory  of  Co?itact  and  Chemical  Action. — 
A.mong  those  who  were  stimulated  by  the  discovery  of  Galvani,  was 


44  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

Volta,  Professor  of  Physics  in  Pavia,  Italy,  who  had  already  been  long 
distinguished  as  an  electrical  experimenter,  and  who,  in  the  knowledge 
of  this  special  branch,  was  far  superior  to  Galvani. 

At  first  Volta  accepted  Galvani' s  theory  of  animal  electricity,  but 
subsequent  research  caused  him  to  doubt  its  truth.  He  observed  that 
it  was  only  by  means  of  heterogeneous  metals  that  muscular  contractions 
could  invariably  be  produced,  and  hence  he  denied  the  existence  of 
animal  electricity,  explaining  the  phenomenon  of  muscular  contractions 
through  the  influence  of  the  artificial  electricity  excited  by  a  heteroge- 
neous metallic  combina<"ion.* 

Galvani  then  not  onl).  demonstrated  that  contractions  could  readily 
be  caused  by  exactly  homogeneous  metals,  but  that  the  phenomenon 
was  produced  by  the  simple  contact  of  nerve  and  muscle.  His  manner 
of  experimenting  was  as  follows  :  The  leg  of  a  frog,  denuded  of  its  skin, 
had  its  sciatic  nerves  cut  at  their  exit  from  the  vertebral  column.  The 
nerves  thus  denuded  were  taken  gently  up  by  some  non-conductor  and 
made  to  touch  one  of  the  muscles,  when  the  leg  would  immediately 
become  convulsed.  Volta  endeavored  to  prove  that  the  concussion 
caused  by  the  contact  of  nerve  and  muscle  was  the  cause  of  the  electric 
current  thus  produced  ;  but  Galvani  conclusively  demonstrated  that  such 
could  not  be  the  case,  by  placing  a  non-conductor  between  the  two  tis- 
sues, when  no  action  could  be  excited  in  the  leg.  He  went  further, 
and  at  last  succeeded  in  producing  muscular  contractions  when  only  the 
nerves  of  non-prepared  legs  were  brought  in  contact. 

The  discovery  of  the  Voltaic  pile,  which  excited  great  interest  in 
men  of  science,  seemed  to  decide  the  battle  for  Volta,  and  all  the 
efforts  of  Galvani  to  convince  philosophers  of  the  existence  of  animal 
electricity  were  in  vain.  Galvani' s  first  observations  on  frogs  dates  back 
as  far  is  1780.     He  first  published  his  researches  in  1791. 

Volta  did  not  undertake  the  investigation  of  the  subject  until  1792, 
the  year  following  the  publication  of  the  researches  of  Galvani.  And 
yet  Volta  has  almost  equal  claim  to  be  the  founder  of  the  science  of 
galvanism  ;  for  while  Galvani  discovered  the  new  manifestation  of 
electricity,  he  failed  to  comprehend  its  true  value,  while  Volta,  by  the 
discovery  of  the  pile  which  bears  his  name,  demonstrated  what  Galvani 
would  never  believe,  but  which  Prof.  Fabroni,  of  Florence,  had  in  1792 
suggested,  that  chemical  action  was  the  source  of  the  electricity  in  Gal- 
vani's  experiments. 

*  The  theory  that  the  experiment  of  Galvani  could  be  explained  by  chemical  actioa 
was  first  suggested  by  Prof.  Fabroni,  of  Florence,  in  1792. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

ELECTROLYSIS    (eLECTRO-CHEMISTRY). 

Electrolysis,  derived  from  ^XeKrpov  and  Xvot,  through  Xva-is.  disen- 
gaging, is  the  act  or  process  of  decomposi7ig  a  covipotmd  substance  by 
electricity. 

Electro-chemical  decomposition  takes  place  at  both  poles,  but  with 
different  products  and  manifestations,  according  to  the  strength  of  the 
current,  the  nature  of  the  substances  acted  upon,  and  the  material  of 
which  the  electrodes  are  composed. 

History  of  Electrolysis. — The  chemical  effects  of  statical  electricity 
were  first  investigated  by  Drs.  Priestley  and  Cavendish,  in  1784.  The 
decomposition  of  water  by  passing  through  it  a  succession  of  discharges 
of  statical  electricity  was  first  discovered,  in  1789,  by  Messrs.  Dieman, 
Paetz,  Van  Troostwyck,  and  Cuthbertson,  The  power  of  the  galvanic 
current  to  decompose  water  was  discovered  and  first  described  by 
Messrs.  Nicholson  and  Carlisle,  in  1800.  They  experimented  with  the 
voltaic  pile,  which  had  then  just  been  discovered.  These  experiments 
ers  also  decomposed  other  substances  by  the  galvanic  current.  On 
Nov.  20,  1806,  Sir  Humphry  Davy  presented  to  the  Royal  Society  a 
lecture  "  On  some  Chemical  Agencies  of  Electricity,"  and  in  the  fol- 
lowing year  he  announced  his  discovery  of  the  decomposition  of  the 
fixed  alkalies.  Between  1 831  and  1840  Faraday  published  his  ^^Ex- 
perimental Researches  in  Electricity"  in  one  of  the  most  remarkable 
series  of  scientific  essays  that  ever  proceeded  from  the  pen  of  man. 

Terminology  of  Electrolysis. — With  the  aid  of  two  friends,  Faraday 
prepared  the  following  terminology  of  electrolysis,  which  is  now  gener- 
ally adopted.  The  poles  where  the  electricity  passes  in  and  out  of  the 
body  that  is  undergoing  decomposition  are  called  electrodes  {^XeKxpov, 
and  6S0S,  way).  The  surface  where  the  current  enters  the  decompos- 
ing body  is  called  the  anode  (ava,  upward,  and  oSo's,  way) ;  the  surface 
where  the  current  leaves  the  decomposing  body  is  called  the  cathode 
{Kara,  downward,  and  68ds,  way).  The  anode  is  in  contact  with  the 
positi-c'e  pole  and  the  cathode  with  the  negative. 


46  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

Practically,  anode  is  used  as  synonymous  with  positive  pole,  and 
cathode  with  negative,  although,  strictly  speaking,  anode  and  cathode 
refer  to  the  points  of  the  decomposing  body,  and  positive  and  negative 
to  the  poles  of  the  battery  that  are  in  contact  with  these. 

Compound  substances  that  are  directly  decomposable  by  the  current 
are  called  electrolytes  {^XcKTpov,  and  X.vu>,  decompose).  To  electrolyzd 
a  body  is  to  chemically  decompose  it  by  the  current.  The  act  of  pro- 
ducing electrolysis  is  called  electrolyzation. 

The  elements  of  an  electrolyte  are  termed  ions,  (etwv,  participle  of 
the  verb  e?/xi,  to  go).  Those  ions  that  appear  at  the  anode  are  termed 
anio7ts,  those  which  appear  at  the  cathode  are  termed  cations.  For- 
merly anions  were  termed  electro-negative,  and  cations  the  electro-posi- 
tive elements  of  the  compound.  Water,  for  example,  is  an  electrolyte 
that  evolves  two  ions — oxygen  and  hydrogen  ;  oxygen  goes  to  the 
anode  and  is  the  anion  ;  hydrogen  goes  to  the  cathode  and  is  the 
cation. 

No  substance  can  be  an  electrolyte  which  is  not  a  conductor ;  but 
in  the  readiness  with  which  they  are  decomposed  substances  widely 
vary.  Every  electrolyte  must  contain  more  or  less  of  water.  Pure 
water,  though  an  electrolyte,  is  yet  decomposed  only  with  great  diffi- 
culty ;  but  by  adding  to  it  a  little  sul])huric  acid,  or  certain  salts,  it  very 
easily  undergoes  electrolysis.  It  is  furthermore  believed  that  no  fluid 
can  be  a  conductor  without  also  being  an  electrolyte;  that  is,  more  or 
less  electro-chemical  decomposition  must  take  place  when  the  galvanic 
current  passes  through  any  fluid.  Substances  that  are  found  to  be  ready 
electrolytes  are  chloride  of  sodium,  muriatic  acid,  and  iodide  of  potas- 
sium. 

Laws  of  Electrolysis. — Although  electrolysis,  like  all  other  phe- 
nomena connected  with  atomic  changes,  is  but  imperfectly  understood, 
yet  some  of  the  general  laws  of  its  operation  have  been  already  well 
ascertained. 

Among  the  more  important  of  these  laws  the  following  may  be  enu- 
merated : 

I.  Definite  Electro-chemical  Action. — It  has  been  found  that  when 
several  substances  are  simultaneously  decomposed  by  the  current,  the 
elements  that  are  evolved  are  definite  in  quantity  and  are  electro- 
chemical equivalents  of  each  other.  This  law,  which  was  discovered  by 
Faraday,  may  be  thus  illustrated.  Let  the  current  be  sent  successively 
through  a  series  of  cells  filled  with  oxide  of  lead,  chloride  of  lead,  and 
chloride  of  silver.  The  different  substances  would  combine  in  the  fol- 
lowing proportions  : 


LAWS   OF   ELECTROLYSIS.  47 

At  the  Positive  Pole.  At  the  Negative  Pole. 

Water 8  grs.  oxygen.  i  gr.  hydrogen. 

Oxide  of  lead 8         "  ii3-5  grs.  lead. 

Chloride  of  lead ..  .     35.5  grs.  chlorine.  io3-5       " 

Iodide  of  lead 127  grs.  iodine.  io3-5       '* 

Chloride  of  silver. .     35.5  grs.  chlorine.  108  grs.  silver. 

Iliese  numbers,  it  will  be  seen,  represent  the  combining  proportions 
of  these  substances. 

Substances  combine  in  equivalent  proportions  ;  they  are  decomposed 
in  the  same  equivalent  proportions. 

2.  Primary  and  Secondary  Results. — The  results  of  electrolytic  action 
are  distinguished  as  primary  and  secondary.  The  results  are  called  pri- 
mary w^hen  the  elements  that  are  decomposed  appear  at  the  electrodes 
unchanged  and  uncombined ;  the  results  are  called  secondary  when 
thf  elements  that  are  decomposed  are  changed  or  recombined  when  they 
appear  at  the  electrodes.  The  secondary  results  are  favored  by  the 
nascent  condition  of  the  elements  that  are  decomposed.  The  secondary 
results  are  caused  by  the  action  of  the  decomposed  elements  on  the  sub- 
stance of  the  electrode,  or  on  the  substance  itself  that  is  undergoing 
decomposition.  Even  the  decomposition  of  water,  when  diluted  with  sul- 
phuric acid,  is  really  a  secondary  result.  Perfectly  pure  distilled  watei 
does  not  perceptibly  decompose  even  under  quite  a  strong  current.  If  a 
fev/  drops  of  sulphuric  gases  are  added,  the  acids  are  freely  disengaged. 
The  sulphuric  acid  H^SO^  is  disengaged  by  the  current  into  H^  at  the 
negative  and  SO^  at  the  positive  pole  ;  the  former  H^  is  liberated, 
and  the  latter  SO^  at  the  positive  pole  acts  on  the  water  and  forms 
sulphuric  acid  again.  Secondary  decomposition  is  modified  by  the 
material  of  which  each  electrode  is  composed.  Thus  in  decomposing 
sulphuric  acid,  when  the  positive  electrode  is  made  of  carbon,  the  oxy- 
gen decomposed  acts  on  the  carbon,  forming  carbonic  acid  and  carbonic 
oxide.  Electro-chemical  action  continued  for  weeks,  months,  and  years, 
as  was  done  by  that  very  laborious  experimenter,  Mr.  Crosse,  of  Broom- 
field,  may  produce  as  secondary  results  interesting  minerals,  such  as 
quartz,  arragonite,  malachite.  During  these  experiments  in  electro- 
crystallization  Mr.  Crosse  discovered  that  remarkable  insect,  the 
acarus,  which  appeared  in  electrized  solutions  of  sulphate  of  iron, 
sulphate  of  zinc,  and  nitrate  and  sulphate  of  copper.  It  was  supposed 
that  the  acari  arose  from  ova  deposited  by  insects  floating  in  the  at- 
mosphere, and  that  they  might  possibly  be  hatched  by  electric  action. 
AlS  a  reward  for  this  discovery,  which  now  seems  to  be  almost  forgotten. 


48  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

Mr.  Crosse  was  subjected  to  absurd  and  outrageous  abuse,  as  though 
he  were  infringing  on  the  prerogatives  of  the  Creator.  Mr.  Weekes,  of 
Sandwich,  in  Kent,  subsequently  repeated  the  experiments  of  Crosse  by 
passing  electrical  currents  through  silicate  of  potash  in  glass  receivers 
over  mercury.  All  possible  care  was  taken  to  keep  out  foreign  matter. 
After  a  constant  action  of  a  year,  insects  appeared,  entirely  similar  to 
those  obtained  by  Mr.  Crosse.  The  metallic  deposits  in  electro -metal- 
lizing are  the  secondary  results  of  the  electro-chemical  decomposition. 
Water  is  electrolyzed,  hydrogen  is  disengaged  at  the  cathode,  and  oxy- 
gen at  the  anode ;  but  the  hydrogen  reacts  on  the  metallic  solution, 
combines  with  its  oxygen,  and  frees  the  metal.  The  oxygen  also  com- 
bines with  an  element  at  the  anode.  In  the  section  on  Electro-Surgery 
it  will  be  found  that  the  secondary  decomposition  is  utilized  in  the  selec- 
tion of  the  material  used  for  needles  in  galvano-puncture. 

3.  The  Differential  Ac  tio7t  of  the  Poles. — Different  elements  go  to  the 
anode  and  the  cathode,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  substance  de- 
composed and  the  material  of  which  the  electrode  is  made. 

Platinum-wire  makes  the  best  electrode  for  electrolytic  experiments 
on  various  substances,  because  platinum  is  not  acted  on.  Copper  and 
silver  wire  may  be  used,  but  the  secondary  action  which  they  cause 
greatly  complicates  the  experiment. 

To  distinguish  the  precise  character  of  the  changes  that  take  place  in 
the  electrolysis  of  many  substances  is  frequently  difficult,  and  sometimes 
impossible.  It  is  difficult  to  decide  whether  any  of  the  elements  of  the 
electrolyte,  besides  water,  undergo  decomposition  ;  and  whether  the 
changes  are  of  a  primary  or  secondary  character. 

Among  the  substances  that  are  most  readily  decomposed  by  the  elec- 
tric current  are  the  following  : 

Iodide  of  Potassium. — This  decomposes  under  a  very  feeble  current, 
the  iodide  and  oxygen  going  to  the  positive  and  the  hydrogen  and  al- 
kali to  the  negative.  Thus  the  decomposition  of  iodide  of  potassium 
by  electricity  affi^rds  a  very  good  means  of  distinguishing  the  poles. 
The  brown  color  of  the  iodine  always  appears  at  the  positive  pole.  The 
whole  solution  soon  presents  the  color  of  iodine. 

Chloride  of  Sodium. — A  solution  of  common  salt  decomposes  quite 
readily,  chlorine  appearing  at  the  positive  and  hydrogen  and  oxide  of 
sodium  at  the  negative  pole.  If  the  positive  needle  is  platinum,  the 
odor  of  chlorine  is  at  once  detected ;  if  it  is  of  copper,  the  chlorine 
unites  with  the  copper,  making  the  solution  turbid. 

Acetate  of  Lead. — This  salt  in  solution  decomposes  with  comparative 
slowness  by  secondary  action,  peroxide  of  lead  appearing  at  the  posi- 


THEORY   OF  ELECTROLYSIS. 


49 


iive  pole,  and  hanging  from  it  in  light  threads  or  masses.     The  water 
frequently  decomposes  before  the  lead  yields  at  all. 

Nobilis  Iris-Rings. — It  is  by  the  electrolysis  of  lead  that  the  beau- 
tiful iris-rings  are  produced.  A  pohshed  steel  plate  is  put  in  a  dilute 
solution  of  acetate  of  lead.  The  steel  plate  is  connected  with  the 
positive  pole  of  a  galvanic  battery,  while  a  wire,  connected  with  the 
negative  pole,  is  put  in  the  solution.  Peroxide  of  lead  is  at  once  libe- 
rated on  the  steel  beneath  the  wire,  and  a  iilm  extends  outward,  but 
growing  thinner  and  thinner.  Thus  a  series  of  concentric  circles  is 
formed  exhibiting  bright  iris  colors. 

Nitric  Acid. — Strong  nitric  acid  conducts  well  and  decomposes,  oxy- 
gen appearing  at  the  positive  pole,  nitrous  acid  and  nitric  oxyd  at  the 
negative  pole.    Dissolution  takes  place,  and  the  water  becomes  yellow. 

Nitrate  of  Potash.  — This  is  a  good  conductor,  and  yields  secondary 
results. 

Sulphurous  Acid. — This,  when  diluted,  yields  oxygen  at  the  positive 
pole,  and  hydrogen  and  sulphur  at  the  negative. 

Sulphuric  Acid. — This  yields  sulphur  at  the  negative  pole,  and  pro- 
duces secondary  results. 

Mtiriatic  Acid. — A  strong  solution  of  this  yields  hydrogen  at  the 
negative  pole,  and  chlorine  at  the  positive  pole. 

Electro-metallurgy. — Electro-metallurgy,  or  the  art  of  precipitating 
metals  from  their  solutions  by  the  galvanic  current,  is  a  result  of  the 
discovery  of  electrolysis — is  indeed  itself  simply  an  electrolytic  pro- 
cess. There  are  two  divisions  of  this  art — electrotyping  and  electro- 
plating. The  art  of  electro-metallurgy  was  discovered,  independently, 
by  Spencer,  in  England,  and  Jacobi,  in  Petersburg,  in  1837.  Electro- 
gilding  was  discovered  by  Brugnatelli,  a  pupil  of  Volta,  but  was  first 
used  by  M.  de  la  Rive. 

Tlieory  of  Electrolysis. — The  theory  of  electrolysis  at  present  accepted 
is  the  following :  In  every  compound  one  of  the  elements  is  electro 
positive,  the  other,  electro-negative.  Under  the  influence  of  the 
opposing  electricities  from  the  electrodes,  decomposition  and  recompo- 
sition  go  on  from  one  pole  to  the  other.  But  these  decompositions  and 
recompositions  are  seen  only  at  the  electrodes. 

This  may  be  illustrated  by  the  electrolysis  of  water.  Water  is  com- 
posed of  one  atom  of  oxygen  and  two  atoms  of  hydrogen.  Oxygen  is 
electro-negative  and  hydrogen  is  electro-positive. 

When,  now,  the  electrodes  are  dipped  in  water,  the  electro-negative 
oxygen  of  the  molecule  a  (Fig.  22)  is  attracted  to  the  positive  pole,  and 
the  electro-negative  hydrogen  is  repelled. 
4 


50 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


Fig.  22. 


The  oxygen  is  then  given  off  at  the  positive  pole,  while  the  liberated 
hydrogen  unites  itself  with  the  next  atom  of  oxygen  of  the  molecule 

b,  while  the  original  atom  of  hy- 
drogen is  expelled. 

This  atom  of  hydrogen  unites 
with  the  oxygen  of  the  molecule 
c^  drives  out  the  hydrogen  with 
which  that  atom  had  been  pre- 
viously combined,  and  so  on  through  the  whole  series  of  molecules 
until  the  negative  pole  is  reached.  Here  the  hydrogen  has  no  more 
oxygen  to  combine;aat4»,  &o  it4shberated  as  gas. 

The  electrolvi^rfl^Oart  otlTeT-aJlfee^J^^ytes  is  similarly  explained.  This 
simple  and  infg^^ous-tli©©(i£5i!>*w'as  de*«s6d  by  Grotthiiss. 

Decompo^S^Elejneni^q^pmr  anly'^t\he  Electrodes. — In  electrolysis 
the  element  decslwpo^a  appear  only  at  the  electrodes  ;  the  interme- 
diate region^resents-»e>>^Kmge,  although,  of  course,  it  must  be  trav- 
ersed by  the  c^cq^iwQsitionsptlia^X^cur.  This  is  illustrated  by  the 
following  experin-ietfr«e*Jja*^rr''j^hree  vessels  are  connected  by  a  cot- 
ton wick:|horoughly  moistened.  In  one  vessel  is  placed  an  alkaline  salt, 
and  in  the  other  two,  water.  The  liquid  of  all  three  vessels  is  colored 
with  syrup  of  violets.  When  the  galvanic  current  is  made  to  pass  through 
the  vessels,  the  liquid  at  the  negative  pole  becomes  green,  and  the 
liquid  at  the  positive  becomes  red,  demonstrating  that  the  acid  goes  to 
the  positive  and  the  alkaline  base  to  the  negative  pole.  The  fluid  in 
the  middle  vessel  suffered  no  change  of  color,  although  it  must  have 
been  traversed  by  the  acid  in  the  solution. 

Electrolysis  compared  with  the  Reactions  iji  the  Batteries. — It  will  be 
observed  that  the  chemical  action  that  takes  place  in  the  fluids  of  any 
battery  is  similar  to  electrolysis.  The  two  are,  indeed,  facts  of  pre- 
cisely the  same  nature.  The  action  in  the  battery  is  accompanied  by 
an  electric  current ;  the  action  in  electrolysis  occurs  as  a  result  of  the 
passage  of  a  current. 

In  the  section  on  Electro-Surgery  it  will  be  shown  that  all  these  phy- 
sical laws  of  electrolysis  havs  a  direct  and  necessary  bearing  on  the  use 
of  electrolysis  in  surgery. 


CHAPTER   V. 

INDUCED  ELECTRICITY — CURRENT  AND  MAGNETO-INDUCTION ELECTRO- 

MAGNETISM THERMO-ELECTRIC    BATTERIES. 

Induced  Electricity,  or  Electro-MagJietism  .\  Electro-dynamical  Induc- 
tion.—\Y&  have  seen  that  induction  means  the  action  that  electrified 
bodies  exert  on  other  bodies  at  a  distance.  Electro-statical  induction 
has  already  been  treated  of.  We  have  now  to  speak  of  the  induction 
of  current-electricity. 

Prof.  Oersted,  of  Copenhagen,  first  observed  that  the  electric  cur- 
rent, brought  near  a  magnetic  needle,  caused  it  to  deflect.  This  was 
the  earliest  observation  in  electro-magnetism. 

Philosophers  at  once  set  themselves  at  work  to  explain  this  phenome- 
non. The  discovery  was  not  an  accidental  one  on  the  part  of  Oersted. 
For  years  he  had  been  occupied  with  the  study  of  electro-physics,  and 
as  early  as  1807  he  had  published  a  work  in  which  he  stated  that  he 
purposed  to  ascertain  whether  electricity  in  its  most  latent  state  had 
any  effect  on  the  magnet.  His  first  discovery  that  the  needle  had  a 
tendency  to  place  itself  at  right  angles  to  the  wire  in  which  a  current  was 
passing,  was  a  natural  sequence  and  confirmation  of  his  early  researches. 
This  discovery  by  Oersted  formed  another  era  in  the  science  of  elec- 
tricity;  for  in  1820  the  enthusiasm  caused  by  the  discoveries  of  Galvani 
and  Volta  had  subsided,  just  as  the  enthusiasm  caused  by  the  Leyden 
jar  and  Franklin's  kite  had  died  away  when  Galvani  made  his  renowned 
experiment. 

Ampere^ s  Theory  of  Magnetism. — Among  the  many  scientists  who 
sought  to  explain  and  unfold  the  phenomena  of  electro-magnetism  as 
discovered  by  Oersted,  it  was  reserved  for  Ampere  to  achieve  the 
highest  success.  This  theory,  which  was  developed  by  rigid  mathemat- 
ical demonstrations,  was,  that  each  molecule  of  a  magnetic  body  is  trav- 
ersed by  closed  electric  currents.  These  currents  are  free  to  move 
about  their  centres  of  gravity,  but  the  coercitive  force,  which  is  weak  in 
soft  iron  but  great  in  steel,  tends  to  keep  them  in  position. 


52  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

Before  a  magnetic  body  is  magnetized  these  molecular  currents,  oi 
rings  of  electricity,  by  their  mutual  attraction  neutralize  each  other, 
so  that  their  combined  action  on  any  other  substance  is  nothing. 

When  a  body  is  magnetized,  these  molecular  airrents  assume  a  paral- 
lel direction.  The  more  complete  the  magnetization,  the  more  nearly 
parallel  they  become.  When  they  are  completely  parallel,  the  limit  of 
magnetization  is  reached.  Ampere  further  supposes  that  all  these  vl\c>' 
lecular  currents  are  equivalent  to  a  single  current  circulating  round  the 
magnet.  Still  further,  and  in  consonance  with  his  theory,  Ampere  sup- 
posed that  terrestrial  magnetic  effects  were  due  to  magnetic  currents 
that  circulate  round  the  earth  from  east  to  west,  perpendicular  to  the 
magnetic  meridian.  The  resultant  of  these  currents  is  a  single  cur- 
rent going  from  east  to  west.  These  currents,  which  are  supposed 
to  be  due  to  the  action  of  the  sun,  deflect  magnetic  needles,  magne- 
tize iron,  etc. 

The  Electric  Current  acts  as  a  Magnet :  Solenoids. — In  confirma- 
tion of  Ampere's  theory  of  magnetism,  it  is  found  that  when  a  helix,  or 
spirals  of  covered  wire,  coated  in  such  a  way  that  one  of  the  wires  passes 
through  the  axis  (solenoid,  as  it  is  called),  is  suspended  into  cups  of 
mercury,  and  traversed  by  a  current,  it  will  act  like  a  magnetic  needle 
and  point  from  north  to  south.  Ampere  gave  the  following  rule  by 
which  the  directions  of  the  needle  under  the  current  can  be  under- 
stood :  Let  the  observer  imagine  himself  placed  in  the  wire,  so  that  a 
current  enters  at  his  feet  and  leaves  at  his  head,  while  his  face  is  turned 
toward  the  needle;  the  pole  will  always  be  deflected  toward  the  left 
of  the  observer. 

Helix. — In  a  helix  of  a  copper  wire  through  which  a  current  circu- 
lates, each  convolutio7i  of  the  spiral  xm.y  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  little 
magnets  of  Ampere's  theory.  The  ends  of  the  spiral,  when  the  current 
passes  through  it,  act  on  a  magnetic  needle  like  the  poles  of  a  magnet. 
Ampere's  theory  explains  two  important  magnetic  phenomena. 

I  St.  Why  like  poles  repel  and  unlike  attract. 

Two  north  poles  of  a  magnet  side  by  side  have  opposite  cur- 
rents and  repel  each  other.  Similarly  with  two  south  poles.  But  a 
north  and  south  have  currents  in  the  same  direction  and  attract  each 
other. 

2d.  Why  a  magnetic  needle  places  itself  north  and  south.  A 
magnet  can  come  to  rest  only  when  the  current  below  it,  nearest  the 
earth,  is  parallel  to  the  earth-current.  The  magnetic  needle  turns  to 
the  north  to  allow  the  currents  below  it  to  become  parallel  to  the  earth's 
current. 


ELECTRO-MAGNETIC  HELIX. 


53 


Fig.  23. 


Electro-magnetic  Helix. — Magnetism  is  induced  in  a  bar  of  soft  iron 
by  the  simple  passage  of  a  current  near  it,  in  a  direction  at  right  angles 
to  the  bar.     If,  however,  the  wire  (Fig.   23)   encircles  the  iron  many 
times,  this  effect  will  be  much  in- 
creased.    Let  a  current  be  passed 
over  the  wire  in  the  direction  of  the 
arrows,  and  the  iron  within  will  be- 
come  strongly   magnetic,    with    its 
poles  as  shown  by  the  letters  S  and 
N.     If  the  enclosed  iron  be  not  too 
heavy,  it  will  be  drawn  to  the  centre 
and  held  suspended  there. 

When  the  current  is  broken,  the  iron  ceases  to  be  magnetic ;  while, 
if  a  bar  of  hardened  steel  be  substituted  for  the  iron,  it  will  retain  its 
magnetism  permanently.  Such  a  coil  of  wire  is  called  a  helix,  from 
tXtf,  a  winding,  and  a  magnet  formed  in  the  manner  described  is  termed 
an  electro-??iagnet. 

Fig.  24  represents  the  general  form  of  an  electro-magnet.  It  is  com- 
posed of  a  bar  of  soft  iron,  bent  into  the 
form  of  a  horseshoe.  An  insulated  wire  is 
coiled  round  its  extremities.  When  a  cur- 
rent of  electricity  is  passed  through  the  coil, 
the  horseshoe-bar  becomes  magnetic,  and 
attracts  the  armature.  If  the  current  is 
broken,  the  bar  becomes  demagnetized  and 
the  armature  falls  to  the  ground.  Perma- 
nent magnets  possess  much  less  power  than 
electro-magnets. 

If  the  iron  bar  within  the  helix  be  more 
than  a  third  of  an  inch  in  thickness,  and  the 
current  be  of  moderate  strength,  the  mag- 
netism   induced    is    in   proportion   to   the 

strength  of  the  current,  and  of  the  number  of  turns  in  the  coil.  Ad- 
ditional coils  of  the  wire  give  no  increased  magnetism,  if  the  bar  is 
thinner  than  one-third  of  an  inch.  In  this  case  maximum  is  soon 
reached.  Again,  if  the  circuit  is  made  very  long,  thus  reducing  the 
strength  of  the  current,  the  advantage  usually  gained  by  the  thick  bar, 
and  by  increasing  the  number  of  coils,  may  be  lost.  The  iron  bar 
should  be  perfectly  pure  and  well  annealed,  in  order  that  the  electro- 
magnet may  quickly  acquire  and  as  quickly  lose  its  magnetism  on 
Hosing  and  breaking  the  circuit. 


Fis.  24. 


54  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

Direction  of  the  Induced  Current. — If  a  current  of  electricity  is  passed 

through  any  conductor,  it  will  in- 
.(A &—        duce  a  current  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion in  a  second  conductor  situated 
j^arallel  to  the  first.     Let  A  B,  Fig. 


Fig.  25.  25,  be  a  wire  connected   at  either 

extremity  with  the  poles  of  a  gal- 
vanic battery,  and  M  N  a  second  wire  parallel  and  near  to  the  first. 
As  soon  as  the  circuit  is  formed  and  a  current  passes  from  +  to  — ,  a 
secondary  current  is  induced  in  the  second  wire,  but  in  an  opposite 
direction. 

This  current  is,  however,  but  for  an  instant.  As  soon  as  the  circuit 
is  broken,  an  instantaneous  current,  with  its  direction  reversed,  is  again 
established  in  the  second  wire. 

Different  Orders  of  Induced  Currents. — Induced  or  secondary  cur- 
rents have  themselves  the  power  of  producing  induced  currents  in  other 
adjacent  circuits.  Currents  thus  induced  from  secondary  induced 
currents  are  called  tertiary  induced  currents.  These  tertiary  induced 
currents  have  also  the  power  of  producing  induced  currents  in  an  ad- 
jacent circuit,  and  so  for  a  long  series. 

Currents  produced  in  this  way  are  in  opposite  directions  alternately, 
and  their  strength  diminishes  the  higher  they  ascend. 

As  a  secondary  current  flows  in  a  direction  opposite  to  that  of  the 
battery  current,  so  the  tertiary  flows  in  a  direction  opposite  to  the 
secondary.  This  law  holds  good  throughout  the  whole  series, — the 
strength  of  the  current  diminishing  as  the  distance  from  the  battery 
increases. 

The  manifestation  of  electrical  action  in  the  secondary  coil,  upon 
closing  and  breaking  the  circuit,  is  called  the  electric  throb,  while  the 
passive  condition  of  the  wire  while  under  induction  has  been  described 
by  Faraday  as  electro-to?iic. 

If  the  primary  coil  be  movable,  so  that  it  can  be  brought  in  closer 
proximity  to  the  secondary  coil  while  the  current  is  passing,  an  inverse 
current  is  produced  at  the  moment  of  its  approach,  the  same  as  when 
the  circuit  is  closed.  If  now  the  primary  coil  be  withdrawn,  a  direct 
current  is  produced,  the  same  as  when  the  circuit  is  broken.  As  long 
as  the  primary  coil  remains  in  one  position,  all  evidence  of  electricity 
in  the  secondary  wire  disappears.  If,  however,  while  in  this  position, 
the  strength  of  the  primary  current  be  increased  or  diminished,  mo- 
mentary currents  are  established  in  the  secondary  coil ;  the  inverse 
following  the  increase,  and  the  direct  current  following  the  decrease  in 


DIFFERENT   ORDERS   OF   INDUCED    CURRENTS. 


55 


the  strength  of  the  primary  current.  In  thus  experimenting,  it  is  much 
more  convenient  to  wind  the  wires  on  separate  bobbins,  so  that  one 
may  be  placed  within  the  other,  as  represented  in  Fig.  26. 


Let  A  represent  the  primary  coil,  which  is  composed  of  wool-covered 
wire  J2  of  an  inch  in  diameter ;  and  B  the  secondary  coil,  of  silk- 
covered  wire,  much  longer  than  the  other,  and  about  -gJg-  of  an  inch  in 
diameter.  Now  let  the  secondary  coil  be  connected  with  the  galvan- 
ometer, G,  by  means  of  the  two  binding-screws,  while  the  primary  coil, 
by  two  loose  and  flexible  wires,  is  placed  in  the  circuit  of  a  galvanic 
cell.  As  soon  as  A  is  inserted  into  B,  a  momentary  inverse  current  is 
indicated.  If  it  be  withdrawn,  the  galvanometer  indicates  a  momen- 
tary direct  current.  While  the  primary  coil  remains  in  the  secondary, 
the  needle  announces  the  induction  of  currents  according  to  the  prin- 
ciples stated  above,  whenever  the  strength  of  the  primary  current  is 
increased  or  diminished. 

The  Conditio?is  under  which  Induction  takes  place. — To  sum  up  ii: 
brief.  Induction  takes  place  from  one  circuit  into  an  adjacent  circuit, 
1st.  At  the  moment  when  the  current  is  closed.  2d.  '^he  moment 
when  the  current  is  opened.  3d.  While  the  current  is  increasing  or 
diminishing  in  strength.  4th.  While  the  current  is  brought  near  to  or 
removed  from  the  adjacent  circuit.     A  current  that  closes  or  increases 


56 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


in  strength,  or  is  brought  near  to  an  adjacent  circuit,  induces  an  invent 
momentary  current  in  that  circuit.  A  current  that  opens  or  diminishes 
in  strength,  or  is  removed  from  an  adjacent  circuit,  induces  a  direct 
momentary  current  in  that  circuit.  It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that  in- 
duction takes  place  only  when  there  is  some  change  ifi  the  cofidiiion  of 
the  inducing  cur-rent.  It  must  be  closed  or  opened,  increased  or  dimin- 
ished in  strength,  brought  near  to  or  removed  from  the  adjacent  circuit. 
In  the  ordinary  electro-magnetic  machines  these  changes  are  made 
by  a  rheotome,  or  current-interrupter,  and  the  strength  of  the  current 
is  modified  by  withdrawing  or  removing  a  metallic  cylinder  enclosing 
the  coils,  or  by  withdrawing  or  removing  the  core  of  iron  needles. 

Induction  of  a  Current  on  Itself :  Extra  Current. — The  extra  cur- 
rent is  that  which  is  induced  by  the  current  in  each  coil,  or  winding  of 
the  primary  coil  on  the  other  adjacent  windings. 

The  windings  act  inductively  on  each  other  both  at  the  opening  and 
closing  of  the  circuit.  Thus  we  have  a  direct  and  an  inverse  extra  cur- 
rent. The  direct  extra  current  gives  shocks  and  sparks,  decomposes 
water,  magnetizes  steel,  and  melts  platinum-wire.  The  electro-motive 
force  of  the  extra  current  bears  a  uniform  relation  to  the  intensity  of 
the  primary  or  inducing  current.  When  the  secondary  coil  is  closed, 
the  extra  current  does  not  appear  in  the  primary  coil,  but  by  what  is 
called  reaction  it  is  formed  in  the  secondary  coil  itself,  and  becomes 
an  ordinary  induced  current. 

It  is  called  the  extra  current  only  so  long  as  it  remains  in  the  pri- 
mary coil ;  it  so  remains  only  when  the  secondary  coil  is  open, 

Rheotome.,  or  Current-i?iterruf)ter. — Among 
the  different  contrivances  for  producing  these 
changes  in  the  primary  current  that  are  neces- 
sary for  induction,  the  most  convenient  is  the 
Rheotome,  or  Current-interrjipter. 

This,  when  placed  in  the  circuit  of  the  pri- 
mary coil,  alternately  closes  and  opens  the  cur- 
refit,  and  thus  causes  induced  currents  in  the 
secondary  coil. 

Fig.  27  represents  a  current-interrupter. 
Into  the  iron    covering  A  are  fastened  the 
ends  of  the  iron  wires  of  the  core  within  the 
coil. 

The  hammer  H  is  attached  to  a  spring  D, 
which  is  in  the  primary  circuit ;  /  is  a  projection  tipped  with  plati- 
num,   because  that  metal  does  not  corrode ;  /',  connected  with  the 


Fig.  27. 


INDUCTION   COILS. 


57 


screw,  is  also  tipped  with  platinum.  When  the  circuit  is  closed,  the 
core  of  iron-wire  A  becomes  magnetic,  and  draws  H  away  from  p\ 
against  which  it  naturally  rests.  This  breaks  the  current,  for  the  circuit 
is  completed  through  the  connection  of/  and/'.  As  the  current  is 
broken,  A  of  course  loses  its  magnetism,  and  no  longer  has  power  to 
attract  H  ;  therefore  the  spring  D  brings  H  back  to  p',  where  it  natur- 
ally rests.  This  completes  the  circuit,  and  again  A  becomes  magnetic, 
and  again  it  attracts  H,  and  thus  H  is  kept  rapidly  vibrating  with  a 
buzzing  sound  between  A  and  p' .  These  constant  interruptions  keep 
up  an  induced  current  in  the  secondary  coil.  The  screw  b  gives  the 
necessary  stiffness  to  D. 

Object  of  the  Iron  Core  m  the  Primary  Coil. — The  inductive  power 
of  the  primary  current  is  very  greatly  increased  by  putting  a  bar  of  soft 
iron  or  a  bundle  of  iron  wires  in  the  heart  of  the  primary  coil.  The 
iron  core  strengthens  the  current  in  this  way.  It  becomes  magnetic  by 
the  action  of  the  current,  and  this  magnetism  disappears  when  the  cur- 
rent opens.  The  disappearance  of  the  magnetism  induces  a  current  in 
the  same  direction  as  the  disappearing  primary  current,  and  thus 
strengthens  it.  In  electro-magnetic  machines,  as  used  for  electro- 
therapeutics, this  iron  core  is  a  very  convenient  means  for  modifying 
the  current.  Pushing  it  in  the  coil  increases  the  current,  withdrawing 
it  diminishes  the  current. 

A  bundle  of  wires  is  preferable  to  a  single  bar  of  soft  iron,  for  in  the 
Latter,  currents  are  formed  which  impede  the  sudden  cessation  of  the 
primary  current,  while  in  the  former  these  cannot  be  formed. 

Thickness  and  Length  of  the  Outer  and  Inner  Wires. — It  is  a  law  of 
electro-physics  that  wires  of  a  large  diameter  conduct  electricity  better 
than  wires  of  a  small  diameter.  It  is  necessary  that  the  primary  cur- 
rent should  be  strong,  since  its  principal  object  is  to  excite  magnetism 
in  the  core ;  consequently  the  coil  is  made  of  thick  wire  and  of  moderate 
length.  The  secondary  coil,  however,  is  made  of  very  thin  wire,  and 
of  great  length,  so  that  as  many  turns  as  possible  may  be  brought 
within  the  influence  of  the  core  and  of  the  primary  coil,  and  thus  pro- 
duce a  secondary  current.  As  with  the  galvanic  or  inducing  current, 
the  electro-motive  force  of  the  battery  is  proportionate  to  the  num- 
ber of  cells  ;  so  with  the  induced  or  secondary  current,  the  electro- 
motive force  of  the  coil  is  proportionate  to  the  number  of  turns  or  coils 
in  it. 

Induction  Coils  and  Electro-magnetic  Machines. — An  induction  coil 
for  philosophical  or  electro-therapeutical  purposes  consists  usually  of 
two  helices  or  coils  of  wire  enclosing  a  bar  of  soft  iron  or  a  bundle  of 


53 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


iro7i  wires."^  The  ijiner  coil  is  connected  with  the  poles  of  a  battery, 
and  there  is  some  arrangement  for  breaking  the  current.  The  inner 
coil  is  composed  of  tolerably  coarse  wire,  and  is  comparatively  short. 
The  current  that  runs  through  it  is  called  the  prnnary,  or  sometimes 
the  inducing,  current.  The  outer  coil  is  in  no  way  connected  with 
the  inner  coil,  but  receives  by  induction  a  current  from  the  current  of 
the  inner  coil  as  it  is  alternately  broken  and  closed.  The  outer 
coil  is  composed  oi  fi7ie  wire,  and  it  is  very  much  longer  than  the 
inner  coil. 

The  finer  and  longer  the  wire,  the  greater  the  tension  of  the  current. 
The  current  that  comes  through  the  outer  coil  is  called  the  secondary 
current,  in  distinction  from  that  which  comes  from  the  inner  coil,  which 
is  called  the  primary.  In  both  coils  the  copper  is  insulated  with  silk 
covering. 

Ruhvikorff' s  Coil. — The  most  powerful  of  all  coils,  and  the  one  best 
adapted  for  philosophical  experiments,  is  that  of  Ruhmkorff,  of  Paris. 
It  is  about  14  inches  in  length.  The  inner  coil  is  of  copper,  is  about 
2  mm.  in  diameter,  and  4  or  5  yards  long.  It  is  coiled  on  a  cylinder 
of  card-board,  and  is  enclosed  in  an  insulating  cylinder  of  glass  or 
rubber. 


Fig.  28. 


The  Avire  of  the  outer  coil  is  of  copper,  from  \to\  mm.  in  diameter, 
and  from  thirty  to  sixty  7niles  in  length.  The  distinctive  features  of 
this  coil  are  these  : 

1st.  It  is  coiled  in  sections  so  as  to  avoid  the  induction  of  the  outer 
coil  on  itself,  which  is  liable  to  take  place  when  it  is  very  long  and  the 
(tension  is  high,  however  thorough  the  insulation. 

*  In  the  machine  of  Kidder,  to  be  described  under  Electro-Therapeutics,  tl^e  helix 
is  composed  of  three  or  more  coils  of  wire,  not  distinct,  Ijnit  connected. 


RUHMKORFF  S   COIL.  59 

2d.  The  insulation  is  very  complete.  The  wire  is  covered  with  silk, 
and  each  winding  is  separated  from  the  others  by  a  layer  of  shellac. 
In  the  larger  coils  of  Ruhmkorfif  the  induced  currents  are  thousands  of 
times  stronger  than  the  primary  current  that  excites  them. 

The  Condenser  of  Ru/wikorff's  Coil. — The  intensity  of  the  current  of 
the  secondary  coil  is  increased  by  interposing  a  condenser  in  the  circuit. 
In  Ruhmkorffs  coil  the  condenser  consists  of  150  sheets  of  tin-foil  18 
inches  square,  and  with  a  surface  of  about  75  square  yards.  These 
sheets  are  coiled  around  insulating  oiled  silk,  and  around  each  other,  so 
as  to  form  two  armatures,  and  the  whole  is  placed  below  the  helix  in 
the  base  of  the  apparatus. 

Being  introduced  into  the  circuit,  it  receives  the  extra  current  and 
increases  its  tension.  It  stores  up  and  utiHzes  force  that  would  other- 
wise be  wasted  in  the  form  of  sparks  at  the  interrupter. 

Effects  produced  by  Ruhmkorff'  s  Coil. — The  tension  of  Ruhmkorfif 's 
coil  is  enormous,  and  for  the  reasons  above  given — the  length  and  fine- 
ness of  the  secondary  wire  and  the  power  of  the  condenser.  It  possesses 
all  the  properties  of  statical  as  well  as  dynamical  electricity.  It  is 
capable  of  giving  a  shock  so  violent  as  to  prostrate  a  man,  and  if  a 
suflftcient  number  of  elements  are  connected  with  it,  it  could  kill  as  by 
a  stroke  of  lightning.  When  two  couples  are  connected  with  it,  it  will 
kill  a  rabbit.  It  causes  fine  iron  wire  to  melt  and  burn  with  a  bright 
light.  It  can  rapidly  decompose  water,  or  produce  luminous  effects  in 
the  water  without  decomposition. 

It  decomposes  and  combines  gases.  Passed  through  a  hermetically 
sealed  tube  containing  air,  it  forms  nitrous  acid  from  the  nitrogen  and 
oxygen.      It  can  produce  a  spark  eighteen  inches  in  length  in  the  air. 

In  vacuo  it  produces  most  remarkable  effects.  In  the  so-called 
electric  egg,  a  luminous  trail  is  observed  between  the  poles.  At  the 
positive  pole  the  light  is  red  and  brilliant ;  at  the  negative,  feeble  and 
violet.  If  vapor  of  alcohol,  or  turpentine,  or  bisulphide  of  carbon,  be 
introduced  into  the  vessel,  it  appears  in  the  form  of  alternate  light  and 
dark  zones  or  strata.  The  tints  vary  with  the  nature  of  the  vapor. 
The  same  phenomena  are  obtained  by  the  ordinary  galvanic  current 
from  a  large  number  of  cells.  The  luminous  effects  of  the  coil  are  as 
great  from  a  single  cell  as  from  a  large  number. 

In  electro-therapeutics  a  wide  variety  of  electro-magnetic  machines 
have  been  devised.  Most  of  them  are  run  by  one  or  two  cells,  like 
Smee's  or  Walker's,  and  the  current  generated  is  just  sufficient  for  ap- 
plication to  the  human  body,  and  are  but  little  adapted  for  the  philo« 
sophic.al  room. 


60  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

The  largest  induction  coil  of  which  we  have  any  knowledge  is  that  of 
Apps,  in  London.  It  is  nine  feet  ten  inches  long,  and  its  diameter  is 
two  feet.  The  soft-iron  core  is  five  feet  long,  four  inches  in  diameter, 
and  weighs  125  pounds.  The  length  of  the  primary  coil  is  3,770  yards, 
while  that  of  the  secondary  coil  is  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles.  This 
battery  is  excited  by  48  large  Bunsen  cells.  It  gives  a  flash  twenty- 
nine  inches  long  that  will  perforate  five  inches  of  solid  plate-glass.  At 
the  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology,  Hoboken,  there  is  also  an  induc- 
tion coil  of  great  power. 

Properties  of  Liduced  Currents. — Induced  currents  have  in  different 
degrees  all  the  properties  of  the  ordinary  galvanic  current.  They  pro- 
duce chemical,  thermic,  luminous,  and  physiological  effects.  They 
deflect  the  magnetic  needle,  magnetize  steel,  and  are  capable  of  them- 
selves exciting  induced  currents.  There  is  a  difference,  however,  be- 
tween the  effects  of  the  direct  induced  and  i?iverse  induced.  The 
direct  gives  a  powerful  shock,  the  inverse  a  mild  shock. 

The  direct  magnetizes  to  the  point  of  saturation,  the  inverse  does 
not  magnetize. 

In  their  action  on  the  galvanometer  they  are  about  equal  In  quan- 
tity,* the  direct  and  inverse  induced  currents  are  about  the  same;  but 
the  tension  of  the  direct  induced  is  greater  than  that  of  the  inverse 
induced. 

Comparative  Chemical  Effects  of  the  Galvanic  and  Liduced  Currents. 
— That  the  chemical  character  of  currents  of  induction  is  distinctive  from 
the  galvanic  is  proved  by  the  following  experiment :  When  the  platinum 
poles  connected  with  an  induced  current  are  placed  in  water,  water  is 
decomposed  and  oxygen  produces  oxidation  of  platinum,  which  is  re- 
duced to  metallic  platinum  by  the  recombination  of  the  hydrogen  with 
the  oxygen.  This  process  takes  place  at  both  poles,  so  that  both 
become  covered  with  a  powder  of  platinum. 

If  a  solution  of  iodide  of  potassium  and  starch  is  brought  into  the 
circuit,  the  blue  color  appears  at  both  poles.  When  the  galvanic  cur- 
rent is  used,  the  blue  color  appears  only  at  the  positive  pole.  When 
the  induced  current  is  sent  through  water  it  decomposes  it,  just  as  the 
galvanic  current  does  the  oxygen  and  hydrogen,  both  appearing  at 
both  poles ;  but  they  recombine,  and  thus  the  water  does  not  appear 
to  be  decomposed  at  all. 

It  is  of  the  first  importance  to  the  electro-therapeutist  to  understand 
electro-magnetism,  for  it  is  the  form  of  electricity  most  used  in  electro- 
therapeutics. 

MagJieto-electricity. — Magneto-electric  induction  is  the  induction  of 


MAGNETO-ELECTRIC  MACHINES.  6l 

electric  currents  by  magnetism.  It  is,  as  the  term  implies,  the  reverse 
of  electro-magnetic  induction  There  are  two  forms  of  magneto-elec- 
tric induction. 

The  first  and  most  familiar  form  is  when  a  current  is  induced  in  a 
coil  of  insulated  wire.  The  second  form  is  Avhen  a  current  is  induced  in 
conducting  plates. 

Under  electro-magnetic  induction  we  have  seen  that  the  coil  of 
wire  in  which  a  current  circulates  produces  a  contrary  induced  cur- 
rent in  an  adjacent  coil  whenever  a  change  is  made  in  the  current  by 
opening,  closing,  withdrawing,  or  approaching  it.  The  strength  of  the 
induced  current  is  proportioned  to  the  amount  and  suddenness  of  these 
changes.  If  now  we  substitute  for  the  primary  or  inducing  coil  a  per- 
manent bar  mag?iet,  and  cause  it  to  approach  or  withdraw  from  the  ad- 
jacent coil,  it  induces  a  current  in  that  coil.  This  principle  is  the 
basis  of  all  the  magneto-electric  machines  that  are  so  familiar  to  stu- 
dents of  philosophy,  and  that  were  once  so  much  used  in  electro-thera- 
peutics. 

The  development  of  magneto-electricity  is  shown  in  a  very  simple 
manner  by  the  common  horseshoe  magnet,  its  armature, 
and  a  copper  wire.  Let  the  armature  A  B  be  encircled 
by  the  wire  C,  one  end  of  which  is  flattened  and  amal- 
gamated with  nitrate  of  mercury,  and  the  other  filed  to 
a  point.  When  the  armature  is  placed  upon  the  magnet, 
the  moment  of  contact,  when  it  is  withdrawn,  and  the 
act  of  withdrawal,  will  each  be  marked  by  a  spark  of 
electricity  at  C,  where  the  two  extremities  of  the  wire 
meet. 

The  electric  current  flows  in  one  direction  at  the  in- 
stant magnetism  is  induced  in  the  soft  iron  which  is 
enclosed  by  the  coil  of  wire,  and  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion when  its  magnetism  is  destroyed. 

In  the  electro-magnetic  machines  in  ordinary  use  a  soft-iron  arma- 
ture covered  with  wire  is  made  to  rotate  in  front  of  the  poles  of  a  per- 
manent horseshoe  magnet.  As  the  armature  rotates,  its  two  ends  are, 
of  course,  alternately  brought  near  to  and  removed  from  the  bars  of  the 
magnet,  and  thus  two  currents  are  induced  in  the  wires  that  cover  the 
armature.  Each  current  lasts  half  of  a  revolution,  and  if  the  rotation 
be  rapidly  kept  up,  a  current  is  produced  which  may  be  perceived  when 
the  ends  of  the  wires  are  joined. 

A  Continuous  Curre^it  from  Magneto-electric  Machines. — When  the 
armatures  of  the  magneto-electric  machine  are  made  to  revolve  with 


62  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

sufificient  rapidity,  a  continuous  current  is  produced  which  has  all  the 
properties  of  the  galvanic  current.  Magneto-electric  currents  are, 
therefore,  extensively  used  in  electrolytic  experiments  and  in  electro- 
plating. It  is  possible  that  some  of  these  may  be  utilized  in  electro- 
therapeutics. 

Currents  induced  by  Magnetism  in  Conducting-plates :  Magnetism 
of  Rotation. — In  1824-5  Arago  discovered  that  when  a  copper  disk  re- 
volved with  great  rapidity  under  a  needle  resting  on  a  disk  above  the 
disk,  the  needle  deflected  in  the  direction  of  the  motion  of  the  disk. 
After  a  time,  if  the  movement  be  sufficiently  rapid,  the  needle  refuses 
to  remain  fixed,  and  turns  around  after  the  disk.  The  explanation  of 
this  phenomenon  was  given  by  Faraday  in  183 1.  He  showed  that  it 
arose  from  the  reaction  of  the  currents  induced  in  the  plate  by  the  mag- 
net. The  magnetism  of  rotation  is  only  one  of  the  many  phenomena 
connected  with  induction.  All  these  phenomena — induction  by  currents 
of  magnetism  and  by  rotation — are  explained  by  the  theory  of  Ampere 
before  cited.  They  are  at  once  in  harmony  with  that  theory  and  con- 
firmatory of  it. 

History  of  Induction. — The  discovery  that  electric  currents  of  mag- 
netism can  induce  currents  in  neighboring  circuits  was  made  by  Faraday 
in  1830.  His  researches  on  the  subject  were  published  in  the  Philo- 
sophical Transactions  in  1831  and  1832. 

This  discovery  of  Faraday,  like  that  of  Oersted,  was  the  result,  not 
of  accident,  but  of  long  and  laborious  experimentation.  As  early  as 
1825  Faraday  had  sought  to  make  a  wire,  through  which  the  galvanic 
current  was  passing,  induce  a  current  in  a  neighboring  wire,  just  as  a 
conductor  charged  with  Franklinic  electricity  would  have  done.  Not 
until  1831  did  he  find  out  that  the  current  must  be  broken  or  closed, 
or  approached  or  withdrawn,  before  it  could  induce  a  current  in  a 
neighboring  wire. 

In  1832  Prof.  Henry,  then  of  New  Jersey,  now  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institute,  Washington,  observed  phenomena  which,  in  1834,  Faraday 
showed  were  due  to  the  extra  current.  In  1837  Bachhofifner  and 
Sturgeon  showed  that  a  bundle  of  wire  was  better  in  an  induction  appa- 
ratus than  a  rod  of  soft  iron. 

In  1841  Prof.  Henry  studied  the  inductive  action  of  currents  on 
currents.  In  1850  or  1851  Ruhmkorfif  constructed  the  induction-coil, 
and  in  1853  Fizeau  greatly  increased  its  power  by  adding  to  it  a  con- 
denser. The  discovery  that  discharges  of  the  Leyden  jar  made  a 
primary  spiral  induce  a  current  in  a  secondary  spiral,  and  that  currents 
of  the  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  order  can  be  thus  produced,  and  of  suffi- 


HISTORY   OF   INDUCTION.  63 

cient  strength  to  give  shocks,  burn,  etc.,  was  made  simultaneously  by 
Profs.  Henry,  of  Washington,  and  Riess,  of  Berlin. 

The  first  magneto-electric  machme  was  made  by  Faraday  in  1831. 
The  first  machine  of  the  style  now  used  was  made  by  Pixii  in  1832. 
Improvements  have  been  since  made  bySaxton  (1833),  Clarke  (1836), 
Petrine  (1844),  Stohrer  (1844),  Siemens,  Halske,  Duchenne,  and 
others. 

THERMO-ELECTRICITY. 

Thermo-electricity  is  that  for  7/1  of  electricity  that  arises  from  the  heat- 
ing of  tiuo  heterogeneous  conductors  at  their  junction.  The  two  most 
important  methods  of  generating  thermal  currents  are,  ist,  with  two 
portions  of  the  same  metal ;  and  2d,  with  two  different  kinds  of  metal. 
Thermo-electricity  generated  by  One  Metal. — If  a  copper  wire  be 
cut  into  two  pieces,  and  one  of  the  ends  be  heated  to  redness  and 
pressed  against  the  end  of  the  other  piece,  a  current  of  electricity  is 
produced.     This  is  demonstrated  by  the  galvanometer. 

When  different  portions  of  the  same  metal  have  different  structures, 
a  current  is  obtained  when  the  point  where  both  structures  come 
together  is  heated. 

If,  for  example,  a  platinum  wire  be  twisted  or  bent  on  itself,  this 
twisting  so  changes  the  structure  of  the  wire  that  a  current  is  generated 
by  heating  the  point  of  union  between  the  twisted  and  non-twisted 
portion. 

Thermo-electricity  generated  by  Two  Metals. — Let  A  and  B  (Fig.  30) 
be  respectively  bars  of  antimony  and  bismuth,  soldered  to- 
gether, while  G  represents  a  galvanometer  connected  by  two 
wires  with  the  free  extremities  of  the  metals. 

When  the  junction  S  of  the  metals  is  heated,  a  current  of 
electricity  is  generated,  which  flows  from  the  bismuth  to  the 
antimony,  as  shown  by  the  arrow.  If  the  junction  S  is  chilled 
by  applying  ice,  a  current  is  also  produced,  but  in  the  oppo- 
site direction.  This  combination  constitutes  a  thermo-electric 
■^^^f     pair. 

fig'^s^  Thermo-electric   Batteries. — A  number  of   thermo-electric 

couples  soldered  together  so  that  the  copper  or  antimony  of 
one  is  soldered  to  the  bismuth  of  the  other,  and  so  on,  is  called  a 
thermo-electric  battery.  The  current  is  generated  by  heating  one  row 
of  the  soldered  faces,  or,  as  the  current  depends  on  the  difference  of 
temperature  of  the  two  sides,  by  applying  ice  to  one  side  and  heat  to 
the  other. 


64 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


The  accompanying  cut  represents  Farmer's  thermo-electric  battery, 
constructed  on  the  principles  above  indicated.  The  heat  is  supplied 
by  a  gas-burner  or  alcohol-lamp. 

Thermo-electric  batteries  of  any  form  are  not  as  yet  much  used  in 
electro-therapeutics.     The  hopes  at  one  time  entertained  of  them  have 


Fig.  31. 
Farmer's  Thermo-Electric  Battery, 


been  disappointed.  In  practice  they  have  been  found  to  be  inconve- 
nient, bulky,  expensive,  and  untrustworthy.  It  is  not  impossible,  how- 
ever, that  future  researches  may  so  develop  the  department  of  thermo- 
electricity that  thermo-electric  batteries  may  be  constructed  that  shall 
be  more  convenient  for  practical  use  than  the  ordinary  galvanic  bat- 
teries.    This  is  a  realm  in  which  there  is  room  for  experiment. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

ohm's  law  and  its  practical  application  to  electro-therapeutics. 

The  basis  of  all  electrical  measurement  is  Ohm's  law,  which  is,  that 
the  qumitiiy  of  electricity  passing  through  any  point  in  a  circuit 
varies  directly  as  the  electro-motive  force^  and  iriversely  as  the  resistance. 

Putting  Q  for  quantity,  E  for  electro-motive  force,  and  R  for  resistance, 
the  law  is  thus  expressed  :    Q  =  -. 

This  law  was  discovered  by  Prof.  Ohm,  of  Nuremberg,  in  1827,  and 
for  a  long  time  was  neglected.  It  is  the  north-star  of  dynamical  elec- 
tricity. Those  who  can  keep  this  always  in  sight  need  never  lose  their 
way,  however  long  or  intricate  the  explorations  they  may  make  in  this 
important  and  fascinating  realm.  Although  originally  nothing  but  a 
theory,  yet  it  has  been  powerfully  confirmed  by  the  mathematical  calcu- 
lations of  Fechner,  Pouillet,  Kohlrausch,  Daniell,  De  la  Rive,  and 
Wheatstone,  and  has  proved  itself  competent  to  explain  all  the  phe- 
nomena with  which  it  has  to  do.  Just  as  the  strength  of  the  theory  of 
gravitation  consists  in  its  power  to  account  for  the  movements  of  the 
solar  system,  just  as  the  strength  of  the  undulatory  theory  consists  in 
its  power  to  explain  the  complex  phenomena  of  light,  so  the  strength 
of  Ohm's  law  consists  in  its  power  to  account  for  the  phenomena  of  dy- 
namical electricity.  As  no  one  can  be  master  in  astronomy  without 
understanding  gravitation,  or  in  optics  without  understanding  the  undu- 
latory theory,  so  no  one  can  be  master  in  electricity  without  under- 
standing Ohm's  law. 

We  shall  endeavor  to  make  this  law  and  its  application  as  clear  as 
the  nature  of  the  subject  will  allow.  It  is  necessary  to  define  certain 
terms  that  are  not  very  familiar ;  first  of  all,  units  of  measurejnent. 

A  iinit  is  an  abstract  term  to  express  any  determi^ied  quantity,  by  the 
repetition  of  which  any  other  quantity  of  the  same  kind  can  be  measured. 

An  ohtn  i ,  a  unit  of  resistance  ;  one  million  ohms  =:  one  megohm ; 
one  millionth  of  an  ohm  =:  one  microhm. 

A  number  of  units  of  resistance  have  been  proposed — among  others, 
5 


66  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

definite  lengths  of  wires  of  a  definite  thickness ;  but  wire  is  rarely  pure, 
and  the  different  specimens  widely  vary. 

In  1864  the  British  Association,  acting  on  the  suggestion  of  Weber, 
decided  that  electrical  resistance  could  be  expressed  as  an  absolute  ve- 
locity, without  any  reference  to  the  substance  that  conducts.  This  unit, 
which  exp7'esses  a  velocity  of  10,000,000  metres  in  a  second,  is  called  a 
B.  A.,  or  British  Association^  unit. 

Previous  to  this  action  of  the  Association  the  best  known  units  were 
those  of  Siemen  and  Varley.  SiejueiUs  unit  is  a  column  of  pure 
mercury,  one  metre  long  and  one  square  millimetre  in  sections  at  0°  C. 
Varley s  tmit  v^d.s  one  mile  of  ordinary  copper-wire.  No.  16,  -^-^  of  an 
inch  in  diameter  at  60°  F.  The  B.  A.  unit  of  the  British  Association  is 
embodied  in  an  alloy  of  platinum  and  silver.  This  alloy  has  the  ad- 
vantage of  German  silver,  that  its  conducting  power  does  not  change 
with  long  use. 

The  unit  of  electro-motive  force  is  called  a  volt.  A  volt  is  equal  to 
about  the  force  of  a  Daniell  cell,  or  the  decimal  -9268. 

The  unit  of  quantity  is  a  farad.  In  other  words,  a  farad  is  the 
quantity  of  electricity  which,  with  a  certain  electro-motive  force,  flows 
through  a  certain  resistance. 

The  terminology  of  electricity  in  general  has  been  atrociously  diffi- 
cult and  obscure,  but  nowhere  has  there  been  deeper  obscurity  and 
grosser  misunderstanding  and  inconsistency  than  in  the  application  of 
the  terms  resista?ice,  quantity,  tension,  and  electro-motive  force. 

Electro-motive  Force. — The  electro-motive  force  is  the  force  that  urges 
forward  the  cui-re7it. 

It  is  the  origin  of  tension,  to  be  hereafter  defined.  This  force  is 
modified — 

ist.  By  the  nature  of  the  plates  of  which  the  element  is  composed. 

2d.  By  the  nature  and  strength  of  the  acid  solution. 

3d.  By  the  number  of  elements  in  the  solution. 

Substances  that  stand  at  or  near  the  two  extremes  of  the  electro- 
positive and  electro-negative  series,  generate  a  stronger  electro-motive 
force  than  substances  that  stand  near  each  other. 

Zinc  and  platinum  or  zinc  and  carbon  give  more  electro-motive 
force  than  zinc  and  copper,  because  the  difference  in  their  oxidability 
is  greater,  and  they  stand  farther  apart  in  the  electro-positive  and 
electro-negative  series. 

Plates  that  are  imperfect  in  their  structure,  or  which  contain  impuri- 
ties that  generate  currents  in  opposition  to  the  main  current,  or  plates 
that  are  worn   out,   or  are  encrusted  with  the  products  of  chemical 


ohm's   law — ELECTRO-MOTIVE   FORCE.  6/ 

decomposition,  give  less  electro-motive  force  than  plates  that  are  per- 
fect, fresh,  and  clean. 

Similarly  also  the  electro-motive  force  is  diminished  hy  the  polarizmg 
action  of  the  current  in  the  cell.  Thus,  in  the  Smee  cell,  the  hydrogen 
that  gathers  on  the  platinum-plate  and  the  oxygen  that  gathers  on  the 
zinc,  generate  a  current  that  is  opposite  in  direction  to  the  main  cur- 
rent, and  enfeebles  it ;  and  for  this  reason,  lifting  the  plates  out  of  the 
liquid  a  moment  to  allow  the  gases  that  form  on  them  to  escape,  oi 
vigorously  agitating  the  liquid,  at  once  increases  the  electro-motive 
force.  Strong  acids  which  excite  vigorous  chemical  action  give  more 
electro-motive  force  than  weak  acids,  and  therefore  it  is  that  sulphuric 
and  nitric  and  chromic  acids  are  so  much  used  in  batteries. 

V/hen  the  proportion  of  acid  in  the  solution  is  large,  electro-motive 
force  is  greater  than  when  it  is  small.  Strong  solutions,  however,  con- 
sume the  plates  faster,  and  the  electro-motive  force  will  be  reduced 
thereby  sooner,  other  conditions  being  the  same,  than  when  weak  solu- 
tions are  used. 

The  electro-motive  force  is  exactly  proportioned  to  the  nimiber  of 
elements,  without  regard  to  their  size.  Two  elements  give  twice  as 
much  electro-motive  force  as  one  element,  and  one  hundred  elements 
give  one  hundred  times  as  much  as  one  element  of  a  similar  character. 
This  can  be  proved  by  a  galvanometer,  with  a  long  resistance-coil, 
where  the  deflection  of  the  needle  will  be  in  pretty  exact  proportion  to 
the  number  of  cells  brought  into  the  circuit.  The  exactness  of  this 
proportion  is  of  course  modified  by  the  imperfections  of  individual  ele- 
ments, or  by  variation  in  the  quantity  and  strength  of  solution  in  each 
cell ;  but  the  law  always  holds  good. 

As  with  the  long-coil  galvanometer,  so  with  the  human  body,  or  any 
other  powerful  resistance  whatsoever,  the  electro-motive  force  that  passes 
through  it  will  be — all  other  conditions  being  the  same — proportioned 
to  the  number  of  elements  and  without  regard  to  their  size.  If  a  series 
of  very  large  elements  are  opposed  to  an  equal  series  of  very  S7nall 
elements  of  similar  construction,  no  current  will  pass;  they  will  neu- 
tralize each  other.  If  both  be  tested  by  the  galvanometer  with  a  long 
resistance,  they  will  cause  similar  deflections  of  the  needle. 

The  quantity  of  electricity  thatfiasses  through  a  circuit  is  directly  pro- 
portioned to  the  electro-motive  force.  If  there  were  no  resistance  in  the 
circuit,  quantity  and  electro-motive  force  would  be  the  same :  Q  =  E. 
But  there  can  be  no  circuit  without  some  resistance,  therefore  Q  never 
equals  E. 

Electro-motive  force  of  different  batteries,  approximately  : 


68  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

Grove loo 

Bunsen 98 

Daniell 56 

Smee  (when  not  in  action) 57 

"     (when  in  action) 25 

Wollaston  (copper  and  zinc) 46 

Marie  Davy  (sulphate  of  mercury  and  graphite) .  76 

Chloride  of  silver 62 

Chloride  of  lead 30 

These  estimates  are  the  mean  of  a  very  large  number  of  observa- 
tions by  Latimer  Clark,  taken  on  a  sine  galvanometer.  The  electro- 
motive force  is  somewhat  modified  by  various  undetermined  causes. 

Tension,  or  Pote^itial. — Tension  is  that  quality  of  electricity  by  which 
it  overcomes  resistance.  This  definition  is  practical  rather  than  strictly 
scientific,  and  can  only  be  understood  by  explanation. 

Tension  is  a  result  of  the  electro-motive  force,  and  is  dependent  on  it, 
and  by  mistake  the  two  are  often  confounded.  The  sum  and  the  diffe- 
rences of  electro-motive  force  are  always  equal  to  the  sum  and  diffe- 
rences of  tension,  but  they  are  differently  distributed  in  the  circuit. 
By  mathematicians  the  term  potential,  suggested  by  Green,  is  preferred 
to  tension.  The  term  is  a  relative  one,  and  no  body  or  part  of  a  body 
can  be  said  to  have  an  absolute  tension  or  potential.  The  potential  of 
a  body  is  really  the  difference  between  its  potential  and  that  of  the 
earth,  which  is  assumed  to  be  zero.  Electricity  flows  from  a  body  or 
part  of  a  body  at  a  higher  potential,  to  a  body  or  part  of  a  body  at  a 
lower  potential,  and  the  work  which  it  does  measures  its  amount. 
Differences  of  potential  may  be  compared  to  differences  of  level  for 
water.  As  water  tends  to  flow  from  a  higher  level  to  a  lower  level  un- 
til all  is  of  a  uniform  height,  so  electricity  tends  to  flow  from  a  higher 
to  a  lower  potential  until  the  potential  of  all  parts  of  the  conductor  is 
the  same,  and  ceases  to  flow.  An  instance  of  extreme  tension  is  found 
in  lightning,  where  it  is  caused  by  the  differences  in  the  electro-motive 
forces  between  two  clouds,  or  between  the  clouds  and  the  earth. 

The  tension  of  the  frictional  machine  is  very  great,  for  the  reason 
that  it  is  not  at  all  influenced  by  the  resistance  of  the  circuit,  which 
in  the  galvanic  battery  is  very  great.  If  the  current  of  the  galvanic 
battery  encountered  no  resistance  in  the  circuit,  or  was  not  affected  by 
resistance,  its  tension  would  be  enormous. 

The  term  intensity  has  long  been  used  as  synonymous  Avith  tension  ; 
but,  strictly  speaking,  intensity  is  derived  from  the  French   intensitt, 


ohm's  law— tension,  or  potential.  6^ 

which  has  been  translated  intensity,  but  which  really  means  quantity. 
It  is  better  to  dispense  entirely  with  the  term  intensity,  and  we  have 
H.one  so  in  the  present  work. 

Our  definition  of  tension  may  be  thus  illustrated  :  Let  a  battery  of  loo 
cells  be  joined  in  the  ordinary  tension  arrangement,  zinc  united  with 
carbon  and  so  on.  Place  the  battery  on  an  insulated  stand,  and  connect 
the  zinc  or  negative  pole  with  the  earth,  leaving  the  other  free.  Regard- 
ing the  earth,  for  convenience'  sake,  as  zero,  the  copper  pole  will  have 
a  tension  of  o,  while  the  free  end  will  have  a  tension  of  loo  posiir-^'. 
If  a  wire  be  connected  with  the  free  end,  a  current  would  How  from  a' 
to  the  earth.  If  now  we  reverse  the  position  of  the  poles,  connecting 
the  carbon  pole  with  the  earth,  and  leaving  the  other  free,  the  carbon 
end  will  be  o,  and  the  zinc  end  will  be  loo  negative,  and  if  it  be  con- 
nected with  the  earth  a  current  will  flow  from  the  earth  to  it.  In  both 
of  these  cases  the  tension  is  the  same ;  in  one  case  it  is  positive,  in  the 
other  negative.  Take  the  same  battery,  with  the  zinc  pole  connected 
with  the  earth,  and  join  the  carbon  and  zinc  ends  by  a  short,  thick  wire, 
and  a  strong  current  will  flow  through  the  wire.  But  here  comes  in  the 
difference  between  tension  and  electro-motive  force,  for  it  can  be  ascer- 
tained by  proper  tests  that  the  electro-motive  force  of  the  battery  is  the 
same  as  it  was  before  the  ends  were  joined,  but  the  tension  has  changed. 
Before,  it  was  loo  positive  at  the  carbon  end,  now  it  is  almost  o. 

If,  instead  of  a  short,  thick  wire,  a  long,  fine  wire  that  offers  greater 
resistance  be  used  to  connect  the  poles,  the  tension  at  the  carbon  end 
will  rise  with  the  increase  in  resistance  in  the  wire.  When  the  resist- 
aace  becomes  infinitely  great,  the  tension  becomes  loo  again,  but  it 
can  never  exceed  loo,  for  the  tension  can  never  exceed  the  electro- 
motive force  at  any  point,  although  it  may  fall  very  much  below  it. 

These  two  general  laws  in  regard  to  tension  should  be  remem- 
bered : 

ist.  It  rises  with  the  distance  from  the  zero  end  of  the  circuit. 

2d.  The  quantity  of  electricity  passing  between  any  two  points  is 
always  proportioned  to  the  difference  of  tension  between  these  points. 
The  actual  tension  may  be  high  or  low,  positive  or  negative,  but  there 
can  be  no  current  without  differences  of  tension.* 

The  arrangement  in  series  (or,  as  it  is  erroneously  called,  "intensity 
arrangement"),  is  when  the  electro-positive  element  of  one  cell  is  united 
to  the  electro-negative  element  of  the  next  cell,  and  so  on.  The  "  quan- 
tity arrangement,"  or  '•^  multiple  arc"  is  when  all  the  electro-positive  ele. 

*  On  Electrical  Measurement.     By  Latimer  Clark.     London,  iS68,  p.  17, 


70  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

ments  are  united  to  all  the  electro-negative  elements  so  as  to  make  one 
large  element.  The  arrangement  in  series,  or  a  '^  tension  arrangement," 
is  used  for  all  ordinary  galvanization  and  electrolyzation.  The  multiple 
arc,  or  "  quantity  arrangement,"  is  used  in  galvano-cautery.  The  phrases 
"joined  for  tension,"  or  "  intensity,"  and  "joined  for  quantity,"  are 
relics  of  old  and  exploded  theories  of  electricity.  For  convenience' 
sake  they  are  still  used  ;  but  those  who  understand  Ohm's  law  need 
not  be  deceived  by  them. 

Resista7ice. — Resistance  is  that  quality  of  a  conductor  that  impedei 
the  passage  of  a  circuit. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  resistance  in  any  circuit : 

ist.  That  of  the  battery  itself  {Liternal  Resistance). 

2d.  That  of  the  connecting  wires  (circuit  outside  of  the  battery),  the 
galvanometer,  the  human  body,  or  other  substance  introduced  into  the 
circuit  {External  Resistance). 

How  Resistance  is  Modified. — Resistance  is  modified  in  three  ways  : 

ist.  By  the  nature  of  the  substance,  whether  liquid  or  solid,  or  by  its 
special  chemical  composition. 

2d.  By  the  form  of  the  substance,  whether  long  or  short,  of  small  or 
large  diameter. 

3d.  By  the  temperature. 

It  is  proved  hj  Q.yi^&x\TiXQVL\.  ihdX  the  resistances  of  wires  of  the  same 
material  and  of  the  same  thichiess  are  directly  proportioned  to  their 
length,  and  inversely  proportioned  to  the  squares  of  their  diameters. 

A  wire  one  mile  in  length  gives  twice  the  resistance  of  a  wire  half  a 
mile  long,  and  four  times  the  resistance  of  a  wire  one-fourth  of  a  mile 
long.  On  the  other  hand,  wires  of  the  same  metal,  but  of  diameters 
which  stand  to  each  other  in  the  relation  i,  2,  3,  offer  a  resistance  which 
stand  to  each  other  as  i,  |,  \.  In  other  words,  the  longer  the  wire  the 
greater  the  resistance,  the  thicker  the  wire  the  less  the  resistance.  The 
same  law,  but  less  exactly,  applies  to  liquids,  and  for  this  reason  large 
elements  give  less  resistance  than  small  elements.  The  relative  specific 
resistances  of  a  number  of  metals  at  a  temperature  of  54°  F.  are  as 
follows  : 

Copper I  Iron 7. 5 

Gold 1.4      Lead 11 

Zinc 3.7       Platinum 11.3 

Mercury  (at  57°) 50.7. 

The  converse  of  resistance  is  conduction. 

The  following  table  of  the  relative  conductibility  of  metals  at  32°  F 


ohm's   law — RESISTANCE.  71 

is  taken  from  Latimer  Clark.     It  will  be  perceived  that  it  varies  some 
what  from  the  above  table  of  relative  resistances  : 


Silver i  oo  Zinc 29 

Copper  (pure) 99.9  Steel 16 

"  selected   (commer-  Iron 15 

cial) ....  85  to  95  ^  German  silver 12  to  15 

Copper,    ordinary     (commer-  Tin 12.4 

cial) 40  to  70  Lead 8.3 

Brass 20  Platinum 6.9 

Gold 78  Mercury 1.6 


It  will  be  seen  that  both  estimates  agree  in  making  copper  and  silvei 
the  best  conductors,  and  for  that  reason  copper-wire  is  so  much  used 
in  making  battery  connections.  In  both  tables  platinum  stands  low  in 
conductibility,  and  for  that  reason  platinum-wire  is  used  when,  as  in 
galvano-cautery,  it  is  required  to  generate  heat  by  passing  the  current 
through  a  resisting  medium.  If  mercury  could  be  made  in  the  form 
of  a  wire  it  would  of  course  be  better  than  platinum,  since  its  resist- 
ance is  somewhat  greater.  Bismuth,  graphite,  and  coke  rank  still  lower 
in  conducting  power  than  mercury.  The  resistance  of  liquids  is  enor- 
mous. Thus,  taking  copper-wire  at  32°  F.  as  i,  the  resistance  of  a 
saturated  solution  of  sulphate  of  copper  at  48°  F.  is  16.885.520 ;  ditto 
of  chloride  of  sodium  at  56°  F.,  2.903.538;  ditto  of  sulphate  of  zinc, 
15.861.267;  sulphuric  acid  diluted  to  -^  at  68°  F.,  1.032.020;  nitric 
acid  at  55°  F.,  976.000;  distilled  water  at  59°  F.,  6.734.208.000. 

It  has  been  estimated  that  the  human  body,  by  virtue  of  the  salts 
which  it  contains,  conducts  15  or  20  times  better  than  water,  provided 
the  skin  be  fully  moistened ;  and  that  copper  conducts  from  three  to 
four  hundred  million  times  better  than  the  human  body. 

Effects  of  Temperature  ott  Resistance. — Resistance  is  more  or  less 
modified  by  temperature. 

Between  i^  and  100°  C.  the  relative  conducting  power  of  the  metals 
remains  the  same;  at  100°  metals  lose  about  30  per  cent,  of  their 
conductibility  as  compared  with  0°  C. ;  but  this  varies  with  different 
metals.  Conductivity  is  increased  by  annealing.  Non-metallic  sub- 
stances increase  in  conductivity  as  they  rise  in  temperature.  Water, 
for  example,  when  heated  conducts  better  than  water  cold.  When  a 
current  passes  from  a  liquid  to  a  solid,  or  vice  versd,  the  resistance  is 
\  ery  great. 


72  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

All  Resistance  relative. — No  substances  absolutely  resist  the  passage 
of  electricity;  even  resin,  glass,  and  sulphur,  the  worst  conductors,  do 
conduct  a  slight  current,  as  can  be  proved  by  a  very  delicate  galvano- 
meter. 

JVo  perfect  Conductor. — Even  the  best  conductors,  as  copper  and 
silver  and  gold,  are  imperfectly  so  ;  they  all  resist  the  current  more  or 
less. 

This  can  be  shown  with  the  galvanometer,  which,  when  brought  di- 
rectly into  the  circuit,  showf  a  deflection  of  the  needle.  When  short 
wires  of  copper  or  silver  are  interposed  the  deflection  is  lessened. 

If  we  now  comprehend  the  terms  electro-motive  force  and  resistance, 
we  shall  have  no  difficulty  in  comprehending  the  term  quantity,  for, 
according  to  Ohm's  law,  the  quantity  varies  directly  as  the  electro-mo- 
tive force  and  inversely  as  the  resistance. 

The  qitantity  of  electricity  is  the  amount  which  passes  through  the 
circuit  in  any  given  tijne. 

This  depends,  according  to  Ohm's  law,  on  two  factors — the  electro- 
motive force  and  the  resistance.  The  quantity  varies  directly  as  the 
electro-motive  force ;  and  if  there  were  no  resistance,  quantity  would 
be  precisely  the  same  as  electro-motive  force.  But  the  quantity  varies 
inversely  as  the  resistance,  and  therefore,  to  find  out  what  the  quantity 
of  any  current  is,  we  divide  the  electro-motive  force  by  the  resistance. 
The  fraction  thus  formed  is  the  quantity  or  the  strength  of  the  current, 
as  we  commonly  call  it.  There  are,  as  we  have  seen,  two  kinds  of 
resistance,  that  in  the  battery  and  that  in  the  circuit  outside  of  the  bat- 
tery ;  both  of  these  must  be  taken  into  account  in  estimating  the  relation 
of  the  different  kinds  of  batteries,  and  in  selecting  batteries  for  special 
kinds  of  work.  Let  E  be  the  electro-motive  force,  R.  the  resistance 
of  the  circuit  outside  of  the  battery,  r  the  resistance  in  the  battery ; 

then =  Q,  the  quantity  or  strength  of  the  current — the  number  of 

farads  or  measures  of  electricity  that  flow  through  the  circuit  in  a  given 
time.  The  correctness  of  this  mathematical  conclusion  may  be  demon- 
strated on  a  galvanometer  that  has  only  a  short  resisting  wire  ;  one  cell 
will  deflect  the  needle  nearly  as  much  as  one  hundred  cells.  Again, 
when  any  number  of  cells  are  joined  together  with  great  external  resist^ 
ance,  such  as  is  offered  by  a  long,  fine  7vire,  or  by  the  whole  human  body, 
for  example,  the  quantity  of  electricity  that  flows  through  the  circuit 
will  increase  with  the  increase  in  the  number  of  cells. 

There  is  no  inconsistency  between  these  phenomena.  It  is  indeed  a 
part  of  and  a  conclusion  from  Ohm's  law.     Everything  depends  on  the 


ohm's  law— quantity  or  strength  of  current.     'Jl 

external  resistance.  Although  in  this  case,  as  in  the  other,  each  added 
cell  brings  in  its  own  internal  resistance  that  counterbalances  the  elec- 
tro-motive force,  yet  the  internal  resistance  bears  so  small  a  proportion 
to  the  large  external  resistance  that  the  quantity  of  electricity  flowing 
through  the  circuit  will  be  pretty  directly  proportioned  to  the  number 
of  cells. 

Still  keeping  Ohm' s  law  before  us,  we  can  demonstrate  this  mathe- 
matically. 

Let  the  electro-motive  force  of  any  cell  be  lo  volts,  and  the  interna^ 
resistance  be  20  ohms,  and  the  external  resistance  afforded  by  the 
human  body  10,000  ohms.  The  quantity  of  a  single  cell  could  be  thus 
represented : 

10  electro-motive  force  lo  i 

30  internal  resistance,  and  10,000  external  resistance        10,020        looa 

Again,  we  may  illustrate  this  as  follows  : 

One  hundred  cells  are  joined  together  and  the  ends  are  connected 
by  a  short  wire.  Let  the  electro-motive  force  of  one  cell  be  lo  volts 
ox  units  of  electro-motive  force,  then  the  electro-motive  force  of  loo 
cells  will  be  i,ooo  volts.  Let  the  resistance  in  each  cell  be  5  ohms,  or 
units  of  resistance,  then  the  resistance  in  the  100  cells  will  be  500 
ohms.  Let  the  resistance  of  the  short  connecting  wires  be  10,000 
ohms  :  now,  in  order  to  find  the  number  of  farads  of  electricity — that 
is,  the  quantity  or  strength  of  the  current  that  flows  through  the  con- 
necting wire — divide  the  electro-motive  force  by  the  resistatice,  and  we 
have  this  fraction  : 

1,000  electro-motive  force  i,ooo 


10,000  resistance  of  wire,  and  500  resistance  of  battery        10,500 

This  fraction  reduced  =  -j^,  a  little  more  than  y^  which  fraction  rep- 
resents the  quantity  of  electricity  that  flows  through  the  wire. 

We  may  illustrate  this  law  by  supposing  a  current  of  water  passed 
through  an  ordinary  syringe.  The  quantity  of  water  that  flows  through 
the  tube  will  be  directly  proportioned  to  the  force  with  which  it  is 
urged  forward  by  the  piston  ;  this  force  would  correspond  to  electro- 
motive force.  The  friction  will  correspond  to  the  internal  and  ex- 
ternal resistance  of  the  battery.  Now  if  we  divide  the  one  by  the 
other,  we  have  the  quantity  of  water  which  in  a  given  time  flows 
through  the  tube,  or  the  strength  of  the  current.  In  this  way  we  can 
find  the  number  of  cubic  inches  of  water  that  flow  through  the  tube  in 
a  second  of  time,  just  as  we  can  find  the  number  of  farads,  or  units  of 


74  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

quantity  of  electricit}"-,  that  flow  through  a  circuit.  It  follows  from  al! 
this,  of  course,  that  if  the  electro-motive  force  be  very  greatly  in- 
creased, the  resistance  being  the  same,  the  quantity  must  be  increased ; 
but  if  the  resistance  be  increased  in  proportion  to  the  increase  of  the 
electro-motive  force,  the  quantity  will  not  be  any  greater. 

Absolute  Quantity  and  Actual  Qua?itity. — It  also  follows  that  the 
absolute  quantity  of  any  battery — the  amount  that  it  is  capable  of 
generating — may  be  very  much  greater  than  the  actual  quantity  that 
it  sends  through  a  circuit.  Everything  depends  upon  the  resistance, 
whether  it  be  small  or  great. 

Relation  of  Quantity  to  Electro-therapeutics. — It  is  important  to  know 
how  to  ascertain  the  quantity  of  electricity,  for  nearly  all  of  the  lead- 
ing actions  of  electricity  depend  on  quantity.  It  is  quantity  that 
deflects  the  needle  of  the  galvanometer,  and  quite  accurately  mea- 
sures the  current  that  passes  through  the  wires  that  surround  the 
needle.  It  is  quantity  that  decomposes  chemical  substances,  as  water, 
salts,  the  human  body,  etc.  Hence,  electrolytic  operations  largely 
depend  on  the  quantity  of  electricity  that  flows  through  the  tissues 
acted  on.  It  is  quantity  that  accomplishes  much  of  the  therapeutical 
effect  of  the  different  forms  of  electrization — although  tension  alone, 
with  very  small  quantity,  may,  as  in  the  case  of  frictional  or  frank- 
linic  electricity,  be  capable  of  therapeutical  effects.  Franklinic  elec- 
tricity, however,  relieves  and  cures  disease  by  changing  the  electrical 
condition  of  the  patient,  by  giving  a  positive  or  a  negative  charge, 
more  than  by  the  passage  of  the  current  through  the  body,  and  the 
consequent  electro-tonic  and  chemical  changes.  Ordinary  faradic  or 
galvanic  electricity,  on  the  other  hand,  does  not,  as  many  suppose, 
charge  the  patient  with  electricity,  and  does  not,  by  its  direct  action, 
leave  any  more  electricity  in  the  body  than  it  finds  there.  If  they 
increase  or  diminish  the  natural  electricity  of  the  body,  it  is  indirectly 
through  the  effect  of  quantity  of  electricity  passing  through  the  tissues 
and  improving  nutrition. 

Under  this  head  come  these  important  practical  conclusions  : 

First.  If  a7iy  large  number  of  cells  every  way  similar  are  joined  in 
a  SHORT  CIRCUIT  by  large  connecting  wires,  and  without  any  other  ex- 
terjial  resistance,  there  will  be  no  more  quantity  of  electricity  flowing 
than  if  a  small  nimiber  of  similar  cells  were  so  joined. 

Although  each  additional  cell  increases  the  electro-motive  force,  yet 
it  also  increases  the  resistance,  as  we  have  already  seen,  and  this  in- 
crease of  resistance  will  counterbalance  the  increase  of  electro-n)otive 
force,  so  that  the  quantity  of  electricity  that  flows  through  the  circuit 


ohm's   law — LARGE   CELLS   VS.    SMALL   CELLS.  75 

will  be  about  the  same.  Ohm's  law  will  demonstrate  this  mathemati- 
cally. Let  the  electro-motive  force  of  any  cell  be  lo  volts,  oi  units  of 
electro-motive  force,  and  the  resistance  of  each  cell  be  20  ohms,  or 
units  of  resistance,  and  the  resistance  of  the  short  wire  2  ohms. 
Dividing  the  electro-motive  force  by  the  resistance,  we  have  for  a  single 
cell  ■g-g-+2=if  =  A  —  t^^  quantity  that  one  cell  sends  through 
the  circuit. 

Now  let  there  be  50  similar  cells,  and  our  fraction  will  be  -|^f  x  f^ 
=  T^^  +  2  —  tVA  —  for  =  ^  fraction  that  varies  very  slightly  in 
value  from  y^y.  Let  there  be  1,000  cells,  and  we  have  this  fraction  : 
i^  X  iU^  =  inn  +  2  =  \n^%  ■  The  result  still  differs  but  slightly 
from  those  previously  obtained. 

Secondly.  Large  cells  con?iected  by  great  extertial  resisia?ice,  as  the 
human  body,  or  a  galvanometer  with  a  long  resistajice-coil,  do  ?iot  send 
more  quafitity  of  electricity  through  that  external  resistance  than  similar 
small  cells. 

The  electro-motive  force  of  large  cells  is  no  greater  than  that  of  simi- 
lar small  cells,  as  we  have  already  seen.  The  resistance  is  less  because 
the  surface  of  the  plates  is  greater,  and  the  greater  the  section  the  less 
the  resistance,  as  has  already  been  shown.  But  the  little  advantage 
thus  gained  from  large  cells  by  a  diminution  of  resistance  bears  so 
small  a  proportion  to  the  great  external  resistance  of  the  human  body, 
or  of  a  very  long  wire,  that  the  quantity  of  electricity  actually  sent 
through  the  circuit  will  not  be  materially  increased — at  least  by  any 
reasonable  number  of  cells. 

Here  again  Ohm's  law  comes  to  our  assistance,  and  fortifies  our 
statement  by  a  rigid  mathematical  demonstration.  Let  us  suppose  a 
battery  of  100  S7nall  cells.  Let  the  electro-motive  force  of  each  cell 
be  10  volts.  Let  the  internal  resistance  of  each  cell  be  20  ohms. 
Let  the  external  resistance  of  the  human  body,  through  which  the  cur- 
rent is  to  be  made  to  pass,  be  10,000  ohms.  Now,  by  Ohm's  law,  to 
find  the  quantity  of  electricity  that  flows  through  the  human  body  when 
enclosed  in  the  circuit,  we  divide  the  electro-motive  force  by  the  inter- 
nal and  external  resistance,  as  follows : 


100  X  10  =  1000 


10,000  (external  resistance),  x  100  x  20  =  2000  (internal  resistance)       12000        120        18 

Let  US  now  suppose  100  similar  very  large  cells.  The  electro 
motive  force  would  be  the  same,  the  external  resistance  would  be  the 
same.  But  the  internal  resistance  of  the  battery  would  be  less  be. 
cause  the  surface  is  greater. 


'J^  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

By  a  law  previously  explained,  the  resistance  varies  inversely  as  tht 
square  of  the  section.  For  convenience  sake,  we  will  suppose  the  re- 
sistance of  the  large  cell  to  be  -^  that  of  the  small  ones — that  is  2 — ■ 
and  Ohm's  law  will  give  us  the  following  fraction  : 

100  X  10  =  loco  (electro-motive  force)  looo  lo 


10,000  (external  resistance)  loo  x  2  =  200        10200 


— a  fraction  that  is,  it  is  true,  a  little  larger  than  ^,  but  not  enough  to 
be  worth  considering. 

The  same  truth  may  be  shown  by  a  galvanometer  that  has  a  long 
resistance-coil.  If  the  fluid  be  raised  just  a  little,  so  that  elements  are 
just  immersed  and  the  poles  are  connected  with  such  a  galvanometer, 
a  certain  deflection  of  the  needles  will  take  place,  according  to  the 
number  of  cells ;  if  now  we  raise  the  fluid  still  higher,  so  that  all  the 
elements  are  immersed,  and  four  or  five  times  as  much  surface  is 
brought  into  action  in  each  cell,  the  needles  will  not  be  much  more 
deflected,  but  will  remain  at  nearly  the  same  point  where  it  was  when 
the  elements  were  first  immersed.  This  is  an  experiment  that  we 
have  made  repeatedly. 

For  the  galvanometer  substitute  the  human  body  from  the  hand  to 
the  legs,  and  we  can  understand  the  great  fact  that  large  cells  do  ?iot 
send  more  quantity  of  electricity  through  the  body  than  small  cells  of 
similar  character. 

From  all  these  demonstrations  we  see  that  it  is  with  electricity  as 
with  money — the  absolute  quantity  that  any  man  may  give  may  be  a 
very  small  fraction  of  the  actual  quantity  that  he  can  be  made  to  give. 
A  millionaire  has  a  far  greater  quantity  of  money  than  one  who  has 
only  a  thousand  dollars,  but  the  one  may  not  give  a  dollar  any  easier 
than  the  other.  Under  great  pressure  the  millionaire  may  give  a 
thousand  times  more  than  the  poor  man,  just  as  a  battery  of  large  cells 
may,  before  small  resistance,  send  a  very  much  larger  quantity  of  elec- 
tricity than  a  similar  battery  of  small  cells ;  but  when  there  is  great 
resistance  it  may  send  very  little,  if  any,  more. 

In  electro-therapeutics,  as  in  telegraphy,  electro-metallurgy,  and 
other  uses,  large  cells  have  this  advantage,  that  they  last  longer  and 
do  not  require  so  frequent  cleaning  and  filling. 

Although  they  cannot  in  a  given  time  send  through  the  human  body, 
or  long  lines  of  wires,  any  more  quantity  of  electricity  than  small  cells, 
yet  their  reserve  quantity  is  much  greater,  and  in  proportion  to  their 
size  they  will  hold  out  longer  and  keep  up  a  more  uniform  current. 
The  poor  man  may  give  five  dollars  as  easily  as  the  millionaire,  but 


ohm's  law — LARGE   CELLS   V:>.    SMALL   CELLS.  yy 

under  great  pressure  the  millionaire  can  keep  on  giving  out  five  dollars 
long  after  the  resources  of  the  poor  man  are  exhausted. 

Large  cells  may,  for  electro-therapeutical  purposes,  have  the  advan- 
tage of  steadiness  of  current ;  there  would  appear  to  be  less  fluctuation 
in  the  strength  of  the  current  from  moment  to  moment  than  when  the 
cells  are  small. 

In  small  cells  the  degree  of  the  internal  resistance  and  the  extent  of 
the  chemical  action  may  vary  more  or  less  from  moment  to  moment, 
owing  to  the  polarization  of  the  elements  and  the  deposition  of  the 
salts  in  the  solution.  This  fluctuation  is  most  marked  in  batteries 
where  the  action  is  very  energetic.  Small  single  cells,  especially  the 
zinc-carbon  batteries,  lose  much  of  their  power  during  a  long  opera- 
tion. The  popular  notion  that  large  cells  have  a  therapeutic  advan- 
tage over  small  cells  by  sending  a  larger  quantity  of  electricity  through 
the  body  is,  in  the  light  of  Ohm's  law,  as  well  as  in  the  light  of  expe- 
rience, erroneous. 

Thirdly.  For  the  electro-chemical  decompositioii  of  water,  salts,  and 
the  human  body  (electrolysis),  a  C07isiderable  number  of  cells  of  medium 
size,  neither  very  large  nor  very  small,  and  in  which  the  chemical  action 
is  powerful,  are  required. 

The  resistance  of  the  li?nited  portion  of  the  human  body  usually 
submitted  to  electrolytic  operation  is  great,  though  not  so  great  as  that 
of  the  whole  body ;  and  as  we  have  seen,  before  a  great  resistance, 
very  large  cells  give  no  greater  quantity  in  a  given  time  than  cells  of 
moderate  size.  If  the  cells  are  too  small,  however,  they  will  soon 
become  exhausted.  For  electrolytic  operations,  the  ordinary  zinc-car- 
bon or  Walker's  batteries,  as  manufactured  in  this  country  by  the  Gal- 
vano-faradic  Manufacturing  Co.,  Kidder  and  others,  answer  very  ex- 
cellently most  of  the  purposes  of  electrolysis.  They  have  more  electro- 
motive force  than  Smee's  elements,  and  although  not  as  enduring,  they 
yet  give  a  greater  quantity  of  electricity  for  a  short  time,  which  is  of 
course  the  great  requisite  in  electrolytic  operations.  The  resistance 
of  the  skin  is  very  great,  but  in  electrolysis  the  needles  go  beneath  the 
skin,  and  are  placed  near  each  other.  The  resistance  is  very  much 
less  than  in  external  apphcations  when  the  electrodes  are  far  apart ; 
hence  it  is  an  advantage  in  electrolysis  to  have  cells  of  good  size, 
though  not  of  the  largest. 

Fourthly.  When  a  short  platinum-wire  in  a  short  circuit  is  to  be 
heated,  as  in  galvano-cautery  operations,  a  very  few  large  cells  or  a 
single  very  large  cell  is  preferable  to  a  large  number  of  small  cells. 

This  fact  has  long  been  practically  recognized,  and  all  the  batteries 


78 


ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 


for  galvano- cautery  operations  are  constructed  on  this  principle.  The 
reason  for  this  is  not  so  well  understood  ;  Ohm's  law  gives  us  the  ex- 
planation. 

Platinum- wire,  though  it  resists  the  current  very  powerfully  as  com- 
pared with  silver  or  copper  wire,  yet  offers  a  very  small  resistance  as 
compared  with  water  or  the  human  body,  or  very  long  wire  of  any  kind. 
Hence,  in  the  galvano-cautery  instruments,  the  external  resistance  is 
small,  being  not  very  much  greater  than  the  internal  resistance  of  the 
batteries,  perhaps  not  so  great.  Now,  before  a  large  external  resist- 
ance— the  human  body,  or  very  long  coils  of  wires — the  surface  of  the 
elements  is  used  to  the  best  advantage  when  cut  up  into  small  cells  ; 
before  a  small  resistance,  the  surface  of  the  elements  is  used  at  the 
best  advantage  when  cut  up  into  a  few  large  cells,  or,  if  the  external 
resistance  be  very  slight  indeed,  a  single  large  cell  will  be  better ;  for 
we  have  previously  shown  that,  in  a  short  circuit,  one  cell  gives  as 
much  quantity  of  electricity  as  one  hundred,  or,  indeed,  any  number  of 
cells. 

Let  us  suppose  loo  small  cells ;  let  each  cell  have  an  electro-motive 
force  of  lo  volts  and  a  resistance  of  20  ohms.  Let  there  be  enclosed 
in  a  circuit  the  human  body,  or  a  very  long  coil  of  fine  wire,  that  gives 
a  resistance  of  10,000  ohms.  Then,  according  to  Ohm's  law,  we  have 
the  following  fraction  : 

xoo  ■«  10  =  1000  electro-motive  force  I 


10,000  external  resistance  loo  x  20  ==  2000  internal  resistance        is 

which  represents  the  quantity  of  electricity  that  flows  through  the 
circuit.  Suppose  now  one  cell  of  the  same  character,  but  very  much 
larger,  sends  a  current  in  a  short  circuit — through  a  short  platinum- 
wire,  such  as  is  used  in  the  galvano-cautery  for  cauterizing  surfaces. 
Suppose  the  external  resistance  of  this  short  circuit  be  9  ohms.  The 
electro-motive  force  of  the  large  cell  is  no  more  than  that  of  the  small 
cell ;  the  internal  resistance  of  the  battery  is  very  much  less,  for,  as  we 
have  seen,  the  resistance  diminishes  as  the  surface  increases.  For 
convenience  sake,  we  will  suppose  the  internal  resistance  of  the  large 
to  be  ^  that  of  the  small  cell — that  is,  i.  Now,  dividing  the  electro- 
motive force  by  the  resistance,  according  to  Ohm's  law  we  have  this 
result : 

10  electro-motive  force  _  ^  _  , 


p  external  resistance  -»•  i  internal  resistance       lo 


the  quantity  of  electricity  that  flows  through  the  circuit,  <  )r  twelve  times 
as  much  as  with  100  small  cells. 


ohm's   law — APPLIED   TO   GALVANO-CAUTERY.  79 

Suppose  now  this  one  large  cell  be  connected  \)y  z.  long  and  fi7i& 
platinum-wire,  such  as  is  used  in  the  removal  of  tumors  by  galvano- 
cautery  operations.  The  resistance  will  of  course  be  greater,  for  two 
reasons,  because  the  vvire  is  longer  and  because  it  is  finer ;  for  the  law 
is,  the  less  the  surface  or  section  the  less  the  resistance. 

Suppose  the  resistance  be  19  ohms.  Dividing  the  electro-motive 
force  by  the  resistance,  we  have — ■ 

10  electro-motive  force  lo       i 


19  external  resistance  +  i  internal  resistance       20       2 

that  is,  one-half  the  quantity  of  electricity  that  there  was  wheti  a  short 
platinum-wire  was  in  the  circuit.  Very  likely  this  would  not  be 
enough  to  heat  the  wire  and  keep  it  hot  during  a  long  operation. 
This  law  comes  to  our  rescue,  and  helps  us  out  of  this  as  of  so  many 
other  difficulties.  Cut  up  the  one  large  cell  into  two  cells,  and  inter- 
pose the  long  fine  platinum-wire  in  the  circuit.  The  electro-motive 
force  will  be  doubled,  the  external  resistance  will  be  the  same ;  but 
the  internal  resistance  will  be  greater  because  the  surface  is  diminished. 
Dividing  the  electro-motive  force  by  the  resistance,  our  fraction 
stands  thus : 

20  electro-motive  force  ao 


19  external  resistance  -H  4  internal  resistance       83 

which  is  nearly  double  the  quantity  of  electricity  sent  through  the  long 
wire  by  a  single  cell.  Thus  is  explained  the  fact  that  the  best  galvano- 
cautery  batteries  are  arranged  so  as  to  be  thrown  into  one  large  cell, 
or  cut  up  into  several  cells,  according  as  a  short  or  long  wire  is  to  be 
heated. 

It  has  been  found  by  experiment  that  the  heat  developed  by  the  current 
in  any  wire  is  proportioned  to  the  squares  of  the  quantity  of  electricity 
that  flows  through  it. 

This  is  demonstrated  by  passing  a  current  through  platinum-wires  in 
a  bottle  of  alcohol.  The  heat  is  communicated  to  the  alcohol,  and  the 
thermometer  shows  the  temperature.  It  is  found  if  a  current  of  a  cer- 
tain quantity  raises  the  temperature  lo,  a  current  of  twice  that  strength 
will  raise  it  40. 

Again,  it  is  found  by  experiment  that  the  heat  developed  by  the  cur- 
rent in  any  wire  is  proportioned  to  the  resistance  of  the  wire. 

This  is  demonstrated  with  the  arrangement  just  described,  by  insert 
ing  a  rheostat  whose  resistances  are  known,  so  as  to  keep  the  quantitj 


80  ELECTRO-PHYSICS. 

of  electricity  constant  at  a  fixed  point,  and  then  inserting  platinum 
wires  of  different  lengths  into  the  bottle. 

From  all  this  it  follows  that  batteries  for  galvano -cautery  should 
have  large  surfaces  and  a  small  number  of  cells,  and  that  they  should 
be  arranged  so  that  the  surface  may  be  used  as  one  or  two  cells,  or 
cut  up  into  four  or  six,  according  as  short  or  long  wires  are  to  be 
heated. 

Fifthly.  It  follows  that  the  dose  of  an  electrical  application  cannot 
be  accurately  described  by  stating  the  number  of  cells  and  the  length  of 
the  sitti7ig. 

This  conclusion  is  an  important  one,  and  for  want  of  a  knowledge  of 
it  electro-therapeutists  continually  blunder. 

Supposing  now  that  we  are  treating  a  patient  locally  or  centrally  by 
the  galvanic  current,  and  we  desire  to  transfer  the  patient  to  another 
physician.  We  inform  the  physician  to  whom  the  transfer  is  made,  that 
we  are  treating  the  patient  with  ten  cells  for  ten  minutes,  and  we  desire 
that  he  should  continue  to  give  the  same  dose.  In  the  light  of  Ohm's 
law,  let  us  see  what  such  instructions  are  really  worth.  The  quantity 
of  electricity  that  passes  through  the  patient  in  a  minute  is  equivalent 
to  the  electro-motive  force  divided  by  the  resistance  ;  multiply  the  quo- 
tient thus  obtained  by  ten,  and  we  have  the  dose  of  electricity  that  the 
patient  receives  in  ten  minutes.  If,  now,  all  the  factors  that  determine 
the  electro-motive  force  and  the  external  and  internal  resistance  were 
constant  and  were  accurately  known,  and  if  they  were  the  same  for  all 
batteries  and  all  modes  of  application,  then  the  dose  thus  ordered 
would  be  a  mathematical  one,  and  could  be  mathematically  followed. 
No  forms  of  error  are  so  erroneous  or  so  illusory  as  those  that  approach 
us  under  cover  of  facts  and  figures.  In  our  very  attempt  to  be  accurate 
we  stumble  into  gross  inaccuracy.  Had  we  left  the  whole  matter  to  the 
judgment  of  the  physician,  with  some  general  suggestions  as  to  the  sus- 
ceptibility of  the  patient,  we  should  have  come  far  nearer  the  truth,  as 
will  be  apparent  by  the  following  considerations. 

The  electro-motive  force  varies  in  different  batteries,  and  in  the  same 
battery  at  different  times.  Grove's  battery,  for  example,  has  four  times 
the  electro-motive  force  of  Smee's  battery  in  action,  and  twice  the  elec- 
tro-motive force  of  zinc  and  copper,  or  Daniell's  battery.  Then,  again, 
the  electro-motive  force  will,  in  some  batteries,  as  Smee's  or  Walker's, 
fall  off  during  an  application ;  and  in  all  batteries,  however  constructed, 
the  electro-motive  force  varies  at  different  times,  from  causes  not  ye/ 
determined. 

But  the  electro-motive  force  is  constancy  itself  in  comparison  with 


ohm's   law — APPLIED   TO   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS.        8 1 

the  variations  of  the  internal  and  external  resistances.  Beginning  with 
the  internal  resistance,  we  find  that  for  a  Grove's  cell,  containing  one 
pint  of  liquid,  it  is  very  small,  less  than  one  ohm ;  for  a  Daniell's  cell, 
5  to  15  ohms,  and  for  a  Smee's  cell,  less  than  one  ohm.  The  internal 
resistance  varies  with  the  size  and  shape  of  the  cell,  the  distance  of  the 
plates  from  each  other,  and  with  the  length  of  time  that  the  battery  is 
in  action.  Even  if  the  electro-motive  force  and  external  resistance 
were  accurate  and  constant,  the  variations  in  the  internal  resistance 
would  be  sufficient  to  vitiate  all  attempts  at  prescribing  electricity  by 
the  number  of  cells. 

But  it  is  in  the  external  resistance  that  we  find  the  greatest  variation, 
uncertainty,  and  inconstancy  in  applications  of  electricity  to  the  human 
body.     The  external  resistance  depends  on  the  following  factors : 

ist.  The  size  and  construction  of  the  wires  that  connect  the  battery 
with  the  electrodes.  The  larger  the  section  the  less  the  resistance, 
and,  therefore,  large  wires  will  conduct  more  than  small  ones.  A  cer- 
tain conventional  size  is  manufactured  by  each  instrument-maker,  but 
the  sizes  vary  with  difterent  makers. 

2d.  The  size  and  shape  of  the  electrode.  .  Up  to  a  certain  point, 
varying  with  the  number  of  cells,  a  large,  broad  electrode  will  conduct 
more  than  a  small  and  narrow  one.  A  metallic  electrode  conducts 
very  much  better  than  a  sponge ;  flannel  conducts  much  better  than 
sponge,  but  worse  than  metal.  The  difference  in  the  conducting  power 
of  metal,  sponge,  and  flannel,  is  great.  A  current  which  is  painful  when 
applied  by  a  metal,  and  is  quite  perceptible  when  applied  by  a  flannel 
or  chamois,  is  not  felt  at  all  when  applied  by  a  sponge.  The  painful- 
ness  of  an  application,  it  is  true,  does  not  depend  on  the  amount  of 
electricity  that  passes,  but  is  also  modified  by  the  extent  to  which  the 
current  is  diffused.  This  would  depend  on  the  action  of  the  electrode. 
With  the  same  current  passing,  the  hand  of  the  operator  would  proba- 
bly be  less  irritating  than  a  sponge  or  flannel. 

3d.  The  quantity  and  quality  of  the  liquid  used  to  moisten  the  elec- 
trodes. Electrodes  that  are  perfectly  dry  conduct  but  little,  at  least 
with  currents  of  the  tension  used  in  electro-therapeutics.  Electrodes 
that  are  wet  with  warm  water  conduct  better  than  those  that  are  wet 
with  cold  water  ;  and  those  that  are  wet  with  warm  salt-water  conduct 
best  of  all.  The  difference  in  the  conductivity  of  a  sponge  wet  with 
simple  cold  water  and  one  wet  with  warm  salt-water  is  so  great  that  a 
current  which  is  not  felt  when  applied  by  the  former,  becomes  unbearable 
when  applied  by  the  latter. 

4th.  The  amount  of  pressure  that  is  used  on  the  electrodes.  If  the 
6 


82  ELECTRO-PHYSICS 

wet  sponge  is  lightly  pressed  it  conducts  but  little,  and  its  conductivity 
increases  with  the  pressure.  Firm  pressure  moistens  the  skin  more 
thoroughly,  and  thus  increases  its  conductivity,  and  at  the  same  time  it 
brings  into  coaptation  all  parts  of  the  sponge,  so  that  it  becomes  well 
saturated. 

5th.  The  position  and  extent  of  the  body  included  between  the  elec- 
trodes. This  factor  is  a  most  important  one,  and  it  has  been  unac- 
countably overlooked  in  all  discussions  on  this  subject.  The  difference 
in  the  conductivity  of  the  bones  and  soft  tissues  is  all  the  difference 
between  twenty  and  one,  and  in  all  parts  the  conductivity  is  modified 
by  age,  by  temperament,  and  by  disease.  The  resistance  of  the  whole 
body,  from  one  hand  to  the  other  through  the  shoulders,  is  about  seven 
or  eight  times  the  resistance  of  the  Atlantic  cable,  and  the  resistance  of 
the  whole  length  of  the  body,  from  the  head  and  shoulders  to  the  feet, 
is  probably  greater  than  that.  But  the  resistance  of  any  limited  portion 
of  the  body,  as  the  head,  or  spine,  or  cervical  sympathetic  and  pneu- 
mogastric,  or  individual  muscles  or  nerves,  must  be  only  a  fractional 
part  of  the  resistance  of  the  whole  body.  Other  conditions  being  the 
same,  the  nearer  the  electrodes  are  to  each  other  the  less  the  resistance. 
This  may  be  illustrated  by  an  experiment  that  we  have  frequently  tried. 
If  one  electrode  be  put  in  the  vagina  and  the  other  in  the  rectum,  a  cur- 
rent of  but  two  or  four  cells  may  be  painfully  felt;  but  if  one  of  the 
electrodes  is  placed  externally  on  the  back  or  hypogastrium,  a  current 
of  a  dozen  or  more  cells  may  be  scarcely  perceived.  The  same  experi- 
ment may  be  tried  on  the  back ;  placing  one  pole  on  the  nape  of  the 
neck  and  the  other  at  the  lower  end  of  the  spine,  a  current  that  is  just 
perceptible  at  first,  as  the  electrodes  approach  each  other  becomes 
positively  unbearable. 

6th.  The  length  of  the  application.  When  the  galvanic  current  is 
first  applied  to  the  body  by  wet  sponges,  but  little  sensation  is  experi- 
enced on  the  skin  ;  but  in  the  course  of  a  few  seconds  a  burning  pain  is 
felt,  that  increases  with  the  length  of  the  application.  This  is  explained 
in  part  by  the  chemical  changes  that  take  place,  and  in  part  by  the  fact 
that  as  the  skin  becomes  more  and  more  moistened  by  .the  pressure  of 
the  wet  sponge,  and  the  skin  under  the  electrode  becomes  more  and 
more  congested,  the  resistance  is  diminished.  Consequently,  toward 
the  close  of  even  a  very  short  application,  more  electricity  passes,  all 
other  conditions  being  the  same,  than  at  the  beginning.  On  this 
account  it  frequently  becomes  necessary  to  reduce  the  number  of  cells 
during  the  sitting,  especially  when  the  electrodes  are  kept  all  the  time 
on  one  spot.     Thus  it  becomes  clear  that  any  attempt  to  prescribe  the 


OHM'S   LAW — APPLIED   TO   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS.        83 

dose  of  electricity  by  the  number  of  cells,  in  ordinary  external  applica- 
tions to  the  body,  must  fail  of  its  object.  In  electrolysis,  where  the 
needles  are  always  united,  near  to  each  other  and  under  the  skin,  the 
chances  for  error  are  not  so  great,  since  there  is  much  less  variation  in 
the  resistance.  If,  in  describing  an  electrolytic  operation,  we  specify 
the  kind  and  number  of  cells  used,  and  the  mode  and  length  of  opera- 
tion, we  convey  a  tolerably  correct  idea  of  what  was  really  done.  The 
time  may  come  in  the  advance  of  science,  after  physiology  shall  have 
found  its  Newton  to  reduce  its  present  chaos  to  order  and  law,  when 
it  shall  be  possible  to  prescribe  so  many  farads  of  electricity,  repeated 
three  times  a  week,  as  we  now  prescribe  so  many  grains  of  bromide  of 
potassium,  or  so  many  drops  of  laudanum,  repeated  three  times  a  day  ; 
but  for  the  present  we  can  rest  assured  that  when  we  describe  the  cur- 
rent that  we  employ  as  viild^  or  7}iedium,  or  strong,  and  have  stated  the 
method  and  length  and  frequency  of  application,  we  have  attained  all 
the  accuracy  that  science  will  allow. 

Although  the  above  statements  have  reference  only  to  the  galvanic 
current,  they  just  as  truly  apply  to  the  faradic  ;  for  induced  as  well  as 
galvanic  electricity  is  subject  to  the  law  of  Ohm.  One  difference,  how- 
ever, should  be  noted,  that  on  account  of  the  slighter  chemical  action 
of  the  faradl^  current  the  resistance  of  the  skin  beneath  the  electrodes 
does  not  diminish  with  the  length  of  the  application.  For  the  above 
reasons  the  graduated  scales  that  accompany  some  of  the  faradic 
machines  for  electro-therapeutics  are  of  but  little  practical  value. 

Finally,  Ohm's  law  explains  the  fact  of  observation,  that  when  the 
poles  of  a  galvanic  battery  are  metallically  connected,  the  chemical 
action  in  the  battery  is  greatly  increased  and  the  plates  rapidly  de- 
stroyed. The  metals  being  better  conductors  than  the  body,  conduct 
a  much  greater  quantity  of  electricity  ;  and  as  the  potential  quantity  of 
electricity  that  any  battery  is  capable  of  generating  is  limited,  then 
when  the  resistance  between  the  poles  is  least,  the  action  must  be 
strongest,  and  the  metals  the  most  rapidly  consumed.  Neglect  in  this 
regard  causes  the  premature  destruction  of  many  batteries. 


ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY 


CHAPTER  I. 

RELATION    OF    ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY   TO    ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS — 
ANIMAL   ELECTRICITY. 

Electro-physiology  is  the  science  which  treats  both  of  the  laws  of 
animal  electricity,  and  also  of  the  phenomena  produced  by  the  action  of 
electricity  on  the  body  i?t  health.  We  propose  to  present  this  subject 
as  compactly  as  possible,  and  consequently  shall  speak  only  of  those 
facts  that  are  necessary  for  a  true  appreciation  of  the  science,  and 
chiefly  of  those  that,  directly  or  indirectly,  have  a  practical  bearing  on 
electro-therapeutics. 

Importance  of  a  Knowledge  of  Electro-physiology  to  the  Electro-thera- 
peutist.— It  is  of  course  possible  to  use  electricity  successfully  in  thera- 
peutics without  any  thought  of  its  physiological  action,  and  thousands 
have  so  used  it.  It  is  possible  to  relieve  pain  of  almost  every  variety, 
and  to  cure  any  of  the  curable  forms  of  paralysis,  without  understanding 
anything  of  the  action  of  electricity  on  nutrition  or  on  the  normal  mus- 
cle. Any  old  country  granny,  the  stupidest  of  nurses,  an  infant  even, 
can  hold  two  sponges  on  a  part  of  the  surface  of  the  body,  and  let  the 
current  run.  Those  who  aim  no  higher  than  this — the  indiscriminate 
holding  of  electrodes  on  patients — need  give  no  thought  to  electro- 
physiology  ;  need,  indeed,  waste  no  time  on  this  or  on  any  other  work  of 
electro-therapeutics  :  they  do  not  even  need  to  trouble  themselves  with 
the  details  of  the  applications,  but  have  simply  to  delegate  them,  with- 
out reserve,  to  the  nearest  nurse  or  clodhopper.  Those,  we  assert,  who 
aim  no  higher  than  this  will  fall  short  of  even  that :  their  success  in 
relieving  symptoms  by  electrization  will  be  so  capricious  and  illusory, 
that,  in  time,  they  will  abandon  the  attempt,  allow  their  battery  to  grow 
rusty  in  the  garret,  and  thenceforth  they  will  condemn  and  despise  sci- 
entific and  successful  electro-therapeutists. 

The  electro-therapeutist,  above  all  others,  should  start  out  under  the 
inspiration  of  the  motto  of  the  late  President  Dwight :  "Aim  high,  for 
you  will  be  sure  to  come  short  of  your  aim."  To  apply  electricity  after 
the  manner  of  nurses  and  "rubbing  doctors,"  is  not  using  it,  but  abus- 
ing it. 


88  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

Those  who  aspire  to  mastership  in  electro-therapeutics  will  not  be  con 
tent  with  the  mere  attempt  to  relieve  symptoms  ;  they  will  seek  to  study 
those  most  complex  and  subtle  diseases  for  the  treatment  of  which  elec- 
tricty  is  indicated  ;  they  will  resort  to  this  force  for  diagnostic  as  well  as 
therapeutic  aid  ;  they  will  strive  to  know  not  only  how  to  use  it,  but,  what 
is  more  difficult,  how  not  to  use  it.  He  only  can  reap  the  full  and  rich 
harvest  of  electro-therapeutical  science  and  art  who  sows  beside  all 
waters  ;  he  must  become  more  or  less  proficient  in  neurology,  in  electro- 
physics,  and  in  electro-physiology.  He  who  has  a  knowledge  of  the 
laws  of  animal  electricity,  and  the  actions  and  reactions  of  franklinic, 
galvanic,  and  faradic  electricity  on  the  brain,  spinal  cord,  and  sympa- 
thetic ;  on  the  nerves  of  motion  and  of  common  and  special  sense  ;  on 
voluntary  and  involuntary  muscles ;  on  the  skin,  and  on  all  the  various 
passages  and  organs  of  the  body  in  health,  and  also  of  the  electro-con- 
ductivity of  the  body,  will  find  the  paths  of  electro-diagnosis  and  of  elec- 
tro-therapeutics illumined  at  every  step  by  such  knowledge,  and  will,  in 
the  end,  make  more  correct  interpretations  of  disease  than  he  who 
merely  holds  electrodes  on  patients  without  any  higher  aim  I  and  more 
than  that,  he  will  be  introduced  into  a  field  of  thought  and  experiment — 
a  field  surpassingly  rich  and  fruitful,  and  lying  in  close  relation  to  all 
departments  of  physiology,  of  pathology,  and  of  biology,  where  he  can 
study  science  for  its  own  sake,  without  regard  to  its  immediate  practical 
value. 

In  the  above  remarks  we  do  not  wish  to  be  understood  as  subscrib- 
ing to  the  notion,  quite  popular  among  some,  that  electro-therapeutics 
must  be  based  on  electro-physiology ;  very  far  from  it :  the  two  sciences 
are  closely  related  and  are  of  reciprocal  assistance,  but  one  is  not  built 
up  on  the  other.  Neither  are  exact  sciences,  and  may  never  become 
such.  Pathology,  though  it  is  but  "  the  shady  side  of  physiology,"  yet 
so  complicates  therapeutics  that  electro-physiology  cannot  become  a 
reliable  basis  for  electro-therapeutics.  The  two  sciences  are  pursued 
mainly  by  different  methods  :  electro-physiology  is  a  science  of  experi- 
ment; electro-therapeutics  is  a  science  of  experience. 

Electro-physiology  largely  Studied  by  Experimejits  on  the  Living  Hu- 
man Subject. — An  advantage  of  great  import  to  electro-physiology,  and 
one  that  especially  commends  it  to  the  electro-therapeutist,  is  that  it  is 
largely  based  on  experiments  made  on  the  living  human  subject.  True 
enough,  thousands  of  frogs  have  given  up  their  lives  in  the  electro-physi- 
ological laboratory,  and  dogs  and  cats,  rabbits  and  guinea-pigs,  rats,  and 
monkeys  even,  have  been  subjected  to  electric  tests  while  living,  in  health 
and  uninjured,  while  dying,  and  when  dead  ;    but  some  of  the  nsost 


ANIMAL   ELECTRICITY.  89 

interesting  and  suggestive  phenomena  of  this  science,  those  which  have 
the  nearest  practical  relation  to  electro-therapeutics,  can  be  best  studied 
on  the  living  human  subject,  and  without  injuring  the  subject  experi- 
mented on.  This  is  tlie  supreme  advantage  of  the  study  of  the 
physiological  action  of  electricity  over  the  study  of  the  physiological 
action  of  the  majority  of  drugs.  The  objection  so  often  made  against 
experiments  made  with  medicines  on  inferior  animals,  that  they  do  not 
teach  the  action  of  such  medicines  on  the  human  body  in  disease, 
cannot,  therefore,  apply  to  electro-physiology,  except  to  a  hmited 
degree. 

Not  a  few  of  the  physiological  reactions  of  the  human  body  to  elec- 
tricity can  be  studied  while  making  therapeutical  applications.  The 
reaction  of  voluntary  muscles,  of  the  motor  and  sensory  nerves,  of 
some  of  the  nerves  of  special  sense,  to  electricity,  and  the  general  effects 
of  electricity  on  nutrition,  are  taught  us  every  time  we  electrize  a  patient 
by  any  of  the  familiar  methods  of  application.  Electro-physiology  and 
electro-therapeutics  thus  go  hand  in  hand. 

The  Localization  of  Electricity  in  the  Body  an  Advantage  in  Studying 
its  Physiological  Effect. — The  drugs  with  which  we  experiment  on  ani- 
mals, in  order  to  learn  their  physiological  action,  are  usually  absorbed 
and  carried  through  the  whole  system ;  to  confine  their  action  to  any 
part  or  member  is  impossible.  If  they  select  any  organ  on  which  to 
expend  their  force  in  preference  to  other  parts,  it  is  by  virtue  of  their  in- 
herent affinity  for  such  organ,  and  not  from  any  power  in  the  experimenter 
to  confine  them  there.  But  electricity  can,  to  a  certain  extent,  be  local- 
ized in  a  muscle  or  nerve,  or  in  some  special  organ ;  thus  its  effects  can 
be  studied  with  greater  precision  and  certainty  than  the  effects  of  drugs 
internally  administered.  Thus  the  physiological  action  of  electricity  has 
a  specially  practical  bearing  on  its  therapeutical  action. 

Animal  Electricity  is  the  Electricity  that  exists  in  Animal  Bodies . 
Electric  Fishes. — The  most  remarkable  display  of  animal  electricity 
appears  in  certain  varieties  of  fishes.  At  a  very  early  period  it  was 
known  that  a  certain  flat  fish  had  not  only  the  power,  when  touched,  to 
give  forth  shocks,  but  could  impart  to  other  bodies,  for  some  distance 
through  the  water,  a  benumbing  influence.  This  phenomenon  was  first 
proved  by  actual  experiment  to  be  of  an  electrical  nature  as  early  as 
1773  ;  and  soon  after,  by  means  of  a  number  of  Leyden  jars,  connect- 
ing with  a  disk  of  leather  or  wood,  either  side  of  which  was  covered  by 
tinfoil,  an  artificial  torpedo  was  constructed.  The  subject  of  animal 
electricity  is  one  of  great  scientific  interest,  and  may  in  time  become 
of  direct  practical  value  to  electro-therapeutics.     This  peculiar  powei 


90  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

is  possessed  only  by  a  small  number  of  fishes,  the  best  known  of  which 
are  the  torpedo  or  electric  ray,  the  gymnotus  or  electric  eel,  and  the 
electric  shad. 

This  development  of  electricity  does  not  take  place  in  all  parts  of 
the  fish,  but  is  confined  to  a  peculiar  expansion  of  the  nervous  system, 
called  the  electrical  organ.  The  nerves  constituting  the  electrical  or- 
gans of  the  torpedo  and  gymnotus  are  of  great  size.  Those  of  the  for- 
mer consist  of  three  principal  trunks,  and  arise  from  the  cerebro-spinal 
system  ;  while  the  nerves  composing  the  electrical  organs  of  the  latter 
are  derived  from  the  spinal  cord  alone.  As  stated  above,  the  phenom- 
ena produced  by  these  fishes  are  similar  to  those  which  are  obtained 
from  electricity  that  is  artificially  generated. 

If  electric  fishes  are  touched  with  the  hand,  a  shock  is  perceived,  while 
if  glass,  resin,  or  any  other  non-conductor  is  intervened,  no  eff"ect  is 
produced. 

Sparks  may  be  drawn  from  them  in  the  same  way  that  they  are  drawn 
from  other  bodies  that  are  artificially  charged  with  electricity.  The 
current  obtained  from  them  will  magnetize  steel  needles,  decompose 
water,  and  if  the  needle  of  a  galvanometer  be  brought  into  the  circuit  it 
will  immediately  suffer  deflection,  so  that  the  direction  of  the  current 
may  be  readily  determined. 

The  electric  force  of  the  fish  is  much  weakened  after  it  has  exerted 
its  power  a  number  of  times  in  quick  succession,  and  it  requires  rest 
and  nourishment  to  enable  it  to  recover  its  normal  vigor. 

History  of  the  Discovery  of  Electricity  in  the  Body  of  Man  and  other 
Animals. — We  have  already  seen  (Electro-Physics,  p.  48)  that  Galvani 
discovered  in  1786  that  muscular  contraction  follows  the  contact  of  the 
nerves  and  muscles  of  a  frog  with  a  heterogeneous  metallic  arc.  From 
this  observation,  and  from  subsequent  study  of  the  subject,  Galvani  was 
inclined  to  believe  and  to  declare  that  in  the  tissues  of  animals  there 
exists  a  special  independent  electricity,  which  he  called  animal  eleC' 
tricity.  Although  Galvani's  conclusions  were,  as  we  now  know,  not  en- 
tirely logical,  yet  he  stumbled  on  an  important  discovery  that  was  des- 
tined to  be  demonstrated  and  confirmed  by  other  and  later  observers. 

There  is  such  a  force  as  animal  electricity,  but  the  experiments  of 
Galvani  are  explained  by  contact  of  dissimilar  substances  and  by  the 
chemical  action  of  the  fluids  of  the  body  on  the  metals,  and  not  by  the 
electricity  of  the  body. 

Voltds  Researches  have  already  been  given  in  Electro-Physics  (p.  50). 

Hiimholdfs  Researches. — In  1 799  Humboldt  published  a  work  contain- 
ing  the  result  of  many  and  curious  experiments,  the  object  of  which  was 


ANIMAL  ELECTRICITY.  9I 

to  show  that  both  Volta  and  Galvani  were  right  and  both  wrong  ;  that 
there  was  such  a  thing  as  animal  electricity  ;  that  Galvani  was  in  error 
in  regarding  it  as  the  only  form  of  electricity  that  appeared  in  his  ex- 
periments ;  and  that  Volta  was  in  error  in  refusing  to  admit  its  exist- 
ence. 

AldinHs  and  Nobiia s  Researches. — In  1803  a  nephew  of  Galvani, 
Aldini,  published  experiments  that  went  to  demonstrate  the  existence 
of  animal  electricity.  The  voltaic  pile,  however,  was  a  stronger  argu- 
ment against  the  existence  of  animal  electricity  than  any  experiments 
could  be  in  its  favor,  and  for  these  reasons  animal  electricity  was  for- 
gotten. 

In  1827  M.  Nobili,  having  constructed  a  very  sensitive  galvanome- 
ter, was  enabled,  as  he  supposed,  to  detect,  without  doubt,  the  exist- 
ence of  an  electric  current  in  the  frog.  He  observed  that  when  the 
needle  was  placed  in  the  circuit  it  deviated  some  30°. 

Researches  of  Matteiicci  and  Du  Bois-Reymo7id.- — A  few  years  subse- 
quently, Matteucci  turned  his  attention  to  this  subject ;  but  it  was  re- 
served for  Du  Bois-Reymond  to  investigate  most  clearly  and  most 
fully,  if  not  most  conclusively,  the  electric  properties  of  the  nerves  and 
muscles. 

By  these  two  observers  it  is  believed  to  have  been  shown,  ist.  That 
currents  in  every  respect  like  the  frog-current  of  Nobili,  are  not  peculiar 
to  the  frog,  but  are  inherent  in  all  animals,  warm  and  cold-blooded — 
in  toads,  salamanders,  fresh-water  crabs,  adders,  lizards,  glow-worms, 
and  tortoises,  as  well  as  rabbits,  guinea-pigs,  mice,  pigeons,  and  spar- 
rows.    (Du  Bois-Reymond.) 

2d.  That  currents  are  found  in  nerves  as  well  as  muscles,  and  that 
both  are  subject  to  the  same  laws.     (Du  Bois-Reymond.) 

3d.  That  the  current  usually  observed  is  a  muscular  current  that  is 
produced  by  the  muscles,  the  nerves  acting  only  as  inactive  conduc 
tors.     (Du  Bois-Reymond.) 

4th.  That  this  muscular  current  may  be  upward  or  downward,  and 
that  the  current  of  the  whole  limb  is  the  resultant  of  the  partial  cur- 
rents of  each  muscle.     (Du  Bois-Reymond.) 

5th.  That  these  currents  do  not  depend  on  the  contact  of  hete- 
rogeneous tissues,  as  Volta  had  believed,  for  the  nerves,  muscles,  and 
tendons  in  their  electrical  relations  are  homogeneous.  (Du  Bois-Rey- 
mond.) 

6th.  That  electricity  is  found  not  only  in  the  muscles  and  nerves, 
but  also  in  the  brain,  spinal  cord,  and  sympathetic — in  motor,  sensory,  and 
mixed  nerves — in  a  minute  section  as  well  as  in  a  large  mass  of  nervous 


92  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

substances — in  a  small  fibril  as  well  as  in  a  large  muscle— in  the  skin, 
spleen,  testicles,  kidneys,  liver,  lungs,  and  tendons ;  but  not  in  fascije, 
sheaths  of  nerves,  and  sinews. 

7th.  That  animal  electricity  is  capable  of  decomposing  iodide  of 
potassium,  and  of  deflecting  the^  needle  of  the  galvanometer,  (Mat 
teucci.) 

8th.  In  the  muscles  and  nerves  electricity  is  in  the  condition  of  a 
closed  circuit. 

9th.  That  contraction  of  muscle  is  accompanied  by  an  electric  dis- 
charge resembling  that  of  a  torpedo.     (Matteucci.) 

It  was  the  perusal  of  the  essay  of  Matteucci  that  inspired  Du  Bois- 
Reymond  to  undertake  those  magnificent  researches  that  have  given 
him  a  name  and  a  fame  in  the  realm  of  electrology. 

He  devised  special  apparatuses  for  his  researches,  and  handled  them 
with  great  skill  and  patience. 

Even  if  many  of  the  conclusions  presented  are  erroneous,  they  are 
none  the  less  interesting  suggestions,  and  have  prepared  the  way  for 
those  who  are  now  earnestly  seeking  to  discredit  his  experiments  and 
disprove  his  statements. 

The  above  conclusions  of  Du  Bois-Reymond  were  derived  from  ex- 
periments on  the  nerves  of  frogs,  but  electricity  is  not  confined  to  the 
lower  forms  of  life,  either  dead  or  dying. 

Electricity  hi  the  Living  Man. — In  the  living  man  it  is  believed 
that  cutaneous  currents  are  found.  The  hand  is  negative  to  the  elbow, 
and  the  palm  of  the  hand  is  negative  to  the  back.  The  foot  is  negative 
to  the  chest,  and  the  sole  of  the  foot  is  negative  to  the  back.  The  elbow 
is  slightly  positive  to  the  chest,  and  the  hand  is  sometimes  negative  to 
the  foot,  and  sometimes  the  reverse. 

These  cutaneous  currents  are  quite  strong  and  uniform.  They  are 
to  be  distinguished  from  the  thermo-electric  currents  that  are  observed 
when  two  symmetrical  parts  are  heated. 

A  finger  at  the  temperature  of  32°  is  positive  to  one  at  90°,  and  a 
finger  at  60°  is  feebly  positive  to  one  at  80°,  and  strongly  positive  to 
one  at  180°.  The  cutaneous  currents  are  also  to  be  distinguished  from 
currents  that  arise  from  dissimilar  immersion,  dissimilar  sweating  and 
shielding  of  the  body. 

Currents  of  electricity  have  been  found  in  the  urethra  and  bladder 
of  the  rabbit,  the  intestines,  the  spleen,  the  testicles,  the  tendons,  and 
the  oviduct  of  the  frog,  and  the  iris  of  birds. 

All  these  currents  resemble  the  ordinary  muscular  currents,  in  that 
the  outer  and  inner  surfaces  have  opposite  electricities. 


ANIMAL  ELECTRICITY.  93 

The  currents  of  the  nerves  and  muscles  are  very  much  stronger  than 
those  of  other  tissues.* 

Dr.  C.  B.  Radchffe  takes  a  radically  different  view  of  animal  elec 
tricit}'.     His  conclusions,  briefly  summarized,  are  as  follows  : 

1.  The  sheaths  of  the  fibres  of  nerve  and  muscle  during  rest  are 
charged  with  electricity  like  Leyden  jars.  He  believes  it  probable, 
though  not  entirely  demonstrable,  that  the  sheaths  of  the  fibres  con- 
duct electricity  so  feebly  that  they  are  practically  non-conductors  and 
are  di-electric. 

This  charge  is  brought  about  by  the  development  of  electricity,  either 
positive  or  negative,  through  oxidation,  or  some  form  of  chemical  action, 
on  the  outside  of  the  sheaths  of  the  fibres,  which  electricity  induces 
through  the  di-electric  sheath,  an  opposite  electricity  from  the  inside  of 
the  sheaths,  after  the  manner  of  the  Leyden  jar.  Electricity  which  exists 
in  the  nerves  and  muscles  during  rest  is  in  a  statical  condition,  and  not 
in  dynamic  or  current  state. 

The  nerve-ciurrent  and  muscle-current  are  purely  incidental  phenom- 
ena, resulting  from  applying  the  electrodes  to  points  of  unequal  elec- 
tric tension. 

2.  That  the  passage  of  a  nerve  or  muscle  from  a  state  of  rest  to  a  state 
of  action  is  accompanied  by  a  discharge  similar  to  that  of  a  torpedo. 
The  arguments  in  favor  of  this  view  are,  that  the  anatomical  and  physio- 
logical apparatus  of  the  torpedo  closely  resembles  the  muscular  appara- 
tus of  all  animals ;  that  the  nerve-current  nearly  disappears  from  the 
nerve,  and  the  muscle-current  from  the  muscle,  when  nerve  and  muscle 
pass  from  rest  into  action ;  and,  finally,  that  the  phenomena  of  induced 
or  secondary  contraction  cannot  otherwise  be  explained. 

This  discharge  takes  place  between  the  sheaths  of  the  fibres,  which  are 
very  elastic,  and  are  capable  of  being  elongated  during  rest  by  the  mu- 
tual attraction  of  the  opposite  electricities  with  which  they  are  charged. 

3.  That  when  a  nerve  or  muscle  passes  from  action  to  rest  it  resumes 
its  condition  of  charge.  Elongation,  therefore,  is  the  result  of  charge, 
and  contraction  of  discharge. 

This  point  is  illustrated  by  the  following  experiment : 
A  narrow  band  of  rubber  is  wound  on  both  surfaces  very  near  the  edge 
with  gold-leaf,  so  that  it  can  be  charged  or  discharged  with  electricity 
like  a  Leyden  jar.  By  a  simple  arrangement  of  a  grooved  wheel  and  an 
apparatus  that  multiplies  and  records  the  movements,  it  can  be  shown 
tliat  when  the  band  is  charged  by  a  few  turns  of  a  frictional  machine,  it 

*  Dynamics  of  Nerves  aud  Muscles.     London,  1871. 


94  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

elongates,  and  when  the  charge  is  discharged  it  contracts.  It  is  beUevea 
that  the  muscle  behaves  in  precisely  this  manner.  If  nerves  are  not 
affected  in  the  same  way,  it  is  because  their  fibres  are  not  sufficiently 
elastic. 

4.  That  the  blood  keeps  up  the  natural  charge  of  electricity  in  nerve 
and  muscle. 

The  acceptance  of  this  view  explains  many  interesting  facts  in 
pathology.  It  explains  rhe  fact  that  diseases  that  are  accompanied  by 
a  deficiency  in  the  nerve-currents,  as  neuralgia,  spinal  irritation,  hysteria, 
tetanus,  epilepsy,  usually  manifest  themselves  by  morbid  activity,  by 
increased  and  unnatural  movements  of  muscles  and  nerves. 

Active  inflammations,  when  there  is  increase  of  blood,  are  not  usually 
accompanied  by  excessive  muscular  or  nervous  action. 

Apparatus  for  Studying  Animal  Electricity. — In  a  practical  work  of 
this  kind  it  is  not  necessary  nor  proper  to  enter  into  elaborate  detail 
of  all  the  experimental  premises  by  which  Matteucci,  Du  Bois-Rey- 
mond,  Pfliiger,  and  others  have  made  their  discoveries.  A  very  brief 
description  of  the  apparatus  of  Du  Bois-Reymond  may  possibly  be  of 
interest. 

He  employed  a  very  delicate  galvanometer,  the  distinctive  fea- 
tures of  which  were,  first,  the  astatic  needles  were  constructed  and 
arranged  with  great  care  ;  and,  secondly,  the  wire  around  them  was  very 
long,  and  of  from  4,000  to  24,000  convolutions.  A  multiplier  of  this 
sort  will  indicate  the  presence  of  exceedingly  feeble  currents.  The 
wires  of  the  multiplier  are  connected  with  carefully  cleaned  and  pre- 
pared flat  new  plates  dipped  in  vessels  of  zinc,  containing  sulphate  of 
zinc  to  prevent  polarization.  Two  cushions,  as  they  are  called, 
made  of  layers  of  blotting-paper  soaked  in  a  solution  of  sulphate  of 
zinc,  are  laid  in  the  edge  of  each  vessel,  with  their  ends  in  the  liquid. 
The  whole  is  enclosed  in  a  moist  chamber.  In  order  to  protect  any 
tissue,  it  is  placed  in  connection  with  the  two  cushions  in  various  posi- 
tions ;  then,  if  there  be  any  current,  the  deflection  is  seen  in  the  needle 
of  the  multiplier. 

When  two  symmetrical  parts  of  the  longitudinal  or  transverse  section 
of  a  nerve  are  applied  to  the  cushions,  no  deflection  is  seen  ;  when  two 
dissymmetrical  parts  of  the  longitudinal  section  are!  placed  on  the 
cushions,  the  needle  deflects  6°  or  7°.  When  the  longitudinal  section 
of  the  nerve  on  one  side  touches  one  cushion,  and  the  transverse  sec- 
tion touches  the  other  side,  the  needle  deflects  15°  to  30°. 

Instead  of  the  galvanometer  multiplier  we  may  use  the  rheoscopic 
frog,  which  may  give  some  results  ;  but  it  has  the  disadvantage  that  it 


EXPERIMENTS   OF   TROWBRIDGE.  95 

loses  its  irritability,   and  that  it  contracts  only  when  the  current  is 
closed  or  broken. 

Experiments  of  Trowbridge. — We  have  given  a  full  and  varied  pre- 
sentation of  the  leading  conclusions  of  Du  Bois-Reymond  and  others^ 
and  have  described,  in  a  very  general  way,  the  best  method  of  perform- 
ing the  experiments  on  which  his  conclusions  are  based. 

We  have  done  this  in  justice  to  a  name  that  is  greatly  honored  in 
science,  in  justice  to  the  name  that  has  made  an  era  in  physiolog}'-,  and 
to  prepare  the  student  for  an  intelligent  understanding  of  the  experi- 
ments that  seem  to  overthrow  these  views  of  Du  Bois-Reymond  that 
have  been  so  widely  accepted. 

It  has  always  appeared  to  us  that  in  the  experiments  of  all  electro- 
physiologists,  the  later  as  well  as  the  earlier  school,  there  were  chances 
for  great  error,  and  have  been  surprised  that  their  conclusions  have 
been  accepted  with  so  little  reservation. 

Bearing  in  mind  that  all  chemical  action,  however  slight,  is  probably 
accompanied  by  the  generation  of  electricity,  it  is  surely  not  irrational 
to  suspect  that  the  conclusions  from  careful  experiments  of  Du  Bois- 
Reymond  and  others  might  be  in  some,  if  not  in  all  cases,  modified  by 
chemical  actio?i  between  the  animal  tissues  and  the  cushions  of  the  gal- 
vanometer, however  skilfully  these  were  protected. 

Among  the  physicists  at  least,  the  theories  of  Du  Bois-Reymond  have 
been,  on  the  whole,  losing  ground  during  the  past  ten  years,  and  pro- 
bably on  account  of  the  considerations  that  are  above  presented. 

Prof  John  Trowbridge,  of  Harvard  College,  has  recently  made  a 
series  of  researches  that  seem  to  cast  grave  doubts  on  the  interesting 
and  hitherto  accepted  conclusions  of  Du  Bois-Reymond  in  regard  to 
animal  electricity. 

This  physicist,  starting  out  on  the  face  of  the  accepted  fact  thai 
two  liquids  of  dissimilar  chemical  character,  separated  by  a  porous 
partition,  give  rise  to  a  current  of  electricity,  has  made  experiments 
with  an  apparatus  similar  to  that  employed  by  Du  Bois-Reymond  in 
his  researches  on  animal  electricity.  Instead,  however,  of  placing  a 
piece  of  muscle  or  nerve  on  the  cushions,  he  used  a  series  of  artificial 
muscles.  These  artificial  muscles  were  made  of  glass-tubes  covered  by 
porous  partitions,  and  filled  with  the  different  liquids,  such  as — • 
Undistilled  water. 

Weak  solution  of  salt  in  distilled  water, 
Solution  of  different  salts  of  iron, 
Blood, 
Acidulated  water. 


96  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

Placing  the  artificial  muscle  thus  prepared  in  the  position  where  the 
natural  muscle  is  placed  in  Du  Bois-Reymond's  experiments,  he  found 
that  each  liquid  caused  a  deflection  of  the  needle  of  the  galvafiometer. 

There  is  no  question,  in  the  opinion  of  Prof.  Trowbridge,  that  the 
currents  that  caused  these  deflections  of  the  needle  arose  from  the 
actions  of  the  fluids  in  the  tubes  on  the  saline  solution  of  the  cushion  and 
the  protecting  guai'd.  This  view  is  confirmed  by  the  fact  that  when 
the  artificial  muscles  were,  filled  with  distilled  water,  there  was  no  de- 
flection of  the  needle  observed ;  but  when  undistilled  water  or  the 
other  fluids  mentioned  were  used,  the  needle  of  the  galvanometer  de- 
flected so  far  as  in  some  cases  to  throw  the  spot  of  light  off  the  scale.* 
Prof.  Trowbridge  exercised  the  same  precautions  as  are  found  necessary 
by  electro-physiologists  in  obtaining  the  so-called  muscular  currents. 
He  argues  that  the  behavior  of  the  artificial  muscle  must  be  similar  to 
that  of  a  natural  muscle  placed  on  the  cushions  ;  and  he  states  further, 
that  when  we  use  the  natural  muscle,  containing  fresh  and  chemically 
active  blood,  separated  by  its  sheath  from  the  clay  guards  of  the  cushions, 
an  electrical  action  7nust  take  place  hetweejt  the  fluids  of  the  jnuscle  and 
the  saline  soh(tio?is  in  the  con?iecti?tg  apparatus,  which  action  cannot 
well  be  distinguished  from  the  so-called  muscular  current.\ 

In  order  to  avoid  every  possible  source  of  error  in  these  experi- 
ments, Prof.  Trowbridge  not  only  tried  distilled  water  in  the  artificial 
muscles,  instead  of  undistilled  water  and  the  different  solutions,  but  also 
tried  the  mere  contact  of  the  bladder  membrane-partition  without  any 
fluid,  and  in  neither  case  was  any  current  produced.  He  employed  a 
vessel  shaped  like  the  letter  U,  opened  at  the  bend,  and  covered  at  the 
ends  by  a  membrane.  Into  the  two  limbs  of  the  tube  he  injected 
fluids  of  different  kinds.  When  the  vessel  was  filled  with  a  fluid  that 
was  homogeneous,  and  the  ends  of  the  tube  brought  in  contact  with 
the  cushions,  the  needle  of  the  galvanometer  was  deflected.  When  the 
points  of  contact  were  reversed,  the  direction  of  the  needle  was  re- 
versed. That  mere  contact  of  the  tube  with  the  cushions  did  not  cause 
the  deflection  of  the  needle,  was  shown  by  the  fact  that  when  no  fluids 
were  in  the  tube  therd  was  no  deflection.  That  the  direction  of  the 
current  was  through  the  U-shaped  tube,  and  not  from  its  extremities  to 
the  galvanometer  and  back,  was  proved  by  the  fact  that  when  the 
section  of  one  of  the  limbs  of  the  U-shaped  tube  was  constricted,  the 

*  Thomson's  reflecting  galvanometer  and  new  quadrant-electrometer  were  used  in 
these  experiments, 

f  On  the  Electro-motive  Action  of  Liquids  separated  by  Membranes.  Amei'ican 
your 7tal  of  Science  and  Arts,  vol.  iii.,  May,  1872. 


EXPERIMENTS    OF   TROWBRIDGE.  9/ 

deflection  of  the  needle  was  reduced,  and  when  the  constriction  was 
complete  there  was  no  deflection. 

The  conclusion  to  which  Prof.  Trowbridge  arrives  from  these  ex- 
periments, which  have  been  repeated  at  various  times,  is,  "  that  when  the 
cushions  of  the  galvanometer  are  connected  by  a  membranous  sac  con^ 
taining  fluids,  or  a?iimal  tissue  saturated  with  fluid,  an  endosmotic  action 
takes  place,  acconipa?iied  by  galvanic  action  ;  and  that  this  galvanic 
action  is  determiiied  by  the  difference  of  endosmotic  action  at  various 
points  of  the  ejiclosing  membrane.^'  * 

When,  therefore,  a  muscle  is  placed  on  the  cushions  of  the  galvanom- 
eter, its  transverse  section  on  one  pad  and  its  longitudinal  section 
on  the  other,  endosmose  takes  place,  which  is  different  at  different 
points,  and  the  galvanic  current  that  appears  is  probably  caused  by 
this  difference  of  endosmotic  action  and  not  by  the  so-called  muscular 
current.  Then  granting  that  a  muscular  current  exists,  it  must  suffer 
important  modifications  in  strength  and  direction  through  this  endos- 
motic action.  If  the  muscular  current  does  not  exist,  this  endosmotic 
action,  with  the  accojnpanying  galvanic  action,  will  account  for  the  de' 
flection  of  the  needle  of  the  galvanometer  that  had  been  stipposed  to  be 
due  to  the  muscular  curre?it. 

In  a  letter  received  by  Dr.  Beard  from  Prof.  Trowbridge,  under  date 
March  28,  1873,  nearly  one  year  later  than  the  date  of  the  publication  of 
the  researches  of  which  the  above  is  an  abstract,  he  says  that  "  later 
experiments  have  convinced  me  that  there  are  no  such  currents  as  mus- 
cular currents,  properly  so  called.  I  think  that  the  phenomena  noticed 
by  Du  Bois-Reymond  arise  from  differences  in  the  chemical  nature  of 
different  portions  of  the  muscle.  Du  Bois-Reymond  contends  that 
such  chemical  difference  does  not  exist,  and  that  the  tissue  is  homo- 
geneous from  a  chemical  point  of  view.  It  must  be  remembered, 
however,  that  a  delicate  galvanometer  can  detect  differences  in  chemi- 
cal composition  which  cannot  be  detected  except  by  the  most  refined 
analysis.  I  should  therefore  make  my  assertions  stronger  than  I  have 
done,  in  the  accompanying  papers,  in  view  of  subsequent  experiment." 

Prof  Trowbridge  has  also  made  experiments  that  seem  to  cast  grave 
doubts  on  the  conclusions  of  Du  Bois-Reymond  in  regard  to  electrical 
currents  in  the  arms.  Du  Bois-Reymond  in  his  experiment  connects 
the  terminals  of  a  galvanometer  in  separate  vessels  by  a  siphon-tube 
containing  the  same  liquid  as  the  vessel.  The  ends  of  the  tube  are 
covered  with  a  porous  preparation. 

*  Proceedings  of  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  January  9,  1872. 
7 


98  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

Placing  a  forefinger  in  each  vessel  and  violently  contracting  the 
arm,  he  observed  that  the  needle  of  the  galvanometer  was  deflected  ;  on 
contracting  the  other  arm,  the  needle  deflected  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion. Du  Bois-Reymond  explained  this  phenomena  by  the  theory 
that  electrical  currents  circulate  in  the  arm  distinct  from  and  co-exist- 
mg  with  the  muscular  and  nerve-currents.  It  is  not  difficult  to  con- 
ceive that  in  an  experiment  of  this  kind  there  would  be  chances  for 
error  sufficient  to  make  us  very  cautious  in  accepting  any  immediate 
conclusions  in  regard  to  it.  In  order  to  test  the  validity  of  this  con- 
clusion. Prof.  Trowbridge  prepared  a  vessel  with  two  limbs,  which  he 
substituted  for  the  human  finger.  Du  Bois-Reymond' s  experiment- 
vessel  was  filled  with  a  solution  of  salt,  and  the  end  of  the  limbs  was 
covered  with  prepared  membrane.  The  resistance  of  the  circuit 
through  both  limbs  and  the  vessel  was  about  that  of  the  human  body 
from  the  forefinger  of  one  hand  to  the  forefinger  of  the  other — that  is, 
about  seven  or  eight  times  the  resistance  of  the  Atlantic  cable.  The 
ends  of  the  limbs  or  tubes  were  immersed  in  the  fluid  of  the  vessel  con- 
nected with  the  galvanometer.  As  soon  as  they  touched  the  liquid, 
the  needle  of  the  galvanometer  was  deflected,  and  on  reversing  the 
limbs  the  needle  was  deflected  in  the  opposite  direction. 

When  the  flexible  portion  of  one  of  the  limbs  was  pinched  so  as  to 
diminish  the  diameter,  the  deflection  was  also  diminished.  When  a 
trifling  change  was  made  in  the  chemical  character  of  the  fluids  in  the 
two  limbs,  and  one  of  the  limbs  was  slightly  contracted,  the  directio'/i  of 
the  needle  was  reversed. 

Prof.  Trowbridge  is  disposed  to  believe  that  the  deflection  of  the 
needle  caused  by  the  contraction  of  the  muscles  of  the  arm,  "is  pro- 
duced either  by  the  temperature  or  by  the  change  in  the  flow  of  the 
blood."  It  has  been  established,  that  the  electro-motive  force  between 
venous  and  arterial  blood  is  about  one-thirtieth  that  of  a  Daniell's 
cell ;  and  as  muscular  contractions  change  the  chemical  character  of 
the  blood,  and  as  by  very  slight  chemical  diff"erence  between  two  fluids 
separated  by  a  membrane,  like  the  skin,  is  sufficient  to  create  a  gal- 
ranic  current,  it  is  not  improbable  that  the  conclusion  of  Du  Bois- 
Reymond  in  regard  to  the  existence  of  a  separate  electrical  current 
in  the  arm  is  erroneonv 


"^  CHAPTER  II. 

ELECTROTONOS,    ANELECTKOTONOS,    AND    CATELECTROTONOS. 

Electrotonos  is  the  peculiar  modification  of  irritability  that  nervei 
and  muscles  undergo  when  acted  upon  by  a  galvanic  current. 

While  the  nerve  is  in  the  electrotonic  state,  that  part  of  it  not  in- 
cluded between  the  poles  will  deflect  the  needle  of  a  delicate  galvano- 
meter ;  and  that  the  deflection  then  caused  is  not  due  to  the  natural 
nerve-current,  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  it  appears  when  only  the  sur- 
face of  the  nerve  is  connected  with  the  galvanometer.  It  is  therefore 
the  electric  condition  of  the  nerve  caused  by  the  passage  of  the  current 
through  it  that  deflects  the  needle.  The  electrotonic  condition  not  only 
remains  so  long  as  the  galvanic  current  continues  to  pass,  but,  if  the 
current  be  sufiiciently  powerful,  it  remains  for  a  limited  time  after  the 
current  ceases  to  pass. 

The  electrotonos  is  more  noticed  the  larger  the  extent  of  nerve 
acted  upon,  provided  the  current  be  sufficiently  increased  to  overcome 
the  increased  resistance. 

In  nerves  that  are  dead,  or  have  lost  their  irritability,  electrotonos 
cannot  be  excited  at  all,  or  only  feebly,  and  the  same  is  true  when  th» 
nerve  is  cut  across  or  tightly  bound  with  a  ligature. 

The  change  in  the  nerve-current  depends  on  the  direction  of  the 
galvanic  current.  When  the  galvanic  current  flows  in  the  same  direc- 
tion with  the  nerve-current,  the  strength  of  the  nerve-current  is  in- 
creased ;  when  the  galvanic  current  flows  in  a  contrary  direction,  the 
strength  of  the  nerve-current  is  diminished. 

Electrotonos  is  greater  when  the  galvanic  current  flows  lengthwise 
than  when  it  flows  across  the  nerve.  It  increases,  within  certain  limits, 
with  the  increase  in  the  intensity  of  the  current. 

Molecular  Theory  of  Anelectrotonos. — Du  Bois-Reymond  has  sug- 
gested a  theory  to  account  for  the  phenomena  of  electrotonos,  which 
has  been  generally  accepted.  It  is  analogous  to  the  theory  of  mag- 
netism suggested  by  Coulomb.  He  supposes  that  muscles  and  nerves 
consist  of  electric  molecules,  which  have  one  positive  equatorial  zone 


100 


ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 


and  two  negative  polar  zones,  whose  axes  are  parallel  to  each  other; 
that  is,  two  molecules  make  one  molecule.  This  is  called  the  peri-polar 
arrangement.  In  a  magnet,  each  individual  molecule  manifests  the 
same  phenomena  as  the  entire  magnet :  '  each  molecule  is  indeed  a 
magnet  in  miniature.  In  like  manner,  each  molecule  of  the  nerve  or 
muscle  manifests  the  same  phenomena  as  the  entire  nerve  or  muscle. 
These  peri-polar  molecules  are  enclosed  by  a  moist  covering. 

Du  Bois-Reymond  further  supposes  that  each  peri-polar  molecule 
may  be  divided  into  a  group  of  di-polar  molecules — where  the  positive 


Fig.  32. 

Peri-polar  Arrangement  of  Electro-motor  Molecules. 

L  S — Longitudinal  Section.  T  S — Transverse  Section. 

P — Parelectronomic  Layer. 

hemispheres  are  turned  toward  each  other— without  changing  their 
electrical  properties.  This  is  called  the  di-polar  arrangement.  If  a 
number  of  such  molecules  are  brought  under  the  influence  of  a  galvanic 
current,  their  positive  zones  will  turn  toward  the  negative  pole,  and  the 
negative  toward  the  positive  ;  one  of  the  molecules  (3)  turning  180° 
on  its  axis.  The  arrangement  will  be  as  above.  From  its  resemblance 
to  the  voltaic  pile  it  is  called  the  pile-like  arrangement. 

This  pile-like  arrangement  of  the  molecules  not  only  takes  place 
between  the  electrodes,  but  also  beyond  them  into  the  extra-polar 
region. 

Du  Bois-Reymond  has  illustrated  these  phenomena  on  molecules 
made  of  zinc  and  copper. 

From  these  experiments  Du  Bois-Reymond  concluded,  first,  that  the 
nerve  is  always  in  the  condition  of  a  closed  circuit,  since  electric  cur- 
rents are  produced  by  the  connection  of  layers  surrounding  the  mole- 
cules with  their  molecules  ;  and  secondly,  that  the  current  obtained 
from  an  animal,  as  indicated  by  the  galvanometer,  is  only  a  small  por- 
tion of  the  entire  current. 


ANELECTROTONOS  AND  CATELECTROTONOS, 


lOI 


The  galvanic  current  that  produces  the  electrotonic  condition  is  called 
\h&  polarizi7ig  current.  The  portion  between  the  poles  is  called  intra- 
folar;  beyond  and  outside  of  the  poles,  extra-polar.  Electrotonos  is 
ascending  when  it  proceeds  from  the  muscle  to  the  nerve  ;  descending 
when  it  proceeds  from  the  nerve  to  the  muscle. 

Anelectrot07ios  and  Catelectrotonos.—Anelectrotonos  is  a  condition  of 
dimi?iished  irritability  which  takes  place  at  the  positive  electrode.  Cate- 
lectrotonos  is  a  condition  of  i?icr eased  irritability  which  takes  place  at  the 

L  S 


Fig.  33. 
L  S — Longitudinal  Section.  T  S — Transverse  Section. 

1.  Peri-polar  arrangement  of  electro-motor  molecules. 

2.  Di-polar  arrangement  of  electro-motor  molecules. 

3.  Pile-like  arrangement  of  electro-motor  molecules,  caused  by  the  action  of 

the  galvanic  current. 

negative  electrode.  At  some  point  between  the  electrodes  the  irritability 
of  the  nerve  is  unchanged.  The  conditions  of  anelectrotonos  and 
catelectrotonos  are  found  not  only  between  the  poles,  but  also  in  the 
other  portions  of  the  nerve,  in  the  extra-polar  portion. 

The  portion  between  the  poles  and  near  the  negative  pole,  togethei 
with  the  portion  beyond  the  negative  pole,  is  in  a  state  of  catelectro- 
tonos, with  increased  irritability.  The  portion  between  the  poles  and 
near  the  positive  pole,  together  with  the  portion  beyond  the  positive 
pole,  is  in  a  state  of  anelectrotonos,  with  diminished  irritabilitv. 

The  extra-polar  catelectrotonos  depends  on  the  length  of  the  nerve  be- 
tween the  poles,  and  the  strength  of  the  current,  up  to  a  certain  limit. 
The  strength  of  the  extra-polar  anelectrotonos  is  proportioned  to  its 


102  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

distance  from  the  poles,  being  greatest  near  the  intra-polar  portion. 
The  extra-polar  catelectrotonos,  both  ascending  and  descending,  is  in 
a  state  of  increased  irritability.  The  extra-polar  anelectrotonos,  both 
ascending  and  descending,  is  in  a  state  of  diminished  irritability. 

NeuU-al  Point. — Between  the  poles  there  is  a  point  where  the  irrita- 
bility is  not  changed ;  there  anelectrotonos  meets  catelectrotonos.  This 
is  called  the  neutral  point.  The  relative  position  of  this  depends  on 
the  strength  of  the  polarizing  current.  Where  the  strength  of  the  cur- 
rent is  medium,  the  neutral  point  is  about  midway  between  the  poles. 
Where  the  current  is  weak,  the  neutral  point  is  nearer  the  positive 
pole.     Where  it  is  strong,  it  is  near  the  negative  pole. 

Negative  Variation. — When  a  current  frequently  interrupted  is 
applied  to  an  irritable  nerve,  it  causes  the  nerve-current  to  dimi^iish  in 
strength,  and  finally  utterly  destroys  it.  This  fact  is  demonstrated  by 
the  galvanometer. 

The  same  phenomena  is  caused  to  a  less  degree  by  chemical  or 
mechanical  stimulation  of  nerve.  Negative  variation  has  been  explained 
by  the  theory  that  the  peri-polar  molecules  in  the  nerve  change  their 
arrangement,  so  that  their  electro-motor  power  is  diminished.  The  neg- 
ative variation  of  the  current  has  been  studied  by  Bernstein.  He  re- 
gards all  the  electric  phenomena  of  the  nerve  as  undulatory  movements, 
and  has  mathematically  estimated  the  length  of  the  waves  in  nerve  and 
muscle.  Cyon,  in  confirmation,  has  shown  that  the  degree  of  the 
variation  is  directly  proportioned  to  the  number  of  interruptions  in  the 
exciting  current. 

Effects  of  Electrotonos  in  Diminished  Conductivity. — The' power  of  a 
ne7'7je  to  conduct  irritability  is  more  or  less  modified  by  the  condition  of 
electrotonos.  The  portion  of  the  nerve  near  the  positive  pole,  which  is 
in  a  condition  of  anelectrotonos,  has  its  conductibility  diminished ;  the 
portion  of  the  nerve  near  the  negative  pole,  which  is  in  a  condition  of 
catelectrotonos,  has  its  conductibility  increased.  If  the  current  be  suf- 
ficiently strong,  the  power  of  the  nerve  to  conduct  impressions  may  be 
nearly  or  entirely  destroyed. 

Effects  of  Electrotonos  after  the  breaking  of  the  Galvanic  (polarizifig) 
Current. — One  of  the  effects  of  the  electrotonos  is  the  irritation  which  is 
caused  by  the  passing  away  of  the  anelectrotonos.  This  irritation, 
which  appears  at  the  positive  pole,  is  shown  either  by  a  contraction  or 
by  a  tetanic  condition. 

Positive  Modification  and  Negative  Modification. — The  nerve  which  is 
in  a  condition  of  catelectrotonos  at  the  negative  pole  is  greatly 
modified  by  the  breaking  of  the  polarizing  current.     Its  irritability  is 


ANELECTROTONOS  AND  CATELECTROTONOS.      IO3 

thereby  diminished.  This  diminution  of  irritability  is  called  the  '■'■nega' 
five  modification^  At  the  positive  pole  in  the  catelectrotonic  region,  an 
increase  of  irritability,  or  positive  modification,  appears  on  breaking  the 
current.  This  increase  and  diminution  of  irritability  continue  for  some 
time  after  the  polarizing  current  is  broken. 

Effect  of  a  Cha?igein  the  Direction  of  the  Current. — Another  effect  of 
electrotonos  is  the  change  of  irritability  which  is  caused  by  a  change  in 
the  direction  of  the  current.  If  a  nerve  is  subjected  for  some  time  to 
the  influence  of  a  galvanic  current  in  a  certain  direction,  it  loses  some 
of  its  irritability,  which  il:  regains  when  the  current  is  reversed. 

Restoratio7i  of  Irritability. — A  very  important  effect  of  electrotonos 
is  a  restoration  of  irritability  in  a  nerve.  It  has  been  proved,  both  by 
experience  and  by  experiments,  that  nerves,  which  from  any  cause  have 
lost  their  irritability  to  the  faradic  current,  sometimes  regain  it  after  an 
application  of  the  galvanic.  It  has  been  shown  by  the  experience  of 
several  writers  on  electro-therapeutics,  and  of  ourselves,  that,  in  cases 
of  paralysis,  when  the  faradic  current  at  first  fails  to  produce  contrac- 
tions, the  application  of  the  galvanic  may  not  only  readily  produce  con- 
tractions, but  may  also  produce  such  a  change  in  the  irritability  of  the 
paralyzed  parts  as  to  cause  them  to  regain  their  lost  irritability  to  thi 
faradic  curre7it.     (See  Electro-Therapeutics.) 

Electrotonos  of  Micscle. — A  muscle,  like  a  nerve,  may  be  put  in  the 
condition  of  electrotonos  ;  the  changes  of  irritability  that  accompany 
this  condition  are  confined  to  the  portion  of  muscle  through  which 
the  current  flows.  The  subsequent  effects,  after  the  polarizing  current  is 
broken,  are  also  limited  to  the  portion  through  which  the  current  passes. 

It  is  logically  probable,  also,  that  not  only  the  motor-nerves,  but  also 
all  parts  of  the  nervous  system — central  and  peripheral — are  capable  of 
exhibiting  the  phenomena  of  modified  irritability  under  the  galvanic 
current. 

Theory  of  Anelectroto?ios  and  Catelectrotonos. — That  the  galvanic 
current  in  its  passage  through  the  nerve  diminishes  the  irritability  of  that 
nerve  in  the  region  of  the  positive  pole,  and  increases  its  irritability  in 
the  region  of  the  negative  pole,  may  be  explained  by  the  purely  physical 
effects  of  the  currents  in  the  tissue. 

We  have  seen  that  in  electrolysis  acids  go  to  the  positive  and 
alkalies  to  the  negative  pole  ;  now  it  is  a  fact  of  physiology  that  acids 
diminish  the  irritability  of  nerves,  while  alkalies  increase  it.  Anelec- 
trotonos  and  catelectrotonos  may  therefore  be  caused  by  acids  at  the 
positive  and  alkalies  at  the  negative  pole. 

This   explanation   is   rendered   probable   by  two  facts :  first,   that 


I04  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

anelectrotonos  and  catelectrotonos  are  not  produced  by  the  secondary 
faradic  current,  which  has  no  marked  chemical  action  ;  and  secondly, 
that  very  feeble  and  instantaneous  passages  of  the  galvanic  current  pro- 
duce electrolytic  effects. 

Pflilger' s  Contractio7i-Law. — The  law  of  contraction,  as  derived  by 
Pfliiger  from  experiments  on  the  frog,  is  thus  formulated :  The  nerve  is 
excited  by  the  appearance  of  catelectrotonos,  and  the  disappearance  of 
anelectrotonos,  but  not  by  the  appearance  of  anelectrotonos  or  the  dis- 
appearance of  catelectrotonos.  This  law  is  considered  of  great  scientific 
as  well  as  practical  value. 

Electrotonos  in  the  Living  Man. — The  subject  of  electrotonos  in  the 
living  man  has  been  studied  by  Eulenburg,  Samt,  Von  Bezold,  Brenner, 
Erb,  Brilckner,  Runge,  and  Filehne,  but  most  successfully  by  Cyon. 

Cyon,*  by  a  series  of  elaborate  and  careful  experiments,  has  shown 
that  the  contraction-law  of  PflUger,  as  established  on  the  frog  prepara- 
tion, applies  also  to  the  living  human  subject. 

He  has  shown  that,  after  closing  the  circuit,  the  irritability  is  in- 
creased near  the  negative  pole  ;  that  this  condition  of  catelectrotonos 
increases  as  the  current  runs  up  to  a  certain  point ;  that  on  breaking 
the  current  the  negative  modification,  or  condition  of  diminished  irrita- 
bility, appears  for  a  moment,  and  then  disappears. 

Near  the  positive  pole,  on  the  other  hand,  the  irritability  is  diminished 
at  and  after  closing  the  current.  On  breaking  the,  current  there  is 
an  increase  of  irritability,  or  positive  modifcatioji,  which  appears  to  be 
greater  when  the  current  has  been  allowed  to  run  a  long  time. 

The  experiments  from  which  Cyon  derived  these  conclusions  were 
made  on  the  ulnar  nerve,  and  with  great  care  to  avoid  error.  It  will 
be  seen  that  the  results  correspond  with  the  results  of  Pfliiger' s  experi- 
ments on  the  frog,  and  confirm  them.  Cyon  found,  however,  that  these 
results  were  not  uniform  in  all  persons,  but  were  modified  more  or  less 
by  temperament  and  disease. 

Practical  Bearings  of  the  Laws  of  Electrotonos. — While  the  laws  of 
electrotonos  do  not  account  for  all  the  therapeutical  action  of  the  gal- 
vanic current,  they  are,  nevertheless,  of  great  value,  and  help  to  ex- 
plain the  practical  differences  observed  in  the  action  of  the  two  poles. 
In  a  carefully  prepared  article,  however,  by  De  Watteville,f  the  con- 
clusion is  reached  "  that  a  therapeutical  system,  built  on  the  opposite 
anelectrotonic  and  katelectrotonic  effects,  rests  upon  an  imaginary 
basis,  .  .  .  Both  are  stimulants,  if  '  stimulation '  there  be,  the  kathode 
more  than  the  anode." 

*  Priitcipes  cPElectrotherapie.     Paris,  1873,  p.  X^p  et  seq. 

\  Conditions  of  the  Unipolar  Stimulation,  etc.     "  Brain."     Part  IX. 


CHAPTER  III. 

ACTION    OF   ELECTRICITY   ON   THE    SKIN. 

In  regard  to  the  study  of  the  action  of  electricity  on  the  body  in 
health,  it  is  necessary  to  make  the  preliminary  remark  .hat  many  of 
the  experiments  that  have  been  made  and  published,  and  widely  quoted 
in  this  department,  have  but  little  scientific  value,  and  cannot  be  re- 
garded as  in  any  sense  authoritative.  The  reason  for  the  uncertainty 
pertaining  to  the  reported  experiments  are  manifold  : 

1.  The  distinction  between  the  currents  has  not  been  observed.  Not 
only  have  the  faradic  and  the  galvanic  currents  been  constantly  con- 
founded, but  the  subdivisions  of  the  faradic  current — the  electro-mag- 
netic and  magneto-electric — have  been  vaguely  commingled.  Many 
observers  speak  of  galvanization  when  they  mean  faradization,  and  vice 
versa,  and  not  a  few  apply  both  terms  to  the  use  of  the  same  current. 

2.  Allowance  has  not  bee7i  made  for  the  differential  actio7i  of  strong, 
medium,  arid  feeble  currents,  or  of  long  and  short  applicatiojis.  The 
difference  in  the  physiological  effect  of  a  large  and  small  dose  of  opium, 
strychnine,  belladonna,  or  ergot,  or  any  other  powerful  remedy  whatso- 
ever, is  enormous.  When  a  small  dose  has  no  perceptible  effect,  a  large 
dose  may  throw  into  profound  sleep,  or  into  violent  convulsions,  that  lead 
to  death.  In  speaking  of  the  physiological  action  of  drugs  of  any  kind, 
the  dose  is  always  mentioned,  and  any  experiment  with  drugs,  on  man 
or  animals,  when  the  dose  is  not  known  or  mentioned,  has  little  value  in 
science.  Similarly  also  in  electro-therapeutics,  we  find  in  every-day 
experience  that  the  difference  in  the  effects  of  a  mild  and  short,  and  a 
severe  and  long,  application,  is  only  the  difference  between  making  a 
patient  infinitely  better  or  infinitely  worse. 

When,  therefore,  we  read  that  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic  or 
pneumogastric  produces  such  and  such  effects,  we  really  get  no  precise 
knowledge  whatsoever. 

3.  The  differential  susceptibility  of  man  and  animals  has  not  been  duly 
cojisidered.  Experiments  with  electricity  performed  on  the  lower  ani 
mals,  as  frogs,  dogs,  cats,  horses,  rabbits,  cows,  guinea-pigs,  etc.,  do  not 


I06  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

always  afford  a  safe  basis  for  generalization  in  reg,:.rd  to  the  effects  of 
electricity  on  man,  and  especially  on  man  in  a  state  of  civilization.  In 
their  susceptibility  to  the  electrical  stimulus,  and  in  the  length  of  time 
that  they  retain  their  irritability  after  death,  there  is  a  great  difference 
in  animals ;  between  animals  and  civilized  man  this  difference  must  be 
very  great. 

In  proportion  as  the  organization  of  man  is  more  complex  than  that 
of  the  lower  animals,  in  that  proportion  will  the  physiological  reactions 
of  the  human  body  to  the  electric  current,  or  indeed  to  any  other  in- 
fluence, be  more  complex  and  uncertain,  and  more  liable  to  deviations 
and  modifications  than  the  physiological  reactions  of  the  inferior  forms 
of  life  to  vdiich  we  are  supposed  to  be  related.  Conclusions  in  electro- 
physiology,  derived  solely  from  experiments  on  animals,  have  the  great 
merit  of  simplicity;  but  when  applied  to  the  far  higher  and  more  com- 
plex organization  of  man,  and  especially  of  civilized  man,  with  his  ex- 
cessively sensitive  system  of  nerves,  they  are  apt  to  lead  into  serious 
error. 

4.  Individual  idiosyncrasies  have  not  been  properly  considered.  The 
action  of  medicines  varies  with  the  temperament  to  such  a  degree  as  to 
make  necessary  great  caution  in  rushing  to  generalizations  from  expe- 
riments on  one  or  two  persons.  Applications  of  electricity,  faradic 
or  galvanic,  to  the  cervical  sympathetic,  similar  in  length  and  strength, 
may  cause  in  one  individual  symptoms  of  cerebral  congestion,  in  another 
symptoms  of  cerebral  anemia,  and  in  another  its  effects  may  be  purely 
negative.  In  one  individual  the  effects  of  such  application  may  be  felt 
at  once,  in  another  an  hour  or  two  after  the  application,  in  another  not 
until  the  following  day. 

There  is  a  great  difference  in  the  average  susceptibility  of  different 
nationalities  and  of  the  higher  and  lower  orders  of  society,  with  occa- 
sional exceptions  both  ways ;  the  tough,  coarse-fibred  laboring  classes 
are  much  less  susceptible  to  electricity,  just  as  they  are  much  less  sus- 
ceptible to  drugs,  than  the  delicate,  finely  organized,  brain-working 
classes. 

5.  The  action  of  electricity  on  the  body  in  health  may  be  learned,  in 
fart  at  least,  by  studying  its  action  in  disease. 

"Pathology,"  Allbutt  well  says,  "is  but  the  shady  side  of  physiology." 
To  draw  the  line  precisely  where  health  ends  and.  disease  begins,  is 
oftentimes  beyond  the  power  of  mortal  man.  Of  the  deep  darkness  of 
the  midnight-hour  any  child  is  conscious,  and  even  the  birds  discern  the 
approach  of  evening  ;  but  what  physicist  so  keen  as  to  tell  the  precise 
moment  when  the  late  afternoon  begins  to  fade  into  the  early  twiliglit? 


ACTION   OF   FARADIC   CURRENT   OiV  THE   SKIN.  107 

It  is  because  physiology  and  pathology  thus  run  into  each  other,  that 
observations  on  pathological  states  may  be  of  great  service  to  physiology. 
Experiments  made  with  electricity  on  patients  more  or  less  diseased 
have  helped,  as  we  shall  see,  to  solve  some  of  the  problems  of  electro- 
physiology.  Certain  pathological  states  render  the  nerves  unusually 
impressible  to  electricity  in  degree,  though  in  the  same  way  as  iv 
health,  and  thus  are  of  great  value  to  the  electro-physiological  experi 
menter. 

The  above  considerations  explain  in  part  the  opposite  and  inconsistent 
as  well  as  fragmentary  character  of  electro-physiological  researches,  and 
they  should  be  borne  constantly  in  mind  by  those  who  study  this  and 
the  following  chapters,  devoted  to  the  action  of  electricity  on  the  humar 
body  in  health. 

Action  of  Franklinic  Electricity. — When  the  sparks  of  frictional 
electricity  are  applied  to  the  skin  they  produce  a  sensation  of  pricking 
and  if  the  sparks  are  large  the  skin  becomes  red  and  a  papular  eruption 
appears.     Applied  to  the  scalp,  it  causes  the  hair  to  stand  on  end. 

Actiofi  of  the  Faradic  Current. — If  any  dry  artificial  electrode  is 
pressed  against  the  dry  skin  while  a  faradic  current  is  passing,  the  elec- 
tricity will  penetrate  but  slightly  to  the  deeper  tissues,  unless  the  current 
is  very  intense,  because  of  the  great  resistance  offered  by  the  skin. 

One  effect  of  the  faradic  current  on  the  skin  in  this  way  is  to  cause  a 
change  in  the  circulation.  The  change  may  be  either  ansemia  or  hyper- 
aemia.  At  first  there  is  anaemia.  The  calibre  of  the  blood-vessels  is 
narrowed,  through  the  action  of  the  current  on  the  vaso-motor  nerves. 
This  contraction  with  ansmia  is  spasmodic  in  its  character ;  it  lasts 
but  for  a  time,  and  in  the  course  of  two  or  three  minutes  it  gives  way 
to  hyperaemia.  The  skin  becomes  red,  and  remains  so  for  a  short  or 
long  time,  from  several  minutes  to  several  hours,  according  to  the 
strength  of  the  current,  the  length  of  the  application,  and  the  tempera- 
ment of  the  individual. 

Another  effect  of  faradizing  the  skin  in  this  way  is  pain.  This  pain  is 
caused  by  the  irritation  of  the  extremities  of  the  sensory  nerves. 

When  the  dry  hand  is  substituted  for  the  dry  artificial  electrode,  the 
surface  can  be  faradized  without  producing  pain.  During  the  latter 
operation  the  electricity,  acting  upon  the  dry  surface  of  the  skin,  pro- 
duces a  peculiar  cracking  or  humming  sound  that  may  be  heard  several 
feet. 

An  application  of  a  faradic  current  of  ordinary  strength  is  followed 
by  the  most  marked  effects  on  the  skin  when  it  is  dry,  from  the  fact 
that  the  electricity  is  mostly  confined  to  the  surface  of  the  tissue.     A 


I08  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

very  fine,  or,  in  other  words,  a  rapidly  interrupted,  faradic  current,  has 
a  more  marked  effect  on  the  sensory  nerves  than  a  coarse,  or  slowly  in- 
terrupted, current,  and  in  the  treatment  of  the  more  common  forms  of 
anaesthesia  and  neuralgia  this  fact  must  be  considered.  The  negative 
pole  has  a  much  stronger  effect  both  on  the  sensory  and  motor  nerves 
than  the  positive.  Any  one  can  readily  distins;uish  the  ^oles,  when  held 
in  the  hand,  by  the  stronger  sensation  and  more  violent  muscular  con- 
traction which  is  felt  at  the  negative. 

Some  parts  of  the  skin  are  more  sensitive  to  the  current  than  others, 
from  the  fact  that  they  are  more  richly  supplied  with  nerves.  The  face 
is  especially  sensitive  at  the  points  where  the  various  branches  of 
the  trigeminus  issue,  and  at  the  line  of  demarcation  of  the  skin  and 
mucous  membrane  of  the  nose  and  mouth.  The  relative  sensitiveness 
of  different  parts  of  the  surface  of  the  body  to  the  faradic  current  will 
be  discussed  in  detail  in  a  chapter  devoted  to  that  subject  in  the  section 
on  Electro-Therapeutics.  A  faradic  current  of  moderate  strength,  when 
applied  to  bones  that  lie  very  near  the  surface,  produces  considerable 
pain  of  a  peculiar  character.  This  pain  is  caused  on  account  of  the 
irritation  of  the  sentient  nerves  of  the  periosteum.  The  forehead  and 
the  region  of  the  scapula  and  tibia  are  especially  sensitive  to  electriza- 
tion. 

It  is  not  supposed  that  the  bone  is  specifically  affected  by  the  electric 
current.  Both  the  periosteum  and  the  bone,  however,  may  have  an 
increased  amount  of  blood  attracted  to  them  by  the  electric  current. 
Acting  in  this  manner,  electrization  has  been  known  to  reunite  an  old 
fracture.     (See  Electro-Surgery.) 

The  great  and  peculiar  sensitiveness  of  the  skin  to  electricity  is  ex- 
plained in  part  by  the  fact  that  the  epidermis  as  a  whole  is  so  poor  a  con- 
ductor, and  the  electricity  enters  it  by  points  through  the  sudoriferous  and 
sebaceous  glands,  and  the  smaller  the  diameter  of  the  point  at  which  the 
electricity  enters  a  body  the  greater  the  density,  the  strength  of  the 
current  being  constant.  When  now  an  electrode  is  applied  to  the  body, 
the  entire  current,  instead  of  diffusing  itself  over  the  whole  surface, 
enters  at  the  glands,  where  there  is  best  conduction,  and  consequently 
excites  pain.  For  the  same  reason,  to  a  greater  degree,  electricity 
applied  by  means  of  a  metallic  brush  is  far  more  painful  than  when 
applied  with  a  broad  metal  or  sponge. 

For  the  same  reason  a  wet  sponge  electrode,  when  lightly  touched  to 
the  surface  of  the  body,  causes  more  pain  than  when  firmly  pressed  on 
the  skin. 

One  effect  of  faradizing  the  skin  is  the  phenomenon  of  "  goose-flesh," 


ACTION   OF   GALVANIC   CURRENT   ON   THE  SKIN.  IO9 

populaily  so  called.     This  is  noticed  not  only  where  the  electrodes  are 
applied,  and  between  them,  but  at  a  distance.     It  is  more  observed  in  the 
nervous  and  feeble  than  in  the  hardy  and  strong.     It  may  be  excited  by  ' 
weak  currents  of  momentary  duration.     In  some  persons  it  cannot  be 
excited  at  all. 

Action  of  the  Galvanic  Current. — The  effects  of  the  galvanic  current 
on  the  skin  differ  somewhat  from  those  of  the  faradic.  At  both  poles 
there  is  a  burfting  sensation,  which  increases  in  intensity  with  the  strength 
of  the  current  and  the  length  of  the  application.  The  sensation,  when 
the  current  is  closed,  is  like  that  of  a  mustard-plaster,  or,  with  a  very 
strong  current,  that  of  a  hot  iron  pressed  on  the  skin.  The  "goose- 
skin"  sometimes  appears  as  under  the  faradic  current,  but  it  lasts  longer. 
It  appears  only  around  the  poles,  and  not  beneath  them,  at  the  points  of 
contact.  At  \h&  positive  pole,  in  some  cases,  there  appears  under  the 
electrode,  at  first,  a  shallow  depression,  and  the  skin  is  pale,  but  soon 
hyperaemia  appears,  and  many  little  elevations  here  and  there.  When 
a  strong  current  is  used  an  ischccmic  appearance  is  presented  beneath 
the  electrode,  and  a  red  areola  extends  for  some  distance  around. 

At  the  negative  pole  substantially  the  same  phenomena  appear,  but 
the  hyperemia  arises  more  rapidly,  and  is  more  intense  and  extended. 

The  general  sensation  caused  by  the  galvanic  current  is  then,  in 
character,  substantially  the  same  at  both  poles.  In  degree  of  action 
there  is  a  certain  difference,  since  the  change  at  the  negative  develops 
more  rapidly  and  powerfully. 

The  above  phenomena  we  have  repeatedly  demonstrated  on  a  variety 
of  temperaments.  We  have  observed  that  the  rapidity  and  strength  of 
the  action  are  considerably  modified  by  the  individual.  Soft,  thin,  and 
delicate  skins  appreciate  the  burning  feeling  and  the  various  stages  of 
hypercemia  more  quickly  than  skins  which  are  coarse,  thick,  and  hard. 

Ziemssen,  who  has  carefully  studied  this  subject,  states  that  iinfio- 
larizahle  electrodes  are  necessary  in  order  to  obtain  the  complete 
results  with  certainty.  The  advantage  of  unpolarizable  electrodes  is, 
that  they  are  not  so  painful,  and  so  a  current  of  from  thirty  to  sixty 
elements  can  be  borne  for  a  long  time,  say  from  ten  to  thirty  minutes. 
VVith  ordinary  electrodes  such  a  current  would  for  most  persons  be  un- 
endurable after  the  second  minute. 

Chemical  Effects  of  the  Galvanic  Current  on  the  Skin. — The  chemical 
efi'ects  of  the  galvanic  current  on  the  skin  differ  not  only  in  degree  but 
in  kind.  Under  the  Jtegative  pole — when  metallic  electrodes  of  moderate 
diameter  are  applied  on  the  skin,  slightly  moistened — there  appear  small, 
pale  vesicles,  that  are  transparent  and  are  not  raised  much  above  the 


no  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

skin.  This  phenomena  is  produced  by  a  current  that  causes  a  strong 
burning  sensation.  These  vesicles  contain  fluid  and  layers  of  epidermis. 
The  fluid  is  alkaline.  When  the  strength  of  the  current  is  increased  the 
fluid  becomes  of  a  brownish  color,  and  blisters  are  formed  and  a  red 
areola  appears.  The  serum  that  comes  out  on  the  skin  is  alkaline. 
These  blisters,  and  all  the  other  phenomena,  as  has  been  often 
demonstrated,  appear  more  rapidly  on  delicate  than  on  thick  skins,  and 
when  fully  formed  they  are  a  long  time  in  healing,  and  for  days  and 
weeks  a  yellowish  and  brownish  discoloration  may  be  observed  at  the 
points  where  the  skin  was  acted  on. 

If  the  application  be  still  more  protracted  little  ulcers  are  formed,  that 
are  also  slow  to  perfectly  heal,  but  are  not  painful,  and  cause  no  an- 
noyance. 

At  the  positive  pole,  when  a  strong  current  is  used  for  some  time,  a 
blister  appears,  accompanying  the  other  symptoms  of  "goose-flesh," 
ischemia.  The  blister  is  colored  in  its  centre  a  yellowish  brown. 
The  serous  fluid  that  comes  from  the  blisters  is  acid.  The  metallic  elec- 
trode becomes  black  through  oxidation.  In  order  to  demonstrate  this 
action  of  the  positive  pole,  it  is  better  to  have  the  connection  at  the 
negative  pole  established  by  means  of  a  broad,  soft,  and  well-moistened 
sponge. 

Ziemssen  states  that  by  this  experiment,  made  with  thermometers, 
no  elevation  of  temperature  takes  place  either  at  the  positive  or  nega- 
tive pole. 

In  all  these  chemical  actions  of  the  galvanic  current  on  the  body,  it  is 
probable  that  more  or  less  ozone  is  produced,  and  it  is  not  impossible 
that  the  ozone  thus  produced  may  in  some  way  modify  the  effects. 
(See  section  on  Ozone  and  Ulcers.,  in  Electro-Therapeutics. ) 

Electro-ancBsthesia. — It  has  for  some  time  been  a  matter  of  dispute 
whether  a  slight  aucesthesia  can  be  produced  by  the  electric  current. 
It  is  well  known  that  for  a  number  of  years  some  dentists  have  been 
accustomed  to  connect  the  forceps  for  extracting  teeth  with  one  pole 
of  an  electro-magnetic  apparatus  while  the  patient  rested  his  foot  on  the 
other  pole,  so  that  as  soon  as  the  forceps  seized  hold  of  the  tooth  a  cur- 
rent is  established.  Although  this  method  of  producing  anaesthesia  is  not 
now  received  with  favor,  there  is  no  question  that  the  electric  currents 
do  have  a  slight  benumbing  effect.  The  results  of  various  experiments 
that  we  have  frorn  time  to  time  performed  in  this  department  seem  to 
be  conclusive.  We  have  had  teeth  extracted  while  a  strong  faradic 
current  was  passing  through  the  jaw,  and  feel  assured  from  this  personal 


ELECTRO-ANESTHESIA.  HI 

experience  that  the  electricity  caused  the  pain  to  be  less  sensitively  felt. 
That  the  pain  caused  by  the  prick  of  a  pin.  for  example,  is  less  sensi- 
tively felt  when  a  strong  faradic  current  is  passing  through  the  part 
where  the  puncture  is  made,  we  have  practically  demonstrated  oi.  the 
hand  and  other  parts  of  the  body. 

Althaus*  arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  the  electric  current  could  pro 
duce  an  anaesthetic  or  slightly  paralyzing  effect,  from  experiments  on 
the  nerve-trunks,  as  the  ulnar  and  sciatic.  His  method  of  operating 
was  to  place  the  positive  pole  over  some  point  where  the  nerve  was 
superficial,  and  the  negative  over  some  one  of  the  terminal  branches, 
keeping  up  the  action  of  the  current  for  fifteen  minutes,  with  the  result 
of  producing  a  feehng  of  numbness,  and  less  sensitiveness  to  the  cur- 
rent. Knorr,  of  Munich,  has  availed  himself  of  the  anaesthetic  effects 
of  electi^zation  for  opening  felons  and  buboes. 

We  have  also  experimented  on  inflamed  and  irritated  mucous  mem- 
branes. In  rhinitis,  pharyngitis,  and  laryngitis,  we  have  for  three  years 
been  accustomed  continually  to  make  use  of  the  benumbing  effects  of 
electrization. 

It  has  a  very  slight  anaesthetic  effect  on  irritated  and  inflamed  mucous 
membrane,  and  those  on  whom  it  has  been  employed  desire  to  have  the 
applications  repeated.  Our  custom  has  been,  in  some  cases,  to  use  local 
faradization  after  the  application  of  caustics  and  other  irritants,  in  order 
to  relieve  the  very  annoying  pain  that  they  so  often  cause,  or  in  any 
irritable  condition  of  the  parts. 

A  French  physician,  M.  Victor  Revillout,  has  obtained  similar  results 
from  applications  of  the  faradic  current  to  the  uterus  after  cauteriza- 
Kon.  f 

Electrical  Excitability  of  the  Skin. — Tschiriew  J  and  De  Watteville 
have  pointed  out  a  method  by  which  the  absolute  and  relative  excita- 
bihty  of  the  cutaneous  nerves  can  be  readily  tested.  The  principles 
of  their  method  are  :  ist.  Elimination  of  all  the  sources  of  variation  in 
the  strength  of  the  currents  due  to  the  variable  thickness  of  the  epi- 
dermis, and  the  different  positions  of  the  electrodes,  etc.,  by  intercalat- 
ing in  the  circuit  such  resistances  as  to  make  such  variations  insignifi- 
cant. 2d.  Elimination  of  the  variable  abundance  of  nervous  elements 
in  the  skin,  by  exciting  it  at  a  constant  number  of  points,  dispersed 
over  a  constant  surface. 

*  Medical  Electricity,     i860,     pp.  l66,  167. 

f  Archives  Generales  de  Medecine.     September,  1868.     p.  356. 

%  Brain.     Part  VI. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

ACTION    OF   ELECTRICITY   ON   THE    BRAIN   AND    SPINAL    CORD. 

Direct  Application. — It  has  been  shown  by  Fritsch  and  Hitzig  that 
in  the  cerebral  convolutions  there  are  centres  for  the  production  of 
voluntary  muscular  movements  in  various  parts  of  the  body.  These 
physiologists  took  off  the  upper  part  of  the  skull  of  a  dog,  and  by 
means  of  weak  galvanic  currents  excited  the  exposed  brain,  locating 
the  current,  as  far  as  possible,  in  small  portions.  They  found  that 
when  certain  definite  portions  of  the  anterior  convolutions  Were  excited, 
movements  were  caused  in  certain  groups  of  muscles  on  the  opposite  side 
of  the  body.  Continuing  their  researches,  they  showed  that  there  are 
definite  nerve-centres  for  the  nerves  that  preside  over  the'  muscles  of 
the  neck,  the  foot,  and  the  face,  for  the  extensor  and  adductor  muscles 
of  the  forearm,  and  for  the  flexor  and  rotator  muscles  of  the  arm. 

Prof.  Terrier,  of  King's  College,  London,  has  made  similar  researches 
with  th.&  faradic  current,  and  with  it  has  investigated  the  brains  of  fish, 
frogs,  dogs,  cats,  rabbits,  guinea-pigs,  and  monkeys.  He  has  studied 
not  only  the  cerebrum,  but  the  cerebellum,  the  corpora  quadrigemina, 
and  other  portions  of  the  brain.  Electrization  of  the  optic  thalami 
produced  no  result.  Electrization  of  the  corpora  striata  caused  the 
limbs  to  be  flexed.  Electrization  of  the  anterior  tubercles  of  the  corpora 
quadrigemina  caused  dilatation  of  the  pupils  and  opisthotonus  ;  while 
electrization  of  the  posterior  tubercles  caused  the  animal  to  make  all 
sorts  of  noises.  Electrization  of  the  cerebellum  caused  movements  of 
the  eyeballs.  Dr.  Beard*  has  carefully  studied  this  subject  on  the  brains 
of  dogs,  rabbits,  cats,  and  pigeons.  He  used  both  currents,  mild,  me- 
dium and  strong,  and  studied  also  the  question  of  diffusion  of  currents. 
His  provisional  conclusions  were,  that  the  surface  of  the  brain  was 
electrically  excitable  ;  that  the  theory  advanced  by  Dupuy  and  other 
French  observers,  that  the  excitation  was  due  to  the  diffiision  of  the  cur-' 
rents  to  the  central  ganglia,  was  not  tenable.    Dr.  Bartholow  f  had  made 

*  Archives  of  Electrology  and  Neurology.     May,  1874.  f  Ibid. 


GALVANIZATION   OF  THE   BRAIN.  II 3 

similar  expenments  on  the  brain  of  a  living  'voman,  exposed  by  can- 
cerous disease. 

Effects  of  External  Galvanization  of  the  Braiti. — The  leading  effect 
of  medium  and  strong  galvanization  of  the  brain  by  external  application 
in  the  living  human  subject  is  different.  When  one  electrode  is  placed 
on  the  forehead  and  the  other  on  the  occiput,  or  one  on  the  summit  of 
the  head  and  the  other  on  the  stomach,  galvanization  is  followed  by 
little  if  any  tendency  to  vertigo.  When  a  current  of  even  feeble  tension 
is  passed  from  temple  to  temple,  or  from  one  mastoid  bone  to  its  fellow, 
very  decided  dizziness  is  at  once  perceived,  which  continues  during  the 
operation  of  the  current,  and  becomes  most  decidedly  manifested  at  the 
moment  the  circuit  is  broken. 

During  the  passage  of  the  current  there  is  a  very  marked  and  quite 
irresistible  tendency  to  lean  toward  the  positive  pole,  while  objects  in 
view  seem  to  move  in  the  same  direction.  When  the  circuit  is  opened 
there  is  a  reversal  in  the  direction  of  the  seeming  movements,  and  the 
experimenter  instantly  bends  in  the  opposite  direction  toward  the  nega- 
tive pole. 

For  these  phenomena  an  ingenious  and  plausible  explanation  is  given 
by  Hitzig.  When  the  current  passes  from  the  forehead  to  the  occiput, 
the  right  and  left  lobes  of  the  brain  and  all  that  pertains  to  them  are 
equally  or  symmetrically  influenced,  and  little  if  any  dizziness  is  per- 
ceived. Place,  however,  the  anode  upon  one  temple  and  the  cathode 
upon  the  other,  and  mark  the  readiness  with  which  dizziness  is  produced. 

In  this  operation  the  brain  is  no  longer  symmetrically  affected.  One 
hemisphere  is  in  a  condition  of  anelectrotonos,  or  diminished  irritability, 
while  the  other  is  in  a  condition  of  catelectrotonos,  or  increased  irrita- 
bility, or,  as  it  is  expressed,  there  is  a  falsification  of  the  muscular  sense, 
a  disturbance  of  the  equilibrium,  and  the  apparently  involuntary  incli- 
nation toward  the  anode  is  in  reality  a  voluntary  effort  to  restore  the 
imaginary  loss  of  balance. 

Hitzig  indicates  several  degrees  of  galvanic  giddiness. 

1.  A  mere  sense  of  fulness  in  the  head.  This  feeling  is  caused  by  a 
mild  current  when  broken,  but  not  usually  when  the  current  is  running, 
nor  so  markedly  when  the  current  is  closed.  Certain  temperaments, 
however,  experience  this  feeling  not  only  when  the  current  is  broken, 
but  also  when  it  is  running. 

2.  Appare?it  juovements.  These  are  produced  by  stronger  currents. 
Objects  when  the  current  is  running  appear  to  go  from  the  positive  to 
the  negative  pole  ;  when  the  current  is  broken  the  apparent  movement 
is  reversed. 

8 


114  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

3.  Staggering.  This  is  produced  by  stronger  currents.  In  impress 
ible  temperaments  very  mild  currents  may  produce  it. 

Movements  of  the  Eyes. — Movements  of  the  eyeballs  have  also  been 
observed  by  Hitzig  during  the  second  and  third  stages  of  dizziness. 
When  a  strong  current  goes  transversely  through  the  head,  and  its 
direction  is  changed,  movements  of  the  eye,  resembling  nystagmus, 
appear.  There  is  a  jerk,  and  then  a  further  movement.  If  the  positive 
pole  be  in  the  right  mastoid,  and  the  negative  in  the  left,  both  eyes  are 
jerked  toward  the  left,  and  kept  there,  provided  the  current  be  suffi- 
ciently strong. 

There  are  anatomical  reasons  for  supposing  that  the  brain  can  be 
more  easily  affected  in  the  mastoid  and  occipital  regions  than  in  the 
anterior  portion.  A  large  vein  connects  the  transverse  sinus  with  the 
posterior  auricular  veins,  and  with  the  posterior  meningeal  artery  into 
the  skull  through  the  mastoid  foramen.  In  the  occipital  region  a  vein 
connects  the  transverse  sinus  with  the  vena  cervicalis  profunda  through 
the  posterior  condyloid  foramen.* 


SPINAL    CORD. 

Rigid  cramps  of  all  the  muscles  of  the  trunk  and  extremities  follow 
electrization  of  the  spinal  cord  when  an  electrode  is  placed  at  either 
extremity  of  the  cord.  Cramps  of  the  same  character  are  also  pro- 
duced Avhen  one  electrode  is  applied  to  the  anterior  and  the  other  to 
the  posterior  column,  either  at  their  upper  or  lower  extremities. 

If  the  spinal  cord  be  divided  at  about  its  centre  and  the  lower  half 
electrized,  only  the  muscles  of  the  lower  or  hinder  limbs  will  contract. 
If  the  upper  half  be  electrized,  only  the  muscles  of  the  fore  limbs  will 
enter  into  contraction.  The  results  will  be  the  same,  whether  the  cut 
extremities  are  separated  or  brought  in  close  contact,  in  which  latter 
condition  no  impediment  is  offered  to  the  passage  of  the  current. 
The  above  researches  of  Weber  have  been  confirmed  by  Dr.  Beard's 
experiments  on  dogs  and  rabbits.  The  effects  are  produced  by  both 
currents. 

Inhibitory  Eff^ects. — At  the  moment  of  closing  and  breaking  a  gal- 
vanic current  its  action  upon  the  cord  is  manifest  by  the  contraction  of 
the  muscles  of  the  body  and  limbs  ;  but  during  the  passage  of  the  cur- 

*  Quoted  f;-om  Luschka  and  Anatomie  des  Menschen,  vol.  iii.,  2,  p,  154,  by 
Althaus.     Third  edition,  p.  139. 


SPINAL  CORD.  115 

rent  no  contractions  are  observed,  and  a  paralyzing  effect  soon  takes 
place.  The  cord  remains  insensible  to  any  stimulus  that  may  be  ap 
plied  to  it  as  long  as  the  current  is  passing,  but  at  its  cessation  any 
mechanical  irritation  will  give  rise  to  the  usual  tetanic  convulsions. 
This  diminution  of  excitability  is  confined  alone  to  the  spinal  cord,  foi 
if  the  motor  nerves  and  muscles  are  traversed  by  an  induced  current 
(while  the  cord  is  under  the  influence  of  the  galvanic)  they  contract 
vigorously.  The  galvanic  current  applied  through  the  spinal  cord  for  a 
long  time  produces  paralysis 

According  to  Mayer,  if  a  mild  faradic  current  be  applied  to  the  cervi- 
cal region  of  frogs  that  are  in  an  irritable  condition,  movements  of  the 
lower  extremities  occur.  Electrization  of  the  posterior  columns  pro- 
duces these  movements  easier  than  electrization  of  the  anterior  col- 
umns. If  the  posterior  columns  are  removed  no  movements  occur.  If 
the  cord  is  divided  into  halves,  posteriorly  and  anteriorly  from  above 
nearly  down  to  the  origin  of  the  sciatic  nerve,  electrization  of  the  pos- 
terior half  produces  movements,  but  electrization  of  the  anterior  does 
not.  If  the  posterior  roots  on  the  trunk  of  the  brachial  nerve  are  elec- 
trized, the  movements  are  produced  just  as  when  the  cord  itself  is  elec- 
trized. Fick,  however,  declares  that  the  anterior  columns  respond  to 
faradization. 

Cilio-spinal  Centre. — The  cervical  sympathetic  nerve,  which  animates 
the  radial  fibres  of  the  iris,  takes  its  rise  from  the  spinal  cord  between 
the  seventh  cervical  and  the  sixth  dorsal  vertebrae. 

If  this  portion  of  the  cord  be  galvanized,  the  excitation  is  transmitted 
to  the  cervical  sympathetic  nerve,  and  thence  to  the  iris,  producing  dila- 
tation of  the  pupil.  This  point  has  been  termed  by  Budge  and  Waller 
the  centriim  cilio-spinale.  A  ganglion  near  the  fifth  lumbar  vertebra 
which,  on  being  electrized  in  animals,  produces  contractions  of  the  rec- 
tum and  bladder,  is  called  the  ganglion  genito-spinale. 

The  first  of  these  points,  the  centrum  cilio-spinale,  can  be  demon- 
strated by  external  applications  both  of  the  galvanic  and  faradic  cur- 
rents,  and  is  of  great  importance  in  general  faradization.  The  ganglion 
genito-spinale  also  is  probably  directly,  though  not  so  demonstrably, 
affected  by  external  electrization  of  the  spine. 


CHAPTER  V. 

ACTION    OF     ELECTRICITY    ON   THE    SYMPATHETIC   AND    PNEUMOGASTRIC. 

In  order  to  intelligently  appreciate  the  experiments  that  have  been 
made  to  determine  the  action  of  electricity  on  the  sympathetic  and 
pneumogastric,  it  is  necessary  to  keep  constantly  before  the  mind  the 
following  considerations  : 

1.  The  action  of  electricity  on  the  sympathetic  and  pneumogastric 
must  be  modified  by  the  kind  of  electricity  employed,  by  the  strength 
of  the  current  and  length  of  the  applications,  and  by  the  condition  and 
temperament  of  the  subject  in  which  the  experiment  is  made. 

To  say  that  galvanizing  the  sympathetic  produces  such  and  such 
effects  is  really  to  give  no  information  whatsoever,  for  at  once  the 
inquiring  soul  raises  the  questions,  How  strong  were  the  currents  used? 
How  long  were  the  applications  ?  Were  men  or  animals  subjected  to 
the  experiment  ?  Were  they  intact  or  injured  ?  If  animals,  what  kind, 
and  were  the  results  the  same  on  several  animals  of  the  same  kind  ? 

2.  These  nerves  can  be  affected  both  by  external  and  internal  appli- 
cations of  electricity. 

The  fact  that  external  electrization  affects  these  nerves,  which  has  by 
some  been  disputed,  is  full)^  apparent  from  what  is  known  in  general 
of  the  electro-conductivity  of  the  body,  is  confirmed  by  special  experi- 
ments, and  is  demonstrated  by  observations  in  physiological  and  patho- 
logical cases.  This  is  true  not  only  of  the  cervical  sympathetic  ganglia, 
but  of  all  the  ganglia  of  the  body.  Known  facts  in  regard  to  the  elec- 
tro-conductivity of  the  body  show  that  none  of  the  ganglia  of  the 
sympathetic  can  escape  the  electric  influence  when  the  current  is  ap- 
phed  over  the  surface  of  the  body. 

3.  The  effects  of  external  application  through  the  skin  on  these  nerves 
cmnot  be  expected  to  be  identical  in  kind  and  degree  with  the  effects 
of  direct  application  to  the  nerves  themselves.  Although  the  cervical 
ganglia  of  the  sympathetic  and  the  pneumogastric  nerve  are  traversed  by 
the  currents  of  electricity  when  the  electrodes  are  placed  on  the  skin  in 
such  a  position  that  the  current  in  passing  from  one  to  the  other  finds  these 


SYMPATHETIC   AND   PNEUMOGASTRIC.  II7 

nerves  in  their  pathway,  yet  on  physical  or  physiological  principles  we 
cannot  expect  the  same  results  as  when  the  one  or  both  poles  are  di- 
rectly applied  to  the  nerves.  In  external  applications  it  is  the  derived 
currents  that  pass  through  the  nerves,  and  direct  _polar  effect  is  not 
gained.  When  we  consider  that  the  currents  in  passing  from  one  pole 
to  the  other  diffuse  themselves  into  numberless  undulatory,  diverse  cur- 
rents, it  is  easy  to  see  that  only  a  small  part  of  the  electric  influence 
will  be  appreciated  by  such  small  nerves  as  the  sympathetic  ganglia  or 
the  pneumogastric.  In  the  body  between  the  electrodes  the  currents 
act  like  diffused  light ;  at  the  electrodes  the  currents  act  like  light  con 
centrated  to  a  focus.  If  currents  of  sufficient  power  could  be  borne 
externally,  it  is  possible  that  by  single  external  applications  there  could 
be  produced  all  the  effects  that  are  obtained  by  direct  applications  to 
the  nerves  themselves ;  but  this  is  hardly  probable,  for  the  twofold  rea- 
son that  the  differential  polar  effect  could  not  be  obtained,  and  that 
the  great  stimulation  of  each  of  the  electrodes  on  the  surface  would 
complicate  the  experiment.  These  considerations,  as  it  seems  to  us, 
sufficiently  explain  what  to  many  has  been  regarded  as  a  great  diffi- 
culty— that  the  ordinary  therapeutical  measures  for  electrizing  the  sym- 
pathetic do  not  produce  the  same  effects  as  direct  applications  to  the 
ganglia. 

That  the  sympathetic  and  the  pneumogastric  are  traversed  by  the  cur- 
rent when  the  electrodes  are  placed  on  the  surface  of  the  neck,  is  suffi- 
ciently probable  from  the  known  laws  of  electric  conduction.  When 
one  electrode  is  placed  at  the  nape  of  the  neck,  and  the  other  at 
the  anterior  border  of  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle,  the  current, 
whether  faradic  or  galvanic,  however  widely  it  may  radiate,  and  however 
numerous  the  branch-currents  may  be,  must  by  physical  necessity  trav- 
erse the  sympathetic  and  pneumogastric.  There  is  no  more  prob- 
ability that  it  will  go  out  of  its  way,  in  violation  of  physical  laws,  and 
avoid  these  nerves,  than  that  a  storm  sweeping  between  New  York  and 
Brooklyn  will  take  a  circuitous  march  and  avoid  the  East  River. 

These  nerves — the  sympathetic  and  pneumogastric — and  the  tissues 
by  which  they  are  surrounded,  are  good  conductors,  very  much  superior 
in  conductivity  to  the  skin,  and  of  almost  the  same  conductivity  as  the 
muscles ;  and  even  if  some  branch  or  derived  currents  pass  through 
other  tissues,  as  unquestionably  is  the  case,  these  nerves  cannot  be 
wholly  avoided,  and  when  the  electrodes  are  in  central  positions  they 
are  probably  the  highway  through  which  nearly  the  entire  charge 
passes. 

But  stronger  than  the  analogies  of  electro-physics,  and  more  con- 


Il8  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

vincing  than  experiments  on  the  dead  subject,  are  the  observed  effects 
of  electrization  of  the  neck  in  physiological  and  pathological  cases. 
These  effects,  which  will  be  detailed  further  on,  harmonize  so  closely 
with  all  our  knowledge  of  nervo-physiology,  and  accord  so  exactly  with 
pathological  observation,  as  to  demonstrate  beyond  doubt,  and  with  an 
emphasis  by  which  those  who  observe  cannot  fail  to  be  impressed,  that 
the  sympathetic  and  pneumogastric  can  be  affected  by  external  faradi- 
zation or  galvanization  of  the  neck. 

4.  It  is  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  affect  the  cervical  sympathetic 
or  the  pneumogastric  by  external  applications,  without  at  the  same  time 
affecting  the  depressor  nerve,  the  spinal  cord,  or  the  brain,  and  especially 
difficult  is  it  to  limit  the  action  to  the  pneumogastric  without  at  the 
same  time  affecting  the  sympathetic,  and  vice  versa. 

This  conclusion  follows  as  a  logical  result  from  the  anatomical  rela- 
tion of  the  parts  and  from  what  is  known  of  the  electro-conductivity  of 
the  body,  and  is  pretty  distinctly  demonstrated  by  the  physiological  and 
therapeutical  action  of  the  current  when  externally  applied.  In  what- 
ever position  we  place  the  electrodes,  the  derived  currents,  in  passing 
from  one  electrode  to  the  other,  must  traverse  some  portion  of  both  of  the 
great  nerves.  The  base  of  the  brain  and  the  region  of  the  neck  constitute 
the  most  important  part  of  the  central  nervous  system.  So  far  as  life 
can  be  said  to  have  any  centre,  it  is  here,  where  the  pneumogastric,  the 
phrenic,  and  the  other  great  nerves  take  their  origin.  Directly  or  indi- 
rectly, by  the  actual  passage  of  the  current,  or  by  reflex  action,  any  part 
of  this  important  region  is  liable  to  be  affected  in  the  applications  em- 
ployed in  the  so-called  galvanization  of  the  cervical  sympathetic. 

It  is  partly  on  account  of  this  difficulty  of  limiting  the  action  of  the 
current  to  one  or  other  of  these  great  nerves  that  we  treated  them  both 
under  the  same  chapter.  When  operating  on  these  nerves,  exposed 
and  laid  bare  and  isolated,  the  action  of  the  current  can,  of  course,  be 
limited  pretty  exclusively  to  the  nerve  operated  on.  The  cervical 
ganglia  of  the  sympathetic  receive  the  chief  attention  in  all  these  ob- 
servations, because  they  are  prominent  and  accessible  and  bear  a 
powerful  and  recognized  influence  over  the  cerebral  circulation  ;  but 
all  the  ganglia  of  the  sympathetic  are  accessible  to  the  electrical  influ- 
ence. 

Action  of  Electricity  on  the  Cranial  Portion  of  the  Sympathetic. — In 
1727  M.  Pourfour  du  Petit  discovered  that  the  following  symptoms  re- 
sulted from  division  of  the  cervical  filaments  of  the  sympathetic  nerve, 
viz.  :  contraction  of  the  pupil,  redness  and  injection  of  the  conjunctiva, 
and  flattening  of  the  cornea ;  the  eyelids  approach  each  other,  the 


SYMPATHETIC   AND   PNEUMOGASTRIC.  Iig 

nictitating  membrane  becomes  more  prominent,  the  secretion  from  the 
mucous  surfaces  of  the  eye  is  increased,  and  the  eyeball  is  drawn  fur- 
ther into  the  orbit.  In  addition  to  these  symptoms,  the  ears  and 
nostrils  also  become  red  and  injected,  and  the  head  hotter  and  more 
sensitive. 

Claude  Bernard  observed  that  not  only  did  all  these  phenomena  dis- 
appear when  the  cranial  portion  of  the  nerve  was  submitted  to  electri- 
zation, but  that  quite  reverse  phenomena  appeared.  The  pupil  be- 
came larger  than  natural ;  the  conjunctiva,  the  ears,  and  the  nostrils  be- 
came quite  pale  ;  the  eyeball  protruded  from  its  orbit ;  the  mucous 
surfaces  became  drier,  and  the  head  cooler  and  less  sensitive  ;  but  as 
soon  as  electrization  was  discontinued,  all  the  phenomena  caused  by 
the  section  of  the  nerve  again  appeared. 

Electrization  of  the  great  sympathetic  before  it  is  divided  produces 
almost  precisely  the  same  results  as  after  division.  It  has  been  ob- 
served by  Weber,  that  if  either  the  inferior  cervical  ganglia  of  the 
sympathetic  nerve  or  its  cardiac  branches  are  submitted  to  electrization, 
the  action  of  the  heart  is  accelerated. 

Action  of  Electricity  on  the  Cephalic,  Thoracic,  and  Abdominal  Gan- 
glia.— Section  of  the  sympathetic  causes,  as  we  have  seen,  increase  of 
heat  in  the  ear. 

Now  if  the  cephalic  end  of  the  divided  sympathetic  is  electrified,  the 
increased  temperature  of  the  part  is  lowered  ;  but  if  the  electric  current 
be  passed  through  the  large  diameter  of  the  ear,  the  temperature  is  further 
increased.  On  the  other  hand,  if  there  has  been  no  division  of  the 
sympathetic,  and  the  ear  is  electrified,  the  heat  in  that  part  is  lessened. 

Valentin  found  that  the  galvanization  of  the  superior  thoracic  gan- 
glia revived  the  pulsation  of  the  heart  after  it  had  ceased,  and  increased 
the  frequency  of  the  beats  when  already  in  action.  Mild  galvanization 
of  the  splanchnic  nerves  that  arise  from  the  six  lower  dorsal  ganglia 
of  the  sympathetic  increases,  while  strong  galvanization  diminishes, 
the  peristaltic  action. 

Effect  of  direct  Electrization  of  the  Pneumo gastric  and  o?i  the  Respi- 
ration.— MM.  Arloing  and  Tripier  have  shown  that  section  of  the 
pneumogastric  below  the  medulla  oblongata  so  far  modifies  its  irrita- 
bihty  that  the  action  of  the  heart  is  not  arrested,  or  but  for  a  short  time, 
by  the  faradization  of  the  distal  end  of  the  cut  pneumogastric. 

The  same  authors  believe  that  weak  faradic  currents  cause  a  slight 
increase  in  the  rapidity  of  the  beats  of  the  heart  and  elevation  of  the 
blood-pressure  in  the  arteries. 

They  found  that  the  right  pneumogastric  has  a  more  powerful  influ 


I20  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

ence  over  the  heart  than  the  left.  Faradization  of  the  fieripheral  end 
of  the  divided  pneumogastric  causes  arrest  of  the  action  of  the  heart, 
sudden  irregularities  of  its  rhythm,  and  some  diminution  of  pressure. 
Faradization  of  the  central  end  causes  retarded  and  diminished  pres- 
sure. 

According  to  MM.  Arloing  and  Tripier,  faradization  of  the  mtaci 
pneumogastric  With  feeble  currents  does  not  accelerate  respiration  ;  fara- 
dization with  medium  currents  causes  sudden  inspiration  and  forced 
expiration  ;  faradization  with  strong  and  poweiful  currents  causes  re- 
flex coughing  and  vomiting.  The  same  observers  found  that  the  left 
pneumogastric  has  a  more  powerful  influence  over  respiration  than  the 
right. 

The  discovery  that  the  right  pneumogastric  has  a  greater  power  over 
the  heart  than  the  left,  was  made  by  Masoin,  of  Belgium,  about  the  same 
time  as  it  was  made  by  Arloing  and  Tripier.  Masoin  found  the  move- 
ments of  the  heart  were  stopped  by  the  galvanization  of  the  left  pneumo- 
gastric. It  was  possible  to  restore  the  movements  by  a  mechanical  ex- 
citation, such  as  striking  the  heart  with  the  finger  ;  but  after  the  move- 
ments were  stopped  by  galvanization  of  the  right  pneumogastric,  it  was 
not  possible  to  restore  them  in  that  way. 

Dr.  Brown-Sequard  *  states  that  he  has  found  the  same  differences  to 
exist  in  men  as  in  animals,  judging  from  experiments  made  not  by  electri- 
city, but  by  pressing  on  the  nerves  near  the  angle  of  the  jaw." 

Arrest  of  Respiration  by  Galvanization  of  the  Laryngeal  and  other 
Branches  of  the  Pneumogastric. — It  has  been  shown  by  Brown-Sequardf 
that  electiization  of  the  upper  or  the  lower  laryngeal  nerves  causes 
arrest  of  the  respiration,  and  Bidder  has  shown  that  a  reflex  spasm  of 
the  glottis  may  be  caused  in  the  same  way;  Electrization  of  the 
oesophagus  and  pharynx  may  sometimes  produce  the  same  effect.  If 
the  upper  laryngeal  nerve  is  electrized  after  the  chest  is  opened,  the 
arrest  of  the  respiration  does  not  take  place  as  easily  as  when  the 
chest  is  not  open.  The  respiration,  when  thus  arrested,  usually  re- 
turns in  the  course  of  a  quarter  or  half  a  minute,  whether  the  electriza- 
tion is  continued  or  not. 

The  effect  of  electrizing  the  pneumogastric  on  the  respiration  is 
modified  by  two  factors — the  portion  of  the  nerve  that  is  electrized 
and  the  strength  of  the  current.  Mild  galvanization  of  the  pneumogas- 
tric in  the  lower  part  of  the  neck  may  increase  the  respiratory  move* 

*  Archives  of  Scientific  and  Practical  Medicine    January,  1873,  p.  92.. 
4-  Loc.  cit.,  p.  96. 


SYMPATHETIC   AND   PNEUMOGASTRIC.  121 

ments  ;  weak  electrization  in  the  upper  part  of  the  neck,  near  the  origin 
of  the  nerve,  may  arrest  respiration. 

A  mild  current  may  increase  the  respiration  or  diminish  it,  or  it  may 
have  no  effect  whatever. 

A  medium  current  may  arrest  respiration  and  cause  spasm  of  the 
glottis  and  of  the  muscles  of  inspiration. 

A  powerful  current  may  paralyze  the  diaphragm,  and  may  produce 
death  without  the  accompanying  symptoms  of  agony.* 

Coughing. — A  prominent  effect  of  electrizing  the  pneumogastric  is 
coughing.  This  symptom  may  be  excited  by  external  as  well  as  by 
internal  applications,  and  by  the  faradic  as  well  as  by  the  galvanic 
curren. 

We  made  our  first  experiments  in  this  duection  in  1867.  Dr.  Rock- 
well then  observed  that  the  application  of  either  pole  of  a  strong  faradic 
current  to  the  nape  of  the  neck — the  other  pole  being  at  the  feet,  or  in 
either  hand,  or  at  the  pit  of  the  stomach — excited  in  sensitive  patients 
quite  severe  attacks  of  coughing,  that  lasted  so  long  as  the  pole  remained 
in  position.  Most  clearly  this  effect  was  seen  in  thin  and  sensitive  pa- 
tients. It  was  not  necessary  to  be  particular  in  regard  to  the  position 
of  the  pole  on  the  neck  in  order  to  excite  this  symptom  ;  not  only  in  the 
cilio-spinal  centre,  but  even  when  the  pole  is  as  low  down  as  the 
first  and  second  dorsal  vertebra,  the  laryngeal  branches  of  the  pneu- 
mogastric may  be  so  irritated  as  to  induce  coughing. 

This  phenomenon  we  daily  observed  in  the  operation  of  general 
faradization.  The  same  effect  follows  the  use  of  strong  interrupted  gal- 
vanic currents. 

According  to  Bonders,  the  pneumogastric,  when  acted  upon  by  the 
galvanic  current,  conforms  to  Pfliiger's  law  of  contraction;  in  the 
region  of  anelectrotonos  its  irritability  is  lessened  ;  in  the  region  of 
catelectrotonos  its  irritability  is  sometimes  increased. 

Action  of  External  Applications  of  Electricity  on  the  Pnemno gastric 
and  Cervical  Sympathetic  of  living  uninjured  Men. — The  experiments 
above  recorded  were  made  chiefly  on  the  exposed  nerves  of  animals,  and 
the  applications  were  made  directly  to  the  nerves  by  one  or  both  poles. 
Keeping  in  mind  the  considerations  previously  adduced,  we  proceed  to 
examine  into  the  effect  of  external  applications  of  electricity  on  the 
cervical  sympathetic  and  the  pneumogastric  of  living  men  in  health. 

In  our  attempts  to  solve  the  problem,  we  have  experimented  on  a 

*  Archives  of  Scientifie  and  Practicrl  Medicine,  No.  I,  1873,  p.  96.  Whethci 
these  experiments  were  performed  with  the  faradic  or  galvanic  current  is  not  dis 
tinctly  stated. 


122  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

large  variety  of  individuals  of  different  ages  and  by  different  methods  of 
application.  One  of  the  electrodes  is  placed  in  the  mastoid  fossa,  and 
the  other  over  the  seventh  cervical  vertebra,  or  at  the  top  of  the  clavicle. 
Both  directions  of  the  current  are  used.  We  used  in  these  experiments 
a  zinc  carbon,  or  the  Smee's  battery,  of  from  5  to  30  cells,  from  i  to  5 
or  10  minutes. 

The  general  results  of  our  researches  may  be  thus  summed  up  : 

1.  A  slight  feeling  of  drowsiness.  This  sometimes  began  to  be  per- 
ceptible shortly  after  the  electrodes  were  applied,  increased  up  to  a 
certain  point,  and  continued  for  some  httle  time  after  the  seance  was 
over.  In  many  cases  it  is  not  observed  until  the  lapse  of  five  or  ten 
minutes  after  the  seance.  The  feeling,  which  was  by  no  means  con- 
stant, was  usually  so  slight  that  it  might  not  have  been  observed,  had 
we  not  in  our  experiments  kept  closely  on  the  watch  for  every  sensa- 
tion experienced  during  or  just  after  the  apphcation. 

Some  individuals  are  amazingly  susceptible  to  this  soporific  effect  of 
galvanization  of  the  neck.  A  young  lady  whom  we  were  treating  for 
facial  acne  by  central  galvanization,  was  frequently  put  right  to  sleep 
within  one  jninute  after  the  application  began.  Her  eyes  would  close 
and  her  head  would  droop  and  nod  ;  and  when  the  electrodes  were 
removed  she  would  awake  but  slowly,  and  with  a  vacant  look  and 
drowsy  feeling,  such  as  we  all  experience  when  we  are  suddenly  roused 
from  a  nap.  This  effect  followed  any  sort  of  application  around  the 
neck  with  either  pole  and  in  any  direction. 

On  the  accepted  theory  that  a  state  of  cerebral  anaemia  predisposes 
to  sleep,  we  should  reason,  a  priori^  that  electrization  of  the  sympa- 
thetic ought  to  induce  a  feeling  of  drowsiness,  since  on  some  individ- 
uals it  unquestionably  diminishes  the  current  of  blood  in  the  brain,  and 
experimentally  we  have  found  that  it  does  thus  induce  a  slight  and 
temporary  disposition  to  sleep,  although  this  result  is  probably  far  less 
marked  than  it  would  be  if,  without  injury  to  the  living  subject,  the 
application  could  be  made  directly  to  the  ganglia,  and  this  effect  is  by 
no  means  uniform,  but  varies  with  the  strength  of  the  currents  and 
with  the  temperament  of  the  individual. 

2.  A  feeling  of  warmth  through  the  system  with  sensible  perspiration. 
This  was  not  a  constant  symptom,  though  it  was  oftentimes  very 
decided.  To  produce  sensible  perspiration  usually  requires  a  strong 
current  and  a  long  application.  The  extent  to  which  this  was  felt  was 
manifestly  dependent  on  the  strength  of  the  current  and  the  length  of 
the  application.  It  was  usually  felt  but  a  short  time  after  the  seattce 
was  completed.     We  have  observed  this  effect  more  frequently  and 


SYMPATHETIC   AND   PNEUMOGASTRIC.  123 

more  markedly  in  the  susceptible  and  nervous  than  in  the  cold  and 
phlegmatic,  and  most  frequently  in  more  or  less  pathological  cases. 

3.  A  marked  effect  on  the  pulse.  The  pulse  was  sometimes  accele- 
rated, but  more  frequently  lowered,  two,  three,  four,  or  more  beats. 

In  order  to  determine  the  effects  of  electrization  of  the  sympathetic 
on  the  pulse,  we  made  the  examinations  immediately  before  and  imme- 
diately after  the  applications.  Every  precuution  was  taken  to  avoid 
error,  by  allowing  an  interval  of  rest  before  the  sitting,  in  order  to  give 
time  for  the  subsidence  of  the  pulse  to  its  natural  condition  from  any 
excitement  that  it  may  have  received  from  the  exertion  of  walking  or 
the  labor  of  partially  disrobing.  In  cases  of  doubt  the  whole  minute 
was  counted,  in  some  instances  several  times  in  succession.  A  patient 
unaccustomed  to  the  sensation  produced  by  the  electric  current,  or  to 
the  modus  operandi  of  its  employment,  might  experience  an  accelera- 
tion of  the  pulse  from  simple  mental  excitement,  not  only  prior  to  or 
at  the  commencement  of  the  sitting,  but  also  during  or  after  the  appli- 
cation. Error  from  this  cause  was  in  our  cases  manifestly  impossible, 
and  all  the  others  on  whom  we  experimented  with  a  view  to  obtain 
physiological  results  were  so  well  familiarized  to  the  medical  employ 
ment  of  electricity  that  they  would  receive  any  treatment  proposed 
with  cool  indifference.  In  order  still  further  to  guard  against  error,  and 
at  the  same  time  to  observe  the  continuance  or  permanency  of  the 
effect  of  the  experiments,  we  repeated,  in  some  instances,  our  exami- 
nations of  the  pulse  at  intervals  of  fifteen  minutes  or  half  an  hour  after 
the  sitting  was  over. 

A  corroborative  evidence  that  these  changes  in  the  pulse  were  due 
to  the  action  of  the  current,  and  not  to  mental  excitement,  is  found  in 
the  fact  that,  after  an  interval  of  five,  ten,  or  fifteen  minutes,  the  pulse 
returned  to  its  original  condition. 

These  changes  in  the  time  of  the  pulse  were  also  accompanied  by 
perceptible  changes  in  its  character,  which,  if  careful  sphygmographic 
observations  had  been  made,  might  perhaps  have  been  reduced  to  some 
general  law. 

Eulenburg  and  Schmidt  found  that  when  the  positive  pole  of 
from  twenty  to  forty  of  Daniell's  elements  was  placed  at  the  7na7iu~ 
brium  ster?ti,  and  the  negative  pole  in  the  auriculo-maxillary  fossa, 
the  pupil  of  that  side  was  at  first  slightly  dilated  and  afterwards  con- 
tracted. These  changes  in  the  pupil  are  by  no  means  uniform  in  their 
appearance.  In  some  cases  they  appear  at  once  after  closing  the 
circuit,  and  in  others  after  the  lapse  of  half  a  minute  or  minute, 
ard   in  others  after   interruptions.     These   phenomena  are   liable   tc 


124  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

many  variations,  according  to  the  strength,  length,  and  locality  of  the 
applications.  If  an  electrode  is  placed  in  the  auriculo-maxillary  fossa 
of  each  side,  the  changes  in  the  pupil  occur  on  both  sides,  but  are  more 
marked  on  the  side  on  which  is  the  negative  pole.  The  same  applica- 
tion, continued  for  some  time  with  a  strong  current,  reduced  the  normal 
pulse  from  4  to  i6  beats  a  minute  and  the  pathological  pulse  even 
more,  diminished  the  tension  in  the  carotid  and  vertebral  arteries,  and 
markedly  altered  their  sphygmographic  tracings.  The  same  observers 
found  that  galvanization  of  the  spine  also  diminished  the  beats  of  the 
pulse. 

Effect  of  External  Electrization  through  the  neck  oti  the  Retinal 
Circulation. — In  order  to  determine  the  effect  of  external  applica- 
tions of  electricity  through  the  neck  on  the  retinal  circulation,  we  have 
made  many  experiments  with  the  aid  of  a  number  of  leading  ophthal- 
mologists. 

Thess  experiments,  which  have  been  frequently  repeated  with  dif- 
ferent individuals,  with  different  strengths  of  current,  and  with  different 
batteries,  seem  to  us  to  demonstrate  the  following  propositions  :  * 

1.  Galvanizing  or  faradizing  the  region  of  the  cervical  sympathetic 
has  a  marked  temporary  influence  over  the  retinal  circulation.  It  may 
cause  contraction  of  the  arteries  or  dilatation  of  the  veins. 

2.  The  faradic  current  produces  precisely  the  same  effects  on  the 
retinal  circulation  as  the  galvanic,  only  more  slowly.  The  physiological 
difference  between  the  currents  in  this  respect  is  therefore  a  difference 
of  degree  and  not  of  kind. 

3.  Mild  currents  and  short  applications  caused  contraction  of  the 
blood-vessel  of  the  retina,  while  strong  currents  and  long  applications 
caused  dilatation.  Much  seemed  to  depend  on  the  temperament  and 
condition  of  the  individual.  What  would  cause  contraction  in  one 
•would  in  the  other  cause  dilatation.\  These  varying  effects  correspond 
with  clinical  experience. 

4.  When  the  patient  on  whom  the  experiment  is  made  is  in  an 
excited  or  irritable  condition  from  any  cause,  or  from  previous  electri- 
zation, even  a  mild  current  will  sometimes  cause  dilatation  at  once, 
without  any  early  contraction. 

*  The  ophthalmologists  who  observed  the  retina  in  these  experiments  were  Drs. 
Roosa,  Hackley,  Loring,  Matthewson,  Prout,  and  Newton,  to  all  of  whom  we  desire 
to  return  our  acknowledgments. 

f  The  opposite  and  contradictory  results  obtained  by  different  cbservers  who  have 
studied  the  effects  of  chloral,  bromide  of  potassium,  etc.,  on  the  retinal  circulation, 
may  be  similarly  explained. 


EXPERIMENTS   WITH   THE   SPHYGMOGRAPH.  125 

5.  The  contraction  which  takes  place  is  sometimes  followed,  a  few 
minutes  after  the  close  of  the  seance,  by  dilatation  which  is  greater  thar 
n  Drmal. 

6.  The  dilatation  which  takes  place  is  sometimes  followed  by  con 
traction  after  the  close  of  the  seance. 

In  some  of  the  experiments  no  effect  on  the  retina  could  be  detected. 
Impressible  and  nervous  temperaments  seem  to  exhibit  changes  in  the 
vascular  condition  of  the  retina  much  more  readily  than  cold  and  phle^ 
matic  temperaments. 

The  question  now  arises,  Whether  these  changes  in  the  retinal  circu 
lation  were  due  to  the  effect  of  the  current  on  the  sympathetic  or  on 
the  pneumogastric,  or  did  they  take  place  through  the  spinal  cord  or 
by  reflex  action  ? 

This  question  is  answered  by  comparing  the  results  of  these  experi- 
ments with  the  result  of  experiments  made  by  Duchenne  and  Prof. 
Leigeois,  of  Paris.  These  gentlemen  laid  bare  the  cervical  sympathetic 
in  a  rabbit,  and  electrized  it  with  both  currents  in  the  same  manner 
that  we  electrized  the  necks  of  the  individuals  on  whom  we  experimented. 
The  results  on  the  circulation  in  the  rabbit's  ear  were  in  every  distinc- 
tive feature  identical  with  the  results  on  the  retina  when  the  galvanic 
current  was  passed  through  the  neck  of  the  living  human  subject. 

The  other  effects  of  galvanizing  the  region  of  the  cervical  sympathetic 
— disposition  to  sleep,  sweating,  increased  circulation  in  the  extremities, 
etc. — seem  to  confirm  these  physiological  observations. 

These  experiments  have  been  partially  confirmed  by  Onimus,  who 
has  shown  that  the  circulation  of  the  retina  may  be  influenced  by 
galvanization  of  the  cervical  sympathetic.  He  observed  hyperaemia, 
but  this,  as  we  have  shown,  is  not  a  constant  effect. 

Experiments  with  the  Sphygmograph. — We  have  made  experiments 
with  the  sphygmograph,  with  the  assistance  of  Dr.  L.  De  Forest  Wood- 
ruff". 

For  assistance  in  the  study  of  sphygmography  we  are  under  obligations 
to  Dr.  Roger  S.  Tracy.  A  few  samples  of  the  observations  are  repre- 
sented in  the  cuts. 


After  five  minutes'  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic. 


126 


ELECTRO  -PHYSIOLO  GY. 


No.  3. — ^After  ten  minutes'  galvanization  of  tli?  sympathetic. 


No.  4. — ^Five  minutes  after  the  close  of  the  sdance  of  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic 


No.  5. — ^After  five  minutes'  faradization  of  sympathetic 


No.  6. — ^After  nine  minutes'  faradization  of  sympathetic. 


No;  7. — After  twenty  minutes'  faradization  of  sympathetic' 


No.  8. — After  fifteen  minutes'  general  faradization. 


No.  9. — Five  minutes  after  close  of  stance  of  general  faradization. 


From  these  experiments  we  derive  the  following  conclusions : 

1.  Both  currents — faradic  and  galvanic — ^when  applied  in  such  a 
way  as  to  traverse  the  region  of  the  neck  in  which  the  pneumogastric 
and  cervical  ganglia  of  the  sympathetic  are  situated,  markedly  affect 
the  pulse. 

2.  The  effect  is  chiefly  shown  in  abruptness  of  the  systole,  and  in 
abruptness  of  the  diastole,  and  in  shortening  of  the  interval  between 
the  cardiac  impulse  and  the  arterial  impulse.  In  general  it  may  be 
said  that  the  force  of  the  pulse  is  increased.  Its  rapidity  may  be 
either  increased  or  diminished,  according  to  the  length  of  the  appli- 
cation and  the  strength  of  the  current,    and  analogy  would   lead  us 


EXPERIMENTS   WITH   THE   SPHYGMOGRAPH.  12/ 

to  believe  that  the  effect  must  widely  vary  with  the  individual.  The 
arterial  impulse  increased  probably  from  the  effect  on  the  vaso-motor 
nerves. 

3.  The  effect  of  general  faradization  was  to  prolong  the  systole  and 
the  interval  between  the  cardiac  and  the  arterial  impulse.  The  abrupt- 
ness, and  the  systole  that  is  so  marked  during  and  after  faradization 
through  the  neck,  was  not  observed  after  general  faradization.  A  calm- 
ing, soporific  influence  is  very  frequently  produced  by  general  faradi- 
zation, and  the  effect  on  the  pulse  harmonizes  with  this  observation. 

4.  These  effects  on  the  pulse  gradually  pass  away,  but  are  distinctly 
traceable  for  a  number  of  minutes  after  the  electrodes  are  removed. 

The  effect  of  the  current  thus  applied  on  the  circulation  is  probably 
a  complex  resultant  of  the  effect  of  the  electricity  on  the  pneumogas- 
trie,  the  sympathetic,  the  depressor,  and  the  spinal  cord.  To  differen- 
tiate these  effects  is  manifestly  impossible. 

In  this  connection  are  to  be  noted  the  later  investigations  of  Dr. 
Fischer,*  of  Munich,  on  the  effects  of  electrization  of  the  sympathetic. 
He  experimented  on  horses  and  cats,  irritating  the  nerve  directly^  with 
the  twofold  object  of  studying  the  blood-tension  in  the  cerebral  vessels 
and  the  changes  in  the  size  of  the  pupil.  The  general  results  of  these 
efforts  confirm  observations  previously  made,  and  especially  our  state- 
ment as  to  the  impossibility  of  accurately  localizing  currents  in  any 
ganglia  by  simple  external  applications.  Direct  faradization  of  the 
sympathetic  increased  the  blood-pressure  and  tension  of  the  artery,  and 
increased  the  frequency  of  the  pulse.  The  same  phenomena  were  ob- 
served under  galvanization,  but  in  a  less  degree.  Faradization  of  the 
exposed  sympathetic  caused  very  marked  reactions  in  the  pupil,  while 
galvanization  of  the  nerve  produced  comparatively  little  effect.  When, 
however,  the  sympathetic  and  vagus  were  simultaneously  submitted  to 
the  influence  of  galvanism  the  reactions  of  the  pupils  were  very 
marked.  Simultaneous  faradization,  however,  was  followed  by  no 
alterations. 

*  Schmidt''s  Jahrb'ucher.     No.  4. 


CHAPTER  VL 

ACTION   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON    THE    NERVES    OF   SPECIAL   SENSE. 

Action  of  the  Galvanic  Current  on  the  Optic  Nerve. — The  galvanic 
current,  when  appUed  to  the  eye,  causes  \>o\\\  flashes  of  light  and  per- 
ception of  color. 

If  one  electrode  is  placed  on  the  tongue,  or  on  any  part  of  the 
mucous  surface  of  the  mouth  or  nose,  and  the  other  on  any  part  of 
the  surface  of  the  body,  the  flash  is  readily  perceived. 

The  character  of  these  flashes  is  variously  modified  by  the  strength 
of  the  current  and  the  suddenness  of  the  interruption.  The  tempera- 
ment of  the  patient  also  modifies  the  reaction,  and  the  effect  of  the  two 
poles  is  usually  quite  different. 

We  have  studied  this  subject  with  various  strengths  of  current,  and  on 
subjects  of  both  sexes  differing  widely  in  age  and  temperament. 

In  one  subject — a  young  man  of  nervous  temperament — the  positive 
pole  placed  over  the  eye,  with  a  medium  current  from  ten  zinc-carbon 
cells,  caused  a  white  central  spot,  with  a  light  areola.  The  white 
central  spot  varied  in  shape  between  that  of  a  quarter  or  half  to  a  full 
moon.  When  the  negative  pole  was  placed  over  the  eye,  the  central 
spot  appeared  of  a  bluish  or  purplish  color,  and  the  areola  was  the  same 
as  under  the  positive  pole.  In  both  cases  the  areola  seemed  to  consist 
of  waves  of  light  radiating  from  the  centre  toward  the  periphery. 

In  making  these  experiments,  the  pole  that  is  placed  over  the  eye  is 
armed  with  a  soft  sponge,  and  is  pressed  firnily  on  the  closed  lid,  while 
the  other  is  applied  at  the  back  of  the  neck,  or  is  held  in  the  hand  of 
the  subject. 

In  another  subject,  a  young  physician  of  good  health,  and  nervo- 
sanguine  temperament,  the  positive  pole  from  a  current  of  six  cells  caused 
a  central  disk  of  a  pink  color,  and  from  this  spot  violet  waves  radiated 
through  the  areola.  The  pink  disk  appeared  when  the  current  was 
closed,  the  violet  areola  flashed  out  when  the  current  was  broken.  The 
negative  pole  produced  reactions  every  way  similar.  This  subject 
could  not  bear  very  strong  currents. 


EXPERIMENTS   ON   THE   EYE.  1 29 

Several  other  physicians  on  whom  we  experimented  could  not  di* 
cino-uish  any  central  disk,  but  all  could  readily  see  the  light  areola. 

The  conclusions  from  the  above,  and  numerous  similar  experiments 
made  in  different  individuals,  are  as  follows  : 

I.  A  mild  as  well  as  a  strong  galvanic  current  applied  to  the  eye,  and 
interrupted,  causes  a  flash  or  glimmer  of  light  to  appear. 

3.  A  medium  or  strong  galvanic  current  causes,  in  addition  to  the 
flash  of  light,  a  distinct  central  spot  of  varying  shape,  and  both  the 
central  spot  and  the  areola  may  be  of  various  colors,  as  pink,  purple, 
yellowish,  and  violet. 

3.  With  some  individuals,  though  not  with  all,  the  colors  of  the  central 
spot  and  of  the  areola,  and  their  relative  arrangement,  appear  dif- 
ferently under  the  two  poles,  and  also  differently  at  the  closing  and 
opening  of  the  circuit. 

4.  All  those  reactions,  like  all  other  electro-physiological  reactions, 
are  variously  modified  by  the  temperament  of  the  individual  operated  on 
and  by  the  strength  of  the  current.   . 

The  above  conclusions,  as  will  be  seen,  differ  somewhat  from  those 
of  Helmholtz  and  others  who  have  studied  this  subject.  The  differ- 
ential action  of  the  ascending  and  descending  currents  we  have  not 
been  able  to  demonstrate,  and  see  no  way  of  demonstrating.  We  be- 
lieve that  here,  as  in  so  many  other  electro-physiological  and  electro- 
therapeutical  procedures,  the  differential  polar  action  has  been  con- 
founded with  the  differential  action  of  the  ascending  and  descending 
currents. 

Although  the  above  reactions  in  their  full  degree  can  be  most  con- 
veniently obtained  by  placing  one  electrode  over  the  closed  eye,  and 
the  other  in  the  hand  or  at  the  back  of  the  neck,  yet  the  general  re- 
action of  the  glimmering  flash  of  light  can  be  obtained  by  placing  one 
electrode  in  the  vicinity  of  the  eye,  or  on  any  part  of  the  face  or  beard, 
or  in  the  mouth.  In  susceptible  persons  the  flash  comes  from  inter- 
rupted galvanization  of  the  neck  or  spine. 

Faradic  Current. — The  current  from  the  primary  or  secondary  coil 
of  the  ordinary  faradic  machines  has  httle  or  no  perceptible  effect  on 
the  retina,  as  we  have  demonstrated  by  various  experiments.  We 
have  found,  however,  by  repeated  observations,  that  the  current  from 
the  long  coils  of  the  electro-magnetic  machine  manufactured  by  Kidder 
has  a  most  decided  action  on  the  retina.  The  peculiar  construction  of 
the  coil  of  this  machine  will  be  described  in  the  chapter  devoted  to 
apparatus  for  electro-therapeutics.  It  is  sufficient  here  to  say  that  it  is 
composed  of  three  or  four  or  more  coils  of  insulated  copper-wire,  the 
0 


130  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

inward  coil  being  short  and  thick,  and  the  others  gradually  increasing 
in  the  length  of  the  wires.  These  coils  are  not  separate  and  distinct,  as 
in  ordinary  machines,  but  connected,  and  are,  so  to  speak,  tapped  ^X.t\\Q. 
points  of  union,  so  as  to  obtain  a  number  of  currents  varying  in 
quantity,  tension,  and  physiological  power.  It  is  from  the  fourth  and 
fifth  coils,  which  are  not  furnished  to  the  majority  of  his  smaller  machines, 
that  we  obtain  the  reaction  of  the  retina  that  we  are  now  to  describe. 
The  reaction  is  best  obtained  by  placing  a  medium-sized  sponge 
electrode,  well  moistened,  over  the  closed  eye,  or  very  near  to  the  eye, 
while  the  other  electrode  is  held  in  the  hand  or  applied  to  some 
indifferent  point,  as  the  back  of  the  neck,  or  arms,  or  feet.  With  a 
current  of  moderate  strength  thus  applied,  a  circle  filled  with  wavy, 
undulating  light,  or  whitish  spots  or  figures,  appears.  It  is  difficult  to 
convey  in  language  a  precise  description  of  this  appearance.  If  snow- 
flakes  could  be  elongated  somewhat,  and  made  to  coil  about  in  various 
directions,  they  would  give  a  good  idea  of  this  reaction.  If  we  look 
through  a  window  at  a  thick,  driving  snow-storm,  with  large  flakes,  we 
can  get  a  not  very  incorrect  notion  of  the  reaction,  as  we  have  over 
and  over  again  demonstrated  on  ourselves  and  others.  So  far  as  we 
have  been  able  to  see,  bright  or  variegated  colors  do  not  appear,  except 
from  the  current  of  the  fifth  coil.  The  negative  pole  gives  a  stronger 
reaction  than  the  positive  ;  but  not  appreciably  different  in  character. 
This  reaction  of  the  fourth  coil  of  this  machine  is  utterly  unlike  that 
which  is  obtained  from  either  pole  of  the  galvanic  current.  This  effect 
has  long  been  shown  by  the  inventor  of  this  machine,  and  has  been 
illustrated  by  him.  We  were  induced  to  question  his  assertions  until 
we  had  first  made  experiments  of  our  own  with  the  different  coils  of 
the  machine. 

The  Effect  of  Electrical  Irritation  compared  with  Mechanical  Irrita- 
tion of  the  Eye. — It  is  interesting  to  compare  the  reaction  produced 
by  the  galvanic  and  faradic  currents  on  the  retina  to  the  effects  of 
mechanical  irritation.  We  have  found  by  experiment  on  ourselves 
that  rubbing  the  eyes  when  closed,  or  partially  closed,  causes  various 
and  oftentimes  beautiful  appearances.  Very  frequently  a  central  spot 
will  appear,  varying  in  shape  and  color,  and  changing  in  shape  and 
color  during  the  irritation.  All  conceivable  shapes,  and  every  grade 
of  color,  we  have  seen  in  this  way  over  and  over  repeated  ;  sometimes 
a  mere  circle  of  light  shading  off  into  darkness,  and  again  a  definite  and 
well-formed  object,  brihiant  in  color,  standing  forth  clear  and  beautiful 
against  the  dark  background.  Forms  resembling  a  bouquet  of  flowers, 
or  a  cluster  of  stars,   or  various  shapes  of  crystals,  app«ar  with  sucl" 


AUDITORY   NERVE. 


131 


vividness  that  we  love  to  prolong  the  experiment.  Simp'  e  pressure  on 
the  side  of  the  eyeball  will  cause  reactions  somewhat  similar  in  kind 
(though  less  in  degree)  to  those  produced  by  the  faradic  current. 

These  reactions,  however,  are  not  constant ;  they  vary  greatly  with 
the  individual,  and  with  the  same  individual  at  different  times.  In 
order  to  obtain  the  most  beautiful  appearances,  it  is  necessary  to  first 
look  for  a  moment  on  bright  light,  or  to  have  the  eyes  open  in  the  full 
sunlight.  It  would  seem  that  the  retina  must  first  become  sensitive, 
by  exposure  to  strong  light,  before  the  reactions  can  appear  in  their  full 
extent. 

Action  of  Electricity  on  the  Auditory  Nerve  ;  Action  of  the  Faradic 
Current. — The  faradic  current,  when  applied  to  the  ear,  or  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  ear,  causes  a  ringing,  or  humming,  or  rumbling  sound, 
according  to  the  method  of  application  and  the  strength  of  the  current. 
These   sounds  are  due,  in  part,  to  the  susurri   of  the  muscles. 

Action  of  the  Galvanic  Currejit. — To  the  galvanic  current  the  audi- 
tory reacts  by  certain  fixed  laws. 

This  normal  formula  is  as  follows  : 

Ka  S  Kl,  distinct  accented  sound. 

Ka  D  Kl  > ,  sound  disappearing  by  degrees. 

Ka  O  — ,  no  sensation  of  sound. 

An  S  -, 

An  D  — ,  ''  " 

An  O  Kl,  weak  and  short  sound,  similar  in  character  to  Ka  S. 

In  the  above  formula,  Ka  =  Kathode  (negative  pole).  An  =  Anode 
(positive  pole),  S  =  closing  (schliesung),  O  =  opening  (oeffnung),  D 
=  duration  of  current. 

Pf  =  whistling  sound. 

Kl  =  ringing        " 

Z  =  hissing  " 

The  sensations  with  Ka  S  appear  sooner  and  stronger  than  with 
An  O. 

This  formula,  it  will  be  observed,  harmonizes  with  the  law  of  elec- 
trotonos  (seep.  1 11),  and  Pfliiger's  contraction  law — that  "a  nerve  is 
stimulated  by  the  appearance  of  catelectrotonos  and  the  disappearance  of 
anelectrotonos  ;  not,  however,  by  the  disappearance  of  catelectrotonos  and 
the  appearance  of  anelectrotonos.     (See  p.  116). 

Although  the  character  of  sounds  varies  with  the  strength  and  contin- 
uance of  the  current  and  with  the  individual,  yet  in  the  healthy  ear  the 
polar  effects  never  vary. 


132 


ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 


There  is  never  any  sensation  of  sound  with  the  dosi?ig  of  the  anode 
(An  S),  except  in  pathological  conditions. 

'T\iQ  polar  effect  is  therefore  the  leading  effect,  and  the  direction  of 
the  current  through  the  auditory  nerve  appears  to  have  no  demonstra- 
ble influence. 

The  use  of  the  rheostat  and  the  changes  in  the  reactions  that  are 
made  by  interposing  the  various  grades  of  resistances  in  the  circuit  are 
represented  in  the  following  experiments  of  Brenner  :  * 

The  experiment  was  performed  on  a  healthy  ear  that  had  been  cured 
a  short  time  before  of  a  catarrh  of  the  middle  ear.  The  number  of 
elements  is  in  Roman,  the  number  of  resistances  in  Arabic. 


XX 
XX 

10-80  gave  no 
90-120  KaS — 

KaD 
KaO 
AnS 
AnD 
AnO 

reaction. 
-Buzzing  of  flies 
very  short. 

XX 

260- 

-400  Ka  S — Rumbling  of 
cannon. 

Ka  D— Same  > 

KaO 

AnS 

AnD 

An  0 — Rumbling  of 
wagons. 

XX 

130-170  Ka  S— 

-Stronger  buzz- 

XX 

410- 

-550  Ka  S — Strikingofme- 

KaD- 
KaO 

ing. 
-Same. 

talHc  plate. 
Ka  D— Same  > 
KaO 

AnS 

AnS 

An  D 

An  D 

An  0 

An  0 — Rumbling. 

XX 

180-250  Ka  S- 

-Distant   rum- 
bling of  wag- 
ons. 

XX 

560 

—     Ka  S — Sharp  ring  like 
a  silver  table 
bell. 

KaD- 

—Same. 

Ka  D— Same  > 

KaO 

KaO 

AnS 

AnS 

AnD 

AnD 

AnO- 

-Buzzing   of 
flies. 

An  0 — Weaker    and 
shorter  ring 

Erb  f  gives  the  following  result  of  experiments  on  himself : 


*  Op.  cit.,  Band  i. ,  p.  105. 

f  Archiv  Ophthalmology  und  Otolog. 


VoL  I,  No.  I,  p.  246. 


BRENNER'S   RESEARCHES.  1 33 

lo  El  Ka  S  Kl 8  and  6  El  Ka  S  Kl 

Ka  D  Kl  >  Ka  D 

Ka  O Ka  O 

An  S  An  S  

An  D  An  D  

An  O  Kl  An  O  


On  another  patient,*  50  years  of  age,  he  obtained  the  following  re- 
action with  accompanying  symptoms  of  pain  and  facial  contortions  : 

8  El  Ka  S — Clear  whistling,  stinging  pain  and  facial  contortions. 

Ka  D — Gradually  disappeared. 

Ka  O — No  sensation. 

An  S — Violent  pain. 

An  D — Pain  remains. 

An  O — Short  and  weak  whistling ;  slight  facial  convulsions  with 
10  El  ;  the  same  formula  gave  still  louder  sensations 
of  sound,  but  the  accompanying  pain  was  very  severe. 

Brenner  f  gives  the  following  reaction  in  a  healthy  man  : 

Same  patient  treated  by  a  stronger  current. 

Ka  S — Rumbling  of  cannon.  Ka  S — Sharp  ringing. 

Ka  D—         "  '-'  KaD—     "  " 

Ka  O Ka  O 

AS      AS       

AD      AD      [ing. 

AO — Rumbling  of  wagons.  AO — Weaker  and  shorter  ring- 

The  variations  of  the  tone  with  the  difference  of  the  current  are  rep- 
resented in  the  following  experiment  of  Brenner  :  | 

With  the  Cathode  closing.  With  Anode  opening.    (An  O.) 

XX    10  Ka  S  K.  XX    30  A  O  K. 

20  Ka  S  K.  40  A  O  K. 

30  Ka  S  K.  50  A  O  K. 

40  Ka  S  K'.  60  A  O  K. 

50  Ka  S  K'.  70  A  O  K. 

60  Ka  S  K'.  80  A  O  K'. 

70  Ka  S  K".  90  A  O  K'. 

80  Ka  S  K".  100  A  K'. 

These  Reactions  produced  directly  and  not  by  Reflex  Action. — We 
•  Loc.  cit.,  p.  250.  f  Op.  cit.,  Band  i.,  p.  106.  %  Loc.  cit.,  p.  iitx 


134  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

thorouglily  agree  with  Brenner  and  Erb  that  these  reactions  of  the  audi- 
tor)'  nerve  are  obtained  by  the  direct  action  of  the  current  on  the  nerve, 
and  not  by  reflex  action  through  the  trigeminus.  This  view  is  proved 
by  the  general  fact  of  the  conductibihty  of  the  tissues  of  the  brain  (see 
chapter  on  that  subject),  by  the  fact  that  even  when  the  trigeminus  is 
paralyzed  the  reaction  may  yet  occur,*  and  by  the  fact  that  when  the 
electrode  is  placed  in  a  condition  favorable  for  the  entrance  of  the 
current  into  the  ear,  the  reaction  is  more  decided  than  when  the  elec- 
trode is  placed  in  a  condition  favorable  for  the  excitement  of  the  trige- 
minus, but  unfavorable  for  the  direct  entrance  of  the  current,  as  has 
been  conclusively  shown  by  Erbf  and  by  ourselves.J  We  have  removed 
the  pole  from  the  tragus  to  the  malar  bone  and  the  cheek,  both  of  which 
points  are  highly  favorable  for  the  excitatio7i  of  the  trigeminus,  and 
have  found  that  with  removal  the  reaction  diminished  or  disappeared. 

In  order  to  obtain  that  normal  formula,  the  following  conditions  are 
necessary  : — 

1.  Convenient  galvanic  apparatus. 

A  very  powerful  galvanic  battery  is  not  needed.  The  range  of  ele- 
ments to  which  the  auditory  nerve  sensibly  reacts  is  between  2  to  30.  In 
some  cases  quite  strong  currents  are  necessary.  The  galvanic  batteries 
and  electrodes  described  in  this  work  are  adapted  for  these  investiga- 
tions. There  should  be  a  current  reverser ;  and  a  rheostat,  though  not 
exactly  indispensable,  is  yet  very  convenient. 

2.  A  right  method  of  application,  and  practice  in  using  it. 

On  the  whole,  the  best  method  of  application  to  produce  these  reac- 
tions is  the  external  arrangement,  in  which  one  pole  is  firmly  pressed 
on  the  tragus  (the  ear  external  auditory  canal  having  been  previously 
filled  with  warm  salt  water),  while  the  other  is-  held  in  or  fastened  on 
the  hand  on  the  opposite  side.  Any  convenient  electrodes  may  be 
used  for  these  purposes.  So  long  as  the  pole  whose  specific  effect  we 
desire  to  produce  is  on  the  right  ])lace  in  the  ear  or  on  the  tragus,  the 
position  of  the  other  electrode  is  not  absolutely  essential,  provided  it 
is  somewhere  on  the  opposite  side,  so  as  to  allow  the  current  to  pass 
through  the  auditory  nerve.  It  is  difficult  or  impossible  to  get  the 
reaction  while  the  pole  is  on  the  mastoid  process  of  the  same  side.     It 


*  Vide  Moos'  case,  above  quoted  in  Archiv  Ophth.  und  Otol.,  vol.  i..  No.  2,  p. 
482. 

f  Archiv  Ophth.  und  Otol.,  vol.  i.,  No.  i.,  p.  261  et  seq. 

\  For  a  detailed  discussion  of  this  subject,  see  Brenner's  work,  Band  i.,  i  Abth  , 
p.  94,  et  seq. 


ACTION   ON  AUDITORY   NERVE.  135 

has  been  shown  that  when  both  poles  are  placed  in  the  auditory  canal, 
by  means  of  a  double  electrode,  the  auditory  nerve  reacts  to  the  nearer 
pole. 

A  number  of  intelligefit  and  practised  patients  with  both  healthy  and 
diseased  ears. 

The  advantages  of  intelligence  on  the  part  of  a  patient  are  obvious  ; 
just  as  in  investigating  electro-muscular  sensibility,  it  is  necessary  tc) 
depend  entirely  on  the  statements  of  the  patient  for  our  information. 
Even  the  strong-minded  and  intelligent  are  sometimes  so  distressed  by 
the  pain  produced  by  the  applications,  or  so  distracted  by  the  sensa- 
tions of  dizziness,  and  the  contractions  of  the  facial  muscles,  that  they 
are  unable  to  rightly  interpret  their  subjective  sensations  in  the  ear. 
It  is  necessary  that  the  experiments  should  be  made  on  a  number  of 
patients,  m  order  to  obtain  the  variety  of  reactions  above  described. 

It  is  best  also  to  make  the  first  experiment  on  patients  who  have 
diseased  ears,  for  it  is  as  true  of  the  auditory  as  of  the  nasal  passages 
that  they  sometimes  become  less  sensitive  when  diseased.  This  is  to 
be  explained  partly  by  the  manipulations  and  treatment  to  which  such 
patients  become  accustomed,  and  partly  by  the  fact  that  the  morbid 
process  itself  produces  callousness  of  the  parts. 

The  operator  should  proceed  calmly  and  with  self-command.  After 
the  patient  is  in  position,  with  his  head  inclined  on  the  back  of  the 
chair  or  lounge,  and  one  of  the  electrodes  fastened  to  or  held  in  the 
hand  opposite  the  ear  to  be  experimented  on,  a  little  warm  salt  water 
should  be  dropped  in  (which  can  be  very  conveniently  done  by  squeez- 
ing the  small  quantity  necessary  to  fill  the  external  auditory  canal  from 
a  small  sponge  or  from  a  teaspoon  or  funnel-shaped  glass  *)  and  the 
other  electrode  firmly  pressed  on  the  tragus.  It  is  well  to  begin  with 
a  small  number  of  elements,  and  gradually  increase  until  a  reaction  is 
obtained.  The  reaction  will  usually  appear  when  the  current  is  strong 
enough  to  produce  contractions  of  the  facial  muscles.  The  patient 
should  all  the  time  be  continually  and  repeatedly  questioned  in  regard 
to  the  sensations  experienced,  especially  if  he  is  unaccustomed  to  the 
treatment,  for  at  first  he  may  be  so  distracted  by  the  flashes  of  light 
before  the  eyes,  the  contractions  of  the  facial  muscles,  the  nausea,  the 
metallic  taste,  and  the  noise  of  the  water  in  the  ear,  and  especially  by 
the  pain,  that  he  may  be  unable  at  first  to  distinguish  the  true  character 
of  the  reaction. 

*  It  is  well  to  place  a  towel  about  the  neck,  just  as  when  syringing  the  ear,  sc 
as  to  avoid  wetting  the  collar  or  other  clothing  of  the  patient. 


136  ELECTRO-1  HYSIOLOGY. 

If  the  battery  is  provided  with  a  commutator,  for  increasing  and 
diminishing  the  number  of  elements  brought  into  requisition,  a  current 
reverser  for  changing  the  direction  of  the  current  without  removing  the 
poles,  and  a  rheostat  for  introducing  resistances  into  the  circuit,  the 
labor  of  the  operator  will  be  materially  lightened ;  hut  such  appliances 
are  not  indispensable. 

The  operator  should  remember  that  the  reactions  are  modified  by  the 
experiment  itself  {a.)  Ka.S  is  most  effectual  after  An.S.  Therefore 
the  use  of  voltaic  alternatives  is  of  service. 

(3.)  The  excitability  of  the  nerve  is  increased  by  long  closure  of  cath- 
ode (Ka.S.). 

(r.)  The  excitement  of  An.O.  increases  with  the  strength  of  the  cur- 
rent and  the  length  of  closure. 

It  should  be  remembered  also  that  Ka.S.  is  stronger  and  quicker 
than  An.O. 

Judging  from  our  own  researches  in  this  department  these  three  lead- 
ing statements  of  Brenner — that  the  auditory  nerve  reacts  to  the  nearest 
electrode  in  a  regular  manner,  that  in  health  sounds  of  some  kind  are 
produced  at  the  closing  and  in  the  duration  of  the  cathode,  and  that  in 
pathological  cases  a  part  of  the  normal  formula  is  more  or  less  changed 
— are  capable  of  sufficient  and  easy  demonstration  to  those  who  are 
thoroughly  familiar  with  electro-therapeutical  experimentation. 

On  the  other  hand,  some  of  the  special  features  of  Brenner's  system 
offer  difficulties  in  the  way  of  their  successful  and  uniform  demonstra- 
tion that  can  only  be  overcome  by  careful  practice  in  this  special  de- 
partment. To  catch  the  sounds  which  in  health  are  heard-  at  the  open- 
ing of  the  anode  ;  to  distinguish  between  the  noise  caused  by  the  agita- 
tion of  the  water  in  the  ear,  and  the  subjective  sounds  that  are  so  fre- 
quently the  symptoms  of  disease  of  the  auditory  apparatus  and  the  genu- 
ine reaction  of  the  auditory  nerve ;  to  obtain  the  complete  normal 
formula  in  health,  and  to  satisfactorily  discriminate  between  the  various 
abnormal  reactions  of  disease — the  first  attempt  to  fully  corroborate  all 
the  assertions  in  these  particulars  will  usually  result  in  complete  or  par- 
tial failure,  especially  to  those  who  are  unfamiliar  with  the  use  of  gal- 
vanic apparatus. 

Degrees  of  Irritability. — Brenner  distinguishes  three  different  de- 
grees of  irritability  of  the  auditory  nerve,  according  to  the  number  of 
elements  that  it  takes  to  excite  the  reaction.  The  degrees  of  irritabihty 
may  be  changed  during  the  sitting  by  the  effect  of  the  current  on  the 
nerve,  and  especially  by  the  voltaic  alternatives. 

Thus,  if  at  the  beginning  of  the  sitting  the  nerve  reacted  to  16  ele 


OBJECTIONS   ANSWERED.  1 37 

ments,  but  to  no  number  less  than  that,  these  i6  elements  would  repre^ 
sent  the  primary  h'ritability  of  that  nerve. 

If  by  various  alternations  of  the  current  the  nerve  is  brought  into  a 
condition  that  it  reacts  to  12  elements,  these  12  elements  represent  the 
secondary  irritability  of  that  nerve. 

If,  by  still  further  excitation,  the  nerve  is  made  to  react  to  10  ele- 
ments, these  10  elements  represent  the  tertiary  excitability  of  that  nerve. 

In  opposition  to  the  above  conclusions  Dr.  Wreden,  of  St.  Peters- 
burg, has  made  a  number  of  experiments  which  seem  to  him  to  establish 
that  the  sounds  heard  during  galvanization  of  the  ear  are  due  not  tc 
the  reaction  of  the  auditory  nerve,  but  to  the  contraction  of  the  smah 
muscles  of  the  middle  ear.  In  his  experiments  he  electrized  the  Eusta- 
chian tube,  through  the  catheter,  and  also  the  middle  ear,  by  means  of 
small,  delicate,  and  finely  graduated  sounds  insulated  to  their  points. 
He  believes  that  by  this  method  he  causes  contraction  of  the  tensor 
tympani  and  of  the  stapedius^  through  irritation  of  the  fifth  and  seventh 
nerves.* 

Wreden  asserts  that  during  electrization  by  these  methods  the  mem- 
brana  tympani  is  retracted,  and  believes  that  this  retraction  is  caused 
by  the  contraction  of  the  muscles.  This,  however,  has  been  denied  by 
Poorten.  To  settle  this  question,  Lowenberg  devised  a  manometer, 
which  consists  in  a  bit  of  cork  or  rubber  fitted  into  the  external  meatus 
hermetically,  and  receiving  hermetically  a  capillary  glass  tube  which 
contains  a  drop  of  colored  liquid.  The  external  meatus  is  filled  with 
water,  which  is  connected  with  one  of  the  poles  of  a  faradic  machine, 
while  the  other  is  applied  to  the  skin  by  a  sponge  or  through  the  Eusta- 
chian tube.  When  the  membrana  tympani  is  retracted  by  the  action 
of  the  current,  the  drop  of  colored  water  indicates  this  retraction  by 
falling,  when  it  is  pushed  outward,  by  rising. 

Admitting  to  the  full  all  that  has  been  claimed  by  Wreden  and  Low- 
enberg, we  do  not  see  that  it  proves  that  the  supposed  complex  reac- 
tions of  the  auditory  nerve  to  electricity  are  nothing  more  than  muscu- 
lar contractions.  Admitting  that  in  some  cases  where  the  membrana 
tympani  is  gone,  the  reactions  are  not  obtained,  still  the  following  con- 
siderations are,  to  our  mind,  convincing  : 

I.  The  reactions  of  the  galvanic  current,  when  applied  to  the  ear,  are 
frequently  similar  to  some  of  the  sounds  of  tinnitus  aurium.  They  are 
sometimes  so  much  alike  that  they  cannot  be  distinguished. 

*  A  resume  of  this  subject  is  presented  in  Dr.  Roosa's  work  on  Diseases  of  tht 
Ear,  pn.  493-495. 


138  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

2  The  differential  polar  effects  of  the  galvanic  c  irrent  on  the  ear 
wnich  are  very  easy  of  demonstration,  cannot  be  explained  by  any 
theory  of  muscular  contraction. 

3.  Some  of  the  reactions  are  produced  by  the  steady  action  of  the 
galvanic  current,  without  any  interruption,  and  with  a  strength  not  suffi- 
cient to  produce  muscular  contraction ;  while  it  is  true  that  certain 
reactions  in  some  cases  require  strong  and  interrupted  currents,  it  is  not 
true  of  all  of  them. 

4.  A  reaction  of  the  auditory  nerve  similar  to  some  forms  of  tinnitus 
can  be  obtained  in  some  sensitive  cases,  not  only  by  galvanization  of 
the  ear,  but  of  the  other  parts  of  the  head,  and  even  the  trunk. 

We  have  had  a  patient  who  complained  every  time  we  galvanized 
the  spine  that  buzzing,  hissing  sounds  were  excited  in  his  ear.  Simi- 
lar sounds  are  produced  by  galvanization  of  the  ear.  The  effect  in 
this  case  was  probably  reflex. 

All  these  considerations  convince  us  that  the  variety  of  sounds  pio- 
duced  by  galvanization  of  the  ear  is  due  to  the  excitation  of  the  au- 
ditory nerve,  and  that  this  excitation  may  be  both  direct  and  reflex. 
We  are  fully  aware,  however,  that  for  the  present  this  fact  has  a  greater 
interest  for  the  electro-physiologist  than  for  the  electro-therapeutist. 

Olfactory  Nerve. — We  have  observed  in  frequent  experimenting  on 
ourselves  that  the  negative  pole  of  a  strong  galvanic  current  applied  to 
the  Schneiderian  membrane  caused,  in  certain  sensitive  localities,  an  odor 
much  resembling  sulphuretted  hydrogen.  The  odor  observed  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  docks  will  perhaps  suggest  the  peculiar  character  of  this  re- 
action more  than  any  formal  description.  This  reaction  is  obtained  only 
when  a  powerful  current  is  used.  It  is  obtained  at  the  opening  of  the 
circuit,  while  the  circuit  is  closed  and  for  some  Httle  time  after  the  circuit 
is  opened.  We  have  found  that  this  peculiar  reaction  varies  much  with 
the  individual,  and  with  the  same  individual  at  different  times.  A  sen- 
sitive, or  even  an  ulcerated  condition  of  the  mucous  membrane  would 
seem  to  form  it.  Although  we  are  frequently  treating  cases  of  rhinitis 
(nasal  catarrh)  by  internal  galvanization  with  metallic  electrodes,  yet  our 
patients  never  speak  of  this  peculiar  odor.  The  mucous  membrane 
of  the  nasal  passages  is  very  sensitive,  and  in  ordinary  therapeutical 
applications  only  gentle  currents  will  be  borne,  whereas  this  reaction  of 
the  olfactory  nerves  demands  powerful  and  painful  currents. 

The  differential  reaction  of  the  positive  and  the  negative  pole  of  the 
ascending  and  descending  currents  that  were  long  ago  claimed  by  Rit- 
ter,  we  have  not  been  able  to  confirm.  The  phenomenon  of  sneezing,  or 
a  disposition  to  sneeze,  of  which  Ritter  spoke,  is  due,  not  to  any  reac 


*        ACTION  ON  THE  GUSTATORY  NERVE.         1 39 

tion  of  the  olfactory  nerve,  but  to  the  mechanical  irritation  of  the  sen 
sory  nerves  by  the  electrode.  Sneezing,  as  all  aurists  know,  is  called 
forth  by  a  single  introduction  of  the  Eustachian  catheter,  and  we  observe 
it  continually  in  introducing  the  nasal  electrode.  It  is  observed  most, 
however,  just  as  the  electrode  is  being  inserted  ;  and  when  the  current  is 
running,  the  symptom  does  not  usually  annoy  us.  The  action  of  a  gentle 
current  on  the  sensory  nerves  of  the  nasal  passages  seems  rather  to  have 
a  sedative  effect,  and  in  a  measure  counteracts  the  tendency  to  sneeze 
that  is  excited  by  the  mechanical  irritation  of  the  electrode. 

Schonbein  suggests  that  the  peculiar  smell  experienced  from  the  pas- 
sage of  the  electric  current  through  the  olfactory  nerve  is  caused  by 
ozone  that  is  generated. 

This  peculiar  odor,  observed  in  powerful  galvanization  of  the  nasal 
passage,  is  unquestionably  due  to  the  reaction  of  the  nerve  to  the  elec- 
trical stimulus,  and  corresponds  to  the  effects  produced  by  the  same 
agent  on  the  nerves  of  seeing,  hearing,  and  tasting. 

Franklinic  electricity,  electro-magnetism,  magneto-electricity,  are 
unable,  in  any  strength  that  can  be  endured  by  a  person  in  health,  to 
excite  the  peculiar  reaction  of  the  olfactory  nerve. 

Action  of  Electricity  on  the  Gustatory  Nerve — Action  of  the  Galvanic 
Current. — In  1754,  long  before  the  discovery  of  galvanism,  it  was 
noticed  by  M.  Sulzer  that  lead  and  silver,  when  connected  and  then 
brought  in  contact  with  the  tongue,  gave  rise  to  a  peculiar  taste  similar 
to  that  produced  by  vitriol  of  iron.  If  we  apply  a  piece  of  zinc  to  the 
upper,  and  one  of  silver  to  the  lower  part  of  the  tongue,  a  powerful  acid 
taste  will  be  experienced  under  the  zinc  plate,  and  a  slight  alkaline 
taste  under  the  silver  plate.  These  sensations  are  perceived  as  long 
as  the  circuit  is  closed ;  but  if  the  plate  or  the  tongue  be  warmer  or 
colder  than  natural,  or  very  much  benumbed  by  acids  or  other  irritating 
substances,  very  little,  if  any,  sensation  is  produced.  If  the  tension  of 
the  current  be  much  increased,  by  using  several  pairs,  the  tongue  be- 
comes convulsed  and  a  flash  of  light  is  perceived.  When  neither  of  the 
electrodes  touches  the  tongue,  a  metallic  instead  of  an  acid  or  alkaline 
taste  is  produced. 

The  peculiar  reaction  of  the  gustatory  nerve  to  the  current  is  gen- 
erally described  by  those  on  whom  we  have  experimented  as  "  cop- 
pery," or  "  sour,"  or  "metallic,"  or  "bitter."  Sour  or  coppery  are,  we 
believe,  the  designations  most  frequently  employed  by  those  persons 
who  experience  the  sensation  for  the  first  time,  and  who  have  no 
theories  in  the  matter  to  prove  or  disprove,  and  who  therefore  are 
likely  to  give  their  real  impressions.     If  we  ask  them  whether  they  have 


140  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

a  taste  in  the  mouth  while  the  current  is  passing,  they  usually  reply  that 
the  taste  is  sour  or  "  coppery,"  and  sometimes  they  may  call  it  "  bitter." 
If  we  ask  them  whether  the  taste  is  "  metallic,"  they  usually  reply  in  the 
affirmative.  Our  observations  on  this  subject  have  been  very  numer- 
ous, and  they  have  been  made  with  both  currents.  It  is  not  necessary 
to  send  the  galvanic  current  through  the  tongue  or  through  the  chorda 
tympani  nerve,  or  through  the  face  even ;  for  galvanization  of  the  neck 
in  the  anterior  and  posterior  regions,  and  of  the  head  in  almost  any 
direction,  and  of  the  spine — the  lower  as  well  as  the  upper  region — will 
be  felt  in  the  gustatory  nerve. 

This  metaUic  taste  is  felt  almost  as  soon  as  the  galvanic  current  is 
closed,  grows  stronger  while  the  current  runs  up  to  a  certain  point,  and  is 
sometimes  felt  for  several  minutes  after  the  electrodes  are  removed. 
In  some  temperaments  on  which  we  have  experimented,  the  metallic 
taste  remains  on  the  tongue  for  several  hours,  and  even  all  day,  and 
longer. 

In  susceptible  temperaments  the  faradic  current  produces  in  a  less 
degree  this  metallic  taste,  and  that,  too,  not  only  when  applied  to  the 
tongue,  but  also  the  head,  neck,  and  spine.  In  the  operations  of  cen- 
tral galvanization  this  reaction  of  the  gustatory  nerve  becomes  of  con- 
siderable value  in  showing  us  that  the  current  is  passing  as  we  wish  it, 
and  that  the  patient  is  receiving  all  that  is  well  for  him.  The  gustatory 
reaction  thus  answers  the  purpose  of  a  galvanometer,  showing  that  the 
current  is  passing,  and  to  a  certain  degree  regulating  the  dose. 

There  is  little  doubt  that  this  metallic  taste,  caused  by  electrization, 
is  due  to  a  peculiar  excitation  of  the  properties  of  the  gustatory  nerves 
by  the  stimulus  of  the  current. 

The  theory  that  it  might  be  of  an  electrolytic,  character,  and  therefore 
explained  by  the  products  of  decomposition  at  the  poles — acid  at  the 
positive,  and  alkalies  at  the  negative — RosenLial,  by  a  ^^ariety  of  ex- 
periments, has  shown  to  be  untenable. 


CHAPTEP    VII. 

ACTION   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON    MOTOR   AND    SENSORY   NERVES  AND 
VOLUNTARY   MUSCLES. 

L'ritability  of  nerves  and  muscles  is  that  property  by  virtue  of  which 
they  conduct  the  natural  stimulus  of  the  body,  or  external  impressions, 
or  respond  to  artificial  stimulatio?i. 

Nerves  and  muscles  are  called  irritable  so  long  as  they  retain  this 
property.  Irritability  of  the  nerves  is  a  property  inherent  in  them. 
No  Other  tissue  except  nerve  tissue  possesses  this  property. 

During  Hfe  nerves  and  muscles  manifest  their  irritability  by  fulfilling 
all  the  natural  functions  that  belong  to  them ;  it  is  this  property  that 
enables  them  to  conduct  that  mysterious  vital  agent,  which,  in  lieu  of 
definite  knowledge,  we  are  obliged  to  call  nerve  force.  This  nerve 
force,  which  is  peculiar  to  living  beings,  may  possibly  be  correlative  to 
the  other  forces  of  nature  —  light,  heat,  electricity,  magnetism,  and 
gravitation — but  the  theory  that  it  is  identical  with  electricity  is,  as  will  be 
seen,  untenable. 

Irritability,  how  long  Retained  after  Death. — The  irritability  of  nerves 
and  muscles  begins  to  diminish  after  death,  and  sooner  or  later  disap- 
pears. It  disappears  much  sooner  in  warm-blooded  than  in  cold- 
blooded animals. 

In  warm-blooded  animals,  as  the  rabbit  and  the  dog,  the  muscular 
current  may  disappear  in  half  or  three-quarters  of  an  hour.  In  the 
limb  of  a  frog  that  has  been  properly  protected  and  under  a  cool  tem- 
perature, it  may  remain  for  two,  three,  or  even  four  weeks.  It  is  on 
account  of  this  persistence  of  irritability  in  frogs  that  they  are  so  fre- 
quently chosen  in  electro-physiological  experiments.  Irritability  also 
varies  with  the  temperature.  It  lasts  longer  in  cold  than  in  warm 
weather,  and  under  extreme  heat  it  remains  but  a  short  time. 

The  local  api)lication  of  poisons  and  powerful  chemical  substances, 
as  extract  of  opium,  acetates  of  strychnine,  morphine,  creasote,  nitrate 
of  silver,  mineral  acids,  rapidly  destroys  the  irritability. 

How  Muscular  Contractions  are  Produced. — There  are,  then,  twc 


142  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

ways  by  which  the  muscles  can  be  made  to  contract  under  electricity : 
(i)  by  acting  on  the  motor  nerves,  and  (2)  by  acting  on  the  muscles 
themselves.  There  is,  however,  this  interesting  and  important  differ- 
ence in  the  effect  of  electrizing  the  motor  nerves  and  the  muscles,  that 
when  the  former  are  electrized  all  the  muscles  supplied  by  them  con- 
tract, and  when  the  muscles  are  electrized,  only  that  muscle  to  which 
the  electrodes  are  applied,  or  that  part  of  the  muscle  between  the 
electrodes,  will  contract.  When  direct  applications  to  the  muscle  are 
made,  the  best  contractions  are  produced  by  putting  one  electrode  at 
each  end.  The  muscular  contractions  produced  by  directly  fara- 
dizing  the  muscle  are  due  to  the  excitation  of  the  muscle,  and  also  of 
the  intra-muscular  nerve-fibres.  The  most  powerful  muscular  contrac- 
tions are  produced  by  placing  one  electrode  on  the  muscle,  and  the 
other  at  the  point  where  the  motor  nerve  that  supplies  it  is  most  super- 
ficial. 

Diffe7-ential  Action  of  Positive  and  Negative  Pole  in  Producing  Con- 
tractions.— Not  only  is  there  a  difference  in  the  degree  in  the  opening 
and  closing  contractions  of  the  faradic  current,  but  there  is  also  a  dif- 
ference in  the  action  of  the  poles  in  producing  contractions.  When  the 
interruptions  are  rapid,  as  in  the  majority  of  machines,  the  muscle  does 
not  have  time  to  go  through  all  the  process  of  lengthening  and  shorten- 
ing with  each  movement  of  the  current  to  and  fro,  and  consequendy 
it  is  kept  in  the  state  of  tonic  contraction  above  described.  If,  now, 
one  pole  be  placed  on  some  indifferent  point,  while  the  other  pole 
is  placed  over  the  nerve  to  be  acted  on,  it  will  be  found  that  the  Jiega- 
tive  pole  produces  stronger  contractions  than  the  positive. 

This  experiment  is  easily  made,  and  it  is  not  difficult  to  demonstrate  on 
one's  self  that  this  stronger  action  of  the  negative  pole  in  producing  mus- 
cular contraction  is  entirely  independent  of  the  direction  of  the  current 
— is,  in  short,  a  polar  effect.  We  have  already  seen  that  on  sensory 
nerves  the  negative  pole  is  more  powerfully  felt  than  the  positive. 

Simple  Fluctuation  in  Strength  of  Current  sufficient  to  Produce  Con- 
tractioti. — In  order  to  produce  muscular  contractions,  it  is  not  necessary 
that  the  current  should  be  opened  or  closed.  A  moderate  variation  in  the 
strength  of  the  current — such  as  is  obtained  by  adding  one  or  more 
cells,  or  by  uniting  another  and  independent  current  in  the  circuit,  or 
by  taking  off  some  portion  of  the  current  from  the  circuit — will  cause 
muscular  contractions.  The  contractions  produced  in  this  way  are, 
however,  less  vigorous  than  those  produced  in  closing  and  opening  the 
circuit.  It  is  to  be  observed,  also,  that  the  vigor  of  the  contractions  is 
proportioned  to  the  suddenness  of  the  closing  or  opening  the  circiiit. 


MOTOR    AND   SENSORY   NERVES,    ETC.  1 43 

This  point  is  frequently  forced  upon  our  observation  in  the  treatment  of 
paralysis.  If  the  electrodes  are  armed  with  large  sponges,  and  are 
slowly  applied  over  the  muscle,  with  gradually  increasing  pressure, 
scarcely  any  contraction,  or  at  least  only  a  feeble  one,  is  produced ; 
but  if  the  interruption  be  made  in  the  metallic  part  of  the  circuit— in 
the  electrode  by  an  interrupter,  or  in  the  battery — the  contraction  with 
the  same  current  will  be  very  energetic. 

By  referring  to  Electro-Physics  (p.  55),  it  will  be  seen  that  the  law  of 
muscular  contraction  under  electrization  follows  the  laws  of  current- 
induction.  Both  contraction  and  induction  occur  when  a  change  is 
made  in  the  strength  of  the  current  by  closing,  opening,  increasing; 
or  diminishing. 

Muscular  CoJitractions  more  Vigorous  when  a  great  length  of  thi 
Nerve  is  Galvanized. — The  muscular  contraction  caused  by  galvaniza- 
tiort  is  greater  when  a  large  than  when  a  small  extent  of  the  nerve  is 
included  between  the  electrodes.  It  is  not  a  difficult  matter  to  demon- 
strate this  fact.  The  experiment  can  be  made  on  nerves  of  rabbits, 
dogs,  frogs,  or  other  animals. 

Nerves  of  Living  Man. — Our  previous  remarks  have  been  applied  to 
the  reaction  of  the  nerves  of  animals  in  a  condition  not  purely  physio- 
logical. When  the  galvanic  current  is  applied  to  a  living  and  healthy 
motor  nerve  in  a  healthy  man,  contraction  takes  place  only  on  closing 
the  circuit.  This  fact  is  constant  with  either  pole  and  any  direction  of 
the  current.  The  negative  pole  applied  to  the  nerve  produces  stronger 
contraction  than  the  positive.  At  the  opening  of  the  curre7it  there  is  no 
contraction.  When  the  nerve  is  separated  from  the  body,  or  injured,  or 
fatigued  in  any  way,  the  phenomena  already  described  appear.  The 
first  symptom  of  fatigue  is  contraction  both  at  the  opening  and  closing 
of  the  current.  Wlien  the  nerve  becomes  more  exhausted  the  contrac- 
tions are  produced  on  closing  and  opening  the  inverse  current ;  and 
when  the  exhaustion  is  still  greater,  contraction  is  obtained  only  on 
making  the  direct  current. 

Action  of  the  Faradic  Current. — The  faradic  current,  when  rapidly 
interrupted,  as  in  most  of  the  faradic  machines,  and  applied  to  the 
motor  nerves,  keeps  up  a  tonic  contraction  of  the  muscle  supplied  by 
these.     This  contraction  is  maintained  so  long  as  the  current  runs. 

If  a  contrivance  for  making  slow  inductions  be  connected  with  the 
faradic  machine,  then  the  contraction  of  the  muscles  corresponds  to 
the  opening  and  closing  of  the  current,  and  the  opening  contractioji  is 
stronger  than  the  closing. 

When  the  current  of  the  secondary  wire  is  closed  by  placing  the 


144  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

electrodes  on  the  skin,  the  current  of  the  primary  coil  (extra-current) 
exercises  a  retarding  influence  on  the  secondary  current,  and  then  the 
closing  contraction  is  rendered  more  gradual  and  gentle  from  nothing 
to  the  maximum. 

When  the  current  of  the  secondary  coil  is  opened,  the  current  of  the 
primary  coil  (extra-current)  does  not  exist  (see  Electro-Physics,  p.  55), 
and  consequently  the  current  of  the  secondary  coil  is  not  retarded  and 
goes  rapidly  from  its  maximum  to  nothing. 

Diffej'ential  Action  of  Primary  and  Secondary  Coils. — Duchenne  has 
stated  with  a  measure  of  truth  that  the  current  of  the  primary  coil  (ex- 
tra-current) of  his  apparatus  has  a  more  powerful  effect  on  the  sensi- 
bility and  contractility  of  the  organs  beneath  the  skin,  while  the  current 
of  the  secondary  coil  acts  more  powerfully  on  the  retina  and  on  the 
skin.     The  primary  coil  is  composed  of  thick,  short  wire. 

The  secondary  coil  is  composed  of  long  and  thin  wire  with  many 
windings. 

The  differential  action  of  the  primary  and  secondary  currents  on  the 
skin,  muscles,  and  optic  nerve  is  due  to  these  two  causes : 

1.  The  primary  current,  circulating  through  a  short  thick  wire,  has 
less  tension  than  the  secondary  current  that  circulates  through  a  long 
thin  wire,  because  tension  is  developed  only  in  the  presence  of  resist- 
ance. Since,  now,  the  skin  offers  greater  resistance  than  the  muscles, 
the  secondary  current,  by  virtue  of  its  greater  tension,  is  able  to  pene- 
trate it,  and  also  to  penetrate  the  brain  and  affect  the  optic  nerve. 
But  the  primary  current,  having  less  tension,  passes  through  the  skin, 
circulating  in  it  but  slightly,  and  goes  to  the  muscles  beneath,  which  are 
good  conductors,  and  on  these  it  spends  its  force.  In  other  words,  a 
current  of  low  tension  selects  the  best  conductors,  avoiding  the  poor 
conductors  so  far  as  is  possible,  while  the  current  of  high  tension 
traverses  also  poor  conductors. 

2.  The  primary  current  moves  in  one  direction,  and  has  a  mild  elec- 
trolytic power,  while  the  secondary  current  moves  to  and  fro  so  rapidly 
that  it  cannot  perform  electrolysis. 

Action  of  the  Galvanic  Current. — The  interrupted  galvanic  current 
of  moderate  strength,  if  applied  to  a  motor  nerve,  causes  all  the  mus- 
cles supplied  by  that  nerve  to  contract. 

If  the  current  be  interrupted  slowly,  the  contractions  wilf  be  clonic,  if 
rapidly  interrupted,  the  contractions,  will  be  tonic.  The  violent  contrac- 
tions that  occur  at  the  moment  of  closing  and  opening  the  circuit  of 
an  intense  current  may  be  avoided  if  we  begin  with  an  extremely  mild 
current  and  slowly  and  gradually  increase  its  tension.     By  this  method 


VOLUNTARY   MUSCLES.  I45 

Ritter  \va?  enabled  to  pass  through  his  own  person,  without  experienc- 
ing either  the  closing  or  opening  shock,  the  eiiormous  current  gener- 
ated from  a  battery  of  two  hundred  elements. 

Galvano-to}iic  Contractions. — When  very  powerful  currents  are 
applied  continuously  to  the  nerves,  tonic  contractions  are  produced  dur 
mg  the  whole  time  that  the  circuit  is  closed.  Contractions  thus  pro 
duced  were  called  by  Remak  gaivano-tonic  contractmis.  They  are 
called  galvano-/(?;z/V  contractions  to  distinguish  them  from  the  clonic 
contractions  produced  by  the  faradic  current.  When  the  galvanic  cur- 
rent is  applied  continuously  to  th*^  surface  of  the  body,  by  means  of 
moist  sponges,  the  galvano-tonic  contractions  increase  in  vigor,  up  to 
a  certain  point,  the  longer  the  electrodes  are  kept  in  position.  This 
phenomenon  is  explained  mainly  by  the  fact  that  the  skin  becomes  more 
moist  as  well  as  hypersemic  (p.  no)  by  the  effect  of  the  current,  and 
thus  becomes  a  better  conductor  for  the  electricity.  With  the  faradic 
current  this  increase  of  effect  is  not  so  observable.  The  current 
lequired  to  produce  galvano-tonic  contractions  is  quite  powerful  and 
painful.  The  strength  of  current  required  will  depend  on  the  position 
of  the  nerve  acted  on,  the  length  of  nerve  included  between  the  elec- 
trodes, and  the  individual  experimented  on. 

Tonic  Contractions  iji  Antagonistic  Muscles. — Remak  states  that  when 
galvanic  currents  of  great  power  are  used,  certain  nervous  tojiic  con- 
tractions appear  in  antagonistic  muscles.  Thus,  for  example,  when 
the  median  nerve  is  subjected  to  the  continuous  action  of  a  powerful 
galvanic  current,  contractions  appear  in  the  common  extension  of  the 
same  arm,  so  that  the  fingers  are  raised.  It  is  probable  that  this  phe- 
nomenon is  due  to  reflex  action. 

Effect  of  the  Will  iji  opposing  and  aiding  Contractions  produced  by 
Electricity. — The  contractions  produced  by  electricity  can  be  materially 
aided  or  opposed  by  effort  of  the  will  of  the  person  operated  on.  If  a 
person  whose  muscles  are  being  electrized  concentrate  his  mind  on  the 
muscle  that  is  subjected  to  the  influence  of  the  current,  and  simultane- 
ously with  the  closing  of  the  circuit,  wills  to  contract  the  muscle,  the 
contraction  will  be  more  vigorous  and  complete  than  when  the  elec- 
tricity is  not  so  aided.  The  will  co-operates  with  the  electricity,  and  the 
two  agents  reinforce  each  other,  and  thus  accomplish  more  than  would 
be  possible  for  either  alone.  This  can  be  very  conveniently  demon- 
strated on  the  communis  extensor  of  the  forearm.  In  electro-therapeu- 
tics this  co-operation  of  the  force  of  will  and  electricity  becomes  of 
great  practical  value.  It  has  long  been  known  that  paralytic  patients 
of  all  kinds,  even  those  of  a  cerebral  chronic  incurable  character,  can  be 
10 


146  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

greatly  benefited  by  slightly  conce?ttrating  the  mind  o?i  the  parts  to  be 
moved,  as  the  fi7igers  or  toes,  and  resolutely  willing  to  move  them. 

In  practice  it  has  been  found  that  such  treatment  is  of  positive  and 
permanent  service. 

The  combination  of  the  force  of  will  with  electricity  is  very  much 
more  efficacious  than  either  when  used  alone.  When  a  muscle  becomes 
so  diseased  that  the  will  is  powerless  to  remove  it,  the  electricity 
may  contract  it  with  ease.  Where  electricity  alone  causes  feeble  or 
imperfect  contraction,  electricity,  co-operating  with  the  will,  may  make 
the  contraction  vigorous  and  complete.  In  order  to  make  experiments 
of  this  kind  fully  successful,  it  is  necessary  that  the  will  and  force  should 
be  concentrated  simultaneously  with  the  closing  of  the  circuit ;  and 
yet  experience  shows  that  the  effect  of  the  electrization,  if  not  too 
long  continued,  is  to  give  tone  of  the  muscle,  so  that  it  responds  more 
readily  to  the  will  for  several  minutes,  or  even  hours,  after  being  sub- 
jected to  the  electrization.  This  is  especially  observed  in  muscles  that 
are  in  a  condition  of  paresis.  In  all  these  experiments  much  depends 
on  the  organic  energy  and  grit  of  the  patient.  Conversely,  it  is  found 
that  by  an  effort  of  will  the  contraction  of  muscles  induced  by  electri- 
city can  be  within  a  certain  limit,  successfully  opposed.  The  experi- 
ment can  be  made  on  the  communis  extensor  of  the  forearm  without 
difficulty.  A  feeble  current  will  cause  this  muscle  to  contract  so  as  to 
bring  up  the  hand  and  fingers  ;  by  an  effort  of  the  will  this  can  be 
resisted  so  that  the  hand  remains  on  a  level,  or  nearly  so.  When  very 
strong  currents  are  used  the  will  is  completely  overborne,  and  has  no 
effect  whatever. 

Extent  of  Shortening  of  Muscle  during  a  Contraction. — In  the  process 
of  contraction  muscles  shorten  in  proportion  to  their  length.  The 
greatest  possible  shortening  is  obtained  during  tetanic  or  continuous 
contraction,  and  not  during  a  momentary  contraction.  The  maximum 
of  shortening  is  reached,  not  suddenly,  but  gradually,  and  it  does  not 
long  remain  at  the  maximum  even  when  the  electrization  is  continued, 
but  begins  to  lengthen  at  first  rapidly  and  then  more  slowly. 

The  greatest  amount  of  shortening  possible  to  a  muscle  is  three-quar- 
ters or  two-thirds  of  its  length. 

In  contraction  the  muscle  becomes  a  little  smaller  in  bulk.  The 
cause  of  this  is  not  fully  understood.* 

Immediate  Strengtheni?ig  or  Restorative  Effect  of  Electrization  on 

*  Electro-Physiology  a7id  Electro-Therapeutics.  By  C.  E.  Morgan,  M.D.  New 
York,  1868,  p.  573. 


VOLUNTARY   MUSCLES.  I47 

Voluntary  Muscles. — One  very  interesting  effect  of  electrization  on 
voluntary  muscles  is  to  increase  their  power  of  doing  work.  This  effect, 
which  is  called  by  Heidenhain  and  Remak  restorative^  can  be  demon- 
strated in  various  ways.  The  capacity  of  walking,  in  cases  of  paralysis 
of  the  lower  limbs,  is  sometimes  increased  at  once  after  electrization ; 
the  patient  steps  across  the  floor  easier  and  more  firmly  and  rapidly, 
and  can  walk  further;  or  he  can  raise  his  leg  higher  and  with  less 
difficulty.  In  one  case  of  paralysis  of  the  tibialis  anticus  muscle  there 
was  no  response  to  the  will  until  a  current  of  medium  strength  had 
been  applied,  when  it  contracted  without  much  difficulty.  Dr.  Poore  * 
found,  on  placing  a  weight  of  17  oz.  in  the  hand  of  a  man  holding  his 
arm  out  at  right  angles  with  his  body,  that  in  four  minutes  the  pain  was 
so  great  that  he  could  not  go  on  ;  applying  now  a  mild  current  through 
the  nerves  of  the  arm,  the  strength  returned.  Another  man  could  hold 
out  his  arm  13-^  minutes  when  the  current  was  applied,  but  only  6 
minutes  without  the  current. 

The  dynamometer  is  a  good  means  of  studying  this  subject.  In  one 
case  Dr.  Poore  found  that  eight  successive  squeezes  of  the  dynamome- 
ter with  electrization  gave  477  lbs.  ;  without  electrization,  388  lbs.;  a 
difference  of  89  lbs.  In  another  experiment  made,  when  the  hand  was 
not  tired  by  previous  experimenting,  the  difference  was  even  more 
marked,  being  a  gain  of  152  in  six  squeezes  of  the  dynamometer. 

Effect  of  Fatigue  of  Muscles  on  the  Contractility. — When  a  striped 
muscle  becomes  very  much  weakened  or  fatigued  it  behaves  under  elec- 
trization much  like  the  smooth  muscle.  Dr.  Beard  has  demonstrated  this 
fact  on  dying  rabbits  and  dogs.  Beginning  the  electrization  just  as 
they  are  cut  open,  the  striped  muscles  react  vigorously  and  normally  to 
the  current ;  but  as  the  animal  dies  the  character  of  the  contraction 
changes,  becoming  slower  and  more  deliberate.  If,  now,  the  current 
be  rapidly  interrupted,  no  contraction  occurs,  for  there  is  not  time  for 
the  muscle  to  respond.  If,  now,  weak  currents  are  used,  the  muscle 
contracts  very  much  after  the  manner  of  unstriped  muscle — that  is,  with 
a  slow  drawing  rather  than  a  rapid  and  vigorous  action. 

Effect  of  Muscular  Tension  and  Relaxation  on  Muscular  Contrac 
tion, — Dr.  Wm.  R.  Fisher,  of  New  York,  has  called  attention  to  the 
fact  that  muscles  contract  more  easily  when  somewhat  relaxed  than 
when  in  a  tense  condition.  This  experiment  can  be  tried  very  easily  on 
the  common  extensor  of  the  forearm  or  on  the  peronei  muscles  of  the 
leg.     The  fact  is  of  practical  importance  in  the  treatment  of  paralysis. 

The  Practitioner,  Jan.,  1873. 


148  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

Ziemssen,*  on  experimenting  with  unpolarizable  electrodes,  and 
gradually  increasing  the  strength  by  the  aid  of  the  rheostat,  obtained 
the  following  results : 

1.  With  the  weakest  current  that  caused  muscular  contraction  there 
was  ope7iing  contraction  at  the  cathode. 

2.  With  a  current  a  little  stronger  there  was  strong  closing  contrac- 
tion at  the  negative  pole,  and  weak  openifig  contraction  at  the  positive. 

3.  With  still  stronger  current  there  was  also  weak  contraction  at  the 
opening  of  the  positive  pole. 

4.  With  still  stronger  currents  there  was  a  tonic  contraction  at  the  nega- 
tive pole,  continuing  for  some  time  after  the  contraction  at  the  closing. 

5.  With  a  much  stronger  current  the  tonic  contraction  was  more 
vigorous;  the  other  contractions  are  also  increased  in  strength,  and  there 
appeared  a  contraction  at  the  opening  of  the  negative  pole. 

6.  With  the  strongest  current  that  can  be  borne,  all  the  other  contrac- 
tions were  increased  in  strength,  and  there  appeared,  besides,  moderate 
tonic  contractions  at  the  positive  pole. 

The  above  results  can  be  verified  only  when  unpolarizable  electrodes 
are  used,  for  with  ordinary  electrodes  the  pain  would  be  far  too  great 
to  be  endured.  The  opening  and  closing  of  the  current  must  be  made 
in  the  metallic  part  of  the  connection,  in  order  to  give  it  the  greatest 
possible  suddenness.  Ziemssen  suggests  for  these  experiments  the 
median  and  ulnar  nerves  at  a  point  a  little  above  the  wrist.  At  this 
point  the  epidermis  is  quite  thin  and  the  nerves  superficial.  Judging 
from  our  observations,  it  is  impossible  to  reduce  this  subject  to  a  rigid 
mathematical  law.  The  words  "strong"  and  "weak,"  as  applied  to 
currents,  are  quite  indefinite,  and  the  irritability  of  nerves  varies  in  dif- 
ferent individuals  at  different  times.  It  is  for  these  reasons  that  observ- 
ers differ  in  the  results  of  their  experiments. 

Electro-muscular  Contractility  and  Electro-muscular  Sensibility. — 
The  susceptibility  of  the  muscle  to  contract  under  the  influence  of  the 
electric  current  is  called  electro-muscular  contractility.  The  sensation 
that  accompanies  this  contraction  of  the  muscles  under  the  electric 
influence  is  called  electro-muscular  sensibility.  Electro-muscular  con- 
tractility and  electro-muscular  sensibility  vary  in  different  individuals, 
and  in  difierent  parts  of  the  body.  They  are  greatly  modified  by  dis- 
ease. This  fact  is  of  great  importance  in  diagnosis  of  paralytic  affec- 
tions. 

In  using  the  terms  electro-muscular  sensibility  and  electro-muscular 
contractility,  we  do  not  wish  to  convey  the  idea  that  they  represent  any 

*  Op.  cit.,  p.  80. 


ELECTRO-MUSCULAR  CONTRACTILITY.  149 

special  nerve-functions,  but  rather  that  the  general  sensibility  of  the 
nerves,  and  the  general  contractile  power  of  the  muscles  may  be  excited 
by  the  application  of  electricity.  The  question,  whether  there  is  any 
special  sense  of  muscular  contractility,  aside  from  the  general  sensibility 
of  the  nerves,  of  the  muscle,  of  the  tissues  that  surround  it,  and  of  the 
bones  and  cartilages  with  which  it  is  connected,  is  one  that  we  are  dis- 
posed to  answer  in  the  negative.  There  appear  to  be  hysterical  cases, 
where  the  consciousness  of  muscular  contractility  under  the  electric 
current  remains,  while  the  skin  is  almost  perfectly  anesthetic ;  and  there 
are  certainly  cases  where  the  muscles  respond  to  the  will,  but  do  not 
respond  to  electricity.  Practically,  therefore,  the  terras  electro-muscular 
sensibility  and  contractility,  especially  the  latter,  with  its  subdivisions 
into  farado-  and  galvano-contractility,  are  of  great  value  in  electro- 
physiology  and  therapeutics,  and  it  appears  to  us  are  perfectly  legitimate. 

The  manifestations  of  the  electro-muscular  contractility  and  sensibility 
of  the  muscles  in  the  different  parts  of  the  body  are  modified, Jirsf,  by 
the  anatomical  position  of  the  muscles ;  secondly,  by  the  quantity  and 
distribution  of  the  sensitive  nerves  ;  and  thirdly,  by  the  thickness  of  the 
skin  and  adipose  tissue. 

The  muscles  of  the  face,  the  ;platysina  myoides  and  sterno-cleido- 
mastoid  are,  in  health,  very  sensitive  to  the  electric  influence.  Next 
in  order  of  sensitiveness  to  the  electric  current  are  the  anterior  muscles 
of  the  forearm  and  of  the  inner  side  of  the  thigh.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  muscles  of  the  back  possess  a  much  less  degree  of  electro-muscular 
contractility  and  sensibility,  and  the  posterior  muscles  of  the  forearm, 
and  posterior  and  other  muscles  of  the  thigh  are  much  less  susceptible 
to  the  electric  influence  than  those  of  the  anterior  and  inner  portions  of 
these  limbs.  In  corpulent  patients  it  is  more  difficult  to  affect  the  mus- 
cles, because  adipose  tissue  is  comparatively  a  poor  conductor.  In 
women  and  children  the  adipose  tissue  is  relatively  more  abundant  than 
in  males  and  adults. 

Increase  of  Temperature  after  Muscular  Contraction. — It  has  been 
ascertained  by  careful  experiments,  that  an  increase  of  temperature 
results  from  muscular  contractions  produced  by  the  electric  current. 
Increase  of  temperature  in  the  muscles  of  paralyzed  limbs,  after  elec- 
trization, is  frequently  perceptible  to  the  touch  of  the  operator,  and  the 
sensations  of  the  patient.  We  have  repeatedly  demonstrated  the  same 
results  from  faradization  of  the  arms,  the  legs,  the  face,  and,  indeed,  all 
parts  of  the  body.  In  very  many  cases  this  increase  of  temperature  is 
so  marked  as  to  be  powerfully  appreciated  by  the  patient,  and  entirely 
perceptible  to  the  hand  of  the  operator.     General  faradization  causes 


150  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

more  or  less  elevation  of  the  temperature  of  the  body.  This  is 
demonstrated  by  the  sensations  of  the  patient,*  and  by  the  thermom- 
eter. 

It  has  been  shown  by  Brown-Sequard  and  Lombard  that  excitation 
of  the  nerves  of  the  skin  causes  an  increase  of  temperature  in  the 
limb.f 

The  development  of  heat  is  not  aided  by  increasing  the  strength 
of  the  current  above  the  degree  necessary  to  produce  a  full  contrac- 
tion. It  has  been  demonstrated  that,  in  patients  afflicted  with  trau- 
matic tetanus,  there  is  a  great  increase  of  temperature  that  remains 
for  some  time  after  death. 

Investigations  on  the  effect  of  muscular  contraction  on  temperature 
should  be  made  by  delicate  surface  thermometers.  Some  of  the  super- 
ficial muscles  of  the  forearm  offer  a  good  surface  for  this  experiment. 
The  thermometer  must  be  kept  firmly  and  uniformly  pressed  on  the 
skin,  and  the  modifying  effect  of  currents  of  cold  air  should  be  guarded 
against.  The  thermometer  should  be  kept  in  situ  about  fifteen  minutes 
before  beginning  electrization,  so  as  to  get  accurately  the  normal  tem 
perature.  Then  the  nerve  that  supplies  the  muscle  or  muscles  to  be 
tested  should  be  faradized. 

The  following  investigation  is  from  Ziemssen.J  The  patient  was  a 
strong  man,  who  was  suffering  from  complete  paralysis  of  the  extensor 
muscles  of  the  hand  and  finger  from  nerve  injury.  This  fact  accounts 
for  the  low  temperature  before  faradization. 

Temperature  on  the  forearm,  between  the  extensor  digit,  comm. 
and  exten.  carp.  radi.  brev. : 

The  skin  uncovered 34. 7°  Cent. 

After  4  minutes'  faradization  through  the  radial  nerve  : 

At  opening  of  current 34.8 

I  minute  after  opening  the  current 35.3 

5  minutes  "  "       35. 7 

10        "  «  " 35.35 

12        ''  "  "       35.3 

In  the  13th  minute  faradization  was  renewed  for  i  minute  : 

Temperature  at  opening  the  current 34.7 

I  minute  after  opening  the  current 35.1 

4  minutes  "  "       35-45 

*  Electricitdt  in  der  Medecin,  1866,  p.  29. 

f  Archives  de  Physioiogie^  November  and  December,  1868.        %  Op.  cit.    p.  90. 


INCREASE   OF  TEMPERATURE  AFTER   FARADIZATION.     151 

In  the  6th  minute  faradization  was  renewed  for  i  minute  : 

Temperature  at  opening  the  current 35.1 

I  minute  after  opening  the  current 35.3 

5  minutes  "  "       35.6 

The  general  results  of  all  the  investigations  that  have  been  made  in 
this  department  by  Becquerel,  Breschet,  Helmholtz,  Ziemssen,  Althaus, 
and  ourselves  are  these  : 

1.  When  muscles  are  made  to  contract  under  faradization  of  the 
nerves  that  supply  them  their  temperature  rises. 

2.  This  elevation  of  temperature  is  not  necessarily  accompanied  by 
any  increase  in  size  of  the  vessels,  although  faradization  usually  increases 
the  size  and  appearance  of  the  vessels  more  or  less. 

3.  The  more  vigorous  the  contraction  and  the  longer  it  is  continued, 
the  higher  the  temperature  rises. 

4.  If  the  faradization  be  continued  long  enough  the  temperature  will 
be  so  much  increased  that  it  can  be  detected  without  difficulty  by  the 
hand,  and  by  the  sensations  of  the  person  operated  on. 

5.  When  all  the  superficial  muscles  of  the  body  are  faradized,  as  in  the 
method  of  general  faradization,  the  temperature  not  only  of  individual 
muscles,  here  and  there,  but  also  of  the  whole  body,  rises.  This  fact  we 
have  repeated  and  denionstrated  by  observations  made  on  many  varie- 
ties of  temperament. 

A  more  accurate  method  of  investigating  this  subject  is  by  means 
of  the  thermo-electric  pile  (see  Electro-Physics,  p. 63).  This  instru- 
ment is  capable  of  measuring  a  small  variation  in  temperature,  and 
also  indicates  the  variations  much  more  quickly  than  the  thermom 
eter.  The  thermo-electric  pile  is  connected  with  a  reflecting  galva 
nometer  (see  Electro-Physics,  p.  41).  Ziemssen  gives  the  following  ob 
servation  made  on  the  extensors  of  the  forearm  : 

Time  of  Faradization.  Deflection  of  the  Needle 

Minutes.     Seconds.  of  the  Galvanometer. 

o  15  -  i-S 

o  30  +2.3 

0  45  +  S-o 

1  —  ...   -  7.^ 

2  —  +19.0 

3  —  ••••  +30-1 

4  —  +40.2 

It  will  be  observed  that  with  the  increase  in  the  time  of  the  faradiza- 
tion  there  is  greater  and  greater  deflection  of  the  needle,  just  as  there 
is  a  rise  of  the  mercury  in  the  ordinary  thermometer. 


152  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

Source  of  Heat  in  Muscular  Contractio?i. — According  to  Hermann,* 
who  has  specially  studied  the  chemistry  of  the  development  of  heat 
during  muscular  contraction,  muscular  work  is  the  result  of  the  decom- 
position of  nitrogenous  substances.  Among  the  products  of  this  de- 
composition are  ^.  fixed  acid,  carbonic  acid,  and  myosi?ie.  Of  these  the 
carbonic  acid  leaves  the  body,  while  the  fixed  acid  and  the  myosine  re- 
main and  are  worked  over  again  in  the  organism.  The  muscles  grow  at 
the  same  time  that  they  work  and  develop  heat,  and  urea  and  creatine 
are  found  in  the  residuum.  The  muscle  is  restored  by  the  action  of 
oxygen,  an  albuminoid,  and  a  non-nitrogenous  substance  in  the  blood. 

All  these  complex  chemical  changes  that  are  excited  during  muscu- 
lar contraction  give  rise  to  heat.  If  the  muscle  is  prevented,  by  me- 
chanical means,  from  contracting,  the  heat  develops  in  it  more  rapidly 
than  when  it  is  free.  This  follows  from  the  recognized  law  of  the  cor- 
relation and  conservation  of  forces.  The  force  that  does  not  appear  as 
work  appears  as  heat. 

Duration  of  Electro-muscular  Contractility  after  Death. — The 
muscles  retain  their  contractility  under  electricity  several  hours  after 
death.  The  length  of  time  that  the  electro-muscular  contractility  is 
preserved  varies  with  different  muscles,  with  different  animals,  and 
probably,  also,  with  the  mode  of  death.  In  order  to  determine  this 
question.  Dr.  Beard  has  made  experiments  on  dogs  and  rabbits.  Dr 
Onimus,f  of  Paris,  has  experimented  on  the  body  of  a  murderer  who 
had  been  guillotined.  He  found  that  the  muscles  of  the  tongue  and  dia- 
phragm were  the  first  to  lose  their  electro-nmscular  contractility.  Next 
came  the  muscles  of  the  face,  among  which  the  masseter  retains  its  ex- 
citability the  longest.  Two  and  a  half  hours  after  death  the  electro 
muscular  contractility  was  lost  in  all  these  muscles. 

In  the  limbs  the  extensor  muscles  first  lose  their  electro-muscular 
contractility,  and  in  about  an  hour  the  flexors  followed.  The  muscles 
of  the  trunk  responded y?z'^  or  six  hours  after  death,  and  the  abdominal 
muscles  longer  still. 

Onimus  observed  on  the  criminal  what  Dr.  Beard  has  observed  on  dogs 
and  rabbits,  that  when  the  muscle  is  dying  it  contracts  most  noticeably 
at  the  point  where  the  electrodes  are  placed,  and  very  slowly  at  a  dis- 
tance from  the  electrodes  ;  and  that  the  muscles  respond  to  direct 
electrization  with  needles  after  they  have  ceased  to  respond  to  the  cur- 
rent when  applied  through  the  sKin. 

*  Morgan,  op.  cit.,  p.  582  et  seq. 

\  Le  Mouvement  Medicate,  Feb.,  1873, 


ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGICAL   ANATOMY.  1 53 

Previously,  in  January  and  February,  1802,  Aldini,  a  nephew  of 
Galvani,  obtained  permission  from  the  government  to  experiment  or 
two  criminals  who  were  executed  at  Boulogne.  Immediately  aftei 
death  the  bodies  were  submitted  to  powerful  galvanic  excitation.  The 
muscles  of  the  face  contracted  vigorously  in  such  grimaces  as  to  frighten 
the  assistants.  The  limbs  were  violently  convulsed,  and  the  bodies 
acted  as  though  they  would  rise  again  to  life. 

At  Glasgow,  Ure  made  similar  experiments  on  the  body  of  a  crimi- 
nal that  had  been  on  the  gallows  one  hour.  The  applications  were  made 
to  the  spinal  marrow,  the  phrenic  nerves,  and  the  intercostal  muscles. 
According  to  the  position  of  the  electrodes  the  body  was  bent  forcibly 
back,  the  chest  rose  and  fell  as  in  the  act  of  breathing,  and  the  various 
emotions  of  rage,  terror,  despair,  were  depicted  on  the  countenance. 
One  of  the  spectators  fainted,  and  several  were  obliged  to  leave  the 
room. 

Electro-physiological  Anatomy. — Electro-physiological  anatomy  treats 
of  the  physiological  action  of  muscles  under  the  influence  of  the  electric 
current  applied  in  such  a  way  as  to  produce  co7itr actions. 

The  contraction  observed  in  an  individual  muscle,  when  submitted  to 
the  influence  of  the  electric  current,  closely  resembles  the  contraction 
of  the  same  muscle  when  under  the  influence  of  the  will. 

Duchenne  was  the  first  to  investigate  this  subject  systematically,  and 
his  researches  have  done  much  to  modify  the  accepted  views  concerning 
the  functions  of  certain  muscles.  Those  who  desire  a  more  complete 
idea  of  his  views  than  is  given  in  the  following  brief  r<?Jz//«(?,  we  refer  to 
his  writings.* 

Muscles  of  the  Face — Electro-physiognomy. — This  name  has  been 
applied  to  the  study  of  character  and  expression,  through  localized 
faradization  of  the  muscles  of  the  face.  By  means  of  small  electrodes 
the  current  can  be  localized  so  as  to  produce  contractions  even  in  the 
smallest  muscles.  For  these  experiments  a  recently  dead  subject  has 
this  advantage  over  the  living  man,  that  in  the  case  of  the  latter  con- 
tractions produced  by  the  current  would  be  complicated  and  interfered 
with  by  involuntary  movements. 

According  to  Duchenne,  who  has  chiefly  investigated  this  subject,  the 

*  De  r Electrisation  Localisee  et  de  son  Application  a  la  Pathologic  et  a  la  Thera- 
peutique.  Paris,  i86i.  Also,  Mechanisme  de  la  Physionomie  Humaine,  ou  Analyse 
Electro-physiologique  de  1'  Expression  des  Passions  applicable  a  la  Pratique  des  Arts 
Plastiques.  Paris,  1863.  This  work  contains  photographic  representations  of  the 
various  appearances  of  the  face  under  electrization  of  the  different  muscles.  These 
photographs  are  frequently  referred  to  by  Darwin  in  his  work  on  Expressioti. 


154  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

frontalis  muscle,  when  a  little  contracted,  expresses  pleasure  \  when 
more  contracted,  astonishment  or  doubt ;  when  strongly  contracted 
with  other  muscles,  terror. 

Contraction  of  \hQ pyramidalis  nasi  expresses  sadness;  of  the  cor- 
rugator  supercilii,  contemplation  ;  of  the  orbicularis  palhebrarum,  con- 
tempt.  Contraction  of  these  two,  united  with  the  pyramidalis  nasi; 
gives  a  hateful,  malicious  expression.  Contraction  of  the  triangularis 
nasi  expresses  lust;  of  the  zygomaticus  i7iajor,  various  degrees  of  mirth; 
of  the  zygomaticus  minor,  melancholy ;  of  the  platysma  myoides,  hypo- 
critical laughter;  of  the  platysma  myoides,  pain.  Contraction  of  the 
platysma  myoides  diXid  fro?italis  gives  an  expression  of  terror.  Contrac- 
tion of  the  platysma  myoides  and  pyrajnidalis  expresses  rage.  United 
contraction  of  the  zygomaticus  major  and  frontalis  produces  an  ex- 
pression of  agreeable  surprise.  Contraction  of  the  buccinator  indicates 
age,  by  making  furrows  in  the  cheek. 

Contraction  of  the  levator  alse  and  labii  superioris  causes  an  un- 
pleasant expression,  such  as  a  child  exhibits  when  about  to  cry  ;  contrac- 
tion of  the  triangularis  oris  gives  an  expression  of  sadness  or  disgust. 
'  Contraction  of  the  external  fibres  of  the  orbicularis  oris  gives  the 
lips  a  position  of  whistling  or  kissing ;  contraction  of  the  internal  fibres 
of  the  same  muscle  compresses  the  lips  against  the  teeth. 

Muscles  of  the  Upper  Extremity. — The  contractions  resulting  from 
electrization  of  the  extensors  of  the  fingers  give  to  the  hand  a  peculiar 
appearance. 

The  first  phalanges  not  only  become  extended,  but  are  spread  apart, 
while  the  last  two  phalanges  become  flexed. 

The  metacarpus  forms  an  angle  with  the  forearm,  and  in  this  condi- 
tion the  hand  resembles,  to  a  certain  extent,  a  bird's  claw. 

Electrization  of  the  extensor  digiti  minimi  proprius  separates  the  lit- 
tle finger  from  its  neighbor,  while  contraction  of  the  extensor  indicis 
proprius  brings  the  index  and  middle  finger  together.  By  the  method 
of  localized  electrization  the  adductors  and  abductors  of  the  fingers, 
and  the  interossei  and  lumbricales,  are  found  to  act  not  only  in  draw- 
ing these  members  together  and  separating  them,  but  also  in  extending 
the  second  phalanx  of  the  thumb  and  the  second  and  third  of  the  other 
fingers. 

The  flexor  pollicis  brevis  is  concerned  in  extending  the  second 
phalanx  of  the  thumb,  as  well  as  in  flexing  the  first. 

So  long  as  the  arm  is  in  its  natural  position,  the  supinator  longus  has 
no  function  to  perform  ;  it  is  only  when  the  forearm  is  prone  that  its 
[)eculiar  action  is  manifest. 


ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGICAL  ANATOMY.  1 55 

In  paralysis  of  any  one  of  the  above  muscles,  it  is  readily  seen  that 
the  observation  made  concerning  their  function  is  correct. 

For  example  :  if  the  adductor  longus  and  extensor  brevis  pollicis  be- 
come paralyzed,  the  metacarpal  bone  of  the  thumb  is  adducted.  If  the 
extensor  longus  pollicis  is  paralyzed,  the  thumb  is  inclined  towards  the 
metacarpus,  although  its  movements  are  not  markedly  impaired  if  the 
extensor  brevis  and  adductor  longus  are  strong. 

Electrization  of  the  deltoid  not  only  raises  the  upper  arm,  but  also 
very  perceptibly  changes  the  position  of  the  scapula.  The  external 
angle  of  the  shoulder-blade  becomes  depressed,  the  internal  angle  is 
elevated,  while  the  distance  between  its  posterior  spinal  border  and  the 
ribs  is  slightly  increased.  In  paralysis  of  the  deltoid  the  arm  hangs  by 
the  side  almost  completely  helpless.  The  muscle  is  composed  of  three 
distinct  groups  of  fibres,  and  the  degree  of  paralysis  depends  upon  the 
number  of  groups  or  special  group  involved. 

The  pectoralis  major  and  latissimus  dorsi  muscles,  although  situated 
for  the  most  part  on  the  trunk  of  the  body,  are  especially  useful  in 
assisting  in  the  movements  of  the  arm. 

Muscles  of  the  Trunk. — When  all  of  the  fibres  of  the  trapezius  are 
submitted  to  electric  excitation,  the  shoulder-blade  becomes  elevated, 
its  posterior  border  approaches  the  median  line,  the  shoulders  are 
drawn  backward,  and  the  head  is  thrown  slightly  forward  and  toward 
the  opposite  side.  Like  the  deltoid,  the  trapezius  is  made  up  of  three 
sets  of  fibres. 

When  the  superior  set  is  electrized  the  head  turns  toward  the  side 
irritated,  and  the  face  looks  toward  the  opposite  side. 

The  middle  set  of  fibres  elevates  the  shoulder-blade,  while  by  the 
action  of  the  lower  set  its  inner  angle  is  depressed,  and  its  posterior 
border  is  drawn  toward  the  median  line.  In  complete  paralysis  of  the 
trapezius  the  following  symptoms  are  manifest  :  The  back  is  rendered 
broader,  on  account  of  the  scapula  removing  slightly  from  the  spinous 
processes ;  the  shoulder  becomes  depressed,  and,  on  account  of  the 
absence  of  steady  support  for  the  arm,  its  movements  are  rendered  diffi- 
cult. Electrization  of  the  rhomboideus  major  and  minor  muscles  ele- 
vates the  scapula  and  slightly  turns  it  on  its  outer  angle. 

If  the  current  be  sufficiently  intense,  the  lower  angle  of  the  scapula 
approaches  nearer  to  the  spinous  processes  than  the  inner. 

If  the  rhomboideus  muscles  are  paralyzed,  the  scapula  removes  itself 
somewhat  from  the  walls  of  the  thorax,  the  skin  between  the  shoulder- 
blade  and  the  spine  appears  in  folds,  and  the  lower  angle  of  the  bone  is 
drawn  forward  and  outward,  on  account  of  the  action  of  the  serratui 


156  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

anticus  major.  By  excitation  of  the  serratus  anticus  major  the  scapula 
is  drawn  forward  and  outward,  so  that  the  space  between  its  posterioi 
border  and  the  spine  is  doubled.  The  posterior  border  is  pressed 
against  the  ribs,  while  the  anterior  border  is  markedly  removed  from 
them. 

When  the  muscle  is  paralyzed  the  shoulder-blade  sinks  but  little,  so 
long  as  the  arm  hangs  motionless  by  the  side  ;  but  as  soon  as  it  is 
moved  from  the  body  the  posterior  border  and  under  angle  of  the 
scapula  are  lifted  from  the  thorax,  while  the  anterior  approaches  it  more 
closely.  In  complete  paralysis  of  the  serratus  anticus  the  movements 
of  the  arm  are  much  impaired. 

A  single  external  intercostal  muscle  may  be  electrized  by  pressing  a 
small  electrode  against  the  lower  border  of  one  of  the  upper  ribs,  near 
the  origin  of  the  serratus  magnus  muscle. 

The  individual  abdominal  muscles  are  readily  influenced  by  electric 
excitation. 

Electrization  of  the  rectus  muscle  so  stretches  and  draws  it  inward 
that  the  abdominal  wall  becomes  flat.  Irritation  of  the  external  oblique 
expands  the  abdomen  laterally. 

If  we  electrize  the  transverse  abdominal,  powerful  transverse  con- 
tractions of  the  abdomen  follow.  When  both  phrenic  nerves  are  sub- 
mitted to  electric  excitation,  powerful  and  frequent  contractions  of  the 
diaphragm  are  produced.  An  increased  amount  of  air  rushes  into  the 
lungs,  on  account  of  the  capacity  of  the  thorax  enlarging  through  the 
descent  of  the  diaphragm,  and  the  moving  outward  of  the  false  ribs. 
Atrophy  of  the  diaphragm  causes,  during  inspiration,  a  depression  of 
the  epigastrium  and  abdominal  walls,  while  the  thorax  expands  as 
usual. 

Muscles  of  the  Lower  Extremities. — Electric  excitation  reveals  the 
fact  that  flexion  and  extension  of  the  foot  cannot  be  produced  by  the 
flexor  or  extensor  muscles  alpne,  since  these  muscles  tend  to  abduct 
and  adduct  as  well  as  flex  and  extend.  The-  flexors  and  extensors 
cause  direct  flexion  and  extension  only  when  they  act  in  conjunction 
with  certain  other  muscles. 

The  movements  of  the  foot  are  controlled  by  four  sets  of  muscles. 
These  are  : 

The  tibialis  anticus,  which  at  the  same  time  flexes  and  adducts  the 
foot — the  flexor  adductor  muscle,  the  extensor  digitorum  communis 
longus  and  extensor  hallucis,  which  flex  and  abduct  the  foot — the 
flexor  abductor. 

The  gastrocnemius  solius   and   tibialis  posticus,  which  extend  and 


ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGICAL   ANATOMY.  1 57 

adduct  the  foot — the  extensor  adductor,  and  the  peroneus  longus  md 
brevis,  which  extend  and  abduct  the  foot — the  extensor  abductor. 

Electrization  of  the  tibialis  anticus,  or,  in  other  words,  the  flexor  ad- 
ductor  muscle,  not  only  extends  and  adducts  the  foot,  but  lifts  the  inner 
border  of  its  upper  portion  as  well. 

Electrization  of  that  group  of  muscles  called  the  flexor  abductor,  be- 
sides flexing  and  abducting  the  foot,  extends  the  four  last  toes,  lifts  the 
outer  border  of  the  foot,  turns  the  sole  outward,  and  bends  the  great 
toe. 

Pes  equinus  may  result  from  the  stronger  action  of  the  extensors. 

If  the  flexor  abductor  group  become  paralyzed,  the  movement  of  the 
foot  is  reversed — the  sole  turning  inward  and  the  anterior  portion  turn- 
ing upward. 

Electrization  of  the  extensor  adductor  group  so  extends  and  adducts 
the  foot  that  the  heel  is  directed  outward  and  the  great  toe  inward.  The 
first  phalanges  of  the  toes  become  extended,  and  the  last  flexed,  giving 
to  them  the  form  of  claws. 

Electrization  of  the  extensor  abductor  so  extends  and  abducts  the 
foot  that  the  internal  malleolus  becomes  decidedly  prominent  through 
the  sinking  of  the  inner  border  and  the  elevation  of  the  outer  border 
of  the  foot.  Paralysis  of  this  last-named  group  of  muscles  produces  in 
the  course  of  time  what  may  be  termed  a  flat  foot.  This  results  from 
the  disappearance  of  the  arching  of  the  foot. 

In  consequence  of  paralysis  of  the  extensor  adductor  the  foot  natu- 
rally becomes  abducted,  the  arch  of  the  dorsal  surface  is  increased,  and 
instead  of  the  flat  foot  above  mentioned,  we  have  a  very  decided  hollow- 
ing out  of  the  plantar  side. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

ACTION   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON    INVOLUNTARY   MUSCLES. 

Contractions  are  produced  in  a  voluntary  muscle  the  instant  the 
poles  of  a  galvanic  battery,  or  of  an  electro-magnetic  machine  in  oper- 
ation, are  applied  to  it.  The  contraction  of  the  muscle  continues 
during  the  passage  of  th.Q  faradic  current,  but  when  the  galvanic  current 
is  used  quickly  relaxes  after  the  first  shock.  When,  however,  the  intes- 
tines, the  stomach,  the  oesophagus,  and  other  parts  which  are  composed 
oi  involimtary  muscular  fibre,  are  subjected  to  the  electric  current,  move- 
ments are  not  induced  in  them  until  a  certain  time  after  the  tissue  has  been 
acted  up07t.  The  movemeiits  thus  excited  continue  for  a  time  after  the  ces- 
sation of  the  current,  and  do  not,  as  in  the  case  of  voluntary  muscles,  at 
once  return  to  their  normal  condition. 

Iris. — Faradization  of  the  iris,  with  a  very  gentle  current  in  a  room 
that  is  moderately  darkened,  causes  it  to  be  constricted  or  dilated,  ac- 
cording to  the  position  of  the  electrodes. 

Stomach. — -Faradization  or  galvanization  of  the  stomach  causes  gra- 
dual shortening  of  the  transverse  and  longitudinal  fibres  in  the  direc- 
tion from  the  cardiac  to  the  pyloric  orifice.  .Dr.  Rockwell,  in  the  treat- 
ment of  paralysis  of  the  oesophagus  associated  with  a  sort  of  atony  of 
the  stomach,  has  frequently  had  occasion  to  observe  the  readiness  with 
which  this  phenomenon  is  demonstrated  in  the  living  man  by  applica- 
tions directly  to  the  mucous  surfaces  of  the  parts. 

Intestines.— \i  'a.n.^vf  pointed  electrodes  or  needles,  connected  cither 
with  a  faradic  or  galvanic  apparatus,  be  applied  to  the  intestine  of 
a  living  or  recently  killed  animal,  steady  and  firm  contraction  takes 
place  at  the  points  where  the  electrodes  are  apphed.  Under  a 
mild  current  the  contraction  is  slow,  steady,  and  gradual.  The  intes- 
tines are  drawn  up  after  the  manner  of  a  woman's  work-bag.  This 
contraction,  though  most  marked  just  at  the  point  where  the  needles 
touch  the  intestines,  is  also  observed  a  little  distance  between  and  on 
the  outer  side  of  the  needles.  Under  strong  currents  this  constriction 
takes  place  very  rapidly,  and  goes  on  until  the  calibre  of  the  intestines 


INVOLUNTARY   MUSCLES.  1 59 

is  nearly  closed.  When  the  electrodes  are  removed  this  constrictior, 
slowly  disappears.  These  phenomena  are  seen  both  in  the  large  and 
small  intestines  and  in  the  rectum.  The  duodenum  responds  most  read- 
ily, the  rectum  and  colon  less  so.  These  phenomena  are  more  or  less 
modified  by  the  condition  of  the  animal,  whether  living  or  dead,  and 
whether  recently  or  long  killed.  This  fact  of  electro-physiology,  which 
has  been  frequently  demonstrated  on  animals,  is  very  suggestive  in  a 
practical  point  of  view.  The  value  of  electricity  in  constipation  is,  in 
view  of  these  observations,  partially  explained. 

Spleen. — When  the  spleen  of  certain  animals,  living  or  recently  killed, 
as  the  dog,  is  submitted  to  the  action  of  a  tolerably  strong  current, 
either  faradic  or  galvanic,  a  visible  drawing  and  contraction  through- 
out the  entire  extent  of  the  organ,  not  only  where  the  electrodes  are 
applied,  but  between  them  and  beyond  them,  iri  every  direction,  there  is 
manifest  shrinking  of  the  tissues,  with  change  of  color.  This  fact,  which 
has  been  disputed  by  some  physiologists,  we  have  demonstrated  in  a  vari- 
ety of  experiments.  The  phenomenon  is  not  so  noticeable  in  the 
spleen  of  the  rabbit  as  in  that  of  a  dog,  and  in  order  that  it  may 
occur  rapidly  and  be  easily  seen,  the  current  used  must  be  of  consider- 
able strength.  The  shortening  and  discoloration  of  the  spleen  under 
electrization  appears  to  be  more  or  less  permanent.  This  physio- 
logical fact  suggests  the  query,  whether  the  enlarged  spleen  of  inter- 
mittent fever  might  not  be  treated  by  electricity. 

Bladder. — ^When  the  filled  or  emptied  bladder  of  a  living  or  recently 
killed  animal  is  acted  on  by  either  current,  of  moderate  strength,  a 
visible  drawing  and  contraction  take  place  in  various  directions.  The 
tissue  becomes  firmer  and  harder,  the  cavity  diminishes,  and  if  it  con- 
tains urine  a  portion  of  it  is  expelled.  This  electro-physiological  fact 
is  utilized  in  cases  of  paresis  and  paralysis  of  the  bladder. 

Uterus. — The  uterus  of  animals  and  of  the  human  being  contracts 
after  the  manner  of  the  intestines,  bladder,  and  other  involuntary  muscles. 
Whatever  pole  is  used,  or  in  whatever  direction  the  current  be  applied, 
contraction  takes  place  whenever  the  current  is  applied,  w^hether  the 
uterus  is  or  is  not  in  a  gravid  condition.  Both  faradization  and  galvani- 
zation have  this  slow  contracting  influence  on  the  uterus. 

In  the  chapter  on  Diseases  of  Women,  the  very  interesting  and  im- 
portant practical  applications  of  this  physiological  fact  will  be  pointed 
out  in  detail.  It  applies  especially  to  the  electrical  treatment  of  me- 
tritis and  uterine  engorgements. 

Ureters. — The  ureters  are  constricted  and  shortened  by  electrization, 
and  as  in  the  case  of  the  uterus,  the  intestines,  and  the  spleen,  the  con- 


l60  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

tractions  take  place,  according  to  the  law  of  their  physiological  action 
from  the  kidneys  toward  the  bladder,  and  the  contractions  continue  aftel 
the  electrodes  are  removed. 

Fas  Deferens,  Epididyimis,  and  Ttinica  Vaginalis. — ^When  the  electric 
current  is  applied  to  the  vas  deferens,  the  epididymus,  or  the  scrotum, 
they  likewise  contract  after  the  manner  of  the  intestines,  uterus,  and  so 
forth.  The  scrotum  contracts  rapidly,  almost  instantaneously,  under  a 
strong  current,  and  remains  contracted  for  some  time,  as  we  have 
demonstrated  on  rabbits  and  dogs,  and  on  the  living  human  being. 

Gall-bladder. — When  a  current  of  considerable  strength  is  applied  to 
the  gall-bladder  by  pointed  electrodes,  constriction  takes  place  at  the 
points  of  application,  and  the  whole  bladder  tends  to  contract,  and, 
like  the  urinary  bladder,  to  discharge  its  contents.  It  is  not  impossible 
that  a  powerful  current  sent  through  the  liver  of  the  living  subject, 
by  external  applications,  may  cause  contraction  of  the  gall-bladder ; 
and  in  this  way  we  may  in  part  explain  the  value  of  electrical  treat- 
ment in  jaundice. 

(Esophagus. — In  rodents  the  oesophagus  consists  of  striped  muscle 
only  ;  in  birds  it  consists  of  unstriped  muscle,  and  in  man  of  a  com- 
bination of  both  striped  and  unstriped  muscle.  Both  sets  of  fibres, 
longitudinal  and  circular,  contract  under  the  current,  not  only  at  the 
•points  where  the  electrodes  are  applied,  but  through  the  whole  length 
downward  toward  the  stomach.  In  the  treatment  of  dysphagia  this 
fact  may  well  be  considered. 

Heart. — -The  effect  of  electrization  of  the  pneumogastric  and  other 
nerves  that  supply  the  heart  has  already  been  considered.  The  effect 
of  direct  electrization  of  the  tissue  of  the  heart  itself  is  not  without 
interest.  Galvanization,  with  currents  of  moderate  strength,  of  the 
heart  of  an  animal  that  has  stopped  beating,  may  cause  a  return  of  its 
rhythmical  action.  It  has  been  sometimes  observed  that  the  contrac- 
tions return  more  vigorously  in  the  right  than  in  the  left  side.  Accord- 
ing to  our  observation,  in  the  hearts  of  dogs  and  rabbits  much  depends 
on  the  strength  of  the  current  used.  If  a  strong  current  were  directed 
through  pointed  electrodes  to  the  substance  of  a  heart  of  a  dying 
animal,  the  pulsations  are  in  part  arrested,  but  they  recur  as  soon  as 
this  current  is  broken.  These  conclusions  are  based  on  a  large  number 
of  observations.  When  the  heart  has  fully  stopped  it  may  be  restored 
by  a  weak  current,  and  again  arrested  by  a  strong  current. 

Blood-vessels.— T\i&  small  arteries  that  contain  considerable  unstriped 
muscle  contract  under  the  current,  after  the  manner  of  the  intestines ; 
that  is,  the  contraction  does  not  appear  instantaneously,  but  a  little 


INVOLUNTARY   MUSCLES — EXPERIMENTS.  l6l 

rime  after  the  needles  are  applied  it  goes  on  slowly,  and  after  the 
needles  are  removed  they  gradually  return  to  their  normal  condition.  In 
the  larger  arteries  this  contraction  is  not  so  marked. 

It  will  be  observed  that  electricity  acts  on  unstriped  muscular  fibre, 
in  this  respect  at  least,  very  much  like  ergot.  The  power  of  ergot  to 
constringe  the  blood-vessels  is  the  explanation  of  its  great  value  as  a 
remedy  in  spinal  and  cerebral  congestion.  The  efficacy  of  electrization 
in  the  same  affections,  as  well  as  in  sprains  and  various  local  inflamma- 
tions, may  be  in  part  explained  by  the  same  theory.  This  subject  will 
be  discussed  in  the  chapters  devoted  to  the  Influence  of  Electricity  on 
Nutrition  and  Spinal  Congestion. 

The  above  conclusions  are  based  largely  on  our  own  experiments, 
although  many  of  the  observations  had  been  previously  made  by  various 
physiologists. 

There  were,  however,  certain  queries  in  regard  to  the  differentia] 
action  of  the  poles,  and  of  the  two  currents,  and  of  weak  and  strong, 
on  involuntary  muscle,  that  had  not  been  answered.  These  queries 
have  aimed  to  solve  by  a  large  number  of  experiments  on  animals. 
The  records  of  one  set  of  these  experiments,  noted  at  the  time  by  our 
friend  Dr.  John  Van  Bibber,  of  Baltimore,  are  herewith  presented.  It 
will  be  observed  that  the  chemical  and  other  effects  of  the  current, 
besides  the  contracting  influence,  are  noted. 

Experiment  i. — The  abdominal  cavity  of  a  good-sized  rabbit  was 
opened,  and  a  medium  faradic  current,  with  needle  electrodes,  was 
apphed  to  the  upper  part  of  the  small  intestines.  Contraction  produced 
most  vigorous  at  the  positive.  A  vermicular  motion  was  also  observed  not 
only  in  the  part  within  the  circuit,  but  extending  some  distance  beyond 
each  pole.  The  rabbit  was  fully  under  ether,  and  the  only  other  mus- 
cular movements  were  cardiac  and  respiratory.  The  color  of  intes- 
tines was  normal  and  healthy,  and  was  undisturbed  during  this  operation. 

Experiment  2. — A  galvanic  current,  sixteen  cells,  was  now  applied, 
with  needle  electrodes,  a  little  below  point  of  first  experiment.  There 
was  an  immediate  change  in  the  circulation  of  the  part.  It  became 
darker  and  venous  in  its  appearance,  presenting  the  appearance  of  a 
clot.  The  intestines,  before  so  flaccid  as  to  render  the  insertion  of  a 
needle  difficult,  became  very  full  and  hard.  The  negative  pole  was 
loose  in  the  tissues,  with  bubbles  of  hydrogen  generated  around  it,  and, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  positive  pole  became  very  firm  in  its  insertion, 
with  evident  constriction  of  muscular  fibre  around  it. 

The  first  effect,  therefore,  seemed  to  be  congestion,  and  afterward, 

coagulation. 

ri 


l62  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

Experiment-^. — On  stomach,  with  galvanic  current,  sixteen  cells. 
In  region  of  positive  pole  the  circular  fibres  are  much  contracted,  and 
the  same  disintegrating  effects  of  negative  pole  were  observed. 

Experiment  4. — Faradic  cuixent  on  large  intestine.  Contraction  of 
muscular  fibres  was  observed,  and  thought  to  be  greater  at  positive 
pole. 

Experiment  5. — Faradic  current  on  spleen.  The  smooth  surface  of 
that  organ  was  soon  corrugated,  tending  to  show  that  the  tissues  were 
contracting  under  its  influence. 

Experiment  6. — Galvanic  current  on  spleen.  Generation  of  hydro- 
gen at  negative  pole,  also  congested  appearance,  and  after  removing 
needle  very  dark  spot  at  negative  pole. 

Experimeiit  7. — Faradic  current  on  bladder.  The  bladder  was  par- 
tially filled  with  urine,  and  when  the  current  was  applied  there  was 
great  and  immediate  contraction  of  muscular  fibres  and  expulsion  of 
urine. 

Experiment  8. — On  left  kidney,  faradic  current.  Muscle  con- 
tracted, and  seemed  to  be  permanently  so,  at  least  during  observation. 

Right  kidney,  galvanic  current.  Same  effect  at  negative  pole,  dark 
congested  spot ;  but  during  passage  of  current  the  bladder,  which  had 
been  much  contracted  by  faradic  current,  seemed  to  fill  up. 

Experiment  9. — On  liver.  No  action.  The  rabbit  seemed  to  show 
remarkable  vitality,  and  it  was  necessary  to  renew  ether  very  frequently. 
It  was  determined  then  that  the  electricity  seemed  to  prolong  life,  even 
after  it  had  been  so  taxed  by  anatomical  mutilation. 

The  conclusions  from  a  large  variety  of  experiments,  of  which  the 
above  is  a  fair  illustration,  are  these  :   . 

1.  Both  currents — faradic  and  galvanic — cause  an  unstriped  muscle 
to  contract  in  accordance  with  the  law  of  its  physiological  action.  It 
remains  contracted,  and  after  the  breaking  of  the  current  gradually 
returns  to  its  normal  condition. 

2.  The  time  when  the  contraction  begins,  and  the  vigor  with  which 
it  continues,  and  the  rapidity  with  which  it  returns  to  its  normal  condi- 
tion, after  the  breaking  of  the  current,  varies  with  the  organ  acted  on, 
with  the  strength  of  the  current,  and  with  the  condition  of  the  animal 
acted  on,  whether  living,  dying,  recently  or  long  dead. 

3.  The  positive  pole  has  a  more  powerful  contracting  influence  on 
unstriped  muscles  than  the  negative.  The  differential  action  of  the 
poles  is  seen  in  both  currents,  but  is  more  decided  with  the  galvanic. 
This  fact  we  were,  we  believe,  the  first  to  discover.  This  fact  of  the 
more  potent  action  of  the  positive  pole  on  unstriped  muscle  is  of  con- 


INVOLUNTARY   MUSCLES—EXPERIMENTS.  163 

siderable  signification  in   the  treatment  of  engorgements  of  the  uteru* 
etc.     It  will  be  discussed  in  the  chapter  on  Diseases  of  Women. 

4.  Unstriped  muscles  can  also  be  made  to  contract  by  faradization 
or  galvanization  of  the  nerves  and  nerve-plexuses  that  supply  them — 
indirect  electrization. 

5.  The  behavior  of  the  different  organs  that  are  supplied  with  un- 
striped muscles  under  electrization  depends  on  the  relative  amount  of 
muscle  in  their  tissues.  The  intestines,  the  scrotum,  contract  rapidly 
and  vigorously;  the  spleen  and  arteries  less  perceptibly  and  more  slowly. 

The  liver  and  lungs  do  not  apparently  contract  under  either  current. 
The  electrolytic  action  of  the  current  is  observed  in  these  organs,  as 
in  all  other  tissues. 

6.  The  differential  reaction  of  voluntary  and  involuntary  muscle  to 
the  current  is  mainly  a  matter  of  degree.  Both  kinds  of  muscle  con- 
tract in  accordance  with  the  law  of  their  physiological  action,  under 
both  currents,  and  both  return  to  their  normal  condition  ;  but  involun- 
tary muscle  returns  very  slowly,  while  voluntary  muscle  returns  rapidly, 
almost  instantaneously.  When  voluntary  muscles  have  become  greatly 
exhausted  through  fatigue  or  death,  they  behave  very  much  like  invol- 
untarv  muscles. 


CHAPTER  IX. 

ACTION    OF    ELECTRICITY   ON   THE    BLOOD. 

The  action  of  the  galvanic  current  on  the  blood  is  a  subject  to 
which  we  have  given  at  different  times  considerable  attention,  Blcod 
coagulates  so  quickly  after  leaving  the  living  body,  that  the  action  of 
electricity  upon  it  can  only  be  studied  with  satisfaction  when  the  elec- 
trodes are  placed  within  an  artery  or  vein,  or  in  a  current  of  blood  as 
it  flows  from  the  wounded  blood-vessels  before  the  process  of  coagula- 
tion has  set  in.  We  have  experimented  on  blood  with  the  gal- 
vanic current  in  both  ways. 

When  the  needles  connected  with  the  poles  of  a  galvanic  battery  are 
inserted  into  the  feebly  flowing  blood  of  a  wounded  animal,  electroly- 
sis at  once  takes  place  with  diff"erential  polar  action  of  a  striking  char- 
acter. At  the  positive  pole  a  small,  firm,  and  dark  clot  forms,  that 
adheres  closely  to  the  needle,  especially  if  it  be  steel  that  is  readily  oxi- 
dized. At  the  negative  pole  a  larger,  softer,  lighter,  yellowish  clot 
forms,  with  a  mixture  of  foam  or  froth  from  the  bubbles  of  hydrogen. 

If  the  current  be  strong,  and  the  operation  protracted,  the  positive 
steel  needle  will  become  either  destroyed  by  oxidization  or  gre3,tly 
reduced  in  size. 

From  the  above  it  will  be  seen  that  the  action  of  electricity  on  the 
blood  is  mainly,  if  not  entirely,  of  a  chemical  character — in  a  word, 
electrolysis,  or  electro-chemical  decomposition.  Golubew  and  Burdon- 
Sanderson  have  studied  the  effect  of  faradization  on  the  blood-corpuscles 
under  the  microscope,  and  RoUet  and  Neuman  have  studied  the  same 
under  the  influence  of  the  galvanic  current.  It  has  been  shown  that 
the  red  corpuscles  of  the  blood  are  discolored  by  the  alkalies  of  the 
negative  pole,  and  caused  to  shrink  by  the  acids  at  the  positive  pole. 
Under  the  discharges  of  the  Leyden  jar  the  red  corpuscles  change  their 
shape  and  lose  their  color. 

March  12th  and  24th,  18  71,  Dr.  Beard  made,  with  Dr.  E.  L.  Keyes, 
a  number  of  experiments  on  dogs,  in  order  to  determine  the  differen- 
tial  action  of  the   poles  in   producing   a   clot.     One  method  of  ex 


ACTION   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON    THE   BLOOD.  165 

perinienting  was  to  etherize  the  animal,  open  the  abdomen  through 
the  Hnea  alba,  and  expose  the  aorta,  into  which  needles,  insulated  with 
hard  rubber  up  near  to  their  points,  and  connected  with  both  poles, 
were  introduced.  In  some  cases  the  artery  was  constricted,  in  others 
not.  We  condense  the  record  of  the  experiments  from  the  published 
statements  of  Dr.  Keyes,*  based  mainly  on  notes  made  at  the  time 
by  the  physicians  who  co-operated  with  us. 

Experiment  I. — March  17th.  A  small  dog  was  etherized,  the 
abdomen  laid  open  through  the  linea  alba,  and  the  aorta  exposed. 
Positive  and  negative  needles,  insulated  (imperfectly)  with  hard  rubber, 
were  introduced  into  the  aorta  about  one  inch  apart.  Both  needles 
were  of  steel,  gold  plated  at  the  points.  The  negative  needle  was  acci- 
dentally run  through  the  artery,  and  emerged  into  the  muscle  beneath. 
The  current  from  sixteen  cells  of  a  Stohrer's  battery  was  passed  for  ten 
minutes.  The  artery  was  not  compressed.  Blood  flowed  through  it  at 
great  force. 

Result. — Bloody  foam  surrounded  the  negative  needle,  the  blood 
emerging  from  the  artery.  Needle  loose.  It  dropped  out,  the  blood 
followed. 

Positive  needle  adherent  to  artery,  requiring  a  little  force  to  pull  it 
away.  Artery  was  cut,  before  the  needle  was  removed,  to  look  for 
clot.  No  clot  discovered  in  the  vessel.  A  little  black  material  was 
found  adherent  to  the  wall  of  the  artery,  and  to  the  positive  needle  at 
the  point  of  entrance.  The  lining  membrane  of  the  artery  was  altered 
and  discolored,  wherever  either  needle  had  touched  it,  over  a  space 
about  one  and  a  half  line  in  diameter. 

Experiment  IV. — Medium-sized  dog  etherized.  Positive  needle 
(platinum),  insulated  with  hard  rubber,  was  placed  in  the  artery.  Nega- 
tive needle  (platinum),  insulated  with  shellac,  in  muscles  near  the  spine. 
Eighteen  cells  Stohrer.  Time,  ten  minutes.  Current  of  blood  about 
three-fourths,  arrested  through  the  artery,  by  compression  with  thumb 
and  fingers,  one  inch  above  and  below  the  needle. 

Result. — Firm  black  clot  outside  of  the  vessel  at  point  of  the  en. 
trance  of  needle,  and  where  the  opposite  wall  was  touched  by  the 
needle's  point.  Inside — firm,  black  clot,  adherent  to  the  wall,  but  not 
large  enough  to  obliterate  the  vessel. 

Lining  membrane  of  artery  blue-black,  and  coats  of  vessel  adherent 
and  condensed  at  point  of  entrance  of  needles,  and  where  opposite  wall 
!iad  been  touched.     Needle  not  much  acted  upon.     A  httle  flake  of 

*  Practical  Electro- Therapeutics,  New  York  Medical  Journal,  December,  1871. 


l66  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

hard  rubber  came  f  ff,  and  was  left  attached  to  the  clot.     A  few  bubbles 
of  oxygen  escaped  from  the  vessel  alongside  the  needle. 

Experiment  VII. — Positive  needle  gold,  non-insulated.  Negative 
needle  steel,  non-insulated.  Both  in  vessel.  Sixteen  cells.  Time 
ten  minutes. 

Result. — Clot  same  at  the  positive  pole  as  in  Experiment  IV.,  but 
action  on  lining  membrane  was  much  less  than  in  that  experiment. 
Gas  escaped  at  negative  needle.  No  clot  at  negative  needle.  Artery 
compressed  only  below,  circulation  arrested. 

Experiment  XI. — Renal  artery  of  dog  was  cut,  and  blood  allowed  to 
flow  into  peritoneal  cavity.  As  it  flowed,  negative  and  positive  steel, 
non-insulated  needles,  connected  with  eighteen  cells,  were  dipped  into 
it.  Action  commenced  at  once.  A  dark  clot  formed  about  positive 
needle,  and  a  light  foam  around  negative.  At  the  end  of  one  minute, 
at  the  positive  needle,  a  black  clot  had  formed,  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in 
diameter,  dense  enough  to  be  lifted  out  of  the  fluid  on  the  point  of  the 
needle,  and  to  sustain  its  own  weight.  At  negative  needle  there  was  a 
spumous  yellow  mass,  which  could  be  lifted  in  part  from  the  blood  on 
the  needle's  point,  but  which  had  no  consistence  whatever. 

The  experiments  were  continued  with  Dr.  Keyes,  at  the  slaughter- 
house, the  needles  being  placed  in  the  warm  blood,  as  it  flowed  from 
the  arteries  of  dying  animals.  These  experiments  were  performed 
under  great  difficulties,  and  at  some  risk  of  being  kicked  by  the  expiring 
bullocks,  and  did  not  therefore  lead  to  any  important  results. 

Blood  coagulates  so  quickly  after  it  leaves  the  body  that  when  we 
wish  to  determine  the  chemical  action  of  the  electric  current  on  it,  it  is 
necessary  to  introduce  the  needles  into  the  vessels  of  the  living  animal, 
or  into  the  blood,  just  as  it  is  flowing  from  the  vessels. 

During  the  winter  of  1873  Dr.  Beard  made,  with  the  assistance  of  Dr. 
J.  H.  Raymond,  similar  experiments  on  dogs  and  rabbits.  The  animals 
were  etherized,  cut  open,  and  the  needles  (platinum)  inserted  into 
different  arteries  and  veins.  In  some  cases  also  the  arteries  were  rup- 
tured, and  the  needles  were  introduced  into  the  pool  of  blood  before  it 
had  time  to  coagulate. 

The  conclusions  in  regard  to  the  electro-coagulability  of  the  blood, 
to  which  we  have  been  led  by  these  repeated  experiments  on  animals 
and  on  men  are  these  : 

1.  Both  poles  of  the  galvanic  current  cause  a  clot  in  blood,  either 
running  in  an  artery  or  vein,  or  freshly  drawn,  and  stationary. 

2.  The  positive  clot  is  black,  hard,  and  small ;  the  negative  clot 
is  light,  soft,  and  bulky. 


ACTION   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON   THE   BLOUD.  167 

3.  These  clots  are  the  result  of  the  electrolytic  action  of  the  current, 
with  the  evolution  of  oxygen  and  hydrogen,  of  acids  and  alkalies,  and 
their  subsequent  combinations. 

4.  The  largest  clot  and  most  satisfactory  observation  in  an  artery  is 
caused  when  both.  J>o/es  are  placed  within  the  blood-vessel  and  near  to- 
gether. The  reason  of  this  is,  that  when  the  poles  are  near  together  in 
the  blood,  the  resistance  is  very  much  less  than  when  one  of  the  poles 
is  on  the  surface. 

5.  In  order  to  produce  a  firm  clot  of  sufficient  size  to  obstruct-  a 
large  artery,  strong  currents — from  20  to  40  cells — are  required,  and 
quite  protracted  seances.  The  process  of  coagulation  under  the  cur 
rent  is  comparatively  a  slow  one. 

6.  Electro-coagulation  in  a  blood-vessel  is  aided  by  any  compression 
that  impedes  the  rapidity  of  the  flow  of  the  blood.  The  slower  the  cur- 
rent runs,  the  more  rapid  and  firm  the  coagulation.  Small  and  recent 
',lots,  especially  those  connected  with  the  negative  pole,  may  possibly 
be  washed  off.  The  practical  bearings  of  these  conclusions  on  the 
electrical  treatment  of  aneurisms  will  appear  in  the  section  on  Electro- 
Surgery 


CHAPTER  X. 

ELECTRO-CONDUCTIVITY  OF   THE   HUMAN   BODY. 

The  chief  constituent  in  the  human  body  is  water,  which  is  about 
three-fourths  of  its  average  weight.*  The  saUne  constituents  which  the 
water  holds  in  solution  vary  in  quantity  and  quality  in  the  different 
tissues  and  the  different  parts  and  organs  of  the  body. 

The  conductibility  of  the  body,  as  a  whole,  may  be  best  understood 
by  regarding  it  as  a  mass  of  water  and  saline  ingredients,  with  solid 
tissue  interspersed.  The  degree  of  resistance  to  the  current  that  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  body  offer  will  therefore  depend  on  their  structure. 
Those  parts  which,  like  the  bones  and  epidermis,  contain  little  water, 
will  offer  a  much  greater  resistance,  and  be  poorer  conductors,  than 
those  parts  which,  like  the  muscles,  nerves  and  tendons,  and  carti- 
lages, contain  a  large  percentage  of  water.  Soft  parts,  like  the  stomach, 
intestines,  and  mucous  membranes  in  general,  offer  comparatively 
little  resistance,  because  they  contain  so  large  a  percentage  of  saHne 
solutions.  Saline  solutions  conduct  better  than  simple  water,  and 
warm  saline  solutions  conduct  better  than  those  which  are  cold. 

The  human  body,  as  a  whole,  conducts  electricity  fifteen  to  twenty 
times  better  than  pure  cold  water,  provided  the  skin  is  thoroughly  moist- 
ened. It  owes  this  superior  conductibility  to  the  warm  saline  solutions 
which  it  contains.  According  to  recent  experiments  by  Richardson, 
the  blood  is  the  best  conducting  material  of  the  body. 

Percentage  of  Water  in  the  Tissues. — To  ascertain  the  relative  pro- 
portion of  water  in  the  different  tissues  of  the  body  is  a  subject  that 
has  occupied  a  number  of  observers.  The  results  of  the  different  inves- 
tigations do  not  agree  mathematically,  for  the  reason,  partly,  that  indi- 
viduals differ  in  the  water-holding  capacity  of  their  tissues,  as  in  all 
other  respects. 

The  following  table  f  gives  at  a  glance  the  results  of  the  different 
investigators  : 

*  Pereira,  Food  and  Diet,  Am.  ed.,  p.  39. 

f  Ziemssen,  Die  Electricitdt  in  der  Medicin,  vierte  ganz  umgearbeitete  Aitflage. 
Erste  Hiilfte,  p.  18.      1872. 


ELECTRO-CONDUCTIVITY   OF   THE   HUMAN   BODY.         1 69 


PERCENTAGE  OF  WATER  IN  THE  TISSUES   OF  THE   HUMAN  BODY. 


Blood 

Gray  matter  of  the  brain. , . 
White  "  "  **  "  ... 
Gray  matter  of  spinal  cord. 
White    «'      "      "         " 


77.2 


Nerve  matter. 
Muscle 


Liver  

Elastic  tissue 
Fatty        " 


i  cornea  . , . 

Connective  tissue  <  skin 

(  lederhaut . 


Bones — os  parietal 


Adults. 

80.5 
(E.  Bischoff) 

85.0  -I 
(Lassaig)  !     *//.is      . 

73.0    j  (Ranke) 
(Lassaig)  J 

71.0        1 
(Le  Herit)     ',70.8      ... 

65.0         1  (Ranke) 
(Von  Bibra)J 

77.0  39-68.... 
(Ranke)         (Von  Bibra) 

81.2-84.8 

(Ranke) 

76.1   

(Von  Bibra) 

70.4 

(Schultze) 

80.9 

(Ranke) 

75-8 

(His) 

57-S-         79-1 

(Wienholt)     (Ranke) 
14-16 

(Friedleben) 


New-bom  chil- 
dren. 

85.0 
(Bischoflf) 

88.6 
(Bischoft) 


81.8 
(Bischoft) 

64-5 
(Von  Bibra) 

87.8 
(Bischoff) 

82.S 
(Oidmann) 


18-29 
(Friedleben) 


An  examination  of  the  above  table  shows  clearly  these  two  facts  : 

1.  The  percentage  of  water  in  the  different  tissues  of  the  human 
body,  excepting  the  skin  and  bones,  is  almost  uniform — ranging  be- 
tween 70  and  90.  The  percentage  of  water  in  the  skin  is  almost  two- 
thirds  as  great  as  in  the  brain,  spinal  cord,  and  nerves.  In  the  bones 
the  percentage  of  water  is  one-fifth  that  of  the  soft  tissues. 

2.  There  appears  to  be  more  water  in  the  tissues  of  new-born  chil- 
dren than  in  adults.     The  difference,  however,  is  but  trifling. 

Investigations  of  a  similar  character  have  been  made  on  the  tissues  of 
oxen,  dogs,  frogs,  cats,  hares,  and  rabbits  ;  the  results  do  not  differ  mate- 
rially from  those  obtained  on  the  tissues  of  human  beings. 

Compared  with  a  number  of  metallic  substances,  the  human  body 
is  an  exceedingly  poor  conductor.  Thus  it  has  been  estimated  that 
copper  is  several  thousand  miUion  times  a  better  conductor  than  the 
human  body. 

Dr.  C.  B.  Radcliffe  made  three  experiments,  in  which  he  measured  the 
resistance  of  nerve,  tendon,  and  muscle,  as  nearly  of  the  same  shape 
and  size  as  possible.  The  pieces  were  taken  from  the  sciatic  nerve, 
the  tendo-Achillis,  and  the  adductor  longus  of  a  recently  killed  rabbit. 
He  found  the  mean  resistance  of  one  inch  of  the  sciatic  nerve  to  be 


lyo  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

40,000  units  (see  p.  66) — that  is,  about  eight  times  the  resistance  of  the 
Atlantic  cable;  of  the  tendon,  38,000  units;  and  of  the  muscle,  12,000 
units.* 

Bones  and  Skm  poor  Conductors. — It  should  never  be  forgotten  that 
the  epidermis,  in  a  dry  state,  is  a  poor  conductor.  In  practice  this 
resistance  of  the  epidermis  is  overcome  by  thoroughly  moistening  it. 
The  hair  and  nails  are  also  poor  conductors.  In  making  applications  to 
the  top  of  the  head  it  is  necessary  to  thoroughly  moisten  the  hair.  The 
bones  contain  less  water  than  the  soft  parts,  and  are  consequently  poorer 
conductors.  Soft  parts  which  are  thus  enclosed  in  a  bony  covering  are 
less  powerfully  affected  than  soft  parts  which  are  not  so  enclosed. 

The  Curre7it  tends  to  take  the  shortest  Way  between  the  Electrodes. — 
The  electric  current  always  takes  the  shortest  and  most  direct  course 
from  one  pole  to  the  other,  provided  the  media  intervening  between  the 
electrodes  is  of  a  uniform  conductibility.  When,  therefore,  the  positive 
electrode  is  applied  to  one  part  of  the  body,  and  the  negative  to  the 
other,  the  current  would  diffuse  itself  uniformly  between  the  poles, 
provided  the  structures  of  the  body  between  them  were  uniform.  But, 
as  has  been  seen,  the  different  parts  of  the  body  vary  widely  in  regard 
to  their  conductibility, — those  which  contain  a  large  quantity  of  saline 
solutions  being  good  conductors,  and,  vice  versa,  chose  which  contain 
a  small  quantity  being  poor  conductors, — the  difference  of  conductibility 
between  muscle  and  bone  being  nearly  twenty  to  one. 

The  current  does  not  affect  all  parts  alike.  The  extent  to  which  any 
part  is  directly  reached,  when  the  current  is  applied  over  the  surface, 
will  depend  both  on  its  structure  and  its  situation. 

Soft  parts,  which  contain  a  large  amount  of  water,  like  the  brain, 
spinal  cord,  and  abdominal  viscera,  are  good  conductors,  and  unless 
their  situation  is  unfavorable,  they  are  directly  and  powerfully  affected 
by  the  current,  when  applied  to  the  surface  by  means  of  moist  conduct- 
ors. On  the  other  hand,  bone,  which  contains  a  much  less  percentage 
of  water  than  the  muscles  and  soft  parts,  is  comparatively  a  poor  con- 
ductor. Accordingly,  soft  parts  which  are  partially  or  entirely  enclosed 
by  bone  are  much  less  readily  affected  by  external  applications  than 
would  be  the  case  if  they  were  exposed. 

Another  legitimate  inference  from  the  accepted  theories  of  the  nature 
of  electricity,  and  from  what  we  know  of  the  relative  conductivity  of 
the  different  tissues  of  the  body  is,  that  when  electrodes  are  placed  on 
the  surface  of  the  body  the  current  moves  between  them  in  a  kind  of 

*  Dynamics  of  Nerve  and  Muscle,  p.  19. 


ELECTRO-CONDUCTIVITY   OF  THE   HUMAN   BODY.  I/I 

uudulative  or  wave-like  manner,  extending  on  both  sides  of  tlie  median 
line  between  them  for  a  considerable  distance. 

That  these  theories,  in  regard  to  the  electro-conductivity  of  the  body, 
are  sound,  is  proved  in  three  ways  : 

1.  By  experiment  on  the  living  subject. 

2.  By  direct  experiment  with  the  galvanoscopic  frog  and  reflecting 
galvanometer  on  the  dead  subject. 

3.  By  the  evidence  of  pathological  cases. 

That  the  tendency  of  electricity  is  to  take  the  shortest  road  between 
the  electrodes,  is  proved  by  the  following  experiment :  The  two  fore- 
arms are  crossed  so  that  they  touch  each  other  a  little  distance  above 
the  wrist.  Placing  now  one  electrode  on  the  outer  surface  of  each  arm, 
and  letting  the  galvanic  current  run,  a  feeling  of  heat  and  pricking  is 
felt,  not  only  beneath  the  electrodes,  but  also,  to  a  less  degree,  at  the 
polar  surfaces  of  the  forearms  where  they  touch  each  other.  On  remov- 
ing the  electrodes  it  is  observed  that  not  only  the  spots  beneath  the 
electrodes,  but  also  the  spots  where  the  arms  touched,  have  become 
reddened. 

This  shows  that  a  portion  of  the  current  takes  the  shortest  way  from 
one  electrode  to  the  other,  although  that  road  lies  through  two  layers 
of  epidermis,  which  is  a  very  bad  conductor. 

A  portion  of  the  current,  in  this  experiment,  goes  up  the  arm,  across 
the  body,  and  down  the  other  arm. 

In  order  to  ascertain  what  proportion  of  the  current  took  the  route 
across  the  arms,  Ziemssen  *  made  the  following  experiment  :  Putting 
one  forearm  over  the  other,  as  in  Erb's  experiment,  he  placed  between 
them  two  plates  of  zinc,  connected  with  a  delicate  reflecting  galvanom- 
eter (see  Electro-Physics,  page  41).  The  result  of  the  experiment,  when 
20  elements  were  directed  across  the  arms,  was  a  deflection  of  the 
needle  36.3°.  The  same  arrangement  made  on  the  dead  body  gave, 
with  ID  elements,  a  deflection  of  8.5°  ;  with  15  elements,  a  deflection  of 
19.7°  ;  with  20  elements,  28.2°.  On  separating  the  forearm,  so  that 
the  whole  current  must  run  around  through  the  arms  and  body,  he 
found  that  with  10  elements  there  was  a  deflection  of  15.9°;  with  15 
elements,  a  deflection  of  31.7°  ;  with  20  elements,  a  deflection  of  48.5°. 
The  conclusion  was  that  in  each  experiment  one-half  of  the  current 
went  across  through  the  forearms,  and  the  other  half  up  and  down  the 
arms  and  through  the  body. 

Evidence  of  Pathological  Cases. — When  the  spinal  cord  is  in  a  condi- 

*  Op.  cit.,  p.  22. 


1/2  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

tion  of  health,  a  powerful  current  may  be  applied  down  the  back  with- 
out discomfort ;  but  in  cases  of  myelitis,  spinal  congestion,  and  othei 
morbid  states,  very  marked  and  peculiar  symptoms  are  sometimes  ob- 
served. We  have  seen  a  case  of  myelitis  when  even  a  very  mild  faradic 
current  over  the  spine,  near  the  supposed  seat  of  the  disease,  caused 
severe  pain  in  the  right  leg  that  continued  for  several  hours.  Such  a 
phenomenon  is  never  observed  in  health.  The  fact  that  it  does  occur, 
especially  when  the  electrodes  are  not  placed  near  any  prominent 
nerves,  shows  very  clearly  that  the  current  affects  the  spinal  cord  in  a 
more  direct  way  than  by  mere  reflex  action. 

The  sensations  of  the  patient,  and  the  results  of  treatment,  also  show 
that  the  stomach,  liver,  spleen,  intestines,  and  the  genital  organs  in 
both  sexes,  are  traversed  by  the  current  in  external  applications  of  either 
current. 

Experiments  on  Dead  Subject  with  a  Frog  Preparation. — Erb  opened 
the  skull  of  a  dead  body,  took  out  the  brain,  and  covered  the  out- 
side of  the  skull  with  pieces  of  muscle  about  three-quarters  of  an 
inch  thick.  Over  the  muscle  pieces  of  skin  were  placed,  and  over 
the  skin  the  electrodes.  The  skull  was  then  filled  with  the  brain,  in 
such  a  way  as  to  avoid  any  direct  connection  with  the  muscle.  The 
skull  was  thoroughly  dried,  and  a  prepared  frog  placed  on  the  cerebral 
matter.  A  very  gentle  current  was  then  let  on,  and  both  on  opening 
and  closing  the  frog  contracted  energetically,  showing  that  a  portion  of 
the  electricity  at  least  passed  through  the  brain.  Branch  currents  may 
also  have  gone  around  through  the  layer  of  muscular  tissue  ;  but  the 
important  point,  that  some  of  the  electricity  took  the  short  way  direct 
through  the  skull  and  brain,  was  in  this  experiment  conclusively  shown. 

The  same  experiment  with  the  faradic  current  showed  the  same 
result. 

Similar  experiments  on  the  spinal  cord  showed  that  the  current  pene^ 
trated  the  vertebrae  as  readily  as  through  the  skull. 

Actual  Experi7?ient  with  a  Reflecting  Galvanometer. — The  evidences 
already  given  are  sufficient,  with  corroboration,  to  establish  the  fact, 
that  the  electricity,  when  applied  to  the  surface  of  the  body,  goes 
through  the  tissues  lying  between  the  electrodes,  and  that  all  the  in- 
ternal organs  may  be  thus  acted  on  by  the  current.  The  mathematical 
demonstrations  of  this  fact  that  have  been  recently  made  byBurchardt, 
and  after  him  by  Ziemssen,  are,  however,  none  the  less  interesting. 
Ziemssen's  method  of  investigation  was  to  insert  two  platinum  needles, 
insulated  to  their  points,  into  the  organ  to  be  experimented  on,  as  the 
brain,  spinal  cord,  sympathetic,  lungs,  liver,  etc.,  and  connect  them  with 


ELECTRO-CONDUCTIVITY   OF    THE   HUMAN  BODY.        1 73 

a  delicate  Wiedmann's  reflecting  galvanometer,  while  the  electrodes  of 
a  galvanic  battery  of  from  i  to  50  elements  were  applied  externally,  in 
such  a  way  that  the  current,  in  passing  from  one  to  the  other,  must 
pass  through  the  place  where  the  points  of  the  needles  were  inserted. 
These  experiments  were  performed  on  the  dead  subject,  and  on  ani- 
mals, living  and  dead.  Unpolarizable  needles  (Electro-Physics,  p.  31) 
were  used.  The  body,  or  part  to  be  examined,  was  isolated  on  wood 
or  glass.     By  these  means  he  easily  demonstrated  these  two  facts  : 

1.  That  all  the  internal  parts  and  organs  of  the  body  can  be  traversed 
by  derived  currents  {%q.q.  page  29)  tvhen  the  electrodes  confiected  with 
a  galvanic  battery  are  properly  placed  on  the  skin. 

When  the  electrodes  are  placed  on  the  head,  derived  currents  pass 
through  the  brain.  When  the  electrodes  are  placed  on  the  spine,  de- 
rived  currents  pass  through  t]:ie  cord.  In  the  same  way  it  was  demon- 
strated that  the  sympathetic,  heart,  lungs,  liver,  spleen,  intestines,  and 
bladder  were  traversed  by  derived  currents  when  the  electrodes  were 
applied  respectively  to  the  neck,  thorax,  and  abdomen.  Similarly  also 
the  nerve-plexuses  and  great  veins  were  shown  to  be  traversed  by  cur- 
rents when  external  applications  were  made. 

2.  The  derived  currents  were  usually  most  powerful,  that  is,  the 
greatest  quantity  of  electricity  passed  in  a  direct  line,  between  the  elec- 
trodes. 

When  the  ends  of  the  unpolarizable  needles  were  removed  from  one 
another,  near  the  central  line,  the  needles  showed  less  and  less  deflec- 
tion, proving  that  the  derived  currents  were  weaker.  To  this  general 
law  there  are,  however,  exceptions.  The  current  which  contains  a  very 
large  percentage  of  water  conducts  electricity  better  than  other  neigh- 
boring parts,  even  when  out  of  the  axis  of  the  curve. 

3.  The  derived  currents  can  be  sent  through  the  internal  parts  in  any 
direction,  and  increase  in  strength  with  increase  in  the  strength  of  the 
principal  current. 

When  the  principal  current  is  reversed,  the  derived  currents  will  be 
reversed  also.  In  one  experiment,  on  the  dead  body  of  a  young 
man,  the  electrodes  of  the  principal  current  were  placed  behind  the 
ears.  Two  holes  were  made  in  the  parietal  bones,  in  the  track  be- 
tween the  electrodes,  and  two  other  holes  were  made,  about  six  centi- 
metres farther  forward,  and  about  eight  centimetres  from  each  other. 
In  the  holes  made  through  the  bones  into  the  brain  were  placed  the 
unpolarizable  needles  connected  with  the  reflecting  galvanometer. 
Two  needles  were  also  in  the  tubercula  quadrigemina.  The  results  of 
the  observations  are  contained  in  the  following  table  : 


1/4  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 


No,  of  elements. 

Needles  in  posterior 

poles  in  direct  line 

of  current. 

Needles  in  anterior 
poles  out  of 
direct  line. 

Needles  in 

tubercuia 

quadrigemina. 

5 

1.5° 

0.6° 

1.6° 

lO 

2.1° 

1.7° 

2.2° 

IS 

2.9° 

2.8° 

3-5° 

20 

6.5° 

3.2° 

4.2° 

In  the  above  observation,  which  may  be  regarded  as  a  crucial  and 
convincing  one,  these  three  points  are  distinctly  proved  : 

First,  That  the  current  passes  from  one  electrode  to  the  other 
through  bone  and  brain. 

Second,  That  most  of  the  derived  currents  take  the  direct  route  in  the 
axis  between  the  electrodes,  and  that  the  strength  of  the  derived  currents, 
the  conductivity  of  the  parts  being  the  same,  diminishes  in  proportion 
to  their  distances  from  the  axis. 

Third,  That  the  tubercuia  quadrigemina,  by  virtue  of  their  fluid 
structure,  conduct  electricity  better  than  the  after  parts  of  the  brain. 

Fourth,  That  the  strength  of  the  currents  sent  through  the  body  is 
proportioned  with  considerable  exactness  to  the  strength  of  the  current 
employed  in  the  application. 

The  laws  of  conductivity  of  the  body,  as  here  demonstrated  in  the 
brain,  have  also  been  similarly  demonstrated  in  the  spinal  cord  and  in 
all  the  organs  of  the  thorax  and  abdomen. 

The  grand  conclusion  from  all  these  experiments,  and  from  clinical 
experience,  is  that  the  electro-conductivity  of  the  human  body  is  to  be 
explained,  mainly,  by  the  ordinary  physical  laws  of  electro-conduction, 
and  only  to  a  very  limited  extent  by  physiology,. 

Physiology  and  pathology  may  come  in  to  modify,  to  a  slight  extent, 
the  conductivity  of  the  body  ;  for,  as  we  have  seen,  individuals  differ  in 
their  conductivity.  Increase  in  the  quantity  of  blood  or  salts  in  the  body 
increases  the  conductivity,  and  diminution  of  blood  or  of  the  salts,  as 
takes  place  in  some  diseases,  diminishes  the  conductivity.  But  all 
these  varying  factors  have  caused  only  a  very  slight  perturbation  of  the 
physical  laws  of  electro-conductivity. 

There  is  some  difference  in  the  conductivity  of  the  living  and  dead 
body,  but  this  difference  can  mostly  be  explained  by //zj^'J'zVf^/ principles. 
It  may  well  be  questioned  whether  the  principle  of  life,  whatever  that 
may  be,  exerts  any  very  important  influence  on  electro-conductivity. 
Burchardt  found  that  when  more  saline  solutions  were  injected  into  the 
dead  body  the  electro-conductivity  was  increased.     This  is  just  what 


ELECTRO-CONDUCTIVITY   OF    THE   HUMAN  BODY.         1 75 

we  should  expect  on  physical  principles,  because  warm  saline  solutions 
are  good  conductors  of  electricity  in  the  body  or  out  of  it. 

According  to  Ranke,  living  muscle  conducts  much  worse  than  dead 
muscle,  the  proportion  being  as  100  to  56.  Living  muscle  conducts 
115,000,000  times,  and  dead  muscle  64,400,000  times  worse  than 
copper.  Dead  muscle  conducts  better  than  living,  on  account  of  the 
decomposition  and  chemical  changes  that  take  place  after  death,  and 
especially  on  account  of  the  accumulation  of  lactic  acid. 

Electro-conductivity  jiiodified  by  Age  and  Temperament. — Young  peo- 
ple offer  greater  resistance  than  old  people,  for  the  probable  reason  that 
the  tissues  of  the  old  contain  more  of  the  salts  than  those  of  the  young. 
The  hands  of  those  who  labor  with  muscle,  and  whose  epidermis  is 
thereby  thickened,  offer  greater  resistance  than  the  hands  of  those  who 
live  by  brain  alone.  The  right  hand,  being  more  used  than  the  left, 
has  a  thicker  epidermis,  and  therefore  presents  a  greater  resistance. 

Different  individuals  of  the  same  age  and  condition  differ  in  their 
conductivity  in  a  manner  that  cannot  be  fully  explained.  When 
"shocks"  of  a  battery,  or  faradic  machine,  or  Leyden  jar  are  sent 
through  a  number  of  persons  in  a  row,  some  will  feel  it  slightly,  others 
strongly,  and  perhaps  one  or  more  may  be  almost  if  not  quite  pros- 
trated. This  fact  may  explain  some  of  the  freaks  of  lightning,  for  it 
has  long  been  known  that  Avhen  a  number  of  persons  are  standing  near 
together  some  maybe  struck  down  and  others  unharmed.  Some  Indians 
and  negroes,  it  is  said,  can  take  hold  of  the  electric  eel  without  receiving 
shocks. 

The  same  individual  may  conduct  differently  at  different  times.  As 
the  body  is  perpetually  changing,  as  it  varies  in  its  intimate  constitu- 
tion, not  only  from  year  to  year,  but  from  day  to  day,  and  from  moment 
to  moment,  it  is  easy  to  understand  why  it  should  vary  in  its  suscep- 
tibility to  electricity,  just  as  it  varies  in  its  susceptibility  to  the  articles 
of  ordinary  food,  to  stimulants  and  narcotics,  and  to  internal  medi- 
cation. 


CHAPTER  XI. 

THE   EFFECT   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON   NUTf  ITION. 

It  is  not  a  little  surprising  that  electricity  should  have  been  used  as 
a  therapeutic  agent  for  more  than  a  century  before  it  began  to  be 
recognized  among  scientific  men  as  a  powerful  means  of  aiding  nutri- 
tion. In  1867,  after  a  series  of  preliminary  experiments,  mainly  con- 
ducted by  Dr.  Rockwell,  we  ascertained  that  electrization  was  a  tonic 
of  most  remarkable  efficacy;  that  its  permanent  tonic  effects  were,  in- 
deed, far  more  wonderful,  as  well  as  more  valuable,  than  its  primary 
stimulating  effects.  When  we  announced  this  discovery  to  the  pro- 
fession, in  our  Treatise  on  the  Medical  Use  of  Electricity,  the  statement 
was  received  by  many,  and  especially  by  those  accustomed  to  and 
familiar  with  other  electro-phj^siological  and  electro-therapeutical  re- 
searches, with  incredulity  and  surprise. 

The  attention  of  observers  has  been  so  exclusively  directed  to  the 
primary  stimulating  effects  of  electricity,  that  they  have  neglected  to 
pursue  the  subject  further,  and  to  study  its  pernianent  effects  on  nutrition. 

The  effects  of  the  passage  of  electricity  through  the  body  are  of  a 
fourfold  character : 

1.  Mechanical 

2.  Physical. 

3.  Chemical. 

4.  Phpiological. 

Inasmuch  as  the  effect  of  electricity  on  nutrition  is  a  resultant  of 
all  these  four  orders  of  effects,  it  is  necessary  to  speak  of  each  in 
some  detail. 

The  mechanical^  physical^  and  chemical  effects  of  electricity  on  the 
body  are  similar  in  character  to  the  same  effects  of  electricity  on  any 
substance  whatever  ;  the  physiological  effects  are  those  which  take 
place  in  virtue  of  the  vital  properties  of  the  tissues.  The  mechanical 
effects  of  electricity  on  the  body  are  most  markedly  appreciated  under 
the  faradic  current.  The  reason  is  clear  from  the  nature  of  the  faradic 
current.  It  is  a  current  of  alternation,  of  to-and-fro  motion,  of  con- 
stant  closing   and   breaking    (see  Electro-Physics,   p.  54).      When  it 


EFFECT   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON  NUTRITION.  177 

passes  through  the  body,  even  when  it  produces  no  muscular  contrac- 
tion, it  acts  very  much  in  the  same  way  as  gentle  tapping,  or  pound- 
ing, or  rubbing  on  the  tissues ;  and  this  gives  passive  exercises  to  all 
the  deeper  lying  as  well  as  the  superficial  tissues.  We  may  believe 
that  the  molecules  of  the  tissues  are  agitated  by  the  passage  of  the 
current,  as  the  particles  of  a  bar  of  iron  are  moved  by  the  influence  of 
magnetization  (see  p.  9),  or  as  bodies  are  expanded  by  heat.  The 
numerous  branch  currents  going  to  and  fro  act  as  so  many  shuttlecocks, 
keeping  every  atom  in  incessant  disturbance.  That  the  simple  process 
of  tapping  on  the  surface  of  the  body,  by  means  of  the  vibrations  that 
it  excites,  has  a  positively  beneficial  effect  in  certain  chronic  affec- 
tions, has  long  been  recognized.  It  is  reasonable  to  suppose  that  this 
beneficial  effect  is  in  part  due  to  the  increase  of  endosmotic  action. 

Physical  Effects. — The  physical  effects  of  the  passage  of  electricity 
through  the  body  are  heat,  and  the  modification  of  endosmose  and  exos- 
7nose,  and  the  transferrence  oi  substances  fro7n  one  pole  to  the  other. 

The  heat  excited  in  the  body  by  the  simple  passage  of  a  weak  cur- 
rent that  causes  no  muscular  contraction,  is  small ;  but  there  is  little 
question  that  heat  is  thus  excited,  although  it  is  difficult  or  impossible 
to  measure  it  by  the  thermometer.  The  main  arguments  in  favor  of 
this  belief  are  (i),  that  all  conductors  of  electricity  become  heated 
more  or  less  in  proportion  to  their  resistance — the  body  offers  great 
resistance,  and  more  or  less  of  the  electric  force  must  be  converted 
into  heat ;  and  (2),  powerful  currents,  either  galvanic  or  faradic, 
even  when  not  used  so  as  to  excite  muscular  contractions,  cause  in- 
crease of  heat  in  the  track  of  its  passage,  so  marked  as  to  be  easily 
detected  by  the  touch.  No  thermometer  is  necessary  to  show  that  in 
electrolytic  operations,  where  strong  currents  are  used,  the  tissues  near 
the  needles,  and  between  them,  become  intensely  heated,  so  that  to 
rest  the  finger  on  them  almost  causes  pain.  This  fact  we  have  demon- 
strated over  and  over  again  in  various  parts  of  the  body.  It  is  equally 
clear  that  the  faradic  current,  even  when  not  very  powerful,  raises  the 
temperature  of  the  parts  through  which  it  passes.  The  sensation  of 
the  patient  and  palpation  by  the  operator  demonstrate  this  beyond 
doubt.  Cold  extremities  are  warmed  sensibly  and  quite  rapidly  by 
faradization  or  galvanization,  even  when  no  sensible  muscular  contrac- 
tions are  produced  by  the  current.  It  is  logical  to  infer  that  very  weak 
currents,  either  faradic  or  galvanic,  cause  a  slight  increase  of  heat  by 
virtue  of  the  passage  of  the  current,  and  as  a  physical  effect  of  such 
passage,  without  reference  to  the  physiological  phenomenon  that  must 
accompany  the  physical  phenomena,  which  must  probably  also  cause 
12 


1/8  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

a  rise  of  the  temperature,  Schiff  declares,  as  a  result  of  his  observa- 
tions, that  a  nerve  is  warmed  by  an  almost  momentary  passage  of  the 
current. 

A  second  important  physical  effect  of  the  passage  of  an  electric  cur- 
rent through  the  body  is  the  transference  of  substances  from  one  pole 
to  the  other.  This  physical  effect  of  the  current  has  long  been  recog- 
nized. In  the  electric  light,  for  example,  the  particles  of  carbon  go 
from  the  positive  to  the  negative  pole,  and  to  so  marked  a  degree  that 
the  positive  carbon  is  quite  rapidly  worn  away.  A  very  remarkable 
illustration  of  this  transference  of  matter  in  the  track  of  electricity  some- 
times occurs  in  lightning  stroke.  Trustworthy  cases  are  reported  of 
individuals  who  have  been  found  struck  dead  by  lightning,  and  bearing 
on  their  bodies  distinct  images  or  impressions  of  some  object,  as  a  tree 
or  house,  near  which  they  stood  when  they  fell. 

In  1864,  at  Nibelle,  in  France,  three  men  who  were  gathering  pears 
were  struck  by  lightning.  One  was  killed  at  once.  The  others  were 
thrown  to  the  ground  unconscious,  and  one  of  these,  when  taken  home, 
was  fomid  to  have  on  his  breast  a  "distinct  daguerreotype  of  the  tree." 

In  i860  a  woman  of  Sisonne,  in  France,  who  was  struck  by  lightning, 
carried  on  her  back  a  complete  image  of  a  tree — trunk,  branches,  and 
leaves — that  was  near  the  place  where  she  fell.  A  similar  case  is  re- 
corded by  Franklin.* 

The  explanation  of  all  these  cases  is  the  same.  The  particles  of  the 
tree,  reduced  to  great  fineness  by  the  electricity,  are  mechanically  trans- 
ported and  burned  in  the  skin.  The  process  is  therefore  not  chemical, 
but  mechanical  and  thermic. 

Bodies  have  been  literally  tattooed  in  this  way.  Transference  of  sub- 
Stances  is  a  part  and  result  of  the  electrolysis  in  organic  substances 
already  described  (Electro-Physics,  p.  47),  and  also  of  the  electrolysis 
of  organic  bodies  to  be  hereafter  described. 

The  electric  currents  also  exercise  a  positive  and  very  interesting  in- 
fluence over  endosmose.  By  the  passage  of  a  galvanic  current  the  endos- 
motic  phenomena  may  be  both  stimulated  or  reversed.  This  is  shown 
in  the  following  experiment  of  Dutrochet :  A  tube  containing  gum- 
water  is  closed  at  one  of  its  ends  by  animal  membrane  and  dipped  in 
a  vessel  containing  common  water.  By  the  ordinary  operation  of  the 
laws  of  endosmosis  the  gum-water  rises  in  the  tube  on  account  of  the 
entrance  of  some  of  the  ordinary  water  through  the  membrane  into 

*  Death  by  Lightning,  by  M.  Dr.  Fedet  (Clermont  Ferrand),  Gazette  des  Hbpi- 
iaux,  June  8-10,  1872,  translated  in  The  Clinic,  July  6,  1872. 


EFFECT   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON   NUTRITION.  1 79 

the  tube.  But  if  the  positive  pole  of  a  galvanic  battery  be  placed  in 
the  common  water,  and  the  negative  pole  in  the  gum-water,  the  endos- 
motic  action  is  stimulated  to  such  a  marked  degree  that  the  level  of  the 
gum-water  rises  with  much  greater  rapidity  ;  if  we  reverse  the  pole  the 
level  of  the  gum-water  in  the  tube  sinks  instead  of  rises.  The  faradic  cur- 
rent from  the  secondary  coil  produces  no  such  effect.  The  current  from 
the  inner  coil — the  extra  current  so  called — produces  these  effects  to  a 
less  degree.  It  is  pretty  clear,  therefore,  that  these  phenomena  de- 
pend on  the  chemical,  and  not  on  the  mechanical  power  of  the  current. 

Electrical  Endosmosis  is  influenced  by  Strength  of  Current  and  Resist- 
ance of  Circuit. — It  is  found  that  the  quantity  which  rises  is  in  exact  pro- 
portion to  the  strength  of  the  current,  and  to  the  extent  of  the  porous 
surface.  It  has  been  found  that  the  greater  the  resistance  of  the  liquid 
to  electrolysis,  the  more  it  yields  to  this  endosmotic  action. 

The  above  phenomena  have  been  demonstrated  at  different  times,  and 
by  a  variety  of  observers. 

Besides  the  physical  effects  above  described,  there  may  be  many 
others  that  we  cannot  at  present  recognize  or  appreciate,  but  which 
may  be  revealed  by  the  spectroscope  and  other  means  of  refined  re- 
search. 

After  Physical  Effects  of  the  Currents. — It  has  been  observed  that 
platinum  wires  are  contracted  by  the  passage  of  electric  currents  through 
them,  and  that  copper  wires  that  are  used  for  conducting  electricity 
become  brittle  thereby.  The  differential  action  of  the  faradic  and  gal- 
vanic currents  in  this  respect  is  quite  interesting,  for,  according  to 
Ruhmkorff,  the  copper  wires  that  conduct  faradic  currents  break  more 
speedily  and  more  frequently  than  those  which  conduct  galvanic  currents. 

This  physical  fact  is  very  suggestive  of  what  may  be  facts  in  physi- 
ology and  pathology.  We  have  already  seen  that  magnetization  has 
physical  effects  of  a  most  decided  character.  We  have  seen  that  it 
causes  sounds  to  proceed  from  the  body  magnetized ;  that  the  body 
magnetized  also  becomes  elongated  ;  and  that  this  elongation  is  proba- 
bly due  to  the  fact  that  the  particles  arrange  themselves,  during  mag- 
netization, lengthwise  in  the  direction  of  the  bar.  It  is  not  improbable 
that  the  human  body  in  health  and  in  disease  may  also  be  changed  by 
the  action  of  the  currents  in  a  manner  that  we  do  not  yet  comprehend, 
and  that  such  physical  or  physiological  changes  may  account  for  some 
of  the  therapeutic  effects  of  electrization.  This  probabiUty  applies 
especially  to  the  after  effects  of  electrical  treatment,  effects  that  are 
noticed  not  while  the  applications  are  being  made,  or  during  the  course 
of  the  treatment,  but  weeks  and  months  after  the  treatment  is  discon- 


l8o  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

tinued.  On  this  subject  we  shall  speak  in  more  detail  in  the  sectioi  on 
Electro-Therapeutics. 

Chemical  Effects. — The  chemical  effects  of  the  current  are  mainly  of 
an  electrolytic  character.  They  consist  of  an  electro-chemical  composi- 
tion of  the  fluids  of  which  the  body  is  composed.  The  general  laws 
and  phenomena  of  electrolysis  in  its  relation  to  inorganic  substances 
have  already  been  set  forth  in  the  chapter  on  that  subject  in  Electro- 
Physics.  It  remains  for  us  here  to  speak  of  electrolysis,  in  its  rela- 
tion to  organic  life.  At  the  outset  we  may  remark  that  there  is  no 
evidence  that  organization.,  as  such,  seriously  modifies  electro-chemical 
decomposition.  The  fluids  of  the  body  decompose  under  the  influence 
of  the  current,  just  as  the  same  combination  of  fluids  with  tissue  would 
decompose  if  not  endowed  with  life.  If  the  results  of  the  electrolysis 
of  the  dead  body  are  different  from  the  results  of  the  electrolysis  of 
the  living  body,  it  is  because  of  the  chemical  changes  that  take  place  in 
the  body  after  life  has  departed. 

The  human  body  is  composed  of  fourteen  different  chemical  sub- 
stances, many  of  which  are  singly  capable  of  decomposing  under  the 
cun-ent,  and  in  their  various  combinations  are  capable  of  many  decom- 
positions and  recompositions,  with  secondary  results  that  cannot  well  be 
estimated. 

The  general  facts  of  the  electrolysis  of  inorganic  substances,  the  ap- 
pearance of  oxygen  and  acids  at  the  positive  pole,  and  hydrogen  and 
alkalies  at  the  negative  pole,  apply  also  to  the  electrolysis  of  the  living 
body.  The  great  law  arrived  at  by  Faraday,  that  in  electrolysis 
substances  are  decomposed  in  equivalent  proportions  (see  Electro- 
Physics,  p.  46),  also  finds  no  exception  or  interference  in  organic 
structures. 

Some  of  the  Fhejiomena  of  Electrolysis  of  Living  a?id  Dead  Tissues. — 
In  order  to  determine  the  electrolytic  effect  of  the  current  on  organic  sub- 
stances we  have  made  a  wide  variety  of  experiments  on  both  living  and 
dead  tissues,  fluid  and  solid,  in  a  normal  as  well  as  pathological  condi- 
tion, on  animals  and  men.  We  have  tried  the  galvanic  current  on  the 
voluntary  and  involuntary  muscles  ;  on  the  mucous  and  serous  mem- 
branes ;  on  brain,  spinal,  and  nerve  matter ;  on  the  lungs,  the  heart,  the 
liver,  spleen,  stomach,  intestines,  bladder,  uterus  ;  on  the  saliva  and  the 
urine  ;  on  the  cartilage  and  on  bones.  The  general  conclusions  at 
which  we  have  arrived  from  these  experiments  are  these  : 

1.  All  these  animal  tissues,  living  or  dead,  decompose,  so  far  as  can 
be  seen,  like  inorganic  substances,  and  by  uniform  laws. 

2.  The  fact  most  patent  to  superficial  observation  is  that  the  rapidity 


EFFECT   OF  ELECTRICITY   ON  NUTRITION.  l8l 

of  the  electrolysis  depends  more  on  the  amount  of  fluid  in  the  tissues 
than  on  all  other  factors  combined. 

3.  The  great  difference  in  the  effects  of  electrolysis  on  organic  and 
inorganic  substances  is  seen  after  the  current  has  ceased  to  act.  In 
the  electrolysis  of  most  inorganic  substances — such  for  example  as  iodide 
of  potassium,  acetate  of  lead,  chloride  of  sodium,  and  so  forth — the 
effects  cease  as  soon  as  the  current  ceases ;  the  substances  remain  in 
the  condition  that  the  current  left  them.  The  electrolysis  of  organic 
substances  starts  a  process  that  continues  long  after  the  current  ceases  to 
flow. 

Electrolysis  of  the  White  of  an  Egg. — Wlien  the  white  of  an  egg  is 
electrolyzed  by  copper  needles  or  wire,  white  flakes  rapidly  form  around 
the  needle  connected  with  the  negative  ])ole,  covering  the  needle  as 
cotton  covers  a  bobbin  of  a  loom.  This  white  covering  soon  becomes 
detached  from  the  needle,  if  the  current  is  tolerably  strong,  and  floats 
on  the  surface  of  the  albumen,  and  then  another  similar  envelope  is 
formed  over  the  needle.  In  a  little  time  the  surface  of  the  albumen 
becomes  covered  with  white,  slight  masses,  resembling  what  are  known 
on  our  tables  as  "floating  islands."  These  formations  are  not  coagula, 
as  might  be  supposed,  but  are  simply  composed  of  hydrogen  gas  envel- 
oped by  very  thin  layers  of  albumen,  into  which  it  is  mechanically  driven 
by  the  electrolytic  action,  after  the  analogy  of  soap-bubbles  and  the  froth 
of  a  beaten  egg,  where  the  distension  is  caused  by  common  air  envel- 
oped by  water  and  albumen. 

Besides  these  changes  the  albumen  becomes  discolored,  and  reddish- 
yeUow  streaks  are  found  at  both  poles.  This  discoloration  is  due  partly 
to  the  action  of  the  oxygen  or  the  albumen  on  the  copper  of  the  elec- 
trodes. 

Although,  as  has  been  said,  platinum  wires  at  the  point  of  insertion 
into  the  substance  are  best  for  these  experiments,  since  they  are  not 
acted  on,  and  exhibit  the  changes  in  their  purity,  yet  a  common  sewing 
or  darning  needle,  or  copper  wire,  will  answer ;  but  it  should  be  borne 
in  mind  that  the  action  of  the  substances  on  these  will  complicate  the 
observation,  and  that  they  will  in  a  short  time  become  destroyed  by 
oxidation. 

Electrolysis  of  Fresh  Milk. — When  fresh  cow's  milk  is  electrolyzed 
with  platinum  needles  an  odor  of  chlorine  is  distinctly  perceived,  due  to 
decomposition  of  the  chloride  of  sodium,  and  little  islands  of  foam  appear 
on  the  surface.  This  foam,  on  being  broken  up,  gives  forth  an  odor  of 
chlorine,  and  disappears,  showing  that  it  is  not  coagulated  albumen, 
but  simply  chlorine  gas  and  albuminous  envelopes. 


1 82  EI,ECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

Electrolysis  of  the  Aqueoi^s  and  Vitreous  Humors  of  the  Eye. — When 
platinum  needles  connected  with  a  galvanic  current  are  inserted  into 
the  aqueous  and  vitreous  humors  of  the  eye  of  a  dead  or  dying  rabbit, 
rapid  electrolysis  takes  place  at  both  poles,  with  evolution  of  gases  in 
albuminous  envelopes.  A  cloud  resembling  cataract  is  speedily  formed 
over  the  pupil,  and  in  a  few  moments,  if  the  current  be  of  medium 
strength,  the  covering  of  the  eye  will  be  ruptured,  with  a  violent  escape 
of  albumen-enveloped  gases.  This  process,  which  Dr.  Beard  has  fre- 
quently studied  in  the  eyes  of  rabbits  and  dogs,  is  similar  to  that  which 
takes  place  in  the  electrolysis  of  hydrocele  and  of  certain  cystic  tumors. 

Electrolysis  of  Beef. — It  is  possible  to  gain  a  measurably  correct  idea 
of  what  changes  take  place  during  and  after  electrolysis  of  the  living 
body,  in  health  or  disease,  by  studying  the  phenomena  that  appear 
during  electrolysis  of  dead  tissue.  If  a  piece  of  beefsteak,  for  example, 
be  subjected  to  the  action  of  the  galvanic  current  by  needles  connected 
with  the  positive  and  negative  poles,  a  process  somewhat  resembling 
frying  can  be  distinctly  seen  and  heard  and  felt ;  more  specifically, 
bubbles  of  hydrogen  appear  at  the  negative  pole,  and  a  kind  of  hissing 
sound  is  heard,  even  when  the  ear  is  at  some  little  distance,  and  a  posi- 
tive sensation  of  heat  is  felt  when  the  finger  is  pressed  over  the  part 
that  is  being  electrolyzed.  Under  the  microscope  this  process  can  be 
more  closely  studied.  Chemical  examination  shows  that  oxygen,  acids, 
and  albumen  go  to  the  positive  pole,  while  hydrogen,  alkalies,  and 
coloring  matter  go  to  the  negative,  and  the  action  at  the  negative  pole 
is  much  greater  than  at  the  positive.  Under  this  process  the  beef  be- 
comes gradually  dried  and  changed  in  color,  owing  to  the  disappearance 
of  the  watery  constituents  and  the  other  electrolytic  action;  and,  in 
proportion  as  the  beef  grows  drier  and  the  fibres  begin  to  lose  their  ad- 
herence and  fall  apart,  the  electrolytic  process  becomes  less  and  less 
active,  because  there  is  less  fluid  on  which  to  act. 

For  some  hours  after  the  needles  are  removed,  the  process  of  drying 
and  disintegration  and  decoloration  goes  on,  until  the  portion  that  lies 
between  and  near  the  poles  shrivels,  contracts,  and  crumbles,  until  it 
resembles  the  burnt  corners  of  a  piece  of  roast  beef. 

Electrolysis  of  Fruits  and  Vegetables. — We  have  experimented  on  a 
variety  of  fruits  and  vegetables— as  oranges,  lemons,  apples,  pears, 
peaches,  potatoes,  turnips,  etc.  The  effects  of  the  electrolytic  action, 
as  they  appear  to  the  eye  and  the  ear,  though  consistent  with  the  great 
general  laws  of  electrolysis  of  inorganic  substances,  yet  are  more  or  less 
modified  by  the  varieties  of  structure.  When  a  sound  apple  is  electro- 
lyzed, the  part  around  the  negative  needle  changes  in  color  and  looks 


EFFECT   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON   NUTRITION.  1 83 

as  though  it  had  been  bruised  and  was  beginning  to  decay,  and  the 
needle  soon  becomes  loosened  and  will  easily  fall  out.  The  process  of 
drying  and  decoloration  goes  on  after  the  operation  is  discontinued.  In 
fruits  and  vegetables  the  electrolytic  changes  that  take  place  are  largely 
due  to  the  electrolyzation  of  water,  which  is  aided  by  the  acids  that 
they  contain. 

When  muscles  have  been  separated  from  the  body  and  submitted  for 
several  days  to  the  action  of  a  strong  galvanic  current,  there  have  been 
found  at  the  positive  pole  sulphuric,  phosphoric,  hydrochloric  and  azo- 
tic acids,  and  at  the  negative  pole  alkalies — as  soda,  potassa,  and  am- 
monia. 

I^egros  and  Onimus  have  shown  that  when  an  alkali,  as  carbonate  oi 
soda,  is  placed  at  the  positive  pole  in  electrolysis  of  the  human  body, 
and  an  acid — as  tartaric  acid — at  the  negative  pole,  the  usual  eschars 
have  not  been  formed.  This  would  seem  to  indicate  that  the  cauteriza- 
tion in  electrolysis  is  due  in  part  to  the  acids  and  alkalies  that  result 
from  the  decomposition. 

This  cauterizing  action  is  not  solely  due  to  the  acids  and  alkalies,  for, 
when  other  acids  and  alkalies  are  applied  to  the  body,  eschars  of  the 
same  degree  are  not  obtained.  The  current  penetrates  and  pervades 
the  tissues  and  induces  various  changes  beyond  and  beneath  the  eschar, 
which  changes  continue  long  after  the  current  is  broken. 

The  phenomena  above  described  all  occur  under  the  galvanic  cur- 
rent, and  with  needles  as  electrodes. 

The  current  from  the  primary  coil  of  the  faradic  machines  has  some 
electrolytic  power,  and  even  the  current  from  the  secondary  and  ter- 
tiary coils  is  not  without  some  chemical  effect.  It  is  not  necessary  to 
use  needles  or  pointed  electrodes  of  any  kind  in  order  to  produce  elec- 
trolysis ;  but  with  a  sufficient  strength  of  current  the  phenomena  may 
be  produced  by  large,  flat,  metallic  surfaces.  There  is  more  or  less 
electrolysis  in  all  the  ordinary  applications  of  electricity  to  the  body, 
whether  made  with  metals  or  sponges,  small  or  large. 

Physiological  Effects. — The  physiological  effects  of  electricity,  pro- 
perly so  called,  are  those  which  take  place  by  virtue  of  the  vital  proper- 
ties of  the  body.  The  other  effects  above  described — mechanical, 
physical,  and  chemical — are  not  peculiar  to  living  bodies  ;  they  are 
observed  on  the  dead  as  well  as  the  living,  on  inorganic  as  well  as 
organic  substances,  although  they  are,  as  we  have  seen,  more  or  less 
niodified  by  vitality.  But  the  physiological  effects  of  which  we  are  here 
to  speak  are  peculiar  to  organization ;  they  cease  when  life  ceases,  for 
they  are  mainly  the  modification  of  the  vital  processes  by  electricity. 


1 84  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

There  are  in  general  fmr  ways  in  which  electricity  applied  .o  the  tis. 
sues  modifies  their  physiological  functions  : — 

1.  It  may  increase  them. 

2.  It  may  diminish  them. 

3.  It  may  arrest  them. 

4.  It  may  modify  their  quality. 

Some  of  the  more  important  illustrations  of  their  effects  have  been 
already  discussed. 

We  have  seen  that  electricity,  according  to  the  kind  that  is  employed, 
and  according  to  the  method  and  strength  and  length  of  the  applica- 
tion, causes  various  phenomena  on  the  skin,  contracts  voluntary  and 
involuntary  muscles  when  applied  either  to  the  muscles  themselves  oi 
to  the  nerves  that  supply  them,  and  increases  the  process  of  oxidation, 
and  raises  the  temperature,  excites  the  nerves  of  common  and  special 
sense  so  as  to  cause  pain,  flashes  before  the  eyes,  noises  in  the  ears,  and 
a  peculiar  taste  and  odor.  When  applied  to  the  pneumogastric  it 
increases,  diminishes,  or  arrests  the  action  of  the  heart. 

It  remains  here  to  speak  of  the  following  physiological  effects  of  elec- 
tricity : — 

1.  On  the  circulation. 

2.  On  secretion  and  excretion. 

3.  On  absorption. 

The  effect  of  electricity  on  the  circulation  is  somewhat  complex.  It 
includes  the  effect  on  the  heart  and  on  the  unstriped  muscular  fibres  of 
the  arteries,  as  well  as  on  the  central  and  peripheral  nervous  system  in 
general,  since  the  flow  of  blood  in  the  arteries,  veins,  and  capillaries  is 
influenced  by  the  quality  and  quantity  of  innervation  that  they  receive. 
We  have  to  speak  merely  of  the  direct  effect  of  electricity  on  the  capil- 
lary circulation.  It  has  been  shown  already  that  electrization  of  the 
cervical  sympathetic  may  have  the  directly  opposite  effect  of  contracting 
or  dilating  the  vessels  of  the  retina.  That  the  same  opposite  effects 
may  follow  electrization  of  any  part  or  organ,  depending  on  the  tem- 
perament of  the  patient,  the  quality  of  current,  and  the  length  and 
strength  of  the  application,  is  also  demonstrable.  One  effect  is  con- 
stant under  all  conditions,  and  that  is,  that  the  circulation  is  modified 
in  one  or  the  other,  or  in  both  ways.  The  average  ultimate  effect  is 
to  increase  the^^ow  of  blood,  raise  the  temperature,  attd  dilate  the  veins. 
Dilatation  of  the  veins,  after  prolonged  electrization,  is  a  phenomenon 
that  can  be  demonstrated  with  ease  on  any  part  of  the  body  where  the 


EFFECT   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON   NUTRITION.  1 85 

veins  are  prominent.  The  back  of  the  hand  is  the  best  place  to  study 
this  phenomenon,  and  faradization  illustrates  it  most  distinctly. 

This  enlargement  of  the  veins  is  accompanied  by  a  rise  in  tempera 
ture,  and  especially  if  the  muscles  have  been  brought  into  vigorous 
contraction,  that  is  not  only  indicated  by  the  thermometer,  but  is  ap- 
preciated by  the  subject.  Under  general  faradization  the  hands  and 
feet  become  warmer  during  the  sitting,  and  may  remain  warmer  for 
hours.  Central  galvanization,  or  galvanization  of  the  cervical  sympa- 
thetic, also  warms  the  periphery. 

On  Secretion  and  Excretion. — The  secreting  power  of  the  secreting 
organs  of  the  body  is  very  markedly  influenced  by  electrization.  The 
usual  effect  is  to  increase  their  activity  ;  but  when  very  mild  currents 
are  used,  such  effect  is  not  always  observed,  and  it  is  probable,  from  our 
experiments,  that  very  strong  currents  may  produce  a  reverse  effect. 

On  the  lachrymal  glands  the  action  of  the  current  is  not  so  easily 
shown,  because  strong  currents  are  not  well  borne  on  the  face  or  head, 
and  the  glands  themselves  are  not  directly  accessible.  It  is  difficult  to 
decide  whether  the  flow  of  tears  that  accompanies  strong  electrization 
of  the  face  is  the  result  of  the  mechanical  irritation  or  the  physio- 
logical action  of  the  current  on  the  lachrymal  glands  or  the  nerves  that 
supply  them. 

The  secretion  in  mucous  membra7ies  is  quickly  increased  by  electriza- 
tion, as  can  be  demonstrated  most  easily  on  the  Schneiderian  membrane 
by  means  of  metallic  electrodes  introduced  in  the  nasal  passages. 
This  fact  becomes  of  practical  importance  in  the  treatment  of  the  so- 
called  "dry  catarrh,"  and  also  in  exhausting  diseases,  associated  with 
dryness  of  the  mucous  membranes. 

On  the  salivary  secretion  the  eff"ect  of  the  current  is  very  easy  of  de- 
monstration. That  application  of  the  current,  both  galvanic  and  faradic, 
can  increase  the  secretion  of  the  salivary  glands,  is  very  easily  demon- 
strated. We  have  shown  this  at  various  times  during  the  past  five  years, 
galvanizing  or  faradizing  the  tragus  of  the  ear,  with  either  pole,  or  against 
the  membrana  tympani.  This  effect  is  due  to  the  excitation  of  the 
chorda  tympani  nerve,  some  of  the  fibres  of  which  go  to  the  submaxillary 
gangha.  This  increase  of  saliva  is  sometimes  so  great  that,  while  the 
current  is  flowing,  continual  swallowing  is  necessary. 

In  sensitive  persons  the  same  effect  follows,  by  reflex  action,  electri- 
zation in  almost  any  part  of  the  neck  or  face.  In  certain  pathological 
cases,  as  Addison's  disease,  Dr.  Rockwell  *  has  found  the  annoying  dry- 

*  See  Case  187. 


1 86  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

ness  of  the  mouth  greatly  reheved  by  electrization,  and  in  pathological 
cases  of  the  severe  character,  as  in  diabetes,  when  the  salivary  secre- 
tion may  be  greatly  diminished,  we  have  found  central  galvanization  to 
increase  the  secretion  quite  rapidly. 

On  the  biliary  secretion  the  action  of  the  current  is  less  easy  of  mathe- 
matical demonstration.  The  results  of  external  electrization  in  patho- 
logical cases  seem  to  prove  that  the  quantity  of  the  bile  may  be  increased. 
Whether  this  increase  is  due  to  the  action  of  the  current  on  the  sub- 
stance of  the  liver,  or  the  nerves  that  supply  it,  we  are  not  able  to 
state. 

The  secretion  oi  gastric  Juice,  and  of  the  intesti7ial  fluid,  is  in  all  prob- 
ability increased  by  external  electrization.  Analogy  would  show  these 
fluids  ought  to  be  secreted  in  greater  abundance  under  the  influence  of 
the  current,  and  the  results  of  treatment  in  pathological  cases  give  this 
probability  something  of  the  force  of  certainty.  Appetite  is  sharpened, 
digestion  is  quickened,  and  constipation  reheved,  both  by  local  and  by 
general  electrical  treatment,  so  rapidly  and  so  decidedly  as  to  make  it 
pretty  evident  that  the  gastric  and  intestinal  fluids  are  made  to  secrete 
more  liberally  by  the  action  of  the  current  on  the  nerves  that  supply 
these  organs  than  on  the  tissues  of  the  organs  themselves. 

An  excellent  means  of  studying  the  variations  in  the  nutrition  is 
found  in  the  elimination  of  the  urine.  This  is  believed  to  be  a  result 
of  oxidation  processes  that  may  take  place  either  in  the  kidneys  or  in 
the  tissues,  or  in  both. 

Legros  and  Onimus  have  studied  the  eftects  of  electrization  of  the 
spine  on  the  elimination  of  urine. 

Their  conclusions,  derived  from  more  than  250  analyses,  made  on 
the  urine  of  rabbits  and  of  themselves,  are  these  : — 

1.  Interrupted  currents  diminish  the  quantity  of  urine  and  of  azote. 

2.  Centrifugal  galvanic  currents  increase  the  quantity  of  the  urine 
and  diminish  that  of  the  urea. 

3.  That  continuous  centripetal  currents  increase  the  quantity  of  urea 
without  increasing  the  quantity  of  urine. 

On  the  urinary  secretion  the  effect  of  electrization  can  be  demon- 
strated in  pathological  cases  without  difliculty.  In  cases  of  diabetes 
insipidus  and  mellitus,  local  and  general  treatment  may  cause  great  di- 
minution in  the  discharge,  while  in  dropsy  and  in  rheumatism  we  have 
known  the  kidneys  to  be  stimulated  as  much  as  by  powerful  diuretics. 

On  the  average  man  in  health  there  is  considerable  difliculty  in  esti- 
mating a  moderate  increase  of  the  urinary  secretion  under  electriza- 
tion, for  the  sufficiently  apparent  reason  that   the  quantity  of  urine 


EFFECT   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON   NUTRITION.  187 

varies  with  so  many  conditions  of  food,  drink,  and  exercise,  and  so 
forth.  Unless  the  effect  of  electrization  on  the  kidneys  were  immediate 
and  decided,  it  would  be  difficult  to  differentiate  between  its  effects 
and  the  effects  of  the  other  important  and  varying  factors. 

On  the  menstrual  secretion  electricity  acts  with  remarkable  power. 
Both  currents,  applied  externally  and  internally,  centrally  or  generally, 
in  physiological  as  well  as  pathological  cases,  affect  the  quantity  of 
menstrual  secretion  rapidly,  and  sometimes  permanently.  The  effects 
are  sometimes  immediate,  taking  place  during  or  directly  after  the 
application.  The  number  of  days  that  the  menses  appear  are  some- 
times increased,  and  entire  suppression  is  slowly  or  speedily  cured. 

In  pathological  cases,  where  there  is  an  excess  of  menstrual  flow, 
electrization  corrects  and  diminishes  it.  These  apparent  and  interesting 
effects  of  electricity  on  the  menstrual  secretion  may  take  place  through 
the  direct  action  of  the  current  on  the  ovaries  and  the  uterus,  or  indi- 
rectly through  the  brain,  sympathetic,  and  spinal  cord,  and  the  nerves 
that  supply  the  pelvic  organs.  They  may  take  place  through  reflex 
action  from  electrization  of  the  feet  or  hands,  or  other  and  distant  parts 
of  the  body.     Franklinic  electricity  also  produces  these  effects. 

The  whole  subject  is  of  immense  practical  importance,  as  will  be 
seen  in  the  chapter  devoted  to  Diseases  of  Women. 

On  the  lacteal  secretion  electricity,  especially  the  faradic  curient, 
acts  with  decided  though  varying  power.  It  has  never  been  known  to 
diminish  it,  while  it  sometimes  increases  it,  and  it  may  restore  it  after 
it  has  been  temporarily  suppressed.  This  physiological  fact  has  a 
practical  significance  that  will  appear  in  the  chapter  devoted  to  Mid- 
wifery. 

Similarly  also  the  secretion  of  the  spermatic  fluid  is  increased  by  gal- 
vanization or  faradization.  A  mathematical  test  of  the  power  of  elec- 
trization to  increase  the  secretion  of  the  testicles  cannot,  for  obvious 
reasons,  be  obtained  ;  but  the  statements  of  individuals  on  whom  the 
experiment  was  tried  seem  to  establish  this  point.  The  applications  may 
be  made  not  only  through  the  testicles,  but  through  the  perinaeum  and 
over  the  spine.  The  results  are  not  invariable,  but  are  obtained  in  a 
Bufficient  number  of  cases  to  make  it  fair  to  regard  such  effect  as  a 
law  of  electro-physiology. 

The  secretion  of  the  sweat  glands  is  also  increased  by  powerful 
galvanization  of  the  central  nervous  system,  and  especially  of  the  cervi- 
cal spine  and  sympathetic.  In  very  susceptible  patients  either  galvani- 
zation or  faradization  of  the  head,  neck,  or  spine,  and  strong  electrization 
of  almost  any  part  of  the  body,  will  cause  sensible  perspiration.     We 


1 88  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

have  seen  individuals  whom  a  few  minutes  of  general  faradization  with 
feeble  currents  brought  out  large  drops  of  sweat  on  the  forehead,  and 
made  the  hands  as  moist  as  though  they  had  been  dipped  in  water. 

On  Absorption. — The  action  of  electricity  on  the  absorbents  is  best 
studied  in  pathological  cases,  such  as  hypertrophies,  effusions,  and 
morbid  growths. 

In  thickening  of  the  skin  that  appears  in  some  cutaneous  affections, 
in  corneal  opacities,  in  enlarged  joints,  in  pleuritic  effusions,  in  hydro- 
cele, in  dropsy  of  various  parts,  in  passive  oedema,  and  in  enlarged 
glands,  in  tumors  of  nearly  every  variety,  can  be  demonstrated  the  power 
of  electricity  to  produce  absorption.  Reasoning  backward  from  patho- 
logy to  physiology,  we  justly  infer  that  the  same  effect  takes  place,  more 
or  less,  in  all  applications  of  electricity  to  the  body,  but  that  the  degree 
of  it  is  modified  by  the  condition  of  the  part  to  which  the  application 
is  made.  The  effect  on  secretion  is  apparent  at  once  to  the  eye  or  the 
sensation  ;  the  effect  of  absorption  is  apparent  only  to  the  eye,  and 
then  only  when  there  is  a  visible  excess  of  fluid  or  solid  in  the  part  to 
which  the  application  is  made.  This  part  of  our  subject  will  be  prac- 
tically illustrated  in  various  chapters  both  in  Medical  and  Surgical 
Electricity. 

Effects  of  Electricity  produced  by  Reflex  as  well  as  by  Direct  Action. 
— The  reflex  effects  of  electricity  seem  not  to  have  been  fully  recognized 
by  electro-therapeutists.  There  is  considerable  difficulty  in  ascertaining 
the  precise  reflex  effects  of  electricity  on  animals.  The  effects  as  they 
show  themselves  on  man  are  largely  sensory,  not  motor  ;  the  stimula- 
tion of  the  circulation  of  absorption  and  of  secretion  that  might  and 
probably  does  take  place,  reflexly  as  well  as  directly,  is  too  minute  to 
he  readily  observed.  We  are  justified  in  believing  that  electricity  acts 
in  absorption,  secretion,  and  exertion  by  reflex  as  well  as  by  direct  action, 
from  the  fact  that  in  irritable  constitutions  sensory  effects  on  the  sensa- 
tion and  on  circulation,  of  a  marked  character,  are  produced  by  electric 
irritation.  Thus,  for  example,  when  the  hands  or  the  feet  are  traversed 
by  strong  currents,  either  continuously  or  in  sudden  shocks,  pain  or 
disagreeable  sensations  may  be  felt  in  the  hands  and  feet,  of  the  oppo- 
site side,  or  in  the  back,  or  stomach,  or  side.  These  reflex  effects  are 
not  constant,  and  when  we  look  for  them  we  may  not  find  them.  They 
can  be  best  studied  in  persons  who  are  susceptible  to  electricity,  and 
whose  spinal  cords  are  weak  and  irritable.  In  some  pathological  cases 
also,  such  as  chronic  myelitis  of  the  anterior  column  (anterior  spinal 
sclerosis),  the  reflex  action  of  electricity  is  illustrated  with  great  dis- 
tinctness.    Localized  faradization,  or  galvanization  of  the  lower  limbs 


EFFECT   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON   NUTRITION.  189 

may  be  felt  not  only  in  the  part  traversed  by  the  current,  but  in  the 
arms,  in  the  opposite  limb,  in  the  back,  and  stomach  to  such  a  degree 
as  to  cause  pain. 

Strong  currents  acting  on  irritable  constitutions  may  sometimes  by 
reflex  action  shock  the  whole  system,  provided  the  application  be 
localized  in  certain  localities.  Thus  in  a  case  of  very  obstinate  con 
stipation  that  we  once  treated  by  internal  galvanization  of  the  rectum, 
a  current  of  not  very  great  strength,  suddenly  interrupted,  was  disagree- 
ably felt  in  the  head,  left  hand,  and  feet.  Very  frequently,  indeed,  in 
experimenting  on  ourselves  or  other  individuals,  or  on  animals,  and  in 
treating  patients,  we  have  received  shocks  through  the  hands  or  arms 
that  seemed  to  be  felt  in  all  parts  of  the  body.  In  some  instances  the 
pain  and  disagreeable  sensations  thus  caused  by  the  reflex  action  of  the 
current  last  for  several  minutes  or  hours. 

On  the  circulation  the  reflex  effects  of  electrization  are  demonstrable 
by  delicate  apparatus  for  testing  temperature.  It  has  been  shown  by 
experiments  that  electrization  of  one  hand  affects  the  circulation  in  the 
hand  of  the  other  side,  so  as  to  change  its  temperature  under  the  thermo- 
electric pile. 

Powerful  electrization  of  feeble  persons  may  cause  a  general  chilli- 
ness of  the  extremities  that  may  last  for  hours.  A  sensation  of  hav- 
ing caught  cold  has  been  known  to  follow  strong  peripheral  faradiza- 
tion. 

Whether  the  action  of  the  current  on  the  retina  and  on  the  auditory 
and  gustatory  nerve  is  direct  or  reflex  has  been  long  disputed.  Our 
researches  induced  us  to  the  belief  that  electricity  acts  on  the  nerves  of 
special  sense  both  reflexly  and  directly.  That  the  gustatory  nerve  can 
be  treated  by  reflex  action,  we  have  shown  in  a  variety  of  experiments 
with  both  currents.  Sensitive  patients  appreciate  the  sour  or  metallic 
taste  when  the  application-  is  made  to  the  lower  part  of  the  spine  or  to 
the  arms.  Similarly,  flashes  before  the  eyes  may  be  produced  when  the 
electrodes  are  so  placed  that  the  current  cannot  traverse  directly  the 
region  of  the  brain  where  the  optic  nerve  takes  its  origin.  Excitation  of 
the  auditory  nerve  by  reflex  action  is  not  so  easily  demonstrated,  but 
tinnitus  aurium  sometimes  follows  electrization  of  the  spine  and  neck, 
and  it  is  not  unfair  to  infer  that  it  is  the  result  of  reflex  excitation. 

In  thus  admitting  the  possibility  of  exciting  the  nerves  of  special 
sense,  we  do  not  desire  to  give  the  impression  that  the  ordinary  physio- 
logical excitation  of  these  nerves  under  electricity  is  purely  of  a  reflex 
character ;  on  the  contrary,  we  have  shown  already,  in  the  chapter  on 
.Electro-Conductivity,  that  the  current  penetrates  the  brain  and  goes 


190  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

through  those  parts  where  the  optic  nerves  originate,  and  also  must 
pass  through  the  labyrinth  and  act  directly  on  the  auditory  nerve. 

In  reference  to  the  reflex  effects  of  electricity  these  two  considera- 
tions are  of  importance  : — 

1.  The  galvanic  currents  operate  much  more  powerfully  by  reflex 
action  than  the  faradic.  The  partial  explanation  of  this  fact  which  we 
offer  is  that  the  greater  chemical  power  of  the  galvanic  current,  due  to 
its  acting  always  in  one  direction,  causes  it  to  operate  more  distinctly 
on  the  nerves  than  the  faradic  current.  This  fact  of  the  superior  reflex 
capacity  of  the  galvanic  current  is  one  of  high  practical  import  in  the 
treatment  of  disease,  and  explains  in  part,  if  not  entirely,  the  dangerous, 
or  at  least  unpleasant,  effects  that  sometimes  follow  careless  or  ignorant 
galvanization  in  cerebral  hemorrhages  and  other  irritable  conditions  of 
the  central  nervous  system. 

Althaus  has  recorded  a  case  of  anaesthesia  of  the  fifth  pair  of  cerebral 
nerves  of  a  most  profound  character,  in  which  there  was  a  complete 
absence  of  cerebral  symptoms — dizziness,  flashes  of  light,  and  galvanic 
taste — whenever  a  galvanic  current  of  twenty  cells  was  applied  to  the 
face.  A  current  from  thirty  cells,  which  on  a  person  in  health  would 
cause  powerful  flashes,  a  hissing  sound  in  the  ears,  feeling  of  heat,  and 
perhaps  perspiration,  caused  in  this  patient  only  a  slight  sensation  of 
giddiness  and  metallic  taste  and  phosphoric  odor. 

This  remarkable  case  is  a  strong  argument  in  favor  of  the  opinion 
that  the  results  of  electrization  of  the  head  and  the  results  of  experi- 
ments like  those  of  Erb  are  due  in  part,  if  not  entirely,  to  reflex  action. 

It  is  possible  that  in  the  above  case  the  portion  of  the  brain  where 
the  optic  nerve  originates  was  also  diseased  so  as  to  render  it  insensible 
to  electric  excitation. 

2.  These  reflex  effects  occur  in  all  the  applications  of  electricity  of 
either  form,  and  complicate  the  direct  effects.  The  physiological  and 
therapeutical  effects  of  electrization  of  the  brain,  the  eye,  the  ear,  the 
cervical  sympathetic,  the  spine,  the  trunk,  and  the  periphery,  every- 
where are  a  complex  resultant  of  both  direct  and  reflex  electrical  ac- 
tion. Localized  electrization,  strictly  speaking,  is  an  impossibility,  how- 
ever closely  together  the  electrodes  may  be  placed,  and  however  dis- 
tant from  the  great  nerve  tracts  and  nerve  centres  the  spinal  cord  must 
take  cognizance  of  the  impression  made  by  the  current  on  the  sensory 
nerves,  and  other  parts  and  organs  must  share  in  the  effects,  for  bet- 
ter or  for  worse.  It  is  for  this  reason  that  caution  is  requisite  even  in 
faradizing  the  paralyzed  muscles  in  recent  hemiplegias  and  in  active  my- 
elitis. 


EFFECT   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON    NUTRITION.  191 

The  very  remarkable  results  that  follow  general  faradization — a 
method  to  be  subsequently  described — are  to  be  accounted  for  in  part 
by  reflex  actions,  which  are  continually  taking  olace  during  all  stages  of 
the  application. 

Practical  Application  of  these  Physiological  Principles  to  Electro- 
Therapeutics. — With  the  above  facts  and  reasonings  before  us  we  are 
prepared  to  intelligently  appreciate  the  effect  of  electricity  on  nutritio?t. 
We  do  not  profess  to  have  exhausted  the  rationale  of  the  complex  action 
of  electricity  on  the  tissues,  but  to  have  indicated  the  leading  principles 
by  virtue  of  which  it  affects  the  nutrition  of  the  animal  body.  Many  dis- 
coveries may  yet  be  in  store  for  us  in  this  department ;  it  may  -e  shown 
that  ozone  is  j;enerated  in  the  tissu.es  with  every  passage  of  the  current, 
and  that  this  ozone  is  taken  into  the  circulation ;  the  subtle  and  intri- 
cate chemistry  of  electrolysis  of  living  tissues  in  their  secondary  and 
tertiary,  as  well  as  their  primary  changes,  may  be  unfolded  to  the  vision 
of  the  future,  and  what  we  now  see  in  a  glass  darkly  posterity  may 
behold  face  to  face ;  but  sufficient  is  known  to  explain  in  a  most  in- 
teresting way  the  unrivalled  effect  of  electricity  on  the  nutrition. 

An  objection  sometimes  brought  against  electricity  is  that  we  do  not 
understand  its  action  ;  and  yet  in  the  whole  round  of  stimulating  tonics 
there  are  but  few  whose  action  can  be  so  well  explained  as  that 
of  electricity.  Who  knows  how  arsenic  feeds  the  nervous  system  or 
how  quinine  breaks  an  attack  of  chills  and  fever?  Why  does  oxide  of 
zinc  act  with  magic  force  in  chronic  alcoholism  ?  How  does  opium 
produce  sleep  and  relieve  pain ;  and  who  has  entered  into  the  myste- 
ries of  ansesthesia? 

Animal  nutrition  is  a  process  of  enormous  complications.  There  is 
no  single  chemical  change  at  which  one  can  point  and  declare  that 
this  explains  the  growth  and  sustenance  of  the  body ;  but  there  are 
nameless  and  numberless  phenomena  every  moment  going  on  in  the 
living  tissues,  and  as  a  result  of  all  these,  in  their  infinite  play  and  com- 
bination, the  body  lives,  moves,  and  has  its  being.  Electricity  in  pass- 
ing through  the  body  modifies  many  or  all  of  these  processes,  and  thus 
modifies  nutrition.  As  a  resultant  of  the  complex  physical,  chemical, 
and  physiological  action  of  electricity  on  the  tissues,  there  is  increased 
development  and  growth. 

Experimental  and  Clinical  Proofs  of  the  Effect  of  Electricity  on  Nutri- 
tion.— ^We  have  studied  the  effect  of  electricity  in  great  detail  on  ammals 
and  on  man.  On  animals  our  experiments  have  been  confined  to  the 
effects  of  general  faradization ;  on  man  we  have  studied  the  effects  of 
both  loc  ilized  and  general  treatment. 


192  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

Of  a  litter  of  four  puppies,  Dr.  Beard  submitted  two  to  general  fara 
dization  every  other  day,  for  eight  minutes  each,  and  two  were  not  sc 
treated,  all  having  an  equal  chance  at  their  mother's  breast  and  nothing 
besides.  All  the  puppies  were  carefully  weighed  at  the  beginning  and 
at  the  end  of  the  treatment,  which  lasted  for  four  weeks.  It  was  found 
that  both  of  the  pups  that  had  been  electrized  weighed  more  than  the 
puppies  that  had  not  been  electrized  ;  all  had,  of  course,  increased  in 
weight,  but  of  those  electrized  one  had  increased  y^z/r  ounces  and  the 
other  ten  ounces  more  than  his  fellows  that  had  not  been  electrized. 
The  difierence  of  size  in  favor  of  the  puppies  that  were  electrized  was 
so  marked  and  so  easy  to  see,  that  without  great  difficulty  one  who  had 
never  seen  them  succeeded  in  picking  out,  from  ocular  inspection, 
those  that  had  been  treated,  and  that  too  in  the  evening,  and  in  a  bad 
gas-light.  It  was  observed  during  the  treatment  that  the  puppies  which 
were  electrized  became  ravenous,  and  sucked  with  greater  energy  than 
their  less-favored  companions. 

The  method  of  treating  the  pups,  we  may  remark,  was  to  put  them 
on  a  sheet  of  copper,  while  the  hand  of  the  operator  or  a  sponge- 
electrode  was  rubbed  all  over  the  surface  of  the  body,  previously  moist- 
ened. 

The  details  of  the  experiments,  prepared  by  our  assistant,  Dr.  J.  W. 
Sterling,  who  made  the  applications,  are  as  follows  • 

July  I,  1871. — Weight  of  4  pups,  10  days  old  : 

2  black  pups  (weight  each) i  lb.  6  oz. 

2  yellow  pups,  weight  of  one i  lb.  3-^  oz.  ;  other,  i  lb.  2\  oz. 

July,  I,  1871. — Commenced  general  faradization,  each  application  about  8  minutes. 

Applied  it  to  one  of  the  black  pups,  weight  i  lb.  6  oz.,  and  the  lightest  of  the  yel- 
low pups,  weight  I  lb.  2.\  oz. 

Continued  the  applications  four  weeks,  making  three  each  week. 

July  28,  1 87 1. — Weighed  the  pups  after  twelve  applications. 

I  black  pup  (general  faradization) '. 3  lbs.     7  oz. 

I  black  pup  (no  faradization) 2     "    13     " 

I  yellow  pup  (general  faradization) 3    "      o    " 

I  yellow  pup  (no  faradization) 2    "    12    " 

Making  a  clear  gain  for  the  electrized  ptip  (black)  of  10  oz.,  for  the  yellow  electrized 
pup,  4  oz. 

This  we  believe,  was  the  first  comparative  experiment  of  this  kind 
made  with  the  faradic  current.  Subsequently,  Dr.  Beard  repeated  the 
experiment  on  a  litter  of  three  rabbits.  Two  were  faradized  every  other 
day  ;  to  the  other  no  treatment  was  given.     At  the  end  of  six  weeks  the 


EFFECT   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON   NUTRITION.  IQj 

one  not  treated  was  visibly  larger  than  either  of  those  that  were  treated. 
We  explained  this  unexpected  result  by  the  theory  that  the  current  had 
been  used  too  strong  and  too  long  for  the  young  and  delicate  animals. 
The  experiment  was  carried  on  while  we  were  in  the  country,  and  the 
details  were  intrusted  to  those  who  were  utterly  incompetent  for  theiz 
duties.  The  directions  given  were  to  put  the  feet  of  the  rabbits  in  a 
basin  of  tepid  water,  and  after  well  moistening  the  back  of  the  neck  to 
pass  the  current  through  for  ten  minutes ;  on  account  of  the  non-con- 
ductivity of  the  dry  hair  of  the  rabbit,  general  faradization  was  almost 
impossible. 

Legros  and  Oniraus  electrized  with  the  galvanic  current  some  pup- 
pies for  a  quarter  of  an  hour  every  day,  by  placing  one  of  the  fore-paws 
and  one  of  the  hinder-paws  in  tepid  water  connected  with  the  elec- 
trodes. At  the  end  of  six  weeks  those  that  had  been  electrized  weighed 
more  than  the  same  lot  that  had  not  been  electrized  ;  and  this  differ- 
ence was  perceptible  to  simple  inspection  ;  one  was  galvanized  with  the 
ascending,  and  the  other  with  the  descending  current. 

The  effect  of  faradization  on  nutrition  is  powerfully  illustrated  by 
the  experience  of  those  who  habitually  or  frequently  apply  general  fara- 
dization through  their  own  persons,  taking  an  electrode  in  one  hand, 
and  applying  the  other  to  the  body  of  the  patient.  In  this  method  the 
current  passes  through  both  arms,  and  vigorously  contracts  the  muscles. 

The  permanent  effects  of  the  current  on  the  person  of  the  operator 
are  : 

I.  To  cause  very  marked  and  sometimes  rapid  growth  of  the  muscles 
of  the  arms. 

The  explanation  of  this  phenomenon  is  sufficiently  easy.  The  mus- 
cular contractions  that  are  produced  by  the  current  in  its  passage 
through  the  arms  cause  increase  of  the  local  processes  of  waste  and 
repair,  and  accordingly  the  muscles  increase  in  size,  just  as  they  natu- 
rally do  under  the  influence  of  any  other  form  of  active  or  passive  exer- 
cise. This  mechanical  explanation  would  be  of  itself  sufficient,  but,  in 
addition,  it  is  entirely  probable  that  the  electric  current  exercises  a 
direct  and  specific  influence  on  the  nerve-branches,  which  effect  is  ex 
pressed  by  the  increased  size  and  vigor  of  the  muscles  through  which 
the  nerves  ramify. 

Dr.  Rockwell,  during  his  first  experimental  attempts  in  the  treatment 
of  disease  by  general  electrization,  observed  a  decided  increase  in  the 
development  of  the  muscles  of  the  arm.  It  began  to  force  itself  on  his 
attention  a  few  weeks  after  he  commenced  to  give  special  attention  to 
general  electrization,  and  at  the  present  time  it  is  fully  as  marked  as 
13 


194  ELECTRO-PHYSIOLOGY. 

ever.  Both  arms  of  each  one  of  us  have  not  only  increased  much  in 
size  by  actual  measurement,  but  also  correspondingly  in  strength  and 
hardness.  This  effect  is  observed  in  the  arm  and  forearm,  but  most 
decidedly  in  the  muscles  which,  from  their  position  or  nerve  supply, 
contract  most  readily  and  vigorously  when  rhe  current  passes  from 
hand  to  hand,  such  as  the  deltoid,  brachialis  anticus,  biceps,  and  the 
flexors  and  extensors  of  the  forearm.  This  same  effect  has  been  noticed, 
to  a  greater  or  less  degree,  by  our  students,  and,  so  far  as  we  have 
been  able  to  ascertain,  by  others,  who  have  employed  electricity  through 
their  own  persons  for  any  considerable  period.  This  development  of  the 
arms  seems  to  progress  up  to  a  certain  limit,  at  which  it  remains. 

2.  A  very  gradual  but  decided  tonic  influence  on  the  system. 

This  effect  is  so  exceedingly  slight,  that  in  a  very  hardy  and  vigorous 
person  it  would  not  be  recognized.  That  the  current,  in  p'assing  from 
hand  to  hand,  so  frequently  and  so  long,  should,  in  the  course  of  time, 
mildly  affect  the  general  system,  is  entirely  probable.  Like  any  other 
muscular  exercise  of  the  arms — gymnastics  and  the  use  of  the  clubs — 
its  influence,  so  far  as  it  goes,  must  be  positively  toniug  and  beneficial 
to  the  constitution. 

Effects  of  Electricity  on  Bacteria. —  Cohn  has  experimented  with 
electricity  on  bacteria.*  Currents  from  two  powerful  elements,  steril- 
ized the  nutritive  solution  completely  at  the  positive  pole  in  twelve  to 
twenty-four  hours,  so  that  afterward  the  bacteria  produced  did  not  in- 
crease. At  the  negative  pole  the  action  was  weaker,  the  liquid  not 
being  completely  sterilized.  At  neither  of  the  poles  were  the  bacteria 
killed,  and  when  brought  into  another  nutritive  fluid  they  developed 
normally. 

Yeast-cells,  on  the  other  hand,  and  mycelium  fungus,  brought  into 
the  liquid  that  was  sterile  for  bacteria,  increased  plentifully  at  the  posi- 
tive pole.  A  battery  of  five  strong  elements  killed  the  bacteria  dis- 
tributed in  the  liquid  within  twenty-four  hours  and  sterilized  the  liquid 
at  both  poles. 

Effect  of  Electricity  on  the  Growth  of  Plants. — The  influence  of 
electricity  on  the  growth  of  plants  has  recently  been  studied  by  Mr.  H. 
H.  Bridgeman,  of  Norwich,  England.  On  a  plate  of  glass  three  inches 
square,  two  strips  of  sheet-tin  are  laid,  so  as  to  almost  touch  in  the 
centre.  On  this  glass,  and  over  the  tin  strips,  is  spread  a  piece  of  felt 
moistened  with  rain  water.  On  its  dampened  surface  cress-seeds  are 
thickly  strewed.    The  tin  plates  are  connected  with  the  poles  of  a  weak 

*  Med.  Press  and  Circular^  June  9,  1880. 


EFFECT   OF   ELECTRICITY   ON   NUTRITION.  195 

galvanic  battery ;  the  result  is  that  one-half  of  the  felt  is  charged  with 
positive  and  the  other  half  with  negative  electricity.  At  the  side  of  this 
plate  is  a  second  plate,  which  has  connection  with  the  battery,  and 
upon  which  the  seeds  grow,  subjected  to  no  artificial  conditions.  After 
four  days  the  seeds  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  first  piece  of  felting  gave 
signs  of  germination,  and  the  hulls  were  shrivelling  up  and  becoming 
black.  On  the  negative  side  of  the  felting  the  seeds  were  swollen,  and 
their  hulls,  which  retained  their  natural  color,  were  beginning  to  burst. 
At  the  end  of  six  days  the  first  shoots  made  their  appearance.  Several 
days  later  the  first  shoots  appeared  upon  the  second  plate.  A  strange 
result  of  this  trial  was,  that  while  on  the  negative  pole,  where  there  was 
every  sign  of  stronger  development,  the  root-sprout  sank  downward 
into  the  moist  felting,  the  roots  from  the  positive  side  rose  upward  from 
the  blackened  and  dried-up  seeds. 


ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

HISTORY   OF   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

Electro-Therapeutics  is  the  scie?ice  that  treats  of  the  study  of  electri- 
city in  its  relation  to  disease. 

It  includes  both  Electro-Medicine  and  Electro-Surgery,  or  as  thej 
are  more  commonly  termed,  Medical  and  Surgical  Electricity.  Undei 
Medical  Electricity  are  iwclndtd  Electro-Z>iagnosis,  or  Electro-Pathology, 
as  it  is  sometimes  termed,  and  Electro-Therapeutical  Anatomy. 

The  earliest  history  of  electro-therapeutics,  as  of  many  other  depart- 
ments of  medicine,  is  shrouded  in  obscurity.  It  dates  back  to  a  mythi- 
cal  and  legendary  age,  before  mankind  had  been  trained  to  habits  of 
scientific  criticism,  while  yet  history  was  a  mass  of  traditions,  and  rumoi 
was  a  substitute  for  truth. 

It  is  said  that  centuries  ago  the  negresses  of  West  Africa  were  accus- 
tomed to  dip  their  sick  children  in  water  where  lay  the  electric  fish  called 
the  torpedo.  The  remedial  powers  of  electricity  were  also  referred  to  by 
Pliny  and  Dioscorides.  Scribonius  Largus,  a  physician  of  the  time  of 
Tiberius,  was  accustomed  to  prescribe  the  same  remed)'  in  the  treat- 
ment of  gout.  As  long  ago  as  the  days  of  Pliny,  necklaces  of  amber 
were  worn  by  women  and  children  for  the  sake  of  their  supposed  reme- 
dial powers. 

The  mysterious  power  of  the  magnet  was  known  to  the  ancient  world, 
Dut  we  have  no  reason  to  believe  that  it  was  ever  extensively  resorted 
to  by  them  for  the  cure  of  disease.  In  Europe,  during  the  middle  ages, 
the  loadstone  was  used  in  the  treatment  of  disease,  and  although  its 
successes  were  trifling  it  aroused  the  professional  attention  and  received 
extravagant  praise  from  the  distinguished  Paracelsus.  About  the  mid- 
dle of  the  eighteenth  century,  Maximilian  Hehl,  of  Vienna,  and  others, 
excited  a  new  and  more  successful  interest  in  the  use  of  magnetism  in 
disease  by  the  manufacture  and  employment  of  artificial  magnets. 

The  real  history  of  electro-therapeutics  may  be  divided  into  three 
eras :  the  Era  of  FranUi^iic  Electricity,  including  the  early  and  crude 
experiments  with  the  frictional  machines  and  the  Leyden  jar  ;  the  Era 


HISTORY   OF    ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 


199 


of  Galvanization^  beginning  with  the  pubUcation  of  the  discovery  of 
Galvani,  in  1791,  and  including  the  invention  and  medical  employment 
of  the  voltaic  pile  ;  the  Era  of  Faradization,  beginning  with  the  discov- 
ery of  induction,  in  1831-32,  and  including  all  that  has  since  been  ac- 
complished in  the  department  of  localized  and  general  electrization. 

In  the  first  era  only  franklinic  electricity  was  used,  because  it  was 
the  only  form  that  was  known ;  in  the  second  era,  both  franklinic 
electricity  and  galvanism  were  used,  since  the  latter  supplemented,  but 
not  entirely  supplanted,  the  former  ;  in  the  third  era,  all  three  forms  of 
electricity — franklinic,  galvanic,  and  faradic — were  brought  into  requisi- 
tion, though  the  use  of  franklinic  is  confined  to  a  few,  and  will  proba- 
bly soon  become  historic. 

The  Era  of  Fraiiklinic  Electricity. — The  records  of  this  era,  though 
not  extensive,  are  yet  both  interesting  and  suggestive.  It  is  probable 
that  in  this,  as  in  the  second  era,  very  much  was  attempted  and  even 
accomplished  in  this  department  that  has  never  been  recorded  in  per- 
manent medical  literature,  and  therefore  could  never  become  of  value 
to  science. 

In  1730  Etienne  Grey  first  observed  divergence  of  the  hairs  in  an 
isolated  subject  put  in  communication  with  static  electricity. 

The  same  experiment  was  repeated  by  Abbe  Nollet  and  Du  Fay. 
T)u  Fay  observed  the  electric  sparks  drawn  from  the  isolated  subject. 

Nollet  says,  "I  shall  never  forget  the  surprise  which  the  first  electric 
spark  ever  drawn  from  the  human  body,  excited  both  in  M.  Du  Fay 
and  myself." 

Sparks  were  then  drawn  from  the  body  in  various  shapes — one  of 
which  was  called  the  electrical  kiss  ;  other  forms  were  known  as  the 
"  electrical  star,"  "  electrical  rain,"  and  so  forth.  The  drawing  of  the 
sparks  constituted  a  great  source  of  amusement  in  the  society  of  the 
period. 

In  1743  Kruger  d'Helmstadt  suggested  that  these  electric  sparks 
might  be  made  of  service  in  therapeutics. 

In  1744  Kratzenstein,  a  German  physician,  recorded  a  case  of 
cure  of  paralysis  of  the  fingers  by  sparks  drawn  from  a  frictional  ap- 
paratus. 

In  1746  the  discovery  of  the  properties  of  the  Leyden  jar  by  Mus- 
chenbroek  gave  physicians  a  new  means  of  using  electricity  in  the 
treatment  of  disease. 

In  1749  Jallabert,*  of  Geneva,  published  a  treatise  on  the  medical 
use  of  electricity,  in  which  he  reported  a  cure  of  long-standing  paralysis 

*  Experiences  sur  Electricite^  Paris,  1747. 


200  ERA   OF    FRANKLINIZAnON. 

of  the  right  arm,  resulting  from  injury,  by  electric  sparks.  The  cure 
was  brought  about  in  two  or  three  months,  and  may  perhaps  be  re- 
garded as  the  first  decided  and  unquestioned  result  of  the  kind  that  was 
obtained  in  the  early  days  of  electro-therapeutics. 

1750  Nebel  showed  that  contraction  of  the  muscular  tissue  was  pro- 
duced by  electrization. 

Bohadtch,  of  Bohemia,  also  recommended  electricity,  especially  for 
the  treatment  of  hemiplegia. 

In  1753  Lindhult,  a  Swedish  physician,  reported  a  cure  of  epilepsy 
by  electricity. 

In  1754  Sulzer  made  his  famous  experiment  on  the  tongue  with  zinc 
and  copper  plates.  (See  Electro-Physiology).  He  did  not,  however, 
pursue  his  experiments,  and  it  was  reserved  for  Galvani  and  Volta  to 
discover  galvanism. 

In  1755  De  Haen  reported  a  large  number  of  electrical  cures  of 
paralysis,  spasmodic  and  other  nervous  affections,  and  also  of  suppres 
sion  of  the  menses,  and  St.  Guy's  dance.  About  this  time,  also, 
Schaeffer  and  Nebel  published  cures  of  rheumatism,  toothache,  hypo- 
chondria, paralysis  of  the  optic  nerve,  and  of  intermittent  fever  and 
neuralgic  pains.  Between  1750  and  1757,  cures  of  paralysis  were  re- 
ported by  Brydone,  Bertholon,  Sauvages  of  Montpelier,  and  Spry,  the 
latter  of  whom  cured  a  case  of  lockjaw  and  paralysis. 

The  position  that  electro-therapeutics  held  at  that  time,  and  the 
hopes  that  were  entertained  of  it,  is  very  well  represented  in  a  little 
treatise  by  the  eminent  divine,  Rev.  John  Wesley,  entitled.  The  Desid- 
eratum ;  or,  Electricity  Made  Plain  and  Useful,  by  a  Lover  of  Mankind 
and  of  Common  Sense.     1759.* 

In  this  treatise  the  author  anticipates,  in  a  sort  of  theoretical  way, 
very  much  that  has  since  been  demonstrated,  both  in  electro-physics  and 
electro-therapeutics,  and  with  surprising  accuracy.  In  the  preface  he 
acknowledges  his  indebtedness  "to  Mr.  Franklin  for  the  speculative 
part,  and  to  Mr.  Lovettfor  the  practical."  He  also  mentions  as  authori- 
ties, Dr.  Haadley,  Mr.  Wilson,  Watson,  Freke,  Martin,  Watkins,  and 
the  Monthly  Magazine,  whence  we  may  conclude  that  even  at  that 
early  day  the  subject  was  exciting  much  interest,  but  more  among  the 
laity  than  in  the  profession. 

From  the  tone  of  the  book  it  is  clear  tliat  the  Faculty,  as  Wesley 
calls   the   profession,  were  disposed    to    despise    electro-therapeutics 

*  This  treatise  has  been  recently  republished  by  Bailli^re,  Tindall  &  Cox.  London, 
1871. 


HISTORY   OF    ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS.  201 

and  to  reject  its  claims,  as  they  have  been  ever  since,  until  within  a  few 
years,  and  consequently  they  suffered  what  was  really  valuable  in  medi« 
cine  to  be  monopolized  by  the  laity. 

The  mind  of  Mr.  Wesley,  as  the  world  knows,  was  of  the  practical 
sort,  and  in  this  treatise  he  does  not  suffer  himself  to  be  carried  away 
into  gross  hyperbole  or  serious  untruth.  He  expressly  disclaims  any 
idea  of  regarding  electricity  as  a  panacea,  but  says  what  we  now  know 
to  be  true,  that  it  is  indicated  in  a  wide  range  of  disorders  ;  but  that  if 
any  one  agent  should  ever  become  a  panacea,  electricity  stood  the  best 
chance  of  being  that  agent. 

Evidently  ignorant  of  Franklin's  invention  of  lightning-rods,  in  1775, 
he  suggests  that  buildings  and  ships  might  be  saved  from  the  effects  of 
lightning,  by  "  upright  rods  of  iron,  made  sharp  as  needles  and  gilded  to 
prevent  rusting,"  and  connected  with  the  earth.  He  further  suggests, 
that  the  northern  hghts  are  of  electrical  origin. 

He  gives  the  following  list  of  diseases  in  which  electricity  is  of  service, 
with  a  number  of  illustrative  cases,  most  of  which  are  very  imperfectly 
detailed.  It  will  be  observed  that  most  of  these  diseases  are  still  treat- 
ed electrically,  and  with  greater  or  less  success.  It  seems  from  the  list 
that  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  skin  by  electricity  is  simply 
another  attempt  to  effect  what  was  accomplished  with  success  more 
tlian  a  century  ago. 

All  these  conclusions  of  Wesley  and  his  contemporaries  were,  how- 
ever, based  on  experiments  made  with  franklinic  electricity.  The 
world  was  to  wait  forty-one  years  for  the  Voltaic  pile,  and  seventy-two 
years  for  Faraday  to  discover  induction. 

"  Agues,  St.  Anthony's  Fire  ;  Blindness,  even  from  a  Gutta  Serena ;  Blood  Extra- 
vasated  ;  Bronchocele ;  Chlorosis;  Coldness  in  the  Feet ;  Consumption  ;  Contraction 
of  the  Limbs ;  Cramps ;  Deafness ;  Dropsy ;  Epilepsy  ;  Feet  violently  disordered ; 
Felons  ;  Fistula  Lacrymalis ;  Gout ;  Gravel ;  Head-ache  ;  Hysterics ;  Inflamma- 
tions ;  King's  Evil ;  Knots  in  the  Flesh  ;  Lameness  ;  Leprosy ;  Mortification  ;  Pain 
in  the  Back,  in  the  Stomach ;  Palpitations  of  the  Heart ;  Palsy ;  Pleurisy ;  Rheu- 
matism ;  Ringworms ;  Sciatica ;  Shingles ;  Sprain ;  Sore  Feet ;  Swellings  of  all 
kinds;  Throat  sore  ;  Toe  hurt ;  Tooth-ache;  Wen." 

In  1763  Watson  cured  a  case  of  general  tetanus  in  a  young  girl  of 
seven  years.  Although  the  fame  of  the  cures  wrought  by  electricity 
attracted  crowds  of  invalids,  yet  by  the  ignorant  and  superstitious  it 
was  confounded  with  witchcraft,  and  the  aid  of  the  priest  was  invoked 
to  save  them  from  its  baneful  influence.* 

*  A  Treatise  on  Medical  Electricity,  Theo7-etical  and  Practical  By  J.  Althau% 
M.D.     1870,  p.  284. 


202  CRUDENESS   OF  THE   EARLY   EXPERIMENTS. 

Abbe  Sans  published  a  work  on  the  medical  use  of  electricity,  and 
recorded  important  cures.  According  to  this  authority,  there  were 
seven  different  methods  of  employing  static  electricity — "an  electric 
bath,  drawing  sparks,  by  irroration,  friction,  insufflation,  exhaustion,  and 
commotion."  Injurious  and  negative  as  well  as  favorable  results  were 
sometimes  reported.  Thus  Dr.  Hart  brought  on  paralysis  in  a  girl, 
and  Abbe  Mazras  excited  epilepsy  in  one  of  his  patients.  Benjamin 
Franklin  failed  to  cure  the  invalids  that  flocked  to  him  after  his  great 
discovery,  and  Abbe  Nollet,  after  many  years'  experience,  was  com- 
pelled to  admit  that  he  had  seen  but  little  permanent  benefit  from 
electricity. 

Symptoms  07ily  treated  in  these  early  Experiments. — In  these  early 
and  many  of  the  later  experiments,  not  disease,  but  the  results  of 
disease,  were  both  studied  and  treated.  When  electricity  was  applied,  it 
was  to  the  symptoms  and  not  to  the  pathological  condition ;  hence  the 
enormous  blunders  and  frequent  failures  of  the  early  electro-therapeu- 
tists. The  symptoms  most  treated,  and  in  the  treatment  of  which  the 
greatest  hopes  were  entertained,  were  blindness,  deafness,  paralysis  of 
motion,  symptoms  which  are  now  known  to  depend,  in  very  many  in- 
stances, on  pathological  states,  which  are  in  their  very  nature  as  incurable 
as  death  itself.  Still  further,  the  applications  were  made  to  the  seat  of 
the  symptoms  exclusively,  instead  of  to  the  seat  of  the  disease,  and  this 
mistake  helped  to  swell  the  number  of  the  failures. 

Physiology  and  pathology  had  not  yet  reached  that  degree  of  strength 
and  breadth  of  sureness  to  furnish  good  foundation  on  which  to  erect 
the  science  of  electro-therapeutics,  and  withal  the  appliances  for  gene- 
rating electricity  were  bulky  and  untrustworthy. 

Electro-therapeutics  was  therefore  baffled  in  its  first  attempts  at 
growth,  through  lack  of  needful  support  from  allied  and  fundamental 
sciences  ;  it  must  wait  for  physics,  for  physiology,  for  pathology  to  come 
to  its  rescue,  which  in  due  time  they  have  done  and  are  now  doing. 

In  1773  and  1778  Maduyt  presented  memoirs  *  f  on  the  subject, 
in  which  he  affirmed  in  his  report  that  electricity  was  a  remedy  of  vast 
and  varied  powers  ;  that  it  had  a  positive  and  very  beneficial  influence 
over  nutrition  ;  and  that  it  equalized  the  circulation,  materially  affected 
the  pulse,  the  perspiration,  and  the  secretions  ;  and  was  surprisingly 

*  Mem.  sur  les  effets  generaux,  la  nature  et  I'usage  du  fluide  electrique  considere 
comme  medicament.     Lu  en  decembre,  1778,  a  la  Societe  royale  de  medecine. 

f  Mem.  sur  les  differentes  munieres  d'administrer  I'electricite,  et  observations  sur 
les  effets  que  ces  divers  raoyens  ont  produits.  Lu  en  decembre,  1783,  i  la  Society 
royale  de  medecine. 


HISTORY   OF    ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS.  203 

efficacious  in  the  treatment  not  only  of  paralysis,  but  also  of  other  con 
ditions,  such  as  constipation  and  oedema.  This  report  aroused  con- 
siderable interest  in  electro-therapeutics  on  the  part  of  the  profession, 
and  for  a  season  the  application  of  franklinic  electricity  became  exten- 
sively popular.  In  1777,  Cavallo  published  a  work  *  which  excited  con- 
siderable attention.  He  reported  cures  of  epilepsy,  paralysis,  chorea, 
deafness,  blindness,  rheumatism,  glandular  enlargements,  and  recom- 
mended electricity  as  a  means  of  artificial  respiration. 

On  the  theory  that  medical  substances  might  be  combined  with 
electricity,  Pivati,  of  Venice,  placed  in  his  electric  machine  a  glass 
cylinder,  filled  ^vith  Peruvian  balsam,  and  Giuseppe  Bruni  affirmed  that, 
by  the  same  arrangement,  filled  with  purgatives,  he  had  produced  the 
same  effect  on  an  electi^ified  patient  as  though  the  remedy  had  been  ad- 
ministered internally,  f 

In  1 783  Wilkinson  presented  the  results  of  some  experiments  with 
electricity  in  England.  Although  the  fame  of  the  cures  wrought  by  the 
new  remedy  attracted  thousands  of  the  people,  yet  by  the  ignorant  and 
superstitious  electricity  was  confounded  with  the  spirit  of  evil.  J 

Of  the  seven  methods  of  employing  statical  electricity  recommended 
by  these  early  experimenters,  but  three  were  in  common  use.  These 
were,  the  electric  bath,  electrization  by  sparks,  and  shocks  from  the  Ley- 
den  jar. 

The  Era  of  Galvanization. — Animal  electricity  was  discovered  by 
Galvani  in  1786,  and  made  public  in  1791.  It  was  by  the  experiments 
of  Galvani  that  Volta  was  stimulated  to  investigate  the  subjeci  of 
electricity.  He  denied  the  existence  of  animal  electricity  which  Gal 
vani  had  discovered.  One  of  the  most  important  fruits  of  the  discus- 
sion that  arose  between  them  and  their  respective  followers  was  the 
construction  of  the  voltaic  pile,  which  for  many  years  physicians 
employed,  with  various  alternations  of  failure  and  success,  in  the  treat- 
ment of  disease. 

In  the  period  intervening  between  the  discovery  of  animal  electricity 
by  Galvani,  and  the  construction  of  the  pile  of  Volta,  electricity  was 
applied  to  the  body  by  means  of  metallic  plates,  joined  together  by  a 
metallic  arc.  Sometimes  these  were  simply  placed  against  the  skin, 
and  sometimes  over  spots  denuded  by  a  blister.  § 

*  A  Complete  Treatise  on  Electricity,  in  Theory  and  Practice,  with  original  Ex- 
periments.    Londres,  1777.     Id.,  Medical  Electricity.     Londres,  1780. 

f  Althaus,  op.  cit. ,  p.  287. 

X  A.  Tripier,  Manuel  d'electro-therapie,  expose  pratique  et  critique  des  applications 
medicaids  et  chiriu-gicales  de  I'electricitc.     Paris,  i860.        §  Tripier,  op.  cit.,  p.  262 


204  ERA  OF   GALVANIZATION. 

In  1792,  Behrend,  Creve,  and  Klein  suggested  the  use  of  galvanism 
as  a  means  of  distinguishing  real  from  apparent  death.  The  first 
attempts  to  make  galvanism  of  practical  service  in  the  treatment  of 
disease  were  made  by  Professor  Loder,  of  Jena.  The  results  of  his 
experiments  were  unsatisfactoiy. 

In  1793  Hufeland  and  Reil  advised  the  use  of  galvanism  in 
paralysis. 

In  1796  Pfaflf  advised  the  same  remedy  for  amaurosis.  None  of 
these  authorities  spoke  from  much  personal  experience.* 

In  1797,  Alexander  von  Humboldt  f  suggested,  on  theoretical 
grounds,  the  use  of  galvanism  in  paralysis,  rheumatic  pains,  and  dis- 
eases of  the  eyes. 

Valli  actually  restored  to  life,  by  galvanism,  frogs  and  fowls  that  had 
been  nearly  suffocated.  J 

The  voltaic  pile,  invented  in  1800,  marked  an  era  in  the  medical  use 
of  the  galvanic  current,  because,  with  all  its  imperfections,  it  was  vastly 
superior,  for  therapeutic  purposes,  to  the  metallic  plates  that  had  pre- 
viously been  employed  during  the  period  which  had  elapsed  since  the 
discovery  of  Galvani.  It  was  at  once  employed  by  I^oder,  in  Jena,  by 
Grapengiesser,§  Bischoff,  and  Lichtenstein,  in  Berlin,  and  by  Haller, 
in  Paris,  chiefly  in  cases  of  paralysis. 

In  1 80 1,  Augustin,  of  Berlin,  published  a  treatise  on  galvanism,  in 
which  he  reported  results  of  treatment  of  paralysis  by  applying  the 
negative  pole  to  the  central  end  the  nerve,  and  the  positive  to  the 
peripheral.  Prof  Schwab  experimented  with  the  voltaic  pile  in  cases  of 
deaf-muteism.  In  1802  Sigaud  de  la  Fond  published  a  work  in  which 
he  recommended  franklinic  electricity  for  nearly  every  form  of  disease. 
In  1804,  Aldini,  a  pupil  of  Galvani,  published  a  treatise  on  galvanism, 
in  which  he  theoretically  recommended  it  for  deafness,  insanity,  and 
amaurosis,  and  also  to  produce  artificial  respiration. || 

Even  during  this  era,  and  for  many  years  after  the  invention  of  the 
voltaic  pile,  franklinic  electricity  was  still  employed. 

In  18 1 7  Dr.  Thomas  Brown,  of  Albany,  published  a  work  entitled 
"  The  Ethereal  Physician"  in  which  he  recommended  franklinic  electri- 
city for  paralysis,  tic-douloureux,  epilepsy,  chorea,  and  in  a  large  variety 
of  disorders. 

*  Tripier,  op.  cit.,  p.  263. 

•j-  Versuch  iiber  die  gereizte  Muskel  und  Nervenfaser.     Berlin,  1797. 
\  Experience  sur  le  galvanisme,  traduit  par  Jadelot.     Paris,  1799. 
§   Versuche    den    Galvinismus   zur    Heilung    einiger    Krankheiten    anzuwendeiv 
Berlin,  i8oi.  U  Essai  theorique  et  experimenta  sur  le  galvanisme.     1804. 


HISTORY   OF   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS.  205 

In  1 8 18  Dr.  Everett,  of  New  York,  published  something  on  the  use 
of  electricity  in  medicine  that  was  based  on  experience  that  he  had  de- 
rived with  the  apparatus  of  Dr.  Brown. 

In  spite  of  all  these  endeavors  on  the  part  of  scientific  men  to  give 
importance  and  dignity  to  the  cause  of  electro-therapeutics,  it  failed  to 
fulfil  the  extravagant  expectations  that  had  been  formed  of  it ;  a  reaction 
followed,  and  it  fell  into  disrepute.  Electricity  had  been  tried  for  a 
wide  range  of  diseases,  but  partly  on  account  of  the  inconstancy  of  the 
voltaic  pile,  and  partly  through  the  ignorance  of  the  operators,  it  was 
found  to  be  a  most  uncertain  remedy.  It  was  confounded  with  mes- 
merism, which  at  this  period  came  into  notoriety,  and  for  a  time  it 
shared  its  fate. 

Many  of  the  early  Experiments  made  by  the  Laity. — It  will  be  seen  by 
a  glance  at  the  above-mentioned  names  that  the  earliest  experiments 
in  electro-therapeutics  were  made  by  the  laity.  A  science  that  now 
commands  some  of  the  best  brains  of  civilization  was  born  among  the 
humble  and  the  lowly.  It  was  cradled  in  ignorance  and  reared  and 
fostered  by  those  who,  however  eminent  in  other  walks,  knew  little  or 
nothing  of  medicine.  Chemists,  physicists,  priests  and  paupers,  monks 
and  mountebanks,  were  in  the  eighteenth  century  the  leading  authorities 
in  electro-therapeutics.  If  there  were  those  at  this  time  who  had  faith 
in  the  coming  of  a  better  day,  when  electro-therapeutics  should  be  a 
recognized  and  permanent  part  of  the  medical  science,  it  was  their  mis- 
fortune to  die  without  the  sight.  Not  until  the  close  of  the  eighteenth 
century  were  the  great  discoveries  of  Galvani  and  Volta  revealed  to  the 
world,  which  was  to  work  and  wait  for  at  least  half  a  century  before  it 
should  see  even  the  beginning  of  the  fulfilment  of  its  hopes.  Some  of 
the  great  sciences,  like  some  of  the  great  religions,  have  had  the  hum- 
blest origin. 

Of  the  early  history  of  electro-physics,  Whewell  *  thus  remarks  : — 
"  At  such  a  period  a  large  and  popular  circle  of  spectators  and  ama- 
teurs feel  themselves  nearly  upon  a  level  in  the  value  of  their  trials 
SLnd  speculations  with  the  more  profound  thinkers ;  at  a  later  period, 
when  the  subject  is  becoming  a  science,  that  is,  a  study  in  which  all 
must  be  left  far  behind  who  do  not  come  to  it  with  disciplined,  informed, 
and  logical  minds,  the  cultivators  are  far  more  few,  and  the  share  of 
applause  less  tumultuous  and  less  loud.  Electricity,  to  be  now  studied 
rightly,  must  be  reasoned  upon  mathematically. " 

What  Whewell  here  says  of  electro-physics  may  just  as  truly  bfl 
applied  to  electro-therapeutics. 

*  History  of  the  Inductive  Sciences,  2d  ed.,  vol.  ii.,  p.  200. 


206  CHARACTER   OF    THE   EARLY   EXPERIMENTERS. 

In  the  earlier  experiments,  the  philosopher  and  the  fool  were  pretty 
nearly  on  the  same  level  in  their  knowledge  of  the  application  of  this 
stibtle  force  to  the  treatment  of  diseases,  with  this  advantage  on  the  side 
of  the  fool,  that  through  the  very  excess  of  his  ignorance  he  dared  and 
ventured  where  the  philosopher  knew  just  enough  to  fear  to  tread. 

It  was,  as  we  shall  see,  a  long  time  before  electro-therapeutics  should 
be  gradually  developed  into  a  science  of  sufficient  positiveness  to  com- 
mand  the  attention  of  men  of  science  for  its  own  sake,  and  to  excite  the 
despair  of  the  ignorant. 

Here,  as  in  all  other  realms  of  investigation,  the  development  is  from 
simplicity  towards  complexity,  from  generals  to  specials,  and  from  truths 
that  are  common  to  all  classes,  to  truths  that  only  a  few  specialists  can 
thoroughly  master.  We  are  reminded  here  of  the  beautiful  thought 
of  Thoreau.  When  reproached  for  his  exclusiveness  and  love  of  solitude, 
he  replied,  "It  is  not  so  much  that  I  love  to  be  alone,  as  that  I  love  to 
soar,  and  the  higher  I  ascend,  the  company  grows  thinner  and  thinner, 
until  at  last  I  am  left  almost  alone." 

Strikingly  this  principle  has  been  illustrated  even  in  the  most  recent 
history  of  electro-therapeutics,  both  in  Europe  and  America.  A  field 
now  occupied  by  some  of  the  ablest  scientists  of  Germany,  England,  and 
France,  was  formerly  crowded  with  lawless  intruders. 

When  we  began  to  write  on  this  subject  in  1866,  a  tide  of  in- 
quiries at  once  set  in  upon  us,  from  all  parts  of  the  country.  The 
authors  of  these  letters,  with  some  few  exceptions,  we  have  never  seen ; 
but,  judging  from  the  style  of  composition  and  the  character  of  the  in- 
quiries, they  were  as  a  rule  comparatively  ignorant,  and  belonged  to 
the  lower  strata  of  the  profession.  Letters  that  we  receive  more  re- 
cently during  the  past  three  years,  evidently  come  from  many  of  the 
best  men  in  the  profession.  As  the  science  develops,  brains  and  cul- 
ture are  attracted  to  it.  In  our  large  cities,  those  who  are  studying  this 
subject  are  among  the  most  promising  names  in  science. 

In  1825,  Sarlandiere  proposed  the  employment  of  acupuncture 
needles  in  galvanization,  so  that  the  current  could  be  more  exclusively 
and  definitely  localized  on  the  desired  nerve  or  organ.  This  method 
of  treatment  was  called  electro-puncture.*  He  used  for  this  purpose 
franklinic  electricity.  Subsequently  Magendie  successfully  experimented 
with  galvano-puncture  in  neuralgia,  paralysis,  and  other  nervous  dis- 
eases. 

The  discovery  of  electro -puncture  was  the  beginning  of  the  science 

*  Mem.  sur  1' Electro-puncture.     Paris,  1825. 


\    HISTORY   OF    ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS.  20/ 

of  electro-surgery,  a  department  which  at  that  time  commanded  a 
wider  interest  than  the  medical  use  of  electricity,  and  which  has  now  '\ 
most  important  position  in  science. 

Gerard  and  Pravaz  suggested,  and  Petrequin  and  Ciniselli  succeedea 
in  curing  aneurism  by  galvano-puncture.  Subsequently  galvano-cauter- 
ization  has  been  investigated  by  Steinheil,  MiddeldorpfF  (1859),  Amus- 
sat,  Althaus,  Byrne,  ourselves,  and  many  others.  (For  detailed  history 
of  the  surgical  uses  of  electricity,  see  Electro-Surgery,  Chapter  I.) 

In  1826,  Baume  published  in  London  a  work  on  galvanism,  which 
two  years  later  reappeared  in  a  different  form,  and  was  translated  into 
French  by  Fabre  Palaprat,  who  was  the  first  to  use  the  galvanic  current 
in  electro-puncture. 

The  Era  of  Faradization. — The  publication  of  the  discovery  of  in- 
ductive electricity  by  Faraday,  in  183 1-2,  changed  the  whole  course  of 
electro-therapeutics.  On  the  basis  of  this  discovery  electric  machines 
were  constructed  that  were  both  more  reliable  and  more  convenient 
than  the  ordinary  voltaic  pile.  The  first  magneto-electric  machine  was 
constructed  by  Pixii  in  1832,  and  was  first  employed  in  the  treatment 
of  diseases  by  Neef  of  Frankfort.  Afterwards  electro-magnetic  (volta- 
electric)  machines  were  constructed  by  Neef,  Clarke,  Stohrer,  and 
others,  which  from  time  to  time  have  been  variously  modified  by  a 
large  number  of  experimenters  in  different  countries. 

From  this  time  electricity  in  the  form  of  faradization  began  to  be  ex- 
tensively and  indiscriminately  employed,  both  in  this  country  and  in 
Europe.  It  was  used  by  the  laity  as  well  as  by  the  profession,  though 
at  first  without  any  recognized  method,  and  without  any  very  cleat 
ideas  of  the  indications  for  which  electrization  was  adapted.  Since 
that  time  four  distinct  methods  of  medical  electrization  have  been  intro- 
duced, in  which  the  galvanic  as  well  as  the  faradic  current  have  been 
appropriated,  and  under  one  or  the  other  of  which  may  be  classed  all 
the  applications  of  faradic  or  galvanic  electricity  that  have  since  been 
employed.  These  methods  are  localized  faradization.,  localized  galvan- 
ization, general  faradization,  and  central  galvanization. 

History  of  Localized  Faradization. — The  history  of  localized  electri- 
zation is  identified  with  the  name  of  Duchenne,  whose  experiments  and 
discoveries  have  given  such  an  impetus  to  this  important  and  growing 
department.  Duchenne  was  not,  however,  the  first  to  employ  localized 
faradization.  Prior  to  his  time,  faradization  had  been  used  by  Masson 
in  France,  and  Neef  of  Frankfort ;  and  in  this  country  it  has  been  em- 
ployed  by  the  profession  and  by  the  laity  from  the  period  of  the  first 
popularization  (if  machines  of  induction. 


208  LOCALIZED   FARADIZATION. 

Even  as  early  as  1843  \ocdi\\z&<^  faradization  was  used  in  this  countrj 
side  by  side  with  general  faradization,  though,  like  the  latter,  it  had  re- 
ceived no  distinct  nomenclature,  and  was  indiscriminately  recommended 
and  unscientifically  applied.*  The  two  methods,  localized  and  general, 
were  frequently  confounded,  and  both  were  known  under  the  vague 
term,  "electrifying."  Duchenne's  earliest  attempt  to  call  the  attentiori 
of  the  profession  to  this  subject  is  thus  recorded  in  his  own  words  : — 

"  De  I'art  de  limiter  1' excitation  61ectrique  dans  les  organes  sans 
piquer  ni  inciser  la  peau,  nouvelle  m^thode  d' electrisation  appelee  elec- 
trisation localisee,  et  dont  les  principes,  resumes  dans  une  note  adressee 
en  1847  I,  I'Academie  des  Sciences,  ont  ete  developpes  et  publics  dans 
les  archives  generales  de  Medicine  en  juillet  et  aout  1850,  et  fevrier  et 
mars  1851."  In  1855  he  published  his  chief  work,  "  De  1' Electrisation 
Localisee,  et  de  son  Application  ^  la  Physiologie,  a  la  Pathologie,  et  \ 
la  Th^rapeutique," 

This  work  became  known  to  the  profession  in  Germany  through  the 
abridged  translation  of  Dr.  Erdmann. 

The  leading  idea  of  the  method  of  localized  faradization  of  Du- 
chenne  was,  that  the  current  can  be  localized  over  a  fixed  point  under 
the  skin  if  well-moistened  conductors  are  ?Xxox\^y  pressed  upon  the  skin. 

He  observed — what  is  perfectly  familiar  to  all  experimenters  in  elec- 
tro-therapeutics— that  when  dry  electrodes  are  applied  to  the  dry  skin, 
sparks  with  a  crackling  sound  are  produced,  but  no  sensation  and  no 
muscular  contraction.  He  observed  that  when  the  electrodes  are  well 
moistened,  contractions  are  excited  in  the  muscles,  with  the  phenomena 
of  sensation. 

He  recommended  three  forms  of  electrodes — solid  metallic  elec- 
trodes, metallic  brushes,  and  the  hand. 

On  these  observations  and  experiments  Duchenne  based  a  system  of 
electro-therapeutics  and  electro-diagnosis  which,  as  since  refined,  de- 
veloped, and  modified  by  himself  and  by  numerous  other  laborers  in 
various  countries,  has  now  grown  into  a  permanent  department  of 
science. 

Localized  faradization  was  appieciated  by  electro-therapeutists  more 
rapidly  than  some  of  the  other  methods  of  using  electricity,  as  electro- 
lyzation,  general  faradization,  galvano-cautery,  and  central  galvaniza- 
tion, for  the  reason  that  it  is  the  easiest  learned  of  all  the  methods  and 

*  In  Pike's  Catalogue  of  Mathematical,  Optical,  and  Philosophical  Instruments, 
1848,  there  is  a  cut  of  the  faradic  apparatus  that  had  been  in  use  for  five  years  by 
these  early  experimenters.  The  same  work  also  contains  a  cut  illustrating  theii 
unethod  )f  localized  faradization  of  the  leg. 


HISTORY   OF    ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS.  209 

requires  only  the  simplest  and  cheapest  form  of  battery.  To  be  an 
expert  in  it  requires  a  degree  of  skill  and  experience  and  manual  facil- 
ity, as  well  as  familiarity  with  the  diseases  for  which  it  is  indicated,  and 
some  knowledge  of  electro-physics  and  electro-physiology  are  of  essen- 
tial service ;  but  in  none  of  these  respects  is  this  method  as  exacting 
as  any  one  of  the  others. 

Hence  it  is,  that  localized  faradization  is  the  method  with  which 
novices  usually  begin  their  experiments  in  this  branch,  and  it  is  the 
method  which  by  the  mass  of  the  profession  is  now  more  used  than 
any  other. 

Among  specialists,  however,  of  all  countries,  localized  galvanization 
is  more  used  than  localized  faradization,  since  it  meets  on  the  whole, 
as  experience  shows,  a  larger  range  of  indications. 

History  of  Localized  Galvanization. — One  of  the  ablest  and  most 
prominent  of  those  whom  the  writings  of  Duchenne  inspired  to  enter 
upon  the  study  of  electro-therapeutics  was  Professor  Remak,  of  Berlin. 
His  first  work,  "  Ueber  Methodische Electrisirung  Geldhmter Muskeln" 
"  On  the  Methodical  Electrization  of  Paralyzed  Muscles,"  was  pub- 
lished in  1855.  In  this  work  he  revived  and  recalled  the  attention  of 
the  profession  to  the  galva7iic  current.,  and  he  furthermore  announced 
that  in  order  to  bring  a  muscle  to  complete  contraction  it  is  bettei  to 
excite  its  motor  nerves  than  to  allow  the  current  to  operate  on  the 
muscular  substance  itself.  His  second  work,  "  Galva?io-Therapie  der 
Nerven-  and  Muskel-Krankheiten,"  was  published  in  1858. 

Remak  became  the  founder  of  a  school  of  electro-therapeutists  in 
Germany,  as  Duchenne  had  been  in  France.  Their  systems,  as  has 
been  said,  differed  in  two  important  particulars.  Both  used  localized 
electrization.  Duchenne  used  the  faradic  current,  making  the  applica 
tions  to  the  muscles  ;  Remak  used  the  galvanic  current,  making  tha 
applications  to  the  motor  nerves, 

Duchenne  declared  that  the  galvanic  current  was  useless  for  the 
treatment  of  disease,  while  Remak  contended  that  it  was  the  only  cur- 
rent that  was  of  any  value.  Duchenne  was  unwilling  to  admit  the 
reality  of  the  discoveries  of  Remak,  and  Remak  as  emphatically  re- 
jected the  conclusions  of  Duchenne.  Both  enforced  their  statements 
by  the  resuks  of  experiments,  and  both  appealed  to  experience. 

It  is  now  well  recognized  by  all  electro-therapeutists  that  there  was 
truth  on  both  sides  of  this  interesting  controversy — that  the  galvanic 
and  faiadic  currents  are  both  of  service  in  the  diagnosis  and  treatment 
of  disease,  and  that  too  in  more  than  one  mode  of  application.  We 
now  see  that  if  Duchenne  was  too  dogmatic,  Remak  was  too  extrava* 
14 


2IO  L  )CALIZED    GALVANIZATION. 

gant,  but  that  both  of  them,  by  their  experiments  and  labors,  were  of 
positive  service  to  science,  and  made  the  way  easier  and  safer  for  those 
who  have  since  followed  them  in  the  department  of  localized  electriza- 
tion. 

Remak,  shortly  before  his  death,  published  a  work  entitled  ^'■Appli- 
cation di,  Cotcra?it  constant  au  Traitenient  des  Neuroses^''  Paris,  1865, 
which  contained  the  leading  ideas  of  his  system,  and  has  been  the  means 
of  stimulating  many  other  experimenters  in  this  difficult  department. 

Remak  did  more  than  merely  introduce  the  galvanic  current  to  the 
profession — he  discovered  and  recommended  special  applications  of 
the  current,  and  suggested  the  theory  of  its  catalytic  action.  He  was 
the  first  to  scientifically  investigate  localized  galvanization  of  the  cer- 
vical sympathetic,  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord,  and  thereby  greatly 
widened  the  sphere  of  electro-therapeutics.  Although  at  first  his 
theories  were  scouted,  and  his  statements  discredited,  yet  since  his 
death  they  have,  in  the  main,  been  strikingly  confirmed,  and  are  now 
•egarded  as  accepted  facts  in  science. 

Even  during  this  last  era,  franklinic  electricity  has  been  by  no 
..'cleans  laid  aside.  In  1847,  Dr.  Golding  Bird  published  very 
r'imarkable  results  obtained  in  the  treatment  of  amenorrhoea  by 
static  electricity,  in  Gu)''s  Hospital.  He  made  use  of  a  Leyden 
jar.  Franklinic  electricity  has  been  successfully  used  by  Drs.  Gull 
and  Clement.  It  has,  for  a  number  of  years,  been  successfully 
employed  by  Dr.  Radcliffe  and  others,  in  the  London  Hospital  for  the 
Paralyzed  and  Epileptic.  Quite  recently  Prof.  Schwanda,  of  Vienna, 
has  reported  suggestive  results  from  franklinic  electricity  generated  by 
Holtz's  electrophorus  machine.  Dr.  Arthius,  of  Paris,  has  recently  pub- 
lished a  work  on  the  subject ;  this  has  been  translated  by  Dr.  Leveridge, 
of  Chicago. 

Within  the  past  fifteen  years  localized  faradization  and  galvanization 
has  been  developed  and  improved  in  France,  in  Germany,  in  England 
and  America,  by  a  number  of  able  and  laborious  men  of  science. 
Among  the  voluminous  authors  in  this  department  may  be  mentioned 
the  names   of  Meyer,*   Becquerel,f   Baierlacher,J    Althaus,§  Tripier,|| 

*  Die  Electricitat  in  ilirer  Anwendung  auf  praktische  Medicin.  Berlin,  1854  and 
1868.      Translated  by  Dr.  Hammond. 

f  Traite  des  applications  de  I'electricite  a  la  Therapeutique.     Paris,  1857. 

X  Die  Inductions-Electricitat  in  physiologisch-therapeutischer  Beziehung.  Niirn- 
Derg,  1857. 

§  Treatise  on  Medical  Electricity.  London,  1859.  Latest  edition,  1873.  Gal- 
vanism in  Paralysis,  Neuralgia,  etc.,  1866. 

II  Manuel  d'Electrotherapie.     Paris,  i86i. 


HISTORY   OF    ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS.  211 

Rosenthal,*  Frommhold,f  Zierassen,J;  Garratt,§  Benedikt,|I  Brenner,^ 
Cyon.** 

History  of  General  Faradization. — In  general  faradization  the  aim 
is  to  bring  the  whole  body  under  the  influence  of  the'faradic  current,  so 
far  as  is  possible,  by  external  application. 

The  origin  of  general  faradization,  like  that  of  localized,  is  somewhat 
uncertain,  since  it  is  difficult  to  determine  how  long  it  was  used  by  the 
laity  before  we  formally  introduced  it  to  the  profession.  It  is  certain 
that  both  methods  have  been  in  popular,  and,  to  a  certain  extent,  in 
professional  use  in  America,  from  a  period  not  long  subsequent  to  the 
popularization  of  the  discovery  of  induction,  certainly  a  long  time  be- 
fore they  were  introduced,  to  the  profession.  One  of  the  first — and 
probably  the  very  first — to  employ  a  form  of  general  faradization  was 
William  Miller,  of  New  York,  who  began  the  empirical  use  of  this  sys- 
tem of  treatment  in  1843.  Since  that  time  some  form  of  general  far- 
adization has  been  employed  by  Sherwood,  of  New  York ;  Dr.  W.  Dem. 
niing,  of  Portland  ;  Drs.  Garratt,  Cross,  and  Guthrie,  of  Boston  ;  Dr. 
Wells,  of  Rochester,  N.  Y.  ;  Drs.  Page  and  Channing,  and  by  a  very 
large  number,  both  in  the  profession  and  out  of  it,  of  whose  names  and 
special  methods  but  little  is  known,  since  they  have  taken  but  little  pains 
to  estabhsh  the  treatment  on  a  scientific  basis,  or  to  introduce  it  to  the 
attention  of  the  profession.  Many  of  these  practitioners  combined 
localized  with  general  faradization,  and  some,  perhaps  the  majority,  em- 
ployed the  latter  exclusively,  though  with  little  definiteness  or  precision. 
Although,  as  has  been  said,  some  of  these  early  experimenters  were 
educated  physicians,  the  majority  were  ignorant  not  only  of  medicine, 
but  of  every  other  department,  and  not  a  few,  unfortunately,  were  as 
unprincipled  as  they  were  ignorant. 

Although  many  of  these  experimenters  were  laymen,  although  they 
had  no  part  nor  lot  in  the  reahn  of  science,  and  although  many  of  them 
were  as  devoid  of  conscience  as  of  intellect,  yet  we  should  none  the 
less  eagerly  seek  for  and  accept  whatever  of  truth  they  may  have  stum 

*  Die  Electrotherapie,  ihre  Begrlindung  und  Anwendung  in  der  Medizin.  Wien, 
1865.     Latest  edition,  1873. 

f  Electrotherapie  mit  besonderer  Riicksicht  auf  Nerven-Krankheiten  ;  vom  prak- 
tischen  Standpunkte  skizzirt.     Pesth,  1865. 

X  Die  Electricitat  in  der  Medicin.     Berlin,  1S66.     Latest  edition,  1872. 

§  Medical  Electricity.     Philadelphia,  1866. 

II  Electrotherapie.     Wien,  1868.     Second  edition,  1S74. 

Tf  Untersuchungen  und  Beobachtungen  auf  dem  Gebiete  der  Elektrotherapie 
Leipzig,  1868  und  1869. 

**  Principes  d'Electrotherapie.     Paris,  1873. 


212  GENERAL   FARADIZATION. 

bled  upon  or  discovered.  In  the  history  of  therapeutics  it  has  often 
been  the  fortune  of  the  ignorant  and  the  lowly  to  hit  by  chance  on 
some  great  fact  for  which  the  wisdom  of  the  ages  has  sought  in  vain. 
Says  Dr.  Stille,  "  Nearly  every  medicine  has  become  a  popular  remedy 
before  being  adopted  or  even  tried  by  physicians  ;  "*  and  according  to 
Pereira,  nux  vomica  is  one  of  the  few  remedies  the  discovery  of  which 
is  not  the  effect  of  mere  chance.f 

Impartial  history  must,  we  think,  record  that,  before  Duchenne  and 
Remak  were  known  on  either  side  of  the  Atlantic,  before  our  more 
recent  electro-therapeutists  had  commenced  their  professional  labors  or 
studies,  there  were  in  this  land  not  a  few  empirics  who,  by  some  form 
of  general  or  localized  faradization,  or  both  combined,  or  by  methods 
various  and  inconsistent,  and  in  spite  of  their  own  ignorance  or  vice, 
were  achieving  successes  in  the  treatment  of  disease  which,  in  certain 
features,  even  the  most  advanced  physicians  of  our  day  have  not  yet 
surpassed.  If  they  did  not  belong  to  the  chosen  ranks  of  the  profes- 
sion, it  is  none  the  less  true  that  the  results  which  they  secured  were 
oftentimes  such  as  the  ablest  leaders  in  science  might  well  have  envied. 
If  their  methods  were  empirical,  their  empiricism  was  often  justified  by 
its  success.  If  their  nomenclature  was  imperfect  and  confused,  and 
their  diagnosis  erroneous,  yet  their  confusion  and  errors  were  not  a  lit- 
tle redeemed  by  the  skill  with  which  they  met  emergencies  when  the 
therapeutist  was  far  more  needed  than  the  pathologist  or  the  diagnosti- 
cian. The  great  defect  of  these  empirics  was  not  in  their  results,  which 
oftentimes  were  truly  remai'kable,  but  in  the  fact  that  their  general 
ignorance,  and  especially  their  ig7iorance  of  medicine,  rendered  it  impos- 
sible for  them  to  discriminate  in  their  cases  or  their  methods,  or  to  intel- 
ligently communicate  their  experience  to  others,  or  in  afiy  7Juay  to  make  if 
of  permanent  value  to  science.  They  treated  all  cases  about  alike, 
without  reference  to  the  pathological  condition,  and  in  spite  of  all  theii 
successes  frequently  failed  where,  with  better  knowledge,  they  might- 
have  succeeded. 

In  Europe,  so  far  as  we  can  ascertain  from  the  published  writings  on 
the  subject,  or  from  our  own  personal  observation,  the  method  of  general 
faradization,  as  described  in  this  work,  has  not  been  used  or  recom- 
mended,   at   least    by   men    of   science.       In     1852,     BeckensteinerJ 

*  Therapeutics,  vol.  i.,  p.  31.  The  same  author  states  that  "by  far  the 
greater  number  [of  medicines]  were  first  employed  in  countries  which  were  and 
are  now  in  a  state  of  scientific  ignoi'ance." 

•{■  Materia  Medica,  vol.  ii.,  p.  336.  Hydrate  of  Chloral  may  now  be  added  to 
this  list.  X  Etudes  sur  I'Electricite.     Paris,  1859. 


HISTORY   OF    ELECT.iO-THERAPEUTICS.  213 

suggested  the  idea  of  "  animalizing "  statical  electricity  by  passing  it 
through  the  body  of  the  operator,  and  making  passes  over  or  near  the 
patient. 

In  1857,  M.  Dropsy*  de  Cracow  published  a  new  method  of 
faradization,  the  modus  operandi  of  which  consisted  in  connecting  an 
electrode  by  two  branches  on  the  top  of  the  head  and  the  epigastrium, 
while  the  other  electrode  was  connected  by  four  branches  with  the 
hands  and  feet.  At  each  sitting  the  poles  were  reversed.  In  1858, 
Seilerf  proposed  to  cure  consumption  and  many  other  obstinate  and 
incurable  diseases  by  passing  a  faradic  current  through  two  electrodes 
near  to  but  not  over  the  body  of  the  patient. 

In  1863,  Gubler|  suggested  the  treatment  of  conditions  of  debility 
by  placing  both  hands  and  feet  in  separate  basins  containing  salt 
water,  and  passing  a  faradic  current  through  the  body. 

Our  own  attention  was  called  to  the  subject  of  general  faradization 
in  1866,  and  in  that  and  the  following  year  we  introduced  it  to  the 
profession,  describing  in  a  general  way  its  powerful  tonic  effects  and 
modus  operandi. 

{The  Medical  Use  of  Electricity^  with  special  reference  to  general 
electrization  as  a  tonic ^  ^'C.     Beard  and  Rockwell,  New  York,  1867.) 

The  name  general  electrization,  as  descriptive  of  this  method  of 
treatment,  was  first  employed  by  us  and  in  the  writings  to  which  we 
have  referred.  In  the  present  edition  of  this  treatise  we  restrict  the 
terms  to  general  faradization,  for  the  reason  that  our  method  of 
ce?itral  galvanization,  to  be  hereafter  described,  has  to  a  considerable 
extent  taken  the  place  of  ^i?«(?r(2/ galvanization. 

Our  own  claims  in  regard  to  general  faradization  are  : 

1st.  To  have  studied  the  method  as  practised  by  the  laity,  and  to 
have  improved  it,  reduced  it  to  a  system,  and  given  it  a  scientific 
basis,  and  to  have  shown  its  relations  to  other  methods  of  using 
electricity — in  short,  to  have  done  for  this  method  what  Duchenne  did 
for  localized  faradization. 

2d.  To  have  interpreted  its  special  and  general  effects,  giving  it  a 
name,  pointing  out  the  true  rationale  of  the  method,  and  the  in- 
dications for  its  use. 

3d.  To  have  first  called  the  attention  of  the  profession  to  this 
method,  enforcing  our  views  by  the  results  of  personal  experiments. 

*  Electrotherapie  en  application   medicale  pratique  de  I'electricite  basee  sur  de 
ttouveaux  precedes.      Paris,  1857,  in  8vo. 
f  Galvanisation  par  influence.     Paris.  1858. 
X  De  1' Electrization  g^nerale.     Bulletin  de  Therapeutique,  Dec,  1863. 


214  CENTRAL   GALVANIZATION 

4th.  To  have  discovered  in  our  experiments  witn  this  method,  that 
electrization  was  a  tonic  of  great  and  varied  efficacy,  and  therefore 
indicated  in  a  large  range  of  conditions  of  debility,  and  to  have  forced 
this  fact  on  the  pi-ofessional  mind  until  it  has  become  widely  accepted, 
and  has  become  the  basis  for  the  use  of  electricity  in  the  treatment 
of  medical  diseases. 

The  length  of  time  required  to  make  a  thorough  application  of  general 
faradization,  and  the  amount  of  practice  necessary  to  acquire  skill  and ' 
facility  in  its  employment,  have  interfered  somewhat  with  its  populariza- 
tion among  specialists  in  electro-therapeutics ;  but  in  spite  of  these 
difficulties  the  method  is  now  used  with  the  highest  success  by  hundreds 
of  physicians,  specialists  and  general  practitioners,  &c.,  and  its  popular- 
ity is  very  rapidly  increasing. 

In  Germany  the  method  has  been  from  the  first  received,  in  part 
through  the  careful  resume  of  Prof.  Erb,  of  Heidelberg,  with  greater 
interest  and  appreciation  and  with  .more  favorable  consideration  than 
in  any  other  country,  excepting  perhaps  the  United  States.  Dr.  R. 
Vater,  of  the  University  of  Prague,  in  his  preface  to  the  German 
translation  of  the  first  edition  of  this  work,  has  warmly  recommended 
the  method,  basing  his  recommendation  on  his  own  personal  experience ; 
and  more  recently,  Benedict  of  Vienna,  in  the  latest  edition  of  his  work, 
has  given  the  method  intelligent  and  appreciative  consideration. 

History  of  Central  Galvanization. — The  method  of  central  galvan- 
ization, as  has  been  described  in  our  published  papers  (Electricity  and 
the  Sphygmograph,  N.  Y.  Medical  Record,  December  15,  1871  ;  also, 
Recent  Researches  in  Electro-Therapeutics,  October,  1872,  by  Dr. 
Beard;  Central  Galvanization,  N.  Y.  Med.  Journal.,  May,  1872,  by 
Dr.  Rockwell),  consisted  in  placing  the  negative  pole  at  the  epigast- 
rium, while  the  positive  was  applied  over  certain  portions  of  the  head, 
over  the  sympathetic  and  pneumogastric  in  the  neck,  and  down  the 
whole  length  of  the  spine  from  the  first  to  the  last  vertebra.  At  that 
time  we  had  used  the  method  with  the  highest  success,  in  hysteria,  in- 
sanity, neurasthenia,  gastralgia,  dyspepsia,  and  certain  diseases  of  the 
skin,  and  since  that  time  this  method  has  been  extended  to  a  wide 
variety  of  affections.  In  some  diseases  it  has  supplemented,  in  others  it 
has  supplanted,  general  faradization  and  galvanization  of  the  cervical 
sympathetic. 

The  full  method  of  central  galvanization,  as  it  will  be  described  in 
this  edition  of  the  present  treatise,  was  not  stumbled  upon  by  accident, 
but  is  the  result  of  a  long  period  of  experimenting.  When  we  began  to 
use  the  galvanic  current,  we  sometimes  treated  gastralgia  and  dyspep 


HISTORY   OF    ELECTRO-'iHERAPEUTICS.  21 S 

sia  by  placing  one  pole,  usually  the  negative,  in  the  epigastric  region, 
and  the  positive  on  the  nape  of  the  neck  at  about  the  sixth  cervical  ver- 
tebra. Gradually  we  extended  the  domain  of  the  application  so  as  to 
include  the  mastoid  fossa  and  the  anterior  border  of  the  sterno-cleido- 
mastoid  muscle,  down  to  the  sternum  on  both  sides.  Afterwards  we 
resolved  to  apply  the  positive  electrode  to  the  forehead,  still  keeping 
the  negative  on  the  epigastrium. 

Influenced  by  the  fact  of  observation,  that  the  top  of  the  head  be- 
tween the  ears  was  frequently  tender  and  painful  in  hysteria  and  neur- 
asthenia, in  both  sexes,  it  occurred  to  us  that  this  might  be  a  good 
place  to  plant  the  electrode  so  as  to  affect  the  brain.  Another  consid- 
eration of  practical  moment  was,  that  this  place  in  both  sexes  is  quite 
accessible,  even  with  the  present  methods  of  arranging  the  hair.  Look- 
ing at  the  subject  from  the  standpoint  of  anatomy,  physiology,  and 
pathology,  also,  it  was  sufficiently  clear  that  in  galvanizing  the  brain, 
the  object  should  be,  not  so  much  to  affect  the  anterior  lobes  as  the 
base  and  posterior  portion,  where  originates  the  great  cranial  nerves. 
We  soon  found  by  clinical  obsei-vation,  that  little  dizziness  was  caused 
when  the  electrode  was  placed  in  this  position,  and  that  a  stable  current 
of  a  number  of  cells  could  be  borne  without  unpleasantness,  and  that 
oftentimes  a  peculiar  sensation  was  experienced,  very  different  from  the 
stinging  and  pricking  sensations  that  are  felt  when  the  electrode  is 
placed  on  the  forehead.  Last  of  all  we  extended  the  application,  so  as 
to  include  the  whole  length  of  the  spinal  column,  passing  the  electrode 
beneath  the  clothes  of  the  patient,  loosened  and  pulled  up  for  that  pur- 
pose. Since  the  first  publication  of  this  method  of  central  galvaniza- 
tion, we  have  modified  it  by  changing  the  position  of  the  negative  pole, 
up  and  down  the  breast  and  abdomen,  so  as  to  avoid  over-irritating  the 
stomach. 

Some  of  the  processes  of  central  galvanization  had  been  used  by 
other  physicians,  long  before  we  worked  up  the  complete  method  as  he 
described.  Dr.  Althaus  writes  us,  that  several  years  since  he  had  em- 
ployed the  first  step  in  the  process — one  pole  at  the  epigastrium  and 
the  other  at  the  back  of  the  neck,  but  becoming  alarmed  by  unpleasant 
symptoms,  had  abandoned  it ;  and  Dr.  Meredith  Clymer,  of  this  city, 
informs  us  that  during  the  past  three  or  four  years  he  has  independently 
used  the  processes  of  central  galvanization  with  tonic  results  that  have 
been  most  pleasing. 

The  ill-fortune  of  Dr.  Althaus  was  due,  we  suspect,  to  the  fact  that 
he  used  powerful  or  interrupted  currents — a  mistake  that  we  repeatedly 
made  during  our  earlier  experiments,  a  mistake  that  is  frequently  made 
by  those  beginning  any  new  method  of  electrization. 


CHAPTER  11. 

GENERAL   THERAPEUTICAL   ACTION   OF   ELECTRICITY. 

Electricity  in  its  Aiedical  Relations  is  a  Stimulating  Sedative  Tonic. — 
The  cause  of  medical  electricity  has  been,  and  still  is,  greatly  re- 
tarded by  vague  and  incorrect  notions  of  the  position  of  electricity  in 
the  materia  medica.  It  has  been  classed  as  a  stimulant,  and  up  to  the 
time  when  we  began  to  write  on  the  subject,  in  1866,  nearly  all  the 
writers  on  the  subject  had  assumed  without  question  or  discussion  that 
the  stimulating  action  was  the  main  if  not  the  only  action  of  electricity 
The  idea  that  it  was  also  a  tonic  was  not  even  discussed.  The  first 
formal  presentation  of  the  use  of  electricity  by  the  method  of  general 
faradization  appeared  in  a  paper  by  Dr.  Rockwell,  based  on  consid- 
erable experience  and  many  experiments,  and  entitled  "  Electricity  in 
the  Treatment  of  Rheumatic  Affections,"  and  published  in  the  Medical 
Record  in  1866.  In  this  and  subsequent  papers  by  both  the  authors 
of  this  treatise,  the  tonic  effects  of  electricity  were  fully  demonstrated. 
Those  few  in  the  profession  who  used  electricity  at  all  had  gone  no 
further  than  Duchenne,  and  supposed  that  when  they  had  used  this 
agent  to  kick  up  palsied  muscles,  they  had  exhausted  its  therapeutic 
indications.  In  obedience  to  the  same  narrow  and  exclusive  dogma, 
electricity  was  supposed  to  be  exclusively  contraindicated  in  febrile  and 
inflammatory  affections,  and  was  supposed  to  be  of  value  only  in  a 
very  limited  range  of  subacute  and  chronic  diseases.  The  acceptance 
of  the  view  that  electricity  is  a  tonic  has  wrought  a  revolution  in 
electro-therapeutics.  An  agent  which  was  formerly  used  mainly  if 
not  exclusively  in  paralysis  and  rheumatism,  is  now  used,  and  with  far 
more  brilliant  success,  in  hysteria  and  affections  allied  to  it,  in  insanity, 
anemia,  neurasthenia,  in  nervous  dyspepsia,  neuralgia,  chorea,  in  the 
convalescence  from  fevers,  and  all  forms  of  pain  and  debility  whatso- 
ever. 

It  is  necessary  to  state,  at  the  outset,  that  in  classing  electricity  as  a 
stimulating  sedative  tonic,  we  use  the  words  in  the  sense  in  which  they 
are  ordinarily  understood  and  employed  when  applied  to  other  reme- 
dies and  systems  of  treatment,  and  without  any  reference  to  the  mere 


2l8  STIMULANTS   VS.    TONICS. 

verbal  distinctions  that  may  be  or  have  been  made  in  the  class: ficatiou 
of  materia  medica. 

Stimulants  are  usually  understood  to  be  those  agents  which  quickly 
excite  the  system,  and  temporarily  arouse  its  activity.  They  are  like 
the  goad,  which  forces  the  exhausted  beast  to  draw  the  burden,  but 
does  nothing  to  increase  his  strength ;  or  like  the  blast  of  the  fur- 
nace, which  increases  the  combustion,  but  adds  no  fuel.  We  do  no- 
accept  this  definition,  but  would  prefer  to  regard  stimulants  as  those, 
agents  that  correct,  intensify  or  economize  the  forces  of  the  system. 

Sedatives  may  be  severally  defined  as  those  agents  that  allay  irrita- 
bility and  pain  and  induce  natural  repose. 

Tonics  are  ordinarily  understood  to  be  those  agents  which  gradually 
improve  nutrition,  restore  enfeebled  functions,  invigorate  the  system, 
and  permanently  increase  its  capacity  for  labor. 

It  is  because  electrization  is  capable  of  producing  at  once  the  effects 
which  are  ascribed  to  all  these  classes  of  agents,  that  we  have  defined 
it  a  stimulating  sedative  tonic. 

These  various  effects  are  not  always  mathematically  distinct,  but  run 
into  each  other.  The  stimulant  effect  may  at  once  lead  to  sedation, 
and  the  permanent  improvement  to  nutrition  follows  after  a  long  time, 
and  is  in  part  a  result  of  both  stimulation  and  sedation. 

Of  these  three  orders  of  effects,  stimulation,  sedation  and  improve- 
ment in  nutrition,  stimulation  is  the  one  that  is  of  the  least  importance, 
and  yet  it  is  the  one  that  first  strikes  the  observation,  and  the  one  which 
until  very  recently  has  been  regarded  as  the  exclusive  test  for  the  use 
of  electricity  in  medicine.  If  electricity  were  merely  a  stimulant  it 
would  scarcely  pay  to  use  it  in  the  treatment  of  disease,  for  its  range 
would  be  so  narrow,  and  the  result  of  its  use  even  in  that  narrow  range 
so  temporary  and  unsatisfactory,  that  physicians  would  not  find  it  to 
their  advantage  to  spend  time  and  labor  in  making  the  applications. 

The  ill  success  of  all  previous  attempts  to  popularize  electro-thera- 
peutics is  to  be  explained  in  part  by  the  fact  that  those  who  experimented 
with  it  looked  upon  it  as  a  simple  stimulant  and  nothing  more,  and 
recommended  it  accordingly.  If  it  depended  on  its  stimulating  action 
only,  the  cause  of  electro-therapeutics  would  have  little  vitality.  The 
reason  why  electricity  is  now  growing  in  popularity  in  the  profession  is 
because  it  is  found  to  relieve  all  forms  of  pain,  and  to  add  tone  to  the 
system  and  improve  nutrition  after  ordinary  sedatives  or  tonics  have 
failed. 

Tonic  Effects  of  Electricity  best  elicited  by  General  Faradization  and 
Central  Galvanizatio7i. — Reasoning  from  analogy,  as  well  as  from  experi* 


GENERAL  THERAPEUTICAL  ACTION   OF   ELECTRICITY.      2ig 

ence,  it  would  seem  that  the  full  effects  of  electricity  on  the  human  bod} 
could  only  be  obtained  by  making  the  applications  all  over  the  person  and 
on  the  central  nervous  system  in  such  a  way  as  to  affect  the  whole  systejn. 
The  influence  of  any  drug  or  remedial  agent  on  the  constitution  can 
only  be  ascertained  by  bringing  the  whole  system  under  that  influence 
A  man  who  habitually  washes  one  of  his  fingers  in  cold  water  ap 
predates  the  tonic  effects  of  the  cold  only  in  that  finger ;  but  a  man 
who  habitually  takes  a  shower-bath,  or  plunges  into  a  tub  of  cold 
water,  realizes  powerful  tonic  effects  on  his  entire  system.  If  a  man 
daily  exposes  one  arm  to  the  sunlight,  wliile  the  rest  of  the  body  is 
enclosed  in  a  dark  cell,  he  receives  direct  tonic  effects  only  in  the 
exposed  member ;  but  he  who  walks  forth  and  exposes  his  whole  per- 
son to  the  solar  rays  will  in  time  experience  the  full  tonic  effect  of  sufi- 
light  on  his  system.  If  one  hand  or  one  foot  is  vigorously  and  regu- 
larly exercised,  the  muscles  of  that  limb  exhibit  the  tonic  effects  of  the 
exercise,  and  increase  in  hardness  and  perhaps  in  size  ;  but  if  all  the 
portions  of  the  body  are  vigorously  and  regularly  exercised,  all  the 
principal  muscles  will  increase  in  firmness  and  perhaps  in  size,  and 
tonic  effects  will  be  appreciated  by  the  entire  system. 

Just  so  with  all  other  tonic  remedies  and  influences.  If  quinine, 
strychnine,  iron,  arsenic,  oil,  etc.,  could  be  localized  in  a  single  limb, 
only  that  limb  would  be  directly  influenced  by  them.  Their  tonic 
effect  is  only  obtained  by  administering  them  in  such  a  way  that  they 
will  penetrate  every  portion  of  the  body. 

Electricity  is  no  exception  to  this  law.  In  order  to  ascertain  its  full 
effects  on  the  system  at  large,  and  to  determine  its  position  among 
remedies,  the  applications  must  be  made  in  such  a  way  that  the  whole 
system  shall,  so  far  as  possible,  be  directly  or  indirectly  brought  under 
its  influence.  This  is  best  accomplished  by  the  methods  of  general 
faradizatioti  and  central  galvanization  that  are  hereafter  to  be  ex- 
plained in  detail. 

In  making  a  detailed  comparison,  therefore,  between  the  effects  of 
electrization  and  the  effects  of  recognized  tonics — quinine,  iron,  strych- 
nine, physical  exercise,  sunlight,  cold  bathing,  etc. — it  is  logically  neces- 
sary that  the  apj^lications  should  be  so  given  that  the  whole  body 
should  be  brought  under  the  direct  influence  of  the  current,  just  as  it  is 
brought  under  the  influence  of  other  recognized  tonics  as  ordinarily  ad- 
ministered. 

The  immediate  effects  of  an  application  of  general  faradization  and 
central  galvanization  are  often  a  feeling  of  enlivenment  and  exhilaration, 
drowsiness,  temporary  relief  of  pain,  and  increased  warmth  of  the  body. 


220  LIKE   OTHER   STIMULATING  TONICS. 

The  same  effects  are  notably  observed  after  the  shower-bath,  a  tumble 
in  the  surf,  a  brisk  walk  in  the  open  air,  or  from  the  administration  of 
alcohol. 

Like  other  stimulating  tonics,  general  faradization  and  central  gal- 
vanization, when  given  in  an  overdose,  or  in  too  great  strength  for  the 
constitution  of  the  patient  or  the  condition  of  the  system  at  the  time, 
may  be  followed  by  secondary  or  reactive  effects  that  are  both  dis- 
agreeable and  positively  alarming.  The  second  or  third  day  after  an 
injudicious  application,  the  patient,  especially  at  the  outset  of  treat- 
ment, may  experience  soreness  in  the  muscles,  an  indefinable  feeling  of 
nervous  exhaustion,  irregularity  of  pulse,  and  sometimes  exacerbation 
of  special  symptoms.  It  is  well  known  that  severe  physical  exercise 
will  produce  all  these  unpleasant  secondary  effects,  especially  in  pa- 
tients who  are  feeble  and  unaccustomed  to  muscular  exertion.  A  cold 
bath,  either  in  the  surf  or  at  home,  that  is  too  prolonged  may  give  rise 
to  all  these  symptoms  the  night  or  day  following.  Unpleasant  effects 
may  secondarily  follow  an  overdose  of  our  ordinary  stimulants,  as 
alcohol,  or  from  internal  tonics,  as  iron,  quinine,  strychnine. 

The  permanent  effects  of  general  faradization  and  central  galvaniza- 
tion are  as  closely  analogous  to  those  which  come  from  other  tonic 
remedies  and  systems  of  treatment  as  are  the  immediate  and  second- 
ary effects. 

The  very  marked  permanent  effect  of  general  faradization  and  central 
galvanization  is  improvement  in  the  sleep.  Physical  exercise — walk- 
ing, boating,  gymnastics,  bowling — cold  bathing,  and  the  ordinary 
internal  tonics  do  the  same,  though  not  so  markedly  and  with  far  less 
uniformity. 

General  faradization  and  central  galvanization  also  permanently  im- 
prove the  appetite  and  digestive  capacity,  and  regulate  the  bowels. 
Improvement  in  the  various  operations  of  digestion  is  one  of  the  most 
uniform  effects  of  our  ordinary  tonics,  and  it  is  for  that  purpose,  more 
perhaps  than  for  any  other,  that  they  are  employed. 

like  other  tonics,  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization. 
equalize  the  circulation.  This  effect,  when  it  immediately  follows  an 
application,  is  nearly  the  temporary  excitement,  similar  to  what  follows 
a  rapid  walk,  or  gymnastics,  or  alcoholic  stimulants,  and  soon  passes 
away.  But  when  it  becomes  a  permanent  condition — when  the  patient 
feels  less  annoyance  from  chilliness  and  cold  extremities — it  is  a  result- 
ant of  the  improvement  in  nutrition. 

Like  other  tonic  measures — gymnastics,  active  games,  and  outdoor 
amusements,  etc.,  etc.  —general  faradization  and  central  galvanization 


GENERAL   THERAPEUTICAL  ACTION   OF   ELECTRICITY.   221 

cause  the  muscles  to  ucvelop  in  size  and  hardness,  and  sometimes, 
though  by  no  means  uniformly,  produce  important  and  rapid  increase  in 
the  weight  of  the  body,  the  result  of  the  improvement  in  nutrition.  In- 
crease in  weight  is  familiarly  observed  after  a  trip  of  pleasure,  a  vaca- 
tion in  the  country,  a  voyage  by  sea,  and  very  frequently  indeed  from 
the  use  of  cod-liver  oil  and  strychnine.  General  faradization  some- 
times causes  the  patient  to  increase  in  weight  from  the  very  outset  of 
the  treatment,  and  to  an  extent  that  is  most  surprising. 

Like  other  tonics,  general  electrization,  faradization  and  central 
galvanization,  in  their  ultimate  effects,  increase  the  disposition  and  the 
capacity  for  labor  of  the  brain  or  of  the  muscles.  This  is  indeed  the 
chief  end  to  which  all  tonic  treatment  is  directed,  inasmuch  as  dimin- 
ished capacity  for  labor  is  perhaps  the  condition  for  which  tonics  are 
most  frequently  advised,  and  it  does  not  usually  increase  the  capacity 
for  toil  until  it  has  iirst  improved  the  sleep,  the  appetite,  the  digestion. 
The  same  is  true  of  many  other,  if  not  all,  tonic  remedies. 

Experience  shows  that  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization 
are  usually  contraindicated  in  those  diseases  and  for  those  temperaments 
that  will  not  bear  any  of  the  internal  tonics.  We  find  almost  invariably 
that  they  must  be  used  most  cautiously,  and  meet  with  their  worst  failures 
in  cases  where  quinine,  strychnine,  iron  and  stimulants  have  proved  to 
be  injurious. 

Whatever  difference  of  opinion  there  may  be  concerning  the  ration- 
ale of  electrization,  or  whatever  dispute  there  may  be  concerning  the 
use  and  the  meaning  of  the  words  stimulant,  sedative,  and  tonic,  the 
majority  of  advanced  practical  electro-therapeutists  must  substantially 
endorse  the  emphatic  words  of  Prof.  Niemeyer  :  '■'■  In  the  constant  C7ir- 
rent  we  have  a  means  more  powerful  thaji  any  other  of  modifying  the 
nutritive  conditions  of  parts  that  are  deeply  situated  J  ^  * 

Rationale  of  Electrization. — The  stimulating,  the  sedative,  and  the 
tonic  effects  of  electrization  are  resultants  of  the  various  and  diverse  ac- 
tion of  the  currents  on  the  tissues.  These  effects  have  been  defined  as 
mechanical,  physical,  catalytic  (increase  of  circulation  and  absorption), 
electroto7iic  (modification  of  nerve),  electrolytic  (electro-chemical  decom- 
position), and  chemical.  The  mechanical  effects  are  more  markedly 
observed  from  the  faradic  current,  the  other  effects  from  the  galvanic. 
These  terms,  considered  as  explanations  of  the  action  of  electrization, 
are,  it  must  be  admitted,  quite  unsatisfactory,  since  they  are  incapable 


*  Text-Book  of  Practical  Medicine  ;  Translation  of  Drs.  Humphreys  and  Hack- 
ley,  vol.  ii.,  p.   290. 


222      IS   ELECTRICITY   TRANSFORMED   INTO   NERVE   FORCE? 

of  exact  and  complete  definition,  and  must,  to  a  certain  extent,  include 
each  other.  It  is  safe  to  say  that  we  know  as  much  of  the  rationale 
of  electrization  as  of  most  of  our  internal  remedies.  {See  chapter  on 
the  subject  in  Electro-Physiology.) 

Is  Electricity  Transformed  into  Nerve  Force  ? — Nearly  all  of  the 
earlier  and  very  many  of  the  latter  experimenters  in  electro-therapeu- 
tics assumed  without  argument,  that  electricity  was  identical  with  the 
nerve  force,  or,  at  least,  that  it  was  directly  transformed  into  it.  Although 
the  weight  of  evidence  is  at  present  decidedly  against  the  theory  of  the 
identity  of  those  forces  (see  Experiments  of  Helmholtz),  yet  the  assump- 
tion that  they  are  identical  or  can  be  directly  transformed  into  each 
other,  still  lingers.  The  taking  phrase,  "  Electricity  is  Life,"  is  con- 
stantly used  as  the  war-cry  of  rival  instrument  makers,  and  as  the 
motto  of  travelling  charlatans,  on  the  street  corners  and  at  country 
fairs.  Whatever  future  science  may  unfold,  we  are  now  forced  to  say 
that  not  only  is  there  no  evidence  that  electricity  is  identical  with  life, 
but  also  that  the  theory  that  electricity,  when  applied  to  the  body,  is  ever 
directly  transformed  into  nerve  force  has  few  if  any  facts  or  arguments 
in  its  favor.  That  the  body  can  be  charged  with  electricity,  and  that 
the  normal  electricity  of  the  body  can  be  changed  in  character  is  clear 
enough ;  but  it  does  not  follow  that  such  changing  of  electrical  condi- 
tion has  any  direct  influence  on  the  quantity  or  quality  of  the  nervous 
force.  Whether  galvanic  or  faradic  electricity  charge  the  body  to  any 
extent  in  passing  through  it  may  rightly  be  doubted ;  if  they  leave 
more  electricity  in  the  body  than  they  found  in  it,  it  must  be  by  virtue 
of  the  direct  influence  of  the  current  over  the  nutrition.  Electricity 
is  no  more  life  than  light  and  heat  are  life.  Like  light  and  heat  it  may 
sustain  life,  not  by  direct  transformation,  but  indirectly  through  its  in- 
fluence over  nutrition.  When  the  light  of  the  sun  falls  on  a  plant  or 
animal,  when  artificial  heat  is  applied  to  a  cold  and  paralyzed  limb, 
growth  is  stimulated  and  nutrition  improved,  but  not,  so  far  as  can  yet  be 
demonstrated,  by  any  direct  transformation  of  light  or  heat  into  nervous 
force.  Similarly,  also,  we  have  no  sufficient  evidence  as  yet  that  the 
varied  and  marvellous  improvement  in  nutrition  that  follows  electriza- 
tion is  the  result  of  anything  more  than  the  indirect  improvement  in 
nervous  force,  which  is  a  part  and  result  of  the  general  improvement  in 
nutrition. 

In  the  time  and  manner  of  their  development  the  tonic  effects  of 
general  faradization  and  central  galvanization  resemble  those  of  other 
tonirs  in  these  tzvo  particulars. 

I.   They  are  Developed  Slowly. — This  slowness  of  development  marks 


GENERAL  THERAPEUTICAL   ACTION   OF  ELECTRICITY.      223 

a  radical  distinction  between  tonics  and  mere  stimulants.  The  agree- 
able stimulating  effects  which  immediately  follow  an  application  of 
general  faradization  and  central  galvanization,  just  as  they  follow  the  use 
of  gymnastics,  walking,  active  games,  etc.,  soon  pass  off  or  merge  into 
the  permanent  or  tonic  effects  that  come  more  or  less  slowly,  and 
after  repeated  treatment. 

2.  They  are  often  Developed  long  after  the  Treatme?it  is  Abandoned.— 
Weeks  and  months  after  a  patient  has  taken  a  course  of  general  treat- 
ment by  general  and  central  electrization  he  may  continue  to  improve- 
in  his  general  condition,  even  though  very  little  progress  may  have 
been  made  while  the  applications  were  being  received.  Just  so  the 
tonic  effects  of  a  trip  by  land,  of  a  sea  voyage,  of  our  ordinary  summer 
vacations,  are  sometimes  not  appreciated  until  after  we  have  returned 
home,  and  are  again  fully  at  work. 

Why  zvere  not  the  Tonic  Effects  of  Electricity  sooner  Discover edi — 
The  inquiry  now  very  naturally  arises,  why  it  is  that  the  important  fun- 
damental fact — that  electrization  is  a  powerful  means  of  improving 
nutrition,  and  capable  of  producing  effects  on  the  constitution  similar 
to  those  which  are  familiarly  obtained  from  the  tonics  in  every-day  use — 
has  escaped  the  observation  of  the  very  able  writers  who  in  different 
lands  have  devoted  themselves  to  electro-therapeutics,  until  we  called 
attention  to  them. 

The  inquiry  is  thus  answered  : — 

I.  Because  most  of  the  recent  scientific  observers  whose  writings  are 
authorities  in  electro-therapeutics  have  used  electricity  locally,  in  some 
form  of  '■^ localized  electrization." 

For  obvious  reasons,  that  have  already  been  presented,  localized  elec- 
trization must  produce  chiefly  local  effects,  which  although  they  are 
tonic  in  their  character,  so  far  as  they  go,  and  reveal  themselves  by 
marked  improvement  in  the  local  nutrition,  would  not  ordinarily  sug- 
gest the  powerful  constitutional  tonic  powers  of  which  electrization  is 
capable  when  applied  all  over  the  body,  any  more  than  the  feeble 
effects  of  washing  the  hands,  the  face,  or  the  feet,  or  any  single  member 
or  organ,  would  suggest  or  give  any  intimation  of  the  well-known  con- 
stitutional effects  of  surf-bathing  or  the  shower-bath. 

Indirect  constitutional  effects  result  from  localized  electrization  of  the 
central  nervous  system,  and  especially  from  galvanization  of  the  brain, 
spine  and  cervical  sympathetic,  although,  as  will  be  seen,  they  are  not 
as  marked  as  those  which  follow  general  faradization  and  central  gal- 
vanization. 

It  is  a  very  uteresting  and  significant  fact,  however,  that  since  the 


224  TONIC    EFFECTS    RECENTLY    DISCOVERED. 

introduction  into  medical  practice  of  the  methods  of  localizing  the 
galvanic  current  in  the  nervous  centres  first  suggested  by  Remak,  elec- 
tro-therapeutists have  achieved  success  in  a  variety  of  diseases  asso- 
ciated with  debility  and  impaired  nutrition,  where  before  electrical 
treatment  was  supposed  not  to  be  indicated,  at  least  by  those  who  con- 
fined themselves  to  localized  electrization.*  A  suggestive  fact  relating 
to  this  subject  is  that  Gubler,  who  is  one  of  the  very  few  European 
writers  who  had  used  faradization  in  such  a  way  as  to  directly  affect  the 
whole  system,  also  remarked  tonic  effects  in  conditions  of  debility,  even 
from  his  very  awkward  and  imperfect  method. f 

2.  Because  the  immediate  effects  of  electrization  are  so  markedly 
stimulating  as  to  suggest  the  idea  that  it  is  simply  and  only  a  stimulant 
or  irritant.  In  some  of  the  cases  for  which  localized  electrization  are 
used  the  stimulant  are  the  effects  which  are  chiefly  desired.  But,  as 
has  already  been  shown,  many  of  our  ordinary  tonics  are  primarily 
stimulating,  and  so  much  so  that  they  have  been  classed  as  stimulating 
tonics. 

There  is  little  question  that  if  many  tonics  in  ordinary  use,  had 
been  used  only  locally,  as  electricity  has  been  used,  they  might  have 
been  regarded  merely  as  stimulants. 

3.  Because  until  quite  recently  most  of  the  recognized  authorities 
and  writers  on  electro-therapeutics  of  modern  days  have  not  used 
electricity  in  those  diseases  and  morbid  conditions  where  tonics,  far 
excellence,  were  demanded.  They  have  used  the  agent  mainly  with  a 
view  to  stimulating  effects,  and  in  some  form  of  localized  electrization. 
On  this  principle  they  have  treated  paralysis,  rheumatism,  neuralgia, 
etc.  As  we  shall  demonstrate  hereafter,  besides  those  diseases  in 
which  the  efificacy  of  localized  electrization  is  fully  established,  the 
morbid  conditions  and  symptoms  for  which  electrization  is  most  rapidly 
and  permanently  successful,  are  precisely  those  in  which  we  use  our 
ordinary  tonics — such  as  dyspepsia,  nervous  exhaustion,  insomnia, 
hypochondriasis,  hysteria,  general  neuralgia,  chorea,  spinal  irritation, 
and  some  forms  of  paralysis  dependent  on  or  associated  with  general 
debility. 

Furthermore,  in  prosecuting  this  inquiry  we  must  not  overlook  two 
important  historical  facts  : — 

I.    In  the  latter   part    of  the  last    and   early  part  of  the  present 

*  Vide  the  writings  of  Remalc,  Meyer,  Benedilct,  Niemeyer. 

f  De  1' Electrization  generale  consideree  comme  agent  tonique  et  stimulant  dif- 
fusible. Bulleti7i  de  Thh-apeiitiqiie,  Decembre,  1863.  (For  description  of  his 
method,  see  p.  246.) 


GENERAL  THERAPEUTICAL   ACTION   OF   ELECTRICITY.      225 

century  franklinic  electricity  and  the  current  of  the  voltaic  pile  were 
used  for  a  variety  of  diseases  for  which  we  now  use  tonics,  and  often- 
times with  some  success.  But  the  agent  was  used  mostly  empirically, 
without  any  definite  idea  of  its  nature  or  the  ratio?iale  of  its  operation, 
Partly  on  account  of  the  inconstancy  and  uncertainty  of  the  voltaic 
pile,  and  partly  on  account  of  the  many  failures  that  were  necessarily 
inevitable  with  such  poor  apparatus  and  desultory  experience,  partly 
also  as  a  reaction  from  the  extravagant  hopes  and  promises  of  the 
earlier  experimenters,  this  system  of  treatment  soon  fell  into  disrepute. 
2.  Tonic  effects  have  been  obtained  from  various  methods  of  em- 
ploying electricity  by  non-professional  men — charlatans  and  outsiders 
— in  the  United  States  at  least,  for  many  years,  although  very  few  of 
them  have  kr.own  or  suspected  the  nature  of  the  agent  they  dealt 
with,  or  of  the  diseases  they  have  treated. 


15 


I 


CHAPTER  III. 

GENERAL    SUGGESTIONS    IN    REGARD   TO   THE    USE    OF    ELECTRICITY 
AS   A   THERAPEUTIC   AGENT. 

Before  describing  in  detail  the  different  methods  of  using  elec- 
tricity, it  may  be  well  to  offer  some  suggestions  of  a  general 
character  that  will  apply  to  all  the  different  methods  of  electrization, 
localized  and  general,  with  the  faradic  and  with  the  galvanic  currents. 
It  is  of  the  first  importance  that  those  who  are  beginning  to  study  and 
practice  electro-therapeutics  should  have  correct  notions  not  only  of 
the  general  therapeutical  action  of  electricity — the  principle  on  which 
it  is  used — but,  also,  of  the  general  laws  of  its  application.  Such 
knowledge  fits  one  to  intelligently  study  the  special  methods  of  appli- 
cation, and  the  treatment  of  the  various  diseases.  A  want  of  this  knowl- 
edge is  a  constant  hindrance,  and  not  unfrequently  utterly  discourages 
the  beginner  in  this  science. 

General  Indications  for  the  Medical  iise  of  Electricity. — An  error 
that  appears  prominently  in  nearly  all  the  works  on  medical  electricity, 
and  one  that  seriously  interferes  with  the  progress  of  healthy  and  philo- 
sophic electro-therapeutics,  is  the  habit  of  treating  the  name  of  the 
disease  rather  than  the  condition  of  the  system  of  which  the  symptoms 
are  the  result  and  expression.  Men  ask  whether  electricity  is  good  for 
this  disease  or  that  disease  without  any  well-defined  idea  of  the  position 
that  this  powerful  agent  occupies  in  the  armory  of  therapeutics.  It  should 
be  understood  that  electricity  is  a  powerful  stimulati?ig  sedative  tonic,  and 
as  such  is  indicated  in  any  subacute  or  chronic  disease,  where  stimulat- 
ing, sedative  or  tonic  effects  are  indicated,  and  without  reference  to  the 
name  of  the  disease  by  which  the  condition  expresses  itself.  With  this 
general  principle  before  us,  we  cease  to  wonder  that  electricity  is  used 
and  recommended  in  such  a  wide  variety  of  diseases,  many  of  them  of 
an  apparently  opposite  character,  and  we  see  the  injustice  of  that 
criticism  which  condemns  electricity  because  it  is  good  for  so  many 
different  affections.     Just  as  quinine,  which  is  not  a  specific  for  any 


GENERAL  SUGGESTIONS.  22^) 

disease — ^unless  it  be  chills  and  fever — is  yet  used  freely  as  a  tonic  in 
an  indefinite  number  of  diseases  where  tonic  effects  are  required,  so 
electricity,  which  is  not  a  specific  for  any  one  disease,  is  yet  used  with 
good  results  in  any  number  of  diseases  where  local  or  general  nutrition 
is  impaired  and  needs  to  be  improved.  The  indications  for  the  use  of 
electricity  are  wider  than  the  indications  for  the  use  of  quinine,  for 
the  threefold  reason  that  it  has  a  powerful  sedative  action  which 
quinine,  or  indeed  any  other  single  tonic  remedy  does  not  have  ; 
that  its  stimulant  and  tonic  effects  are  more  decided,  and  that  its 
effects,  sedative,  stimulating  or  tonic,  can  "be  confined  mainly  to  certain 
organs,  nerves  or  muscles,  or  be  distributed  through  the  whole  body,  as 
may  be  thought  necessary.  When  the  propriety  of  using  electricity  in 
any  medical  case  is  discussed,  the  first  questions  to  be  answered  are  : 

1.  Is  there  any  pain  to  be  relieved  ? 

2.  Is  there  any  need  and  chance  for  improvement  in  local  or  general 
nutrition  ? 

If  these  questions  can  be  answered  in  the  aflfirmative,  then  electricity 
in  some  mode  of  application  may  be  administered.  The  result  of  the 
treatment  will  depend  on  the  skill  with  which  it  is  conducted,  on  the  nature 
of  the  lesion  and  length  of  time  that  it  has  existed,  and  on  the  agree- 
ment or  disagreement  of  the  temperament  of  the  patient  with  elec- 
tricity. 

Stage  of  Disease  wheri  Electrical  Treatment  is  Indicated. — Electricity  is 
indicated  mainly  for  subacute  and  chronic  diseases :  at  least  the  best  results 
that  come  from  the  use  of  this  remedy  have  thus  far  not  been  obtained  in 
the  acute  stages  of  disease.  And  yet  there  is  no  question  that  in  the 
acute  stages  of  rheumatism  faradization  is  of  value,  and  there  is  reason 
to  believe  that  future  experiments  will  show  that  relief  of  pain,  of 
sleeplessness,  and  of  general  nervousness — with  perhaps  permanent 
benefit — may  be  obtained  in  the  active  stages  of  febrile  and  inflammatory 
affections.  The  chief  theoretical  objection  to  the  employment  of 
electricity  in  acute  diseases  is  the  fact  that  the  tonic  effects  of 
electrical  treatment  require  so  much  time  that  any  disease  that  runs 
but  a  limited  period  will  not  be  able  to  appreciate  them.  This  objec- 
tion does  not,  however,  apply  to  the  stimulating  or  sedative  effects  : 
these  can  be  felt  instantaneously  or  within  a  few  hours  after  an  application. 
Electricity  is  certainly  one  of  the  most  potent  of  sedatives,  and  in 
very  many  acute  affections  sedatives  are  constantly  indicated. 

The  old  notion  that  electricity  was  merely  a  stimulant  aided  in  forming 
m  the  professional  mind  another  very  gross  error,  that  in  active  inflam- 
mations electricity  is  contra-indicated.      Experience  proves   every  day 


228  DIFFERENTIAL  ACTION   OF    THE   POLES. 

that  the  sedative  effects  of  electricity  are  exceedingly  grateful  in  even 
the  acute  stages  of  sprains  and  diseased  joints. 

The  dogma  that  in  hemiplegia  from  cerebral  effusion  it  is  better  to 
wait  for  several  months  until  all  the  active  irritation  has  subsided, 
before  beginning  electrical  treatment — which  error  is  yet  maintained  by 
many  of  the  ablest  writers  on  medical  electricity — took  its  origin  in 
the  erroneous  conception  of  the  position  of  electricity  in  the  materia 
medica. 

It  is  difficult  to  conceive  of  any  actively  inflamed  or  febrile  state, 
where  electricity,  in  the  hands  of  one  who  knows  how  to  use  without 
abusing  it,  may  not  be  used  without  injury  even  if  it  does  no  good. 

Differ e7itial  Action  of  the  Poles,  atid  of  the  Ascending  and  Descending 
Ctir7'-ents. — This  is  a  subject  on  which  much  has  been  thought  and  writ- 
ten, and  concerning  which  opinions  have  been  expressed  with  an 
absoluteness  not  justified  by  experience.  Almost  the  first  question  that 
the  beginner  in  electro-therapeutics  asks,  is,  "Which  pole  shall  1  use?" 
as  though  that  were  the  fundamental  problem  to  be  solved.  Another 
question  that  is  put  in  almost  the  same  breath  is,  "  Shall  the  current 
be  ascending  or  descending  ?  " 

These  queries  seem  to  the  novice  to  be  of  supereminent  importance, 
and  he  is  annoyed  that  his  instructor  or  text-book  does  not  lay  down 
such  positive  rules  on  the  subject  as  to  set  his  doubts  at  rest  forever.  In 
after  years,  when  he  shall  have  had  much  experience,  he  will  learn  these 
two  facts :  First,  that  the  question,  which  pole  or  which  direction  of  the 
current  to  use  in  any  given  case,  is  one  of  various  complexity,  and  can- 
not  always  be  solved  by  a  dictum.  Secondly,  he  will  learn  that  the  prac- 
tical therapeutical  difference  in  the  action  of  the  pole  or  of  the  ascend- 
ing and  descending  currents,  is  much  less  demonstrable  than  he  sup- 
posed, and  that  the  special  directions  for  each  disease  are  not  at  hand. 

The  difference  of  the  physiological  action  of  the  poles  of  the  galvanic 
current,  when  applied  to  the  body,  is,  as  we  have  shown  under  electro- 
physiology,  of  a  radical  character.  It  has  specially  been  shown  that 
the  attelectrotonic  region  at  the  positive  pole  is  in  a  condition  of  dimin- 
ished, while  the  catelectrotonic  region  near  the  negative  pole  is  in  a 
condition  of  increased  irritability.  Moreover,  it  is  easy  of  demonstra- 
tion that  the  negative  pole  of  both  currents  is  more  painful  than  the 
positive,  and  this  fact,  as  we  have  seen,  enables  us  to  distinguish  the 
poles  in  cases  of  doubt,  or  when  we  do  not  understand  the  construc- 
tion of  the  battery.  Still  further  we  have  seen  that  on  the  nerves  of 
special  senses — notably  on  the  optic  and  auditory  nerves — the  poles 
have  a  differential  action  of  a  specific  and  demonstrable  character. 


GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS.  229 

When  now  we  leave  physiology  and  enter  into  the  complex  realm 
of  therapeutics,  we  find  that  it  is  usually  better  that  irritable  parts  of 
the  surface  of  the  body  should  be  treated  mainly  by  the  positive  pole, 
This  relative  position  of  the  electrodes  is  nOt  usually  departed  from  in 
general  faradization  and  central  ga  vanization,  for  the  reason  that  the 
majority  of  cases  that  require  these  methods  of  treatment  are  abnor- 
mally irritable. 

The  negative  pole,  being  more  irritating  than  the  positive,  is  indicated 
when  it  is  desired  to  cause  contraction  in  a  paralyzed  muscle,  and  the 
difference  between  the  poles  in  producing  muscular  contraction  is  chief- 
ly a  difference  of  degree  only,  since  both  poles  cause  contraction  when 
placed  on  the  body  of  a  muscle  or  over  its  motor  point,  but  with  the 
same  strength  of  current  a  more  vigorous  contraction  will  be  produced 
by  the  negative  than  by  the  positive  pole. 

In  regard  to  the  differential  action  of  the  ascending  and  descending 
currents  there  has  been  an  almost  infinite  amount  of  shallow  observation 
and  impulsive  writing ;  for  how  the  differential  therapeutical  or  differ- 
ential physiological  action  of  the  ascending  and  descending  currents  is 
to  be  rightly  discriminated  from  the  action  of  the  poles  we  cannot  well 
understand. 

The  object  of  applying  electricity  to  the  body  in  disease  is  to  im- 
prove  nutrition^  and  nutrition  is  a  process  of  infinite  complexity ;  in- 
deed, the  most  complex  and  most  mysterious  of  all  the  wondrous  pro- 
cesses of  nature.  He  who  solves  it  will  become  immortal,  both  as 
the  greatest  scientist  and  the  greatest  theologian  of  history,  leaving 
Newton  and  Calvin  far  behind.  The  relief  of  pain,  the  reduction  of 
tumors,  the  increase  in  size  of  muscles — all  these  everyday  results  of 
electrization  are  signs  of  improvement  in  nutrition,  and  it  is  impossible 
to  exhaustively  explain  them  by  anything  we  now  know  of  electro-phy- 
siology. Any  man  who  attempts  to  base  all  his  electro-therapeutical 
procedures  on  the  laws  of  electrotonos  will  find  himself  involved  in  com- 
plications that  have  no  end. 

The  one  practical  rule  in  regard  to  the  poles,  which  we  have  arrived 
at,  is  that  \\\q  positive  pole  is  the  less  irritating.  In  accordance  with  this 
rule  we  place  the  negative  pole  at  the  feet  or  coccyx  in  general  faradi- 
zation, and  at  the  pit  of  the  stomach  in  central  galvanization,  so  that 
the  head,  neck,  and  spine,  and  other  sensitive  parts  affected  may  be 
under  the  influence  of  the  positive  pole. 

That  differential  effects — physiological  and  therapeutical — may  arise 
from  a  difference  of  current  direction  is  not  at  all  improbable — cer- 
tainly no  one  can  well  pro\e  the  negative — but  we  see  no  way  of 


230       DIFFERENTIAL   EFFECT   OF   CURRExNT   DIRECTION. 

demonstrating  such  differential  effect.  In  every  attempt  that  we  make 
the  differential  polar  effect  comes  in  to  complicate,  and  in  our 
judgment,  to  override  any  differential  effect  there  may  be  in  current 
direction.  Take  the  familiar  experiment  :  an  electrode  in  each  hand  ; 
in  one  arm  the  current  will  be  ascending,  in  the  other  descending. 
If  now  one  arm  were  differently  affected  from  the  other,  have  we  any 
right  to  rush  to  the  conclusion  that  such  differential  effect  is  due  to  the 
fact,  that  in  one  arm  the  current  is  ascending,  in  the  other  descending  ? 
Is  it  not  far  more  probable  that  such  differential  effect  is  due  to  the 
fact  that  the  positive  pole  is  in  one  hand  and  the  negative  in  the  other  ? 
The  differential  effect  of  the  poles  can  be  demonstrated  m  various 
ways,  and  our  knowledge  of  it  influences  our  practice ;  the  differential 
effect  of  current  direction,  if  it  be  not  entirely  a  myth,  is  to  say  the 
least  undemonstrated. 

Take  again,  for  illustration,  the  method  of  galvanizing  the  spine.  If 
the  negative  pole  be  placed  at  the  nape  of  the  neck,  and  the  positive  at 
the  lower  end  of  the  spine,  the  current  is  ascending,  and  if  a  certain 
effect  is  produced,  or  believed  to  be  produced,  such  effect  is  attributed 
to  the  fact  that  the  current  is  ascending.  The  upper  part  of  the  cord 
is  under  the  influence  of  the  negative  pole,  and  the  lower  part  of  the 
cord  is  under  the  influence  of  the  positive  pole,  and  what  evidence  is 
there  that  there  is  any  differential  action  of  current  direction  aside  from 
the  differential  polar  action  ? 

Similar  difficulties  beset  us  when  we  place  one  pole,  say  the  negative, 
on  some  indifferent  point,  as  the  feet,  or  thigh,  and  pass  the  positive 
up  and  down  the  spine.  Have  we  any  right  to  attribute  the  effect  pro- 
duced to  the  fact  that  the  current  is  descending,  when  we  know  that  the 
positive  pole  has  a  very  different  physical,  physiological  and  therapeuti- 
cal effect  from  the  negative  pole,  without  any  regard  to  current  direc- 
tion, while  we,  as  yet,  do  not  know  that  the  ascending  current  has  a 
different  effect  from  the  descending  current,  without  any  regard  to  the 
differential  polar  effect.  One  thing  is  clear  and  indisputable,  and  that 
is  that  the  differential  effect  of  current  direction,  assuming  that  it 
exists,  is  largely  overborne  by  the  differential  polar  effect.  This  is  true 
of  both  currents.  A  crucial  experiment  for  determining  the  question  of 
the  differential  action  of  the  ascending  and  descending  currents,  would 
be  to  experiment  on  a  piece  of  nerve  in  a  physiological  condition,  all 
parts  of  which  give  the  same  response  to  electrical  excitation,  and  are 
known  to  have  the  same  function. 

If  such  a  nerve-piece  could  be  supposed,  and  if  the  positive  pole 
could  be  placed  on  the  middle  of  it,  and  the  negative  pole  at  the  peri- 


GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS.  23 1 

pheral  end,  we  should  have  a  descending  current ;  the  positive  pole  re- 
maining at  the  middle  and  the  negative  transferred  to  the  central  end 
of  the  nerve,  would  give  the  ascending  current.  If  now  the  effect  aftei 
these  procedures  should  be  different,  the  strength  of  current,  pressure 
employed,  and  time  of  stimulation  being  the  same,  and  if  the  effect  of 
previous  stimulation  could  be  eliminated  before  the  second  part  of  the 
experiment  is  made,  we  should  have  a  conclusive  demonstration  of  the 
differential  physiological  effect  of  the  current  direction.  But  such  an 
experiment  is  ideal,  and  the  complications  are  too  great  for  science  at 
present  to  make  it  actual.  In  all  physiological  experiments  of  this  kind 
differential  polar  effect  complicates,  if  it  does  not  neutralize,  the  dif- 
ferential effect  of  current  direction. 

In  therapeutics,  the  complications  of  the  subject  are  all  the  greater^ 
because  all  the  statements  that  have  been  and  are  made  in  regard  tc 
the  advantages  or  disadvantages  of  the  ascending  or  descending  cur- 
rent in  this  or  that  direction  are  of  little  worth. 

The  practical  rules  on  this  subject  to  which  experience,  enlightened 
and  fortified  by  physics,  physiology,  and  pathology,  have  led  us,  may  be 
thus  recapitulated. 

1.  The  stimulating,  sedative  and  tonic  effects  of  electricity,  faradic 
and  galvanic,  are  obtained  by  either  pole,  or  by  both  combined  or  in 
alternation,  the  difference  in  their  therapeutical  action  being  merely 
a  difference  of  degree. 

2.  In  cases  where  the  sedative  effects  are  more  indicated  than  the 
stimulating  effects,  the  positive  pole  is  preferable  to  the  negative,  since  it 
is  less  irritating,  and  with  the  uninterrupted  galvanic  current,  produces 
catelectrotonos,  or  a  condition  of  diminished  irritability. 

In  the  great  majority  of  the  nervous  cases,  where  general  faradization 
or  central  galvanization  are  used,  sedation  is  more  needed  than  stimula- 
tion ;  hence  the  general  rule  to  use  the  positive  pole  in  these  methods. 

3.  In  cases  where  the  stimulating  effects  are  more  indicated  than  the 
sedative  effects,  the  negative  pole  is  preferable  to  the  positive,  since 
it  is  more  irritating,  and  with  the  galvanic  current  produces  cat- 
electrotonos, or  increased  irritabihty. 

For  those  temperaments,  now  and  then  met  with,  that  are  exceedingly 
tolerant  of  electricity,  who  can  bear  it  in  any  doses,  however  given,  and 
for  cases  of  local  or  general  anaesthesia  and  paralysis  of  motion,  whatever 
may  be  the  pathological  cause,  stimulation  is  more  needed  than  sedation  ; 
hence  it  is  an  advantage  in  such  cases  to  use  the  negative  pole,  and  in 
some  cases  "voltaic  alternatives,''  which  are  more  irritating  than  eithei 
pole  when  used  alone. 


232      SEAT   OF   DISEASE   AND   EFFECTS   TO   BE   TREx\TED. 

Inasmuch  as  we  cannot  tell  the  degree  of  electro-susceptivity  in 
a  patient  until  we  have  tested  it,  it  is  well  always  to  begin  general 
faradization  and  central  galvanization  with  the  positive  pole.  This  rule 
is  especially  important  in  the  United  States,  where  the  majority  of  our 
patfents  of  both  sexes  are  susceptible  and  nervous  and  require  sedation 
more  than  stimulation. 

Both  the  Seat  of  the  Disease  and  the  Effects  of  the  Disease  to  be 
Treated. — The  query  whether  in  localized  electrization  we  should  direct 
the  treatment  mainly  to  the  seat  of  the  disease — the  pathological  lesion, 
or  to  the  seat  of  the  prominent  symptoms — the  effects  of  the  lesion — has 
given  rise  to  some  discussion. 

It  sounds  very  practical  to  advise  the  treatment  of  the  symptoms 
without  regard  to  the  seat  of  the  lesion.  It  sounds  very  scientific  to 
claim  that  the  electricity  should  be  confined  to  the  exact  seat  of  the 
disease.  Now  the  wise  physician  is  both  scientific  and  practical,  and 
keeping  clearly  before  the  mind  this  central  thought,  that  the  leading 
action  of  electricity  is  that  of  a  stimulating  tonic  with  a  powerful 
sedative  influence,  we  can  readily  discern  the  truth  on  this  subject. 
Both  the  seat  of  the  disease  and  the  seat  of  the  symptom  should  be 
treated,  for  in  both  there  is  need  of  improvement  in  nutrition.  In 
this  view  common  sense  and  experience  accord.  In  hemiplegia,  for  a 
typical  example,  the  lesion,  the  seat  of  the  disease,  is  in  the  brain, 
while  the  leading  symptom  is  in  one-half  of  the  body,  which  is  para- 
lyzed. The  muscles  of  that  side  become  atrophied,  and  the  nerves 
become  ancEsthetic.  To  restrict  the  electrization  to  the  brain,  and  to  that 
side  of  it  where  the  lesion  is  or  is  supposed  to  be,  is  so  imposing  and 
scientific  in  theory  that  electro-therapeutists  of  limited  experience 
might  advise  this  treatment  exclusively.  To  purify  the  stream,  first 
purify  the  fountain.  Lay  the  axe  at  the  root  of  the  tree.  All  these 
analogies  are  beautiful,  but  they  are  fallacious.  The  symptoms  of  the 
disease  will  not  disappear  when  the  disease  disappears.  The  effects 
remain  after  the  clot  is  absorbed.  In  the  larger  number  the  half  of 
the  body  is  as  much  the  seat  of  the  disease  as  the  brain;  for  the 
several  parts  of  this  human  machinery  are  all  members  one  of  another. 
When  one  suffers  all  suffer.  To  confine  the  treatment  to  the  paralyzed 
muscles  is  also  irrational,  although  the  purely  peripheral  treatment  is 
far  more  successful  than  purely  central.  If  we  are  to  be  exclusive  and 
one-sided  and  theoretical  in  our  treatment,  it  is  better  to  exclusively 
treat  what  are  called  the  symptoms  or  effects  of  the  disease,  and  to 
neglect  the  brain  altogether.  But  it  is  the  part  of  the  higher  wisdom 
to  use  both  methods — central  and  peripheral,  to  attack  the  seat  of  the 
lesion  and  the  seat  of  the  sympton. 


GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS.  233 

The  most  satisfactory  results  in  hemiplegia  come  from  a  combination 
of  peripheral  and  central  treatment.  Similarly  with  diseases  of  the 
spinal  cord,  as  congestion,  sclerosis,  resulting  in  paralysis  of  motion 
or  sensation.  Purely  central  treatment — galvanization  of  the  spinal 
cord — is  not  sufficient;  the  symptom  also,  the  paralysis,  must  be 
treated  directly  in  the  muscles  and  nerves  where  it  is  most  prominent. 
In  diseases  of  the  spinal  cord,  treatment  confined  to  the  seat  of  the 
disease  does  more  good  than  in  diseases  of  the  brain,  for  the  reason 
that  the  cord  is  more  accessible  to  the  current,  its  surface  being  more 
exposed,  as  it  were,  throughout  its  entire  length.  But  those  who 
content  themselves  with  treating  diseases  of  the  cord  by  simple  galvani- 
zation, to  the  exclusion  of  peripheral  treatment,  make  a  grave  mistake  ; 
they  fail  Avhere  they  ought  to  succeed,  and  they  succeed  only  in  a  small 
percentage  when  a  large  percentage  was  possible.  Cases  of  ataxia, 
as  well  as  of  motor-paralysis  need  peripheral  treatment  with  the  moist 
sponge  or  wire  brush,  or  both,  as  well  as  galvanization  of  the  spine. 
On  the  same  principle  our  method  of  central  galvanization  is  some- 
times more  effective  in  diseases  of  the  cord  and  brain  than  localized 
galvanization  of  these  parts,  as  usually  practised.  In  neuralgia  also, 
where  the  seat  of  the  disease  is  in  the  nerve-centres,  the  application 
should  be  made  both  to  the  tender  and  painful  points,  as  well  as  over  the 
root  of  the  nerve,  and  a  very  good  method  of  application  is  to  place 
one  pole  over  the  origin  of  the  painful  nerve,  as  near  as  possible,  and 
the  other  over  the  tender  point  and  along  the  whole  course  of  the 
nerve.  Frequently  neuralgia,  as  we  shall  see,  yields  to  our  method  of 
central  galvanization — where  not  only  the  painful  and  diseased  parts,  but 
also  the  whole  central  nervous  system,  whether  healthy  or  not,  is  treated, 
— when  it  does  not  yield,  at  least  as  rapidly  or  as  surely,  to  local  appli- 
cations either  central  or  peripheral. 

Healthy  farts  may  he  benefited  by  Electrization. — There  is  a  kind  of 
unconscious  idea  abroad  among  electro-therapeutists  that  in  applying 
electricity  to  the  body  it  is  necessary  to  avoid  acting  on  healthy  parts, 
and  that  the  direct  effects  of  the  current  should,  so  far  as  possible,  be 
confined  to  the  part  that  is  supposed  to  be  in  a  diseased  condition. 
This  erroneous  doctrine  takes  its  origin,  first,  in  the  teaching  of 
Duchenne  and  other  advocates  of  localized  electrization,  and,  secondly, 
in  the  narrow  and  incorrect  ideas  of  the  general  physiological  and  thera- 
peutical action  of  electricity. 

Duchenne,  by  embodying  the  term  "  localized  "  in  the  title  of  his  work, 
has  done  much  to  popularize  in  the  profession  the  notion  that  in  elec- 
trical applications  the  aim  should  be  to  concentrate  the  current  on  the 


234  GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS. 

part  where  it  is  supposed  to  be   needed,  and  to  avoid  affecting  other 
parts. 

The  idea  that  electricity  is  a  mere  stimulus,  and  only  valuable  as  a 
means  of  exciting  paralyzed  muscles  or  waking  up  dormant  nerves, 
would  very  naturally  lead  to  the  adoption  of  the  view  that  it  should  be 
used  only  in  those  parts  that  are  in  need  of  stimulation,  and  that 
healthy  parts  Avould  be  injured  by  it.  The  false  ideas  that  have  pre- 
vailed in  regard  to  effect  of  stimuli,  which  we  have  elsewhere  discussed, 
have  tended  to  increase  this  absurd  dread  of  applying  electricity  to 
healthy  parts.  A  little  common  sense  applied  to  this  subject  may  per- 
haps help  us  to  find  the  truth  without  great  difficulty. 

First  of  all,  we  must  bear  in  mind  always  that  the  doctrine  taught  by 
the  European  writers,  that  electricity  is  a  stimulus  merely,  is  narrow 
and  erroneous.  Electricity,  applied  to  the  body,  acts  as  a  stimulating 
tonic  with  a  powerful  sedative  influence.  Then,  again,  stimulants  are 
something  more  than  mere  goads  or  spurs  ;  they  correct  and  intensify 
the  forces  of  the  body,  and  may  be  useful  and  as  necessary  in  conditions 
that  we  call  healthy  as  in  those  that  we  call  unhealthy.  Stimulants 
tonics,  and  sedatives  are  called  for  every  day,  and  are  every  day  em- 
ployed by  nearly  every  member  of  the  human  race,  young  or  old,  sick 
or  well.* 

Still  further,  pathology  is  not  so  much  a  special  and  separate  condi- 
tion as  a  degree  of  the  normal  condition  of  health.  No  one  can  tell 
just  where  physiology  ends  and  pathology  begins.  Reasoning  from  all 
these  considerations,  it  is  clear  not  only  that  electricity  need  not  be 
confined  to  diseased  parts,  but  that  the  parts  that  we  call  healthy  may 
be  benefited  by  it  just  as  truly  as  those  that  we  believe  to  be  un- 
healthy, and  the  benefit  they  receive  may  react  favorably  on  the  dis- 
eased parts,  and  thus  aid  the  treatment. 

These  views  are  enforced  by  analogy.  Very  few  of  our  stimulating 
tonic  or  sedative  remedies  are  limited  in  their  action  to  parts  that  are 
diseased.  The  medicines  that  we  give  by  the  mouth  or  by  the  syringe 
go  whither  they  please,  and  if  they  sensibly  affect  some  diseased  organ, 
it  is  not  because  their  action  is  confined  to  that  organ,  but  because  that 
organ,  on  account  of  its  readier  operation  or  of  its  disease,  is  more  sensi- 
tive than  other  parts  to  the  influence  of  remedies.  Alcohol  or  opium  go 
to  the  brain,  lead  affects  the  exterior  muscles  of  the  forearm,  and  the 
influence  of  chlorate  of  potash  is  quickly  felt  in  the  mucous  membrane 

*  This  subject  is  discussed  in  detail  in  Dr.  Beard's  work  on  "Stimulants  and 
Naicotics." 


GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS.  235 

of  the  mouth  •  but  none  of  these  remedies  restrict  themselves  to  the 
parts  that  are  the  most  perceptibly  affected  by  them. 

Indeed,  the  fact  that  our  most  valued  medicines  are  used  for  such  a 
variety  of  local  and  general  affections  shows  that  their  effects  are  not  con- 
fined to  separate  parts  of  the  body  to  the  extent  that  has  been  supposed. 

Electricity  can  be  localized,  in  cases  where  it  is  desirable  to  do  so, 
better  than  almost  any  other  remedy,  and  yet  the  most  careful  and  suc- 
cessful localization  of  the  current  is  more  or  less  imperfect.  The  re- 
flex effect  of  electrization  that  always  complicates  the  direct  effects, 
and  which  are  sometimes  of  more  value  than  the  direct  effects,  cannot 
be  avoided.  Then,  again,  the  branch  currents,  which,  as  we  have 
seen,  move  in  undulations  not  only  directly  between  the  electrodes,  but 
at  a  considerable  distance  on  either  side  of  the  median  line  between 
them,  will  be  likely,  in  nearly  all  forms  of  application,  to  touch  healthy 
parts  that  do  not  stand  in  especial  need  of  treatment.  The  most  com- 
plete form  of  localized  electrization  is  electrolysis  when  the  needles  are 
placed  close  together,  but  even  here  the  reflex  effect  is  most  powerful, 
and  operates  with  a  mild  as  well  as  with  a  strong  current. 

But  fortunately  it  is  never  necessary  to  localize  electricity,  in  the 
strict  sense  of  the  term.  It  is  sometimes  necessary,  however,  to  avoid 
producing  too  strong  reflex  effects,  and  in  applications  near  sensitive 
parts  the  possibility  that  the  branch  currents,  if  powerful  currents  are 
used,  may  over-irritate,  should  ever  be  borne  in  mind.  Experiment  and 
experience  show  that  healthy  animals  and  men  can  be  electrized  with 
benefit  all  over  the  body,  or  in  any  part  of  it.  In  applying  electricity 
to  any  part  of  the  body  we  improve  the  nutrition  of  that  part ;  in  ap- 
plying electricity  to  the  whole  body  we  improve  the  nutrition  of  the 
whole  body,  or,  at  least,  of  those  parts  which  are  directly  or  indirectly 
influenced  by  the  current.  Faradization  of  a  healthy  muscle  makes 
it  grow  faster  than  it  would  grow  without  faradization  ;  in  other  words, 
it  produces  the  same  effect  that  it  would  if  the  muscle  were  paralyzed. 
When  a  part  is  in  a  pathological  condition — when,  for  example,  a 
muscle  is  atrophied — any  improvement  in  nutrition  under  electrization 
is  more  quickly  observed,  and  is  probably  more  rapid  and  important 
than  when  the  same  muscle  is  treated  in  a  physiological  condition  ; 
but  the  improvement  of  the  healthy  muscle  is  none  the  less  real, 
though  it  may  be  relatively  less  important  than  in  the  diseased  muscle. 

The  tonic  effects  of  general  faradization  and  of  central  galvanization, 
and,  indeed,  of  many  forms  of  localized  electrization  are  due  to  the 
direct  or  indirect  action  of  the  current,  on  parts  which  are  more  or  less 
healthy,  or  which,  to  say  the  least,  are  not  in  any  recognizable  patho 


236  DOSE   OF   ELECTRICITY. 

logical  state.  The  objection  sometimes  brought  against  these  methods 
that  they  do  thus  affect  healthy  parts,  simply  attempts  to  prove  too 
much.  The  same  argument  would  banish  all,  or  nearly  all  our  stimu 
lants,  tonics,  and  sedatives  from  our  materia  medica,  and  practically 
discourage  all  attempts  to  relieve  or  cure  chronic  diseases  of  the  ner- 
vous system. 

Dose  of  Electricity. — Nearly  all  our  medicines  are  prescribed  by  an 
average  standard  dose.  This  average  standard  is  derived  from  experi- 
ment and  experience,  and,  with  the  majority  of  drugs,  is  a  safe  guide 
in  administration,  although  every  judicious  and  thoughtful  physician 
studies  each  case  by  itself,  and  varies  the  dose  according  to  the  ap 
parent  indications. 

In  the  case  of  electricity,  when  medically  employed,  the  dose  cannot, 
in  the  present  state  of  science,  for  obvious  physical  reasons,  be  arbitra- 
rily or  mathematically  stated. 

The  dose  of  an  application  of  electricity  consists  of  these  factors  : — 

1.  The  strength  of  the  current,  or  the  quantity  of  electricity  that 
flows  in  a  given  time, 

2.  The  length  of  the  application. 

Both  of  these  factors  are  so  modified  in  various  ways  that  they  can- 
not attain  anything  like  mathematical  precision.  The  strength  of  the 
current,  or  the  quantity  of  electricity  that  flows  through  the  circuit,  as 
we  are  taught  by  Ohm's  law,  is  the  electro-motive  force  divided  by  the 
resistance.  We  have  previously  shown  (in  Electro-Physics,  chapter  vii.) 
that  both  of  these  factors  are  susceptible  of  almost  infinite  variations, 
some  of  which  are  and  others  of  which  are  not  understood. 

In  the  time  of  the  application  there  is  less  vagueness,  but  even  in 
this  factor  the  precision  is  more  apparent  than  real ;  for  the  effect  of 
electricity  depends  so  much  on  the  manner  in  which  application  is 
made,  whether  with  interruptions  or  without  interruptions,  whether 
with  large  or  small  electrodes,  etc.  The  method  of  the  application, 
whether  local  or  general,  and  if  local,  to  what  part,  and  how  directed, 
also  modifies  seriously  the  determination  of  the  dose  from  the  length 
of  the  application.  Ten  minutes  of  general  faradization  or  central 
galvanization  will  have  a  much  more  powerful  general  effect  than 
ten  or  even  twenty  minutes  of  local  electrization.  Five  minutes  of 
galvanization  of  the  brain  will  accomplish  more  good  or  evil  than 
fifteen  minutes'  faradization  of  the  uterus,  or  of  any  one  of  the  extremi- 
ties. 

The  time  may  yet  come,  in  the  advance  of  science,  when  electrical 
measurement  will  attain  such  a  degree  of  precision  that  we  shall  be  able 


GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS.  237 

to  prescribe  so  vi\d,x\y  farads  of  electricity,  as  we  now  proscribe  so  many 
grains  of  quinine,  or  so  many  drops  of  laudanum ;  but  the  day  when 
such  exactness  shall  be  possible  in  applications  to  the  human  body  is 
probably  not  very  near.  Our  present  method  of  measuring  the  gal- 
vanic current  by  the  number  of  degrees  of  deflection  of  the  needle  of  a 
galvanometer  is  very  unsatisfactory,  for  the  twofold  reason  that  the  de- 
flection beyond  a  certain  angle  does  not  accurately  represent  the  relative 
strength  of  the  current,  and  especially  because  when  applied  to  the 
body  a  different  and  varying  resistance  is  encountered,  which  at  once 
destroys  the  value  of  the  comparison.  Electro-therapeutists  have  some- 
times stated  the  amount  of  the  deflection  which  the  current  caused 
before  being  applied ;  but  all  such  statements  are  of  little  or  no 
value,  and  particularly  when  we  do  not  know  the  construction  of  the 
particular  galvanometer  which  they  employ.  A  further  difficulty  in 
measuring  electricity  by  the  galvanometer,  is  that  the  strength  of  the  cur- 
rent in  most  of  the  batteries  in  common  use  declines  during  the  appli- 
cations, so  that  a  current  which  is  powerful  at  first  may  in  the  "course  of 
ten  or  fifteen  minutes  be  only  medium. 

The  graduated  scale  on  some  of  our  faradic  machines,  and  which  in 
dicates  the  number  of  inches  that  the  rod  or  helix  or  tube  is  moved, 
is  also  a  practically  useless  guide,  except  as  far  as  it  may  be  resorted 
to  to  encourage  and  amuse  silly  and  weak-minded  patients.  In  any 
faradic  machine  the  strength  of  the  current  m  the  cell,  and  consequent- 
ly the  strength  of  the  induced  current  in  the  coil,  varies  from  day  to  day, 
and  varies  during  the  application  ;  and  the  amount  that  passes  through 
the  patient  is  dependent  on  the  size  of  the  electrodes,  and  the  amount 
of  moisture  in  them,  and  their  relative  position. 

In  default  therefore  of  any  trustworthy  means  of  prescribing  electricity 
by  farads,  or  other  definite  measures,  we  are  compelled  in  practice 
to  depend  on  these  two  indications  : 

I.     The  sensations  of  the  patie?it. 

Very  fortunately  the  sensation  of  the  patient  during  the  application 
indicates  with  considerable  correctness  whether  the  current  is  of  the 
iproper  strength.  The  rule  is  that  where  strong  currents  are  borne 
without  discomfort  strong  currents  are  beneficial ;  where  only  mild  cur- 
rents are  borne  only  inild  currents  are  indicated.  The  difference  in  the 
natural  sensitiveness  of  patients  to  electricity  is  very  great.  This  dif- 
ference is  further  modified  by  disease.  In  ansesthesia  local  and  general, 
in  sclerosis  of  the  nerve  centres,  and  certain  local  affections,  very  power- 
ful currents  cause  but  little  pain.  On  the  other  hand  in  hyperesthesia, 
in  hysteria  and  allied  affections  as  a  rule,  and  in  acute  and  subacute 


238  DOSE  OF  ELECTRICITY. 

local  inflammations,  only  mild  currents  can  be  borne.  To  disregard 
the  feelings  of  the  patient  and  make  the  applications  exceedingly  pain- 
ful will  tend  to  produce  the  evil  rather  than  the  good  effects  of  elec- 
tricity. To  give  only  mild  applications  when  painful  ones  could  be 
well  borne  is  to  rob  the  patient  of  a  part  of  the  benefit  to  which  he  is 
entitled. 

To  the  rule  that  the  sensations  of  the  patient  are  the  guide  in  elec 
trical  applications  there  are  some  exceptions,  just  as  there  are  some 
exceptions  to  the  rule  that  the  appetite  is  the  guide  in  the  quantity 
of  food  that  we  eat.  It  is  partly  to  guard  against  these  exceptions,  and 
to  keep  on  the  safe  side,  that  the  first  few  applications  on  a  new  pa- 
tient whom  we  have  not  before  treated  by  electricity,  should  be  mild  and 
short. 

Not  only  do  different  individuals  vary  in  their  sensitiveness  to  electri- 
city, but  different  parts  of  the  surface  of  the  body  in  the  same  individual 
also  vary,  as  we  have  seen  through  a  considerable  range ;  and  in  the 
cavities  of  the  body  and  on  the  mucous  surface  the  range  of  variation 
in  sensitiveness  is  yet  greater.  The  mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth, 
tongue,  urethi'a,  is  very  sensitive,  and  this  sensitiveness  should  be  re- 
spected by  the  electro-therapeutist. 

There  are  some  quite  rare  cases  of  hysteria  where  the  great  sensi- 
tiveness of  the  patient  may  be  disregarded,  or  chloroform  or  ether  may 
be  administered.  The  sensitiveness  of  the  patient  is  a  guide  only  or 
mainly  in  regard  to  the  stre^igth  of  the  current.  In  regard  to  the 
length  of  the  application  we  must  be  guided  by — 

2.  The  immediate^  secondary,  and  remote  effects. — This  second  guide 
serves  to  correct  the  mistakes  of  the  first.  A  meal  that  disagrees 
with  us  may  show  its  ill  effects  in  a  few  minutes  or  hours,  or  the 
following  day.  Similarly  we  should  study  the  effects  of  electrical  ap- 
plications. So  far  as  any  one  or  all  of  the  good  effects  described  in  this 
chapter  follow  an  application,  so  far  we  may  judge  that  the  applica- 
tion has  done  good  ;  so  far  as  any  or  all  of  the  evil  effects  described 
in  this  chapter  follow  an  application,  we  may  judge  that  it  has  done 
evil.  The  evil  and  the  good  effects  may  sometimes  be  associated. 
To  rightly  interpret  these  effects,  and  to  distinguish  between  those  that 
are  produced  by  the  applications  and  those  that  are  produced  by 
moral,  hygienic  or  medical  causes  is  one  of  the  severest  tests  of  medi- 
cal skill.  There  is  less  liability  to  deception  in  studying  the  immediate 
effects,  since  there  is  less  chance  for  othei  forces  to  complicate  the 
results.  After  a  few  hours,  the  complications  of  diet,  exercise,  weather, 
medicine  and  so  forth  begin  to  appear,  and  obscure  the  effects  of  the 


1 


]vj:^nu^l 


iilil 


VINCENT  HARRIS,  M.D.  -  -  (Lond.) 


AND 


D'ARCY  POWER,  M.A.,    -    -    (Oxon.) 


One    Volume,    214    pages,    l2mo.,    handsome    muslin 
binding.  Forty  fine  Illustrations  on  wood. 


P*rice, 


$1.50. 


Second  Edition   thoroughly  Revised  and  Enlarged; 
Numerous  Illustrations  added. 


NE^A^     YORK: 

WILLIAM    WOOD    &    COMPANY, 

Medical    Publishers. 


And  for  sale  at  any  book  store  in  the  United  States. 


TillG 


PHARMACOPCEIA 


UIITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA, 


SIXTH      DECBNNIAL      REVISION. 

One  Volume,   Octavo,  488  P*ages. 


WM.  WOOD  &  CO.,  Medical  Publishers, 

56  and  58  Lafayette  Place,  New  York. 


Bound  in  muslin,     -          -         -         -         -         -  $4.00 

Bound  in  leather,          _          _         .         .          -  6.00 

Bound  in  leather,  interleaved,           >         .         .  6.00 

Unbound,  in  sheets, 4.00 

Unbound,  in  sheets,  printed  only  on  one  side,  5.00 


GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS.  239 

electricity.  The  secondary  and  remote  effects  can  therefore  only  be 
ascertained  by  repeated  observations.  A  single  application  gives  us 
little  opportunity  to  answer  the  question  whether  electricity  is  really 
the  remedy  that  the  case  requires. 

One  caution  must  not  be  forgotten :  the  immediate  and  secondary 
effects  may  be  evil  while  the  remote  effects  may  be  good. 

A  long  walk  that  much  fatigues  us  is  often  beneficial,  though  the 
benefit  does  not  appear  for  several  days.  Those  who  take  travelling 
vacations  to  recruit  exhausted  energies,  frequently  feel  worse  while 
they  are  travelling,  but  are  stronger  on  their  return  and  for  months 
following.  The  fatigue  and  soreness  and  stiffness  that  sometimes  fol- 
low skating  and  gymnastics,  and  other  exercises,  do  not  always  indi- 
cate that  benefit  has  not  been  derived.  The  next  day  the  appetite 
and  spirits  may  be  better,  sounder  sleep  may  follow ;  the  evil  and  the 
good  effects  contend  for  the  mastery,  and  the  good  effects  triumph. 

The  best  results  of  Electrical  Treatjtient  tisually  obtained  with  Mild 
Currejits. — For  the  average  constitution,  and  with  the  exceptions  that 
come  from  certain  idiosyncrasies  and  certain  diseases,  such  as  anaesthesia, 
the  best  results  of  electrical  treatment  are  obtained  by  jnild  currents. 

The  temptation  to  disregard  this  rule  and  use  painful  currents  is, 
even  for  the  experienced  electro-therapeutist,  very  great,  and  sometimes 
irresistible.  The  dogma,  "  no  smart  no  cure,"  which  has  wrought  so 
much  misery  in  the  world,  still  lingers,  even  among  the  intelligent. 

The  descendants  and  near  relatives  of  the  man  who  growled  at  his 
dentist  for  extracting  his  tooth  without  pain  or  bluster,  because  he 
had  been  accustomed  to  being  hauled  all  around  the  room  during  that 
operation,  are  yet  very  numerous.  Even  in  cultivated  circles  there 
can  be  found  those  who  have  no  faith  in  medicine  unless  it  is  bitter, 
and  no  respect  for  the  doctor  unless  he  half  kills  them.  Then  again 
some  patients  make  a  virtue  of  bearing  pain,  and  will  pretend  that  they 
do  not  feel  the  current  when  they  know  they  are  suffering  all  the 
horrors  of  the  damned.  Moreover,  mercenary  patients  wish  to  get 
their  money's  worth,  and  if  they  pay  so  many  dollars  for  an  application, 
they  want  so  many  dollars'  worth  of  agony.  For  Eril  these  reasons  com- 
bined, we  are,  in  spite  of  our  experience  and  caution,  continually 
making  the  blunder  that  we  here  warn  against.  Over  the  doors  of  the 
electro-therapeutist,  and  in  full  view  of  the  operating  chair,  we  would 
inscribe  this  motto,  "Better  give  much  too  little  than  a  little  too 
much." 

Tht  use  of  Salt  on  the  Electrode. — A  very  good  device  to  prevent  using 
too  strong  currents,  particularly  the  galvanic  current,  is  to  saturate  the 


240  CARE   IN   DETAILS   OF    APPLICATIONS. 

Sponges  or  cloths  of  the  electrode  with  plenty  of  salt  water.  Salt  water 
is  a  good  conductor,  much  better  than  simple  water,  and  will  cause 
the  patient  to  sensitively  feel  a  current,  of  which,  if  the  salt  water 
were  not  used,  he  would  not  be  conscious. 

With  the  same  strength  of  current,  a  sponge  or  cloth  electrode 
saturated  with  salt  is  more  painful  than  a  similar  electrode  not  so 
saturated.  The  current  when  conducted  though  salt  seems  to  pass  in 
points  from  the  electrode  to  the  body  just  as  when  conducted  through 
metal  or  the  metallic  brush.  In  a  word,  an  electrode  saturated  with  salt 
not  only  conducts  a  greater  quantity  of  electricity,  in  accordance  with 
Ohm's  law,  but  conducts  it  more  painfully  than  an  electrode  saturated 
with  ordinary  water. 

Care  in  the  Details  of  the  Applications. — There  is  as  much  differ- 
ence between  a  skilful  and  an  awkward  application  of  electricity  as 
there  is  between  a  skilful  and  an  awkward  operation  in  surgery.  By 
those  who  desire  to  become  experts  in  applying  electricity,  the  follow- 
ing points  should  be  considered  : 

I.  To  avoid  suddenly  interrupting  the  currents  in  cases  where  inter- 
ruptions are  not  required,  and  especially  in  applications  on  or  near  the 
head.  In  the  treatment  of  paralysis  of  motion  and  of  sensation,  inter- 
ruptions are  required,  but  in  the  treatment  of  the  brain,  spinal  cord, 
and  sympathetic,  and  in  very  many  peripheral  applications  stable  cur- 
rents only  are  required.  In  all  such  cases  the  current  should  be  closed 
gradually  and  delicately,  if  possible  by  means  of  a  rheostat  of  some 
kind,  or  by  increasing  or  diminishing  the  pressure  on  the  sponge  of  the 
electrode.  Interruptions  made  in  the  metallic  part  of  the  current  are 
always  more  sudden  and  violent  than  those  made  in  the  electrodes,  for 
the  physical  reason  that  the  connection  of  the  current  is  more  sharp  and 
abrupt. 

Delicate  patients  should  be  treated  with  delicacy.  Those  who  are 
sensitive  and  apprehensive  should  never  be  annoyed  by  sudden  breaks 
in  the  current,  except  in  those  forms  of  disease  where  sudden  breaks 
are  required. 

In  presenting  this  caution  we  do  not  intend  to  endorse  the  notion  that 
serious  pathological  lesions  are  caused  by  interrupting  the  current,  even 
on  or  near  the  brain.  There  is  little  or  no  evidence  besides  the  case 
of  Duchenne,  that  any  serious  injury  to  the  retina,  or  to  the  auditory 
nerve,  or  to  any  part  of  the  brain,  or  sympathetic,  or  spinal  cord,  has 
been  produced  by  faradization  or  galvanization  with  the  strength  of  cur- 
rent ordinarily  employed  in  electro-medical  applications.  The  dizzi- 
ness, the  sour  taste  in  the  mouth,  the  flashes  of  light  before  the  eyes, 


GENERAL  SUGGESTIONS.  241 

the  shock  or  agitation  produced  by  the  sudden  interruption  of  the 
galvanic  current,  are  annoying,  and  to  the  delicate  patient  unaccus- 
tomed to  them,  sometimes  alarming,  but  with  the  batteries  in  ordinary 
use,  and  with  the  strength  of  current  that  is,  or  ought  to  be  employed 
dirough  the  head  and  neck,  they  are  rarely  if  ever  dangerous  :  they 
are  temporary  effects  that  soon  pass  away,  and  are  forgotten.  But 
they  are  to  be  avoided  in  cases  where  they  are  not  required,  for  the 
ihree-fold  reason  that  they  do  no  positive  good,  that  they  may  interfere 
>vith  the  success  of  the  treatment,  and  that  they  alarm  or  annoy  the 
patient.  We  are  to  avoid  worrying  our  patients  in  this  way,  for  the 
same  reason  that  we  are  to  avoid  treading  on  their  corns,  because  it  is 
disagreeable  and  discourteous. 

2.  To  avoid  making  the  applications  unnecessarily  painful  through 
carelessness  in  the  management  of  the  electrodes.  By  the  use  of  fine 
and  soft  sponge — the  best  that  can  be  found  in  the  shops — the  smarting 
and  stinging  pain  of  the  applications  can  be  much  diminished.  Aside 
from  the  fact  that,  with  some  exceptions,  less  satisfactory  results  follow 
painful  than  pleasant  currents,  the  feeling  of  pain  should,  so  far  as  pos- 
sible, be  avoided.  There  are,  as  we  have  said,  a  certain  number  of  pa- 
tients who  carry  into  medicine  the  same  views  that  once  dominated  in 
religion,  and  who  desire  to  suffer,  and  have  very  little  respect  for  any 
treatment  that  does  not  cause  more  or  less  agony.  Such  patients  will 
sometimes  find,  after  one  or  two  severe  and  painful  applications,  that 
they  are  injured  more  than  benefited,  and  will  submit  to  the  advice  of 
the  physician  and  take  the  treatment  that  is  best  for  them. 

3.  To  avoid  surprising  and  startling  the  patient  by  allowing  the  wires, 
or  the  metallic  portions  of  the  electrodes,  to  touch  any  part  of  his  ex- 
posed body.  If  the  connecting  wires  slip  out  of  their  connections  with 
the  electrodes  they  are  liable  to  fall  on  the  exposed  skin  and  give  a 
painful  shock.  If  the  edge  of  the  electrode  not  covered  with  sponge 
or  cloth  touches  the  skin,  it  will  give  the  patient  sudden  pain,  and 
annoy  both  him  and  the  operator.  Connecting  wires  that  are  not  pro- 
tected by  rubber  are  liable  to  lose  their  silk  or  cotton  coverings  in 
places,  which  when  they  touch  the  skin  cause  pain. 

4.  To  be  always  and  every  moment  sure  that  the  current  is  running. 
The  batteries  should  be  tested  before  the  application,  either  by  the 
galvanometer  or  through  the  hand  or  person  of  the  operator,  that  he 
may  be  sure  that  it  is  in  order,  that  the  connections  are  properly  made, 
and  that  the  electrodes  are  sufficiently  wet  to  conduct  the  current. 
When  mild  currents  are  used,  salt  may  be  added  to  the  solution  in 
which   the   flectrode  is    dipped,    so    that    a  slight  stinging  sensation 

16 


242  DISROBING    OF    THE    PATIENT. 

beneath  the  electrode,  may  keep  the  patient  assured  that  the  current 
is  passing. 

Disrobmg  of  the  Patie7it. — The  great  majority  of  electrical  applica- 
tions require,  on  the  part  of  the  patient,  more  or  less  loosening  or 
removal  of  the  dress.  Not  only  is  this  necessary  in  general  faradiza- 
tion and  central  galvanization,  but  in  very  many  local  applications  to 
the  spine,  abdomen,  and  upper  and  lower  lunbs, — excepting  merely  the 
face,  head  and  hands.  To  know  how  to  direct  the  patients  to  arrange 
their  clothing  so  as  to  give  the  operator  sufficient  and  easy  access  to  the 
person,  is  a  part  of  the  art  of  practical  electro-therapeutists,  and  it  is 
an  art  not  to  be  despised.  Male  patients  have  less  trouble  in  this  re- 
gard than  female  patients,  since  their  garments  are  fewer  and  simpler, 
but  they  are  more  annoyed  by  the  little  they  have  to  do  than  women 
are  by  their  vast  paraphernalia.  The  art  consists  in  loosening  and  full- 
ing up  without  entirely  removing  the  under-clothing,  thus  avoiding 
trouble,  exposure  and  waste  of  time. 

Temperature  of  the  Electrodes  and  of  the  Operating  Room. — The 
question  is  often  raised  by  patients  whether  there  is  any  danger  of  tak- 
ing cold  after  an  application  of  electricity.  The  answer  is  clearly  in 
the  negative.  The  electricity,  as  such,  so  far  as  it  goes,  fortifies  the 
system  against  cold  ;  but,  by  careless  exposure  while  undressed  in  a 
cold  room,  it  is  possible  to  take  cold,  just  as  by  similar  exposure  when 
electricity  is  not  used.  It  is  also  possible  to  make  the  application 
quite  uncomfortable  by  using  sponges  moistened  with  cold  instead  of 
tepid  water.  Our  aim  should  be  to  have  the  temperature  of  the 
operating  and  dressing-room  a  little  higher  than  is  necessary  for  a  per- 
son fully  dressed  ;  to  moisten  the  sponges  or  electrode  covers  in  tepid 
or — in  very  cold  weather — in  hot  water ;  and  when  the  feet  are  placed  on 
a  foot-plate  of  tin  or  copper,  to  have  a  warm  soapstone  beneath  the 
foot-plate  to  keep  it  always  comfortable. 

Time  of  day  for  the  Application. — Applications  of  electricity  may  be 
given  with  advantage  at  all  hours  of  the  day  and  night.  In  our  experi- ' 
ence,  and  probably  in  the  experience  of  all  electro-therapeutists,  the 
majority  of  the  applications  are  given  in  ordinary  business  hours,  in  the 
forenoon  and  afternoon.  We  have  never  been  able  to  see  that  anything 
was  gained  by  giving  any  particular  heed  to  the  hours  of  eating  ;  just 
before  meals,  and  just  after  them,  ordinary  electrical  treatment  may  be 
given  with  apparently  as  much  benefit  as  two  or  three  hours  from  a 
meal.  In  some  impressible  temperaments,  central  galvanization  and 
general  faradization  temporarily  increase  appetite,  and  for  such  persons 
an  application  might  very  properly  be  given  a  little  before  meals.     For 


GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS.  243 

those  who  suffer  {rem  dyspepsia,  a  seance  pretty  soon  after  dinner  might 
be  of  service  in  aiding  digestion,  but  we  cannot  say  that  we  have  seen 
any  such  results. 

For  all  delicate,  hysterical,  sleepless  patients,  the  evening  is  an  excel- 
lent time  to  receive  electricity.  The  powerful  sedative  effects  of  central 
and  general  electrization  are  in  this  class  of  patients  most  gratefully  re- 
alized a  little  befoK=i  going  to  bed,  or  after  they  have  already  retired. 
For  these  reasons  we  have,  for  years,  been  accustomed  to  treat  some  of 
our  patients  in  the  evening,  before  or  shortly  after  retiring,  and,  were  it 
not  for  the  inconvenience,  we  should  do  it  more  frequently. 

Time  of  Applications, — The  time  of  an  application  is  an  element  of 
the  dose  of  electricity  that  has  not  been  sufficiently  studied.  Electro- 
therapeutists  have  fallen  into  the  conventional  and  routine  habit  of  using 
the  current  all  the  way  from  five  to  ten  or  fifteen  minutes  or  so,  at  a 
sitting,  without  sufficiently  investigating  the  question  whether  the  length 
of  the  application  ought  not  to  be  varied  with  studious  care,  in  eaeh 
case,  and  varied  during  the  course  of  treatment. 

For  irritable,  sensitive  and  impressible  patients  this  law  certainly 
holds  ;  tliat  long  applications  with  tnild  currents  are  better  thaft  short 
applicaiio?is  with  strong  currents.  This  law,  which  is  the  outcome  of 
all  our  observations  in  the  department  of  electro-therapeutics,  applies  to 
all  modes  of  using  electricity. 

A  sudden  shock,  or  a  series  of  shocks  with  a  powerful  current,  may 
injure,  where  a  prolonged  application  with  a  gentle  current  may  work 
no  harm  and  much  good.  That  this  element  of  time  becomes  a  practi- 
cal difficulty  in  the  use  of  electricity  by  overworked  general  practitioners, 
must  be  admitted  :  but  if  it  be  a  scientific  fact — as  it  surely  is — that 
time  is  required  to  gain  the  choicest  and  best  effects  of  electrical  treat- 
ment, then  we  must  recognize  and  accept  the  fact,  and  treat  our  patients 
accordingly,  and  expect  them  to  reward  us  for  our  labors  more  liberally 
than  for  a  mere  prescription  or  suggestion. 

We  insist  on  this  point,  because  we  feel  that  through  neglecting  it 
many  mistakes  have  been  made,  and  through  a  disposition  to  neglect  it 
there  is  danger  that  in  some  minds  electro-therapeutics  itself  may  fall 
into  disrepute.  While  many  patients  and  many  cases  do  well  under  five 
or  ten  minutes  of  electrization,  very  many  others,  especially  after  they 
have  become  accustomed  to  it,  require  at  least  double  that  time. 

With  all  our  might,  we  should  avoid  the  error  of  supposing  that  -the 
best  effects  of  electrical  treatment  will  succeed  by  short  applications 
with  strong  currents.  In  this  way  we  may  both  save  time  and  lose  our 
patients. 


244  FREQUENCY   OF   THE   APPLICATIONS. 

Economy  of  this  sort  may  prove  to  be  the  worst  of  extravagance. 

Frequency  of  the  Aj>J?lications. — Ordinary  stimulanting  and  tonic  me  Ji 
cines  are  given  one,  two,  and  usually  three  times  a  day.  The  dose  of 
electricity  cannot  usually  be  administered  so  frequently  without  doing 
more  evil  than  good.  It  seems  essential  to  the  electro-therapeutical 
treatment,  whatever  the  mode  employed, — ^general  and  local  faradiza- 
tion, central  and  local  galvanization,  and  even  electric  baths  and  the 
use  of  the  body  batteries, — that  there  should  he  a  considerable  period  of 
rest  between  the  applications. 

Electrization  sets  in  motion  forces  that  slowly  act  and  react  hours  and 
days  after  the  electrization  has  ceased.  The  time  required  for  these 
forces  to  operate  to  the  best  advantage  varies  with  individuals,  but  in 
all  cases  a  certain  period  of  rest  is  required,  and  if  the  application  be 
repeated  before  this  period  or  some  portion  of  it  has  elapsed,  the  bene- 
fits of  the  previous  application  are  more  or  less  neutralized,  and  the 
patient  may  be  weakened  more  than  strengthened.  This  at  least  appears 
to  be  the  conclusion  that  long  experience  forces  upon  us.  All  the 
way  between  every  day  or  once  a  week  the  applications  can  be  given 
with  benefit.  Three  or  four  times  a  week  is  about  as  often  as  the  aver- 
age patient  cares  to  make  his  visits,  and  it  is  safer  to  begin  treatment 
with  at  least  an  interval  of  a  day  or  two  between  sittings.  Some  pa- 
tients require  at  the  outset  of  a  course  of  treatment,  intervals  of  three 
or  four  days.  If  by  accident  or  intention,  strong  and  long  applications 
are  made,  unpleasant  reactive  effects  may  follow  that  at  once  suggest 
the  necessity  of  waiting  for  a  day  or  two.  Many  a  time  does  it  happen 
to  us  to  visit  a  patient,  and,  on  learning  the  history  of  the  symptoms, 
to  put  off  the  application  twenty-four  or  forty-eight  hours. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  are  those  who  can  take  full  applications  every 
day  for  a  month  in  succession,  and  in  some  cases,  as  it  appears  to  us, 
with  greater  benefit  than  would  be  derived  from  applications  given  every 
other  day.  At  the  founding  of  the  Electro-Therapeutical  Department 
of  Demilt  Dispensary,  we  received  patients  only  twice  a  week,  and  good 
results  were  obtained  under  that  system,  but  we  afterwards  found  it  de- 
sirable to  add  another  day.  In  private  practice  we  make  the  applica- 
tions more  frequently  than  at  first,  and  find  an  advantage  in  so  doing, 
for  the  reason,  mainly,  that  we  use  milder  currents  than  formerly,  and 
our  patients  can  bear  and  be  profited  by  more  frequent  sittings. 

General  and  central  applications  require  longer  intervals  than  local 
and  peripheral  applications,  for  the  patent  reason  that  they  more 
powerfully  affect  the  whole  system,  and  are  more  frequently  followed 
by  ref.ctive  effects. 


GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS.  245 

In  rare  cases, — when  the  patient  has  but  a  short  time  to  remain  in  town, 
or  when  an  intolerable  pain  is  to  be  relieved, — we  have  given  applica- 
tions twice  a  day,  but  have  not  usually  obtained  any  advantage  thereby. 
Chronic  nervous  diseases  cannot  be  cured  in  a  day ;  time  is  as  neces- 
saiv  as  the  electricity.  Long  standing  pathological  lesions  are  not  to 
be  carried  by  assault,  however  bravely  conducted  ;  they  yield  only  to  a 
protracted  siege. 

Regularity  of  the  Applications. — It  is  the  custom  with  some  electro- 
therapeutists  to  insist  on  regularity  in  the  days  and  hours  of  the 
apphcations,  and  there  are  those  who  believe  that  the  best  effects 
follow  regular  and  methodical  treatment.  On  this  point  we  are  in  some 
doubt.  Patients  who  are  methodical  in  their  habits,  and  who  are 
regular  in  their  visits,  will  be  less  likely  to  omit  visits,  and  will  be 
more  likely  to  persevere,  and  consequently  will  be  more  profited  than 
those  who  omit  half  of  their  visits  and  abandon  treatment  before  it 
is  fully  tried.  There  is  no  evidence  that  regularity,  as  such,  is  any 
advantage;  although  there  is  strong  probability  that  for  some  constitu 
tions,  and,  perhaps,  for  diseases  with  periodic  symptoms,  it  might  be 
an  advantage  to  give  the  applications  at  the  same  hour  daily,  or 
every  other  day,  as  the  case  may  be.  Our  own  custom  in  this  regard 
varies.  Practically  we  find  it  impossible  to  treat  all  patients  with 
absolute  regularity,  and  in  those  cases  where  we  are  able  to  do  so  we  have 
not,  thus  far,  been  able  to  see  any  special  therapeutic  advantage. 

Prolonged  Applications. — A  method  of  using  electricity  that  has  been 
too  little  studied  by  the  profession  is  that  of  prolonged  applications 
with  mild  currents. 

In  certain  diseases,  both  medical  and  surgical,  it  is  of  advantage  to 
allow  the  current — galvanic  or  faradic — to  run  for  several  hours — all 
day  or  all  night — as  may  be  convenient. 

We  have  become  so  accustomed  to  the  use  of  short,  or  comparatively 
short  applications,  that  we  forget  that  the  current  if  sufficiently  gentle 
may  be  passed  through  the  body,  or  part  of  the  body  for  hours,  if  not 
days  consecutively,  without  injury,  and  with  great  benefit,  provided 
certain  cautions  are  observed. 

When  the  galvanic  current  is  thus  used,  care  must  be  taken  not  to 
allow  the  sponges,  or  metals,  or  cloths,  to  remain  too  long  in  pne 
spot,  since  they  will  cause  a  disagreeable  though  not  serious  ulceration 
of  the  skin,  that  may  be  some  time  in  healing.  In  order  to  avoid  this 
ulceration,  it  is  well  to  use  sponges  instead  of  metals,  and  to  change 
from  time  to  time  the  posi  ion  of  the  electrodes,  so  that  they  may  not 
act  too  long  on  one  spot. 


246  COMBINATION  OF  METHODS   OF  APPLICATION. 

The  details  of  this  method  of  using  electricity  must  be  varied  with 
each  case  and  the  circumstances  of  the  patient. 

Intervals  between  the  Courses  of  Treatment. — It  is  sometimes  of  service 
to  suspend  a  course  of  treatment  after  it  has  been  going  on  a  number 
of  weeks,  and  to  allow  an  interval  of  one  or  more  weeks,  according  to 
circumstances.  It  is  sometimes  observed  that  patients  improve  as 
much  during  the  interval  as  during  the  treatment,  and  when  the  appli- 
cations are  renewed,  they  have  greater  force  than  at  the  close  of 
the  course  of  treatment.  It  is  true  of  electricity,  as  of  almost  every 
other  stimulant,  tonic,  sedative  remedy,  that  after  receiving  it  a  certain 
time  the  system  becomes  so  accustomed  to  it  as  to  tolerate  it,  and 
then  its  full  force  is  not  appreciated.  In  cases  where  this  toleration  of 
electricity  is  observed,  when  the  improvement  halts,  so  to  speak,  a 
brief  suspension  of  treatment  may  be  indicated,  and  on  renewing  it, 
all  the  benefit  at  first  realized  may  be  repeated. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  are  patients  who  seem  to  prosper  best  under 
steady,  uninterrupted  treatment. 

Combination  of  Methods  of  Aj>plication. — Comparatively  few  diseases 
are  to  be  treated  solely  by  any  one  method  of  application ;  many  of  the 
purely  local  affections  ever  yield  better  to  electrical  procedure,  when 
the  applications  are  varied,  than  when  one  mode  only  is  persistently 
used.  Both  currents,  galvanic  and  faradic,  may  be  tried  in  alternation 
or  succession,  and  both  the  direct  and  indirect  methods  may  be  em- 
ployed at  the  same  sitting  or  at  different  sittings.  In  all  diseases  where 
the  whole  system  is  involved,  the  method  of  application  may  be  yet 
moi'e  varied.  General  faradization  and  central  galvanization  may  be 
used  alternately,  and  the  alternation  may  be  by  the  day  or  week. 
These  methods  may  be  varied  with  galvanization  of  the  brain  in  all 
directions,  galvanization  of  the  pneumogastric  and  sympathetic  and  of 
the  spine.  In  some  diseases,  as  notably  in  those  where  central  le- 
sions are  accompanied  by  peripheral  injury  and  general  exhaustion,  as 
hemiplegia,  ataxia,  and  so  forth,  all  the  methods  of  application  may 
be  used,  including  faradization  with  the  wire  brush.  We  observe  not 
unfrequently  that  after  one  method  of  electrization  has  done  all  that 
it  is  capable  of  doing,  after  it  seems  to  have  lost  its  power,  another 
method  of  electrization,  or  a  mere  modification  of  a  method,  may  push 
the  improvement  yet  further,  until  it  in  time  loses  its  force  and  the  fresh 
stimulus  of  another  method  is  required. 

In  this  respect  the  behavior  of  electricity  is  in  no  way  peculiar ;  to 
all  powerful  remedies  the  system  in  time  becomes  so  accustomed,  as  to 
tolerate  them  without  appreciating  their  remedial  influence.     In  the 


GENERAL  SUGGESTIONS.  247 

administration  of  tonics  in  cases  of  debility,  and  of  astringents  in  cases 
of  chronic  diarrhoea,  a  necessity  for  frequent  change  of  remedy  is 
generally  recognized. 

How  to  judge  of  the  Effects  of  Electrical  Treat)nent. — It  is  of  the  first 
importance  for  the  electro-therapeutist  to  have  a  clear,  just  and  sys 
tematic  method  of  determining  the  effects  of  electricity,  both  good  and 
evil.  Much  of  the  difference  of  opinion  that  prevails  among  those 
who  use  electricity,  as  to  its  general  and  special  value,  and  much  of  the 
prejudice  that  exists  against  electro-therapeutics  is  the  result  of  a  want 
of  a  knowledge  of  the  tests  by  which  t^e  action  of  electricity  on  patients 
is  to  be  determined. 

When  we  give  opium,  we  know  very  soon  whether  it  relieves  pain 
and  produces  sleep,  or,  as  not  unfrequently  happens,  has  effects  pre- 
cisely opposite.  We  learn  to  judge  without  great  difficulty  whether  the 
chloral  and  quinine  are  doing  the  work  that  we  desire.  With  stimulants 
and  tonics,  as  used  in  the  chronic  affections,  greater  difficulty  is  ex- 
perienced, but  there  are  certain  tests  which  we  study  and  look  for  and 
by  which  we  are  guided.  The  effects  of  electricity  should  be  similarly 
studied. 

The  good  effects  of  electrization  are  in  general  as  follows  : 

1.  Relief  of  Pain  and  Disagreeable  Sensations  local  and  general. — 
This  relief  may  appear  shortly  after  the  application  is  commenced, 
after  it  has  been  continued  for  some  minutes,  or  at  its  close.  In  some 
cases  there  is  no  relief  during  or  immediately  after  the  sitting,  but 
several  hours  subsequently.  We  include  painful  sensations  of  every 
kind — the  vague  wandering  pains  of  neurasthenia  and  hysteria,  the 
burning  of  inflammation  as  well  as  real  neuralgia. 

2.  Improvement  in  the  Pulse. — Where  the  pulse  is  abnormally  slow 
it  may  be  quickened  both  during  and  for  some  time  after  the  sitting. 
Where  it  is  abnormally  rapid  it  may  be  lowered.  The  pulse,  there- 
fore, may  be  a  guide  in  the  administration  of  electricity,  as  it  is  a  guide 
in  the  administration  of  alcohol  and  various  other  forms  of  stimulants 
and  tonics.  If  the  quiet  pulse  is  made  much  quicker  and  so  remains 
for  some  time,  we  may  suspect  that  the  application  has  been  too 
strong  or  too  long. 

3.  Improvetnetit  in  the  Temperature  of  the  Body,  or  of  the  part  which  is 
treated. — Parts  that  are  abnormally  warm  are  cooled,  or  as  is  more  fre- 
quently the  case,  parts  that  are  abnormally  cold  are  warmed,  during  and 
subsequent  to  the  operation.  The  temperature  may  be  tested  by  the 
sensations  of  the  patient,  by  the  touch  of  the  operator,  or  by  the  ther- 
mometer. 


248  GOOD   EFFECTS   OF   ELECTRIZATION. 

4.  General  calming  Influence  and  Disposition  to  Sleep. — Nervousness 
is  allayed,  just  after  taking  wine,  or  food,  or  a  bath,  or  a  drive  by  the 
sea.  The  disposition  to  sleep  comes  on  usually  after  the  application, 
in  rare  cases  during  the  sitting,  especially  when  the  head  or  neck  is 
galvanized. 

5.  Mental  Exhilaration. — The  effect  of  sea-bathing,  or  the  inhalation 
of  oxygen,  is  to  exhilarate  in  a  way  that  defies  minute  analysis.  The 
effect  of  electrization  is  similar.  This  effect  is  seen  more  strikingly 
in  hysteria  and  hypochondriasis. 

6.  Licrease  of  Appetite  and  Improvement  in  Digestion. — In  some 
instances  the  appetite  is  sharpened  by  a  single  sitting;  the  permanent 
improvement  is,  of  course,  a  slower  effect,  and  is  only  observed  after  a 
number  of  applications. 

7.  Improvement  in  local  a?id  General  Nutritioti. — To  accomplish 
Improvement  in  nutrition  is  the  great  object  of  electrical  treat- 
ment. The  relief  of  pain  and  of  other  special  symptoms,  during 
a  sitting,  may  justly  be  regarded  as  results  and  accompaniments  of 
improvement  in  nutrition.  At  a  later  stage  of  a  course  of  treatment, 
the  improvement  in  nutrition  may  be  seen  and  studied  by  the  senses. 
Improvement  in  local  nutrition  is  produced  by  local  electrization,  im- 
provement in  general  nutrition  is  produced  by  general  or  central  elec- 
trization. Peripheral  local  electrization,  may,  however,  reflexly  pro- 
duce improvement  in  general  nutrition,  particularly  when  prominent 
organs,  as  the  uterus,  the  stomach,  and  liver,  are  treated. 

The  evil  effects  of  electrization,  by  the  occurrence  of  which  we  may 
suspect  that  the  applications  are  too  strong  or  too  long,  or  improperly 
given,  or  that  wrong  methods  are  used,  or  that  the  temperament  and 
disease  of  the  patient  contra-indicate  electricity, '  are,  in  general,  as 
follows  : 

1.  Headache  and  Backache. — Sudden  shocks,  or  interruptions  of  the 
current,  may  cause  momentary  headache  that  passes  away  as  quickly 
as  it  came.  When  the  headache  persists  for  a  considerable  time,  one 
may  know  that  there  has  been  somewhere  a  mistake  in  the  applica- 
tion.    Backache  follows  as  a  rule  only  general  or  central  treatment. 

2.  Irritability  and  Insomnia. — Patients  may  feel  nervous,  irritable, 
and  indefinably  disagreeable  after  an  application,  and  the  sleep  the 
following  night  may  be  less  sound  and  more  disturbed  by  dreams  than 
usual.     These  are  evil  effects,  and  are  to  be  guarded  against. 

3.  Geinral  Malaise. — This  symptom,  which  is  the  reverse  of  the 
exhilaration  spoken  of  among  the  good  effects,  appears  not  unfrequently 
after  an  over-dose,   especially  of  general  faradization.     It  sometimes, 


GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS. 


249 


though  less  frequently,  follows  central  galvanization,  and  there  is  no 
form  of  local  electrization,  central  or  peripheral,  that  may  not  in  some 
temperaments  and  conditions  give  rise  to  it. 

4.  Exciiatiofi  or  Pain,  or  Increase  of  Pain  already  existing. — 
Neuralgia  is  sometimes  increased  on  the  application  of  the  current,  and 
particularly  when  the  currents  are  strong  and  interruptions  are  made. 
A  harsh  and  rough  faradic  current,  even  when  mild,  may  aggravate 
pain.  Sometimes  there  is  no  effect  during  or  immediately  following 
the  seance  ;  but  in  the  course  of  a  few  hours,  the  pain  is  excited  01 
aggravated. 

Similarly  the  pains  that  accompany  malignant  tumors  may  be  excited 
when  electricity  is  applied  during  an  interval,  or  they  may  be  increased 
if  treated  during  the  paroxysm. 

5.  Over-Excited  Pulse. — The  pulse  may  indicate  whether  the  appli- 
cation  has  done  good  or  harm,  with  some  considerable  certainty,  pro- 
vided the  operator  is  sufficiently  familiar  with  the  normal  pulse  of  the 
patient.  This  familiarity  can  only  come  from  previous  acquaintance. 
A  stranger,  seeing  a  patient  for  the  first  time,  and  treating  him  by 
electricity,  is  quite  likely  to  be  deceived.  The  pulse  may  be  over-excited 
by  the  mere  coming  in  of  a  new  physician,  or  by  the  thought  or  dread 
of  electricity.  Thus  the  value  of  the  pulse  as  a  means  of  determining 
the  degree  of  the  ill  effects  of  an  application  is  much  diminished.  As  a 
test  of  the  good  effects  of  electricity,  it  is  much  more  worthy  of  trust. 

6.  Chilliness  and  other  Nervous  Sensations. — An  application  which  has 
been  made  injudiciously  may  be  followed  almost  immediatly  by  a  feeling 
of  chilliness,  as  though  the  patient  had  taken  cold.  There  may  be  also 
a  stiffness  of  the  neck,  and  pain  on  turning  the  back,  as  though  the 
patient  were  rheumatic,  and  heat  and  burning  in  the  spine,  and  crawling, 
creeping,  pricking,  stinging,  sensations  in  the  face,  down  the  back,  and 
on  the  limbs  and  other  parts  of  the  body. 

These  sensations  are  not  due  to  a  cold,  as  is  sometimes  supposed, — 
for,  except  tlxrough  gross  carelessness,  patients  do  not  take  cold  during 
an  application  of  electricity, — but  they  are  merely  nervous  sensations,  of 
an  hysterical  character,  precisely  like  the  symptoms  described  under 
hysteria  and  allied  affections,  and  are  due  to  over-irritation  of  the  spinal 
cord,  and  perhaps  also  of  the  sympathetic.  They  more  frequently  follow 
faradization  than  galvanization,  especially  when  a  hard,  rough,  unpleasant 
current  is  used.  They  appear  only  in  the  exhausted  and  neurasthe- 
nic, and  most  frequently  in  women. 

7.  A  feeling  of  Sorejiess,  Stiffness,  arid  a  dull  Aching. — These  sensa- 
tions are  closely  allied  to  those  described  in  the  preceding  paragraph  :— • 


250  BAD  EFFECTS  OF  ELECTRIZATION. 

they  are  the  result  of  over  irritation  of  the  nerve-centre  ;  the  soreness 
that  is  felt  in  the  muscles  after  severe  faradization  is  somewhat  like  that 
which  is  experienced  after  violent  exercise  in  the  gymnasium,  on  skate! 
or  on  horseback. 

The  dull,  aching  pain  through  the  whole  body  is  like  the  sensation 
that  is  experienced  after  taking  cold.  It  is  a  purely  nervous  sensation 
and  is  caused  by  over-irritation  of  the  spinal  cord.  One  patient  whom  we 
treated  for  an  exhausted  and  irritable  condition  of  the  cord,  resulting 
from  cerebro-spinal  fever,  persisted  that  every  application  caused  him 
to  "  take  cold." 

8.  Profuse  Perspiration. — Gentle  perspiration  is  one  of  the  good  effects 
of  electrization  ;  it  is  observed  both  after  general  and  local  treatment. 
But  profuse  perspiration  of  any  part,  as  the  head,  or  one  of  the  limbs, 
or  of  one  side  of  the  body,  or  of  the  whole  body,  occurring  during  a 
seance,  or  directly  following  it,  is  a  bad  symptom,  and  indicates  over- 
irritation.  In  some  hyper-sensitive  conditions  profuse  perspiration 
may  appear  under  a  very  mild  current,  and  at  the  outset  of  the  appli- 
cation. We  have  known  a  paralyzed  arm  in  hemiplegia  break  out  with 
abundant  perspiration.  In  cases  of  cerebral  and  spinal  irritation  we 
have  known  the  forehead  and  the  hands  to  perspire  freely  during 
the  application.  Some  constitutions  are  specially  impressible  in  this 
regard.  We  once  treated  a  case  of  paralysis  of  the  bladder  by  external 
galvanization  ;  the  patient  was  of  the  average  strength  and  health,  but  in 
less  than  five  minutes  his  whole  body  was  as  freely  perspiring  as  in  the 
hotest  summer  day.  Nausea  and  faintness  also  came  on  and  stopped, 
the  apphcation. 

9.  Prolonged  Reaction  of  the  Nerves  of  Special  Seiise. — In  the  section 
devoted  to  Electro- Physiology,  we  have  seen  that  the  nerves  of  special 
sense,  the  auditory,  the  olfactory,  the  ophthalmic  and  the  gustatory 
nerves,  all  have  their  special  and  peculiar  reactions  to  electricity. 
These  reactions  are  normal  and  physiological,  but  in  degree  and  variety 
they  are  greatly  influenced  by  temperament.  These  reactions  are,  on 
the  part  of  the  auditory  nerve,  hissing,  rushing,  boiling,  seething  sounds  ; 
on  the  part  of  the  ophthalmic  nerve  and  retina,  flashes  of  light ;  on  the  part 
of  the  olfactory  nerve,  under  a  powerful  and  painful  current,  peculiar 
phosphoric  or  ozonic  odor ;  on  the  part  of  the  gustatory  nerve,  an  acid 
or  coppery  taste.  For  the  great  majority  of  temperaments  in  health  or 
disease,  these  reactions  disappear  with  the  cessation  of  the  application  ; 
but  where  there  is  special  susceptibility  to  the  electricity,  or  when  very 
severe  or  prolonged  applications  have  been  made,  some  of  these  reactions 
may  continue  for  hours  or  days.     Thus  we    have  known    patients  to 


GENERAL  SUGGESTIONS.  25 1 

complain  of  the  peculiar  taste  in  the  mouth  two  or  three  days  after  an 
appHcation.  The  buzzing  in  the  ears  also  does  not  always  stop  when 
the  current  is  opened,  prolonged  flashes  before  the  eyes  are  sometimes 
noticed,  though  but  rarely.  Prolonged  reaction  of  the  olfactory  nerve 
we  have  never  observed. 

We  call  these  prolonged  reactions  evil  effects,  because  they  appear 
in  very  susceptible  patients,  or  after  careless  procedures,  and  are  usu- 
ally accompanied  by  other  effects  that  are  unmistakably  evil. 

Disturbances  of  the  Nerves  of  Motion  and  Common  Sensatio?i. — Undei 
this  head  we  include  hyijeraesthesia,  general  or  local,  that  an  overdose  of 
electrization  sometimes  produces  in  nervous  and  hysterical  patients,  or 
the  opposite  condition  of  anaesthesia  and  muscular  spasms,  contractions 
and  rigidity.  These  phenomena  are  not  frequent,  but  in  rare  instances 
they  have  been  observed ;  muscular  spasm,  where  it  already  exists,  may 
be  aggravated  temporarily  by  electricity. 

Hygiene  of  Patients  after  the  Aj>plications.—Vd,t\Qnts  who  are  strong, 
and  are  treated  for  purely  local  troubles,  may  be  entirely  indifferent  in 
regard  to  their  behavior  after  electrical  applications  ;  they  may  exercise 
brain  or  muscle,  or  remain  idle,  as  may  be  convenient,  and  the  improve- 
ment under  the  treatment  will  go  on  just  the  same.  But  delicate 
patients  who  are  treated  for  grave  conditions  of  debility,  and  especially 
females,  do  better  to  avoid  exertion  after  an  application  :  better  for  them 
to  sit  awhile,  or  rest  on  a  lounge,  and  if  they  are  treated  in  bed  to 
remain  there  ;  and  this,  we  believe,  is  another  advantage  in  treating  such 
cases  just  after  retiring. 

If  any  fancy  they  take  cold  as  a  result  of  an  application,  it  is  a  pure 
fancy,  or  it  is  the  nervous  chill  that  sometimes  follows  over-electrization, 
or  it  is  the  result  of  exposure  in  a  cold  room  while  undressing. 

Cumulative  action  of  Electricity. — It  sometimes  happens  in  the  treat- 
ment of  a  painful  and  tender  nerve,  that  a  sudden  shock  is  felt,  after 
the  electrodes  have  been. a  long  time  in  position,  even  when  the  current 
is  very  mild  and  is  scarcely  felt  on  the  surface. 

A  medical  friend,  who  by  our  suggestion  treated  a  case  of  ulcer  of 
the  stomach  by  the  galvanic  current,  informed  us  that  a  very  mild 
current  from  a  few  zinc  carbon  cells,  which  gave  no  burning  sensation 
on  the  surface  whatever,  would,  after  the  electrodes  had  been  kept  in 
position  a  few  minutes,  one  on  the  epigastric,  and  the  other  on  the 
back,  cause  all  of  a  sudden  and  without  any  warning  a  painful  shock, 
as  though  a  strong  current  had  been  suddenly  interrupted  in  the 
metallic  part  of  the  circuit.  This  phenomenon  occurred  so  often  thai 
he  abandoned  the  treatment. 


252  THE   TEMPERAMENT  TO   BE   CONSIDERED. 

We  have  occasionally  made  the  same  observation  on  other  parts  of  the 
body.  Thus,  in  a  case  of  sciatica  that  we  were  treating  by  the  galvanic 
current — one  pole  on  the  course  of  the  nerve  below  the  trochanter, 
and  the  other  on  the  back — only  a  very  slight  sensation  was  felt  for 
two  or  three  minutes,  when  all  at  once  the  patient  gave  a  jump  as 
though  shocked  by  a  powerful  current.  A  number  of  times  during  the 
seance  the  experiment  was  repeated.  Every  pains  was  taken  to  avoid 
error  by  assuring  ourselves  that  the  current  was  actually  running  all  the 
time,  and  that  there  was  no  actual  interruption. 

This  cumulative  action,  if  we  may  call  it  such — would  seem  to  be 
somewhat  analogous  to  the  cumulative  action  of  strychnine  and  some 
other  remedies.  The  rationale  of  it  is  in  the  present  state  of  our 
knowledge  hard  to  determine.  It  may  be  that  as  the  skin  becomes 
more  and  more  luoistened,  its  conductivity  so  increases  that  a  portion 
of  the  nerve  is  traversed  by  the  current  which  at  first  was  not  touched, 
and  that  this  physical  explanation  is  sufficient.  It  may  be  that  the 
nerve,  already  in  an  irritable  condition,  may  have  its  irritability  so 
greatly  increased,  that  it  develops  it  suddenly  under  continued  though 
mild  stimulation.  We  have,  as  yet,  no  evidence  that  such  shocks  are 
specially  harmful,  although  they  are  unpleasant  and  startling.  They 
can  be  avoided  as  a  rule  by  shifting  the  electrodes  every  moment,  so 
as  to  avoid  a  long  irritation  of  any  one  spot. 

Increased  Toleration  of  Electricity. — The  system  can  become 
habituated  to  electricity  just  as  it  becomes  habituated  to  alcohol,  or 
opium,  or  any  other  potent  remedy.  After  a  long  course  of  treat- 
ment, extending  over  several  months,  nearly  all  patients  bear  very 
much  longer  and  stronger  apphcations  than  at  first.  This  is  observed 
in  those  whose  sensitiveness  to  electricity  is  at  first"  extreme.  It  is 
not  therefore  necessarily  a  discouraging  fact  if  at  the  outset  of  a 
course  of  treatment  very  gentle  currents  and  very  short  sittings  are 
required. 

The  Temperament,  as  well  as  the  Disease,  to  he  considered  in  using 
Electricity. — There  are  individuals  whom  electricity  always  injures,  the 
only  difference  in  the  effect  on  them  between  a  mild  and  a  severe 
application  being,  that  the  former  injures  less  than  the  latter.  There 
are  patients  upon  whom  all  electro-therapeutical  skill  and  experience 
are  wasted ;  their  temperaments  are  not  en  rapport  with  electricity. 

It  matters  not  what  may  be  the  special  disease  or  symptoms  of 
disease  from  which  they  suffer — paralysis,  or  neuralgia,  or  neurasthenia, 
or  hysteria,  or  affections  of  special  organs — the  immediate  and  the  per- 
manent effects  of  galvanization  or  faradization,  general  or  localized, 


GENEJRAL   SUGGESTIONS. 


-Dj 


are  evil  and  only  evil.  We  Jiave  not  arrived  at  this  opinion  by  theorizing ; 
we  have  been  driven  to  it  by  the  accumulating  and  irresistible  logic 
of  facts.  The  first  query  that  arises,  in  the  mind  of  the  electro-thera- 
peutist, when  a  case  under  his  care  responds  badly,  is,  "  Am  I  rightly 
using  this  remedy ;  am  I  making  the  application  too  long  or  too 
severe,  or  by  improper  methods  ?  Would  a  change  of  current  be  de- 
sirable?" But  after  we  have  tried  all  electrical  applications  ;  after  we 
have  gone  from  galvanism  to  faradism,  from  general  to  localized  elec- 
trization, from  long  and  severe  to  short  and  gentle  treatments ;  after  we 
have  rung  the  changes  on  all  these,  and  yet  persistently  aggravate 
rather  than  mollify  the  disease,  and  instead  of  strength  and  relief,  pro- 
duce weakness  and  distress,  and  instead  of  calmness  cause  irritation, — 
then  we  have  only  to  make  as  graceful  a  retreat  as  possible,  and  put 
that  patient  down  as  a  case  that  was  not  born  to  be  treated  by  elec- 
tricity. We  have  no  explanation  to  offer  of  the  phenomenon  ;  and  the 
popular  belief  or  supposition,  that  the  excess  or  deficiency  of  animal 
electricity  has  something  to  do  with  these  matters,  is  as  undemonstrable 
as  it  is  plausible ;  he  who  should  attempt  to  prove  or  disprove  it  would 
find  he  had  undertaken  anything  but  an  easy  task.  It  would  seem  to 
come  in  the  list  of  those  strange  but  familiar  likes  and  dislikes  in  regard 
to  certain  articles  of  food  or  drink,  or  of  certain  sights  or  odors.  We 
know  of  no  physiognomical  or  rather  external  appearances  by  which 
to  determine  whether  a  patient  does  or  does  not  belong  to  the  unfor- 
tunate few  who  can  have  no  lot  or  share  in  electro-therapeutics.  The 
strongest  equally  with  the  weakest,  the  plethoric  and  the  enervated, 
are  found  among  these  Gentiles  of  science. 

The  reverse  proposition,  that  there  are  certain  constitutions  for 
which,  by  whatever  form  of  chronic  disease  they  may  be  afflicted,  elec- 
tricity is  always  indicated,  is  equally  true.  There  are  patients  who 
find  in  electrical  treatment  almost  a  specific.  Whether  they  suffer  from 
dyspepsia  or  neurasthenia,  from  hysteria  or  diseases  of  special  organs, 
rheumatism  or  neuralgia,  electrization  always  relieves  them  up  to  a 
certain  point,  at  least,  if  it  does  not  positively  cure.  T/ze  broad  fact  to 
be  understood  is,  zhat  it  is  not  so  much  the  disease  or  the  symptoms,  as 
the  temperament  that  indicates  or  contraindicates  electrization. 

While  some  chronic  diseases  are  more  amenable  to  electricity  than 
others,  among  all  patients  there  are  individuals  to  whom  it  is  a  matter 
of  indifference  what  special  affection  they  may  suffer  from  ;  so  long  as 
improvement  in  local  and  general  nutrition  is  indicated,  they  will  be 
benefited  by  electrical  treatment. 

To  all  this  it  should  be  added  that  some  persons  are  indifferent  to 


254  'fHE   TEMPERAMENT   TO   BE   CONSIDERED. 

electricity — they  can  bear  almost  any  strength  of  either  current  ver)) 
frequentl}'-  and  for  long  applications,  without  experiencing  any  effect 
either  good  or  evil.  Electricity  may  be  poured  over  them  in  limitless 
measures ;  they  may  be  saturated  with  it,  and  they  may  come  out  from 
the  applications  not  a  whit  better  or  worse.  Patients  who  are  quite 
delicate  and  sensitive  exhibit  this  supreme  and  provoking  indifference 
to  electricity.  We  are  inclined  to  believe  also  that  patients  vary  in 
their  susceptibility  to  electricity  at  different  times  of  life.  Susceptibility 
to  stimulants  and  narcotics  oftentimes  undergoes  strange  modifications 
during  the  lifetime  of  an  individual.  Those  who  at  one  time  cannot 
drink  coffee,  sometimes  find  that  a  few  years  so  modify  the  tempera- 
ment that  they  can  drink  it  with  absolute  freedom,  and  vice  versa. 
Similarly,  also,  alcoholic  liquors  act  in  a  most  capricious  way,  some- 
times benefiting,  at  other  times  injuring  even  when  nearly  all  the  other 
conditions  except  age  are  the  same.  Idiosyncrasies  in  regard  to  cer- 
tain articles  of  food  are  by  no  means  constant  through  life — they  may 
change  either  way,  and  that  too  in  the  course  of  a  few  years ;  they 
may  be  modified  by  febrile  or  other  diseases  that  revolutionize  the 
system,  or  by  residence  in  various  climates,  or  by  mere  lapse  of  years. 
Analogy  would  lead  us  to  suppose  that  susceptibility  to  electricity  might 
also  be  thus  modified,  and  our  observations  seem  to  convince  us  that 
such  is  the  case. 

We  are  further  inclined  to  believe  that  susceptibility  to  electricity, 
favorable  and  unfavorable,  like  all  other  constitutional  tendencies,  is 
subject  to  the  laws  of  hereditary  descent,  and  runs  in  families.  We 
have  treated  by  electricity  three  members  of  the  family  of  a  physician, 
who  are  afflicted  with  quite  diverse  maladies,  but  all  of  whom  not  only 
improved  under  the  treatment,  but  can  be  electrized  with  great  freedom 
by  either  current ;  and  yet  none  of  them  are  strong,  and  two  of  them 
are  delicate. 

On  the  other  hand,  we  have  treated  families  where  several  of  the 
members  are  so  susceptible  to  the  electric  current  that  the  application 
must  be  made  with  great  care  lest  unpleasant  results  occur.  We  are  fullv 
convinced  also  that  the  proportion  of  those  who  do  not  bear  electricity 
well  is  larger  among  the  higher  than  among  the  lower  classes ;  in 
hospital  and  dispensary  practice,  the  number  of  patients  who  exhibit 
excessive  susceptibility  to  the  electric  treatment  is  quite  limited,  whereas 
in  private  practice,  among  the  intellectual  classes,  one  out  of  five  or 
ten,  take  the  cases  as  they  run,  must  be  treated  with  very  considerable 
caution,  lest  disagreeable  symptoms  arise. 

Relation  of  Electr  'y-siisceptivity  to  Prognosis. — Between  electro-suscep. 


GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS.  255 

tivity  and  prognosis  there  would  appear  to  be  no  constant  relation.  One 
patient  may  be  extremely  susceptible  to  electricity,  and  another  capable 
of  bearing  it  in  large  doses,  and  both  shall  be  benefited.  If  there  be 
any  law  in  the  matter  it  is  this,  that  those  who  occupy  the  medium 
ground,  who  are  neither  specially  sensitive  nor  the  reverse — offer  tht 
best  prognosis  under  electrical  treatment.  It  is  equally  sure,  however, 
that  those  who  are  exceedingly  sensitive  may  become  so  tolerant  of 
the  remedy  as  to  derive  great  benefit  from  it.  For  this  reason  we 
should  not  be  discouraged,  even  by  extreme  electro-sensibility  or 
electro-susceptibility  in  our  patients. 

The  most  provoking  class  are  those  who  cannot  be  influenced  in  any 
way  by  electricity,  but  who  can  even  from  the  very  first  receive  it 
in  enormous  doses  without  showing  or  feeling  any  good  or  evil  effect, 
and  yet  even  such  cases  may  by  protracted  treatment  be  benefited. 

Regard  for  Age. — In  the  apportioning  of  the  dose  of  electricity  the 
only  general  rule  to  be  considered  is,  that  the  extremes  of  life — the 
very  young  and  the  very  old — demand  rather  more  caution  than  those 
in  youth  and  middle  life.  It  is  not  however  necessary  to  divide  the 
Joses  of  electricity  for  infants  and  children,  as  we  divide  the  doses  of 
ordinary  medicines ;  children  from  three  years  down  to  three  months 
and  even  younger  may  be  treated  by  general  faradization  and  central 
galvanization  almost  as  freely  as  adults.  On  theoretical  considerations, 
and  in  order  to  be  on  the  safe  side,  we  do  not  usually  treat  very  young 
children  as  long,  or  with  as  strong  currents  as  adults,  nor  quite  so 
frequently,  but  we  have  not  often  seem  any  especially  bad  results  from 
quite  prolonged  aj^plications,  provided  mild  currents  are  used.  The 
rule  is  to  give  the  average  baby  about  half  as  nmch  treatment  as  the 
average  adult.  Children  cry  when  the  current  hurts  them,  and  this  to 
the  merciful  physician  operates  as  a  check  against  over-dosing  them. 

Very  old  patients  —  between  seventy  and  ninety  —  need  to  be 
treated  with  reasonable,  but  not  extreme  caution.  The  moderately 
aged — between  fifty  and  seventy — often  bear  electricity  better  than 
those  in  the  more  active  period — between  twenty  and  fifty. 

Regard  for  Sex. — As  a  rule  females  are  somewhat  more  susceptible  to 
electricity  than  males,  and  require  to  be  treated  with  greater  caution  ;  not 
that  there  is  any  difference  of  susceptibility  of  the  sexes,  but  because  in 
civilization  woman  is  more  delicate  than  man,  and  more  readily  influenced 
for  good  or  evil,  by  all  remedies  and  systems  of  treatment.  But 
although  the  law  that  woman  is  more  impressible  than  man  holds  well 
on  the  average,  yet  the  individual  exceptions  are  very  numerous. 
Some  women — even  those  who  are  exquisitely  delicate — can  bear  enor- 


256  REGARD   FOR   METHOD    OF   APPLICATION. 

nious  doses  of  electricity,  while  some  men  who  are  very  hardy  can  beai 
none  at  all.  The  rule  however,  is  constant  enough  to  make  it 
advisable  always  to  begin  the  treatment  of  delicate  females  with  con- 
siderable caution. 

The  higher  susceptibility  of  women  to  electrical  influence,  makes 
them  yield  more  rapidly  than  men  to  the  treatment,  when  it  suits  the 
temperament  and  disease,  and  hence  it  is  that  many  of  the  most  delightful 
results  of  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization,  have  been 
obtained  in  neurasthenic,  anemic,  hysterical  women. 

The  menstrual  period  in  women  does  not  contraindicate  electrical 
treatment  at  all,  but  on  considerations  of  delicacy  the  operations  of 
general  faradization  and  central  galvanization  cannot  well  be  performed 
at  that  time.  Local  applications  to  the  periphery  can  be  made  without 
regard  to  the  menses. 

Regard  for  the  Method  of  Application  and  the  Skill  of  the  Electro- 
therapeutist. — It  is  not  electricity  in  the  abstract,  but  electrization, — that 
is,  electricity  applied  to  the  body — that  cures  disease.  Everything,  there- 
fore, depends  on  the  method  of  application.  Patients  frequently  say  that 
they  have  "tried  electricity"  and  it  did  no  good.  We  have  long  since 
ceased  to  pay  any  heed  to  such  statements,  or  to  allow  them  to  influ- 
ence our  prognosis,  unless  it  is  expressly  stated  who  gave  the  electrical 
treatment,  what  methods  were  employed,  and  how  faithfully  the  treat- 
ment was  carried  out.  Some  of  the  best  successes  we  have  are  gained 
with  patients  who  have  "tried  electricity"  and  found  it  wanting. 
What  should  we  think  of  a  patient  afflicted  with  a  broken  leg  who 
should  say  that  he  had  "  tried  surgery,"  and  it  had  failed  to  set  the 
bone?  Would  we  not  ask,  "What  surgeon?  Was  he  a  pretender,  or  a 
man  of  science  ?  And  did  he  have  a  fair  chance  ?  "  It  is  possible,  even 
if  good  treatment  at  the  hands  of  good  men  failed  some  time  ago,  that 
the  conditions  may  now  be  so  altered  that  the  same  or  diff'erent  treat- 
ment will  be  successful. 

It  is  not  the  remedy,  it  is  the  manner  of  using  it  that  determines  its 
value.  There  is  as  much  difference  in  electro-therapeutists  as  there  is 
in  general  surgeons,  ophthalmolologists,  or  aurists,  or  gynecologists,  or 
obstetricians.  In  the  ranks  of  those  who  use  batteries  are  all  grades 
of  genius,  and  lack  of  genius,  especially  the  latter.  In  electro-thera- 
peutics two  currents  are  used,  and  six  different  methods  of  application, 
and  these  methods  are  all  capable  of  indefinite  variations,  dependent 
on  the  taste,  skill  or  experience  of  the  electro-therapeutist.  When  one 
mode  of  application  fails,  another  may  succeed;  when  one  electro- 
therapeutist  fails  with  any  mode  of  application,  another  with  the  sajne 


GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS.  257 

mode  of  application  may  succeed.  And  yet,  patients  with  some 
obscure  disease,  that  requires  the  best  diagnostic  as  well  as  therajDeutic 
skill,  who  have  had,  perhaps,  half  a  dozen  applications  of  the  magneto- 
electric  or  rotary  machines,  at  the  hands  of  some  stupid  servant-girl, 
declare  that  they  have  "  tried  electricity."  As  well  might  a  sailor 
whose  broken  bone  had  been  badly  set  at  sea  by  a  comrade  before  the 
mast,  declare  that  he  had  '•  tried  surgery." 

The  Differential  Prognosis  of  Accidental  and  Hereditary  Disease, 
under  Electrical  Treatme?it. — The  prognosis  of  any  case  under  electrical 
treatment  depends  more  on  the  time  that  the  disease  has  been  existing 
than  on  the  nature  of  the  disease  itself  Very  grave  and  severe  symp- 
toms of  the  most  threatening  character  yield  promptly,  when  they  are 
recent,  and,  so  to  speak,  accidental,  while  mild  and  nameless  symptoms, 
that  appear  to  be  of  the  most  trifling  character,  when  long  standing,  and 
especially  when  they  are  inherited,  may  be  exceedingly  obstinate.  It 
becomes  therefore  of  the  first  importance  to  inquire  how  long  the  mor- 
bid symptoms,  or  other  symptoms  allied  to  them,  have  been  existing  in 
the  patient,  before  making  a  prognosis.  This  principle  applies  to  all 
diseases  for  which  electricity  is  employed.  It  is  illustrated  in  a  most 
interesting  manner  in  hysteria  and  allied  affections.  If  two  cases  pre- 
sent themselves,  both  suffering  from  symptoms  of  hysteria  and  neuras- 
thenia, but  in  one  case  the  symptoms  are  a  life-long  heritage,  while  in 
the  other  they  have  arisen  recently,  and,  so  to  speak,  accidentally, 
the  prognosis  in  the  latter  case  is,  other  conditions  being  the  same,  con- 
sequently more  favorable.  Even  if  the  symptoms  in  the  recent  case  be 
."^f  a  severer  type,  the  prognosis  may  be  much  better  than  in  the  inher- 
ited case.  On  this  account  it  becomes  necessary  to  inquire  with  dili- 
gence, and  repeatedly,  of  the  patients  and  of  their  friends,  in  order  to 
see  whether  any  allied  symptoms  have  been  their  portion  through  life, 
and  whether  the  special  disturbances  for  which  they  require  treatment 
are  simply  branches  of  a  great  tree  of  disease  that  has  grown  up  in  them 
from  the  moment  of  their  inception. 

"Wlaen,  for  example,  a  patient  appears  -with  sciatica,  or  tic-douloureux, 
it  is  not  enough  to  learn  how  long  that  particular  symptom  has  dis- 
tressed him  in  the  present  attack.  The  questions  to  be  asked  are  : 
Has  he  ever  at  any  period  of  his  life  had  this  or  any  other  form  of 
neuralgia  ?  Is  he  of  the  nervous  diathesis  ?  Have  his  parents  or  any 
of  his  near  relations  suffered  from  neuralgia,  or  from  any  disease,  or 
S)Tnptoms  of  disease  that  are  allied  to  it  ?  On  the  answers  given  to  these 
queries  will  depend  our  probable  prognosis,  not  only  as  to  the  rapidity 
of  relief  under  electrical  treatment,  but  also  as  to  its  permanency. 


258  AFTER-EFFECTS   OF   ELECTRICAL   TREATMENT. 

Inherited  diseases  are  inclined  to  relapse  :  the  symptom  ma/  give 
way,  apparently,  before  the  force  of  treatment,  but  may  reappear  as 
easily  as  it  disappeared,  even  while  the  treatment  is  continued. 

After-Effeds  of  Electrical  Treatmeftt. — It  is  a  fact  well  recognized 
that  the  tonic  effects  of  a  trip  to  Europe,  or  to  the  mountains,  or  of 
a  short  vacation  anywhere,  or  at  any  season,  are  frequently  but  little 
appreciated  while  the  patient  is  travelling  or  recreating ;  but  appear 
days,  weeks,  and  months  subsequently.  A  debilitated  man  may  receive 
no  strength  while  on  the  ocean,  or  at  the  hotel,  or  farm-house  in  the 
country,  may,  indeed,  seem  to  grow  weaker  instead  of  stronger,  and 
may  become  disheartened  thereby,  but  on  his  return  to  his  duties,  health 
may  gradually,  perhaps  imperceptibly,  come  to  him,  and  he  may  experi- 
ence a  renovation  and  a  recuperation  that  can  only  be  explained  as  the 
afte7'  effects  of  his  vacation. 

It  is,  perhaps,  not  so  well  recognized  that  tonic  remedies,  and  systems 
of  treatment  of  various  kinds,  may  act  just  in  the  same  way.  Not  only 
the  evil  but  the  good  effects  of  medicines  maybe  cumulative.  We  may 
see  this  principle  illustrated  in  the  administration  of  quinine,  strychnine, 
arsenic,  phosphorus,  and  iron. 

Electricity  obeys  the  same  law,  and  in  certain  constitutions,  and  cer- 
tain states  of  the  system,  especially  those  of  debility,  it  does  little  or 
nothing  that  the  patient  can  see  or  feel  during  the  treatment  itself, — 
but  prepares  the  way  for  a  perfect  and  permanent  recovery.  We  have 
seen  this  principle  illustrated  in  a  large  variety  of  cases  of  chronic  dis- 
ease. The  practical  lesson  that  we  are  to  derive  from  this  is  to  en- 
courage patients  who  do  not  feel  fully  satisfied  with  the  progress  that 
they  make  while  under  treatment,  to  watch  closely,  if  possible,  their 
career  long  after  treatment  is  abandoned. 

Electrization  in  its  Relations  to  other  Forms  of  Treatment. — The  ques- 
tion, so  often  asked,  whether  electrical  treatment  will  interfere  with 
internal  medication,  or  with  gymnastics,  the  Russian,  Turkish  or  other 
baths,  and  so  forth,  is  very  easily  answered.  It  harmonizes  with  all  other 
tonic  remedies,  and  methods  of  treatment  that  are  employed  for  the 
common  purpose  of  relieving  pain,  or  building  up  broken-down  consti- 
tutions. 

Except  in  cases  where  we  wish  to  experiment  and  learn  the  t'lerapeu- 
tical  value  of  electricity  by  itself  alone,  uncomplicated  with  other 
healing  factors,  it  is  a  positive  advantage  oftentimes  to  employ,  at  the 
same  time  with  electricity,  external  or  internal  medication  of  various 
kinds.  So  far  as  we  now  know  there  is  no  medicine  that  is  incom- 
patible with  electricity.     There  is  no  evidence  that  any  remedy  has  an}' 


GENERAL   SUGGESTIONS.  259 

Specific  reenforcing  effect  upon  electricity,  such,  for  example,  ascertain 
stimulants  have  on  hydrate  of  chloral.  Some  of  the  best  therapeutical 
results  are  obtained  from  a  combination  of  electrical  with  other 
treatment. 

On  the  Use  of  Electricity  by  the  Laity. — Even  at  this  advanced  stage 
of  electro-therapeutics,  it  seems  to  be  necessary  to  constantly  warn  the 
profession  against  indiscriminately  intrusting  the  details  of  electrical 
applications  to  the  nurses,  friends  of  patients,  and  the  patients  them- 
selves. Having  just  rescued  this  department  from  the  hands  of  the 
laity,  and  given  it  a  position  among  men  of  science,  it  seems  strange 
that  those  physicians  who  are  familiar  with  the  subject  should  even  now 
use  their  influence  to  return  it  to  the  people  at  whose  hands  it  for- 
merly suffered  so  much ;  to  restore  it  to  the  captivity  of  prejudice  and 
ignorance. 

The  temptation  on  the  part  of  the  people  to  use  electricity  them- 
selves, and  on  the  part  of  the  profession  to  allow  them  to  do  so,  is  very 
strong.  The  majority  of  physicians  know  little  more  of  electro-thera- 
peutics than  their  patients.  Some  have  a  theoretical,  but  not  a  practical 
acquaintance  with  it.  Then  there  are  those  who  are  well  practised  in 
the  art,  but  are  too  closely  occupied  to  employ  it.  They  have  no  ap- 
paratus, or  if  they  have  any  it  is  very  likely  out  of  order.  Perhaps  no 
specialist  is  accessible,  or  the  patient  is,  or  is  supposed  to  be,  too  poor 
to  employ  one.  The  physician,  forgetting  that  it  is  not  electricity,  but 
electrization  that  cures  disease,  forgetting  that  there  are  two  kinds  of 
electricity  in  common  use,  and  six  different  methods  of  application, 
every  one  of  which  is  capable  of  various  modifications,  forgetting  that 
there  are  certain  temperaments  that  will  not  bear  electricity,  howevei 
applied,  and  that  there  are  others  who  must  be  treated  at  first  with 
great  skill  and  caution,  and  on  whom  the  currents  and  methods  em- 
ployed must  be  studiously  varied  during  a  course  of  treatment,  in 
short,  forgetting  that  electro-therapeutics,  considered  as  a  science  or  an 
art,  is  wonderfully  complex  and  exacting,  orders  the  patient  to  "  get  a 
lattery  and  try  electricity.^'' 

This  prescription  is  usually  carried  out  in  the  following  manner  :  An 
old  magneto-electric  machine  (rotary)  is  trumped  up  from  some  neigh- 
bor's garret,  where,  after  having  failed  to  cure  any  member  of  the  family, 
it  has  been  rusting  for  years.  If  the  patient  be  wealthy,  perhaps  a  new 
faradic  machine  is  ordered,  that  gives  a  harsh,  rough  current,  and  when 
applied,  drives  the  patient  to  despair.  The  friends  of  the  patient  are 
bored  with  the  request  of  the  patient  to  apply  electricity,  and  only  half 
do  their  duty  ;  consequently  the  patient  tries  to  make  the  application 


260      ABBREVIATIONS   USED   IN   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

to  himself,  and,  of  necessity,  makes  awkward  work.  Pretty  soon  the 
metals  become  corroded,  and  the  current  ceases  to  flow,  and  the  battery 
is  soon  consigned  to  the  closet  or  garret,  where  it  will  do  no  harm, 
and  probably  as  much  good  as  in  the  hands  of  the  patient. 

This  picture  is  not  drawn  from  fancy  ;  it  is  a  picture  of  genuine  and 
frequent  experience. 

Abbreviations  used  in  Electro-Therapeutics. — It  is  a  decided  con- 
venience and  saves  much  time  in  recording  cases,  in  giving  private 
instruction,  in  public  lecturing,  and  in  conversation,  to  describe  elec- 
trical applications  by  abbreviations.  About  a  year  since  we  devised 
the  following  abbreviations,  which  have  been  used  with  satisfaction  in 
giving  private  instruction  and  in  conversation  with  our  assistants  and 
others  who  are  familiar  with  it,  and  in  records  of  cases  from  day  to  day. 
We  do  not  adopt  it  in  the  present  treatise,  for  the  reason  that  it  is  not 
yet  widely  known,  and  might  perplex  and  bewilder  the  reader  : 

L.  F.     Localized  faradization. 

L.  G.  "         galvanization. 

G.  F.     General  faradization. 

C.  G.     Central  galvanization. 

G.  B.     Galvanization  of  the  brain. 

G.  C.  S.  "  "        sympathetic. 

G.  S.  "  "        spine. 

E.     Electrolysis. 

G.  C.     Galvano-cautery, 


CHAPTER  IV. 

COMPARATIVE   VALUE    OF   THE    GALVANIC   AND    FARADIC   CURRENTS, 

Much  of  the  confusion  that  exists  concerning  the  differential  indica- 
tions for  the  use  of  the  galvanic  and  faradic  cun^ents  arises  from  an  im- 
perfect or  erroneous  or  exaggerated  conception  of  the  distinction  in 
their  physical  and  physiological  effects.  The  general  belief  or  supposi- 
tion is,  that  there  is  between  them  a  radical  and  important  difference 
in  kind,  as  though  they  were  two  different  agents  or  forces. 

We  can  most  intelligently  compare  the  therapeutical  effects  of  the  two 
currents,  if  we  first  compare  their  physical  characteristics  and  their  phy- 
siological effects. 

By  referring  to  the  section  on  electro-physics,  it  will  be  seen  that  both 
currents — faradic  and  galvanic — are  capable  of  producing  chemical  de- 
composition, of  deflecting  the  needle  of  the  galvanometer,  of  producing 
sparks,  and  of  being  changed  into  heat.  Generally  speaking,  these 
effects  are  produced  more  powerfully  by  the  galvanic  current ;  but  in 
Gramme's  machines  we  shall  see  that  magneto-electricity  is  capable  of 
producing  great  heat  and  of  electroplating  on  an  enormous  scale. 

Both  currents  are  obedient  to  the  law  of  Ohm,  with  this  qualification, 
that  the  faradic  current  must  be  regarded  as  having  passed  through  a 
great  resistance. 

Faradic  and  galvanic  electricity  are  therefore  the  same  force — elec- 
tricity, only  each  variety  is  modified  by  the  nature  of  the  substance 
through  which  it  circulates,  as  well  as  the  manner  of  its  production. 

Light  is  hght,  whether  its  waves  are  shorter  or  longer,  and  in  spite  of 
interference  and  polarization,  and  whatever  may  be  the  color  that  it  ex- 
cites in  the  retina  ;  sound  is  sound,  whether  its  undulations  move  slowly 
or  rapidly.  So  electricity  is  electricity,  however  generated  or  however 
modified  by  the  medium  through  which  it  moves ;  and  all  forms  of  it, 
magnetism,  as  well  as  franklinism,  galvanism,  and  the  many  varieties  of 
faradism,  are  merely  different  expressions  of  the  one  great  force — elec 
tricity. 


262   GALVANIC  AND  FARADIC  CURRENTS  COMPARED. 

In  their  physiological  effects  the  two  currents  approach  each  cithei 
pven  more  closely.  It  is  true  that  the  phenomena  of  electrotonos  have 
only  been  demonstrated  under  the  galvanic  current ;  but  it  is  not  proved 
that  similar  phenomena,  to  a  less  degree,  may  not  be  caused  by  the  faradic 
current,  and  every-day  experience  in  electro-therapeutics  shows  that  with 
the  faradic  current,  as  with  the  galvanic,  the  positive  pole  is  the  more 
calming,  and  the  negative  the  more  irritating.  Both  currents  act  on  the 
skin  so  as  to  modify  the  circulation,  the  galvanic  having  a  greater  chemi- 
cal effect  and  causing  a  feeling  of  burning,  while  the  faradic  causes  a  feel- 
ing of  stinging  and  pricking.  Both  currents  applied  to  the  brain  and 
spinal  cord  excite  contractions  of  peripheral  muscles.  Applied  to  the 
sympathetic  both  currents,  according  to  the  degree  of  irritation,  cause 
contraction  or  dilatation  of  the  cerebral  vessels ;  the  faradic  producing 
the  same  effect  as  the  galvanic,  only  more  slowly.  Applied  to  the  pneu- 
mogastric,  whether  cut  or  injured,  both  currents  produce  about  the  same 
effects  on  the  heart.  Even  in  their  action  on  the  nerves  of  special  sense 
the  currents  approach  each  other  far  more  closely  than  has  been 
supposed. 

In  temperaments  of  a  high  order  of  susceptibility  the  faradic  current 
may  so  excite  the  retina  as  to  cause  flashes  before  the  eyes,  and  may 
produce  a  metallic  taste  in  the  mouth,  and  even  the  auditory  nerve  re- 
sponds to  the  faradic  current,  though  less  distinctly  than  to  the  gal- 
vanic current,  and  without  the  peculiar  differential  action  of  the 
poles. 

Applied  to  motor  and  sensory  nerve  branches,  both  currents  and  both 
poles  cause  sensations  of  pricking,  tingling  and  numbness,  and  contrac- 
tions of  the  muscles  which  the  nerve  supplies.  Applied  to  voluntary 
muscles  both  currents  cause  contractions,  the  faradic  more  readily  than 
the  galvanic  ;  applied  to  involuntary  muscles  both  currents  cause  slow 
contraction  at  both  poles  and  in  the  intermediate  region.  The  electro- 
lytic action  of  the  faradic  current  on  the  blood  or  on  the  tissues  of  the 
body  is  but  feeble  as  compared  with  that  of  the  galvanic  current ;  but 
yet  it  exists,  and  from  the  inner,  or  primary  coil,  is  easy  of  demonstration  ; 
and  yet  it  must  be  confessed  that  in  their  chemical  action  the  currents 
diverge  more  widely  than  in  any  other  physiological  effect. 

Over  nutrition  both  currents  and  both  poles  have  a  powerful  influence, 
the  faradic  acting  more  prominently  through  the  muscular,  the  galvanic 
through  the  nervous  system. 

From  the  accumulating  results  of  experiments  and  experience  in 
electro-diagnosis  and  therapeutics,  we  think  that  there  is  strong  reason 
for  regarding  the  essential  distinction  in  the  effects  of  these  currents  on 


ADVANTAGES   OF   GALVANIC   OVER   FARADIC.  263 

the  body  as  mainly  cf  degree, — practically  amounting,  it  is  true,  to  a 
difference  in  kind, — and  that  this  is  the  scientific  basis  for  their  differen- 
tial employment. 

In  the  form  of  localized  electrization  both  can  produce  muscular 
contractions  in  paralyzed  muscles,  and  relieve  local  neuralgias ;  both 
cause  absorption  of  abnormal  secretions  ;  and  both  can  directly  affect 
the  brain,  spinal  cord,  sympathetic,  and  all  the  internal  organs,  pro- 
ducing, in  different  degrees,  the  various  therapeutic  results  that  directly 
and  indirectly  flow  from  electrical  excitation  of  these  parts.  In  the 
form  of  general  electrization  both  currents,  besides  producing  most  of 
the  other  results  of  localized  electrization,  act  as  powerfully  stimulating 
tonics,  and  thus  form  most  efficient  aids  in  the  rehef  and  cure  of  nerv- 
ous exhaustion,  nervous  dyspepsia,  constitutional  neuralgia,  and  of  a 
wide  range  of  nervous  diseases  associated  with  or  dependent  on  general 
debihty. 

In  electro-surgeiy  both  currents  avail  to  discuss  tumors,  heal  ulcers, 
and  hasten  absorption,  although  for  these  purposes  the  galvanic  is 
incomparably  the  more  effective. 

And  yet  the  difference  in  degree  between  the  effects  of  the  two  cur- 
rents is  so  marked  and  so  clearly  demonstrable,  as  to  be  practically 
equivalent  in  certain  instances  to  a  difference  in  kind,  and  to  give  very 
important  and  remarkable  advantages  to  one  current  or  the  other,  ac- 
cording to  the  indications  required. 

The  advantages  of  the  galvanic  over  the  faradic  are  : — 

1.  A  greater  power  of  overcoming  resistance.  It  therefore  affects  the 
brain,  spinal  cord,  and  sympathetic  more  powerfully  than  the  faradic, 
since  the  anatomical  position  of  these  parts  is  such  that  considerable 
resistance  mupt  be  overcome  in  order  to  directly  affect  them.  For  the 
same  reason  it  is  usually  to  be  preferred  when  it  is  desired  to  affect  the 
middle  and  internal  ear,  the  retina,  and  the  muscles  of  the  eye. 

2.  A  power  of  prodiccing  ftiiiscnlar  contractions  in  cases  where  the 
faradic  fails.  This  peculiarity  of  the  galvanic  current  has  now  been 
observed  so  frequently,  and  in  such  striking  instances,  that  it  has  be- 
come an  accepted  fact  of  electro-therapeutical  science.  Illustrative 
examples  will  be  given  in  the  section  on  paralysis.  After  a  certain 
amount  of  treatment  by  the  galvanic  current  the  paralyzed  muscles 
frequently  resume  their  susceptibility  to  the  faradic. 

3.  A  far  more  potent  electrotonic,  electrolytic,  and  thermic  action. 
The  chemical  power  of  the  galvanic  current  is  most  markedly  seen 
when  used  for  the  purposes  of  galvano-cautery  or  electrolysis.  The 
superior   efficacy  of  the    galvanic    current  to    the  faradic,   so   often 


264       GALVANIC   AND   FARADIC   CURRENTS   COMPi^RED. 

observed  in  the  treatment  of  neuralgia,  of  atrophied  muscles,  rheuma^ 
tism,  is  probably  due  to  its  greater  "  catalytic  "  action.  It  probably 
induces  more  rapid  and  more  important  molecular  and  other  changes  in 
the  tissues.  This  superiority  of  the  galvanic  current  is  supposed  to  be 
due  to  its  more  cojitiniious  duratwi ;  it  moves  constantly  in  one  direc- 
tion, and  thus  produces  more  powerful  electrolytic  effects  than  the  fa- 
radic  current  with  its  rapid  interruptions  can  possibly  produce. 

The  advantages  of  the  faradic  over  the  galvanic  current  are  these  : — 

1.  By  virtue  of  its  frequent  interruptions  it  more  easily  produces 
muscular  contractions  when  passed  over  the  muscles  or  the  nerves  that 
supply  them.  In  order  to  produce  full  muscular  contractions  with  a  gal- 
vanic current  of  moderate  strength  it  is  necessary  to  interrupt  the  cur 
rent,  and,  unless  it  is  quite  powerful,  to  localize  at  least  one  of  the 
electrodes  over  the  motor  nerve  by  which  the  muscle  is  supplied — that 
is,  over  the  so-called  "  motor  points."  On  the  contrary,  the  faradic 
current  is  in  a  condition  of  rapid  interruption  and  produces  contractions 
when  indifferently  passed  over  the  surface  of  the  muscle,  as  well  as  when 
localized  on  the  main  motor  nerve  that  supplies  it. 

This  advantage  of  the  faradic  current  is  best  appreciated  in  general 
faradization,  the  powerful  tonic  eifects  of  which,  as  will  be  seen,  are 
partly  and  quite  largely  due  to  the  passive  exercise  and  consequent 
oxidation  and  other  important  changes  of  tissue  that  result  from  the 
several  thousand  muscular  contractions  that  take  place  during  an  ordi- 
nary sitting.  In  locahzed  electrization  this  advantage  is  not  so  clearly 
and  strongly  marked,  since,  in  this  method,  by  a  proper  knowledge  of 
electro-therapeutical  anatomy  and  sufficient  care,  it  is  possible  to  direct 
one  of  the  electrodes  on  the  "  motor  points  ;  "  and  yet  even  here  the 
faradic  current  is  much  more  convenient,  because  its  employment  re- 
quires no  arrangement  for  interruption,  and  less  minuteness  of  attention 
to  the  situation  of  the  motor  nerves.  The  exceptional  cases  of  paraly- 
sis, where  the  muscles  have  lost  their  susceptibility  to  the  faradic  cur- 
rent, do  not  interfere  with  the  general  rule. 

2.  //  produces  greater  mechanical  effects.  These  mechanical  effects 
of  the  faradic  current  are  due  to  its  rapid  interruptions,  which  cause 
contractions  not  only  of  the  muscles,  but  also  of  the  contractile  fibre- 
cells,  thus  stimulating  the  circulation,  and  with  it  the  processes  of 
waste  and  repair.  In  this  respect  its  action  is  similar  to  that  of  rub- 
bing, pounding,  movements  and  vibrations.  These  mechanical  effects 
are  especially  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  abdominal ' 
viscera,  which  are  supplied  with  contractile  fibre-cells  ;  anaesthesia,  and 
general  muscular  debility. 


ADVANTAGES  OF  FARADIC   OVER  GALVANIC.  265 

3.  It  is  less  likely  to  produce  unpleasant  or  harmful  effects,  when 
incautiously  used,  than  the  galvanic. 

To  confirm  this  statement  we  rest  mainly  on  the  evident  results 
of  clinical  observation.  We  may  indeed  refer  to  a  number  of  cases  of 
severe  constitutional  neuralgia  and  excessive  nervous  exhaustion  where 
the  faradic  current  invariably  relieved,  and  where  the  galvanic  current 
as  invariably  aggravated,  the  symptoms.  For  this  reason  it  is  better  to 
begin  the  practice  of  electro-therapeutics  with  the  faradic  current,  and 
for  those  families  who  desire  a  scientific  plaything,  the  faradic  machine 
is  safer  than  the  galvanic  apparatus. 

In  all  applications  to  the  head,  neck,  and  spine  especially,  applica- 
tions of  the  galvanic  current  can  rarely  be  protracted  without  injury, 
while  in  many  cases  the  spine  and  neck  may  be  faradized  through  very 
prolonged  sittings,  with  positive  benefit  to  the  patient.  To  the  head, 
also,  a  faradic  current  of  a  proper  quality  may  be  applied  much  longer 
than  a  galvanic  current,  before  unpleasant  dizziness  or  headache  is 
excited.  The  belief,  pretty  generally  entertained  in  Europe,  that  the 
faradic  current  cannot  be  applied  to  the  head  without  injury,  is  to  be 
accounted  for  by  the  fact  that  most  of  the  electric  machines  there  em- 
ployed are  separate-coil  machines,  and  do  not  furnish  a  current  of  suffi- 
cient smoothness  for  faradization  of  the  head.  Most  of  those  who  at- 
tempt this  method  of  treatment  use  too  small  electrodes,  and  thus  give 
the  current  greater  density  than  the  brain  can  bear.  Galvanization  of  the 
eye  or  ear,  or  of  the  cervical  sympathetic,  must  always  be  shorter  than  fara- 
dization of  the  same  parts.  These  considerations,  however,  need  not  inter- 
fere with  the  use  of  the  galvanic  current  to  these  parts,  in  all  cases  where 
it  offers  a  positive  advantage  over  the  faradic.  There  is  no  real  danger 
in  using  either  current  on  any  patient,  provided  it  be  used  properly. 

A  consideration  of  some  practical  importance  with  general  practi- 
tioners is,  that  the  faradic  apparatus  is  more  convenient,  more  portable, 
than  even  the  compactest  galvanic  apparatus  that  has  yet  been  devised. 
It  is  impossible,  however,  for  any  practitioner  to  realize  anything  like 
the  full  benefit  of  electrization  without  apparatus  for  the  galvanic  as 
well  as  the  faradic  current. 

The  general  differential  indications  for  the  use  of  the  two  currents 
may  be  thus  summed  up.     The  galvanic  should  be  used — 

1.  To  act  toith  special  electrotonic  and  electrolytic  power  on 
the  brain,  spinal  cord,  sympathetic,  or  any  fart  of  the  central  or  per  iph- 
tral  nervous  system. 

2.  To  produce  contractions  in  paralyzed  muscles  that  fail  to  respond 
to  the  faradic. 


266   GALVANIC  AND  FARADIC  CURRENTS  COMPARED. 

3.  In  electro-surgery,  to  produce  electrolysis  or  cautet  ization. 
The  faradic  should  be  used — 

1.  To  act  MILDLY  on  the  brain,  spinal  cord,  sympathetic,  or  any  part 
of  the  central  or  peripheral  nervous  system. 

2.  To  excite  muscular  contractions  wherever  the  muscles  are  not  so 
much  diseased  as  to  be  unable  to  respond  to  it. 

3.  To  produce  stro?ig  mechanical  effects. 

Both  are  essential  in  electro-diagnosis — the  faradic  especially  for  the 
muscles,  and  the  galvanic  especially  for  the  nervous  system  ;  and  both 
are  adapted  for  general  as  well  as  localized  electrization,  although  in 
general  electrization  the  faradic  current  is  chiefly  used.  It  logically 
follows  from  what  has  been  said  that  very  many — perhaps  the  majority 
— of  diseases  are  best  treated  not  by  one  current  exclusively,  but  by 
both  currents,  either  in  alternation  or  succession.  Special  indications 
will  be  given  under  the  special  diseases. 

The  two  currents  compared  to  brotnide  of  potassium  and  hydrate  of 
chloral. 

We  are  accustomed  to  compare  in  a  rough  way  the  differential  action 
of  the  currents  with  the  differential  action  of  bromide  of  potassium  and 
hydrate  of  chloral,  the  faradic  current  being  the  bromide  of  potassium, 
and  the  galvanic  the  hydrate  of  chloral. 

Bromide  of  potassium  is  a  safer  remedy  than  hydrate  of  chloral, 
but  there  are  very  many  cases  where  it  is  powerless,  and  the  hydrate  of 
chloral  acts  as  a  specific  ;  so  the  faradic  current  is  safer  than  the  gal- 
vanic, and  therefore  better  adapted  for  general  use,  and,  for  those  who 
use  but  one  current,  fulfils  a  larger  requirement  ;  and  yet  there  are 
many  cases  where  it  fails  and  the  more  powerful  galvanic  is  demanded. 
Except  for  the  cases  where  the  galvanic  current  is  clearly  indicated,  it 
is  well  to  begin  with  the  faradic  current,  just  as  we  use  bromide  of 
potassium  before  resorting  to  hydrate  of  chloral. 

A  combination  of  bromide  of  potassium  and  hydrate  of  chloral  is 
frequently  more  effective  in  producing  sleep  and  relieving  pain  than 
either  remedy  when  used  alone  :  similarly  the  combined  or  alternate 
use  of  the  faradic  or  galvanic  currents  will  sometimes  accomplish  much 
more  than  either  current  used  exclusively. 

GAL  VANO-FARAD  IZATION. 

In  order  to  secure  the  advantages  of  both  currents,  and  at  the  same 
time  to  avoid  the  trouble  and  inconvenience  of  employing  them  in  suc- 
cession, or  alternately,  as  is  so  frequently  necessary,  we  have  devised  a 


GALVANO-FARADIZATION.  267 

method  of  using  them  simultaneously.  To  this  method  we  have  given  a 
name  which  sufficiently  expresses  its  character — galvano-faradization. 
It  may  be  either  general  or  localized. 

The  method  of  general  galvane-faradization  requires  a  double 
electrode,  with  one  part  for  the  galvanic  and  the  other  for  the  faradic 
current.  The  copper  plate  may  be  connected  at  one  part  with  the 
pole  of  the  faradic,  and  at  another  with  that  of  the  galvanic  apparatus  ; 
thus  the  circuit  is  completed  for  both  currents. 

In  localized  galvano-faradization  it  is  necessary  to  have  in  use  two 
double  electrodes ;  for  this  purpose  the  double  exciters  of  Duchenne 
answer  very  well.  By  a  proper  construction  and  adjustment  of  the 
electrodes  it  is  possible  to  localize  the  two  currents  very  near  to  each 
other.  Whether  any  special  therapeutical  advantage  arises  from  the 
simultaneous  use  of  the  two  currents,  we  are  unable  to  state. 

We  allow  the  above  description  of  galvano-faradization  to  stand  just 
as  it  appeared  in  the  first  edition. 

Since  we  have  used  central  galvanization — a  method  to  be  subse- 
quently described — we  have  dispensed  almost  entirely  with  general 
galvano-faradization. 


CHAPTER  V. 

THE    PRINCIPLES    OF   ELECTRO-DIAGNOSIS    (eLECTRO-PATHOI.OGY). 

In  this  chapter  we  shall  speak  only  of  the  principles  on  which 
electricity  is  used  as  a  means  of  diagnosis  in  medicine.  The  details 
and  special  applications  of  these  principles  will  appear  under  the  vari- 
ous diseases. 

A  history  of  the  use  of  electricity  as  a  means  of  diagnosis  would  very 
likely  be  the  history  of  electro-therapeutics  itself.  As  soon  as  men 
began  to  use  the  voltaic  pile  in  the  treatment  of  paralysis  and  kindred 
diseases,  about  the  middle  of  the  last  century,  just  so  soon,  probably, 
they  began  to  test  the  power  of  the  electric  current  to  diagnosticate 
disease.  We  logically  infer  that  electrization  was  used  as  a  means  of 
diagnosis  much  earlier  than  the  published  treatises  on  the  subject  would 
show,  from  the  fact  that  it  has  been  so  used — in  a  blind  and  empirical 
way,  it  is  true — in  this  country,  for  thirty  or  forty  years.  Mankind, 
always  and  everywhere,  are  superstitious,  credulous,  ready  to  receive 
whatever  approaches  them  with  an  air  of  mystery,  much  more  so  in  the 
last  century  than  in  the  present ;  and  it  is  certainly  not  unfair  to  sup- 
pose that  the  earlier  experimenters  in  this  department  consulted,  to  a 
greater  or  less  extent,  the  diagnostic  or  prophetic  power  of  the  subtle 
agent — electricity.  Their  experiments,  we  may  suppose,  were  unscien- 
tific and  unsatisfactory.  They  were  probably  neither  based  on  any 
well-defined  principles,  nor  conducted  by  any  intelligible  system.  Ac- 
cordingly, they  secured  very  few  tangible,  or  at  least  communicable,  re- 
sults, and  if  scientific  men  had  not  espoused  the  cause  of  electro-thera- 
peutics, the  phrase  electricity  as  a  means  of  diagnosis,  would  never  have 
been  known.  Nearly  all  that  has  been  accomplished  in  a  scientific 
way,  in  this  department,  is  comparatively  recent ;  though  Marshall  Hall 
earnestly  called  the  professional  attention  to  the  fact  that  Electricity 
might  assist  us  in  differentially  diagnosticating  paralysis  as  far  back  as 
1839.*  Since  that  time  the  subject  has  been  studied  by  nearly  all  the 
prora'.nent  workers  in  the  department  of  electro-therapeutics. 
*  Medico-Chirurgical  Transactions,  1839. 


MODIFICATIONS   OF  ELECTRO-SENSIBILITY.  269 

In  order  to  be  expert  in  electro-diagnosis,  it  is  necessary  to  be 
thoroughly  familiar  with  the  normal  reaction  of  the  different  parts  and 
organs  of  the  body  to  faradic  and  galvanic  electricity.  The  founda- 
tion principles,  on  which  Electricity  can  be  made  a  means  of  diagnosis 
of  disease,  are  simply  these  four  : — 

First.  The  fact  that  all  the  parts  and  orgafis  of  the  body  are  more  or 
less  sensitive  to  the  electric  current^  and  that  this  sensitiveness  is  modified 
by  disease.  This  electro-sensibiUty  may  be  either  increased  or  dimin- 
ished. 

If  an  electric  current  be  passed  through  a  boil,  or  irritable  ulcer,  or 
the  skin,  like  any  other  irritant,  it  excites  more  pain  than  when  it  is 
applied  over  the  healthy  skin  ;  and  this  pain  which  it  causes  usually 
bears  quite  a  direct  proportion  to  the  nature  and  condition  of  the 
morbid  process.  This  is  so  familiar  and  so  apparent  an  example  of  in- 
crease of  electro-sensibility,  that  to  state  it  is  to  demonstrate  it.  The 
electric  currents,  during  the  various  processes  of  electrization,  penetrate 
beneath  the  skin,  and,  as  it  has  been  experimentally  and  practically 
demonstrated,  traverse,  to  a  greater  or  less  extent,  the  principal  vital 
organs.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  those  organs  which  are  abnor- 
mally sensitive,  through  disease  of  any  kind,  must  feel  the  current  much 
more  appreciably  than  when  in  a  condition  of  health. 

But  the  mechanical  effects  of  the  electric  currents  work  both  ways, 
and  organs  which  are  indurated  or  changed  into  an  anaesthetic  condi- 
tion by  disease  are  less  sensitive  than  is  normal  to  the  electric  current, 
just  as  they  are  less  sensitive  to  any  other  mechanical  cause  acting  upon 
them. 

Accordingly,  we  find  that  when  even  powerful  electric  currents  are 
passed  through  an  indurated  joint,  or  an  atrophied  liver,  or  any  part  the 
sensory  nerves  of  which  are  paralyzed,  they  may  produce  little  sensa- 
tion. 

Before  making  examinations  to  determine  the  sensitiveness  of  the 
different  parts  of  the  surface  of  the  body,  it  is  necessary  to  know  their 
relative  normal  sensitiveness,  as  indicated  and  described  in  the  chapter 
on  Electro-Therapeutical  Anatomy. 

No  absolute  Standard  of  Electro-sensibility. — We  have  no  absolute 
or  mathematical  standard  of  electro-sensibility  by  which  to  compare 
the  deviations  that  appear  in  disease.  We  can  only  compare  the 
sensitiveness  of  parts  with  the  average  sensitiveness  of  the  same  parts 
in  health.  When  half  the  body  is  diseased,  as  in  hemiplegia,  it  may 
readily  be  compared  with  the  electro-sensibility  of  the  healthy  side. 
In  all  these  examinations  into  sensibility  we  are  dependent  on  the 


2/0  PRINCIPLES   OF  ELECTRO-DIAGNOSIS. 

Statements  of  the  patient,  and  the  results  will  be  influenced  by  his  in. 
telligence  and  honesty. 

It  need  hardly  be  said  that  the  diagnosis  obtained  by  observing  this 
increased  or  diminished  sensitiveness,  of  any  part  or  organ,  must,  of  ne- 
cessity, be  a  very  general  one.  It  simply  informs  us  of,  and  directs  our 
attention  to,  the  fact  that  such  a  part  or  organ  is  in  some  way  diseased. 
The  special  nature  of  this  disease  must  be  determined  by  the  ordinary 
means  of  differential  diagnosis  at  our  command. 

This  sensitiveness  to  the  electric  current  is  particularly  marked  over 
the  prominent  nerve-tracts,  and  in  those  regions  endowed  with  great 
tactile  sensibility.  If  even  a  mild  current  be  applied  at  those  points  on 
the  upper  or  lower  limbs  where  the  prominent  nerves  are  superficial,  a 
feeling  of  tingling  or  numbness  is  felt  through  the  branches  of  the 
affected  nerve  ;  and  if  the  current  is  very  much  increased  in  strength, 
a  decidedly  anaesthetic  effect  is  experienced.  In  paralysis  of  sensa- 
tion, or  anaesthesia,  this  feeling  of  tingling,  thrill,  and  numbness  is 
very  much  diminished  under  the  influence  of  the  electric  current,  or  is 
entirely  absent.  It  is  on  this  principle  that  electricity  becomes  a  most 
valuable  means  of  diagnosis  in  the  various  stages  of  ancesthesia.  A 
condition  of  anjesthesia  or  analgesia  (loss  of  sense  of  pain)  can  readily 
be  detected  by  the  brass  ball  employed  in  general  faradization,  or  by 
the  metallic  brush,  or  by  any  other  form  of  electrode.  To  detect 
analgesia  the  electrode  should  be  moistened  so  that  the  current  may 
penetrate  the  epidermis. 

General  faradization  is  found  to  be  of  practical  utility  in  aiding  us  to 
determine  the  locality  of  certain  diseases,  if  not  their  precise  nature. 
In  dyspepsia,  electrization  often  reveals  great  sensitiveness  in  the 
epigastric  region,  and  on  the  left  side  over  the  spleen.  In  severe 
dyspepsia,  accompanied  by  emaciation,  a  current  is  sometimes  pain- 
fully transmitted  from  the  middle  of  the  back  to  the  neighborhood  of 
the  epigastrium.  A  peculiar  sinking  sensation  is  sometimes  felt  at  the 
pit  of  the  stomach  when  a  strong  current  is  applied  over  the  seventh 
cervical  vertebra,  or  over  the  brachial  plexus.  All  these  symptoms, 
taken  together,  undoubtedly  suggest  an  aggravated  case  of  dyspepsia, 
and  usually  of  the  nervous  variety.  Congested  or  irritable  states  of  the 
liver  are  revealed  by  an  abnormal  and  pecuUar  sensitiveness  when  the 
current  is  applied  over  the  right  hypochondriac  region.  Care  must  be 
taken,  however,  not  to  confound  the  normal  sensitiveness  of  the  superficial 
nerves  over  the  ribs,  with  an  abnormal  condition  of  the  liver.  There 
are  certain  diseases  of  this  organ  in  which  it  is  less  sensitive  than  usual 
to  electrization,  ai'  d  sometimes  it  appears  to  be  decidedly  anaesthetic. 


MODIFICATIONS   OF   ELECTRO-SENSIBILITY.  2/1 

A  lady  patient  of  ours  who  had  suffered  for  years  from  hepatic  disor- 
der was  very  sensitive  to  the  current  excepting  over  the  right  hypcchon- 
driac  region,  where  she  could  bear  the  whole  power  of  the  apparatus 
without  any  discomfort,  except  that  which  was  necessarily  caused  by 
the  natural  tenderness  of  the  skin.  The  precise  condition  of  the  liver 
at  that  time  we  were  not  able  to  ascertain.  The  evidence,  however, 
was  sufficient  to  confirm  our  previous  suspicions  in  regard  to  the  exis- 
tence of  some  affection  of  that  organ.  It  may  be  said  in  general, 
that  those  diseases  which  cause  the  liver  to  be  sensitive  to  external 
pressure,  also  cause  it  to  be  sensitive  to  electrization.  The  same 
general  principle  will  apply  to  the  stomach,  the  spleen,  the  intestines, 
and  the  ovaries.  Our  experience  in  the  electrical  treatment  of  diseases 
of  the  lungs  has  not  been  large,  but  it  has  been  sufficient  to  make  it 
quite  probable  that  certain  sensitive  conditions  of  tuberculous  deposit 
may  be  suggested  by  abnormal  sensitiveness  to  the  faradic  current  over 
the  apex  of  the  chest. 

Electro-diagnosis  of  the  sensory  nerves  requires  us  to  examine  the 
condition  not  only  of  the  various  portions  of  the  skin,  but  also  of  the 
nerve-branches,  and  the  plexuses. 

If  in  cutaneous  anaesthesia  we  find  normal  sensitiveness  on  the  nerve- 
branches,  we  judge  that  the  disease  is  confined  to  the  nerve  ramifica- 
tions only. 

If  in  complete  anaesthesia  of  an  extremity  the  nerve  plexus  exhibits  a 
normal  reaction,  we  also  judge  that  the  disease  is  not  central  but  peri- 
pheral, including  the  nerve-branches. 

For  the  purpose  of  testing  the  condition  of  sensation  the  faradic  cur- 
rent is  usually  to  be  preferred,  for  the  reason  that  its  mechanical  effects 
are  greater  than  those  of  the  galvanic. 

The  electro-sensibility  may  be  normal  or  nearly  so  when  ordinary 
sensibility  is  much  diminished.  In  some  cases  of  posterior  spinal  scle- 
rosis, for  example,  a  moderate  electric  current  may  be  fully  perceptible 
while  a  pin  may  be  thrust  into  the  flesh  without  causing  any  pain. 

The  Head. — In  health  the  head  is  very  sensitive  both  to  galvaniza- 
tion and  faradization,  in  all  parts  except  the  posterior.  This  electro- 
sensitiveness  of  the  frontal  and  parietal  regions  of  the  head  is  due  to 
the  superficial  nerves,  and  not  to  the  brain  itself.  In  pathological  cases 
this  sensitiveness  may  be  either  increased  or  diminished. 

Spijie. — In  health  the  spine  is  but  little  sensitive  to  the  current.  In 
pathological  cases  it  may  exhibit  a  sensitiveness  to  the  electric  current 
that  is  not  revealed  by  pressure  or  by  any  other  method  of  irritation. 
This  conditio  1  is  found  in  neuralgia,  spinal  irritation,  hysteria,  etc.     It 


272  PRINCIPLES  OF  ELECTRO-DIAGNOSIS. 

is  interesting,  also,  to  know  that  electric  examination  sometimes  indt 
cates  abnormities  in  the  sensitiveness  of  certain  parts  of  the  body  that 
exhibit  no  functional  derangement.* 

Sympathetic  and  Pneiono gastric. — The  ganglia  of  the  cervical  sympa- 
thetic and  the  pneumogastric  may  be  examined  electrically  by  the  inner 
border  of  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle.  Sometimes  there  is  abnor- 
mal sensitiveness  all  along  the  border  of  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid 
muscle  in  the  track  of  the  pneumogastric.  This  sensitiveness  is  found 
in  a  large  number  of  pathological  conditions,  locomotor  ataxia,  muscular 
atrophy,  various  cerebral  affections,  etc.  We  have  observed  it  also  in 
spinal  irritation,  and  during  paroxysms  of  sick  headache.  This  abnor- 
mal sensitiveness  may  be  frequently  demonstrated  by  mechanical  pres- 
sure. We  are  disposed  to  regard  this  sensitiveness  as  due  to  the  pneumo- 
gastric more  than  to  the  sympathetic. 

Electro-muscular  Sensibility. — Electro-muscular  sensibihty  includes  a 
feeling  of  pain  and  a  feeling  of  contraction.  The  latter  may  exist  with- 
out the  former. 

Success  in  investigating  electro-muscular  sensibility  depends  on  the 
condition  and  intelligence  of  the  patient. 

In  conditions  of  cutaneous  hypersesthesia  it  is  exceedingly  difficult, 
even  for  the  most  intelligent  patient,  to  distinguish  between  the  sensi- 
tiveness of  the  skin  and  that  of  the  muscle. 

In  paralysis  electro-muscular  sensibility  is  frequently  diminished, 
together  with  the  electro-muscular  contractility  ;  they  often  rise  and 
fall  together.  In  hysteria,  electro-muscular  sensibility  to  pain  is  some- 
times greatly  increased.  For  remarks  on  the  physiological  nature  of 
electro-muscular  sensibility,  see  Electro-Physiology,  p.  148. 

Secondly.  The  fact  that  the  electro-muscular  contractility  and  irritOr- 
bility  are  more  or  less  modified  by  disease. 

Irritability  strictly  refers  to  the  quivering  which  muscles  exhibit 
under  mild  currents ;  contractility  to  the  power  of  actually  contracting 
under  whatever  strength  of  current  may  be  necessary.  The  two  terms 
are  very  frequently  used  interchangeably. 

That  muscular  contractions  can  be  produced  by  the  electric  currents, 
has  been  known  since  the  period  of  the  earliest  investigations  in  the 
department  of  electro-physiology. 

The  first  systematic  attempts  to  make  this  a  basis  for  establishing 

differential  diagnosis  were  made  by  Dr.  Marshall  Hall,  and  subsequently 

by  Dr.  Todd.     The  conclusions  of  these  distinguished  experimenters 

are  quite  familiar,  and  as  they  were  unsatisfactory  and  partly  erroneous, 

*Benedikt   op.  cit.,  p.  60. 


ELECTRO-MUSCULAR  SENSIBILITY  AND   CONTRACTILITY.    273 

it  is  not  necessary  to  present  them  in  detail.  More  recent  investiga- 
tions have  estabhshed  that  the  behavior  of  the  deep-seated  muscles,  in 
regard  to  their  contractility,  is  a  much  more  complicated  question  than 
was  formerly  supposed.  The  contractile  power  of  a  muscle  is  made  up 
of  two  factors,  viz.:  the  excitability  of  the  intra-muscular  nerve-fibres, 
and  the  functional  capacity  or  irritability  of  the  muscular  substance 
itself.  When,  therefore,  the  contractile  power  of  a  muscle  differs  in 
any  respect  from  the  normal,  this  variation  may  be  due  to  an  abnormal 
condition  of  either  one  or  both  of  these  factors.  Still  further,  it  is 
stated  that  when  the  excitability  of  the  intra-muscular  nerve-fibres  and 
the  irritability  of  the  muscular  substance  are  increased,  yet  if  the 
former  has  suffered  more  than  the  latter,  the  contractile  power  may  be 
diminished,  and  vice  versd. 

In  comparing  healthy  with  diseased  sides  in  paralysis^  it  is  necessary 
to  use  not  only  the  same  strength  of  current^  but  also  the  same  relative 
positiofi  aiid pressure  of  the  electrodes. 

The  general  principles  that  have  thus  far  been  established,  in  regard 
to  the  relation  of  electro-muscular  contractility  to  disease,  are  as  fol- 
lows : — 

I  St.  In  paralysis  of  motion,  the  electro-muscular  contractility  is 
sometimes  normal,  occasionally  increased,  and  very  frequently  dimin- 
ished. 

Increase  of  electro-muscular  contractility,  or  at  least  of  irritability,  may 
be  obsei-ved  in  diseases  of  the  brain,  attended  with  irritative  lesions,  in 
certain  spasmodic  and  hysterical  affections,  and  occasionally  in  loco- 
motor ataxia.  Diminution  of  electro-muscular  contractility  is  usually 
observed  in  grave  lesions  of  the  anterior  columns  of  the  spinal  cord, 
and  motor  tract  of  the  brain,  in  rheumatic  paralysis,  lead-palsy,  in  well- 
marked  progressive  muscular  atrophy,  and  in  paralysis  from  injury  of  a 
nerve  in  some  part  of  its  course. 

2d.  In  certain  central  diseases,  the  electro-muscular  contractility  is 
at  first  normal  or  diminished,  and  afterwards  increases  with  the  progress 
of  the  disease,  until  it  becomes  greater  than  normal. 

The  length  of  time  that  is  necessary  to  illustrate  these  variations  de- 
pends on  the  nature  of  the  disease.  In  chronic  inflammations  of  the 
spinal  cord,  in  effusions  in  the  brain,  causing  hemiplegia,  these  varia- 
tions may  run  through  many  weeks  and  months.  In  cases  of  hemiple- 
gia also,  these  different  conditions  of  the  electro-muscular  contractihty 
may  run  in  a  circle ;  being  sometimes  normal,  sometimes  increased, 
and  sometimes  diminished  (Benedikt).  All  these  changes  correspond, 
of  course,  to   certain  changes  in  the   pathological   condition  of  the 


274  PRINCIPLES   OF   ELECTRO-DIAGNOSIS. 

diseased  brain.     Just  what  this  correspondence  is  in  each  case,  cannot, 
in  the  present  state  of  electro-pathological  science,  be  well  determined. 

3d.  The  fact  that  certain  forms  of  paralysis  behave  very  differently 
under  the  faradic  and  the  galvanic  current.  Muscles  over  which  a 
faradic  current  can  have  no  influence,  may  contract  easily  under  a 
milder  galvanic  current  than  is  necessary  to  produce  contractions  of  the 
same  muscles  in  health.  Sometimes,  as  the  paralyzed  muscles  recover, 
they  regain  their  power  of  contracting  under  the  faradic  current,  at  the 
same  time  proportionately  losing  their  contractility  under  the  galvanic 
current.  This  law  is  most  readily  demonstrated  in  peripheral  facial 
paralysis. 

This  fact,  that  in  certain-  peripheral  paralyses  galvano-muscidar  con- 
tractility niay  rejnain  after  far  ado-muscular  contractility  is  wholly  lost., 
was  first  pointed  out  by  Baierlacher  in  1859.  His  observations  have 
since  been  confirmed  by  Schulz,  Meyer,*  Althaus,  Hammond,  Radcliffe, 
Ziemssen,f  Legros  and  Onimus,J  ourselves,§  and  other  observers.  (See 
section  on  peripheral  paralysis.) 

Some  of  the  more  specific  principles  on  which  electricity  is  used  as 
a  means  of  diagnosis  in  medicine  may  be  thus  stated.  Although  con- 
tractions occur  only  on  closing  or  opening  the  current,  yet  we  distin- 
guish four  kinds  designated  by  the  following  abbreviations  :  ist,  C.  C. 
C. ;  2d,  A.  O.  C. ;  3d,  A.  C.  C. ;  4tb,  C.  O.  C. 

The  first  is  the  cathodal  closure  contractioji,  and  occurs  when  the 
cathode,  or  negative  pole,  is  applied  to  the  nerve  or  muscle,  and  the 
current  closed. 

The  second,  a?iodal  opening  contraction,  occurs  when  the  anode  or 
positive  pole  is  applied  to  the  nerve  or  muscle  and  the  circuit  opened. 

The  third,  anodal  closure  contraction,  occurs  when  the  anode  is  ap- 
plied and  the  current  closed. 

The  fourth,  cathodal  opening  contraction,  occurs  when  the  cathode 
is  applied  and  the  current  opened. 

The  readiness  with  which  these  various  contractions  are  induced 
relatively  to  each  other,  depends  altogether  upon  the  strength  of  the 
current  and  the  condition  of  the  nerves,  whether  diseased  or  healthy. 
If  on  the  healthy  nerve  or  muscle  the  negative  pole  is  pressed,  and  a 
current  of  sufficient  strength  employed,  it  will  be  found  that  on  closing 
the  circuit  a  contraction  takes  place.  In  order,  however,  to  induce  a 
contraction  of  the  same  vigor  on  opening  the  circuit,  it  is  necessary 

*  Op.  cit.,  p.  417.  f  Electricitdt  hi  der  Medicin,  1866,  p.  76. 

ifOp.  cit.,  p.  61.  %New  York  Medical  Record,  1868,  p.  409. 


GALVANO-   VS.    FARADO-MUSCULAR   CONTRACTILITY.      2/5 

that  the  strength  of  the  current  be  increased.  Each  one  can  readily 
confirm  this  statement  for  himself,  and  by  experimenting  thoroughly  it 
will  be  found  that  contraction  in  the  healthy  muscle  occurs  in  the  order 
just  given. 

In  diseased  conditions,  however,  this  formula  is  subject  to  great  va- 
riations.  The  readiness  with  which  a  muscle  contracts  to  electrical 
influences  may  be  increased.  This  occurs  in  certain  cases  of  hemi- 
plegia associated  with  an  irritative  lesion ;  and  in  the  early  stages  of 
facial  paralysis  due  to  the  action  of  cold  associated  with  a  rheumatic 
diathesis.  In  these  cases  the  intra-muscular  nerves  are  attacked  from 
the  beginning,  while  there  is  but  little  if  any  alteration  of  the  muscular 
fibres.  The  faradic  current  causes  contractions  through  the  intra-muscu- 
lar nerves  ;  therefore,  in  cases  such  as  the  above,  its  power  to  produce 
muscular  contractility  is  lost.  The  galvanic  current,  acting  more  espe- 
cially on  the  muscular  fibres,  retains  its  power,  and,  as  experience  shows, 
a  milder  current  will  cause  contractions  than  is  found  necessary  for  the 
healthy  muscle.  As  the  patient  improves,  it  takes  an  increased  tension 
of  galvanism  to  cause  the  same  effects,  until,  finally,  farado-mu*scular 
contractility  becomes  manifest.  Again,  the  readiness  of  contraction 
may  be  decreased  and  finally  abolished,  as  in  the  late  stages  of  bulbar 
paralysis  ;  occasionally  in  paralysis  following  acute  diseases,  in  myeli- 
tis, and  in  progressive  muscular  atrophy. 

The  above  are  termed  quantitative  reactions^  consisting,  as  has  been 
stated,  in  a  simple  increase  or  diminution  in  the  quickness  of  re- 
sponse to  a  current  of  given  strength.  Qualitative,  which  includes  as 
well  quantitative  changes — in  other  words  termed  the  reaction  of  degen- 
eration — consist  in  an  alteration  in  the  order  of  occurrence  of  the 
contractions.  These  changes  are  observed  in  any  form  of  traumatic 
paralysis  where  the  continuity  of  the  nerve  has  been  completely  inter- 
rupted, in  rheumatic  paralysis  associated  with  compression  at  some 
point  of  the  nerve,  in  lead  palsy,  many  forms  of  infantile  paralysis,  in 
spinal  paralysis  where  the  gray  matter  is  much  involved,  in  progressive 
muscular  atrophy,  in  some  cases  of  neuritis,  bulbar  paralysis,  in  cases 
of  pressure  on  the  nerve  by  tumors  or  cicatrices,  etc.,  and  in  some 
paralyses  the  result  of  acute  diseases. 

The  normal  formula  becomes,  in  the  above  cases  of  paralysis,  sub- 
ject to  the  following  changes  :  The  negative  pole  at  its  closure  (C.  C. 
C.)  becomes  as  weak  or  even  weaker  than  the  positive  (A.  C.  C),  and 
the  positive  pole  at  its  opening  (A.  O.  C.)  becomes  weaker  than  the  neg- 
ative at  its  opening  (C.  O.  C.)o  At  the  same  time  the  contractions  be- 
come weaker  and  less  rapid  than  in  health.    When  the  circuit  is  closed 


2/6  PRINCIPLES   OF   ELECTRO-DIAGNOSIS. 

the  contractions  are  also  liable  to  become  tetanic,  while  rapid  interrup' 
tions  of  the  galvanic  current  utterly  fail  to  call  forth  any  response. 

Volitional  Contractility  may  exist  when  Electro-co?itractility  is  di- 
minished.— The  volitional  power  may  remain  when  the  electric  contracti- 
lity is  diminished.  If  a  muscle  exhibits  diminution  of  contractility  under 
electric  irritation,  but  reacts  normally  to  the  will,  the  conclusion  is  that 
the  muscle  is  not  injured,  but  that  the  abnormity  is  caused  by  change  in 
the  irritability  of  the  intra-muscular  fibres.  This  is  observed  in  certain 
stages  of  traumatic  and  lead  paralysis.  We  arrive  at  the  same  conclu- 
sion in  those  cases  where  the  muscles  refuse  to  contract  under  direct, 
but  respond  normally  to  indirect,  electrization. 

Muscles  of  the  eye  are  an  exception  to  this  rule,  since,  from  their 
anatomical  position,  they  cannot  be  made  to  contract  by  direct,  but 
only  by  indirect,  reflex  action  from  the  fifth  pair. 

Cases  where  reaction  is  lost  both  to  the  will  and  electricity  indicate 
actual  injury  of  the  muscle. 

Furthermore,  it  should  be  considered  that  the  electro-muscular  con- 
tractility and  sensibility  of  diseased  muscles  may  be  and  are  greatly 
modified  by  the  treatment,  both  permanently  or  temporarily.  Modifi- 
cation may  take  place  even  during  the  seance. 

Thirdly.  That  the  special  physiological  reactions  of  the  central 
and  peripheral  nervous  systems  to  the  galvanic  current  are  essentially 
changed  when  the  nerve  is  in  a  pathological  condition. 

This  is  true  of  the  spinal  cord,  the  motor  and  sensory  nerves,  spinal 
cord  and  nerves  of  special  sense,  and  of  the  sympathetic.  According 
to  Benedikt,  if  the  negative  pole  is  placed,  for  example,  on  the  pero- 
neal nerve,  and  the  positive  on  the  patella,  with  an  interrupted  current, 
a  weaker  irritation  appears  than  when  the  positive  pole  is  placed  on 
the  cervical  or  lumbar  vertebrae.  The  more  the  central  parts  are  in- 
cluded in  the  circuit  the  greater  the  irritation.  In  pathological  con- 
ditions this  reaction  is  changed. 

Opening  contractions  are  regarded  by  Benedikt  as  characteristic 
evidences  of  certain  forms  of  locomotor  ataxy.  They  are  observed 
also  in  neuritis  and  in  chorea  minor.  They  indicate  a  molecular  dis- 
turbance. They  accompany  both  increased  and  diminished  irritability, 
usually  the  latter.* 

N'erves  of  Special  Sense. — The  changes  of  the  reaction  of  the  nerves  of 
special  sense  to  electric  irritation  may  be  both  quantitative  and  qualitative. 

*  These  views  of  Benedikt,  concerning  the  significance  of  "  opening  contractions," 
have  been  severely  criticised  by  Brenner  ("  Untersuchungen,"  &c.,  Bd.  ii.,  1869,  p^ 
215,  et  seq.). 


ABNORMAL    REFLEX    IRRITABILITY.  277 

Auditory  Nerve. — It  has  been  shown  that  the  reaction  of  the  auditory 
nerve  to  galvanic  irritation — the  strong  subjective  sensations  of  sound 
— is  materially  changed  by  disease  ;  and  by  this  we  judge  of  the 
condition  of  the  nerve.     (See  Diseases  of  the  Ear.) 

Optic  Nerve. — The  reaction  of  the  optic  nerve  under  the  influ- 
ence of  the  galvanic  current,  is  attended  with  flashes  of  light.  The 
qualitative  changes  in  reactions  of  the  optic  nerve  to  electrical  irrita- 
tion are  numerous.  In  certain  pathological  cases,  as  we  have  observed, 
flashes  of  light  may  be  produced  by  the  faradic  current.  In  other 
pathological  cases,  as  severe  atrophy  of  the  retina,  the  flashes  of  light 
do  not  appear  during  galvanization,  or  only  when  a  very  strong  current 
is  used.  We  have  observed  very  marked  differences  in  the  reaction  of 
the  optic  nerve  in  the  two  eyes  when  one  was  diseased  and  the  other 
healthy.  Flashes  of  light  from  galvanization  of  the  lower  part  of  the 
spine  are  indicative  of  abnormal  irritability  or  organic  disease  of  the 
spinal  cord.  They  are  observed  in  locomotor  ataxia  and  spinal 
irritation. 

Olfactory  and  Gustatory  Nerves. — The   peculiar  smell  that  is  ex- 
perienced on  galvanization  of  the  olfactory  nerve  may  be   either  iu' 
creased  or  diminished  by  disease.     It  is  absent  in  paralysis  of  the  olfac 
tory  nerve. 

The  peculiar  metallic  taste  that  follows  galvanization  of  the  tongue, 
or  that  is  experienced  by  reflex  action  when  the  galvanic  current  is  ap- 
plied on  the  neck  and  upper  part  of  the  spine,  is  subject  to  various 
modifications  by  disease.  In  irritable  conditions  of  the  cord  we  have 
observed  that  this  metallic  taste  will  appear  when  the  application  is 
made  in  the  lower  part  of  the  spine.  In  two  striking  instances  it  was 
experienced  from  faradization  of  the  cilio-spi?ial  region. 

Foiirth.  The  fact  that  in  certain  central  diseases,  a?id  iti  conditions 
of  great  irritability,  as  hysteria,  the  reflex  effect  of  the  current  is  so 
exalted  as  to  excite  reactions  that  in  a  normal  condition  of  the  body  never 
appear.  Thus,  in  a  lady  of  middle  life,  who  for  several  years  had  suf- 
fered from  all  the  symptoms  of  declared  chronic  myelitis,  we  were  first 
struck  by  the  fact  that  even  a  very  mild  current  over  the  upper  portion 
of  the  back  was  sensitively  felt  down  the  right  leg.  This  symptom  we 
have  never  known  to  occur  in  a  perfectly  healthy  condition  of  the 
spinal  cord.  Afterwards  we  found  that  a  very  short  as  well  as  very 
mild  application  of  the  current  to  one  leg  caused  a  disagreeable  feeling 
of  pain  and  heaviness  not  only  in  this  leg,  but  also  in  the  other,  for 
several  days  following  the  application.  In  another  case  of  general 
j^-aralysis  dependent  on  hysteria,  a  very  feeble  current  localized  in  one 


2"/%  PRINCIPLES    OF    ELECTRO-DIAGNOSIS. 

hand,  or  in  one  foot,  would  be  appreciably,  and  oftentimes  painfully, 
felt  through  all  the  four  extremities.  The  patient  declared  that  the 
sensation  was  Hke  that  of  "waves  roUing  through  the  body." 

A  still  more  marked  illustration  of  this  diagnostic  power  of  electriza- 
tion was  the  following : 

In  the  case  of  a  lady  whose  lower  limbs  had  been  somewhat  para- 
lyzed for  two  years,  who  presented  no  marked  symptoms  of  severe 
organic  disease  of  the  cord,  we  were  inclined  to  suspect  that  her  para- 
plegia might  be  due  to  nervous  exhaustion,  until  this  abnormal  reflex 
sensitiveness  to  the  electric  current  seemed  to  establish  the  existence 
of  myelitis,  or  at  least  meningitis.  We  first  observed  that  a  feeble  cur- 
rent in  the  neck  was  felt  down  the  spine,  and  subsequently  the  patient 
complained  that  a  strong  current  down  the  lower  extremities  trans- 
mitted pain  to  the  back.  The  occurrence  of  this  abnonnal  symptom 
forced  us  to  the  umvilling  conclusion  that  we  were  dealing  with  a  case 
of  organic  disease  of  the  spine.  The  subsequent  history  of  the  case 
has  confirmed  this  diagnosis.  It  has  been  shown  by  Benedikt,*  that, 
in  certain  morbid  conditions,  electrization  of  one  extremity  produces 
contractions  in  the  other.  This  phenomenon  has  been  observed  in 
progressive  muscular  atrophy,  and  in  certain  reflex  neuroses.  In  a  case 
of  rheumatic  gout  that  we  treated  the  application  of  the  galvanic  ciur- 
rent  to  the  left  knee  caused  a  sharp  pain  in  the  corresponding  part  of 
the  right  knee. 

This  fact  enables  us  not  only  to  make  a  diagnosis  of  central  disease, 
but  in  certain  cases  even  to  suspect  the  seat  of  the  affection. 

We  are  confident  that  in  all  cases  of  crossed  reflex  contractions 
— ^just  as  in  the  cases  of  crossed  reflex  sensation  above  cited — there  is 
always  some  central  disease.  This  symptom  when  it  occurs  may  per- 
haps then  be  regarded  as  so  far  forth  diagnostic. 

Crossed  reflex  sensations  and  crossed  reflex  contractions  may  be 
manifested  simultaneously  in  a  patient  affected  with  organic  disease  of 
the  spinal  cord.  This  singular  coincidence  was  observed  in  the  case 
above  recorded  of  the  lady  who  complained  of  waves  of  sensation  all 
over  the  body  when  the  current  was  applied  to  any  one  of  the  four  ex- 
tremities. These  peculiar  sensations  were  sometimes  accompanied  by 
feeble  and  spasmodic  muscular  contractions. 

General  shaking  and  tremor  of  a  limb,  or  of  the  whole  body,  after 
electrization,  is  also  diagnostic  of  central  disease.  We  have  observed  it 
in  one  case  of  softening  of  the  brain,  and  in  a  number  of  cases  of  hemi- 
plegia. This  general  or  partial  tremor  does  not  appear  unless  a  con- 
*  Die  Elektrotherapie,  p.  63. 


DIPLEGIC   CONTRACTIONS.  2/9 

siderable  strength  of  current  has  been  employed,  or  the  application  ha? 
been  much  prolonged. 

Diplegic  ContractioJis. — Remak,*  of  Berlin,  was  the  first  to  note  the 
fact,  that  contractions  of  the  muscles  of  one  or  both  of  the  upper  extremi 
ties  may  sometimes  be  produced  by  placing  the  positive  pole  in  the 
auriculo-maxillary  fossa,  just  posterior  to  the  ascending  ramus  of  the  lowei 
jaw,  and  the  negative  by  the  side  of  the  sixth  cervical  vertebra.  The 
theory  of  Remak,  that  these  contractions,  to  which  he  gave  the  name  of 
"  diplegic"  were  caused  by  irritation  of  the  superior  ganglia  of  the  sym 
pathetic,  was  apparently  confirmed  by  Fieber,f  by  experiments  on  ani 
mals  in  whom  the  sympathetic  was  exposed,  and  subjected  to  the  action 
of  the  current. 

Strong  currents — from  twenty  to  forty  elements — are  usually,  though 
not  always,  necessary  to  produce  these  contractions.  The  contractions 
may  be  of  various  degrees,  from  mild  drawing,  with  scarcely  perceptible 
oscillations,  to  violent  movements  resembling  chorea.  They  may  appeal 
in  the  interossei  or  in  the  muscles  of  the  arm  or  forearm  of  one  or  both 
sides.  They  may  also  appear  in  other  positions  of  the  electrode  than 
the  one  described.  From  one  to  five  minutes  are  usually  necessary  to 
excite  them,  and  they  may  continue  for  a  few  moments  after  the  appli- 
cation has  ceased. 

That  these  so-called  diplegic  contractions  are  a  reality  and  not  a  de- 
lusion, as  some  have  declared,  we  have  demonstrated  in  a  number  of 
cases,  and  especially  in  progressive  muscular  atrophy.  The  cases  where 
they  are  readily  demonstrated,  are,  according  to  our  observation,  not 
frequent,  and  we  can  easily  see  that  one  might  practise  electro-therapeu- 
tics for  a  long  time  without  seeing  any,  especially  as  currents  of  con- 
siderable strength,  applied  in  a  certain  manner,  are  necessary  to  pro- 
duce them. 

The  evidence  that  these  contractions  occur  exclusively  through  the 
sympathetic  is  not  to  our  view  satisfactory,  and  there  is  stronger  proba- 
bility that  the  spinal  cord  is  the  centre,  which  in  certain  irritable  con- 
ditions exhibits  these  manifestations  under  strong  electrical  stimula- 
tion. In  none  of  the  methods  of  application  where  these  diplegic  con- 
tractions are  called  forth  is  it  possible  to  localize  the  current  in  the 
sympathetic.  The  special  diagnostic  value  of  these  contractions  is  not 
gi'eat.  They  occur  not  only  in  progressive  muscular  atrophy,  but  in 
hysteria  and  hysteroid  affections,  and  would  appear  to  be  pathogno- 

*  Application  du  courant  constant  au  traitement  des  neuroses.     Paris,  1865. 
f  Die  diplegischen   Contractionen   nach   Versuchen  an  Menschen  und   Thieren. 
Berlin,  i866,  pp.  21,  22,  23. 


280  PRINCIPLES   OF  ELECTRO-DIAGNOSIS. 

monic  of  no  one  special  disease,  but  rather  of  a  condition  of  irritabilitj 
of  the  nerve-centres  that  may  appear  in  many  different  diseases. 

Feig7ied  Diseases. — By  the  apphcation  of  the  principles  stated  above 
the  electric  currents  may  be  of  great  service  in  helping  us  to  distinguish 
real  from  feigned  disease.  A  case  of  pretended  paralysis  of  motion  oi 
sensation  can  readily  be  settled  by  applying  the  current  to  the  limb, 
since  no  force  of  will  can  fully  resist  the  energy  of  the  contractions  that 
electricity  may  excite  in  healthy  muscles,  or  the  pain  that  can  be  pro- 
duced by  strong  faradization  of  the  skin.  The  principle  will  work  both 
ways,  and,  if  the  electro-muscular  contractility  is  diminished  below  the 
normal  standard,  we  may  know  that  the  disease  is  real.  Where  one 
side  or  one  limb  only  is  affected,  the  comparison  between  the  healthy 
portions  and  those  where  disease  is  suspected  can  easily  be  made.  Dr. 
Russell  Reynolds  *  mentions  a  patient  with  hemiplegia  who  was  sup- 
posed to  be  malingering.  Electrization  of  the  limbs  on  both  sides 
showed  clearly  a  diminution  of  contractility  on  one  side,  as  the  patient 
represented,  and  accordingly  the  case  was  pronounced  to  be  one  of  real 
hemiplegia. 

Dr.  Althaus  f  records  a  case  of  suspected  malingering  that  he  studied 
by  the  aid  of  electricity.  A  member  of  a  workingmen's  benefit  soci- 
ety professed  that  he  had  lost  the  use  of  his  arni  in  consequence  of  an 
accident — a  fall — three  years  before.  The  question  was  whether  the 
society  should  give  him  the  ;^ioo  to  which  permanently  incapacitated 
members  are  entitled.  The  patient,  though  tall  and  strong,  had  done  no 
work  since  the  accident,  and  professed  to  be  unable  to  undress  himself. 

On  examination  with  the  faradic  current,  Dr.  Althaus  found  that  all 
the  muscles  of  the  arm  responded  without  difficulty ;  he  therefore  con- 
cluded that  the  nerves  and  muscles  were  uninjured^in  other  words, 
that  there  was  no  paralysis.  He  found,  however,  that  when  a  very 
strong  current  was  used  the  patient  appeared  to  suffer,  but  the  arm  did 
not  execute  the  movements  it  should  do  when  the  muscles  contract. 
Accordingly,  he  had  the  patient  anesthetized  by  nitrous  oxide  gas,  in 
order  to  see  whether  any  anchylosis  existed  that  might  interfere  with 
the  movements  of  the  arm.  It  was  found  that  no  anchylosis  existed. 
Dr.  Althaus  gave  a  certificate  that  the  patient  had  no  paralysis  and 
no  anchylosis  or  dislocation,  but  that  there  was  a  painful  affection  of 
the  joint  which  would  yield  to  subcutaneous  injections  of  morphia  and 
galvanism,  and  that  the  patient  could  use  the  arm  if  he  wished  to. 
The  claim  for  benefit  money  was  disallowed. 

Faradization  as  a  means  of  distinguishing  real  from  apparent  death — 

*  Lancet,  April  i6,  1870.  f  Third  Edition,  p.  455. 


ELECTRO-BIOSCOPY.  28l 

Eledro-Bioscopy. — The  use  of  electricity  as  a  means  of  distinguishing 
real  from  apparent  death  was  suggested  as  long  ago  as  1792,  by  Drs. 
Behrend  and  Creve.  Subsequently  Boer,  of  Vienna,  used  franklinic 
electricity  on  newly-born  infants,  and  found  that  when  muscular  con- 
tractions still  existed,  then  the  child  was  not  dead,  but  could  be. re- 
stored. 

In  1852,  Dr.  Crimotel,  of  Paris,  wrote  a  memoir  in  which  he  stated 
that  when  farado-contractility  is  gone,  life  is  extinct.  He  stated  fur- 
thermore that  farado-contractility  gradually  disappears  after  death,  and 
that  after  a  period  ranging  between  half  an  hour  and  two  hours  it  en- 
tirely disappears.  He  suggested  the  term  eleciro-bioscopy,  and  recom- 
mended that  those  who  are  apparently  dead  from  drowning,  syncope, 
apoplexy,  freezing,  hysteria,  and  the  inhalation  of  poisonous  gases, 
should,  before  burial,  be  tested. 

Rosenthal,  of  Vienna,  has  also  studied  the  subject  with  much  care. 
He  has  found  that  both  farado-  and  galvano-contractility  gradually  disap 
pear  after  death.  He  agrees  in  the  main  with  Crimotel  in  the  follow- 
ing general  conclusions  : 

Electro-co7itractUity  disappears  more  rapidly  after  death  frotn  chronic 
than  acute  diseases  ;  it  persists  longer  in  well  than  in  badly  nourished 
bodies,  and  it  usually  disappears  within  three  hours. 

Rosenthal  found  that  in  amputated  limbs  the  farado-  and  galvano-con- 
tractility were  active  the  first  hour,  and  entirely  disappeared  in  ninety 
minutes.  In  case  of  drowning  electro-contractility  disappeared  in  three 
hours  and  a  quarter.  In  some  cases  where  rigor  mortis  has  not  ap- 
peared, where  the  temperature  of  the  body  is  yet  quite  high,  and  where 
the  joints  are  flexible,  the  absence  of  electro-contractiUty  yet  proves 
beyond  question  that  the  person  is  dead. 

Rosenthal  further  records  a  very  remarkable  case  of  trance  in  a  hys- 
terical woman,  where  it  was  declared  and  believed  by  the  physician 
that  the  patient  was  dead.  The  skin  was  pale  and  cold  ;  the  pu- 
pils contracted,  and  not  sensitive  to  light ;  no  pulse  could  be  felt ; 
the  extremities  were  relaxed;  melted  sealing-wax  dropped  on  the 
skin  caused  no  reflex  movements,  and  no  moisture  appeared  on  a 
mirror  held  before  the  mouth.  Respiratory  murmurs  could  not  be  heard, 
but  a  feeble  intermittent  sound  in  the  cardiac  region  was  just  percepti- 
ble on  auscultation.  For  thirty-two  hours  the  patient  had  been  appar- 
ently dead ;  but  on  electric  examination  Rosenthal  found  farado-con- 
tractility in  the  muscles  both  of  the  face  and  the  extremities.  He 
therefore  urged  the  use  of  the  faradic  current  to  restore  the  patient. 
In   twelve  hours  the  patient  recovered  her  speech  and  movements. 


282  PRINCIPLES  OF  ELECTRO-DIAGNOSIS. 

Two  years  afterwards  she  was  alive  and  well,  and  informed  Rosenthal 
that  she  knew  nothing  about  the  commencement  of  the  attack  of  the 
trance,  and  that  afterwards  she  heard  people  talk  about  her  death,  but 
she  was  powerless  to  help  herself. 


CHAPTER  VI. 


ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICAL   ANATOMY. 


Electro-therapeutical  anatomy  i?icludes  a  description  of  the  localities  ai 
which  the  different  nerves,  muscles,  and  organs  can  be  best  affected  by 
the  electric  currents,  and  also  the  relative  electro-sensibility  of  the  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  body.  It  is  therefore  to  electro-therapeutics  what 
surgical  anatomy  is  to  surgery. 

Motor  Points  of  Muscles. — The  subject  of  the  motor  points  was  first 
systematically  studied  by  Ziemssen,  who  experimented  on  the  recently 
dead  subject,  and  marked  with  nitrate  of  silver  the  points  at  which  the 
individual  nerves  and  muscles  most  readily  responded  to  faradization. 
Many  of  these  points  can  be  easily  and  successfully  studied  on  the  living 
human  subject.  Those  which  we  have  represented  in  the  cuts  are  derived 
mostly  from  numerous  observations  on  persons  in  health.  They  have 
been  found  to  agree  in  the  main  with  those  of  Ziemssen,  with  which 
they  have  been  compared,  and  by  which  they  have  been  made  more 
accurate  and  complete.  Those  who  wish  to  examine  the  subject  in 
greater  detail  are  referred  to  the  work  of  Ziemssen.* 

It  will  be  found,  however,  that  those  which  are  here  described  are 
sufficient  for  most  of  the  purposes  of  electro-therapeutics. 

The  best  method  of  verifying  these  points  is  to  place  one  large 
sponge  electrode,  well  moistened,  on  some  indifferent  point,  and  to 
firmly  press  a  small  negative  f  electrode,  also  well  moistened,  over  the 
spot  where  the  nerve  or  muscle  should  be  affected.  If  the  right  place 
is  touched,  and  the  strength  of  the  current  and  the  pressure  be  suffi- 
cient, the  normal  physiological  action  of  the  part  affected  will  at  once 
appear.  In  the  case  of  muscles  contraction  will  take  place,  accom- 
panied with  a  feeling  of  contraction  ;  in  the  case  of  nerve-branches  and 
plexuses,  there  will  be  sensation  more  or  less  painful  along  the  periphe- 
ral ramifications  of  the  nerves,  and,  if  the  excitation  be  sufficiently 
strong,  contraction  of  the  muscles  which  they  supply. 

*  Die  Electricitat  in  der  Medicin.     Berlin,  1866.     p.  154,  et  seq. 
f  The  negative  is  to  be  preferred,  because  it  is  the  stronger,  and  acts  more  power- 
fully in  producing  contractions. 


284  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICAL  ANATOMY. 

It  is  not  to  be  understood  that  a  studious  regard  for  all  of  these  elec 
trie  points  is  always  necessary  in  making  applications  of  electricity.  In 
the  normal  condition  most  of  the  superficial  and  many  of  the  deeper 
muscles  and  nerves  are  easily  excited  by  ordinary  labile  applications 
with  large  sponge  electrodes.  Some  of  the  muscles  have  two  or  more 
motor  points,  and  are  therefore  more  readily  affected  by  large  than  by 
small  electrodes. 

A  large  sponge  electrode  of  from  3  to  6  or  8  inches  in  diameter,  folded 
over  a  brass  ball,  such  as  is  used  in  general  faradization, — causes  full 
contraction  of  a  majority  of  the  superficial  and  deep  muscles  when  rapidly 
passed  up  and  down  the  limbs. 

But  when  the  muscles  have  become  diseased,  so  that  they  respond 
with  difficulty  to  the  electric  current,  it  becomes  necessary  to  give  spe- 
cial heed  to  the  situation  of  these  motor  points,  in  order  to  determine 
their  actual  electric  condition,  or  to  aid  in  restoring  them  to  their  nor- 
mal condition  by  exciting  artificial  contraction. 

It  should  be  remarked  furthermore,  that  these  motor  points  vary  in 
different  individuals,  just  as  the  anatomical  relation  of  the  nerves  and 
muscles  varies,  and  that  the  representations  of  the  cuts  can  be  only 
approximately  correct. 

The  points  at  which  the  nerves  and  muscles  of  the  eye,  ear,  and 
larynx  can  be  best  electrized,  also  the  best  method  of  electrizing  the 
oesophagus,  rectum,  genital  and  abdominal  organs,  will  be  described  in 
the  chapters  devoted  to  the  diseases  of  those  parts. 

We  present  below  a  brief  description  of  the  points  at  which  the  prin- 
cipal nerves,  plexuses,  and  branches  can  be  best  excited  electrically, 
and  also  the  physiological  effect  on  the  nerves  and  muscles  produced 
by  such  excitation. 

Facial — at  its  exit  from  the  stylo-mastoid  foramen,  between  the  mas- 
toid process  and  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw,  or  at  the  opening  of  the 
external  auditory  canal. 

Pneumogastric — at  the  lower  and  anterior  part  of  the  neck,  between 
she  common  carotid  artery  and  the  jugular  vein  ;  inferior  laryngeal — 
between  the  oesophagus  and  the  trachea  by  the  ganglia  of  the  sympa- 
thetic. 

The  superior  cervical  ganglion  of  the  sympathetic  can  be  reached  in 
the  anterior  maxillary  fossa,  just  behind  and  below  the  angle  of  the 
lower  jaw ;  the  middle  cervical,  by  the  side  of  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid 
muscle,  opposite  the  fifth  cervical  vertebra  ;  the  inferior  cervical,  also 
by  the  inner  border  of  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle,  opposite  the 
second  cervical  and  first  dorsal  vertebrae. 


MOTOR  POINTS.  285 

Accessory — at  its  exit  from  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle. 

Hypoglossus — between  the  stylohyoid  and  hyoglossus  muscles,  under 
the  hyoid  bone. 

Phrenic — at  the  outer  border  of  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle, 
by  the  anterior  border  of  the  scalenus  anticus,  near  the  omohyoid  mus- 
cle.    Excitation  of  this  nerve  causes  strong  movements  of  the  chest. 

Brachial  plexus — in  the  supra-clavicular  space,  posterior  to  the 
outer  border  of  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle.  Excitation  of  this 
plexus  causes  a  feeling  of  tingling  and  numbness  in  the  fingers  and 
down  the  arm,  and,  when  the  current  is  strong,  flexion  of  the  forearm 
and  fingers. 

Dorsalis  scapulcR — at  the  border  of  the  trapezius,  near  the  accessory. 

Supra  scapularis — ^just  before  its  entrance  into  the  scapula,  and  ex> 
ternal  to  the  omohyoid  muscle. 

Anterior  thoracic — at  the  upper  border  of  the  pectoralis  major,  below 
the  clavicle. 

Posterior  thoracic — above  the  clavicle,  near  the  trapezius. 

The  thoracic  nerves  are  irregular  in  their  distribution,  and  therefore 
difficult  to  find. 

Axillary — at  the  upper  and  posterior  border  of  the  axilla. 

Muscido-cntafieous — between  the  biceps  and  coraco-brachialis. 

Median — in  the  lower  third  of  the  arm,  at  the  point  where  it  crosses 
the  brachial  artery.  Mild  excitation  of  this  nerve  causes  tingling  in  the 
arm  and  fingers ;  a  strong  excitation  causes  closure  of  the  fingers  and 
pronation  of  the  hand. 

Ulnar — at  the  groove  between  the  olecranon  and  the  internal  con- 
dyle. Excitation  of  this  nerve  causes  pain  in  the  inner  surface  of  the 
forearm  and  contraction  of  the  flexor  carpi  ulnaris,  flexor  digitorum 
profundus,  adductor  polHcis  lumbricaHs,  and  interossei  of  the  little 
finger. 

Radial — in  the  lower  third  of  the  arm,  at  the  point  of  its  emergence 
from  beneath  the  triceps.  Excitation  of  this  nerve  causes  tingling  in  the 
outer  part  of  the  arm  and  forearm,  and  down  to  the  wrist ;  strong 
excitation  produces  extension  of  the  first  phalanges  of  the  fingers,  ex- 
tension of  the  hand  and  thumb  and  supination  of  the  forearm,  contrac- 
tions of  the  extensor  carpi  radialis  and  ulnaris,  extensor  digitorum  com- 
munis, extensor  minimi  digiti,  extensor  indicis  prop.,  extensor  pollicis 
longus  and  brevis,  adductor  pollicis. 

Sciatic — in  the  thigh,  posterior  to  the  head  of  the  femur,  at  the  point 
where  the  nerves  issue  from  the  pelvis,  or  in  the  pelvis,  through  the 
posterior  wall  of  the  rectum.     Electrization  of  this  nerve  causes  sensa- 


286 


"ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICAL  ANATOMY. 


Frontalis. 

Corrug-ator  supercilii. 
—  Zygomatic  major. 
Facial  nerve. 

Superior  cervical  ganglion  svmpathelic. 
Interior  maxillary  nerve, 
Sterno-cleido-mastoid. 
Sterno-cleido-mastoid. 
Inferior  cervical  ganglion  sympathe  ic 
Phrenic  nerve. 
Brachial  plexus. 
Pectoral  muscles. 


Biceps  muscle  and  mus.  cut.  nerve. 

Brachialis  intemus. 

Median  nerve. 
Ulnar  nerve. 

Palmaris  longus. 
Radialis  intemus. 
Flexor  digitorum  profundus. 

Flexor  digitorum  sublimis. 

Flexor  digitorum  sublimis,  II.,  III.,  dirft 

Ulnar  nerve. 

Flexor  pollicis  longus. 

Median  nerve. 

Abductor  pollicis  brevis. 

Volar  branch  ulnar  nerve. 

Opponens  pollicis. 

Lumbricales,  I.,  II.,  III.,  IV. 

Crural  nerve. 

Sartorius. 
Rectus  femorii 

Vastus  extemus. 

Crural  nerve  and  vastus  internus. 

Vastus  extemus. 

Peroneal  nerve. 
Peroneus  longus. 
Tibialis  anticus,  and  exten.  dig.  com. 

Soleus. 
Peroneus  brevis. 

Flexor  dig.  com.  longus. 
Extensor  hallucis  longus. 
Tibial  nerve. 


Extensor  digitorum  brevis. 
Extensor  digitorum  com.  brevis. 
Abductor  hallucis. 
Interossei  pedis  dorsales. 


Fig.  42.     Electro-therapeutical  Anatomy  of  the  Human  Body.     Anterior  view. 
(For  explanations  see  letter-press.) 


POSTERIOR  VIEW  OF  HUMAN  BODY. 


287 


fixtfmal  head  triceps 

Radial  nerve 

Brachialis  intemus 

frapinator  loD^s 

Radialis  extemus  brevis 

Extensor  digitorum  communis. 

Extensor  dig.  min.  prop 

Extensor  indicis  proprius 

Abductor  pollicis  longus 

Extensor  pollicis  longus 

Sciatic  nerve 

Extensor  pollicis  longus 

Abductor  minimi  digiti 

Interosseus,  I 

Interossei,  11.,  III.,  IV 

Sciatic  nerve 

Biceps,  long  head 

Biceps,  short  head 

Popliteal  nerve 

Peroneal  nerve 

G  astrocnemius  extemus. 

Soleus 

Gastrocnemius  intemus 


«V»N'*S> 


FiQ    43.     Electro-therapeutical  Anatomy  of  the  Human  Body.      Posterior  vievt 
(For  explanations  see  letter-press.) 


288  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICAL   ANATOM  f . 

tions  of  tingling  in  the  leg  below  the  knee,  and  foot,  sinjlar  tc  those 
which  we  so  often  experience  when  we  accidentally  sit  on  the  sciatic 
nei-ve. 

Crural — just  after  its  exit  from  beneath  Poupart's  ligament,  exterior 
to  the  crural  artery.  Electrization  of  this  nerve  causes  sensations  in 
those  parts  of  the  leg  that  are  supplied  by  its  branches. 

Obturator — on  the  horizontal  branch  of  the  pubic  bone.  If  the  ap- 
plication is  successful,  and  the  current  used  sufficiently  strong,  the  thigh 
is  abducted. 

Popliteal— m  the  outer  part  of  the  popliteal  space.  Electrization  of 
this  nerve  causes  vigorous  contraction  of  the  muscles  that  move  the 
foot  upward  and  outward. 

Peroneal — on  the  posterior  border  of  the  capitulum  fibulae.  Excita- 
tion of  this  nerve  cau-ses  contraction  of  the  tibialis  anticus,  peronei 
muscles,  extensor  digitorum  communis  longus,  extensor  digitorum  com- 
munis brevis,  and  extensor  hallucis  longus. 

Tibial. — This  can  be  reached  on  the  middle  and  outer  part  of  the  knee. 
When  strongly  electrized,  contractions  arise  in  the  muscle  of  the  pos- 
terior part  of  the  leg.  The  tibial  nerve  can  more  easily  be  reached  in 
the  depression  posterior  to  the  internal  malleus. 

Far  ados  e7isibility  of  the  Surface  of  the  Body. — Very  man)'-  muscles 
have  no  accessible  motor  points,  and  must  therefore  be  electrized  intra- 
muscularly. Practically  this  is  done  in  the  majority  of  cases.  We  pre- 
sent in  the  accompanying  cuts  a  bird's-eye  view  of  the  electric  points  of 
the  prominent  nerves,  plexuses,  and  muscles,  and  of  the  relative  sen- 
sitiveness of  different  parts  of  the  surface  of  the  body  to  the  faradic  cur- 
rent. 

The  relative  sensitiveness  of  the  different  parts  of  the  surface  of  the 
body  to  faradization,  we  have  also  ascertained  by  numerous  compara- 
tive observations  on  persons  in  health,  with  the  moistened  hand  and 
well-moistened  sponge  electrodes.  The  method  of  making  these  obser- 
tions  is  to  place  the  patient  in  the  position  for  general  faradization,  with 
his  feet  on  the  plate  to  which  the  negative  pole  is  attached,  while  the 
experimenter  applies  the  positive  all  over  the  surface  of  the  body. 

Degrees  of  Far  ado-sensibility. — We  have  distinguished  five  degrees 
of  sensitiveness,  the  highest  being  marked  one.  For  all  practical  pur- 
poses these  are  sufficient ;  approximate  accuracy  is  all  that  is  attempted. 
The  sensitiveness  of  the  body  when  irritated  by  the  faradic  current  is 
due  partly  to  the  quality  and  position  of  the  sensory  nerve  s,  and  partly 
to  the  peculiar  feeling  that  attends  muscular  contraction  (electro-mus- 
cular sensibility). 


ELECTRO-SENSIBILITY   OF   SURFACE   OF   BODY.  289 

The  feeling  of  muscular  contraction  amounts  in  some  instances  to 
actual  pain,  so  that  a  part  which  is  not  richly  supplied  with  sensory 
nerves  may  yet  be  very  sensitive  to  the  current.  This  is  especially  the 
case  with  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle,  which  on  being  touched 
near  its  centre  contracts  with  a  painful  jerk.  The  same  is  true,  to  a 
less  extent,  of  the  trapezius,  the  flexors  of  the  arm,  and  of  the  peronei 
muscles.  In  all  parts  where  no  muscular  contractions  are  produced, 
the  sensitiveness  of  the  surface  of  the  body  depends  on  the  quality  and 
position  of  the  sensory  nerves,  and  bears  a  pretty  constant  relation  to 
its  sensitiveness  to  ordinary  mechanical  irritation. 

Thus  it  will  be  observed  that  the  parts  which  are  most  sensitive  to  a 
blow  or  fall,  or  to  any  mechanical  injury, — as  the  head,  face,  or  surface 
of  the  bones,  clavicle,  sternum,  scapula,  patella,  etc., — are  likewise 
marked  highest  in  the  scale  of  sensitiveness  to  the  current. 

To  guard  against  error  it  is  necessary — 

1.  To  use  always  the  same  electrode  and  the  same  direction  of  the 
current ;  therefore  the  negative  pole  should  be  kept  at  the  feet  during 
the  entire  sitting. 

2.  To  make  the  pressure  of  the  electrodes  uniform,  and  to  moisten 
well  all  parts  supplied  with  hair. 

3.  To  use  the  moistened  hand  for  the  head  and  face.  The  head,  es- 
pecially, is  so  exceedingly  sensitive  to  the  faradic  current  that  it  will 
hardly  bear  a  sufficient  strength  of  current  through  a  sponge  to  make  a 
comparative  estimate. 

It  will  be  observed  that  only  a  few  parts  are  marked  5 — the  middle 
of  the  back,  the  outer  surface  of  the  thigh,  and  the  testicles.  The  peri- 
naeum,  which  cannot  be  represented  in  the  cut,  should  also  be  marked 
5.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  points  most  highly  sensitive  are  those 
where  very  sensitive  nerves  pass  over  the  surfaces  of  bones,  as  the  head 
and  jaws.  Of  the  other  parts  not  represented  in  the  figures,  the  external 
auditory  canal  should  be  marked  i  ;  the  middle  of  the  sterno-cleido-mas- 
toid muscle,  2  ;  the  axilla,  3  ;  and  the  ends  of  all  the  fingers,  2 ;  the 
under  side  of  the  penis,  2  ;  the  point  between  the  penis  and  scrotum,  4 ; 
the  under  surface  of  the  heel,  the  plantar  arch,  the  ball  of  the  foot,  4.  If 
the  external  auditory  canal,  drum  of  the  ear,  conjunctiva,  nasal  mucous 
membrane,  tongue,  and  larynx  were  represented,  they  should  be  marked 
a  degree  or  two  higher  than  i,  since  they  are  more  sensitive  than  any 
portion  of  the  surface  of  the  head.  The  best  point  to  test  a  current  of 
extreme  feebleness  is  the  tip  of  the  tongue. 

T/te  rectum,  urethra,  and  vagina  are  but  little  sensitive  to  the  current 
m  comparison  with  the  mucous  membranes  of  the  mouth,  except  at  their 
19 


2QO  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICAL   ANATOMY. 

external  orifices.  They  might  be  marked  4  or  5.  The  os  uteri  and  the 
bladder  Avould  be  marked  4,  5. 

It  should  be  distinctly  understood  that  these  remarks  apply  to  the 
applications  of  the  faradic  current  with  electrodes  sufficiently  moistened 
to  allow  the  current  to  pass  readily  through  the  epidermis.  In  dry 
faradization  the  results  are  somewhat  different,  the  pain  at  all  parts  be- 
ing far  less. 

Far  ado -sensibility  as  compared  7inth  Gahiano-sensibility. — The  gal- 
vanic current  causes  a  burning  sensation  wherever  it  is  applied  ;  but  this 
is  most  sensitively  felt  at  those  parts  that  are  abundantly  supplied  by 
sensory  nerves.  This  burning  feeling  increases  with  the  length  of  time 
that  the  current  is  applied. 

The  greater  sensitiveness  of  the  bones  to  the  faradic  current,  as  com- 
pared with  the  galvanic  current,  is  due  to  the  greater  mechanical  action 
of  the  former.  An  interrupted  galvanic  current,  of  sufficient  strength 
to  produce  muscular  contractions,  produces  the  same  sensations  as  the 
faradic  current,  with  the  addition  of  the  burning  feeling  at  the  surface 
beneath  the  electrodes.  The  fact  that  the  galvanic  current  is  less  pain- 
ful to  the  surfaces  of  the  bones  gives  it  a  certain  advantage  in  making 
applications  to  the  head,  although  the  pain  of  the  faradic  current,  when 
applied  to  the  head  by  the  moistened  hand,  may  be  reduced  to  a  mini- 
mum. 

A  Knowledge  of  the  Normal  Electro-sensibility  of  the  Body  essential  in 
Electro-diagnosis  and  Electro-therapeutics. — A  knowledge  of  the  relative 
sensitiveness  of  the  different  parts  of  the  body  to  the  electric  current 
is  indispensable  both  in  electro-diagnosis  and  electro-therapeutics.  It  is 
at  once  obvious  that  to  determine  by  the  electric  test  the  extent  of  anaes- 
thesia, or  loss  of  electro-muscular  sensibiUty,  in  cases  of  paralysis,  with- 
out a  previous  knowledge  of  the  normal  sensitiveness  of  the  parts  to  the 
electric  current  and  the  normal  feeling  of  electro-muscular  sensibility  in 
the  affected  muscles,  is  simply  impossible.  From  a  want  of  this  knowl- 
edge very  important  mistakes  are  made  in  electro-diagnosis.  In  local 
and  general  faradization  a  knowledge  of  the  relative  sensitiveness  of  all 
the  parts  of  the  surface  of  the  body  enables  one  to  make  an  application 
which  would  otherwise  be  painful,  and  perhaps  injuric  us,  both  painle,-s 
and  refreshing. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

APPARATUS    FOR   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

The  general  principles  on  which  batteries  are  constructed,  as  wel 
as  minute  description  of  some  of  the  best  known  elements,  have  already 
been  presented  in  the  section  on  electro-physics.  In  this  chapter  we  pro- 
pose to  speak  only  of  those  combinations  of  elements  that  are  used  in 
electro-therapeutics,  and  our  descriptions  will  be  of  a  general  character, 
having  reference  mainly  to  the  practical  use  and  care  of  them  by  the 
electro-therapeutist. 

Before  entering  on  the  description  of  apparatus  a  few  general  re- 
marks may  be  appropriate. 

1.  A  good  battery  is  not  all  that  is  necessary  to  make  a  good  electro, 
therapeutist. 

There  exists  an  impression,  quite  widely  prevailing  in  the  profession, 
that  the  beginning  and  the  end  of  the  great  science  of  electro-therapeu- 
tics is  to  get  a  battery.  This  impression  has  wrought  much  evil.  It 
has  been  the  means  of  leading  physicians  to  invest  time  and  patience 
and  money  in  a  department  for  which  they  have  no  qualification.  The 
purchase  of  a  battery  is  simply  a  first  step  in  the  right  direction  ; 
it  is  the  beginning  of  a  long  road. 

One  who  uses  electricity  in  medicine  requires  good  apparatus,  just 
as  the  surgeon  requires  good  instruments  and  the  carpenter  good  tools ; 
but  as  tools  cannot  make  a  carpenter,  nor  instruments  a  surgeon,  so  a  bat- 
tery cannot  make  one  skilful  in  the  therapeutical  use  of  electricity.  It  is 
not  the  battery,  it  is  the  brains,  that  makes  a  good  electro-therapeutist. 

2.  The  best  and  most  recent  apparatus  is  not  so  simple  as  to  entirely 
dispense  with  the  need  of  care  and  experience  on  the  part  of  the  physi- 
cian. 

The  advance  in  the  construction  of  apparatus  for  electro-therapeu- 
tics has  been  very  great,  but  not  sufficient  to  make  it  possible  for 
faradic  or  galvanic  apparatus  to  keep  in  order  without  attention. 

Just  as  the  fire  in  the  grate  goes  out  unless  the  coul  is  replenished, 
)iist  as  the  gas  is  extinguished  when  the  supply  is  shut  off,  so  electricit}' 


292      APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

generated  in  a  battery  ceases  to  flow  unless  the  metals  consumed  in  th« 
chemical  action  are  replaced  or  repaired. 

The  best  and  simplest  of  batteries  will  sometimes  get  out  of  order. 
Unexpected  contingencies  will  arise  that  demand  some  knowledge  of 
applied  electro-physics.  The  knowledge  can  be  obtained  only  by  study 
and  experience. 

3.  Whatever  choice  we  make  in  our  apparatus  at  the  present  day,  we 
shall  probably  not  make  any  very  serious  mistake.  A  few  years  ago  it  was 
impossible  to  get  a  really  good  apparatus  for  electro-therapeutics  ;  now 
it  is  almost  impossible  to  get  a  really  bad  one. 

4.  An  apparatus  to  which  we  are  accustomed  is  much  more  tractable 
in  our  hands  than  a  far  superior  apparatus,  the  management  of  which  is 
new  to  us.  It  is  with  batteries  as  with  babies — every  man  thinks  his  own 
is  the  best.  We  see  the  same  principle  illustrated  in  instruments  for 
general  and  special  surgery. 

ContiniioiLs-coil  and  Separate-coil  Far adic  Machines. — There  are  in  the 
market,  and  in  common  use  among  physicians,  two  quite  different  forms  of 
faradic  apparatus.  In  one  of  these  forms  which  we  call  the  continiious-coii 
machine,  the  helix  is  composed  of  one  long  wire  varying  iit  thickness, 
tapped  at  different  points,  so  as  to  obtai?i  different  qualities  of  current. 
This  wire  may  be  wound  in  three,  four,  or  more  coils.  The  inner  coil  is 
usually  comparatively  short,  and  is  of  thick  wire ;  the  second  coil  is 
longer,  and  of  finer  wire  ;  the  third  still  longer  and  finer,  and  so  on  ; 
but  the  metalHc  connection  is  complete,  and  it  is  all  a  continuous  wire. 

The  machines  of  Kidder,  Hall,  and  others  are  of  this  construction. 

In  the  separate-coil  machines  the  helix  is  composed  of  two  entirely 
separate  and  distinct  wires ;  the  inner  wire,  which  like  that  of  the  inner 
coil  of  the  continuous  machine  is  short  and  thick,  has  no  metalUc  con- 
nection with  the  outer  wire.  The  outer  wire  is  longer  and  thinner  than 
the  inner  wire.  The  faradic  machines  of  Stohrer,  of  Drescher,  and  of  the 
Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Company  are  of  this  construction. 

The  quality  of  the  induced  current  generated  by  these  two  types  of 
machines  are  quite  different.  We  have  already  seen  (Electro-Physics, 
p.  2)  that  electricity  is  a  force — a  mode  of  motion  of  the  ether  and  of  the 
particles  of  the  substance  in  which  the  force  circulates.  It  follows  from 
this  definition — if  we  accept  it — that  the  quality  of  the  current  must  be 
modified  by  the  nature  of  the  substance  through  which  it  is  conducted. 
Every  modification  of  the  conductor,  increase  or  diminution  of  its  dia- 
meter, increase  or  diminution  of  its  length,  or  any  change  in  its  consti- 
tution, must  affect  more  or  less  the  character  of  the  current  that  flows 
through  it.    Hence  it  is  that  the  currents  coming  from  the  different  points 


SINGLE   AND   SEPARATE   COIL   MACHINES.  293 

of  the  continuous-coil  machine  are  somewhat,  though  sHghtly,  different 
from  each  other  in  quaUty  and  in  their  physiological  effects.  Hence  also 
the  current  from  the  separate-coil  machine  is  quite  different  from  that 
coming  from  the  continuous-coil  machine.* 

Single-coil  and  Separate-coil  Faradic  Machines  cojnpared  in  their 
Therapeutic  Effects. — The  conclusions  at  which  we  have  arrived  on  this 
question  are  formed  from  a  very  wide  experience  with  single  and  separate 
machines,  in  public  and  private  practice  as  well  as  from  conversation  and 
correspondence  with  many  physicians  who  are  using  one  or  both  varieties, 
and  whom  we  have  requested  to  study  their  comparative  effects.  Our 
conclusions  may  be  thus  stated  : 

I.  For  nervous,  hysterical,  and  greatly  debihtated  patients,  and  in 
nearly  all  cases  where  general  faradization  is  required,  a  single-coil  ma- 
chine is  preferable. 

This  conclusion  is  based  not  on  any  physical,  physiological,  or  theo 
retical  considerations,  but  simply  on  clinical  experience.  Again  and  again 
have  we  attempted  to  treat  nervous,  delicate,  and  hysterical  patients 
with  the  separate-coil  machine,  and  have  been  compelled  by  unpleasant 
symptoms  to  return  to  the  macliine  with  a  single  coil.  The  reasons  why 
the  current  from  the  single-coil  machine  is  less  irritating  and  more  agree- 
able to  delicate  patients,  are  to  be  found  in  \hephysical  differences  of  the 
currents  already  referred  to.  This  conclusion  is  not  peculiar  to  our- 
selves ;  it  is  held  by  many,  though  not  by  all,  the  electro-therapeutists 
with  whom  we  are  acquainted. 

It  is  not  even  necessary  that  the  patient  should  be  very  delicate  in 
order  to  test  this  difference  ;  any  individual  of  average  strength  and 
health  will  appreciate  without  difficulty  the  general  fact,  that  the  cur- 
rent from  the  one  machine  is  more  agreeable  and  less  harsh  and  weary- 
ing than  the  current  from  the  other. 

That  the  tonic  and  sedative  effects  of  general  faradization  can,  how 
ever,  be  obtained  by  separate-coil  machines,  is  proved  in  Germany, 
where  the  faradic  machines  in  use  are  chiefly  of  the  separate-coil  variety, 
and  general  faradization  is  used  there  continually  by  the  highest  authori' 
ties  in  electrology,  and  with  all  the  brilliant  effects  over  nutrition  that 
we  have  in  our  writings  claimed  for  it. 

It  must,  however,  be  admitted  that  the  Germans  are  much  less  sensi- 
tive and  nervous  than  the  Americans. 

But  the  advantages  of  a  smooth  and  pleasant  current  are  not  confined 

*  Onimus,  of  Paris,  has  recently  shown  that  helices  formed  of  copper,  silver,  and 
lead  have  a  differential  physiological  action. — Jour,  de  P Anatomic  et  de  la  Physiolo- 
lie.  Mars,  1874. 


294  APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

to  general  faradization ;  in  localized  faradization  of  the  muscles  of  the  face, 
legs,  and  arms,  and  in  applications  to  special  organs  that  are  irritable, 
the  current  from  the  separate-coil  machine  is  more  irritating  and  un- 
pleasant than  that  of  the  single-coil  machine.  In  children  with  infan- 
tile  paralysis,  and  in  delicate  women  who  perhaps  are  afraid  of  elec- 
tricity,  this  consideration  becomes  one  of  practical  importance. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  are  very  many  cases,  especially  in  public  prac- 
tice, where  it  is  a  matter  of  apparent  indifference  which  current  is  used. 

2.  For  patients  who  from  idiosyncrasy  or  from  disease  are  greatly  in- 
sensible  to  electricity,  the  separate-coil  machine  seems  to  be  preferable 
to  that  of  the  single  coil. 

Cases  are  not  very  uncommon,  even  among  the  better  classes,  where 
there  is  enormous  and  inexplicable  tolerance  of  electricity.  Power- 
ful and  protracted  applications  leave  them  as  they  find  them ;  they  are 
not  painfully  felt  during  the  sitting,  and  they  leave  no  appreciable 
effects  behind  them.  In  the  ansesthesia  that  accompanies  posterior 
spinal  sclerosis  and  certain  injuries  of  nerves,  the  harsh  and  irritating 
current  of  the  separate- coil  machine  is  not  disagreeable  at  all,  and  ap- 
pears to  be,  in  our  hands  at  least,  more  efficacious  than  the  current  from 
the  single-coil  machine.  We  are,  we  believe,  the  only  observers  who 
have  called  attention  to  this  fact.  Formerly  we  supposed  that  the  dif- 
ference in  the  quality  of  the  current  of  different  machines  depended 
mainly  on  the  construction  of  the  rheotome ;  this  view  is  not  sustained 
by  our  more  recent  studies  in  the  department.  It  is  the  coil  more  than 
the  rheotome,  and  more  than  the  kind  of  cell,  that  determines  the 
quality  of  the  current,  although  the  frequency  of  the  vibrations  as  de- 
termined by  the  rheotome  has  a  decided  influence. 

The  Coj7iparative  Value,  of  Slow  Literruptions. — There  are  a  large 
number  of  physicians  who  find  or  think  they  find  a  great  therapeutical 
advantage  in  slow  interruptions  to  the  treatment  of  paralysis.  A  blind 
deference  to  authority  has  prevented  a  careful,  original,  and  impartial 
investigation  of  this  subject,  and  s.tatements  of  European  writers  and  in- 
strument makers  had  been  received  without  dispute,  until  we  incidentally 
spoke  of  our  experience  in  the  matter  less  than  two  years  ago. 

With  a  slow  interruption  a  stronger  current  can  be  borne  than  with 
a  rapid  interruptioji,  and  hence  it  sometimes  happens  that  a  paralyzed 
muscle  will  contract  under  the  former  when  it  will  not  under  the  latter. 
In  occasional  instances  this  advantage  may  be  utilized  for  those  phy- 
sicians who  have  only  the  faradic  and  no  galvanic  apparatus. 

For  those  who  have  a  galvanic  current  of  good  strength  the  slow  in- 
terruption is  unnecessary,  even  granted  that  it  has  some  advantage  over 


FARADIC   APPARATUS. 


295 


Fig.  44. 
Faradic  Machine,  with  a  tip  arrangement  (Kidder). 


296      APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

the  rapid  interruption  iniproducing  muscular  contraction,  for  a  strong 
galvanic  current  interrupted  will  cause  muscles  to  contract  that  will 
not  respond  to  the  faradic  current  whether  slowly  or  rapidly  inter 
rupted. 

In  this  battery  the  cell  is  placed  on  pivots  so  that  it  can  be  easily 
turned  over  90°.  When  upright,  the  metals  are  immersed ;  when  turned 
over,  the  metals  are  out  of  the  solution.  The  stopper  is  of  rubber, 
and  it  is  provided  with  a  rubber  funnel  for  the  escape  of  the  gases. 
This  arrangement  is  a  very  great  advance  on  the  old  one,  where  each 
time  the  machine  was  used,  there  would  be  pouring  of  the  acid  and 
necessary  spilling  into  and  from  a  bottle. 

For  the  past  year  we  have  used  only  this  tip  element,  having  dis- 
carded entirely  the  old  arrangement.  It  is  not  ornamental,  but  is  very 
convenient. 

Srnee's  cell  is  a  very  convenient  cell  to  take  care  of,  and  when  not 
kept  too  long  immersed,  or  used  with  too  strong  solution,  is  very  en- 
during. 

The  current  of  Kidder's  faradic  machine  is  a  very  pleasant  one,  and 
is  especially  adapted  for  nervous  and  sensitive  patients,  on  whom  gen- 
eral faradization  is  employed.  The  agreeable  character  of  the  currents 
that  come  from  it  is  to  be  explained  in  part  by  the  fact  that  it  is  a 
continuous-coil  machine — all  the  different  coils,  from  three  to  six  in 
number,  being  connected — and  in  part  by  the  construction  of  the  rheo- 
iome  ;  but  mainly,  we  think,  by  the  former,  since,  as  has  been  stated, 
3,11  single-coil  machines,  other  conditions  being  the  same,  give  a 
pleasanter  current  than  separate  coil  machines. 

The  character  of  the  current  is,  as  we  have  seen,  modified  by  the  length 
and  fineness  of  the  wire  in  the  different  parts  of  the  coil.  The  inner 
coil  (A  B)  is  of  thick  wire  and  is  short,  and  gives  a  very  mild  current ; 
the  second  coil  (B  C)  is  of  thinner  wire,  and  is  longer,  and  gives  a 
stronger  current;  the  third  coil  (C  D)  is  still  finer  and  longer,  and  gives 
a  still  stronger  current.  The  majority  of  these  instruments  have  but 
three  coils  ;  but  in  some  of  the  larger  instruments  one  or  more  coils 
•;E  and  F)  have  been  added.  All  these  coils  are  metallically  con- 
nected, so  that  they  really  constitute  one  long  coil,  varying  in  different 
parts  in  the  fineness  of  the  wire. 

All  the  currents  that  come  from  this  battery  (A  B,  B  C,  C  D,  D  E, 
A  D,  A  E,  etc.)  may,  therefore,  be  regarded  as  modifications  of  the 
primary  current  (see  Electro-Physics,  p.  62).  Inasmuch  as  electricity 
is  modified  by  the  nature  of  the  substances  through  which  it  circulates, 
it  follows   that   coils  of  different  length  and  fin.eness  will  give   different 


RULES   FOR   USE   OF   FARADIC   APPARATUS.  297 

varieties  of  currents  ;  this  is  found  to  be  the  case  with  the  battel  y  under 
consideration.  It  is  found  that  the  currents  vary  not  only  in  strength, 
but  in  the  nature  of  their  effects,  with  the  portion  of  the  coil  from  which 
they  come ;  that  they  cause  different  sensations  when  applied  to  the 
body.  The  differential  therapeutic  action  of  these  currents  is  too  com- 
plex to  be  readily  or  satisfactorily  demonstrated. 

RULES    FOR   THE    USE    AND    CARE    OF    KIDDER's    FARADIC    APPARATUS. 

The  directions  that  we  give  under  this  head  will  apply  in  general  to 
all,  or  nearly  all,  faradic  machines,  and,  therefore,  need  not  be  repeated 
m  the  descriptions  of  other  machines  that  are  illustrated  in  this 
volume. 

To  prepare  the  Apparatus  for  Use. — Fill  the  glass  jar  with  a  solution 
of  water  and  sulphuric  acid — one  part  sulphuric  acid  to  eight  or  twelve 
parts  water.  It  is  not  necessary  to  be  rigidly  mathematical  in  regard  to 
the  quantity  of  the  sulphuric  acid.  The  average  proportion  is  one- 
tenth,  but  it  may  range  between  one-sixth  and  one-sixteenth.  The  jar 
should  be  about  two-thirds  filled  with  the  solution. 

It  is  also  necessary  to  put  about  a  teaspoonful  of  quicksilver  in  the 
cup.  This  touches  the  lower  end  of  the  zincs  and  keeps  them  con- 
stantly amalgamated.     (See  Electro-Physics,  p.  37.) 

The  quicksilver  should  not  be  allowed  to  touch  the  central  plate  of 
platinum,  as  it  may  injure  it.  In  some  of  the  modifications  of  this 
apparatus  it  is  necessary  to  close  the  prongs  between  one  of  the  brass 
posts  that  is  labelled  and  the  one  in  the  middle  that  has  no  label. 

The  apparatus  is  now  ready  for  action.  If  the  spring  does  not  at 
once  vibrate,  give  it  a  slight  stroke  with  the  finger.  If  it  still  refuses  to 
vibrate,  it  may  be  necessary  to  readjust  the  screw.  If  the  spring 
vibrates,  but  irregularly  or  too  slowly,  the  evil  may  usually  be  remedied 
by  readjusting  the  screw. 

Now  connect  the  strings  attached  to  the  electrodes  with  the  lettered 
posts.  A  is  always  the  positive  pole,  and  B,  C,  and  D  are  always  nega- 
tive relatively  to  A. 

To  distinguish  the  Poles. — It  is  always  possible  to  distinguish  the 
negative  pole  by  holding  the  electrodes  for  a  moment  in  the  two  hands ; 
the  one  in  which  the  current  is  strongest  felt  is  the  tie gative  pole. 

If  the  apparatus  refuses  to  go,  or  if  it  stops  at  any  time  while  in  use, 
the  cause  may  be  looked  for — 

I.  In  the  screw  of  the  rheotome  or  current-breaker.  This  may  not 
be  properly  adjusted.     The  point  may  be  too  far  from  the  spring,  or  too 


298  APPARATUS   FOR   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

closely  pressed  upon  it.  This  want  of  proper  adjustment  of  the  screw 
is  the  most  frequent  cause  of  a  stopping  of  the  machine,  and  of  the  re- 
fusal of  the  spring  to  vibrate.  The  spring  may  sometimes  be  corrode? 
at  the  point  where  the  screw  touches  it. 

2.  Li  the  connection  of  the  ivires.  The  wires  that  unite  the  zincs  and 
platinum  may  not  be  properly  screwed  at  their  point  of  connection,  or 
may  be  corroded. 

3.  In  the  battery  itself.  The  battery — that  is,  the  zinc  and  platinum, 
with  the  solution  in  the  glass  jar — may  get  out  of  order  in  four  ways. 
First,  the  solution  may  lose  its  strength.  This  difficulty  may  be  reme- 
died either  by  pourhig  in  some  sulphuric  acid  or  by  making  an  entirely 
new  solution,  or  by  simply  adding  more  water.  Secondly,  the  zincs  rnay 
become  so  corroded  and  incrusted  as  to  become  incapable  of  generating 
a  current.  When  we  have  reason  to  suspect  that  such  is  the  case  we 
should  clean  them  with  an  old  tooth-brush  or  cloth,  or  amalgamate 
them.  When  the  zincs  have  lost  their  amalgam,  local  action  may  take 
place  ;  this  will  be  indicated  by  rapid  evolution  of  hydrogen.  Thirdly,  a 
portion  of  the  mercury  may  have  fallen  onto  the  platinum,  and  covered 
it.  When  this  happens,  little  or  no  current  can  be  obtained.  Fourthly, 
the  platinum  and  the  zincs  will,  in  time,  by  hard  and  long  usage,  wear 
out,  and  will  need  to  be  replenished. 

4.  In  the  helix.  It  is  very  rarely  indeed  that  the  helix  of  this  appar- 
atus eveJ-  becomes  so  injured  as  to  become  incapable  of  service.  If, 
after  we  have  properly  adjusted  the  screw  and  spring,  made  sure  of  the 
connections  of  the  wires,  replenished  the  solution  and  cleaned  the  zincs, 
the  apparatus  i^ersistently  refuses  to  go,  we  have  reason  to  suspect  that 
something  may  be  wrong  with  the  wires  that  compose  the  helix.  If 
such  be  the  case  the  evil  can  be  remedied  only  by  the  inventor  himself, 
or,  at  least,  by  some  one  practically  familiar  with  the  construction  of 
helices.  But  we  should  try  very  patiently  and  perseveringly  before  we 
accept  the  conclusion  that  the  hehx  is  thus  out  of  order,  for  it  is  an  ac- 
cident of  extremely  rare  occurrence. 

When  no  current  is  felt  at  the  electrodes,  although  the  apparatus  acts 
properly,  we  know  that  the  connectioji  is  broken  somewhere  in  the  insU' 
lated  conducting  wires.  Sometimes  the  union  of  the  wires  with  the 
electrodes  is  imperfect,  and  occasionally  the  wire  in  some  part  is  broken. 
Finally,  the  electrodes  themselves  may  become  very  much  corroded, 
and  may  need  cleaning  before  a  good  current  can  be  obtained. 

To  take  care  of  the  apparatus.— \N\\q\-\  not  in  use,  the  element  can  be 
taken  out  of  the  solution.  When  the  tip  battery  is  used,  all  that  is  ne- 
cessary is  to  merely  turn  over  the  jar.     If  the  element  remains  too  long 


FARADIC   APPARATUS. 


299 


a  time  in  the  jar  an  incrustation  of  salt  will  sometimes  accumulate  on 
the  top  of  the  zincs  ^vhich  will  need  to  be  brushed  or  washed  off.  This 
salt  is  the  sulphate  of  zinc,  resulting  from  the  action  of  the  sulphuric 
acid  on  the  zinc. 

We  may  know  that  action  is  taking  place  in  the  battery  when  bub- 
bles of  hydrogen  are  rising  up  by  the  sides  of  the  zinc. 

Methods  of  modifyifig  the  Current. — The  strength  of  the  current  of 
this  machine  may  be  modified  in  several  ways,  as  follows  : 

I.  It  maybe  modified  by  M'ithdrawing  or  pushing  in  the  metallic  tube 
that  covers  the  helix. 

When  this  tube  covers  the  helix  an  indefinite  number  of  branch 
currents  are  induced  in  it  that  interfere  with  the  main  current  and 
weaken  it.  In  proportion  as  this  is  withdrawn,  the  induction  of  branch 
currents,  and  the  consequent  interference  with  the  main  current,  grows 
less. 

This  method  of  modif3dng  the  strength  of  the  current  must  be  used 
continually  both  in  general  and  localized  faradization. 


Fig.  45. 
Faradic  Machine,  separate  coil,  double  cell,  in  box  (Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing 
Co.).  F  F  are  the  two  elements  of  zinc-carbon  ;  A  A  the  rods  by  which  the  zinc 
is  raised  from,  and  lowered  into,  the  solution ;  D  the  hammer,  and  4  the  helix 
partly  drawn  out.  These  machines  are  run  by  one  or  two  zinc-carbon  cells 
(Walker's  Battery,  see  p.  35,  in  Electro-Physics). 


2.  The  current  may  be  modified  by  increasing  the  quantity  of  the 
solution,  or  of  the  sulphuric  acid  m  it.     This  measure  can  be  resort;ed 


300 


APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 


to  when  the  current  fails  to  accomplish  our  purpose,  even  when  the 
metalhc  tube  is  entirely  or  nearly  withdrawn. 

3.  When  the  current  passes  through  the  body  of  the  operator,  the 


current  may  be  modified  by  increasing  or  diminishing  the  pressure  of 
the  hand  on  the  sponge  connected  with  the  positive  pole.  (See  Gen- 
eral Faradization.) 


FARADIC   APPARATUS. 


301 


The  direction  of  the  current  can  be  changed,  at  any  time,  by  revers- 
ing the  position  of  the  electrodes,  or  by  reversing  the  conducting  wires 
in  the  posts,  or  by  the  current-re verser,  when  one  is  attached  to  the 
machine. 

The  faradic  machine  represented  in  Fig.  46,  besides  being  of  the 
separate-coil  variety,  giving  both  the  primary  and  the  secondary  cur- 
rent, has  also  a  very  convenient  contrivance  for  producing  slow  or 
rapid  interruptions. 


Fig.  47. 
Faradic  Machine  (continuous  coil)  (Thomas  Hall). 

The  machine  of  Hall  is  a  neat,  compact  arrangement,  and  gives  a 
very  pleasant  current.  Chromated  lead  is  used  for  the  electro-nega- 
tive element.  One  of  the  metals  is  raised  out  of  the  solution  by  a 
very  convenient  spring,  instead  of  the  jointed-rod. 

Magneto-Electric  Machines. — The  magneto-electric  (or  so-called  rotary) 
machines  (see  Electro-Physics,  p.  61)  are  not  much  used  at  the  present 
day,  and  are  not  ordinarily  to  be  recommended.  They  have  been  em- 
ployed largely  and  indiscriminately,  especially  in  this  country,  nnd  have 
done  the  cause  of  electro-therapeutics  much  evil.  Although  the  cur- 
rent afforded  by  them  is  well  adapted  to  produce  muscular  contractions, 
and  is  frequently  of  service  in  the  treatment  of  paralysis,  rheumatism, 
and  kindred  disorders,  yet,  for  all  the  wide  range  of  diseases  in  whicii 


302       APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

faradic  electricity  is  indicated,  it  is  neither  sufficiently  reliable  nor  suf- 
ficiently efifective.  In  most  of  the  conditions  of  irritability,  in  which 
general  faradization  is  most  effective,  this  form  of  electricity,  as  generated 
by  most  of  the  machines,  is  contra-indicated,  on  account  of  the  rough 
and  disagreeable  quality  of  the  current. 

Another  very  prominent  objection  to  most  of  the  rotary  machines  in 
this  country  is,  that  they  require  the  aid  of  an  assistant  to  turn  the 
crank.  This  objection  may  be  met  by  clock-work  attachment.  An 
arrangement  of  this  kind  is  employed  by  Dr.  Morell  McKenzie,  of 
London,  in  the  treatment  of  paralysis  of  the  larynx  ;  but  even  for  this 
special  purpose  it  would  seem  to  have  no  advantages,  but  positive  dis- 
advantages, as  compared  with  a  compact,  convenient,  and  reliable 
electro-magnetic  apparatus  as  described  in  the  preceding  pages. 

M.  Gramme  *  has  made  a  magneto-electric  machine  which  furnishes  a 
continuoics  instead  of  an  interrupted  current,  which  in  its  effects  re- 
sembles the  ordinary  galvanic  current.  The  machine  consists  of  three 
rings  of  soft  iron,  around  which  is  an  endless  coil  of  copper  wire.  Each 
of  these  rings  rotates  between  the  poles  of  a  powerful  magnet,  and  the 
arrangement  is  such  that  the  opposite  currents  in  the  halves  of  each 
ring  form  a  single  continuous  current. 

The  machine  is  turned  by  hand,  and  in  its  large  form  generates  a 
large  quantity  of  electricity.  It  can  produce  all  the  effects  of  the  ordi- 
nary galvanic  current.  It  makes  platinum  wire  red  hot,  fuses  metals, 
and  is  used  in  electro-plating. 

If  this  machine  can  be  reduced  in  size,  and  modified  in  shape,  it  may 
become  of  value  in  electro-medicine  and  electro-surgery. 

Galvanic  Ap;paratus. — The  merit  of  placing  in  the  market,  in  an 
accessible  form,  convenient  and  reliable  galvanic  batteries,  was  in  this 
country  pioneered  by  the  Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Company. 
Before  the  organization  of  this  establishment  the  faradic  machines  of 
Kidder  and  others  had  been  long  in  use,  but  suitable  galvanic  machines 
could  not  be  obtained. 

Hydi'ostai. — The  hydrostat  is  an  admirable  contrivance  for  keeping 
the  fluid  from  spiUing  when  the  battery  is  carried  in  a  buggy  or  on  a 
long  journey.  It  consists  of  a  rubber  covering  accurately  fitted  on  the 
top  of  the  cells,  and  we  have  found  it  a  most  trustworthy  arrangement. 
A  battery  of  sixteen  cells,  made  by  this  company,  we  once  took  with 
us  charged  three  hundred  miles  into  the  country  on  a  consultation,  and 
not  a  drop  was  spilled. 

*  Althaus  on  Medical  Electricity,  third  edition,  1874,  p.  88. 


GALVANIC   APPARATUS. 


303 


We  may  remark  here  that  on  the  street  or  steam  cars,  a  battery  thai 
is  charged  will  not  usually  spill.  It  is  in  omnibuses  and  in  buggies  llial 
the  hydrostat  is  needed. 


0) 

>, 

3 

h 

a 

0 

C 

u 

M 

s^ 

S 

<u 

^ 

TJ 

C 

:::  § 


fo 


The  zinc-carbon  batteries  are  also  constructed  on  the  same  geneial 
principle  of  sixteen  and  eight  cells.     The  sixteen-cell  combination  is 


304 


APPARATUS   FOR   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 


portable,  and  about  as  heavy,  when  charged,  as  a  medium-sized  valise, 
well  packed. 

The  eight-cell  combination  is  no  heavier  than  a  common  faradic 
machine,  and  when  well  charged  gives  a  current  of  sufficient  strength 
for  many  applications  to  the  eye  and  head. 


Fig.  49. 
Twenty  four  zinc-carbon  battery  (Galvano-Faradic  Mfg.  Co.). 


The  above  is  called  the  Bartlett  galvanic  battery  (Fig.  49).  It  is  a 
very  convenient  apparatus.  It  has  connected  with  it  a  hydrostat,  which 
quite  successfully  prevents  the  spilling  of  the  solution  during  transpor- 
tation. The  accessories,  such  as  current  selectors,  commutator,  rheo- 
tome,  etc.,  are  all  attached  to  the  battery.  The  bottom  of  the  box  is 
a  movable  tray,  in  which  the  glass  or  hard-rubber  cells  are  placed. 
This  movable  tray  is  controlled  by  two  hinged  rods,  which  are  fastened 
to  it,  and  these  by  two  lifting-rings  at  the  end  of  the  rubber  table. 
These  rings,  being  screwed  tightly  down,  hold  the  cells  firmly  against 
the  hydrostat,  or,  being  loosened,  allow  the  hydrostat  to  be  removed 
from  the  front  of  the  centre  of  the  box.  They  also  serve  as  handles  to 
lift  the  tray  of  cells. 


DIRECTIONS   FOR    GALVANIC   APPARATUS. 


305 


Practical  D'u-edions  for  the  Use  of  Zi?ic-Carbo?i  Galvanic  Batteries. 

The  following  directions  will  substantially  apply  to  all  or  nearly  all 
forms  of  the  zinc-carbon  battery,  by  whomsoever  manufactured. 

How  the  Battery  is  Constructed  and  Used. — These  batteries  are  com- 
posed of  plates  of  zinc  and  carbon  in  a  solution  of  bichromate  of  po- 
tass, sulphuric  acid,  and  water.  The  solution  is  contained  in  glass  jars 
that  are  raised  up  to  the  plates  of  zinc  and  carbon  by  the  keys  at  the 
ends  of  the  box,  or  by  a  crank.     When  the  jars  are  raised  by  the  keys 


Fig.  50. 

Thirty-six  large  zinc-carbon  cell  galvanic  battery,  with  circular  switch,  reverser,  and 

interrupter,  for  office  or  hospital  use  (Kidder). 

to  the  top  of  the  box,  turn  the  keys  at  right  angles.,  or  turn  the  crank, 
and  the  jars  will  stay  in  position,  and  the  battery  is  ready  for  use,  if  the 
jars  are  properly  filled  with  the  solution. 

When  the  battery  is  not  in  use  the  jars  should  be  let  down  from  the 
plates  by  means  of  the  keys.  If  allowed  to  remain  immersed  day  after 
day  the  battery  will  rapidly  lose  its  strength.  (See  Electro-Physics, 
P-  36.) 

How  to  Charge  the  Battery. — The  solution  is  made  in  about  the  fol- 
lowing proportions:  sulphuric  acid,  i  oz. ;  bichromate  potass,  i^oz. ; 


306  APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 


Fig.  51. 
Ei-hteen-cell  zinc-carbon  battery  (Kidder) 


DIRECTIONS   FOR   GALVANIC   APPARATUS.  307 

water,  10  oz.  The  best  way  to  make  the  solution  is  to  dissolve  the  bi- 
chromate of  potash  in  cold  water  and  then  add  the  sulphuric  acid. 
The  mingling  of  the  water  and  sulphuric  acid  causes  great  heat.  Do  not 
use  the  solutioii  until  it  is  cool.  We  had  not  been  able  to  get  any  sat- 
isfactory explanation  of  the  fact  that  solutions  when  Jiot  injure  the  bat- 
tery, until  Prof.  Brackett,  of  Princeton,  informed  us  that  from  experi- 
ments he  made  several  years  ago  he  proved  that  when  the  bichro- 
mate of  potash  solution  is  used  hot  a  layer  of  ozone  is  formed  on  the 
carbon ;  this  at  once  weakens  the  current. 

Lift  out  the  plates  by  the  middle  piece  to  which  they  are  attached, 
lift  up  the  jars  by  the  keys  and  fill  each  jar  with  two,  or  three,  or  three 
and  a  half  ounces  of  the  solution.  They  should  be  filled  pretty  uni- 
formly, and  care  should  be  taken  that  no  more  should  be  put  in  than  the 
jars  will  hold  after  the  plates  are  immersed. 

How  to  clean  the  Battery  and  Amalgamate  the  Zincs. — Every  few 
weeks  01  months,  according  to  the  extent  to  which  the  battery  is  used, 
it  will  be  nccessai)  to  wash  the  plates  and  scrape  off  the  exudation  and 
renew  the  solution,  or,  at  least,  to  add  more  acid  or  water,  and  amalga- 
mate the  zinc.  The  chrome  alutn  that  collects  in  the  bottom  of  the  jars 
(see  Electro-Physics,  p.  36)  and  becomes  very  hard  can  be  softened  by 
allowing  warm  water  to  stand  in  the  jars  for  a  time,  and  then  loosening 
the  deposit  with  any  sharp  instrument.  A  good  way  to  amalgamate 
the  zincs  is,  take  a  strip  of  zinc,  dip  it  in  a  solution  of  sulphuric  acid 
and  water,  then  dip  it  in  mercury ;  the  mercury  will  adhere  to  and  run 
over  it ;  then  rub  up  over  the  surface  of  the  zincs  of  the  battery  until 
all  are  well  covered  with  mercury.  During  the  process  of  amalgama- 
tion the  zincs  should  be  kept  well  moistened  with  a  solution  of  sul- 
phuric acid  and  water.     (See  Electro-Physics,  p.  2>^.) 

How  to  tell  the  Strength  of  the  Current. — Those  who  have  no  galva- 
nometer can  tell  whether  the  current  is  running  and  how  strong  it  is  by 
putting  one  pole  in  the  hollow  of  the  hand  and  the  other  between  the 
thumb  and  forefinger.  The  poles  should  be  wet  with  salt  water  or 
simple  warm  water.  Those  who  have  been  accustomed  only  to  the 
noisy  and  violent  faradic  (induced)  current,  will  be  disappointed  to  f  -id 
that  this  galvanic  current  causes  only  a  slight  biirnijig  sensatioJi,  with  ao 
shocks  except  when  interrupted.  A  current  that  is  scarcely  felt  when 
applied  in  the  hand,  may  be  too  strong  to  apply  to  the  head,  or  face,  or 
neck.  The  greatest  mistakes  are  7nade  by  using  the  galva?iic  curretii 
to^  strong. 

How  to  distinguish  the  Poles. — The  current  is  felt  strongest  at  the 
NEGATIVE  POLE.     When  both  poles  are  dipped  in  a  solution  of  iodide 


3o8 


APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 


of  potassium,  the  brown  color  of  the  iodine  appears  at  the  positive 

POLE. 


Sixteen  cell  battery  complete.  Fig.  52. 

Chloride  of  silver  battery. 


Cells  out  of  case. 


The  cell  in  the  above  battery  is  very  small,  being  one  and  one-quar- 
ter inches  square  by  five  and  one-half  deep.  It  contains  a  strip  of  zinc 
and  a  strip  of  silver,  the  latter  being  covered  with  about  8  dwt.  of  fused 
chloride  of  silver.  The  solution  is  water  and  sal  ammoniac,  in  the  pro- 
portion of  a  pint  of  the  former  to  8^  dwt.  of  the  latter. 

The  Cabinet  Battery!^ — A  little  more  than  a  year  ago  it  was  sug- 
gested to  the  Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Company  the  possi- 
bility of  arranging  a  combination  of  sixty  or  more  Siemens-Halske 
elements  of  moderate  size,  in  such  a  way' that  all  the  cells  and  all  the 
connections  and  appliances  should  be  contained  in  a  small  movable 
desk  or  bureau.  The  suggestion  was  made  in  the  belief  that  all  the 
supposed  or  real  advantages  of  the  combinations  of  large  cells  that 
are  usually  placed  in  cellars  or  basements,  and  connected  by  wires  with 

*  Some  changes  have  been  made  in  the  form  of  this  battery  since  the  last  edition, 
but  the  general  principles  of  its  construction  remain  the  same. 


THE   CABINET  BATTERY. 


309 


the  operating  room,  could  be  secured  at  far  less  trouble  by  a  simple, 
convenient,  and  accessible  arrangement,  in  which  many  of  the  difficulties 
connected  with  removal,  cleaning  and  overhauling  should  be  reduced 
to  a  minimum. 

In  the  roughest  possible  manner  a  general  plan  of  a  bureau  with 
drawers  and  cover  was  drawn  and  it  was  further  suggested  that  it  would 
be  well  to  have  a  current-selecter,-  current-reverser,  rheostat,  and  gal- 
vanometer interposed  in  the  circuit,  and  that  the  appliances  should  all  be 
in  a  plane  surface  at  the  top ;  and  that  the  drawers  containing  the  cells 
should  be  so  made  that  they  could  be  easily  taken  out  whenever  neces- 
sary to  inspect  and  replenish  the  battery.  We  thought  little  more  of 
the  matter  until  November  last,  when  the  Company  called  our  attention 
to  the  fact  that  they  had  completed  a  battery  which  they  called  the 
Cabinet  battery,  and  which  is  represented  in  the  accompanying  cut. 


Fig.  S3. 


The  Cabinet  battery  is  so  simple  that  a  very  brief  description  of  it 
will  be  sufficient.    The  Siemens-Halske  cell  is  merely  a  modification  of 


310  APPARATUS   FOR   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

Daniell's  cell.  It  consists  of  a  small  cylinder  of  glass,  attached  at  the 
bottom  to  a  cylinder  of  porcelain.  In  this  cylinder  is  placed  a  coil  or 
ribbon  of  copper,  and  a  little  water.  Outside  of  this  cylinder  is  a  cylin 
der  of  zinc,  and  the  space  between  it  and  the  outer  glass  jar  is  sawdust 
on  the  top,  and  at  the  bottom  powdered  papier-mache  packed  closely, 
and  wet  with  water  slightly  acidulated  with  sulphuric  acid.  The  object 
of  the  sawdust  and  papier-mache  is  to  hold  the  fluid  and  avoid  spilling 
and  to  make  the  action  of  the  battery  gentle  and  uniform.  A  cork 
is  placed  in  the  cylinder  so  as  to  prevent  minghng  of  the  fluids  of  the 
outer  and  the  inner  cells. 

These  cells,  like  all  modifications  of  Daniell's  cell,  are  very  con- 
stant; that  is,  they  give  a  steady  and  tmiform  current,  and  can  be  used 
for  a  long  time  without  recharging.  It  is  necessary,  now  and  then,  to 
drop  a  little  water  into  the  inner  cyhnder  to  make  up  for  the  loss  by 
evaporation,  and  to  put  in  a  few  pieces  of  sulphate  of  copper  ;  this, 
however,  can  be  very  easily  done  by  pulling  out  the  drawers  and 
removing  the  corks.  Each  cell  is  about  the  size  of  an  ordinary 
tumbler.     There  are  three  drawers,  each  containing  twenty  cells. 

The  metallic  connections  of  the  cells  are  made  at  the  back  part  of 
the  drawer,  and  are  completed  when  the  drawer  is  well  pushed  in.  On 
the  top  of  the  bureau  are  the  current-selecter,  by  which  one  cell  or 
sixty  cells  can  be  brought  into  the  circuit ;  the  current-reverser ;  the 
short-coil  galvanometer  for  indicating  the  presence  and  direction  of  the 
current  merely,  and  the  hydro-  or  water  rheostat,  for  gradually  increas- 
ing or  diminishing  the  strength  of  the  current. 

The  Avater  rheostat  is  the  perfection  of  neatness  and  convenience, 
and  is  differently  arranged  from  any  that  we  have  seen.  The  water  is 
contained  in  a  small  case  or  cup,  with  a  glass  top.  By  turning  a  small 
brass  disk,  connected  with  a  brass  lever,  a  small  or  large  area  of  the 
water  can  be  brought  into  the  circuit.  Beside  all  the  appliances  for 
the  galvanic  current,  this  Cabinet  battery  also  provides  Xht  faradic  cur- 
rent. Two  Lechanche  cells  in  the  upper  drawer  are  connected  with  a  con- 
tinuous coil  and  interrupter,  on  the  right  hand  of  the  top  of  the  bureau. 
The  faradic  current  can  be  increased  or  diminished  by  pulling  out  or 
pushing  in  a  metallic  rod  in  front  of  the  top  piece. 

The  advantages  of  this  Cabinet  combination  are  these  : — 

I.  //  is  very  easily  moved  and  managed.  The  whole  Cabinet,  con- 
taining sixty  cells,  the  electrodes,  connections,  etc.,  for  both  currents. 
and  the  cover  to  place  over  the  top,  is  but  three  feet  high  and  seven- 
teen inches  broad.  It  is  placed  on  castors,  and  can  be  easily  moved 
from  one  ward  of  a  hospital  to  another  ward,  or  about  the  room,  by  one 


THE   CABINET   BATTERY.  311 

person,  as  easily  as  an  ordinary  centre-table.  The  combinations  of 
Daniell's  cells  are  generally  placed  in  the  cellar,  and  the  apparatus 
throughout  is  permanent,'  and  when  the  physician  wishes  to  move  his 
office  the  labor  of  resetting  the  battery  is  very  great.  This  combina- 
tion, without  taking  out  the  drawers,  can  be  transported  bodily  from 
one  house  to  another  as  easily  as  any  bureau  the  drawers  of  which 
are  filled  with  heavy  goods. 

Although  the  battery  will  probably  go  for  years  without  thorough 
overhauling,  yet  occasional  inspection  and  refilling  will  be  required, 
and  can  be  very  easily  performed. 

2.  It  gives  a  constant,  uniform,  and  steady  curreiit ;  and  is,  therefore^ 
better  adapted  for  the  treatment  of  irritable  and  sensitive  conditions  than 
the  small  cells  of  the  ordinary  portable  batteries. 

This  advantage  it  shares  with  all  modifications  of  Daniell's  battery. 
The  explanation  of  the  constancy  and  steadiness  of  the  current  from 
these  combinations  of  Daniell's  cells  is  found  in  the  fact  that  on  ac- 
count of  the  feebleness  of  the  solution,  and  the  interposition  of  the 
porous  cell,  the  chemical  action  is  slow  and  uniform,  with  no  inter- 
ruptions or  even  variations.  In  the  single  zinc-carbon  cells  the  solution 
is  very  strong,  and  the  chemical  action  very  vigorous ;  the  plates  are 
rapidly  polarized ;  the  density  of  the  solution,  and  with  it  the  inter- 
nal resistance  of  the  battery,  is  continually  changing  as  a  result  of  the 
vigorous  chemical  action,  and  consequently  the  strength  of  the  current 
not  only  diminishes  after  a  protracted  use  of  the  battery,  but  //  varies 
from  moment  to  moment. 

The  potential  quantity  of  electricity  may  be  the  same  in  a  combina- 
tion of  single  zinc-carbon  cells,  as  in  a  combination  of  sawdust  Daniell's 
cells,  and  may  even  be  far  greater ;  but  there  is  great  difference  in  the 
rapidity  with  which  they  evolve  it  For  short  work,  such  as  is  required 
in  powerful  electrolytic  operations,  the  single  zinc-carbon  cell  is  far 
preferable  to  the  Daniell,  for  the  reason  that  the  quantity  of  electricity 
that  it  generates  in  a  short  time,  say  half  an  hour,  is  very  much  greater 
than  a  similar  number  of  Daniell's  cells  would  generate  in  the  same 
time.  This  Cabinet  battery  is  therefore  not  a  good  battery  for  elec- 
trolysis, and  we  never  attempt  to  use  it  in  any  important  electrolytic 
operations.  In  experimenting  with  it  we  find  that  it  causes  but  a  very 
feeble  decomposition  of  iodide  of  potassium,  or  chloride  of  sodiuns. 
It  could  not  indeed  be  otherwise ;  in  electrolysis,  as  everywhere,  force 
ariswers  to  force  ;  the  amount  of  chemical  action  ontside  of  the  cell — 
electrolysis — must  be  proportioned  to  the  amount  of  chemical  action 
inside  of  the  celh     In  the  Daniell's  cell  the  chemical  action  is  very  slow 


312  APPARATUS   FOR   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

and  feeble ;  hence,  the  electrolysis  it  causes  is  slow  and  feeble,  but  it 
is  constant  and  steady ;  it  does  not  give  out  so  much  electricity  in  an 
hour  as  the  single  zinc-carbon  cell,  but  it  continues  to  give  it  out  long 
after  the  zinc-carbon  cell  is  exhausted. 

Two  men  have  each  a  thousand  dollars ;  one  spends  recklessly,  rap- 
idly, and  extravagantly,  and  in  a  few  days  is  penniless  :  the  other 
spends  regularly  and  slowly,  and  uniformly,  one  dollar  each  day,  and 
makes  his  thousand  dollars  last  a  thousand  days.  The  single  zinc-car- 
bon cell  makes  an  extravagant  battery ;  but  in  electrolysis  extravagance 
is  needed,  and  besides  the  solution  can  be  removed  from  the  plates,  so 
that  no  action  can  take  place  when  the  battery  is  not  needed.  The 
Daniell's  cell  makes  an  economical  battery,  since  it  spends  slowly  and 
regularly,  even  though  it  is  kept  constantly  immersed.  Hence  its  ad- 
vantage in  the  treatment  of  the  neuralgic,  the  hysterical,  and  the  nerv- 
ously exhausted,  who  in  some  cases,  at  least,  require  to  be  treated  with 
feeble,  mild,  steady,  and  painless  currents.  The  current  from  these 
Daniell's  cells  is  less  painful  than  the  current  from  small  and  active 
cells,  for  the  reason  mainly  that  it  is  more  uniform. 

The  notion  entertained  by  some  that  these  large  double-cell  batter- 
ies send  a  larger  quantity  of  electricity  through  the  body  than  small 
cells,  is  at  war  with  Ohm's  law,  and  has  no  foundation  in  experience. 
The  resistance  of  the  body  is  so  great  in  comparison  with  the  internal 
resistance  of  the  batteries,  that  it  makes  but  little  difference  in  regard 
to  the  quantity  of  electricity  that  flows  through  the  body  whether  the 
cells  are  large  or  small.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  small  single  zinc-car- 
bon cells,  or  even  the  ordinary  Smee's  cell,  give  larger  quantity  of  elec- 
tricity for  a  short  time  than  the  large  Daniell's  cell.  (See  Electro- 
Physics,  pp.  66-84.) 

The  arrangement  in  Fig.  54,  is  very  light,  compact,  and  portable. 
The  cells  are  quite  small,  and  of  course  need  refilling  more  frequently 
than  larger  cells.  The  cord  spools  (S  S)  are  convenient  contrivances 
for  winding  up  the  cords  when  not  in  use. 

These  batteries  are  made  also  of  ten,  twenty-four,  and  forty  cells. 

The  combination  in  Fig.  55,  embraces  both  the  faradic  and  the  gal- 
vanic currents,  sixty  zinc-copper  cells — and  a  rheostat.  The  same  coil 
that  furnishes  the  faradic  current  can  also  be  enclosed  in  the  circuit 
of  the  galvanic  current  so  as  to  form  a  rheostat.  Connected  with  the 
apparatus,  on  a  board  in  front  of  it,  is  a  current-reverser,  a  currtnt- 
interrupter,  and  a  galvanoscope. 

The  faradic  current  is  suppUed  by  a  continuous  coil  with  many  wind- 
•ngs,  and  gives  a  very  pleasant  current. 


THE   CABINET   BATTERY. 


113 


These  batteries  (Fig.  56,  p.  315)  are  of  twelve,  or  twenty-four,  or  thirty- 
six  cells.  The  general  construction  of  the  I^eclanche  cell  has  already 
been  described  in  Electro-Physics. 

Curt  W.  Meyer  also  manufactures  a  combination  of  Leclanche's  cells 
that  is  conveniently  portable,  and  is  said  to  be  quite  enduring.  These 
small  Lechanche  cells  are  not  as  enduring  as  those  of  a  larger  size,  and 
when  frequently  used  must  be  frequently  clean  i,  like  the  zinc-carbon 
batteries. 

Raines'  Battery. — Prof  George  W.  Raines,  of  Augusta,  Georgia,  has 
described*  a  portable  galvanic  battery,  composed  of  strips  of  zinc  and 


Fig.  54. 
Portable  galvanic  battery,  twenty  zinc-carbon  cells  (Drescher). 

platinum,  united  by  copper  strips  in  the  shape  of  the  letter  V  inverted. 
These  zinc  and  platinum  strips  thus  united  are  passed  through  holes 
made  in  a  rubber  plate,  beneath  which  is  a  square  trough  of  rubber,  di- 
vided into  forty-nine  compartments  or  cells.  These  cells  contain  the 
acid  solution,  which  can  be  raised  to  the  metallic  strips  so  as  to  immerse 
them.  The  whole  battery  is  about  the  weight  of  a  No.  4  faradic  ma- 
chine of  the  Galvano-Faradic  Co.'s  manufacture. 

Galvanometers  or  Galvanoscopes. — The  general  principles  on  which 
galvanometers  are  constructed  have  been  already  described  (Electro- 
Physics,  p.  40). 

A  galvanometer  which,  by  Dr.  Rockwell's  suggestion,  was  made  by 
Messrs.  Chester  &  Co.,  is  represented  in  Fig.  58.  It  is  of  the  long-coil 
variety,  and  is  provided  with  a  "  shunt,"  which  has  a  resistance  equiva- 
lent to  150  miles  of  telegraph  wire.  This  galvanometer  measures  with 
*  Scientific  American^  September  28,  1872. 


314 


APPARATUS   FOR   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 


Fig.  55. 
Galvano-faradic  machine,  with  rheostatic  coil,  etc.  (Reynders  &  Co.). 


GALVANIC   APPARATUS. 


.^I 


Fig.  s6- 
Portable  Beetz-Lechanche  battery,  twenty  cells  (Thomas  Hall). 

considerable  accuracy  the  strength  of  the  galvanic  current,  since  the  de- 
flection of  the  needle  is  in  tolerably  exact  proportion  to  the  number  of 
cells  introduced  into  the  circuit.  It  is  very  useful,  therefore,  in  compar- 
ing different  batteries,  or  the  same  battery  at  different  times,  in  order  to 
determine  how  much  poAver  it  has  lost.  When  a  thirty-two-cell  zinc- 
carbon  battery  is  in  perfect  order  it  Avill  deflect  the  needle  of  this  gal- 
vanometer from  40°  upwards  ;  fifteen  cells  will  cause  a  deflection  of 
about  20°  or  25°.  The  deflection  of  the  latter  part,  when  a  large  num- 
ber of  cells  are  introduced,  is  not  exactly  proportional  as  in  the  first 
part,  but  sufficiently  so  for  all  practical  uses. 

The  ordinary  "  short-coil "  galvanometers  (galvanoscopes)are  so  deli- 
cate that  one  or  two  cells  send  the  needle  round  to  go*',  and  are  there- 
fore useful  only  to  determine  the  presence  and  direction  of  the  current. 


APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS 


Fig.  57. 

Brenner's  Apparatus,  including  Stopper  Rheostat,  Galvanoscope,  Faradic  Coil,  etc. 
(Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Co.),  This  apparatus  may  be  connected  with 
any  desired  number  of  large  cells  in  the  cellar. 

Rheostates. — The  general  object  and  principle  of  the  rheostat  has 
been  already  described  (Electro-Physics,  p.  42).  It  remains  here  to 
speak  of  those  forms  that  are  best  adapted  for  electro-therapetitic; 


Fig.  58. 
Galvanometer  used  by  the  Authors.     (Chester  &  Co.) 

A  form  of  rheostat,  very  well  known  to  electro-physiologists  and 
electro-therapeutists,  is  that  of  Siemens,  and  introduced  into  electro- 
therapeutics by  Brenner  in  his  researches  on  the  ear.  The  unit  of 
Siemens  is  a  column  of  mercury,  one  metre  long,  with  a  transverse  sec- 
tion of  one  square  millimetre  at  32°  F.  The  rheostat  may  contain 
1,110  or  2,100  units.  The  metallic  blocks  or  pieces  on  the  top  are 
attached  to  insulated  coils  of  wire,  which  in  their  length  correspond  to 


RHEOSTATES. 


317 


Fig.  59. 

^iejiiens'  Stopper-Rheostat. — On  the  circle  B,  the  metallic  disks  are  numbered  by 
units  from  o  to  10;  on  the  circle  C,  by  tens,  from  o  to  100 ;  on  th*;  circle  D, 
by  hundreds,  from  o  to  1,000.  To  use  the  rheostat,  connect  the  wire  A  with 
one  of  the  poles  of  the  battery,  and  the  wire  E  with  one  of  the  electrodes :  in 
this  way  the  resistances  of  the  rheostat  are  included  in  the  circuit,  constituting 
what  is  called  a  "  secondary  closured 


the  numbers  i,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  etc.,  10,  20,  30,  40,  50,  60,  etc.,  100, 
200,  300,  400,  etc.,  marked  over  them.  At  the  central  end  of  each  divi- 
sion of  the  star-shaped  top-piece  there  is  a  hole  for  receiving  the  stop- 
per. When  all  the  stoppers  are  inserted  in  the  division  marked  o, 
there  is  no  resistance  in  the  rheostat,  and  the  current  goes  directly 
through  it,  and  not  at  all  through  the  body  of  the  patient,  for  the  rea- 
son that  metal  conducts  electricity  very  much  better  than  the  body,  and 
when  it  has  a  choice  it  will  ta;ke  the  path  through  the  best  conductor. 

When  now,  the  stoppers  are  inserted  so  that  some  of  the  coils  of  wire 
connected  with  the  divisions  of  the  top-piece,  say  those  marked  5,  50 
500,  are  brought  into  the  circuit,  the  current  will  have  to  overcome  not 
only  the  resistance  of  the  metallic  connections,  but  also  the  resistance 
of  550  Siemens'  units,  represented  by  corresponding  lengths  of  copper 
wire,  and  by  preference  much  more  of  the  current  will  pass  through  the 
body.  If  all  the  resistances,  1,110  or  2,100  units,  are  interposed, 
most  of  the  current  passes  through  the  body.  If  all  the  stoppers  are 
removed,  a  part  of  the  current  goes  through  the  rheostat. 

Rheostat  of  Mayer  d>>  Wolff. — Mayer  &  Wolff,  of  Vienna,  have 
constructed  a  simple  form  of  rheostat — a  wooden  box  containing  coils 
of  wire  corresponding  to  1,605  Siemens'  units. 

Hydro-rheostat  {water  rheostat,  or  liquid  rheostat). — For  all  the  prac- 
tical purposes  of  electro-therapeutics,  even  for  the  most  delicate  appli- 
cations to  the  most  delicate  organs,  as  the  ear,  eye,  etc.,  the  common 
water  rheostat — or,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  hydro-rheostat,  or  liquid 


3i8 


APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 


rheostat — is  sufficiently  precise,  and  in  convenience  is  incomparably 
superior  to  the  stopper  rheostates. 

The  water  rheostat,  represented  in  the  cut,  is  simply  a  column  of 
waLter,  interposed  in  the  circuit,  and  so  arranged  that  the  distances  be- 
tween the  extremities  of  the  metals  that  close  the  circuit  through  the 
water  can  be  increased  or  diminished  at  pleasure. 


Fig    6o. 
Hydro-Rheostat  (Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Co,). 

The  precision  that  physiologists  and  physicians  obtain  by  the  use  of 
the  stopper  rheostat  is  more  apparent  than  real.  A  study  of  Ohm's 
law  will  show  that  the  quantity  of  electricity  that  flows  through  the  body 
in  any  electrical  application,  depends  not  alone  on  the  nature  of  the 
conducting  wire,  and  the  number  of  cells  employed,  but  also  on  the 
nature  of  the  electrodes,  the  quality  and  degree  of  moisture  in  them, 
the  amount  of  pressure  used,  their  distance  from  each  other,  and  the 
part  of  the  body  that  is  treated.  Those  who  are  particular  to  state  the 
number  of  cells  employed,  and  the  number  of  units  interposed,  are 
therefore  much  less  precise  than  they  suppose ;  for,  besides  all  the  qua- 
lifications just  given,  the  strength  of  even  the  most  constant  cells  varies 
more  or  less  from  time  to  time  (see  chapter  on  Ohm's  Law,  pp.  66-84.) 
Reports,  therefore,  that  contain  in  full  detail  the  number  of  elements 
employed,  and  the  number  of  units  interposed  in  the  circuits,  are  appar- 
ently but  not  really  precise  ;  the  careful  physiological  researches  on  defi- 
nite and  very  limited  portions  of  tissue,  the  statement  of  the  kind  of  cell 
employed,  and  the  number  of  them  and  the  number  of  resistances  of 


ELECTRODES. 


19 


the  rheostat  interposed,  may  convey  an  approximate  idea  of  the 
strength  of  cm'rent,  and  thus  may  be  of  service  to  other  investigators, 
but  in  the  very  nature  of  things  they  cannot  be  accurate.  In  the  ordi- 
nary applications  of  electro-therapeutics,  unless  it  be  limited  electroly- 
sis, we  oftentimes  state  the  number  and  kind  of  cells  employed,  but 
always  with  the  implied  proviso  that  we  are  suggesting  approximate  and 
not  mathematical  truth. 

So  far  as  producing  delicate  shades  and  grades  of  sensation  is  con- 
cerned, the  water  rheostat,  when  properly  constructed  and  adjusted,  is 
fully  as  trustworthy  as  the  stopper  rheostat,  and  far  more  convenient 
for  the  operator.  A  rheostat  of  some  form,  though  not  indispensable 
in  electrical  applications,  is  yet  a  great  convenience,  and,  especially  in 
central  galvanization  and  in  local  galvanization  of  the  nerve-centres,  a 
very  great  convenience.  In  ordinary  peripheral  applications,  unless  it 
be  to  very  sensitive  parts,  the  rheostat  is  not  required. 

Electrodes. — Of  the  many  varieties  of  electrodes,  we  shall  describe 
those  only  that  are  practically  useful. 


e=^ 


Universal  Handle  for  Electrodes,  with  Interrupter  (Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing 

Co.). 


Fig.  62. 

Universal  Handles  for  Electrodes,  with  Interrupter- 

ufacturing  Co.). 


-insulated  (Galvano-Faradic  JIan« 


The  peculiarity  of  these  handles  (Fig.  62)  is,  that  there  is  no  exposed 
metallic  surface,  the  connection  being  made  at  the  closed  ends.  A  dis- 
advantage of  these  electrodes  is  that  they  can  be  used  only  with  one 
conducting  wire,  to  which  they  are  permanently  attached. 


320  APPARATUS   FOR   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 


Fig.  63, 
Long  Sponge  Electrode. 


Fig.  64. 
Our  electrodes  of  various  sizes 
in  graduated  series,  to  be  at- 
tached to  universal  handles 
(Kidder  and  Galvano-Faradic 
Manufacturing  Co.). 


Fig.  65. 
Hard    Rubber  Handle 
and      Electrode,    with 
Interrupter  (Kidder). 


Fig.  66. 
Plain    Wooden    Sponge-holder, 
with  Sponge  attached  (Kidder). 


Fig.  67. 
Small  Sponge  Electrode  (Kidder). 


Fig.  68. 
Duchenne's  Electrode. 


Fig. 

Rockwell's   Brass    Ball    Electrode 
General  Faradization  (Kidder). 


fot 


A  large,  soft  sponge,  loosely  folded  about  this  ball,  makes  the  most 
convenient  possible  electrode  for  general  faradization. 


iiLECTRODES. 


Fig.  70. 
Beard's  Stationary  Electrode  (Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Co.). 

This  can  be  screwed  to  the  edge  of  a  table.     The  sponge  at  the  top 
ran  be  unscrewed  and  moistened.      In  many  apphcations  to  the  ear 


Fig.  71. 
Adjustable  Electrode,  with  Band — (Kidder). 

eye,  head,  and  face  this  is  a  most  convenient  electrode  for  the  hand  of 
[he  patient  to  rest  upon. 
21 


^27:-  APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

These  adjustable  electrodes,  which  are  made  of  several  different 
sizes,  have  long  been  to  us  indispensable.  They  can  be  fastened  by 
means  of  a  simple  cloth  band  to  any  part  of  the  body,  and  kept  there 
as  long  as  may  be  necessary. 

In  diseases  of  the  skin,  in  rheumatism,  in  sprains,  and  in  tumors,  and 
in  all  cases  where  it  is  desired  to  keep  the  electrode  long  in  one  spot, 
they  are  most  convenient.  A  second  advantage  which  they  have,  is, 
that  they  can  be  passed  easily  under  the  clothing,  thus  saving  much 
undressing  on  the  part  of  the  patient. 

These  adjustable  electrodes  can  be  covered  with  a  sponge,  which  can 
be  sewed  through  the  hole  at  the  edge,  or  what  is  very  much  better, 
with  electrode  covers,  to  be  hereafter  described. 

We  use  these  adjustable  electrodes  in  central  galvanization,  galvan- 
ization of  the  cervical  sympathetic,  and  brain  and  spine,  and  in  a  large 
variety  of  peripheral  applications.  In  some  applications,  as  in  central 
galvanization,  one  electrode  is  adjustable,  while  the  other  held  by  the 
patient  is  of  the  ordinary  form  with  a  handle.  We  do  not  much  use 
the  bands  that  accompany  them,  preferring  to  hold  the  electrode  in 
position  by  allowing  the  clothing  of  the  patient  to  rest  against  it,  or 
having  the  patient  hold  it,  by  a  little  pressure. 

In  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic,  for  example,  the  adjustable  elec- 
trode can  be  easily  placed  under  the  collar  at  the  back  of  the  neck, 
and  kept  there  by  the  pressure  of  the  clothing. 


Fig.  72.  Fig.  73. 

Beard's  Adjustable  Electrode — small         Flannel  Cover  for  Adjustable  Elec- 
size — wilh  flannel  cover.  trode — small  size. 


These  flannel  covers  are  provided  with  elastics  in  their  edges  so  that 
they  remain  in  position  when  put  on  the  electrode,  and  are  easily  slipped 
off  and  on.  They  can  be  washed  like  towels,  and  the  expense  of  mak- 
ing them  is  so  slight,  that  a  large  number  can  be  kept  constantly  on 
hand.  Another  advantage  of  these  flannel  covers  is  that  the  current  is 
more  painfully  felt  through  them  than  through  sponges,  and  hence  there 
is,  while  using  them,  less  liability  to  give  too  strong  currents.  We  have 
long  been  accustomed  to  use  these  covers  in  all  central  applications  of 
the  galvanic  current. 


ADJUSTABLE   ELECTRODES. 


323 


Fig.  74. 

Adjustable  Electrode,  with  sponge  (Gal- 

vano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Co.). 


Fig.  75. 
Oblong  Adjustable  Electrode  (Gal 
vano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Co.). 


These  adjustable  electrodes  with  sponges  are  very  convenient  foi 
application  to  patients  confined  to  bed.  They  may  be  placed  undei 
the  patient  against  the  back,  or  on  the  abdomen,  or  on  any  part  of  the 
body,  without  seriously  disturbing  the  position  of  the  patient. 


Fig.  76.  Fig.  77.  Fig.  78. 

Metallic  brush         The  same  with  brush  pushed  within  Spinal  Electrode. 

(Kidder).  the  cylinder  for  protection.  Galvano-Faradic  M'fg.  Co, 

A  currejit-reverser  with  flexible  electrodes. — ^Cut  79  represents  a  cur- 
rent-reverser  recently  devised  and  perfected,  and  which  was  first  con- 
structed by  Messrs.  Tiemann  &  Co.  It  is  now  also  made  by  the  Gal- 
vano-Faradic Manufacturing  Co. 

It  differs  mainly  in  this  feature  from  other  devices  to  accomplish  the 
same  purposes,  viz.  :  that  the  curre7it  is  reversed  by  simple  and  flight 


324  APPARATUS   FOR   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

pressure  of  the  thumbs  without  the  intervention  of  a  slide,  or  any  com- 
plex arrangement  whatsoever. 

The  letter  D  represents  the  button  of  the  spring,  by  pressing  which, 
the  current  is  interrupted  or  reversed.  Pressing  it  lightly,  interrupts 
the  current ;  pressing  it  firmly,  rei^erses  it. 


Fig.  79. 
Beard's  Current- Reverser,  with  flexible  electrodes. 

In  the  vertical  section  of  the  hard  rubber  handle,  A  A  is  represented 
as  springing  up  against  the  metallic  plate  on  the  upper  and  inner  sur- 
face of  the  handle.  Pressing  this  slightly  down,  metallic  connection  is 
broken  and  the  current  is  interrupted ;  pressing  it  firmly  down,  the 
connection  is  made  and  reversed  aX  B  B,  the  metallic  plate  on  the  lower 
surface  of  the  handle. 

C  represents  the  wires  that  connect  with  the  battery,  enclosed  in  a 
rubber  tubing  E. 

F  and  G  are  flexible  wire  electrodes  armed  with  sponges  ;  they  can 
be  separated  several  inches  and  kept  there,  or  put  close  together  as 
represented  in  the  cut.  The  advantages  of  this  are  these  : — i.  In 
many  of  the  applications  of  localized  electrization  this  neat  and  simple 
arrangement  saves  considerable  expenditure  of  muscle  on  the  part  of 
the  operator.  One  hand  can  be  perfectly  free  while  the  other  holds 
and  guides  the  electrode.  In  electrizing  the  muscles  of  the  hand  and 
arm,  and  of  the  face  especially,  it  is  far  more  convenient  than  to  use 
separate  electrodes. 

2.  In  cases  of  paralysis  of  motion  and  of  sensation,  where  voltaic 
alternatives  are  sometimes  indicated,  this  is  the  easiest  conceivable 
method  of  reversing  the  current.     We  find  the  arrangement  of  the  flexi- 


UNPOLARIZABLE  ELECTRODES.  325 

ble  electrodes  very  convenient  in  external  applications  to  tumors,  rheu- 
matic joints,  and  sprains. 

The  special  electrodes  that  are  needed  for  local  applications  to  spe- 
cial parts,  as  the  eye,  the  ear,  larynx,  oesophagus,  rectum,  vagina,  ute- 
rus, bladder,  urethra,  and  so  forth,  will  be  described  in  the  chapters  de- 
voted to  the  electrical  treatment  of  these  organs.  We  propose  here  to 
represent  and  describe  only  those  that  are  of  general  use  in  all  the  or- 
dinary applications,  both  of  general  and  localized  electrization. 

The  variety  of  shapes  and  modifications  that  may  be  given  to  elec- 
trodes is  limited  only  by  the  taste,  inclinations,  and  peculiarities  of  the 
operator.  In  describing  those  that  we  chiefly  use  and  recommend,  we 
do  not  desire  to  give  the  impression  that  we  regard  them  as  better  than 
have  been  or  may  be  devised  by  others ;  but  simply  that  they  have 
satisfactorily  answered  our  purposes,  and  will,  we  believe,  in  the  main 
be  satisfactory  to  others. 

Unpolarizahle  Electr'odes. — It  is  well  known  to  electro-physiologisls 
that  in  consequence  of  the  electrolytic  changes  that  take  place  during 
the  passage  of  a  current  from  the  electrodes  to  the  body,  a  change 
takes  place  at  the  surface  of  the  electrodes,  by  which  a  new  electrical 
action  is  set  up  that  to  a  certain  extent  interferes  with  the  main  current 
and  also  causes  pain.  Electrodes  thus  affected  are  called  polarized. 
(See  Electro-Physics,  p.  31.) 

Dr.  Hitzig,*  of  Berlin,  has  devised  electrodes  in  which  this  secondary 
electrical  action  at  the  surface  does  not  take  place ;  to  these  he  has 
given  the  name  wipolarizable  electrodes.  These  are  made  unpolariza- 
hle by  a  solution  of  sulphate  of  zinc.  By  the  courtesy  of  Dr.  Hitzig, 
we  were  enabled  to  test  them  while  in  Berlin,  and  were  favorably 
impressed  with  their  action.  The  pain  produced  by  stable  galvanization 
is  sometimes  very  disagreeable,  and  by  these  electrodes  it  was  certainly 
diminished.  They  can  be  used  several  hours  without  exhibiting  any 
polarization.  The  subject  of  unpolarizahle  electrodes  had  previously 
received  the  attention  of  Regnauld,  Matteucci,  and  Du  Bois-Reymond. 

Rubber  Covers  for  Conductmg  Wires. — The  conducting  wires  con- 
necting the  electrodes  with  the  apparatus  are  covered  with  silk  ;  they 
may  be  still  further  insulated  by  flexible  rubber.  We  have  long  been 
accustomed  to  use  these  rubber  covers,  and  are  much  pleased  with 
them.  If  the  rubber  is  properly  prepared  it  will  not  injure  the  silk 
covering  beneath  it.     Some  electro-therapeutists  have  rubber  coverings 

*  Ueber  die  Anwendung  unpolarisirbarer  Electroden  in  der  Electrotherapie.    Bef' 

Jx)er  Klinische  Wochenschrift,  1867,  No.  89. 


326  APPARATUS   FOR   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

of  a  different  color  for  the  two  poles,  thus  affording  a  ready  means  of 
distinguishing  them. 

Care  of  Electrodes. — Electro-therapeutics  is  a  series  of  details  ;  and 
among  the  more  important  of  these  details  is  the  care  of  the  electrodes. 
The  chemical  action,  even  of  the  secondary  coil  and  faradic  current,  is 
sufficient  to  corrode  any  metal  that  is  used,  except  platinum  ;  and  plati- 
num electrodes  are  rarely,  if  ever,  used  except  in  electrolytic  operations. 
The  copper  plates  used  at  the  feet  in  general  faradization  become  more 
or  less  corroded  and  require  occasional  cleaning,  in  order  to  keep  them 
bright.  All  the  general  and  special  electrodes  of  all  kinds  require  oc- 
casional polishing  with  sand-paper,  emory-paper,  or  whiting.  It  is  an 
advantage  to  have  the  electrodes,  as  well  as  the  batteries,  nickelized, 
so  as  to  reduce  corrosion  to  a  minimum. 

The  sponges  that  are  attached  to  the  electrodes  need  to  be  frequently 
washed  in  warm  water,  and  those  that  are  much  used  should  be  occa- 
sionally disinfected  with  chlorinated  solutions.  It  is  better,  however,  to 
make  delicate  and  particular  patients,  especially  ladies,  supply  their 
own  sponges.  But  a  physician  who  has  a  large  general  or  special 
practice  will  find  it  very  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  keep  a  large  as- 
sortment of  electrodes,  sponges,  and  electrode  covers  always  separate  ; 
and  hence  it  becomes  necessary  to  treat  many  of  the  patients  with  the 
same  electrode.  To  meet  this  difficulty  we  devised  the  electrode  covers, 
elsewhere  described.  These  can  he  thrown  off  with  every  application 
and  washed  weekly,  like  towels.  The  expense  and  labor  of  making 
them  is  so  slight  that  some  electro-therapeutists,  after  using  them  a  few 
times,  cast  them  aside  entirely. 

European  Batteries. — For  the  sake  of  our  European  readers,  w^e  give 
very  brief  descriptions  of  a  few  of  the  batteries  that  are  at  the  present 
date  most  used  by  European  electro-therapeutists.  All  who  consult 
this  book — Americans  as  w^ell  as  Europeans — may  find  it  of  interest  to 
compare  the  workmanship  of  the  different  countries.  A  fact  which  such 
a  comparison  constantly  suggests  is,  that  all  advanced  and  active  electro- 
logists  in  all  countries  have  realized  the  same  difficulties  and  wants  of 
the  specialty,  and  have  sought  to  overcome  them  by  similar  or  nearly 
similar  methods,  and  nearly  all  have  in  a  greater  or  less  measure  succeed- 
ed. On  the  whole,  with  special  advantages  or  disadvantages  on  both 
sides,  the  American  batteries  for  the  faradic  current,  the  galvanic  cur- 
rent, and  for  the  galvano-cautery,  are  superior  to  the  European.* 

*  For  the  electrotypes  of  the  cuts  that  accompany  these  descriptions  of  the  English 
apparatus  we  are  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Althaus.  The  descriptions  are  con. 
densed  from  the  third  edition  of  his  treatise  on  Electricity. 


EUROPEAN   APPARATUS. 


327 


This  is  enclosed  in  a  small  mahogany  box,  six  inches  high,  three  and 
a  half  inches  deep,  and  six  inches  wide.  It  is  run  by  a  zinc-carbon  cell. 
The  primary  and  secondary  currents  are  obtained  without  shifting  the 
position  of  the  wires. 


Fig.  80. 
Meyer  and  Meltzer's  Faradic  Machine. 


Stohrer's  Faradic  Machine. — This  well-known  separate-coil  machine, 
which  is  run  by  a  zinc-carbon  cell,  is  widely  used  in  Europe. 

Duche?i7ie's  faradic  apparatus  is  of  the  separate-coil  variety ;  it  is 
inferior  in  portability  and  convenience  to  many  other  European  as  well 
as  to  the  American  machines.     It  is  run  by  a  Bunsen's  cell. 

Legendre' s  faradic  apparatus  is  popular  in  France,  on  account  of  its 
portability  and  cheapness. 

Gaiffi s faradic  apparatus  is  very  portable,  and  gives  a  fair  strength 
of  current.  He  has  made  two  forms  of  faradic  machines,  one  run  by 
a  chloride  of  silver  element,  and  the  other  by  a  sulphate  of  uiercury 
element. 


328  APPARATUS   FOR   ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 

Du  Bois-Reymond' s  faradic  apparatus,  or  ''  sledge,"  as  it  is  called,  is 
run  by  an  element  of  Grove  or  Bunsen.  It  is  provided  with  a  "  gal- 
vanic key  "  for  opening  and  closing  the  circuit  at  pleasure.  The  ma- 
chines of  Benedict  and  of  Siemens-Halske  are  modifications  of  that  of 
Du  Bois-Reymond. 

Krliger  &  Hirschmann,  of  Berlin,  have  constructed  a  good  faradic 
machine,  which  is  run  by  a  Lechanche  element.  It  is  arranged  for  slow 
or  rapid  interruptions. 

So  far  as  we  are  able  to  learn,  none  of  these  machines  have  any 
special  advantages  over  those  of  American  manufacture  previously 
described,  and  some  of  them  are  much  inferior  to  the  most  recent 
American  improvements. 

Stohrer'' s  Zinc-carbon  Galvanic  Battery.— Tix.  Emil  Stohrer,  of 
Dresden,  is  the  pioneer  in  the  art  of  making  convenient  and  trustworthy 
galvanic  apparatus  for  electro-therapeutists.  He  makes  combinations 
of  zinc-carbon  cells,  both  portable  and  non-portable.  He  was,  we  be- 
lieve, the  first  to  devise  convenient  and  simple  current-reversers  and 
current-selccters.  These  batteries  have  the  disadvantage  of  all  zinc- 
carbon  batteries,  that  the  carbons  are  friable.  They  also  polarize 
rapidly,  though  not  so  rapidly  as  Smee's  cell,  and  if  the  plates  are  kept 
long  in  the  solution  the  current  becomes  very  weak, 

B'oveaux's  battery  (Fig.  8i),  which  is  quite  portable,  consists  of  from 
twenty  to  fifty  small  Smee's  cells.  It  is  furnished  with  a  switch,  by 
which  any  desired  number  of  elements  can  be  brought  into  the  circuit. 
It  is  provided  with  a  dial  or  current-selecter,  for  bringing  any  number 
of  cells  into  the  circuit.  The  jars  are  made  of  hard  rubber  or  porce- 
lain. The  tray  containing  the  jars  is  lifted  and  let  down  at  pleasure. 
This  battery  is  much  used  in  England.  It  has,  however,  the  disad- 
vantage of  all  constructions  of  Smee's  cells,  that  it  rapidly  polarizes 
and  weakens.     We  prefer  similar  combinations  of  zinc-carbon  cells. 

Becker-Muirhead  or  Siemens-Meidinger  Stationary  Galvanic  Bat- 
tery.— This  battery,  which  is  highly  praised  by  Althaus,  consists  of 
fifty  modified  Daniell's  cells.  No  acid  is  used  in  it,  but  only  water  for 
the  zinc  surface  and  sulphate  of  copper  for  the  copper  surface.  The 
cells,  which  are  quite  large,  are  kept  down  cellar,  and  contained  in  two 
boxes.  The  advantages  of  this  battery  are,  that  on  account  of  no  acid 
being  used  the  chemical  action  is  very  feeble,  and  polarization  is  re- 
duced to  a  minimum  ;  and  that,  like  the  Cabinet  battery,  on  account 
of  its  steadiness  of  action,  it  is  better  adapted  for  nervous  and  irritable 
patients  than  the  small  batteries. 


EUROPEAN   BATTERIES. 


329 


Fig.  81. 
Foveaux's  Portable  Galvanic  Battery. 


Remaps  Stationary  Galvanic  Apparatus. — In  Germany,  this  appa- 
ratus, composed  of  sixty  cells  of  Siemens-Halske  modifications  of 
Daniell's  battery,  is  much  used.  It  is  provided  with  a  galvanoscope,  a 
current-selecter  and  a  current-reverser.     This  apparatus,  though  verj 


330 


APPARATUS   FOR   ELECTRO-TPIERAPEUTICS. 


good  indeed,  would  appear  to  be  inferior  in  convenience  to  the  Ameri 
can  Cabinet  battery,  previously  described. 


Fig.  82. 
Mayer  &  Meltzer's  Portable  Galvano-Faradic  Apparatus. 


The  idea  of  combining  both  currents  in  a  single  apparatus  seems  to 
have  occurred  almost  simultaneously  to  the  electrologists  and  mecha- 
nicians of  Europe  and  America.  The  practical  advantages  of  any 
combination  that  has  yet  been  offered  are  not,  for  poi'table  use  at  least, 
so  great  as  was  expected.  The  galvanic  current  which  they  give  is  apt 
to  be  too  feeble  for  all  occasions,  and  the  size  of  the  apparatus  is 
much  larger  than  is  needed  for  the  faradic  current  alone. 

This  apparatus  of  Meyer  &  Meltzer  is  provided  with  a  galvanoscope, 
current-selecter  and  current-reverser.  It  is  so  arranged  that  the  first 
or  the  last  portion  of  the  cells  may  be  used  at  pleasure,  thus  avoiding 
the  disproportionate  use  of  the  first  portion.  Zinc-carbon  cells  are 
used,  and  they  are  raised  and  depressed  as  in  the  American  zinc- 
carbon  batteries. 


CHAPTER  IX. 


LOCALIZED    ELECTRIZATION. 


The  object  of  localized  electrization  is  to  confine  the  direct  action  oj 
the  current,  so  far  as  possible,  to  some  particular  part  of  the  body. 

This  is  accomplished  by  placing  electrodes  so  that  the  current,  i?i 
passing  from  one  to  the  other,  shall  chiefiv  traverse  only  that  particular 
part  that  is  to  be  affected. 

Both  currents  may  be  localized  in  this  way,  hence  the  division  of 
localized  electrization  into  localized  faradization  and  localized  galvani- 
zation. 

The  scientific  use  either  of  localized  galvanization  or  faradization 
requires  as  accurate  as  possible  preliminary  diagnosis  of  the  disease. 

In  cases  of  doubt  it  is  necessary  to  electrize  in  succession  all  the 
suspected  localities  until  the  results  of  treatment  show  conclusively 
that  we  have  hit  upon  the  seat  of  the  disease.  Accordingly,  in  obsti- 
nate or  doubtful  cases  the  head,  the  cervical  sympathetic,  and  the 
spine,  and  in  some  instances  the  uterus  or  organs  of  the  abdomen,  are 
to  be  successively  electrized. 

In  the  very  numerous  cases  of  doubt  also,  when  the  locality  of  the 
disease  cannot  be  ascertained,  as  well  as  in  conditions  of  irritation 
where  electrization  of  the  seat  of  the  disease  will  not  be  borne,  peri- 
pheral applications  alone  are  frequently  of  decided  service.  For  peri- 
pheral applications  both  the  galvanic  and  faradic  currents  are  used  ; 
for  central  applications,  chiefly  the  galvanic.  In  some  diseases,  as,  for 
example,  locomotor  ataxia,  in  certain  stages  it  is  better  to  treat  the 
prominent  symptoms,  as,  for  example,  the  ansesthesia,  than  the  seat  of 
the  disease  in  the  spine. 

Instruments  for  Localized  Electrization. — In  localized  electrization 
the  same  galvanic  and  faradic  apparatus  are  used  as  in  general  electri- 
zation. For  localized  electrization  in  all  its  modifications  there  are 
needed  a  variety  of  electrodes  of  different  shapes  and  sizes,  to  reach 
the  various  localities  and  accomplish  the  different  indications. 


332  LOCALIZED   ELECTRIZATION. 

Of  tlie  electrodes  there  are  three  general  forms:  the  eledru  hand; 
the  metallic  brush ;  solid  metals  and  metals  covered  with  sponge, 
flannel^  linen,  or  chamois,  thoroughly  moistened. 

Dry  or  Cutaneous  Faradization. — To  accomplish  dry  faradization 
the  portion  of  the  skin  over  which  the  application  is  to  be  made  should 
be  wiped  thoroughly  dry,  or,  what  is  better  still,  sprinkled  with  some 
absorbing  powder,  as  the  common  nursery  powder ;  and  the  applica- 
tion may  be  made  with  the  dry  hand  of  the  operator,  or  with  metallic 
electrodes. 

In  dry  faradization  with  the  hand  there  is  heard  a  peculiar  crackling 
sound,  which  is  caused  by  the  sparks  that  take  place  as  the  cuirent 
passes  from  different  points  of  the  hand  to  the  skin. 

When  the  dry  hand  is  used,  the  operator  passes  the  current  through 
his  own  person,  one  of  the  electrodes  applied  to  some  near  point  by 
an  assistant,  or  held  in  the  hand  by  the  patient  himself.  Solid  metaUic 
electrodes  of  various  shapes  may  be  used  for  dry  electrization. 

Dry  electrization  by  the  metallic  brush  with  a  sti'ong  current,  faradic 
or  galvanic,  is  a  very  painful  method  of  application,  and  is  to  be  re- 
sorted to  only  in  those  cases  where  there  is  profound  cutaneous  anses- 
thesia  or  in  neuralgia.  In  all  cases  where  there  is  great  sensitiveness 
the  hand  is  to  be  preferred  to  any  form  of  artificial  electrodes. 

Electric  Moxa. — The  so-called  electric  fnoxa  is  produced  by  using  a 
metallic  brush,  plate  or  point,  and  one  moistened  electrode.  The  dry 
electrode  is  rapidly  touched  to  the  surface  where  the  moxa  is  to  be 
made,  while  the  other  is  kept  firmly  applied  to  some  near  and  in- 
different point.  The  surface  of  the  skin  may  previously  be  rubbed 
very  dry,  or  sprinkled  with  some  absorbing  powder.     • 

The  operation  requires  a  current  of  some  strength,  and  is  exceed- 
ingly painful.  It  is  chiefly  employed  as  a  counter-irritant  in  neuralgia, 
in  which  affection  it  is  frequently  successful.  The  electric  moxa  may 
also  be  produced  by  means  of  two  metallic  brushes,  one  of  which  is 
pressed  on  the  skin. 

Electrization  with  Moistened  Electrodes. — ^When  it  is  desired  to  affect 
the  tissues  lying  beneath  the  epidermis,  it  is  better  to  use  electrodes 
covered  with  sponge,  chamois,  or  flannel,  thoroughly  7}ioistened  with 
salt  water  or  ordinary  water.* 

The  size  and  shape  of  the  electrode  employed  must  be  modified  ac- 
cording to  the  situation  and  sensitiveness  of  the  part  where  the  current 

*  In  faradization  we  never  or  but  rarely  use  salt  in  the  water ;  in  galvanization 
it  is  sometimes  a  great  advantage,  because  it  makes  the  current  more  painfully  felt, 
and  thus  prevents  the  use  of  too  strong  currents. 


DEFINITION   OF  TERMS.  333 

is  to  be  localized,  and  also  by  the  sensitiveness  of  the  patient.  As  a 
rule,  small,  finely-pointed  electrodes  are  required  for  localized  faradi- 
zation of  single  muscles,  larger  electrodes  for  large  muscles,  or  groups 
of  muscles,  and  those  with  th6  largest  surface  for  galvanization,  of  thc 
sympathetic,  brain  and  spine. 

When  the  current  is  localized  by  means  of  moistened  electrodes,  it 
diffuses  itself  through  the  body  between  the  electrodes  in  various  di- 
rections. The  extent  of  this  diffusion  will  be  variously  modified  by  the 
situation  of  the  electrodes  and  the  structure  and  relation  of  the  parts 
that  lie  between  them  (see  Electro-Physiology).  It  is  manifest  also  that 
the  density  of  the  current,  other  conditions  being  the  same,  will  be  great- 
est near  the  electrode  and  least  at  the  farthest  point  between  them.  T/ie 
strength  of  the  curj'ent  being  the  same,  sinall  electrodes  are  7nore painful 
than  those  with  a  broad  su7face,  and  metallic  more  than  the  wet  sponge 
or  Jiafinel.  The  least  painful  form  of  artificial  electrode  is  a  soft  sponge, 
with  a  broad  surface,  and  well  moistened. 

Direct  and  Indirect  Electrization. — Two  general  methods  of  localized 
electrization  are  recognized — the  direct  and  the  indirect.  In  direct  elec- 
trization the  application  is  made  over  the  muscle  to  be  excited.  In  in- 
direct electrization  the  application  is  made  to  the  nerve  which  supplies 
the  muscles.  In  the  former  method,  large  electrodes  are  preferred ;  in 
the  latter,  usually  those  which  are  small  and  pointed.  The  faradic  cur- 
rent is  best  indicated  for  direct  electrization,  and  the  galvanic  for  indirect. 

The  points  where  the  motor  nerves  enter  the  muscles  are  called 
•'motor  points."  They  have  been  carefully  demonstrated  and  located 
Dy  Ziemssen  and  ourselves. 

Definitio7i  of  Terms. — In  stable  applications  both  electrodes  are  kept 
in  a  fixed  position. 

In  labile  applications  one  of  the  electrodes  is  moved  or  glided  over 
the  surface  ;  sometimes  both  of  the  electrodes  are  moved  simultaneously. 

A  current  is  called  continuous  when  it  is  allowed  to  flow  in  one  direc- 
tion without  interruption.  Only  the  galvanic  current  can  be  continuous, 
since  the  faradic  is  always  in  a  condition  of  interruption. 

A  current  is  called  interrupted  when  it  is  broken  by  removing  one  of 
the  electrodes,  or  by  some  form  of  current-breaker  in  the  electrode,  or 
by  any  method  of  breaking  the  circuit.  The  faradic  current  is  always 
interrupted  by  its  rheotome,  but  it  may  be  still  further  interrupted  by 
removing  one  of  the  electrodes. 

A  current  is  called  unifoj'm  when  it  remains  of  the  same  strength 
during  the  applications  of  the  electi-odes. 

A  current  is  called  by  us  increasing,  when  its  strength  is  gradually 


334  LOCALIZED    ELECTRIZATION. 

augmented  during  the  applications.  This  method  possesses  a  great  ad- 
vantage in  treating  conditions  of  irritation  and  inflammation.  It  may 
be  used  with  both  galvanization  and  faradization.  A  much  more  pow- 
erful current  can  be  borne  when  its  strength  is  gradually  incj-eased  than 
when  it  is  suddenly  let  on  in  full  force  with  the  first  closure  of  the  cir- 
cuit, as  is  usually  the  custom  with  the  majority  of  electro-therapeutists. 
A  current  which  when  suddenly  closed  may  cause  unbearable  pain,  and, 
when  applied  near  the  nerve-centres,  may  induce  dizziness  and  faintness, 
may  oftentimes  be  borne  without  discomfort  and  with  positive  advantage 
if  it  is  gradually  increased  from  a  very  mild  current.  With  the  faradic 
current  a  mild  anaesthesia  is  produced.* 

Increasing  currents  are  indicated  in  applications  to  the  brain,  sympa- 
thetic, spinal  cord,  the  eye  and  ear,  urethra,  inflamed  joints,  and  to 
all  conditions  of  great  irritation  in  any  part  of  the  body. 

The  faradic  current  (of  Kidder's  apparatus)  may  be  increased  by 
slowly  withdrawing  the  metallic  tube.  To  gradually  increase  the  gal- 
vanic current,  a  rheostat  of  some  kind  is  needed.  The  galvanic  current 
can  also  be  increased  by  an  arrangement  that  gradually  adds  to  the  num- 
ber of  elements  without  interrupting  the  current,  or  when  a  sponge 
electrode  is  used,  by  slowly  increasing  the  pressure. 

The  term  voltaic  alternatives  is  applied  to  those  applications  in 
which  the  direction  of  the  current  is  reversed  continually,  while  the 
electrodes  are  kept  firm.  The  current-re verser  is  a  very  convenient 
instrument  for  producing  voltaic  alternatives  (see  p.  324). 

For  electrization  of  muscles,  labile  or  stable  interrupted  currents  are 
preferred.  For  electrization  of  the  head,  spinal  cord,  sympathetic,  and 
nerve-tracts  and  plexuses,  stable  continuous  currents  are  indicated,  and 
these  again  may  be  either  uniform  or  increasing.  Labile  or  stable  in- 
terrupted currents  are  best  adapted  to  produce  muscular  contractions, 
and  cause  most  potent  physical  and  mechanical  effects,  while  stable 
continuous  currents,  whether  uniform  or  increasing,  produce  the  strong- 
est electrolytic  or  catalytic  action. 

In  cases  where  the  electro-muscular  contractility  is  not  greatly  di- 
minished, it  is  an  advantage  to  use  electrodes  with  a  broad  surface, 
since  thereby  several  motor  points  may  be  influenced  simultaneously, 
together  with  a  considerable  extent  of  muscular  tissue,  and  because 
they  are  less  painful  than  small  electrodes.  In  such  cases  the  faradic 
current  is  preferable. 

When  the  electro-muscular  contractility  is  very  greatly  diminished,  as 

*  See  an  article  on  Faradic  Anaesthesia,  by  Dr.  A.  Tripier,  of  Paris,  in  Archives  of 
Electrology  and  Neurology,  May,  1874. 


DETAILS    OF   APPLICATIONS.  335 

3o  frequently  happens  in  paralysis,  contractions  are  best  produced  by ' 
small,  tinely  pointed  electrodes,  applied  at  the  motor  points  of  the  in- 
dividual muscles ;  yet  even  here  electrodes  of  moderate  size  are  usually 
preferable.     Such  cases  often  require  the  galvanic  current. 

Details  of  Applications  of  Localized  Electrization. 

Galvanization  of  the  Central  N'ervoiis  System. — It  is  necessary  to  beat 
in  mind  at  the  outset,  that  to  produce  powerful  electrolytic  effects  on 
the  brain,  spinal  cord,  and  sympathetic,  the  galvanic  current  is  prefer- 
able to  the  faradic,  although  the  faradic  current  certainly  aftects  the 
nerve-centres. 

Galvanization  of  the  Head. — The  head  may  be  electrized  in  a  variety 
of  ways,  according  to  the  supposed  seat  of  the  disease.  One  pole  may 
be  placed  on  the  forehead  and  the  other  on  the  occiput ;  or  both  poles 
may  be  placed  over  the  ears,  or  on  the  mastoid  processes.  Another 
method  which  we  frequently  adopt  is  to  place  the  positive  pole  on  the 
summit,  over  the  supposed  organ  of  firmness,  and  the  other  at  the  oc- 
ciput, or  under  the  chin. 

To  affect  the  base  of  the  brain,  the  electrodes  may  be  placed  on  or 
behind  the  mastoid  processes.  To  confine  the  action  to  one  side  of 
the  brain,  one  electrode  may  be  placed  on  the  forehead,  over  the  eye, 
and  the  other  on  the  mastoid  process  of  the  same  side.  The  patient 
may  hold  one  of  the  i)oles  m  the  hand.  Still  another  method  less  used 
is  to  place  an  electrode  on  each  temple. 

Less  dizziness  is  caused  if  the  current  is  opened  and  closed  with  the 
positive  than  with  the  negative  pole.  It  is  well,  therefore,  to  first  apply 
the  negative  pole. 

Less  dizziness  is  caused  when  the  current  flows  through  one  side  of 
the  head,  or  from  the  forehead  to  the  occiput,  than  when  it  is  sent  from 
one  side  to  the  other,  through  the  mastoid  processes  (see  Electro- 
Physiology,  p.  113). 

The  use  of  some  kind  of  a  rheostat.,  so  as  to  avoid  interrupting  the  cur- 
re7it  or  giving  sudden  "  shocks  "  on  closing  and  opening.,  is  almost  indis- 
pensable in  electrizing  the  brain  and  neck.  With  regard  to  the  direction 
of  the  current,  it  is  usually  better  to  place  the  negative  pole  nearest  the 
neck,  and  the  positive  pole  nearest  the  forehead.  But  this  rule  is  liable 
to  many  exceptions,  and  each  case  must  be  studied  by  itself.* 

Electrization  of  the  head  produces  flashes  of  light  through  irritation 
of  retina,  and  dizziness,  which  with  many  is  disagreeable.     If  the  ap- 

*  See  remarks  on  polar  effects,  p.  102. 


336 


LOCALIZED   ELECTRIZATION. 


plication  is  too  long  continued,  headache  and  insomnia,  and  general 
malaise,  may  resnk.  Patients  whom  a  short  application  through  the 
head  benefits,  are  sometimes  injured  when  the  seance  is  protracted. 
Galvanization  of  the  head  should  be  made  with  broad  electrodes,  with 
a  stable  current,  which  may  be  either  uniform  or  increasing,  and  should 
not  exceed  from  one-half  a  minute  or  three-quarters  of  a  minute,  to 
five  or  ten  minutes,  and  with  a  mild  current. 

To  all  these  rules  in  regard  to  the  strength  of  currents  there  are  ex- 
ceptions. There  are  cases  of  even  very  delicate  patients  that  will  bear 
almost  any  amount  of  electricity  through  the  head  and  neck. 

Galvanization  of  the  Cervical  Sympathetic. — The  portion  of  the  sym- 
pathetic to  which  galvanization  is  chiefly  directed  for  therapeutical  pur- 
poses is  the  cervical,  although  the  cephalic,  thoracic,  and  abdominal 
ganglia  are  unquestionably  aftected  by  it,  though  not  with  so  specific, 
demonstrable,  and  immediate  results. 

There  are  a  number  of  methods  by  which  the  superior,  middle,  and 
inferior  cervical  ganglia  may  be  demonstrably  affected  by  the  galvanic 
current. 


Fig.  83. 
Galvanization  of  the  Cervical  Sympathetic 


I.  One  electrode  with  an  oblong  extremity  is  placed  in  tne  auri'culo- 
maxillary  fossa,  while  the  other  with  a  larger  surface  is  applied  over, 
or  by  the  side  of  the  sixth  and  seventh  cervical  vertebrae  (see  Fig.  95). 

The  second  electrode  may  also  be  applied  at  any  point  along  the 
spine,  from  the  occiput  to  the  coccyx.  It  is  by  this  method  that  diplegia 
contractions  are  usually  produced  with  most  success. 


GALVANIZATION   OF   CERVICAL   SYMPATHETIC.  33/ 

2.  The  first  electrode  being  placed  as  before,  in  the  auriculo-maxillary 
fossa,  the  other,  with  a  surface  of  moderate  diameter,  is  applied  just 
above  the  manubrium  sterni,  by  the  side  of  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid 
muscle  (see  Fig.  96). 


Fig.  84. 
Galvanization  of  the  Cervical  Sympathetic,  including  the  Pneuniogastric. 


The  second  electrode  may  also  be  applied  higher  up  in  the  neck,  op 
posite  the  middle  cervical  ganglion. 

The  above  are  the  two  methods  which  have  been  most  frequently  em- 
ployed.    Other  methods  are  the  following. 

3.  The  first  electrode  being  placed  as  before,  the  other  may  be  ap- 
plied on  the  shoulder,  elbow,  or  in  the  hand  of  the  opposite  side,  or  in 
the  axilla. 

4.  Both  sides  may  be  galvanized  simultaneously,  by  placing  an  elec- 
trode over  the  mastoid  processes. 

5.  One  electrode  is  placed  just  above  the  manubrium  sterni,  and  the 
other  at  any  point  down  the  spine. 

6.  One  electrode  is  placed  over  the  sixth  and  seventh  cervical  verte- 
brae, and  the  other  over  the  brachial  plexus,  at  the  pit  of  the  stomach, 
just  above  the  manubrium  sterni,  in  either  hand,  or  at  the  feet. 

In  all  these  methods  either  direction  of  the  current  may  be  used,  ac- 
cording as  calming  or  irritating  effects  are  desired  (see  p.  281). 

Concerning  the  physiological  effects  of  galvanization  of  the  sympa- 
thetic see  Electro-Physiology,  p.  128. 

Applications  to  the  sympathetic  should  be  made  from  one  to  ten 
22 


338  LOCALIZED   ELECTRIZATION. 

minutes,  and  with  from  five  to  twenty-five  cells.  Several  methods  may 
be  tried  at  a  single  sitting  in  cases  where  the  applications  are  well 
borne. 

Bearing  in  mind  that  in  all  such  attempts  to  galvanize  the  cervical 
sympathetic,  the  pneumogastric  and  spine  must  be  more  or  less  influ- 
enced, the  general  indications  for  the  use  of  this  method  of  treatment 
to  which  experience  would  seem  to  point  are  these  : — 

1.  Cerebral  anaemia  and  hypergemia.  These  conditions  are  associated 
with  and  are  a  part  of  a  large  variety  of  diseases.  Insomnia,  hemiplegia, 
tic  douloureux,  many  diseases  of  the  eye  and  ear,  as  neuro-retinitis,  ner- 
vous deafness  and  tinnitus  auriurn,  are  all  more  or  less  associated  with 
cerebral  anaemia,  hyperaemia,  and  all  have  been  treated  by  galvanization 
of  the  cervical  sympathetic,  with  more  or  less  success. 

2.  Disorders  of  the  vaso-motor  nerves.  Under  this  head  may  be  in- 
cluded some  cases  of  deficient  circulation,  cutaneous  hypersesthesia,  and 
certain  diseases  of  the  skin. 

3.  Functional  diseases  of  the  digestive  and  genital  apparatus.  Gal- 
vanization of  the  sympathetic  in  these  conditions  seems  to  work,  partly 
at  least,  by  reflex  action,  and  partly,  also,  by  the  influence  which  the 
spinal  cord  and  pneumogastric  receive  during  the  applications. 

It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  remark  that  the  exchisive  ii.se  of  galvani- 
zation of  the  cervical  sympathetic  is  indicated  only  in  exceptional  cases. 
It  is  to  be  employed  in  connection  or  alternation  with  general  faradiza- 
tion and  galvanization  of  the  brain,  spinal  cord,  and  periphery.  A  note- 
worthy advantage  of  this  method  of  treatment  in  those  cases  for  which 
it  is  of  service  is  the  comparatively  short  time  required  for  its  employ- 
ment. 

The  objection  that  galvanization  of  the  cervical  sympathetic  is  a 
dangerous  procedure  will  be  considered  in  the  chapter  on  central  gal- 
vanization. 

Galvanization  of  the  Spine. — The  spine  may  be  electrized  by  placing 
one  electrode  at  the  occiput,  and  the  other  at  the  coccyx.  One  of  the 
electrodes  may  be  kept  in  situ.,  while  the  other  is  slowly  passed  up  and 
down  the  entire  length  of  the  cord.  Either  pole  may  be  passed  up  and 
down  in  this  way  according  to  the  effect  desired. 

The  current  may  also  be  localized  in  any  part  of  the  spine  that  may 
be  required,  by  giving  the  electrodes  the  proper  position.  The  appli- 
cations may  be  made  with  ten  cells  and  upwards,  and  should  not  usually 
exceed  five  or  ten  minutes.  The  applications  should  be  sensitively 
felt,  like  a  gentle  mustard  plaster,  but  should  not  be  excessively  pain- 
ful, like  a  blister. 


PERIPHERAL  FARADIZATION. 


339 


Fig.  8s. 

Faradization  of  the  Facial  Nerve  and  Muscles.     Eyelid  firmly  closed  and  movtth 
drawn  to  one  side. 


Muscular  Faradization  with  metallic  electrodes  (Duchenne). 


340 


LOCALIZED   ELECTRIZATION, 


Fig.  87. 
Faradization  of  the  Muscles  of  the  Thigh,  contraction  of  the  quadricepi. 


Fig.  88. 
Faradization  of  Popliteal  Nerve  and  Peroneal  Muscles.     Foot  brougnt  upward  and 

outward. 


PERIPHERAL  FARADIZATION.  341 

Etedrization  of  Plexuses^  Nerves,  and  Muscles. — Plexuses,  nerves, 
and  muscles  are  treated  by  both  currents  (see  chapter  on  differential 
indications  for  the  use  of  the  galvanic  and  faradic  currents). 

One  electrode  may  be  applied  to  a  plexus  and  the  other  to  one  of  its 
branches,  or  to  a  muscle  or  group  of  muscles.  Both  electrodes  may  be 
applied  to  the  nerve,  or  one  to  the  nerve  and  the  other  to  a  muscle ;  or 
both  may  be  applied  to  a  muscle  or  group  of  muscles.  All  these  appli- 
cations may  be  made  either  with  or  without  regard  to  the  direction  of 
the  current,  and  different  methods  may  be  tried  at  the  same  seance. 

In  all  the  positions  described  in  the  above  cuts,  contractions  should 
be  produced  with  mild  faradic  currents,  when  the  electrodes  are  in  the 
position  represented.  If  very  stro?ig  currents  are  necessary  or  no  con- 
tractions are  possible,  the  muscles  are  in  a  condition  of  disease. 

Peripheral  applications  are  indicated  where  the  disease  is  purely  of  a 
peripheral  character;  the  partly  central  applications  are  indicated  where 
the  disease  is  of  a  central  origin. 

Labile  interrupted  applications  are  indicated  where  it  is  desired  to 
produce  mechanical  effects  or  muscular  contractions,  as  in  anaesthesia 
and  paralysis. 

Stable  continuous  applications  are  indicated  where  it  is  desired  to 
produce  electrotonic,  chemical,  or  catalytic  effects,  as  in  neuralgia. 

Benedikt*  makes  the  following  somewhat  over-refined  subdivisions 
of  the  methods  of  galvanization  of  the  centre  and  periphery  : 

Spinal-cord  current :  both  poles  are  placed  on  the  spine,  either  near 
together,  or  at  some  distance  from  each  other. 

Spinal-cord-root  current :  one  pole  is  placed  on  the  spine,  and  the 
other  is  passed  up  and  down  by  the  sides  of  the  vertebra. 

Spinal-cordplexus  current :  one  pole  is  placed  on  the  spine,  and  the 
other  on  a  plexus  of  nerves. 

Spinal-cord-nerve  current :  one  pole  is  placed  on  the  spine,  and  the 
other  on  a  nerve. 

Spinal-cord-muscle  current :  one  pole  is  placed  on  the  spine  and  the 
other  on  a  muscle. 

Plexus-nerve  current :  one  pole  is  placed  on  a  plexus  of  nerves  and 
the  other  on  a  nerve. 

Nerve-muscle  current :  one  pole  is  placed  on  a  nerve  and  the  other 
on  a  muscle. 

These  currents  may  be  either  stable  or  labile,  continuous  or  inter- 
rupted, uniform  or  increasing. 

*  Op.  cit.,  p.  56. 


343 


LOCALIZED   ELECTRIZATION. 


Fig.  89. 
Spinal-  cord-brachial  plexus  current. 


Fig.  90. 
Spinal-cord-median  nerve  current. 

The  method  of  electrizing  the  eye,  ear,  nose,  larynx,  oesophagus, 
heart,  lungs,  stomach,  liver,  kidneys,  spleen,  intestines,  rectum,  bladder, 
male  and  female  organs  of  generation,  will  be  described  in  the  chapters 
devoted  to  diseases  of  these  organs. 

The  method  of  electrizing  individual  nerves  and  muscles  has  been  de- 
scribed and  illustrated  in  the  chapter  on  electro-therapeutical  anatomy. 


EFFECTS.  343 

iLffed  of  Current  modified  by  the  Length  of  Application. — The  sensa- 
tions and  the  effects  of  electrical  applications  are  considerably  modified 
by  the  length  of  time  that  the  electrodes  are  kept  in  position.  When  the 
faradic  current  is  first  applied  to  the  skin,  it  causes  a  stinging,  pricking 
sensation,  perceptibly  strongest  at  the  negative  pole ;  if  the  electrodes 
are  kept  in  position  the  sensation  may  gradually  diminish,  and  the  parts 
will  become  very  slightly  benumbed,  and  if  now  the  strength  of  the  cur- 
rent be  gradually  increased,  little  or  no  additional  pain  is  caused.  If 
the  current  is  at  first  very  strong,  it  cannot  be  borne  long  enough  to  pro- 
duce this  benumbing  effect. 

When  the  galvanic  current  is  first  applied  to  the  skin  it  causes  no 
sensation  or  scarcely  any,  unless  it  be  very  strong  or  is  directed  over  or 
near  a  motor  nerve ;  if  the  electrodes  are  kept  in  position  for  a  few 
seconds,  a  slight  burning  sensation  is  felt  at  both  poles,  but  strongest  at 
the  negative.  This  burning  sensation  increases  quite  rapidly  until  the 
sensation  it  causes  is  like  that  of  a  strong  mustard  plaster,  or  hot  iron,  and 
becomes  unendurable.  The  benumbing  effect  of  the  faradic  current  is 
not  experienced.  The  fact  that  the  galvanic  current  is  but  little  felt  at 
first,  leads  those  physicians  who  have  not  been  accvistomed  to  it  to  use 
it  altogether  too  strong.  This  increase  of  the  pain  under  the  galvanic 
current  is  due  to  two  causes — the  moistening  of  the  skin  through  the 
moisture  of  the  electrode,  so  that  it  becomes  a  better  conductor  of  elec- 
tricity, and  the  special  chemical  action  of  the  poles  (see  Electro-Physi- 
ology, p.  i8i).  This  increased  conductivity  of  the  skin  is  the  partial  if 
not  complete  explanation  of  the  fact  that  the  muscles  contract  under  a 
feebler  current  after  the  electrodes  have  been  some  time  in  one  place.  It 
is  not  impossible,  however,  that  the  nerves  or  muscles  may  be  so  stimu- 
lated by  the  current  as  to  contract  more  readily  than  before  stimulation. 

The  reverse  proposition,  that  strong  currents  used  for  a  long  time 
enfeeble  the  nerves  and  muscles  so  that  they  respond  less  readily  to  the 
current,  is  certainly  true,  and  is  easy  of  demonstration,  especially  in  cases 
of  facial  paralysis.  For  this  reason,  prolonged  apphcations  frequently 
do  more  harm  than  good. 

Effects  of  Localized  Electrizatioji. — Localized  electrization  has  to  a 
limited  extent  the  same  direct  effect  on  the  part  to  which  the  applica- 
tion is  made  that  general  electrization  has  on  the  whole  body.  It  acts 
as  a  locally  stimulating  tonic. 

Improvement  in  Local  Nutrition  the  leadijig  effect  of  Localized  Elec- 
trization. — The  leading  and  general  effect  of  localized  electrization,  and 
one  which  is  a  complex  result  of  the  various  special  effects,  is  improve 
ment  in  local  nutrition. 


344  LOCALIZED   ELECTRIZATION. 

Localized  electrization  of  an  atrophied  or  poorly  nourished  muscle 
causes  that  muscle  to  improve  in  size  and  strength  ;  localized  electriza- 
tion of  an  atrophied  or  poorly  nourished  organ,  as  the  uterus,  causes  it 
to  increase  in  size  and  improve  in  functional  activity. 

Localized  electrization  of  any  part  of  the  cerebro-spinal  system  im- 
proves the  nutrition  of  that  part,  and  as  a  result  the  whole  body,  over 
which  the  cerebro-spinal  system  presides,  may  improve  in  nutrition. 
Thus  locahzed  may  indirectly  have  some  of  the  same  effects  as  general 
electrization.  Similarly,  also,  as  we  descend  from  the  centre  toward  the 
periphery  electrization  of  any  nerve  branch  or  plexus  improves  the  nu- 
trition, not  only  of  the  nerve  acted  on,  but  also  of  its  various  branches, 
and  of  the  muscles  and  organs  that  it  supplies. 

When  the  nutrition  of  an  atrophied  part  is  improved  it  grows  larger  ; 
when  the  nutrition  of  a  hypertrophied  part  is  improved  it  grows  smaller. 
The  same  treatment  that  makes  a  flabby  muscle  increase  in  size  causes 
a  goitre  to  diminish  in  size.  These  opposite  effects  of  the  local  use  of 
electricity,  though  apparently  inconsistent,  are  yet  quite  consistent  (see 
Electro-Physiology,  p.  191  ;  and  Electro-Surgery,  chapter  on  Tumors). 

The  special  effects  of  localized,  unlike  those  of  general  electrization, 
cannot  be  broadly  stated  or  classified,  for  the  obvious  reason  that  they 
must  so  largely  depend  on  the  locality  to  which  the  application  is  made. 

Although  applications  to  the  central  nervous  system  are  sometimes 
followed  by  mild  and  limited  degrees  of  the  primary,  secondary,  and 
permanent  effects  that  result  from  general  faradization  or  central  gal- 
vanization ;  yet  the  cases  where  the  full  order  of  these  effects  is  so 
marked  and  decided  as  to  be  observed  are  comparatively  unfrequent. 

Applications  to  the  brain  and  sympathetic  system  may  be  followed 
primarily  by  relief  of  pain,  slight  exhilaration,  a  feeling  of  warmth  or 
somnolence ;  secondarily  by  fatigue,  headache,  or  soreness  of  the 
muscles,  or  exacerbation  of  the  morbid  symptoms  ;  and  permanently  by 
improvement  in  sleep,  strength,  and  capacity  for  labor. 

But  this  order  of  effects  from  localized  electrization  is  exceptional,  even 
from  applications  made  to  the  head.  More  frequently  the  permanent 
effects  are  experienced  without  the  primary,  or  perhaps  both  the  per- 
manent and  secondary,  and  sometimes  only  the  latter. 

Yet  none  of  these  constitutional  effects,  in  whatever  order  they  may 
occur,  are  experienced  to  the  extent  that  is  derived  from  general  fara- 
dization. 

The  agreeable  symptoms  which  are  most  frequently  observed  after 
localized  applications  to  the  nerve-centres  are  disposition  to  sleep,  relief 
of  headache  or  other  pain,  and  occasionally  slight  exhilaration. 


ABSOLUTE   LOCALIZATION   IMPOSSIBLE.  345 

Sometimes  the  beneficial  results  of  electrization  of  paralyzed  muscles 
follow  immediately  after  the  application.  The  patient  is  conscious  of 
an  ability  to  use  the  muscles  treated  with  greater  ease  and  freedom. 
This  improvement  may  be  merely  temporar}^,  or,  as  is  more  frequently 
the  case,  partial  relapses  occur,  leaving  a  certain  amount  of  permanent 
benefit.  Immediate  relief  of  neuralgic  pain,  and  of  the  reverse  con- 
dition, anaesthesia,  may  follow  localized  as  well  as  general  electrization. 
The  temporary  relief  of  the  neuralgia  may  be  complete,  while  that  of 
anesthesia  is  usually  only  partial  and  limited.  In  both  conditions  the 
evil  symptoms  ma}'-  recur,  or  a  certain  amount  of  permanent  benefi'^ 
may  remain. 

Among  the  disagreeable  symptoms  are  dizziness,  heaviness,  oppres- 
sion, headache,  soreness  in  the  muscles,  exhaustion,  and  indefinable  ner- 
vousness. 

These  disagreeable  symptoms  are  most  likely  to  result  from  applica- 
tions that  have  been  either  too  severe  or  too  protracted  for  the  con- 
dition of  the  patient ;  and  yet  they  should  by  no  means  excite  alarm, 
since  they  often  accompany  the  most  successful  results.  These  un- 
pleasant symptoms  are  more  likely  to  follow  the  use  of  the  galvanic 
current  than  the  faradic,  especially  when  the  applications  are  protracted. 
The  opinion  that  has  been  expressed  by  certain  writers,  that  the  head  is 
more  likely  to  be  unpleasantly  affected  by  the  faradic  than  the  galvanic 
current,  is  not  sustained  by  experience.  The  phenomena  of  dizziness, 
heaviness,  etc.,  frequently  experienced  after  even  a  very  short  applica- 
tion to  the  head,  are  but  rarely  observed  when  the  faradic  current  of  a 
continuous-coil  apparatus  is  employed,  with  a  large  soft  sponge,  or  the 
hand  of  the  operator. 

Applications  of  localized  electrization  to  individual  muscles  or  groups 
of  muscles  rarely  give  rise  to  any  constitutional  symptoms  whatever, 
unless  the  electrodes  are  placed  on  or  near  the  head. 

The  special  effects  of  localized  electrization  of  special  organs,  as  the 
eye,  ear,  larynx,  stomach,  liver,  intestines,  uterus,  ovaries,  bladder,  etc., 
will  be  described  in  the  chapters  devoted  to  the  treatment  of  the  diseases 
of  these  organs. 

Absolute  Localization  of  Electricity  impossible. — It  should  be  con- 
sidered that  exclusive  and  absolute  localization  of  the  effects  of  electriza-. 
tion  is  impossible.  The  effects  of  both  currents  extend,  either  directly 
or  by  reflex  action,  to  parts  beyond  the  circuit.  This  is  demonstrated,  not 
only  by  physiological  experiments,  but  by  the  observed  facts  of  clinical 
experience.  Thus  it  is  observed,  in  some  irritable  conditions,  that 
galvanization  of  the  spine,  and  even  of  the  extremities,  causes  a  metallic 


346  LOCALIZED   ELECTRIZATION. 

taste ;  that  galvanization  even  of  the  hands  or  feet  sometimes  hastens 
or  increases  the  menstrual  discharge,  relieves  headache,  and  produces 
sleep.  The  same  effects  to  a  less  degree  are  sometimes  observed  from 
faradization. 

Some  of  the  illustrations  of  this  fact  are  quite  striking.  Thus  in  the 
case  of  the  wife  of  a  physician  whom  we  were  treating  by  faradization  of 
the  shoulder  for  rheumatism,  the  menstrual  flow  was  so  much  increased 
and  prolonged  that  it  was  necessary  to  abandon  the  treatment,  although 
only  very  mild  currents  and  short  applications  were  used. 

In  the  case  of  a  lady  whom  we  were  treating  for  sciatica,  by  localized 
galvanization  of  the  painful  portion  of  the  nerve,  the  pain  was  de- 
cidedly relieved,  but  the  effect  was  to  bring  on  a  recurrence  of  the 
menses  after  they  were  suspended,  so  that  the  patient  was  nearly  all 
the  time  menstruating. 

These  illustrations  are  extreme  and  comparatively  rare,  but  they 
serve  to  show  clearly  enough  that  the  effects  of  electrization  cannot 
well  be  localized  to  the  points  between  the  electrodes,  and  that  other 
and  distant  parts  must,  of  necessity,  be  more  or  less  affected. 

The  term  /^^a/z'^^^  electrization,  introduced  by  Duchenne,  is  therefore, 
strictly  speaking,  a  misnomer,  since  we  are  taught  by  physics  that  the 
vibrations  of  the  electrical  force  must  diffuse  themselves  in  various  direc-' 
tions,  and  at  a  considerable  distance  from  the  electrodes,  and  we  are 
taught  by  clinical  experience  that  the  effects  of  electrization,  however 
near  together  the  electrodes  may  be  placed,  are  not  entirely  confined 
to  the  points  between  or  near  the  electrodes,  but  may  be  felt,  and  in 
some  instances  far  more  demonstrably,  in  distant  parts  and  organs. 

To  the  use  of  the  term  localized  electrization,  there  is  no  objection, 
provided  it  be  used  understandingly,  and  with  the  idea  that  it  is  merely 
a  term  of  convenience.  The  term  local  electrization  is  often  used 
synonymously  with  localized  electrization,  and  for  the  reasons  here 
suggested  is  preferable  to  it.  Localized  electrization  has  the  advantage 
of  being  first  in  the  field,  and  has  become,  to  a  certain  extent,  con- 
secrated by  usage. 


CHAPTER  X. 

GENERAL   FARADIZATION. 

The  object  proposed  in  general  faradization  is  to  bring  every  portion 
of  the  body  t,nder  the  influence  of  the  faradic  current,  so  far  as  is  pos- 
sible, by  exttTJtal  applications.  This  is  best  accomplished  by  placing 
one  pole  {usually  the  negative)  at  the  feet  or  the  coccyx,  while  the  other 
is  applied  over  the  suiface  of  the  body. 

The  faradic  is  the  current  which  is  almost  exclusively  employed  in 
general  electrization,  and,  for  that  reason,  the  directions  and  explana- 
tions given  in  this  section,  with  the  exceptions  that  will  be  noted,  apply 
mainly  and  specially  to  general  faradization.  Since  the  discovery  of 
central  galvanization,  to  be  hereafter  described,  we  have  discarded  the 
term  general  electrization,  and  substituted  ^^n^.'^dX  faradization,  for  the 
reason  that  the  galvanic  current  is  preferably  used  in  the  form  of  cen- 
tral galvanization. 

In  the  majority  of  cases  it  is  more  convenient  and  satisfactory  to 
have  a  sheet  of  copper  at  the  feet.  This  position  is  indeed  the  rule  in 
general  faradization.  The  broad,  callous  soles  of  the  feet  are  but 
slightly  sensitive,  and  will  bear  a  stronger  current  than  any  other  por- 
tion of  the  surface  of  the  body.  But  the  passage  of  electricity  through 
the  ankles  causes  vigorous  contractions  of  the  flexors  and  extensors, 
which,  when  the  current  is  very  strong,  may  be  somewhat  painful.  Ac- 
cordingly, when  the  patient  is  peculiarly  nervous  and  sensitive,  or  when 
a  current  of  unusual  strength  is  to  be  employed,  and  in  all  cases  where 
a  stronger  application  is  desired  than  can  be  borne  through  the  ankles, 
or  when  it  is  desired  to  save  time  or  inconvenience,  it  is  advisable  to 
have  the  patient  sit  on  the  plate,  or  a  sponge  electrode  with  a  broad 
surface  may  be  applied  to  the  coccyx. 

In  general  faradization,  as  in  localized,  the  currents  may  be  stable 
(stationary)  or  labile  (moving),  uniform  or  increasing. 

Increasing  currents  are  adapted  for  certain  important  centres,  as  the 
head,  spine,  cervical  sympathetic,  and  cilio-spinal  and  epigastric  regions. 


348  GENERAL   FARADIZATION. 

The  advantage  of  this  method  of  application  is  that  it  allows  the  use  of 
a  stronger  current  than  will  otherwise  be  borne  ;  the  strength  of  the 
current  may  be  so  very  gradually  increased  that  the  increase  within 
certain  limits  may  be  almost  imperceptible  to  the  patient.  This  arises 
partly  from  the  fact  that  the  current  has  a  slight  benumbing  or  ansesthetic 
effect  (see  Electro-Physiology,  p.  m),  and  partly  from  the  fact  that  by 
a  gradual  increase  of  the  strength  of  the  current  the  patient  is  spared 
the  shock  that  is  experienced  when  a  strong  current  is  suddenly  directed 
through  sensitive  portions  of  the  body. 

Labile  and  interrupted  c\xrre^nts  are  adapted  for  the  muscles,  especially 
of  the  extremities. 

General  faradizatio7i  is  very  far  from  being  so  easy  a  process  as  it 
might  appear  from  this  brief  description.  Its  successful  employment 
requires,  on  the  part  of  the  operator,  some  mechanical  dexterity,  entire 
familiarity  with  the  instruments  required,  a  complete  knowledge  of 
electro-therapeutical  anatomy ;  a  personal  acquaintance  with  the  sen- 
sations and  behavior  of  all  portions  of  the  body  under  the  different 
electric  currents  ;  close  and  patient  study  of  the  diseases  and  morbid 
conditions  in  which  it  is  indicated,  and  of  their  response  to  faradization. 
There  are  those  who  by  long  practice  are  enabled,  when  necessary,  to 
readily  manipulate  any  portion  of  the  body  with  either  hand,  while  there 
is  passing  through  them  a  current  so  powerful  as  to  keep  many  of  the 
principal  muscles  of  the  arms  in  a  state  of  contraction.  This  qualifica- 
tion, however,  though  convenient,  is  not  indispensable. 

On  the  side  of  the  patient,  success  in  the  use  of  general  faradiza- 
tion requires  something  of  the  same  patience  and  perseverance  that 
are  conceded  to  be  necessary  for  success  in  the  use  of  any  other  form 
of  electrical  treatment. 

Nothing  is  more  difficult  than  to  fully  and  accurately  describe  in 
words  an  operation  that  in  its  very  nature  demands  actual  sight  and 
experience.  The  true  method  of  learning  the  art  of  general  faradiza- 
tion is  by  repeated  observations  of  its  application  to  the  living  subject, 
by  personal  experience  of  its  sensations  and  results  at  the  hands  of 
practised  adepts,  and  by  long  and  various  experimenting  on  diverse 
temperament,  and  in  opposite  states  of  disease.  We  shall  endeavor, 
however,  to  present  the  best  possible  substitute  for  a  course  of  private 
lessons  or  extended  clinical  observation  in  this  department,  by  answer- 
ing in  detail  the  practical  questions  that  naturally  present  themselves 
to  one  who  approaches  the  subject  ab  initio,  and  who  has  no  oppor- 
tunity for  persqnal  interviews  with  those  to  whom  the  various  steps  of 
the  operation  ha\e  become  already  familiar. 


POSITION  OF  THE  PATIENT. 


349 


Fig.  91. 

General  Faradization — application  to  the  head  by  the  hand  of  the  operator. 
(In  this,  as  in  all  of  the  cuts  of  general  faradization,  for  convenience  of  illustra- 
tion the  patient  is  represented  without  any  covering.  In  the  majority  of  cases 
they  are  protected  by  a  shawl  or  wrapper,  and  frequently  the  underclothing  is 
not  removed. 


Position  of  the  Patient. — The  patient  should  be  seated  on  an  or- 
dinary stool,  with  his  face  toward  the  instrument,  and  his  feet  on  the 
sheet  of  copper  to  which  the  negative  pole  is  attached.  Any  chair  that 
has  a  back  or  arms  will  somewhat  interfere  with  the  manipulations  of 
the  operator. 

Those  patients  who,  through  paralysis  or  debility,  are  unable  to  sit 
up  at  all,  can  receive  the  treatment  while  lying  in  bed  or  on  a  lounge. 


3 so  GENERAL  FARADIZATION. 

In  such  cases  the  sheet  of  copper  may  be  placed  upright  against  a 
pillow,  and  the  feet  of  the  patient  pressed  against  it,  or  an  electrode 
may  be  placed  at  the  coccyx.  Assistance  will  then  be  required  to  turn 
the  patient  when  the  application  is  made  to  the  back  and  spine,  but  in 
such  cases  partial  applications  are  frequently  all  that  are  required. 

Infants  and  very  feeble  or  very  timid  children  should  be  held  in  the 
lap  of  the  mother  or  nurse,  while  an  assistant  holds  the  sponge  to  the 
coccyx. 

While  the  application  is  being  made  to  the  lower  limbs  it  is  well  for 
the  patient  to  stand,  in  order  that  the  operator  may  have  access  to  the 
gluteal  regions  and  the  posterior  and  anterior  surface  of  the  thigh. 

Position  of  the  Operator. — While  making  applications  to  the  trunk, 
the  operator  may  either  stand  or  sit  by  the  side  of  the  patient,  conve- 
niently near  to  the  table,  on  which  are  placed  the  apparatus,  electrodes, 
sponges,  bowl  of  water,  and  other  appliances  that  may  be  called  for 
during  the  application. 

While  operating  on  patients  taller  than  himself  the  operator  will  find 
it  easier  to  stand,  especially  while  treating  the  head  and  upper  portion 
of  the  trunk.  While  treating  short  patients  the  operator  will  find  it 
less  fatiguing  to  sit  in  a  chair.  Most  operators  will  find  it  very  conve- 
nient to  change  their  position  from  a  sitting  to  a  standing  posture,  or 
from  one  side  of  the  patient  to  the  other,  while  making  the  applications 
to  the  various  parts  of  the  trunk. 

Mi7ior  Apparatus. — Electrodes,  sponges,  and  copper  plate. 

The  best  electrode  for  the  pole  that  is  applied  over  the  patient  is  a 
brass  ball  of  about  one  inch  in  diameter. 

Around  this  brass  ball  should  be  loosely  folded  a  soft  wet  sponge, 
of  about  six  inches  in  diameter.  This  is  found,  by  experience,  to  be 
by  far  the  most  convenient  form  of  artificial  electrode  that  can  be 
devised.  Next  to  the  moistened  hand  of  the  operator  it  is  the  most 
agreeable  to  the  patient  of  any  shape  or  quality  of  electrode.  The 
sponge  can  be  pressed  or  folded  over  the  brass  ball  so  as  to  make  a 
comparatively  small  electrode,  or  its  entire  surface  may  be  applied. 

When  the  operator  allows  the  current  to  pass  through  his  own 
person,  and  uses  his  hand  as  an  electrode,  holding  the  sponge  and  ball 
in  his  other  hand,  he  can  modify  the  application  to  any  degree  of 
strength  or  mildness  that  he  may  desire,  by  simply  increasing  or  di- 
minishing the  pressure  of  his  hand  or  fingers  on  the  sponge.  Used  in 
this  way  the  sponge  holding  the  water  acts  like  a  hydro-rheostat  (see 
p.  319).  When  it  is  necessar}  that  the  application  should  be  particularly 
gentle  and  cautious,  it  is  well  to  rest  t  e  ball  and  sponge  on  the  table, 


POSITION   OF  THE  OPERATOR. 


351 


Fig.  92. 

General  Faradization — application  to  the  spine.  The  hand  of  the  operatoi 
is  on  the  metallic  tube,  in  a  position  to  increase  or  diminish  the  current  as  may  be 
needed. 


and  to  begin  the  treatment  by  first  pressing  one  hand  firmly  over  the 
part  desired  to  be  affected,  and  with  the  other  Hghtly  and  delicately 
touching  the  sponge,  at  first  with  one  finger,  then  with  two,  three,  and 
four  successively,  and  finally  with  the  whole  hand,  thus  giving  a  very 
gradually  iricreasing  current.  Raines'  electrode,  which  is  a  sponge 
covered  at  the  back  with  rubber,  is  very  convenient  for  general  fara- 
dization. 

A  piece  of  copper  plate  is  recommended  for  the  negative  electrode, 
because  it  is  found  b}  experience  to  be,  on  the  whole,  more  conve 


352  GENERAL  FARADIZATION. 

nient  than  any  other  arrangement  that  has  yet  been  suggested.  The 
bowls  of  warm  water,  large  sponges,  etc.,  that  have  been  suggested, 
are  not  only  much  less  cleanly  and  convenient  than  the  copper  plate, 
but  are  also  much  poorer  conductors.  Metallic  slippers  are  more 
troublesome  than  the  broad  plate,  though  their  appearance,  perhaps, 
is  more  ornamentaL  It  needs  more  care  to  put  on  the  slippers,  and 
if  the  patient  loses  his  self-control  during  any  stage  of  the  application, 
and  throws  up  his  feet,  it  is  something  of  a  task  to  find  the  slippers 
again  and  accurately  adjust  them. 

In  the  use  of  the  copper  plate  these  details  must  not  be  forgotten  : 
First,  to  keep  it  well  warmed,  in  cold  weather,  by  a  piece  of  heated 
soap-stone  beneath  it ;  secondly,  to  keep  it  slightly  moistened  with 
warm  water,  in  order  to  improve  the  connection. 

If  only  one  foot  is  applied  to  the  copper  plate,  the  pain  in  the  ankle, 
during  certain  stages  of  strong  applications,  will  be  unendurable.  In 
mild  applications  it  is  sufficient  to  have  one  foot  on  the  plate.  It  is 
necessary  ever  to  bear  in  mind  the  rule,  that  the  pain  of  electrical 
applications,  other  conditions  being  equal,  is  in  inverse  proportion  to 
the  surface  of  the  electrode.  The  larger  the  surface  of  the  electrode — 
whether  positive  or  negative — the  less  the  pain.  In  this  fact  consists 
the  advantage  of  using  large  sponges. 

In  general  faradization  the  pain  at  the  negative  pole  is  chiefly  felt  at 
the  ankles,  and  somewhat  at  the  toes,  but  not  on  the  bottom  of  the 
feet.  The  feeling  of  constriction  in  the  ankles  is  caused  by  the  rapid 
and  violent  contractions  of  the  muscles.  If  only  one  foot  is  applied  to 
the  plate  the  entire  force  of  the  current  must,  of  course,  be  borne  by 
that  foot,  and  furthermore,  the  other  limb  will  receive  no  direct  benefit 
from  the  treatment.  '' 

The  trouble  of  removing  the  shoes  and  stockings  may  be  obviated  by 
placing  a  large  sponge  connected  with  the  negative  pole  at  the  coccyx, 
or  on  the  thighs. 

Facility,  skill,  and  readiness  in  use  of  the  various  methods  of  modi- 
fy ijig  the  streitgth  and  quality  of  the  cicrrejit  is  one  very  imJ)ortant  secret 
of  success  in  the  use  of  general  faradization.  A  skilful  operator  will 
cause  less  discomfort  with- a  strong  current  than  one  zuho  is  awkward 
will  cause  tvith  a  very  weak  current. 

Details  of  the  Applications  to  the  Different  Parts  of  the  Body. — As 
the  various  parts  and  organs  of  the  body  differ  very  widely  in  their  sus- 
ceptibility to  faradization,  and  in  the  effects  which  they  receive  from  it, 
it  becomes  necessary  to  explain  the  modus  operandi  of  the  applications 
with  considerable  fulness  of  detail. 


APPLICATION   TO   HEAD   AND   NECK.  353 

Applicatims  to  the  Head. — The  head,  especially"  the  forehead,  is,  by 
far,  more  sensitive  to  the  electric  currents  than  any  other  portion  of  the 
surface  of  the  body.  The  two  reasons  for  this  are  sufficiently  obvious. 
The  surfaces  of  bones  are  always  sensitive  to  t\\&faradic  current,  as  to 
any  other  mechanical  influence  ;  and  the  cranium  is  no  exception  to 
this  law.  Then,  again,  the  fifth  pair  is  an  exceedingly  sensitive  nerve 
in  all  its  ramifications,  and  especially  over  the  forehead. 

There  are  many  cases  that  do  not  bear  even  mild  applications  to  the 
front  and  top  of  the  head,  and  who  seem  to  be  injured  rather  than 
benefited  by  it.     With  others,  the  effects  are  highly  agreeable. 

In  treating  the  forehead  the  operator  should  first  press  his  moistened 
hand  firmly  over  the  head,  and  then  making  the  connection  with  his 
other  hand  on  the  sponge  and  brass  ball  of  the  positive  pole,  should 
allow  the  current  to  pass  steadily,  without  interru^Dtion,  for  one  or  two 
minutes.  In  Kidder's  faradic  apparatus,  A  B  is  the  best  current  for 
the  forehead.  The  use  of  the  hand  as  an  electrode  is  particularly  de- 
sirable in  making  applications  to  the  forehead. 

Moistening  the  Hair. — The  dry  hair  is  a  non-conductor,  and  there- 
fore it  is  always  necessary  to  wet  it  freely  before  eiectrizi?ig  any  portion 
of  the  head  that  is  covered  by  it.  It  is  not  usually  desirable  to  com- 
pel lady  patients  to  pull  down  their  hair,  or  to  thoroughly  moisten  it. 
A  very  important  centre  for  affecting  the  brain  is  the  crown  of  the  head, 
between  the  ears,  over  the  so-called  organ  of  firmness, — the  cranial  cen- 
tre. If  the  hair  at  this  point  be  sufficiently  moistened  to  admit  the  pas- 
sage of  a  mild  current  with  any. convenient  form  of  electrode,  a  peculiar 
and  slightly  painful  sensation  is  experienced. 

In  some  exceptional  cases  of  disease  the  head  will  bear  currents  of 
considerable  strength.  The  back  of  the  head  over  the  cerebellum  will 
usually  bear  quite  strong  applications.  The  current  is  felt  through  the 
ramifications  of  the  occipital  nerves,  giving  rise  oftentimes  to  sensa- 
tions not  only  painless,  but  absolutely  agreeable. 

Applications  to  the  Neck  and  Throat. — The  back  part  of  the  head 
and  upper  portion  of  the  spine  will  usually  bear  powerful  applications. 
It  is  an  interesting  and  important  fact  that  very  marked  effects  may  be 
produced  by  general  faradization,  even  when  the  applications  are  made 
only  to  the  back  and  sides  of  the  neck. 

The  reason  for  this  will  be  clear  when  we  come  to  study  the  electro- 
therapeutical  anatomy  of  the  parts.  From  the  upper  portion  of  the 
spine  and  base  of  the  brain  proceed  the  most  important  and  most  sen- 
sitive  nerves  of  the  body — the  pneumogastric,  and  the  brachial  plexus, 
and  the  phrenic  nerves. 
23 


354 


GENERAL   FARADIZATION. 


Furthermore,  the  sympathetic  or  ganglionic  system  runs  close  by  the 
spine,  near  to  the  carotid  artery,  and  may  be  reached  and  affected  elec- 
trically by  pressing  firmly  with  the  fingers,  by  the  anterior  border  of 
the  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle,  at  those  points  where  the  pressure  of 
the  carotid  is  most  readily  felt. 


Fig.  93. 

General  Galvano-Faradization. — Application  to  the  spine  by  a  sponge  holder. 
A  double  electrode  is  used,  one  part  of  which  is  connected  with  the  galvanic  and 
the  other  with  the  faradic  apparatus.  The  copper  plate  is  also  connected  with 
both  currents.  Galvano-faradization  we  do  not  now  employ,  but  the  cut  illus- 
trates perfectly  one  of  the  steps  in  general  faradization. 


If  the  sponge  be  pressed  firmly  on  the  cilio-spinal  centre,  over  the 
sixth  and  the  seventh  cervical  vertebrae,  and  moved  slightly  on  either 


APPLICATION   TO   NECK.  355 

side  of  the  spine,  while  a  powerful  current  is  passing,  the  electric  influ- 
ence may  be  perceptibly  communicated,  not  only  to  the  spine  but 
also  to  the  larynx  through  the  laryngeal  nerves ;  to  the  stomach 
through  the  pneumogastric ;  to  the  lungs  through  the  phrenic  j  to  both 
arms  and  hands  through  the  brachial  plexuses  and  their  branches — in 
short,  to  the  most  importa7it  jierves  a?id  organs  of  the  body.  The  sym- 
pathetic is  also  directly  affected  at  this  point. 

There  is  no  other  single  place  on  the  surface  of  the  body  where  the 
electrical  influence  can  be  communicated  to  so  many  important  nerves 
as  at  the  cilio-spinal  centre.  In  order,  however,  to  affect  all  these 
nerves  and  organs  above  mentioned  by  faradization  it  is  necessary  to 
use  a  powerful  current,  and  to  press  the  sponge  very  firmly  against  the 
skin. 

In  very  fleshy  patients  it  is  sometimes  quite  difficult  to  affect  the 
brachial  plexuses  and  their  branches  in  the  arms  and  hands  without 
using  a  stronger  current  than  can  well  be  borne  through  the  feet  and 
ankles  at  the  negative  pole.  This  application,  so  far  from  being  pain- 
ful, is  to  many  positively  agreeable.  The  thrill  which  it  conmiunicates 
to  the  nerves  and  vital  organs  is  often  so  delightful  that  the  patient  re- 
quests to  have  the  application  prolonged.  In  patients  who  can  bear  it, 
this  application  at  the  cilio-spinal  centre  may  be  varied  by  suddenly 
interrupting  the  current. 

This  application  is  a  very  important  factor  in  general  faradization,  and 
will  achieve  decided  tonic  effects  on  the  system,  even  when  no  other 
portion  of  the  body  is  touched  by  the  current.  The  immediate  sensa- 
tions which  it  produces,  however,  are  by  no  means  uniform.  Some  pa- 
tients, through  the  irritation  of  the  laryngeal  nerves,  cough  spasmodi- 
cally, and  even  violently,  under  the  excitation  even  of  a  comparatively 
mild  current ;  with  others,  even  the  most  powerful  currents,  and  the 
firmest  possible  pressure  of  the  sponge,  fail  to  produce  any  such  effect. 
In  nervous  and  sensitive  patients  this  application  often  causes  a  pecul- 
iar and  decided  sensation  in  the  stomach,  through  the  pneumogastric 
nerve  ;  the  strong  and  vigorous  rarely  experience  any  such  sensation, 
even  imder  currents  of  great  power. 

Another  important  locality  in  the  electro-therapeutical  anatomy  of 
the  neck  is  in  the  posterior  triangle,  just  by  the  posterior  border  of  the 
sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle.  If  the  fingers  of  the  operator,  with  a 
current  of  considerable  strength,  or  the  sponge  with  a  current  compara- 
tively mild,  be  pressed  firmly  on  this  space  until  the  posterior  border 
of  the  scalenus  anticus  is  reached,  the  patient  will  at  once  experience  a 
tingling  or  pricking  sensation  in  the  arm  and  hand  on  that  side,  caused 


356  GENERAL  FARADIZATION. 

by  the  excitation  of  the  brachial  plexus,  and  in  some  cases  a  thrill  is 
communicated  by  means  of  the  pneumogastric  to  the  stomach,  and  by 
the  phrenic  nerve  to  the  diaphragm. 

Applications  to  the  Upper  Extremities. — It  is  not  always  necessary 
to  go  to  the  trouble  of  faradizing  the  extremities,  but  in  many  cases  it 
is  a  decided  advantage  to  do  so.  In  faradization  over  the  extremities, 
the  sponge,  or  the  hand  of  the  operator,  should  be  passed  thoroughly 
over  the  surface  of  the  hands  and  arms,  and  with  sufficient  force  to  pro- 
duce agreeable  contractions  of  all  the  superficial  muscles.  Except  in 
infants  and  corpulent  females,  contractions  of  the  superficial  muscles 
of  the  arm  are  obtained  with  a  mild  current. 

Applications  to  the  Spine. — Stronger  currents  of  electricity  may  be 
borne  over  the  middle  of  the  spine  than  perhaps  over  any  other  portion 
of  the  body.  There  are  no  very  sensitive  peripheral  nerves  in  the  back, 
and  the  spinal  cord  is  so  thoroughly  protected  by  its  bony  covering  that 
the  currents  are  never  felt  in  it  painfully,  except  when  it  is  greatly  ex- 
hausted or  organically  diseased.  The  nerves  that  issue  from  the  spinal 
cord  are  more  or  less  affected  by  powerful  applications  to  the  back,  and 
through  them  the  various  parts  and  organs  which  they  supply  are  con- 
siderably influenced. 

The  best  method  of  electrizing  the  back  is  to  pass  the  sponge  down 
its  entire  length  beneath  the  under-clothing,  in  case  it  is  not  removed, 
from  the  first  cervical  vertebra  to  the  cauda  equina.,  carefully  avoiding 
the  prominences  of  the  scapula  and  the  ossa  innominata.  Below  the 
inferior  angle  of  the  scapula  the  sponge  may  be  moved  from  side  to  side 
over  the  region  of  the  kidneys,  liver,  and  spleen. 

If  a  strong  current  be  applied  over  the  lower  portion  of  the  spine, 
between  the  upper  borders  of  the  ossa  innominata,  a  slight  sensation  is 
sometimes,  though  by  no  means  uniformly,  communicated  to  the  rectum 
and  the  male  genital  apparatus,  the  penis  and  the  testicles,  through 
their  spinal  nerve-supply. 

In  view  of  these  considerations  it  is  manifest  that  in  the  employment 
of  general  faradization  particular  attention  should  be  given  to  the  spine, 
even  at  the  expense  of  neglecting  other  portions  of  the  body. 

That  the  lungs  and  heart  are  less  influenced  by  electrization  than  other 
important  organs,  is  chiefly  accounted  for  by  the  anatomical  structure  of 
the  chest.  The  ribs,  with  the  intercostal  muscles  and  ligaments,  form 
an  unyielding  wall.  Furthermore,  the  pleura  and  pericardium  are  not 
closely  adherent  to  the  inner  wall  of  the  chest,  but  lie  loosely  over  the 
lungs  and  heart.  These  organs,  therefore,  are  best  affected  electrically 
by  applicati(rns  above  the  sternum,  around  the  neck,  and  over  the  upper 


APPLICATION  TO  ABDOMEN.  357 

half  of  the  spine,  whence  the  nerve-supply  of  the  viscera  proceeds,  and 
by  direct  electrization  of  the  vagus  in  the  neck. 

Applications  over  the  chest  are,  however,  of  positive  and  permanent 
service,  by  developing  the  thoracic  and  intercostal  muscles,  and  for  this 
reason,  if  for  no  other,  they  should  not  be  neglected.  But  it  should  not 
be  forgotten  that  the  surfaces  of  the  ribs,  like  the  surfaces  of  all  other 
bones,  are  sensitive  to  electrization,  and  that  therefore  the  chest  will 
not  bear  as  severe  applications  as  the  spine,  neck,  or  abdominal  re- 
gions. This  sensitiveness  is,  of  course,  more  in  the  thin  and  nervous 
than  in  the  corpulent  and  phlegmatic.  It  is  usually  most  marked  on 
the  mferior  ribs  on  the  right  and  left  side  of  the  body,  over  the  liver 
and  spleen.  The  peculiar  sensitiveness  of  the  ribs  at  these  points  is 
sometimes  erroneously  supposed  to  indicate  disease  of  the  organs  be- 
neath them. 

We  have  stated  above  that  the  anatomical  structure  of  the  chest  ren- 
dered it  ditficult  to  send  the  electric  current  through  its  anterior  walls 
to  the  lungs  and  heart.  In  the  abdominal  regions  the  anatomical 
structure  is  directly  reversed,  and  instead  of  an  unyielding  wall,  partly 
composed  of  bones  and  ligaments,  we  have  a  flaccid  skin  lying  loosely 
iigainst  the  peritouceum  that  covers  the  moist  viscera  beneath.  No 
Dther  organs  of  the  body  contain  so  large  a  percentage  of  water  as  those 
which  are  situated  in  the  cavity  of  the  abdomen.  It  is  obvious,  there- 
fore, that  when  the  resistance  of  the  epidermis  is  overcome  by  the  mois- 
ture of  the  sponge  or  hand,  and  the  peritonaeum  and  viscera  are  brought 
into  coaptation,  the  current  must  directly  traverse  all  the  parts  desired 
to  be  affected. 

To  reach  the  stomach  and  solar  plexus,  place  the  sponge  or  palm  of 
the  hand  below  and  under  the  sternum,  and  as  far  back  as  possible. 
This  pressure  brings  the  peritouteum  and  stomach  into  coaptation,  and 
forces  the  current  to  pass  through  them.  If  the  under-clothing  be 
simply  slipped  up  without  being  entirely  removed,  the  stomach  and  ab- 
domen can  be  readily  treated. 

The  bowels  may  be  treated  either  with  the  labile  or  the  stable  cur- 
rent, and,  in  cases  of  obstinate  constipation,  by  sudden  interruptions  or 
shocks. 

Corpulent  and  pursy  patients  usually  bear  much  stronger  currents 
over  the  abdomen  than  the  thin  and  emaciated.  Adipose  tissue  is 
comparatively  a  poor  conductor  of  electricity,  and  it  is  difficult  to  affect 
the  bowels  of  the  very  corpulent  through  the  abdominal  walls  by  elec- 
trization, unless  we  employ  firm  pressure  and  currents  of  considerable 
strength.     But  in   the    vast   majority  of  cases  currents  of  moderate 


358 


GENERAL   FARADIZATION. 


Strength,  applied  lightly  over  the  surface  of  the  abdomen,  will  readiiy 
produce  contractions  of  the  abdominal  muscles,  and,  if  pressure  be  em 
ployed,  the  intestines  and  all  the  organs  of  the  abdominal  cavity  are  di- 
rectly traversed  by  the  current. 


Fig.  94. 
General  Faradization — Application  to  the  stomach. 

Applications  to  the  Female  Genitals. — Direct  applications  to  the 
vagina  or  uterus  are  rarely  called  for  in  general  faradization. 

Applications  to  the  Lower  Extremities. — Unless  there  is  weakness 
or  paralysis  of  the  lower  limbs  we  do  not  always  apply  the  current 
directly  to  them,  because,  when  the  copper  plate  is  at  the  feet,  the 
muscles  below  the  knee  are  more  or  less  exercised  during  the  whole 
treatment. 

Before  proceeding  to  make  the  applications  to  the  lower  extremities, 
*^he  patient  should  be  required  to  stand  up,  still  keeping  the  feet  on  the 
copper  plate.  Male  patients  who,  during  the  earlier  stages  of  the 
operation,  have  entirely  removed  their  clothing  from  the  trunk,  should 


APPLICATION   TO   LOWER  EXTREMITIES. 


359 


be  allowed  to  again  put  it  on,  both  in  order  to  avoid  unnecessary  ex- 
posure and  to  protect  them  from  the  cold. 

With  female  patients  the  applications  to  the  lower  limbs,  except  in 
cases  of  paralysis,  can  be  made  under  the  clothing,  if  the  drawers  be 
slipped  down,  without  exposure. 


Fig.  95. 
General  Faradization. — Application  to  the  Lower  Extremities. 

The  operator,  sitting  by  the  side  of  the  patient,  on  a  low  stool  or 
ottoman,  should  then  pass  the  sponge  or  the  hand  lightly  down  the 
entire  surface  of  both  limbs,  from  the  thighs  to  the  feet,  avoiding,  so 
far  as  possible,  the  prominences  of  the  bones  at  the  hip,  knee,  and 
ankles. 

The  outer  portion  of  the  thigh,  like  the  back,  is  very  little  sensitive 
to  the  electric  current,  because  its  surface  is  not  supplied  by  very  sen- 


360  GENERAL  FARADIZATION. 

sitive  nerves.  The  inner  side  of  the  thigh,  on  the  contrary,  is  supplied 
by  branches  from  the  sensitive  anterior  crural  nerve,  and  in  nervous 
persons  especially  is  very  susceptible  to  electrization.  In  passing  the 
sponge  or  the  hand  down  the  lower  limbs  great  pains  should  be  taken 
to  carefully  graduate  the  current  according  to  the  sensitiveness  of  each 
locality.  This  precaution  is  more  necessary  in  treating  the  lower  limbs 
than  the  upper,  because  the  contrasts  in  the  normal  sensitiveness  of  the 
different  parts  of  the  lower  limbs  are  much  greater  than  in  the  arms, 
and  because  any  severe  shocks  suddenly  felt  in  the  legs  sometimes  throw 
patients  off  their  feet. 

In  cases  not  complicated  with  paralysis^  contractions  of  the  superficial 
muscles  of  the  lower  limbs,  as  of  the  upper  limbs,  can  be  produced  by 
comparatively  feeble  and  painless  currents. 

Special  Rules  to  be  Observed  ift  the  Employment  of  General  Fara- 
dization.— In  the  employment  of  general  faradization  there  are  certain 
special  suggestions,  on  the  observance  of  which  the  results  of  the  appli- 
cations will  very  materially  depend. 

1.  The  Strength  of  the  Current  and  Length  of  the  Application. — It 
is  better  that  the  first  tentative  applications  should  always  be  made  with 
a  gentle  current,  and,  if  the  patient  be  particularly  sensitive,  it  is  an  ad- 
vantage to  use  the  hand  of  the  operator  instead  of  an  artificial  electrode. 
After  the  patient  has  become  somewhat  accustomed  to  the  treatment, 
the  general  rule  should  be  to  make  the  applications  pleasantly  painful. 

Patients  who  have  long  been  accustomed  to  the  treatment — who  have 
become,  in  a  certain  sense,  insensible  to  the  strength  of  current  ordi- 
narily used — may  frequently  be  benefited  by  very  powerful  currents. 

Usually,  but  not  invariably,  we  may  be  guided  by  the  sensations  of 
the  patient ;  but  exceptions  to  this  rule  are  sometimes  very  striking, 
and  should  put  us  on  our  guard.  Some  who  feel  no  pain  during  the 
applications  may  on  the  day  following  experience  the  most  disagreeable 
reactive  effects.     {See  p.  248.) 

2.  Thoroughness  of  the  Applications. — General  faradization  does  not 
require  that  all  portions  of  the  surface  of  the  body  should  be  touched 
by  the  electrode  at  every  sitting.  In  nervous  and  susceptible  patients 
we  can  approach  the  full  measure  of  the  treatment  only  by  slow  degrees. 
It  is  oftentimes  sufficient  to  make  the  first  application  only  around  the 
neck,  shoulders,  and  on  the  upper  portion  of  the  spine. 

//  is  not  always  necessary  to  make  the  applications  to  all  portions  of 
the  surface  of  the  body,  even  in  a  prolotiged  course  of  treatmerit.  The  gen- 
eral tonic  effects  of  this  system  of  treatment  can  u7idoubtedly  be  achieved 
without  touching  either  th".  upper  or  lower  extremities.     But,  on  the 


PERSISTENCE   IN   THE   TREATMENT.  361 

other  hand,  it  is  just  as  undoubtedly  trtie  that  the  muscular  developneni 
that  results  from  long-continued  electrization  of  the  arms  and  legs  reacts 
favorably  on  the  whole  system  and  materially  aids  the  treatment. 

The  neck  and  spine  should  be  treated  in  all  cases,  except  during  the 
first  and  tentative  applications,  or  in  patients  of  very  unusual  suscepti- 
bility. During  vienstrication  it  is  usually  better  to  avoid  the  abdomen 
and  lower  part  of  the  spine,  or  to  suspend  the  treatment  altogether, 
except  in  those  cases  where  it  is  desired  to  increase  the  me?istrualflow. 

Length  of  the  Applications. — The  duration  of  the  sittings  may  range 
between  five  and  twenty  five  minutes,  being  modified  by  the  nature  of 
the  constitution,  the  strength  of  the  current  employed,  the  stage  of  the 
treatment,  and  the  results  of  the  previous  applications. 

The  smallest  fraction  of  this  time  should  be  devoted  to  the  head,  the 
largest  to  the  spine  ;  next  to  the  spine  the  abdomen  should  receive  the 
largest  share  of  attention. 

I.  An  average  application  of  say  15  minutes  may  be  thus  appor- 
tioned : 

To  the  head I  minute. 

"       neck,  sympathetic  and  cervical  spine 4  minutes. 

"       hack 3         " 

"       abdomen 3         " 

"       upper  and  lower  extremities 4         " 

As  compared  with  the  time  required  in  localized  faradization  and  cen- 
tral galvanization,  general  faradization  has  not  the  great  disadvantage 
that  has  been  supposed.  Nearly  all  the  ordinary  peripheral  applications 
of  electricity  for  paralysis  require  as  much  time  as  general  faradization. 

Frequency  of  the  Applications. — The  applications  of  genei^al  faradi- 
zation may  be  repeated  daily,  every  other  day,  once  or  twice  a  week,  or 
by  still  longer  intervals.  Every  other  day  is  about  as  often  as  is  neces- 
sary to  secure  the  full  tonic  results  of  the  treatment ;  but  patients  who 
are  so  situated  that  they  can  take  the  treatment  but  a  short  time  may 
receive  an  application  daily,  provided  they  are  not  in  a  condition  of  un- 
usual debility,  or  are  not  more  than  ordinarily  susceptible  to  the  current. 
For  the  very  nervous  and  susceptible,  and  especially  for  those  who  com- 
plain of  the  secondary  or  reactive  effects,  it  is  often  necessary  to  give 
intervals  of  several  days,  at  least  until  the  permanent  tonic  effects  begin 
to  be  developed  (see  p.  220). 

Persistence  in  the  Treatment. — For  the  majority  of  cases,  the  treat- 
ment by  general  faradization,  in  order  to  secure  its  full  results,  must  be 
persistent.     The  reasons  why  this  perseverance  is  demanded  are  quite 


362  GENERAL  FARADIZATION. 

obvious.  In  the  Jlrs/  place,  most  of  the  diseases  and  morbid  conditions 
for  which  general  faradization  is  indicated  are  exceedingly  chronic  in 
their  character.  It  is  necessary  ever  to  keep  in  mind  the  emphatic 
words  of  the  great  Trousseau,  "  Chronic  diseases  demand  chronic  treat- 
ment," whatever  may  be  the  method  employed. 

Secondly,  Tonic  remedies  of  all  kinds,  external  and  internal,  are  al- 
ways more  or  less  slow  in  their  action. 

While  great  and  beneficial  effects  are  often  derived  from  two  or  three 
applications,  a  complete  or  approximate  cure  of  long-standing  morbid 
conditions,  such  as  dyspepsia,  hypochondriasis,  nervous  exhaustion, 
hysteria,  paralysis,  can  only  be  achieved  by  persistent  treatment,  vary- 
ing the  strength  of  the  current  and  frequency  of  the  apphcations  ac- 
cording to  the  progress  which  is  made. 

The  length  of  time  over  which  the  treatment  should  be  extended  may 
range  from  one  week  to  several  months,  with  longer  or  shorter  intervals, 
according  to  circumstances. 

Comparing  the  history  of  all  our  cases,  we  find  that  the  average  num- 
ber of  applications  administered  to  each  successful  case  is  about  15-25, 
and  the  length  of  time  over  which  the  treatment  was  extended  4-8 
weeks. 

T/ie  Use  of  the  moistened  Hand  as  an  Electrode  to  the  Head  and  Sen- 
sitive Farts. — The  advantages  which  the  moistened  hand  sometimes 
possesses  over  the  sponge  in  general  faradization  are  the  following : 

I.  Iji  certain  cases  it  is  more  agreeable  to  the  patient.  It  is  but  a 
truism  to  assert  that  no  form  of  electrode  that  human  skill  shall  ever 
devise  can  ever  compare  with  the  hand  in  flexibility  and  power  of  adap- 
tation. Its  shape,  its  flexibihty,  the  number  and  arrangement  of  the 
fingers,  and  the  vast  and  delicate  combinations  of  hiovement  of  which 
they  are  so  readily  capable — all  these  familiar  and  wonderful  character- 
istics of  the  hand,  united  to  the  peculiar  softness  of  the  skin,  and  the 
lightness  with  which  it  can  touch,  or  press,  or  handle,  render  it  superior 
for  the  nicer  processes  of  general  faradization  to  any  artificial  arrange- 
ments of  which  the  genius  of  man  could  conceive. 

For  applications  to  the  head  and  sides  of  the  neck,  the  brachial  plex- 
us, and  pit  of  the  stomach,  the  use  of  the  hand  electrode  is  a  very 
great  convenience ;  and  we  sometimes  meet  with  patients  who  are  so 
sensitive  and  so  fearful  that  they  will  not  endure  even  the  softest  sponge 
on  any  portion  of  the  body,  or  at  any  stage  of  the  treatment.  To  ap- 
ply a  mild  faradic  current  to  the  forehead  and  crown  of  the  head,  with 
the  softest  sponge  and  largest  possible  surface,  is  at  best  an  unpleasant 
process  for  a  strong  man  in  perfect  health,  and  for  the  delicate  invalid 


USE  OF   HAND   AS   AN   ELECTRODE.  363 

is  often  unendurable  ;  but  when  the  hand  of  the  operator  is  made  an 
electrode,  the  operation  of  faradizing  the  most  sensitive  portions  of  the 
head  may  be  made  not  only  tolerable,  but  positively  agreeable.  Except 
in  cases  of  severe  local  disease  or  unusual  debility,  the  sponge  can  be 
borne  down  the  spine,  over  the  abdomen  and  extremities,  and  down  the 
lower  extremities  without  great  difficulty. 

2.  It  keeps  the  operator  continually  informed  of  the  strength  of  the 
current,  and  thus  enables  him  to  carefully  graduate  it,  according  to  the 
sensitiveness  of  each  locality. 

As  the  current  passes  through  his  own  person,  the  operator  can  judge 
by  his  own  sensations  whether  it  is  too  strong  or  too  weak,  and  by  in- 
creasing or  diminishing  the  grasp  of  his  other  hand  on  the  sponge,  can 
modify  the  strength  of  the  application  without  disturbing  his  apparatus. 
The  wet  sponge  on  which  he  presses  with  the  other  hand,  acts,  as  we 
have  seen,  like  a  hydro-rheostat. 

The  use  of  the  hand  as  an  electrode  enables  the  operator  to  instantly 
modify  the  applications  in  any  of  the  various  degrees  of  weakness  and 
strength,  and  also  to  suspend  the  passage  of  the  current  instantaneously 
without  shock  or  violence.  When  the  sponge  is  used  we  must  continually 
question  the  patient,  or  watch  his  expression  and  movements,  in  order  to 
judge  whether  the  current  is  of  proper  strength. 

That  most,  if  not  all,  of  the  tonic  effects  of  general  faradization  can 
be  obtained  in  perhaps  the  majority  of  patients  by  the  use  of  the 
sponge,  there  can,  we  think,  be  no  question ;  but  the  use  of  the  hand 
of  the  operator,  according  to  the  principles  above  indicated,  enables  us 
to  achieve  these  results,  and  with  less  discomfort  to  the  patient,  in  those 
peculiarly  sensitive  cases  where  the  artificial  electrode  could  not  be 
borne  at  all.  Very  many  of  our  patients  we  treat  only  with  artificial 
electrodes. 

To  sum  tip,  in  a  word,  it  is  a  convenience  and  oftentimes  a  positive 
assistance  for  the  operator  to  be  able  a?id  willing  to  use  his  hand  in  ap- 
plicatio7is  to  sensitive  parts  and  nervous patietits,  but  for  the  majority  of 
cases  it  is  sufficient  to  use  a  large  soft  sponge. 

Effects  of  the  Current  on  the  Operator. — The  question  now  arises, 
What  effect  must  the  operator  experience  from  the  repeated  passage  of 
the  electric  currents  through  his  own  person  ? 

It  should  be  understood,  at  the  outset,  that  the  current  does  not 
directly  affect  the  whole  person  of  the  operator,  nor  indeed  any  of  the 
prominent  organs,  and  that  only  the  faradic  current  is  used  in  this  way. 
The  current  passes  from  hand  to  hand,  through  the  arms  and  shoulderS; 
and  does  not  reach  or  directly  influence  the  brain  or  any  of  the  organs 


364  GENERAL  FARADIZATION. 

of  the  chest  or  of  the  abdomen.  The  effects  of  thus  using  the  current 
on  the  nutrition  of  the  muscles  of  the  arm  have  already  been  consider- 
ed (see  Electro-Physiology,  p.  194). 

Those  physicians  whose  temperaments  do  not  tolerate  electricity, 
would  do  well  to  avoid  passing  the  current  through  their  own  per- 
sons in  this  way.  Those,  however,  and  they  constitute  the  ma- 
jority, who  are  more  or  less  benefited  by  the  use  of  electricity,  in  this 
way,  need  never  fear  any  evil  effects.  If  they  treat  a  very  large  num- 
ber of  patients  a  day  by  general  faradization,  using  the  hand  as  an  elec- 
trode a  considerable  portion  of  the  time,  and  with  strong  currents,  they 
will  be  much  more  wearied  at  night  than  if  they  used  the  sponge  chiefly 
or  exclusively.  This  method  of  general  faradization  has  been  and  is 
now  used  by  hundreds  of  physicians,  and  we  have  never  heard  of  any 
serious  effects  in  any  instance.  The  few  whose  temperaments  contra- 
indicate  electricity  soon  abandon  the  use  of  the  hand  as  an  electrode, 
since  they  find  that  it  is  a  luxury  and  not  a  necessity.  The  majority  ex- 
perience either  negative  or  beneficial  effects,  and  arrive  at  that  state 
where  it  is  a  matter  of  indifference  whether  they  use  the  hand  or 
sponge. 

Special  Effects  of  Geiieral  Faradization. — The  general  effects  of 
electricity  on  the  system  have  already  been  considered  (p.  263),  We  have 
here  to  speak  only  of  those  that  are  peculiar  to  or  most  marked  under 
general  faradization. 

The  effects  of  general  faradization  may  be  subdivided  into  three 
classes : 

1.  Those  which  are  experienced  during  or  immediately  after  treat- 
ment.— Primary  or  stimulating  effects. 

2.  Those  which  are  experienced  one  or  two  days  subsequent  to  the 
treatment. — Secondary  or  reactive  effects. 

3.  Those  which  remain  in  the  system  as  a  permanent  result  of  treat- 
ment.— Permajiejit  or  tonic  effects. 

Many  patients,  perhaps  the  majority,  experience  after  each  seance  a 
feeling  of  enlivetimejit  and  exhilaration  that  often  lasts  for  several 
hours.  With  some  this  feeling  of  exhilaration  is  very  positive  and  de- 
cided; with  others  it  is  but  just  perceptible.  Others,  again,  experi- 
'  ence  a  disposition  to  sleep  after  treatment,  quite  similar  to  that  which  is 
felt  after  a  bath  in  the  surf. 

Relief  of  pain  and  local  or  general  weariness  is  a  very  frequent  as 
well  as  very  agreeable  temporary  effect  of  general  faradization,  and 
one  which,  more  perhaps  than  any  other,  tends  to  inspire  the  doubt- 
ing  patient  with  confidence  in  the  efficacy  of   this  method  of   treat- 


EFFECTS   ON   PULSE  AND   TEMPERATURE.  365 

ment.  Patients  who  suffer  from  indefinable  nervous  pains  ii.  the  head, 
Dack,  side,  and  stomach,  or  from  weakness  in  the  limbs,  frequently  ap- 
])reciate  relief  even  in  the  midst  of  the  application.  This  relief  usually 
lasts  for  several  hours,  and  in  some  cases  may  become  permanent. 

All  the  disagreeable  symptoms  that  sometimes  arise  from  an  ap- 
plication, as  headache,  malaise,  chillifiess,  vertigo,  faintness,  and  cold 
perspiration  (see  pp.  247-250),  like  similar  effects  from  injudicious  use 
of  other  tonics,  physical  exercise,  the  shower-bath,  etc.,  are  not  usually 
of  any  permanency  whatever.  Indeed,  they  are  entirely  consistent  with 
permanently  good  results ;  but  they  are  apt  to  annoy  and  alarm  the 
patient,  and  for  that  reason,  if  for  no  other,  they  should  be  avoided. 

Effect    on   Temperature. — The  temperature    may    be    inmiediately 
influenced  by  general  faradization. 

Its  effect  on  the  circulation  seems  to  be  that  of  an  equalizer.  Pa 
tients  afflicted  with  nervous  diseases  are  apt  to  suffer  from  cold  feet  and 
hands,  and  from  creeping  chills  over  the  body.  The  equalizing,  warm- 
ing effect  of  general  faradization  on  such  patients  is  most  decided  and 
agreeable,  and  is  so  positively  realized,  even  in  the  midst  of  the  seance^ 
that  neither  the  bare  feet  nor  the  exposed  trunk  suffer  from  the  cold, 
provided  the  air  of  the  operating-room  is  of  even  a  moderate  tempera- 
ture. 

Effect  071  Pulse. — The  effects  of  general  faradization  on  the  pulse  are 
quite  interesting  and  suggestive. 

In  a  large  number  of  cases  we  have  carefully  counted  the  pulse,  and 
also  observed  its  quality  just  before  and  just  after  the  treatment.  The 
results  of  some  of  these  observations  are  presented  below  : — 


Before  the 

After  the 

Before  the 

After  the 

Application. 

Application. 

Application. 

Application. 

I 

60 

60 

12 

68 

80 

2 

77 

76 

13 

104 

100 

3 

88 

80 

14 

68 

80 

4 

74 

80 

15 

70 

73 

5 

60 

75 

16 

106 

X02 

6 

82 

84 

17 

72 

60 

7 

80 

76 

18 

72 

67 

8 

76 

84 

19 

74 

70 

9 

80 

84 

20 

68 

76 

10 

lOI 

90 

21 

72 

66 

II 

IIS 

loo 

22 

74 

62 

On  account  of  the  recognized  susceptibility  of  the  pulse,  especially 
of  nervous  invalids,  to  the  influence  of  mental  impression,  we  have 
found  it  necessary,  in  order  to  avoid  error,  to  make  repeated  examina 
tions  before  and  after  the  sitting. 


366  GENERAL   FARADIZATION. 

The  conclusion,  from  our  very  large  number  of  observations  in  regard 
to  the  influence  of  general  faradization  on  the  pulse  in  chronic  diseases, 
is  that  of  a  corrective. 

When  the  pulse  is  high  it  depresses  it  more  or  less,  and  usually  in 
proportion  to  the  degree  of  the  exaltation  above  the  normal  standard. 
When  it  is  low  it  raises  it  more  or  less,  and  usually  in  proportion  to  the 
degree  of  the  depression  below  the  normal  standard.  In  nervous  and 
excitable  patients,  the  effect  of  general  faradization  on  the  pulse  is  much 
more  marked  than  in  the  cold  and  phlegmatic.  An  application  that  is 
much  too  strong  may  greatly  excite  the  pulse. 

Special  and  Exceptional  Effects. — The  immediate  effect  on  the  ap- 
petite is,  in  rare  instances,  so  marked  that  the  patient  at  once  feels 
desire  for  food,  and  at  the  next  meal  eats  a  much  larger  quantity  and 
with  far  keener  relish  than  usual. 

Sensitive  patients  are  now  and  then  compelled  to  evacuate  their 
bladder  or  rectum  immediately  after  or  even  in  the  midst  of  the  appli- 
cation, and  the  urinary  secretion  is  occasionally  increased.  But  all 
these  effects  of  general  faradization  on  the  functions  of  special  organs 
are  incidental  and  occasional,  and  are  not  to  be  expected  with  any 
uniformity  or  constancy. 

Secondary  or  Reactive  Effects. — The  secondary  or  reactive  effects  of 
general  faradization  are  those  which  are  experienced  for  a  day  or  two 
following  an  application.  These  effects  are  probably  not  observed  in 
more  than  half  of  the  cases,  and  usually  only  at  the  outset  of  the  treat- 
ment. Most  of  these  secondary  or  reactive  effects  have  already  been 
considered  (see  p.  249). 

Soreness  in  the  muscles  of  the  neck,  trunk,  and  .upper  extremities  is 
unquestionably  the  most  frequent  of  the  secondary  symptoms  of  gen- 
eral faradization,  and  the  one  which  patients  are  soonest  to  observe  and 
describe.  It  is  the  result  of  the  muscula,r  contractions  that  are  pro- 
duced by  the  electric  current.  They  usually  pass  off  in  two  or  three 
days,  and  are  scarcely  observed  at  all  after  the  patient  has  once  be- 
come accustomed  to  the  treatment.  By  making  the  first  tentative  ap- 
plications gentle  and  short,  it  is  possible  to  avoid  entirely  this  subse- 
quent muscular  soreness,  and  in  very  feeble  or  very  timid  patients  we 
should  always  endeavor  to  do  so. 

Indefinable  nervousness  is  another  occasional  secondary  effect,  and  one 

that  often  gives  rise  to  idle  and  unnecessary  alarm.     Like  the  soreness 

of  the  muscles,  it  usually  passes  off  in  a  day  or  two,  and  is  not  commonly 

experienced  after  the  patient  has  become  accustomed  to  the  treatment. 

Weariness  and  exhaustio?i  may  be  experienced  by  this  class  of  pa- 


PERMANENT   OR   TONIC   EFFECTS.  367 

tients  foi  several  days  after  an  injudicious  application.  It  is  a  very 
interesting  and  important  fact,  that  these  annoying  secondary  symptoms 
of  weariness  and  exhaustion  are  oftentimes  experienced  to  their  fullest 
extent  by  patients  on  whom  the  immediate  effects  for  a  few  hours  suc- 
ceeding the  application  are  only  agreeable.  On  account  of  this  fact, 
the  inexperienced  electro-therapeutist  may  be  unpleasantly  deceived, 
and  from  the  temporary  enlivenment  of  his  patient  may  suppose  tliat 
his  apphcation  has  been  thoroughly  successful,  until  the  distressing 
secondary  effects,  continuing  perhaps  for  several  days,  show  most 
clearly  that  it  has  been  either  too  strong  or  too  protracted. 

Permanent  or  Tonic  Effects. — To  designate  any  precise  time  or  stage 
of  the  treatment  when  these  tonic  effects  are  to  be  looked  for,  is 
manifestly  impossible.  Like  the  tonic  effects  of  other  analogous  in- 
ternal or  external  remedies,  the  time  of  their  appearance  must  be 
variously  modified  by  the  nature  of  the  disease,  the  constitution  of  the 
patient,  and  the  skill  and  perseverance  of  the  treatment.  They  may 
appear  early  in  the  treatment,  developing  themselves  with  great 
rapidity  ;  or  they  may  remain  latent  until  after  the  applications  are 
abandoned,  and  then  advance  with  sure  and  steady  progress.  They 
may  be  so  rapidly  manifested  at  the  commencement  of  the  treatment 
as  to  cause  us  to  suspect  them'  to  be  more  the  result  of  mental  im- 
pression than  of  the  applications ;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  they  may 
develop  themselves  so  long  after  the  treatment  as  to  suggest  the  doubt 
whether  they  are  not  as  much  due  to  nature  and  time  as  to  the  direct 
electric  influence. 

Among  these  tonic  effects  of  general  faradization,  those  which  chiefly 
attract  the  attention  and  are  of  the  principal  importance  are  the  following : 

Improveinent  iji  the  Sleep. — This  symptom  comes  y^ri"/ in  our  analysis 
of  the  permanent  effects  of  general  faradization,  because  it  is  one  of 
the  first  to  be  appreciated  and  observed  by  the  patient.  As  insomnia 
is  the  most  constant  and  universal  symptom  of  those  various  nervous 
conditions  for  which  general  faradization  is  indicated,  just  so  is  its  relief 
or  cure  the  first  and  leading  evidence  that  the  treatment  is  having  its 
desired  effect.  As  already  mentioned,  inclination  to  sleep  is  one  of  the 
immediate  symptoms  of  the  applications  and  may  come  on  even  in  the 
midst  of  the  seance  ;  but  the  improvement  in  the  sleep  of  which  we 
here  speak,  as  a  permanent  effect,  is  appreciated  during  the  intervals  of 
treatment,  and  long  after  it  has  been  suspended. 

Increase  of  Appetite  and  Improvement  in  Digestion. — Increase  of 
appetite  and  improvement  in  the  digestion  is  not  so  early  nor  as  con- 
stant a  symptom  as  improvement  in  the  sleep. 


368  GENERAL   FARADIZATION. 

It  is  by  no  means  a  constant  or  uniform  effect,  even  in  those  cases 
where  it  would  seem  to  be  needed,  and  where,  too,  in  all  other  respects, 
great  and  lasting  benefit  is  derived  from  the  treatment.  Some  patients 
who  are  permanently  relieved  of  neuralgia,  of  insomnia,  and  of  muscular 
and  nervous  debility,  yet  observe  no  decided  improvement  in  their 
digestion.     Such  cases,  however,  are  quite  exceptional. 

Regulatio7i  of  the  Bowels. — Constipation  sometimes  yields  very  early 
in  the  treatment.  The  temporary  effect  is  probably  due,  in  many 
instances  certainly,  to  the  direct  mechanical  action  of  the  current  on 
the  intestines ;  but  permanent  relief,  either  of  constipation  or  of 
diarrhoea  of  the  nervous  variety,  is  not  to  be  expected  until  the  indigestion 
and  general  debility  on  which  they  depend  have  first  been  corrected. 

Improvement  in  the  Circulation. — Permanent  equalization  of  the 
circulation  is  most  observed  in  cases  of  dyspepsia,  nervous  ex- 
haustion, hysteria,  and  similar  conditions  with  which  defective  circula- 
tion is  so  frequently  associated.  It  is  then  the  result  of  the  improve- 
ment in  the  assimilative  power  and  nutrition  of  the  system. 

Relief  of  Nervousness  and  Mental  Depression. — The  indefinite, 
though  very  well  recognized  condition  which  we  term  nervousness, 
and  the  indefinable  mental  agony  that  forms  so  prominent  and  so 
distressing  a  symptom  in  hysteria,  dyspepsia,  exhaustion,  and  other 
nervous  conditions,  sometimes  yield  to  general  faradization  quite  early 
in  the  treatment. 

Increase  in  the  Size  and  Hardness  of  the  Muscles^  and  in  the  Weight 
of  the  Body. — This  is  a  natural  result  and  accompaniment  of  the  im- 
provement in  nutrition,  and  that  it  follows  the  use  of  the  faradic  as  well 
as  of  the  galvanic  current,  sufficiently  demonstrates  that  power  over 
nutrition  is  not  confined  to  the  latter. 

Under  the  influence  of  protracted  treatment  by  general  faradization, 
the  muscles  are  sometimes  developed  in  size  as  well  as  in  firmness  to 
a  degree  which  very  naturally  astonishes  those  who,  for  the  first  time, 
have  their  attention  directed  to  it.  This  increase  in  size  and  quality  of 
the  muscles  is,  of  course,  chiefly  observed  in  those  portions  of  the 
surface  of  the  body  where,  under  the  influence  of  faradization,  con- 
tractions are  most  easily  produced.  Therefore  we  first  look  for  this 
effect  in  the  arms,  the  legs,  and  afterwards  in  the  chest.  This  effect  is 
soonest  observed  in  patients  who  are  comparatively  thin,  or  at  least, 
whose  muscular  tissue  predominates  over  the  adipose.  On  the  other 
hand,  and  for  obvious  reasons,  it  is  not  so  perceptible  in  females,  or 
in  the  very  corpulent  of  either  sex. 

Under  general  faradization  actual  increase  in  the  size  and  weight  of 


RATIONALE   OF  THE   EFFECTS  369 

the  body  sometimes  takes  place  so  rapidly  and  perceptibly  to  the  eye 
that  it  need  not  be  confirmed  by  reference  to  the  scales.  In  othei 
cases,  where  patients,  either  through  curiosity  or  accident,  have  care- 
fully weighed  themselves  just  before  taking  a  course  of  treatment,  a 
most  remarkable  increase  of  weight  has  often  been  observed  in  the 
course  even  of  a  few  weeks. 

The  increase  of  weight  is  simply  a  result  of  the  effect  of  the 
electric  currents  on  nutrition,  and  a  natural  sequence  of  the  improve- 
ment in  the  sleep,  the  increase  of  appetite,  and  the  rehef  of  pain  and 
mental  depression  of  which  we  have  already  spoken. 

Increased  Disposition  and  Capacity  for  Labor  of  the  Muscles  and  of 
the  Brain. — Whatever  tends,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  improve  nutrition 
must  of  necessity  increase  the  capacity  for  intellectual  and  muscular 
toil.  Accordingly  we  find  that  patients  who  were  so  feeble  that  even  a 
short  walk  or  ride  was  fatiguing,  and  who  were  signally  deficient  both 
in  the  will  and  the  capacity  for  exertion,  soon  begin  to  develop,  under 
treatment,  an  activity  and  vigor  that  is  sometimes  surprising.  They 
can  walk  farther  and  more  vigorously,  and  with  greater  enjoyment. 
They  realize  a  consciousness  of  strength  to  which  before  they  were 
strangers,  and  feel  emboldened  to  exertion  from  which  they  would  for- 
merly have  shrunk  with  apprehension. 

Concerning  these  permanent  tonic  effects  it  is  to  be  observed : — 

1.  They  are  not  uniform.  They  vary  not  only  with  different  individ- 
uals and  diseases,  but  also  with  the  same  individual  at  different  periods 
of  life. 

2.  They  are  more  rapidly  appreciated  by  the  active  and  the  nervous 
than  by  the  cold  and  phlegmatic.  Other  conditions  being  the  same,  a 
sensitive,  impressible  organization  will  recover  more  rapidly  under  gen- 
eral faradization  than  one  of  an  opposite  temperament. 

3.  They  are  frequetitly  not  experienced  until  long  after  the  treat- 
ment is  abandoned.  These  after  effects  of  general  faradization  are 
worthy  of  the  highest  attention.  The  possibility  that  they  may  occur 
is  a  constant  encouragement  in  the  treatment  of  all  slow  and  obstinate 
cases. 

4.  They  are  usually  as  lasting  and  permanent  as  similar  effects  from 
other  re?7tedies  and  systems  of  treatment.  It  is  true  that  patients  who 
have  been  apparently  cured  by  general  faradization  are  subject  to  re- 
lapses, yet  to  no  greater  and  apparently  to  a  less  extent  than  those  who 
have  derived  similar  relief  from  internal  medication.  In  considering 
this  statement,  regard  should  be  had  to  the  fact  that  the  diseases  for 

which  general  faradization  is  chiefly  indicated,  at  least  those  in  which  if 
24 


370  GENERAL    FARADIZATION. 

has  thus  far  been  most  successful,  are  just  the  diseases  which  are  moisl 
likely  to  relapse  under  any  or  all  forms  of  treatment. 

Rationale  of  the  Effects  of  General  Faradization. — It  has  been  said 
of  general  faradization  that  it  is  not  physiological ;  but  they  who  raise 
this  objection  do  not  well  consider  what  they  say.  Of  the  various  methods 
of  electrization  none  can  be  better  explained  on  a  physiological  basis 
than  can  this.  General  faradization  is  to  the  whole  body  what  localized 
faradization  is  to  an  individual  part  or  organ.  All  the  physical,  me- 
chanical, chemical  and  physiological  effects,  with  the  consequent  in- 
crease of  the  processes  of  waste  and  repair  and  improvement  in  nutri- 
tion that  electrization  is  capable  of  producing  in  the  living  tissues  (see 
Electro-Physiology,  p.  177)  and  which,  in  exclusively  localized  applica- 
tions, are  mainly  confined  to  the  part  which  is  traversed  by  the  current, 
are  in  general  applications  appreciated  by  every  part  of  the  system. 
Then,  again,  the  improvement  which  each  part  or  organ  receives  from 
the  treatment  reacts  upon  every  other  part  and  organ.  Every  effect 
becomes  in  its  turn  a  cause  ;  the  strengthened  brain  sends  more  nervous 
force  to  the  stomach,  by  which  the  latter  is  enabled  to  send  better  blood 
to  the  brain. 

Comparing  what  is  known  of  the  conductibility  of  the  tissues  (see 
p.  180),  and  the  action  of  the  electric  currents  upon  them,  with  the  ob- 
served effects  of  general  faradization,  these  effects  may  be  regarded  as 
due  mainly — 

1.  To  the  fact  that  the  nutrition  of  the  ejitire  central  nervous  system 
is  directly  influenced  by  the  current.  In  an  ordinary  application  the 
brain,  spinal  cord,  and  sympathetic  ganglia  are  all  subjected  to  the  ac- 
tion of  the  current.  In  most  of  the  applications  of  central  localized 
electrization  only  a  part  of  the  central  nervous  system  is  affected  at 
each  sitting.  We  are  warranted  in  believing  that  in  nearly  all  nervous 
diseases  the  central  nervous  system  is  more  or  less  disturbed,  even  when 
it  is  not  organically  diseased. 

2.  The  passive  exercise  that  results  from  the  vigorous  a?id  repeated 
muscular  contractions  produced  by  the  applications.  When  the  applica- 
tions are  thoroughly  and  skilfully  made,  vigorous  yet  agreeable  con- 
tractions are  excited,  not  only  in  all  the  superficial  muscles,  but  in  the 
deeper  layers,  and  also  of  the  contractile  fibre-cells  of  the  stomach, 
the  intestines,  and  other  vital  organs.  The  augmentation  of  the  mani- 
fold processes  of  waste  and  repair  which  a  single  sitting  causes  in  the 
muscles  and  abdominal  organs  would  alone  powerfully  influence  nutri- 
tion, even  though  the  electric  current  exerted  no  direct  effect  on  the 
nervous  system. 


PASSIVE  EXERCISE  AND   REFLEX  ACTION.  3/1 

That  the  tonic  effects  of  general  faradization  are  very  largely  due  to 
the  passive  exercise  which  it  produces,  is  proved  clinically  by  the  fact 
that  when  a  current  too  feeble  to  cause  muscular  contractions  is  used, 
or  when  the  muscles  are  neglected,  the  tonic  as  well  as  the  primary 
effects  of  the  treatment  are  much  less  marked. 

3.  Reflex  action  from  the  sensory  nerves.  The  reflex  effect  of  the 
faradic  current  even  is  very  powerful,  and  in  general  faradization  nearly 
all  the  superficial  sensory  nerves  are  acted  upon,  and  consequently  the 
whole  nervous  system  is  constantly  under  reflex  as  well  as  direct  in- 
fluence of  the  current.* 

*  Brown-Sequard  and  Lombard  (Archives  de  Physiol.,  November  and  December, 
1869)  have  shown  that  when  one  arm  is  pinched  the  temperature  of  that  arm  slightly 
rises,  and  that  of  the  opposite  arm  falls.  Dr.  James  J.  Putnam  (Boston  Medical  and 
Surgical  Journal,  June  23,  1870)  has  shown  by  a  series  of  experiments  on  frogs  that 
electrization  of  one  foot  caused  reflex  contractions  of  the  blood-vessels  in  the  web  of 
the  foot  of  the  opposite  side.  These  experiments,  taken  in  connection  with  the  fact 
that  nutrition  is  closely  related  to  circulation,  would  render  it  clearly  probable  that 
reflex  action  is  an  important  factor  of  the  results  of  application  of  electricity,  and 
especially  of  general  faradization,  where  the  extremities  are  directly  affected  by  the 
current. 


CHAPTER   XI. 

DIFFERENTIAL  INDICATIONS    FOR   THE  USE  OF    LOCALIZED    AND  GENERAl 

FARADIZATION. 

In  order  to  determine  the  differential  indications  for  the  use  of 
localized  and  general  faradization  we  need  to  consider  these  foui 
facts  : 

Firsts  That  general  faradization  directly  affects  the  whole  body,  while 
in  localized  faradization  the  direct  action  of  the  current  is  mainly  con- 
fined to  the  part  to  which  the  application  is  made. 

Secondly,  That  general  faradization  may,  by  sympathetic  or  reflex 
action,  indirectly  have  a  special  therapeutic  influence  on  some  special 
part  or  organ,  while  locaHzed  faradization  of  any  part,  but  especially 
of  the  sympathetic  or  cerebro-spinal  axis,  by  sympathetic  or  reflex 
action,  may  indirectly  have  a  general  therapeutic  influence  on  the 
whole  body. 

Thirdly,  Faradization,  when  properly  performed,  very  rarely  injures, 
and  usually  more  or  less  benefits,  even  those  parts  which  are  in  com- 
parative or  absolute  health.  This  consideration  has  an  important  prac- 
tical bearing,  especially  in  the  use  of  general  faradization,  in  cases  of 
doubt  as  to  the  seat  of  the  disease.     (See  p.  234.) 

Fourthly,  In  nearly  all  cases  it  is  important,  and  in  many  it  is  indis- 
pensable, that  the  applications  should  be  made  to  the  seat  of  the  dis- 
ease as  well  as  to  the  locality  of  the  symptom.  Scientific  electro-thera- 
peutics, therefore,  requires  the  most  accurate  preliminary  diagnosis ; 
above  all,  it  is  important  to  rigidly  discriminate  between  diseases  which 
are  of  a  constitutional  and  those  which  are  of  a  local  origin. 

From  these  fundamental  considerations  we  logically  derive  the  gen- 
eral law  that  constitutional  diseases  are  better  treated  by  general,  and 
local  diseases  by  localized,  faradization. 

More  specifically,  experience  demonstrates  that  of  the  large  variety  of 
diseases  for  which  applications  of  electricity  are  found  usefiil,  localized 
faradization  and  galvanization  are  specially  indicated  in  those  cases 
where  both  the  seat  and  the  effects  of  the  disease  are  restricted  to  cer- 


INDICATIONS   FOR   GENERAL  FARADIZATION.  373 

tain  portions  of  the  organism,  with  but  shght  or  imperceptible  influence 
on  the  system  at  large.  Under  this  head  are  included  nearly  all  peri- 
pheral and  reflex  paralyses  and  neuralgias,  effusions,  sprains,  and  local 
injuries,  and  also  many  of  the  diseases  of  the  eye,  ear,  larynx,  and 
genital  and  digestive  organs. 

On  the  other  hand,  general  faradization  is  indicated — 

1.  In  those  diseases  that  are  dependent  on  or  associated  with  im- 
pairment of  nutrition  and  general  debility  of  the  vital  functions,  such  as 
nervous  dyspepsia,  neurasthenia,  anaemia,  hysteria,  hypochondriasis, 
paralysis,  and  neuralgia  of  a  constitutional  origin,  rheumatism  and 
other  toxic  diseases,  some  forms  of  chorea,  and  oftentimes  in  func- 
tional disorders  of  the  genital,  digestive,  and  other  special  organs. 

2.  In  morbid  symptoms  dependent  on  some  local  cause  which  can- 
not be  satisfactorily  diagnosticated.  It  must  be  confessed  that  a  large 
number  of  cases  of  chronic  diseases  are  frequently  dependent  on  or 
connected  with  some  important  lesions,  of  which,  during  the  lifetime  of 
the  patient,  even  the  most  approved  methods  of  diagnosis  and  the  most 
practised  skill  utterly  fail  to  ascertain  either  the  nature  or  the  locality. 
This  is  oftentimes  the  case  with  epilepsy,  hysteria,  and  hypochon 
driasis ;  sometimes,  also,  with  affections  of  special  organs,  as  the  eye, 
ear,  larynx,  and  uterus. 

Benedikt  emphatically  affirms  that  electricity  should  be  applied  almost 
exclusively  m  loco  morbi,  in  the  place  of  the  disease,  and  in  cases  of 
doubt  recommends  tentative  applications  successively  in  all  the  sus- 
pected localities  until  the  diagnosis  is  made  out  by  the  success  of  the 
treatment.*  It  scarcely  need  be  said  that  this  purely  experimental 
system,  though  sometimes  successful,  must  be  and  is  annoying,  uncer- 
tain, and  very  frequently  unsatisfactory. 

The  advantage  of  general  faradization  in  such  cases  of  doubtful  patho- 
logy are  twofold  :  First,  at  each  application  it  affects  all  parts  of  the 
body,  and  thus  is  sure  to  reach  the  seat  of  the  disease,  wherever  that 
may  be  ;  and,  seco?idly,  it  at  the  same  time  improves  the  general  nutri- 
tion of  the  system,  which,  in  such  cases,  is  frequently  more  or  less  im- 
paired. This  improvement  in  nutrition,  as  has  been  stated,  oftentimes 
reacts  favorably  on  the  local  disease. 

Still  further,  it  must  be  confessed  that  very  many  of  the  diseases  in 
which  general  faradization  is  proved  to  be  of  most  efficient  service, 
are  those  in  which  no  special  locus  morbi  can  be  found  even  on  ^ost 
mortem  examination. 

*  Die  Electrotherapie.     Wien,  1868,  p.  79. 


374   GENERAL  AND  LOCALIZED  FARADIZATION  COMPARED. 

Future  investigations  will  undoubtedly  do  much  to  dispel  our  igno- 
rance on  these  points,  and  will  probably  assign  a  definite  local  cause 
to  some  of  the  diseases  which  are  now  vaguely  classed  as  constitu- 
tional. But  even  those  diseases  in  which  the  local  cause  is  definitely 
ascertained  may  demand  constitutional  treatment  as  much  as  or  more 
than  those  in  which  no  local  cause  is  demonstrated.  When  a  house  is 
set  on  fire  by  a  burning  fijse,  it  is  not  enough  to  snatch  away  the  fuse  ; 
we  must  extinguish  the  flames.  When  the  nervous  system  has  been 
thrown  into  tetanus  by  a  wound  in  the  foot,  excision  or  healing  of  the 
wound  is  of  little  avail ;  remedies  must  be  directed  to  the  central  ner- 
vous system.  Precisely  so  when  chronic  local  disease  has  enfeebled 
the  vital  functions  and  impaired  nutrition,  our  applications  are  to  be 
directed  to  the  general  system  as  well  as  to  the  seat  of  the  lesion. 

3.  In  certain  diseases  which,  though  themselves  incurable,  are  ac- 
companied by  impairment  of  nutrition  that  is  susceptible  of  more  or  less 
relief.  Palsy  agitans,  man)'^  cases  of  cerebral  and  spinal  paralysis,  ad- 
vanced stages  of  locomotor  ataxia,  rheumatic  gout,  epilepsy,  and  cer- 
tain spastic  affections,  may  be  absolutely  incurable,  and  yet  the  ema- 
ciation, nervousness,  insomnia,  and  general  feebleness  with  which,  these 
diseases  are  associated  as  cause  or  effect  or  concomitant,  may  be  sus- 
ceptible of  most  grateful  relief  from  general  faradization.  In  not  a  few 
cases  of  disease  of  these  varieties,  after  we  have  failed  to  do  any  good 
by  galvanization  of  the  brain,  sympathetic  and  spinal  cord,  after  even 
central  galvanization  has  failed,  general  faradization  alone,  given  with- 
out special  reference  to  the  seat  of  the  pathological  lesion,  has  greatly 
relieved  the  symptoms  and  been  of  invaluable  service  by  virtue  of  its 
tonic  effects,  although,  of  course,  it  could  have  no  permanently  curative 
influence. 

Illustrative  cases  of  every  grade  will  hereafter  be  presented  in  detail. 

Cause  of  Failures  in  Electro-Therapeutics. — The  comparison  we 
have  here  made  reveals  the  cause  of  some  of  the  failures  and 
discouragements  that  have  been  and  are  now  being  encountered 
by  many  experimenters  in  the  department  of  electro-therapeutics. 
Constitutional  diseases  have  been  treated  locally.  Morbid  constitu- 
tional conditions,  such  as  hysteria,  anaemia,  rheumatism,  and  the 
like,  which,  as  all  physicians  agree,  demand  remedies  that  affect  the 
system,  are  treated  electrically  only  through  their  local  symptoms,  such 
as  peripheral  paralysis,  or  neuralgia,  or  inflammation  of  the  joints. 
Temporary  relief,  or  metastasis  of  these  local  symptoms  may  indeed 
result  from  exclusively  localized  applications  in  such  cases,  but  per- 
manent correction  of  the  morbid  condition  on  which  these  symptoms 


COMBINATION  OF  THE  METHODS.  3/5 

depend  can  only  be  obtained  by  general  treatment.  In  subacute  rheu- 
matism, for  example,  galvanization  or  faradization  of  an  inflamed  joint 
frequently  removes  the  pain  and  effusion  in  that  joint,  and  therefore 
may  advantageously  be  used  with  general  faradization,  just  as  the  ex- 
ternal application  of  alkaline  solutions  may  advantageously  be  com- 
bined with  the  internal  administration  of  the  same  remedies  ;  but  to 
depend  on  merely  localized  electrization  in  such  cases  is  manifestly  as 
unphilosophical  as  it  would  be  to  depend  on  merely  local  apphcations 
of  alkalies.  In  general  practice  it  will  unfortunately  be  found  that 
physicians  will  frequently  use  localized  in  cases  for  which  general  treat- 
ment is  indispensable  for  complete  results,  for  the  reason  that  they 
have  neither  the  time  nor  the  practice  to  enable  them  to  use  the  latter 
method  with  success ;  just  as  the  majority  of  general  practitioners,  for 
want  of  a  galvanic  apparatus,  are  obliged  to  use  faradization  in  cases 
for  which  galvanization  is  imperatively  demanded. 

Cojubinafioft  of  the  Methods. — Many  cases  are  most  successfully  treated 
by  a  combination  or  alternation  of  the  two  methods.  Thus  rheumatism, 
for  example,  may  be  treated  one  week  or  one  day  by  general  faradiza- 
tion, and  the  following  day  or  week  by  local  faradization  or  galvaniza- 
tion of  the  affected  joints. 

This  comparison  furthermore  reveals  and  explains  the  suggestive 
fact  that  the  sphere  of  electro-therapeutics  has,  in  a  measure,  corre- 
sponded to  and  progressed  with  the  advance  in  the  method  of  applica- 
tion. Thus,  when  peripheral  applications  were  chiefly  used,  the  scope 
of  electro-therapeutics,  though  important,  was  narrow,  neuralgia  and 
paralysis  being  the  diseases  for  which  it  was  mainly  employed.  On 
the  introduction  of  localized  galvanization  of  the  nerve-centres,  electri- 
city was  found  to  be  most  useful  for  many  conditions  in  which  pre- 
viously it  had  been  supposed  to  be  either  valueless  or  contraindicated. 
The  sphere  of  electro-therapeutics  is  by  general  faradization  and  cen- 
tral galvanization  still  further  extended  to  embrace  a  large  variety  of 
conditions  and  indications  which  localized  applications  fulfil  either  not 
at  all,  or  but  very  imperfectly. 


CHAPTER  XII. 


CENTRAL   GALVANIZATION. 


The  object  in  central  galvanization  is  to  bring  the  whole  central  ner- 
vous system — the  braiji,  sympathetic  ajid  spinal  cord — as  well  as  the pneu- 
mogastric  and  depressor  nerves,  under  the  influence  of  the  galvanic  cur- 
rent. One  pole  (ustially  the  negative)  is  placed  at  the  epigastriu^n,  while 
the  other  is  passed  over  the  forehead  and  top  of  the  head,  by  the  inner 
borders  of  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscles,  from  the  mastoid  fossa  to  the 
sternum,  at  the  nape  of  the  neck,  and  down  the  etitire  length  of  the  spi?ie. 

The  following  representations  of  the  principal  steps  in  the  method 
of  central  galvanization  were  made  from  photographs  taken  during  the 
applications. 


Fig.  96. 

Central  Galvanization,  first  stage.  One  pole  on  the  epigastrium,  the  other  on 
the  cranial  centre,  the  hair  at  that  point  being  moistened.  Before  making  the 
application  at  this  point  the  electrode  may  be  passed  over  the  forehead. 


DETAILS   OF  THE  APPLICATION S, 


377 


A  female  patient  is  taken  in  order  to  show  that  this  method  in  its 
entirety  requires  Httle  or  no  exposure. 


Fig.  97. 
Central  Galvanization,  second  stage.    One  pole  same  position  as  before,  or  loK-er 
down,  and  the  other  passed  up  and  down   by  the  inner  border  of  the  stemo- 
cleido-mastoid  muscle  from  the  auriculo -maxillary  fossa  to  the  sternum. 


Details  of  the  Applications. — We  do  not  always  make  the  applica- 
tions all  over  the  head,  but  merely  on  the  forehead,  gently  passing  the 
electrode  from  one  side  to  the  other ;  then  baptize  the  patient  on  the 
cranial  centre,  at  the  top  of  the  head,  and  rest  the  pole  there  for  about 
Dne  minute,  and  sometimes  longer.  To  the  head  we  apply  from  two 
to  six  or  eight  cells — for  patients  vary  in  their  susceptibility — beginning 
with  a  weak  current,  and  gradually  increasing  until  a  sour  or  metallic 
taste  is  perceived  in  the  mouth.  The  cranial  centre — the  summit 
between  the  ears — we  regard  as  the  most  important  region  of  the  head 
in  all  electrical  applications,  and  especially  in  central  galvanization.  A 
current  passing  from  that  point  to  the  epigastrium,  traverses  the  centre 
of  life — if  life  has  any  centre — and  affects  the  sympathetic,  and  the  roots 
of  the  facial  nerves.  The  sensation  produced  by  this  application  is 
different  from  that  of  any  other  application  to  the  head,  and  is  some- 
times indefinable. 


378 


CENTRAL   GALVANIZATION. 


An  application  to  this  point  for  one  or  two  minutes  is  usually  about 
as  much  galvanization  as  the  brain  needs.  In  exceptional  cases, 
where  the  hair  is  thin,  or  the  head  is  bald,  we  make  the  applications  dll 
over  the  surface,  back  and  front.  In  applications  to  the  head,  care 
should  be  taken  to  avoid  sudden  interruptions,  or  shocks  that  cause 
dizziness;  the  flashes  of  light  before  the  eyes  are  of  little  account,  but 
nothing  is  gained  by  producing  them,  and  they  are  annoying  to  the 
patient. 


Fig.  98. 
Central  Galvanization,  third  stage.  One  pole  same  position  as  before,  or  on  the 
breastbone,  and  the  other  at  the  back  of  the  neck  between  the  first  and  seventh 
cervical  vertebrae. 


The  electrode  is  then  passed  down  the  inner  border  of  the  sterno- 
cleido-mastoid  muscle,  from  the  auriculo-maxillary  fossa  to  the  clavicle, 
for  the  purpose  of  affecting  the  pneumogastric  and  sympathetic. 
We  usually  make  the  application  on  both  sides,  and  from  one  to  five 
minutes. 

In  galvanizing  the  spine,  especial  attention  is  given  to  the  cilio-spinal 
centre,  below  the  first  and  seventh  cervical  vertebrae,  which  is  to  the 
spine  what  the  cervical  centre  is  to  the  brain.     The  cervical  sympathetic 


DETAILS   OF  THE  APPLICATIONS. 


379 


and  pneumogastric,  as  well  as  the  spinal  cord,  are  affected  by  the  cur- 
rent. The  electrode  should  also  be  passed  over  the  entire  length  of  the 
cord  by  labile  applications  up  and  down.  The  back  is  not  usually  sensi- 
tive, and  strong  currents,  from  ten  to  thirty  cells,  can  be  borne  without 
any  more  discomfort  than  a  burning  or  pricking  sensation  beneath  both 
electrodes. 


Fig.  99. 
Central  Galvanization,  fourth  stage.     One  pole  same  position  as  before,  or  ovei 
the  abdomen,  and  the  other  passed  beneath  the  loosened  clothing,  up  and  down 
the  cord,  from  the  seventh  cervical  vertebra  to  the  coccyx. 


The  back  may  be  treated  from  three  to  six  minutes,  and  the  whole 
length  of  the  seance  of  central  galvanization  ranges  from  five  to  fifteen 
minutes. 

Preparation  of  the  Patient. — All  the  preparation  a  male  patient  re- 
quires for  central  galvanization  is  to  unbutton  and  loosen  the  collar, 
remove  the  coat  and  vest,  and  slip  up  the  whole  clothing,  so  that  free 
access  can  be  bad  to  the  spine. 

A  female  patient  may  remove  her  corsets  and  slip  up  her  under 


380  CENTRAL   GALVANIZATION. 

clothing,  or  merely  loosen  the  clothing  at  the  neck  and  waist,  so  as  to 
make  room  for  an  electrode  to  be  passed  down  to  the  epigastrium,  and 
for  a  spinal  electrode  to  be  passed  up  and  down  the  back. 

Electrodes. — For  the  negative  electrode  at  the  pit  of  the  stomach, 
any  sponge  or  flannel  electrode  with  a  broad  surface,  so  as  not  to  be 
too  painful,  and  an  insulated  handle  that  the  patient  can  hold,  will 
answer. 

For  the  positive  pole,  we  prefer  adjustable  electrodes  (see  p.  323),  of 
different  sizes.  These  can  be  passed  under  the  clothing  with  great  ease, 
and  can  also  be  provided  with  flannel  covers,  that  may  be  washed  as 
often  as  necessary. 

Battei-y. — Almost  any  form  of  galvanic  battery  will  answer  for  central 
galvanization,  but  for  reasons  before  given  (p.  311),  a  battery  that  gives 
a  steady  uniform  current,  and  that  is  provided  with  a  rheostat,  is  pre- 
ferable. The  Cabinet  battery  is  exceedingly  convenient  for  central 
galvanization. 

The  method  of  central  galvanization  is  based  on  these  four  as- 
sumptions, all  of  which  seem  to  us  justifiable. 

1.  That  in  a  very  large  number  of  diseases,  and  especially  of  the  so- 
called  functional  diseases,  the  pathology  is  not  exclusively  confined  to 
any  region  of  the  brain,  or  sympathetic,  or  spinal  cord,  but  the  whole 
central  nervous  system  is  invaded  by  a  condition  of  exhaustion  and  ir- 
ritability. We  believe  this  to  be  true  not  only  of  hysteria,  chorea,  and 
of  many  affections  allied  to  them,  but  of  certain  states  of  neuralgia,  and 
a  number  of  diseases  of  the  skin.  It  is  possible,  furthermore,  that  some 
diseases  that  are  not  now  regarded  as  in  any  respect  of  a  nervous  char- 
acter may  in  the  future  be  shown  to  depend  so  closely  on  the  nervous 
system  that  they  can  be  most  successfully  treated,  not  through  their 
varying  and  local  manifestations,  but  through  the  brain,  spinal  cord,  and 
sympathetic.  That  certain  diseases,  not  primarily  nervous,  do  so  affect 
the  nervous  system  that  they  need  to  be  treated,  in  part  at  least,  by 
remedies  that  act  on  the  nerves,  will  be  conceded,  I  suppose,  without 
question. 

2.  That  a  large  proportion  of  the  most  frequent  and  distressing  chronic 
diseases,  as  hysteria,  hypochondria,  neurasthenia,  chorea,  epilepsy, 
nervous  dyspepsia,  neuralgia,  and  many  forms  of  insanity,  are  so  obscure 
and  subtle  in  their  pathology  that  it  is  impossible  to  determine  the  pre- 
cise seat  of  the  disease  in  any  given  case,  even  where  some  local  patho- 
logical condition  may  exist,  and  consequently  we  can  never  know  just 
where  the  currenc  should  be  localized.  Even  when  the  seat  of  the  dis- 
ease is,  or  is  supposed  to  be,  accurately  known,  if  a  special  revelation 


THEORY   OF   THE   METHOD.  38 1 

should  kindly  inform  us  whether  epilepsy,  for  example,  takes  its  origin 
in  the  brain  or  in  the  sympathetic,  and  should  point  out  to  us  just  where 
the  lesion  occurred,  we  should  still  be  in  the  dark  in  regard  to  the  best 
method  of  localizing  the  current,  for  without  another  and  still  more 
complex  revelation  we  could  not  determine  the  extent  to  which  all 
other  parts  of  the  nervous  system  had  been  affected  by  the  local  dis- 
ease. 

The  force  of  this  objection  to  the  use  of  the  accepted  method  of 
galvanizing  the  brain  and  cervical  sympathetic  is  seen  when  we  attempt 
to  give  the  complete  pathology  of  any  of  the  diseases  we  have  just  men- 
tioned, and,  indeed,  of  almost  any  nervous  disease  that  can  be  men- 
tioned. Where  is  the  precise  seat  of  the  disease  in  nervous  dyspepsia  ? 
We  know  that  the  stomach  is  weak,  and  we  prescribe  galvanization  of 
the  pneumogastric  ;  but  what  have  the  solar  plexus  and  the  spinal  cord 
to  say  in  the  matter?  Who  can  tell  just  how  not  only  they,  but  the 
brain  i4:self,  may  be  the  origin  of  nervous  dyspepsia,  or  how  much  they 
share  in  the  pathological  disturbance,  and  consequently  how  much  they 
need  treatment  ?  After  eleven  centuries  of  medical  study,  who  can 
tell  the  precise  and  exclusive  seat  of  the  disease  in  epilepsy,  hysteria,  and 
neurasthenia  ?  Is  not  the  probability  continually  growing  stronger 
with  the  advance  of  science,  that  in  these  and  many  other  diseases  the 
whole  or  a  large  part  of  the  central  nervous  system  shares  as  a  cause, 
or  result,  or  concomitant  ?  Even  in  those  diseases  where  the  lesion  is 
understood,  is  there  not  much  more  of  the  unknown  than  of  the  known  ? 
In  locomotor  ataxia,  progressive  muscular  atrophy,  spinal  congestion 
and  irritation,  is  the  spine  only  at  fault  ?  Do  the  sympathetic  and  brain 
wholly  escape  the  infection  ?  "  Evil  communications  corrupt  good 
manners  "  in  pathology  as  well  as  in  morals,  and  the  communications 
between  the  sympathetic,  and  cord,  and  brain,  and  the  nerves  that  branch 
from  all  these,  are  so  varied,  and  intimate,  and  complex,  that  when  the 
cord  is  known  to  be  diseased  we  very  naturally  incline  to  consider  the 
other  parts  of  the  nervous  system,  like  "poor  dog  Tray,"  in  bad  com- 
pany, and  we  become  very  justly  suspicious  of  their  character.  In  this 
suspicion  we  are  justified  by  the  accepted  views  of  the  functions  of  the 
sympathetic,  and  by  the  clinical  signs  and  symptoms  of  these  diseases. 

In  cerebral  hemorrhage  we  usually  know  the  general  locality  of  the 
disease,  if  not  its  precise  nature ;  but  the  spinal  cord,  through  disuse, 
becomes  affected  with  secondary  degenerations,  and  the  organs  of  di- 
gestion also  more  or  less  sympathize. 

3.  That  the  nutrition  of  the  central  nervous  system  will  be  improved 
by  passing  through  it  a  mild  galvanic  current. 


382  CENTRAL  GALVANIZATION. 

That  in  the  great  majority  of  cases  of  so-called  functional  nervous 
disease,  and  in  many  of  the  cases  of  special  structural  lesions,  nerve- 
tonics  are  indicated,  will  be  questioned  by  no  one.  It  is  also  coming 
to  be  pretty  generally  admitted  that  electricity  is  something  more  than 
a  stimulant — that  it  is  a  tonic  with  a  powerful  sedative  influence.  Still 
further,  it  is  admitted  that  the  sedative  and  tonic  effects  of  electricity 
can  be  obtained  by  passing  the  current,  with  little  oi  no  interruption, 
through  any  part,  the  nutrition  of  which  needs  to  be  improved. 

4.  It  is  impossible  to  exclusively  localize  the  current  in  the  cervical 
sympathetic,  hence  it  is  certain  that  the  good  results  that  in  some  instances 
follow  the  galvanization  through  the  neck  are  due  to  the  effect  of  the 
current  on  the  spinal  cord  or  pneumogastric,  as  well  as  to  the  cervical 
ganglia  of  the  sympathetic.  That  the  beneficial  effects  of  galvanizing  the 
neck  in  cases  of  nausea,  dyspepsia,  and  gastralgia,  are  due  in  part  if  »ot 
entirely  to  the  effect  of  the  current  on  the  pneumogastric,  is  more  than 
probable.  Conversely,  we  find  it  impossible  to  tell  how  far  our  attempts 
to  localize  the  current  in  the  pneumogastric,  by  placing  one  pole  at  the 
pit  of  the  stomach  and  the  other  by  the  inner  border  of  the  sterno-cleido- 
mastoid  muscle,  was  successful ;  and  whether  the  benefit  derived  took 
place  through  the  pneumogastric,  the  sympathetic  alone,  or  through  both 
combined,  seems  beyond  the  power  of  mortal  skill  to  determine. 

Similar  difficulties  are  experienced  in  the  attempt  to  differentiate  the 
effects  of  the  galvanizing  the  brain ;  how  much  the  results  of  applica- 
tions to  the  head  are  due  to  the  direct  or  reflex  action  of  the  current  on 
the  brain  itself,  how  much  to  its  action  on  the  cephalic  ganglia  of  the 
sympathetic,  and  how  much  to  its  action  on  the  roots  of  the  pneumo- 
gastric and  the  upper  part  of  the  spinal  cord,  seems  in  the  present  state 
of  the  sciences  of  anatomy  and  physiology  absolutely  impossible  to  de- 
termine. In  galvanizing  the  spine  we  are  puzzled  by  the  same  com- 
plications. The  cervical,  thoracic,  and  abdominal  ganglia  of  the  sym- 
pathetic, with  their  enormous  plexuses,  are  all  liable  to  be  affected  by 
the  current  whenever  it  is  applied  up  and  down  the  spine ;  and  how  far 
the  beneficial  results  of  galvanization  are  due  to  the  effect  of  the  cur- 
rent on  the  cord  itself,  and  how  far  to  its  effect  on  these  ganglia  and 
plexuses,  only  a  special  revelation  can  determine. 

Still  further,  the  subject  is  complicated  by  the  consideration  that 
electricity  works  powerfully  by  reflex  action,  and  in  galvanizing  the 
brain,  the  cervical  sympathetic,  or  the  spine,  reflex  action  must  continu- 
ally take  place  through  the  nerve-centres,  and  the  therapeutical  results 
produced  by  such  treatment  must  be  in  part  attributable  to  such  reflex 
action. 


COMPARED  WITH  LOCALIZED   GALVANIZATION.  383 

The  positive  pole  (anode)  is  applied  over  the  head,  neck,  and  spine, 
because  it  is  less  irritating  than  the  negative,  and  tends  to  diminish  irri- 
tability. The  majority  of  the  cases  for  which  central  galvanization  is 
used  are  in  a  condition  of  abnormal  irritability,  and  need  the  calming 
effects  of  analectrotonos  rather  than  the  irritating  effects  of  catalectro- 
tonos.  To  this  rule  there  are  individual  exceptions  :  there  are  cases 
that  appear  to  be  benefited  more  by  the  negative  than  the  positive 
pole.     (See  pp.  226-228.) 

The  negative  pole  (cathode)  is  placed  at  the  epigastrium,  because 
the  epigastrium  is  a  good,  indifferent  point,  that  will  bear  well  the  irri- 
tating effect  of  catalectrotonos.  In  order  to  avoid  over-irritating  the 
stomach  and  the  pneumogastric  nerve,  it  is  well,  in  very  sensitive 
patients,  and  when  long  applications  are  used,  to  change  the  position 
of  the  negative  electrode  by  moving  it  up  and  down  between  the  ster- 
num and  abdomen. 

The  positive  and  negative  modifications  (see  Electro-Physiology,  p.  103) 
that  take  place  at  the  breaking  of  the  galvanic  current,  in  the  region  of 
the  anode  and  the  cathode,  probably  complicate  somewhat  the  effects  of 
treatment — are,  indeed,  factors  of  some  importance  in  producing  the 
effects,  and  not  unlikely  explain,  in  part,  the  disagreeable  results  that 
come  from  too  frequently  interrupting  the  current  when  treating  nerve- 
centres.  The  positive  and  negative  modifications  can,  however,  be 
mostly  avoided  by  using  a  rheostat  of  some  kind,  and  gradually  reducing 
the  strength  of  the  current  to  a  minimum  before  the  electrodes  are  re- 
moved. 

Central  Galvanization  Compared  with  Localized  Galvanization  of  the 
Nerve-centres. — We  claim  for  central  galvanization  a  distinct  and  sepa- 
rate position  among  the  different  methods  of  using  electricity  in  medicine. 
The  applications  of  the  galvanic  current  to  the  head,  the  neck,  and  the 
spine,  which  have  been  variously  used  by  electro-therapeutists  since  the 
time  of  Remak,  are  simply  forms  of  localized  electrization,  since  the 
object  aimed  at  in  all  of  them  is  to  localize  the  current,  so  far  as  possible, 
in  the  brain  or  some  portion  of  it,  in  the  cervical  ganglia  of  the  sympa- 
thetic, or  in  the  spinal  cord.  Then,  again,  in  all  these  forms  of  localized 
galvanization  of  the  nerve-centres,  the  poles  are  placed  near  each  other 
over  the  part  to  be  affected,  and  the  peculiar  action  of  both  poles  is  felt, 
so  far  as  is  possible  by  external  application,  in  the  organ  that  is  treated. 

In  galvanizing  the  head,  for  example,  the  poles  are  applied  behind 
the  ears,  or  in  front  of  them,  or  one  is  placed  on  the  forehead,  and 
the  other  on  the  occiput,  or  at  the  nape  of  the  neck.  In  galvanizing 
the   cervical  ganglia  ol  the  sympathetic,  one  pole  is  j^laced  on  the 


384  CENTRAL   GALVANIZATION. 

auriculo-maxillary  fossa,  or  along  the  inner  border  of  the  sterno-cleido 
mastoid  muscle,  while  the  other  is  applied  at  the  back  of  the  neck.  In 
galvanizing  the  spine,  one  pole  is  placed  at  the  upper  or  lower  part, 
while  the  other  is  passed  up  and  down  the  entire  length,  or  kept  in  one 
place,  or  both  may  be  moved  up  and  down  the  entire  length  of  the 
cord,  or  confined  to  any  portion,  as  is  desired. 

But  in  central  galvanization  the  electrodes  are  so  placed  that  the 
whole  central  nervous  system  is  brought  under  the  influence  of  one  pole 
(usually  the  positive)  of  the  galvanic  current  at  one  sitting,  and  without 
any  important  change  of  position  of  the  negative  pole.  Besides  the  cen- 
tral nervous  system,  the  pneumogastric  and  the  stomach  itself  are  also 
affected ;  in  a  word,  the  great  centres  of  life,  of  health,  and  of  disease. 

Comparing  central  galvanization  with  localized  galvanization  of  the 
nerve  centres,  by  the  effects,  we  find  differences  of  a  most  marked  and 
interesting  character  exist.  The  ordinary  methods  of  galvanizing  the 
cervical  sympathetic,  the  brain,  or  the  spine,  do  not,  either  singly  or  in 
combination,  produce  the  powerful  tonic  results  that  are  frequently  ob- 
tained by  central  galvanization.  Sedative  and  tonic  effects  are  unques- 
tionably produced  by  these  local  methods,  but  the}'-  are  frequently  in- 
ferior in  quality  and  degree  to  those  derived  from  central  galvanization 
when  properly  administered.  This  conclusion  is  derived  from  actual  trial 
and  observation  of  cases.  Neither  the  temporary  nor  the  permanent 
effects  of  localized  galvanization  of  the  brain,  of  the  cervical  sym- 
pathetic and  pneumogastric,  or  of  the  spine,  are  as  satisfactory  in  many 
cases,  even  when  they  are  successively  used  at  the  same  sitting  and 
with  the  same  time  and  strength  of  current,  as  central  galvanization. 

Still  further,  experience  teaches  that  the  method  of  central  galvaniza- 
tion, in  its  completeness,  is  more  serviceable  than  partial  or  incomplete 
applications  of  it.  Placing  the  negative  pole  on  the  epigastrium,  and 
the  other  on  the  spine,  will  not  accomplish  the  full  effects  of  central 
galvanization,  although  so  far  as  it  goes  it  is  a  good  method,  and  pro- 
duces sedative  and  tonic  effects.  To  confine  the  attention  to  the  head 
and  neck  alone,  also,  is  not  sufficient. 

Compared  with  General  Faradization. — Comparing  central  galvaniza- 
tion with  general  faradization,  we  find  most  important  differences.  In 
the  one  only  the  galvanic,  in  the  other  onl)  the  faradic,  current  is 
used. 

In  genera]  faradization  the  application  is  made  not  only  over  the 
central  nervous  system,  but  over  the  entire  trunk,  and  especial  attention 
is  given  to  the  muscles  of  the  abdomen  and  extremities.  In  central 
galvanization  the  chief  aim  is  to  aft'ect  the  central  nervous  system;  in 


COMPARED   WITH   GENERAL   FARADIZATION.  385 

general  faradization  the  chief  aim  is  to  affect  the  muscular  system, 
although  the  nervous  system,  central  and  peripheral,  is  affected  both 
directly  and  reflexly. 

Comparing  the  effects  of  central  galvanizatiort  with  those  of  general 
faradization,  we  find  that  both  are  powerful  tonics,  and  are  adapted  for 
conditions  of  debility,  by  whatever  names  they  may  be  known.  Foi 
some  cases,  and  particularly  for  cases  associated  with  great  muscular 
debility,  general  faradization  is  more  effective  than  central  galvaniza- 
tion. On  the  other  hand,  in  cases  where  simply  exhaustion  of  the 
nerve-centres  is  the  leading  condition — as  hysteria,  chorea,  and  so 
forth — central  galvanization  is  oftentimes  far  superior  to  general  faradi- 
zation. 

Central  Galva7iization  alternated  with  General  Faradization. — Some 
of  the  best  results  that  we  have  yet  seen  have  been  secured  by  conibin- 
mg  or  by  alternating  the  two  methods. 

Sometimes,  after  general  faradization  has  done  all  that  it  is  capable  of, 
central  galvanization,  rightly  used,  helps  to  lift  the  patient  still  higher. 
In  cases  where  we  are  not  experimenting,  and  seek  only  the  best  good 
of  the  patient  in  the  shortest  time  possible,  we  use  in  succession,  or 
alternation,  and  with  changes  and  modifications,  all  the  principal 
methods — local  galvanization  of  the  brain,  of  the  cervical  sympathetic 
and  spine,  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization.  This  course 
is  found  to  be  oftentimes  justified  by  the  results.  The  improvement  is 
more  positive  and  more  permanent  than  when  a  single  method  is  used 
exclusively. 

Some  cases  we  treat  one  week  by  general  faradization,  the  next 
week  by  central  galvanization ;  sometimes  we  alternate  the  methods 
from  day  to  day. 

There  are,  however,  cases  not  a  few,  where  all  forms  of  faradization, 
and  where  local  galvanization  of  the  nerve-centres  irritates  rather  than 
benefits,  but  in  which,  under  the  method  of  central  galvanization,  there 
is  sure  and  constant  improvement.. 

Dr.  Althaus,  of  London,  in  the  third  edition  of  his  most  excellent 
work  on  Medical  Electricity,  after  describing  this  method  of  central 
galvanization  in  detail,  remarks  that  he  had  never  carried  out  the 
method  in  its  entirety,  but  that  he  had  used,  experimentally,  applica- 
tions to  the  head  and  neck  with  the  anode,  and  to  the  epigastrium  with 
the  cathode.  He  states  that  unpleasant  results  have  followed  these 
experiments,  that  disagreeable  cerebral  symptoms  were  produced  by  it 
during  the  application,  and  which  sometimes  continued  for  twenty-foui 
Itours  or  more  aftei-wards. 
25 


386  CENTRAL   GALVANIZATION. 

''  The  patients  had  a  general  sensation  of  malaise  and  nervousness, 
headache,  and  a  fecHng  of  giddiness  and  confusion." 

Dr.  Althaus  further  states  that  he  has  used  the  "  appUcation  of  the 
anode  to  the  cervical  and  lumbar  spine,  and  of  the  cathode  to  the  pit 
of  the  stomach  with  advantage." 

Nothing  is  easier  than  to  produce  these  unpleasant  results  in  sus- 
ceptible patients  by  any  method  of  galvanizing  the  brain  and  neck, 
provided  strong  currents  are  used,  or  interruptions  are  allowed,  or  the 
applications  are  prolonged.  The  same  efifects  may  follow  general  fara- 
dization and  localized  galvanization. 

In  beginning  to  treat  a  patient  by  central  galvanization,  we  should 
use  very  mild,  scarcely  perceptible  currents,  particularly  around  the 
head  and  neck,  and  even  on  the  cervical  spine,  and  great  pains  should 
be  taken  to  avoid  breaking  the  current,  and  the  application  should  be 
of  only  a  few  moments'  duration.  Taking  these  precautions  has  now 
become  with  us  a  mere  matter  of  routine,  and  we  are  every  day  accus- 
tomed to  treat  the  most  sensitive  and  delicate  patients — cases  of  hys- 
teria, nervous  exhaustion,  hypochondriasis,  and  allied  affections — cases 
which  are  suflficiently  familiar  to  all  American  physicians,  and  with 
sedative  and  tonic  effects  that  are  not  obtainable  by  other  methods. 

Whenever  any  of  the  disagreeable  effects  spoken  of  by  Dr.  Althaus 
occur,  we  always  give  the  patient  a  longer  interval,  and  moderate  the 
applications  until  only  good,  unmixed  with  evil,  effects  appear. 

The  American  constitution  is  more  susceptible  to  electricity  than 
the  English  or  the  German,  and  if  our  nervously  exhausted,  hysterical 
women  can  bear  and  be  profited  by  central  galvanization,  surely  the 
women  of  England  and  Germany  might  be  treated  by  the  same  method, 
even  when  used  with  less  caution. 

We  have  frequently  treated  by  this  method  delicate  women  who  are 
too  feeble  to  walk  or  stand,  or  even  to  sit  up,  and  who,  therefore,  must 
be  treated  in  bed,  and  even  in  such  cases,  the  disagreeable  efifects  only 
occur  now  and  then,  and  no  oftener  than  they  occur  when  other 
methods  of  electrization  are  employed  in  the  same  kind  of  cases ;  in- 
deed, not  so  frequently  as  they  follow  general  faradization  or  local 
galvanization  of  the  brain. 

Reply  to  Objections  against  Galvanization  of  the  Nerve-centres. — 
It  is  proper  here  to  consider  briefly  some  of  the  objections  that  have 
been  brought  against  galvanizing  the  nerve-centres  by  the  method  of 
central  galvanization,  or  by  any  form  of  local  galvanization.  These 
objections,  which  in  some  instances  have  come  from  persons  who  on 
other  subjects  are  well-informed,  are  of  a  threefold  character. 


OBJECTIONS   ANSWERED.  387 

1.  That  the  current  goes  around  the  nerve-centres,  and  not  through 
ihem.  This  objection  is  fully  met  by  the  experiments  recorded  in 
Electro-Physiology,  pp.   173-176. 

2.  That  Ave  do  not  completely  understand  what  the  current  does 
when  it  penetrates  the  nerve-centres — in  other  words,  the  rationale  of 
the  effect  of  electricity  on  nutrition  is  not  yet  an  exact  science.  This 
objection  is  just  enough,  considered  as  a  fact,  but  considered  as  an  ar- 
gument, it  attempts  to  prove  too  much.  By  referring  to  Electro-Physi- 
ology we  shall  see  that  there  are  few,  if  any  remedies,  the  action  of 
which  is  as  well  understood  as  electricity.  We  do  not  exactly  and  ex- 
haustively know  its  action  on  the  nerve-centres,  neither  do  we  exactly 
and  exhaustively  know  its  action  on  the  peripheral  muscles  and  nerves, 
and  if  this  objection  is  to  hold  good  against  galvanization  of  the  nerve- 
centres,  it  must  also  hold  good  against  all  peripheral  galvanization  and 
faradization, 

3.  That  it  is  dangerous  to  apply  the  galvanic  current  through  the 
head  and  neck. 

Dr.  Anstie,  who  is  a  very  strong  friend  of  electro-therapeutics  in 
general,  in  his  excellent  work  on  neuralgia,  speaks  of  galvanization  of 
the  cervical  sympathetic  as  a  method  to  be  either  avoided  or  used  with 
very  great  caution,  and,  in  support  of  this  view,  adduces  a  case  in  his 
own  practice.  In  a  review  of  Tibbetts's  little  "  Hand-book  of  Medical 
Electricity,"  Dr.  Anstie  repeats  this  caution,  and  expresses  apprehen- 
sion lest  great  injury  may  follow  the  use  of  this  method  of  treatment. 
The  error  of  Dr.  Anstie  consists,  not  in  enjoining  caution,  since  this  is 
needed  in  all  electrical  applications,  but  in  suggesting  the  idea  that  gal- 
vanization of  the  cervical  sympathetic  is  a  dangerous  procedure,  likely 
to  produce  serious  results.  Quite  recently  Dr.  Brown-Sequard,  in  a 
foot-note  to  one  of  his  series  of  very  able  papers,  speaks  as  follows  : 

"  Recently,  some  bold  physicians  have  tried  to  galvanize  the  cervical 
sympathetic  nerve.  This  I  did  once  in  1855  on  my  eminent  friend 
Prof.  Ch.  Rouget,  to  try  to  relieve  him  from  a  most  violent  headache. 

"  The  effect  was  all  we  could  desire  against  the  headache  ;  but  the 
galvanic  current,  acting  at  the  same  time  on  the  sympathetic  and  the 
vagus  (the  simultaneous  excitation  of  these  two  nerves  cannot  be 
avoided),  produced  such  a  dangerous  syncope,  that  I  promised  myself 
that  I  would  never  try  again  to  apply  galvanism  to  the  cervical  sympa- 
thetic of  man."* 

The  best  reply  to  objections  of  this  nature,  coming  from  men  who 

*  Archives  of  Scientific  and  Practical  Medicine,  p.  92,  No,  i,  1873, 


388  CENTRAL   GALVANIZATION. 

are  justly  distinguished  in  the  departments  to  which  their  lives  are  de 
voted,  is  found  in  the  argiimentum  ad  hominem. 

Dr.  Anstie  highly  recommends  hypodermic  injections  of  morphine  in 
neuralgia. 

If,  now,  we  should  say  to  him  that  we  knew  of  a  case  where  an  injec- 
tion of  morphine  had  almost  instantly  caused  most  alarming  symptoms, 
and  of  another  case  where  it  had  apparently  caused  death,  consequently 
we  had  resolved  never  again  to  use  that  method  of  treatment,  he  would 
reply  that  hypodermic  injections  had  been  tested  for  years  at  the  hands 
of  many  of  the  best  physicians  of  our  time ;  that  those  who  are  most 
familiar  with  them  are  usually  the  most  attached  to  them ;  and  that, 
when  properly  administered  with  the  caution  that  all  potent  remedial 
measures  demand,  and  the  skill  that  only  experience  can  give,  they 
need  seldom  or  never  do  serious  harm  ;  and  that  the  infinitely  small 
chance  of  their  doing  harm,  when  thus  properly  used,  is  so  far  over- 
shadowed, by  the  infinite  relief  which  they  unquestionably  do  aff"ord,  as 
to  be  hardly  worthy  of  consideration  in  the  practice  of  those  who  have 
made  themselves  familiar  with  their  administration. 

Dr.  Brown-Sequard  has,  among  very  many  other  researches,  deserved 
well  of  the  profession  for  having  given  an  explanation  of  the  action  of 
ergot  on  unstriped  muscular  fibre,  and  for  having,  on  the  basis  of  this 
explanation,  suggested  the  value  of  that  remedy  in  congestion  of  the 
spinal  cord. 

If,  now,  we  should  say  to  him  that  there  are  cases  where,  with 
well-defined  symptoms  of  hyperaemia  of  the  cord,  ergot  at  once  aggra- 
vates the  symptoms,  we  should  but  state  the  truth  of  our  experience. 
He  could  reply,  however,  with  perfect  justice,  that  just  as  there  are  those 
in  whom  a  single  strawberry  will  cause  most  disagreeable  symptoms,  or 
those  to  whom  a  mouthful  of  mutton  is  a  mouthful  of  poison,  just  so 
there  are  those  who,  whatever  their  disease  may  be,  cannot  bear  ergot ; 
but  that,  when  wisely  used  by  those  who  know  what  they  are  about,  it 
is  a  remedy  of  vast  and  various  efficacy. 

For  hypodermic  injections  of  ergot,  substitute  galvanization  of  the 
cervical  sympathetic,  and  our  reply  is  complete.  There  are  those  to 
whom  electricity,  however  administered,  is  a  perfect  poison,  and  who 
were  not  born  to  be  treated  by  this  most  potent  of  remedial  agents. 
There  are  those  who  can  bear  it  in  well-nigh  limitless  doses. 

There  are  those  who  can  bear  it  and  who  are  benefited  by  it,  but  only 
when  given  with  delicacy  and  great  caution.  Now,  it  is  possible  to 
galvanize  the  cervical  sympathetic  in  all  three  classes,  except  the  first, 
without  doing  any  serious  injury,  permanent  or  temporary.    Even  those 


OBJECTIONS   ANSWERED.  389 

who  are  the  most  susceptible  to  electricity^  for  whom  this  force  can  nevet 
be  beneficial,  can  yet  be  treated  by  the  method  of  central  galvanization^ 
with  very  mild  currents  and  short  sittings,  and  a  rheostat  of  some  kina 
to  avoid  ititerriipting  the  current,  without  any  perrtianent  or  te?nporary 
injury. 

All  our  most  potent  remedies  are  dangerous  when  used  dangerously 
4-  That  the  cases  which  have  been  treated  by  galvanization  of  the 
brain  have  been  so  carelessly  and  unscientifically  studied,  and  so  reck- 
lessly reported,  that  they  have  no  scientific  value.  Dr.  Cyon,  in  par- 
ticular, declares  that  the  observations  that  are  given  as  proofs  of  the 
curative  effects  of  galvanizing  the  brain  are  valueless.  This  statement 
is  unfair.  What  is  true  of  certain  electro-therapeutists  is  not  true  of 
all.  The  therapeutics  of  galvanization  of  the  brain  have  been  studied 
by  men  who  have  been  trained  to  the  habit  of  close  and  discriminating 
observation ;  who  recognize  and  bear  constantly  in  mind  the  enormous 
complications  that  beset  all  therapeutics  ;  who  have  worked  under  the 
gaze  of  watchful  skeptics,  and  with  the  everlasting  motto,  post  hoc  ergo 
propter  hoc,  incessantly  ringing  in  their  ears ;  men,  too,  who  have  car- 
ried conscience  into  science,  and  have  reported  the  results  to  the  world 
just  as  they  were  revealed  to  them. 

It  is  of  very  little  practical  consequence  whether  these  effects  are  due 
to  the  direct  passage  of  the  current  through  the  brain  or  to  the  reflex 
action  of  the  current  on  the  brain  through  the  sensory  nerves.  Reflex 
action  comes  in  to  explain  the  therapeutic  effects  of  electricity,  however 
and  wherever  applied.  Granting  for  one  moment,  what  is  not  true, 
that  mild  currents  cannot  penetrate  the  brain,  this  would  be  no  reason 
whatever  for  abandoning  the  electrical  treatment  of  the  brain  so  long 
as  experience  shows  that  benefit  is  derived  thereby. 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

THE    USE    OF    FRANKLINIC    OR    STATIC    ELECTRICITY. 

The  two  great  obstacles  to  the  use  and  popularization  of  Franklinic 
electricity  have  been  :  i,  That  the  necessary  apparatus  were  bulky 
and  expensive  ;  2,  That  they  were  more  or  less  dependent  upon 
atmospheric  conditions,  and  therefore  uncertain  in  their  action.  The 
first  of  these  objections  still  holds,  but  the  other  no  longer  exists. 

With  the  apparatus  to  be  described  we  are  able,  at  all  seasons  and 
in  all  kinds  of  weather,  to  obtain  this  form  of  electricity  in  sufficient 
quantity  for  therapeutic  purposes.  Notwithstanding  this,  however, 
there  is  one  disadvantage  under  which  we  occasionally  labor  in  the 
use  of  Franklinic  electricity,  and  this  is,  that  although  the  machine 
itself  works  well,  the  condition  of  the  external  atmosphere  is  such,  at 
certain  seasons,  that  the  stored  electricity  in  the  insulated  body  is 
abstracted  too  quickly.  It  is  mainly  in  the  months  of  July  and  August 
that  this  difficulty  occurs. 

Apparatus  for  Franklinization. — The  best  apparatus  for  the  gen- 
eration of  Franklinic  electricity  for  medical  purposes  is  the  Holtz 
machine.  This  contrivance,  although  a  great  advance  over  the  old- 
fashioned  cylinder  machine,  still  proved  inoperative  during  most  of  the 
summer  months  at  least,  and  frequently  ceased  to  act  for  awhile,  even 
in  winter. 

Vigoroux  has  recently  been  experimenting  in  this  direction  in 
Paris,  where  it  has  been  found  that  if  the  apparatus  is  covered  with  a 
tightly  fitting  glass  case,  in  which  is  placed  a  quantity  of  chloride  of 
calcium,  which  absorbs  all  the  moisture  of  the  air,  electricity  can  be 
generated  with  more  or  less  readiness  in  all  kinds  of  weather. 

The  attention  of  the  profession  in  this  country  was  first  called  to 
this  useful  contrivance  by  Dr.  W.  J.  Morton.*  The  machine  consists 
of  two  stationary  and  two  revolving  glass  plates,  giving  a  large  quan- 
tity, and  a  spark  of  eight  or  ten  inches. 

Formerly  but  a  single  revolving  plate  was  used,  which  yielded  a 

*  New  York  Medical  Record,  vol.  xix.,  No.  14. 


METHODS   OF   FRANKLINIZATION.  39I 

lower  tension  and  less  quantity  ;  now,  however,  machines  of  three,  and 
even  four,  revolving  plates  are  constructed,  and  any  amount  of  force 
can  be  readily  obtained. 

For  almost  all  practical  purposes  the  four-plate  apparatus  with  its 
stationary  wheels  twenty-four,  and  its  revolving  wheels  twenty-two 
inches  in  diameter  is  sufficient.     This  apparatus  is  represented  in  Fig, 


Fig.  100. 

100.  The  machine  may  be  operated  by  steam  or  water  motor,  or  by 
hand. 

Franklinization,  as  this  method  of  treatment  is  now  termed,  may  be 
given  in  several  ways,  each  differing  in  the  effect  produced. 

Insulation. — In  the  administration  of  Franklinic  electricity,  insula- 
tion is  the  first  step  taken,  and  to  this  end  the  patient  is  seated  upon 
a  platform  supported  by  glass  legs,  and  connected  by  a  brass  rod  with 
either  side  of  the  machine,  according  as  we  wish  to  give  a  positive  or 
a  negative  charge.     As  in  the  administration  of  dynamic  electricity,  so 


392     THE    USE   OF   FRANKLINIC    OR   STATIC   ELECTRICITY. 

in  the  treatment  by  Franklinic  electricity,  the  effect  produced  is  due 
to  what  is  termed  a  difference  of  potential.  In  hydrostatics  the  stand- 
ard level  of  our  measurement  is  the  sea,  and  in  electro-statics  the 
earth,  and  in  the  same  way  that  we  have  levels  above  and  below  the 
sea,  and  temperatures  above  and  below  zero,  so  we  have  potentials 
above  and  below  the  earth's  potential,  termed  respectively  positive  and 
negative  potentials.  In  treating  a  patient,  then,  by  insulation,  we 
simply  change  his  potential  to  a  higher  or  to  a  lower  one  than  that  of 
the  earth,  according  as  he  is  placed  in  communication  with  the  posi- 
tive or  negative  condenser.  To  use  a  homely  phrase,  the  electricity 
is,  as  it  were,  pumped  into  the  body,  and  its  silent  reception,  and  as 
silent  and  more  gradual  discharge  to  the  surrounding  atmosphere, 
produces  in  most  persons  effects  that  are  very  agreeable.  The  hair 
of  the  head  stands  out  in  all  directions,  accompanied  also  by  a  pleas- 
ant vibratory  sensation,  if  at  the  same  time  the  discharging  knobs  are 
brought  in  sufficiently  close  communication. 

The  pulse  may  be  slightly  accelerated  and  the  face  flushed,  while 
frequently  it  is  observed  that  a  slight  but  gentle  perspiration  appears. 

This  condition  may  be  kept  up  for  about  twenty  minutes,  or  until 
an  agreeable  feeling  of  drowsiness  is  experienced. 

If,  while  in  this  condition  of  insulation,  the  brass  rod  connecting  the 
insulating  stool  with  the  machine,  be  held  lightly  in  either  hand  of  the 
patient,  and  the  discharging  rods  brought  near  together  so  that  a  con- 
stant discharge  takes  place  between  them,  the  sensation  experienced 
by  the  patient  is  similar  to  that  resulting  from  ^  the  administration  of  a 
feeble  faradic  current. 

In  those  patients  who  are  especially  susceptible,  this  mild  and 
simple  method  of  treatment  is  frequently  of  much  value.  It  is  shghtly 
tonic  and  refreshing  in  its  action,  and  may  be  used  as  a  tentative 
method  before  proceeding  to  the  more  positive  and  effective  treatment 
of  the  spray,  sparks,  and  shocks,  or  the  general  surface  stimulation  that 
is  so  admirably  obtained  by  the  use  of  the  roller.  Usually  the  effects 
experienced  are  very  slight  indeed,  but  in  several  instances  I  have  ob- 
served some  curious  phenomena,  and  notably  in  one  of  my  cases 
where  the  patient  was  suffering  from  the  peculiar  sequelae  of  cerebro- 
spinal meningitis  described  elsewhere.  Treatment  by  insulation  was 
invariably  followed  by  an  overpowering  tendency  to  drowsiness,  which 
would  continue  for  half  an  hour  or  more. 

Franklinization  by  sparks  or  spray. — The  patient  being  in  the  con- 
dition of  insulation  just  described,  sparks  can  be  drawn  from  any  por- 
tion  of  the  body  by  the  near  approach  of  a  conducting  substance. 


METHODS   OF  FRANKLINIZATION. 


393 


Fig.  looa  represents  the  operator  in  the  act  of  drawing  sparks  from  the 
patient  seated  upon  the  insulating  stool. 

Brass  balls  of  various  sizes  (mounted  on  glass  handles,  held  by  the 
operator),  connected  by  a  brass  chain  with  the  ground,  or,  better  still, 
with  the  nearest  gas  or  water-pipe,  are  usually  employed.  Fig.  loo^ 
represents  the  ball  electrode  ordinarily  used. 

The  size  of  the  sparks  drawn  from  the  body  may  be  graduated  in  size 
and  length  ;  and  in  strength,  from  a  slight  tingle  to  the  sharp  impres- 
sion that  accompanies  a  large  spark  passing  through  several  inches  of 
intervening  air.     The  body  varies  much  in  its  susceptibility  to  electrical 


Fig.  looa. 

influences,  and  as  in  the  use  of  dynamic  electricity,  and  especially  the  in- 
duced form  of  it,  so  in  the  use  of  Franklinic  electricity  by  means  of  sparks, 
the  operator  should  subject  his  own  person  to  its  influences  until  he  is 
thoroughly  aware  in  what  regions  these  strong  sparks  are  not  disagree- 
able, and  in  what  regions  they  are  painful.  A  large  variety  of  electrodes 
besides  those  represented  in  the  accompanying  cuts  may  be  used ;  but 
aside  from  special  forms  for  the  ear,  mouth,  nose,  etc.,  the  ball  electrodes 
of  metal  and  of  hard  wood,  and  the  pointed  rod  for  the  spray  or  electric 
wind,  are,  as  a  rule,  sufficient.  It  is  unnecessary  for  the  patient  to  remove 
any  of  his  clothing,  as  the  sparks  pass  readily  tiirough  the  thickest  fabrics. 


394     THE   USE   OF   FRANKLINIC    OR   STATIC    ELECTRICITY. 


At  the  point  where  the  sparks  spring  from  the  skin  to  the  electrode 
a  whitish  spot  will  be  at  first  noticed,  and  in  some  cases  they  very 
closely  resemble  the  ordinary  urticarial  wheals  followed  by  erythematous 
blushes  which  soon  disappear.  When  in  place  of  around  ball,  a  pointed 
rod  (Fig.  loo^r)  is  brought  within  a  few  inches  of  an  insulated  body 
already  charged,  we  obtain  the  effect  called  the  electric  wind  or  spray. 
This  is  due  to  the  silent  discharge  of  the  electricity  that  has  accumu- 
lated in  the  insulated  body. 

The  air  is  agitated  between  the  electrode  and  the  body  of  the  patient, 
and  the  sensation  is  not  only  very  pleasant,  but  the  results  that  fol- 
low its  use  are  often  very  efficacious. 

General  Frajiklinization. — On  the  same  principle  that  we  apply  the 


Fig.  \o6b. 


Fig.  iooc. 


faradic  current  to  the  whole  surface  of  the  body,  calling  it  general 
faradization,  so  we  can  make  similar  use  of  the  franklinic  electricity, 
and  very  properly  apply  the  term  General  Franklinization. 

This  is  accomphshed  by  means  of  the  metaUic  roller  (Fig.  loo^, 
although  it  is  by  no  means  so  generally  effective,  and  it  is  certainly  far 
less  agreeable.  It  directly  excites  the  cutaneous  nerves,  and  has  also  a 
powerful  reflex  action.  When  the  roller  is  used  upon  the  bare  skin,  the 
conduction  is  so  perfect  that  no  sensation  is  appreciated.  It  is  only 
when  the  clothing  intervenes,  acting  possibly  as  a  sort  of  Leyden  jar, 
that  the  peculiar  pricking  sensation  is  observed.  It  is  needless  to  say 
that  to  obtain  the  best  therapeutic  effect  of  the  roller,  it  should  be 
applied  over  the  clothing. 


VALUE   OF   FRANKLINIC   ELECTRICITY.  394^^ 

Shocks  from  the  Ley  den  Jar. — These  are  produced  by  bringing  the 
body,  or  that  portion  of  it  upon  which  we  wish  to  operate,  in  the  cir- 
cuit between  the  outer  and  inner  coating.  A  shock  may  be  sent 
through  the  arms  and  chest  by  placing  one  hand  on  the  knob  connect- 
ing with  the  inner  coating  (containing  the  positive  electricity)  and  the 
other  hand  on  the  outer  coating  of  the  jar  containing  the  negative  elec- 
tricity. A  shock  may  be  sent  through  the  pelvis  by  applying  one  end 
of  a  branched  conductor,  connected  with  the  inner  coating,  to  the  back, 
and  applying  the  outer  coating  of  the  jar  against  the  hypogastric  region. 
In  the  same  way  the  electricity  from  the  Leyden  jar  may  be  localized 
in  any  part  of  the  body.  The  shock  is  a  violent  method  of  treatment 
and  is  not  usually  called  for. 

In  addition,  a  static  induction  current  (simultaneously  suggested  by 
Drs.  Morton*  and  Bartholowf)  can  be  obtained  from  a  Holtz  ap- 
paratus, and  this  has  been  suggested  as  a  substitute  for  faradic  elec- 
tricity. It  is  claimed  for  this  current  that  it  produces  maximum  muscular 
contractions  with  a  minimum  amount  of  pain,  and  that  the  response  is 
quicker  than  that  from  the  faradic  current.  As  for  the  first  claim,  it  is 
difficult  to  see  how  it  can  be  determined,  since  the  ordinary  faradic  cur- 
rent, from  the  single  coil  apparatus  especially,  need  seldom  call  forth 
pain  in  the  production  of  muscular  contractions.  As  to  the  alleged 
greater  quickness  of  response,  I  have  not  as  yet  been  able  to  satis- 
factorily form  an  opinion.  The  change  in  the  apparatus  for  the  pro- 
duction of  this  current  is  quickly  and  easily  effected,  and  for  the  pur- 
poses of  localized  electrization  it  is  useful.  For  general  faradization, 
however,  I  can  quite  confidently  assert  that  it  is  far  inferior  to  the  cur- 
rent produced  by  the  best  faradic  apparatus. 

From  franklinic  electricity  tonic  and  sedative  effects  of  a  very  in- 
teresting and  positive  nature  can  be  obtained  either  by  insulation,  by 
sparks,  or  the  use  of  the  roller.  Speaking  from  a  considerable  experi- 
ence with  this  form  of  electricity,  I  should  say  that,  while  its  constitu- 
tional tonic  effects  are  unequal  to  those  that  follow  general  faradization, 
when  this  method  is  carried  out  properly,  with  due  attention  to  detail, 
yet,  as  an  adjunct  or  supplement,  it  is  invaluable.  It  is  one  of  the 
familiar  things  in  medicine  that  a  remedy  which  at  first  acts  well  may, 
after  a  time,  prove  inefficacious,  rendering  it  necessary  to  resort  to  some 
other  remedy  of  the  same  class.  This  is  true  in  regard  to  the  dynamic 
and  static  forms  of  electricity.  Occasionally  cases  of  nervous  exhaus- 
tion, as  well  as  other  forms  of  disease,  after  improving  to  a  certain 

*  New  York  Medical  Record,  April  2,  1881. 
f  Manual  on  Medical  Electricity,  1881. 


394*^     THE   USE   OF   FRANKLINIC    OR   STATIC   ELECTRICITY. 

point,  under  the  influence  of  galvanism  or  faradism,  hang  fire,  as  it  were, 
but  by  submitting  the  patient  to  the  action  of  franklinization  a  new  im- 
pulse seems  to  be  given.  In  this  way,  one  treatment  supplementing 
and  re-enforcing  the  others,  results  are  obtained  far  more  satisfactory 
than  could  possibly  follow  the  exclusive  use  of  general  or  localized 
faradization,  central  galvanization,  or  franklinization.  Pain  is  sometimes 
relieved  by  franklinization  after  both  galvanism  and  faradism  have 
failed,  but  this  is  not  the  rule.  The  pain  of  muscular  rheumatism, 
however,  is  relieved  by  this  method  sooner  and  more  effectually  than 
by  the  others.  For  this  purpose,  the  treatment  by  the  roller,  which 
exercises  a  generally  stimulating  effect  over  a  broad  surface,  is  supe- 
rior to  the  treatment  by  sparks. 

In  the  various  forms  of  true  neuralgia,  franklinism  is  not  comparable 
in  power  to  galvanism.  The  pain  that  the  former  is  frequently  so  suc- 
cessful in  subduing  is  generally  of  a  chronic  character,  confined  to  no 
special  nerve-trunks,  dull  and  aching  in  character,  and  with  no  tender- 
ness on  pressure.  In  these  cases  I  have  long  known  that  faradism 
was  superior  to  galvanism,  but  more  recent  experience  has  convinced 
me  that  franklinization  is  more  efficacious  than  either.  In  the  enlarged 
joints  of  subacute  and  chronic  rheumatism,  and  to  excite  the  process 
of  absorption  in  chronic  synovitis,  the  treatment  by  sparks  is  frequently 
more  efficacious  than  either  faradization  or  galvanization.  In  old  con- 
tractions, and  in  cutaneous  anaesthesia,  franklinization  frequently  pos- 
sesses advantages  over  the  others. 

In  locomotor  ataxia,  and  in  systemic  diseases  of  the  spinal  cord  in 
general,  it  is  rendered  probable  by  a  number  of  suggestive  cases  that 
much  more  can  be  accomplished  by  the  use  of  franklinic  than  by  dy- 
namic electricity. 

In  electro-diagnosis  franklinic  electricity  is  of  but  limited  value, 
those  qualitative  and  quantitative  changes  which  are  so  important  as 
indicating  structural  degeneration,  being  satisfactorily  produced  only 
through  the  action  of  the  two  forms  of  dynamic  electricity. 

Valuable  as  is  franklinic  electricity,  it  has  a  more  limited  range  of 
usefulness  than  dynamic,  and  the  more  strongly  this  fact  is  impressed 
on  the  professional  mind  the  better.  He  who  begins  with  franklinism 
the  study  and  practice  of  medical  electricity,  begins  at  the  wrong  end. 
Let  him  first  master  dynamic  electricity,  and  then  supplement  his 
knowledge  and  experience  in  this  direction  by  franklinism.  The  differen- 
tial indications  for  the  use  of  galvanism,  faradism,  and  franklinism,  may 
well  demand  the  closest  scrutiny,  for  on  the  accuracy  with  which  we  esti- 
mate these  indications  will  largely  depend  the  success  of  our  efforts. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

ELECTRIC   BATHS. 

A  METHOD  of  employing  electricity  that  has  long  been  populai  among 
the  laity,  though  it  is  not  yet  fully  introduced  into  science,  is  the  electric 
bath.  The  methods  of  giving  electric  baths  are  various.  The  requisites 
are  a  bathing  tub  of  some  foriii,  partly  filled  with  water,  contrivances 
for  sending  the  current — either  faradic  or  galvanic — through  the  water  in 
which  the  patient  is  immersed.  An  electric  bath  can  be  extemporized 
in  any  ordinary  bath-tub.  The  patient  may  rest  his  feet  on  one  pole  in 
the  water  and  hold  the  other  pole  in  his  hand.  In  that  position  the 
body  of  the  patient  becomes  part  of  one  or  the  other  pole,  and  the  cur- 
rent flows  through  him  from  one  pole  to  the  other,  just  as  it  would  if 
there  were  no  water  in  the  bath ;  or  at  most  the  only  effect  of  the  water 
is  to  thoroughly  saturate  the  part  of  the  body  in  contact  with  the  pole 
in  the  bath.  This  method  is,  of  course,  exceedingly  crude,  and  can 
scarcely  have  any  conceivable  advantage  over  a  similar  position  of  the 
poles  outside  of  the  bath,  and  yet  it  has  been  not  a  little  used. 

Mr.  Russell  uses  the  following  form  of  electric  bath.  The  tub  is 
of  the  ordinary  shape,  but  the  metallic  connections  are  so  made  that 
the  current  cannot  avoid  passing  through  the  body  of  the  patient.  One 
pole — a  broad  copper  plate — is  at  one  end  of  the  tub,  constituting  a 
part  of  its  lining  surface,  and  the  other  pole — also  a  broad  metallic  plate 
— is  placed  at  the  other  end.  Both  plates  are  under  the  water.  At 
the  head  of  the  tub  a  board  is  placed,  at  a  little  distance  from  the  pole. 
This  board  has  in  it  a  slit  of  moderate  size.  Against  this  slit  rests  the 
back  of  the  patient,  while  his  feet  may  or  may  not  press  against  the 
copper  plate  at  the  other  end  of  the  tub.  By  this  arrangement  the  cur- 
rent can  be  directed  through  the  back  of  the  patient,  and  from  the  back 
through  the  body  and  lower  limbs.  Indeed,  the  back  of  the  patient  fits 
so  closely  and  snugly  into  the  slit  of  the  wooden  rest,  that  the  current, 
if  it  pass  at  all,  must  go  through  the  body. 

In  regard  to  the  electro-conductibility  of  the  body  as  compared  with 
water,  we  have  already  spoken.  The  human  body  is  composed  mostl> 
of  water,  holding  in  solution  various  salts  ;  it,  therefore,  conducts  bet 


396 


ELECTRIC   BATHS, 


ter  than  water  of  the  same  temperature ;  and  on  account  of  this  superioi 
conductivity  of  the  living  human  tissue  a  considerable  portion  of  elec- 
tricity must  go  through  the  body  whenever  it  lies  in  a  bath,  even  though 
it  does  not  touch  either  pole.  That  the  body  conducts  better  than  the 
water  is  proved  by  this  experiment,  which  we  have  often  made.  Place 
both  hands,  at  some  distance  apart,  in  a  bath  through  which  a  current 
of  considerable  strength  is  running,  and  a  sensation  will  be  distinctly 
felt  in  them.  Bring  the  hands,  still  immersed,  very  close  to  each  other, 
and  the  sensation  will  be  much  diminished.  When  the  hands  are  far 
apart  a  considerable  portion  of  the  current  passes  through  the  body  from 
one  hand  to  the  other.  It  prefers  this  much  longer  and  roundabout 
road  to  the  direct  path  through  the  wat,er. 


Fig.  lor. 
Electiic  Bath. 


In  the  arrangement  that  Russell  uses  (Fig.  loi),  if  the  patient  presses 
his  feet  against  the  copper  plate  at  the  lower  end  of  the  tub,  his  body 
becomes  a  part  of  the  pole  that  is  attached  to  that  plate,  be  it  positive 
or  negative. 

Dr.  Justin  Hayes,  of  Chicago,  has  a  somewhat  different  form  of  elec- 
tric bath.  In  the  sides  of  the  tub  and  near  the  bottom  are  a  number  of 
electrodes  connected  with  the  battery.  These  electrodes  are  so  arranged 
that  the  current  can  be  sent  through  any  one  or  all  of  them,  and  thus  be 
localized  on  the  part  that  specially  needs  treatment. 

This  method  of  using  electricity,  which  is  called  the  electro-thermal 
treatment,  is  carried  out  by  Dr.  A.  P.  Peck,  of  Chicago,  who  has  ob- 
tained excellent  results  from  its  employment. 

The  study  of  the  comparative  practical  advantages  of  these  different 
forms  of  baths  is  of  course  beset  by  many  complications. 


EFFECTS.  397 

Effects  of  the  Electric  Bath. — In  regard  to  the  therapeutic  effects 
of  the  electric  bath,  we  have  these  remarks  to  offer : 

1.  The  stimulating,  sedative,  and  tonic  effects  of  electricity  are  ob- 
tained more  or  less  by  all  forms  of  electric  baths ;  not  only  those 
where  the  current  is  localized  in  some  part  of  the  body,  but  those  where 
it  is  generally  diffused  without  regard  to  localization  and  without  re- 
gard to  current  direction,  exert,  there  is  no  question,  more  or  less  the 
special  and  distinctive  physiological  and  therapeutical  effects  of  elec- 
tricity. Those  forms  of  baths  that  admit  of  localization  of  the  current 
seem  to  us  to  be  far  more  scientific  and  rational  than  those  that  do 
not  admit  of  such  localization,  but  all  forms  are  capable  of  affecting  the 
system,  for  electricity  cannot  pass  through  the  body  without  doing 
more  or  less  good  or  evil. 

2.  The  question  whether  electricity,  administered  in  any  of  the  forms 
of  baths  yet  devised,  has  any  therapeutical  advantage  over  the  ordinary 
methods  of  using  electricity — as  localized  faradization  and  galvanization, 
general  faradization  and  central  galvanization — has  not  yet  been  estab- 
lished. Even  if  it  should  be  proved  that  in  certain  diseases  or  certain 
conditions  the  electric  baths  are  slightly  superior  to  ordinary  electriza- 
tion, the  further  question  would  still  arise  whether  this  advantage  is 
sufficient  to  compensate  for  the  longer  time  and  greater  labor  and  in- 
convenience of  the  baths.  The  question  is  one  of  exceeding  complexity 
— for  the  therapeutical  effect  of  the  water  is  combined  with  the  thera- 
j)eutic  effect  of  the  electricity,  and  to  eliminate  the  one  or  the  other 
is  no  easy  task.  Enthusiastic  advocates  of  the  baths  sometimes  make 
the  same  mistakes  as  the  advocates  of  Franklinization,  or  the  use  of  stati- 
cal electricity,  of  assuming  that  the  results  which  they  undeniably  obtain, 
and  which  are  sometimes  most  satisfactory,  could  not  just  as  well  have 
been  obtained  by  a  proper  use  of  electricity  in  some  of  the  ordinary 
methods. 

It  is  claimed  that  the  baths  will  be  borne  by  temperaments  that  will 
not  bear  ordinary  electricity.  This  claim  may  possibly  be  just,  and 
yet  the  difficulty  of  demonstrating  it  is  very  great ;  for  those  who  take 
the  baths  and  are  benefited  by  them  may  most  likely  have  been  im- 
properly treated  by  the  other  methods,  and  thus  fall  into  the  delusion  that 
the  baths  are  per  se  more  bearable  than  ordinary  electrization. 

The  true  and  only  way  to  determine  this  question  is  for  those  who  are 
masters  in  electrology  to  try  the  baths,  side  by  side  with  their  other 
methods  of  using  electricity  ;  just  as  they  try  the  two  currents  and  the 
different  methods  of  using  them  on  the  same  patients  and  on  diffeient 
patients,  and  in  a  wide  variety  of  diseases.  Observations  of  this  kind, 
28 


398  ELECTRIC   BATHS. 

to  be  of  real  value,  must  be  not  only  numerous,  but  extended  over  a  long 
period. 

The  question  whether  substances  can  be  introduced  into  the  body  or 
removed  from  it  by  electricity,  will  be  discussed  in  the  section  on 
electro-surgery. 

Genej'al  Rules  for  giving  Electric  Baths. — In  the  use  of  electric  baths 
we  should  be  guided  by  some  of  the  same  general  principles  that  guide 
us  in  the  use  of  electricity  by  other  methods.  The  temperament  of  the 
patient  should  be  studied,  and  in  the  length  and  strength  of  the  baths 
and  in  the  frequency  with  which  they  are  given  we  should  be  directed 
by  the  peculiarities  of  each  case. 

It  is  not  well  to  take  an  electric  bath  just  after  a  full  meal,  nor  is  it 
usually  well  to  take  exhausting  exercise  immediately  after  a  bath,  espe- 
cially for  the  delicate  and  nervous.  The  temperature  of  the  water 
should  be  about  that  of  the  body,  and  may  range  between  95  and  105° 
Fahrenheit.  The  patient  may  remain  in  the  water  from  5  to  25  min- 
utes. There  appears  to  be  no  danger  of  catching  cold  after  taking  an 
electric  bath,  even  when  the  water  is  quite  warm.  One  effect  of  the 
electricity  would  appear  to  be  to  give  tone  to  the  cutaneous  vessels,  so 
that  there  is  less  liability  to  take  cold  than  after  a  simple  warm  bath. 


CHAPTER  XV. 


HYSTERIA   AND   ALLIED   AFFECTIONS. 


Under  this  head  we  include  hysteria,  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  that 
term ;  neurasthenia,  or  nervous  exhaustion ;  hypochondriasis  and  mel- 
anchoHa ;  spinal  irritation,  with  the  manifold  symptoms  with  which  it 
is  associated ;  insomnia  ;  and  astraphobia,  or  fear  of  lightning. 

We  give  hysteria  and  allied  affections  a  prominent  position  in  the 
clinical  portion  of  this  work,  because  it  is  a  class  of  diseases  for  which 
electrical  treatment  is  especially  adapted,  and  in  which  its  success  is 
most  remarkable.  This  fact  is  not  generally  appreciated,  for  the  reason 
that  the  profession  have  looked  upon  electricity  as  a  stimulant  merely, 
and  have  not  fully  recognized  its  sedative  and  tonic  properties,  and 
hence  have  confined  their  attention  largely  to  paralysis,  as  the  one  dis- 
ease above  all  others  to  be  treated  by  this  agent. 

Electro-diagnosis. — Usually,  though  not  necessarily,  there  is  exces- 
sive sensitiveness  to  the  electric  current  in  all  parts  of  the  body.  Pa- 
tients sometimes  can  bear  only  the  mildest  currents.  In  some  cases 
even  a  mild  current  will  not  be  borne  on  the  middle  of  the  back,  which, 
in  health,  is  usually  so  little  sensitive.  Reflex  sensations  may  be  ob« 
served  during  electrization  of  hysterical  patients.  Irritation  of  the  dis- 
eased side  of  the  body  may  be  sensitively  felt  in  the  healthy  side. 
Sometimes  there  is  capacity  for  bearing  very  strong  currents  without 
injury,  even  when  there  is  great  hyperesthesia.  The  electro-diagnosis 
of  hysterical  paralysis  will  be  presented  under  that  disease. 

Treatment. — Hysteria  is  a  constitutional  disease,  and  demands  con- 
stitutional treatment.  To  attempt  to  chase  after  and  direct  the  appli- 
cation of  electricity  to  each  special  symptom  as  it  appears,  is  unphilo- 
sophical  and  usually  unsuccessful.  General  faradization  and  central 
galvanization  are  methods  of  electrization  that  are  indicated  for  hysteria. 
Under  whatever  symptoms  it  may  be  developed,  our  chief  and  best 
results  have  been  obtained  by  these  methods.  This  general  treatment 
does  not,  of  course,  dispense  with  localized  electrization  of  paralyzed 
muscles,   or  special   attention  to   any  localities  where  the  disease  is 


400  HYSTERIA   AND   ALLIED   AFFECTIONS. 

for  the  time  directed.  Diseases  of  the  sexual  organs,  hysterical  hie 
cough  or  cough,  aphonia,  or  incontinence  of  urine,  may  sometimes 
need  localized  electrization  ;  but  these  symptoms  frequently  yield  under 
general  faradization  or  central  galvanization,  even  when  no  special 
attention  is  given  to  the  diseased  parts.  In  nearly  all  cases,  except, 
perhaps,  long-standing  paralysis,  it  is  much  better  to  dispense  with  the 
local  than  the  general  treatment.  There  are  cases,  however,  in  which 
the  symptoms  of  rigid  contractions  of  certain  muscles  are  most  persistent 
and  painful  in  character.  In  such  conditions  of  the  affected  muscles 
galvanization  should  never  be  omitted.  In  cases  of  extreme  hyper- 
aesthesia  it  may  be  necessary,  as  Benedikt  advises,  to  place  the  patient 
under  the  influence  of  an  anaesthetic  while  the  application  is  made. 
Strong  currents  do  not  appear  to  be  injurious  in  such  cases. 

Prognosis. — The  behavior  of  hysteria  under  electrization  is  as  capri- 
cious and  inconsistent  as  are  its  symptoms.  Some  cases  yield  to  gen- 
eral electrization  with  wonderful  rapidity  ;  others,  apparently  no  worse, 
are  singularly  obstinate.  On  the  average,  the  prognosis  is  so  favorable 
that  no  case  should  be  abandoned  without  a  fair  trial  of  this  method  of 
treatment.  Under  peripheral  electrization  the  results  are  usually  un- 
satisfactory, since  the  relief  of  the  local  symptom  is  by  no  means  a  cure 
of  the  morbid  constitutional  condition. 


Violent  hysterical  symptoms  dependent  on  suppressed  menstruation  alleviated  by  two 

seances  of  general  faradization  and  localized  galvanization. 

Case  I. —  A  most  violent  and  persistent  case  of  hysteria,  in  the  person  of  a  married 
lady,  aged  40,  came  under  our  observation  through  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Oliver  White. 
The  patient  was  in  bed,  suffering  from  violent  paroxysms  of  alternate  weeping  and 
screaming.  The  hands  and  feet  were  cold,  the  pulse  feeble,  and  the  pain  in  the  head 
was  constant,  and  of  the  most  severe  character. 

These  symptoms  had  continued  for  nearly  forty-eight  hours,  and  in  order  to  avert 
serious  consequences  it  seemed  as  if  in  some  way  relief  must  soon  be  afforded.  The 
menstrual  period  was  delayed  nearly  two  weeks,  and  to  this  circumstance  it  was 
possible,  in  part,  to  attribute  the  attack.  The  patient  was  submitted  to  thorough 
general  faradization,  and  immediately  after  a  galvanic  current  from  eight  cells  was 
as  nearly  as  possible  localized  in  the  uterus.  These  efforts  were  followed  by  decided 
alleviation  of  the  symptoms,  and  a  tolerably  quiet  night  was  the  result.  The  menses, 
however,  did  not  appear,  and  on  the  following  night  we  gave  again  the  same  treat- 
ment, slightly  increasing  the  tension  of  the  galvanic  current.  Before  morning  men- 
struation became  manifest,  and  there  was  no  further  evidence  of  nervous  disturb- 
ance. 

Nearly  a  year  subsequently  this  patient  experienced  another  attack  of  like  charac- 
ter, and  substantially  the  same  treatment  again  relieved  her  completely  within  forty, 
eight  hours. 


CASES   OF   HYSTERIA.  4OI 

Hysteria  of  one  year' s  standing  in  a  married  lady,  following  parturition  ;  strange 
and  indefinite  sensatiofts  in  the  legs  ;  tickling,  crawling,  pricking,  waving,  beat- 
ing, pounding,  keavittg,  rolling  sensations  over  head  and  body  ;  imaginary  swell- 
ing of  the  body ;  fits  of  weeping  and  great  despondency — Rapid  and  decided 
iniproveinent  under  central  galvanization  with  strong  currents,  after  failure  of 
general  faradization — Cod-liver-oil  eitiulsion  and  couttter-irritation  tised  at  the 
same  time. 

Case  II. — Mrs.  B.,  a  married  lady,  with  two  cliildren,  was  referred  to  us  Novem- 
ber 5,  1872,  by  Dr.  Conkling,  of  Brooklyn. 

The  patient,  though  a  lady  of  unusual  intelligence  and  great  strength  of  will,  had 
for  nearly  a  year  been  a  victim  to  many  of  the  worst  symjitoms  of  hysteria.  The 
symptoms  appeared  ten  days  after  the  birth  of  her  second  child ;  up  to  that  time  her 
health  had  been  almost  perfect.  She  came  from  a  family  in  whom  there  was  some 
tendency  to  consumption,  and  she  had  lost  two  sisters  by  that  disease.  A  short  time 
before  the  birth  of  her  second  child,  she  had  fallen  down  stairs  and  had  struck  on  the 
back  of  her  head.  The  query  arose  whether  that  might  not  have  had  something  to 
do  with  her  disease.  The  symptoms  came  on  in  the  night,  and  quite  suddenly.  She 
became  excessively  nervous,  almost  wild,  and  the  physician  was  sent  for  and  succeeded 
in  calming  her ;  then  followed  a  long  catalogue  of  woes.  On  the  top  of  the  head 
vifas  a  constant  sensation  of  shaking  or  agitation,  or  thrilling,  as  she  described  it,  and 
heaving,  rolling,  beating,  waving,  pounding  sensations  were  felt  in  the  head  and  over 
the  body.  There  had  been  many  attacks  of  weeping ;  at  all  times,  though  naturally 
hopeful,  she  was  cast  down,  and  imagined  she  did  not  love  as  she  should  one  of  her 
children.     The  general  nutrition,  as  usual  in  such  cases,  was  well  maintained. 

The  patient  had  tried,  with  great  thoroughness,  general  faradization  but  without 
substantial  service. 

We  used  on  her  mainly  central  galvanization,  combined  with  the  use  of  cod-liver- 
oil  emulsion,  and  mild  counter-irritation  over  the  tender  vertebras. 

The  patient,  with  all  her  nervousness,  bore  the  galvanic  current  in  enor?nous 
doses :  it  seemed  to  be  impossible  to  injure  her  by  over-electrization.  We  soon  found 
that  the  stronger  the  currents,  and  the  longer  the  applications,  the  greater  the  benefit. 
Even  through  the  brain  strong  currents,  now  and  then  interrupted,  did  no  harm. 
She  soon  began  to  improve,  and  continued  to  improve  not  only  during  the  three 
months  of  treatment,  but  subsequently,  and  there  was  in  this  improvement  a  consid- 
erable degree  of  permanency. 

In  the  above  case  there  were  facts  of  great  interest.  First,  the  ex- 
traordinary tolerance  in  a  highly  nervous  patient  of  the  galvanic  cur- 
rent ;  and  secondly,  the  supreme  advantage  of  central  galvanization 
over  general  faradization  in  severe  functional  diseases  of  the  central 
nervous  system. 

Hysterical  and  analogous  symptoms   are  both  associated  with  and 
dependent  upon  recognizable  uterine  disorders,  but  in  many  cases,  while 
these  symptoms  may  be  associated  with  and  aggravated  by  such  disor- 
ders, they  are  not  by  any  means  always  dependent  upon  them. 
26 


402  HYPOCHONDRIASIS. 

During  his  service  at  the  New  York  State  Woman's  Hospital  Dr.  Rock- 
well has  found  that  symptoms  of  excessive  nervousness,  etc.,  which  were 
supposed  to  be  merely  a  reflex  of  local  derangement,  have  frequently 
yielded  to  some  form  of  electrization,  before  any  manifest  change  has 
been  observed  in  the  condition  of  the  sexual  apparatus. 

Hypochondriasis  {Fathophobia)  and  Melancholia. — The  distinction 
between  hypochondriasis  and  melancholia  is  vital.  The  hypochondriac 
readily  appreciates  the  character  of  any  special  disease  from  which  he 
may  suffer,  but  he  has  a  most  exaggerated  conceptioia  of  its  importance 
and  of  its  probable  results.  He  talks  nuxch  of  his  symptoms,  and  un- 
ceasingly seeks  relief.  The  melancholic,  on  the  contrary,  possibly  suffers 
from  no  appreciable  disease  ;  or  if  any  evident  structural  or  functional 
trouble  exists  aside  from  the  recognized  mental  perversion,  it  is  un- 
heeded. As  Maudsley  expresses  it,  "  the  former  committing  a  murder 
would  certainly  be  hanged,  the  latter  probably  not."  The  tendency 
of  the  melancholic  is  frequently  to  suicide — the  hypochondriac  clings  to 
life.  Intellectual  exertion  is  an  impossibility  for  the  melancholic ;  the 
hypochondriac,  on  the  contrary,  may  lead  the  highest  intellectual  life. 

The  one  suffers  from  such  perverted  habits  of  thought  and  feeling 
that  the  strongest  and  most  natural  affections  may  cease  to  exist ;  the 
other  retains  all  the  normal  warmth  of  feeling  towards  friends  and  rela- 
tives. 

Melancholia  is  a  more  advanced  phase  of  mental  perversion,  and  to 
this  advanced  and  more  serious  condition  hypochondriasis  not  unfre-  • 
quently  progresses. 

There  are  reasons  for  believing  that  the  sympathetic  nervous  system 
is  largely  at  fault  in  cases  of  hypochondriasis ;  and  that  if  not  demon- 
strably diseased  it  is  yet  the  medium  through  which  disease  of  the  other 
parts  reacts  on  the  brain,  and  produces  molecular  or  other  disturbance. 

The  two  leading  ideas  that  we  here  desire  to  impress  are,  firsf,  that 
hypochondriasis  is  just  as  truly  a  disease,  or,  more  strictly  speaking,  a 
symptom  of  disease,  as  dyspepsia,  insomnia,  chorea,  neuralgia,  paraly- 
sis, or  insanity,  and  should  be  treated  accordingly.  The  popular  method 
of  neglecting  hypochondriacs  altogether,  or  of  administering //^(r^i^(?j,  is 
not  scientific,  and,  except  in  rare  cases,  is  not  successful.  Secondly, 
hypochondriasis,  when  not  dependent  on  serious  lesions  of  the  central 
nervous  system,  is  susceptible  of  relief  and  of  positive  cure  under  the 
skilful  and  faithful  use  of  electricity.  Still  further,  we  believe — and 
the  results  of  our  own  cases  justify  the  belief — that  cerebral  disease  of  a 
more  pronounced  character  itself  may  be  relieved  by  electricity ;  and 
Hiat  that  terrible  form  of  hypochondriasis  which  is  the  precursor  of 


HYSTERIA   AND   ALLIED   AFFECTIONS.  403 

organic  cerebral  disease — the  vestibule  that  leads  to  the  dark  and 
gloomy  caverns  of  insanity — may  be  controlled  or  kept  at  bay  by  a  per- 
severing electrical  treatment.     (See  chapter  on  Insanity.) 

Treatment. — In  hypochondriasis,  general  faradization,  central  gal- 
vanization, and  galvanization  of  the  cervical  sympathetic,  are  indicated. 
We  have  obtained  good  results  from  all  methods,  though  most  of  our 
cases  were  treated  by  the  first  and  second. 

Hypochondriasis,  zuiih  impairment  of  the  functions  of  special  sense — Weakened 
memory — Sensory  symptoms  in  the  extremities,  with  some  loss  of  7notor  power,  the 
result  of  excessive  mental  activity,  and  dependent  in  part  on  slight  cerebral  congeS' 
lion — Improvement  under  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization — Rc' 
lapse. 

Case  III. — Mr.  M.,  an  actor  of  twenty  years'  standing,  was  placed  under  our  care 
by  Dr.  F.  L.  Harris.  The  patient  was  a  temperate  man,  and  so  far  as  his  profession 
permitted,  regular  in  all  his  habits ;  but  the  character  of  his  engagements  had  rendered 
it  necessary  for  him  to  exercise  his  memory  through  a  series  of  years  to  an  unusual, 
and  as  the  sequel  proved  to  a  most  injurious,  extent.  Two  months  prior  he  began  to 
observe  that  his  intellectual  powers  were  failing  him.  His  memory  became  so  im- 
paired and  his  thoughts  so  confused,  that  he  found  it  utterly  impossible  to  "commit  " 
anything  new,  or  to  recall  readily  certain  "parts"  that  had  been  long  pei-fectly 
familiar.  He  was  hypochondriacal  to  the  last  degree,  and  at  the  same  time  his  limbs 
became  weak,  and  he  complained  of  sensory  symptoms  in  the  tips  of  the  fingers,  much 
the  same  as  those  present  after  frostbite.  The  integrity  of  most  of  the  senses  was 
markedly  impaired.  Under  seances  of  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization 
the  annoying  sensory  symptoms  disappeared  ;  he  gained  entire  mastery  over  his  limbs, 
and  was  more  hopeful  and  happy  ;  his  strength  of  vision  became  neaidy  normal,  and 
when  we  last  saw  him  there  had  been  sufficient  improvement  in  his  intellectual  facul- 
ties to  enable  him  successfully  to  attempt  a  performance  on  the  stage.  We  learned 
that  during  an  attempt  to  perform  on  a  subsequent  occasion  he  became  quite  unable 
to  pursue  his  part,  and  was  led  off  the  stage.  This  was  sufficient  to  show  that  re- 
covery was  not  complete ;  as  to  his  condition  after  this  we  are  uninformed. 

Pathophobia — Improvement  under  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization. 
Case  IV. — A  very  favorable  result  was  obtained  in  the  person  of  a  young  man 
aged  25.  At  all  hours  of  the  day  he  was  annoyed  by  tinnitus  aurium,  and  what  to 
him  seemed  an  audible  voice  telling  him  of  evil  to  come.  We  submitted  him  to  gen- 
eral applications  of  a  powerful  faradic  current,  and  also  to  occasional  galvanization  of 
the  brain,  cord,  and  sympathetic.  Some  improvement  followed.  The  most  decided 
benefit  was,  however,  derived  from  the  method  of  galvano-faradization.  The  faradic 
current,  full  strength,  from  a  Kidder  apparatus,  and  at  the  same  time  the  galvanic 
current  from  fifteen  cells  of  Bunseii's  battery  were  passed  through  and  around  the 
body  by  the  method  of  general  electrization.  Improvement  was  now  remarkably 
rapid.  In  the  course  of  half  a  dozen  applications  every  unpleasant  symptom  disap- 
peared, and  the  patient  has  since  remained  perfectly  free  from  any  evidence  of  theii 
return. 


404  HYSTERIA   AND   ALLIED   AFFECTIONS. 

Melancholia  of  two  years'  standing  in  a  young  married  lady — Complete  recovery 
uttder  central  galvanization  after  failure  of  persistent  internal  medication 
and  general  faradization. 

Case  V. — Mrs.  Y.,  a  married  woman,  aged  twenty-five,  came  first  under  our  ob- 
servation October  8,  1 87 1,  in  the  seventh  month  of  her  pregnancy.  Her  mental 
condition  was  lamentable  in  the  extreme.  There  was  chiefly  a  perversion  of  the  whole 
habit  or  manner  of  feeling,  such  as  so  frequently  follows  actual  intellectual  derange- 
ment. She  confessed  and  bewailed  her  want  of  interest  in  or  love  for  those  who 
were  nearest  to  her,  and  evidently  suffered  most  intensely  from  a  profound  feeling  of 
depression  and  misery — a  vast  and  formless  idea  of  utter  desolation.  The  patient 
appreciated  her  condition,  would  reason  concerning'  it,  and  acknowledge  that  there 
was  nothing  real  to  which  she  could  point  as  a  cause  of  her  misery. 

These  wretched  feelings  were  not  altogether  new,  but  for  over  two  years  had  in  a 
modified  form  annoyed  her  considerably.  Bitten  slightly  by  a  favorite  dog,  she 
merged  immediately  into  a  condition  that  may  be  called  hypochondriacal  melancho- 
lia, with  an  exaggerated  notion  of  the  danger  she  had  incun-ed.  She  had  been  treated 
persistently  but  without  avail,  and  as  a  dernier  ressort  general  faradization  was  at- 
tempted. It  utterly  failed  in  its  effects,  and  in  good  faith  the  patient  was  encouraged 
to  hope  that  with  her  delivery  her  mental  balance  would  return.  The  child  was 
born,  and  three  months  subsequently  I  was  again  called  to  see  the  mother,  only  to 
find  her  condition  more  aggravated  than  at  any  previous  time.  We  now  resolved  to 
make  use  of  central  galvanization,  and  employed  a  current  from  six  ordinary-sized 
zinc  carbon-cells,  with  a  sitting  of  four  minutes.  The  patient  was  not  at  all  im- 
proved by  the  seance,  but  seemed,  if  anything,  slightly  more  sensitive  to  external 
impressions. 

In  a  couple  of  days  the  same  application  was  again  tried,  with  the  evident  result  of 
decidedly  exciting  her  mind.  A  third  effort  was  made  with  but  three  cells,  from  which 
the  current  was  just  sufficient  in  tension  to  call  into  action  the  sense  of  taste.  From 
this  trial  the  patient  experienced  undoubted  relief,  and  at  intervals  of  a  day  the  ap- 
plication, without  being  varied  excepting  in  the  length  of  the  seance,  was  repeated  for 
some  two  months.  Although  during  the  treatment  two  or  three  slight  relapses  oc- 
curred, yet  on  the  whole  the  improvement  was  steady  and  satisfactory,  and  at  the 
close  of  the  "  central  "  treatment,  when  she  was  placed  entirely  in  the  care  of  Dr. 
William  J.  Donor  for  uterine  difficulty,  her  recovery  was  complete. 

Neurasthenia.  *  or  Nervous  Exha7istio7i. — The  derivation  of  the  term 
neurasthenia  is  sufficiently  obvious.  It  comes  from  the  Greek  word 
^/e^)pov,  a  nerve  ;  a,  privative  ;  and  adevo?,  strength  ;  and  therefore,  being 
Hterally  interpreted,  signifies  want  of  strength  in  the  nerve.  Under  the 
name  of  general  debility,  it  is  a  condition  sufficiently  famiHar  to  every 
practising  physician,  and  too  frequently  resists  most  obstinately  all  forms 
of  internal  medication.  It  is  not  to  be  confounded  with  anaemia, 
though  it  may  be  associated  with  it. 

The  one  principle  on  which  neurasthenia  is  to  be  treated  is  by  the 
concentration  of  all  possible  tonic  influence  on  the  nervous  system — • 
air,  sunlight,  water,  food,  rest,  diversion,  muscular  exercise,  and  the  in 
*  See  monograph  on  this  subject,  by  Dr.  Beard. 


NEURASTHENIA.  40$ 

ternal  administration  of  those  remedies,  such  as  strychnine,  phosphorus, 
arsenic,  etc.,  which  directly  affect  the  central  nervous  system. 

Electrical  Treatment. — General  faradization  and  central  galvanization 
as  an  adjuvant  to  relieve  more  directly  the  symptoms  of  insomnia,  head- 
ache, etc.,  which  are  so  frequently  associated  with  neurasthenia  or  after 
general  faradization  has  failed. 

The  prognosis  is  usually  more  or  less  favorable.  In  nearly  all  cases 
of  uncomplicated  neurasthenia  general  faradization  alone  proves  deci- 
dedly and  sometimes  rapidly  efficacious.  Beneficial  results  from  eithei 
this  method  or  central  galvanization  are  so  uniform  in  this  condition 
that  we  have  reason  to  suspect  some  unrecognizable  organic  disease 
in  those  cases  that  give  no  evidence  of  improvement  after  protracted  treat- 
ment. Even  the  complicated  forms,  that  are  the  result  of  incurable  dis- 
ease, may  be  much  relieved.  The  cases  that  fail  to  be  benefited  by 
electrical  treatment  are  those  of  lifelong  standmg,  or  in  which  the  tem- 
perament contraindicates  electrical  treatment. 


Neurasthenia— Debility  and  attacks   of  sick  headache — Immediate  and  rapid  im- 
proveme7it  tinder  general  faradization — Rapid  iticrease  in  weight. 

Case  VI. — The  power  of  genei-al  faradization  to  relieve  neurasthenia  and  to  cause 
increase  of  weight,  was  illustrated  in  a  very  pleasing  and  satisfactory  manner  in  the 
case  of  a  young  physician  whom  we  have  treated  during  the  autumn  of  1869.  He 
was  28  years  of  age,  and  for  a  long  time  he  had  been  subject  to  severe  and  repeated 
attacks  of  nervous  and  sick  headache.  To  use  his  own  expression,  he  had  been 
"living  on  a  lower  plane  than  was  normal."  Over -work  and  long  confinement  had 
reduced  him  to  a  condition  of  serious  exhaustion,  and  when  he  called  upon  us  in 
September  he  could  not  walk  two  miles  ■without  fatigue.  Although  5  feet  9^  inches 
in  height,  he  weighed  but  112  pounds,  and  for  many  months  there  had  been  no  sign 
of  any  increase.  He  had  closely  studied  his  own  case,  had  been  thoroughly  examined, 
and  had  tried  nearly  every  form  of  internal  medication. 

We  began  treatment  by  a  mild  and  general  application  with  the  faradic  current. 
He  felt  temporarily  enlivened  and  exhilarated,  but  when  he  returned,  two  days  sub- 
sequently, he  stated  that  he  felt  no  special  benefit,  although  he  had  gained  one-half 
a  pound  in  weight.  This  change,  slight  as  it  was,  encouraged  him,  for  it  had  been 
months,  and  years  even,  since  he  had  been  able  to  detect  any  increase  in  weight.  We 
may  say  here  that  he  watched  and  studied  his  symptoms,  and  carefully  ascertained 
his  weight,  from  day  to  day,  not  as  a  hypochondriac  at  all,  but  as  a  scientific  man, 
inspired  not  by  any  special  faith  in  the  remedy,  but  by  an  earnest  desire  to  test  for 
himself  the  tonic  effects  of  general  faradization.  He  continued  to  increase  in  weight 
with  remarkable  regularity  and  uniformity,  and  at  the  end  of  three  weeks  he  found 
that  he  had  increased  nine  pounds.  When  we  last  saw  him  his  weight  was  124 
pounds.  The  improvement  in  his  general  condition  had  gone  on  hand  in  hand  with 
the  increase  in  weight.  His  appetite  was  keener  and  his  digestion  much  easier.  His 
attacks  of  headache  still  annoyed  him,  but  his  capacity  for  endurance  had  been  greatly 


406  HYSTERIA   AND   ALLIED   AFFECTIONS. 

enlarged.  Within  the  last  two  years  we  learned  from  the  patient  himself  that  he  had 
suffered  no  relapse. 

In  this  case  the  applications  were  made  very  thoroughly  all  over  the  person,  from 
the  top  of  the  head  to  the  feet,  and  with  a  powerful  current.  Both  the  faradic  and 
galvanic  currents  were  used,  chiefly  the  faradic.  It  is  worthy  of  remark,  also,  that 
this  patient  always  experienced  a  feeling  of  temporary  enlivenment  and  exhilaration 
after  each  application,  and  sometimes  the  headache  from  which  he  suffered  was  driven 
away  in  the  midst  of  the  treatment. 

We  may  say,  also,  that  when  he  first  came  we  prescribed  oxide  of  zinc,  by  exclu- 
■sion,  because  he  had  used  nearly  every  other  intei'nal  tonic.  He  took,  however,  but 
two  or  three  doses  of  one  grain  each  for  the  first  day,  dropping  it  entirely  as  soon  as 
he  found  that  he  had  increased  half  a  pound  in  weight. 

The  above  case  we  regarded  as  pre-eminently  a  typical  one — a  t)qoical 
illustration  of  neurasthenia,  and  of  the  benefit  that  may  be  received  from 
general  faradization. 

Netcrasthenia  in   a  pletJioric  patient^  caused  by  excessive  application  to  business — 

Slow  improvetnent  unde7'  galvanization  of  the  cervical  sytnpathetic  and  general 

faradization. 

Case  VII. — Mr.  A.  was  a  short,  stout,  and  remarkably  plethoric  man,  aged  60. 
Through  his  active  business  life  he  had  confined  himself  most  closely  to  his  duties, 
seldom  taking  a  day  for  recreation,  even  during  the  heat  of  summer.  Nineteen 
years  since  he  retired  from  business  with  greatly  impaired  health  and  strength.  It 
was  thought  that  perfect  freedom  from  all  care  would  be  sufficient  to  restore  his  na- 
tive vigor  of  constitution.  On  the  contrary,  he  gained  but  little,  if  any.  His  general 
appearance  was  typical  of  perfect  health,  but  ordinary  exertion,  either  mental  or  phy- 
sical, was  sure  to  produce  exhaustion.  His  pulse  was  normal^  and  the  patient  was 
plethoric  rather  than  ancemic.  It  was  impossible  for  him  to  read  more  than  ten  or 
fifteen  minutes  without  becoming  restless  and  excessively  nervous,  and  exercise  in 
walking,  to  the  extent  of  a  dozen  blocks  or  so,  would  frequently  produce  complete 
prostration.  His  sleep  at  night  was  broken,  and  sometimes  entirely  destroyed. 
There  was  not  the  slightest  evidence  of  organic  disease,  but  the  whole  nervous  sys- 
tem seemed  to  be  unstrung.  He  had  submitted  to  almost  every  method  of  tonic 
treatment,  both  medicinal  and  hygienic,  but  had  seldom  experienced  even  temporary 
relief.  We  felt  justified  in  encouraging  him  to  hope  for  favorable  results  from  treat- 
ment by  electrization.  With  admirable  perseverance  and  promptness  he  continued  to 
visit  us  for  two  months,  never,  in  a  single  instance,  failing  to  keep  an  appointment. 

At  first,  general  applications  with  the  faradic  current  were  given  every  other  day. 
At  each  sitting  he  seemed  much  invigorated,  and  for  several  hours  he  experienced  a 
degree  of  strength  and  lightness  of  spirit  such  as  he  had  been  a  stranger  to  for  years. 

These  effects,  however,  seemed  but  temporary,  for  the  old  lassitude  invariably  re- 
turned ;  consequently,  after  three  weeks  of  treatment  with  the  faradic^  we  resorted 
to  a  weak  galvanic  current. 

The  negative  pole  was  applied  to  the  epigastric  region,  and  the  positive  to  the 
back  of  the  neck,  near  the  seventh  cervical  vertebra  and  also  along  the  anterior  border 
of  the  scalenus  anticus  muscle,  in  order  to  affect  more  thoroughly  the  great  sym- 
pathetic and  pneumogasti'ic. 


CASES   OF   NEURASTHENIA.  407 

Sponge  electrodes  were  used,  and  the  applications  were  prolonged  sufficiently  to 
produce  an  intense  redness  and  an  acute  burning  sensation  under  them.  By  this 
method  the  immediate  effects  were  not  so  marked  as  when  the  faradic  current  was 
used,  but  the  relief  afforded  was  more  permanent. 

For  the  first  time,  his  sleep  became  more  quiet  and  sound,  and  during  the  day  fol- 
lowing an  application  he  was  able  to  exercise  both  mind  and  body  harder  and  longer 
than  usual.  He  now  submitted  to  treatment  by  galvanization  every  day.  Week 
by  week  he  gained  very  perceptibly  in  vigor,  until,  after  having  received  the  galvanic 
current  some  twenty-five  times,  he  left  us  to  spend  the  summer  months  among  the 
mountains.  He  did  not  discontinue  treatment  with  a  nervous  system  perfectly 
strengthened,  but  he  had  regained  approximately  the  usual  portion  of  mental  and 
physical  endurance  enjoyed  by  persons  of  his  years.  Whereas,  before  treatment  by 
electrization,  he  was  not  able  to  walk  half  a  mile  without  fatigue,  nor  read  more  than 
ten  or  fifteen  minutes  without  suffering  from  nervous  irritability,  after  treatment  he 
enjoyed  and  derived  benefit  from  walking  several  miles  in  the  day,  and  could  confine 
himself  to  a  book  for  an  hour  or  two  without  experiencing  any  symptoms  of  mental 
exhaustion. 

At  the  date  of  writing,  1874,  the  patient  enjoys  a  fair  degree  of  health,  and  claims 
to  have  retained  all  the  benefit  he  derived  from  treatment. 

Nezirasthenia,  complicated  %vith  ancemia,  dyspepsia,  spinal  irritation,  and  hypochon- 
driasis, treated  by  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization — Improvement 
and  subsequent  relapse. 

Case  VIII. — Mr.  £.,  a  tall,  spare  man,  aged  about  50,  was  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  Gurdon 
Buck.  He  was  a  gentleman  of  wealth  and  leisure,  and  for  several  years  had  been 
entirely  free  from  any  of  the  cares  of  active  business  life.  He  was  frequently  troubled 
with  indigestion.  At  times  he  would  seem  to  regain  some  vigor,  and  would  exer- 
cise to  a  considerable  extent  without  experiencing  inconvenience,  but  as  a  rule  the 
most  ordinary  mental  or  physical  exertion  was  followed  by  extreme  exhaustion. 
Pains  in  the  lumbar  region  of  the  back  were  of  frequent  occurrence,  especially  after 
passing  a  sleepless  night.  There  was,  however,  no  spinal  tenderness.  He  was  a  good 
barometer— an  east  wind  would  almost  drive  him  to  despair,  and  so  long  as  it  lasted 
he  could  hardly  muster  strength  en*  inclination  to  leave  his  couch.  As  soon  as  the 
wind  changed  and  the  sun  appeared,  he  observed  an  immediate  amelioration  of  his 
dreadfully  depressed  condition. 

Our  patient  experienced  the  exhilaration  that  so  frequently  follows  a  general  ap- 
plication of  the  faradic  current. 

Although  at  first  this  invigoration  was  of  but  temporary  duration,  the  effects  of  the 
treatment  were  gradually  prolonged  after  each  sitting,  until,  in  a  much  shorter  time 
than  is  usually  the  case  in  conditions  such  as  the  one  under  consideration,  the  patient 
enjoyed  a  good  degree  of  health. 

During  damp,  enervating  days  especially,  central  galvanization  prevented  exhaus- 
tion far  more  successfully  than  faradization.  The  patient  retained  the  nervous  vigor 
that  he  had  gained  for  many  months  ;  subsequently,  however,  he  relapsed,  and  again 
placed  himself  under  our  care.  He  was  decidedly  benefited  by  this  second  course  of 
treatment,  but  not  to  the  same  extent  as  at  first.  When  last  seen  he  had  retained  a 
measure  of  improvement,  but  was  extraordinarily  susceptible  to  atmospheric  changes. 


408  SPINAL   IRRITATION. 

Nervous  exhaustion  of  long  standing,  associated  with  severe  neuralgia.  Slight  re' 
lief  dufing  two  months  of  general  faradization — After-effects  of  the  treat?neni, 
manifested  by  rapid  imfroveinent  in  all  her  sytnptotns.     (See  p.  294.) 

Case  IX. — Mrs.  B.,  a  young  married  lady,  had  for  a  long  time  suffered  most  in- 
tensely from  pains  of  a  neuralgic  character.  The  head  was  the  seat  of  greatest  suffer- 
ing, although  the  distress  extended  with  more  or  less  severity  to  every  part  of  the  body. 

Her  strength  was  much  reduced,  so  that  she  was  unequal  to  the  slightest  exertion 
beyond  a  few  ordinary  household  duties  and  an  occasional  walk  in  the  street  of  one  or 
two  blocks.  Not  the  slightest  evidence  of  organic  disease  could  be  discovered  by  her 
physician,  Dr.  George  A.  Peters,  who,  having  seemingly  exhausted  the  resources  of 
medicine,  requested  us  to  try  the  efficacy  of  some  method  of  electrization. 

As  the  extreme  debility  was  evidently  the  proximate  cause  of  the  neuralgia,  we 
lecided  upon  general  faradization  as  the  proper  method  of  treatment,  and  accordingly 
submitted  her  to  a  very  gentle  application.  She  was  one  of  those  patients  frequently 
encountered,  who  are  so  susceptible  to  the  current  that  it  was  our  aim  to  give  of  the 
electrical  influence  the  minimum  that  could  be  actually  felt  by  the  patient,  rather 
than  the  maximum  that  it  was  possible  for  her  to  bear  without  decided  discomfort. 

During  the  months  of  October  and  November,  1870,  we  gave  thirty-six  applications, 
which  somewhat  lessened  the  severity  and  frequency  of  the  pain,  without  appreciably 
improving  her  strength.  We  proposed  to  her  physician,  therefore,  to  discontinue  our 
efforts  for  a  while,  hoping  that  the  favorable  after-effects  of  electrization,  that  are 
so  often  seen,  would  show  themselves  in  this  case.  We  were  not  disappointed. 
The  patient  soon  began  to  amend,  until  the  improvement  was  most  marked,  both 
in  the  almost  complete  cessation  of  the  neuralgia  and  in  an  approximate  return  of 
normal  strength. 


Spinal  Irritation. — Spinal  irritation  is  one  of  those  names  which,  like 
hysteria,  have  become  the  recognized  property  of  the  profession,  against 
the  actual  or  implied  protest  of  nearly  all  who  employ  it.  It  is  a  part 
of  the  hysterical  constitution. 

The  term  spinal  irritation,  originally  proposed  by  Dr.  Brown,  of  Glas- 
gow, and  described  and  illustrated  in  detail  by  G.  T.  P.  Teale,  in  1829, 
and  the  Griffin  Brothers  in  1844,  is  now  pretty  generally  understood,  in 
England  and  America  at  least,  to  express  a  tolerably  well-defined 
morbid  condition,  of  which  one  of  the  principal  symptoms  is  spinal 
tenderness. 

Differential  Diagnosis. — Spinal  irritation  almost  always  forms  a  part 
of  hysteria  and  neurasthenia,  constituting,  as  it  were,  a  subdivision  or 
accompaniment  of  them,  and  is  only  entitled  to  the  honor  of  distinct 
nomenclature  by  itself  when  the  spinal  tenderness  and  the  symptoms  that 
directly  flow  from  it  overshadow  other  accompariying  conditiofis.  Close 
examination  would  reveal  that  very  many  of  the  cases  in  practice  that 
are  variously  classified  under  hysteria,  anaemia,  etc.,  have  a  sufficiently 
marked  tenderness  of  the  vertebrae  to  be  regarded  as  examples  of  spinal 


HYSTERIA   AND   ALLIED   AFFECTIONS.  409 

irritation ;  and  if  treated  accordingly,  would  recover  more  rapidly  than 
under  the  methods  usually  employed.  The  best  confirmation  of  the 
diagnosis  is  the  very  favorable  result  of  judicious  and  varied  treatment 
devoted  specially  to  the  tender  spots  on  the  spine. 

Between  spinal  irritation  and  spinal  meningitis  or  congestion  the  dis- 
tinction is  oftentimes  purely  one  of  permanence  and  degree.  In  both 
conditions  there  may  be  pain  and  heat  in  the  spine,  neuralgia  or 
paralysis  of  the  limbs,  plantar  heat  and  anaesthesia,  constipation,  feeling 
of  pressure  or  constriction  in  the  chest,  and  stiffness  of  the  neck,  etc. 
It  is  distinguished  from  myelitis  by  the  absence  of  other  necessary 
symptoms.  The  contractions  of  muscles  in  spinal  irritation  are  less 
painful  than  those  of  myelitis. 

Fathology. — In  spinal  irritation,  as  in  cerebral  irritation,  it  is 
probable  that  there  may  be  either  aucemia  or  hyperaemia.  That  many 
of  the  cases  of  spinal  irritation  depend  on  passive  hyperaemia  of  the 
cord,  is  rendered  probable. 

1.  By  the  feeling  of  heat  and  burning  at  the  seat  of  the  irritation. 

2.  By  the  fact  that  this  pain  is  increased  at  night,  when  the  patient 
is  in  a  recumbent  position. 

3.  By  the  fact  that  it  is  relieved  by  measures  that  relieve  congestion, 
as  dry  and  wet  cupping,  and  by  blisters  over  the  tender  vertebras. 

On  the  other  hand,  reasoning  from  analogy  and  from  what  we  know 
of  the  relation  of  the  sympathetic,  it  is  proper  to  assume  that  anaemia  may 
account  for  many  of  the  phenomena  of  spinal  as  of  cerebral  irritation. 
This  assumption  is  strengthened  by  the  fact  that  very  many  of  the  pa- 
tients who  have  spinal  irritation  are  more  or  less  anaemic.  And  yet, 
reasoning  from  the  history  of  the  cases,  and  from  the  results  of  treat- 
ment, we  are  inclined  to  the  opinion  that  anaemia  exists  only  in  a 
minority  of  the  cases  of  spinal  irritation;  that  in  the  majority  of  instan- 
ces there  is  more  or  less  at  least  temporary  passive  congestion  of  the 
cord  and  of  its  membrane ;  and  that  in  all  cases  of  doubt  it  is  safe  to 
assume  the  existence  of  hyperaemia,  and  to  guide  the  treatment  accord- 
ingly. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  assume  that  this  hyperaemia  of  the  cord  is  a 
constant  condition.  Except  in  the  severe  and  long-standing  cases,  it 
is  probably  not  so,  but  is  more  or  less  evanescent,  temporary  and  me- 
tastatic. This  may  distinguish  it  from  spinal  congestion,  which  is  a  fixed 
condition.  Temporary  congestion  of  the  cord,  as  of  the  brain,  the  geni- 
tals, the  eye  and  the  ear,  may  perhaps  be  easily  excited  by  irritating 
causes.  It  is  not  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  anaemia  and  hyperaemia 
may  alternate  in  the  patient,  and  in  the  same  day  or  hour. 


410  CASES   OF   SPINAL   IRRITATION. 

Elect?  ic  examination  in  spinal  irritation  may  sometimes  reveal  ten 
der  spots  on  the  spine  that  are  not  indicated  by  pressure. 

Treatment. — Electric  treatment  consists  in  general  faradization,  gal 
vanization  of  the  spine  and  sympathetic  and  central  galvanization. 

Our  experience  in  a  great  number  of  cases,  since  the  first  edition  of 
this  work,  convinces  us  that  in  galvanization  of  the  spine  the  positive 
pole  acts  better  than  the  negative  in  the  treatment  of  this  affection.  To 
depend,  however,  on  localized  galvanization  alone  is  illogical,  since  the 
disease,  though  for  the  time  specially  localized  in  the  spinal  cord,  is 
usually  simply  but  a  development  or  manifestation  of  the  nervous 
diathesis,  in  which  the  whole  system  shares. 

Prognosis. — Under  electric  treatment  alone,  the  prognosis  of  spinal 
irritation  is  usually  favorable  for  a  relief,  and  sometimes  for  permanent 
cure. 

It  is,  however,  of  great  advantage  in  all  severe  or  long-standing 
cases,  to  combine  with  electrization,  counter-irritation  (very  small  blis- 
ters, or  tartar-emetic  ointment)  over  the  sensitive  vertebrae,  and  the  in- 
ternal administration  of  phosphorus  or  other  stimulants. 

Comparative  rest  of  brain  and  muscles  is  an  important,  though  not 
indispensable,  aid  to  treatment.  The  disease  is  quite  prone  to  relapse, 
especially  under  bad  hygienic  surroundings.  Under  combined  treat- 
ment, consisting  of  blisters  to  the  spine,  phosphorus,  strychnia,  and 
electrization,  the  majority  of  cases  will  rapidly  improve. 

Spinal  irritatio7t  of  four  years'  standing,  with  excessive  tenderjiess  in  the  lumbar 
region — Decided  relief  from  general  faradization. 

Case  X. — Mi-s.  ,   aged  24,  was  sent  to  us  January  4,.  1868,  by  Dr.  Sewall  to 

be  treated  for  pain,  with  most  excessive  tenderness,  over  the  lumbar  vertebrae.  The 
-  symptoms  had  been  particularly  distressing  since  her  confinement,  two  months  pre- 
vious, but  had  annoyed  her  more  or  less  for  four  years.  United  with  this  spinal  ten- 
derness there  was  considerable  debility,  that  made  a  walk  of  half  a  mile  a  burden; 
gastric  uneasiness,  feeble  appetite,  insomnia,  and,  in  general,  the  characteristic  fea- 
tures of  the  nei'vous  constitution. 

Electric  exaviination  revealed  a  very  great  tenderness  over  several  of  the  lumbar 
vertebrae  ;  only  a  feeble  current  could  be  borne  at  all,  even  with  large,  soft  sponges. 
No  other  abnormal  condition  was  found  beyond  a  general  hypersesthesia,  which  is 
usual  in  such  cases.  The  tenderness  was  so  great  that  even  the  weight  of  the  hand 
was  distressingly  painful. 

We  began  treatment  by  general  faradization,  with  special  reference  to  the  tender 
spot  in  the  spine.  At  this  locality  we  used  a  stable  increasing  current,  beginning 
w'th  a  current  scarcely  perceptible,  and  increasing  the  strength  up  to  the  point  where 
it  could  be  comfortably  borne.  The  patient  shortly  improved  under  this  treatment, 
though  not  without  relapses  whenever  she  attempted  any  important  exertion.     From 


HYSTERIA   AND   ALLIED   AFFECTIONS.  411 

week  to  week  the  tenderness  became  less  marked,  until  the  vertebree  were  no  longet 
painful  imder  moderate  pressm-e,  and  a  much  more  powerful  current  could  be  borne 
with  ease.  Agreeable  temporary  relief  followed  each  application — an  observation 
which  we  have  frequently  made  in  spinal  irritation. 

At  the  end  of  two  months  the  patient  was  dismissed  very  much  benefited. 

Hypercesthesia  of  the  cervical  and  tipper  himbar  vertebrce  caused  by  exposttre  to  the 
Sim —  Great  susceptibility  to  electricity — Improvement  under  general  and  localized 
faradization  and  galvanization. 

Case  XI. — Rev.  Mr.  F.,  aged  30,  was  referred  to  our  care,  March  9,  186S,  by 
Dr.  Gurdon  Buck.  For  several  months  before  he  had  been  complaining  of  pain  and 
heaviness  in  the  back  of  the  neck,  that  had  compelled  him  to  resign  his  pastoral 
charge  and  abstain  from  all  sustained  mental  exertion.  The  symptoms  dated  from 
an  exposure  to  the  sun  on  a  very  hot  day.  The  patient  was  large,  tall,  well-formed, 
and  apparently  very  robust.  All  the  functions  seemed  to  be  tolerably  well  perform- 
ed ;  but  sustained  mental  exertion  was  almost  impossible.  He  had  been  treated  faith- 
fully by  counter-irritation,  in  the  shape  of  wet  cupping,  and  had  derived  positive  benefit 
therefrom. 

Electric  examination  indicated  some  tenderness  on  the  iipper  cervical  vertebrae, 
and  also  in  the  upper  lumbar ;  but  this  tenderness  was  not  excessive,  and  a  current 
of  fair  strength,  so  far  as  the  vertebrae  were  concerned,  could  be  readily  borne  with- 
out discomfort ;  nor  were  the  vertebrae  so  painful  as  they  sometimes  are  found. 

But  in  one  respect  his  behavior  under  the  electric  examination  was  peculiar.  The 
sensation  produced  by  a  mild  galvanic  current  over  the  upper  cervical  vertebrae  was 
painfully  felt  in  the  forehead,  indicating  a  morbid  irritability  of  the  central  nervous 
system,  since  in  health  such  a  phenomenon  does  not  appear.  That  this  morbid  irri- 
tability was  in  some  way  related  to  the  sympathetic,  or  that,  at  least,  the  sympathe- 
tic was  the  medium  through  which  it  was  manifested,  was  rendered  probable  by  the 
fact  that  mild  faradization  or  galvanization  of  the  affected  part  caused  a  very  pro- 
fuse perspiration  on  the  hands  and  feet.  This  same  effect  we  have  also  observed  in 
a  case  of  hysteria. 

Strpng  as  the  patient  appeared  to  be,  it  was  necessary  to  treat  him  with  mild  cur- 
rents and  short  applications.  By  turns  and  in  succession  we  tried  the  various  methods 
of  electrization,  'with  both  the  faradic  and  galvanic  currents,  and  with  important 
though  not  brilliant  results. 

After  a  treatment  extending  by  intervals  through  three  months,  the  patient  left  for 
a  visit  in  England,  where  he  remained  nearly  a  year,  still  slowly  improving. 

Great  susceptibility  to  electricity,  as  in  the  above  case,  is  frequently 
observed  after  sunstroke. 

A  chronic  condition  of  irritatio77.  and  hypercesthesia  of  the  spinal  cord  greatly  bene- 
fited by  general  faradization,  in  conjtinction  with  galvafiization  of  the  sympathe- 
tic  and  spine. 

Case  XII. — A  young  lady,  daughter  of  a  physician,  who  had  suffered  for  many 
months  from  symptoms  both  of  congestion  and  irritation  of  the  spinal  coi'd,  was 
placed  under  our  care  by  the  advice  of  the  late  Dr.  H.  D.  Bulkley.     Tenderness  was 


412  HYSTERIA   AND   ALLIED   AFFECTIONS. 

manifest  over  the  cervi:al -dorsal  and  lumbar  regions.  The  patient  complained  of 
shortness  of  breath,  numbness  and  tingling  in  the  hands  and  feet,  cough,  nausea,  with 
neuralgic  pains  around  the  loins  and  in  the  extremities.  A  very  decided  loss  of 
power  was  manifest  in  the  lower  limbs,  so  that  it  was  impossible  to  take  more  than 
a  few  turns  around  the  room  without  fatigue.  Under  the  tonic  influence  of  twenty 
general  applications  of  the  faradic  current,  the  patient  very  decidedly  improved. 
The  tenderness  along  the  spine  decreased,  and  in  the  cervical  region  disappeared  alto- 
gether. 

The  shortness  of  breath,  the  numbness  and  tingling,   together  with  the  neuralgic 
pains,  became  less  marked,  while  the  strength  so  far  improved  that  she  was  able  dailv 
to  take  short  walks  of  several  blocks,  and  to  ascend  the  stairs  with  comparative  com 
fort. 

We  now  resorted  to  the  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic  and  the  spine — spinal- 
cord  current — which  were  followed  by  an  improvement  more  marked  than  it  was 
possible  to  obtain  from  the  faradic  current  alone. 

The  above  patient  subsequently  relapsed  after  a  severe  fall  and  was 
again  treated  with  great  perseverance  and  even  better  results,  so  that 
she  is  now  in  perfect  health,  and  is  indeed  unusually  vigorous.  The 
case  illustrates  the  record  that  may  follow  great  perseverance  in  elec- 
trical treatment. 

A  condition  of  tingling,  pricking,  and  a  dispositioii  to  paralysis  of  the  legs,  depen- 
dent on  irritation  and  hyperceniia  of  the  cord,  decidedly  relieved  by  galvanization 
of  the  syjupathetic  and  ge?ieral  faradization. 

Case  XIII. — Mrs.  W.,  aged  44,  whose  physician.  Dr.  H.  Gregory,  advised  treat- 
ment by  electrization,  was  suffering  from  pricking  sensations  in  the  arms,  and  from 
tingling  and  numbness  of  the  lower  limbs  and  feet.  In  the  legs,  also,  there  was  a 
decided  '■'■disposition  "  to  paralysis,  as  manifested  by  a  feeling  of  weight  in  the  effort 
of  walking. 

Pressure  along  the  spine  disclosed  a  tender  point,  at  about  the  third  dorsal  and 
second  lumbar  vertebrae.  These  conditions  of  tenderness,  tingling,  and  weightfbi  the 
lower  limbs  seemed  to  indicate  not  only  an  irritation,  but  also  a  hypersemia  of  the 
spinal  cord.  Galvanization  of  the  sympathetic  and  mild  general  applications  of  the 
faradic  current  were  followed  by  a  marked  amelioration  of  these  symptoms. 

The  limbs  especially  progressed  rapidly,  and  after  eight  applications  became  quite 
strong,  and  were  quite  relieved  of  the  anaesthesia.  Some  tenderness  along  the  course 
of  the  spine  still  remained,  with  occasional  tingling  in  the  extremities,  but  not  suffi- 
cient to  occasion  the  same  annoyance  as  before. 

Spinal  irritation  of  several  years'  standing — Recovery  under  spinal  galvatiization 
and  general  faradization. 

Case  XIV. — Miss  C. ,  a  patient  of  Dr.  Gregory,  was  referred  to  us  with  evidences 
of  irritation  the  whole  length  of  the  cord.  Under  six  weeks  of  treatment  by  spinal 
galvanization  and  general  faradization  the  patient  markedly  improved  in  all  her 
symptoms. 


HYSTERIA   AND   ALLIED   AFFECTIONS.  413 

The  tender  points  along  the  spine  mostly  disappeared,  and  after  the  cessation  of 
treatment  she  continued  to  improve  until  recovery  was  approximately  complete. 
The  symptoms  were  of  several  years'  standing. 

Spinal  irritation  of  two  years'  standi7tg — Recovery  U7ider  spinal  galvanization. 

Case  XV. — Miss  S.,  an  inmate  of  the  New  York  State  Woman's  Hospital,  was 
aifected,  in  addition  to  uterine  disease,  with  severe  and  persistent  spinal  irritation  of 
over  two  years'  standing 

Spinal  galvanization  repeated  a  dozen  times  during  the  course  of  a  month  effectu- 
ally overcame  the  excessive  irritation  of  the  cord,  and  resulted  in  greatly  increased 
strength. 

Lisomnia. — Insomnia  is  a  symptom  which,  with  greater  or  less  uni- 
formity and  severity,  accompanies  nearly  all  forms  of  disease. 

It  is  a  symptom  of  such  an  indefinite  variety  and  complexity  of  pa- 
thological conditions  that  it  is  manifestly  impossible  to  treat  it  with 
anything  like  uniform  success  by  any  one  conceivable  form  of  medica- 
tion ;  but  of  all  the  remedies  that  have  yet  been  tried  there  is,  we  be- 
lieve, no  one  which  permanently  relieves  the  symptoms  in  so  large  a 
proportion  of  cases  as  electrization.  The  effects  of  electricity  on  the 
sleep,  whether  used  in  the  form  of  general  faradization,  or  galvanization 
of  the  head  and  cervical  sympathetic,  are  both  temporary  and  perma- 
nent. The  temporary  relief  that  appears  the  night  or  two  following  an 
application,  though  usually  far  less  potent  than  those  of  bromide  of 
potassium  and  hydrate  of  chloral,  are  yet  very  decided  ;  but  it  is  for  the 
permanent  relief  that  electrization  is  chiefly  indicated  in  this  Symptom. 
This  comes  gradually,  slowly,  and  as  a  result  of  the  improvement  of  the 
morbid  condition  on  which  the  insomnia  depends. 

As  has  been  stated,  improvement  in  sleep  is  one  of  the  earliest  ef- 
fects for  which  we  look  during  a  course  of  treatment  by  general  electri- 
zation. In  a  wide  range  of  diseases  sleep,  to  a  certain  extent  and  with 
exceptions,  may  be  regarded  as  a  thermometer  of  health.  When  all 
other  bodily  functions  are  well  performed,  the  sleep  is  usually  sound, 
calm,  and  refreshing ;  when  it  becomes  painfully  and  persistently  dis- 
turbed by  dreams,  or  is  long  absent,  we  may  suspect  actual  or  approach- 
ing disease. 

Tempo/ary  loss  of  sleep,  that  comes  from  temporary  anxiety  or  fron: 
neuralgia  or  other  pain,  is  usually  relieved  with  the  removal  of  the 
cause,  and  only  demands  special  medical  treatment  when  it  is  long  con^ 
tinned. 

The  treatment  of  insomnia  is  really  the  treatment  of  all  the  diseases 
on  which  it  depends.  For  those  cases  where  simple  wakefulness  exists, 
unaccompanied  by  any   other  symptom   of  recognizable  disease,   we 


414  HYSTERIA   AND   ALLIED   AFFECTIONS. 

may  use  either  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic  or  in  the  head,  or  fara- 
dization of  the  head  and  spine,  or,  better  than  all,  general  faradization 
for  somnolence  is  a  result  of  all  these  methods  of  electrization.  It  is 
not  even  necessary  to  make  the  applications  to  the  head,  the  sympathe- 
tic, or  even  to  the  spine,  in  order  to  produce  sleep.  Simple  peripheral 
galvanization  or  faradization  will  produce  this  result,  and  in  some  cases 
to  a  very  marked  degree.  This  must,  we  suppose,  be  explained  by 
reflex  action.  In  case  of  rheumatism  of  the  hip-joint,  which  we  once 
treated  by  galvanization  through  the  joint,  the  soporific  effect  on  the 
patient  was  so  marked  that  he  fell  into  a  profound  slumber  before  we 
had  time  to  leave  the  house,  in  less  than  ten  minutes  after  the  ap- 
plication was  over.  In  another  case  of  infantile  paralysis  the  mother 
reported  that  the  child  slept  soundly  for  two  hours  or  more  after  each 
sitting,  although  only  the  limbs  were  galvanized. 

Persistent  insomnia  after  child-birth — Ait  application  of  the  faradic  curreiit  to  the 
head  and  spine  is  followed  by  sleep  of  several  hours. 

Case  XVI. —  Mrs.  A.,  aged  30,  of  a  highly  nervous  organization,  gave  birth  to 
her  first  child  after  a  labor  of  16  hours.  So  great  vi^as  the  disorder  of  her  nervous 
system,  that  for  5  days  and  nights  she  vs^as  unable  to  close  her  eyes  in  sleep.  Her  con- 
dition was  most  distressing,  and  resisted  all  efforts  in  the  vi^ay  of  medication. 

It  was  agreed  that  a  mild  application  of  the  faradic  current  should  be  applied  to 
the  head  and  down  the  spine.  The  result  was  most  decided  and  gratifying,  since  a 
sleep  of  several  hours,  deep  and  refreshing,  immediately  followed.  It  is  proper  to 
say  that  su^jsequent  applications  did  not  have  the  same  decided  effect,  although  they 
evidently  strengthened  the  nervous  system  of  the  patient  and  greatly  aided  in  dissi- 
pating the  conditioii  of  insomnia. 

Insomnia  of  months''  standing  immediately  relieved  by  general  faradization. 

Case  XVII. —Mrs.  C,  a  young  married  lady,  was  directed  to  us  by  Dr.  J.  Marion 
Sims,  who  was  treating  her  for  uterine  difficulty.  She  was  suffering  acutely  from  in- 
somnia, and  it  was  hoped  that  some  form  of  electrization  might  prove  beneficial, 
more  especially  since  she  had  previously  been  relieved  by  the  application  of  electricity, 
although  its  administration  had  been  without  method.  We  subjected  her  to  the  most 
thorough  foi-m  of  general  faradization,  directing  especial  attention,  however,  to  the 
head  and  neck.  The  applications  were  administered  on  five  successive  days,  and  during 
each  of  the  following  nights  the  patient  enjoyed  uninterrupted  and  refreshing  sleep. 
As  to  the  permanency  of  the  effects  we  are  not  informed. 

Insomnia  of  several  months''  duration  relieved  under  treatment  iy  general  faradi- 
zation and  galvanization  of  the  brain. 

Case  XVIII. — Mr.  J.  D.,  aged  65,  was  referred  to  us  by  the  late  Dr.  J.  C.  Nott 
for  the  relief  of  insomnia  of  such  an  obstinate  character  as  to  threaten  serious  conse- 
quences. He  had  suffered  a  few  months  previously  from  a  severe  attack  of  congestive 
chills.     Frora  the  effects  of  these  he  had  approximately  recovered.      His  strength  and 


HYSTERIA   AND   ALLIED   AFFECTIONS.  415 

Appetite  were  fair,  but  as  it  was  sometimes  impossible  for  him  to  sleep  more  than  ai; 
hour  or  two  during  the  whole  night,  he  was  fast  merging  into  a  nervous,  excitable  con- 
dition. The  patient  was  treated  by  both  general  faradization  and  galvanization  of  the 
brain.  He  very  gradually  improved,  and  at  the  end  of  a  month's  treatment  he  was 
enjoying  five  and  six  hours'  continuous  sleep  every  night. 

Insomnia  following  menstruation— General  fa7-adization  affords  immediate  relief. 

Case  XVIIIa. — Mrs.  B.,  aged  40,  suffered  an  unusual  loss  of  blood  at  each  men- 
trual  period,  which  was  followed  by  obstinate  insomnia  during  the  succeeding  two 
weeks.  General  faradization  was  essayed  for  the  relief  of  the  sleeplessness,  and  was 
entirely  successful.  Three  or  four  applications  after  each  period  was  sufficient  to 
promote  calm  repose  until  the  next  flow. 

Astraphobia  (aa-Tparjfji  lightning  and  ^0^0%  fear  of). — Some  individ- 
uals, especially  those  of  peculiarly  impressible  organizations,  are  not 
only  unpleasantly  but  seriously  afifected  during  thunder-storms  that 
are  attended  by  vivid  flashes  of  lightning.  They  suffer  not  only  dis- 
tressing fear,  but  positive  pain  in  the  head  or  stomach,  that  leaves  them 
in  a  condition  of  exhaustion  that  may  last  several  hours,  or  even  two 
or  three  days. 

A  medical  friend  informed  us  of  a  patient  under  his  care,  who  during 
thunder-storms  was  attacked  by  severe  nausea,  and  by  convulsive  at- 
tacks resembling  epilepsy.  Under  treatment  directed  to  the  improve- 
ment of  her  general  system  she  greatly  improved.  In  some  cases  diar- 
rhoea is  excited. 

These  symptoms,  though  most  frequent  with  nervous  people,  and  es 
pecially  with  women,  may  also  appear  in  those  who  are  otherwise  strong 
both  in  health  and  in  will  power. 

In  two  cases  of  astraphobia  of  long  standing  we  found  much  diminu- 
tion of  volitional  contractility  and  considerable  anaesthesia,  but  no  loss 
of  electric  muscular  contractility. 

Treatment  by  the  electric  brush  and  central  galvanization  afforded 
much  although  not  absolute  reUef. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 


INSANITY. 


We  have  seen  that  very  much  has  been  accomphshed  in  the  treat- 
ment of  hypochondriasis  and  melanchoHa  by  the  combined  methods  of 
central  galvanization  and  general  faradization,  and,  reasoning  from 
analogy,  it  is  probable  that  an  important  future  is  in  store  for  the  scien- 
tific faithful  use  of  these  methods  of  electrization  in  our  public  and  pri- 
vate asylums. 

//  is  not  as  well  recognized  as  it  should  be  thai  in  diseases  of  the  brain 
and  spinal  cord,  where  the  mind  is  seriously  affected,  the  electrical  treat- 
ment is  also  indicated,  Just  as  in  diseases  of  the  same  organs  when  the  mind 
is  not  affected.  In  some  of  the  asylums  of  England,  United  States,  and 
Germany,  electricity  is  now  and  for  some  time  has  been  used  as  an  ad- 
junct to  other  remedies  for  the  treatment  of  different  forms  of  insanity; 
but  with  a  few  exceptions,  the  treatment  is  not  systematically  carried  out, 
and,  partly  through  ignorance  of  the  methods  of  application,  partly 
through  want  of  sufficient  medical  assistance  to  supervise  the  necessary 
details,  the  results  have  not  been  entirely  satisfactory,  and  the  cases 
have  not  been  fully  recorded. 

We  should  except  from  these  remarks  the  Alabama  Asylum  for  the 
Insane,  where,  under  the  superintendence  of  Dr.  Bryce,  both  currents 
of  electricity  have  been  used  in  the  treatment  of  the  patients  for  the 
past  two  or  three  years. 

We  have  corresponded  with  Dr.  Bryce  on  the  subject  from  the  first, 
and  have  at  different  times  given  suggestions  in  regard  to  the  methods  of 
application,  which  suggestions  have  been  carried  out  so  far  as  possible 
for  the  already  overworked  officers  of  that  institution. 

Under  date  of  February  17th,  1873,  he  gives  the  general  results  of 
his  observations  in  the  following  language  :  "We  like  it  :  find  it  bene- 
ficial in  most  cases,  valuable  in  a  majorit}'-,  and  indispensable  in  certain 
forms  of  hysterical  insanity,  in  primary  dementia,  and  neurasthenia." 

The  failures  in  this  as  in  other  branches  of  electro-therapeutics  are, 
in  fact,  the  logical  result  of  want  of  familiarity  with  the  management  of 


INSANITY.  417 

batteries,  of  incorrect  ideas  on  the  differential  action  of  the  currents, 
and  the  general  action  of  electricity  on  the  body,  and  deficient  techni- 
cal skill  in  the  details  of  the  applications. 

For  those  who  are  beginning  to  use  electricity,  or  are  contemplating 
its  use  in  the  asylums  for  the  insane,  these  general  suggestions  may  be 
of  service  :  i.  Let  it  be  remembered  always  that  electricity,  in  any  form 
— Franklinic,  Galvanic,  or  Faradic — when  applied  to  the  body,  acts  as 
a  stimulating  to?iic  with  a  p owe?' fid  sedative  influence.  It  is  an  agent 
for  improvi?ig  nutrition  in  any  condition,  local  or  general,  where  im- 
provement in  nutrition  is  required.  It  is  to  be  used  for  the  insane  just 
as  bromide  of  potassium,  quinine,  strychnine,  and  iron  are  used. 

The  order  and  degree  of  its  effects  depend  largely  on  the  method  and 
manner  of  application,  and  on  the  constitution  and  disease  of  the  patient 
to  which  the  application  is  made. 

2.  That  in  insanity  the  brain  is  not  the  only  part  of  the  body  affected. 
Excluding  those  cases  of  insanity  produced  by  reflex  action  from  the 
digestive  and  pelvic  organs,  there  are  very  many  cases  where  the  spinal 
cord  and  other  parts  of  the  central  and  peripheral  nervous  system  suffer 
as  an  effect  of  the  disease  of  the  brain. 

While  these  remarks  may  seem  but  commonplace  to  experienced 
psychologists,  and  while  the  fact  of  the  relation  of  diseases  of  the  brain 
to  diseases  of  other  parts  of  the  body  is  continually  recognized,  when 
other  remedies  are  employed,  still,  in  the  application  of  electricity,  some 
experimenters  have  acted  on  the  theory  i;hat  the  brain  alone  should  be 
treated.  Those  who  act  exclusively  on  this  theory  will  not  gain  great 
victories  over  insanity  by  electricity.  Some  of  the  applications  should 
be  made  in  such  a  way  as  to  bring  the  whole  central  nervous  system 
under  the  influence  of  the  current,  and  local  diseases  associated  with 
insanity  as  a  cause  or  effect  should  receive  local  treatment. 

The  central  nervous  system  is  best  brought  under  the  direct  influence 
of  the  galvanic  current  by  the  method  of  central  galvanization.  The 
method  may  be  varied  by  galvanization  of  the  brain,  cervical  sympa- 
thetic, pneumogastric  and  spine  ;  but  the  method  of  central  galvaniza- 
tion is  easier,  safer,  and  more  effective.  In  cases  associated  with 
debility,  and  especially  in  those  forms  of  insanity  dependent  on  neu- 
rasthenia or  nervous  exhaustion,  general  faradization  answers  a  good 
purpose,  and  may  with  great  advantage  be  used  alternately  with  central 
galvanization  or  localized  galvanization  of  the  nerve  centres. 

3.  The  first  tentative  applications  should  be  very  mild,  and  the 
strength  of  the  current  and  the  time  of  sitting  should  be  gradually  in- 
creased as  the  patient  proves  himself  able  to  bear  the  treatment. 

27 


41 8  INSANITY. 

In  the  following  case,  although  no  permanent  relief  was  afforded  b\ 
the  method  employed,  the  temporary  effects  were  so  sudden  and  startling 
as  to  render  the  history  of  exceeding  interest : 

Acute   mania  of  the   most   intense   character   existing  four  mo7iths — Reitiarkabh 
effects  of  general  far  adizatiojt. 

Case  XIX. — Miss  R.,  aged  20,  living  in  Harlem,  and  a  patient  of  Dr.  Joseph 
Wooster,  of  New  York,  was  suffering  from  acute  mania  dating  from  suppression  of  the 
menses,  occurring  four  months  before  she  fell  under  our  care.  She  had  always  enjoyed 
most  excellent  health — indeed  was  remarkble  for  her  vigorous,  robust  constitution, 
and  it  may  be  added,  the  ruddiness  of  her  complexion.  While  watering  the  plants  in 
the  conservatory  of  her  sister,  her  clothes  became  quite  wet ;  she  neglected  to  change 
them  immediately,  and  the  consequence  was  a  suppression  of  the  menstrual  flow.  She 
complained  on  the  following  day  of  severe  headache,  and  on  occasions,  during  the  next 
two  weeks,  was  markedly  unreasonable  in  her  action  and  demands. 

Finally  active  delirium  set  in,  but  with  no  decrease  of  bodily  strength.  At  times 
she  was  intensely  violent  in  her  demonstrations — screaming  at  the  top  of  her  voice 
and  breaking  every  article  of  furniture  within  her  reach  ;  as  a  consequence  she 
was  confined  in  a  room  stripped  of  its  furniture,  and  in  her  wildest  moods  the  strait- 
jacket  was  applied.  For  more  than  two  months  no  sleep  visited  her  eyelids,  without 
the  nightly  administration  of  from  100  to  120  grs.  of  chloral.  During  the  morning 
she  was  often  measurably  quiet,  but  as  evening  approached  she  became  absolutely 
ungovernable,  and  when  chloral  was  not  given  she  had  been  known  to  pace  around 
the  room  with  gi-eat  rapidity  and  strength,  muttering  to  herself,  with  absolutely  no 
cessation,  from  sunset  to  sunrise.  She  had  decreased  in  weight  from  160  to  no  lbs. 
On  the  evening  of  the  15th  of  April,  she  was  held  firmly  in  position  by  several  power- 
ful assistants,  and,  after  thoroughly  moistening  the  hair  of  the  head,  we  submitted 
her  to  the  most  thorough  form  of  general  faradization  with  the  very  smoothest  current 
obtainable.  The  current  was  of  great  strength,  but  evidently  in  itself  caused  no  dis- 
comfort to  the  patient.  That  night,  and  without  the  use  of  any  drug,  the  patient  en- 
joyed five  hours  of  the  quietest  sleep,  and  for  48  hours  thereafter  was  perfectly  obedi- 
ent and  tractable.  Another  paroxysm  of  violence  again  showed  itself,  and  the  same 
form  of  application  was  readministered.  She  again  slept  quietly,  and  in  the  morning 
awoke  perfectly  rational,  but  extremely  weak  in  body.  The  day  being  bright  and 
sunny,  a  chair  was  placed  in  the  yard,  where  she  sat  for  several  hours,  and  in  all  her 
conversation  evinced  entire  freedom  from  anything  like  mental  derangement.  Sud- 
denly, however,  she  arose  from  her  chair  and  ran  around  the  yard  with  great  rapidity. 
She  was  immediately  captured,  and,  when  taken  to  her  room,  gave  evidence  of  all  her 
former  derangemeut.  She  was  unusually  violent  during  the  rest  of  the  day,  but  after 
the  administration  of  100  grains  of  chloral  (and  this  was  effected  with  great  diffi- 
culty, owing  to  her  fierce  struggles)  she  passed  the  latter  part  of  the  night  in  compar- 
atively quiet  sleep.  On  the  following  morning  she  awoke,  somewhat  excited,  and  re- 
mained so  during  the  day,  while  towards  evening  she  as  usual  became  more  violent. 

General  faradization  was  again  tried,  and  was  attended  by  its  previous  good  effects. 
Four  or  five  hours  of  quiet  sleep  followed,  and  on  awakening,  and  for  a  part  of 
the  succeeding  day,  the  patient  was  quite  calm  and  in  some  respects  entirely  rational. 

Not  to  prolong  this  description,  it  maybe  said  that  neither  general  faradization  noi 


INSANITY.  419 

central  galvanization  seemed  to  be  sufficient  to  accomplish  more  than  is  related  in  the 
above  description,  and  finally  it  failed  to  give  marked  relief.  The  patient  was  taken 
by  her  friends  to  an  asylum  and  passed  from  under  our  observation. 

Menopause  insanity  in  a  married  lady — Great  melancholy  ;  constant  wteping  ;  at 
tempts  to  comm.it  suicide  ;  attempts  at  starvation  ;  loss  of  flesh;  attacks  of  mimb- 
ness  ;  heaving,  tea7-ing,  grasping,  bittding  sensation  in  stomach  and  abdomen  ; 
tmilateral  sweating  ;  hysterical  attacks  of  crying,  laughing,  and  unusual  suscep- 
tibility to  electricity — Gradual  and  steady  recovery  under  central  galvanization  of 
the  cervical  sympathetic,  combined  with  cod-liver  oil  etnulsion. 

Case  XX. — -Mrs.  S.,  a  married  lady  of  middle  life,  was  referred  to  us,  Octobei 
19,  1871. 

The  patient  was  pretty  evidently  suffering  from  menopause  mania,  of  several 
months'  standing,  and  evinced  no  disposition  to  recover.  She  attributed  all  her 
symptoms  to  the  use  of  the  vaginal  syringe,  but  there  was  no  evidence  of  this,  and  the 
case  was  pretty  clearly  one  of  mania  dependent  on  the  beginning  of  the  change  of  life. 

The  patient  would  never  sit  down  :  all  day  long  she  walked  and  walked  the  floor  of 
the  house,  sometimes  standing  still  a  moment  to  look  out  of  the  window  or  converse 
or  to  look  vacantly  into  space;  but  never  would  sit  for  a  moment  or  even  lie  down 
on  a  lounge ;  at  night  only  would  she  go  to  bed. 

She  would  weep  for  hours  together,  and  when  not  weeping  was  heavily  depressed. 
Her  ruling  desire  was  to  commit  suicide,  and  most  resolutely  she  tried  to  starve  herself 
to  death,  but  failed  in  the  attempt  for  the  reason  that  she  could  not  resist  the  tempta- 
tion to  take  a  bite  now  and  then,  although  she  did  not  partake  of  a  regular  meal  for 
several  weeks.  She  was  naturally  very  fleshy,  and  had  lost  fifty  pounds  in  weight.  She 
tried  to  get  hold  of  the  batteries  that  were  left  at  her  house  in  order  to  drink  the  acid 
solution,  and  her  husband  was  obliged  to  take  away  the  bottles  after  each  applica- 
tion. The  patient  had  besides  many  vague,  nervous  symptoms,  such  as  numbness  and 
tearing,  rolling,  heaving,  burning,  binding  sensations  in  the  stomach  and  abdomen. 
Attacks  of  unilateral  swelling  on  the  left  side  came  on  at  times,  and  the  left  side  in  all 
respects  was  weaker  than  the  right. 

We  suspected  that  all  the  symptoms  might  be  more  or  less  reflex  from  the  uterus, 
but  the  patient  would  not  yield  to  our  suggestion  that  some  gynaecologist  be  called  in 
to  make  an  examination. 

There  was  tenderness  over  the  ovarian  region,  especially  on  the  left  side,  and  also 
tenderness  on  the  dorsal  and  lumbar  vertebrae,  and  at  times  along  the  entire  length  of 
the  spine. 

It  seemed  probable  that  the  patient  would  have  to  be  sent  to  an  asylum,  but  as  her 
husband  was  so  situated  that  he  could  give  her  close  attention,  we  decided  to  first  ex- 
haust treatment  by  electricity  and  internal  medication. 

We  used  central  galvanization  varied  by  galvanization  of  the  cervical  sympathetic 
Rnd  spine,  and  prescribed  for  internal  use  the  cod-liver  oil  emulsion.  She  was  found 
to  be  very  susceptible  to  electricity  :  only  gentle  currents  and  short  applications  were 
borne,  and  when  thus  used  the  sedative  effect  was  excellent ;  but  when  carried  be 
yond  a  certain  point  irritation  rather  than  sedation  followed.  The  applications  were 
made  on  the  average  about  three  times  a  week,  for  four  months,  with  at  first  slow  and 
almost  imperceptible,  and  afterwards  with  rapid  improvement,  and  with  ultimate  and 


420  INSANITY. 

permanent  recovery.  A  year  and  more  after  the  treatment  was  abandoned,  the  patient 
had  fully  regained  and  still  retains  all  her  flesh,  health  and  spirits. 

The  above  case  seems  to  us  to  illustrate  the  following  points  : 

1.  The  well  known  fact  of  the  curabiUty  of  menopause  insanity,  even 
when  the  symptoms  are  of  the  worst  character.  In  the  case  of  Mrs.  S.  all 
the  symptoms  were  bad  symptoms.  At  times  her  maniacal  attacks  were 
so  violent  as  to  be  absolutely  alarming,  and  twice  at  least  we  had  reason 
to  be  considerably  terrified. 

2.  The  advantage  of  combining  medical  treatment  with  various 
methods  of  electrization.  Although  the  patient  herself  and  her  husband 
attributed  the  result  to  the  electrical  treatment  alone,  yet  in  our  own 
judgment  the  credit  should  be  divided  between  the  medical  and  the 
electrical  treatment,  and  the  element  of  time  should  also  be  considered. 
The  patience  and  perseverance  of  the  husband  and  his  constant  atten- 
tion should  be  considered. 

3.  The  fact  that  electricity,  cautiously  used,  may  be  of  great  service 
even  when  it  is  not  well  borne.  Mrs.  S.  never  could  endure  a  long 
or  strong  application,  even  when  she  had  been  long  under  treatment, 
and  by  some  the  case  might  have  been  given  up  as  not  adapted  for 
electrical  treatment. 

4.  The  principle  that,  in  the  treatment  of  insanity  by  electricity,  the 
applications  should  not  be  confined  to  the  brain,  but  should  be  made  so 
as  to  affect  the  whole  central  nervous  system,  which,  primarily  or  second- 
arily, must  be  more  or  less  involved  in  nearly  all  phases  of  insanity. 


CHAPTER  XVII. 

CEREBRAL   AND    SPINAL   CONGESTION. 

An  exceedingly  interesting  point  in  the  consideration  cf  congestion  of 
the  nerve-centres  is,  the  discrepancy  between  the  observed  symptoms 
and  the  authoritative  statements,  in  regard  to  the  necessary  and  con- 
stant relation  of  certain  symptoms  with  that  condition.  In  pathological 
conditions  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord,  more  perhaps  than  with  other 
organs  of  the  body,  it  is  difficult,  nay,  utterly  impossible,  to  associate 
a  long  list  of  distinct  symptoms  with  some  change  or  tendency 
to  change  of  structure,  and  say  that  they  invariably  exist  as  effects 
and  cause.  What  we  term  distinct  variations  from  the  physiologi- 
cal conditions  of  the  great  nerve-centres,  so  markedly  and  undeniably 
run  into  and  overlap  each  other,  are  so  frequently  as  it  were  intertwined, 
that  it  is  hard  for  the  most  careful  observer  to  do  more  than  to  arrive 
at  approximately  correct  conclusions  as  to  the  actual  pathology.  Irri- 
tation and  congestion  of  the  cord  may  coexist.  Congestion  of  a  severe 
and  chronic  character  may  simulate  actual  sclerosis,  and  hysteria  asso- 
ciated with  a  mild  form  of  either  irritation  or  congestion  may  give  rise 
to  symptoms  of  anaesthesia  and  such  decided  impairment  of  electro-mus- 
cular sensibility  as  to  completely  mislead  the  practitioner  and  suggest 
the  existence  of  serious  organic  disturbance. 

These  remarks  will  be  more  fully  appreciated  by  referring  to  several 
of  the  illustrative  cases  that  follow. 

Prognosis  and  Treatment. — The  relief  that  is  afforded  by  electrization 
in  the  ordinary  forms  of  passive  spinal  and  cerebral  congestion  is  quite 
constant  and  reliable. 

Galvanization  of  the  brain,  spinal  cord,  and  sympathetic  are  of  course 
to  be  used  and  should  be  attempted  with  more  or  less  thoroughness  ac- 
cording to  the  indications  of  each  individual  case. 

General  faradization,  however,  should  not  be  neglected.  There  are 
yery  few  cases  that  will  not  receive  benefit  by  its  judicious  employ- 
ment. 


422  CEREBRAL   AND   SPINAL   CONGESTION. 

Sudden  onset  of  congestion  of  the  cord  associated  with  symptoms  of  irritation — Rapid 
recovery  follows  general  faradization. 

Case  XXI. — Mr.  B.  W.,  a  youth  aged  17,  but  exceptionally  mature,  both  in 
physical  and  mental  endowments,  was  referred  to  us  by  his  physician,  Dr.  John  J. 
Ciane. 

This  patient,  who  was  a  student  at  Harvard,  stated  that  some  weeks  previously  he 
had  one  afternoon  walked  quite  briskly,  and  for  a  considerable  length  of  time,  and 
while  in  a  state  of  partial  perspiration  had  reclined  upon  the  grass  until  a  sense  of 
chilliness  warned  him  of  his  imprudence.  During  the  rest  of  the  day,  and  on  retiring 
at  night,  he  observed  no  unusual  symptom,  but  in  the  morning  the  legs  were  found 
to  be  stiff  and  weak,  associated  with  a  decided  loss  of  co-ordinating  power.  In  short 
the  patient  was  suffering  from  incomplete  paralysis  in  a  paraplegic  form.  There  was 
slight  but  marked  tenderness  along  the  spine  on  pressure,  but  no  exaggeration  of 
reflex  excitability  in  the  limbs,  and  no  appreciable  impairment  of  electro-mus- 
cular contractility  or  sensibility.  Anaesthesia  was  quite  marked  in  the  calves  of  the 
legs  and  toes,  but  any  sensation  of  tingling  was  altogether  wanting.  Pains  in  the 
back  and  limbs  were  not  increased  by  motion,  but  the  patient  complained  of  some 
discomfort  along  the  spine  that  was  increased  at  night  by  the  warmth  of  the  bed. 
It  seemed  sufficiently  clear  that  the  case  was  one  of  spinal  congestion,  and  our  first 
thought  was  to  trust  to  galvanization  of  the  spine,  but  on  futher  thought,  and  taking 
into  consideration  the  recentness  of  the  attack,  and  the  remarkable  effects  of  general 
faradization  in  equalizing  the  circulation,  we  submitted  the  patient  to  a  most  thorough 
but  mild  seance  of  the  last-named  method,  and  directed  him  to  call  again  in  the  course 
of  a  couple  of  days.  On  his  return  we  found  that  the  ansesthesia  had  almost  entirely 
ceased  to  annoy  him ;  his  limbs  were  more  supple  and  stronger,  and  there  was  a  mani- 
fest increase  in  the  power  of  co-ordination.  Substantially  the  same  method  was  em- 
ployed on  seven  different  occasions  from  May  5th  to  May  13th,  when  he  returned 
to  his  studies  completely  recovered. 

In  the  case  above  cited,  anaesthesia  was  a  prominent  symptom,  while 
there  were  absolutely  no  sensations  of  formication  or  tingling. 

Tenderness  on  pressure  along  the  spine  was  decided,  and  yet  we  find 
various  authors  stating  that  in  spinal  congestion  not  only  is  this  symp- 
tom wanting,  but  so  also  is  anaesthesia,  while  the  sensations  of  formica- 
tion and  tingling  in  either  the  toes  or  fingers  are  almost  invariably 
present. 

Sometmies  the  symptoms  of  one  pathological  condition  may  be  the 
more  prominent — sometimes  the  symptoms  of  another — and  occasional- 
ly it  may  be  observed  by  one  whose  experience  is  at  all  extended  that 
spinal  congestion  and  irritation  occur  together  as  affections,  so  to  speak, 
co-ordinate  and  coequal.  In  this  case  congestion  of  the  cord  was  un- 
doubtedly the  predominant  condition,  while  the  symptom  of  tenderness 
along  the  spine  on  pressure  rendered  it  evident  that  irritation  was  pres« 
ent  as  well. 


CEREBRAL   AND   SPINAL   CONGESTION.  423 

Spinal  teriderness  along  the  lower  portion  of  the  spine  07i  pressure  followed  by  pain 
in  the  bozvels  and  extremities — Impaired  motor  power,  etc. — Improvement  under 
spinal  galvanization  after  failure  of  general  faradization. 

Case  XXII. — As  an  illustration  of  a  very  considerable  loss  of  power  in  the  lower 
limbs  from  well-marked  spinal  congestion,  we  refer  to  the  case  of  a  married  lady  aged 
35,  who  was  placed  under  our  care  by  Dr.  J.  O.  Farrington.  Some  four  years  pre- 
viously she  first  began  to  notice  certain  symptoms  for  which  she  could  not  account, 
but  which  evidently  indicated  some  disturbance  of  the  circulation,  and  possibly  some 
slight  spinal  irritation. 

She  was  then  regarded  as  hysterical,  and  was  really  tormented  with  many  of  those 
vague  and  various  symptoms  which  accompany  this  condition.  Associated  with  her 
general  nervous  distress  at  that  time,  however,  were  a  number  of  special  symptoms, 
which  she  readily  called  to  mind  on  being  closely  questioned.  The  most  prominent 
of  these  was  a  sensation  of  tenderness  when  by  any  accident  or  design  pressure  was 
made  over  the  lower  part  of  the  spinal  cord.  She  recollected  also  that  this  sensation 
of  tenderness  was  accompanied  by  pain  in  the  lower  part  of  the  bowels  and  in  the  ex- 
tremities, and  frequently  a  disposition  to  nausea. 

These  symptoms  became  neither  much  aggravated  nor  decidedly  improved,  but 
continued  to  annoy  her  until  about  five  months  before  she  came  under  our  observa- 
tion, when  a  great  change  for  the  worse  manifested  itself. 

Quite  suddenly  she  found  that  the  power  of  locomotion  was  considerably  impaired. 
Slight  exercise  fatigued  her  more  and  more,  until  finally  she  was  unable  to  walk  more 
than  a  few  hundred  feet  without  becoming  excessively  fatigued.  There  was  a  sense 
of  heaviness  in  the  knees  and  feet,  and  frequently  it  required  all  her  efi"orts  to  over- 
come this  feeling  of  helplessness  and  move  around.  There  was  no  anaesthesia  ;  but 
she  complained  of  a  constant  tingling  in  the  fingers  and  toes. 

Pressure,  when  made  over  any  portion  of  the  spine,  caused  no  feeling  of  tenderness ; 
but  at  night  the  warmth  of  the  bed  frequently  produced  a  dull  aching  of  the  cord, 
which  effectually  prevented  sleep.  Both  night  and  day  she  was  annoyed  at  intervals 
with  paroxysms  of  shortness  of  breath. 

Hoping  to  equalize  the  circulation,  and  thus  help  to  relieve  the  congestion  which 
was  supposed  to  exist,  we  made  use  of  the  faradic  current.  We  could  accomplish 
nothing  with  it,  and  resorted  to  the  galvanic  current,  placing  the  negative  electrode 
at  the  coccyx  and  passing  the  positive  up  and  down  the  spine — spinal-cord  current. 
The  application  was  administered  every  other  day,  and  was  followed  by  good  results. 
The  sensation  of  tingling  of  which  she  complained  was  entirely  dissipated. 

The  annoying  shortness  of  breath  was  so  much  relieved  that  it  was  only  occasionally 
and  at  night  that  she  was  troubled  by  it.  Her  feet  became  permanently  warmer, 
and  she  was  able  to  increase  somewhat  her  amount  of  exercise  without  suffering 
fatigue.  These  results  were  accomplished  in  two  months,  during  which  time  thirty 
applications  of  the  galvanic  current  were  made. 

The  prominent  symptom  which  pointed  to  spinal  irritation  as  the  original  difficulty 
in  the  case  of  this  patient  was  the  sensitiveness  of  the  spine  to  pressure,  and  the  ac- 
companying nausea  and  pains. 

The  symptoms  which  indicated  the  later  stages  of  congestion  were : 

First — Incomplete  paralysis  in  a  paraplegic  form. 

Second — A  constant  tingling  in  the  toes  and  fingers. 


424  CEREBRAL   AND    SPINAL   CONGESTION. 

Third — A  dull  aching  along  the  spine,  caused  by  warmth. 

Fourth — Shortness  of  breath. 

These  symptoms,  together  with  the  absence  of  some  of  the  prominent  indications  of 
myelitis,  viz.,  anesthesia,  paralysis  of  the  bladder  and  sphincter  ani,  impairment  of 
electro-contractility  and  electro-sensibility,  and  also  of  tenderness  on  pressure  along 
the  spine,  which  does  not  accompany  the  graver  diseases  of  the  cord  when  not  asso- 
ciated with  spinal  irritation — all  these  fully  confirmed  the  diagnosis  of  congestion  of 
the  cord. 

Cerebral  congestion  in  a  young  girl — Attacks  brought  on  when  working  on  a 
sewing-machine — Great  temporary  relief  under  central  galvanization,  galvujii- 
zaiiou  of  the  sympathetic,  and  bromide  of  potassitmi — Relapse  u-nder  the  con- 
tinuation of  the  exciting  cause. 

Case  XXIII. — E.  A — —,  a  girl  twenty-four  years  of  age,  came  to  us  represent- 
ing th.it  for  four  months  -^'le  had  suffered  from  attacks  of  fulness  of  the  head,  flash- 
ing of  the  face,  with  burning  feeling  that  came  on,  sometimes  every  day,  especially 
in  the  afternoon  and  evening,  when  she  had  been  hard  at  work  on  the  sewing-macliine. 
She  was  employed  in  a  shop  where  she  was  expected  to  work  all  day  on  the  machine. 
The  constitution  of  the  patient  was  excellent,  and  there  were  no  evidences  of  uterine 
disorder. 

We  used  central  galvanization,  galvanization  of  the  head  and  sympathetic,  and 
prescribed  bromide  of  potassium  internally,  with  immediate  and  decided  relief,  but 
the  symptoms  recurred  when  she  returned  to  hard  work  on  the  machine. 

Cerebral  congestion  and  exhaustion  induced  by  over-toil  and  worry,  followiitg  cure 
of  catarrh  and  nasal  polypi—  Terrible  insomnia —  Temporary  numbness — Recovery 
under  galvanization  of  brain  and  cervical  sympathetic,  and  internal  use  of  cod- 
liver  oil  emulsion. 

Case    XXIV. — Mr.  D ,  a  gentleman  of  middle  life,  a  political  editorial  writer 

on  one  of  our  prominent  Western  newspapers,  consulted  us  December  20,  1872,  for 
persistent  insomnia  of  a  very  aggravated  character,  that  for  one  year  had  forced  him 
to  try  all  methods  of  treatment,  including  hydropathy,  homoeopathy,  severe  exercise, 
etc.,  with  but  little  profit.  The  condition  had  come  upon  him  as  a  result  of  over- 
toil in  his  profession,  combined  with  mental  annoyances  of  a  most  serious  character. 
Formerly  the  patient  had  suffered  from  nasal  catarrh  (chronic  rhinitis)  and  nasal 
polypi :   as  the  cerebral  disorder  came  on,  the  catarrhal  symptoms  disappeared. 

The  insomnia  had  been  most  obstinate :  for  weeks  and  months  it  had  been  neces- 
sary to  use  chloral,  else  there  was  absolutely  no  sleep ;  and  recently  the  chloral  had 
lost  somewhat  of  its  power. 

We  gave  him  a  few  applications  of  electricity,  using  the  ordinary  methods  of  gal- 
vanizing the  brain  and  cervical  sympathetic,  and  gave  the  cod-liver  oil  emulsion.  He 
was  obliged  to  return  to  his  duties ;  but  he  carried  out  the  treatment  faithfully,  and 
now  and  then  reported  his  progress.  The  improvement  was  constant  and  permanent. 
He  got  along  with  less  and  less  chloral.  In  the  course  of  a  few  weeks  he  wrote  that 
he  was  nearly  well  j  but  he  adds  :   "  The  catarrh  is  coming  back  ;  the  devil  take  it  I  " 


CHAPTER   XVIIL 


NEURALGIA. 


The  relief  of  pain,  whether  of  a  pseudo-neuralgic  or  hysterical  char- 
acter, or  whether  dependent  on  true  neuralgia  or  other  causes,  is  a  very 
important  function  of  electrization  ;  but  in  no  condition  has  it  been 
more  difficult  to  discriminate  correctly  in  the  selection  of  the  proper 
method  of  electrical  treatment.  True  neuralgia,  as  defined  by  Anstie, 
is  without  doubt  most  successfully  treated  by  galvanism,  while  hysteri- 
cal neuralgia,  and  the  so-called  pseudo-neuralgia,  which  are  simply 
forms  of  pain,  occupying  certain  areas,  and  running  seemingly  in  the 
direction  of  certain  nerves,  yield  most  readily  to  faradism. 

More  specifically,  the  effects  oi pressure  in  the  various  forms  of  neu- 
ralgia are  exceedingly  useful,  as  guiding  symptoms,  indicating  the 
proper  current.  We  do  not  by  any  means  lay  it  down  as  a  universal 
law,  but  it  will  certainly  be  found  that,  in  the  great  majority  of  cases  of 
neuralgia,  where  firm  pressure  over  the  affected  nerve  aggravates  ihe 
pain,  the  galvanic  current  is  indicated,  while  the  faradic  current  has 
the  greater  power  to  relieve  when  such  pressure  does  not  cause  an  in- 
crease of  pain. 

In  the  class  of  cases  called  sometimes  hysterical  hyperassthesia,  it  is 
well  known  that  firm  and  prolonged  pressure  affords  marked  relief,  while 
pressure  superficially  applied  increases  the  distress.  The  faradic  cur- 
rent is  here  infinitely  superior  to  the  galvanic. 

Electro-diagfiosis  in  neuralgia  discovers  the  painful  spots  that  are 
detected  by  pressure  in  the  course  of  the  affected  nerve,  and  may  also 
discover  sensitive  points  on  the  spine,  or  the  head,  that  might,  perhaps, 
have  otherwise  escaped  observation. 

Treatment. — Before  attempting  the  electric  treatment  of  neuralgia, 
we  should  endeavor  to  diagnose  its  general  character,  m  order  to  de- 
cide upon  the  method  to  be  employed.  In  doubtful  cases  it  is  neces- 
sary to  try  in  succession  central,  peripheral,  and  general  treatment. 

The  treatment  of  the  different  varieties  of  neuralgia  is  the  best  test 
of  skill  in  electro-therapeutics.  There  is  no  disease  or  symptom  in 
which  the  results  of  treatment  in  different  cases  so  closely  depend  on 


426  METHODS   OF  TREATMENT. 

the  nature  and  strength  of  the  current  used,  and  the  method  and  fre 
quency  of  the  appHcations. 

Cases  that  injudicious  treatment  might  aggravate  may,  by  the  exer 
cise  of  the  skill  and  caution  that  experience  teach,  be  rapidly  cured. 

The  success  achieved  by  electrization  in  the  treatment  of  neuralgia 
has  been  brilliant  and  remarkable,  and  would  be  sufficient  of  itself  to 
entitle  it  to  a  prominent  and  indispensable  position  among  modern 
remedies.  What  is  more  remarkable  still,  is  that  this  success  has  been 
achieved  by  very  diverse  methods  of  applications,  and  with  imperfect, 
indifferent,  or  incorrect  diagnoses.  All  forms  of  electricity — statical, 
galvanic,  and  faradic — in  all  the  different  methods  and  phases  of  elec- 
'trization,  general  and  localized,  centrally  and  peripherally,  by  currents, 
stable,  labile,  continuous,  interrupted,  uniform,  and  increasing. 

The  pain  is  frequently  relieved  in  the  midst  of  the  application ;  but 
in  such  cases  it  usually  returns  in  the  course  of  a  few  hours,  and  some- 
times with  heightened  intensity.  Some  cases  of  a  peripheral  character 
are  permanently  dispelled  by  one  or  two  applications. 

Electricity  is  applied  for  neuralgia  in  the  following  forms  : — 

General  faradizatioji  and  central  galvanization. 
Localized  faradizatioti  or  galvanization,  central  or  peripheral^  or 
both  combined. 

Galvanization  of  the  cervical  sympathetic. 

Electric  brush. 

Electric  inoxa. 

Statical  electricity. 

Electric  ba?ids  and  disks. 

The  magnet. 

Statical  electricity  works  well  in  neuralgia,  and  excellent  cures  have 
been  performed  by  it,  but  there  is  no  evidence  as  yet  that  it  is  in  any 
respect  superior  to  the  galvanic  current  when  rightly  used. 

Mafty  of  the  failures  and  disappoifitme?its  with  the  use  of  electricity 
in  neuralgia  have  been  due  to  the  mistake  of  treating  constitutional  dis- 
eases locally,  and  the  central  varieties  peripherally. 

There  is  one  difficulty  in  the  treatment  of  neuralgia  by  electrization, 
and  that  is  that,  on  account  of  the  intensity  of  the  pain  of  the  disease, 
patients  are  sometimes  unwilling  to  give  the  treatment  a  fair  trial. 
This  difficulty  is  further  increased  by  the  fact  that,  during  or  after  the 
first  two  or  three  apphcations,  the  pain  may  be  temporarily  aggravated, 
especially  if  the  sittings  have  been  long,  or  with  currents  of  too  great 
strength.     For  this  reason  the  initial  applications  should  be  made  with 


NEURALGIA.         ~  427 

caution,  and  the  operator  should  not  yield  to  the  temptation  to  renew 
them  too  frequently.  Once  a  day,  or  every  other  day,  is  about  as  often 
as  applications  can  be  made  with  benefit. 

As  before  remarked,  the  methods  of  applying  electricity  must  be 
studiously  adapted  and  varied  to  each  case,  ever  keeping  in  mind  thai 
all  tnethods  of  usi?ig  electricity  have  been  successful  in  this  disease,  and 
that  no  one  method  is  uniformly  successful  even  in  the  same  variety. 

Besides  the  central  and  general  electrization,  which  is  to  be  con 
ducted  on  general  principles,  in  order  to  affect  the  seat  of  the  disease, 
all  the  varieties  of  neuralgia  may  demand  more  or  less  treatment  in  the 
seat  of  the  pain.  For  this  purpose  we  may  use  either  faradic  or  gal- 
vanic currents.  Although  the  faradic  achieves  excellent  results,  yet 
some  of  the  most  striking  results  have  been  obtained  by  the  galvanic. 
It  sometimes  relieves  the  pain  when  the  faradic  only  aggravates  it.* 
After  the  faradic  current  has  been  tried  a  few  times  without  effect,  we 
should  never  abandon  the  case  without  resorting  to  the  galvanic,  or  the 
two  currents  may  be  used  alternately.  As  a  rule,  the  applications 
should  be  short  and  made  with  a  mild  current;  but  this  rule  has 
marked  exceptions.  There  appears  to  be  no  special  law  in  regard  to  the 
direction  of  the  current.  The  strong  statements  that  have  been  made  in 
regard  to  the  superiority  of  one  or  the  other  pole  in  this  disease  are 
not  sustained  by  experience.  Either  the  positive  or  the  negative  pole 
may  be  placed  over  the  painful  points,  while  the  other  pole  is  applied 
near  or  on  the  nerve  centre.  Thus,  in  neuralgia  of  the  arms,  one  pole 
may  be  placed  at  the  cilio-spinal  centre,  and  in  neuralgia  of  the  legs, 
on  the  lumbar  vertebrae,  and  the  other  on  the  affected  nerve  (spinal- 
cord -nerve  current). 

The  electric  moxa  is  sometimes  more  rapidly  efficacious  in  neuralgia 
than  any  other  method  of  treatment.  It  is,  however,  a  very  painful  pro- 
cedure, and  many  patients  will  not  bear  it. 

It  seems  to  act  partly  as  a  counter-irritant.  Meyer  very  strongly 
advocates  the  use  of  electric  moxa  in  neuralgia,  and  sustains  his  position 
by  a  number  of  cases.  Very  few  American  patients  in  the  higher  walks 
of  life  will  bear  this  severe  method  of  using  electricity. 

General  Prognosis. — Take  the  cases  as  they  arise,  without  reference 
to  their  pathology,  duration,  or  situation,  neuralgia  offers  a  very  favor- 
able prognosis.      The  majority  of  cases  will  be  cured  or  permanently 

*  The  statements  of  Niemeyer  and  others  that  the  faradic  current  never  succeeds 
in  neuralgia  after  the  galvanic  fails,  is  not  true.  We  have  seen  several  cases  where 
relief  wfas  obtained  by  faradization  with  Kidder's  continuous  machine,  after  galvani 
zation  had  at  least  apparently  failed. 


428  CASES. 

improved.     Patients  who  have  the  neuralgic  constitution  are  Hable  lo 
relapse  in  time,  however  successful  the  treatment  mav  have  been. 

Paroxysmal  attacks  of  a  most  distressing  general  neuralgia,  associated  with  menor- 
rhagia  and  anesthesia,  treated  by  general  faradization — Recovery. 

Case  XXV. — A  lady  about  30,  married,  but  childless,  had  suffered  from  several  mis- 
carriages, and  had  been  treated  for  a  long  time  for  ulceration  of  the  neck  of  the  uterus 
that  finally  yielded  to  local  applications.  Up  to  her  twenty-fifth  year  she  had  enjoyed 
a  good  degree  of  health ;  but  after  her  first  miscarriage  she  began  to  suffer  from  pro- 
longed menstruation,  attended  with  an  excessive  flow.  This  condition  had  existed 
but  a  few  months  when  the  patient  began  to  experience  certain  wandering  pains  over 
the  body,  that  became  more  marked  at  each  return  of  the  catamenia,  until  the  par 
oxysms  assumed  a  most  distressing  character.  They  were  usually  ushered  in  by  ten- 
derness and  a  sensation  of  oppression  in  the  epigastric  region.  Throughout  the  whole 
attack  the  most  acute  pain  would  be  felt  over  the  stomach,  and  was  attended  by  vomit- 
ing. Most  of  the  body  was,  however,  to  a  greater  or  less  extent,  affected  by  the  dis- 
order. The  head  became  tender  to  the  touch,  the  eyes  intolerant  to  light,  and  the 
tongue  and  mucous  surfaces  of  the  cheek  would  be  affected  by  a  very  annoying  sensa- 
tion of  numbness.  Several  times  a  year  she  was  prostrated  by  symptoms  that  were 
very  sudden  in  their  onset,  and  exceedingly  alarming  in  character.  The  pulse,  almost 
without  warning,  would  fall  to  40  or  45  in  the  minute,  and  become  so  feeble  as  to  be 
hardly  perceptible.  The  power  of  articulation  left  her,  the  anaesthesia  of  the  mouth 
and  tongue  became  complete,  and  her  face  assumed  a  deadly  color  and  coldness. 
These  attacks  lasted  from  twenty  minutes  to  half  an  hour,  and  were  treated  by  the 
free  use  of  brandy  and  carb.  of  ammonia.  An  application  of  general  faradization, 
given  one  evening  during  one  of  her  periodical  monthly  paroxysms,  so  relieved  the 
distress  that  a  quiet  night  was  the  result.  It  may  be  here  stated  that  it  was  impossi- 
ble for  the  patient  to  take  opium  in  any  form  with  benefit.  Exceedingly  small  doses 
caused  sleeplessness  and  the  most  intense  excitement.  Invariably  after  this  we  found 
that  a  similar  application  would  greatly  alleviate  the  pain.  The  main  idea,  however, 
was  to  strengthen  the  general  system,  and  so  prevent  these  attacks.  For  this  purpose, 
on  every  other  day  she  was  treated  thoroughly  by  general  faradization,  and  it  was  not 
long  before  its  good  effects  were  manifest.  In  the  course  of  a  few  weeks  her  powers 
of  endurance  had  increased  considerably  ;  and  when  the  menses  appeared  they  were 
of  shorter  duration,  and  attended  with  a  much  less  loss  of  blood  than  before.  The 
neuralgic  pains  were  incomparably  less  severe,  and  she  rallied  to  her  usual  condition 
immediately.  After  remaining  under  treatment  several  months  she  was  discharged  as 
cured.  Five  years  have  elapsed  since  treatment  was  discontinued,  but  she  has  never 
suffered  since  from  those  occasional  attacks  of  which  mention  was  made.  Her  men- 
ses continue  regular  and  normal ;  and  it  is  only  after  great  provocation  that  she  evei 
experiences  paroxysms  like  those  of  former  days. 

Intercostal  neuralgia  of  a  malarial  origin — Recovery  under  general  faradization 

atid  quinine. 
Case  XXVI. — A  young  man,  who  had  been  exposed  to  the  hardships  and  dangers  of 
a  frontier  life,  was  suffering  from  distressing  pains  that  were  confined  mainly  to  the 
thoracic  region  on  either  side.     Several  months  before  we  saw  him,  he  was  prostrated 


NEURALGIA.  429 

by  an  attack  of  intermittent  fever  that  recurred  several  times  after  being  apparently 
subdued. 

One  of  the  paroxysms  was  followed  by  what  his  attendant  called  '^ brow  ague'''' — 
a  term  not  unfamiliar  some  years  ago  to  the  residents  of  malarial  districts. 

It  was  characterized  by  sharp  shooting  pains  all  over  the  head  and  face,  affecting, 
however,  especially  the  forehead  and  eyes.  The  neuralgic  symptoms  soon  abandoned 
these  parts,  but  in  a  few  days  manifested  themselves  by  an  unusually  severe  paroxysm 
in  the  chest  and  side.  For  a  number  of  months  before  he  fell  under  our  notice,  at- 
tacks of  intercostal  neuralgia  occurred  at  intervals  of  two  or  three  days. 

The  patient  experienced  no  distinct  chills  or  marked  febrile  excitement,  but  the 
neuralgia  was  almost  invariably  ushered  in  by  a  creeping  sensation  of  cold  down  the 
back  and  limbs.  The  exciting  cause  was  undoubtedly  a  malarial  poison.  The  diag- 
nosis of  neuralgia  was  unmistakably  confirmed  by  the  presence  of  that  almost  pathog- 
nomonic symptom,  namely,  pain  on  pressure  over  the  spinous  process  of  one  of  the  last 
dorsal  vertebrae.  A  gradual  improvement  took  place  under  frequent  general  applica- 
tions of  the  faradic  current.  Quinine  was  administered  at  the  same  time,  so  that  we 
cannot  state  in  positive  terms  the  exact  amount  of  credit  due  electrization.  It  must 
be  remembered,  however,  that  quinine  had  been  taken  for  some  time  previously,  and 
was  followed  by  no  very  marked  results.  The  first  application,  administered  during  a 
paroxysm  of  ordinary  severity,  was  followed  by  a  very  grateful  amelioration  of  the 
pain,  and  in  all  subsequent  attacks  the  same  result  followed. 

Ten  applications  served  to  break  the  periodicity  of  the  attacks,  and  to  place  him  on 
a  plane  so  little  below  the  normal,  that  it  could  be  fairly  said  of  him  that  he  was 
approximately  cured. 

hitercostal  neuralgia,  resulting  from  exposure  to  camp  life — Spinal  Irritation — 
DebiKty — Rapid  improvement  and  recovery  under  genet-al  faradization. 

Case  XXVII. — L.  C,  aged  28,  served  in  a  Nevada  regiment  for  three  years  during 
the  war.  After  his  discharge,  in  the  fall  of  1865,  he  was  taken  with  acute  articular 
rheumatism,  which  confined  him  to  a  hospital  during  the  whole  winter.  The  spring 
found  him  much  better,  and  in  a  few  months  there  seemed  to  be  no  vestige  of  the  rheu- 
matism remaining.  His  health  remained  delicate.  In  July,  1866,  he  was  taken  with 
severe  pains  in  the  back  and  side.  He  was  treated  by  localized  faradization  a  few 
times,  but  with  no  appreciable  benefit.  The  neuralgia  increased  in  severity,  locating 
itself  between  the  ribs.  In  January,  1867,  he  applied  to  us  for  treatment.  He  was 
then  extremely  weak,  and  presented  a  remarkably  anaemic  appearance.  There  was 
very  great  hyperesthesia  over  the  peripheral  expansion  of  the  affected  nerves.  Slight 
irritation  by  the  finger-nail,  or  moderate  pressure  by  the  hand,  was  sufficient  to  cause 
considerable  pain.  On  account  of  his  extreme  sensibility  he  was  obliged  to  substitute 
for  the  coarse  red  flannel  which  he  had  been  accustomed  to  wear,  an  undershirt  of 
finer  texture.  Pressure  made  upon  the  first  spinous  processes  of  the  dorsal  vertebrae 
caused  no  uneasiness,  but  when  the  sixth  and  seventh  processes  were  firmly  pressed, 
the  patient  loudly  complained.  We  gave  him  a  general  application,  as  is  our  custom 
in  such  cases.  The  whole  system  was  brought  powerfully  under  the  influence  of  the 
faradic  cunent.  The  application  at  once  relieved  him,  and  in  three  days  he  was 
directed  to  come  again.  During  that  time  he  suffered  much  less  than  usual ;  his  ap- 
petite had  improved,  and  for  the  first  thirty-six  hours  he  was  much  invigorated.      He 


430  CEPHALALGIA. 

visited  us  for  one  month,  during  which  time  he  received  ten  general  applications.     The 
improvement  was  uninterrupted  from  the  beginning. 

After  the  fourth  application  he  suffered  no  more  from  the  neuralgia.  The  color 
returned  to  his  cheek  ;  his  appetite  became  more  vigorous  from  week  to  week,  and 
when  he  discontinued  treatment,  we  regarded  him  as  comparatively  well 

Thi?  case  called  for  a  powerful  constitutional  tonic.  Hardships  in 
the  army  and  previous  disease  had  reduced  his  stock  of  vitality  to  such 
a  degree  that  our  ordinary  internal  tonics  failed  to  produce  their  accus- 
tomed results.  His  nervous  system  had  been  so  shaken,  and  all  his 
functions  so  disturbed,  that  he  could  not  assimilate  the  iron  and  bitters 
that  were  so  much  needed.  It  is  in  such  cases  that  general  faradiza- 
tion achieves  most  satisfactory  results. 

Central  Neuralgia. — Under  this  head  we  include  those  cases  of 
neuralgic  pain  that  certainly  depend  on  pathological  lesions  of  the 
central  nervous  system. 

The  neuralgic  pains  of  locomotor  ataxia  belong  to  this  class. 
Those  who  with  Dr.  Anstie  regard  neuralgia  as  a  distinct  disease,  de- 
pendent on  atrophy  of  the  roots  of  the  nerves,  do  net  regard  these  pains 
as  really  neuralgic.  Under  this  class  also  come  certain  varieties  of 
headache  and  cervical  neuralgia. 

Cephalalgia  {^Headache). — Headache  should  be  treated  by  general  or 
localized  electrization,  according  to  the  indications  of  each  case.  Dry 
faradization  with  the  hand  is  used  successfully.  Stable  galvanization 
or  faradization,  uniform  or  increasing,  may  be  employed.  Labile  ap- 
plications with  the  moistened  hand  are  sometimes  of  service.  General 
faradization  is  more  effective  than  localized,  for  the  reason  that  in  so 
large  a  proportion  of  cases  the  pain  in  the  head  is  so  very  frequently 
symptomatic  of  disease  of  other  parts  of  the  body,  the  precise  nature 
and  locality  of  which  we  cannot  possibly  detect.  Central  galvanization 
is  sometimes  more  efficacious  than  any  other  method.  Relief  not  un- 
frequently  follows  galvanization  or  faradization  of  the  stomach,  or 
bowels,  or  spine,  or  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic,  even  when  the 
head  is  not  touched.  Applications  to  the  back  of  the  neck  are  sometimes 
more  efficacious  than  direct  applications  to  the  head. 

Prognosis. — Although  headache  in  this  country  is  even  a  more 
frequent  symptom  than  dyspepsia,  yet  patients  do  not  usually  apply  for 
treatment  for  this  symptom  alone,  but  only  when  it  is  associated  with 
more  special  and  distinct  affections.  The  immediate  effects  of  electriza- 
tion in  headache  are  as  variable  as  the  pathology  of  the  symptoms.  If 
sometimes  relieves,  sometimes  aggravates,  and  sometimes  gives  only 
negative  results.     Sometimes  the  pain  is  relieved  in  the  midst  of  the 


NEURALGIA.  43 1 

sitting ;  more  frequently  the  relief  does  not  appear  for  several  hours. 
There  is  no  reason  to  be  discouraged  because  immediate  relief  is  not 
obtained.  In  very  many  of  our  cases  of  dyspepsia,  of  anaemia,  chlorosis, 
nervous  exhaustion,  paralysis,  headache  is  a  more  or  less  constant 
symptom,  from  which  during  the  treatment  they  usually  obtain  either 
relief  or  cure.     In  rare  cases  all  other  symptoms  yield  but  this. 

In  many  of  the  cases  of  dyspepsia,  neurasthenia,  anaemia,  and  hys- 
teria, headache  was  a  prominent  symptom,  which  was  not  only  tem- 
porarily but  permanently  relieved  by  the  treatment.  If  we  were  to  judge 
from  our  own  observations,  electrical  treatment  is  even  more  efficacious 
X.O  prevent  attacks  of  headache,  by  improving  the  tone  of  the  system, 
than  to  dissipate  the  pain  after  it  has  once  set  in. 

The  Magjiet. — The  therapeutical  results  that  have  been  obtained  by 
the  magnet  in  the  treatment  of  headache  are  not  sufficiently  encourag- 
ing to  entitle  it  to  special  notice.  Something  has  been  claimed  for  it, 
but,  as  a  rule,  it  has  been  found  that  it  is  necessary  that  the  patient 
should  be  of  a  peculiarly  impressible  organization,  in  order  to  be  in  the 
slightest  degree  affected  by  it.* 

Frequent  and  severe  headaches  in  a  girl  of  fifteen  since  the  age  of  four — Approxi 
mate  recovery  under  a  month  of  central  galvanizatiojt — Subsequent  relapse. 

Case  XXVIII.  —  Miss  C,  aged  15,  consulted  us  at  the  suggestion  of  her  physician, 
Dr.  Everett  Herrick,  The  patient  was  small  of  her  age  and  menstruated  first  at  the 
age  of  eleven.  In  regard  to  hereditary  influences  it  may  be  said  that  her  father  had 
for  many  years  suffered  from  periodical  attacks  of  headache,  and  that  her  aunts, 
sisters  of  her  father,  had  also  menstruated  at  about  the  same  early  age  as  the  patient 
herself.  The  following  were  the  symptoms  for  which  relief  was  sought :  Since  the 
age  of  four  she  had  suffered  intensely  from  headaches  associated  with  vomiting,  which 
latterly  had  increased  in  frequency  until  four  out  of  the  seven  days  of  the  week  was 
the  ordinary  ratio  of  the  sick  days  to  the  well  days.  It  may  be  remarked,  however,  that 
at  no  time  was  she  entirely  free  from  pain.  The  general  health  and  strength  of  the 
patient  was  fair ;  but  the  circulation  was  feeble  and  the  appetite  not  very  good.  Cen- 
tral treatment  being  indicated,  we  began  the  use  of  this  method  by  the  application  of 
the  galvanic  current  from  four  ordinary  zinc-carbon  cells,  and  during  the  treatment, 
consisting  of  seventeen  seances,  and  extending  from  May  loth  to  June  i6th,  we  grad- 
ually increased  the  number  of  cells  to  eight.  It  was  observed  that  the  attacks  greatly 
decreased  in  frequency  and  severity,  and  when  she  left  the  city  for  the  annual  summei 
vacp.tion  she  was  but  little  annoyed  by  her  old  enemy.  We  learned  incidentally  that 
subsequently  the  patient  relapsed. 

*  Tripier  (Annales  de  I'Electrotherapie,  1863)  presents  a  resume  of  some  not 
very  convincing  experiments  of  I'Abbe  Le  Noble  in  the  treatment  by  the  magnet  of 
hea/iache  and  other  nervous  affections.  The  experiments  were  recorded  by  Andrj 
and  Thouvet,  in  "  Memoire  sur  le  Magnetisme  Medicinal."     Paris,  1782. 


432  CASES    OF    CEPHALALGIA 

Intense  and  deep-seated  cephalalgia — Pertnanent  relief  follows  central  galvaniza- 

tion. 

Case  XXIX. — A  patient  from  whom  a  large  fibrous  tumor  of  the  uterus  had  been 
lemoved  several  months  before  she  fell  under  our  observation,  complained  of  such 
constant  and  severe  neuralgic  pains,  which  seemed  seated  in  the  centre  of  the  brain, 
that  at  times  she  almost  lost  control  of  herself  both  physically  and  mentally.  Neuralgia 
had  been  a  symptom  from  which  she  had  suffered  more  or  less  for  years,  but  far  less 
acute  in  degree  than  after  the  operation  mentioned.  From  March  12th  to  30th, 
1872,  central  galvanization  was  applied  on  five  occasions  and  with  excellent  results. 
The  pains,  although  not  entirely  dissipated,  became  far  less  distressing  in  character, 
and  ceased  altogether  to  exert  any  mental  influence. 

Throat  dysesthesia,  associated  with  severe  cephalalgia  of  twenty  year s''  standing — 
Decided  relief  under  central  galvanization. 

Case  XXX. — Mrs.  T.,  who  was  directed  to  us  by  Dr.  C.  R.  Agnew,  had  for  20 
years  suffered  from  an  almost  constant  and  painful  heaviness  about  the  head  and  eyelids. 
Associated  with  this  symptom  were  frequent  periodical  attacks  of  the  most  intense 
cephalalgia.  For  the  last  few  years  the  patient  had  complained  of  a  local  neuralgia  of 
somewhat  rare  occurrence,  noticed  by  Hanfield  Jones  as  "throat  dyssesthesia." 
Dysphagia  was  present,  with  a  sense  of  impending  suffocation,  with  heat  and  dryness. 
Inspection  revealed  no  inflammation  sufficient  to  account  for  the  distress. 

The  treatment  consisted  of  some  25  applications,  almost  wholly  by  the  method  of 
central  galvanization,  and  with  most  decidedly  beneficial  results.  The  heaviness  of 
the  head  and  eyes  was  much  relieved,  and  the  cephalalgia  occurred  at  far  greater  in» 
tervals  and  with  less  severity. 

The  throat  difficulty  yielded  more  readily  and  completely  than  the  other  symptoms. 

It  was  a  noticeable  fact  in  the  history  of  the  treatment  of  the  above 
case  that  at  the  outset  a  mild  current  of  say  from  five  cells,  when 
applied  to  the  eyes,  while  it  was  not  unpleasant  and  produced  no  aggra- 
vation of  pain,  signally  failed  to  relieve. 

A  current  from  three  cells  was  invariably  followed  by  immediate 
alleviation  of  pain. 

Persistent    and  constant  cephalalgia  of  long  standing — Ancesthesia  of  head — No 

relief. 

Case  XXXI. — Mr,  R.,  a  clerk  aged  22,  was  referred  to  us,  April  22,  1869,  by 
Dr.  Hallet,  of  Brooklyn.  The  yonng  man  had  been  many  months  a  sufferer  from  per- 
sistent pain  through  the  head,  in  all  parts  of  it,  even  to  the  back  of  the  neck.  Treat- 
ment had  been  of  no  avail.  His  constitution  was  of  the  nervous  variety,  and  his 
symptom  was  aggravated  by  his  sedentary  mode  of  life,  and  by  any  sustained  mental 
effort. 

Electric  examination  with  both  galvanic  and  faradic  currents  demonstrated  a  very 
unusual  lack  of  sensitiveness  to  the  current  on  all  parts  of  the  head,  which  in  health 
can  bear  only  very  gentle  currents.     All  the  modifications  of  electrization  were  em- 


NEURALGIA.  433 

ployed  for  four  weeks,  without  making  the  feeblest  impression  on  the  symptoms.  Nc 
temporary  relief  could  be  obtained  either  during  or  after  the  seance.  The  most  un- 
usual fact  of  all  was,  that  the  pain  could  not  be  temporarily  aggravated  or  changed 
in  its  character,  even  by  powerful  and  somewhat  prolonged  galvanization.  The  fail- 
ure was  complete ;  after  four  weeks'  treatment  the  patient  was  dismissed,  no  better 
and  no  worse  than  at  the  outset  of  the  treatment. 

The  patient  a  few  years  subsequently  committed  suicide,  being  driven 
to  the  desperate  act  by  constant  and  unrelieved  pain. 

A  careful  post-mortem  examination  made  by  Dr.  A.  B.  Crosby,  in  the 
presence  of  Drs.  E.  S.  Bunker,  S.  G.  Armor  and  ourselves,  revealed  no 
pathological  lesion  that  would  satisfactorily  account  for  the  symptoms 
during  life. 

Sick-headache  (^Migraine). — The  results  of  our  treatment  of  sick- 
headache  by  electricity  have  not  been  quite  consistent.  In  some  cases 
the  relief  has  immediately  followed  treatment ;  in  other  cases  some 
time  after  treatment ;  in  still  other  cases  there  has  been  no  relief,  tem- 
porary or  permanent. 

Sick-headache —  Vomiting — No  relief  from  faradization. 

Case  XXXII. — In  the  case  of  a  young  lady,  the  onset  of  the  pain  is  very  peculiar. 
Without  the  slightest  warning,  when  at  church  or  walking,  at  the  piano  or  engaged 
in  household  duties,  her  vision  will  become  blurred.  Objects  before  her  seem  to 
dance  about  in  every  direction,  and  she  is  unable  to  recognize  familiar  faces.  No 
barometer  is  so  accurate  in  indicating  storms  as  are  these  nervous  symptoms  in  fore- 
telling the  commotion  about  to  take  place  in  her  system.  Soon  the  blur  before  the 
eyes  partially  disappears,  and  a  most  raging  headache  sets  in.  The  arteries  in  the 
temples  swell,  and  pulsate  with  gi^eat  rapidity  and  force.  Sharp  lancinating  pams 
dart  all  over  the  head  and  through  the  eyes.  As  a  rule,  vomiting  of  a  grumous-look- 
ing  liquid,  mixed  with  bile,  accompanies  the  other  symptoms.  After  lasting  from  I2 
to  24  hours,  the  severity  of  the  attack  abates,  leaving  her  in  a  somewhat  debilitated 
state,  from  which  she  soon  recovers.  Electrization  failed  to  give  any  relief.  Bromide 
of  potassium  is  the  only  remedy  that  has  any  effect  whatever.  Given  in  doses  of  20 
grs.  as  soon  as  the  eyes  become  blurred,  it  will  frequently  lessen  the  severity  of  the 
pain  in  the  head. 

In  the  case  of  a  sister  of  the  above  the  headache  is  preceded  by  no  blurring  of  the 
eyes,  but  is  accompanied  by  an  excessive  and  distressing  sense  of  nervousness,  causing 
the  patient  to  throw  her  limbs  and  body  about,  and  to  "  feel,"  to  use  her  own  expres- 
sion, "  as  if  she  would  fly."  A  number  of  applications  of  the  faradio  current,  enabled 
her  to  overcome  this  feeling  of  nervousness,  and  thus  relieved  her  of  one  very  annoy- 
ing symptom  of  her  disorder.  Generally,  though  not  always,  in  the  cases  just  related, 
these  attacks  of  sick -headache  occur  just  before  or  during  the  menstrual  period,  and 
so  would  seem  to  be  influenced  in  some  measure  by  this  function. 

The  true  principle  of  treatment  is  to  tone  up  the  system  by  a  perse- 
vering use  of  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization,  with  other 
28 


434  FACIAL   NEURALGIA. 

tonics,  so  that  the  paroxysms  may  be  less  frequent  and  less  severe ;  in 
other  words,  to  combat  the  nervous  diathesis  of  which  the  sick-headache 
is  but  a  symptom. 

The  following  case  illustrates  the  advantage  of  carrying  out  this  prin- 
ciple of  treatment. 

Migraine  of  several  years'  standing  in  a  lady  of  a  very  nervoiis  temperament — Very 
great  and  permanent  improvement  under  central  galvanization. 

Case  XXXIII. — Mrs.  K.,  a  young  married  lady,  daughter  of  a  physician,  was  of  a 
specially  nervous  organization  by  inheritance,  and  had  suffered  from  neurasthenia, 
spinal  irritation,  and  especially  from  frequent  attacks  of  migraine.  We  treated  hei 
during  the  intervals  of  her  attacks  for  twelve  times  by  central  galvanization.  There 
was  immediate  improvement ;  the  attacks  became  less  frequent  and  less  severe.  The 
improvement  advanced  after  treatment  w  as  discontinued,  until  she  was  almost  entirely 
free  from  migraine. 

FACIAL     NEURALGIA (EPILEPTIFORM     NEURALGIA FOTHERGILL'S     DIS- 
EASE— TIC  douloureux). 

Facial  neuralgia  appears  under  two  forms.  The  mild  form  is  usually 
of  a  peripheral  character,  being  caused  by  neuritis,  pressure  from  eifu- 
sion,  or  decayed  teeth.  This  form  usually  yields  readily  and  surely  to 
electrization.  The  severe  form,  to  which  Trousseau  has  given  the  name 
epileptiform  neuralgia,  is  probably  of  a  central  character,  being  caused 
by  a  variety  of  pathological  conditions  of  the  brain. 

The  symptoms  of  this  form  of  facial  neuralgia  are  the  spasmodical  and 
very  intense  character  of  the  pain  in  the  course  of  some  of  the  branches 
of  the  fifth  pair.  The  spasms  are  of  very  short  duration — ten  to  fifty  or 
sixty  seconds — and  may  be  accompanied  by  convulsive  action  of  the 
muscles.  The  attack  may  be  brought  on  by  any  exercise  of  the  jaws, 
as  chewing,  reading,  eating,  or  talking.  The  pain  is  so  great  as  to  cause 
the  patient  to  slap  his  face,  or  frantically  rub  the  spot  over  the  seat  of 
the  pain.  Sometimes  patients  who  have  great  self-control  stamp  violently 
on  the  floor,  jump  up  if  they  chance  to  be  sitting,  pace  the  room,  and 
utter  piercing  cries. 

This  terrible  disease  has  usually  been  regarded  as  almost  incurable, 
and  is  so  pronounced  by  Trousseau,  who  has  graphically  described  its 
symptoms.*  Section  of  the  nerve,  of  which  so  much  was  once  ex- 
pected, is  now  but  seldom  used,  and  permanently  succeeds  only  in  ex- 
ceptional cases. 

By  a  judicious  and  varied  use  of  peripheral  faradization  or  galvanize 

*  See  his  Lectures,  Bazire's  Translation,  part  i,  p.  105. 


NEURALGIA.  435 

tion,  or  by  the  electric  moxa,  or  by  galvanization  of  the  brain  or  cervi 
cal  sympathetic,  a  certain  portion  of  these  terrible  cases  can  be  relieved 
or  cured.  Our  experience  does  not  yet  enable  us  to  say  what  propor- 
tion the  failures  will  bear  to  the  successes  ;  but  if  one  case  out  of  ten  can 
be  reUeved  or  cured,  it  is  justifiable  to  try  electricity  in  all,  since  most 
other  modes  of  treatment  offer  no  hope. 

We  present  typical  examples  of  both  failure  and  success  in  the  elec- 
trical treatment  of  this  disease. 

Epileptiform  neuralgia  of  left  side  of  face,  of  two  year^  standing,  treated  with- 
out benefit  by  various  methods  of  electrization. 

Case  XXXIV.— Mr.  P..  aged  — ,  was  sent  to  us,  November,  1869,  by  Dr.  Willard 
Parker,  with  typical  symptoms  of  epileptiform  neuralgia.  The  patient,  though  a  man 
of  mild  temperament,  stamped  furiously  on  the  floor,  even  while  telling  us  his  history. 
The  spasms  of  pain  appeared  in  one  spot,  in  the  course  of  the  lower  branch  of  the 
trifacial.  The  general  health  of  the  patient  was  not  greatly  impaired,  although  he 
had  suffered  for  two  years. 

We  tried,  in  succession,  all  means  of  electrical  treatment,  with  both  currents.  At 
one  time  some  temporary  benefit  appeared  to  have  been  derived ;  it  was,  however,  of 
short  duration,  and  the  paroxysms  returned  in  full  force. 

After  ten  applications  the  patient  abandoned  treatment,  utterly  disheartened. 

In  the  above  case  we  made  the  applications  twice  a  dg.y,  as  the 
patient  could  stay  but  a  short  time  in  town.  It  is  possible  that  better 
results  would  have  followed  if  a  longer  interval  had  been  allowed. 

We  now  turn  to  the  pleasanter  side  of  the  picture. 

Epileptiform    neuralgia   of  two  years'    standing — Itnprovejnent   under   localized 
faradization  ;  tefnporary  aggravation  by  galva7iization. 

Case  XXXV. — -Mr.  M.,  aged  65,  of  extraordinary  vigor  of  constitution  and  per- 
fectly temperate  in  every  habit,  stated  that  some  two  years  since,  in  the  year  1865,  he 
first  noticed  a  slight  pricking  sensation  under  the  lobe  of  the  left  ear. 

For  one  year  this  feeling  occurred  only  occasionally,  and  annoyed  him  but  little. 
At  the  expiration  of  this  time  the  attacks  became  more  frequent,  were  considerably 
prolonged,  and  produced  actual  pain. 

It  was  a  singular  feature  associated  with  his  condition,  that  exposure  to  the  sun's 
rays  for  a  few  moments  would  invariably  occasion  an  attack  of  pain.  About  this 
time  the  loss  of  a  large  amount  of  money  was  a  cause  to  him  of  great  anxiety  of 
mind,  and  evidently  aided  in  aggravating  his  disorder.  The  paroxysms  of  pain  in- 
creased in  frequency  and  severity,  until  it  was  his  sorrow  to  suffer  the  greater  part  of 
every  day  from  the  excruciating  torture  of  the  worst  form  of  facial  neuralgia.  At 
night  he  suffered  but  little,  but  with  the  rising  of  the  sun  his  distress  began.  The 
instant  he  opened  his  mouth  to  speak,  darting  pains  would  shoot  over  every  portioc 
of  his  face,  followed  by  a  profuse  flow  of  saliva. 

The  act  of  eating  was  attended  with  even  greater  suffering,  and  frequently  he 
would  continue  hungry  for  hours  rather  than  make  the  attempt. 


436  CASES   OF   FACIAL   NEURALGIA. 

For  two  years  he  suffered  in  this  manner,  without  being  able  to  obtain  more  thaH 
slight  temporary  relief.  Upon  applying  to  us  we  immediately  localized  an  exceed- 
ingly mild  and  fine  faradic  current  through  the  different  ramifications  of  the  fifth 
pair,  with  immediate  beneficial  effect.  The  pain  from  which  he  was  then  suffering 
was  subdued,  and  during  the  two  succeeding  days  paroxysms  of  pain  were  much  less 
readily  excited  than  usual.  A  second  application  resulted  in  still  further  improve- 
ment ;  but  at  the  third  visit,  hoping  to  accelerate  the  cure,  we  made  use  of  a  mild 
galvanic  current  from  six  of  Bunsen's  cells. 

The  effect  was  most  disastrous.  The  neuralgic  attacks  returned  with  more  than 
ordinary  severity,  and  gave  the  patient  no  rest  until  we  saw  him  again  the  next  day. 
An  application  of  the  faradic  current  again  relieved  the  pain  as  effectually  as  before. 

From  this  time  onward,  under  the  exclusive  use  of  the  faradic  current,  the  im- 
provement was  uninterrupted,  until,  after  remaining  under  treatment  six  weeks,  and 
receiving  eighteen  applications,  he  was  discharged  approximately  cured.  Occa- 
sionally, after  a  long  conversation,  he  feels  something  like  a  twinge  of  the  old  pain, 
but  it  is  so  slight  as  to  give  him  little  annoyance. 

Neuralgia  of  the  sTiperior  maxillary  and  ophthalmic  branches  of  the  fifth  pair ^  fol- 
lowed by  strabismus  convergent  and p>rojectio7t  of  the  eyeballs — Treatment  by  local' 
ized  faradizatioti — Recovery. 

Case  XXXVI. — In  September,  1867,  the  following  quite  novel  case  fell  under  our 
observation.  The  patient  was  a  married  lady  (aged  35),  who  stated  that  in  July,  1866, 
she  was  taken  suddenly,  during  the  night,  with  severe  neuralgic  pain  in  the  right  side 
of  the  face,  along  the  course  of  the  superior  maxillary  division  of  the  fifth  pair.  Since 
the  first  attack  the  pain  had  been  almost  constant,  and  frequently  occurred  in  pro- 
longed and  acute  paroxysms.  Before  the  disease  manifested  itself,  she  was  of  a  full 
and  stout  habit,  and  had  enjoyed  good  health.  Her  sufferings,  however,  made  alarm 
ing  inroads  upon  her  general  constitution.  When  we  first  saw  her  she  was  markedlj 
frail  and  anasmic. 

She  was  able  to  take  but  little  exercise,  and  her  appetite  was  poor  and  capricious., 
In  April,  1868,  the  ophthalmic  branch  became  affected,  and  the  pain  changed  its  seat, 
coursing  along  this  nerve  and  seeming  to  spend  itself  behind  the  eyeballs.  Strabisrrius 
convergent  followed  almost  immediately,  and  the  eyeballs  rapidly  projected,  until  it- 
assumed  most  unsightly  proportions.  She  had  been  untiring  in  her  search  for  relief, 
but  finally  became  deprived  of  hope  of  any  amelioration  of  her  symptoms,  when  the 
use  of  electricity  was  suggested.  We  made  an  extremely  mild  application  of  a  faradic 
current,  and  succeeded  to  a  considerable  extent  in  dissipating  the  paroxysm  from 
which  she  was  then  suffering. 

During  the  two  days  that  intervened  before  the  second  visit,  she  suffered,  but  not 
so  severely  as  before.  When  she  presented  herself  for  the  third  application,  she  had 
an  encouraging  account  to  give.  For  three  nights  she  had  experienced  absolutely  no 
pain,  and  both  the  strabismus  and  the  projection  of  the  eyeballs  were  materially  les- 
sened. She  continued  to  progress  towards  reeovery  during  the  succeeding  few 
weeks,  until  her  neuralgia  was  entirely  overcome,  with  the  exception  of  a  slight  un 
natural  prominence  of  the  eyeballs.  The  eyes  were  restored  to  their  normal  appear 
ance  and  position. 


NEURALGIA.  437 

Neuralgia  of  the  head^  accompanied  by  impairment  of  sight  and  vertigo,  in  a  lady 
aged  70. —  Treatme7tt  by  localized  faradization. — Approximate  recovery. 

Case  XXXVII. — An  aged  lady,  between  70  and  80  years  of  age,  applied  to  us  on 
one  occasion,  by  direction  of  Dr.  D.  B.  St.  John  Roosa,  fur  the  relief  of  a  most 
agonizing  distress  in  the  head. 

The  pains  were  evidently  neuralgic  in  character.  They  darted  over  the  head  in 
all  directions,  from  the  forehead  to  the  occiput,  but  were  most  severe  immediately 
behmd  and  above  the  ears.  The  eyelids  were  affected  to  a  considerable  extent, 
seeming  constricted  and  heavy  ;  and  sometimes,  during  a  paroxysm  of  more  than 
ordinary  intensity,  the  sight  would  be  much  impaired  for  hours.  When  the  severity 
of  the  attack  had  abated,  she  would  be  annoyed  by  a  persistent  dizziness,  so  that  she 
could  with  difficulty  stand  erect.  Previous  to  this  attack  in  the  head,  she  had 
suffered  from  simQar  pains  that  extended  up  the  arm  to  the  breast. 

A  gentle  application  of  the  faradic  current  to  the  head,  during  a  most  severe 
paroxysm,  greatly  relieved  her. 

Not  only  was  the  pain  entirely  dissipated,  and  the  constriction  and  heaviness  of 
the  eyes  removed,  but  for  many  hours  after  she  was  entirely  free  from  vertigo. 

The  applications  were  continued  at  intervals  of  several  days,  for  a  number  of 
times,  and  accomplished  an  approximate  cure.  Occasionally  she  suffers  from  a  return 
of  the  paroxysms;  but  they  are  of  a  much  less  severe  character  than  formerly,  and 
are  at  once  dissipated  by  the  current. 

Facial  neuralgia  of  several  years^  standing  successfully  treated  by  localized  faradi- 
zation. 

Case  XXXVEII. — Mrs.  S  ,  a  paiient  of  Dr.  J.  O.  Farrington,  aged  65,  had  for  a 
number  of  years  been  a  great  sufferer  from  a  mo.-)t  acute  form  of  neuralgia  of  the  face, 
frequently  associated  with  vertigo  and  nausea.  The  point  from  which  the  pains  radi- 
ated and  darted  in  all  directions,  to  the  temple,  the  ear,  and  even  down  to  the  neck, 
was  situated  close  up  to  the  right  ala  of  the  nose. 

The  patient  would  occasionally  remain  a  number  of  weeks  comparatively  comfort- 
able, but  as  a  rule  not  more  than  a  few  days  intervened  between  the  attacks. 

A  mild  faradic  current  was  applied  through  the  fingers  of  the  operator  during  a 
season  of  great  distress.     This  not  only  alleviated  the  pain  for  the  time  being,  but 
during  the  two  succeeding  days,  after  which  she  presented  herself  again  for  treatmeni 
The  relief  continued  complete. 

At  intervals  the  patient  was  treated  in  this  way  for  about  two  months.  She  had 
in  this  time  but  one  or  two  attacks,  slighter  than  usual.  She  discontinued  treatment, 
and  during  the  following  summer  was  entirely  free  from  them.  In  the  fall  she  began 
to  suffer  again,  and  submitted  some  half  a  dozen  times  to  the  old  method  of  treat- 
ment, and  to  the  date  of  writing,  six  months  subsequently,  she  has  remained  free 
from  the  attacks. 

It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  in  this  case  the  galvanic  current,  however 
mildly  applied,  seemed  only  to  aggravate  the  paroxysms. 

Peripheral  Neuralgia. — Neuritis,  neuroma,  the  continued  action  of 
cold  or  wind,  wounds,  or  other  injuries  of  the  nerve — all  these  may  give 
rise  to  the  peripheral  form  of  neuralgia.     Neuritis,  or  rather  inflammation 


438  GASTRALGIA. 

of  the  neurilemma,  must  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  frequett  causes 
of  peripheral  neuralgia,  and  this  inflammatory  condition  may  depend 
upon  some  form  of  mechanical  irritation,  as  long-continued  pressure  of 
the  child's  head  in  labor  on  the  sciatic  plexus,  or  by  the  concentrated  poi- 
son of  gout,  rheumatism,  malaria,  or  syphilis,  acting  locally.  It  may,  of 
course,  be  conceded  to  the  advocates  of  the  purely  central  theory  of  neu- 
ralgia that  there  may  be  a  constitutional  predisposition  to  neuralgia,  but, 
on  the  other  hand,  it  must  also  be  conceded  that,  in  many  cases  at  least, 
some  exciting  cause,  acting  on  the  periphery,  is  necessary  to  develop  it. 
Treatment. — The  treatment  of  peripheral  neuralgia  should  obviously 
be  of  a  peripheral  character ;  stable  faradization  and  galvanization,  and 
electric  moxa.  In  doubtful  cases,  that  refuse  to  yield  to  this  method 
of  treatment,  it  is  well  also  to  try  central  and  general  electrization. 

Cervico-brachial  neuralgia  of  left  side,  of  six  months''  standing,  in  a  man  other' 
wise  in  good  health — Recovery  tinder  localized  faradization  and  galvanization. 

Case  XXXIX.  —Mr.  Q.,  a  stout, vigorous  gentleman,  of  middle  life,  was  sent  to  us 
by  Dr.  Jared  Linsley,  April  i,  1869.  The  patient  complained  of  cervico-brachial  neu- 
ralgia in  the  left  side.  The  pain  extended  from  the  occiput  down  the  arm,  and  was 
most  severe  at  night :  tender  point  on  the  occiput.  We  judged  that  the  neuralgia 
was  of  a  peripheral  character,  and  of  a  rheumatic  origin. 

Three  mild  applications  of  faradization  gave  sensible  relief.  Twice  galvanization 
was  tried,  the  negative  pole  being  placed  on  the  occiput,  over  the  tender  spot,  and 
the  positive  on  the  shoulder,  or  on  the  side  of  the  seventh  cervical  vertebra.  After 
the  sixth  application  the  patient  announced  that  he  was  entirely  well,  and  discon- 
tinued treatment.  Although  both  faradization  and  galvanization  were  manifestly  of 
service  in  this  case,  yet  the  former  accomplished  the  chief  part  of  the  task  before  the 
latter  was  brought  into  requisition. 

Gastralgia. — Gastralgia  may  perhaps  be  included  under  peripheral 
neuralgia,  although  there  is  room  for  much  discussion  on  this  point. 
Our  results  in  gastralgia  have  thus  far  been  more  satisfactory  than  in 
any  other  netiralgia. 

The  following  case  illustrates  how  utterly  futile  internal  medication 
is  in  certain  neuralgias,  and  what  a  vast  difference  there  is  between  the 
remedial  power  of  the  faradic  and  galvanic  currents. 

A  very  severe  case  of  chronic  gastralgia  of  a  periodic  nature — four  years'  standing — 
relieved  by  galvanization,  after  failure  of  faradization. 

Case  XL. — Mr.  B.,  a  gentleman  from  Charleston,  S.  C,  consulted  us  in  Janu- 
ary, 1867.  The  history  of  his  case  is  substantially  as  follows  :  In  the  latter  part  of  186 1 
he  was  taken  with  a  severe  attack  of  neuralgia  in  the  back  of  the  head  and  neck. 
Similar  attacks  recurred,  in  paroxysms,  every  few  weeks  for  about  two  years.  In 
December,    1863,  while  suffering  from  severe  pain,  colchicum  was  prescribed,  to  be 


NEURALGIA.  439 

taken  every  two  hours.  Not  understanding  the  nature  of  the  drug,  he  took  it  everj 
half  hour  for  five  hours.  This  imprudent  dosing  was  followed  by  persistent  vomiting 
and  retching,  which  lasted  for  eleven  days  and  nights,  producing  excessive  prostration, 
and,  in  the  end,  total  unconsciousness. 

Acute  gastritis  supervened,  from  which  he  recovered  with  difficulty,  but  only  to 
suffer  from  neuralgic  pains  in  the  stomach,  similar  in  character  and  severity  to  the 
distress  which  he  had  previously  experienced  in  the  head.  These  paroxysms  were 
finally  subdued  by  quinine  and  opium,  and  for  three  months  he  was  comparatively 
well.  In  April,  1864,  the  neuralgia  in  the  head  returned,  for  which  he  took  a  large 
dose  of  morphia.     Excessive  vomiting  was  again  induced,  followed  by  gastralgia. 

From  that  time  until  we  saw  him,  January,  1868,  every  night  had  been  passed  in 
intolerable  agony.  For  the  first  few  hours  after  retiring  he  would  sleep  with  some 
degree  of  comfort  ;  but  about  2  to  7.\,  A.M.,  the  invariable  paroxysm  would  awaken 
him,  and  banish  for  the  night  all  sleep.  It  was  his  custom  to  take  immediately  forty 
drops  of  the  tincture  of  opium,  which,  for  the  time  being,  only  aggravated  the  dis 
tress.  By  its  influence,  however,  the  pain  abated  in  about  six  hours,  and  in  the  in- 
tervening time  he  experienced  only  a  dull  aching  in  the  epigastric  region.  Time  and 
again  he  had  endeavored,  by  the  advice  of  physicians,  to  gradually  decrease  the  dose 
of  laudanum  ;  but  all  to  no  purpose. 

It  is  a  most  singular  and  unaccountable  fact,  that  xxxv.  gtt.  of  the  narcotic  had 
no  effect  whatever,  while  xl.  gtt.  would  act  as  above  stated.  Without  the  anodyne 
the  pain  was  constant ;  but  he  had  on  several  different  occasions  endeavored  to  break 
off  from  the  use  of  it  altogether. 

During  one  trial  he  abstained  from  the  opium  for  nearly  a  week ;  but  the  agony 
became  so  intense,  and  his  strength  so  nearly  exhausted,  that,  notwithstanding  a 
resolute  will,  human  endurance  reached  its  utmost  limit,  and  he  was  compelled  to 
resume  its  use.  Constant  suffering  had  left  its  impress  on  his  pale  and  wasted  fea- 
tures. 

He  had  a  wild  and  vacant  look,  and  his  gait  was  weak  and  tottering,  like  that  of 
an  old  man  on  the  verge  of  the  grave.  For  a  year  past  he  had  been  seeking  relief  at 
the  hands  of  some  of  our  most  distinguished  men,  and  when  we  asked  him  v/hat 
remedies  he  had  been  taking,  he  answered  that  it  would  be  difficult  to  say  what  he 
had  not  taken.  While  he  was  in  Canada  his  physician  had  made  use  of  general  fara- 
dization, but  with  no  appreciable  result. 

When  he  came  under  our  care  we  made  use  of  general  faradization,  both  during  a 
paroxysm  and  when  he  was  free  from  pain ;  but  the  faradic  current  seemed  to  be 
wholly  inoperative. 

We  then  made  use  of  a  strong  galvanic  current,  placing  the  positive  pole  on  the 
back  of  the  neck,  just  above  the  seventh  cervical  vertebra,  and  applying  the  negative 
over  the  region  of  the  stomach,  in  order  to  affect  the  solar  plexus  and  pneumogastric. 

The  application  seemed  to  refresh  him,  and  relieved  in  a  marked  degree  the  vague, 
dull  aching  which  was  always  present  in  the  interval  between  the  paroxysms.  It  so 
increased  his  appetite  that  in  a  few  hours  he  ate  a  hearty  meal,  something  which  he 
had  not  done  before  in  two  years. 

At  the  usual  hour  on  the  following  night  the  paroxysm  returned,  but  was  most 
singularly  located  between  the  shoulders,  while  the  stomach  was  almost  entirely  free 
from  pain.  After  the  second  application  the  pain  resumed  its  seat  in  the  stomach. 
but  was  not  of  such  a  severe  character  as  formerly.     Believing  that  the  tonic  pro- 


440  CASES  OF   GASTRALGIA. 

parties  of  the  electricity  would  enable  him  to  do  without  the  opium  more  readily  than 
on  previous  occasions,  we  advised  that  it  be  discontinued.  It  was  a  most  difficult- 
undertaking ;  but,  for  three  weeks,  until  he  was  imperatively  called  South,  not  a 
particle  passed  his  lips;  He  received  in  all  but  six  applications  of  the  galvanic  cur- 
rent, and  although  the  cure  was  by  no  means  complete,  yet  the  relief  he  experienced 
was  positive  and  most  gratifying. 

His  appetite  remained  permanently  better,  and  digestion  was  performed  with  more 
comfort  and  rapidity.  The  regularity  of  the  paroxysms  was  broken,  and  their 
severity  ameliorated. 

The  wild,  wandering  look  of  distress,  which  was  ever  stamped  upon  his  features, 
gave  place  to  a  calmer  and  more  hopeful  expression.  Unfortunately,  ciixumstances 
rendered  it  impossible  for  him  to  remain  longer  at  the  North ;  but  sufficient  benefit 
had  been  derived,  during  the  brief  time  that  he  was  under  our  care,  to  render  it 
probable  that  still  further  amelioration  of  his  remarkable  symptoms  would  have  beeii 
obtained  by  a  persistent  use  of  the  galvanic  stream.  We  were  the  more  hopeful, 
from  the  fact  that  on  a  previous  occasion  we  had  treated  successfully,  by  general 
electrization  witli  the  faradic  current,  a  lady  suffering  from  this  form  of  neuralgia, 
but  of  a  less  aggravated  character. 

So  far  as  regards  the  treatment  of  this  case,  the  point  of  particular 
interest  hes  in  the  fact  that  the  galvanic  ciuTent  was  of  value,  while  the 
faradic  was  wholly  inoperative.  By  the  use  of  the  galvanic  current  the 
pain  was  immediately  relieved,  the  digestion  was  strengthened,  and  the 
appetite  sharpened. 

Abdoininal  neuralgia  of  an  agonizing  character,  associated  with  muscular  spasms 
— Decided  temporary  relief  frotti  local  galvanization — Subsequent  improvement 
■which  possibly  might  in  some  measure  have  been  due  to  the  secondary  effects  of 
treatment. 

Case  XLI. — Mrs.  H.,  who  suffered  from  most  agonizing  abdominal  neuralgia,  was 
referred  to  us  in  April,  1871.     The  complications  in  this  case  were  peculiar. 

The  paroxysms  of  pain  were  associated  with  spasmodic  contractions  of  the  abdomi- 
nal muscles  of  such  severity  as  to  necessitate  the  constant  use  of  subcutaneous  injec- 
tions of  morphia. 

Ten  years  ago  the  patient  miscarried,  and  for  two  years  thereafter  she  was  annoyed 
occasionally  by  slight  neuralgic  pains.  Menorrhagia  now- supervened,  and  after  ex- 
isting two  years  it  was  apparently  cured,  and  for  eighteen  months  she  enjoyed  fair 
health.  During  the  last  two  years  menstruation  had  recurred  but  two  or  three  times, 
and  her  sufferings  were  terrible.  She  was  taking,  by  subcutaneous  injection,  eight 
grains  of  morphine  daily,  and  so  persistently  had  it  been  administered  that  hardly  a 
point  on  her  body  or  limbs  could  be  found  that  was  not  of  that  peculiar  hard  char- 
acter, the  result  of  the  repeated  operations.  There  was  uterine  displacement  associ 
ated  with  local  complications,  of  the  character  of  which  we  are  not  informed.  Our 
treatment,  begun  Feb.  25,  1871,  was  external  and  local,  with  an  occasional  general 
application  of  the  faradic  current.  Electrization,  on  the  whole,  did  not  accomplish 
deeded  permanent  good,    unless  the  results  observed  after  the  cessation  of  our  treat< 


NEURALGIA.  441 

ment  were  in  a  measure  secondary  to  the  electric  stimulus.  The  patient  certainly 
gained  immensely  during  the  following  year.  Temporarily  local  galvanization  was  of 
much  service.  It  frequently  induced  sleep,  reduced  the  intensity  of  the  paroxysmal 
pains,  and  often  rendered  her  more  comfortable  during  the  intervening  periods. 

Severe  gastralgia  of  foiirteeit  year's'  standing — Periodical  attacks  at  night — 
Rapid  and  permanent  cure  under  central  galvanization  after  failure  of  fara- 
dization. 

Case  XLII.- — Dr.  S.  J.  H.,  a  physician  aged  about  36  years,  consulted  us  in  the 
autumn  of  1870.  For  fourteen  years  he  had  suffered  from  attacks  of  gastralgia  of  a 
most  violent  character ;  these  attacks  came  on  usually  at  night,  while  in  bed,  after 
midnight,  before  or  about  two  o'clock ;  the  attacks  would  last  sometimes  several 
hours,  and  the  pain  was  of  the  most  distressing  character.  Of  the  various  methods 
of  relief  that  he  had  used,  alcoholic  liquors  seemed  to  be  the  most  efficacious,  but  the 
respite  they  caused  was  only  temporary.  The  appearance  of  the  patient  suggested 
robust  health ;  nutrition  was  well  maintained,  and  the  functions  were  generally  well 
performed. 

Examination  gave  little  information.  Disease  of  the  heart  had  been  suspected,  but 
the  careful  and  repeated  examinations  of  Dr.  Thayer  established  the  fact  that  there 
was  no  disease  of  that  organ.  Tenderness  of  the  epigastrium  in  one  spot  sometimes, 
but  not  always,  existed.  We  suggested  central  galvanization.  The  patient  had  pre- 
viously tried  faradization  without  any  benefit.  We  had  little  hopes  of  helping  the 
patient ;  the  persistency  and  fixity  of  the  symptoms  and  their  periodicity  gave  an 
unfavorable  prognosis,  and  only  by  our  urgent  solicitations  did  the  doctor  allow  us  to 
experiment  on  him. 

Treatment  by  central  galvanization  was  commenced  January  3,  1871,  and  was  kept 
up  for  two  months,  two  or  three  times  weekly.  In  less  than  two  weeks  benefit  was 
apparent ;  the  periodicity  and  violence  of  the  attacks  were  somewhat  modified,  and 
in  a  month  it  was  evident  that  the  disease  would  yield  more  or  less  permanently  to  the 
treatment.  Occasional  relapses  occurred,  as  always  in  similar  cases,  reminders  of  the 
former  sufferings,  showing  that  the  evil  spirit  was  not  wholly  cast  out ;  but  in  three 
months  from  the  time  the  treatment  was  commenced,  the  patient  regarded  himself  as 
well. 

Three  years  have  elapsed,  and  the  patient  is  still  well,  although  en- 
gaged in  laborious  duties.  The  features  of  chief  interest  in  the  case 
were  these  : 

1.  The  superiority  of  central  galvanization  over  faradization. 

2.  The  permanency  of  the  cure  of  such  a  long-standing  affection. 
Sciatica. — In  the  treatment  of  sciatica  by  electrization  very  much 

depends  upon  the  care  with  which  the  current  is  applied.  An  ill-di- 
rected, too  prolonged  application,  or  the  use  of  a  current  the  mechani- 
cal effects  of  which  are  unduly  marked,  frequently  results  in  more  harm 
than  good.  In  sciatica,  the  pain,  as  a  rule,  closely  follows  the  course 
of  the  nerve,  and,  therefore,  in  the  majority  of  instances  the  disease  is 


442  SCIATICA. 

typical  of  true  neuralgia.  The  effects  of  faradizsition  in  these  cases  are 
undoubted,  and  in  our  hands  have  sometimes  proved  far  more  effi- 
cacious than  galvanization. 

It  cannot  be  too  frequently  repeated,  that  in  sciatica  the  faradic  cur- 
rent is  capable  of  doing  infinite  harm  if  ignorantly  used  or  over-used, 
but  that  if  applied  with  that  caution  and  skill  which  experience  alone 
can  give  it  generally  relieves. 

It  is  in  just  such  conditions  as  these  that  the  character  of  the  current 
for  fineness  and  evenness  is  all-important,  and  these  factors  are  found 
combined  in  a  higher  degree  in  Kidder's  single-coil  machine  than  in 
any  other.  On  account  of  the  great  caution  that  must  be  exercised  in 
the  treatment  of  sciatica  by  faradization  it  is  probable  that  beginners  may 
here  achieve  greater  success  through  the  use  of  mild  galvanic  currents. 
The  muscular  atrophy  that  sometimes  follows  sciatica  may  be  treated 
by  localized  faradization.  Whichever  current  is  used  the  application 
should  be  made  both  over  the  lower  part  of  the  spine,  to  act  upon  the 
roots  of  the  nerves,  as  well  as  over  the  course  of  the  nerve  in  the  leg. 

GalvanO'Puncture . — We  have  recently  attempted  the  treatment  of 
sciatica  by  electro-puncture. 

The  needle  may  be  insulated  or  not ;  should  be  bayonet-shaped,  so 
as  to  go  in  easily,  and  may  be  inserted  far  enough  to  touch  or  penetrate 
the  nerve.  The  moment  when  it  so  penetrates  or  even  touches  will  be 
revealed  to  the  patient  by  a  tingling  or  pricking  sensation  through  the 
leg. 

The  needle  thus  introduced  should  be  connected  with  the  negative 
pole;  but  two  to  four  cells  should  be  used,  and  the  current  should 
be  continued  but  a  few  minutes. 

Severe  and  obstinate  sciatica  excited  by  obstruction  of  the  bowels — Relief  and  slow 
imfrovenient  under  localized  gnlvanization  with  juoistened  spottges,  with  the 
metallic  brushy  and  galvano-punctnre. 

Case  XLIII. — Mr.  K. ,  aged  39  years,  was  referred  to  us,  March  3,  1873,  by  Dr. 
Conkling.  The  patient  had  been  occupied  by  various  and  complex  affairs,  and  had  been 
for  years  bearing  the  burdens  of  ten  men.  His  vacations  had  been  few  and  his  hours 
of  labor  many,  and  he  had  fallen  into  a  condition  of  profound  neurasthenia.  He  had 
suffered  from  gastralgia  of  a  most  violent  character,  for  which  opiates  had  been  quite 
freely  given  ;  ani  constipation  and  hardened  fseces  had  resulted  that  had  caused  obstruc- 
tion of  the  bowels,  which  was  relieved  only  with  difficulty  and  by  mechanicul  means. 

The  sciatica  of  one  side,  from  which  the  patient  was  suffering  when  we  were  called 
in,  seemed  to  be  of  a  reflex  character  from  the  constipation.  The  pain  was  fearful, 
and  there  was,  of  course,  lameness  and  atrophy  of  the  muscles  of  the  leg.  At  times 
excessive  hyperaesthesia  appeared  over  the  thigh,  especially  in  the  region  of  the  sciatic 
uerve,  and  there  was  great  tenderness. 


NEURALGIA.  443 

We  tried  various  methods  of  electrization ;  general  faradization,  for  the  patient 
was  much  debilitated ;  localized  faradization  with  sponges  and  with  the  metallic 
brush ;  central  galvanization,  localized  galvanization,  and  galvano-puncture. 

Localized  galvanization  with  currents  of  medium  strength,  and  continued  for  an  hour 
or  so  just  as  the  patient  had  retired  for  the  night,  seemed  to  be  more  efficacious  than 
any  other  method  or  manner  of  treatment.  Almost  always  it  soothed  the  pain,  re- 
laxed the  stiff  and  aching  muscles,  and  this  relief  would  last  for  hours,  perhaps  give 
a  good  night's  sleep.  The  proceeding  was  to  place  one  pole  on  the  spine,  and  to  pass 
the  other,  without  regard  to  the  direction  of  the  current,  up  and  down  over  the  region 
of  the  sciatic  nerve. 

A  few  times  we  tried  galvano-puncture  with  insulated  and  non-insulated  needles. 
The  needles  were  thrust  in  quickly  and  firmly  until  they  came  near  the  nerve,  and 
sometimes  they  touched  it,  as  was  evidenced  by  the  tingling  and  pricking  sensations 
excited  that  were  felt  down  the  leg.  The  punctures  were  made  on  various  points 
dov/n  the  back  part  of  the  thigh.  No  anaesthetic  was  used,  but  once  or  twice  local 
anaesthesia  by  means  of  carbolic  acid  and  ether. 

We  were  persuaded  that  this  treatment  by  puncture  did  good  ;  that  it  gave  the 
patient  a  start,  and  enabled  the  external  galvanization  to  do  its  work  at  better  advan- 
tage. The  patient,  though  a  man  of  strong  will  and  decision,  terribly  dreaded  the 
thought  of  the  needles,  and  we  were  obliged  to  abandon  their  use.  The  needles  were 
always  connected  with  the  negative  pole,  the  positive  being  applied  externally  by  a 
sponge  or  cloth  cover. 

Tills  case  was  treated  off  and  on  for  four  months,  and  with  slow  and 
not  very  steady  improvement.  It  was  a  long  time  before  the  patient 
could  ride  or  sit  long  without  causing  pain.  In  a  few  weeks  he  com- 
pletely recovered. 

Sciatica  fro7tt  strain,  of  several  months'  duration — Immediate  iinprovemetit  under 
ge?ieral  faradizatiott  and  localized  galvanization — Subsequent  relapse  and  final 
recovery. 

Case  XLI V. — Mr.  W. ,  aged  about  40,  was  referred  to  us  by  Dr.  C.  E.  Bucking- 
ham, of  Boston. 

The  patient  had  been  suffering  for  several  months  from  severe  pains  along  the  course 
of  the  sciatic  nerve.  He  had  not  been  especially  exposed  to  cold,  and  as  the  symp- 
toms came  on  suddenly,  he  could  only  attribute  the  disease  to  the  unusual  exertion 
of  lifting  a  heavy  trunk  a  short  time  previously. 

The  limb  had  atrophied  somewhat,  and  the  general  health  of  the  patient  was  some- 
what impaired.  He  was  submitted  to  general  faradization  and  to  galvanization  of 
the  affected  limb.  A  dozen  applications  resulted  in  very  great  alleviation  of  the 
severe  pain  which  had  for  so  long  a  time  distressed  him,  and  we  felt  hopeful  of  a  speedy 
recovery.  Unfortunately  the  patient  exercised  too  freely  in  walking  one  day,  and  in 
addition  probably  took  some  cold.  At  all  events  the  neuralgia  returned  in  full  force, 
and  so  discouraged  the  patient  that  he  almost  immediately  sailed  for  Europe,  where 
after  a  number  of  months  he  recovered. 

The  value  of  the  faradic  current  is  illustrated  in  the  foUowmg  case  : 


444  CASES   OP    SCIATICA — REFLEX   NEURALGIA. 

Sciatica  of  seve}-al  monthj'  duration  successfully  treated  by  faradization. 

Case  XLV. — An  old  gentleman,  aged  76,  was  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  F.  Elliot  to  be 
treated  for  a  condition  of  general  paresis,  associated  with  which  was  a  severe  neuralgia 
of  the  sciatic  nerve  in  both  limbs  which  had  distressed  him  for  a  number  of  months. 

Tliere  was  a  lack  of  co-ordinating  power  in  locomotion,  together  with  decided  anaes- 
thesia of  both  upper  and  lower  extremities.  The  left  foot  and  ankle  were  enor- 
mously swollen,  and  in  this  limb  the  pain  was  far  more  severe  than  in  the  other. 

The  patient  was  treated  by  general  and  local  fa.radization;  and  in  the  course  of 
seven  applications  the  swelling  nearly  subsided,  and  the  neuralgia  was  quite  subdued. 
The  patient  subsequently  died  from  cerebral  effusion. 

Sciatica  following  pressure  of  the  child's  head  at  parturition — Localized  galvaniza- 
tion is  followed  by  alleviation  of  pain  and  recovery. 

Case  XLVI. — Mrs.  ,  aged  about  40,  was  confined  in  March,  1873,  and  after 

great  suffering,  and  by  the  use  of  the  forceps,  she  was  delivered  of  a  still-born  child. 
Through  the  pressure  of  the  child's  head  the  nerves  had  sustainad  serious  shock,  and 
for  many  days  before  seeing  her  she  had  endured  the  most  severe  neuralgic  pains  in  the 
left  limb. 

Nothing  seemed  to  give  more  than  temporary  relief,  and  at  the  time  that  we  were 
sent  for  by  her  physician.  Dr.  Oliver  White,  the  onset  of  hysterical  symptoms  ren- 
dered the  patient  a  most  pitiable  object.  It  was  with  difficulty  that  she  could  be  in- 
duced to  submit  to  treatment,  but  finally  a  mild  application  of  localized  galvanization 
was  administered,  and  seemed  to  be  soothing  in  its  effects.  The  total  number  of  ap- 
plications given  waseight,  and,  with  the  exception  of  one  seance  which  was  followed 
by  increased  pain,  every  treatment  resulted  in  an  alleviation  of  suffering,  and  finally 
recovery  was  complete. 

The  pain  had  not  entirely  left  her  when  the  galvanization  was  discontinued,  but 
grew  less  and  less  every  day  for  a  week  or  so  until  her  limb  was  in  good  condition. 

Dr.  V.  P.  Gibney,*  of  New  York,  has  reported  the  results  of  32  cases 
of  sciatica,  treated  by  the  "  Strong  galvanic  current "  :  24  received  im- 
mediate temporary  relief,  3  were  moderately  benefited,  and  5  received 
no  relief;  16  were  permanently  cured  without  a  relapse,  7  relapsed,  but 
subsequently  improved.  The  further  histories  of  5  cases  were  not 
traced.     About  thirty  Leclanche  elements  were  employed. 

Reflex  Neuralgia. — The  term  reflex,  as  applied  to  paralysis,  is  at  once 
common  and  suggestive.     In  the  same  way  it  is  applicable  to  neuralgia. 

As  in  children  paralysis  frequently  follows  the  irritation  of  teething 
or  dysentery,  and  in  older  persons  that  of  urinary  disease,  so  neuralgia 
of  distant  parts  may  result  from  uterine  and  other  disorders.  Neural- 
gia of  the  fifth  pair,  caused  by  a  carious  or  false  tooth,  is  a  common  and 
well-known  reflex  result  of  mechanical  irritation.  The  treatment  of 
reflex  neuralgia  is  by  no  means  so  empirical  as  that  of  the  peripheral 
variety.  If  a  carious  tooth  is  at  the  root  of  the  evil  it  must  be  removed. 
*  Transactions  of  Am.  Med.  Association  for  1880. 


NEURALGIA.  445 

If  the  cause  can  be  traced  to  uterine  disease,  the  skill  of  the  gynse^ 
cologist  is  called  for.  Occasionally  electrization,  through  its  power  of 
subduing  local  irritation  or  inflammation,  etfectually  relieves  the  remote 
neuralgic  pain,  of  which  the  irritation  or  inflammation  is  the  cause. 

Neuralgia  of  left  leg,  apparently  prroceeding  from  ovary — Recovery. 
Case  XLVII. — In  the  case  of  a  young  lady  who  had  sufifered  for  several  months  from 
the  most  severe  neuralgic  pains  down  the  left  leg,  tactile  examination  revealed  very 
marked  tenderness  to  pressure  in  the  left  ovarian  region.  No  other  portion  of  the 
body  was  especially  susceptible  to  the  touch.  It  is  proper  to  state  that  the  patient 
was  not  at  all  hysterical,  that  exercise  aggravated  the  pain,  and  that  the  neuralgia  of 
the  limb  was  in  proportion  to  the  tenderness  over  the  ovaiy.  She  was  immediately 
relieved  by  localized  faradization,  and  completely  recovered  in  the  course  of  six  weeks, 
after  having  received  twelve  applications. 

Neuralgia  in  the  ovarian  regiott,  over  the  abdomen,  and  extendi7ig  down  the  li?nbs, 
of  several  years''  duration — Complete  relief  under  general  faradization. 

Case  XLVIII. — Miss  L.,  about  23  years  of  age,  and  a  patient  of  Dr.  Frederic  D. 
Lente,  had  for  several  years  suffered  much  distress  from  a  neuralgic  affection  of  the  ab- 
domen and  lower  extremities.  The  pain  was  especially  severe  and  constant  in  the  region 
of  either  ovary.  According  to  the  Dr.,  uterine  difficulty  evidently  existed ;  but  as  local 
treatment  was  out  of  the  question,  and  as  the  ordinary  external  and  internal  remedies 
had  been  used  without  much  benefit,  we  were  requested  by  Dr.  Lente  to  test,  in  her 
case,  the  effects  of  electrization.     Simple  general  faradization  proved  most  efficacious. 

Some  dozen  applications  sufficed  to  dissipate  completely  the  pains  from  which  she 
suffered  and  to  markedly  improve  her  general  condition. 

A  year  subsequently  the  above  patient  was  annoyed  again  by  the 
same  symptoms,  but  a  short  course  of  the  same  method  of  treatment 
relieved  her  a  second  time. 

Galvanic  belts  and  disks  for  the  treatment  of  neuralgia  have  been 
recommended  by  Hiffelsheim.  He  applies  the  belts — either  Pulver- 
macher's  or  Davies' — moistened  with  vinegar,  to  the  painful  locaHty, 
and  allows  them  to  remain  there  for  days,  weeks,  and  even  months 
Although  Hiffelsheim  reports  some  good  results  from  these  applications, 
yet  it  must  be  admitted  that  there  is  as  yet  no  sufficient,  reliable  evi- 
dence that  they  have  succeeded  where  galvanization  or  faradization 
has  failed,  or  that  they  have  any  positive  advantage  whatever,  except, 
perhaps,  for  those  who  are  so  situated  that  they  cannot  receive  ordinary 
treatment.* 

*  The  therapeutic  results  obtained  by  wearing  galvanic  chains,  belts,  disks,  soles, 
girdles,  etc.,  must  depend  on  the  manner  of  their  construction  and  application. 
Many  of  those  which  are  sold  in  the  stores  and  extensively  and  indiscriminately  used 
by  the  laity,  are  so  arranged  that  the  feeble  currents  which  they  may  generate  fai]  to 
make  a  circuit  through  the  body,  and  recombine  in  the  metals  themselves. 


446  GALVANIC   BELTS    AND   DISKS. 

The  objections  to  and  disadvantages  of  this  method  of  treatment  in 
neuralgia,  as  in  all  other  affections  for  which  it  has  been  so  widely 
employed,  are  these  : — 

1.  The  current  which  they  generate  is  very  feeble  and  inconstant, 
and  probably  does  not,  except  under  peculiarly  favorable  circumstances, 
penetrate  far  beneath  the  epidermis. 

2.  They  can  only  be  used  locally.  Many  of  the  symptoms  for 
which  they  are  used  are  of  a  constitutional  character,  and  can  only  be 
permanently  dispelled  by  measures  calculated  to  affect  the  whole  sys- 
tem, 

3.  They  are  usually,  and  sometimes  necessarily,  applied  to  the 
seat  of  the  pain  rather  than  to  the  seat  of  the  disease.  In  galvanization 
and  faradization  for  local  neuralgia,  it  is  found  that  the  best  results  are 
obtained  by  treating  the  seat  of  the  disease. 

4.  They  sometimes  cause  ulcers  that  leave  permanent  cicatrices. 
The  benefit  that  is  derived  from  them  is  probably  due  in  part  to  their 

influence  on  the  imagination. 

These  arguments  against  the  use  of  galvanic  belts  would  be  valueless, 
if  experience  could  demonstrate  from  their  use  any  great  utility  or  any 
very  positive  advantage. 

It  is  not  impossible  that,  in  future  improvements  in  the  construction 
of  these  belts  and  chains,  and  more  scientific  experiments  in  their  use, 
we  may  develop  advantages  from  them  which  they  have  thus  far  failed 
to  exhibit,  and  may  accord  to  them  a  position  in  electro-therapeutics 
to  which,  from  the  results  of  the  past,  they  are  not  entitled. 

The  fact  that  they  have  thus  far  been  used  almost  exclusively  by  the 
laity,  and  have  been  made  the  theme  of  noisy  advertisements,  so  far  from 
discouraging,  should  rather  stimulate  men  of  science  who  have  any  faith 
in  their  efficacy  to  rigidly  investigate  and  interpret  their  claims  to  a 
position  among  the  appliances  of  electro-therapeutics. 

Those,  however,  who  experiment  with  these  contrivances,  should 
remember  that  the  mechanically  irritating  effects  of  metallic  bands 
applied  to  the  tender  skin  are  not  inconsiderable,  and  that  the  thera- 
peutic results  which  appear  to  follow  their  application  may  n  ot  unlikely 
be  due  wholly,  or  in  part,  to  counter-irritation. 

{For  further  remarks  on  this  subject^  see  Myalgia.") 


CHAPTER  XIX. 

ANESTHESIA. 

Anesthesia  is  'ierived  from  a,  privative,  and  ala-Sdvofjiai,  to  perceive^ 
and  therefore  literally  signifies  a  deprivation  of  sensation.  It  is  a  symp- 
tom of  some  organic  or  functional  disease  of  the  central  or  peripheral 
nervous  system.  The  kinds  of  anaesthesia  are  as  various  as  are  the 
nerve  ramifications,  and  the  symptoms  that  accompany  it  are  modified 
by  the  locality  and  causation  of  the  disease.  All  forms  of  anaesthesia, 
as  of  paralysis  of  motion,  may  for  the  sake  of  convenience  of  descrip- 
tion be  classified  under  these  four  general  divisions  :  Constitutional, 
central,  peripheral,  and  reflex. 

There  are  five  kinds  of  sensibility,  all  of  which  are,  of  course,  modi 
fications  of  general  sensibility,  and  all  of  which  may  become  diminished 
by  disease  : — 

I.  Tactile  sensibility. — This  is  the  form  which  is  most  frequent,  and 
best  appreciated.  Diminution  or  loss  of  this  sense  is  usually  known  as 
aiKzsthesia. 

2. — Sensibility  to  temperature — heat  and  cold. 

3.  Sense  of  pressure  or  weight. 

4.  Sense  of  pain. — This  is  quite  distinct  from  tactile  sensibility,  with 
which,  on  superficial  observation,  it  is  often  confounded.  The  loss  of 
this  sense  is  called  analgesia.  These  different  kinds  of  sensibility  may 
be  very  unequally  affected  by  disease.  One  form  may  be  entirely 
destroyed,  while  the  others  remain  intact.  Thus,  while  tactile  sensi- 
bility is  perfect,  the  prick  of  a  needle,  when  thrust  into  the  flesh,  is  not 
felt.     In  such  cases  there  is  analgesia,  but  not  anczsthesia. 

5.  Far  ado-sensibility. — This  form  of  sensibility  appears  to  be  suffi- 
ciently distinct  to  entitle  it  to  special  mention.  Farado-sensibility  may 
be  quite  active  when  tactile  sensibility  is  much  diminished. 

The  diagnosis  of  anaesthesia,  except  in  very  delicate  cases,  is  suffi- 
ciently easy. 

The  degree  of  normal  sensibility  to  tactile  impressions  varies  widely 
in  different  parts  of  the  body.     It  is  necessary  to  bear  this  fact  in  mind, 


448  ELECTRO-DIAGNOSIS. 

and  to  make  experimental  trials  on  persons  in  health,  in  order  to  arrive 
at  correct  conclusions  in  cases  of  disease. 

The  use  of  the  compasses,  according  to  the  directions  of  Dr.  Weber,* 
will  enable  one  to  determine  in  a  very  accurate  manner  the  condition 
of  the  sensory  functions  in  health  and  disease. 

Thus,  when  the  two  points  of  a  pair  of  compasses  are  placed  upon 
the  inner  surface  of  the  last  phalanx  of  the  finger,  they  need  to  be  sepa- 
rated but  one  line  in  order  to  give  two  impressions,  while,  in  the  middle 
of  the  thigh,  the  points  of  the  compasses  need  to  be  distant  from  each 
other  some  fifteen  to  twenty-five  lines  in  order  that  two  impressions 
may  be  received. 

Sensation  in  the  tip  of  the  tongue  is  more  acute  than  in  any  other 
part  of  that  organ,  for  two  impressions  are  received  when  the  points  of 
the  compasses  are  separated  by  only  half  a  line  ;  and  it  will  be  founc 
that,  in  the  face,  this  sense  of  acuteness  diminishes  as  we  recede  from 
the  mesial  line. 

Electro-diagnosis. — There  is  a  method  of  determining  the  relative  elec- 
tro-sensitiveness of  the  two  sides  of  the  body  that  we  have  found  very 
convenient  and  reliable,  and  sufficiently  delicate  except  for  those  cases 
when  the  anaesthesia  has  extended  over  the  entire  system.  This  con- 
sists in  the  application  of  the  faradic  current  by  means  of  a  brass  ball, 
or  other  metallic  electrode,  attached  to  one  of  the  poles  of  a  faradic 
apparatus.  The  other  pole  of  the  apparatus  may  be  placed  at  the  feet 
of  the  patient,  or  at  the  coccyx,  or  at  any  indifferent  point,  as  may  be 
convenient. 

Different  points  of  the  body,  on  both  sides,  are  alternately  touched 
with  the  brass  ball,  perfectly  dry,  very  lightly,  and  with  a  mild  current. 
In  order  to  test  the  sense  of  pain,  the  ball  should  be  covered  with  a 
moist  sponge,  so  that  the  current  may  penetrate  the  epidermis.  In 
this  way  a  very  slight  difference  of  sensibility,  especially  of  the  upper 
and  lower  extremities,  can  readily  be  detected.  By  gradually  increas- 
ing the  power  of  the  current  up  to  the  point  of  endurance,  the  extent 
of  the  anaesthesia  can  be  ascertained  with  tolerable  accuracy.  One 
great  advantage  of  this  method  is,  that  the  same  apparatus  with  which 
we  treat  the  disease  can  be  used  to  diagnosticate  it,  and  to  mark  the 
progress  from  day  to  day. 

Treatment. — When  the  anaesthesia  is  very  limited  in  its  extent,  and  the 
general  health  of  the  patient  is  otherwise  good,  locaHzed  electrization  is  of 
course  indicated.     As  a  matter  of  fact,  however,  very  many  anesthetic 

*  De  pulsu.  resorptione,  auditu  et  tactu,  annotationes  anatomicae  et  physiologicse. 
Lipsise,  1834. 


ANESTHESIA.  449 

patients,  whatever  may  be  the  cause  on  which  their  symptoms  depend; 
are  more  or  less  debiHtated,  and  are  benefited  by  the  constitutional 
tonic  effects  of  general  electrization.  In  cases  of  anaesthesia  that  are 
dependent  on  lesion  of  the  central  nervous  system,  central  galvaniza- 
tions is  sometimes  indicated.  Obstinate  cases  of  a  localized  character 
are  well  treated  by  the  electric  brush.  Ansesthetic  patients  will  gener- 
ally bear  strong  currents  in  proportion  to  the  extent  of  the  ansesthesia 
with  benefit  and  without  injury.  Some  temperaments  that  do  not  feel 
the  current  during  the  application  may  yet  experience  unpleasant  re- 
active effects. 

Prognosis. — The  prognosis  in  anaesthesia,  waiving  for  the  moment  all 
questions  of  causation  or  pathology,  is  usually  very  favorable,  and  be- 
yond comparison  more  favorable  than  that  of  paralysis  of  motion. 

One  reason  for  this  difference  is  that  ansesthesia  is  an  earlier  symp- 
tom of  organic  disease  of  the  nervous  system  than  motor  paralysis, 
and  is  therefore  sooner  treated.  But  we  continually  observe,  even 
when  the  two  conditions  coexist,  as  is  so  frequently  the  case  in  cen- 
tral, spinal,  and  peripheral  paralysis,  that  the  anaesthesia  yields  much 
sooner  and  far  surer  than  the  paralysis  of  motion. 

The  discussion  of  the  interesting  physiological  questions  suggested 
by  these  observations,  though  somewhat  enticing  and  suggestive,  does 
not  come  within  the  scope  of  the  present  work. 


Anesthesia  of  anterior  region  of  right  thigh,  of  tratimatic  origin,  of  ten  years' 
standing — Pervianent  recovery  zitzder  localized  faradization. 

Case  XLIX. — Mr.  H. ,  a  stout,  vigorous  man  aged  29  years,  was  sent  to  us  by 
Dr.  H.  Gregory,  of  Harlem,  to  be  treated  for  anaesthesia  (which  had  annoyed  him  for 
many  years)  of  the  anterior  portion  of  the  right  thigh.  The  only  possible  cause 
to  which  we  could  refer  the  symptoms  was  an  incised  wound  that  he  had  received  in 
the  thigh,  near  the  great  trochanter,  some  ten  years  previously. 

The  patient  could  not  positively  state  that  the  paralysis  of  sensation  immediately 
followed  the  injury,  since  the  anaesthesia  was  not  so  noticeable  as  at  a  later  date. 
The  part  had  become  so  insensible  to  ordinary  impressions,  that  it  was  necessary  to 
separate  the  points  of  a  pair  of  compasses  some  45  to  50  lines,  before  two  impres- 
sions were  received.  The  pricking  of  a  pin  caused  no  sensation,  and  even  when  the 
point  penetrated  several  lines  beneath  the  surface,  no  pain  was  experienced. 

Dissipation  in  eating  and  drinking,  unusual  exercise  and  loss  of  sleep,  invariably 
aggravated  the  disorder.  The  first  application  of  the  faradic  current — made  down 
the  spine  and  to  the  affected  limb — very  mai-kedly  relieved  the  anaesthesia,  and  after 
the  third  application  the  limb  was  restored  to  its  normal  sensibility.  At  the  fourth 
visit  he  complained  that  the  part  had  partially  relapsed  into  its  former  anaesthetic  con- 
dition, but  accounted  for  it  from  the  fact  that  he  had  spent  most  of  the  previous 
night  at  a  social  gathering. 
29 


450  CASES   OF  ANESTHESIA. 

An  application  again  relieved  the  anaesthesia.  We  found,  as  usual  in  all  cases  of 
anaesthesia,  that,  as  the  limb  progressed  toward  a  cure,  it  became  more  and  more 
sensitive  to  the  influence  of  the  current. 

After  receiving  ten  applications  the  limb  was  again  restored  to  its  normal  sensi- 
bility, althougli  occasionally,  after  unusual  exertion  and  loss  of  sleep,  it  became  some- 
what anaesthetic. 

In  the  case  of  this  gentleman,  the  wound  before  referred  to  was  over 
the  course  of  the  external  cutaneous  nerve,  after  it  passed  beneath 
Poupart's  ligament,  and  the  beneficial  results  that  followed  treatment  by 
electrization  were  due,  doubtless,  to  the  fact  that  the  nerve  had  suffered 
merely  from  contusion  and  not  division. 

Hysterical  hyperaesthesia  is  much  more  commonly  noticed  with  us 
than  anaesthesia.  The  latter  condition  is  without  doubt  occasionally 
overlooked,  and  again  may  sometimes  be  feigned. 

Hysterical  anasthesia — Diminution  of  tetnperature  during  the  attacks — Great  in- 
sensibility—  Gradual  improvement  aitd  final  recovery  under  general  faradization. 

Case  L. — Mrs.  S.,  aged  33,  was  subject  to  frequent  attacks  of  hysteria,  with  in- 
tense melancholy.  She  suffered  also  from  general  neuralgic  attacks,  which  were  fol- 
lowed by  almost  complete  anaesthesia — commencing  at  the  fingers  of  either  hand,  ex- 
tending up  to  tloe  arms,  the  shoulders,  and  face,  and  finally  involving  the  tongue,  so 
that  her  speech  was  only  in  broken  utterances. 

About  the  finger-nails  the  skin  assumed  a  dull  leaden  color.  The  pulse  was  almost 
imperceptible,  and  the  temperature  of  the  affected  parts  was  considerably  below  the 
normal.  Insensibility  to  painful  impressions,  which  always  preceded  the  loss  of  the 
sense  of  touch,  was  at  first  incomplete,  but  gradually  increased.  During  the  attack 
her  memory  always  became  much  impaired,  so  that  she  was  often  unable  to  call  to 
mind  the  names  most  dear  to  her. 

The  paroxysms  lasted  from  twenty  minutes  to  half  an  hour,  and  were  followed  by  a 
severe  headache,  while  a  considerable  numbness  of  the  arms  and  hands  remained  for 
several  days.  Carbonate  of  ammonia  seemed  to  relieve  her  more  quickly  than  any 
other  internal  remedy,  but  nothing  she  had  ever  tried  had  been  of  any  very  permanent 
benefit.  An  application  of  the  faradic  current,  made  to  the  parts  affected  during  a 
paroxysm,  always  shortened  the  attack ;  although,  while  the  anaesthesia  lasted,  the 
fingers,  arms,  face,  and  tongue  were  insensible  to  the  influence  of  a  current  of  con- 
siderable power. 

Treatment  by  general  faradization  was  continued  during  the  interval  between  the 
paroxysms,  resulting  in  a  diminution  in  the  severity  of  each  succeeding  attack,  until 
in  a  few  months  they  ceased  to  trouble  her. 

AncBstJiesia  of  left  side  of  face,  extending  to  left  nostril  and  internal  surface 
of  cheek,  and  comjilicated  with  paralysis  of  motion — Improvetnent  and  recovery 
under  faradization. 

Case  LI. — Miss  A.  G.,  an  unmarried  woman,  aged  28,  applied  for  treatment 
for  cutaneous  angesthesia  of  the  left  side  of  the  face.     She  was  employed  in  a  book- 


ANAESTHESIA.  45 1 

bindery,  and  her  daily  labor  extended  over  a  period  of  from  twelve  to  fourteen  he  urs, 
As  a  natural  consequence,  her  general  health  had  become  somewhat  impaire  J. 

Her  menstrual  function  was,  however,  performed  regularly ;  and,  although  her  di- 
gestion seemed  to  be  vigorous,  she  was  nervous  and  anaemic. 

She  gave  the  following  account  of  herself :  Some  six  months  previously,  she  no- 
ticed, at  the  close  of  a  day  of  hard  labor,  and  after  exposure  to  a  cold  biting  wind,  a 
slight  feeling  of  numbness  in  the  right  side  of  the  face.  This  numbness  rapidly  in- 
creased, until  in  a  short  time  the  anaesthesia  was  complete.  On  examining  the  face 
it  was  found  that  the  mouth  was  drawn  somewhat  over  to  the  right  side.  There  was 
slight  ptosis  of  the  left  eyelid,  and  the  left  cheek  was  flaccid.  The  want  of  expres- 
sion was  quite  marked  on  the  affected  side,  and  contrasted  strongly  with  the  right 
side  when  she  laughed,  or  entered  into  conversation.  She  was  entirely  insensible  to 
ordinary  impressions  on  the  left  side  of  the  face,  and  the  anaesthesia  extended  to  the 
left  nostril  and  the  internal  surface  of  the  cheek. 

The  sensation  and  movement  of  the  tongue,  and  the  power  of  taste,  were  unim- 
paired. Local  applications  of  the  faradic  current  were  given  every  day  or  two,  but 
for  some  little  time  no  impression  seemed  to  be  made  on  the  diseased  nerve. 

It  v/as  only  after  treatment  had  been  continued  two  weeks,  and  some  eight  appli- 
cations had  been  given,  that  any  sensitiveness  to  the  current  was  manifest  along  the 
course  of  the  fifth  pair.  The  improvement,  however,  from  this  time,  although  slow, 
was  constant. 

In  this  case  the  ntle  that  the  anaesthesia  improves  more  rapidly  than 
the  paralysis  of  motion  was  reversed. 

The  anaesthesia  improved  but  little  until  the  face  assumed  its  natural 
proportions,  when,  in  a  short  time,  the  normal  sensation  entirely  re- 
turned. The  treatment  was  continued  during  two  months.  In  most 
cases  of  anesthesia  of  the  trigeminus,  related  by  Romberg,  the  loss  of 
sensation  was  so  marked  that  deep  pricking  with  a  needle  caused  no 
pain,  while  in  this  case  the  anaesthesia  was  limited  to  the  skin  and 
mucous  membrane.  Anaesthesia  of  the  fifth  pair  of  nerves  may  be 
peripheral  or  central ;  in  the  latter  case  there  is  coincident  paralysis  of 
the  nerves  of  motion  and  sensation,  and  hemiplegia,  more  or  less  com- 
plete, is  often  present. 

The  diagnostic  symptoms  of  this  variety  of  paralysis  differ,  according 
as  the  seat  of  the  disease  is  located  in  the  course  of  the  various  ramifi- 
cations of  the  fifth  pair,  after  it  leaves  the  sphenoid  bone,  or  in  the  Cas- 
serian  ganglion,  or  at  the  base  of  the  brain. 

The  symptom  of  anaesthesia  occurs  in  many  forms  of  paralysis  of 
motion — hemiplegia,  paraplegia,  and  so  forth — and  many  cases  will  be 
found  under  those  diseases.  Anaesthesia  occurs  also  in  writer's  cramp 
and  in  locomotor  ataxia,  where  it  is  a  prominent  symptom.  In  all  the 
diseases  where  it  exists  as  an  incident  or  complication  it  is  to  be  treated 
on  the  same  principles  as  where  it  exists  as  the  sole  or  leading  symptom. 


CHAPTER  XX. 


PARALYSIS. 


Parai-ysis  of  motion  is  a  condition  for  which,  from  the  earliest  his- 
tor)^  of  electro-therapeutics,  electricity  in  its  different  forms  has  been 
used  more  than  in  any  other  disease ;  and  not  until  quite  recently  has 
it  been  demonstrated  that  there  are  many  other  symptoms  in  which 
the  results  of  electrical  treatment  are  much  more  rapid  and  brilliant 
than  in  any  form  of  motor  paralysis.  In  hysteria  and  affections  allied 
to  it,  in  cerebral  and  spinal  congestion,  in  chronic  alcoholism,  neuralgia, 
and  in  certain  diseases  of  the  skin,  electricity  rightly  used  by  the  meth- 
ods of  central  galvanization,  general  faradization,  and  local  galvaniza- 
tion of  the  nerve  centres,  relieves  and  cures  far  more  rapidly  than  in 
paralysis. 

Paralysis  has  been  especially  prominent  in  electro-therapeutics,  for 
the  reason  that  oftentimes  electricity  is  the  only  remedy  to  which  it 
yields.  Those  who  have  restricted  themselves  to  localized  electrization 
have  always  given  their  chief  attention  to  different  forms  of  motor  par- 
alysis, but  even  now  the  impression  yet  lingers  that  it  is  about  the  only 
disease  for  which  electricity  is  indicated. 

All  forms  of  paralysis,  as  of  neuralgia,  may,  for  the  sake  of  conven- 
ience of  description  of  therapeutical  indications,  be  included  under  one 
of  these  four  divisions  : — 

1.  Constitutional. 

2.  Central. 

3.  Peripheral. 

4.  Reflex. 

Constitutional  Pai'alysis. — This  term  is  applied  to  those  paralyses 
which  arise  from  some  blood-poison  or  constitutional  degeneration. 

Among  the  more  common  causes  of  this  variety  of  paralysis  may  be 
mentioned  hysteria  and  the  poisons  of  certain  diseases,  as  gout,  rheu- 
matism, syphilis,  mineral  poisons,  as  lead  and  opium,  etc. 

Rheumatic  Paralysis. — In  the  partial  but  persistent  paralysis  that 
occasionally  follows  subacute  muscular  rheumatism,  faradization  has 
proved  exceedingly  efficacious.     The  muscles  most  frequently  affected 


ELECTRO-DIAGNOSIS   AND   TREATMENT.  453 

by  rheumatic  paralysis  are  the  deltoid  and  trapezius  (in  consequence 
of  which  it  becomes  impossible  or  difficult  to  lift  the  arm  from  the  side), 
the  extensor  muscles  of  the  forearm,  the  muscles  of  the  lower  extrem- 
ities, and  occasionally  the  inter-ossei  and  lumbricales  muscles. 

Electro-Diagfiosis — Treatment. — The  electro-muscular  contractility 
in  recent  cases  is  normal ;  in  long-standing  cases,  diminished.  Genera] 
as  well  as  purely  local  treatment  is  frequently  required  in  paralysis  of 
a  rheumatic  origin,  in  order  to  combat  the  rheumatism  in  the  constitu- 
tion, as  well  as  its  local  manifestations  (see  chapter  on  Rheumatism). 

In  this,  as  in  other  forms  of  paralysis,  atrophy  of  the  muscular  tissue 
occurs  after  a  certain  length  of  time.  It  is  extremely  important  to  begin 
treatment  before  the  muscles  become  thus  affected.  In  cases  of  rheu- 
matic paralysis,  where  the  invasion  has  been  sudden  and  the  pain  con 
siderable,  electric  excitation  produces  pain  ;  but  where  the  invasion  has 
been  more  gradual  and  unattended  by  pain,  electric  excitation  causes 
very  little,  if  any  sensation. 

Rkeujnatic  paralysis  of  deltoid,  of  several  months'  standing- — Recovery  under  general 
and  localized  faradization. 

Case  LII. — A  patient,  a  young  lady  aged  23,  had  been  unable  to  raise  her  hand 
from  her  side  for  several  months.  Tlie  acceis  of  the  rheumatism  v/as  gradual,  and 
unattended  by  acute  pain,  excepting  when  pressure  was  made  over  the  aflfected  mus- 
cle, or  when  she  attempted  to  raise  the  arm.  An  application  of  the  faradic  current 
caused  pain  only  when  it  was  sufficiently  intense  to  produce  contractions. 

The  muscle  rapidly  became  less  sensitive  to  the  influence  of  the  current,  and 
gradually  regained  its  lost  power.  The  restoration  of  strength  was  complete  in  two 
weeks. 

We  have  treated  quite  a  number  of  cases  of  rheumatic  paralysis  of 
the  deltoid,  the  trapezius,  and  of  the  lower  extremities,  and  usually 
with  the  most  satisfactory  results.  Electricity  is  always  indicated  in 
this  condition,  and  few  cases,  doubtless,  would  fail  to  improve,  even  if 
they  do  not  recover  under  its  influence. 

Syphilitic  Paralysis. — Syphilitic  nervous  affections  may  exist  eithei 
with  or  without  appreciable  structural  change.  Paralysis  which  results 
from  secondary  syphilis  may  derive  benefit  from  electrical  treatment. 

The  principles  and  method  of  treatment  are  the  same  as  for  rheu- 
matic paralysis.  There  is  as  yet  no  evidence  that  general  faradization 
or  central  galvanization  have  any  special  influence  over  the  syphilitic 
poison  ;  they  act  as  general  tonics  and  thus  help  the  system  to  contend 
with  the  disease. 

Lead  Paralysis. — In  slow  poisoning  by  lead  the  metal  becomes  dif- 


454  PARALYSIS. 

fused  throughout  the  whole  system,  and  exerts  its  influence,  though  in 

an  unequal  degree,  on  every  nerve  and  organ. 

As  is  well  known,  however,  the  upper  extremities  are  most  frequently 
affected  by  paralysis  (more  or  less  complete).  The  muscles  usually 
affected  are  the  extensors  of  the  hands  and  fingers,  so  that  they  hang 
down  by  their  own  weight.  It  is  probable  that  these  muscles  are 
chiefly  affected  in  this  disease,  as  in  hemiplegia,  because  they  are  weaker 
and  operate  at  a  great  mechanical  disadvantage. 

Electro-Diagnosis  a?id  Treatment. — The  electro-muscular  contractil- 
ity of  the  affected  part,  in  this  form  of  paralysis,  is  always  diminished  ; 
and  frequently  it  is  entirely  lost,  even  in  cases  where  there  is  little  or 
no  atrophy  of  the  muscles.  The  electro-muscular  sensibility  is  usually 
unimpaired.  Diplegic  contractions  may  appear  in  this  disease.  Ac- 
cording to  Hitzig,  mobility  in  cases  of  lead  poisoning  is  lost  before 
electric  contractility. 

If  the  electro-muscular  contractility  is  completely  lost,  it  is  better  to 
apply  a  mild  galvanic  current  to  the  paralyzed  part  for  a  few  minutes 
before  the  faradic  is  made  use  of.  The  latter  current  should  be  used 
daily,  and  not  longer  than  ten  or  fifteen  minutes  at  each  sitting.  As 
soon  as  the  slightest  contractions  are  produced  by  the  faradic  current, 
the  galvanic  may  be  discontinued.  In  some  cases  we  have  thought  that 
the  galvanic  current  answered  better  than  the  faradic,  even  when  the 
muscles  respond  to  the  faradic. 

Lead  paralysis  of  nine  montJis''  standing  dropped  wrists — Approximate  recovery  tinder 
localized  galvanization  and  faradization. 

Case  LIII. — F.  H.,  aged  2^,  afflicted  with  lead  paralyses,  gave  the  following  his- 
tory :  For  several  years  he  had  worked  ahuost  constantly  in  lead,  and  about  nine  months 
prior  to  his  application  lor  relief  he  became  obstinately  constipated,  suifered  from  vague 
pains  in  the  legs,  shoulders,  and  over  the  body  generally,  and  in  a  short  time  he  observed 
a  decided  lameness  in  the  wrists.  He  gi-adually  became  worse,  until  he  found  it  impos- 
sible to  raise  the  right  hand  at  all,  and  over  the  little  finger  of  the  left  hand  he  had 
but  little  control. 

No  contractions  of  the  affected  muscles  followed  localized  faradization ;  the  gal- 
vanic current  produced  slight  contractions. 

The  patient  was  treated  for  some  weeks  by  a  galvanic  current,  just  sufficient  in 
strength  to  produce  slight  muscular  motion  ;  and  subsequently,  when  the  faradic  cur- 
rent was  tried,  the  muscles  reacted  appreciably  to  it. 

The  treatment  was  kept  up  for  two  months  and  resulted  in  an  approximate  return 
of  the  normal  strength  to  the  affected  parts. 

Paralysis  from  Opium,  Stramonium,  Arsenic^  etc. — In  desperate 
cases  of  poisoning  by  opium,  electricity  has  been  repeatedly  used  with 


HYSTERICAL  PARALYSIS.  455 

success.    The  method  of  artificial  respiration  may  be  used  (see  chapter 
on  Artificial  Respiration). 

After  recovering  consciousness  from  severe  poisoning  by  opium,  or 
other  poisons,  the  various  limbs  of  the  body  are  occasionally  left  in  a 
permanently  paralyzed  condition  that  persistently  resists  all  the  efforts 
of  nature  and  medicine.  Two  such  cases  have  fallen  under  our  obser- 
vation. 

Partial  paralysis  of  upper  and  lower  limbs,  caused  by  an  overdose  of  opium — Im- 
provement under  general  faradization. 

Case  LIV. — A  little  boy,  some  eight  years  of  age,  was  presented  to  us  suffering 
from  partial  paralysis  of  the  lower  limbs,  and,  in  a  less  degree,  of  both  arms  also.  Hj 
could  walk  only  with  the  assistance  of  another,  and  then  with  an  uncertain,  staggering 
gait.  His  legs  were  remarkably  small  and  cold,  his  bowels  continually  constipated, 
and  his  general  condition  feeble.  When  but  three  years  old,  his  nurse  on  one  occa- 
sion administered  to  him  by  mistake  a  teaspoonful  of  the  tincture  of  opium. 

By  persistent  efforts  only  was  his  life  saved ;  but  the  shock  to  his  nervous  system 
was  so  great  that,  for  one  year  after,  both  legs  were  completely  paralyzed.  Finally 
he  regained  a  portion  of  strength,  until  he  reached  the  condition  already  described. 

The  electro-muscular  contractility  and  electro-sensibility,  not  only  of  the  limbs,  but 
of  the  entire  body,  was  much  improved.  The  boy  could  bear,  without  pain,  a  fara- 
dic  current  of  sufficient  intensity  to  prostrate  a  grown  person  in  ordinary  health.  The 
first  general  application  seemed  to  benefit  him. 

He  felt  lighter  and  better.  Six  subsequent  seances  increased  his  appetite,  percepti- 
bly augmented  his  strength,  and  relieved  his  constipation.  At  this  time  his  legs 
began  to  feel  somewhat  warmer,  while  he  was  unable  to  bear  a  current  of  as  great 
intensity  as  before.  The  patient  was  under  treatment  some  two  months,  and  received 
about  twenty-five  applications.  The  temperature  of  his  legs,  and  of  his  whole  body, 
had  very  decidedly  improved. 

His  legs  had  grown  larger,  and  when  he  discontinued  treatment  his  general  health 
was  fair,  and  his  gait  nearly  normal. 

Hysterical  Paralysis. — The  hysterical  form  of  paralysis  is  constitu- 
tional, because  the  entire  central  nervous  system  is  degenerated  into  a 
condition  of  abnormal  susceptibility  (see  chapter  on  Hysteria  and  allied 
Affections). 

Electro-Diagnosis. — In  this  form  of  paralysis,  the  electro-muscular 
contractility  in  recent  cases  is  unimpaired  ;  in  old  cases  it  may  be  im- 
paired or  lost,  or  the  electro-sensibility  may  be  very  much  blunted. 
Diplegic  contractions  sometimes  appear  in  hysteria.  The  loss  of  power 
is  usually  incomplete,  and  sooner  or  later  recovery  usually  takes 
place. 

Ireatment. — The  disease  is  constitutional  and  demands  general  as 
well  as  local  treatment.     1 1  many  instances  general  faradization  pro- 


45  6  PARALYSIS. 

motes  rapid  recovery  ;  other  cases  are  very  rebellious  and  only  improve 
up  to  a  certain  point.  The  general  treatment  may  be  combined  with 
central  galvanization  and  faradization  of  the  affected  part. 

The  following  case  is  an  example  of  its  influence  in  the  transient 
form  of  this  affection  : — 

Hysterical  paralysis  of  right  arm — Attacks  frequently  repeated — Immediate  relief 
from  localized  faradization. 

Case  LV. — A  young  lady,  of  an  excessively  nervous  organization,  was  frequently 
subject  to  hysterical  attacks,  when  one  of  her  arms  (generally  the  right)  always 
became  perfectly  anesthetic  and  almost  powerless.  As  a  rule,  her  arm  remained  in 
this  condition  about  an  hour. 

On  one  occasion,  immediately  after  au  attack,  a  powerful  faradic  current  was  di- 
rected for  two  minutes  through  the  arm,  from  the  wrist  to  the  shoulder,  completely 
dissipating  the  anaesthesia  and  restoring  the  lost  power.  Many  similar  applications, 
during  subsequent  attacks,  invariably  produced  the  same  result. 

General  paralysis  of  an  hysterical  character,  with  loss  of  motiotz  of  both  the  upper 
and  lower  limbs,  and  severe  atrophy  of  the  muscles  of  the  upper  limbs — Remark- 
able sy77iptoms —  Very  great  imp>rovement  but  not  absolute  recovery  under  peripheral 
and  central  galvanization. 

Case  LVI.  —  Mrs.  S.,  of  Staten  Island,  aged  41,  was  the  most  remarkable  illus- 
tration of  the  efhcacy  of  galvanization  in  paralysis  that  has  ever  fallen  under  our  obser- 
vation. The  patient  first  came  under  our  care  Sept.  25,  1868.  Nine  months  before 
she  suffered  a  miscairiage  that  had  left  her  in  a  condition  of  utter  helplessness.  Both 
upper  and  lower  limbs  were  completely  paralyzed,  the  only  power  remaining  being  a 
slight  hmited  movement  of  the  fingers.  The  hands  were  permanently  extended,  the 
inter-ossei  greatly  atrophied,  and  the  muscles  of  the  arm  and  forearm  were  so  much 
shrunken  that  the  circumference  of  the  arm  was  diminished  to  the  extent  of  between 
one  and  two  inches.  The  lower  limbs  were  absolutely  motionless — not  a  muscle 
gave  even  the  feeblest  response  to  the  will.  The  muscles  of  the  lower  limbs  were  but 
little  atrophied  even  below  the  knee ;  but  the  skin  presented  a  peculiar  glossy  ap- 
pearance that  is  associated  with  greatly  impaired  nutrition,  which  has  been  described 
by  Drs.  Mitchell,  Morehouse,  and  Keen.*  There  was,  however,  no  pain,  which 
these  physicians  found  to  be  an  invariable  accompaniment  of  glossy  skin  that  resulted 
from  injury  to  a  nerve.  The  appearance  of  the  skin  may  be  best  understood  by  com- 
paring it  to  a  cicatrized  wound.  This  appearance  was  most  marked  below  the  knees. 
Both  upper  and  lower  limbs  were  very  cold  and  very  sensitive  to  cold.  There  was  no 
loss  of  power  over  the  bladder  or  rectum.  Appetite  and  digestion  were  good,  but 
there  was  some  dyspnoea.  The  patient  also  slept  well  usually,  although  compelled  to 
lie  constantly  on  her  back  unless  she  was  turned  over.  The  important  feature  of  the 
case  was  the  remarkably  healthful  performance  of  most  of  the  vital  functions,  con- 
joined with  absolute  helplessness.  As  the  little  motion  of  her  fingers  was  not  sufficien; 
to  enable  her  to  grasp  even  the  lightest  object,  it  was  necessary  for  the  nurse  to  feed 

*  Gunshot  Wounds,  and  other  Injuries  of  Nerves.      1S64.     Pp.     79,  8a 


CASES   OF   PARALYSIS.  457 

her.  Daily  she  was  lifted  out  of  bed  and  placed  in  an  invalid' s  chair  that  could  be 
lowered  into  a  horizontal  position.  To  sit  up  in  an  ordinary  chair  was  impossible, 
since  the  flexion  of  her  limbs  caused  imbearable  pains  in  the  joints. 

The  brain  was  usually  clear,  though  the  memory  had  been  somewhat  impaired. 
The  patient  was  surprisingly  buoyant ;  but  sustained  mental  exertion,  even  the  read- 
ing of  a  short  paragraph,  was  followed  by  sensations  of  weariness. 

The  patient  was  of  a  nervous  constitution,  had  never  been  capable  of  great  exertion 
and  for  a  long  time  before  the  attack  had  complained  of  numbness,  tingling,  and  othei 
premonitory  symptoms. 

Electric  examination  showed,  as  was  expected,  absolute  loss  of  electro-muscular 
contractility,  in  both  the  upper  and  lower  limbs,  to  the  faradic  current.  A  strong 
galvanic  current  produced  feeble  contractions  in  the  extensors  and  flexors  of  the  fore- 
arms, but  none  whatever  of  the  muscles  of  the  lower  limbs.  There  was  also  very 
great  anaesthesia.  Analgesia  existed  in  the  lower  limbs.  In  the  arms,  forearms,  and 
fingers,  there  was  excessive  hyperesthesia  of  the  sense  of  touch,  conjoined  with  decided 
analgesia.  A  tolerably  strong  current  localized  in  the  muscles  was  not  painful,  but 
the  slightest  touch  on  the  surface  was  unpleasant.  Two  important  features  of  the 
case  were  reflex  spasms  of  the  mnscles  of  the  lower  limbs  during  electrizatioti,  and  a 
peculiar  sensation  throicgh  the  whole  nervous  ram-ifcatioit  after  electrization.  The 
patient  compared  it  to  "  waves  of  sensation  "  roUing  up  and  down  the  limbs.*  This 
sensation  was  sometimes  felt  one  or  two  days  after  the  application. 

Taking  into  consideration  all  the  facts  of  the  case — the  completeness  of  the  paralysis, 
the  loss  of  muscular  contractility,  the  absence  of  pain  in  the  limbs  or  in  the  spine,  the 
absence  of  any  morbid  symptoms  in  the  rectum  or  bladder,  or  of  a  feeling  of  constriction 
in  the  abdomen,  the  absence  of  spinal  tenderness,  or  of  a  sensation  of  pain  when  ice  or 
hot  water  were  applied  to  the  back,  and  the  various  and  peculiar  behavior  under  elec- 
trization, we  concluded  that  the  case  was  one  of  a  hysterical  character. 

The  treatment  consisted  chiefly  in  central  and  localized  electrization  three  times  a 
week.  Both  methods  were  used  at  the  same  sitting.  At  first  the  faradic  current  was 
used,  but  without  making  any  impression  on  the  disease.  The  first  application  of  the 
galvanic  current  took  immediate  effect.  The  next  day  the  patient  could  raise  both  of 
her  lower  limbs  six  inches  from  the  horizontal,  as  she  lay  in  her  chair.  The  improve- 
ment was  permanent  and  progressive.  Another  singular  feature  was  that,  in  spite  of 
her  weakness  and  helplessness,  the  patient  could  and  did  bear  with  benefit  protracted 
applications.  In  order  to  bring  the  whole  body  under  the  influence  of  the  current  at 
one  sitting,  and  at  the  same  time  to  give  the  needful  attention  to  the  affected  muscles 
and  groups  of  muscles,  the  sittings  were  sometimes  double  the  average  length. 

Improvement  in  the  upper  limbs  followed  improvement  in  the  lower.  The  exten- 
sors and  flexors  of  the  arm  and  forearm  soon  began  to  resume  their  contractility  under 
the  faradic  current. 

January,  1869,  the  patient  had  steadily  progressed  from  day  to  day.  Although 
healthful  contractions  were  not  obtained  in  the  muscles  below  the  knee,  even  under 
the  galvanic  current,  yet  the  skin  had  a  less  glossy  appearance,  and  the  power  of  mo- 
don  had  greatly  increased. 

The  improvement  in  the  arms,  though  at  first  slow,  was  subsequently  more  rapid  ir 

*  One  of  the  authors  has  experienced  a  precisely  similar  sensation  through  the  braiu, 
spinal  cord,  and  all  the  ramifications  of  the  nerves,  after  an  overdose  of  haslieesh. 


458  PARALYSIS. 

the  upper  than  in  the  lower  limbs.  By  Jan.  i,  both  the  arms  and  forearms  had  per 
ceptibly  2nlarged,  as  was  also  shown  by  measurement.  The  patient  could  handle 
light  objects,  and  was  beginning,  in  an  awkward  way,  to  feed  herself.  She  could  sit 
in  nearly  a  natural  position  in  her  chair,  and  when  well  supported  could  stand  for  ac 
instant. 

Feb.  I,  1869,  the  treatment  was  abandoned,  because  the  patient  seemed  for  the 
time  to  remain  stationary.  At  that  time  she  had  increased  in  weight  to  the  extent,  it 
is  just  to  estimate,  of  twenty-five  pounds,  although  the  patient  was  not  weighed.  She 
was  able  to  read  short  paragraphs,  and  took  her  book  or  paper  daily. 

On  account  of  the  weakness  of  the  peronei  muscles  pf  the  right  leg,  the  foot  had 
all  along  exhibited  a  tendency  to  turn  in.     This  symptom  did  not  improve. 

After  the  treatment  was  discontinued,  the  patient  still  progi^essed. 

When  last  seen,  August  1870,  she  had  gained  from  thirty  to  forty  pounds  in  weight, 
had  nearly  full  use  of  her  arms  and  hands,  which  had  regained  their  full  size,  and  was 
able  to  step  with  assistance,  and  appeared  to  be  prevented  from  walking  alone  only  by 
giddiness.     She  could  read  for  hours  at  a  time  without  excessive  fatigue. 

The  improvement  in  the  last  few  months  had  been  greatly  aided  by  systematic  rub- 
Ling  and  movements. 

In  the  above  extraordinary  case  the  record  was  never  complete,  but 
the  results  of  treatment  were  most  interesting  and  remarkable. 

Central  Paralysis. — Central  paralyses  are  those  which  depend  on 
some  special  and  distinct  morbid  condition  of  the  brain,  spinal  cord,  or 
sympathetic. 

Hemiplegia  and  paraplegia,  with  their  complications,  are  the  more 
frequent  and  important  manifestations  of  paralysis  of  central  origin. 

When  the  morbid  process  is  in  the  central  ganglia,  the  reaction  may 
be  either  normal,  or  increased  or  decreased. 

When  dizziness  is  excited  by  a  very  mild  galvanic  current,  there  is 
reason  to  suspect  some  morbid  process  within  the  brain.  The  diagno- 
sis of  the  diseases  of  the  brain  with  which  hemiplegia  is  associated  is 
much  aided  by  the  ophthalmoscope,  which  frequently  reveals  changes 
in  the  optic  disk,  the  retina,  the  choroid,  and  the  blood-vessels.  Cere- 
bral effusion  may  be  indicated  by  congestion  or  infiltration  of  the  optic 
disks  on  the  side  on  which  the  clot  exists ;  tumors  of  the  braiji  by  neu- 
ritis, neuro-retinitis,  and  isch^emia  ;  softening  occasionally  by  neuritis 
or  atrophy. 

Prognosis. — The  prognosis  of  hemiplegia  under  treatment  by  elec- 
tricity is  in  general  much  better  than  has  been  supposed.  Manifestly, 
everything  depends  on  the  nature  and  seat  of  the  affection  as  well  as 
on  the  age  and  constitution  of  the  patient. 

The  prognosis  is  better  in  proportion  as  the  symptoms  are  uncom- 
plicated ;  better  in  the  young  and  middle-aged  than  in  the  old.  Cases 
that  are  so  thoroughly  cured  as  to  leave  no  marks  behind  are  exceptio?ial. 


PARALYSIS.  459 

The  improvement,  however  rapidly  it  may  progress  at  first,  usually  stops 
at  some  point  short  of  a  perfect  cure.  The  majority  of  cases  can  be 
benefited,  sometimes  rapidly  benefited,  up  to  a  certain  point,  after  which 
the  improvement  cannot  be  pushed  by  any  amount  of  treatment.  It  is 
furthermore  always  necessary  to  bear  in  mind  the  liability  to  other 
attacks  ;  very  many  cases  are  improved  at  once  and  rapidly,  while  with 
others  the  progress  is  almost  imperceptibly  slow. 

In /jjr/zzVa/ symptoms  (melancholia,  hypochondria,  etc.),  the  progno- 
sis is  often  quite  favorable.  A  persistence  of  these  psychical  complica 
tions,  even  when  other  symptoms  appear  to  yield,  we  have  come  to 
regard  as  an  unfavorable  sign. 

In  ancEsthesia,  when  uncomplicated  with  other  symptoms,  the  prog- 
nosis is  remarkably  good,  even,  when  variously  complicated  with  paraly- 
sis of  motion  or  disorder  of  the  cranial  nerves,  and  the  anaesthesia  may 
yield,  even  though  its  associated  symptoms  are  not  affected. 

In  severe  disorders  of  speech  the  prognosis  is  not  very  favorable. 
They  are,  however,  susceptible  of  treatment. 

In  impairrnent  of  nutrition — the  muscular  atrophy  that  so  frequently 
accompanies  hemiplegia — the  prognosis,  especially  when  the  cases  have 
not  been  too  long  neglected,  is  oftentimes  exceedingly  favorable.  After 
the  affected  lower  limbs  have  become  much  reduced,  they  may  by  per- 
severing faradization  and  galvanization  be  restored  to  their  normal  size. 

In  contractions  of  muscles  and  convulsions,  the  prognosis  is  unfavoi- 
able. 

In  disorders  of  bladder  and  rectum,  the  prognosis  is  not  very  favorable. 

In  affections  of  the  joints  the  prognosis  is  not  very  favorable. 

In  cases  complicated  with  hysteria  or  hysterical  symptoms  the  prog- 
nosis is  better  than  in  cases  not  so  complicated.  In  very  strong  and 
vigorous  persons  of  coarse  organization  the  prognosis  is  generally  not  so 
good  as  in  the  nervous  organization. 

Other  conditions  being  the  same,  the  prognosis  is  much  better  for 
those  cases  where  the  arm  is  not  affected ;  and  when  both  the  arm  and 
leg  are  affected,  the  leg  is  susceptible  of  the  earliest  and  greatest  im- 
provement. The  chief  difficulty  in  the  hand  is  usually  with  the  exten- 
sors and  inter-ossei,  which,  being  very  long  and  weak  muscles,  and  act- 
ing as  they  do  at  the  worst  power  of  the  lever,  are  the  greatest  sufferers 
in  hemiplegia,  and  are  very  slow  to  resume  their  normal  functions. 

It  should  always  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  tendency  of  the  disease  is 
toward  recovery  up  to  a  certain  extent,  and  that  the  improvement  which 
takes  place  in  the  early  stages,  sometimes  very  rapidly,  is  partly  due  to 
nature  and  time. 


460         TREATMENT  OF  CENTRAL  PARALYSIS. 

Electrical  Treatment. — Diseases  of  the  brain  of  the  different  varieties 
are  to  be  treated  by  both  general  and  locaHzed  faradization  according, 
to  the  indications  of  each  case.  General  faradization  is  frequently  in- 
dicated in  hemiplegia  as  in  other  manifestations  of  disease  of  the  brain, 
on  account  of  the  general  debility  of  the  fimctions  that  accojnpanies 
and  follows  an  attack  of  disease  of  the  brain.  It  ifuproves  the  general 
mdrition. 

Central  galvanization  with  a  very  mild  current  is  a  method  of  treat- 
ment that  is  of  great  service  in  these  conditions.  The  special  form  and 
locality  of  the  galvanization  will  depend  on  the  supposed  locality  of  the 
disease. 

It  is  well  to  use  central  galvanization  alternately  with  general  or 
localized  faradization. 

There  is  little  doubt  that  this  method  of  treatment,  when  not  over- 
done, acts  beneficially  on  the  nutrition  of  the  brain,  directly  by  the 
passage  of  the  current  through  the  brain,  and  indirectly  through  the 
modification  of  the  cerebral  circulation  by  the  irritation  of  the  sympa- 
thetic. 

It  must  be  confessed,  however,  that  the  exclusive  use  of  central  gal- 
vanization in  cranial  disorder  is  far  from  being  satisfactory,  and  for  these 
four  reasons  :  First.  With  all  our  improved  means  of  diagnosis  it  is 
impossible  to  fix  with  anything  more  than  approximate  certainty  the 
seat  or  even  the  nature  of  the  morbid  process  in  diseases  of  the  brain  ; 
hence,  all  localization  of  the  galvanic  current  in  this  or  that  part  of  the 
head  must  at  best  be  empirical  and  tentative.  Secondly.  It  is  im- 
possible to  localize  the  galvanic  current  entirely  in  any  sn:ian  portion  of 
the  brain.  Thirdly.  Diseases  of  the  brain  are  usually  accompanied 
and  followed  by  general  feebleness  that  demands  constitutional  treat- 
ment. And  fourthly,  the  paralysis  will  not  yield  to  merely  central  treat- 
ment directed  to  the  seat  of  the  disease,  but  must  be  treated  itself.  In 
hemiplegia  also  the  spinal  cord  becomes  affected  through  disease  ;  hence 
the  theoretical  indication  for  galvanization  of  the  spine,  or,  better  still, 
the  entire  method  of  central  galvanization. 

General  faradization,  thoroughly  used,  affects  all  parts  of  the  brain  and 
the  sympathetic  at  each  application,  and  in  addition  powerfully  and 
beneficially  aifects  the  entire  periphery.  The  improvement  which  is 
acquired  by  the  extremities  and  by  all  the  superficial  muscles,  and  by 
the  viscera  especially,  under  general  faradization,  we  believe,  reacts 
favorably  on  the  brain  and  aids  the  reparative  process.  Our  best  results 
thus  far  have  been  obtained  by  the  cottibinatioti  of  localized  faradization 
of  the  paralyzed  muscles,  general faradizatio?i,  and  central  galvanization 


PARALYSIS.  461 

In  the  majority  of  cases  of  hemiplegia  the  muscles  are  not  so  badly 
paralyzed  that  they  will  not  readily  contract  during  the  process  of  general 
faradization.  Localized  faradization  with  careful  and  special  reference 
to  the  motor  points  is  therefore  not  necessary,  and  as  general  faradiza- 
tion acts  more  or  less  on  the  spinal  cord,  which  is  secondarily  affected, 
and  on  the  whole  system,  which  in  time  becomes  debilitated,  as  well  as 
on  the  paralyzed  muscles,  it  is  well  oftentimes  to  use  that  method  in 
connection  with  localized  faradization  or  in  preference  to  it. 

In  regard  to  the  comparative  merits  of  central  galvanization,  periph- 
eral and  general  faradization,  and  localized  galvanization  of  the  nerve- 
centres,  in  hemiplegia,  we  should  say  decidedly  that  the  latter  method- 
localized  galvanization  of  the  brain,  sympathetic,  and  spinal  cord — is  the 
least  important.  By  itself  alone,  unaided  by  other  methods,  it  will  ac- 
complish but  a  little.  It  comes  in  very  well,  however,  to  supplement 
other  methods,  and  may  be  used  in  connection  with  them.  The  full 
method  of  central  galvanization,  however,  by  acting  thoroughly  on  the 
whole  central  nervous  system,  accomplishes  much  in  hemiplegia,  and 
may  carry  on  the  improvement  after  peripheral  and  general  faradization 
have  finished  their  work  and  lost  their  efficacy. 

Time  of  beginning  Tr eatme?it.—\xv  regard  to  the  time  of  beginning 
treatment  after  an  attack  of  hemiplegia,  each  case  must  be  studied  by 
itself  As  a  rule,  it  is  better  to  wait  two  or  three  weeks,  until  the  active 
irritation  in  the  brain  has  in  a  measure  subsided.  The  almost  univer- 
sally entertained  idea,  that  it  is  better  in  all  cases  to  wait  three,  four,  or 
six  months,  until  the  muscles  have  been  long  atrophied  and  contracted, 
and  the  shoulder-joint  become  perhaps  permanently  immovable,  before 
beginning  electrical  treatment,  is  one  of  the  most  serious  errors  of  electro- 
therapeutics. If  proper  caution  be  used,  it  is  never  necessary  to  injure 
the  patient  at  any  stage  of  the  disease.  Cases  that  are  taken  early  may 
be  treated  at  first  by  exclusively  localized  faradization  ;  and  afterwards, 
when  that  has  accomplished  all  that  it  can  and  the  patient  ceases  to 
progress,  it  may  be  well  to  resort  to  general  faradization  and  central 
galvanization.  Electrization  of  the  facial  muscles  on  the  affected  side 
sometimes  materially  aids  the  speech,  but  it  may  cause  unpleasant 
symptoms,  and  in  the  early  stages  especially  should  be  avoided.  Mild 
galvanization  may  sometimes  be  used  before  faradization  of  the  muscles. 

Accessories  to  Electrical  Treatment  of  Paralysis. — The  treatment  of 
paralysis  of  all  kinds  by  electricity  may  be  greatly  aided  by  observing 
the  following  rules  : 

I.  Thoroughly  soak  the  part  with  warm  water  before  beginning  treat 
ment.     When  this  is  done  a  much  feebler  current  will  produce  contrao 


462  TREATMENT   OF   PARALYSIS. 

tions  and  the  contractions  will  be  more  active,  and  some  muscles  will 
readily  contract  which  otherwise  would  not  contract  at  all. 

The  skin  when  dry  is,  as  we  have  seen  (Electro-Physiology,  p.ioS),  a 
poor  conductor,  and  in  proportion  as  it  becomes  thoroughly  moistened 
in  that  proportion  does  its  conductivity  increase. 

2.  Relax  the  muscles  when  the  application  is  made.  The  advan- 
tage of  the  observance  of  this  rule  is  decided  (see  Electro-Physiology, 
P-I47). 

In  treating  paralysis  of  the  extensor  muscles  of  the  hand,  for  example, 
flex  the  hand  backward  a  little  and  then  relax  the  extensor  muscles.  In 
treating  paralysis  of  the  peronei  muscles  of  the  leg,  raise  the  foot  so  as  to 
relax  these  muscles  and  the  tibialis  anticus.  The  muscles  of  the  thigh 
are  most  relaxed  when  the  patient  is  sitting,  and  most  tense  when  the 
patient  stands,  in  treating  paralysis  of  the  face,  draw  back  the  muscles 
of  the  affected  side  toward  the  ear.  Dr.  C.  E.  Detmold  has  suggested 
the  use  of  a  blunt,  curved  wire.  This  wire  is  placed  in  the  corner  of 
the  mouth  and  the  other  end  is  attached  by  an  elastic  to  a  curved  wire 
behind  the  ear.  This  contrivance  may  be  worn  not  only  during  treat- 
ment, but  at  night,  if  it  be  not  too  disagreeable,  and  an  hour  or  so 
during  the  daj^ 

For  keeping  the  hand  raised  in  lead  paralysis,  Dr.  Geo.  Van  Bibber, 
of  Baltimore,  has  devised  a  contrivance  consisting  of  Sayre's  artificial 
rubber  muscle  connected  by  eyelets  to  elastic  bands  attached  by  ad- 
hesive plaster  to  the  arm  above  the  elbow  at  one  extremity,  and  at  the 
other  extremity  to  the  hand  and  fingers. 

Dr.  Van  Bibber  has  utilized  the  same  principle  in  the  treatment  of 
ptosis.  In  order  to  hold  up  the  lid  he  applies  a.  narrow  bit  of  adhesive 
plaster  to  the  forehead,  and  to  the  lid  itself. 

3.  Enlist  the  mental  co-operation  of  the  patient  in  the  treatment.  Let 
him  try  to  move  the  paralyzed  muscles  at  the  very  moment  that  the  cur- 
rent is  applied.  Concentration  of  will  alone  is  sufficient  to  help  par- 
alysis, as  has  been  proved  by  actual  experiment. 

4.  Passive  movements  of  the  limbs  at  the  joints,  massage,  and  mani- 
pulation of  individual  muscles.  The  joints  should  be  rotated  so  as  to 
combat  the  tendency  to  stiffness  and  the  kneading  of  the  muscles  should 
be  carefully  and  thoroughly  performed,  massage  and  passive  movements 
are  usually  but  half  done. 

5.  Apply  dry  heat  to  the  affected  muscles  before  the  electricity  is  ap- 
plied, or  at  any  time  during  the  intervals.  This  can  be  done  in  various 
ways.  A  good  way  to  bring  a  paralyzed  arm  or  leg  under  the  prolonged 
influence   of  dry  heat  is  to  take  a  common  sewer-pipe  as  sold  in  the 


PARALYSIS.  463 

shops,  of  a  suitable  size  and  curvature,  heat  it  through  in  an  oven,  cover  it 
with  cloths  and  let  the  limb  remain  in  it  until  the  heat  is  dissipated.  In 
this  way  not  only  the  forearm  and  leg,  but  the  whole  arm,  including  the 
shoulder-joint  and  the  thigh  with  joint,  can  be  daily  subjected  to  the  ef- 
fect of  the  prolonged  heat.  This  treatment  not  only  temporarily  increases 
the  electro-muscular  contractility  of  the  paralyzed  muscles,  but  perma- 
nently improves  the  nutrition  both  of  the  muscles  and  of  the  stiffened 
joints.  Dr.  Charles  F.  Taylor  allows  his  paralyzed  patients  to  warn 
their  paralyzed  limbs  in  a  hot  oven  arranged  for  that  purpose. 

All  the  above  suggestions  will  apply  to  the  treatment  of  every  form 
of  paralysis. 

Right  hemiplegia  coining  on  gradually,  with  numbness  and  coldness  in  right  leg ; 

slight  anaesthesia  of  right  hand,  and  considerable  ancesthesia  of  right  leg ;  somi 
diminution  of  electro-muscular  contractility  in  right  leg —  Gastralgia,  insomnia, 
and  great  mental  depi'ession — Ttnportant  iinproveiiient  under  general  faradization 
and  peripheral  galvanization — Subseqtient  renewed  attack. 

Case  LVII. — Hon.  Mr.  G. ,  aged  52,  for  many  years  United  States  Senator, 
was  referred  to  us  October  19,  1868,  by  Prof.  Austin  Flint.  During  the  excitement  of 
the  Impeachment  Trial  the  patient,  whose  constitution  was  always  supposed  to  be  of 
the  strongest,  observed  a  feeling  of  coldness  of  the  right  leg  at  night.  This  coldness, 
however,  was  not  very  marked,  since  his  attention  was  first  called  to  the  condition  by 
his  wife.  One  day,  while  in  Congress,  and  shortly  after  the  delivery  of  his  opinion  on 
the  Impeachment,  he  experienced  a  slight  attack  of  hemiplegia,  which  he  endeavored 
to  walk  off. 

Before  coming  to  New  York,  he  had  received  the  very  pernicious  advice  to  take 
vigorous  and  severe  muscular  exercise.  Acting  upon  this  unfortunate  suggestion,  he 
had  seriously  injured  himself  at  the  exhausting  labor  of  chopping  wood.  He  grew  de- 
cidedly worse,  and  became  exceedingly  depressed.  Under  the  advice  and  medication 
administered  by  Prof  Flint  he  had  measurably  improved,  and  at  the  time  we  first  saw 
him  there  was  a  tendency  toward  recovery.  He  complained,  however,  of  persistent 
insomnia,  considerable  gastralgia,  with  indigestion,  pain  in  the  lower  part  of  the  back, 
and  very  great  mental  depression. 

Electric  Examination. — Slight  anaesthesia  of  right  hand  ;  considerable  of  right  leg; 
some  diminution  of  electro-muscular  contractility  in  the  muscles  above  the  knee  on  the 
right  side  ;  no  diminution  of  electro-muscular  sensibility  ;  the  volitional  power  of  the 
muscles  was  intact,  and  the  patient  could  walk  a  considerable  distance. 

The  case  demanded  a  general  tonic  as  well  as  merely  local  treatment,  and  we  accord, 
ingly  used  general  faradization  daily,  or  every  other  day,  occasionally  making  use  of 
galvanization.  It  was  not  long  before  improvement  was  manifest  in  all  the  leadmg 
symptoms.  He  soon  began  to  sleep  and  to  digest  better,  and  was  much  relieved  of 
the  pains  in  the  back.  At  the  end  of  five  weeks  the  patient  abandoned  treatment,  and 
so  far  improved  that  in  the  early  part  of  December  he  resumed  his  seat  in  Congress, 
nnd  during  the  entire  winter  continued  in  the  exercise  of  his  official  duties. 

While  under  treatment  by  electricity,  he  at  the  same  time  continued  the  use  of  bro- 
miile  of  pot.issium  and  other  internal  remedies,  with  special  re'erence  to  the  stomach 


464  PARALYSIS. 

In  the  spring  following  the  patient  visited  Europe,  where  he  was  engaged  to  plead 
in  a  case  at  law.  The  excitement  brought  on  a  new  attack,  which  left  him  in  a  con- 
dition of  despondency,  from  which,  however,  he  slowly  rallied.  He  afterwards  died 
of  another  disease. 

Glosso-laryngeal  Paralysis  {Glosso-pharyngeal  Paralysis'). — The  dis- 
tinctive features  of  this  affection  are  paralysis  of  the  muscles  of 
the  tongue,  lips,  soft  palate,  and  also  of  the  pharynx  and  larynx. 
There  is  difficulty  both  in  speaking  (especially  in  pronouncing  certain 
letters)  and  swallowing.  The  saliva  dribbles.  Food  is  sometimes 
forced  into  the  nostrils  or  larynx.  In  the  last  stage  there  is  debility  and 
difficulty  of  respiration. 

Prognosis. — This  disease  is  believed  to  be  surely  fatal  in  a  few 
months.  Faradization  of  the  pharynx  and  tongue  is,  however,  of  essen- 
tial service  in  occasionally  relieving  the  difficulty  in  deglutition,  and 
also  some  of  the  other  symptoms. 

Glosso-pharyngeal  paralysis  of  nine  mo7iths'  standing — Great  difficulty  in  speaking 
and  swallowing —  Tei?iporary  and  decided  improvement  under  faradization  and 
galvanization  of  the  affected  parts. 

Case  LVIII. — Mr.  K. ,  aged  43,  a  .^hort,  stubby,  plethoric  German,  consulted  us 
May  18,  1867,  with  marked  and  typical  symptoms  of  glosso-pharyngeal  paralysis.  His 
difhculty  of  speech  was  very  great,  and  any  attempt  to  read  was  exceedingly  ludicrous. 
His  especial  difficulty  was  in  pronouncing  certain  vowels,  as  a,  u.  In  eating,  particles 
of  food  were  thrown  up  in  the  upper  and  posterior  pharyngeal  space,  and  liquids  some- 
times were  expelled  through  the  nostrils. 

The  patient  referred  the  beginning  of  his  symptoms  to  a  very  severe  cold. 

Three  localized  faradizations  were  followed  by  manifest  improvement  in  most  of  the 
symptoms,  and  especially  in  the  swallowing. 

May  29,  galvanization  was  commenced,  and  was  continued  with  still  further  improve- 
ment both  in  speaking  and  swallowing. 

Of  the  issue  of  the  case  we  have  never  heard. 

Glosso-pharyngeal  paralysis^  with  hemiplegia  of  left  side  of  three  years''  standing — 
Chronic  pharyngitis — No  improvement  tmder  a  short  course  of  electrization. 

Case  LIX. — Capt.  George  H  ,  aged  55,  consulted  us  on  October  15,  1866,  with 
symptoms  of  hemiplegia  and  glosso-labial  paralysis.  Certain  letters,  as  h,  p,  he  could 
not  articulate,  and  conversation  was  a  matter  of  considerable  difficulty.  He  could 
walk,  but  needed  assistance  in  ascending  staii-s  or  crossing  streets. 

The  accompanying  symptoms  were  in  every  way  discouraging.  The  patient  wa3 
partially  insane.  Naturally  kind  and  genial,  he  had  become  excessively  irritable  and 
inconsiderate  ;  was  at  times  impatient  and  violent. 

Localized  and  general  faradization,  attempted  for  a  short  time,  proved  of  no  service, 
and  the  patient  was  not  encouraged  to  continue  treatment.  We  afterwards  learned 
that  his  symptoms  gradually  became  worse,  in  spite  of  various  hydropathic,  equalizing, 
and  other  methods  of  cure  that  he  attempted,  and  in  three  years  he  died. 


GLOSSO-LARYNGEAL   PARALYSIS.  465 

We  do  not  presume  to  say  that  the  case  that  immediately  follows  was 
one  in  which  there  had  been  any  decided  atrophy  of  nerve  tissue,  and 
yet  all  the  symptoms  of  which  the  patient  complained  were  of  the  most 
persistent  and  distressing  type,  and  seemed  to  point  unmistakably  to 
structural  lesion.  If  there  was  no  decided  structural  change  present 
in  the  motor  roots  of  the  upper  portion  of  the  cord,  as  the  nnmediate 
effects  of  the  treatment  would  seem  to  indicate,  the  case  affords  an 
instructive  illustration  of  those  purely  functional  conditions  that  occa- 
sionally simulate  with  such  exactness  incurable  diseases  of  organic 
origin. 

Rapid  recovery  of  a  supposed  case  of  glosso-laryngeal paralysis  of  thret  years''  sfaiid- 
ing  tinder  galvanization  of  the  neck  and  npper  portion  of  the  ccrd. 

Case  LX. — Mr.  P.,  a  gentleman  aged  45,  was  seat  to  us  by  Dr.  James  Anderson. 
Some  three  years  previously  the  patient  had  first  observed  a  slight  sense  of  stiffness  in 
the  tongue,  associated  vifith  a  feeling  of  constriction  in  the  pharynx  and  larynx.  Occa- 
sionally his  speech  became  thick  and  hoarse  ;  some  words  were  pronounced  badly,  and 
he  found  it  difficult  to  contract  the  lips.  At  such  times  partial  aphonia  was  present,  and 
when  he  attempted  to  converse,  the  effort  was  attendee'-,  with  a  degree  of  discomfort  if 
not  pain.  For  several  months  these  symptoms  had  remained  stationary,  with  the 
addition  only  of  some  little  weakness  of  respiration. 

Finally,  however,  he  noticed  some  difficulty  in  the  act  of  deglutition,  which  in  the 
course  of  a  few  weeks  so  markedly  increased  as  to  threaten  suffocation.  He  dreaded 
every  attempt  at  eating,  and  frequently  in  the  place  of  his  regular  meal  he  would  take 
a  considerable  quantity  of  brandy,  the  stimulating  effects  of  which  would  often  tempo- 
rarily seem  to  restore  power  to  the  diseased  parts.  For  more  than  two  years  this 
patient  had  suffered  in  this  way.  Although  he  had  unceasingly  sought  relief,  every 
method  that  he  attempted  signally  failed  to  afford  the  slightest  service.  On  applying 
for  electrical  treatment,  we  at  once  submitted  him  to  a  mild  seance  of  central  galvani- 
zation, after  which  a  current  of  somewhat  greater  strength  was  as  nearly  as  possible 
localized  in  the  upper  portion  of  the  cord  and  its  motor  roots.  This  accomplished 
nothing,  and  as  the  patient  gave  evidence  of  being  decidedly  unsusceptible  to  ordinary 
electrical  influences,  we  attempted  at  the  second  seance  to  localize  in  the  supposed 
seat  of  the  disease  a  current  from  15  cells,  gradually  increasing  it  to  25  cells. 

Considerable  vertigo  with  slight  spasmodic  contraction  of  the  larynx  followed,  last- 
ing several  minutes.  On  the  following  day  he  reported  that  he  was  able  to  eat  with 
markedly  increased  comfort,  and  that  during  the  intervals  of  eating  he  felt  completely 
recovered.  Eight  similar  applications,  but  with  gradually  decreasing  strength  of  cur- 
rent, were  followed  by  complete  recovery.  In  a  few  months  he  suffered  a  slight  relapse 
from  which  he  speedily  recovered  by  a  short  course  of  treatment.  Two  years  have 
elapsed  since  the  treatment,  and  the  patient  continues  well. 

Paralysis  of  the  muscles  of  the  neck  and  chin  with  dysphagia — Not  treated. 

Case  LXI. — Mr.  L.,  aged  60,  referred  to  us  by  Dr.  E.  R.  Peaslee,  was  paralyzed 
in  the  muscles  supporting  the  head  and  chin  ;  dysphagia  was  marked,  and  ieglutitiun 
was  so  much  impaired  that  eating  was  attended  with  much  difficulty. 
30 


466  PARALYSIS. 

Our  diagnosis  was  central  lesion,  the  chief  expression  of  which  was  atrophy  of 
the  motor  roots.  We  were  permitted  to  use  the  galvanic  current  but  about  three 
times. 

No  benefit  was  derived,  but  a  furtlier  trial  might  have  alleviated  the  symptoms 
somewhat. 

Paralysis  of  Spinal  Origin — Paraplegia. — The  exact  differential 
diagnosis  of  the  various  morbid  conditions  of  the  spinal  cord  that  give 
rise  to  paraplegia  is  sometimes  a  matter  of  considerable  difficulty,  and 
for  these  two  reasons  : — 

1.  All  known  morbid  conditions  of  the  cord  have  more  or  less  symp- 
toms in  common.  In  order  that  any  of  them  may  be  of  special  diag- 
nostic value,  it  is  necessary  that  they  should  be  taken  in  connection 
with  other  symptoms. 

2.  Many  of  the  morbid  conditions  of  the  cord  are  complicated  with 
each  other,  and  the  symptoms  must  be  correspondingly  complex.  Thus 
meningitis  may  exist  with  myelitis,  and  the  term  myelitis  itself  is  a  genus 
of  which  there  are  several  species.  It  is  difficult  to  draw  the  line  where 
irritation  ends  and  congestion  begins,  and  equally  difficult  to  determine 
at  what  stage  a  condition  of  hyperaemia  or  congestion  becomes  a  con- 
dition of  inflammation. 

Electro-Diagfiosis. — In  the  early  stages  of  spinal  paraplegia  the  gal- 
vanic and  faradic  reaction  may  be  normal,  but  in  the  course  of  a  {q\n 
weeks  or  months  becomes  diminished.  In  most  of  the  cases  that  con- 
sult the  physician  there  is  diminished  or  destroyed  electro-muscular  con- 
tractility. 

Electro-muscular  sensibiHty  is  usually  more  or  less  diminished.  Elec- 
tro-muscular contractility  is  usually  much  more  diminished  in  the  severe 
forms  of  paraplegia  than  in  hemiplegia.  In  case's  where  the  posterior 
columns  are  affected  electro-anaesthesia  may  also  exist. 

Treatment. — In  hemiplegia,  as  we  have  seen,  the  electrical  treatment  is 
substantially  the  same  whatever  the  nature  or  seat  of  the  cerebral  lesion. 
Similarly  in  paraplegia  the  treatment,  so  far  as  electricity  is  concerned,  is 
the  same,  whatever  be  the  nature  of  the  spinal  lesion  on  which  the  para- 
plegia depends.  Spinal  paraplegia  should  be  treated  by  galvanization  of 
the  spine,  and  peripheral  faradization  or  galvanization  ;  to  depend  on 
one  method  solely  is  unnecessary.  In  paraplegia  the  electro-muscular 
contractility  is  frequently  so  much  diminished  that  it  is  necessary  to  give 
particular  attention  to  the  motor  points  in  order  to  produce  contractions^ 
Whether  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization  be  employed 
will  depend  on  the  general  condition  of  the  patient.  In  the  early  or 
subacute  stage  the  seances  should  be  short;  in  the  chronic  stage  the 


PARAPLEGIA — ANTERIOR   SPINAL   SCLEROSIS.  4^7 

seances  may  sometimes  be  more  protracted.  In  many  incurable  cases 
the  general  tonic  effects  of  general  faradization  alone  are  of  very  great 
service. 

Prognosis. — Nearly  all  cases  of  spinal  paraplegia  can  be  benefited 
by  electrical  treatment,  but  very  few  can  be  entirely  or  permanently 
cured.  We  may  look  for  perfect  recovery  in  some  cases  that  are 
taken  early,  and  in  cases  that  depend  on  hysteria,  congestion  of  the  cord, 
or  exhaustion.  Cases  of  myelitis,  meningitis,  and  non-inflammatory 
softening  are,  as  a  rule,  but  little  benefited,  although  they  may  some- 
times improve  quite  rapidly  under  electrical  treatment  up  to  a  certain 
point. 

In  cases  of  reflex  paraplegia,  however,  the  faradic  current  is  ex- 
ceedingly useful  in  preventing  the  ill  effects  of  rest  on  the  paralyzed 
muscles  and  materially  hastens  recovery. 

Peripheral  Paralysis. — A  true  peripheral  paralysis  manifestly  excludes 
all  lesions  or  influences  of  a  central  origin.  The  cause  must  be  sought 
for  in  some  portion  of  the  nerve-tract  after  it  has  emerged  from  the 
bones  that  enclose  the  nervous  centres. 

The  principal  causes  of  peripheral  paralysis  are  : 

1 .  The  action  of  cold  on  the  superficial  distribution  of  nerves. 

2.  External  injuries. 

3.  Pressure  on  the  jierve  from  morbid  grozaths,  etc, 

4.  Destruction  of  a  nerve  by  carious  bone,  etc. 

Facial  Paralysis. — The  most  prominent  form  of  peripheral  paralysis  is 
that  of  the  seventh  pair  of  nerves.  The  symptoms  of  facial  paralysis  vary 
not  only  as  its  cause  is  central  or  peripheral,  but  also  according  to  the  por- 
tion of  the  nerve  aff"ected.  Paralysis  of  the  seventh  pair  without  coinci- 
dent paralysis  of  an  arm  or  leg  seldom  results  from  cerebral  hemorrhage- 
It  may  occur,  however,  but  it  may  be  readily  distinguished  from  the 
peripheral  form  of  the  affection.  In  complete  facial  paralysis  of  peri- 
pheral origin  the  orbicularis  palpebrarum  muscle  is  paralyzed,  and 
the  eye  cannot  be  entirely  closed ;  7vhile  if  the  cause  is  central  this  tnus- 
cle  is,  as  a  rule,  unaffected,  and  the  eyelids  can  be  brought  together. 
In  some  exceptional  cases  a  certain  lesion  may  paralyze  the  orbicularis 
muscle,  while  occasionally,  in  peripheral  facial  paralysis,  the  nerves 
that  supply  the  muscles  of  the  eye  may  escape,  thus  leaving  it  free  to 
close.  The  fact  that  in  facial  paralysis  of  central  origin  the  electro- 
muscular  contractiUty  is  unimpaired,  while  if  the  nerve  itself  is  the  seat 
of  the  injury  the  muscles  refuse  to  respond  to  the  faradic  current,  ma- 
terially aids  us  in  diagnosis. 


468  PARALYSIS. 

Electro-Diagnosis. — In  facial  paralysis  of  a  peripheral  origin,  the 
far  ado-muscular  contractility  is  usually  diminished  or  lost ;  galvano- 
muscular  contractility  may  be  increased  or  normal  ;  though  in  some 
cases  it  may  be  diminished,  it  is  rarely  lost.  Facial  paralysis  is  one  of 
the  conditions  in  which  the  difference  between  the  two  currents,  in  their 
power  of  producing  contractions  of  muscles,  is  typically  shown.  The 
galvano-muscular  contractility  sometimes  becomes  so  much  increased 
that  when  the  farado-muscular  contractility  is  entirely  abolished,  the 
diseased  muscles  respond  to  a  .much  feebler  galvanic  current  than  is 
necessary  to  produce  contractions  on  the  healthy  side.  As  the  muscles 
resume  their  normal  condition  under  treatment,  the  galvano-muscular 
contractility  diminishes. 

Prognosis. — The  prognosis  of  facial  paralysis  of  a  peripheral  origin  is 
generally  very  favorable.  Few  forms  of  paralysis  yield  so  surely  as  this, 
provided  the  electrical  treatment  be  used  with  sufficient  perseverance. 

Treatment. — Facial  paralysis  should  be  treated  by  localized  faradiza- 
tion and  galvanization.  When  the  muscles  fail  to  respond  to  the  fara- 
dic  current  it  is  of  but  little  worth  to  use  it ;  it  is  far  better  to  depend 
on  the  galvanic  current.  In  this  disease  the  current-reverser  electrode 
is  exceedingly  convenient.  A  current  just  sufficient  to  produce  con- 
traction of  the  muscles  is  better  than  stronger  currents,  and  short  ap- 
plications are  preferable  to  long  ones. 

Facial  paralysis  from  exposure  to  cold — Loss  of  contractility  to  faradic  current — /;«- 
p-ovement  tinder  the  galvanic  current. 

Case  LXII. — Miss  P.,  a  stout,  vigorous  young  lady  of  15,  was  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  F. 
Elliot,  to  be  treated  for  paralysis  of  the  seventh  pair,  on  the  left  side,  caused  by 
exposure  to  a  draught  of  air  two  months  previous.  The  .paralytic  symptoms  came 
on  suddenly  and  in  full  force  immediately  after  the  exposure,  and  at  first  she  experi- 
enced considerable  difficulty  in  speaking. 

She  gradually  became  so  accustomed  to  the  abnormal  condition  of  her  lips  and  face 
that  she  was  able  to  converse  almost  as  clearly  as  before  ;  but  the  improvement  in  the 
condition  of  the  paralyzed  muscles  was  very  slow,  and  at  the  time  she  came  to  us  the 
affection  appeared  to  be  almost  stationary.  At  the  time  she  received  the  first  appli- 
cation at  our  hands  (Aug.  i,  1862),  she  presented  most  of  the  usual  symptoms  of 
paralysis  of  the  seventh  pair. 

Her  mouth  was  drawn  over  towards  tihe  healthy  side  so  violently  as  to  produce  con- 
siderable deformity  when  she  laughed  or  conversed,  and  even  when  she  smiled.  When 
she  attempted  to  frovra,  the  left  brow  remained  as  smooth  as  that  of  a  child. 

Her  left  eye  rolled  up,  and  when  she  attempted  to  close  it,  the  lids  would  not  ap- 
proach nearer  than  one-quarter  of  an  inch  to  each  othesr.  \  powerful  faradic  current, 
localized  in  the  affected  muscles,  produced  very  feebU  -  imperfect  contractions  ; 
while  on  the  sound  side  a  very  mild  current,  applied  w*  «.  the  hand,  produced  active 
contractions  of  all  the  principal  muscles.    The  patient  was  so  well  in  all  other  respects, 


FACIAL   PARALYSIS.  469 

that  we  decided  10  use  only  partial  or  localized  electrization  over  all  the  muscles  on 
the  left  side  of  the  face.  Two  vigorous  applications  made  in  this  way,  one  electrode 
being  placed  firmly  in  front  of  the  ear,  and  the  other  passed  over  the  ramifications  of 
the  seventh  pair,  as  well  as  over  the  individual  muscles,  did  not  seem  to  increase  to  any 
appreciable  extent  the  electro-muscular  contractility,  and  accordingly  we  resolved  to 
adopt  an  entirely  different  method  of  warfare. 

The  next  time  we  localized  the  galvanic  current  through  the  left  side  of  the  face, 
and  with  the  best  results.  Contractions  of  the  paralyzed  muscles  were  at  once  pro- 
duced that  were  as  vigorous  and  as  natural  as  those  caused  by  the  faradic  current  on 
the  healthy  side,  and  by  a  current  that  had  no  effect  on  the  healthy  side. 

The  patient  began  at  once  to  improve,  and  after  ten  visits,  distributed  over  9.  period 
of  six  weeks,  she  was  dismissed  as  approximately  cured.  There  still  remained  some 
deficiency  of  action  of  the  muscles  concerned  in  frowning  and  in  winking,  but  the  ex- 
pression of  her  face,  both  in  repose  and  in  conversation,  was  normal. 

The  interesting  points  in  this  case  are  these  : — 

First. — The  galvanic  current  produced  contractions  and  wrought  a 
cure  when  the  induced  or  faradic  utterly  failed. 

Second. — The  paralyzed  muscles  were  at  'first  brought  to  contraction 
by  a  galvanic  current  that  had  no  effect  whatever  on  the  muscles  of  the 
healthy  side.  As  the  patient  improved,  however,  it  became  necessary 
to  use  a  stronger  galvanic  current  in  order  to  produce  the  contractions. 
Towards  the  close  of  the  treatment,  the  muscles  of  the  paralyzed  side 
began  to  respond  to  the  faradic  current. 

That  the  faradic  current  may  sometimes  work  well  in  facial  paralysis 
is  shown  by  the  following  case  : — 

Partial  paralysis  of  the  right  side  of  the  face,  with  contraction  of  muscles  following 
neuralgia — Approximate  recovery  under  localized  faradization. 

Case  LXIII. — Miss  J.,  aged  40,  came  to  us  in  the  early  part  of  September,  1868, 
to  be  treated  for  a  facial  paralysis  of  a  peculiar  character.  Her  face  was  drawn  to 
:he  right  side,  so  that  her  features  were  very  much  distorted.  We  at  first  supposed, 
and  very  naturally,  that  the  case  was  one  of  paralysis  of  the  seventh  pair  of  the  left 
side,  but  a  more  careful  examination  led  us  to  modify  our  diagnosis. 

Her  history  was  as  follows :  Several  years  before,  while  occupied  in  a  day  and  night 
attendance  at  the  bedside  of  a  sick  friend,  she  was  suddenly  attacked  with  severe  facial 
neuralgia  of  the  right  side,  that  continued  to  annoy  her  for  two  months.  The  disease 
then  abated,  but  since  that  time  she  had  been  frequently  harassed  by  persistent  numb- 
ness in  the  right  arm  and  hand. 

On  localizmg  a  strong  faradic  current  through  the  muscles  of  the  left  side  of  the 
face,  powerful  contractions  were  excited.  On  the  right  side  no  such  effect  could  be 
produced. 

Furthermore  her  right  eye  was  nearly  closed,  owing  to  a  partial  ptosis,  and  while 
she  could  easily  frown  and  corrugate  the  left  brow,  the  right  was  entirely  smooth  and 
expressionless.  It  was  very  evident,  both  from  the  history  of  the  case  and  from  symp- 
toms at  the  time,  that  the  right  side  was  paralyzed,  and  not  the  left,  as  at  first  ap 


470  PARALYSIS. 

peared,  and  that  the  face  was  drawn  towards  the  right  by  the  contractions  of  the  mus 

ties  following  the  paralysis. 

Trousseau  has  described  this  condition  so  accurately  that  we  quote  his  own  language 
as  it  appears  in  the  translation  of  Bazaire.  * 

After  relating  the  symptoms  of  a  patient  suffering  from  paralysis,  he  says :  "If 
left  facial  paralysis  was  thought  of  at  first  sight,  the  depression  of  the  lower  lid,  and 
the  less  marked  expansion  of  the  nostril  on  the  right  side,  were  already  sufficient  to 
cause  a  modification  of  the  diagnosis.  But  when  the  patient  attempted  to  move  that 
side  of  her  face  there  could  no  longer  be  any  hesitation,  and  it  became  manifest  that 
it  was  the  right  side  which  was  affected.  When  she  spoke,  and  still  more  when  she 
laughed,  her  face  was  pulled  with  force  to  the  left,  the  upper  lip  and  the  ala  nasi  on 
that  side  going  obliquely  upwards,  and  the  labial  commissure  being  drawn  with  con- 
siderable energy  upwards  and  outwards.  When  she  attempted  to  blow,  her  left  cheek 
swelled  and  her  mouth  remained  closed  on  that  side,  whilst  her  right  cheek  was  flaccid 
and  her  mouth  opened  out  a  little  on  that  side.  Besides,  she  could  not  shut  her  right 
eye,  however  much  she  tried." 

In  this  case  we  used  only  the  faradic  current,  localizing  the  electricity  as  nearly  as 
possible  along  the  course  of  the  portio  dura  and  its  ramifications.  To  accomplish  this 
the  small  positive  electrode  was  pressed  firmly  on  the  point  where  the  nerve  emerges 
from  the  temporal  bone,  while  the  negative  was  moved  along  its  various  terminal 
branches. 

No  particular  results  were  obtained  from  the  first  application,  but  during  the  second 
visit  slight  contractions  were  produced  on  the  right  side,  and  it  was  then  noticed  that 
the  eyelid  did  not  fall  so  low  as  before. 

In  the  course  of  a  few  days  the  patient  again  visited  us,  when  the  improvement  was 
quite  marked.  There  was  considerable  relaxation  of  the  contracted  muscles,  and  the 
electro-muscular  contractility  was  readily  demonstrated.  At  the  fourth  visit,  which 
occurred  about  two  weeks  from  the  commencement  of  treatment,  the  ptos's  was  hardly 
noticeable,  and  the  power  of  corrugating  the  occipito-frontalis  on  the  right  side  was 
perfect.  There  still  remained,  however,  some  distortion  of  the  features,  owing  to  the 
obstinate  nature  of  the  muscular  contractions,  and,  although  she  subsequently  received 
quite  a  number  of  applications,  the  contraction  was  not  so  entirely  dissipated  as  were 
all  the  other  symptoms. 

Facial  paralysis  existing  three  weeks — Immediate  effects  of  faradization. 

Case  LXIV.— Mr.  C,  aged  35,  a  patient  of  Dr.  Joseph  Worster,  had  been  af- 
flicted for  three  weeks  with  paralysis  of  the  seventh  pair,  in  the  right  side. 

The  patient  complained  of  a  peculiar  tingling  and  occasional  numbness  in  the  hands 
and  feet  that  we  regarded  as  an  indication  of  slight  central  disturbance.  In  all  other 
respects  his  health  was  excellent.  A  local  application  of  the  faradic  current  resulted 
in  immediate  benefit,  and  two  more  seances  were  followed  by  approximate  recovery. 

Paralysis  from  Pressure  a?id  O?/^.— Paralysis  sometimes  occurs  from 
pressure  on  the  nerves  of  the  arm  during  sleep,  and  most  frequently  m 
persons  who  are  intoxicated. 

Paralysis  of  the  arm  may  also  arise  from  the  pressure  of  a  board  or 
any  other  hard  object  under  the  arm.  It  may  also  be  caused,  like  facial 
*  Lectures  on  Clinical  Medicine,  Part  II.,  p.  322. 


PARALYSIS.  471 

paralysis,  by  exposure  to  cold.     Paralysis  may  arise  also  from  the  pres- 
sure of  the  foetus  in  parturition. 

All  these  forms  of  peripheral  paralysis  may  be  treated  by  electricity, 
preferably  by  the  galvanic  current,  and  with  curative  results,  unless  the 
nerve  be  too  severely  injured. 

Paralysis  of  muscles  of  right  thigh  ;  apparently  produced  by  exposure  to  cold — Att' 
asthesia — Improvement  under  galvanization — Increase  in  size  of  limb. 

Case  LXV. — Miss  F.,  aged  about  20,  first  observed  a  slight  pain  and  soreness  in 
the  muscles  of  the  right  thigh,  that  readily  yielded  to  a  few  applications  of  the  faradic 
current.  Five  months  subsequently,  after  several  hours'  exposure  to  cold  and  wet, 
she  experienced  considerable  pain  in  the  right  limb,  and  also  a  marked  degree  of  stiff- 
ness, that  disappeared  temporarily  after  walking  a  few  times  around  the  room. 

In  a  few  days  the  pain  extended  to  the  hip  and  involved  the  whole  limb,  which  soon 
became  completely  paralyzed,  and  for  two  weeks  she  suffered  excessive  pain  both  day 
and  night.  Three  months  later,  when  it  was  decided  that  the  patient  should  be 
treated  by  electricity,  she  was  able  to  move  about  the  house  with  the  aid  of  crutches, 
although  the  limb  remained  almost  perfectly  powerless. 

The  anaesthesia  over  the  quadriceps  muscle  was  very  decided,  the  assthesiometer 
producing  two  impressions  only  when  its  points  were  separated  four  inches,  and  the 
electro-muscular  contractility  was  entirely  absent  in  all  the  external  or  surface  muscles 
of  the  thigh  and  in  a  portion  of  the  leg.  The  thigh  had  atrophied  to  the  extent  of 
an  inch  and  one-half. 

Ten  applications  of  the  faradic  current  entirely  dissipated  the  anaesthesia,  so  that  it 
was  necessary  to  separate  the  sesthesiometer  but  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  order 
that  two  impressions  might  be  received. 

The  same  current  partially  restored  also  the  electric  contractility  of  the  diseased 
muscles  ;  but  it  was  not  until  a  galvanic  current  of  considerable  intensity  was  em- 
ployed a  number  of  times,  that  they  responded  healthfully  to  its  influence. 

The  faradic  current  was  again  resorted  to  and  persistently  used  for  several  months. 

The  limb  gradually  increased  in  strength,  so  that  she  was  able  to  walk  readily  with 
the  aid  of  a  cane.  It  increased  also  in  size,  so  that  around  the  thigh  it  measured  but 
one-quarter  of  an  inch  less  than  the  sound  limb.  Time  alone  can  tell  v^hether  she 
will  ultimately  regain  complete  control  over  the  diseased  member. 

Complete  paralysis  of  the  flexors  and  extensors  of  the  wrist  and  fingers,  caused  by 
pressure — Ciired  by  three  local  applications  of  the  faradic  current. 

Case  LXVI. — Mrs.  P.,  aged  30,  was  suffering  from  complete  paralysis  of  the  ex- 
tensors and  flexors  of  the  wrist  and  the  right  arm.  Eight  weeks  before  she  had  held 
her  little  child  in  her  arms  aU  of  the  day.  The  right  arm  was  of  course  used  the  most. 
In  the  evening  she  fell  asleep  in  a  rocking-chair,  with  nearly  the  whole  weight  of  the 
child  resting  on  the  righi  arm.  In  the  course  of  an  hour  she  awoke,  to  find  the  wrist 
and  fingers  paralyzed.  No  improvement  had  been  manifest  in  the  condition  of  the 
parts  up  to  the  time  we  saw  her. 

The  tissues  below  the  wrist  were  decidedly  anaesthetic,  but  electro-muscular  con- 
tractility was  little  impaired.     Three  local  applications  of  the  faradic  current  alone,  in 


472  REFLEX  PARALYSIS. 

the  course  of  five  days,  dissipated  the  numbness,  and  so  improved  the  members  that 
she  could  with  ease  move  the  fingers  and  wrist  in  every  natural  direction.  The  re- 
covery became  complete  in  a  week  or  so  without  further  treatment. 

Calorific  Paralysis. — Under  this  head  Benedikt  records  a  case  of 
paralysis  caused  by  the  contact  of  glowing  hot  iron  w^ith  the  skin,  at  a 
point  near  the  radial  nerve.  The  nerve  was  not  directly  iajured,  but 
paralysis  with  anaesthesia  ensued.  The  patient  recovered  after  a  num- 
ber of  sittings.     Both  galvanic  and  faradic  currents  were  employed.* 

Reflex  Paralysis. — Under  this  head  are  included  those  peripheral 
paralyses  which  arise  by  reflex  action  through  the  central  nervous  sys- 
tem, from  some  remote  part  of  the  body.  Some  of  the  cases  of  general 
paralysis  of  all  the  extremities  are  of  this  nature. 

Paralysis  that  arises  by  rieflex  action  may  remain  long  after  the  mor- 
bid condition  that  caused  it  has  entirely  disappeared. 

Treatment. — Localized  faradization  or  galvanization  is  required  in 
this  form  of  paralysis.  This  treatment  should  be  directed  not  only  to 
the  paralyzed  muscles,  but  also  in  some  cases  to  the  diseased  part  from 
which  the  paralysis  is  reflected.  In  doubtful  cases,  general  faradization 
and  central  galvanization  may  be  tried. 

Prognosis. — This  is  much  more  favorable  than  in  paralysis  that  di 
rectly  proceeds  from  organic  disease.     Everything  depends  on  the  na- 
ture and  locality  of  the  irritation. 

Typical  case  of  complete  reflex  paralysis  of  the  seventh  pair  on  the  right  side  of  the 
face,  following  severe  neuralgia  of  the  fifth  pair  on  the  same  side. 

Case  LXVII. — The  patient,  a  lady  aged  30,  some  weeks  previously,  had  experienced, 
in  the  fifth  pair,  an  attack  of  sliarp  shooting  pains  of  far  more  than  ordinary  severity, 
was  followed  in  the  course  of  twelve  hours  by  symptoms  of  facial  paralysis,  which 
gradually  increased  until  the  loss  of  power  was  almost  complete. 

The  muscles  responded  to  the  influence  of  faradization,  but  there  was  a  manifest 
decrease  of  the  electro-muscular  contractility.  Three  applications  of  the  faradic  cur- 
rent to  the  affected  side  completely  restored  the  contractile  power  of  the  muscles,  and 
three  similar  applications  removed  the  paralysis. 

Reflex  paralysis  of  the  left  arm,  apparently  from  neuralgia  of  short  duration — 
Recovery  tmder  localized  and  general  faradization. 

Case  LXVIII. — Mrs.  W.,  aged  31,  consulted  us  February  i,  1867.  She  was  suf- 
fering from  general  neuralgia,  which  was  especially  localized  in  the  left  arm.  Appe- 
tite, digestion,  and  sleep  were  all  poor. 

There  was  paralysis  nearly  complete  of  the  left  arm.  We  began  treatment  by  gen- 
eral and  localized  faradization.    In  one  week,  after  three  sittings,  the  paralysis  disap- 

*  Op.  cit.,  p.  480. 


PARALYSIS.  473 

pearei  Treatment  by  general  faradization  was  subsequently  continued,  for  the  pur. 
pose  of  raising  the  tone  of  the  system. 

Reflex  paralysis  of  five  months''  standing — Approximate  recovery  under  fifteen  appli 
cations  of  the  faradic  current. 

Case  LXIX. — Miss ,  aged  about  30,  an  inmate  of  the  N.  Y.  State  Woman's 

Hospital,  was  afflicted  with  uterine  displacement,  and  finally  was  prostrated  by  a  se- 
vere attack  of  cellulitis. 

During  and  after  recovery  from  this  illness  the  patient  complained  of  anaesthesia 
and  tingling  in  both  feet,  together  with  a  decided  loss  of  motor  power.  These  symp- 
toms were  persistent,  and  for  five  months  the  patient  was  able  to  walk  but  very  short 
distances  and  only  with  great  difficulty. 

On  examination  with  the  faradic  current  it  was  found  that  the  electro-muscular  con- 
tractiUty  was  somewhat  impaired.  Faradization  of  the  lower  portion  of  the  back,  the 
loins  and  the  legs  was  employed,  with  the  observed  effect  of  at  once  increasing  the  con- 
tractility of  the  muscles. 

Twelve  applications  so  improved  her  condition  that  she  succeeded  in  walking  two 
miles  without  suffering  extraordinary  fatigue. 


CHAPTER  XXI. 

LOCOMOTOR   ATAXIA — POSTERIOR   SPINAL   SCLEROSIS. 

In  regard  to  posterior  spinal  sclerosis  we  have  these  remarks  to 
offer : 

1.  The  great  exciting  causes  of  the  disease  are  exposure  to  wet  and 
cold,  mechanical  injury,  and  syphilis.  It  is  a  fact  not  thoroughly  ap- 
preciated by  the  profession  or  by  the  people,  that  it  is  as  possible  to 
take  cold  in  the  cord  as  in  the  lungs.  Cold  in  the  cord  manifests  itself 
just  as  cold  anywhere  else  manifests  itself, — that  is,  by  congestion  ;  and 
if  the  colds  are  repeated,  the  congestion  becomes  a  fixed  condition 
that  is  not  easily  resolved,  and  in  time  may  go  on  to  the  condition 
known  as  posterior  spinal  sclerosis,  or  locomotor  ataxia. 

The  connection  between  this  structural  lesion  of  the  cord  and  expo- 
sure to  wet  and  cold  is  not  always  directly  apparent,  is  but  rarely  sus- 
pected by  the  patient,  and  almost  never  inquired  into  by  the  physician, 
partly  because  of  its  remoteness,  and  partly  because  the  professional 
mind,  at  least,  has  been  diverted  in  the  direction  of  sexual  excess  aj 
the  one  great  cause  of  ataxia. 

The  mechanical  injuries  that  most  frequently, give  rise  to  sclerosis  of 
the  cord  are  severe  blows  and  falls,  or  the  shock  of  accidents  of  almost 
any  kind.  It  is  not  necessary  that  the  injury,  whatever  it  may  be, 
should  be  received  on  the  spine  or  head,  in  order  to  cause  symptoms 
of  ataxia.  A  violent  concussion  from  any  injury  that  is  directly  felt  on 
the  arms  or  legs  may  have  the  same  effect  as  a  direct  injury  to  the 
back. 

2.  The  cord  is  predisposed  to  take  cold  by  any  causes  that  tend  to 
exhaust  it.  Among  the  more  prominent  of  these  causes  are  long 
marching  or  violent  and  wearying  muscular  exertion  of  any  kind,  espe- 
cially of  the  sort  that  draws  heavily  on  the  lower  part  of  the  cord,  ex- 
cessive intellectual  exertion,  and  sexual  excesses.  The  two  latter  pre- 
disposing causes,  excessive  intellectual  exertion  and  sexual  excesses, 
operate  far  less  frequently  than  the  purely  physical  causes. 

3.  In  regard  to  the  supposed  influence  of  sexual  excesses  on  this 


LOCOMOTOR  ATAXIA. 


475 


disease,  the  profession  must  revise  its  opinion.  That  sexual  excesses 
constitute  an  important  factor  in  the  causation  of  nervous  diseases 
must  be  admitted,  but  it  is  not  structural  so  much  as  functional  diseases 
that  they  excite. 

One  plausible  reason  for  suspecting  that  sexual  excess  is  the  cause 
of  ataxia  is  found  in  the  unnatural  sexual  desire  that  so  often  precedes 
the  ataxic  symptoms.  The  increase  of  desire  naturally  calls  the  atten- 
tion of  the  patient  to  the  sexual  organs,  and  almost  compels  a  certain 
amount  of  abuse;  and  when  questioned  concerning  his  habits,  it  is  no 
marvel  that  he  recalls  and  confesses  his  recent  experience  in  this  re- 
spect. Now,  this  increase  of  sexual  desire  is  often,  if  not  always,  the 
effect  of  spinal  congestion,  by  which  the  cord  is  rendered  excessively 
active  ;  it  is  a  sign,  not  of  health,  but  of  disease.  It  is  not,  however, 
nor  is  the  abuse  which  it  invites,  the  cause  of  the  degeneration  of  the 
cord  into  which  conge-stion  leads. 

The  most,  then,  that  can  be  said  of  sexual  abuse  in  its  relation  to 
ataxia,  is  that,  by  weakening  the  cord,  it  may  in  certain  temperaments 
prepare  the  way  for  colds,  mechanical  injuries,  or  perhaps  for  syphilis, 
to  enter  in  and  take  possession. 

4.  It  is  more  frequent,  so  far  as  we  can  learn,  in  the  North  than  in 
the  South ;  cold,  damp  climates  favor  its  development.  In  the  early 
stages,  long  residence  in  tropical  or  subtropical  regions  is  worthy  of 
trial. 

5.  It  is  very  often  complicated  with  congestion  and  sclerosis  of  the 
anterior  column.  The  neuralgic  pains,  of  which  so  much  is  said,  do 
not  appear  in  much  more  than  half  the  cases.  We  are  not  yet  able  to 
say  whether  they  are  a  good  or  a  bad  symptom.  One  thing  is  sure, 
the  worst  and  most  obstinate  cases  we  have  yet  seen  had  no  neuralgic 
pains.  Another  point  equally  true  is,  all  the  characteristic  neuralgic 
pains  may  exist  in  those  who  never  have  ataxia. 

Electro-Diagnosis. — The  electro-muscular  contractility,  or  at  least  ir- 
ritability, may  be  normal  or  increased.  This  fact  distinguishes  locomo- 
tor ataxia  from  ordinary  paralysis  of  motion  depending  on  anterior  or 
spi7ial  sclerosis,  in  which  the  electro-muscular  contractility  is  usually 
diminished.  The  electro-muscular  contractility  may,  however,  be  di- 
minished in  certain  forms  and  stages  of  posterior  spinal  sclerosis,  01 
when  complicated,  as  it  may  be,  with  anterior  spinal  sclerosis  or  with 
hysteria  or  general  congestion  of  the  cord,  or  of  the  membranes. 

Prognosis. — The  prognosis  of  this  disease  under  electrical  treatment 
alone,  or  in  combination  with  drugs,  may  be  thus  generally  stated  :  A 
very  small  proportion  of  cases  apparently  recover;    a  considerable 


476  PROGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT. 

number  are  very  greatly  benefited  in  all  the  leading  symptoms  ;  about 
the  same  number  are  but*  slightly  benefited  ;  and  in  a  few  cases  abso- 
lutely nothing  is  accomplished. 

The  proportion  of  absolute  cures  is  so  small  that  there  is  a  natural 
temptation  to  doubt  the  diagnosis  or  pathology  of  any  reported  cure. 
The  cases  that  are  brought  on  by  mechanical  injury,  especially  by  con- 
cussion, offer  the  best  prognosis ;  and  this  is  true,  we  believe,  of  other 
nervous  disorders.  The  explanation  would  appear  to  be  that  the  dis- 
ease excited  by  concussion  is  of  a  temporary,  and  comparatively  tran- 
sient, character,  and  the  character  of  the  lesion  is  far  less  severe  than 
in  those  cases  that  come  on  slowly,  through  long  years  of  incubation. 
In  our  observation  the  most  satisfactory  improvement  has  been  in 
those  cases  of  ataxia  that  were  brought  on  by  concussion.  This  is  also 
true  of  paralysis  in  general,  excepting,  of  course,  those  cases  where  the 
spinal  cord  is  directly  and  seriously  injured. 

Most  of  the  published  statements  in  regard  to  the  prognosis  of  the 
disease  under  electricity,  as  indeed  under  any  other  form  of  treatment, 
must  be  received  with  great  caution.  Many  of  the  physicians  who  re- 
port the  cases  have  perhaps  never  before  seen  a  case  where  they  made 
the  diagnosis  of  ataxia,  and  in  the  instance  that  they  publish  there  is 
much  probability  of  deception  ;  and  this  probability  is  increased  if  the 
patient  perfectly  and  permanently  recovers.  Hysteria  comes  in  to 
complicate  the  diagnosis,  and  some  of  the  reported  cures  have  been, 
without  doubt,  of  an  hysterical  character.  Spinal  congestion  is  very 
often  inistaken  for  spinal  sclerosis ;  the  symptoms  run  into  each  other, 
and  the  former  in  some  cases  leads  to  the  latter.  But  spinal  conges- 
tion is  relievable  and  curable,  while  spinal  sclerosis  is  rarely  so.  Some 
of  the  supposed  cures  have  been  very  likely  simply  remissions  in  the 
course  of  the  disease. 

Treatment. — Ataxia  may  be  treated  electrically  by  a  combination  of 
several  different  methods  of  electrical  application  :  Galvanization  of 
the  spine,  central  galvanization,  and  general  faradization  when  cere- 
bral disturbance  or  general  ataxia  of  the  nervous  system  appear ; 
galvanization  of  the  cervical  sympathetic,  and  peripheral  faradization 
with  sponges  and  the  metallic  brush.  All  these  various  applications 
may  be  made  with  weak  or  strong  or  medium  currents,  according  to 
the  wants  of  each  case. 

We  have  found  good  results  from  simply  treating  the  leading  symp- 
tom,— the  aucesthesia, — without  any  special  reference  to  the  cord.  We 
do  this  by  means  of  the  metalUc  brush,  or  by  a  finely-pointed  metallic 
electrode,  making  the  application  over  the  feet,  legs,  arms,  and  all  parts 


LOCOMOTOR  ATAXIA.  477 

of  the  body  that  are  anaesthetic.  The  end  justifies  the  means.  We 
have  found  more  good,  in  some  cases,  from  this  method  than  from  gal- 
vanization of  the  spyie  and  all  the  other  methods  combined.  When 
the  ansesthesia  is  profound  and  permanent,  currents  of  great  strength 
are  sometimes  not  only  not  disagreeable,  but  positively  agreeable. 

In  recommending  this  method  we  do  not  recommend  exclusive  reliance 
upon  it ;  it  is  to  be  used  in  alternation  with  the  other  methods  of 
which  we  have  spqken.  It  should  not  be  forgotten  that  the  reflex  ef- 
fect of  powerful  peripheral  faradization  on  the  cord  may  be  of  greater 
service  than  galvanization  of  the  spine. 

Posterior  spinal  sclerosis — Concussion  of  the  spine  complicated  with  attacks  of  apha- 
sia and  weeping — Very  unusual  improvejnent  lender  galvanization  of  the  spine  and 
nitrate  of  silver. 

Case  LXX. — Dr.  N.,  a  medical  gentleman,  over  70  years  of  age,  was  brought  to  us 
November  9,  1872,  by  Dr.  Corey.  About  six  months  before,  the  doctor  undertook  to 
get  on  a  street-car,  but,  the  iron  support  being  loose,  he  slipped  and  fell  on  his  hip  and 
leg,  and  for  this  he  was  treated  surgically.  He  was  laid  up  with  the  injury  to  the  leg 
and  hip  for  some  weeks.  Certain  nervous  symptoms  also  began  to  appear  after  a  few 
weeks,  but  they  were  not  referred  to  any  injury  of  the  cord,  and  spinal  sclerosis  was, 
very  naturally,  not  suspected.  Dr.  Corey  had  made  the  diagnosis  of  degeneration  of 
the  cord  before  bringing  him  to  us,  and  this  diagnosis  corresponded  with  our  own. 
The  patient  had  a  stiff  and  uncertain  gait,  and  could  not  turn  round  quickly  without 
falling,  nor  stand  still  when  his  eyes  were  closed.  A  strange  complication  was  occa- 
sional attacks  of  utter  inability  to  speak,  accompanied  with  suffusion  of  the  face  and 
shedding  of  tears.  These  came  on  under  any  special  excitement,  and  lasted  from  one 
to  five  minutes. 

The  anesthesia  and  analgesia  of  the  lower  limbs  were  profound,  and  electro-sen- 
sibility was  but  slight ;  but  there  was  no  loss  of  electro-muscular  contractility,  and  no 
motor  disturbance  whatever.  There  was  also  a  deficiency  of  the  sense  of  pressure, 
as  indicated  by  the  piesf/zeter.  At  night  there  was  great  pain  in  the  back,  with  a  sen- 
sation of  numbness  that  often  compelled  him  to  inse  and  walk  the  room. 

As  the  patient  was  entirely  well  at  the  time  of  the  accident,  and  as  the  symptoms 
of  sclerosis  followed  or  at  least  began  to  appear  a  few  weeks  after  the  accident,  and 
as  there  was  no  evidence  of  exposure  of  any  kind,  it  was  clearly  a  case  of  traumatic 
ataxia. 

The  case  was  subsequently  brought  into  court,  in  order  to  collect  damages  of  the 
railroad  company,  and  was  decided  in  favor  of  the  patient.  Being  called  upon  to  tes- 
tify, we  gave  it  as  our  opinion  that  the  disease  from  which  the  old  gentleman  suffered 
was  of  so  gi-ave  a  character  that  he  would  never  recover,  but  would  be  a  great  sufferer 
until  he  died. 

We  subsequently  treated  the  above  patient  by  mild  galvanization  of 
the  spine,  and  nitrate  of  silver^  and  in  the  course  of  a  month  he  began 
to  improve,  and,  what  is  more  remarkable,  the  improvement  continued. 
He  did  not  fully  recover,  but  was  able  to  resume  active  labors. 


CHAPTER  XXII. 


PROGRESSIVE    MUSCULAR   ATROPHY. 


Electro-Diagnosis. — In  cases  of  progressive  muscular  atrophy  the 
electro-muscular  contractility  is  either  diminished  or  destroyed.  Elec- 
tro-muscular sensibility  is  usually  diminished.  Various  changes  in 
muscular  irritability  may  take  place  during  the  progress  of  the  disease. 

Reflex  contractions  occur  in  muscular  atrophy.  Diplegic  contractions 
also  appear  in  this  disease.  These  facts,  taken  in  connection  with  the 
history  of  the  case,  the  atrophy,  the  fibrillary  contractions,  swelhngs, 
and  anchylosis  in  the  bones  and  joints,  the  anjesthesia  and  the  neural- 
gia, make  up  the  diagnosis.  Diplegic  contractions  were  first  observed 
in  muscular  atrophy  by  Remak ;  they  have  since  been  observed  in  hys- 
teria and  other  irritable  conditions. 

The  disease  does  not  always  exist  alone  ;  it  may  be  complicated  with 
locomotor  ataxia,  with  paralysis  of  the  cranial  nerves  and  other  disorders 
of  the  brain. 

Prognosis  and  Treatment. — Our  better  and  increasing  knowledge  of 
the  possibilities  of  electro-therapeutics  fortunately  enables  us  to  modify 
to  some  extent  the  prognosis  in  this  disease.  That  the  prognosis  is 
grave  cannot  be  denied,  but  by  persistently  following  out  the  treatment 
that  of  late  years  has  proved  so  successful,  we  confidently  assert  that 
not  only  may  the  disease  be  arrested  far  more  frequently  than  in  the 
past,  but  that  in  not  a  few  instances  the  nutrition  may  be  so  far  im- 
proved as  to  amount  to  approximate  recovery. 

In  no  other  forms  of  disease  does  it  seem  to  us  so  important  that  es- 
pecial emphasis  should  be  laid  on  the  electrical  treatment  as  in  those 
of  the  so-called  progressive  character.  In  many  of  the  phases  of  pa- 
ralysis, in  the  neuralgias  and  in  most  forms  of  local  and  constitutional 
disturbance  where  the  indications  call  for  electricity,  other  remedies 
as  well  have  their  uses,  and  in  many  instances  are  even  of  greater 
service.  ( 

When  we  advance,  however,  to  the  consideration  of  those  ominously 
progressive  disorders,  ataxia  and  muscular  atrophy,  we  recognize  the 
fact  that,  with  the  exception  of  those  cases  which  depend  on  a  syphilitic 


PROGNOSIS  AND   TREATMENT.  479 

taint,  our  ordinary  remedies  exei  cise  but  little  control  over  their  prog- 
ress. We  have  therefore  almost  in  despair  turned  to  the  therapeutics 
of  electricity  in  these  diseases,  and  although  it  has  failed  by  far  to 
accomplish  all  that  could  be  desired,  it  has  yet  proved  to  be  more 
efficacious  than  is  generally  credited.  In  some  cases  it  certainly  arrests 
the  disease. 

As  a  rule  we  alternately  make  use  of  central  galvanization  in  its  most 
thorough  form  with  faradization  and  galvanization  of  the  affected 
muscles. 

Persistent  faradization  of  individual  muscles  has  been  alone  recom- 
mended by  Duchenne,*  and  among  others  who  have  reported  recover- 
ies by  this  simple  and  single  method  might  be  mentioned  Dr.  Alex.  P. 
Fiddian. 

The  case  f  that  he  details  was  treated  by  that  form  of  electricity 
generated  by  the  old-fashioned  magneto-electric  machine,  and  although 
the  authenticity  of  the  statements  cannot  be  doubted,  yet  a  knowledge 
of  the  combined  experience  of  those  who  have  accomplished  most  in 
electro-therapeutics  must  confirm  us  in  the  assertion  that  in  order  to 
achieve  the  best  results,  both  currents  must  be  used  and  the  applica- 
tions directed  to  the  nerve  centres  as  well  as  to  the  affected  muscles. 

Progressive  muscular  atrophy  of  muscles  of  the  right  hand,  three  years''  siaftding — 
Pain  in  back — Numbness,  and  coldness,  and  neuralgia  of  the  arm — Disease  of 
the  skin — Arrest  of  the  disease  under  galvanization  of  the  spine  and  peripheral 
faradization. 

Case  LXXI. — Mr.  N.,  a  gentleman  of  middle  life,  was  brought  to  us  by  S.  J.  Hol- 
ley,  November  14,  1870.  The  patient,  who  had  a  strong  constitution,  for  three 
years  had  been  suffering  from  atrophy  of  the  muscles  of  the  ball  of  the  thumb  of  the 
right  hand.  The  disease  had  been  gradual  in  its  onset,  and  very  gradual  in  its 
advance,  and  by  various  treatment — medicines  and  faradization  of  the  muscles — had 
been  more  or  less  modified.  The  atrophy  was  preceded  by  pain  in  the  back  in  the 
region  of  the  third  dorsal  vertebra.  This  spot  we  found  to  be  tender  on  pressure, 
and  also  tender  under  the  electric  current.  A  galvanic  current  applied  to  the  tender 
spot  caused  at  once  a  sensatiojt  in  the  affected  hand.  There  were  in  the  hand  per- 
sistent coldness  and  great  numbness,  with  anaesthesia,  and  also  impairment  of  the 
sense  of  pressure  as  determined  by  examination  with  the  piesmeter,  and  there  was 
enfeeblement  of  the  sexual  power.  The  coldness  and  numbness  were  first  felt  six 
years  before  in  the  track  of  the  ulnar  nerve  ;  the  pain  in  the  back  appeared  five 
years  before,  and  two  years  after  that  the  muscles  of  the  hand  began  to  atrophy. 
At  one  time  there  had  been  evidences  of  an  acute,  or  rather  subacute,  congestion  of 
the  cord,  with  the  symptoms  of  numbness  of  half  the  body  on  the  right  side  ;  anaes- 
thesia of  the  rectum,  so  that  the  faeces  were  passed  unconsciously,  and  severe  neu- 

*  De  1' Electrisation  Localisee,  p.  702. 

f  Med.  Times  and  Gazette,  July  20,  1872,  p.  66. 


480  .   PROGRESSIVE   MUSCULAR   ATROPHY. 

ralgia  of  the  arm — these  symptoms  lasted  one  month.  The  first  ("and  not  very 
strong)  application  of  the  galvanic  current  caused  insomnia  that  night ;  pain  in  ab- 
domen, and  mental  depression,  and  anseslhesia  of  the  rectum ;  one  day  following 
treatment  he  felt  a  sensation  in  his  back,  as  though  some  one  had  suddenly  and 
severely  struck  him  from  behind ;  gradually  he  became  accustomed  to  the  applications, 
which  were  made  milder  and  shorter,  and  began  to  get  better.  There  were  less  in- 
somnia and  better  appetite,  less  pain  and  more  warmth  in  the  hand  and  arm.  During 
the  treatment,  which  lasted  several  weeks — about  twenty  applications — a  prurigi7toiis 
eruption  appeared  on  the  back  and  shottlders^  with  great  itching,  with  which  came 
great  relief  of  the  pain  in  the  spine.  The  itching  of  the  prurigo  was  itself  relieved 
by  the  galvanic  current.  The  disease  was,  to  all  seeming,  arrested,  although  the 
atrophied  muscles  did  not  return  to  their  normal  condition.  Eighteen  months  after 
the  close  of  the  treatment  we  met  the  patient.  He  was  in  excellent  health  ;  although 
the  hand  was  still  considerably  shrunken,  the  sexual  power  had  returned,  and  he  had 
but  recently  married,  having  previously  lived  a  bachelor,  and  he  was  in  most  excellent 
spirits. 

The  features  of  most  interest  in  the  above  case  are  : 

1.  It  seemed  to  show  the  central  origin  of  progressive  musculai 
atrophy.  Long  before  the  muscles  of  the  hand  began  to  atrophy  there 
was  evidence  of  spinal  congestion  at  or  near  that  part  of  the  cord 
whence  issue  the  nerves  to  supply  the  arm.  For  several  years  these 
symptoms  had  been  existing  before  the  atrophy  was  observed. 

2.  The  fact  that,  when  taken  early,  progressive  muscular  atrophy, 
grave  as  the  disease  is,  may  be  arrested  by  galvanization  of  the  nerve- 
centres. 

3.  The  apparent  relation  of  the  pruriginous  eruption  and  the  morbid 
state  of  the  cord.  When  the  eruption  appeared  with  severe  itching, 
the  patient  at  once  improved,  and  then  the  eruption  was  itself  relieved 
by  the  galvanic  treatment  (see  chapter  on  Diseases  of  the  Skin). 

Progressive  ninsctilar  atrophy  of  several  years'  standing — Approximate  recovery 
undej-  persistent  treatment  by  ge7teral  and  local  faradization  and  spitial  gal- 
vanization. 

Case  LXXII. — Mr.  D.,  aged  44,  came  to  us  witli  symptoms  typical  of  progressive 
muscular  atrophy.  These  symptoms  had  been  developing  for  over  two  years.  The 
thenar  and  hypothenar  eminences  of  the  right  hand,  together  with  the  mass  of  inter- 
ossei  muscles,  were  so  wasted  as  to  render  the  hand  nearly  useless.  The  outer  muscles 
of  the  left  hand  were  also  somewhat  wasted,  so  that  the  little  finger  of  that  side  was 
fast  becoming  powerless.  On  localizing  the  faradic  current  in  the  affected  muscles  of 
the  right  hand  it  was  found  that  there  was  some  degree  of  electro-muscular  contrac 
tility  in  all  of  them. 

Up  to  a  few  days  before,  the  patient  had  been  unaware  of  the  nature  of  his  com- 
plaint, and  on  learning  its  true  character,  he  expressed  his  readiness  to  undergo  pro- 
longed treatment.  In  addition  to  the  symptoms  above  stated,  he  complained  of 
weakness  and  stiffness  of  the  limbs,  together  with  some  want  of  co-ordinating  power. 


CASES   OF   PROGRESSIVE   MUSCULAR   ATROPHY.  48 1 

Once  a  week  the  patient  was  submitted  to  general  faradization,  and  three  times  a  week 
to  galvanization  of  the  spine,  and  faradization  of  the  affected  muscles.  Spasmodic 
contraction  occasionally  occurred  in  the  flexor  muscles  of  either  arm  aud  hand,  and 
these  contractions  were  always  aggravated  if  the  faradic  current  was  applied  to  these 
muscles,  while  a  mild  continuous  galvanic  current  afforded  great  relief.  The  above 
treatment  was  continued  uninterruptedly  for  four  months,  when  it  could  readily  be 
seen  that  there  was  an  appreciable  increase  in  the  size  of  the  atrophied  muscles,  espe- 
cially those  between  the  thumb  and  index  finger.  He  was  again  able  to  write  with 
considerable  readiness,  something  which  he  had  not  attempted  for  several  months. 
His  limbs  had  gained  markedly  in  strength,  and  he  seemed  approximately  well. 

Progressive  muscular  atrophy  -with paralysis  of  the  extensor  muscles  of  the  hand- 
Decided  relief  under  local  faradization  and  galvatiization  of  the  sympathetic — 
Diplegic  contractions. 

Case  LXXIII. — A  gentleman,  aged  40,  was  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  J.  J.  Crane.  There 
was  decided  paralysis  of  the  extensor  muscles  of  the  right  hand,  with  such  marked 
atrophy  of  the  muscles  at  the  base  of  the  thumb  as  to  cause  both  the  thenar  and  hypo- 
thenar  eminences  to  stand  out  in  bold  and  angular  relief.  Spasmodic  contractions  of 
the  flexor  muscles  occasionally  occurred,  and  he  was  annoyed  by  sharp  neuralgic  pains 
in  the  affected  part.  These  symptoms  were  first  noticed  somewhat  more  than  a  year 
previously,  and  the  apparent  cause  was  a  violent  jerk  that  he  had  received  about  that 
time.  The  patient  was  treated  by  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic,  and  faradization 
of  the  affected  muscles,  and  the  result,  after  some  twenty  seances,  was  approximate 
relief  of  all  pain  and  tendency  to  spasmodic  contractions ;  the  grasp  became  stronger, 
and  the  patient  was  again  enabled  to  write  ■with  some  degree  of  readiness.  The  treat- 
ment was  not  continued  sufficiently  long  to  enable  us  to  test  in  this  case  the  power  of 
faradization  to  increase  the  muscular  tissue. 

We  were  enabled  to  excite  in  this  patient  the  so-called  diplegic  contractions  of 
Re  mak. 

Muscular  atrophy  of  three  years'  standijtg — Increase  in  size  of  the  atrophied  muscles, 
and  approxitnate  relief  of  associated  syinptoms — The  patient  still  under  treat- 
ment. 

Case  LXXIV. — In  the  case  of  a  gentleman  of  50,  who  at  the  date  of  writing  is 
still  at  our  hands  receiving  treatment,  that  has  already  extended  over  several  months, 
the  benefit  derived  has  been  of  the  most  decided  character.  The  first  symptoms  of  the 
disease  were  observed  three  years  prior.  When  we  first  saw  him,  there  was  very 
marked  atrophy  of  the  muscles  of  the  right  hand  and  to  a  less  extent  of  those  of  the 
left ;  this  atrophy,  moreover,  was  making  appreciable  progress  from  month  to  month. 
There  was  paralysis  of  the  index  finger  of  one  hand  and  the  little  finger  of  the  other  ; 
sudden  spasmodic  contractions  of  both  hands  were  frequent  and  annoying,  and  there 
was  an  utter  inability  to  write.  Up  to  this  time  the  treatment  by  central  galvaniza- 
tion combined  with  faradization  of  the  atrophied  muscles,  galvanization  of  the  flexors, 
with  occasional  seances  of  general  faradization,  have  vastly  improved  the  patient  in 
every  s)rmptom.  The  nutrition  has  been  so  far  improved  as  to  show  an  appreciable 
increase  in  the  size  of  the  affected  muscles.  There  has  been  an  approximate  recovery 
of  the  paralyzed  fingers  ;  spasmodic  contractions  no  longer  annoy  him,  and  he  enjoys 
considerable  facility  with  the  pen, 
31 


482  PROGRESSIVE   MUSCULAR   HYPERTROPHY. 

Pi'ogressive  Myo-Sclerotic  Paralysis  {Progressive  Muscular  Hyper- 
trophy), Pseudo-Hypertrophic  Paralysis. — This  disease  of  childhood 
was  first  described  by  Dr.  Edward  Meryon,  in  a  paper  read  before  the 
Royal  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Society,  December,  185 1.  A  case  was 
subsequently  reported  by  Dr.  T.  King  Chambers,  in  the  Medico  Chirur- 
gical Transactions,  1854.  The  disease  has  been  observed  in  two,  three, 
and  four  children  of  one  family.  The  disease  has  been  systematically 
studied  by  Duchenne,  who  was  the  first  to  set  it  before  the  profession 
as  a  distinct  disease.  The  symptoms  of  this  affection  in  the  first  stage 
are  weakness  in  the  lower  limbs  and  flexion  of  the  toes ;  in  the  second 
stage,  increase  in  size  of  the  muscles  of  the  legs — especially  of  the  calves, 
of  the  back,  and  of  the  gluteal  muscles  ;  in  the  third  stage,  extension  of 
the  disease,  muscular  atrophy,  exhaustion,  and  death. 

Electro-Diagnosis. — Farado-muscular  contractility  usually  diminished ; 
galvano-muscular  contractility  may  be  either  normal  or  exaggerated ; 
electro-muscular  sensibility  is  sometimes  diminished,  sometimes  normal. 

Prognosis. — The  patient  is  pretty  sure  to  die  in  the  course  of  a  few 
years.  In  the  second  stage  the  symptoms  may  remain  stationary  for  a 
long  time.  Benedikt  was  able  to  improve  a  case  of  two  years'  standing 
by  galvanization. 

TreatmeJit. — Faradization  and  galvanization  of  the  aff"ected  mus- 
cles, central  galvanization,  and  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic,  should 
all  be  tried  in  succession  or  alternation. 


CHAPTER  XXIII. 

RHEUMATISM   AND    GOUT. 

Rheumatism  is  a  disease  for  which  electricity,  by  various  methods  of 
application,  has  been  employed,  with  more  or  less  success,  from  the  early 
periods  of  the  history  of  electro-therapeutics.  Next  to  paralysis,  it  is 
perhaps  the  disease  in  which  the  original  experiments  of  electro-thera- 
peutists were  most  frequently  conducted ;  and  for  the  reason  that  (like 
paralysis)  it  is  so  frequently  obstinate  to  ordinary  remedies. 

Treatment. — Being  a  co7istitutional  disease,  it  demands  constitutional 
treatme?it.  The  best  results  are  obtained  by  general  faradization,  com- 
bined with  faradization  or  galvanization  of  the  affected  joints.  To  con- 
fine the  treatment  to  the  affected  joint  is  unphilosophical,  and  usually 
more  or  less  unsatisfactory,  for  the  obvious  reason  that  it  attacks  merely 
a  local  symptom,  which  at  any  time  may  be  transferred  to  other  and 
remote  parts  of  the  body.  The  true  method  is  to  lay  the  axe  at  the  root 
of  the  tree  by  making  the  applications  general,  so  as  to  bring  the  whole 
system  under  the  influence  of  the  current.  This  treatment  sometimes 
causes  increase  of  the  flow  of  urine,  and  almost  always  more  or  less  ex- 
hilaration, and  relief  of  the  pain.  Special  attention  should  be  given  to 
the  parts  which  are  chiefly  affected,  and  the  swollen  joints  should  be 
treated  by  mild  and  steady  faradization  or  galvanization.  Where  in  the 
acute  or  subacute  forms  the  immediate  effects  are  agreeable,  it  is  prob- 
able that  continued  treatment  will  be  of  service.  For  the  local  trea.t- 
ment  the  galvanic  and  faradic  current  may  be  used  alternately. 

The  effect  of  the  current  on  the  inflamed  joints  is  to  relieve  the  pain, 
reduce  the  inflammation,  and,  where  effusion  has  taken  place,  to  cause 
absorption.  Absorption  may  be  caused  by  both  currents,  in  some  cases 
more  powerfully  by  the  galvanic.  If  the  currents  are  used  too  strong 
or  too  long,  the  pain  and  inflammation  may  be  increased.  For  appli- 
cations to  very  sensitive  and  painful  joints,  the  positive  pole  is  prefer- 
able (see  p.  281).  For  rheumatic  callosities  and  anchylosis,  very  pro- 
longed local  applications  of  the  galvanic  current  may  be  tried. 

Prognosis. — In  presenting  the  prognosis  of  rheumatism  great  stress 


484  RHEUMATISM   AND    GOUT. 

must  be  laid  on  the  distinction  between  the  chronic,  subacute,  and  mus- 
cular varieties. 

During  our  earlier  investigations  in  electro-therapeutics  we  treated 
perhaps  as  many  cases  of  rheumatism  as  of  any  one  class  of  disease. 
The  apparent  results  of  treatment  by  electrization  in  many  cases  of  mus- 
cular^  and  in  a  number  of  cases  of  the  acute,  subacute,  and  chronic  vari- 
eties of  articular  rheumatism,  excited  our  enthusiasm,  and  led  us  to  hope 
that  a  remedy  had  been  found  that  would  prove  very  generally  and  pow- 
erfully remedial  in  all  forms  of  this  disease.  Further  experience  and 
investigation  compel  us  to  declare  that  we  are  not  to  expect  such  rapid 
and  decided  benefit  from  electrization  in  the  worst  cases  of  chronic  arti- 
cular rheumatism  as  we  at  first  supposed. 

The  most  uniform  results  are  obtained  in  the  muscular  form  ;  the  next 
best  are  the  subacute  and  acute,  and  the  least  satisfactory  of  all  in  the 
chronic  stages. 

A  good  opportunity  to  note  the  immediate  effect  of  electrization  is 
afforded  in  those  cases  where  the  disease  is  of  such  severity  as  to  render 
any  of  the  muscles  of  the  body  almost  if  not  quite  powerless. 

Rheumatic  paralysis — Decided  relief  under  general  faradization . 

Case  LXXV. — The  sufferer  was  a  little  boy,  who  for  several  months  had  been  af- 
flicted with  both  acute  and  chronic  muscular  rheumatism.  The  sterno-cleido-mastoid- 
eus,  and  the  platysma-myoides  muscles  were  very  rigid,  and  frequently  contracted 
violently,  causing  acute  pain.  The  patient  was  unable  to  bring  his  jaws  nearer  to 
each  other  than  one-half  an  inch,  while  it  was  impossible  for  him  to  turn  the  head  on 
either  side,  without  at  the  same  time  turning  the  whole  body. 

The  entire  head  was  exceedingly  sensitive  to  slight  pressure  with  the  fingers.  The 
first  application  was  made  with  an  exceedingly  mild  and  fine  faradic  current,  and  was 
of  ten  minutes'  duration.  With  the  hand  and  fingers  as  electrodes,  we  carefully  ma- 
nipulated the  head,  neck,  and  individual  muscles,  until  the  patient  could  close  his  mouth 
and  turn  his  head  to  either  side  with  some  freedom,  and  without  suffering  pain  or  incon- 
venience. 

In  about  a  week  the  patient  again  presented  himself.  He  could  still  close  his  jaws 
firmly,  but  was  unable  to  turn  his  head  as  readily  as  before.  A  second  application 
relieved  him  as  completely  as  the  first.  To  our  regret  we  saw  no  more  of  this  case 
after  the  second  visit,  but  learned  subsequently,  however,  that  he  retained  the  improve- 
ment, and,  under  internal  medication,  recovered. 

Intercostal  rheumatism  of  long  standing — Improve7nent  under  general  faradization. 
Case  LXXVI. — A  gentleman,  sent   to  us  by  Prof  Austin   Flint,  was  approxi- 
mately cured  of  chronic  rheumatism  that  chiefly  affected  the  intercostal  muscles. 

For  nearly  three  years  he  had  suffered,  from  time  to  time,  attacks  of  more  or  less 
severity,  although  at  no  time  since  the  disease  first  manifested  itself  had  he  been  en- 
tirely free  from  it. 

It  was  a  singular  feature  of  his  disorder  that  it  was  aggravated  by  the  warm  weather 


CASES   OF   SUBACUTE    RHEUMATISM.  485 

of  spring  and  summer.  He  was  treated  by  general  electrization  with  the  faradic  cur- 
rent every  other  day  for  six  weeks.  He  gradually  improved,  and,  when  treatment 
was  discontinued,  he  remained  comparatively  free  from  any  symptoms  of  his  late  dis- 
order. 

Subacute  articular  rheumatism — Muscular  soreness  and  enlargement  of  j'oittts  re- 
lieved by  three  general  faradizations. 

Case  LXXVII. — By  the  courtesy  of  Prof.  Austm  Flint  we  treated,  in  October, 
1867,  a  case  of  subacute  articular  rheumatism  in  one  of  the  wards  of  Bellevue  Hospi- 
tal. For  three  months  the  patient  had  suffered  from  muscular  soreness  of  the  back 
and  shoulders,  and  a  considerable  enlargement  of  the  right  wrist  and  ankle  and  the 
jomts  of  the  first  toes  of  the  feet.  Three  general  applications,  with  special  reference 
to  the  diseased  parts,  dissipated  tlie  muscular  soreness,  and  so  decidedly  relieved  the 
lameness  and  reduced  the  enlargements  of  the  joints  that  the  patient  was  discharged 
from  hospital  in  three  weeks. 

Both  acute  and  subacute  rheumatism  occasionally  occur  complicated 
with  neuralgia  and  nervous  exhaustion,  and  are  usually  very  persistent. 

Subacute  rheumatism — Right  deltoid  muscle  and  several  Joints  and  fingers  and  left 
knee  affected — Debility — Recovery  -under  general  faradization. 

Case  LXXVIII.  — A  gentleman,  aged  about  40,  obsei^ved  and  treated  by  invitation  of 
Dr.  Howard  Pinkney.  in  Oct.,  1867,  was  suifering  acutely  from  rheumatic  paralysis  of 
the  right  deltoid  muscle,  symptoms  of  inflammation  of  the  sheath  of  the  right  ulnar  nerve, 
swelling  of  several  of  the  joints  of  the  fingers  of  the  left  hand,  and  a  very  painful  enlarge- 
ment of  the  left  knee,  and  great  debility.  It  is  proper  to  state  that  the  patient,  as  well 
as  his  physician,  ascribed  his  great  nervous  prostration  partly  to  recent  and  excessive  dis- 
sipation. The  first  application  of  the  faradic  current  not  only  greatly  reduced  the 
temperature  of  the  affected  limbs,  but  restored  in  some  degree  the  lost  power  of  mo- 
tion to  the  right  arm.  Under  the  influence  of  the  current,  the  leg  mcreased  in  size  and 
remained  in  this  condition  for  about  a  week,  when  the  swelling  rapidly  subsided.  The 
heat  in  the  inflamed  joints  did  not  again  rise  to  the  same  temperature,  and  the  paraly- 
sis of  the  arm  progressed  gradually  towards  recovery  from  the  first  application. 

Anaesthesia  of  the  deltoid  was  a  marked  symptom ;  but,  as  is  usually  the  case,  it  was 
readily  dissipated. 

Treatment  by  electrization,  together  with  potass,  bromid.,  was  continued  from  Oct. 
2ist  to  Nov.  gth,  when  the  patient  was  discharged  as  approximately  cured. 

Subactite  artictclar  rheumatism  of  nine  months''  standing — Approximate  recovery 
under  general  faradisation  and  galvanization  of  the  spine,  sympathetic.^  and 
solar  plexus. 

Case  LXXIX. — Mr.  S.,  aged  40,  had  for  nine  months  suffered  constantly  from  sub- 
acute articular  rheumatism.  The  paroxysms  varied  in  severity,  and  the  seat  of  pain 
and  swelling  was  constantly  changing  from  the  finger-joints  to  the  wrist  and  elbows, 
to  the  shoulders,  hips,  kne^s,  and  ankles.  The  most  constant  location  of  the  disease 
was  in  the  ankles  and  wrists,  and  in  consequence  incapacitated  him  from  pursuing  his 
avocation  of  a  book-keeper.  He  was  treated  first  by  general  faradization  March  17th, 
1873,  ^'^^  i^  ^  couple  of  days  the  galvanic  current  from  ten  ordinary  zinc  carbon  cells 


486 


RHEUMATISM   AND    GOUT. 


was  directed  along  the  spine  from  the  sixth  cervical  vertebra  to  the  solar  plexus.  This 
method  of  treatment,  which  was  continued  for  two  months,  gradually  lessened  the 
tendency  to  swelling  and  irritation  of  the  joints,  and  enabled  the  patient  to  resume  his 
business. 

When  the  treatment  was  discontinued,  he  had  not  entirely  recovered,  but  during 
the  summer  he  improved  still  further  and  through  the  following  winter  and  spring 
was  so  little  annoyed  by  his  old  enemy  as  at  no  time  to  be  compelled  to  intermit  his 
duties  of  writing,  even  for  a  day. 

Myalgia  {Muscular-  Rheumatism). — This  name  is  commonly  applied 
to  neuralgic  or  rheumatic  pain  of  the  muscles  on  movement,  caused  usu- 
ally by  exposure  to  cold  or  dampness.  It  may  be  distinguished  from 
ordinary  neuralgia — -Jirst,  by  the  fact  that  the  pain  occurs  chiefly  on 
movement  and  not  on  rest ;  and,  secojidly^  \)j  the  fact  that  the  sore- 
ness is  diffused  through  or  over  the  muscles,  and  not  seated  or  fixed 
in  certain  nerve  tracts.  It  receives  different  names  according  to  its  lo- 
cality. \xi  the  back  it  is  called  lumbago ;  in  the  thoracic  muscles, 
pleurodyfiia  ;  in  the  neck  it  simulates  torticollis  or  wry-neck  so  closely 
as  oftentimes  to  be  confounded  with  that  affection  (see  Torticollis). 

Treatment. — Local  faradization  with  a  mild  current,  either  stable  or 
labile,  usually  relieves  such  cases  in  a  short  time.  Stable  galvanization 
also  with  a  mild  current  may  be  at  once  effective.  Severe  applications 
may  increase  the  pain  in  this  affection.  The  fact  that  the  patient  is 
not  at  once  relieved,  or  is  worse  after  the  first  application,  should  not 
discourage  us,  since  the  final  result  may  be  satisfactory.  Of  the  large 
number  of  cases  that  we  have  treated,  nearly  all  have  been  relieved  by 
one,  two,  or  more  applications.  A  single  application,  with  a  77iild  cur- 
rent, prolonged  for  one  or  more  hours,  may  sometimes  entirely  dissipate 
an  attack  of  myalgia. 

It  is  in  myalgia  that  the  belts,  chains,  bands,  disks,  etc.,  worn  on  the 
body,  have  obtained  the  best  results.  A  convenient  arrangement  for 
making  prolonged  or  continuous  local  applications  of  very  mild  galvanic 
currents  is  the  electric  disk  of  Dr.  Garratt. 


Fig.  103. 
Oblong  Button  Disk. 

These  are  made  of  alloy — magnesium  and  zinc — for  the  negative,  and 
silver  for  the  positive  pole.    The  surface  of  the  body  forms  a  moist  con 


\ 


CASES   OF   MUSCULAR   RHEUMATISM.  487 

nection  between  the  pairs,  which  are  insulated  by  thin  rubber.  The 
disk  is  made  in  two  general  varieties — the  circular  and  the  oblong,^ 
the  latter  being  used  for  the  limbs  or  back ;  the  former,  which  is  very 
flexible,  can  be  applied  to  almost  any  portion  of  the  body.*  The  ver} 
slight  galvanic  action  of  these  disks,  which  is  excited  by  the  moisture  of 
the  body,  may  be  increased  by  wetting  the  skin  beneath  them  with  salt 
water.  They  should  only  be  worn  a  part  of  the  time,  either  in  the  day 
or  night.     They  may  be  used  for  weeks  and  months. 

That  these  and  other  similar  contrivances,  when  scientifically  con- 
structed, may  relieve  slight  /oca/  and  superficia/  pains,  there  is  no  ques- 
tion. In  the  treatment  of  deep-lying  affections  of  the  brain,  spinal  cord, 
and  viscera,  or  severe  neuralgia,  very  many  important  results  have  not 
yet  been  reported  for  them.  The  results  that  appear  under  their  use 
may,  perhaps,  be  sometimes  explained  in  part  by  their  eifect  on  the 
imagination  of  the  patient,  and  by  the  counter-irritation  which  they  un- 
questionably excite  when  long  worn.  To  differentiate  these  effects  is 
quite  difificult. 

Complete  relief  of  7?iicscitlar  rheumatism  of  several  years'  standingly  a  dozen  appli' 
cations  of  general  faradization. 

Case  LXXX. — Mr.  F.,  aged  30,  was  directed  lo  us  by  Dr.  Thompson.  The 
patient  was  of  a  delicate  constitution,  and  from  childhood  had  been  extremely  sus- 
ceptible to  all  external  influences.  A  few  years  previous  to  his  visit  to  us,  he  began  to 
be  severely  affected  by  muscular  i-heumatic  pains  having  their  seat  more  especially  in 
both  shoulders  and  the  chest. 

He  became  ansemic  and  suffered  much  from  cardiac  palpitations.  He  was  at  once 
submitted  to,  and  treated  only  by  general  faradization  in  its  most  thorough  form. 
The  effects  were  immediate  and  decided.  He  suffered  less  from  the  first  seance,  and 
m  three  weeks  after  the  administration  of  a  dozen  applications,  the  relief  the  patient 
experienced  vv'as  complete. 

Muscular  rheumatism  of  the  hips  and  limbs  existing  a  7nont/i — Rapid  recovery  under 
faradization  of  the  affected  parts. 

Case  LXXXT. — Mr.  S.,  an  old  gentleman  of  65,  was  referred  to  us  by  Dr.  J. 
O'Farrington. 

The  patient  was  suffering  acutely  from  pain  and  lameness  across  the  lower  portion 
of  the  back  and  hips,  while  both  thighs  were  so  exquisitely  sensitive  as  to  render  him 
utterly  unable  to  walk.  These  symptoms  had  resulted  from  exposure  to  cold  a  month 
previously,  and  had  resisted  various  methods  of  treatment.  Faradization  of  the  affected 
parts  one  evening  just  before  retiring  did  not  immediately  allay  the  pain  and  tender- 
ness ;  but  the  following  morning  found  him  able  to  take  a  few  steps  with  comparative 
comfort,  and  by  evening  he  had  very  perceptibly  improved.  The  same  application, 
repeated  on  successive  evenings,  enabled  the  patient  in  the  course  of  a  week  to  walk 
with  considerable  ease,  and  in  a  fortnight  all  lameness  had  disappeared. 

*  For  sensitive  patients,  and  especially  for  ladies,  the  oblong  "button-disk"  is  usu 
ally  to  be  preferred,  on  account  of  its  greater  lightness  and  flexibility. 


488  RHEUMATISM   AND   GOUT. 

Gout. — In  thfc  chronic  form  of  gout  faradization  is  sometimes  of  essen- 
tial service.  Gei.>eral  faradization  and  central  galvanization  may  be  tried 
with  the  hope  of  raising  the  tone  of  the  system,  and  so  as  to  enable  it  to 
better  cope  with  the  disease.  Temporary  relief  of  the  pain  may  be  derived 
from  either  local  galvanization  or  faradization  ;  but  anything  like  a  per- 
manent removal  of  the  disease  is  not  to  be  expected  from  any  form  of 
electrical  treatment. 

With  some  gouty  patients  the  electrical  treatment  acts  so  decidedly 
that  we  are  disposed  to  resort  to  it  during  the  subsidence  of  each  attack, 
to  relieve  the  pains  and  hasten  recovery.  Galvanization  of  the  affected 
joints  does  not  seem  to  produce  the  absorbing  or  catalytic  effect  that 
could  be  desired,  although  when  judiciously  used  it  accomplishes  some- 
thing. Whether  any  benefit  can  be  derived  from  any  form  of  electriza- 
tion during  the  acute  stages,  we  are  unable  to  say. 

Gout  of  thirty  years'  standing  in  a  gentleman  sixty  years  of  age — Positive  relief 
from  general  faradization  in  the  subsiding  stage  of  an  attack. 

Case  LXXXII. — Mr.  W ,  a  retired  gentleman  of  60  years,  who  had  lived  in 

considerable  ease  for  a  number  of  years,  consulted  us  March  20,  1868.  For  thirty  years 
he  had  suffered  from  attacks  of  gout,  especially  during  the  fall  and  winter  seasons. 
When  he  first  consulted  us,  he  was  in  the  subsiding  stage  of  a  severe  attack.  We 
gave  him  four  applications  of  general  faradization  that  relieved  his  pains  and  seemed 
to  hasten  his  return  to  his  usual  condition  of  health  during  the  intervals.  Subsequently 
the  patient  resorted  to  electrical  treatment,  with  decided  benefit.  Whether  the  treat- 
ment had  the  effect  to  diminish  the  violence  or  frequency  of  the  attacks,  we  have  not 
been  informed. 

Rheumatic  Gout  {Arthritis  nodosa). — This  affection  is  neither  gout 
nor  rheumatism,  but  appears  to  be  a  distinct  constitutional  affection. 
It  occurs  most  frequently  in  the  delicate  and  the  nervous,  and  may  be 
regarded  as  essentially  a  condition  of  debility.  It  is  very  apt  to  affect 
the  hands,  fingers,  and  toes,  and  sometimes  thoroughly  cripples  the 
patient. 

Treatment. — This  condition  is  most  successfully  combated  by  tonics, 
and  electrization,  more  for  its  tonic  effects  on  the  system  than  for  any 
special  catalytic  power  over  the  enlarged  joints.  General  faradization, 
central  galvanization,  and  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic  are  the 
methods  that  experience  has  shown  to  be  most  useful  in  this  very  intrac- 
table malady. 

Prognosis. — The  prognosis  in  rheumatic  gout  is  not  brilliant.  The 
pains  can  be  relieved,  the  sleep  can  be  improved,  and  the  system  can 
be  in  every  way  strengthened  by  the  electric  treatment,  and  even  the 
enlarged  joints  can  be  made  to  diminish  in  size,  or  at  least  to  be  less 


RHEUMATIC   GOUT.  489 

troublesome.  As  nearly  all  patients  afflicted  with  rheumatic  gout  are 
in  a  condition  of  debility,  the  improvement  experienced  at  first  undei 
general  faradization  is  such  as  to  lead  them  to  hope  for  a  permanent 
eradication  of  the  disease.  In  this  respect  they  are  always  disappointed. 
The  disease  may  be  held  at  bay,  but  is  never  banished.  It  is  doubtful, 
indeed,  whether  the  benefit  is  not  entirely  due  to  the  tonic  effects  of  the 
treatment  on  the  system,  and  not  at  all  to  any  special  influence  over 
the  rheumatic  gout. 

Other  remedies  are  so  powerless  in  this  affection  that  electrization 
is  worthy  of  a  trial  for  the  sake  of  its  general  effects.  We  have  treated 
a  number  of  cases  by  general  faradization,  central  galvanization,  and 
local  galvanization  of  the  affected  joints,  with  palliative  and  tonic  effects 
of  a  most  decided  character.     Dr.  Althaus  has  had  similar  experience. 


CHAPTLR  XXIV. 


SPASMODIC    DISEASES. 


Of  spasmodic  diseases  this  general  law  holds,  that  when  recer.t,  even 
though  violent,  they  yield  readily  to  electrical  treatment ;  but  when 
long  standing,  they  are  easily  palliated,  cured  with  difficulty,  and  are 
prone  to  relapse. 

Writer's  Cramp. — This  affection  is  not  peculiar  to  writers.  An  anal- 
ogous condition  may  attack  seamstresses,  milk-maids,  and  others  whose 
callings  compel  them  to  use  for  a  long  time  a  certain  set  of  the  muscles 
of  the  hand.  It  is  believed  that  the  affection  is  not  purely  peripheral, 
but  that  it  frequentl3^  if  not  always,  is  connected  with  disease  of  the 
upper  portion  of  the  spinal  cord. 

Whether  found  in  the  artist,  rendering  him  unable  to  manipulate  his 
brush — the  pianist,  preventing  him  from  fingering  his  instrument — or 
the  penman,  causing  his  writing  to  be  almost  if  not  quite  illegible — the 
same  general  characteristic  is  observed,  viz.,  the  recurrence  of  spasm 
or  pain  whenever  an  attempt  is  made  to  execute  a  special  movement. 

Pains  resembling  neuralgia  or  rheumatism  so  closely  as  to  be  con- 
founded with  those  diseases,  frequently  accompany  writer's  cramp. 

TYvQ  prognosis  in  the  early  stages  is  sometimes  favorable  for  a  perfect 
cure ;  advanced  stages  of  long-standing  cases  are  usually  rebellious  ; 
but  even  these  may  be  much  relieved.  Rest  from  the  occupation  is 
almost  imperative. 

The  treatmeiit  should  be  both  central  and  peripheral.  Galvanization 
of  the  upper  portion  of  the  cord  and  of  the  median  and  radial  nerves, 
spinal  cord,  plexus,  and  nerve-currents,  and  faradization  of  the  affected 
muscles  and  of  their  antagonists,  may  be  tried,  and  when  anesthesia 
exists  the  wire  brush. 

Unfortunately,  however,  those  who  are  most  frequently  subject  to 
writer's  cramp  are  the  very  ones  who  are  unable  to  take  the  necessary 
rest. 

Although  the  results  of  treatment  by  electrization  in  this  variety  of 
palsy  is  by  no  means  uniform,  yet  it  has  undoubtedly  been  followed  in 
many  instances  by  approximate  and  even  perfect  recovery. 


CASES   OF   writer's   CRAMP.  49I 

IVritir's  cramp^  existing  for  four  years — Improvement  under  faradization  and 

galvanization. 

Case  LXXXIIL— For  four  years  the  patient,  a  gentleman  aged  35,  had  observed  a 
certain  loss  of  power  in  the  thumb  and  index  finger  of  the  right  hand,  that  became  more 
decided  and  annoyed  him  more  and  more  seriously,  so  that  about  a  year  previous  to 
his  visit  to  us  he  was  enabled  only  with  difficulty  to  write  the  few  pages  daily  that 
his  business  required. 

The  patient  was  unable  to  fully  extend  the  thumb  and  index-finger,  and  on  localiz- 
ing the  faradic  current  through  the  flexor  longus  pollicis  and  the  adductor  pollicis, 
there  was  a  marked  decrease  in  the  electro-muscular  contractility.  The  flexors  and 
extensors  of  the  other  fingers  responded  normally  to  the  influence  of  the  current.  The 
inner  surface  of  the  hand  was  decidedly  anaesthetic,  while  he  complained  of  a  constant 
soreness  of  the  wrist  that  at  times  became  quite  painful. 

We  began  with  the  faradic  current,  localizing  it  through  the  two  muscles  of  the 
thumb  specially  affected,  and  also  making  the  application  more  general  through  arm, 
wrist,  and  hand. 

This  method  completely  dissipated  the  annoying  anaesthesia  and  soreness  of  the 
wrist,  but  resulted  in  no  other  benefit. 

A  mild  galvanic  current  from  six  Bunsen's  cells  was  more  effectual.  Twelve  appli- 
cations resulted  in  a  considerable  increase  of  strength  in  the  affected  hand,  and  the 
flexor  muscles  of  the  thumb  and  index-finger  very  decidedly  relaxed,  so  that  he  was 
readily  enabled  to  accomplish  two  or  three  times  more  in  the  way  of  writing  than 
before. 

In  some  cases  of  writer's  cramp,  and  especially  in  the  early  stages, 
anesthesia  or  numbness  is  the  leading,  if  not  the  only,  symptom.  This 
may  appear  long  before  the  cramp. 

Incipient  writer'' s  cramp  in  an  editor — Prof  ound  local  ancestkesia — Rapid  relief  under 
localized  faradization  and  galvanization. 

Case  LXXXIV. — Mr.  H.  C.  B.,  a  gentleman  over  60  years  of  age,  a  prominent 
editor,  was  referred  to  us,  November  20,  1872,  by  Dr.  C.  L.  Mitchell. 

The  only  symptom  of  which  the  patient  complained  was  a  numbness  of  the  last  two 
phalanges  of  the  right  index-finger.  The  electro-sensibility  was  so  much  diminished 
that  a  strong  faradic  current,  which  on  the  third  phalanx  and  all  the  other  fingers  of 
the  hand  was  intolerable,  was  but  little  felt  on  the  last  phalanx,  and  caused,  indeed, 
rather  an  agreeable  sensation.  The  aesthesiometer  also  indicated  great  anaesthesia. 
The  muscles  all  responded  well  to  the  will  and  to  electricity.  The  symptoms  had 
existed  about  two  weeks,  and  had  come  on  gradually.  There  was  no  evidence  of 
cerebral  difficulty  or  of  spinal  sclerosis ;  in  all  other  features,  except  the  numbness, 
and  a  slight  feeling  of  weakness,  or  rather  of  nervousness  in  the  arm,  the  patient  is 
well. 

At  that  stage  there  was  no  tingling  or  pricking  sensation,  no  neuralgia,  and  no 
spasms. 

We  made  the  diagnosis  of  mcipient  vvriter's  cramp,  partially  by  exclusion,  and 
partially  by  the  positive  symptoms  of  numbness  and  weakness  in  the  parts  concerned 
in  writing. 


492  SPASMODIC   DISEASES. 

Faradization  with  sponges  and  the  metallic  brush  gave  immediate  relief;  the  first 
sitting  did  much  toward  restoring  the  sensation.  In  nine  days  five  applications ; 
only  the  last  phalanx  of  the  index-finger  remained  anaesthetic.  This  part  was  obsti- 
nate throughout,  especially  on  the  very  tip  of  the  finger. 

The  patient  now  felt  that  he  was  well,  and  closed  his  visits,  still  working  as  usual 
with  his  pen  as  hard  as  ever  almost  all  day  long. 

December  7th  he  returned,  with  a  return  of  the  symptoms  of  numbness,  compli- 
cated with  pricking  and  tingling  sensations,  neuralgia  of  the  arm,  and  great  debility. 
Long  writing  caused  great  uneasiness. 

Absolute  rest  from  writing  was  now  demanded,  and  the  patient  obeyed,  still  using 
his  brain,  but  employing  a  secretary.  Again  he  began  to  imiprove  under  peripheral 
faradization  and  galvanization,  and  galvanization  of  the  upper  part  of  the  spine  and 
cervical  sympathetic. 

January  i,  1873,  he  was  very  much  better — indeed,  nearly  well.  That  day  he 
slipped,  and  fell  down  the  steps  of  his  house,  and  struck  on  the  hand  and  shoulder  of 
the  affected  arm.  The  shock  lamed  him  greatly,  and  caused  for  a  long  time  stiffness 
and  much  pain  of  the  shoulder. 

The  electrical  treatment  was  renewed,  January  14th,  and  continued  every  other 
day  during  the  month,  with  satisfactory  results.  The  enforced  rest — for  the  patient 
was  confined  to  the  house — co-operated  with  the  electrical  treatment. 

Torticollis  ( Wry-7ieck). — This  familiar  disease  consists  in  a  spasm  of 
the  muscles  of  the  neck,  by  which  the  head  is  drawn  to  one  side.  The 
spasms  may  be  tonic  or  clonic. 

Although  the  pathology  of  the  disease  is  obscure,  it  is  yet  quite  clear 
that  it  is  of  a  nervous  character.  More  than  by  any  other  cause,  it  is 
brought  on  by  excessive  mental  labor  or  anxiety.  The  symptoms 
usually  come  on  gradually  ;  the  muscles  of  the  neck  on  the  side  toward 
which  the  neck  is  turned  are  sometimes  flabby  and  atrophied,  and  the 
muscles  on  the  other  side  are  hard,  lumpy,  and  enlarged.  Frequently 
the  deeper  muscles  of  the  neck  are  involved,  as  well  as  the  sterno- 
cleido-mastoid  and  trapezius.  The  spinal  accessory  nerve  would  ap- 
pear to  be  at  fault.  The  condition  is  really  a  kind  of  '•'■partial  chorea,''' 
analogous  to  writer's  cramp,  facial  spasjns,  spasm  of  the  eyelid,  and, 
like  all  these,  is  usually  very  obstinate,  except  in  the  mild  form  and 
early  stages.  The  disease  is  frequently  brought  on  by  excitement  or 
worry. 

Diagnosis. — The  disease  should  not  be  confounded  with  common 
stiff-neck  that  is  caused  by  rheumatism  of  the  muscles  of  the  neck  and 
is  analogous  to  lumbago.  In  stiff-neck,  which  usually  yields  to  faradi- 
zation  like  other  forms  of  myalgia,  the  head  is  kept  from  moving  by 
the  pain  which  movement  causes.  Diseases  of  spine  and  diseases  of 
the  brain  sometimes  produce  tonic  spasms  of  the  muscles  of  the  neck 
that  resemble  torticolHs. 


TORTICOLLIS   CASES.  493 

Electric  Examination.  —  On  the  affected  side  *  the  muscles  sometimes 
exhibit  increased  electro-muscular  contractility  and  sensibility.  On 
the  other  side  the  electro-muscular  contractility  is  sometimes  dimin- 
ished. 

Treatment. — Galvanization  of  the  muscles  of  the  affected  side  with 
mild  currents,  and  faradization  of  the  muscles  of  the  other  side,  galvani- 
zation of  the  sympathetic  and  cervical  spine,  are  the  methods  that 
should  be  tried  in  this  disease.  They  may  be  tried  simultaneously  or 
in  succession. 

Protracted  applications  are  not  ordinarily  indicated  in  this  affection. 
General  treatment  is  only  required  when  the  patient  is  debilitated. 

In  connection  with  the  use  of  electricity,  the  hypodermic  injection 
of  morphine  and  counter-irritation  of  the  cervical  spine  by  blisters,  and 
mechanical  contrivances  for  keeping  the  head  in  position,  may  be 
tried. 

Prognosis. — In  the  early  stages  torticollis  may  be  relieved  or  cured 
by  electrical  treatment  alone.  After  it  has  been  established  for  a  num- 
ber of  months,  it  becomes  one  of  the  most  intractable  of  diseases. 
Even  when  relieved  by  treatment,  it  is  much  disposed  to  relapse.  No 
case  should  be  abandoned  until  both  galvanic  and  faradic  treatment 
has  been  thoroughly  tried,  since  it  is  the  only  method  of  treatment  that 
offers  even  any  hope  ;  and  the  physician  should  not  be  discouraged  if 
the  symptoms  appear  to  be  aggravated  by  the  first  few  applications,  but 
should  reduce  the  strength  of  the  current  and  the  length  of  the  seances. 
The  same  remark  will  apply  to  analogous  diseases,  such  as  writer's 
cramp  and  facial  spasm. 

Torticollis  of  long  standing,  brought  on  by  over-confinement  and  anxiety — Some  re- 
lief from  faradization  and  galvanization. 

Case  LXXXV. — Mr.  K ,  aged  40,  was  sent  to  us  June,  1870,  by  Dr.  Willard 

Parker.  For  several  years  before  the  attack  appeared  he  had  been  in  his  usual 
health,  but  had  been  severely  confined  and  much  distressed  by  the  cares  of  business. 
The  symptoms  appeared  gradually ;  they  were  at  first  slight,  and  only  developed 
their  full  force  after  several  weeks.  When  we  first  saw  him  he  had  been  suffering 
for  several  months.  His  face  was  almost  constantly  turned  toward  the  left  side. 
On  the  opposite  side  the  sterno-cleido  muscle  was  considerably  hypertrophied,  and 
on  '.he  other  flabby.  The  position  of  his  face  and  the  violence  of  the  cramp  were 
much  dependent  on  mental  influences,  being  aggravated  by  exhaustion  or  worry. 

Electric  examination  showed  increase  of  electro-muscular  contractility  in  the  af- 

*  It  should  be  considered  that  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid,  as  it  pulls  the  back  of  the 
head  toward  the  shoulder,  turns  the  face  in  an  opposite  direction.  The  face  there- 
fore is  turned  away  from  the  affected  muscle. 


494  SPASMODIC  DISEASES. 

fected  side,  and  diminution  on  the  opposite  side  (towards  which  the  face  was  turned). 
Careful  examination  revealed  no  evidence  of  disease  of  the  vertebrse. 

The  patient  was  treated  by  stable  galvatiizatioit  of  the  hypertrophied  and  hardened 
muscle^  by  spinal-cord  brachial  plexus  current,  by  galvaftization  of  the  sympathetic 
and  spine^  by  faradization  of  the  flabby  muscles  of  the  opposite  side,  and  by  general 
faradizatio7t.  In  three  weeks  there  was  positive  but  not  marked  improvement^ 
there  was  decrease  of  the  hypertrophy  of  the  muscle  and  some  diminution  of  the 
spasm. 


Torticollis  of  a  month^ s  duration — Rapid  recovery  under  local  faradization. 

Case  LXXXVI. — Miss  B ,  aged  20,  was  directed  to  us  by  Dr.  W.  W.  Jones, 

of  New  York.  A  month  previous,  she  caught  cold  in  the  neck  from  a  draught  of  air 
while  at  a  concert.  For  a  week  subsequently,  she  would,  every  few  moments,  in- 
voluntarily turn  her  head  to  the  right,  until  finally  it  became  fixed  in  this  position. 
From  the  fact  that  she  was  not  prevented  from  turning  her  head,  simply  from  pain, 
and  that  when  it  was  brought  to  the  proper  position  by  faradizing  the  muscles,  no 
pain  was  caused,  we  concluded  that  we  had  not  to  deal  with  a  common  stiff  neck  re- 
sulting from  rheumatism,  but  with  tonic  spasm  of  a  nervous  character.  The  muscles 
of  the  neck  on  the  side  towards  which  the  head  was  turned,  had  appreciably  atrophied, 
while  on  the  opposite  side  they  were  hard  and  enlarged.  These  latter  muscles  ex- 
hibited, as  usual,  increased  electro-muscular  contractility,  while  on  the  right  side, 
towards  which  the  head  was  turned,  contractility  was  diminished.  The  above  phe- 
nomena represent  fairly,  we  think,  what  are  usually  observed  in  the  earlier  stages  of 
the  disease,  and  the  following  treatment  is  typical  of  what  we  have  successfully  em- 
ployed in  a  number  of  similar  cases.  At  each  sitting,  the  muscles  of  the  left  side 
(those  that  were  large  and  prominent)  were  submitted  to  mild  galvanization  for  a 
moment  or  so,  while  the  contracted  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle  of  the  right  side, 
towards  which  the  head  was  inclined,  was  faradized  with  sufficient  force  to  cause  a 
relaxation  of  muscular  fibre,  allowing  the  head  to  turn  gradually  to  its  natural  posi- 
tion. Upon  removing  the  electrodes  after  the  current  hkd  passed  several  minutes, 
the  head  would  retain  its  position  without  the  conscious  aid  of  the  patient's  will. 
After  an  interval  of  some  five  minutes,  it  would  again  turn  to  the  right.  The  patient 
rapidly  improved,  and  after  two  months  of  treatment  had  quite  recovered. 


Paralysis  Agitans  {Shaking  Palsy). — There  are  two  kinds  of  shak- 
ing palsy  : — 

I  St.   Those  with  organic  lesions. 

Sclerosis  of  some  form  is  the  pathological  state  that  usually  gives  rise 
to  the  symptoms  of  shaking  palsy. 

2d.    Those  where  710  lesion  can  be  discovered. 

These  are  usually  styled  functional,  although,  like  hysteria,  they  may 
be  supposed  to  depend  on  some  molecular  derangements  which  are 
not  revealed  to  the  microscope. 

The  disease  may  be  local  or  general ;  it  may  attack  one  limb,  or  the 


PARALYSIS  AGITANS.  495 

lower  jaw,  or  all  four  extremities.  It  is  most  frequent  in  the  aged,  but 
is  sometimes  observed  in  middle  life,  or  in  the  young. 

Treatment. — Central  galvanization  and  general  faradization,  foi 
general  effects,  may  be  used  in  shaking  palsy  with  benefit.  The  best 
results  have  been  obtained  by  galvanization  of  the  spine  and  sympa 
thetic  and  brain. 

Prognosis. — Cases  where  all  the  limbs  are  affected  are  never  cured 
by  any  method  of  treatment,  especially  in  the  aged.  Cases  in  which 
only  one  limb,  or  one  upper  and  one  lower  limb,  are  affected  are  some- 
times benefited,  and  in  rare  instances  cured.  Temporary  relief  can 
sometimes  be  obtained  where  no  permanent  benefit  results.  The 
tremor  of  the  limb  is  sometimes  abated  or  completely  arrested  for  one 
or  more  hours  after  the  application  either  of  general  faradization  or 
galvanization  of  the  spine,  and  in  rare  cases  entire  recovery  occurs. 
Dr.  Russell  Reynolds  has  reported  a  cure  by  the  galvanic  current.  Re- 
cently Jules  Cheron,  of  Paris,  has  pubhshed  the  results  of  galvanization 
in  7  cases.  Of  these  2  were  cured ;  2  were  much  improved  ;  and  3 
were  much  improved  in  their  general  condition,  but  not  in  the  tremor. 

A  case  of  palsy  agitans  associated  with  spasmodic  muscular  contraction  and  neural- 
gic pains — Approxim.ate  relief  from  cefitral  galvanization  and  general  faradiza- 
tion. 

Case  LXXXVII. — Mrs.  M.,  aged  50,  applied  to  us  for  the  relief  of  a  disorder  of 
which  the  following  were  the  main  symptoms.  These  symptoms  had  been  almost 
constant  for  more  than  fifteen  months : — 

The  patient  was  so  exceedingly  feeble,  that  a  walk  of  a  few  blocks  caused  complete 
exhaustion. 

Neuralgic  pains  in  the  face,  right  arm,  and  side,  were  constant  although  varying 
in  intensity.  Sometimes  the  distress  was  for  hours  most  excruciating,  and  then  an 
interval  of  rest  would  occur  in  which  the  pain  was  barely  appreciable.  Pain  along 
the  spine,  but  no  tenderness  to  pressure.  The  most  annoying  symptoms  were  frequent 
spasmodic  contractions  of  the  muscles  of  the  neck,  while  a  constant  and  incessant 
trembling  of  the  hands  during  the  waking  hours  made  with  the  rest  a  complication  of 
symptoms  that  pointed  to  structural  change  of  the  upper  portion  of  the  cord.  Cen- 
tral galvanization  was  in  this  case  alternated  with  general  faradization.  So  far  as 
the  spasmodic  contractions  of  the  muscles  were  concerned,  the  effect  was  immediate, 
being  followed  by  complete  and  permanent  relief. 

The  neuralgia  was  gradually  dispelled,  and  the  trembling  or  shaking  in  the  course 
of  two  months'  treatment  so  benefited  as  to  be  hardly  noticeable.  During  the  sum- 
mer that  followed,  the  patient  was  almost  entirely  free  from  every  unpleasant  symp- 
tom. 

Unilateral  paralysis  agitans  in  a  man  aged  sixty  years —  Very  decided  alleviation  of 
symptoms  under  cetitral  galvanization. 
Case  LXXXVIII. — Mr.  James  A.,  aged  sixty  years.     Suffering  from  unilateral 


496  SPASMODIC    DISEASES. 

palsy  agitansof  the  left  side.    Was  placed  under  our  care  by  Dr.  Andrews,  of  Utica, 
August  I,  1870. 

The  first  symptoms  of  this  disease  became  manifest  in  October,  1869,  and  gradu 
ally  increased  in  severity  until  January,  1870,  since  which  time  there  had  been  no 
appreciable  aggravation  of  his  condition.  The  patient  was  a  mechanic,  occupied  al 
most  constantly  in  filing  saws,  and  it  was  his  firm  impression  that  the  peculiar  influ 
ence  transmitted  to  the  cord  by  the  steady  scrape  of  the  file  was  an  important  factor 
in  the  production  of  the  disease.  However  this  may  be,  it  was  certain  that  he  was 
now  unable  to  use  his  file  a  moment  without  causing  most  disagreeable  feelings. 

We  essayed  a  few  applications  of  general  faradization,  but  as  it  did  not  seem  to  al 
lay  any  of  the  disagreeable  features  of  the  disease,  we  resorted  to  central  galvaniza 
tion.  After  a  few  applications  to  the  brain,  sympathetic,  and  spinal  cord,  the  speech, 
which  was  decidedly  affected,  so  that  he  stuttered  and  hesitated  in  every  effort  to 
talk,  became  perfectly  normal,  and  he  was  no  longer  annoyed  by  it.  For  many 
months  he  had  been  unable  to  sleep,  unless  lying  on  the  back  with  the  arms  pressed 
to  the  side.  In  four  weeks  he  was  able  to  sleep  with  perfect  comfort  in  any  posi- 
tion. 

The  patient  remained  under  observation  some  three  months,  and  received  in  aU 
about  twenty-five  applications.  He  improved  in  his  general  condition  very  decidedly , 
the  arm  and  leg  became  much  stronger,  and  the  shaking  movements  decreased  in 
severity  at  least  fifty  per  cent.     Further  than  this  we  were  powerless  to  assist  him. 

Asthma. — Asthma  is  one  of  the  conditions  for  which  it  would  be  sup- 
posed, dpriori,  that  electrization  might  be  of  service ;  and  yet  the  published 
records  of  successful  treatment  are  not  very  extensive.  One  of  the 
earliest,  if  not  the  very  earliest,  experimenters  in  this  department  was 
Dr.  Wilson  Philip,  who  began  his  researches  in  electricity  in  the  early 
part  of  this  century.  "  By  transmitting  its  influence  (galvanism)  from 
the  nape  of  the  neck  to  the  pit  of  the  stomach,  he  gave  decided  relief 
in  every  one  of  twenty-two  cases,  of  which  four  were  in  private  practice, 
and  eighteen  in  the  Worcester  Infirmary.  The  power  employed  varied 
from  ten  to  twenty-five  pairs."  The  treatment  which  is  theoretically 
indicated  is  galvanization  of  the  pneumogastric  and  sympathetic. 
Benedikt  mentions  a  case  successfully  treated  by  this  method. 

The  methods  we  employ  in  asthma  are  galvanization  of  the  pneu- 
mogastric and  cerebral  galvanization,  and  usually  with  temporary, 
though  not,  as  a  rule,  with  permanent  benefit. 

The  faradic  current  is  sometimes  effective  in  affording  temporary 
relief  after  failure  of  the  constant  current.  In  several  cases  that  have 
fallen  under  our  observation  persistent  faradization  of  the  chest  and 
neck  has  been  followed  by  marked  relief. 

Asthma  of  three  montfis'  standing — Apparent  recovery  under  localized  galvanization. 

Case  LXXXIX. — Ann  M.  C,  treated  at  Demilt  Dispensary,  had  her  first  attack 
of  asthma  three  months  before  seeking  electrical  treatment.  Every  few  days  thereafter 


ASTHMA— FACIAL   SPASM.  497 

a  paroxysm  of  considerable  severity  would  prostrate  her.  Before  the  onset  of  the 
attack  she  invariably  experienced  a  cold  sensation  betvs^een  the  shoulders.  The  ex> 
pectoration,  which  so  soon  as  she  can  throw  off  affords  relief,  had  the  appearance  of 
boiled  starch.  The  smell  of  cooking  always  hastened  an  attack.  The  patient  waa 
tre#ted  from  May  i8,  1871,  until  June  17th,  by  the  method  of  localized  galvanization, 
when  she  was  dischai-ged  apparently  cured. 

Asthma  of  many  years'  standing — Decided  tem.porary  relief  from-  local  faradizn- 
tion — No  pernia7tent  benefit. 

Case  XC.  —  June  20,  1871,  we  treated  an  old  gentleman,  a  patient  of  Dr.  John 
T.  Metcalfe,  for  a  chronic  asthmatic  difficulty  of  many  years'  standing.  He  was  sub- 
mitted mostly  to  galvanization  of  the  great  sympathetic,  pneumogastric,  and  phrenic 
nerves,  but  the  only  decided  relief  obtained  was  from  simple  faradization,  the  positive 
pole  being  placed  at  the  back  of  the  neck,  and  the  negative  just  above  the  sternum. 
This  method  caused  a  most  pleasant  relief  from  discomfort  on  awakening  at  night. 
No  permanent  benefit,  however,  was  afforded  by  the  treatment. 

Muscular  Cojitr actions. — These  may  arise  in  hysteria,  in  myelitis, 
meningitis,  and  spondylitis,  diseases  of  the  cerebrum  and  cerebellimi, 
or  they  may  be  of  a  reflex  character.  They  exist  sometimes  in  neuritis 
or  rheumatism. 

The  treatment  consists  in  peripheral  galvanization  or  faradization  of 
the  affected  muscles  or  of  their  antagonists,  with  stable  currents  and 
galvanization  of  the  head,  spine,  and  sympathetic,  according  to  the 
special  indications. 

The  prognosis  is  usually  unfavorable  for  all  except  the  rheumatic 
cases. 

Facial  Spasm. — This  affection,  which  is  not  unfrequent,  is  usually  very 
obstinate  against  all  treatment.  The  treatment  is  galvanization  with 
the  spinal-cord-rauscle  or  nerve-muscle  current.  Recent  cases  may  be 
cured  by  the  application  of  the  galvanic  current  to  the  branches  of  the 
fifth  pair.  Long-standing  cases  may  be  temporarily  relieved,  but  are 
rarely  permanently  cured.  Remak  reported  success  even  after  the  con- 
dition was  very  chronic. 

Dysphagia  frojn  Spasms  of  the  Pharynx. — This  symptom,  though 
sometimes  the  result  of  organic  central  disease,  is  not  unfrequently  of 
a  purely  spasmodic  character,  and  as  such  is  amenable  to  electric  treat- 
ment, either  by  external  or  internal  applications.  The  method  we 
adopt  for  such  cases  is  to  place  one  pole  on  the  back  of  the  neck  and 
the  other  just  above  the  sternum,  or  by  the  inner  border  of  the  sterno- 
cleido-mastoid  muscle.  If  this  method  fails,  internal  applications  may 
be  made,  by  means  of  a  catheter-shaped  electrode,  against  the  constric- 
tors of  the  pharynx.  Some  cases  yield  with  surprising  readiness  to  ex- 
32 


498  SPASMODIC   DISEASES. 

ternal  treatment.  Cases  dependent  on  central  disease  are  usually  quite 
rebellious. 

A  case  of  this  kind,  in  which  the  food  was  returned  through  the 
mouth  or  nose,  was  cured  by  HifFelsheim  by  galvanization. 

Hefifelsheim  has  recorded  a  case  of  excessive  and  obstinate  vomiting 
that  was  cured  by  five  applications  of  the  galvanic  current  to  the 
pneumogastric. 

Dysphagia  from  spastnodic  action — Recovery  from  localized  faradization,  twice  re- 
peated. 

Case  XCL- — An  old  lady,  aged  nearly  70,  was  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  Fordyce  Bar- 
ker. She  had  for  some  months  been  annoyed  by  much  difficulty  in  the  act  of  swal- 
lowing, and  was  apprehensive  of  suffocation  on  account  of  the  tendency  of  food  to 
lodge  in  the  oesophagus.  Localized  faradization,  repeated  twice,  completely  relieved 
the  spasmodic  tendency,  and  enabled  the  patient  to  eat  without  fear  of  consequences 
So  far  as  we  are  aware  the  relief  was  permanent. 

Singultus  {^Hiccoitgh). — This  symptom,  when  it  becomes  permanentl) 
annoying,  may  be  treated  by  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic  aiid pneii 
mogastric.  We  have  treated  in  this  way  two  very  obstinate  cases  with 
out  benefit. 

Tetanus. — Dr.  Mendel  has  reported  two  cases  of  tetanus  successfull} 
treated  by  the  galvanic  current.  He  used  various  methods  of  applica 
tion,  central  and  peripheral.  Immediate  relief  followed  each  applica 
tion. 

The  conclusions  at  which  he  arrives  from  his  cases  are  that  a  mild 
current  should  be  applied  to  the  affected  muscles,  without  regard  to  the 
direction  of  the  current,  although  the  positive  pole  should  be  applied 
to  the  antagonists. 

Hydrophobia. — The  disease  is  so  rare  in  its  occurrence,  and  so  rapid  in 
its  course,  that  electrical  treatment  even  by  its  most  imperfect  methods, 
has  had  almost  no  chance  to  be  tested.  The  suggestions  that  we  have 
to  offer  are  therefore  of  necessity  based  on  theory  and  analogy,  and 
experience  in  the  treatment  of  other  and  more  or  less  allied  diseases. 

The  best  method  of  using  electricity  in  a  case  of  real  or  simulated 
hydrophobia  would  be  to  place  the  negative  pole  of  the  galvanic  current 
at  the  pit  of  the  stomach,  and  apply  the  positive  successively  at  the 
top  of  the  head,  the  nape  of  the  neck  {central  galvanization).,  over  the 
region  of  the  pneumogastric,  and  down  the  spine.  If  the  galvanic  cur- 
rent cannot  be  obtained,  the  faradic  (electro-magnetic)  might  be  tried, 
although  it  would  probably  be  less  efficacious^  Mild  or  moderate  cur- 
rents would  be  likely  to  do  more  good  than  very  powerful  currents,  and 


HYDROPHOBIA.  499 

there  should  be  intermissions  in  the  treatment.  During  these  inter- 
missions  ice-bags  might  be  appHed  to  the  spine.  We  should  not  expect 
that  this  treatment  would  cure  real  hydrophobia,  but,  if  faithfully  used, 
it  would  greatly  relieve  the  horrible  agonies  of  the  disease,  and,  eithei 
alone  or  in  connection  with  other  treatment,  would  be  likely  to  prolong 
life.  Electricity  has  never  yet  had  a  fair  trial  in  hydrophobia.  Schi- 
vardi,  who  kept  one  of  his  patients  alive  several  days,  used  only  a  par- 
tial and  imperfect  method,  and  no  other  treatment,  so  far  as  is  known, 
has  been  so  successful. 

Hydrophobia  is  one  of  the  very  few  diseases  in  which  it  is  better  to 
use  electricity  blindly  and  imperfectly  than  not  to  use  it  at  all.  There 
are  two  considerations,  however,  that  are  somewhat  discouraging : 

1.  The  spasmodic  affections  that  most  closely  resemble  hydrophobia 
and  with  which  it  is  sometimes  confounded — epilepsy,  tetanus,  etc. — 
do  not  yield  readily  and  permanently  to  electrical  treatment.  Great 
benefit  can  be  derived  from  a  proper  use  of  electricity  in  epilepsy,  but 
very  rarely  a  permanent  cure, 

2.  To  get  the  best  results  of  electrical  treatment  time  is  necessary. 
Save  in  the  resuscitation  of  the  drowned  or  asphyxiated,  and  the  tem- 
porary relief  of  pain,  electricity  accomplishes  its  great  cures  slowly. 
Hydi'ophobia  runs  its  course  rapidly,  and,  in  its  incipience,  is  not 
usually  recognized.  The  only  hope  that  real  hydrophobia  could  be 
cured  by  electricity  rests  in  the  possibility  that  it  could  relieve  the 
symptoms  and  delay  death  through  its  powerful  sedative  influence,  so 
that  there  would  be  more  time  to  act  upon  the  nutrition  of  the  nerve- 
centres  either  by  a  continuance  of  the  electrical  treatment  or  by  other 
methods.  There  is  reason  for  the  belief  that  some  at  least  of  the  cases 
of  so-called  hydrophobia  are  of  an  hysterical  character — are  brought  on 
by  fright  and  dread.  The  only  safe  course  is  to  treat  such  cases  as 
though  they  were  genuine  cases  of  hydrophobia.  The  most  brilliant 
results  of  electrical  treatment  are  obtained  in  hysteria  and  allied  di- 
seases, and  notably  in  hysterical  convulsions,  and  it  is  quite  probable 
that  the  hysterical  symptoms  of  hydrophobia  would  yield  to  the  same 
remedy.  The  result  of  the  treatment  would  help  somewhat  the  diagno- 
sis. If  the  patient  entirely  recovered,  the  probability  that  the  case  was 
of  an  hysterial  nature  would  be  strengthened  almost  into  certainty. 
Inasmuch  as  one  or  two  of  the  recent  cases  were  probably  in  part  hys- 
terical, and  as  the  discussion  of  the  subject  has  caused  our  sensitive  and 
highly  nervous  people  to  dwell  on  this  dreadful  topic  day  and  night,  it 
is  not  impossible  that  other  cases  of  a  like  nature  may  occur. 

Stammering. — Dr.  Althaus  succeeded  in  curing  a  case  of  stammering 


500  SPASMODIC   DISEASES. 

of  five  years'  standing,  in  a  lad  nine  years  of  age,  by  the  application  of 
the  galvanic  current  to  the  laryngeal  nerves.  The  applications  were 
made  twice  a  week  for  two  months. 

Epilepsy. — Epilepsy  is  one  of  the  diseases  for  which  electricity  in 
some  form  or  other  has  been  used  for  many  years,  though  with  rather 
uncertain  and  capricious  results.  The  method  of  treatment  that 
promises  most  in  this  disease  is  central  galvanization.  Another 
method  is  to  place  one  of  the  poles  over  the  point  whence  the  aura 
proceeds,  and  the  other  over  the  nerve-centre. 

Temporary  relief  can  be  obtained  in  very  many  cases  of  epilepsy  by 
electrical  treatment.  The  intervals  between  the  attacks  can  be  greatly 
lengthened,  and  in  a  certain  proportion  of  the  cases  the  results  are  be- 
lieved to  be  permanent. 

Petit  mal. — Marked  temporary  relief  from  general  faradization  and  galvanization 
of  sympathetic — Relapse. 

Case  XCII.  —  In  one  case  of  "petit  mal,"  occurring  in  a  boy  some  13  years  of 
age,  the  bromide,  given  in  doses  of  10  gi"S.  three  times  a  day,  acted  charmingly.  The 
paroxysms,  which  for  nearly  two  years  had  occurred  from  six  to  ten  times  a  day,  were 
immediately  reduced  to  one,  two,  and  three  in  the  twenty-four  hours. 

This  improvement  was  manifest  for  neai'ly  a  month,  when,  notwithstanding  the 
increased  doses  of  bromide,  the  paroxysms  gradually  increased  in  frequency,  until  the 
patient  was  rendered  unconscious  by  them  as  often  as  before.  We  now  resorted  to 
general  electrization  with  the  faradic  current,  and  occasionally  to  galvanization  of 
the  sympathetic.  Singularly  enough,  the  results  that  followed  were  substantially  the 
same  as  those  obtained  from  the  administration  of  the  bromide  of  potassium.  For  a 
few  weeks  the  frequency  of  the  epileptic  seizures  was  reduced  to  one  and  two  a  day, 
when,  notwithstanding  every  effort,  there  was  a  second  relapse  to  his  old  condition. 

The  boy  evidently  inherited  a  very  decided  nervous  diathesis,  but  the  exciting 
cause  of  the  attacks  was  ascribed  to  a  severe  fall  some  weeks  before  the  manifestation 
of  the  first  paroxysm. 

Epilepsy  of  eleven  years''  standing — Periodical  attacks — hnprovement  iit  sleep  atid 
mental  condition,  and  diminution  of  attacks  tinder  general  faradization — Nothing 
fztj'ther  gained  by  galvanization. 

Case  XCIII. — W.  H.  V.,  a  lad  aged  16,  began  first  to  suffer  from  epileptic 
seizures  when  but  five  years  old. 

For  the  first  five  years  the  attacks,  consisting  of  a  number  of  fits  in  rapid  succes- 
sion, occurred  every  five  or  six  weeks.  From  his  eighth  to  his  fifteenth  year  the 
paroxysms  increased  in  frequency  and  severity,  until,  at  the  date  of  his  visit  to  us, 
the  attacks  recurred  every  week. 

It  was  a  noticeable  fact  that  for  the  last  year  the  patient  had  almost  invariably 
suffered  from  these  epileptic  seizures  on  Saturday. 

The  boy  had  grown  sensibly  weaker  both  in  mind  and  body,  and  was  excessively 
irritable  and  capricious. 


EPILEPSY— CASES.  i  5OI 

Treatment  was  commenced  by  general  faradization,  with  special  reference  to  the 
head  and  spine. 

Under  this  treatment  sleep  became  more  sound  and  refreshing,  and  the  mind  calmer, 
while  the  usual  paroxysm  was  delayed  until  the  Thursday  following  the  regular  time 
for  Its  recurrence.  The  general  condition  of  the  patient  continued  to  improve,  and 
a  second  attack  was  delayed  four  weeks.  He  remained  under  observation  some 
months  longer,  having  a  paroxysm  (far  less  severe,  however,  than  formerly)  about 
every  four  weeks.  The  galvanic  current,  variously  used,  seemed  to  accomplish  noth- 
ing that  had  not  already  been  obtained  by  the  faradic.  The  case  soon  after  passed 
from  our  care,  and  whether  relapses  have  occurred  we  have  not  been  able  to  ascer- 
tain. 

Epilepsy  of  five  years''  standing — Apparent  recovery. 

Case  XCIV. — Miss  W.,  aged  30,  came  to  us  November  4,  1876,  with  the  follow- 
ing history  :  In  the  early  part  of  1S72  she  had  her  first  atiack  in  the  night,  while 
asleep,  but  for  a  year  previous  had  occasions  of  being  in  a  dazed  condition  with  great 
confusion  of  memory. 

It  is  as  well  to  state  that  there  had  been  all  along  in  her  case  a  strong  hysterical 
element  that  is  frequently  aggravated  by  surrounding  influences. 

The  attacks  for  awhile  occurred  onoe  in  about  seven  weeks,  and  furtlier  on,  in- 
stead of  a  single  paroxysm,  she  would  have  two  and  sometimes  three  in  the  succeed- 
ing twenty-four  hours.  Later  still,  the  attacks  became  as  frequent  as  once  a  month, 
with  one  or  two  longer  intervals.  We  learned  that  Dr.  Geo.  J.  Fisher,  of  Sing 
Sing,  had  formerly  been  her  physician,  and,  in  answer  to  a  letter  of  inquiry,  he  in- 
formed us  that  the  patient  had  been  under  his  care  for  a  long  time. 

He  had  given  her  the  bromides  of  potassium  and  soda  (of  each  10  grs.)  three  times 
a  day.  This  she  had  taken  for  several  years,  and  was  still  taking  when  she  came 
under  our  care.  During  the  month  previous  she  had  three  attacks,  and  was  feeling 
certain  premonitions,  which  she  described,  when  we  submitted  her  to  the  additional 
treatment  of  the  electricity.  We  did  not  feel  justified  in  discontinuing  medicine,  but 
in  order  to  give  her  every  chance,  substituted  for  it  the  formula  of  Brown  S6quard. 

The  patient  was  exceedingly  nervous  and  despondent,  and  it  was  evident  that  if  in 
no  other  way  electricity  might  prove  of  service  as  an  adjunct  to  allay  irritability  and 
as  a  general  tonic. 

We  treated  her  every  other  day  for  three  months,  alternating  central  galvanization 
with  general  faradization.  We  then  gave  her  an  interval  of  rest  for  three  months, 
during  which  time  she  had  an  attack,  occurring  a  little  more  than  six  months  from 
the  last.  After  a  second  three  months'  treatment,  we  allowed  another  interval  of 
rest,  and  again  treated  her  for  three  months.  She  has  not  had  a  second  attack,  and 
as  two  years  have  passed,  during  which  she  has  had  but  one  seizure,  we  are  hopeful 
of  ultimate  results.  It  is  worthy  of  note  that  since  the  two  methods  of  treatment 
have  been  combined  the  broraic  acne  has  very  considerably  lessened  and  at  times  is 
hardly  perceptible. 


CHAPTER  XXV. 


DISEASES   OF   THE    SKIN. 


There  are  several  theoretical  considerations  that  would  lead  us  to 
suppose  that  electricity  might  be  of  service  in  the  treatment  of  diseases 
of  the  skin  : — 

1.  Pain  and  itching,  oftentimes  of  a  very  distressing  character,  accom- 
pany many  of  the  diseases  of  the  skin,  and  of  all  the  known  methods  of 
relieving  and  curing  pain,  electricity  is  one  of  the  most  satisfactory.  If 
the  application  of  the  galvanic  or  faradic  current  may  bring  relief  in  head- 
ache, in  spinal  irritation,  in  the  various  forms  of  neuralgia,  in  rheu- 
matism and  in  sprains,  why  should  it  not  afford  similar  relief  in  the  tor- 
menting agonies  of  psoriasis,  eczema,  and  prurigo  ? 

2.  Ulcers,  sinuses,  and  bed-sores  have  long  been  treated  by  the  gal- 
vanic and  faradic  currents,  with  gratifying  success  ;  and  it  would  be  nat- 
ural to  suppose  that  the  ulcerous  conditions  of  some  of  the  diseases  of 
the  skin  might  similarly  be  benefited. 

3.  Tumors  and  morbid  growths  of  various  kinds  are  discussed  by  the 
electric  currents,  and  especially  by  the  galvanic  current,  and  it  would  be 
reasonable  to  infer  that  cutaneous  indurations  and  hypertrophies  might 
be  discussed  or  diminished  in  a  similar  manner. 

4.  Those  who  hold  the  theory  that  some  of  the  diseases  of  the  skin 
are  of  a  nervous  origin,  or  are  in  some  way  intimately  dependent  on  the 
brain,  spinal  cord,  or  sympathetic,  would  find  still  another  theoretical 
argument  in  favor  of  introducing  electricity  into  dermatology,  since 
nervous  diseases  have  long  been  regarded  as  par  excellence  the  diseases 
most  amenable  to  electrical  treatment. 

The  electro-therapeutics  of  diseases  of  the  skin  belongs  both  to  medi- 
cal and  surgical  electricity.  The  tendency  in  recent  times  has  beer. 
to  transfer  dermatology  from  surgery  to  medicine,  and  at  present  many 
of  our  most  eminent  dermatologists  are  physicians  more  than  surgeons. 
This  tendency  is  further  strengthened  by  the  modern  views  of  the  pathol- 
ogy of  cutaneous  disorders,  particularly  in  regard  to  their  relation  to  the 
nervous  system.     The  purely  local  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  skin  by 


i 


METHODS   OF  APPLICATION.  503 

electricity  might  be  regarded  as  belonging  to  electro-surgery,  while  theii 
general  and  central  treatment  certainly  belongs  to  electro-medicine. 

Current  Employed. — While  both  currents — the  faradic  and  galvanic 
— have  proved  useful  in  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  skin,  the 
galvanic  appears  to  act  more  efficiently  and  to  fulfil  a  larger  variety 
of  indications  than  the  faradic.  The  reason  of  this  will  be  suffi 
ciently  clear  to  those  who  understand  the  general  differential  indica- 
tions for  the  use  of  the  two  currents.  The  pecuHar  electrolytic 
action  of  the  galvanic  current,  which  the  faradic  current  possesses  to 
but  a  feeble  degree,  is  indicated  in  diseases  of  the  skin  for  the  same 
reason  that  it  is  indicated  in  the  discussion  of  tumors.  For  the  relief 
of  the  symptoms  of  itching  and  pain,  the  faradic  current  is  frequently 
sufficient,  especially  in  prurigo  :  its  effects  are  also  curative,  but  to  a 
less  degree  than  the  galvanic  current.  The  galvanic  current  also  acts 
more  powerfully  on  the  central  nervous  system  (see  Chapter  IV.). 

Methods  of  Application. — Diseases  of  the  skin  may  be  treated  elec- 
trically in  two  ways — by  applications  to  the  diseased  surface,  and  by 
central  galvanization.  In  the  first  method  the  disease  is  affected  direct- 
ly ;  in  the  second  method  it  is  aff'ected  indirectly  through  the  nervous 
system. 

Application  to  the  Diseased  Surface. — Our  usual  method  of  galvaniz- 
ing the  affected  part  is  to  place  an  adjustable  electrode  of  from  two  to 
four  inches  in  diameter  over  the  point  where  the  principal  nerve  that 
supplies  the  part  is  most  superficial, — as  the  popliteal  space,  the  ante- 
rior crural  region,  the  border  of  the  flexors  of  the  arm,  etc.,  while  ihe 
negative  is  applied  to  the  diseased  surface  by  any  convenient  electiode 
with  a  broad  surface.  This  is  the  method  that  we  usually  adopt  in  the 
treatment  of  ulcers.  We  are  not  able  to  say  how  much  advantage 
there  may  be  in  applying  one  of  the  electrodes  over  the  nerve.  We 
suspect  that  it  may  be  of  service  in  improving  the  nutrition  of  the  part 
that  it  supplies  ;  it  certainly  cannot  do  harm  in  that  position  unless  the 
seance  is  very  much  protracted.  One  electrode  may  be  placed  on  some 
indifferent  point,  as  the  feet,  or  the  hands,  or  on  the  thigh,  where  cur- 
rents are  borne  well  and  can  do  no  harm,  however  long  they  may  be 
kept  there.  The  electrode  is  sometimes  kept  firmly  planted  on  the 
skin  (stable),  and  sometimes  is  slowly  glided  from  one  part  to  another 
(labile).  When  the  part  is  much  abraded  only  mild  currents  will  be 
borne,  while  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  a  very  strong  current  may 
not  be  felt  at  all.  It  therefore  becomes  necessary  to  modify  the  cur- 
rent continually  according  to  the  sensations  of  the  patient,  so  that  the 
treatment  may  never  be  excessively  painful.     There  is  yet  no  evidence 


504  DISEASES   OF  THE  SKIN. 

that  very  severe  applications  have  any  advantage  over  mild  applica- 
tions. The  pain  of  the  galvanic  current  increases  with  the  length  of 
time  that  the  electrode  is  kept  in  a  fixed  position  without  breaking  the 
current ;  for  this  reason  it  is  necessary,  when  strong  currents  are  used, 
to  shift  the  position  of  the  electrode  every  minute  or  so,  or  as  often  as 
the  patient  complains  of  severe  pain.  We  are  not  able  to  say  whether 
the  best  results  are  obtained  by  stable  or  by  labile  applications.  The 
electrolytic  action  of  the  galvanic  current  is  most  decided  when  there 
is  little  or  no  interruption  to  the  current.  When  the  faradic  current  is 
used  we  generally  make  labile  applications. 

Both  electrodes  may  be  applied  on  the  diseased  surface.  The  ad- 
vantage of  this  method  is  that  it  economizes  time  and  labor  where 
there  are  numerous  and  large  patches  that  need  to  be  treated.  Al- 
though the  electrolytic  action  of  the  negative  pole  is  greater  than  that 
of  the  positive,  yet  both  act  electrolytically,  as  all  physicians  know, 
and  both  act  curatively  as  experience  shows. 

When  the  body  is  covered  pretty  generally  by  disease,  we  sometimes 
put  an  electrode  on  each  limb,  thus  allowing  the  current  to  run  through 
the  body. 

Local  Faf-adization  Generalized. — We  have  recently  applied  this 
term  to  a  method  of  using  electricity  which  combines  the  advantages 
of  localized  and  general  faradization.  Although  we  first  used  it  in 
diseases  of  the  skin,  it  may  be  employed  to  meet  the  same  indications 
as  general  faradization  ;  but  since  it  requires  absolute  or  approximative 
stripping  on  the  part  of  the  patient,  it  would  be  called  for  only  in  a 
limited  class  of  affections. 

In  this  method  the  operator  takes  hold  of  both  the  electrodes,  by 
their  insulated  handles,  and  passes  them,  within  a  few  inches  of  each 
other,  over  all  the  diseased  surface  of  the  body.  The  electrodes  may 
be  kept  stationary  over  spots  where  the  disease  is  especially  promi- 
nent. The  method  may  be  modified  in  various  ways.  One  electrode 
may  be  kept  fixed  on  some  particularly  bad  spot,  while  the  other  is 
glided  up  and  down  the  surface  adjacent,  or  both  electrodes  may  be 
kept  fixed  a  part  of  the  time.  An  advantage  of  this  method,  which 
may  be  employed  with  either  current,  is  that  it  economizes  time  and 
labor,  a  very  important  consideration  in  cases  where  a  large  portion  of 
the  surface  of  the  body  is  diseased. 

This  method  is  especially  indicated  in  cases  where  nearly  the  en- 
tire surface  of  the  body  is  affected  by  disease,  as  in  general  prurigo  and 
psoriasis.      Either  current  may  be  used  in  this  way. 

General  Faradization. — This  method   of  using  electricity  is  usually 


ECZEMA.  505 

not  indicated  in  diseases  of  the  skin,  and  for  the  reasons  already  given. 
For  those  cases  that  are  associated  with  general  debility  as  a  result  or 
cause  of  the  disease  of  the  skin,  it  may  be  employed  with  advantage  ; 
one  pole  may  be  applied  at  the  coccyx  by  an  adjustable  electrode,  or 
at  the  feet  by  a  copper  or  tin  plate,  while  the  other  is  passed  over  the 
surface  of  the  body. 

Electric  Brush. — When  the  skin  is  not  itching  or  anaesthetic  ■  the 
electric  brush  is  very  painful,  and  is  therefore  to  be  recommended 
chiefly  for  cases  where  there  is  ver}^  great  irritation,  or  itching  and 
anaesthesia.  We  have  frequently  found  it  more  efficacious  than  the 
ordinary  sponge  electrode.  In  some  conditions  of  eczema  an  applica- 
tion, which  in  health  would  be  unendurable,  is  positively  agreeable. 
The  distinctively  surgical  methods  of  treating  certain  diseases  of  the 
skin  by  electrolysis  and  galvano-cautery  will  be  described  in  Electro- 
Surgery. 

Central  Galvanization. — This  important  method  of  using  electricity 
we  have  recently  proved  to  be  of  great  service  in  the  treatment  of 
certain  diseases  of  the  skin,  especially  of  chronic  eczema  and  prurigo. 
Under  this  method  of  treatment  alone,  without  making  any  applicatioti 
whatever  to  the  diseased  surface,  the  itching  and  burning  of  these 
diseases  are  relieved  sometimes  immediately,  and  under  a  protracted 
treatment  permanent  cures  are  obtained.  The  results  obtained  by  this 
method  are  of  the  highest  possible  interest  in  a  pathological  point  of 
view,  as  showing  a  kind  of  dependence  of  chronic  eczema  on  the  nervous 
system  that  had  not  before  been  suspected. 

Diseases  of  the  Skin  for  which  Electrical  Treatment  is  Indicated. 
— Under  this  head  we  sum  up  the  results  of  electrical  experience  up  to 
the  date  of  publication. 

Eczema. — This  disease  we  place  at  the  head  of  the  list,  for  the  rea- 
son that  we  have  found  more  rapid,  brilliant,  and  uniform  results  from 
electrical  treatment  in  this  than  in  any  other  disease  of  the  skin.  We 
have  treated  the  chronic  forms  in  different  parts  of  the  body,  and  in 
nearly  all  cases  thus  far  with  immediate  relief  of  the  distressing  pain, 
and  ultimate  cure  after  a  course  of  treatment.  We  have  used  for  this 
affection,  almost  exclusively,  the  galvanic  current,  either  locally  or 
centrally.  Patients  have  come  into  the  Dispensary  declaring  that  the 
distress  is  so  great  that  they  would  be  glad  to  have  the  suffering  part 
amputated,  and  after  an  application  of  from  five  to  fifteen  minutes  have 
gone  out  entirely  relieved.  This  relief  lasts  for  several  hours,  some- 
times for  days,  and  the  pain  grows  less  and  less  until  the  cure  is  accon* 
^'iibued. 


506  DISEASES   OF  THE   SKIN. 

It  is  in  this  disease  especially  that  central  galvanization  alone,  without 
making  any  application  whatever  to  the  diseased  part,  has  accomplished 
such  striking  results. 

The  following  case  illustrates  the  power  of  central  galvanization  in  a 
most  striking  manner  : — 

Severe  and  obstinate  chronic  eczema  of  leg,  eight  years'  standing — Intolerable  itching 
— Failure  of  various  remedies — Rapid  relief  a7id  permanent  cure  ujtder  central 
galvanization. 

Case  XCV. — Mrs.  S.  M.,  an  Irish  servant-girl,  aged  51,  was  admitted  to  the 
Long  Island  College  Hospital,  February  14,  1S72,  with  chronic  eczema  of  the  left  leg 
about  the  ankle,  and  extending  one-third  of  the  distance  to  the  knee.  The  itching 
and  pain  were  intolerable,  and  there  was  much  soreness.  The  patient  was  in  other 
respects  strong  and  well,  but  had  suffered  from  this  affection  by  intervals  for  eight 
years.  Four  years  before  she  had  been  under  treatment  at  the  City  Hospital,  and 
liad  been  discharged  apparently  cured,  but  relapsed. 

The  case  was  treated  by  iodoform,  arsenic,  bicarbonate  of  soda,  rhubarb,  carbolate 
of  zinc,  glycerine,  cod-liver  oil,  iodide  of  potassium,  dulcamara,  acetate  of  lead, 
wine  of  colchicum,  and  acetate  of  potash.  These  remedies  were  variously  used  in 
various  modifications,  externally  and  internally.  From  some  of  these  agents  the 
patient  derived  temporary  relief  of  the  itching  and  soreness  ;  but  the  average  and 
ultimate  effect  was,  that  on  April  ist  the  following  record  of  the  case  was  made  in 
the  hospital  book:  "  Very  painful,  red  and  angry,  rapidly  extending,  and  now  cover- 
ing nearly  the  whole  leg  below  the  knee,  and  most  of  the  dorsal  aspect  of  the  foot." 

Arsenic  and  tincture  of  cinchon.  comp.  were  now  ordered,  but  April  15th,  the 
record  was:  "Very  much  the  same."  At  this  time.  Dr.  Davis  suggested  localized 
faradization.  This  suggestion  was  acted  on  with  gratifying  result ;  the  intense  dis- 
tress was  at  once  in  a  measure  relieved. 

April  i6th,  the  patient  was  more  comfortable  than  for  a  long  time  previous. 

April  23d,  very  much  improved  and  comparatively  comfortable. 

At  this  time  Prof.  A.  B.  Crosby,  the  surgeon  in  charge  of  the  ward,  requested  us 
to  see  the  patient,  stating  that  she  had  been  very  obstinate  under  the  various  remedies 
that  he  had  tried.  The  patient  was  suffering  greatly  from  the  severe  itching  and 
burning,  and  the  soreness  was  so  great  that  only  with  difficulty  could  she  hobble 
about  the  ward.  The  appearance  of  the  diseased  part  was  red  and  angry,  and  some 
portions  were  more  or  less  covered  by  scales. 

We  decided  to  try  on  the  patient  the  effect  of  central  galvanization,  making  no 
application  whatever  to  the  diseased  part.  We  were  induced  to  make  this  trial  on 
the  strength  of  successes  in  other  and  milder  cases  of  cutaneous  diseases.  Our  chief 
hope  was,  perhaps,  to  relieve  the  itching  and  pain ;  a  permanent  cure  we  had  no 
reason  to  anticipate.  As  the  patient  was  a  good  and  willing  subject  on  which  to 
demonstrate  electrical  applications,  she  was  taken  before  the  class  of  the  Long  Island 
College  Hospital,  and  treated  by  central  galvanization,  the  statement  being  made, 
that  we  did  not  hope  thereby  to  cure,  but  simply  to  illustrate  the  method  of  using 
electricity. 

The   details  of  the   applications  were   entrusted  entirely  to  Dr.  Edwin   E.  Smith, 


CENTRAL    GALVANIZATION   IN  ECZEMA.  50/ 

house-surgeon,  who  carried  out  the  treatment  with  great  faithfuhiess,  and  to  whon' 
we  are  indebted  for  the  full  history  of  the  case  as  here  presented. 

The  relief  of  the  itching  and  pain  was  very  rapid,  although  on  the  25th  Dr.  Smith 
made  the  following  record:  "A  little  more  irritable."  This  result  was  probably 
due  to  over-treatment,  too  strong  currents,  or  too  prolonged  applications. 

April  -^oth. — Patient  "  much  better." 

May  lot/i. — "  Still  steadily  improving."  The  appearance  of  the  leg  was  now  much 
changed  for  the  better.     The  most  obstinate  portion  was  the  region  about  the  ankle. 

The  applications  were  now  made  four  and  five  times  a  week  with  a  12-cell  zinc- 
carbon  battery  of  Kidder  for  about  ten  minutes  at  a  seance. 

May  z^th. — A  lotion  of  acetate  of  lead  wash  was  ordered  by  Dr.  Crosby,  to  con- 
tract the  enlarged  capillaries. 

yinte  ^th.  — "  Patient  is  walking  about  out-doors  with  comparative  ease,  and  is 
nearly  well." 

We  again  presented  the  case  before  the  class  of  the  College,  demonstrated  on  her 
our  method  of  central  galvanization,  and  pointed  out  the  extraordinary  and  unlooked- 
for  improvement.  The  skin  of  the  whole  leg,  except  around  the  ankle,  was  well,  and 
the  patient  for  a  long  time  had  been  entirely  free  from  itching  and  pain. 

yune  \^th. — The  patient  was  "  discharged  cured." 

yan.  iT)th,  1873. — Dr.  Smith  informs  us  that  there  has  been  "  no  recurrence  of 
the  difficulty."  Several  months  after  the  patient  left  the  hospital  we  heard  that  she 
was  still  well. 

The  above  case,  taking  all  the  facts  into  consideration,  its  long 
standing,  its  inveteracy  under  manifold  treatment,  and  the  immediate 
and  rapid  relief  and  cure  under  central  galvanization,  is  certainly  most 
extraordinary,  and  it  will  not  subtract  from  the  instructiveness  and 
brilliancy  of  the  result,  if  in  future  years  a  fresh  attack  of  the  disease 
should  occur.  Although  the  case  was  not,  so  far  as  we  know,  studied 
by  any  recognized  specialist  in  dermatology,  yet  among  the  very  many 
surgeons  and  physicians  who  watched  its  progress  before  and  during 
the  electrical  treatment,  there  was,  we  believe,  no  difference  of  opinion 
in  regard  to  the  diagnosis,  and  there  was  no  question  that  the  cure  was 
wrought  entirely  by  central  galvafiizalion,  acting  upon  the  central 
nervoics  system,  and  thus  improving  the  peripheral  nutrition.  This 
very  remarkable  experience,  which  to  some  has  seemed  incredible,  we 
have  recently  confirmed  in  a  similar  case  of  chronic  eczema  of  the 
'  legs  of  sixteen  months'  standing.  The '  relief  of  the  itching  by  cen- 
1  tral  galvanization  alone  was  immediate,  and  after  a  few  application 
the  disease  began  to  improve  in  appearance,  and  in  six  weeks  there 
'  was  approximate  recovery.  At  the  date  of  writing  the  patient  is 
entirely  well.  When  the  patient  was  about  half  cured  he  was  seen  by 
Dr.  L.  D.  Bulkley.  Dr.  Kinsman,  of  Columbus,  Ohio,  writes  to  us  that 
he  has  successfully  treated,  by  central  galvanization,  a  severe  case  of 
impetiginous  eczema  of  twenty  years'  standing. 


508  DISEASES   OF   THE    SKIN. 

Chro7tic  eczema  of  the  legs  and  feet,  07ie  year's  standing — Relief  of  pM7t  and  itchitig 
under  localized  faradization  a?td  galvanization. 

Case  XCVI.  —  Michael  P.,  aged  64,  had  suffered  for  twelve  months  from  chronic 
eczema  of  the  legs  and  feet,  accompanied  with  terrible  itching  and  burning  sensations. 
The  affected  parts  were  but  little  sensitive  to  the  electric  current,  either  galvanic  or 
faradic.  Localized  galvanization  and  faradization  were  employed,  and  some  of  the 
time  the  electric  brush  with  a  strong  current  was  not  only  well  borne,  but  was  most 
grateful  to  the  patient.  The  applications  were  made  from  five  to  twenty  minutes. 
In  all  cases  there  was  relief  of  the  distressing  pai7t.  Symptoms  of  relief  began  to 
appear  soon  after  the  beginning  of  the  s  ance,  and  at  the  close  was  sometimes  abso- 
lute.    This  relief  lasted  at  first  from  two  to  twelve  hours. 

The  patient  continued  treatment  for  three  weeks — in  all  six  applications  were  made. 
The  intervals  of  relief  were  sensibly  lengthened,  and  the  patient  abandoned  treat- 
ment. With  the  relief  in  the  itching  and  pain  there  was  corresponding  relief  in  the 
appearance  of  the  diseased  parts.  We  have  no  reason  to  believe  that  the  patient 
was  permanently  cured. 

Eczema  of  the  scalp  of  three  motiths''  duration  itt  a  gentleman  seventy-five  years  of 
age — Recovery  in  tzuo  months  under  local  galvanization  and  gefieral faradization. 

Case  XCVII. — Mr.  L. ,  aged  75,  was  affected  with  eczema  of  the  scalp.  The  erup- 
tions extended  overthe  entireportion  of  thehead  covered  by  the  hair,  and  had  persisted, 
in  spite  of  many  external  applications,  for  nearly  three  months.  The  diseased  part  was 
covered  with  thick  scabs  which  tended  to  coalesce  and  cover  as  by  one  huge  mass  the 
entire  surface.  The  scalp  was  quite  irritable,  and  at  night  especially  the  patient  was 
annoyed  by  an  irresistible  desire  to  scratch.  The  bowels  were  decidedly  constipated, 
and  the  general  health,  although  usually  good,  was  at  this  time  considerably  below  par. 
The  patient  submitted  to  treatment  by  both  localized  galvanization  and  general  fara- 
dization. The  first  application  of  the  former  method  resulted  in  a  decided  relief  to 
the  constant  itching. 

After  two  weeks'  trial  of  both  methoGS,^some  of  the  scabs  began  to  dry  up  and  pee' 
off,  constipation  was  very  much  relieved,  and  the  general  health  had  improved  in 
marked  degree. 

This  improvement  slowly  went  on,  until  in  two  months  from  the  beginning  of 
treatment  the  scalp  was  quite  free  from  disease. 

Prurigo. — If  electricity  could  do  nothing  more  than  relieve  the  itch- 
ing of  prurigo,  it  would  be  entitled  to  an  honorable  place  in  the  arma- 
mentarium of  the  dermatologist.  Dry  faradization  alone  may  bring  re- 
lief in  a  very  few  minutes,  and,  when  perseveringly  used,  may  cure. 
We  have  seen  immediate  relief  follow  general  faradization  used  in  the 
ordinary  method  with  wet  sponges.  In  this  disease  also  central  gal- 
vanization alone  has  in  our  hands  been  very  effective. 

General  prurigo,   six  years''  standing — Intense  itching — Approximate  cure  after 
fifteen  s  ances  of  central  galvanization. 
Case    XCVIII. — W.  R.,  9  years  of  age,  came  into  the  Electro-Therapeutical  D<*- 
partment  of  Demilt  Dispensary,  April  11,  1872.     At  the  age  of  three  the  patient  had 


ANESTHESIA — ACNE— ACNE   ROSACEA.  SOg 

scarlet  fever;  this  '>vas  followed  by  general  prurigo  that  had  never  been  relieved. 
The  disease  covered  the  back,  abdomen,  and  legs.  The  itching  was  most  severe. 
Sleep  at  night  had  for  years  been  interrupted  by  this  distress,  and  marks  of  scratch- 
ing were  everywhere  seen.     The  disease  was  at  its  worst  on  the  back. 

Acting  on  the  theory  that  the  disease  was  of  a  nervous  character.  Dr.  Woodruff 
referred  the  case  to  the  Electro-Therapeutical  Department,  when  treatment  by  cen- 
tral galvanization  was  begun  and  continued  for  two  months.  Towards  the  close  of 
the  treatment,  June  r,  little  remains  of  the  eruption  \vere  seen  excepting  on  the 
back,  and  there  was  very  little  itching. 

yune  15. — The  patient  abandoned  treatment;  the  recovery  appeared  to  be  satis- 
factory.    We  have  no  further  intelligence  of  the  case. 

Dr.  Sterling  gives  us  the  following  case,  the  diagnosis  of  which  was 
not  fully  clear  to  him  : — 

Gene7-al  eriiption  with  burning  sensation  of    long  standing — Some  improvement 

imder  localized  galvanization,   and  galvanization  of  the   cervical  sympathetic — 

Much  greater  improvement  U7tder  central  galvaitization. 

Case  XCIX. — Mr.  G.,  at  the  age  of  twelve,  was  attacked  with  an  eruption  all 
over  the  body,  after  sea-bathing.  Treatment  cured  the  eruption,  but  a  burning, 
smarting  sensation  was  left  in  the  face,  that  always  was  increased  on  any  excitement. 
Drinking  a  ciTp  of  tea  or  coffee,  or  entering  a  heated  room,  would  bring  on  burning 
and  smarting  in  the  face,  with  very  decided  puffiness.  Arsenic  and  various  other 
remedies  had  been  used  faithfully. 

May  I,  1871. — Treatment  by  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic  and  localized  gal- 
vanization was  begun,  and  the  result  was  satisfactory  ;  but  relapse  occurred,  and 
some  months  subsequently  he  was  treated  by  central  galvanization  alone,  with  very 
great  improvement.  He  still  suffers  from  slight  relapses  that  are  always  benefited  by 
electrical  treatment. 

Lichen. — We  have  had  no  opportunity  to  treat  a  marked  case  of 
lichen  ;  but  there  is  every  probability  that  electricity  would  accomplish 
as  much  in  this  affection  as  in  the  other  symptoms  of  the  so-called 
dartrous  diathesis. 

AncEsthesia. — For  the  curable  cases  of  cutaneous  anaesthesia,  faradi- 
zation is  a  specific,  if  any  remedy  can  be  said  to  be  a  specific  for  any- 
thing. Even  cases  that  depend  on  incurable  central  lesion  may  im- 
prove very  decidedly  under  treatment.  In  cases  of  paralysis  of  motion 
and  sensation,  the  sensation  may  be  partially  or  completely  restored 
under  electrical  treatment,  even  when  the  loss  of  motion  remains  un- 
changed. 

Anaesthesia  is  a  condition  for  which  the  electric  brush  is  particulaily 
indicated  (see  chapter  on  Anjesthesia). 

Acne. — If  we  were  to  judge  from  our  own  limited  experience  in  the 
treatment  of  acne,  we  could  not  speak  very  encouragingly. 

Our  assistant,  Dr.  J.  H.  Sterling,  informs  us  that  one  year  ago  a  case 


5IO  ^  DISEASES   OF   THE   SKIN. 

of  hereditary  acne  indurata  of  the  face  and  back,  under  his  care,  was 
treated  by  eighteen  appHcations  of  central  galvanization,  without  any 
other  treatment,  and  the  disease  disappeared.  The  constipation  and 
headache,  which  had  been  very  distressing,  were  also  relieved.  Up  to 
date  (July,  1873)  the  patient  was  well. 

Acne  Rosacea.—SN\).&\k\&x  acne  rosacea  is  different,  pathologically, 
from  ordinary  acne  or  not,  it  certainly  yields  better  to  electrical  treat- 
ment. On  the  theory  that  the  disease  may  depend  in  some  way  on 
the  digestive  organs,  central  galvanization  may  be  tried  in  connection 
with  local  treatment. 

Acne  rosacea  of  long  standing — Immediate  imp7'ovement  Jtnder  localized  galvaniza- 
tion with  sponges  and  metallic  electrodes. 

Case  C— A  medical  gentleman,  aged  about  sixty,  in  April,  1872,  requested  us 
to  treat  him  for  acne  rosacea  that  had  for  some  time  caused  him  annoyance.  The 
blood-vessels  were  considerably  enlarged  on  both  sides  of  the  nose,  the  color  was  a 
decided  red,  and  there  was  the  usual  thickening.  The  health  of  the  patient  was  in 
other  respects  pretty  good,  excepting  attacks  of  indigestion  with  acidity. 

We  began  treatment  with  locaUzed  galvanization — with  wet  cloths  and  sponge, 
sometimes  using  a  metal  electrode,  with  a  sharp  edge.  When  the  metal  electrode — 
connected  with  the  negative  pole — was  used,  the  dilated  capillaries  were  electrolyzed 
under  the  negative  pole,  and  gases  escaped  with  a  sound  that  could  be  easily  heard. 
There  was  a  tendency  to  reappearance  of  the  dilated  vessels,  but  after  a  few  weeks' 
treatment  they  were  entirely  destroyed,  leaving  no  scar  or  trace,  and  the  color  of  the 
nose  on  both  sides  had  disappeared.  There  appeared  to  be  also  a  diminution  of  the 
hypertrophied  tissues. 

There  has  been,  since  that  time,  some  return  of  the  affection,  but  he  is  very  much 
better  than  formerly.  The  habits  of  the  patient  were  never  intemperate,  but  he  had 
always  been  accustomed  to  use  more  or  less  alcoholic  liquors. 

We  have  since  treated  another  case  of  acne  rosacea  by  the  same 
method,  and  with  results  which,  for  the  time,  are  most  satisfactory. 
This  case  has  been  attended  with  itching  that  has  been  relieved,  and 
the  appearance  of  the  nose  has  very  rapidly  improved. 

Psoriasis,  and  Pityriasis,  in  their  relation  to  electro-therapeutics, 
may  be  divided  into  three  classes  :  (i)  Those  cases  that  are  benefited 
up  to  a  certain  point.  {2)  Those  cases  that  receive  but  little,  if  any, 
benefit.  Judging  from  our  own  observations,  we  should  say  that  the 
latter  class  (those  who  do  not  yield  at  all)  are  in  the  minority.  Some 
cases  progress  very  slowly,  and  need  months  of  treatment.  The  negative 
pole  of  the  galvanic  current  seems  to  be  more  efficacious  in  this  dis- 
ease than  any  other  method.  For  the  sake  of  economizing  time,  how- 
ever, we  frequently  use  both  poles,  with  broad  electrodes. 

The  results  have  not  been  very  satisfactory.     Even  when  decided 


HERPES — HERPES  FRONTALIS.  SH 

improvement  takes  place  under  long  treatment,  relapses  may  occur, 
and  the  cure  has  never  in  our  hands  been  complete. 

Herpes — Herpes  Zoster — Herpes  Frontalis  sen  Ophthalmicus. — 
Herpes,  if  not  the  most  persistent,  is,  without  doubt,  attended  by  the 
most  excruciating  pain  of  the  various  neuroses  of  the  skin.  Whether 
its  seat  be  the  head,  the  trunk,  or  the  extremities,  tlie  associated  pangs 
are  sometimes  almost  beyond  human  endurance. 

Herpes  is  now  generally  regarded  as  subordinate  to  the  existence  of 
a  neuralgic  or  rheumatic  diathesis,  and  as  originating  in  any  cause 
which  weakens  the  vigor  of  a  nerve-trunk  or  its  cutaneous  branches  : 
hence  it  would  not  be  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  electricity  in  some 
one  of  its  forms  might  prove  of  service. 

The  teachings  of  experience  clearly  attest  its  value  in  this  complaint. 
The  disease,  it  is  true,  runs  an  acute  course,  and,  as  a  rule,  recovery 
more  or  less  complete  follows  in  the  course  of  a  few  weeks,  but  it  is 
none  the  less  incumbent  to  relieve,  so  far  as  possible,  the  acute  suffer- 
ings that  attend  it. 

The  first  two  cases  which  we  briefly  record  occurred  in  that  part  of 
the  body — viz.,  the  trunk — which  is  said  to  be  the  most  frequent  seat 
of  the  disease.  The  succeeding  three  of  Herpes  frontalis  seu  ophthal- 
micus are  of  somewhat  greater  interest,  because  of  the  comparative  in- 
frequency  with  which  such  cases  are  met,  and  of  their  great  importance 
to  ophthalmologists. 

Herpes  tJioracicalis—Treat77ient  by  the  faradic  current. 

Case  CI. — Jane  A.,  a  dispensary  patient,  aged  seven  years  six  months,  had  suf- 
fered for  several  weeks  from  febrile  symptoms  and  anorexia,  and  finally  an  herpetic 
eruption  appeared  on  the  chest  and  right  side.  The  eruption  increased  and  rapidly 
extended,  until  the  thorax  was  nearly  encircled.  The  pain  from  which  the  child  suffered 
was  very  severe,  and  for  forty-eight  hours  it  had  been  continuous.  We  employed  fara- 
dization Cmildly),  and  were  rewarded  by  an  immediate  relief  of  the  neuralgic  pains. 

Four  similar  applications  were  subsequently  given, — one  on  each  alternate  day; 
but  there  was  no  return  of  pain,  and  within  ten  days  the  eruption,  which  resembled 
aborted  vesicles,  had  quite  disappeared. 

Herpes  sacralis — Treatment  by  the  faradic  current. 

Case  CII. — We  were  called,  December  3,  1873,  to  see  a  gentleman,  aged  34, 
who  was  suffering  from  an  herpetic  eruption  over  the  region  of  the  sacrum.  The 
vesicles  extended  from  the  hip  to  the  sciatic  notch  on  the  right  side,  and  covered  a 
narrow  tract  along  the  outer  portion  of  the  thigh,  with  clusters  here  and  there  to  the 
external  malleolus.  The  accompanying  neuralgic  pain  was  quite  as  severe  as  in  the 
preceding  case,  and  simulated  actual  sciatica.  We  placed  the  foot  of  the  patient  on 
II  coppei  plate,  to  which  the  negative  pole  was  attached,  and  with  a  mild  faradic  cur- 


512  DISEASES   OF   THE   SKIN. 

rent  brought  the  whole  hip  and  limb  under  the  electrical  influence.     The  effect  wa. 
most  grateful,  and  the  relief  afforded  immediate. 

The  same  method  was  repeated  a  number  of  times,  and  although  the  patient  occa- 
sionally experienced  twinges  of  pain,  they  were  of  little  severity,  and  within  a  week 
ceased  to  annoy  him. 

Of  Herpes  frontalis  sen  ophthalmicus  we  have  treated  six  cases  by 
electricity,  and  always  with  the  result  of  relieving  the  pain,  and  in  three 
cases  the  course  of  the  disease  even  was  apparently  modified. 

Herpes  frontalis —  Treatment  by  the  galvanic  ntrrent. 

Case  CIII. — A  lady,  aged  about  60,  and  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  C.  R.  Agnew,  had  suf- 
fered long  and  severely  from  herpes  of  the  forehead  and  face.  Acute  and  persistent 
neuralgia  supervened,  resisting  all  attempts  at  permanent  alleviation.  The  galvanic 
current  was  locally  and  centrally  applied,  and  resulted,  in  a  few  seances,  in  relieving 
in  a  good  measure  the  neuralgic  pains.  Ptosis  of  the  right  eyelid  remained,  how- 
ever, in  spite  of  the  treatment  by  galvanization.  Three  local  applications  of  the 
faradic  current  approximately  restored  the  lost  muscular  power. 

Herpes  frontalis — Alleviation  of  pain  by  the  galvanic  current,  after  failure  of  the 

faradic  current. 

Case  CIV. — Mrs.  L.,  aged  39,  consulted  us  on  June  10,  1874,  and  gave  the  follow- 
ing history  of  her  case.  Two  weeks  prior  her  attention  was  called  to  a  small  vesicu- 
lar eruption  on  the  left  forehead,  directly  over  the  course  of  the  supra-orbital  nerve. 
Similar  eruptions  quickly  followed,  thickly  studding  the  side  of  the  head  and  face, 
and  accompanied  with  much  pain.  A  homceopathic  physician  had  had  the  case  in 
charge,  and  had  succeeded  in  temporarily  relieving  the  neuralgia  only  by  the  ad- 
ministration of  morphine.  When  the  patient  fell  under  our  observation  she  was  suf- 
fering more  than  at  any  previous  time,  and,  rather  because  of  convenience  than 
choice,  we  gently  applied  the  faradic  current  to  the  affected  and  surrounding  parts. 
It  did  not  cause,  either  during  the  application  or  subsequently,  any  special  modification 
of  the  distress.  On  the  following  day  we  resorted,  as  we  should  have  done  at  first, 
to  the  galvanic  current,  making  the  applications  locally,  centrally,  and  in  less  than  ten 
minutes  the  intense  agony  of  the  patient  was  almost  completely  relieved.  She  passed 
a  very  quiet  night,  but  in  the  morning  complained  of  some  distress  over  and  in 
the  right  eye  and  temple.  She  was  imiiiediately  relieved  by  a  second  application, 
after  which  she  was  subjected  to  treatment  several  times,  although  she  suffered 
but  little,  if  any,  and  rapidly  progressed  towards  recovery. 

Herpes  frontalis — Treatment  by  the  galvanic  current — Immediate  relief  of  pai^t — 
The  course  of  disease  apparently  modified. 

Case  CV. — A  third  case  of  zoster  frontalis,  in  the  person  of  a  female,  aged  about 
35,  fell  under  our  observation  on  the  2d  of  June,  1874.  The  lady,  who  was  a  patient 
of  Dr.  Oliver  Wlrite,  first  observed  a  slight  eruption  over  the  right  eye.  This  rap- 
idly spread  over  the  whole  side  of  the  forehead,  and  the  angle  of  the  mouth  was 
involved.  The  associated  neuralgia,  was  of  the  most  excruciating  and  intolerable 
character.   Dr.  L.  D.  Bulkley  was  called  in  consultation,  and  advised  the  galvanic  cur- 


RINGWORM — SCLERODERMA.  5  1 3 

rent,  a  few  applications  of  which  rapidly  and  effectually  relieved  the  patient  of  all 
pain,  and  greatly  hastened  recovery  after  failure  of  various  local  applications.  The 
treatment  was  continued  for  some  time  subsequently,  in  order  to  make  the  scarring 
as  slight  as  possible. 

It  will  be  observed  that  of  the  above  cases  the  first  two,  in  which 
the  eruption  was  confined  to  the  body,  were  relieved  by  the  faradic 
current ;  and  that  the  three  following  (herpes  frontalis)  yielded  to  the 
galvanic  current. 

From  these  and  other  cases  the  following  conclusions  seem  to  us 
legitimate  : — 

1.  That  the  pain  of  herpes,  no  matter  where  the  seat  of  the  eruption 
may  be,  is  generally  susceptible  of  speedy  and  eifectual  relief  by  the 
use  of  the  galvanic  or  faradic  current. 

2.  That  when  the  eruptions  take  place  on  the  head — het'pes  frontalis 
— the  galvanic  current  has  greater  power  to  relieve  the  pain  than  the 
faradic. 

3.  The  electric  treatment,  besides  relieving  the  pain  of  herpes, 
seems  to  shorten  somewhat  the  acute  stage,  to  break  the  force  of  the 
disease,  and  to  modify  the  scaiTing. 

Ringtvorm. — Common  ringworm  may  yield  to  the  galvanic  current. 

Tinea  circinatus  (ringworm)  of  more  than  two  years'  standing — Recovery  follows 
one  application  of  the  galvanic  current. 

Case  CVI. — A  lady  patient,  aged  30,  called  our  attention,  casually,  to  a  common 
ringworm,  circular  in  shape,  an  inch  and  a  half  in  diameter,  and  situated  at  about 
the  junction  of  the  shoulder  and  neck.  The  disease  made  its  appearance  more  than 
two  years  prior  in  the  shape  of  a  slightly  elevated  spot  which  gi'adually  enlarged  to 
the  above-named  size.  The  part  had  begun  to  heal  in  the  centre  several  times,  and 
as  often  the  process  of  repair  would  be  almost  complete,  when  the  disease  would  take 
a  sudden  start  and  become  as  marked  as  ever.  Finally,  however,  the  centre  of  the 
eruption  permanently  disappeared  and  left  a  circular  spot  of  clear  skin,  surrounded 
by  a  wide  erythematous  ring.  This  condition  hg,d  remained  stationary  for  more  than 
a  year.  We  applied  to  the  diseased  part  a  metallic  disk  sufficiently  large  to  cover  it 
completely,  and  passed  for  a  few  murutes  a  galvanic  cun-ent  of  slight  tension,  but  suf- 
ficient to  create  a  decided  burning  sensation,  and  to  appreciably  affect  the  eruption. 
This  was  the  only  application,  as  immediately  after  the  patient  left  the  city.  A 
month  afterwai-ds,  however,  she  presented  herself,  but  with  no  vestige  of  the  ring- 
worm. It  began  to  disappear  almost  immediately  after  the  treatment,  and  within 
two  weeks  the  skin  was  quite  clear.  To  this  date,  two  and  a  half  years  since  the  ap- 
plication, there  has  been  no  reappearance  of  the  eruption. 

Scleroderma.  —  1  his  disease  of  the  skm,  usually  so  obstinate  to  recog- 
nized methods  of  treatment,  may  be  treated  by  strong  localized  galva- 
nization  with  considerable  benefit.     Fieber,  of  Vienna,  records  a  case 


514  DISEASES   OF   THE   SKIN. 

where  peripheral  galvanization  combined  with  galvanization  of  the  sym- 
pathetic were  very  effective.  In  a  case  that  we  saw  with  Dr.  Piffard, 
and  for  a  time  treated  with  him,  a  very  persevering  use  of  the  galvanic 
current  had  a  decidedly  beneficial  effect. 

Chromatogenoiis  Diseases— Leucodenna,  Melanoderma. — The  chem- 
ical or  catalytic  action  of  the  galvanic  cmrent  is  theoretically  indicated 
in  chromatogenoiis  or  pigmentary  diseases.  With  leucoderma  or  white- 
ness of  the  skin  and  ephelis  or  sun-burn,  and  in  lentigo  or  freckles,  no 
experiments,  so  far  as  we  know,  have  yet  been  made.  Dr.  Wm.  R. 
Fisher,  of  Hoboken,  has  treated  a  case  of  melanoderma  of  the  face  by 
the  galvanic  current,  and  gained  a  complete  cure.  The  spot,  which 
was  about  half  an  inch  in  breadth  and  three-  quarters  of  an  inch  long, 
looked  like  a  spot  of  mud  on  the  cheek.  Through  the  courtesy  of  Dr. 
Fisher  we  had  opportunity  to  see  this  case  both  during  the  process  of 
the  treatment  and  after  recovery. 

Elephantiasis. 

Elephantiasis  of  the  legs,  over  two  years''  standing,  attended  with  ulceration  aitd 
great  pain — Relief  of  pain — Removal  of  the  elephafitine  skin  and  very  remarkable 
reductio7t  in  the  size  of  one  leg  under  localized  galvanization — Subsequent  death  of 
patient  from  exhaustion. 

Case  CVII. — Mr.  P.,  an  Englishman  of  middle  life,  a  man  strong  and  vigorous 
beyond  the  average,  a  distiller  of  oils  by  occupation,  returning  from  his  daily  duties 
on  the  evening  of  February  22d,  1870,  observed,  on  i-emoving  his  socks,  a  small  blis- 
ter on  the  inner  side  of  the  left  ankle.  The  next  day  he  called  on  his  physician.  Dr. 
Rotton,  under  whose  care  he  remained  for  one  year  and  more. 

The  disease  spread  over  the  left  foot  and  ankle,  and  in  about  two  months  the  right 
foot  was  similarly  attacked.  The  blisters  as  they  ruptured  left  inflamed  and  angry 
surfaces  in  their  track.  The  disease  involved  the  surface  of  the  feet,  and  both  legs 
up  to  the  knees.  The  treatment  carried  out  by  Dr.  R.  was  mainly  of  a  tonic  and 
alterative  character,  with  local  applications  of  glycerine,  carbolic  acid,  and  lead  wash. 
At  one  time  Dr.  Johnson  saw  the  case,  confirmed  the  diagnosis  of  elephantiasis,  and 
rendered  a  diagnosis  positively  unfavorable. 

We  first  saw  the  case  by  request  of  Dr.  R.  in  May,  1872.  At  that  time  the  right 
leg  below  the  knee  measured  twenty-five  inches  in  circumference,  and  it  vs^as  covered 
all  over  with  elephantine  skin,  excepting  an  ulcerating  surface  below  the  ankle. 
This  ulcer  was  treated  with  charcoal  poultice  and  discharged  freely.  The  left  leg 
was  not  greatly  enlarged,  but  was  red,  angry,  and  inflamed,  and  kept  up  an  incessant 
discharge  from  the  surface. 

The  patient  suffered  horrible  agonies,  so  that  at  night  the  neighbors  were  disturbed 
by  his  howling.  He  was  unable  to  move  from  the  sofa  on  which  he  sat,  and  where 
he  worked  at  his  newly -learned  trade  of  cleaning  gloves. 

By  our  request  Dr.  E.  Mann  at  first  undertook  the  experimental  treatment  of  the 
case  by  electricity.      We  had  never  known  of  elephantiasis  being  treated  electrically, 


ELEPHANTIASIS. 


515 


Rnd  gave  an  unfavorable  prognosis,  and  were  indeed  inclined  not  to  attempt  it  ;  only 
by  the  earnest  request  of  the  patient  and  his  physician  we  decided  to  try  and  see 
whether  we  might  give  him  some  relief,  hocalized /aradisaiton,  at  first  tried,  accom- 
plished nothing,  and,  so  great  was  the  anaesthesia,  was  not  felt  by  the  patient. 


Fig.  104. 
Elephantiasis  of  legs  before  treatment  by  electricity. 


Localized  galvanization,  by  means  of  wet  sponges,  and  both  poles  with  zinc-carbon 
battery  of  sixteen  cells,  was  appreciably  felt,  and  very  soon  began  to  relieve  the  pain. 

The  applications  were  from  ten  to  thirty  minutes  in  length. 

After  two  months'  treatment  the  elephantine  skin  on  the  left  leg  was  removed,  the 
pain  had  ceased,  and  the  leg  was  reduced  in  circumference  from  twe7tiy-five  to  seven- 
teen inches.     The  ulcerated  portion  below  the  ankle  was  also  nearly  well. 

The  electrical  treatment  was  then  discontinued  for  several  months.  During  the 
latter  part  of  this  time  there  were  evidences  of  relapse  and  reappearance  of  ulcers  and 
pain.     The  case  was  seen  at  various  stages  by  a  large  number  of  the  profession. 

The  patient  subsequently  relapsed  somewhat  on  a  discontinuance  of 
the  treatment ;  was  again  treated,  though  with  less  benefit,  by  our  as- 
sistant, Dr.  Sterling.  Among  other  methods  central  galvanization  was 
tried,  but  without  perceptible  effect.  In  the  course  of  a  year  the  pa- 
tient died  exhausted. 

Alopecia. — In  this  condition,  local  galvanization  has  been  used  with 
some  benefit.  Our  own  observations  in  this  particular  affection  have 
not  been  very  extensive. 

The  question  that  has  been  often  asked  us,  whether  parasites  on  the 
skin  can  be  killed  by  a  current  that  the  patient  can  easily  bear,  we  are 
unable  to  answer. 


5i6 


DISEASES   OF   THE   SKIN. 


Permanence  of  the  Results. — The  very  natural  question,  whether  the 
results  obtained  by  electricity  in  diseases  of  the  skin  are  more  perma- 
nent than  those  obtained  by  ordinary  methods,  the  future  must  answer. 
That  relapses  may  occur  after  a  cutaneous  disease  has  even  yielded  to 
electrical  treatment,  already  has  been  demonstrated.  To  what  extent 
central  galvanization  and  general  faradization  combined  with  local  treat- 
ment can  control  the  diathesis  must  be  ascertained  by  patient  and  per- 
sistent experiment. 

That  the  results  of  electrical  treatment  are,  to  say  the  least,  as  per- 
manent as  those  derived  from  the  accepted  methods,  and  that  after  the 
accepted  methods  have  partially  or  entirely  failed,  electricity,  either  alone 
or  in  conjunction  with  the  accepted  methods,  may  succeed,  we  have  sat- 
isfactorily established. 


CHAPTER  XXVI. 

DISEASES    OF    THE    ORGANS    OF    DIGESTION. 

Among  the  diseases  of  the  organs  of  digestion  for  which  electricity 
has  been  successfully  employed,  are  dyspepsia,  jaundice,  constipation, 
chronic  diarrhcea,  gastralgia,  abdomifial  neuralgia,  vomiting  or  regur- 
gitation, flatulence,  and  sea-sickness. 

Electro-Diagnosis. — Irritable  conditions  of  the  stomach,  liver,  and  in- 
testines are  sometimes  revealed  by  their  sensitiveness  to  the  electric 
current.  Pains  must  be  taken  to  distinguish  the  sensitiveness  of  the 
skin  from  that  of  the  internal  organs. 

An  anaesthetic  condition  of  the  liver  is  sometimes  exceedingly  marked. 
In  several  of  our  cases  the  whole  power  of  the  faradic  apparatus  was 
not  painfully  felt,  when  localized  through  the  liver  by  large  sponge 
electrodes.  Irritability  or  ulceration  of  the  large  intestines  is  some- 
times indicated  in  a  very  marked  manner.  For  the  diagnosis  of  the  dis- 
eases of  these  organs,  the  faradic  current,  on  account  of  its  superior 
mechanical  effects,  is  preferable  to  the  galvanic. 

In  nervous  dyspepsia  there  is  frequently  a  peculiar  and  very  unpleas- 
ant tenderness  in  the  epigastric  region,  so  that  only  a  very  mild  current 
can  be  borne.  In  some  cases  a  thrill,  with  a  sinking  sensation,  is  felt 
when  the  electrode  with  a  strong  current  is  passed  down  the  spine  ;  in 
other  cases  the  application  of  a  strong  current  at  the  ciho-spinal  centre, 
or  on  the  crown  of  the  head,  causes  a  feeling  of  nausea.  The  spinal 
irritation,  on  which  nervous  dyspepsia  so  frequently  depends,  is  indi- 
cated by  tenderness  of  the  dorsal  vertebrae,  as  revealed  by  pressure  or 
application  of  the  current. 

Ge?ieral  Principles  of  Electrical  Treatinent. — Electrical  treatment 
is  serviceable  in  the  diseases  of  the  organs  of  digestion  in  two  ways  : 
First,  by  improving  the  nutrition  of  the  tissues  of  the  organs  ;  Secondly, 
by  improving  the  nutrition  of  tlie  brain,  spinal-cord,  sympathetic,  and 
entire  nervous  system.  The  tonic  influence  on  the  nervous  system  may 
be  obtained  by  central  galvanization,  and  by  general  faradization. 

The  mechanical  influence  on  the  tissues  of  the  viscera  may  be  ol> 


5l8  DISEASES    OF   THE   ORGANS   OF   DIGESTION. 

tained  by  general  or  localized  faradization.  A  fundamental  fact  oi 
great  importance  in  the  treatment  of  disorders  of  the  digestive  tract  is 
this,  tha.t /or  applications  to  the  abdominal  viscera,  stomachy  spleen,  liv- 
er, intestines  and  uterus,  the  faradic  current  is  usually  preferable  to  the 
galvanic.  The  reason  for  this  is  that  the  faradic  current  acts  more 
vigorously  on  the  muscles  than  the  galvanic,  and  therefore  produces 
more  powerful  mechanical  effects,  with  passive  exercise  of  all  the  deep 
tissues.  It  may  be  safely  said,  then,  that  we  know  of  no  treatment  more 
sure  to  relieve  the  leading  and  concomitant  phenomena  of  dyspepsia  as 
general  faradization  and  central  galvanization.  In  connection  with 
this  we  sometimes  use  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic,  the  pneumo- 
gastric,  and  spine.  General  faradization  relieves  nervous  dyspepsia, 
not  so  much  by  the  virtue  of  its  influence  on  the  stomach — although 
it  directly  affects  the  stomach — as  by  its  influence  on  the  nervous  condi- 
tion of  which  the  dyspepsia  is  a  symptom. 

The  number  of  our  cases  in  which  dyspepsia  was  the  only  symptom 
was  comparatively  small ;  the  number  in  which  it  was  a  prominent  ac- 
companying symptom  was  quite  large.  Most  of  the  cases  of  hysteria, 
nervous  exhaustion,  and  hypochondriasis,  and  very  many  of  the  cases 
of  neuralgia  and  paralysis,  were  more  or  less  complicated  with  dyspep- 
tic symptoms.  Relief  of  dyspepsia  is  one  of  the  earlier  signs  of  im- 
provement under  electrization,  even  when  treating  cases  in  which  it  is 
merely  an  incidental  condition. 

The  stomach  and  liver  may  be  indirectly  galvanized  through  the 
pneumogastric  in  the  neck ;  the  stomach,  liver,  spleen,  kidneys,  and 
intestines  may  be  directly  faradized  by  applying  large  electrodes  with 
very  fine  pressure  over  the  back  and  abdomen,  so-  as  to  pass  the  cur- 
rent directly  through  the  organ  that  we  wish  to  affect.  Except  in  cases 
of  disease,  these  organs  will  bear  strong  currents  without  severe  dis- 
comfort. Either  stable  or  labile  applications  may  be  used,  without  re- 
gard to  the  direction  of  the  current,  from  three  to  ten  minutes,  or  even 
longer. 

Prognosis. — P'or  the  temporary  or  permanent  relief  of  nervous  dys- 
pepsia, the  prognosis  under  the  treatment  above  indicated  is  exceed- 
ingly favorable,  and  the  results  obtained  by  general  faradization  and 
central  galvanizatioii  alone  are  some  of  the  most  remarkable  in  thera- 
peutics. Cascj  of  nervous  dyspepsia,  with  their  manifold  complications, 
are  on  the  whole  the  best  tests  that  can  be  offered  for  this  method  of 
treatment.  Not  only  are  the  purely  dyspeptic  symptoms  relieved,  but 
there  is  great  improvement  in  sleep,  and  in  strength  of  muscle  and 
brain,  and  in  some  cases  very  marked  increase  in  weight.     Relapses 


DYSPEPSIA — CASES.  519 

are  not  unfrequent  in  this  disease,  especially  under  bad  hygiene ;  for 
with  many  the  tendency  to  nervous  dyspepsia  is  hereditary,  and  is  con- 
tinually liable  to  manifest  itself. 

DysJ)epsia,  accornpanied  by  a  voracious  appetite  and  a  constant  burning  in  the  itom- 
ach — Approximate  recovery  U7ider  treatment  by  general  faradization. 

Case  CVIII. — The  case  of  Mr.  S.,  aged  31,  presented  symptoms  of  the  old-fash- 
ioned variety  of  indigestion.  His  appearance  did  not  indicate  any  special  or  annoy- 
ing disease. 

A  year  previously  he  began  to  experience  an  uneasy  feeling  in  the  epigastric  region 
after  eating  a  hearty  meal.  This  symptom  gradually  became  more  aggravated,  until 
it  was  a  source  of  serious  annoyance. 

He  had  been  advised  to  limit  himself  to  a  spare  diet,  and  had  attempted  to  regu- 
late the  quantity  and  quality  of  his  food.  In  this  he  failed  on  account  of  another 
symptom,  which  before  had  escaped  his  observation.  We  refer  to  boulimia — in 
other  words,  a  voracious  appetite,  which  refused  to  be  controlled.  The  enormous 
amoimt  of  food  which  he  devoured  at  every  meal  was  but  partially  digested.  A  con- 
siderable portion  was  occasionally  vomited.  When  his  meals  were  withheld  a  short 
time,  he  experienced  an  indescribable  "sinking"  at  the  stomach,  impelling  him  to 
seize  voraciously  on  articles  of  food.  He  complained  especially  of  a  constant  sen- 
sation of  heat,  or  a  burning  pain  in  the  epigastrium,  which  was  aggravated  by  the 
ingestion  of  food.  We  ascribed  this  symptom  to  an  excessive  vascular  irritation  of 
the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach. 

An  unequal  circulation  was  manifested  by  cold  extremities  during  the  day,  and  hot 
feet  at  night. 

Derangement  of  the  hepatic  function  was  evident  by  the  light  clay-colored  stools,  • 
while  the  urine  was  invariably  almost  colorless.  The  patient  was  accustomed  to  the 
habitual  use  of  alcoholic  stimulants,  but  never  to  the  point  of  intoxication.  He  had 
used  strong  coffee  and  tea  to  excess,  but  had  for  some  months  abstained  from  them 
altogether.  The  faradic  current  was  acutely  felt  over  the  stomach.  Over  the  body 
generally,  however,  he  bore  a  current  of  more  than  ordinary  intensity.  Three  appli- 
cations given  in  the  course  of  a  week  appreciably  lessened  the  irritation  of  the  dis- 
eased organ.  This  effect  was  evinced  by  a  decrease  in  the  burning  sensation,  which 
was  mentioned  as  a  disagreeable  and  marked  symptom.  The  vomiting  was  effectu- 
ally controlled  after  two  weeks  of  treatment.  Twenty  applications  administered 
during  a  period  of  two  months  resulted  in  an  approximate  cure. 

The  voracious  appetite  was  in  a  great  measure  subdued,  and  it  was  only  after  some 
indiscretion  in  diet  that  any  of  the  old  local  symptoms  returned  sufficiently  to  annoy 
the  patient. 

A  case  of  iiidigestion  and  excessive  vomiting  associated  with  ancesthesia  and  weak- 
ness of  right  side — Approximate  recovery  of  indigestion,  etc. ,  under  galvanization 
of  the  sympathetic,  pneiimogastric,  and  relief  of  the  ancesthesia  under  general 
faradization. 

Case  CIX. — Miss  C,  aged  23,  came  to  us  in  October,  1870,  with  the  following 
history  :  She  suffered  during  childhood  for  several  years  from  chorea  of  the  right 
side,  which  at  the  age  of  twelve  entirely  disappeared. 


520  DISEASES   OF   THE   ORGANS   OF   DIGESTION. 

She  then  enjoyed  fair  health  until  the  age  of  21  years,  when  a  condition  of  indiges- 
tion  supervened  that  was  fearful  in  its  effects.  Hardly  anything  could  be  retained 
upon  her  stomach,  and  during  the  winter  she  wasted  almost  to  a  shadow,  and  her 
life  was  despaired  of.  Under  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic  and  pneumogastric, 
her  dyspeptic  symptoms  improved,  and  the  vomiting  became  decidedly  less.  Aftei 
two  months  of  this  treatment,  she  had  increased  in  weight  to  her  normal  standard, 
and  when  we  last  saw  her,  she  was  able  to  retain  the  greater  portion  of  the  food 
ingested.  Since  the  digestion  began  to  improve,  however,  the  left  side  of  the  body 
became  markedly  anaesthetic,  cold,  and  greatly  deficient  in  strength.  The  opposite 
side  was  slightly  affected.  General  faradization  repeated  six  or  eight  times  almost 
completely  relieved  these  symptoms. 

Dyspepsia  of  many  years'  sta^iding — Great  hnprovejiient  tinder  general  faradiza- 
tion, and  increase  in  weight  of  thirty  pouftds. 

Case  CX.  —  Mr.  T ,  a  bookseller,  aged  31,  stated  that  for  a  number  of  years 

he  had  suffered  from  chronic  dyspepsia,  which  had  rendered  his  life  miserable.  He 
had  lost  much  in  flesh.  Although  5  ft.  8  ins.  in  height,  his  weight  was  but  about 
one  hundred  pounds.  He  complained  of  regurgitations  from  the  stomach  of  an  in- 
tensely sour  liquid,  and  on  rising  in  the  morning  he  was  often  troubled  with  pyrosis. 
Tympanitis  was  a  frequent  symptom,  and  oftentimes  the  accumulation  of  gas  within 
the  stomach  embarrassed  the  respiration  and  disturbed  the  action  of  the  heart. 
Treatment  was  commenced  about  the  middle  of  October,  1866,  and  continued  for 
four  weeks,  general  faradization  being  applied  three  times  each  week.  The  daily  re- 
gurgitations, the  tympanitis,  and  pyrosis  gradually  ceased  to  annoy  him  ;  and  after 
the  tenth  application,  he  informed  us  that  during  the  month  he  had  increased  in  weight 
some  fifteen  pounds. 

About  the  beginning  of  January,  1867,  he  called  upon  us,  stating  that  his  health 
was  excellent,  and  that  his  total  increase  in  weight,  since  he  first  commenced  treat- 
ment by  electricity,  was  some  thirty  pounds.  He  said  that  he  did  not  feel  that  his  di- 
gestive organs  were  as  strong  as  they  had  been  before  he  was  attacked  with  dyspep- 
sia, but  they  had  ceased  to  give  him  any  considerable  annoyance. 

N'erz'ous  dyspepsia,  associated  with  periodical  attacks  of  headache  and  vomiting — Ap- 
proximate recovery  and  rapid  increase  in  weight  follow  general  faradization 

Case  CXI. — A  young  man  consulted  us  in  tlie  fall  of  i366  for  a  persistent  form 
of  nervous  dyspepsia. 

He  was  of  a  weak  nervous  organization,  and  presented  a  remarkably  anaemic  and 
emaciated  appearance.  Every  month  or  six  weeks  he  was  prostrated  by  a  severe  at- 
tack of  headache  and  vomiting,  from  the  effects  of  which  he  would  not  recover  for 
several  days.  In  administering  a  general  application  of  the  faradic  current,  it  was 
found  that  the  liver  was  relatively  the  most  sensitive  to  its  influence.  So  exhausting 
was  the  sensation  produced  by  the  electricity  in  this  organ,  that  very  decided  symp- 
toms of  faintness  followed.  He  soon  rallied  from  its  effects,  and  when  he  visited  us 
two  days  subsequently  he  expressed  himself  as  having  experienced  very  marked  and 
gi-ateful  relief.  At  each  sitting  he  was  able  to  bear  a  more  intense  current  over  the 
digestive  organs  and  body  generally.  The  beneficial  effects  of  the  applications  were 
soon  manifest  by  a  more  natural  and  lively  appetite,  relief  of  constipation,  by  gi-eatly 


CONSTIPATION   AND    CHRONIC   DIARRHCEA.  521 

Increased  vigor  of  mind  and  body,  and  by  the  non-recurrence  of  his  usual  paroxysm 
of  headache  and  vomiting.  The  first  application  was  given  October  24,  and  the  fif- 
teenth and  last  in  the  early  part  of  December.  During  the  treatment  the  weight  of 
this  patient  increased  from  106  to  115. 


A  number  of  cases  in  which  nervous  dyspepsia  was  a  symptom  will 
be  found  under  hysteria  and  allied  affections,  neuralgia  and  paralysis. 

Coftstipatioii,  Chronic  Diarrhcea,  and  Jaundice.- — Constipation,  asso- 
ciated with  and  constituting  a  part  of  nervous  dyspepsia,  is,  like  dys- 
pepsia, disposed  to  yield  rapidly,  and  often  permanently,  to  electriza- 
tion. Next  to  insomnia,  it  is  the  symptom  first  to  yield,  after  general 
faradization  is  used,  even  though  there  may  be  subsequent  relapse. 
Very  many  of  the  cases  related  under  dyspepsia,  hypochondriasis,  hys- 
teria, and  nervous  exhaustion,  were  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  troubled 
with  constipation,  even  w^hen  this  symptom  was  not  specified ;  and  in 
the  majority  of  cases  there  was  important  relief. 

The  relief  is  sometimes  merely  temporary  ;  relapses  are  most  likely 
to  occur  in  those  cases  that  are  of  a  hereditary,  or  at  least  life-long 
<:haracter. 

It  not  unfrequently  happens  that  a  strong  application  is  followed  the 
next  or  even  the  same  day  by  a  freer  alvine  discharge  than  usual. 
Constipation,  much  more  frequently  than  is  supposed,  depends  on  an 
irritable,  exhausted,  or  congested  condition  of  the  spinal  cord.  That 
myelitis  and  the  more  serious  lesions  of  the  spinal  cord  are  accompa- 
nied by  a  deranged  condition  of  the  bowels,  either  constipation  or 
diarrhoea,  is  fully  recognized;  it  is  not,  however,  so  well  understood 
that  spinal  irritation,  even  in  its  milder  degrees,  may  have  constipation 
for  one  of  its  symptoms,  and  that  this  symptom  will  disappear  with  the 
removal  of  the  cause,  by  treatnient  directed  to  the  spine.  For  those 
cases  that  result  from  incurable  disease  of  the  brain  or  spinal  cord  only 
temporary  relief  can  be  obtained.  In  such  cases  relapse  usually  occurs 
as  soon  as  the  treatment  is  discontinued.  Very  obstinate  and  life -long 
cases  of  constipation  sometimes  are  not  benefited  by  any  form  of 
electrical  treatment. 

Electrization  may  be  said  to  relieve  constipation  in  several  different 
ways  : — - 

1.  By  its  general  tonic  effects  on  the  system  at  large,  on  the  same 
principle  that  it  relieves  nervous  dyspepsia. 

2.  By  its  tonic  effects  on  the  central  nervous  system,  and  especially 
on  the  spinal  cord.  On  account  of  the  fact  that  very  many  cases  of 
nonstipation  depend  on  a  morbid  condition  of  the  ord,  special  atten- 


522  DISEASES   OF   THE   ORGANS   OF   DIGESTION. 

lion  should  be  given  to  the  spine,  whatever  may  be  the  method  of  elec- 
trization employed. 

3.  By  its  direct  effects  on  the  organs  of  digestion.  The  mechanical 
action  of  the  faradic  current  especially  gives  tone  to  the  stomach,  liver, 
and  intestines,  markedly  increases  the  hepatic  and  intestinal  secretions, 
and  aids  the  peristaltic  action  of  the  intestines. 

In  jaundice  the  results  of  our  limited  experience  have  been  more 
favorable  than  the  reverse.  In  chronic  diarrhoea  we  have  succeeded  in 
a  number  of  striking  instances. 

The  treatment  of  all  these  conditions  is  worthy  of  far  more  attention 
than  it  has  thus  far  received  from  electro-therapeutists. 

Habitual  constipation  for  fifteen  years — No  permanent  benefit  from  medication — 
Rapid  i7Jiprovement  under  general  faradization — Relapse. 

Case  CXII. — Mr.  N.,  aged  30,  a  printer  employed  in  the  office  of  the  New  York 
Times,  was  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  St.  John  Roosa.  For  fifteen  years  he  had  suffered  from 
constipation.  So  persistent  were  the  symptoms,  that  neither  well-directed  medica- 
tion nor  such  hygienic  measures  as  he  could  command  were  of  any  avail. 

The  appetite  was  good,  and  the  sleep  moderately  sound  and  refreshing.  The  patient 
complained  of  a  sense  of  weight  or  oppression  in  the  abdomen,  of  flatulence,  and  oc- 
casionally of  a  slight  feeling  of  nausea. 

The  evacuations  often  came  away  in  knotty  lumps,  after  much  straining  and  an 
unpleasant  distension  of  the  anus.  As  a  consequence  of  this  torpor  or  want  of  sus- 
ceptibility of  the  intestines,  his  health  had  become  considerably  impaired.  He  com- 
plained of  a  general  feeling  of  malaise  and  a  disclination  to  engage  in  any  active  effort. 
Above  all,  however,  he  suffered  continually  from  most  painful  mental  depression. 
The  monotony  and  confinement  of  his  occupation,  together  with  the  unnatural 
method  of  life  of  working  at  night  and  sleeping  during  the  day,  doubtless  served  to 
aggravate  the  character  of  his  disorder.  He  received  only'  three  applications  of  the 
fai^adic  current,  which  resulted  in  an  extraordinary  improvement  in  his  general  symp- 
toms. After  the  first  seance  the  bowels  moved  freely,  and  continued  to  do  so  every 
day  while  he  visited  us.  He  was  completely  relieved  of  his  mental  and  physical  de- 
pression, and  in  every  respect  was  more  vigorous  than  for  many  years  before. 

The  bowels  continued  regular  for  several  months,  when  the  old  symptoms  gradually 
returned.  The  patient  again  applied  to  us  for  treatment,  and  was  relieved  as  effec- 
tually as  before. 

Obstinate  constipation  relieved  by  a  few  applications  of  the  faradic  current. 

Case  CXIII.  — Through  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Howard  Pinckney  we  treated  an  obsti- 
nate case  of  constipation  in  a  lady  aged  about  30,  who  also  suffered  from  severe 
menorrhagia  and  nervous  exhaustion.  A  few  applications  of  general  faradization— 
the  current  being  directed  more  particularly,  however,  to  the  intestinal  tract — relieved 
this  condition  so  decidedly,  that  it  was  unnecessary  to  continue  the  treatment.  A 
year  subsequently  a  single  application  relieved  the  patient  on  a  return  of  the  old 
Fymp^om. 


INTERNAL  APPLICATIONS   FOR  CONSTIPATION. 


In  some  cases  of  very  obstinate  constipation  it  is  of  advantage  to 
localize  the  current  by  internal  applications.  This  may  be  accom- 
plished by  means  qf  a  rectal  electrode  (Figs.  io6  and  107).  This  may 
either  be  non-insulated,  or  insulated  up  to  a  point  near  the  tip,  and 
may  be  double  or  single.  A  very  powerful  current  may  be  borne  in 
the  rectum  without  discomfort.  The  other  pole  may  be  applied  at 
different  points  over  the  abdomen. 

With  the  double  rectal  electrode,  as  with  double  electrodes  of  all 
kinds  there  is  so  small  a  portion  of  the  body  interposed  that  the  resist- 
ance is  very  feeble  and  only  a  slight  current  will  be  borne. 


Fig.  105. 

Rectal     Electrode — non-insula- 
ted (Kidder). 


Fig  J07. 

Double  Rectal  Electrode 
(Galvano-Faradic  Mfg.  Co.) 


In  a  case  of  obstinate  constipation  following  parturition  we  tried 
in  succession  external  and  internal  faradization  and  external  and  in- 
ternal galvanization  with  strong  currents  without  effect. 

Ileus  {Invagination). — Althaus  reports  two  cases  where  powerful 
faradization  availed  to  cure  constipation  when  the  ordinary  remedies 
'='ad  been  tried  in  vain.     The  negative  pole  was  applied  to  the  spine, 


524  DISEASES   OF   THE   ORGANS   OF   DIGESTION. 

and  the  positive  passed  over  the  abdomen  in  the  region  of  the  large 
intestine.     In  three  minutes  a  very  abundant  evacuation  appeared. 

The  second  case  was  severe,  but  not  as  long  standing  as  the  other. 
The  patient  passed  much  blood  at  stool,  and  was  fast  becoming  ex- 
hausted The  same  application  brought  relief,  though  not  so  speedily 
as  in  the  preceding  case.  In  two  cases  of  ileus  that  we  treated  in  this 
way  there  was  relief. 

Dr.  Clemens,  of  Frankfort,  states  that  he  has  successfully  treated 
invagination  by  first  administering  one  or  two  tablespoonfuls  of  metallic 
mercury,  which  settled  down  to  the  seat  of  the  invagination.  The  nega- 
tive electrode  was  applied  over  the  supposed  seat  of  the  disease,  and 
the  positive  in  the  rectum.     Voltaic  alternatives  were  used.* 

Chronic  diarrhoea  of  six  months'  standing,  associated  with  general  neiiralgia — 
Marked  tenderness  over  the  transverse  colon —  Treated  by  general  faradization^ 
with  special  reference  to  the  tender  spot — Recovery  in  three  weeks. 

Case  CXIV. — A  lady,  aged.35,  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  H.  H.  Gregory,  for  a  general 
neuralgia,  from  which  at  times  she  suffered  excessively.  The  faradic  current  was  applied 
over  the  whole  body,  and  produced  no  discomfort,  excepting  when  it  was  sent  through 
a  certain  part  of  the  intestinal  tract. 

This  tender  spot  was  located  on  the  right  side,  directly  over  the  transverse  colon. 
Over  no  other  portion  of  the  abdomen  was  she  at  all  sensitive  to  the  electricity,  but 
at  this  point  a  very  moderate  current  produced  a  disagreeable,  sharp,  burning  pain, 
similar  to  that  caused  by  making  the  application  to  a  raw  surface.  Upon  inquiry, 
the  patient  stated  that  for  six  months  she  had  been  annoyed  by  a  diarrhoea,  which 
persisted  in  spite  of  persevering  and  judicious  medication.  She  was  obliged  to  exer- 
cise the  utmost  caution  in  her  diet,  for  the  least  indiscretion  in  eating  was  certain  to 
aggravate  her  disorder. 

We  now  directed  the  applications  more  especially  to  this  tender  spot,  and  soon  ob- 
served some  amelioration  of  her  diarrhoeal  symptoms.  The  stools  assumed  a  firmer 
consistency  and  a  more  healthy  color,  and  in  proportion  as  she  improved  in  these 
respects  the  tender  spot  became  less  sensitive  to  the  influences  of  the  electric  current. 
Eight  applications,  extended  over  a  period  of  three  weeks,  resulted  in  complete  re- 
covery. 

Diarrhcea  of  several  months'  standing  in  a  lad  of  twelve  years,  caused  by  exposure  to 
cold — Recovery  U7ider  ten  general  faradizations — Increase  iit  weight. 

Case  CXV. — J.  W.,  aged  twelve  years,  was  annoyed  by  an  excessive  loosenesi 
of  the  bowels,  which  had  persisted  for  several  months  in  spite  of  every  form  of 
medication  that  had  been  tried.  He  was  of  a  delicate  constitution,  but  until  this 
attack  of  diarrhcea  he  had  always  enjoyed  a  good  degree  of  health.  His  mother  at- 
tributed his  disorder  to  exposure  during  a  cold,  damp  day,  at  a  time  when  his  system 
was  a  little  below  par  from  too  close  confinement  in  the  school-room. 

A  moderate  amount  of  food  caused  no  discomfort,  but  his  power  of  assimilation 

*  Althaus,  op.  cit.,  p.  603. 


CASES   OF   CHRONIC   DIARRHCEA.  525 

was  considerably  impaired,  as  shown  by  the  great  quantity  of  alic  jent  that  passed  hi" 
bowels  daily.  Ordinarily  he  had  five  or  six  evacuations  during  the  twenty-four 
hours;  but  if  he  indulged  to  any  extent  in  athletic  exercises  the  symptoms  became 
more  urgent. 

On  one  occasion,  after  indulging  for  an  honr  in  a  game  of  ball,  he  was  annoyed 
during  the  night  by  nearly  a  dozen  evacuations,  which  were  attended  with  consider- 
able pain.  As  might  be  inferred,  this  constant  drain  upon  his  system  had  still  further 
decreased  his  limited  stock  of  vitality,  and  he  had  lost  within  three  months  some 
twelve  pounds  in  weight. 

The  first  four  applications  worked  no  important  change  in  his  general  condition. 

After  the  fifth  visit  there  were  manifest  signs  of  improvement.  During  the  twenty- 
four  hours  following  he  was  compelled  to  evacuate  his  bowels  but  three  times, 
instead  or  five  or  six.  The  improvement  continued  after  each  subsequent  applica- 
tion, until  the  number  was  reduced  to  one  daily.  The  faeces  were  of  a  firm  consis- 
tency and  unmixed  with  undigested  food.  The  evacuations  caused  no  suffering,  and, 
more  than  all,  he  had  gained  nearly  six  pounds  in  weight.  He  could  indulge  in  all 
the  ordinary  sports  of  his  school-fellows  without  any  evil  consequences  following. 

The  patient  was  under  treatment  nearly  a  month,  and  the  number  of  applications 
administered  was  ten. 

Chronic  diarrhcea  with  excessive  pains  in  back  and  abdomen — Great  debility — Very 
great  i?nprovemetit  from  general  faradization. 

Case  CXVI. — Miss  I.,  a  lady  30  years  of  age,  was  referred  to  us  by  Prof.  J.  T. 
Metcalfe,  Oct.  21,  1869,  to  be  treated  for  chronic  diarrhoea  of  four  years'  standing, 
alternated  with  some  anaemia  and  muscular  weakness.  The  discharges,  sometimes 
several  daily,  were  frequently  followed  by  severe  pain.  Debility  was  so  excessive 
that  she  was  over-fatigued  by  a  walk  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile.  Her  appetite  was  capri- 
cious and  digestion  imperfect,  and  the  condition  of  her  bowels  made  necessary  con- 
stant caution.  The  patient  referred  her  difficulties  to  exhaustion  caused  by  attend- 
ance on  an  invalid  sister. 

Electric  examination  revealed  a  marked  tenderness  over  the  transverse  colon,  which 
varied  at  different  times. 

The  patient  was  treated  by  general  faradization,  at  first  cautiously,  but  soon  as 
she  proved  able  to  bear  it,  with  greater  freedom,  by  intervals,  for  three  months,  the 
applications  being  made  every  other  day.  Improvement  began  early,  and  its  march 
was  continuous  and  mostly  uniform.  The  discharges  were  gradually  reduced  in  fre- 
quency, with  relief  of  the  accompanying  pain,  though  two  slight  relapses  occurred 
from  imprudence  at  the  table.  The  excessive  pain  in  the  back  was  relieved  tempo- 
rarily with  each  application.  From  week  to  week  her  strength  improved,  and  at 
the  close  of  the  treatment  she  could  walk  two  miles  with  pleasure.  The  increase  in 
size  and  hardness  of  the  muscles  of  the  upper  and  lower  limbs  was  palpable.  Occa- 
sional attacks  of  looseness  of  the  bowels  annoyed  her  even  then,  but  they  were  not 
accompanied  by  the  severe  pain,  and  were  quite  readily  checked  before  they  had  time 
to  impair  nutrition  or  reduce  the  system. 

A  letter  received  from  the  patient  in  September,  1869,  reported  that  in  the  main 
she  had  retained  the  improvement  derived  from  the  treatment. 

In  this  case  very  strong  and  quite  protracted  applications  were  given,  and  with 


526  DISEASES  OF  THE  ORGANS  OF  DIGESTION. 

considerable  thoroughness.  Only  the  faradic  current  was  employed,  since  it  seemed  to 
meet  all  the  indications.  The  temporary  effects  of  general  faradization — relief  of 
pain,  with  a  feeling  of  warmth  and  exhilaration — were  strikingly  observed  after  each 
application. 

That  the  opposite  symptoms — diarrhcea  and  constipation — are  treated 
successfully  by  electricity  need  surprise  no  one  who  thoroughly  com- 
prehends the  fact  that  electrical  treatment  improves  nutrition  and  so 
may  be  used  to  combat  any  diseases  that  depend  on  depraved  nutri- 
tion, whatever  the  symptoms  by  which  the  depraved  nutrition  manifests 
itself. 

yaundice  with  debility  of  six  months'  standing — Rapid  recovery  under  general  far' 

adization. 

Case  CXVII. — Mr.  B.,  aged  28,  had  suffered  at  intervals  from  jaundice  associated 
with  excessive  physical  prostration  for  nearly  six  months. 

His  bowels  were  obstinately  constipated,  and  had  been  so  during  all  this  period  of 
bodily  derangement.  He  had  been  physicked  at  various  times,  and  most  thoroughly 
by  calomel  podophyllin  and  other  cathartics,  and  had  been  constantly  under  the  influ- 
ence of  tonic  remedies.  These  efforts  had  resulted  only  in  temporary  relief,  and  at 
the  time  he  applied  to  us  for  treatment  the  patient's  appearance  was  typical  of  an 
aggravated  case  of  jaundice. 

We  submitted  him  on  alternate  days  to  general  faradization  with  rapid  and  decided 
effect.  The  constipation  was  first  relieved,  and  then  followed  an  increase  of  appetite ; 
at  the  same  time  his  skin  became  clearer,  and  he  increased  both  in  strength  and 
weight. 

The  result  was  complete  recovery  within  a  month. 

(For  Gastralgia  see  chapter  on  Neuralgia.) 

Regurgitation  and  Voniituig. — For  those  cases  of  vomiting  that  are 
of  an  obviously  nervous  character,  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic  and 
pneumogastric,  or  strong  faradization  through  the  stomach,  is  sometimes 
of  important  service.  Successful  results  have  been  obtained  by  Pepper 
and  Bricheteau.  The  latter  treated  with  success  three  cases  of  vomit- 
ing of  pregnancy.  His  method  of  application  was  to  place  the  electrodes 
on  the  epigastrium  at  the  commencement,  middle,  and  close  of  the 
meal. 

It  is  well  in  such  cases,  especially  if  they  are  obstinate,  to  try  a  va- 
riety of  methods  :  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic  and  vagus,  and  of 
the  spine,  faradization  through  the  stomach  with  a  strong  stable  current, 
and  general  faradization. 

Dr.  F.  D.  Lente,  of  Cold  Spring,  informs  us  that  he  has  met  with  ex- 
cellent success  in  the  treatment  of  vomiting  by  faradization.  In  some 
cases  the  effects  are  immediate. 


FLATULENCE — SEA-SICKNE3S.  527 

Flatulence. — Flatulence  is  a  symptom  of  disorder  of  the  digestive  or- 
gans that  very  readily  yields  to  electrical  treatment.  It  demands  the 
same  treatment  as  dyspepsia  and  constipation.  Those  very  frequeni 
cases  that  depend  on  spinal  irritation  and  congestion,  and  on  hysteria, 
need  central  galvanization  or  general  faradization ;  cases  that  depend 
on  an  attack  of  acute  indigestion  may  be  advantageously  treated  by  in- 
ternal applications,  one  pole  being  applied  to  the  rectum  by  the  rectal 
electrode,  and  the  other  to  the  spine  or  abdomen. 

Flatulence  was  a  symptom  in  very  many  of  our  cases  of  dyspepsia, 
hysteria,  and  spinal  irritation,  and  almost  uniformly  it  temporarily  or 
permanently  yielded. 

Sea-sickness. — In  October,  1869,  Mr.  Le  Coniat,  a  French  surgeon, 
presented  a  method  of  treating  sea-sickness,  before  the  New  York  Med- 
ical Association.  Subsequently  a  detailed  account  of  the  method 
was  pubHshed  by  Dr.  Dwindle,*  who  had  experienced  the  good  effects 
of  the  treatment  on  his  own  person  in  a  passage  across  the  Atlantic. 

His  method  was  to  first  apply  a  quantity  of  solution  of  atropine — one 
grain  to  the  ounce — to  the  epigastrium,  then  to  apply  a  flat  disk,  con- 
nected with  a  faradic  apparatus,  over  the  pyloric  extremity  of  the  stom- 
ach, while  a  moistened  sponge  connected  with  the  positive  pole  was 
passed  over  the  surface,  from  the  cardiac  to  the  pyloric  orifice. 

Vigorous  contractions  of  the  muscles  appeared  during  the  applica- 
cations,  which  were  followed  by  agreeable  repose. 

Le  Coniat  claims  to  cure  by  this  method  ninety  per  cent,  of  his  cases. 

The  statements  made  by  Coniat  and  Dwindle  lose  much  of  their  sci- 
entific as  well  as  of  their  practical  value,  from  the  fact  that  the  atropine 
was  combined  with  the  faradization. 

There  is  little  doubt  that  the  passage  of  the  electric  currents  through 
the  body  facilitates  the  absorption  of  liquids,  placed  beneath  the  elec- 
trodes •  moreover,  it  is  well  known  that  the  skin  is  capable  of  absorbing 
liquids  without  the  aid  of  the  electric  currents.  The  quenching  of  thirst 
by  bathing  is  a  very  familiar  illustration. 

Then  again,  atropine  is  a  remedy  so  powerful  that  -j-i-g-  or  even  -g-i^ 
of  a  grain  is  sufficient  to  powerfully  affect  the  nervous  system,  when  ad- 
ministered hypodermically.  Futhermore,  it  is  a  remedy  for  sea-sickness 
and  sick-headache,  as  has  been  shown  by  experiments  of  ourselves  and 
others  who  have  employed  hypodermic  injections  of  this  remedy  com- 
bined with  morphine.  A  dose  containing  -^  of  a  grain  of  atropine 
and  -^  of  a  grain  of  morphine  is  sufficient  in  certain  cases  to  relieve  the 

*  New  York  Medical  Journal,  1869,  p.  390. 


528  DISEASES    OF   THE   ORGANS   OF   DIGESTION. 

nausea  and  vomiting,  and  produce  sleep — the  same  effects  that  are  pro 
duced  by  the  operation  of  Le  Coniat. 

From  all  these  considerations,  taken  in  connection  with  the  further 
consideration  that  sea-sickness  is  probably  not  a  disease  of  the  stomach 
alone,  but  of  the  central  nervous  system,  of  which  the  nausea  and  vomit- 
ing are  frequent  but  by  no  means  necessary  symptoms,  we  are  strongly 
inclined  to  the  belief  that  the  results  obtained  by  Le  Coniat' s  procedure 
could  have  been  obtained  with  much  less  difficulty  by  hypodermic  injec- 
tions of  atropine. 

The  true  way  to  settle  the  question  experimentally  would  be  to  treat 
a  large  number  of  patients  by  all  three  different  methods — some  by  the 
procedure  of  Le  Coniat,  others  by  the  same  method  without  the  atro- 
pine, and  others  by  hypodermic  injections  of  atropine. 

Electricity  must  be  proved  to  have  some  very  potent  influence  over 
sea-sickness,  in  order  to  persuade  patients  and  physicians  to  attempt  its 
use  on  shipboard.  A  surgeon  in  the  United  States  Navy  reports  to  us 
that  he  has  had  good  results  in  the  treatment  of  sea-sickness  by  faradi- 
zation. 


CHAPTER  XXVII. 


DISEASES    OF    WOMEN. 


The  diseases  of  female  sexual  organs  for  which  electricity  has  been 
proved  to  be  of  service  are  the  a^ymptoms  of  ai?ienorrhcEa,  dysinenorrhoea, 
7nenorrhagia,  and  leucorrhoea,  although  some  important  results  have 
been  obtained  in  irritation  and  inflammation  of  the  ovaries,  chronic 
metritis,  enlargements,  displacements,  and  atrophy  of  the  uterus. 

Amenorrhoea,  dys77ienorrh(za,  menorrhagia,  afid  leucorrhcea. — These 
symptoms  of  disease  are  of  course  most  amenable  to  electrization  when 
they  are  not  dependent  on  any  severe  or  incurable  pathological  condi- 
tion, but  are  merely  indications  of  functional  derangement.  The  in- 
consistency and  uncertainty  of  the  results  of  the  treatment  of  these 
symptoms  by  electricity  is  entirely  explicable  to  all  who  are  conversant 
with  uterine  pathology ;  cases  that  are  indiscriminately  treated  by  any 
method  must,  of  course,  frequently  result  in  a  manner  very  disappoint- 
ing. While  this  is  true  of  all  the  so-called  functional  diseases  of  all  parts 
of  the  body,  it  is  especially  so  with  regard  to  the  diseases  of  women. 

Treatment  of  Diseases  of  the  Uterus. — Local,  central,  and  general 
treatment  may  be  employed.  The  local  treatment  may  be  either  ex- 
ternal or  internal. 

External  Method. — Externally,  the  uterus  and  its  appendages  may 
be  electrized  by  placing  one  pole  with  firm  pressure  over  the  hypogas- 
tric region,  and  the  other  over  the  lumbar  region  of  the  spine. 

This  method  is  sometimes  as  effective  as  internal  applications,  and, 
in  virgins  at  least,  should  always  be  tried  at  first.  In  this  method 
benefit  is  derived  partly  from  the  effect  of  the  current  on  the  lower  part 
of  the  spinal  cord  and  the  abdominal  ganglia  of  the  sympathetic. 

Internal  Method. — Electric  currents  may  be  localized  in  the  female 
organs  of  generation  in  a  variety  of  ways.  One  pole  may  be  applied 
to  the  OS  by  means  of  an  insulated  electrode  with  a  metallic  bulb 
(Fig.  109),  while  the  other,  with  a  broad  electrode,  is  applied  to  the  back, 
or  on  the  hypogastric  region,  or  over  one  of  the  ovaries.  Instead  of  a 
metallic  bulb  the  uterine  electrode  may  be  composed  of  branches  to 
34 


530 


DISEASES   OF   WOMEN. 


clasp  the  cervix.     A  much  stronger  current  can  be  borne  at  the  cervix 
than  would  be  supposed. 


Fig.  108. 

Faradization  of  the  Uterus. — One  of  the  poles  is  connected  with  a  bifurcated 
electrode,  one  branch  of  which  is  placed  on  the  lumbar,  and  the  other  on  the 
hypogastric  region.  The  other  pole  is  applied  in  the  cervix  (or  at  the  os)  by  an 
insulated  uterine  electrode.  (The  normal  position  of  the  uterus  is  after  Wieland 
and  Dubrisay.) 

A  method  of  faradizing  the  uterus  is  represented  in  the  accompanying 
cut  (Fig.  108). 

For  intra-uterine  faradization  we  have  devised  an  inira-uterifie  elec- 
trode which  is  represented  in  the  cut.  The  basis  of  the  instrument  is 
similar  to  Sims' s  sound.  This  is  insulated  with  varnish  up  to  within 
three  inches  of  the  extremity  ;  the  handle  is  of  hard  rubber,  and  is  pro- 
vided with  a  hole  and  screw  for  fastening  the  connecting  wire  of  the 
apparatus,  and  a  button  connected  with  a  spring,  by  means  of  which  the 
connection  of  the  current  can  be  made  or  broken  at  pleasure.  The 
manifest  advantages  of  the  interrupter,  which  is  similar  to  that  of  the 
universal  electrode  holder  (Fig.  no),  is  that  it  dispenses  with  the 
necessity  of  waiting  until  the  instrument  is  in  situ  before  connecting 
it  with  the  apparatus,  and  that  it  makes  it  convenient  to  give  rapid 


INSTRUMENTS — LOCAL  APPLICATION. 


5; 


interruptions  and  to  instantaneously  suspend  the  treatment  when  re- 
quired. 

When  properly  curved,  this  electrode  may  be  used  for  the  larynx.  , 
Fig.  Ill  represents  a  double  intra-uterine  electrode  which  allows  one 
pole  to  act  on  the  uterine  canal  and  the  other  on  the  os  externum. 
Fig.  112  represents  the  double  uterine  electrode  of  Duchenne.* 


Fig.  109. 

Uterine  Elec- 
trode (Kidder). 


M 


Fig.  I 10. 
Beard's  Intra-Uterine 
Electrode  (Tiemann 
&  Co.). 


Fig. 


Double  Intra-Uterine  Elec- 
trode  (Galvano-Faradic 
Mfg.  Co.). 


This  is  composed  of  two  plates,  connected  with  flexible  wires,  which 
pass  through  a  sound,  but  are  insulated  from  each  other. 

On  pushing  in  the  wires  slightly  at  the  point  where  the  connection 
with  the  apparatus  is  made,  the  poles  separate  as  in  Fig.  112.  On  again 

*  De  1' Electrisation  LocalisSe,  p.  89. 


532 


DISEASES   OF   WOMEN. 


^tS-^^s: 


drawing  them  in,  they  close  as  i>i  Fig.  113.  The  instrument,  which  is  the 
same  in  principle  as  the  double  vesical  electrode,  is  introduced  while 
clpsed,  as  in  Fig.  113,  and  opened  so  as  to  clasp  the  neck  of  the  uterus. 
One  of  the  insulated  wires  is  connected  with  the  positive  and  the  other 
with  the  negative  electrode.  By  this  means  the  current  is  very  closely 
localized  in  the  neck  of  the  uterus. 

Concerning  these  internal  applications 
of  electricity  to  the  uterus,  it  may  be  re- 
marked : — 

First — That  in  those  cases  where  lo- 
cal treatment  is  indicated,  applications 
to  the  cervix  or  iii  the  uterus  are  fre- 
quently much  more  efficacious  than  ex- 
ternal applications,  even  with  the  strong- 
est currents.  For  this  reason  it  is  ne- 
cessary, even  with  virgins,  to  insist  on 
internal  treatment,  especially  after  ex- 
ternal treatment  has  failed.  The  uterine 
electrode  (Fig.  109)  can  usually  be  intro- 
duced into  the  vagina  as  readily  as  the 
finger.  The  intra-uterine  electrode  can- 
not well  be  introduced  without  the  aid 
of  a  speculum. 

The  other  pole  may  be  appfied  to  the  back  or  abdomen  by  means  of 
a  fiat  metallic  surface  or  plate  covered  with  moistened  sponge. 

Secondly — Internal  electrizatiofi  is  not  so  painful  as  -external.  Power- 
ful currents  can  be  borne  at  the  cervix  and  in  the  uterus  for  a  long  time 
without  inconvenience.  Patients  usually  complain  more  of  the  pain 
beneath  the  electrode  which  is  applied  on  the  back  or  abdomen,  even 
when  the  negative,  which  is  the  stronger  and  more  painful,  is  applied 
internally. 

Tripier,*  who  has  carefully  studied  the  subject  of  localized  faradization 
of  the  uterus,  is  accustomed  to  place  one  pole  in  the  bladder  by  means 
of  a  vesical  insulated  electrode,  or  in  the  rectum  by  a  rectal  electrode. 
In  some  cases  he  connects  one  of  the  poles  with  a  bifurcated  elec- 
trode, a  branch  of  which  is  placed  on  each  iliac  region,  while  the  nega- 
tive pole  is  connected  with  an  insulated  rectal  electrode  in  the  rectum. 
Fourthly — Either  curre7it-inay  be  used.     The  galvanic  as  well  as  the 
laradic  current  may  be  localized  in  the  uterus,  and  sometimes  it  is  much 
more  effective.     The  danger  that  the   chemical  action  of  the  galvanic 
*  Annales  de  I'Elect'-o-Therapie,  1863,  p.  205  et  seq. 


Fig.  112.  Fig.  113. 

Duchenne's   Double   Uterine    Elec 
trode. 


GENERAL  AND  CENTRAL  APPLICATIONS. 


533 


current  will  injure  the  lining  membrane  of  the  uterus  is  but  slight,  pio- 
vided  too  strong  currents  are  not  used,  or  the  pole  is  not  allowed  to 
rest  a  long  time  without  breaking  the  circuit. 

In  all  these  methods  of  applicatio7i  either  direction  of  the  current  may 
be  used.  (See  p.  244.)  In  the  treatment  of  uterine  congestion  and 
engorgement,  the  positive  pole  is  slightly  preferable  to  the  negative 
pole,  for  the  reason  that  it  has  a  more  powerful  contracting  influence  on 
involuntary  muscular  fibres. 

The  vagina  maybe  treated  by  a  metallic  vaginal  electrode  (Fig.  114), 
with  which  either  the  positive  or  negative  pole  may  be  connected.  This 
is  useful  in  vaginal  leiicorrhcea  and  prolapsus. 

For  these  local  applications  either  the  galvanic  or  faradic  currents 
may  be  used ;  but  the  faradic  is  usually  preferable,  because  in  the 
majority  of  cases  for  which  electricity  is  applied  to  the  female  sexual 
organs,  mechanical  more  than  chemical  effects  are  indicated.  Especially 
is  this  the  case  in  amenorrhoea.  Furthermore,  the  currents  may  be  sta- 
ble or  labile,  uniform  or  increasing,  according  to  the  indica- 
tions. Local  applications  to  the  uterus,  whether  external  or 
internal,  may  be  continued  for  from  five  to  fifteen  minutes. 
Several  methods  may  be  tried  at  each  sitting. 

General  and  Central  Treatment. — But  very  many,  per- 
haps the  majority  of  cases  of  functional  disease  of  these  or- 
gans, require  general  as  well  as  localized  electrization. 
There  is  no  department  in  which  so  many  mistakes  have 
been  made  by  too  exclusively  local  treatment  as  in  that  of 
gynaecology.  No  case  of  functional  disturbance  of  the  uterus 
should  be  abandoned  by  the  electro-therapeutist  until  he  has 
faithfully  tried  general  as  well  as  external  and  internal 
localized  electrization.  To  treat  symptoms  of  central 
or  constitutional  disturbance  by  merely  local  electrization 
is  illogical  in  theory  and  unsatisfactory  in  practice.  All 
the  organs  of  generation  in  woman  as  well  as  in  man 
can  be  affected  by  galvanization  or  even  faradization  along 
the  spine.  A  strong  evidence  of  the  beneficial  results  of 
general  faradization  in  these  cases  is  the  fact  that  patients 
undergoing  treatment  frequently  remark  that  their  menses 
are  in  some  way  affected.  In  some  cases  they  are  brought 
on  before  their  time,  in  others  much  increased  in  quantity.  So  fre- 
quently does  this  happen  that  we  prefer  on  the  whole  to  suspend  the 
treatment  during  the  menstrual  periods  in  those  cases  where  no  thera- 
peutical effect  is  desired  on  the  sexual  organs. 


Fig.  114. 

Vaginal 
Electrode 
(Kidder.) 


534  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 

The  time  of  making  the  applications  is  not  unimportant.  It  is  an 
advantage,  in  amenorrhcea  at  least,  to  concentrate  as  many  applications 
as  possible  during  the  few  days  that  precede  the  appearance  of  the 
menses.  And  yet  the  advantage  of  this  is  hardly  as  great  as  has  been 
supposed.  The  great  thing  in  all  but  recent  and  temporary  cases  is  to 
remove  the  anaemia  or  chlorosis,  or  nervous  exhaustion  with  which  the 
menstrual  disorder  is  associated,  and  of  which  it  is  a  prominent  factor. 
Another  suggestive  consideration  is  that  the  menstrual  flow  may  be 
brought  on  or  increased  through  reflex  action  by  localized  electrization 
of  other  and  distant  portions  of  the  body,  as  the  hands,  feet,  chest,  etc. 

Statical  Electricity  (Franklinization)  has  been  used  for  amenorrhcea, 
and  with  varying  results.  The  very  successful  results  of  Dr.  Golding 
Bird,  in  Guy's  Hospital,  have  been  indefinitely  quoted,  but  have  not 
been  yet  repeated  to  an  extent  sufficient  to  show  that  this  form  of  elec- 
tricity is  superior  to  galvanization  or  faradization  in  the  treatment  of 
this  affection.  Others,  however,  as  Holsbeck,  Bitterlin,  Taylor,  Her- 
vieux,  and  Graves,  have  reported  cures  by  this  method.* 

Prognosis  iti  the  Symptoms  of  Amenorrhcea,  etc. — Whatever  method 
is  used,  time  is  required  to  insure  results.  While  it  is  true  that  a 
single  application,  especially  internal,  may  bring  on  the  menses, — 
may  even  cause  the  blood  to  appear  during  the  sitting, — yet  in  the 
majority  of  instances  treatment  must  be  more  or  less  protracted  in 
order  to  insure  permanent  relief.  The  very  general  impression  that 
the  object  of  electrization  of  the  functionally  diseased  uterus  is  merely 
to  stimulate  the  organ  to  its  duty,  is  a  great  mistake.  Electrization 
cures  these  diseases  as  much  by  its  permanently  tonic  effects  on  the 
system,  as  by  its  temporarily  stimulating  effects  on  the  organs  them- 
selves. 

In  nervous  dysmenorrhoea  the  prognosis  is  more  uniformly  good 
than  in  amenorrhcea.  In  amenorrhcea  the  results,  though  often  brilliant, 
are  quite  capricious,  some  cases  yielding  at  once,  others  only  after 
long  treatment,  and  others  not  at  all.  In  these  remarks  on  prognosis 
it  is  assumed  that  no  severe  pathological  state  is  the  cause  of  the  symp- 
toms. 

Amenorrhcea  associated  with  Ancemia— Recovery  under  general  faradization. 

Case  CXVIII. — Miss ,  aged  20,  was  suffering  from  a  condition  of  excessive 

debility  and  anaemia.  She  was  hysterical  to  the  last  degree,  and  it  was  with  the 
greatest  difl&culty  that  she  could  be  persuaded  to  submit  to  electrization.  These 
symptoms  had  annoyed  her  for  about  six  months,  during  which  time  the  menstrual 
flow  had  decreased  in  quantity  and  had  become  irregular  until,  some  two  months 

*  Meyer,  op.  cit.,  p.  451. 


CASES   OF   AMENORRHCEA.  535 

before  we  saw  her,  it  had  altogether  ceased.  She  was  at  once  submitted  to  general 
faradization,  and,  although  an  exceedingly  mild  current  was  used,  excessive  faintness 
was  produced,  which  lasted  nearly  twenty  minutes.  Subsequent  applications  were 
borne  much  more  kindly,  although  the  strength  of  the  current  was  decidedly  increased. 
Her  menses  returned  after  the  eighth  application,  and  during  the  treatment,  which 
was  continued  for  six  weeks,  the  color  returned  to  her  cheeks,  her  step  became  firm 
and  strong,  her  hysterical  condition  was  entirely  corrected,  and  at  the  very  least  it 
may  be  said  that  she  was  approximately  restored  to  her  usual  health. 

Amenorrhcea  of  four  years'  standing,  associated  with  slight  anasarca  and  marked 
obesity — Me7ises  restored  and  other  symptoms  relieved  by  general  and  localized  ex- 
ternal faradization. 

Case  CXIX. — Miss  H.,'  25  years  old,  was  directed  to  us  by  Dr.  T.  Cock,  of  New 
York. 

For  four  years  the  patient  had  menstruated  sometimes  three  times,  sometimes  but 
twice  a  year.  She  had  increased  enormoubly  in  size,  her  weight  being  180  pounds, 
and  there  was  some  effusion  of  the  legs  and  feet,  as  manifested  by  the  indentation? 
remaining  after  pressure  with  the  finger.  The  patient  was  very  plethoric,  and  suf 
fered  much  from  fulness  and  oppression  about  the  head.  It  is  proper  to  remark  thai 
Dr.  Cock,  before  submitting  the  case  to  electrization  at  our  hands,  had  for  some 
time  faithfully  made  use  of  the  internal  remedies  that  seemed  mo&t  suited  to  it.  The 
patient  was  annoyed  by  cold  feet  and  hands  and  by  sudden  flushes  of  heat.  As  in 
our  experience  general  faradization  has  been  more  successful  in  equalizing  the  circula- 
tion than  any  other  form  of  electrization,  we  determined  to  employ  this  method.  In 
this  as  in  the  former  case,  extreme  susceptibility  to  the  current  was  manifested,  but 
depending  more  on  an  excited  mental  condition  than  on  any  real  sensitiveness  of  the 
nervous  system. 

The  patient  was  under  treatment  from  March  20,  1871,  to  May  25,  1871,  and 
received  twenty  applications.  A  part  of  the  time  external  localized  faradization 
was  employed.  After  the  fifth  stance  the  courses  appeared  and  lasted  two 
days.  At  the  proper  time  during  the  course  of  treatment  they  reappeared  and 
lasted  some  four  days.  The  patient  presented  herself  a  few  months  after  the  cessation 
of  the  seances,  and  reported  that  not  only  the  menstrual  function  continued  to  act 
regularly,  but  that  she  remained  permanently  better  in  every  respect.  The  tendency 
to  flushes  of  heat  disappeared  after  the  first  menstruation,  her  extremities  became 
warmer,  and  after  the  second  menstruation  she  was  entirely  relieved  of  the  watery 
effusion  in  the  legs  and  feet. 

An  interesting  but  not  altogether  unusual  result  of  the  treatment  was  a  marked 
decrease  in  flesh.  During  the  administration  of  the  first  ten  applications  she  lost 
some  twenty  pounds,  and  after  the  seances  were  discontinued  she  submitted  to  the 
Banting  system,  and  was  rewarded  by  a  still  further  decrease  in  weight. 

Amenorrhcea  of  a  year''s  standing,  associated  with  vertigo  and  debility — Recovery 
under  general  faradization. 

Case  CXX. — Miss  E.  S.,  a  school-girl  aged  18,  was  suffering  from  suppression  that 
had  existed  a  year.  The  resulting  symptoms  were  periodical  attacks  of  distressing  vertigo, 
and  a  condition  of  nervous  exhaustion  that  unfitted  her  for  the  slightest  mental  or  phy* 


536  DISEASES   OF   WOMEN. 

ical  exertion.  The  faradic  current  was  alone  used,  and,  as  in  the  two  preceding  ~ases, 
the  applications  were  partly  general.  The  menses  reappeared  after  the  twelfth  seance, 
resulting  in  approximate  relief  of  the  vertigo  and  a  decided  increase  of  nervous  strength. 
At  the  present  time,  two  years  since  the  function  was  restored,  she  continues  regular. 

Afnenorrhosa  associated  with  hysteria — Spasmodic  contractions  of  the  muscles  con- 
trolling  deglutition — Recovery  follows  two  applications  of  internal  faradization 
after  failure  of  general  faradization. 

Case  CXXI.— Mrs.  H.,  aged  35,  a  patient  of  Dr.  C.  P.  Tucker,  of  New  York,  had 
for  several  years  suffered  excessively  from  a  form  of  nervous  prostration,  partly  hys- 
terical in  character,  and  which  seemed  in  a  measure  to  depend  on  an  almost  complete 
deafness  Which  occurred  suddenly  after  a  season  of  excitement  while  she  was  yet  an 
invalid  from  confinement.  General  faradization  had,  during  the  early  part  of  1S70, 
very  materially  lessened  these  symptoms,  and  she  had  remained  permanently  better. 
In  March,  187 1,  her  menses  ceased,  resulting  in  a  return,  although  in  a  less  degree,  of 
her  old  nervous  symptoms.  In  October  she  began  to  be  afflicted  with  vertigo  and 
spasmodic  contractions  of  the  muscles  controlling  deglutition,  which  latter  symptom 
progressively  increased  in  severity  until  at  times  the  patient  could  with  difficulty  take 
sufficient  nourishment  to  satisfy  hunger.  We  employed  general  faradization  on  two 
or  three  occasions,  but,  becoming  satisfied  that  it  was  impossible  to  obtain  any  im- 
mediate result  by  this  method,  we  resorted  to  internal  faradization,  using  a  cup- 
shaped  metallic  electrode,  and  thus  localized  around  the  os  a  powerful  cun-ent  of 
negative  electricity.  On  the  following  day  we  repeated  the  operation,  and  in  a  few 
hours  after  the  patient  was  rewarded  by  a  flow  somewhat  scanty,  and  of  a  darker 
color  than  normal.  It  was  attended  also  by  considerable  pain  in  the  uterus  and 
excessive  itching  all  along  the  course  of  the  vagina.  The  distressing  spasmodic  symp- 
toms about  the  throat  ceased  immediately  and  completely,  and  have  not  yet  shown  any 
evidence  of  returning.  General  applications  were  continued  every  other  day  for  a 
month,  markedly  relieving  her  nervous  condition.  At  the  next  menstruation  the  flow 
was  quite  normal,  and  to  the  present  date  the  patient  continues  regular. 

Amenorrhixa  existing  two  and  a  half  years — A  copious  flow  follows  twelve  ititemal 
applications  of  the  faradic  currejtt. 

Case  CXXII. — Miss  E.,  aged  23,  suffered  from  cold  hands  and  feet,  and  a  feeling 
of  gi-eat  fulness  about  the  head,  with  vertigo,  which  symptoms  depended,  doubtless, 
on  long-continued  absence  of  the  menses. 

Aside  from  the  above-mentioned  symptoms,  her  general  health  and  strength  were  un- 
impaired. As  general  electrization  and  galvanization  localized  externally  gave  no 
evidence  of  being  of  service,  with  the  consent,  and  in  accordance  with  the  desire,  of 
both  the  patient  and  her  mother,  we  applied  the  current  directly  to  the  os  by  means 
of  an  exeedingly  small  ball-shaped  electrode.  Four  such  applications  repeated  at  in- 
tervals of  three  days  resulted  in  a  copious  flow,  lasting  forty  eight  hours.  Greatly  to 
my  surpi'ise,  the  associated  symptoms  were  not  relieved  to  any  very  great  extent,  and 
as  the  patient  ceased  her  visits  before  the  time  for  the  second  return  of  the  catamenia, 
we  were  imfortunately  not  able  to  judge  concerning  the  ultimate  effects  of  the  treat- 
ment. 


CASES   OF   MENORRHAGIA   AND   DYSMENORRHCEA.       537 

Amenorrhcea  existing  five  months — Recovery  under  peripheral  galvanizatiojt  (exter' 
7ial)  after  failure  of  faradization. 

Case  CXXIII. — Mrs.  S.,  a  widow,  aged  30.  The  patient  suddenly  ceased  men- 
struating five  months  previously,  and,  accompanying  the  cessation,  there  was  an  an- 
noying sense  of  fulness  about  the  head  with  vertigo.  When  she  applied  for  treat- 
ment, she  stated  that  these  abnormal  symptoms  had  continued  without  abatement, 
and  had  rather  increased  in  severity.  A  number  of  internal  applications  of  the  fara- 
dic  current  having  been  given  without  appreciable  result,  we  localized  as  nearly  as 
possible  a  galvanic  current  from  twelve  small-sized  zinc-carbon  cells  through  both  ova- 
ries and  the  uterus  itself 

The  catamenia  returned  twelve  hours  after  the  second  application,  which  was  given 
the  day  following  the  first.  Just  before  the  next  menstrual  period,  the  application 
was  repeated,  and  was  followed  by  the  usual  flow.  The  menses  appeared  the  third 
time,  preceded  by  no  application  of  electricity.  As  to  further  results,  we  are  unin- 
formed. 

A?nenorr/ia;a  by  intervals  for  several  years — Relief  of  suppression  by  intra-uterint 
faradization  with  a  powerful  ctirrent  after  failure  of  external  applications  tothl 
OS  by  the  iiterine  electrode. 

Case  CXXIV.  —  Misi  S. ,  aged  23,  was  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  Fordyce  Barker,  July  6, 
1870.     During  all  her  menstrual  life  she  had  been  more  or  less  irregular. 

At  various  times  she  had  been  relieved  by  faradization  of  some  kind,  and  had  found 
by  experience  that  it  was  necessary  to  use  internal  applications.  Her  general  condi- 
tion was  not  of  the  best,  and  suppression  always  brought  general  nervous  derange- 
ment. We  treated  her  at  first  by  the  uterine  electrode  (connected  with  the  negative 
pole)  against  the  os,  and  the  positive  either  on  the  abdomen  or  lumbar  region. 

This  treatment,  repeated  four  times,  brought  on  some  appearance  of  blood,  but 
not  the  free  menstrual  flow.  One  application,  with  the  same  strength  of  current, 
with  the  intra-uterine  electrode  for  about  the  same  time  (ten  minutes),  brought  on  a 
profuse  flow  on  the  day  following. 

Ill  regard  to  the  foregoing  cases,  it  is  not  to  be  understood  that  we 
present  them  as  in  any  way  typical  of  the  results  to  be  expected  in 
every  instance,  even  under  the  most  judicious  and  correct  methods  of 
electrical  treatment.  The  failures  are  sufficiently  frequent,  as  every 
one  who  has  had  much  experience  in  this  direction  will  readily  testify. 

From  among  many  unpublished  cases,  we  desire  to  transcribe  the 
following  for  the  reason  that  it  presents  points  of  interest  that  are  sel- 
dom found. 

A  refnarkable  case  of  membranous  dysmenorrhcea — Interesting  results  of  electriza- 
tion- 

Case  CXXV. — Mrs.  ,  aged  30,  was  sent  to  us  for  electrical  treatment  by 

Drs.  John  T.  Metcalfe  and  T.  G.  Thomas.  The  patient  was  large  and  well  nour- 
ished and  presented  every  appearance  of  one  in  vigorous  health  ;  yet  there  had  been 
in  the  past  a  very  considerable  derangement  of  her  nervous  equilibrium.     There  was 


538  DISEASES   OF    WOMEN. 

usually  only  slight  pain  preceding  the  onset  of  menstruation,  uicreasing  a  little  as  it 
made  its  appearance.  In  about  forty-eight  hours  tl)e  distress  became  very  great,  and 
continued  without  abatement  for  several  days  up  to  tlie  cessation  of  the  catamenia. 
Careful  examination  by  Dr.  Thomas  revealed  no  mechanical  constriction,  and  it  was 
suggested  that  the  probable  cause  was  a  tonic  spasmodic  contraction  of  the  os  uteri, 
resulting  from  reflex  irritability.  This  condition  of  affairs  had  been  almost  constant 
for  seven  years,  notwithstanding  varied  methods  of  treatment,  and  the  propriety  of 
incising  the  cervix  had  been  seriously  considered. 

We  will  briefly  describe  the  method  of  treatment  substantially  followed  out,  and 
then  refer  to  the  results. 

We  alternated  the  use  of  the  faradic  and  galvanic  currents,  administering  four  ap- 
plications a  week.  External  treatment  was  alone  employed,  because  of  the  disincli- 
nation of  the  patient  to  submit  to  internal  applications.  The  faradic  current  was 
used  by  the  method  of  general  faradization — each  seance  being  ended  by  a  purely 
local  application. 

In  using  the  galvanic  current,  the  first  half  of  a  seance  of  eight  minutes  was  devoted 
to  galvanization  of  the  whole  length  of  the  spine  by  the  labile  method,  the  operation 
being  concluded  by  a  local  stabile  application.  Beginning  at  each  seance  with  a  cur- 
rent from  ten  ordinary  zinc-carbon  elements  the  number  was  gradually  increased  to 
twenty-four,  and  then  as  gradually  decreased.  Treatment  was  begun  on  May  23, 
1878.  On  June  3d  the  menses  appeared,  and,  although  by  no  means  painless,  far  less 
distress  was  experienced  than  usual.  The  courses  ceasing,  treatment  was  continued 
up  to  June  29th.  Their  second  appearance  was  attended  by  absolutely  no  pain  wor- 
thy of  mention. 

The  patient  now  left  the  city  for  the  season,  and  in  due  course  the  menses  ap- 
peared for  the  third  time  since  the  begmning  of  treatment,  and  unattended  witli  any 
sense  of  discomfdrt.  Attending  their  fourth  appearance,  however,  there  was  very 
decided  pain,  and  on  September  nth,  on  her  return  from  the  country,  the  electricity 
was  resumed.  After  a  few  applications  of  the  galvanic  current,  pains,  supposed  to 
be  premonitory  of  menstruation,  were  felt,  nnd  so  increased  that  Dr.  Metcalfe  was 
called  in,  and  found  that  the  patient  was  suffering  from  a  miscarriage. 

Having  recovered  from  this  mi -hap,  electricity  was  again  attempted,  and  has  been 
followed  by  a  gradual  improvement  to  the  present  time  of  writing.  Since  the  expul- 
sion of  the  embyro  there  has  been  more  or  less  discharge  of  membrane  at  each  period. 
This  has  somewhat  complicated  the  case,  and  although  it  is  still  under  observation, 
a  complete  recovery  seems  assured. 

Connected  with  this  case  two  important  and  interesting  questions 
arise  : 

I  St.  Was  the  electrical  treatment  in  any  way  efficacious  in  rendering 
conception  possible  ?  When  it  is  considered  that  in  seven  years  preg- 
nancy had  not  occurred,  while  conception  took  place  soon  after  the 
galvanic  treatment — which  had  been  so  effective  in  relieving  the  pain 
and  its  probable  causation,  viz.,  spasmodic  contraction  of  the  os  uteri — ■ 
it  is  not  difficult  to  believe  that  its  agency  was  very  great. 

The  second  question  relates  to  the  possibility  of  this  miscarriage 
being  in  any  way  due  to  the  treatment.     In  the  first  place,   it  is  well 


CASES   OF   DYSMENORRHOEA.  539 

known  to  every  electro-therapeutist  (although  the  contrary  opinion  is 
quite  prevalent)  that  it  is  exceedingly  difficult,  and,  as  a  rule,  impossi- 
ble, to  cause  an  abortion  by  any  ordinary  external  application  of  elec- 
tricity— external  or  internal.  In  this  statement,  intra-uterine  applica- 
tions are,  of  course,  not  included,  nor  those  susceptible  cases  with  a 
tendency  to  abort  upon  the  reception  of  any  strong  or  sudden  impres- 
sion of  mind  or  body.  We  have  treated  women  in  all  stages  of  preg- 
nancy for  various  nervous  difficulties,  and  have  never  yet  seen  harm 
result.  To  produce  any  mechanical  or  reflex  effects  sufficient  to 
detach  the  foetal  connection,  necessitates  a  degree  of  current  strength 
not  ordinarily  required  in  therapeutics.  Again,  the  severe  illness  of  a 
iiear  relative  had  taxed  our  patient  to  an  extent  sufficient  in  itself  to 
account  for  a  result  that  would  have  been  gladly  avoided. 

A  case  of  dysmeytorrkaa  due  to  spasm  of  os  uteri — Recovery. 

Case  CXXVI. — Mrs.  D ,  aged  33,  the  mother  of  three  children,  consulted  us 

December  23,  1878,  for  excessive  dysmenorrhoea,  from  which  she  had  suffered  for 
over  five  years.  At  the  same  time,  the  flow  was  very  much  greater  than  normal, 
resulting  in  constant  anaemia,  and  an  exhausted  condition,  from  which  she  barely 
recovered  before  a  recurrence  of  the  menses.  The  patient  had,  for  years,  been  the 
victim  of  uterine  displacement,  which  she  had  failed  to  have  permanently  rectified, 
and  to  it  she  attributed  her  sufferings.  Upon  examination,  we  found  a  simple  ante- 
flexion, associated  with  a  very  great  degree  of  tenderness  of  the  vaginal  walls,  and 
especially  of  the  os  itself.  So  tender  were  these  parts  during  the  week  preceding 
menstruation,  that  very  slight  internal  pressure  caused  intolerable  pain.  The  acute 
distress  from  which  she  periodically  suffered,  usually  began  about  thirty-six  hours 
before  the  appearance  of  the  menses,  reaching  its  height  as  the  flow  became  manifest. 
From  this  time,  the  pain  gradually  decreased  in  severity,  and  during  the  last  two  days 
of  sickness  was  very  slight. 

Having  in  mind  the  previous  case,  where  the  dysmenorrhcea  was  supposed  to  be 
due  to  spasmodic  contraction  of  the  cervix,  we  were  led  to  make  a  digital  examina- 
tion about  twenty-four  hours  before  menstruation,  and  while  the  patient  was  suffering 
pain  of  the  most  distressing  character.  On  touching  the  os  tincae  with  the  index  fin- 
ger, and  sweeping  it  around  on  every  side,  the  constriction  and  relaxation  of  muscular 
fibres  were  distinctly  appreciable,  being  evidenced  by  the  alternating  hard  and  soft 
feel  of  the  uterine  neck.  Hoping  that  some  immediate  relief  might  be  afforded,  we 
attempted  the  following  treatment  : 

Placing  the  patient  on  her  back,  we  introduced  several  small  sponges,  somewhat 
after  the  manner  suggested  to  us  in  another  case  by  Dr.  T.  G.  Thomas.  The  sponges, 
as  fine  and  soft  as  possible,  were  carefully  packed  around  the  cervix,  pressing  up 
against  the  body  of  the  uterus,  and  completely  covering  the  os.  Against  these  was 
gently,  but  firmly,  pressed  a  flat  metallic  electrode,  covered  with  wet  chamois  skin, 
and  this  again  was  connected  with  the  anode.  Connected  with  the  cathode,  was  an 
ordinary  sponge  electrode,  which  was  firmly  held  on  the  abdomen  above  the  pubes. 
Intercalating  a  rheostat,  and  beginning  with  the  least  possible  current  strength,  it 


540  DISEASES    OF   WOMEN. 

was  gradually  increased,  uuiil  a  slight  pricking  sensation  was  felt  under  the  external 
electrode.  The  action  of  the  anode,  on  the  contrary,  was  accompanied  by  no  pain, 
but  its  effects  were  evident ;  for,  from  the  moment  the  circuit  was  made  the  rest 
from  pain,  which  had  before  been  excessive  and  constant,  was  complete.  After  an 
application  of  ten  minutes,  the  current  strength  was  gradually  deci-eased  to  its  mini- 
mum, and  discontinued.  The  remission  of  pain  continued  for  ten  hours,  when  some 
distress  was  again  experienced,  which  increased,  and  on  the  appearance  of  the  flow 
became  quite  severe.  At  the  cessation  of  the  menses,  general  faradization  was  alter- 
nated with  external  applications  of  the  galvanic  current  to  the  spinal  cord  and  abdo- 
men. As  the  next  period  approached,  pain  began,  as  usual,  about  thirty-six  hours 
before  hand,  and  although  much  less  severe,  there  was  not,  as  before,  anything  like  a 
complete  remission.     The  amount  of  blood  lost  was,  however,  decidedly  less. 

During  the  second  month  the  external  application  of  both  currents  was  continued, 
and  on  each  of  the  three  days  preceding  menstruation,  internal  applications  were 
given  according  to  the  method  first  attempted.  The  flow  was  established  and  con- 
tinued throughout  without  the  slightest  suspicion  of  pain. 

During  the  past  month  the  patient  has  not  been  subjected  to  any  treatment,  and  at 
this  date  (March  24th)  she  has  just  completed  her  fourth  menstruation  since  we  first 
saw  her.     Not  only  has  it  been  entirely  painless,  but  the  flow  was  also  normal. 

Menorrhagia  of  four  years'  duration  due  to  fungoid  degeneration — Rapid  recovery 
ujtder  intra-uterine  applicatio7is. 

Case  CXXVII. — Mrs.  B. ,  aged  46,  consulted  us  in  consequence  of  severe  hemor- 
rhage to  which  she  was  periodically  subjected.  Five  years  prior  she  observed  some 
slight  increase  in  the  menstrual  flow.  It  became  increasingly  abundant  until  in  the 
course  of  a  year  the  loss  of  blood  at  each  menstrual  epoch  was  frightful.  For  the 
first  day  or  two  only  was  the  flow  thus  alarmingly  copious,  but  its  immediate  effects 
were  to  render  her  completely  colorless  and  almost  pulseless.  The  flow  would  now 
rapidly  become  less,  but  for  two  or  three  weeks  there  was  a  very  slight  although  con- 
stant discharge  of  bright  arterial  blood.  The  courses  did  not  appear  with  normal 
regularity,  an  interval  of  six  weeks  to  two  months  ordinarily  occurring.  It  is  quite 
evident  that  if  menstruation  had  occurred  every  four  weeks  the  patient  could  hardly 
have  survived  for  so  long  a  time  her  repeated  depletions ;  and,  as  it  was,  she  was  just 
enabled,  by  the  aid  of  a  good  appetite  and  vigorous  digestion,  to  regain  a  measure  of 
strength  and  color  before  the  recurrence  of  her  trouble.  We  began  treatment  in  the 
decline  of  one  of  these  hemorrhages,  and  for  the  relief  of  the  persistent  insomnia 
resulting  from  her  ansemic  condition  and  the  pain  in  her  legs,  general  faradization  was 
administered  on  alternate  days.  It  aided  very  greatly  in  inducing  sleep  and  relieving 
pain,  and  markedly  hastened  returning  strength. 

Shortly  after  these  tentative  applications  were  begun,  we  met  at  the  house  of  the 
patient  Dr.  W.  G.  Ailing,  of  New  Haven,  Conn.,  under  whose  care  she  had  been  a 
short  time  before,  and  from  whom  she  had  received  continued  and  judicious  treat- 
ment, both  constitutional  and  local,  but  without  decided  relief.  Dr.  Alling's  exam- 
inations had  found  the  uterus  to  be  three  and  one-half  inches  in  depth  and  slightly 
retroverted.  When  the  probe  was  carried  into  the  cavity  at  the  first  examination,  slight 
hemorrhage  followed  its  withdrawal,  and  a  small  fungoid  mass  came  away.  Further  ex- 
amination revealed  considerable  fungoid  degeneration  of  the  mucous  membrane.  We 
proposed  alternating  the  general  treatment  with  intra-vaginal  and  mild  intra-uterine  ap- 


ATROPHY   AND   DISPLACEMENTS   OF   THE    UTERUS.        541 

plications.  This  method  of  procedure  was  repeated  up  to  the  day  of  menstruation — 
the  patient  in  the  meanwhile  having  regained,  with  far  more  than  ordinary  rapidity,  her 
color  and  strength.  The  flow  was  considerably  more  profuse  than  normal,  but  could 
not  be  compared  in  severity  with  those  that  had  previously  occurred.  In  ten  days 
the  flow  ceased,  and  treatment  was  continued  until  the  return  of  the  catamenia,  when 
a  still  greater  improvement  was  evident.  For  three  months  this  treatment  was  kept 
up,  when  the  patient  left  the  city  for  the  summer,  with  the  feeling  that  her  recovery 
was  an  assured,  if  not  an  accomplished  fact.  Four  years  have  since  elapsed,  but  there 
has  never  been  a  recurrence  of  these  hemorrhages,  and,  moreover,  the  patient  has 
been  ever  since,  and  is  still,  in  the  enjoyment  of  robust  health. 

That  the  pathological  state  on  which  the  symptoms  of  uterine  dis- 
eases depend  have  not  been  sufficiently  considered  is  very  evident  from 
a  study  of  the  history  of  the  electro  therapeutics  of  these  diseases. 
There  is  need  of  accurate  diagnosis,  and  especially  of  careful  measure- 
ment, before,  during,  and  after  electrical  treatment  in  order  to  know 
just  how  much  it  accomplishes.  These  measurements  should  be  made 
by  experts  in  gynsecology.  The  future  will  show  that  very  much  can 
be  done  for  congestion,  atrophy,  and  engorgement  of  the  womb  by 
careful  localized  electrization. 

Atrophy  of  the  uterus — Scanty  menstruation — Sterility — Increase  in  the  size  of  the 
organ  and  in  the  amo7cnt  of  the  menstrual  flow  zmder  internal  faradization  and 
central  galvanization  and  general  faradization . 

Case  CXXVIII. — Mrs.  P.,  a  young  married  lady,  was  referred  to  us  January  17, 
1872,  by  Dr.  Fordyce  Barker,  for  the  symptom  of  sterility.  According  to  Dr.  Barker's 
diagnosis  there  was  atrophy  of  the  uterus,  and  he  was  in  the  hope  that  electrization 
might,  by  improving  the  nutrition  of  the  uterus,  perhaps  remove  the  sterility.  It  was 
supposed  also  that  tliere  might  be  atrophy  of  all  the  generative  organs,  since  the  men- 
struation was  defective,  though  regular,  and  the  patient  was  witlial  quite  anaemic. 
We  treated  the  patient  for  six  weeks  by  internal  faradization  of  the  uterus,  with  our 
intra-uterine  electrode,  through  the  speculum  ;  external  faradization  over  the  back, 
and  the  region  of  the  ovaries  ;  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization  occasion- 
ally.  The  patient  came  every  other  day.    Internally  she  took  iron  and  strychnine. 

At  the  first  menses  after  treatment  the  patient  remarked  an  increase  of  quantity, 
and  the  courses  were  on  her  one  day  longer  than  usual  By  the  ist  of  March,  after 
six  weeks'  treatment,  Dr.  Barker  found  on  examination  that  the  uterus  had  increased 
in  length  one-quarter  of  an  inch.  The  patient  after  an  interval  was  again  treated, 
but  without  any  local  improvement. 

The  modification  of  nutrition  caused  by  electricity  may  have  two  op- 
posite effects  ;  it  may  cause  increase  or  it  may  cause  diminution  in  the 
size  of  a  part  or  organ.  Where  the  part  is  abnormally  large  it  causes 
it  to  grow  smaller  ;  where  it  is  abnormally  small  or  atrophied,  as  in  the 
above  case,  it  causes  it  to  grow  larger.     In  these  opposite  results  there 


542  DISEASES    OF   WOMEN. 

is  nothing  inconsistent ;  they  are  readily  explained  by  the  change  in 
nutrition  caused  by  the  current. 

Congestion^  Enlargements,  Displacements,  and  Atrophy  of  the  Uterus. 
— Tripier,  Beauvain,  Seiler,  Fano,  Beau,  and  ourselves  have  treated 
engorgements  and  flexions,  prolapsus  and  atrophy  of  the  uterus  by 
electricity.      Both  the  galvanic  and  faradic  currents  are  employed. 

The  occasional  results  obtained  in  prolapsus  uteri  are  to  be  explained 
partly  by  the  chemical  and  mechanical  efifects  of  the  current  on  the 
structure  of  the  uterus,  and  partly  by  its  tonic  effects  on  the  ligaments 
and  vaginal  walls. 

Treatment. — In  the  treatment  of  the  various  displacements  of  the 
uterus,  the  application  must,  of  course,  be  varied  with  the  morbid  con- 
dition. Special  rules  cannot  be  given  in  any  detail  ;  each  case  must  be 
studied  by  itself. 

According  to  Tripier,*  chronic  metritis  and  enlargement  of  the  uterus, 
is  best  treated  by  applying  the  uterine  electrode  against  the  os,  and 
connecting  the  other  pole  (bifurcated)  with  an  insulated  rectal  electrode 
in  the  rectum  and  a  sponge  electiode  over  the  abdomen. 

Prolapsus  uteri  the  same  author  treats  by  applying  the  uterine  elec- 
trode against  the  os  and  connecting  the  other  pole  (bifurcated)  with 
two  sponge  electrodes,  one  on  each  groin. 

For  anteversion  and  anteflexion  he  introduces  the  negative  pole  into 
the  rectum,  where  it  can  act  more  powerfully  on  the  posterior  part  of 
the  uterus,  and  the  positive  in  the  vagina. 

For  retroiJersion  and  retrofl.exion  he  applies  the  positive  pole  in  the 
bladder  or  over  the  abdomen,  while  the  negative  is  applied  to  the  os, 
by  the  uterine  electrode,  an  air  pessary  having  first  been  put  into  the 
rectum  to  elevate  the  fundus. 

By  properly  insulating  the  electrode,  the  current — faradic  or  gal- 
vanic— can  be  localized  in  any  restricted  portion  of  the  uterine  canal. 

The  treatment  may  be  regarded  as  an  important  adjuvant  va.  all  re- 
bellious cases  of  engorgement  and  atrophy  of  the  uterus  or  of  its  ap- 
pendages, and  of  uterine  displacement,  and  especially  of  those  that  are 
associated  with  general  debility.  The  contracting  influence  of  the  elec- 
trical currents  over  involuntary  muscle  is  a  strong  physiological  argu- 
ment in  favor  of  the  use  of  this  remedy  in  uterine  engorgement  (see 
chapter  on  Involuntary  Muscles  in  Electro-Physiology). 

Tripier  f  details  thirty  cases  of  various  phases  and  complications  of 
uterine  disease  treated  by  localized  faradization. 

*  Loc.  cit.,  p.  38  et  seq. 

f  Annales  de  I'Electro-Therapie,  p.  202  et  seq.     1863. 


ATROPHY   AND   DISPLACEMENTS   OF   THE   UTERUS.        543 

Of  aniefiexion  and  anteversioti,  four  cases  recovered,  two  were  im- 
/jroved,  and  in  one  case  no  result  was  obtained. 

Of  retroversion  and  retroflexion,  one  case  recovered,  one  was  im- 
proved, and  in  one  case  there  was  no  result. 

Of  engorgement,  two  cases  recovered. 

Tripier  further  observed  very  marked  effects  on  the  general  system, 
and  severe  symptoms  of  hysteria,  neuralgia,  and  nervousness  were 
greatly  ameliorated.  If  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization 
had  been  employed,  these  constitutional  effects  would  have  been  much 
more  marked. 

Prolapsus  tcteri — Leiicorrhcea  and  menorrhagia — Loss  of  tone  in  vaginal  walls — 
Recovery  tinder  faradization  of  uterzis  and  general  faradization. 
Case  CXXIX. — Miss  T.,  an  unmarried  lady,  aged  30,  applied  for  treatment  for  fall- 
ing ofthe  womb  of  the  second  degree,  from  which  she  has  suffered  for  nearly  six  months. 
Previous  to  the  first  symptoms  of  prolapsus,  persistent  leucorrhoea  had  annoyed  her 
for  some  time,  and  had  continued  up  to  the  day  she  came  to  us.  She  complained 
also  of  some  menorrhagia.  These  conditions,  however,  were  evidently  associated  with 
no  organic  uterine  disease  ;  but  her  general  health  was  quite  feeble.  If  it  were  a  case 
for  electricity  at  all,  it  was  plain  that  she  needed  its  tonic  influence.  We  commenced, 
therefore,  with  mild  general  applications,  increasing  the  strength  of  the  current  at 
each  visit  as  she  was  able  to  bear.  At  each  sitting,  also,  the  electrode  was  applied 
for  a  few  minutes  against  the  os  and  the  vagina.  The  beneficial  results  of  this  course 
of  treatment  were  soon  observable.  Her  appetite,  which  had  been  capricious,  became 
more  rational,  and  her  strength  increased  with  marked  rapidity.  The  vagmal  walls 
seemed  to  gain  tone  day  by  day,  until  after  the  sixth  application  the  uterus  was  re- 
stored to  its  normal  position. 

Irritation  and  Congestion  of  the  Ovaries. — -Irritation  and  neuralgia 
ofthe  ovaries  accompanying  hysteria  are  treated  electrically  with  advan- 
tage. Congestion  of  the  ovaries  is  also  similarly  treated  with  excel- 
lent result — at  least  for  the  relief  of  the  symptoms. 

Intra- Uterine  Galvafiic  Pessaries. — The  attention  of  the  profession 
was  called  to  the  use  of  galvanic' intra-uterine  pessaries 
by  Sir  J.  Y.  Simpson.  The  instrument  which  he  em- 
ployed was  composed  of  a  piece  of  zinc  and  a  piece  of 
copper  fastened  together  into  a  shape  and  size  suitable 
for  entrance  into  the  uterine  cavity. 

As   thus   constructed    the   instrument    was    stiff  and 

Fig.  115. 

unyielding,  and  was  not  adapted  for  the  various  states    ,        „     . 
of  uterine  flexion.     This   form   of  pessary  Prof   T.    G.  Galvanic  Pessa- 
Thomas  *  has  greatly  modified  by  substituting  for  the  ^^' 

single  pieces  alternate  beads  of  zinc  and  copper,  which  are  arranged 

*  A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  Women.     Second  edition,  p.  500. 


544  DISEASES   OF   WOMEN. 

on  flexible  wire  inserted  in  a  rubber  bulb  (Fig.  115).  This  instrument 
we  will  still  further  improve  by  iiisulat'mg  the  wire  on  which  the  beads 
of  zinc  and  copper  are  strung,  except  at  the  extremities,  where  it  makes 
metallic  connection  at  one  end  with  the  zinc,  and  at  the  other  with  the 
copper  bead,  thus  forming  a  miniature  voltaic  pile,  with  a  completed 
circuit. 

When  this  contrivance  is  closely  embraced  by  the  lining  membrane 
of  the  uterus,  and  thoroughly  moistened  by  the  uterine  fluids,  a  feeble 
current  is  unquestionably  generated. 

When,  therefore,  such  a  galvanic  pessary  is  in  situ  it  is  probable 
that  the  very  feeble  current,  as  it  passes  through  the  metallic  beads, 
may  traverse,  to  a  limited  extent,  the  folds  of  the  linin^g  membrane  of 
the  uterus,  which  presses  between  them. 

The  question  whether  the  very  slight  current  thus  produced,  com- 
bined with  the  necessary  mechanical  effect  of  the  metals  in  such  case, 
is  capable  of  important  therapeutic  results,  can  only  be  answered  by 
extended  experience  and  discriminating  observation.* 

Dr.  Thomas  assures  us  that  in  amenorrhoea  positive  therapeutical 
results  have  been  obtained  by  the  use  of  this  pessary  ;  but  is  unable  to 
say  whether  the  results  are  due  to  the  mechanical  effect  of  the  metals 
or  to  the  action  of  the  current. 

Dr.  Peaslee  also  has  seen  favorable  results  from  the  use  of  the  same 
pessary. 

The  question  whether  the  therapeutical  effects  are  due  to  the  press- 
ure of  the  foreign  body  or  to  the  action  of  the  current  might  be  settled 
by  substituting  glass  beads  for  the  metals. 

Dr.  Murray,  quoted  by  Althaus,f  has  used  Simpson's  intra-uterine 
galvanic  pessary  with  success  in  cases  of  sub-involution  of  the  uterus, 
where  the  os  is  open,  the  lips  thickened,  and  the  whole  organ  flabby 
with  excess  of  menstruation  and  disagreeable  discharge.  In  one  marked 
case  a  fortnight's  use  of  this  instrument  reduced  a  flabby  uterus  "  nearly 
to  its  normal  and  healthy  condition." 

An  important  practical  difficulty  in  using  these  pessaries  is  that  they 
will  not  always  remain  in  position.  To  meet  this  difificulty  springs  have 
been  attached  to  the  handle  which  fall  against  the  walls  of  the  vagina, 
and  thus  keep  the  pessary  from  slipping  out. 

*  The  white  coagula  that  are  observed  after  this  application  of  this  pessary  are 
caused  by  the  chemical  action  of  the  current  on  the  intra-uterine  fluids, 
f  Op.  cit.,  p.  631. 


CHAPTER   XXVIII. 

DISEASES    OF    CHILDREN. 

The  diseases  of  children  in  which  electricity  has  been  found  of  ser- 
nce  are  the  following : — 

Chorea,  Marasmus  and  General  Debility, 

Whooping-Cough,  Incontinence  of  Urine, 

Cholera  Infantum,  Vomiting, 

I^aryngismus  Stridulus,*  Infantile  Paralysis. 

Treatment. — Chorea  has  been  successfully  treated  by  a  variety  of 
methods  of  electrization — by  frictional  electricity,  peripheral  faradiza- 
tion,! and  galvanization  of  the  spine,J  and  in  our  hands  general  faradi- 
zation and  central  galvanization.  Successful  results  have  been  gained 
by  all  these  methods.  We  have  found  general  faradization  and  central 
galvanization  alone  so  successful  in  cases  of  general  chorea,  that  we 
have  but  rarely  had  occasion  to  experiment  with  other  methods. 

Our  success  with  general  faradization  in  chorea  is  probably  to  be 
accounted  for  partly  by  the  muscular  exercise  that  is  derived  from  this 
method  of  treatment,  as  well  as  by  the  tonic  action  of  the  current  on 
the  nervous  system.  Choreic  patients  do  not  usually  bear  strong  cen- 
tral galvanization  or  protracted  sittings  ;  the  milder  influence  of  the 
faradic  current  is  preferable  to  the  galvanic,  unless  the  latter  is  used 
with  considerable  caution.  Benedikt  claims  to  have  been  uniformly 
successful  in  more  than  twenty  cases  of  chorea  by  galvanization  of  the 
spine.  He  used,  however,  but  a  small  number  of  elements,  and  the 
length  of  the  sittings  was  not  more  than  one  and  a  half  minutes.  Other 
observers  have  not  been  so  successful  with  this  method.  Meyer  reports 
unsatisfactory  results  with  galvanization  of  the  spine  in  two  or  three 
cases.  §  It  is  probable  that  the  success  of  Benedikt  with  galvanization 
of  the  spine  was  due  to  the  very  great  caution  which  he  exercised  in 
regard  to  the  strength  of  the  current  and  the  length  of  the  sittings,  as 

*  This  affection  is  considered  under  Diseases  of  the  Larynx. 
\  Duchenne  and  Becquerel.  \  Benedikt.  §  Op.  cit. ,  p.  364. 

35 


546  DISEASES   OF   CHILDREN. 

he  himself  declares  that  the  symptoms  were  aggravated  if  the  nunibei  • 
of  elements  were  much  increased.  For  hemi-chorea  Benedikt  recom- 
mends galvanization  of  the  head.  We  prefer  for  all  cases  of  chorea 
general  faradization,  occasionally  varied  by  central  galvanization,  with 
very  mild  currents,  and  believe  that  this  method  of  treatment  faithfully 
used  will  do  all  that  can  be  done  for  this  disease  through  electricity. 

Prognosis. — In  regard  to  the  prognosis  of  chorea  under  electrical 
treatment  there  has  been  considerable  skepticism,  even  among  those 
who  are  friendly  to  electro-therapeutics.  This  skepticism  has  been  due 
to  the  fact  that  the  majority  of  cases  of  chorea  recover  spontaneously 
in  time,  and  because  their  improvement  under  electricity  is,  in  some 
cases,  quite  slow. 

Aside  from  the  well-known  fact  that  many  cases  recover  spontaneously 
in  the  course  of  a  few  weeks  or  months,  direct  and  positive  results  of 
treatment  can  be  appreciated  in  this  disease  more  uniformly  than  in  any 
other  spastic  condition.  Cases  of  failure  after  protracted  treatment  by 
electricity  are  exceptional.  The  worst  cases,  when  recent,  sometimes 
seem  to  yield  better  than  those  which  are  comparatively  mild. 

Partial  chorea,  affecting  the  eyelid,  the  muscles  of  the  neck,  or  a  sin- 
gle limb,  or  group  of  muscles,  is  more  obstinate  than  a  much  worse 
form  of  general  chorea.  The  explanation  of  this  inconsistency  is  that 
patients  affected  with  partial  chorea  are  apt  to  delay  weeks,  months, 
and  years  before  taking  treatment.  Recent  cases  we  have  found  to 
yield  almost  uniformly.  All  long-standing  choreic  cases  need  to  be 
treated  perseveringly — from  one  to  several  months  being  usually  neces- 
sary to  complete  a  cure.  In  some  cases  no  apparent  improvement 
takes  place  at  the  outset  of  electrical  treatment,  and  the  friends  of  the 
patient  become  discouraged ;  but  if  the  treatment  be  continued,  a  per- 
manent cure  may  be  obtained.  Symptomatic  chorea — dependent  on 
cerebral  or  cerebellar  disease — offers  an  unfavorable  prognosis. 

General  chorea,  with  inability  of  the  patient  to  walk,  feed  hirnself,  or  distinctly 
speak — Recovery  under  ceiitral  galvanization,  after  the  failure  of  general  fara- 
dization and  medication. 

Case  CXXX. — Master  S.,  a  little  boy  about  ten  years  old,  came  to  us  through 
Dr.  J.  O.  Farrington. 

The  patient  had  for  some  time  suffered  from  general  chorea  of  a  decided  character, 
but  during  the  last  few  weeks  it  had  so  increased  in  severity  that  he  was  unable  to 
walk,  or  even  feed  himself.  All  his  extremities  as  well  as  the  face  were  in  constant 
motion ;  his  utterance  was  indistinct,  and  in  weight  he  had  decreased  very  much. 
There  was  no  hereditary  tendency  of  this  character  in  the  family,  and  the  only  cause 
to  which  the  symptoms  could  plausibly  be  attributed  was  a  fall  from  a  horse,  which 
severely  jarred  him,  some  weeks  before  the  disease  manifested  itself. 


CASES   OF   CHOREA.  54/ 

The  treatment  was  varied.  Fowler's  solution  and  certain  other  remedies,  which  we 
do  not  now  recall,  had  been  faithfully  tried,  but  without  oenefit.  We  began  with 
mild  general  faradization,  but,  as  the  results  did  not  accord  with  our  expectations,  we 
abandoned  it  and  essayed  very  gentle  central  galvanization. 

During  the  first  week  of  this  treatment  no  appreciable  benefit  seemed  to  be  derived, 
except  an  improvement  in  sleep. 

Soon  after  this,  however,  the  effect  observed  was  decided.  His  appetite  became 
better,  resulting  naturally  in  increased  weight ;  co-ordination  of  movement  rapidly 
became  possible,  the  utterance  distinct,  and  in  a  few  weeks  recovery  was  complete. 

Treatment  was  discontinued  in  February,  1871,  and  to  this  date  there  has  been  no 
evidence  of  a  return  of  the  disease. 

Chorea  of  ten  months'  standing,  of  the  left  side  and  right  arm,  in  a  girl  of  eleven — 
Recovery  in  ten  weeks  under  central  galvanization. 

Case  CXXXI. — M.  R.,  a  little  girl,  aged  eleven,  was  directed  to  us  by  Dr.  H.  H. 
Gregory,  of  Harlem.  Some  ten  months  before,  the  mother  first  observed  slight  con- 
vulsive twitchings  of  the  left  hand,  which  gradually  increased  in  severity  until  in  a  few 
weeks  the  member  was  quite  useless.  In  two  or  three  months  the  left  leg  became 
choreic,  and  soon  after  the  disorder  extended  to  the  right  arm.  It  was  one  of  those 
cases  which  obstinately  resist  ordinary  internal  medication,  and  was  hence  considered 
a  fair  opportunity  to  test  the  virtues  of  central  galvanization.  The  treatment  was 
given  every  other  day,  but  for  three  weeks  no  apparent  impression  was  made  upon 
the  disease. 

During  the  fourth  week  the  symptoms  somewhat  abated,  and  from  this  time  forth 
the  improvement  was  uninterrupted,  until,  in  ten  weeks  from  the  beginning  of  the 
treatment,  recovery  was  perfect. 

Choreic  disturbance  of  the  head  of  five  tnonths'  dtcration — Recovery  under  less  than 
twelve  applications  of  general  faradization. 
Case  CXXXII. — Minnie  V.,  aged  8  years,  had  been  affected  for  five  months  with 
severe  and  almost  constant  nervous  twitchings  of  the  head.  They  were  evidently  choreic 
in  character,  occurred  without  the  consciousness  of  the  child,  and  during  sleep  were  en- 
tirely wanting.  The  patient  was  somewhat  depressed  in  health  and  decidedly  anaemic, 
and  we  therefore  submitted  her  to  general  faradization.  Under  the  influence  of  less 
than  a  dozen  applications  she  gained  in  appetite  and  strength.  The  choreic  disturb- 
ance became  decidedly  less  marked,  and  after  the  cessation  of  the  treatment,  for  the 
purpose  of  allowing  the  secondary  effects  to  be  manifested,  it  was  not  more  than  ten 
days  before  recovery  was  complete. 

Chorea  of  a  year's  duration — Improvement  during  treatment,  and  rapid  recovery 

after  its  cessation. 
Case  CXXXIII. — A  little  boy  of  a  delicate  organization  was  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  Geo. 
Peters.  The  child  had  been  affected  with  general  choreic  movements  of  a  decided 
'though  not  severe  character  for  a  little  more  than  a  year.  The  mechanical  effects  of 
the  faradic  current  seeming  to  disagree  with  the  patient,  we  submitted  him  to  mild 
seances  of  central  galvanization.  Some  fifteen  applications  were  administered  during 
the  month  which  resulted  in  some  improvement.  At  this  stage  the  treatment  wat 
necessarily  interrupted,  but  the  improvement  continued,  and  in  a  few  weeks  the 
recovery  was  quite  complete. 


548  DISEASES   OF   CHILDREN. 

In  not  a  few  cases  of  chorea  the  beneficial  effects  of  electrical  treat 
ment  became  manifest — as  in  the  above — after  cessation  of  the  applica- 
tions. 

Severe  chorea  in  a  girl  seven  years  of  age — Less  than  usual  sensitiveness  on  the  heoA 
— Recovery  under  ten  general  faradizations. 

Case  CXXXIV.  —  L.  J.,  a  girl  seven  years  of  age,  was  brought  for  treatment  by 
general  electrization  in  September,  1868.  She  was  pale  and  slender,  but  quite  tall  for 
her  age.  For  eighteen  months  her  growth  had  been  remarkably  rapid,  and 
to  this  fact  the  mother  was  inclined  to  attribute  the  disease.  The  parents  first 
noticed  some  twitching  of  the  left  hand  in  the  fall  of  1866,  but  did  not  at  the  time 
give  it  particular  attention.  The  choreic  symptoms  rapidly  increased  to  such  an  ex- 
tent, however,  that  they  became  alarmed,  and  applied  for  medical  treatment.  But 
in  spite  of  persistent  internal  medication,  the  want  of  power  to  co-ordinate  her  move- 
ments grew  more  marked,  and  the  symptoms  extended  to  her  limbs  and  organs  of 
speech.  At  the  time  that  the  patient  came  under  our  notice  the  choreic  movements 
were  quite  violent.  The  left  side  was  considerably  more  affected  than  the  right,  and 
her  articulation  was  so  indistinct  that  it  was  impossible  for  a  stranger  to  understand 
what  she  said.  We  found  no  difficulty  in  inducing  the  child  to  submit  to  the  treat- 
ment, but  the  involuntary  agitation  of  the  legs  was  so  great  that  it  was  found  neces- 
sary to  hold  the  feet  upon  the  plate  to  which  the  negative  pole  was  attached. 

The  current  was  very  sensitively  felt  over  the  stomach,  but  not  over  any  other 
portion  of  the  body.  It  may  be  remarked,  however,  that  over  the  head  could  be 
borne  without  discomfort  a  current  much  more  intense  than  is  the  case  in  the  normal 
condition. 

The  first  and  second  applications  resulted  in  no  appreciable  change  in  her  symp- 
toms ;  but  at  the  fourth  visit,  about  ten  days  after  the  first,  a  perceptible  improve- 
ment was  noticed.  As  is  usually  the  case  when  a  favorable  result  follows  any 
method  of  treatment,  the  diminution  of  the  choreic  movement  wa.zfrst  manifested  in 
the  lower  limbs.     The  progress  towards  recovery  was  very  rapid. 

At  the  fifth  visit  she  could  retain  her  feet  upon  the  plate  by  her  own  unaided  efforts, 
while  the  application  was  being  made.  This  improvement  had  also  extended  to  the 
arms  and  face,  and  the  tenth  application,  administered  about  a  month  after  the  first, 
dissipated  every  choreic  symptom.  There  was  one  peculiar  and  well-marked  feature, 
which  we  observed,  in  this  as  well  as  in  several  other  cases.  We  refer  to  the  in- 
tensity of  the  current  used  when  applications  were  made  to  the  head.  As  the  disease 
advanced  toward  recovery,  such  applications  became  more  and  more  painful,  so  that 
it  was  necessary  to  gradually  decrease  their  power. 

Chorea  of  face  and  ar7>is  in  a  lad  twelve  years  of  age,  dependent  on  meyiial  infu- 
ences — Recovery  tender  localized  faradization. 
Case  CXXXV.— In  December,  1866,  a  lady  brought  to  us  a  little  boy,  aged  12  years, 
to  be  treated  for  symptoms  that  were  somewhat  anomalous,  yet  not  of  a  character 
sufficiently  marked  to  enable  us  to  say  positively  that  St.  Vitus's  dance  proper  existed. 
While  in  perfect  repose,  and  even  when  engaged  in  play,  study,  or  conversation,  if 
there  was  nothing  to  excite  or  alarm,  he  exhibited  nothing  unusual  in  his  movements. 
If,  however,  he  failed  in  his  recitations,  was  scolded  by  his  parents,  or  if  he  became 


CASES   OF   CHOREA.  549 

excited  in  his  play,  or  was  abashed  by  the  notice  of  a  stranger,  some  peculiar  symp- 
toms became  immediately  manifest.  The  muscles  of  the  face  became  convulsed,  and 
at  times  the  twitching  was  quite  violent,  so  that  his  appearance  was  grotesque  in  the 
extreme.  Rapid  contractions  of  the  muscles  of  the  arm  also  occurred.  These  were 
most  noticeable  in  the  biceps  and  flexors  of  the  hands  and  fingers. 

The  child  was  to  all  appearance  perfectly  healthy,  and  was  of  a  lively  and  genial 
disposition. 

This  disorder  of  the  nervous  function  had  existed  some  four  or  five  months,  so  that 
considerable  uneasiness  was  excited  in  the  minds  of  the  friends  of  the  patient.  As  he 
lived  a  considerable  distance  from  the  city,  applications  were  given  only  occasionally, 
as  his  attendant  found  it  convenient  to  bring  him.  During  the  course  of  a  month  the 
boy  visited  us  some  five  or  six  times,  and  as  he  was  suffering  from  no  debility,  we 
judged  it  to  be  sufficient  to  make  the  applications  only  to  the  parts  affected,  and  not 
to  extend  them  over  the  whole  surface  of  the  body.  The  result  of  this  irregular 
treatment  was  successful,  since  all  the  abnormal  movements  to  which  he  had  been  so 
readily  liable  on  exposure  to  any  excitement  became  less  and  less  marked.  At  the 
end  of  the  month  he  left  us  cured. 

Ajt  aggravated  case  of  cJiorea  resists  the  action  of  the  galvanic,  but  yields  to  general 
electrization  with  the  faradic  curre7tt — Relapses,  and  again  recovers  under  the 
same  treatment. 

Case  CXXXVI. — A  little  patient,  aged  lo  years,  under  the  professional  care  of  Dr. 
J.  O.  Farrington,  presented  the  severest  symptoms  of  chorea. 

Prof.  George  T.  Elliott  was  called  in  consultation  May  i8,  1868,  and  by  these  gen- 
tlemen electrical  treatment  was  advised. 

Some  two  months  previous  to  the  consultation  certain  abnormal  movements — such 
as  starting  suddenly  to  his  feet,  throwing  out  a  hand  or  a  foot,  etc. — were  observed 
by  the  teacher  of  the  boy.  Two  weeks  subsequently,  the  patient  was  seized  with  well- 
marked  choreic  symptoms  of  the  right  side  of  the  body,  and  in  two  days  the  disturb- 
ance extended  to  the  opposite  side.  So  constant  and  violent  were  the  movements  of 
his  arms  and  legs  that  it  was  impossible  to  keep  him  on  a  bed  or  sofa.  It  was  neces- 
sary to  place  him  on  the  carpet,  surrounded  by  inflated  rubber  bags.  Intelligence 
seemed  to  be  perfect,  but  the  power  of  speech  was  lost  and  the  sufferer  made  known 
his  wants  by  impatient  cries  and  ill-directed  motions. 

Sleep  was  impossible  without  the  nightly  administration  of  an  opiate.  Contrary  to 
our  judgment,  but  by  suggestion,  we  commenced  treatment  by  the  use  of  a  mild  gal- 
vanic current  directed  especially  to  the  base  of  the  brain  and  the  spinal  tract ;  but 
this  method  served  only  to  aggravate  the  child' s  condition.  We  then  resorted  to  the 
faradic  current  by  the  method  of  general  electrization,  but  so  violent  were  the  invol- 
untary movements  in  the  limbs  and  body  of  the  patient,  that  it  was  with  difficulty 
that  he  could  be  held  in  a  sitting  posture  and  his  feet  kept  on  the  copper  plate  to 
which  the  negative  pole  was  attached.  The  applications  were  general — every  por- 
tion of  the  body,  from  the  head  to  the  feet,  being  influenced  on  each  occasion. 

Improvement  was  manifest  from  the  very  first.  He  was  at  once  enabled  to  sleep 
soundly,  although  his  opiate  was  reduced  one-third,  and  after  the  fourth  appliratiofi 
it  was  dispensed  with  altogether.  In  the  course  of  three  weeks,  during  which  time 
fifteen  applications  were  given,  the  case  was  so  far  improved  that  the  patient  was  able 


550  DISEASES   OF    CHILDREN. 

to  utter  distinctly  words  and  sentences.  The  choreic  symptoms  were  so  much  dimin 
ished  that  the  boy  could  readily  sit  quiet  and  alone,  and  during  an  application  was 
able  to  command  the  movements  of  his  body  and  feet.  Improvement  continued  dur- 
ing the  administration  of  a  few  more  applications,  when  the  child  was  taken  to  the 
sea-shore,  where  in  two  weeks  he  quite  recovered.  After  having  enjoyed  excellent 
health  for  a  year  and  a  half,  the  boy  suffered  from  a  second  attack.  He  was  imme- 
diately subjected  to  the  influence  of  electrization,  and  recovered  even  more  rapidly 
than  before. 

Marasmus  and  General  Debility.  —In  the  treatment  of  marasmus  and 
general  debility  of  children,  Dr.  B^ard  has  recently  made  a  series  of 
experiments  at  the  Sheltering  Arms  Institution  in  Brooklyn,  which  is 
under  the  medical  charge  of  Drs.  Jerome  Walker  and  Frank  Rockwell. 
In  addition  to  this  hospital  experience,  Dr.  Rockwell  has,  in  private 
practice  more  especially,  had  very  many  opportunities  of  testing  the 
efficacy  of  the  various  forms  of  electricity  in  the  diseases  under  consid- 
eration. In  these  investigations  a  number  of  marasmic  cases  and  of 
cases  of  debility  of  various  kinds,  some  of  a  most  serious  character,  were 
treated  by  general  faradization,  and  with  most  pleasing  results.  The 
remarkable  improvement  in  nutrition  that  the  young  of  animals  may 
derive  from  general  faradization  has  already  been  described  (see  chapter 
on  Nutrition,  in  Electro-Physiology). 

Two  important  facts  were  brought  out  and  confirmed  in  these  exper- 
iments : — 

1.  That  very  young  children — under  one  year — could  bear  as  large 
doses  of  general  faradization  as  adults. 

2.  That  the  recognized  tonic  effects  of  general  faradization — improve- 
ment in  sleep,  appetite,  and  in  rapidity  and  vigor  Of  growth — are  appre- 
ciated by  infants  even  more  rapidly  than  by  adults. 

Cases  that  were  fast  failing  were  restored,  and  in  one  or  two  instances 
life  was  apparently  saved  by  the  treatment. 

Marasmus  in  a  child  aged  four — Recovery  under  general  faradization  after  failtdre 
of  the  accepted  methods  of  treatment. 
Case  CXXXVII. — F.  C,  a  little  boy  aged  4,  had  been  prostrated  for  some  time  with 
diarrhoeal  symptoms  with  fever.  These  symptoms  became  modified  under  treatment ; 
but  the  child  continued  excessively  weak,  with  no  appetite,  with  paroxysms  of  fever- 
ishness,  sleeplessness,  profuse  night-sweats,  and  progressive  emaciation.  No  form  of 
medication  seemed  of  much  service  ;  and  as  the  condition  of  the  patient  had  assumed 
a  chronic  character  and  clearly  pointed  to  disease  of  the  mesenteric  glands,  electricity- 
was  advised  by  both  Drs.  H.  H.  Gregory,  the  attending,  and  the  late  Geo.  T,  Elliot, 
the  consulting  physician. 

We  submitted  the  little  patient  to  general  faradization  carefully  but  thoroughly 
applied.     In  one  respect  its  effects  were  immediately  and  decidedly  evidenced. 


MARASMUS  AND   WHOOPING-COUGH.  551 

The  sleep  was  bettered  and  the  profuse  perspiration  very  markedly  checked.  For 
six  weeks  this  treatment  was  repeated  every  night,  and  while  there  was  no  rapid  prog- 
ress towards  health,  yet  from  the  beginning  of  treatment  the  improvement  was  gradaol 
and  uninterrupted  until  the  recovery  was  complete. 

WJiooping-Cough. — In  the  institution  mentioned  on  the  preceding 
page,  and  in  private  practice,  sixteen  cases  of  whooping-cough  in  various 
stages  of  the  disease  have  been  treated,  mainly  by  central  galvanization. 
The  result  was  improvement  in  every  case.  The  paroxysms  were 
diminished  in  frequency  and  violence,  and  in  some  instances  the 
length  of  the  distressing  stage  of  the  disease  was  shortened. 

In  cases  complicated  with  debility  there  was  improvement  in  general 
nutrition.  In  one  case  where  great  debility,  resulting  from  congenital 
syphilis  existed,  the  improvement  in  general  nutrition  was  most  striking ; 
and  in  that  case  general  faradization  was  mainly  used.  In  most  of  the 
cases  treated,  the  usual  medication  in  wide  variety,  including  quinine, 
had  been  tried.  All  medication  was  stopped  shortly  after  the  electri- 
cal treatment  was  adopted. 

IncontiTiejice  of  Urine. — This  very  distressing  infirmity  will  sometimes 
yield  to  local  or  central  galvanization,  but  the  good  results  that  are 
obtained  by  these  methods  of  treatment  are  not  always  permanent. 

In  conjuction,  however,  with  other  tonic  remedies,  it  is  undoubtedly 
a  valuable  aid  in  the  treatment  of  this  disease. 

In  cases  where  there  is  an  almost  absolute  want  of  control  over  the 
bladder,  the  local  application  of  the  faradic  current  is  strongly  indicated, 
and  will  frequently  alleviate  the  symptoms. 

The  following  case  is  illustrative  of  the  good  effects  that  may  occa- 
sionally follow  the  use  of  electricity : 

l7ico7iti7tcnce  of  urine  since  bii-tJi  in  a  child  aged  six — Recovery  in  six  months  ztnder 

local  faradization. 

Case  CXXXVIII. — Willie ,  a  little  boy,  aged  six,  had  been  annoyed,  more 

or  less,  by  this  want  of  control  over  the  bladder  since  his  birth.  He  invariably  wet  his 
bed  at  night,  and  it  was  not  unusual  for  him  to  meet  with  accidents  by  day.  He  was  a 
fine  healthy  boy,  and  therefore  he  was  submitted  to  simple  localized  faradization. 
The  treatment  was  not  kept  up  very  regularly,  but  once  or  twice  a  week,  as  he  hap- 
pened to  visit  the  office.  In  about  a  month,  his  mother  observed  a  very  decided  im- 
provement. The  improvement  slowly  continued,  and  in  the  course  of  six  months  the 
patient  seemed  to  have  gained  ordinary  control  over  this  function. 

Vomiting  and  Cholera  Bifantum. — Both  vomiting  in  children  and 
cholera  infantum  are  treated  with  advantage  by  bromide  of  potassium 
and  by  the  tonic  influence  of  sea,  mountain,  and  country  air.  It  would 
therefore  be  just  to  suppose  that  these  affections  might  be  successfully 


552  DISEASES   OF   CHILDREN. 

treated  by  electricity.  Dr.  Lente,  of  Cold  Spring,  informs  us  that  he 
has  iiad  excellent  results  in  the  treatment  of  vomiting  in  children  by 
faradization.  Dr.  O'Reilley,  of  Louisville,  Ky.,  reports  good  results 
from  faradization  in  cholera  infantum. 

Infantile  Paralysis.— '?2SdXy'^\%  in  infants,  though  often  of  a  reflex 
character,  is  so  frequently  dependent  on  some  morbid  condition  of  the 
spine,  that  it  might  properly  be  included  under  spinal  paralysis.  Like 
paraplegia  in  adults,  it  depends  on  a  variety  of  diseased  states  of  the 
spinal  cord  and  its  membranes.  There  is,  probably,  no  one  patholo- 
gical lesion  that  is  pathognomonic  of  this  disease.* 

The  symptoms  of  the  disease  are  paralysis  of  motio7t,  with  loss  of  elec- 
tro-muscular contractility,  some  ancesthesia,  great  diminution  of  temper- 
ature,  and  muscular  atrophy. 

In  some  cases  the  muscular  atrophy  is  accompanied  by  fatty  degen.- 
eration. 

Duchenne,  with  the  aid  of  the  microscope,  has  investigated  the  con- 
dition of  the  muscles  in  muscular  atrophy.     For  this  purpose   a  trocar 


Fig.  ii6 — Duchenne's  Trocar. 


GTIEMANN-CM.MV. 
Fig.  117 — Noeggerath's  Trocar. 


is  necessary.  Duchenne's  trocar.  Fig.  116,  is  introduced  into  the  muscle 
open.  When  in  situ,  a  piece  of  sharp  steel  is  pushed,  by  means  of  a 
button,  against  the  barb  of  the  trocar.  A  piece  of  muscle  is  thus 
caught,  which,  on  the  withdrawal  of  the  trocar,  can  be  examined. 

Microscopic  Examination  of  Muscles. — Noeggerath's  instrument, 
Fig.  129,  is  introduced  as  a  simple  trocar,  and  when  in  situ,  the  wire  con- 
tained in  it,  being  pushed  forward,  causes  the  prongs  or  clasps  on  its 
extremity  to  emerge  a  little  separated.  When  the  wire  is  pulled  out  the 
prongs  come  together,  bringing  with  them  a  piece  of  the  flesh. 

*  For  a  valuable  resume  of  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge  of  the  Pathogeny  of 
Infantile  Paralysis,  see  the  paper  on  that  subject  by  Dr.  Mary  Jacobi  in  the  Am, 
Journal  of  Obstetrics,  May,  1874. 


INFANTILE   PARALYSIS.  553 

We  present  the  cuts  of  Duchenne,  with  condensed  explanations. 
Normal  fibre.  , First  dcCTee. ^ 


Fig.  ii8.  Fig.  119.  Fig.  120. 

Fig.    118  "represents  the  normal  fibres,  with  the  transverse  striae." 
Figs.   119,  120. — "The  transverse   striae   are   less   distinct;    they  are    frequentlj 
broken  ;  the  longitudinal  fibres  are  more  and  more  marked." 

Second  degree. 


Fig. 121. 


Fig.  122. 


Fig.  121. — "The  muscular  fascia  is  composed  entirely  of  longitudinal  fibres,  the 
transverse  striae  having  completely  disappeared." 

"  By  the  side  of  the  muscular  fibre  adipose  tissue  is  observed,  composed  of  cells 
that  are  either  (a)  round  or  longitudinal ;  there  are  little  drops  (b)  of  fat  deposited  in 
the  muscular  fibre." 

Fig.  122. — "  The  muscular  fibres  have  still  preserved  their  contractility,  ai  d  are 
undulating." 


554 


DISEASES   OF   CHILDREN. 
Third  degree. 


Fig.  123.  Fig.  124. 

Figs.    123,    124. — '*  The  longitudinal  fibres  have  become  less  distinct.     The  moIe« 
cules  of  fat  are  more  and  more  abundant — again  cover  the  figure  almost  entirely." 

Fourth  degree. 


Fig.  125.  Fig.  126.  Fig.  127. 

Fig.  125. — "The  longitudinal  fibres  have  disappeared.  We  see  only  fatty 
molecules  very  close  together  and  little  distinct,  especially  towards  the  axis  of  the 
fascia." 

Fig.  126. — "The  fat  becomes  more  abundant  and  difficult ;  the  muscular  fascials 
more  transparent." 

Fig.  127. — "  Distinct  molecules  of  fat  are  no  longer  perceptible ;  the  fascia  is  com- 
posed of  a  shapeless  mass. 

"  Each  degree  of  fatty  transformation  corresponds  to  a  degree  of  decoloration  of 
muscular  fibre." 

Electro-Diagnosis. — In  infantile  paralysis  there  is  diminution  or  utter 
loss  of  electro-muscular  contractility.  In  patients  so  young  the  con- 
dition of  the  electro-muscular  sensibility  cannot  of  course  be  ascertained. 


TREATMENT   OF  INFANTILE   PARALYSIS.  555 

The  tactile  sensibility  is  in  some  cases  much  diminished ;    in  other 
cases  it  does  not  appear  to  be  affected. 

A  slight  degree  of  anaesthesia  cannot  be  ascertained  in  very  young 
patients.  An  important  feature  of  infantile  paralysis  is  that  the  muscles 
exhibit  contractility  under  galvanization  when  they  are  not  at  all  affected 
by  faradization.  In  this  disease  especially  both  currents  are  necessary 
in  the  diagnosis  as  well  as  in  the  treatment,  and  careful  regard  must  be 
given  to  the  "  motor  points." 

In  making  an  examination  of  the  condition  of  the  muscles  of  infants 
it  should  be  remembered  that,  on  account  of  their  flabby  character  and 
the  relatively  large  proportion  of  adipose  tissue  by  which  they  are  sur- 
rounded, they  do  not  respond  as  readily  nor  as  perceptibly  to  electriza- 
tion as  the  muscles  of  adults. 

Treatment. — Galvanization  of  the  affected  limbs  is  the  method  of 
electrization  that  is  principally  indicated  in  infantile  paralysis.  In  those 
cases  that  fail  to  respond  to  the  faradic  current,  the  galvanic  is  indis- 
pensable. When  the  muscles  have  regained  their  contractility  under 
the  faradic  current,  faradization  may  be  used  either  alone  or  alternately 
with  galvanization. 

Children  will  bear  as  powerful  currents  and  as  protracted  localized 
applications,  without  apparent  injury,  as  adults  (see  p.  550).  No  stronger 
currents  should  be  used,  however,  than  are  just  sufficient  to  produce 
full  muscular  contractions.  The  most  frequent  mistake  is  to  overdo  the 
treatment — to  use  too  strong  currents,  and  too  long  applications,  and  thus 
weaken  rather  than  strengthen  the  muscles. 

Galvanization  of  the  spine  is  also  indicated,  and  in  connection  with 
the  peripheral  treatment  should  not  be  neglected. 

In  infantile  paralysis  the  general  health  is  not  necessarily  impaired. 
Those  cases  that  are  accompanied  with  general  weakness  should  be 
treated  by  general  as  well  as  localized  faradization  and  central  galvani- 
zation. Treatment  by  electrization  is  greatly  aided  by  passive  move- 
ments systematically  and  skilfully  used,  shampooing,  frictions,  and  the 
application  of  dry  heat  and  hot  water  to  the  affected  limbs.  (See  re 
marks  on  Accessory  Treatment  under  Hemiplegia.) 

Prognosis. — The  prognosis  must  depend  on  the  cause,  the  probable 
nature  of  the  lesion,  the  length  of  time  that  the  disease  has  existed,  and 
the  condition  of  the  muscles,  especially  as  ascertained  by  electric  and 
microscopic  examination.  If  fatty  degeneration  is  much  advanced  the 
prognosis  is  less  favorable  than  when  no  degeneration  exists. 

Cases  of  a  reflex  or  functional  character  may  recover  speedily  with- 
out special  treatment.     Cases  of  organic  character,  which  constitute 


556  DISEASES    OF   CHILDREN. 

the  majority,  and  which  have  gone  on  to  atrophy,  recover  only  slowly 
and  under  faithful,  persistent  treatment.  It  is  rarely  indeed  that  pa- 
rents or  guardians  have  the  patience  or  the  means  to  persevere  and 
obtain  the  full  benefit  of  which  electrization  is  capable. 

Frequently  the  improvement  rapidly  advances  to  a  certain  grade  and 
then  halts,  or  advances  so  imperceptibly  as  to  discourage  the  parent. 

Paralysis  of  left  arm  ;  atrophy  of  deltoid — No  response  at  first  to  faradization- 
Improvement,  but  not  recovery,  tinder  galvanization. 

Case  CXXXIX. — A  boy  aged  14  months,  was  suddenly  taken  with  complete  paralysis 
of  the  left  arm  after  exposure  to  cold.  He  came  under  our  observation  about  a  week 
after  the  seizure.  We  found  it  impossible  to  produce  the  slightest  contractions  of 
the  muscles  with  the  faradic  current.  After  two  applications  we  resorted  to  the 
galvanic  current. 

Immediate  contraction  of  all  the  paralyzed  muscles  followed  its  use,  and  the  natural 
power  was  restored  somewhat,  so  that  the  child  was  enabled  to  slowly  close  and  open 
the  hand.  After  another  similar  application,  the  faradic  current  was  as  efficacious  in 
producing  marked  contractions  as  the  galvanic. 

When  treatment  had  been  continued  about  a  month  the  child  could  use  the  hand 
and  forearm  perfectly  well.  The  upper  arm  was  considerably  improved,  so  far  as 
power  of  movement  was  concerned ;  but  the  deltoid  muscle  had  atrophied,  and  no 
subsequent  treatment  sufficed  to  greatly  improve  its  condition. 

Paralysti  of  left  arm,  with  atrophy  of  deltoid,  caused  by  exposure  to  cold — iVo 
response  at  first  to  faradization — Improvem-ent  U7tder  galvanization. 
Case  CXL. — A  short  time  before  we  saw  the  child  he  had  been  exposed  (with 
bare  ai^ms  and  shoulders),  while  riding  in  the  horse-cars,  to  cold  draughts  of  wind.  A 
few  hours  subsequently  the  mother  first  noticed  that  the  child  used  the  right  arm  alto- 
gether, and  upon  further  examination  she  discovered  that  the  left  arm  was  perfectly 
powerless.  Previous  to  the  attack  the  little  patient  had  been  suffering  considerably 
from  the  irritative  process  of  teething,  which  had  somewhat  reduced  him  in  health 
and  flesh.  The  deltoid  was  atrophied.  No  intensity  of  the  faradic  current  which  we 
felt  justified  in  applying  to  the  affected  arm  produced  the  slightest  effect ;  but  when  a 
galvanic  current  of  moderate  power  was  made  use  of,  the  muscles  of  the  paralyzed  limb 
responded  almost  as  readily  as  those  of  the  healthy  side.  The  improvement  under  the 
use  of  the  galvanic  current  was  for  a  time  quite  marked.  He  very  soon  regained  full 
power  over  the  hand  and  forearm,  but  was  unable  for  a  long  while  to  move  the  upper 
arm,  and  when  treatment  was  discontinued  after  some  twenty  applications  had  been 
given,  it  was  impossible  for  him  to  raise  the  arm  readily  from  the  side.  Notwithstand- 
ing  the  approximation  to  a  perfect  cure,  the  faradic  current  would  produce  only 
feeble  contractions,  while  under  the  influence  of  the  galvanic  current  the  electro-mus- 
cular contractility  was  vigorous. 

Pxralysis  of  right  leg  following  diarrhoea — Rapid  recovery  under  general  fara- 
dization. 
Case  CXLI. — A  girl,  aged  14  months,  was  brought  to  us  in  September,  1867,  to 
be  treated  for  an  at*  ick  of  paralysis  that  occurred  six  weeks  before.     During  the  sum* 


CASES   OF   INFANTILE   PARALYSIS.  557 

mer  she  had  suffered  from  a  diarrhoea,  which  had  considerably  reduced  her  in  strength 
and  flesh,  and  just  a  week  before  the  leg  became  paralyzed  she  exj.erienced  a  severe  at- 
tack of  cholera  infantum.  The  mother  of  the  child  first  observed  some  lameness  of  the 
right  leg,  that  followed  shortly  after  a  fall  from  a  chair.  In  two  days  the  leg  was 
without  the  slightest  power  of  motion.  The  limb  was  cold.  The  improvement  follow- 
ing electrization  was  in  this  instance  unusually  rapid.  Two  applications  with  the 
faradic  current  resulted  in  some  progress ;  but  after  the  third  visit,  when  the  galvanic 
current  was  used,  the  improvement  was  very  marked.  The  muscles  below  the  knee 
contracted  vigorously  for  the  first  time  under  its  influence,  and  in  the  course  oj  three 
weeks,  under  the  alternating  use  of  the  two  currents,  a  perfect  cure  was  effected. 

Paralysis  of  six  jnontks''  standing — Entire  loss  of  reaction  to  both  currents — Ap- 
proximate recovery. 

Case  CXLIL— Master  C.  E.,  aged  four,  was  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  S.  H.  Mcllroy, 
of  New  York. 

In  September,  1877,  the  patient  suffered  from  a  severe  attack  of  chills  and  fever, 
followed  by  convulsive  seizures.  One  week  subsequently  the  right  leg  was  found  to 
be  completely  paralyzed,  the  other  limbs,  with  the  exception  of  the  left  arm,  being 
also  affected,  but  in  a  less  degree.  In  March,  1878,  six  months  later,  the  case  came 
under  our  care.  The  leg  was  apparently  without  life,  quite  cold,  and  atrophied  to 
the  last  degree,  while  the  electro-muscular  contractility  was  completely  abolished, 
and  probably  had  been  for  some  time.  After  a  month's  treatment  by  general  fara- 
dization and  localized  galvanization,  the  general  condition  had  somewhat  improved, 
but  there  was  not  the  slightest  evidence  of  returning  galvano -muscular  contractility. 
In  two  weeks  more,  however,  contractions,  almost  imperceptible,  were  observed. 
These  increased  very  slowly,  and  it  was  six  months  before  the  muscles  responded  in 
the  least  degree  to  faradization.  At  the  present  time,  after  a  year  of  the  most  per- 
sistent endeavor,  the  contractions  are  considerable,  the  limb  has  increased  much  in 
size,  its  circulation  is  good,  and  the  child  can,  with  the  aid  of  a  chair,  move  about 
quite  readily.  We  conceive  it  to  be  self-evident  that  if  this  patient  had  not  been 
treated  with  unusual  persistency,  or  if  active  measures  had  been  delayed  much  longer, 
a  condition  of  life-long  helplessness  would  have  followed. 

In  consideration  of  the  absolute  and  long- continued  paralysis,  and 
loss  of  electric  response  to  either  current,  the  above  results  have  im- 
pressed us  deeply,  and  should  teach  that  even  desperate  cases  of  infan- 
tile paralysis  should  not  be  hastily  abandoned  to  their  fate. 


CHAPTER  XXIX. 

DISEASES    OF   THE    GENITO-URINARY   ORGANS. 

The  medical  diseases  of  the  male  genital  organs,  for  which  electri 
city  is  chiefly  indicated,  are  sperinatorrhoea,  seminal  emissions,  impo- 
tence, incontinence  of  urifie,  and  paralysis  of  the  bladder. 

As  it  has  been  doubted  whether  the  resom-ces  of  the  electro- 
therapeutics are  capable  of  affording  any  decided  and  lasting  benefit  in 
these  diseases,  we  here  record  not  only  as  the  result  of  our  own  ex- 
perience, but  from  a  knowledge  of  the  experience  of  others,  that  no 
case  in  which  there  have  been  reasonable  grounds  for  hope  can  be 
said  to  have  been  fairly  treated,  until  the  proper  application  of  elec- 
tricity has  been  attempted. 

It  should  be  remarked  that  of  spermatorrhoea,  seminal  emissions,  and 
impotence,  the  latter,  taking  the  cases  as  we  find  them,  yields  the  most 
uniformly  and  readily  to  electrical  treatment.  These  three  conditions 
are,  however,  very  frequently  associated,  and  the  symptoms  of  each 
may  be  so  intermingled  as  to  render  it  difficult  to  decide  which  presents 
the  most  prominent  indications. 

Spermatorrhoea. — There  can  be  no  question  that  true  sperinatorrhcea 
is  much  less  frequent  than  is  generally  believed.  It  consists  of  an  in- 
voluntary discharge  of  semen  without  erection,  and  as  there  are  several 
secretory  glands  besides  the  testicles,  the  secretion  from  which  lubri- 
cates the  urethral  canal,  and  may  even  appear  externally  in  a  healthy 
condition  of  the  parts,  the  activity  of  charlatans  has  had  a  fair  field  in 
which  to  excite  alarm  among  the  credulous. 

Seminal  emissions  consists  in  an  involuntary  discharge  of  semmal 
fluid  with  erection,  and  demands  treatment  only  when  it  becomes  ex- 
cessive, and  is  associated  with,  is  dependent  on,  or  is  the  cause  of 
constitutional  disturbance. 

Treatment. — In  regard  to  the  treatment  of  spermatorrhoea  and  semi- 
nal emissions,  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  that  no  one  method  of 
electrization  will  answer  in  all  cases.  The  applications  may  be  local- 
ized externally  or  internally,  and  in  addition  we  frequently  use  with 


560  DISEASES   OF  THE   GENITO-URINARY   ORGANS. 

advantage  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization.  There  is  one 
iiiethod  of  procedure  concerning  the  ill  effects  of  which  we  have  posi- 
tive convictions.  We  refer  to  strong  galvanization  of  the  ejac.ilatory 
ducts,  or  the  parts  in  their  immediate  vicinity,  by  means  of  the  insulated 
catheter  electrode. 

It  is  true  that  if  employed  with  great  caution,  and  with  a  current  of 
very  feeble  power,  no  harm  may  result.  Currents  of  considerable 
electrolytic  power  even  may  frequently  be  borne  without  any  after  ill 
effects ;  but  it  is  equally  true  that  these  same  applications,  whether 
weak  or  strong,  have  in  numbers  of  instances  been  followed  by  pro- 
found and  lasting  irritation. 

Deaths  have  been  known  to  result  from  the  effects  of  the  porte 
caustique.  From  the  history  of  one  of  our  cases,  it  seemed  sufficiently 
clear  that  this  treatment  had  laid  the  foundation  of  an  obstinate 
stricture  and  in  another  case  of  complete  destruction  of  the  virile 
power,  it  was  evident  that  the  symptoms  were  in  a  measure  due  to  a 
most  severe  and  ill-advised  cauterization  of  the  ejaculatory  ducts. 

Electrolytic  action  is  of  course  more  completely  under  control,  and 
although  its  action  is  different  from  that  of  the  caustic,  it  is  yet 
occasionally  followed  by  substantially  the  same  results,  and  we  hesi- 
tate to  make  use  of  it  in  the  irritable  conditions  that  we  are  con- 
sidering. 

In  lieu  of  this  procedure,  however,  and  in  addition  to  the  external 
methods  of  treatment,  we  are  highly  in  favor  of  the  direct  application 
of  the  faradic  current  to  the  urethra,  and  on  the  same  principles,  and  to 
meet  the  same  indications,  that  the  occasional  inti;oduction  of  the  ordi- 
nary catheter  is  attempted.  Mechanical  pressure  alone  tends  to  unload 
th--^  congested  capillaries,  and  to  very  decidedly  lessen  the  sensibility  of 
the  urethral  nerves,  and  when  combined  with  the  vibratory  action  of 
tht  faradic  current,  we  are  convinced  that  its  good  effects  are  marked- 
ly jucreased. 

impotence. — The  mildest  and  most  frequent  form  of  impotence  mani- 
fests itself  by  a  premature  ejaculation  of  semen,  with  no  special  diminu- 
tion of  sexual  desire,  but  with  some  impairment  of  the  power  of  erection. 
A  somewhat  more  persistent  condition  is  shown  by  an  appreciable 
diminution  or  capriciousness  of  the  sexual  appetite,  with  a  marked  de- 
crease of  the  power  of  erection,  and  again  there  is  not  unfrequently  an 
entire  absence  of  sexual  desire  and  power  of  erection.  Another  form  of 
impotence  may  be  \.Qxm.&di. psychical.  The  unfortunate  subjects  of  this 
con  iition,  ignorant  of  what  the  normal  sexual  appetite  should  be.  often- 
tim('«  suppose  that  in  their  case  it  is  deficient.     Depressed  and  distracted 


ELECTRO-DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF  IMPOTENCE.        56 1 

bj  self-brooding,  they  sometimes  fulfil  their  own  dark  forebodings,  and 
fail  in  their  preliminary  attempts  to  accomplish  the  sexual  act  through 
the  very  intensity  of  their  desire. 

We  shall  not  attempt  to  enter  into  any  consideration  of  the  causation 
of  these  symptoms,  further  than  to  say  that  the  vast  majority  of  cases 
of  this  character  are  brought  on  by  the  same  general  causes,  mastur- 
bation, or  suddenly  breaking  off  the  habit  of  masturbation,  excessive 
sexual  indulgence,  prolonged  continence,  or  by  any  influence  that 
debilitates  the  system. 

Not  only  in  its  incipient  but  in  its  more  advanced  stages,  impotence 
not  unfrequently  is  the  result  of  organic  disease  of  the  nerve-centres, 
and  its  treatment  by  electricity  is  of  importance  only  so  far  as  it  serves 
as  an  illustration  of  the  extraordinary  stimulating  or  tonic  influence 
of  the  remedy.  We  have  had  patients  suffering  from  incurable 
clironic  hemiplegia,  progressive  muscular  atrophy,  locomotor  ataxia, 
etc.,  where  there  has  been,  under  local  and  general  electrization,  a 
most  extraordinary  increase  in  the  desire  and  capacity  for  sexual  inter- 
course. 

Elect}'o-Diag7iosis. — AncBsthesia  of  one-half,  icsiially  the  left,  of  the 
petiis,  is  a  condition  not  unfrequently  observed  in  diseases  of  these  ])arts. 
This  may  be  detected  by  an  electric  examination  or  by  the  .•esthesiom- 
eter.  This  peculiarity,  which  was  first  pointed  out  by  Schulz,  we  have 
observed  in  a  number  of  instances.  With  ansesthesia  there  may  be 
coldness  and  blueness  of  the  sexual  organs. 

Occasionally  the  anaesthesia  is  quite  profound,  and  as  a  rule  the  sex- 
ual weakness  is  in  proportion  to  the  degree  of  the  anaesthesia. 

The  numbness  in  these  cases  is  more  than  an  accidental  association ; 
it  would  indeed  appear  as  if  it  were,  to  a  certain  extent,  a  cause ;  for  by 
the  application  of  the  ordinary  electric  brush  to  the  parts  in  the  same 
way  that  we  treat  any  case  of  local  anaesthesia,  the  numbness  is  often 
removed,  and  the  integrity  of  the  sexual  function  restored. 

Hypercesthesia  of  the  urethra  is  a  condition  that  is  sometimes  ob- 
served, especially  in  patients  otherwise  nervous  and  irritable. 

In  the  worst  stages  there  may  be  atrophy  of  the  testicles  and  the 
penis,  and  a  diminution  of  temperature  that  is  at  once  perceptible  to 
the  hand. 

Treatment. — In  the  consideration  of  the  various  degrees  of  impaired 
sexual  power,  the  question  at  once  arises.  What  are  the  indications,  and 
how  are  these  indications  to  be  fulfilled  ?  In  the  milder  forms  of  impo- 
tence, where  there  is  simply  premature  ejaculation  of  semen,  with  some 
diminution  of  the  power  of  erection,  as  well  in  the  more  advanced 


562  DISEASES   OF  THE   GENITO-URINARY   ORGANS. 

Stages,  where  the  desire  is  capricious  and  the  power  of  erection  pretty 
vvell  destroyed,  it  is  evident  that  there  must  be  a  degree  of  paralysis  at 
the  root  of  the  disorder,  dependent  on  structural  changes  in  the  nerve- 
centres,  or  else  this  impaired  power  or  tone  in  the  muscles  and  erectile 
tissue  may  be  of  a  purely  local  character.  In  the  latter  case,  the  indi- 
cations are  clearly  the  same  as  in  other  forms  of  local  paralysis,  and  by 
faradization  of  the  ischio-cavernosus  and  bulbo-cavernosus  muscles 
much  may  be  accomplished.  In  recent  cases  of  impotence,  where 
there  is  considerable  power  remaining,  as  well  as  in  a  more  advanced 
stage,  where  the  power  is  approximately  lost,  we  not  unfrequently 
find  that  the  seminal  secretion  is  markedly  reduced,  not  only  in 
quantity  but  quality ;  and,  reasoning  from  analogy,  it  would  seem 
that  in  such  cases  there  were  undoubted  indications  for  the  use  of  elec- 
tricity. __ 

The  galvanic  current  especially  has  the  power  of  exciting  to  increased 
activity  the  secretory  function  of  various  glands,  and  not  seldom  ac- 
celerates physiological  mucous  discharges.  The  salivary  and  lachry- 
mal glands,  as  well  as  the  liver,  are  susceptible  to  stimulation  by  elec- 
trization, audit  is  undoubtedly  true  that  the  lacteal  secretion  has  been 
augmented  by  passing  the  current  through  the  breasts  of  nursing 
women.     (See  chapter  on  Nutrition  in  Electro-Physiology.) 

It  is  highly  probable,  then,  that  a  deficiency  in  the  secretion  of  semen 
when  it  is  dependent  on  local  paralysis  or  exhaustion  of  the  nerves  con- 
trolling this  function,  and  not  on  pathological  changes  of  a  structural 
character,  may  be  successfully  remedied  by  galvanizing  the  spermatic 
nerves  and  testicles.  We  cannot,  however,  in  all  cases,  depend  on 
local  treatment  alone.  Not  only  may  impotence'  be  associated  with, 
but  it  may  result  wholly  from  disorders  of  a  general  character.  The 
excessive  use  of  sedative  narcotic  remedies,  sedentary  habits,  and  gen- 
eral malnutrition  from  any  cause,  lead  to  the  condition  under  consider- 
ation, and  demand  the  general  constitutional  tonic  influence  of  general 
faradization. 

The  vesiculae  seminales  and  the  testicles  may  be  affected,  and  in 
some  patients  very  powerfully  and  sensibly,  when  one  of  the  poles  is 
applied  to  the  lower  part  of  the  spine,  and  the  other  to  some  point  on 
the  thigh  or  against  the  perinjeum.  A  very  good  way  to  affect  the 
male  reproductive  organs  is  to  apply  one  pole  firmly  against  the  peri- 
nseum,  and  the  other  upon  the  testicles. 

Faradization  of  the  genital  organs  should  not  usually  be  protracted 
longer  than  five  to  ten  minutes ;  galvanization  from  two  to  eight  min- 
utes.    The  faradic  current  would  appear  to  be  preferable.     Impotence, 


ASPERMATISM.  563 

libe  seminal  emissions,  may  sometimes  be  treated  by  connecting  the 
st(.°l  sound  introduced  into  the  urethra  with  one  of  the  poles  of  the 
far?  die  current,  thus  combining  the  toning  effect  of  pressure  with  thf ! 
to^"jing  effect  of  electricity  on  the  relaxed  parts. 

Aspermatism. — Impotence,  as  before  remarked,  may  man- 
ifest itself  by  many  symptoms,  and  in  various  degrees ;  but 
there  is  one  phase  of  it  that  is,  we  believe,  not  very  com- 
mon. It  consists  in  an  inability  to  ejaculate  semen  while 
the  power  of  erection  remains  vigorous,  and  to  this  condi- 
tion the  term,  aspermatism,  was  first  proposed  by  Roubaud 
in  1855. 

Dr.  Wm.  H.  Van  Buren,  in  an  article  published  in  the 
New  York  Medical  Jourjzal  iox  NoYexnhtx,  1868,  suggested 
that  the  difficulty  in  ejaculating  the  semen  was  caused  by  an 
exaggerated  spasmodic  contraction  of  the  muscular  fibres  of 
the  walls  of  the  ejaculatory  ducts,  leading  to  their  occlusion 
under  extreme  excitement.  On  this  theory  it  would  seem 
that  the  indications  called  for  galvanization  of  the  ejacu- 
latory ducts ;  but  in  two  cases  that  have  come  under  our 
observation,  and  that  might  fairly  be  placed  under  the  head 
of  this  affection,  the  treatment  failed  to  afford  relief. 

Spermatorrhea  associated  with  profound  mental  and  physical  depres- 
sion— Rapid  recovery  imder  general  and  localized  faradization  and 
central  galvanization. 

Case  CXLIII. — Mr.  T ,  a  youth  aged  17,  came  under  our  care 

April  23CI,  1873,  for  the  rehef  of  spermatorrhoea  associated  with  pro- 
found mental  and  physical  depression.  The  patient  was 
of  a  highly  nervous  organization,  and  attributed  his  symp- 
toms mainly  to  the  vice  of  masturbation,  which  he  had 
practised  for  a  number  of  years.  The  muscles  were  in 
a  flabby  condition ;  there  was  marked  ansemia,  and  his 
strength  hardly   permitted   him   to   walk   half  a  dozen  Fig.  128. 

blocks  without  the  onset  of  a  paroxysm  of  cardiac  pal-  Insulated  Catheter  Electrode 
pitation  with  utter  exhaustion.      The  mental  faculties 

were  weakened,  and  at  the  same  time  his  feelings  were  in  such  a  condition  of  hypochon- 
driacal depression  that  he  would  allow  no  hope  of  recovery  to  enter  his  thought. 
Emissions  of  semen  occurred  regularly  two  or  three  times  a  week.  The  patient  was 
immediately  submitted  to  general  faradization  with  alternations  of  central  galvan- 
ization and  localized  faradization.  At  the  end  of  a  month's  treatment  it  was  found 
that  there  had  been  but  three  seminal  emissions,  and  during  the  last  two  weeks  none 
at  all.  He  had  become  decidedly  hopeful,  and  could  exercise  both  mind  and  body  to 
a  far  gi-eater  extent  than  for  six  months  before.  The  treatment  was  discontinued, 
and  the  patient  left  the  c'ty  for  his  home.     As  is  the  usual  course  known  under  simi- 


564  DISEASES   OF   THE   GENITO-URINARY   ORGANS. 

lar  conditions,  the  improvement  continued  uninterruptedly,  and  before  the  close  of 
the  summer  a  perfect  recovery  was  complete. 

Sper77iatorrhcea  associated  with  extre^ne  nervous  exhaustion  of  three  years'  stand 
ing — ImproveTuent  under  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization. 
Case  CXLIV. — G.  H.  W.,  a  younj^  man,  aged  twenty-five  years,  came  tons  Sep- 
tember 19th,  1871,  complaining  of  a  persistent  spermatorrhoea,  associated  with  great 
physical  and  mental  depression.  Three  years  before,  he  first  observed  a  decided 
weakness  of  the  eyesight,  together  with  occasional  nocturnal  emissions  of  semen.  It 
should  be  stated  that  these  symptoms  immediately  followed  a  severe  attack  of  inflam- 
mation of  the  bowels,  with  enlargements  of  the  mesenteric  glands.  All  his  life  he  had 
indulged  in  masturbation  to  a  considerable  extent.  His  nervous  system  had  been  so 
completely  upset  that  for  three  years  he  had  been  unable  to  study  or  to  work,  and  as 
medication  and  the  influences  of  travel  and  change  had  failed  to  benefit  him,  he  began 
to  despair  of  recovery,  and  became  tenfold  more  despondent,  and  was  so  reduced 
physically  that  he  was  unable  to  walk  more  than  two  or  three  short  blocks  without  a 
sense  of  utter  exhaustion  and  a  soreness  and  "drawing  down"  in  the  abdomen  that 
was  absolutely  painful.  Seminal  emissions  occurred  almost  every  night,  and  added 
immensely  to  his  misery,  both  mental  and  physical.  As  an  evidence  of  the  exces- 
sively sensitive  condition  of  the  central  nervous  system,  it  may  be  stated  that  a  faradic 
current  of  moderate  strength  applied  to  the  sacrum  and  lumbar  region  produced  by  re- 
flex action  a  decided  tingling  sensation  in  several  remote  parts,  and  especially  on  the 
crown  of  the  head.  The  patient  was  submitted  to  general  faradization,  and  under 
the  influence  of  a  dozen  applications  im^Droved  considerably  in  strength  of  mind  and 
body.  Subsequently  many  similar  applications  accomplished  nothing  more  for  him. 
Galvanization  of  the  brain,  sympathetic,  and  spinal  cord  was  then  resorted  to.  A 
new  impetus  seemed  to  be  immediately  imparted.  The  emissions  became  less  frequent, 
and  finally  occurred  so  seldom  as  to  occasion  little  remark.  The  power  of  continuous 
thought  returned,  and  at  the  end  of  another  month,  he  left  us  apparently  recovered. 

Failure  of  the  sexual  power  and  spermatorrhoea  associated  with  hypochondriasis— 
Recovery  under  central  galvatiization  and  localized  faradization. 

Case  CXLV. — Mr.  came  to  us  by  the  advice  of  Dr.  John  Byrne.  For  sev- 
eral years  lie  had  been  affected  with  an  excessive  irritability  of  the  genital  organs, 
ji  consequence  of  which  he  had  become  both  physically  and  mentally  depressed.  In- 
voluntary ejaculations  of  semen  were  frequent,  and  occurred  generally  during  sleep  al 
night,  while  the  ability  to  perform  satisfactorily  the  act  of  coition  seemed  almost 
inert. 

The  patient  was  treated  by  central  galvanization  and  by  faradization  localized 
directly  through  the  genital  apparatus. 

The  beneficial  results  of  the  treatment  were  soon  most  decidedly  manifested.  The 
involuntary  emissions  ceased  in  the  course  of  a  month  almost  entirely,  and  the  sexual 
power  returned  in  full  force.  As  a  natural  result,  the  mental  balance  was  restored 
and  the  patient  left  us  quite  hopeful  and  happy. 

Congenital  itnpctence,  with  the  sexual  instinct  unimpaired — No  improvement. 
Case  CXLVI. — A  very  interesting  case  of  congenital  impotence  fell  under  oul 
observation  in  February,  1872. 


CASES    OF    SPERMATORRHCEA    A.ND   IMPOTENCE.  565 

The  patient  was  a  young  man  aged  30,  and  although  the  sexual  instinct  was  fully 
developed,  and  a  strong  feeling  of  sexual  desire  had  been  manifested  from  his  earliest 
manhood,  yet  he  had  never  at  any  time  been  able  by  artificial  means  to  excite  any 
orgasm,  or  the  slightest  ejaculation  of  semen. 

Actual  intercourse  had  never  been  attempted. 

He  was  subject  to  occasional  nocturnal  emissions,  that  were  accompanied,  however, 
by  no  pleasurable  sensations.  Structurally  the  parts  seemed,  to  be  in  everyway  per- 
fect, and  the  fault  undoubtedly  lay  in  some  original  imperfect  condition  of  the  nervous 
supply. 

No  benefit  was  derived  from  treatment. 

Almost  complete  impotence  in  a  patient  aged  45 — Perfect  recovery  under  localized 
faradization  and  galvanization  of  the  spine  and  sympathetic. 

Case  CXLVII. — Mr.  X.,  aged  about  45,  was  directed  to  us  by  Dr.  James  Ander- 
son, in  the  spring  of  1S72.  The  patient  was  a  stout,  vigorous  man,  and  the  father  of 
several  children,  but  for  some  years  he  had  observed  a  gradual  but  decided  decrease  of 
sexual  power,  and  at  the  date  of  his  application  for  treatment  he  asserted  that  he  was 
almost  completely  impotent.  We  submitted  him  on  alternate  days  to  localized  fara- 
dization and  galvanization  of  the  lower  portion  of  the  cord,  and  occasionally  extended 
the  galvanization  to  the  neck  in  order  to  bring  more  or  less  completely  under  the  in- 
fluence of  the  current  the  sympathetic  system.  This  method  was  faithfully  followed 
out  for  some  six  weeks.  Week  by  week  the  patient  observed  increasing  sexual  capa- 
city, and  at  the  close  of  the  treatment,  when  he  departed  for  Europe,  he  claimed  to 
possess  perfect  sexual  vigor. 

He  has  suffered  to  this  date,  1874,  no  relapse. 

Diminntion  of  power  of  erection  zV?  a  married  man  in  the  prime  of  life— Cephalagia 
and  debility — Recovery  under  general  faradization. 

Case  CXLVIII. — Mr.  ,  a  merchant  in  the  prime  of  life,  and  to  all  appear- 
ances enjoying  excellent  health,  consulted  us  for  inability  to  perform  satisfactorily  the 
act  of  coition.  This  inability  did  not  involve  an  absence  of  sexual  desire,  but  simply 
a  want  of  power  to  obtain  and  retain  an  erection.  This  gentleman  had  a  family  of 
several  children,  and  since  his  marriage,  many  years  before,  had  led,  according  to  his 
statement,  a  correct  and  regular  life.  He  attributed  this  premature  decline  to  early 
excessive  indulgence  and  abuse  of  the  generative  function.  His  outward  appearance 
belied  his  general  condition,  for  he  suffered  much  from  headache,  and  oftentimes,  on 
rising  in  the  morning,  from  considerable  enervation. 

General  electrization  was  decided  on  and  given,  together  with  local  applications. 
He  continued  treatment  for  three  weeks,  receiving  an  application  every  other  day. 
The  result  was  entirely  satisfactory.  His  general  condition  was  so  much  improved, 
and  the  vigor  of  his  sexual  organs  was  so  much  increased,  that  he  was  enabled  to 
complete  the  marital  act  as  satisfactorily  as  in  his  youth. 

Im.potence  of  twenty  years''  standing  caused  by  local  paralysis — Nuynbness  and  cold- 
ness of  the  parts — Deficient  power  of  erection — Slight  seminal  secretion — No  tm- 
^ovement  under  galvanization  and  faradization. 
Case  CXLIX. — Mr. ,  aged  44,  was  sent  by  Dr.  Jerome  Smith  to  be  treated 

for  impotence  of  nearly  twenty  years'  standing.  When  but  17  years  old  he  contracted 


566  DISEASES   OE  THE   GENITO-URINARY   ORGANS 

gonorrhoea,  and  at  the  age  of  25  wis  attacked  by  syphilis.  At  that  time  he  led  a 
very  dissipated  Kfe,  and  no  sooner  was  an  attack  of  this  disease  apparently  cured  than 
he  forthwith  subjected  himself  to  another.  During  the  last  attack  the  solid  caustic  had 
been  introduced  into  the  urethra.  This  cauterization  produced  excessive  inflamma- 
tion and  pain,  and  was  followed  by  complete  impotence,  associated  with  a  feeling  of 
numbness  and  coldness  in  the  penis.  He  had  tested  nearly  all  remedies,  and  at  one 
time,  by  the  advice  of  Dr.  Brown- Sequard,  he  had  used  hot  and  cold  douches,  but 
all  v.'ithout  avail.  When  he  came  to  us  the  penis  was  quite  cold,  and  much  below 
the  natural  size.  Erection  was  occasionally  possible,  but  he  was  never  able  to  ac- 
complish the  marital  act.  The  testes  were  of  an  almost  natural  size,  and  when  the 
penis  was  artificially  excited,  a  small  amount  of  semen  would  appear.  The  penia 
was  apparently  paralyzed,  and  the  impotence  was  manifestly  due  to  that  cause  more 
than  to  the  want  of  seminal  secretion.  The  patient  was  a  stout,  hardy,  vigorous 
man,  of  a  full  habit,  and  quite  a  free  liver ;  and  neither  in  his  countenance  nor 
in  his  general  bearing  betrayed  the  slightest  effects  or  even  consciousness  of  his 
affliction. 

Four  applications  of  the  faradic  current  were  given,  with  the  effect  of  temporarily 
increasing  the  warmth  of  the  penis,  and  nothing  more.  The  galvanic  current 
was  then  tried.  It  increased  the  circulation  in  the  penis,  and  consequently  height- 
ened the  temperature  more  than  the  faradic  current,  but  no  permanent  benefit 
resulted.  Our  patient  then  discontinued  the  treatment,  owing  to  the  pressure  of 
his  business  engagements.  He  would  have  persevered,  however,  if  we  had  felt  war- 
ranted in  holding  out  reasonable  chances  of  a  successful  result  from  a  long  course  of 
electrization. 

P]-e7natu7'e  discharge  and  deficient  secretion  of  semen,  caused  by  excessive  sexual 
iiidiilgence — Recovery  under  external  and  inter^ial  galvanization  and  faradization 
combined  -with  medical  treat?ttent. 

Case  CL. — Mr.  ,  aged  27,  formerly  a  gymnast,  and  latterly  a  jjrinter,  con- 
sulted us  in  May,  1870,  for  sexual  weakness  brought  on  by  abuse  of  the  organs.  The 
discharge  was  premature,  and  with  less  excitement  than  usual,  and  there  was  a  mani- 
fest deficiency  of  secretion.  The  patient  was  exceedingly  muscular,  and  his  general 
health  was  almost  perfect.  For  that  reason  only  local  treatment  was  employed. 
The  organs  were  faradized  in  the  various  methods  twice  a  week,  and  once  a  week 
internal  galvanization  was  employed,  the  metallic  extremity  of  the  catheter  electrode 
being  directed  as  near  as  possible  to  the  orifices  of  the  ejaculatory  ducts.  At  the 
same  time  the  patient  was  directed  to  take  a  mixture  of  bromide  of  potassium  and 
wine  of  ergot.  Under  this  combined  treatment  the  recovery  was  complete  in  twen- 
ty-five applications. 

During  the  latter  part  of  the  treatment  the  patiejtt  observed,  during  sexual  inter- 
course, a  very  great  increase  in  the  qtcantity  of  semen  discharged. 

Diseases  of  the  Bladder. — The  diseases  of  the  bladder  for  which  elec- 
trization is  chiefly  employed  are  incontinence  of  urijie  and  paralysis. 

Incontinence  of  urine  depends  on  an  irritable  condition  of  the  neck 
of  the  bladder.  While  it  largely  sympathizes  with  other  diseases  and 
the  general  health,  being  frequently  associated  with  hysteria  and  spinal 


PARESIS   AND   PARALYSIS   OF   THE   BLADDER. 


567 


irritation,  it  is  yet  oftentimes  a  purely  local  afifection.  There  are  vari- 
ous grades  of  the  disease,  from  simple  irritability  that  makes  it  neces- 
sary to  pass  the  water  with  unusual  frequency,  to  utter  inability  to  sleep 
through  the  night  without  unconsciously  "wetting  the  bed."  The  for- 
mer condition  exists  mostly  in  adults — especially  in  the  hysterical  and 
the  aged  ;  the  latter  is  peculiar  to  the  period  of  childhood.  It  is  pro- 
bable that  the  pathological  condition  in  children  who  nightly  void  their 
urine  in  bed,  is  not  necessarily  worse  than  that  in  adults  who  only  com- 
plain of  being  obliged  to  pass  the  water  with  abnormal  frequency.  The 
unpleasant  results  in  children  are  due  to  their  profound  sleep  or  defi- 
cient self-control.  That  the  pathological  condition  in  children  is  not 
always  of  an  important  character  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  it  sometimes 
yields  to  purely  moral  influences. 

In  the  treatment  of  incontinence  of  urine,  both  external  and  inter- 
nal applications  may  be  used.  In  the 
majority  of  cases  the  internal  appHca- 
tions  by  means  of  the  catheter  electrode 
(p.  567)  are  not  required.  It  is  needless 
to  say  that  in  young  children  the  intro- 
duction of  the  catheter  electrode  is  at- 
tended with  difficulty.  The  treatment 
we  prefer  is  faradization  with  strong  cur- 
rents through  the  neck  of  the  bladder. 
In  males  one  pole  may  be  placed  over 
the  symphysis  pubis,  and  the  other  at  the 
perineum ;  in  females  one  pole  may  be 
applied  over  the  symphysis  pubis  and  the 
other  at  the  lower  part  of  the  sacrum. 
Cases  associated  with  hysteria,  or  de- 
pendent on  spinal  disease,  need  central 
and  general  electrization. 

Ft'Ognosis. — The  prognosis  of  young 
and  recent  cases  is  usually  good.  Long- 
standing cases  also  yield,  but  need  coi- 
respondingly  longer  treatment,  and  are 
liable  to  relapse.  Cases  complicated  with 
constitutional  or  central  disease,  which 
are,  of  course,  mostly  found  in  adults, 
have    either  a  favorable    or  unfavorable  closed.        open. 

T         ,      ,1  .  I-   .1  Figs.  120,  130. 

prognosis,  accordmg  to  the  nature  of  the  ^^^^^^  ^^^.^^^  ^^^.^^^  ^^  ^j^ 


malady  with  which  they  are  complicated. 


trode  Q^uchenne). 


568  DISEASES    OF   THE   GENITO-URINARY-ORGANS. 

Paresis*  and  Faj-alysis. — Paresis  and  paralysis  of  the  bladder  so 
frequently  depend  on  incurable  diseases  of  the  spine,  that  the  prog 
nosis  is,  as  a  rule,  unfavorable  as  regards  a  complete  cure.  Relief  and 
improvement,  even  in  very  bad  cases,  may  be  gained  by  faithful  treat- 
ment, but  entire  recoveries  are  exceptional. 

The  treatment  should  be  external  and  internal,  with  both  the  galvanic 
and  faradic  currents,  combined  with  central  galvanization. 

External  applications  may  be  made,  placing  one  pole,  the  negative, 
over  the  symphysis  pubis,  and  the  other  on  the  back,  or  at  the  nape  of 
the  neck,  and  passing  very  strong  faradic  currents  with  interruptions. 

Internal  applications  may  be  made  either  with  the  insulated  catheter 
electrode,  or  with  Duchenne's  double  vesical  electrode  (Fig.  129). 

The  catheter  electrode  may  be  connected  with  the  negative  pole 
while  the  positive  is  at  the  hypogastric  region  or  back.  By  means  of  the 
double  exciter  of  Duchenne  the  current  can  be  more  exclusively  local- 
ized in  the  muscles  of  the  bladder  than  by  any  other  method. 

Gonorrhcea. — It  would  not  be  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  gonor- 
rhoea in  its  subacute  stage  might  be  treated  by  electrization  with  at 
least  as  satisfactory  results  as  subacute  inflammations  of  the  mucous 
membrane. 

We  have  had  opportunity  to  test  faradization  in  three  cases  of  gonor- 
rhoea while  the  inflammation  was  in  quite  acute  stages. 

Gonorrhcea — Temporary  increase  of  secretion  under  faradization — Recovery. 

Case  CLI. — A  gentleman  requested  us  to  try  on  him  electrical  treatment  for  an 
attack  of  gonorrhoea  that  he  had  recently  contracted.  We  consented  to  do  so,  with 
the  understanding  that  the  treatment  should  be  considered  as  experimental,  inasmuch 
as  we  had  treated  but  one  case  of  gonorrhoea  by  electricity. 

We  employed  local  external  faradization  through  the  penis,  without  regard  to  the 
direction  of  the  current.  After  four  applications  he  represented  that  he  was  cured. 
In  this,  as  in  another  case,  there  was  some  temporary  increase  of  the  urethral  secre- 
tion after  the  first  two  applications. 

These  cases  may  be  taken  for  what  they  are  worth ;  they  are  the 
only  cases  of  the  kind  in  which  we  have  ever  attempted  electrical 
treatment. 

Chronic  urethris  {gleet)  we  have  treated  by  mild  galvanization  with 
the  catheter  electrode  and  sounds,  and  with  encouraging  results. 
Electricity  thus  used  acts  well  as  an  adjuvant  to  the  other  treatment, 
just  as  in  catarrh  of  the  nose,  granular  lids,  chronic  inflammation  of  the 
middle  ear,  and  analogous  conditions. 

*  From  napEGLs,  exhaustion. 


ENLARGEMENT   OF   THE   PROSTATE.  569 

Syphilis. — The  severe  pains  of  secondary  syphilis  are  to  a  certain 
extent  reHevable  by  general  and  localized  faradization,  as  we  have  de- 
monstrated in  a  few  instances ;  concerning  the  permanency  of  their 
effects  we  have  as  yet  no  positive  evidence. 

(For  the  treatment  of  syphilitic  ulcers,  see  Ulcers.) 

Bilboes  may  be  discussed  by  external  faradization,  and  have  been 
so  treated  by  Hassenstein.*     Chovstek  has  used  galvanization. 

Orchitis. — The  electric  treatment  of  orchitis  has  been  particularly 
studied  by  Drs.  Jules  Cheron  and  Moreau-Wolf.f 

They  give  the  results  of  the  treatment  in  nine  successful  cases.  ' 
Their  method  of  treatment  was  to  direct  a  galvanic  current  from  ten 
to  twenty-four  cells  of  Remak,  through  the  tumor,  from  two  to  eight , 
minutes.  Sometimes  the  positive  pole  was  placed  on  the  most  pain- 
ful point  of  the  swelling,  and  the  negative  on  the  spermatic  cord.  The 
authors  regard  the  ascending  current  (up  the  cord)  more  effective  than 
the  descending. 

Most  of  their  cases  were  cured  by  a  few  (from  four  to  ten)  applications. 

The  great  advantage  which  the  authors  claim  for  this  method  of 
treatment  in  orchitis  is,  that  the  patient  is  not  obliged  to  suspend  his 
daily  duties,  since  absolute  repose  is  not  necessary. 

Chronic  orchitis  of  six  months'  standing  i7i  a  syphilitic  patient — Approximate  rC' 
covery  under  external  galvanization  a7id  faradization. 
Case  CLII. — Mr.  W. ,  aged  2S,  consulted  us  in  October,  1S70,  for  an  enlarge- 
ment of  the  left  testicle  that  had  troubled  him  for  six  months.  It  was  about  twice  the 
size  of  the  right  testicle.  There  was  no  pain,  but  a  constant  sense  of  weight.  The 
patient  was  suffering  from  secondary  syphilis,  and  had,  in  times  past,  repeatedly  expe- 
rienced attacks  of  gonorrhoea.  Stable  galvanization  with  a  current  that  was  com- 
fortably borne  was  employed  for  ten  minutes,  the  positive  pole  being  applied  over  the 
testicle  at  different  points,  and  the  negative  pole  over  the  spermatic  cord.  The  patient 
stated  that  the  testicle  felt  less  disagreeable.  In  two  days  there  was  an  apparent 
diminution  in  size.  Three  more  similar  applications  and  one  faradization  produced 
an  almost  complete  recoveiy. 

Enlargement  of  the  Prostate. — The  electrical  treatment  of  hyper- 
trophy of  the  prostate  has  been  studied  by  Tripier,J  who  has  demon- 
strated that  the  effect  of  faradization  of  this  organ  when  enlarged  is  to 
cause  resolution.  The  rationale  of  the  treatment  is  substantially  the 
same  as  for  analogous  conditions  of  the  uterus.     The  subject  is  one 

*  Chemisch-Electrische  Heilwerke,  Leipzig,  1853. 

f  Du  Traitement  de  I'Orchite,  par  I'application   ies  courants  continus  constants, 
Paris,  1869. 
X  Manuel  d'Electrotherapie,  p,  567, 


570  DISEASES   OF  THE   GENITO-URINARY   ORGANS. 

that  deserves  investigation  Either  the  galvanic  or  the  faradic  current 
may  be  employed.  One  pole  may  be  applied  internally  by  means  of 
an  insulated  catheter  electrode  or  sound,  and  the  other  in  the  rectum 
against  the  prostate,  by  means  of  a  rectal  electrode.  We  have  treated 
one  case  of  enlarged  prostate  by  internal  and  external  faradization. 
The  patient,  a  medical  gentleman  about  sixty  years  of  age,  was  seen  and 
examined  by  Dr.  Gouley,  who  confirmed  the  diagnosis  of  enlarged  pros- 
tate. We  treated  him  a  number  of  times  by  external  faradization — 
one  pole  on  the  symphysis  pubis  and  the  other  on  the  peringeum — and  by 
internal  faradization,  one  pole  in  the  rectum — insulated  except  at  the 
point  where  it  came  near  the  prostate — and  the  connection  made  in  the 
prostatic  portion  of  the  urethra,  by  a  flexible  sound,  passed  through  a 
gum  elastic  catheter,  according  to  the  suggestion  of  Dr.  Gouley.  Applied 
in  this  way  the  electrodes  were  very  near  to  each  other  and  in  sensitive 
localities,  and  only  very  feeble  currejits  could  be  borne,  and  sometimes 
slight  hemorrhage  followed  the  treatment  in  spite  of  all  the  caution  that 
was  exercised.  It  was  found  impossible  to  use  sufficiently  strong  cur- 
rents by  this  method  to  produce  any  effect,  and  again  we  returned  to 
partly  external  faradization.  This  treatment,  which  seemed  to  aggravate 
a  cystitis  that  existed,  was  abandoned. 

Dr.  Mittendorf,  of  this  city,  informs  us  that  he  has  obtained  decided 
results  in  enlargement  of  the  prostate,  in  two  cases.  He  used  external 
faradization — one  pole  over  the  symphysis  pubis  and  the  other  at  the 
perinseum. 

Diseases  of  the  Rectum. — Electrization  has  been  used  iox  prolapsus 
ani,  paralysis  of  the  sphincter,  and  hemorrhoids. 

The  current  can  be  very  well  localized  in  the  rectum  by  means  of  a 
rectal  electrode  (see  p.  531),  which  may  or  may  not  be  partly  insu- 
lated. The  rectum  is  but  little  sensitive,  and  will  bear  strong  cur- 
rents. The  rectum  may  also  be  treated  by  a  double  rectal  exciter, 
analogous  to  that  which  is  used  in  the  bladder.  When  a  single  electrode 
is  used,  one  of  the  poles  should  be  placed  on  the  spine. 

Prognosis. — Paralyses  of  the  sphincter  that  depend  on  local  disease, 
like  paralysis  of  the  bladder  depending  on  the  same  cause,  rarely  offer 
a  perfectly  favorable  prognosis. 

In  prolapsus  a?ii  Benedikt  *  claims  a  few  mostly  good  results.  We 
have  treated  one  long-standing  case  without  benefit. 

Hemorrhoids. — Piles,  external  and  internal,  may  be  treated  by  both 
currents  applied  internally.  Relief  of  itching,  pain,  and  permanent  im- 
provement in  the  tone  of  the  parts  are  derived  from  this  treatment. 

*  Op.  cit.,  p.  482. 


CHAPTER  XXX. 

DISEASES   OF  THE    LARYNX 

The  disease  of  the  larynx,  for  which  electrization  has  been  almost 
exclusively  used,  is  aphonia,  a  condition  which  arises  from  many  morbid 
states. 

A?icemia  ajid  Inflammation. — External  electrization  of  the  throat  is  of 
service  as  an  adjunct  in  the  treatment  of  inflamed  and  irritable  con- 
ditions of  the  larynx,  but  only  in  rare  cases  has  it  been  thus  employed. 
We  have  found  that  faradization  of  the  neck,  for  from  two  to  five 
minutes,  has  an  appreciable  and  agreeable  effect  in  diminishing  the 
irritation  produced  by  cauterization,  and  when  continued  exerts  a  tonic 
influence  on  the  organ.  In  cases  of  diseases  of  the  larynx,  connected 
with  hysteria  or  anaemia,  the  local  treatment  is  materially  aided  by 
general  faradization. 

Subacute  and  chronic  inflammations  of  the  pharynx  are  also  treated 
with  some  success  in  the  same  way,  and  on  the  same  principles. 

Method  of  External  Electrization. — The  larynx  may  be  electrized  ex- 
ternally by  various  positions  of  the  electrodes.  One  pole  maybe  placed 
at  the  back  of  the  neck  and  the  other  just  above  the  manubrium  sterni, 
or  the  poles  may  be  pressed  against  the  larynx  by  the  inner  border  of 
the  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle,  or  one  of  the  poles  may  be  in  the 
hand  of  the  patient.  These  methods  are  best  adapted  for  the  pur- 
poses of  producing  a  sedative  or  tonic  effect  on  the  inflamed  and  irrita- 
ted membranes.  We  have  frequently  used  this  treatment,  for  about 
five  minutes  after  the  application  to  the  larynx  of  irritating  caustics, 
with  satisfactory  results.  There  is  no  question  that  the  faradic  current, 
employed  perseveringly  by  these  methods,  and  in  cases  of  ansemia  and 
general  debility,  by  general  electrization,  will  alone  accomplish  some- 
thing in  anaemia,  subacute  inflammations,  and  nervous  debility  of  the 
larynx. 

Aphonia. — There  are  few  local  disorders  that  yield  more  uniformly  or 
readily  to  any  method  of  treatment  than  aphonia  to  electrization.  In 
jrder,  however,  to  form  a  correct  idea  of  its  value  in  these  cases,  or  to 


572  DISEASES   OF  THE   LARYNX. 

intelligently  communicate  the  results  of  electrical  treatment,  it  rs  neces- 
sary to  have  not  only  a  knowledge  of  the  general  nature  of  the  disease 
but  to  appreciate,  so  far  as  possible,  the  exact  pathological  condition 
of  each  individual  case.  Above  all,  it  is  necessary  to  decide  whether 
the  symptom  is  of  an  organic  or  of  the  so-called  functional  character. 
Mackenzie,  who  has  had  an  extended  experience  in  nervous  affections 
of  the  larynx,  and  their  treatment  by  electrization  and  otherwise,  adopts 
the  following  nomenclature  of  the  paralyses  of  the  muscles  acting  on 
the  vocal  cords  :  * 

1.  Bilateral  paralysis  of  the  adductors. 

2.  Unilateral  paralysis  of  the  adductors. 

3.  Bilateral  paralysis  of  the  abductors. 

4.  Unilateral  paralysis  of  an  abductor. 

5.  Paralysis  of  the  tensors. 

6.  Paralysis  of  the  laxors. 

The  Jirst  of  the  above-mentioned  pathological  conditions  of  aphonia  is  supposed  to 
depend  most  frequently  upon  hysteria  and  debility,  and  readily  yields  to  treatment. 
In  these  cases,  however,  which  are  too  frequently  but  the  local  manifestation  of  a  con- 
stitutional disorder,  it  has  been  our  custom  to  rely  on  general  as  well  as  localized 
electrization. 

Central  difficulty  is  rarely  a  cause  of  bilateral  paralysis  of  the  adductors,  but  it  is  not 
uncommon  in  certain  stages  of  phthisis.  In  37  cases  of  phthisis,  examined  by  Macken- 
zie, it  which  the  voice  was  affected,  he  found  that  in  26  there  was  thickening  or  con- 
gestion of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  larynx,  while  in  11  the  affection  was  purely 
functional.  Aphonia,  then,  coexisting  with  pulmonary  tuberculosis,  may  often  be 
readily  relieved  by  local  treatment  alone. 

Hysteria  and  debility  are  not  so  frequently  the  cause  of  unilateral  paralysis  of  the 
adductors  as  of  the  first-named  condition.  This  second  cause  of  aphonia,  however, 
may  be  due  not  only  to  phthisis,  but  to  toxaemic  poisoning,  to  syphilis,  to  cold,  to 
muscular  strain,  and  even  to  cerebral  disease.  We  would  naturally  infer  that  this 
form  of  aphonia  would  be  more  persistent  than  the  first-named.  ' 

Clinical  experience  has  confirmed  this  inference. 

Bilateral  paralysis  of  the  abductors  of  the  vocal  cords  has,  unfortunately,  for  its 
causation,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  some  central  difficulty. 

The  prognosis  is  of  course  most  serious,  but  fortunately  this  condition  is  very  rarely 
met  with.  Unilateral  paralysis  of  an  abductor,  although  depending  on  the  same  gen- 
eral cause  as  the  bilateral  form,  yet,  more  frequently  than  the  last-named,  it  is  excited 
by  some  peripheral  irritation,  as  pressure  on  the  pneumogastric  nerve,  or  upon  one 
recurrent  nerve,  by  an  aneurism  of  the  arch  of  the  aorta.  The  prognosis  in  these 
cases  is  also  unfavorable. 

Paralysis  of  the  tensors  and  laxors  (both  the  bilateral  and  unilateral  form)  are  sup- 
posed to  result,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  from  a  too  prolonged  or  violent  use  of  the 
voice.     Both  are  said  to  be  quite  amenable  to  treatment. 

*  On  the  Laryngoscope,  etc.,  p.  183.  Also  Hoarseness,  Loss  of  Voice,  and  Strid- 
nlous  Breathing,  in  Relation  to  Nervo-Muscular  Affections  of  the  Larynx.   1868. 


TREATMENT   OF   APHONIA.  573 

Spasm  of  the  muscles  controlling  the  vocal  cords  is  an  additional 
cause  of  aphonia. 

Treai?)ie?it. — Mackenzie's  method  is  to  make  the  application  directly 
to  the  cords  by  means  of  laryngeal  electrodes  (p.  632)  devised  by  him. 
He  uses  the  faradic  current. 

The  direct  application  of  electricity  to  the  vocal  cords  is  undoubtedly 
more  efficacious  in  restoring  loss  of  voice  than  simple  external  appli- 
cation. This  latter  method  is,  however,  underrated  when  it  is  said  that 
it  "  seldom  restores  the  voice  when  it  has  been  lost  any  length  of  time." 
Several  cases  that  we  have  treated  at  various  times  illustrate  very  deci- 
dedly the  beneficial  res-ults  that  may  follow  external  applications,  even  in 
cases  where  the  disorder  has  persisted  several  months.  We  are  the 
more  gratified  to  be  able  to  make  this  statement  from  the  fact  that  the 
external  is  much  more  readily  performed  by  the  operator  than  the  inter- 
nal application,  and  is  far  more  agreeable  to  the  patient.  It  is  far  better 
at  first,  in  all  ordinary  cases,  to  make  use  of  the  external  method ;  and  if 
it  does  not  succeed,  it  is  time  enough  to  resort  to  the  direct  application. 
The  instrument  of  Mackenzie  is  thus  described  in  his  own  words  : 

"  It  consists  of  two  parts,  viz.,  the  necklet,  which  the  patient  wears, 
and  to  which  one  chain  of  the  battery  is  attached,  and  the  laryngeal 
electrode  itself,  which  is  connected  with  the  other  conductor.  The 
electrode  is  so  constructed  (see  cut)  that  the  current  does  not  pass 
beyond  a  certain  point  until  the  pole  is  seen,  in  the  laryngeal  mirror, 
to  be  upon  the  vocal  cords,  when  the  operator  touches  a  little  spring  in 
the  handle,  and  the  current  immediately  passes  through  the  laryngeal 
muscles.  The  necklet  should  be  worn  rather  low,  so  that  it  covers  the 
sides  of  the  cricoid  cartilage,  and  the  space  between  it  and  the  thyroid. 
In  this  way  the  lateral  adductors  of  the  cords  (crico-arytenoidei  laterales) 
can  be  most  easily  reached ;  and  the  arytenoideus  proprius,  or  central 
adductor,  may  be  electrified  by  placing  the  pole  on  the  posterior  sur- 
face of  the  arytenoid  cartilages. 

"  I  generally  keep  the  pole  in  the  larynx  for  three  or  four  seconds 
each  time  it  is  introduced,  and  pass  a  succession  of  short,  rapid  shocks 
through  the  larynx  ;  and  at  each  sitting  I  apply  the  pole  to  the  interior 
of  the  larynx  three  or  four  times." 

Mackenzie  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  effects  are  of  a  reflex  as  well  as 
direct  character. 

Meyer  *  reports  successful  results  in  the  treatment  especially  of  hys- 
terical aphoiia  by  the  electric  moxa,  applied  to  the  larynx. 

*  Op.  cit.,  p.  436  et  seq. 


574 


DISEASES   OF   THE   LARYNX. 


Some  of  his  cases  were  cured  by  a  single  application ;  in  others  a 
course  of  treatment  was  required.      Tobold  speaks  favorably  of  the 


^  5t 


p   p 


3 

s 

a 

S 

p 

E. 

£- 

n> 

o 

H 

p" 

fD. 

O 

P- 

o 

5 

< 

1 

P 

o 

o 
B 

nJ 

CI. 
0) 

P 

p 

(T 

'§ 

o 

p.  ►^ 

p 

? 

a> 

^^ 

o' 
5 

re 

p 
3 

H 

Q 

^„^ 

O; 

^ 

(H 

^. 

a> 

O 

3 

5' 

ti,  ft 


electric  moxa  in  hysterical  aphonia.     It  should  be  borne  in  mina  tnat 
in  hysterical  aphonia  any  form  of  irritation,  external  or  internal,  elec- 


PROGNOSIS   IN   APHONIA.  575 

trical  or  otherwise,  may  cause  instantaneous  cure.  Some  of  the  most 
brilliant  achievements  of  mesmerizers  and  of  those  who  practise  laying 
on  of  hands  and  other  flmnmeries,  have  been  made  in  hysterical  aphonia. 
Kind  of  Current  to  be  Employed. — For  electrization  of  the  larynx, 
externally  and  internally,  both  currents  have  been  used  with  success. 

IRRITATION    OF    THE    MUSCLES    OF    THE    LARYNX.* 

Crico-thyroid. — This  muscle  may  be  caused  to  contract  by  applying 
pointed  electrodes  by  the  conoidal  ligament.  The  effect  of  the  con- 
traction is  to  cause  the  annular  and  thyroid  cartilages  to  approach 
each  other. 

Arytenoid  Transverse,  at  the  posterior  surface  of  the  arytenoid  carti- 
lages. The  effect  of  the  contraction  of  the  muscles  is  to  cause  the 
cartilages  to  approach  each  other. 

Crico-arytcnoid  and  Thyro-arytenoid  ?jtuscles,  in  the  sinus  pyriformis, 
between  the  posterior  border  of  the  thyroid  cartilages  and  the  plate  or 
surface  of  the  cricoid  cartilages. 

Crico-arytenoid  Posterior  (dilator  of  the  glottis),  downward  and  back- 
ward from  the  sinus  pyriformis. 

Crico-arytenoid  lateralis,  in  the  sinus  pyriformis  on  the  exterior 
border  of  the  surface  of  the  annular  cartilage.  Contraction  of  these 
muscles  produces  rotation  of  the  cartilages  of  the  larynx,  with  move- 
ment of  the  vocal  cord  toward  the  median  line. 

Thyro-arytenoid,  beneath  the  anterior  superior  border  of  the  crico- 
arytenoideus  lateralis.  Contraction  of  this  muscle  brings  the  cartilages 
of  the  larynx  forward  and  downward,  and  narrows  the  glottis. 

Thyro-epiglottic  and  ary-epiglottic  muscles,  at  the  border  of  the  epi- 
glottis. 

Prognosis  in  Aphonia. — The  prognosis  in  aphonia  depends  entirely 
on  the  pathology.  In  fimctional  (bilateral  paralysis  of-  the  adductors) 
aphonia  the  prognosis  is  more  favorable  than  in  almost  any  other  dis- 
ease that  is  known  to  science.  The  majority  of  cases  will  recover, 
whether  external  or  internal  applications  are  used,  although  Mackenzie 
contends  that  the  recovery  is  much  surer  and  speedier  than  when  only 
internal  applications  are  used.  He  says,  out  of  more  than  two 
hundred  such  cases  he  has  succeeded  in  all  except  four.  In  some 
of  these  cases  the  aphonia  was  of  six,  seven,  and  even  eight  years' 
standing. 

*  The  subject  of  direct  electrization  of  the  laryngeal  muscles  has  been  studied  by 
Ziemssen.     Eleklricitat  in  der  Medicin,  1866. 


576  DISEASES   OF   THE   LARYNX. 

In  unilateral  paralysis  of  the  adductors  the  prognosis  is  good  when 
the  origin  is  local,  and  bad  when  it  is  central. 

In  bilateral  paralysis  of  the  abductors  and  unilateral  paralysis  of  the 
abductor  the  prognosis  is  unfavorable. 

In  paralysis  of  the  tensors  of  the  vocal  cord  the  prognosis  is  usually 
favorable. 

In  paralysis  of  the  laxors  of  the  vocal  cord  the  prognosis  is  on  the 
whole  favorable,  but  much  time  is  required. 

Aphonia  of  four  months'  standing,  caused  by  exposure  to  cold — Recovery  after  three 
exterjtal  faradizations. 

Case  CLIII. — MissF.,  a  robust  young  lady  of  i8,  consulted  us  in  October,  iS68, 
for  a  persistent  and  an  almost  complete  aphonia,  from  which  she  had  been  suffer- 
ing without  any  relief  for  four  months. 

She  stated  that  on  the  evening  of  the  attack  she  was  enjoying  a  sail  with  a  party 
of  young  friends  on  one  of  our  rivers.  She  had  for  some  time  previously  complained 
of  slight  irritation  of  throat,  but  it  caused  but  little  annoyance.  The  evening  was 
somewhat  damp,  and  the  patient  carelessly  uncovered  her  head  during  the  whole  time 
the  party  remained  in  the  boat.  While  singing,  and  endeavoring  to  strike  a  very 
high  note,  she  felt  as  if  something  in  her  throat  had  "relaxed  or  suddenly  given 
way."  For  one  week  she  remained  so  completely  aphonic  that  she  could  not  utter 
an  intelligent  word.  In  the  course  of  another  week,  however,  she  could  speak  at 
times  so  as  to  be  understood,  but  only  with  considerable  difficulty,  and  not  above  a 
very  feeble  whisper.  At  this  point  all  improvement  ceased,  and  no  form  of  medica- 
tion, or  external  or  internal  application,  seemed  to  be  of  any  benefit  whatever. 
Laryngoscopic  examination  revealed  the  following  condition  of  the  parts  affected : 
On  attempting  to  speak  the  right  vocal  coi-d  remained  almost  if  not  quite  motionless, 
while  its  fellow  approached  the  median  line.  It  was  evident  from  the  feeble  and 
imperfect  working  of  the  left  cord,  that  it  also  was  considerably  involved  and  doubt- 
less had  been  completely  paralyzed.  The  surrounding  tissues  were  considerably 
congested. 

The  negative  electrode  was  placed  upon  the  spine,  between  the  shoulder-blades, 
and,  using  our  fingers  as  electrodes,  we  passed  a  steady  current  through  the  neck 
for  about  ten  minutes.  At  the  conclusion  of  the  seance,  the  patient  could  speak 
in  quite  a  loud  whisper,  and  a  second  examination  with  the  laryngoscope  revealed 
the  fact  that  the  right  vocal  chord  perceptibly  approached  the  median  line  during  the 
act  of  phonation.  The  voice  of  the  patient  gained  strength  rapidly,  until,  in  four 
days,  and  after  receiving  but  two  similar  applications,  she  was  able  to  speak  as  loud 
and  sing  as  vigorously  as  ever. 

Aphonia  following  diphtheria — Rapid  recovery   under   direct  faradization  of  the 
muscles  of  the  glottis. 

Case  CLIV. — Miss  G.,  aged  22,  and  suffering  from  functional  aphonia  subsequent 
to  a  slight  diphtheritic  attack,  consulted  us  in  the  spring  of  '71.  Her  inability  to 
Bpeak  above  a  whisper  had  existed  some  two  weeks. 

Examination  with  the  laryngoscope  revealed  bilateral  paralysis  of  the  muscles,  clos- 


SPASMUS   GLOTTIDIS.  577 

ing  the  glottis,  with  a  slightly  congested  condition  of  the  surrounding  tissues.  The 
patient  was  ansemic,  and  excessively  nervous,  and  in  the  treatment  we  alternated  gen- 
eral faradization  with  direct  faradization  of  the  muscles  of  the  glottis. 

The  tonic  effects  of  these  applications  were  soon  manifest,  not  only  in  the  laryngeal 
muscles,  but  upon  the  system  generally  as  well. 

She  gained  rapidly  in  nervous  vigor,  and  within  two  weeks  her  strength  of  voice 
entirely  returned. 

Dr.  F.  I.  Knight,*  of  Boston,  has  reported  a  case  of  complete  paralysis 
of  one  recurrent  laryngeal  nerve,  and  partial  paralysis  of  the  other,  that 
was  benefited  by  the  galvanic  current  locally  applied. 

The  following  case  we  transcribe  from  Mackenzie's  work : 

Dysphonia  of  a  year's  duration,  from  paralysis  of  the  laxors  of  the  right  vocal  cord 

cured  by  electricity. 

"  Madam  C ,  aged  34,  a  professional  singer,  consulted  me  in  May,  1865,  on 

account  of  a  difficulty  she  had  experienced  during  the  last  year  in  forming  her  lower 
notes.  Her  voice  in  the  ordinary  way  extended  from  d  above  the  line  to  a  below.  A 
year  ago  she  first  experienced  slight  difficulty  in  forming  the  lower  a,  and  in  January 
she  could  not  reach  beyond  b.  During  the  last  two  months  she  had  not  been  able  to 
sing  at  all,  even  in  private.  She  broke  down  directly  she  attempted  even  a  few 
notes.  She  attributed  the  loss  of  power  to  a  strain,  as  she  first  noticed  the  difficulty 
after  the  performance  of  a  long  and  trying  cantata,  which  had  been  twice  encored. 
At  the  time  she  had  experienced  '  a  stinging  sensation,  extending  from  the  right  side 
of  the  throat  up  towards  the  ear.' 

"She  had  been  constantly imder  treatment  since  her  voice  first  became  affected. 
The  only  thing  which  had  seemed  to  do  her  good  was  a  solution  of  caustic  applied  to 
the  throat  with  a  piece  of  sponge  at  the  end  of  a  whalebone  rod.  But  though  this 
treatment  always  gave  temporary  relief,  there  was  no  permanent  improvement.  On 
making  a  laryngoscopic  examination,  the  parallelism  between  the  vocal  cords  was  seen 
to  be  lost,  the  right  cord  curving  away  in  the  centre  from  the  median  line. 

"The  treatment  (direct  electrization  of  the  right  vocal  cord)  was  long  and  tedious 
in  this  case.  At  the  end  of  six  weeks  there  did  not  appear  to  be  any  improvement, 
and  I  should  have  given  it  up  had  not  the  patient  most  earnestly  begged  of  me  to 
continue  a  little  longer.  I  was  glad  that  I  did  so,  for  a  fortnight  later  the  patient 
perceived  a  marked  improvement  in  the  voice.  In  order  to  test  the  voice  I  used  to 
allow  the  patient  to  sing  a  few  notes  once  a  week,  but  at  no  other  time.  At  the  end 
of  three  months  the  voice  was  decidedly  improved,  and  the  following  autumn  the 
voice  was  so  completely  restored  that  the  lady  was  able  to  accept  an  engagement 
in  Madrid." 

Spasmus  Glottidis  (Laryngismus  Stridulus — Spasm  of  the  Glot- 
tis.)— In  this  affection,  which  is  acknowledged  to  be  of  a  nervous  char- 
acter, electrical  treatment  is  indicated  on  the  same  principles  on  which 
it  is  indicated  in  torticollis,  writer's  cramp,  and  facial  spasm. 

The  disease  is  caused  by  any  influences  that  depress  the    systena. 

*  See  Archives  of  Electrolog)'  and  Neurology,  May,  1874. 
37 


578  DISEASES   OF   THE   LARYNX. 

In  children  it  may  arise  by  reflex  action  from  the  irritation  of  teething 
or  of  worms  ;  in  adults  it  is  often  an  accompaniment  of  hysteria,  and 
arises  from  diseases  of  the  sexual  organs, 

Treat7nent. — General  faradization  and  galvanization  of  the  sympa- 
thetic, and  external  galvanization  and  faradization  of  the  larynx  by  any 
of  the  methods  previously  described. 

Tobold  reports  success  with  peripheral  and  central  galvanization  in 
this  disease.  A  strong  maiden,  23  years  of  age,  who  was  attacked  regu- 
larly every  night  with  severe  spasms  of  the  larynx,  was  entirely  cured 
in  four  weeks  by  galvanization. 

Nervous  Cough. — Electrical  treatment  is  sometimes  excellent  for 
nervous  coughs  of  various  kinds.  External  faradization  or  galvaniza- 
tion or  central  galvanization  are  indicated. 

The  following  unique  case  may  as  well  be  inserted  here  : 

Spasmodic  cough,   unique  ift  cka?-acier,  and  of  unusual  persistency  and  severity^ 
Recovery  under  central  galvanization. 

Case  CLV. — Miss  H.,  aged  16,  was  transferred  to  our  care  by  the  family  physi- 
cian, Dr.  H.  H.  Gregor}'.  The  case  is  an  example  of  an  unusually  susceptible  nervous 
organization,  and  is  a  good  illustration  of  the  readiness  with  which  many  so-called 
nervous  symptoms  change  their  seat  and  chai-acter.  The  distinct  and  positive  features 
that  stand  so  boldly  relieved  in  the  progress  of  this  particular  case,  may  serve  to  ex- 
plain the  more  subtle  and  less  marked  changes  of  symptoms  that  so  often  occur  in 
certain  nervous  diatheses,  only  to  perplex  and  to  set  at  naught  the  resources  of  thera- 
peutics. The  patient  was  a  lively,  impressible  girl,  prone  to  physical  indiscretions, 
and  careless  of  consequences.  She  had  suffered  for  a  number  of  years  from  frequent 
and  unusually  severe  attacks  of  sick-headache,  but  as  soon  as  the  paroxysm  had  passed 
away,  she  regained  her  usual  strength  and  buoyancy.  The  sudden  and  unexpected 
death  of  a  sister,  naturally  enough,  stirred  up  her  emotional  nature  to  its  depths,  and 
together  with  an  imprudent  exposure  of  her  person  to  cold  and  dampness,  seemed  to 
be  the  exciting  cause  of  a  most  remarkable,  persistent,  and  distressing  cough,  which, 
slight  at  first,  reached  its  height  in  seventy  in  the  month  of  March,  1872.  Amid  the 
numberless  efforts  that  were  made  by  both  internal  medication  and  inhalations,  but 
one  remedy  seemed  to  be  of  the  slightest  service.  For  a  time  the  paroxysms  seemed 
to  abate  somewhat  under  the  influence  of  chloral,  although  no  permanent  benefit  was 
derived  from  its  use.  When,  during  the  latter  part  of  July,  we  first  saw  the  case, 
through  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Gregory,  the  following  was  the  prominent  characteristic 
of  her  paroxysmal  attacks :  Every  one  will  instantly  recognize  the  peculiar  harsh  or 
grating  sound  which  is  so  often  elicited  by  the  downward  thrust  of  a  saw  that  is  im- 
properly handled  or  insufficiently  oiled.  The  cough  of  our  patient  exactly  simulated 
this  sound,  and,  when  it  first  fell  upon  our  ears,  we  supposed  that  some  one  was  saw- 
ing in  the  adjoining  room. 

During  a  paroxysm,  the  expiratory  efforts  were  just  one  a  second  in  frequency,  and 
from  a  dozen  to  sixty  in  number. 

The  violence  of  the  attack  would  rack  her  terribly,  and,  when  prolonged,  was  fol< 


HYPERESTHESIA.  579 

lowed  by  considerable  exhaustion.  The  paroxysms  themselves  occLrred  so  often, 
some  twenty  or  twenty-five  times  during  the  twenty-four  hours,  that  she  was  neces- 
sarily obliged  to  give  up  all  attendance  at  places  of  public  resort,  and  confine  her- 
self mostly  at  home. 

On  account  of  our  absence  from  the  city  most  of  the  month  of  August,  the  pa- 
tient was  not  fairly  submitted  to  our  treatment  until  September.  We  then  submitted 
her  to  a  thorough  laryngoscopic  examination,  and  found  nothing  abnormal,  with  the 
exception  of*  a  slight  tendency  to  congestion  of  the  local  chords.  To  dissipate  any 
doubt  in  regard  to  the  existence  of  pulmonary  disease,  the  patient  was  thoroughly  ex- 
amined by  Dr.  Austin  Flint,  who  pronounced  the  lungs  to  be  in  a  healthy  condition, 
and  agreed  as  to  the  essentially  nervous  origin  of  the  symptoms. 

In  the  treatment  of  the  case  by  central  galvanization  we  were  gratified  to  observe, 
after  the  first  few  tentative  applications,  an  appreciable  improvement  in  the  charac- 
ter of  the  cough.  Instead  of  that  harsh  and  painful  sound,  resulting,  as  we  believed, 
from  the  exceedingly  tense  condition  of  the  vocal  chords,  the  cough  assumed  a  softer 
or  looser  character,  and  was  much  less  disturbing ;  this  we  conceived  depended  on 
the  decreased  local  spasmodic  action.  Freed  from  wearisome  details,  the  subsequent 
history  of  the  case  is  included  in  the  simple  statement  that  the  patient  improved  from 
time  to  time,  until,  after  two  months  of  treatment,  and  the  administration  of  some 
thirty-five  applications,  the  recovery  was  perfect. 

Two  yeais  have  now  elapsed  since  recovery,  but  the  patient  remains  well. 

In  the  case  of  a  young  girl  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  Learning,  there  was  a 
nervous  cough  that  perfectly  resembled  the  barking  of  a  dog.  Laryn- 
goscopic  examination  revealed  nothing  to  account  for  the  strange  symp- 
tom.    Electrical  treatment  accomplished  nothing. 

HypercEsthesia  of  the  Larynx. — Cases  of  this  disease  have  been  re- 
ported by  Gerhardt  and  Hanfield  Jones.  They  may  be  either  constant 
or  intermittent.     The  following  case  is  quite  remarkable : 

Hyperasthesia  of  larynx  with  nervous  aphonia  of  one  year''s  standing — No  visi- 
ble lesion,  but  slight  tuberculous  deposit  on  hmg — Great  pain  from  talking — 
No  Relief  under  central  and  local  galvanization. 

Case  CLVI. — Miss  B ,  a  young  lady  from  Chicago,  was  referred  to  us  by  Dr. 

Johnson,  of  that  city,  December  i6,  1871. 

The  patient  was  of  a  delicate,  thoroughly  American  type,  but  no  more  nervous  than 
thousands  of  our  countrywomen. 

For  one  year  she  had  suffered  from  absolute  aphonia.  The  laryngoscopic  examina- 
tion of  Dr.  Johnson,  her  physician  in  Chicago,  and  of  others,  indicated  no  local  lesion 
that  could  well  account  for  her  symptoms,  although  a  slight  tuberculous  deposit  of  a 
passive  and  stationary  character  was  detected  by  Dr.  Clark  in  one  lung.  All  the 
accompanying  symptoms  pointed  to  a  nervous  origin  of  her  disease.  The  hypereesthesia 
svas  very  remarkable.  The  patient  said  the  pain  from  whispering  was  so  great  that, 
•'  when  I  try  to  whisper  I  suffer  terribly,  become  dizzy,  and  have  pain  in  my  ear."  "  I 
often  feel,"  she  continued,  "as  if  every  word  I  whispered  grated  on  the  vocal  cords, 
and  to  laugh  would  make  the  cords  ache^  Almost  continually  there  was  pain  in  the 
throat,  and  on  this  account  her  nights  were  wakeful. 


580  DISEASES   OF   THE   LARYNX. 

The  evidence  was  pretty  clear  that  the  nerves  supplying  the  larynx  were  in  a  con- 
dition of  great  hyperaesthesia,  producing  a  condition  analogous  to  vaginismus. 

In  Chicago  Dr.  Johnson  had  used  electrical  treatment,  vi^ith  a  vievt^  to  excite  the 
action  of  the  cord,  without  benefit.  Stable  galvanization  was  used,  mainly  with  the 
view  of  calming  the  irritability  and  reducing  the  hypersesthesia,  but  without  success. 
In  about  a  month  the  patient  went  South  for  the  winter,  and  we  have  not  seen  her 
since  that  time. 

One  amongst  other  interesting  points  in  this  case  is  the  clinical  proof  afforded  of  the 
nervous  connection  of  the  vocal  cords  with  the  meatus  auditorius  and  membrana 
tympani.  The  anatomical  explanation  of  the  phenomenon  recorded  here  is  to  be 
found  in  the  direct  communication  existing  between  the  auricular  nerves  (first  described 
by  Arnold)  and  the  sensitive  fibres  which  enter  so  largely  into  the  composition  of  the 
main  trunk  of  the  pneumogastrics. 

Ancssthesia  of  the  Larynx. — This  is  an  affection  but  rarely  observed. 
It  would  be  most  likely  to  occur  from  injury  of  the  pneumogastric 
nerves  of  their  laryngeal  branches. 

It  is  rational  to  suppose  that  anaesthesia  of  the  larynx  might  be  suc- 
cessfully treated  by  electrization  in  its  various  forms,  on  the  same  prin- 
ciples that  this  morbid  condition  is  treated  in  other  parts  of  the  body. 


CHAPTER  XXXI. 

DISEASES     OF     THE     B  » K  ,  , 

For  two  reasons  the  diseases  of  the  eye  are  not  quite  as  amenable  tc 
electrization  as  corresponding  or  analogous  diseases  in  some  other  parts 
of  the  body. 

First.  The  anatomical  position  of  the  eye  is  such  that  the  current 
cannot  be  directly  localized  in  some  of  its  parts  ;  and  secondly^  the  ap- 
plication of  a  very  strong  current  is  sometimes  contra-indicated  by  the 
sensitiveness  of  the  conjunctiva,  and  the  possible  injury  that  may  be 
done  to  the  brain. 

For  these  reasons  paresis  and  paralysis  of  the  muscles  of  the  eye — 
the  conditions  of  the  organ  that  are  most  frequently  treated  by  elec- 
tricity— cannot  be  as  successfully  subjected  to  electro-diagnosis  or 
therapeutics  as  the  same  conditions  of  many  other  muscles,  a,lthough 
therapeutic  results  in  many  instances  of  a  decided  character  are  obtained 
from  electrization  of  the  paretic  or  paralyzed  muscles. 

The  principal  diseases  of  the  eye  for  which  electricity  has  been  em- 
ployed with  more  or  less  success  are  : 

Paralysis  of  the  Muscles^  Ptosis, 

Asthenopia,  Opacities  of  the  Cornea^ 

Retinal  Hyperesthesia,  Photophobia, 

Amaurosis  and  Amblyopia,  Myosis  and  Mydriasis, 

Spasm  of  the  Lid,  and  Neiiro-retinitis. 

Electrization  of  the  Eye. — The  electric  current  affects  the  eye  both 
directly  and  through  reflex  action  from  the  fifth  pair,  and  also  through 
the  sympathetic.  As  has  been  stated,  the  anatomical  position  of  the 
eye  within  its  bony  cavity  makes  it  impossible  to  reach  all  its  parts  as 
directly  as  could  be  desired  ;  while  the  exceeding  delicacy  of  its  struc- 
ture makes  it  at  least  very  difficult  to  make  the  applications  imme- 
diately to  the  conjunctiva. 

The  eye  may  be  electrized  in  a  general  way,  in  asthenopia,  for  ex- 
ample, by  pressing  one  large  positive  electrode  over  the  closed  eye, 
and  the  other  at  the  occiput  or  by  the  side  of  the  head  above  the  cheek- 
bone ;  or  one  of  the  electrodes  may  be  held  in  the  hand.  When  it  is 
desired  to  produce  chemical  changes  in  the  eye  this  stable  method  of 


582  DISEASES   OF   THE   EYE. 

application  may  be  used  for  some  time.  Placing  the  positive  pole  on 
the  forehead  or  in  the  auriculo-maxillary  fossa,  the  superior  oblique  may 
be  excited  with  the  negative  pole  on  the  upper  and  inner  part  of  the 
orbit ;  the  inferior  oblique  and  rectus  internus  near  the  inner  angle  of 
the  eye  on  the  side  of  the  nose ;  the  rectus  extemus  at  the  outer  angle 
of  the  eye  ;  the  rectus  superior  at  the  upper  part,  and  the  rectus  in- 
ferior at  the  lower  part  of  the  eyeball.  Galvanization  of  the  eye  with 
interrupted  currents  to  affect  the  muscles  should  usually  be  short,  but 
stable  or  labile  faradization  with  large  electrodes  m-ay  sometimes  be 
made  for  a  much  longer  time — three  to  ten  minutes. 

Paresis  (exhaustion)  or  paralysis  of  the  muscles  of  the  eye  may  arise 
from  cerebral  lesions,  or  may  be  of  a  peripheral  character.  Locomotor 
ataxia  is  frequently  preceded  or  accompanied  by  disorders  of  the  mus- 
cles of  the  eye. 

For  the  purpose  of  affecting  the  muscles  of  the  eye  the  galvanic  cur- 
rent is  usually  superior  to  the  faradic.  A  small  number  of  cells,  from 
ten  to  fifteen,  are  usually  sufficient.  Galvanization  of  the  sympathetic 
should  also  be  tried  in  those  cases  that  are  supposed  to  be  of  cerebral 
origin.  Short  treatments,  from  one-quarter  of  a  minute  to  one  or  two 
minutes,  are  preferable  to  longer  applications.  In  these  conditions 
protracted  seances  not  unfrequently  do  injury. 

Here,  as  elsewhere,  the  sensitiveness  of  the  patient  and  the  results  in 
each  case  are  perhaps  the  best  guide.  And  yet  it  is  always  well  to  be 
cautious  in  the  first  application.  In  diseases  of  the  eye,  as  of  other 
parts  of  the  body,  we  meet  with  exceptional  cases  that  will  bear  and 
be  benefited  by  very  protracted  applications  of  mild  galvanic  currents. 

The  unfortunate  accident  that  happened  to  Duchenne — total  de- 
struction of  the  sight  of  a  patient  immediately  after  galvanization — did 
much  for  a  time  to  retard  the  electro- therapeutics  of  the  eye.  The 
accident,  however,  has  never  been  repeated,  although  the  electro-thera- 
peutists of  the  present  day  galvanize  the  eye  and  the  brain  with  great 
freedom. 

Localized /<2rfl;^/2:^//^;2  has  been  somewhat  successful  in  the  treat- 
ment of  paralysis  of  the  muscles  of  the  eye  in  the  hands  of  Meyer,* 
Soelberg  Wells,f  and  Althaus.J  Althaus  has  succeeded  with  the  fara- 
dic current  after  failure  with  the  galvanic.  The  current  reverser  elec- 
trode is  very  convenient  for  the  treatment  of  paralysis  of  the  muscles  of 
the  eye. 

Prognosis  in  Paralysis  of  the  Muscles  of  the  Eye. — The  prognosis  of 

*  Op.  cit.  p.  378.        f  Diseases  of  the  Eye,  1869,  p.  568.        %  Op.  cit.,  p.  495. 


PARESIS   AND   PARALYSIS   OF   MUSCLES.  583 

paralysis  of  the  eye  that  depends  on  cerebral  lesions  is  usually  unfavor- 
able. Cases  that  arise  in  the  early  stages  of  disease  of  the  brain  or 
spinal  cord,  as  locomotor  ataxia,  and  early  syphilitic  cases,  offer  a  good 
prognosis,  though  they  are  disposed  to  relapse. 

Peripheral  cases,  when  taken  in  the  early  stages,  have  a  very  favor- 
able prognosis,  but  not  so  with  cases  that  are  long  standing. 

Benedikt,  speaking  of  the  prognosis  in  cases  of  paralysis  of  the  eye, 
declares  that  of  eight  cases,  from  various  causes,  that  were  sent  to  him 
by  Wecker,  of  Paris,  in  seven  there  was  immediate  improvement.* 
The  same  writer  states  that  when  the  absolute  excursive  capacity  of 
the  pupil  is  little  altered,  but  double  vision  is  present  in  a  great  part  of 
the  visual  field,  the  prognosis  is  unfavorable. 

In  some  cases  improvement  follows  early,  after  one  or  two  sittings, 
or  during  the  midst  of  the  sitting ;  in  other  cases  not  until  ten  01 
fifteen. 

The  tendency  with  patients  and  physicians  is  to  abandon  treatment 
in  paralysis  of  muscles  of  the  eye,  without  giving  it  a  fair  trial.  They 
certainly  demand  as  long  treatment  as  analogous  affections  in  other  parts 
of  the  body.  -^ 

Paresis  of  the  left  internal  rectrcs  muscle — hnmediate  improvement  under  localized 

faradization. 

Case  CLVII. — Mr.  M.B.,  with  paresis  of  the  left  internal  rectus  muscle,  was  sent 
to  us  by  Di.  C.  R.  Agnew  for  electrical  treatment.  The  first  symptoms  of  the  difficulty 
dated  some  months  back,  just  after  his  return  from  the  West,  where  he  had  been 
subjected  to  unusual  fatigue.  A  powerful  current  (faradic),  localized  as  nearly  as  pos- 
sible in  the  affected  muscle,  very  markedly  relieved  the  heaviness  of  the  eyelid,  and 
immediately  improved  the  sight. 

For  over  a  month  the  patient  had  been  able  to  read  only  imperfectly  and  with  dif- 
ficulty, while  an  hour  previous  to  the  electrical  treatment  it  was  found,  on  trial,  at 
Dr.  Agnew's  office,  that  he  was  utterly  unable  to  decipher  newspaper  print. 

Immediately  after  one  application  the  patient  could  read  the  fine  print  of  the 
Herald  with  ease,  and  in  a  day  or  so  a  note  from  Dr.  Agnew  informed  us  that  the 
vision  of  the  patient  had  increased  from  one-tenth  to  one-half,  and  that  the  internal 
rectus  had  gained  seventy,  tested  by  prisms. 

Paralysis  of  the  abducens  of  both  eyes — Double  vision  ten  months'  standing — Possible 
syphilitic  origin — Recovery  under  localized  galvanization  and  iodide  of  potassium 
— Relapse. 
CaseCLVIII. — Mr.  R.,  aged  46,  was  referred  to  us,  May  i,  1874,  liyDr.  Rushmore. 

Patient  complained  of  double  vision — health  otherwise  good.     Dr.    R.'s  diagnosis 

was,   paralysis  of  abducens  on  both  sides,   and   as   the   patient   had   suffered   from 

syphilis  sixteen  years  before,  iodide  of  potassium  was  given. 

*  Op.  cit..  p.  292. 


584  DISEASES   OF   THE   EYE. 

For  three  months  this  treatment  was  kept  up  with  but  littte  improvement.  We 
began  treatment  by  localized  galvanization,  using  strong  interrupted  currents — one 
pole  at  the  external  angle  of  the  eye,  and  the  other  on  the  temple,  or  at  the  back  of 
the  neck  and  continued  this  treatment  twice  a  week  for  one  month  without  any  im- 
provement. About  June  i  improvement  began,  and  by  June  22  the  recovery  was 
emphatic,  so  far  as  double  vision  was  concerned ;  dimness  of  vision  remained. 

The  patient  continued  the  iodide  of  potassium  at  the  same  time  with  the  electrical 
treatment,  and  it  is  clearly  impossible  to  differentiate  with  certainty  the  effects  of  the 
two  remedies ;  but  inasmuch  as  the  iodide  of  potassium  had  been  used  before,  and 
very  faitWully,  without  effect,  it  is  exceedingly  probable,  to  say  the  least,  that  the 
recovery  was  largely  due  to  the  electrical  treatment.   The  patient  subsequently  relapsed. 

The  following  are  some  of  Benedikt's  *  cases  : — 

"  Burggraf,  Johann,  aged  23  (Arlt's  clinique,  April  22d,  1864),  had  been  suddenly 
seized  with  double  vision  fourteen  days  previously.  Paralysis  of  the  right  abducens, 
preceded  by  violent  pains  in  the  head  for  eight  days.  Recovery  through  local  treat- 
ment in  six  sittings. 

"  Meyer,  Antonia,  aged  55,  laborer  (Arlt's  clinique,  Sept.  18,  1866),  had  suffered 
for  three  days  from  double  vision,  paresis  of  the  right  abducens.  The  excursion  was 
deficient  by  one  line.  There  was  double  vision  in  the  larger  half  of  the  visual  field. 
After  nine  sittings  the  excursion  was  normal.  Double  vision  in  the  extreme  portion 
of  the  visual  field.     Entire  recovery  after  twenty  sittings. 

"Mako,  Barbara,  aged  24  (Arlt's  clinique,  Jan.  29,  1863),  suffered  for  six  wee]<s 
from  complete  paralysis  of  all  the  branches  of  the  oculo-motorius.  After  three 
weeks  the  paralysis  was  removed,  and  the  patient,  although  he  had  yet  some  double 
vision,  left  the  hospital. 

"  Isolated  Mydriasis. — Rentier,  aged  40,  suffered  from  mydriasis  and  paralysis  of 
accommodation  on  the  left  side.  After  two  local  treatments  the  mydriasis  diminished. 
It  relapsed  after  a  coitus,  but  was  finally  entirely  healed  in  twelve  sittings,  and  re- 
mained healed  for  several  years." 

Asthenopia. — Asthenopia  may  depend  on  an  absolute  or  relative  de- 
ficiency of  energy  in  the  muscle  of  accommodation  ;  or  of  the  internal 
recti.  It  is  accompanied  by  hypersesthesia  of  the  retina  and  ciliary 
nerves,  f  Of  these  two  forms,  the  accommodative  and  muscular,  the 
accommodative  is  the  more  frequent.  The  marked  effects  in  improving 
the  tone  of  exhausted  muscles  in  other  parts  of  the  body,  produced  by 
electrization,  would  lead  us  to  suppose  that  asthenopia  might  be  bene- 
fited by  passing  either  the  faradic  or  galvanic  current  through  the  eye. 

In  quite  a  number  of  cases  of  weakness  of  eye  with  hyper^esthesia, 
that  have  not  been  accurately  recorded,  we  have  obtained  positive  and 
rapid   results.     For   those   very   numerous  cases   of  eyes    that   ache 

*  Op.  cit.,  p.  297  et  seq. 

f  Stellwag,  Treatise  on  the  Diseases  of  the  Eye,  translated  by  Drs.  Hackley  and 
Roosa,  ;5.  622. 


ASTHENOPIA.  585 

severely  if  used  even  for  a  little  time  before  breakfast,  or  at  twilight, 
or  in  reading  fine  print,  or  doing  fine  needlework,  or  from  exposure  tc 
glaring  light ;  that  perhaps  are  annoyed  by  viuscm  volitantes  and  by 
neuralgic  pains  in  or  near  the  eye,  and  yet  in  which  ophthalmoscopic 
examination  reveals  no  lesion — for  such  cases  mild  labile  faradization 
for  five  or  ten  mini.tes  through  the  eye  with  the  positive  pole,  either 
with  a  moistened  sponge  or  the  hand  of  the  operator,  while  the  nega- 
tive is  at  the  back  of  the  neck  or  in  the  hand  of  the  patient,  is  certainly 
a  most  agreeable  and  efficacious  remedy.  Stable  galvanization  is  also 
useful  in  the  same  condition.  Cases  of  this  kind  that  are  associated 
with  general  feebleness,  with  hysteria  and  dyspepsia,  are  sometimes 
much  benefited  by  general  faradization  even  when  the  eye  receives  no 
local  treatment  whatever.  The  tired,  achmg  eye  is  both  temporarily 
rested  and  relieved  after  each  sitting,  and  permanently  strengthened  by 
continued  treatment.  In  such  cases  electrization  does  for  the  eye  what 
it  does  for  the  stomach,  or  larynx,  when  they  are  in  a  condition  of 
fatigue. 

We  believe  that  electro-therapeutics  promises  more  for  asthenopia, 
with  hypercEsthesia  of  the  retina,  than  for  any  other  disease  of  the  eye. 

From  the  known  effects  of  electrization  on  neuralgic  and  muscular 
weakness  of  other  parts  of  the  body,  it  would  certainly  appear  that 
asthenopia,  even  in  its  severe  phases,  might  also  be  successfully  treated 
by  the  same  agent.  The  subject  is  worthy  of  the  earnest  attention  of 
ophthalmologists. 

Asthenopia  of  two  year s^  standing — Rapid  improvement  under  localized  faradization. 

Case  CLIX. — Mr,  L.,  a  student,  aged  25,  was  referred  to  us  by  Dr.  Loring. 
The  patient  had  for  two  years  been  afflicted  with  exceeding  weakness  of  sight,  and 
for  a  long  time  was  unable  to  read  more  than  a  minute  or  two  without  discomfort. 
Time  and  rest  had  afforded  slight  relief,  so  that  he  now  found  it  possible  to  read 
by  daylight  some  eight  or  ten  minutes;  by  gaslight  he  could  not  read  at  all.  A  mild 
seance  of  localized  faradization  was  essayed,  with  the  result  of  markedly  increasing 
the  strength  of  vision.  Similar  applications  were  repeated  some  dozen  times,  with 
the  most  happy  effect,  and  when  last  seen  the  patient  was  able  to  read  an  hour  with- 
out serious  discomfort. 

A  second  case,  sent  soon  after  by  Dr.  Loring,  received  equal  benefit. 

A   case  similar  to  the  above — Improves  more  readily   under  galva7tization  than 

faradization. 
Case  CI.X. — A  case  similar  in  its  symptoms  to  the  above,  and  of  as  long  stand- 
ing,  that  was   sent   to  us  by  Dr.    Roosa,    was  submitted  to  localized    faradization, 
with   some  benefit.      Localized  galvanization,   however,   witli  an  exceedingly  feeble 


586  DISEASES    OF   THE   EYE. 

current,  proved  of  greater  service,  and  after  a  month  of  treatment  the  patient  was 
able  to  read  ordinary  print  for  over  an  hour  continuously,  without  experiencing  any 
discomfort. 

Asthenopia  of  an  aggravated  character  and  of  two  years'  standing — Complete  recov- 
ery U7ider  twelve  applications  of  localized  faradization. 

Case  CLXI. — The  most  satisfactory  result  that  we  have  to  record  in  the  treat- 
ment of  asthenopia  was  in  the  case  of  a  lady  aged  60.  For  two  years  she  had  observed 
a  constantly  decreasing  strength  of  vision,  associated  with  a  local  irritability,  that  pre- 
cluded any  attempt  at  continuous  use  of  the  eyes.  Finally,  so  weak  did  the  organs 
become  that  she  found  it  utterly  impossible  to  read  or  sew,  or  in  any  way  concen- 
trate her  sight  for  a  moment  without  suffering  pain  and  obscuration  of  vision.  She 
was  treated  wholly  by  localized  faradization — the  tips  of  the  fingers  alone  being  used 
as  electrodes. 

But  about  twelve  applications  were  given,  with  the  result  of  complete  and  per- 
manent recovery.  During  the  three  years  that  have  elapsed  since  this  treatment  the 
eyesight  has  remained  perfectly  strong. 

Amblyopia  and  Amaurosis. — Amblyopia  is  now  understood  to  be  a 
disorder  of  vision  dependent  on  disturbance  of  the  circulation,  while 
amaurosis  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  symptom  of  atrophy  of  the  optic 
nerve. 

For  some  of  these  conditions  electrization  may  be  tried  with  ad- 
vantage. 

A  strong  encouragement  for  a  faithful  trial  of  electricity  in  these 
cases  is  that  various  degrees  of  impairment  of  vision,  from  complete 
blindness  through  the  lower  grades,  have  been  sometimes  most  success- 
fully treated  by  physicians  and  charlatans,  with  diverse  methods  of  appli- 
cation. De  Saussure  cured  a  case  of  amaurosis  by  statical  electricity. 
Lesueur,  Magendie,  and  Person,  successfully  used  faradization  in  the 
same  cases. 

What  is  now  needed  is  a  careful  and  persevering  trial  of  galvaniza- 
tion and  faradization  in  cases  of  amblyopia  and  amaurosis,  after  accu- 
rate ophthalmoscopic  examination. 

Spasm  of  the  Lid  {^Blepharospasm). — For  spasm  of  the  levator  palpebrcs 
and  orbicularis  palpebrarum,  faradization  or  galvanization  is  indicated 
for  the  same  reason  that  it  is  indicated  in  torticollis,  facial  spasm,  and 
spasm  of  the  glottis. 

The  method  of  application  is  the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  asthe- 
nopia. 

Prognosis. — Recent  and  mild  cases  recover  rapidly.  Long-standing 
cases  ai  e  sometimes  very  obstinate,  but  even  these  are  frequently  re- 
lieved for  a  lie  lited  time  after  each  sitting. 


OPACITIES   OF   CORNEA   AND   VITREOUS   HUMOR.  587 

Slight  spasmodic  twite  kings  of  the  lid — Recovery  under  faradization. 

Case  CLXII. — A  lady  had  been  troubled  with  an  affection  of  the  left  eye  that 
required  surgical  treatment ;  was  taken  with  slight  but  disagreeable  twitchings  of  the 
lid  of  the  other  eye.  The  twitching  was  so  slight  that  it  could  be  seen  by  an  observer 
only  with  difficulty. 

Under  faradization  with  a  mild  current,  the  negative  pole  being  held  in  the  hand  of 
the  patient,  and  the  positive  being  applied  by  gentle  passes  over  the  lid,  recovery 
took  place  in  a  short  time. 

Spasm  of  the   orbicularis  palpebrarum  of  long  standing — Some  tei7iporary  but  no 
permaitent  benefit  frotn  faradization  and  galvanization. 

Case  CLXIII. — Rev.  Mr.  B.  was  referred  to  us  by  Dr.  C.  R.  Agnew  with  severe 
spasms  of  the  orbicularis  palpebrarum  of  the  right  side ;  the  general  health  of  the 
patient  was  otherwise  good.  Faradization  and  galvanization,  faithfully  used  for  a 
number  of  sittings,  in  the  manner  described  in  the  case  preceding,  were  only  of 
temporary  benefit. 

Opacities  of  the  Cornea. — The  electric  currents  have  been  employed 
with  more  or  less  success  for  opacities  of  the  cornea  for  many  years. 
Cases  have  been  reported  by  Isiglio,  Quadri,  Willebrand,  Turck,  and 
Graefe.     Recently  this  method  has  been  but  little  employed. 

The  galvanic  current  would  be  more  indicated  than  the  faradic.  Ex- 
ternal or  internal  applications  may  be  used. 

In  a  case  of  opacity  of  the  cornea,  resulting  from  herpes  ophthahni- 
cus,  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  Prout,  there  was  a  very  decided  clearing  up 
under  a  protracted  use  of  the  negative  pole  of  the  galvanic  current 
applied  to  the  closed  lid,  and  a  part  of  the  time  directly  to  the  conjunc- 
tiva, which  had  been  rendered  anaesthetic  by  the  herpes. 

Opacities  of  the  Vitreous  Humor  —  Keratitis. — Le  Fort  and  Carnus 
report  interesting  and  remarkable  results  in  the  treatment  of  opacities 
of  the  vitreous  humor  by  the  galvanic  current.  The  applications  were 
made  with  one  pole  over  the  closed  eyelid,  and  the  other  in  the  auri- 
culo-maxillary  fossa,  to  affect  at  the  same  time  the  nutrition  of  the  eye 
through  the  sympathetic.  In  some  of  the  cases  the  opacity  was  asso- 
ciated with  or  resulted  from  keratitis. 

Photophobia. — Photophobia  is  a  symptom  of  so  many  different  patho- 
logical conditions,  that  the  cases  of  cure  or  relief  obtained  in  it  by  the 
electric  currents  are  of  comparatively  little  value.  It  very  frequently 
depends  on  the  diseases  of  the  conjunctiva  and  cornea.  Hewson 
reports  the  cure  by  galvanization  of  thirty-two  cases  of  photophobia  de- 
pendent on  scrofulous  inflammation  of  the  cornea  in  chiWren.  From 
one  to  three  applications  were  sufficient. 


588  DISEASES   OF   THE   EYE. 

The  positive  pole  was  applied  to  the  face  and  the  negative  to  the 
supra-orbital  foramen. 

Ptosis. — This  affection,  which  consists  in  paralysis  of  the  elevator  of 
the  upper  lid,  is  to  be  treated  like  spasm  of  the  lid,  but  with  a  stronger 
current. 

Ptosis  following  herpes — Rapid  recovery  under  galvanization. 

Case  CLXIV.— A  lady  patient  was  referred  to  us,  who  had  suffered  long  and 
severely  from  herpes  of  the  head  and  face.  This  was  followed  by  acute  neuralgic 
pains  that  were  most  persistent  and  resisted  all  attempts  at  alleviation. 

The  galvanic  current  was  here  applied,  and  so  successfully  as  in  a  short  time  to  dis- 
sipate in  good  measure  the  neuralgia.  The  eyelid  of  the  right  side,  however,  was 
left  drooping,  a  condition  which  had  been  present  some  weeks.  Three  applica- 
tions of  the  faradic  current  to  the  aff'ected  part,  of  a  strength  as  great  as  could  be  well 
borne,  were  repeated  on  several  occasions  and  readily  resulted  in  a  complete  restoration 
of  the  lost  muscular  power. 

Mydriasis  and  Myosis. — In  these  conditions  the  electric  treatment 
is  sometimes  of  value,  although  in  many  cases  they  depend  on  some  cen- 
tral difficulty  that  in  its  very  nature  is  incurable. 

The  treatment  consists  in  local  galvanization  and  galvanization  of  the 
sympathetic. 

Neuro-retinitis. — On  the  theory  that  neuro-retinitis  may  depend  on 
some  morbid  condition  of  the  sympathetic,  which  in  its  turn  may  be 
connected  with  various  cerebral  affections,*  it  has  been  treated  by  gal- 
vanization of  the  sympathetic,  and  of  the  brain. 

Indeed,  from  our  experiments  in  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic 
(see  p.  125),  it  would  appear  that  in  neuro-retinitis,  and,  indeed,  in  all 
affections  where  we  wish  to  affect  the  vascular  condition  of  the  retina, 
galvanization  of  the  sympathetic  would  very  properly  be  indicated  in 
connection  with  other  remedies  directed  to  the  disease.  The  subject  is 
certainly  worthy  of  investigation. 

Strabismus. — In  strabismus,  dependent  on  merety  transitory  causes, 
faradization  or  galvanization  may  be  of  service  ;  but  the  results  yet 
reported  are  not  of  great  importance. 

That  temporary  relief  of  strabismus  may  be  derived  from  faradization 
we  demonstrated  in  several  instances.  The  method  of  application  is 
the  same  as  that  for  paralysis  of  the  muscles. 

From  among  many  failures  in  the  treatment  of  strabismus  that  we 
find  recorded  in  our  case  books,  we  briefly  note  the  two  following 
as  illustrative  of  the  benefit  that  occasionally  accrues  through  electri- 
zation. 

*  Benedikt,  op.  cit.,  pp.  252,  253,  254. 


STRABISMUS.  589 

Case  CLXV. — A  little  girl,  aged  S,  had  for  two  years  been  afflicted  with  strabis- 
mus divergent. 

The  faradic  current  was  as  nearly  as  possible  localized  in  the  faulty  muscles,  and  at 
the  same  time  the  body  of  the  eye  was  submitted  to  gentle  treatment. 

Improvement  became  manifest  after  a  few  applications,  and  in  the  course  of  two 
months  ended  in  recovery. 

Case  CLXVI. — In  the  case  of  a  babe  of  18  months,  who  had  shown  symptoms 
similar  to  the  above,  some  three  weeks  previously,  it  required  but  a  single  application 
of  the  faradic  current  to  dissipate  the  trouble. 

Cataract.- — -The  literature  relating  to  the  use  of  galvanism  in  the 
treatment  of  cataract  is  very  considerable,  but,  at  the  same  time,  both 
the  opinions  and  statements  are  very  conflicting.  Crussel,  of  St. 
Petersburg,  claimed  to  have  had  successes.  His  method  was  to  intro- 
duce into  the  lens  a  needle  connected  with  the  negative  pole,  while  the 
positive  was  applied  to  the  tongue.  In  this  way  the  cataract  was  sub- 
jected to  the  three  factors  of  mechanical  disintegration  by  the  needle, 
to  the  chemical  influence  of  the  negative  pole,  and  "  probably,  also,  to 
the  macerating  action  of  the  aqueous  humor  penetrating  the  lens 
through  the  puncture  made  in  the  capsule  by  the  needle."  Bergmann, 
Newmann,  Mildner,  Benedict,  Strauch,  and  others,  on  the  contrar}^ 
claim  that  the  results  are  not  sufficiently  favorable  to  counterbalance 
the  dangerous  inflammation  that  is  liable  to  follow.*  Rosenthal  used 
external  applications,  and  claimed  to  have  cured  two  out  of  three 
patients  whom  he  thus  treated.  Two  cases  of  cures  have  been  re- 
ported lately  by  Neftel.  The  cases  were  subsequently  examined  by 
Drs.  Agnew  and  Knapp,  who  failed  to  find  evidence  of  any  improve- 
ment that  could  be  attributed  to  electricity. 

Among  other  diseases  of  the  eye  in  which  electricity  may  be  tried 
experimentally,  with  the  hope  of  greater  or  less  success,  are  ancesthesia 
optica  and  ftystagmus. 

*  For  the  literature  of  the  subject  consult  Canstatt's  "  Jahresbericht "  for  1841-45, 
also  Schmidt's  Jahrbiicher  for  1841-42,  quoted  from  Evetzky's  article  "  On  the  Na- 
ture of  Cataract,"  etc.,  N.  Y.  Med.  Journal,  July,  1880,  to  which  we  are  indebted. 


CHAPTER  XXXII. 

DISEASES     OF     THE     EAR. 

The  diseases  of  the  ear  are  less  amenable  to  treatment  by  electricity 
than  analogous  diseases  in  most  other  parts  of  the  body.  By  its  ana- 
tomical position  the  internal  ear  is  even  more  inaccessible  than  the  eye  ; 
and  even  the  parts  which  can  be  brought  more  directly  under  the  influ- 
ence of  electrization,  as  the  middle  ear,  the  membrana  tympani,  and 
external  auditory  canal,  can  bear  only  feeble  currents.  Hence  it  is  that 
there  is  no  branch  of  electro-therapeutics  where  there  has  been  such  gen- 
eral disappointment  both  among  aurists  and  electro-therapeutists  as  in 
diseases  of  the  ear. 

The  morbid  conditions  of  the  ear  for  which  electrization  has  been 
found  of  some  service  are  subacute  and  chronic  inflammation  of  the 
drum  and  middle  ear,  nervous  deafness,  and  tinnitus  auriuni. 

Experiments  on  the  ear  were  made  quite  early  in  the  history  of  elec- 
tro-therapeutics. 

Brenner  *  gives  the  following  bibliography  of  this  department  in  the 
early  part  of  the  present  century  : — 

/fcJGUSTIN —  Versuch  einer  Geschichte  der  galvanischen  Elektricitdt  und  ihrer 
mediciiiischen  Anwendutig,  Berlin,  iSoi  {this  work  contains  a  quantitative  distinction 
in  the  working  of  both  poles  on  the  nerves  of  hearing) ;  also,  Von  Galvanismus  una 
dessen  Anwendtutg,  i8oi,  by  the  same  author. — Merzdorpf — {Behandlung  des 
Ohrensausens  dure h  den  Galvanischen  Strom,)  3«  Grapengiesser,  iSoi,  pp.  131 
and  132. — Flies — {Galvano-therapeutische  Versucke,)  Ebendas.,  1801,  pp.  241, 
252. — Stellwag — Ueber  Galvattismus,  Hamburg,  1802  (this  work  contains  cures  of 
deafness). — Struwe — System  der  Medici ttischen  Elektricitdt  mit  Riicksicht  mif  den 
Galvaitistnus,  1S02. — WOLKE — Nachricht  von  den  zu  fever  durch  die  Galvani-Vol- 
iaische  Gehbrgebektinst  begliickten  Taicbstummen,  etc.  Osnabriick,  1802. — MAR- 
TENS' Therapeutische  Anwendung  des  Galvanismus.     1803. 

It  was  natural  that  attempts  to  cure  diseases  of  the  ear  should  be 
made  thus  early  in  the  history  of  electro-therapeutics,  because  at  that 
time  there  was  scarcely  any  other  method  of  treatment. 

*  Untersuchungen  und  Beobachtungen  auf  dem  Gebiete  der  Elect  rotherapie,  i  Band, 
I  Abth.,  1868,  p.  40. 


METHODS   OF   APPLICATION. 


591 


There  are  two  general  methods  of  electrizing  tha  ear — internal  and 
external. 


Fig.  132. 

rnternal  method  of  electrisation  of  the  ear  (Diichenne).  A,  auricle;  B,  external 
auditory  canal;  C,  handle  of  electrode;  D,  flexible  wire;  E,  rubber  speculum; 
F,  ossicula  in  middle  ear;  G,  mouth  of  tube;  H,  auditory  nerve  in  inner  ear;  I, 
infeiior  half  membrana  tympani;  J,  external  muscle  of  hammer  ;  K,  internal  muscle 
of  hammer. 

The  flexible  wire  can  be  pressed  in  toward  the  drum  and  then  al- 
lowed to  spring  back.  The  external  auditory  canal  is  very  sensitive, 
and  only  mild  currents,  or  currents  quickly  interrupted,  will  be  borne. 
The  other  electrode  may  be  placed  in  the  hand  of  the  opposite  side,  or 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Eustachian  tube,  by  means  of  a  metallic-pointed 
insulated  catheter.  It  is  an  advantage  before  making  the  application 
to  partly  fill,  or  at  least  to  moisten,  the  ear  with  warm  salt  water,  since 
thereby  the  conduction  is  much  increased.  The  water  should  be  warm^ 
because  cold  water  is  not  well  borne  in  the  ear. 


592  DISEASES   OF   THE   EAR. 

External  Method. — -The  best  external  method  of  electrizing  the  ear 
X's,  to  press  the  electrode  firmly  on  the  tragus,  the  other  electrode  being 
held  as  before,  in  the  hand  of  the  opposite  side.  The  ear  should  be 
filled  with  warm  salt  water,  although  this  is  not  necessary. 

We  have  used  this  method  for  several  years  with  both  the  faradic  and 
galvanic  currents,  and  prefer  it  for  all  cases  except  zvhen  it  is  desired  to 
act  directly  07i  the  inflamed  surfaces  of  the  drum,  or  middle  ear.  It  is 
far  less  painful  and  more  satisfactory  than  the  internal  method.  It  may 
be  used  on  the  most  sensitive  children,  who  would  rebel  against  the  in- 
ternal method,  however  skilfully  performed. 

The  sitting  should  not  usually  be  more  than  five  or  ten  minutes,  and 
in  some  cases  much  shorter  applications  should  be  used,  especially 
when  the  galvanic  current  is  used. 

The  electro-physiology  of  the  ear  has  already  been  described  in  the 
section  on  Electro-Physiology. 

Electro-Diagnosis . — The  electro-diagnosis  of  diseases  of  the  ear  has 
been  specially  studied  by  Brenner. 

The  leading  idea  of  this  observer*  is  that  the  reaction  of  the  auditory 
nerve  to  the  galvanic  current  is  variously  changed  by  pathological  con- 
ditions. 

The  normal  formula  has  already  been  given.     (See  Electro-Physiol- 

ogy>  P-  132). 

The  difficulties  in  the  practical  application  of  this  method  of  electro- 
diagnosis  are  very  great.  The  norznal  formula  can  be  obtained  only  in 
a  certain  proportion  of  cases,  and  then  oftentimes  by  painful  currents. 
Even  when  we  obtain  apparent  deviations  from  the  normal  formula, 
we  are  not  always  sure  just  what  such  deviation  indicates,  either  in 
special  pathology  or  in  therapeutics. 

Cha?iges  in  the  Reaction  of  the  Auditory  Nerve  in  Pathological 
Cases. — In  pathological  cases  the  normal  formula  may  undergo  various 
changes. 

These  changes  in  the  reactions  that  appear  in  diseases  of  the  ear  may 
be  embraced  under  the  following  heads  :  f 

I.  Hyperesthesia  of  the  nerve,  so  that  it  reacts  to  a  milder  current 
than  normal,  or  reacts  longer  or  more  powerfully.     This  may  be  either 

*  Zur  Elektrophysiologie  und  Elektropathologie  des  Nervus  acusticus.  Petersburgh 
Med.  Zeitschr.,  Bd.  4,  p.  286.  1863.  Also,  Weitere  Mittheilungen  zur  Elektro- 
otratrik.  Petersburger  Med.  Zeitschr.,  Bd.  5,  p.  35,  1863.  And  more  recently  in 
his  published  work,  Untersuchungen  und  Beobachtungen  auf  dem  Gebiete  der  Elek- 
trotherapie.     Leipzig,  1868  and  1869. 

f  Brenner,  op.  cit.,  Band  i.,  p.  181  et  seq. 


PATHOLOGICAL  REACTIONS. 


59: 


simple  or  complicated  with  qualitative  change  in  the  formula,  or  with 
paradoxical  formula  in  the  ear  not  experimented  on,  or  with  morbid 
subjective  sensations  of  hearing. 

2.  Change  in  the  formula  of  reaction  without  hyperesthesia.  These 
changes  are  either  in  inversion  of  the  normal  formula,  or  deviations  of 
various  kinds. 

3.  Torpor  of  the  nerve  {anesthesia),  so  that  it  does  not  react,  or  only 
to  a  stronger  current  than  normal. 

Illustrative  Pathological  Cases. — Brenner  gives  the  following  illustra- 
tion of  hyperaesthesia  in  a  case  of  chronic  catarrh  of  the  middle  ear,  on 
both  sides,  with  difficulty  of  hearing,  much  tinnitus. 

The  reaction  was  as  follows  : 

XX  90  Ka.S.K'. 

Ka.D.K.    00 
Ka.O.— 
A.S.   — 
A.D.  — 
A.O.k.> 

In  another  case,  where  there  was  great  difficulty  of  hearing,  with 
tinnitus,  that  had  existed  for  three  years,  and  demonstrable  anatomical 
changes,  but  in  which  a  central  disease  was  suspected,  the  reaction  was 
as  follows  :* 

XX  so  Ka.S.K'. 

Ka.D.K.   00 
Ka.O.— 
A.S.— 
A.D.— 
.    A.O.k.> 

Other  cases,  illustrative  of  changes  of  various  kinds,  we  give  below : — 
Qualitative  change. — A         Hyperesthesia  with   in-         Hyperaesthesia  with  pa- 
laborer,  30  years  old ;  in-     version    of    the     normal    radoxical  sensations  in  ear 
formula.\ — A  lady  of  60; 
absolute  deafness  in  left  ear ; 
drum  depressed,  thickened 
and  opaque. 
6  El.  Ka.— 
Ka.D.— 
Ka.O.Pf.  > 
An.S.Pf. 
An.D.Pf.   00 
,     An.O.— 


telligent ;  deafness  and  tin- 
nitus on  both  sides  from 
childhood ;     drum    cloudy 
and  thickened. 
X  iooKa.S.K'. 

Ka.D.K.  00 
Ka.O.— Rattling. 
A.S.  " 

A.D.  "   00 

A.O.K.> 


not  treated.l 

Ear  treated. 
XX  100  Ka.S.K". 
Ka.D.K.  00 
Ka.O.  — 
A.S. 
A.D. 
A.O.K'.> 


Ear  not 
treated. 


K.> 

K', 

k.> 


*0p.  cit.,  pp.  90,  191. 

\  Erb  in  Archiv  Ophth.  and  Otol.,  vol.  i.,  No.  I,  p.  272. 
\  Brenner,  op.  cit.,  Band  i.,  p.  205. 
38 


594 


UxSEASES   OF  THE  EAR. 


Illustrative  and  typical  case  of  in- 
version  of  the  normal  forinula.  *  —  An 
officer,  26  years  old  ;  from  his  childhood 
completely  deaf  in  left  ear  ;  no  tinnitus  ; 
no  demonstrable  change  in  drum  ;  only  a 


Modification  of  the  normal  formula 
without  hypercBsthesia. — A  woman,  45 
years ;  old  difficulty  of  hearing  in  both 
ears;  no  tinnitus;    some  dulness  of  the 

drums. 


pale  color ;  righ 

t  ear 

normal. 

Right  Ear  : — 

XX  SCO  Ka.S.— "  Chirping." 

Electric  examination  of 

Electric  examination 

of 

Ka.D.             "        short 

right    (healthy) 

ear 

left      (diseased) 

ear 

Ka.O. 

gives     this    normal 
formula. 

gives    the     inverted 
formula. 

A.  S.     — Roaring. 

IXKa.S.K'. 

IX  Ka.S.  — 

A.D.              "         short. 

Ka.D.k.  > 

Ka.D. — 

A.  0.     — Indefinite  sounds. 

Ka.O.  — 

Ka.O.K. 

Left 

ear  gave   same   formula,    except 

A.S. — 

A.S.K'. 

that  Ka.O.  gave  a  short  and  slight  roar- 

A.D.— 

A.D.K.  > 

ing. 

A.O.k. 

A.O. — 

The  above  case  of  the  officer  Brenner  regards  as  of  a  special  nature. 
The  patient  was  examined  by  a  number  of  aurists,  and  the  inversion 
of  the  normal  formula  in  the  diseased  ear  was  decided. 

The  following  experiments  were  made  by  one  of  the  authors  of  this 
work  on  himself.  The  right  ear,  on  which  the  experiment  was  made, 
has  for  twenty-five  years  been  affected  with  chronic  inflammation  of 
the  middle  ear.  The  drum  is  cloudy,  the  tube  pervious,  and  the  hear- 
ing distant ;  at  times  he  had  been  troubled  with  tinnitus,  but  not  at  the 
time  of  the  experiment.  The  objective  examination  of  the  ear  was 
made  by  Dr.  D.  B.  St.  John  Roosa.  The  experiments  are  given 
in  detail,  because  they  illustrate  a  number  of  the  peculiarities  in  regard 
to  the  galvanic  reaction  of  diseased  ears,  and  the  difficulties  and  com- 
plications that  attend  the  investigation. 

The  internal  method  was  used  : 


10  Stohrer's  El.  Ka.S. — No  reaction. 

Ka.D. — Some  rumbling, 
made     evidently     by 
pressure  of  electrode,  f 
Ka.O. 

An.S. — No  reaction, 
An.D.— "         " 
An.O.— "         " 


12  El.  Ka.S. — No  reaction. 
Ka.D.— 
Ka.O.— 

An.S.  — ' 
An.D.— ' 
An.O.— ' 

Feeble  flashes  of  light  were  observed. 
The  rumbling  of  a  distant  carriage  for  a 
moment  was  mistaken  for  the  cathode 
closing  reaction. 

*  Brenner,  1.  c,  p.  219, 

f  In  order  to  prevent  deception  on  this  point,  the  finger  was  pressed  on  the  tragus, 
and  found  to  produce  the  same  apparent  sensation  of  rumbling.     The  apparatur 


PATHOLOGICAL  CASES 


595 


1 6  EL,  Ka  S. — Nc  reaction. 

Ka.D. — Hissing  in  the  other  ear;  (paradoxical  reaction). 

Ka.O. — Same  for  a  moment. 

An.  8. — Hissing. 

An.D. — Same.  > 

An.O. — No  reaction,  but  hissing  in  other  ear. 
Stronger  flashes  of  light ;  dizziness ;  subjective  sounds  in  ears  for  some  minutes 
after  treatment. 


20  El,  Ka.S. — Slight  roaring. 
Ka.O.> 

Ka.O. — No  reaction. 
An.S. — Loud  hissing  (seething). 
An.  D.  — Same.  > 
An.O. — No  reaction. 
Considerable     pain     in    ear ;      much 
stronger  flashes   and  dizziness;    metallic 
taste;    burning    in   wrist   of    the    hand 
holding  cathode. 

The   rheostate  was  now  brought  into 
use. 

24  El.  K.  S. — Low  rumbling   and  hissing 
in  other  ear ;  very  great  pain ; 
perspiration   on    forehead,    and 
muscular  contractions. 
Ka.D. — Same.  00 
Rheostate — 100 — Same  roaring. 
200 —    "         " 
300 — Less        " 
400—  "  " 

500 —  ••  "  less  pain. 


Rheostate — 600 — Same  roaring. 
700 —    "  " 

800—    "  " 

900 —    "  "  still  pain. 

1,000 — Much  less  roaring,  and 
hissing  in  other  ear  much 
less. 
Ka.O. — No  reaction. 
The  anode  reaction   with    the    resis- 
tances of  the  rheostate  was  as  follows  : 
An.S. — Very  loud  hissing. 
An.D.  00  and  flow  of  saliva. 
Rheostate — 100 — Very  loud  hissing. 
200—    "       "         " 
300 —   "       "         " 
400 — Loud  " 

500—   "  " 

600 — Less  " 

700 —  "  " 

800—  "  " 

900—  "  " 

1,000 — Much  less      " 


Concerning  the  above  case  it  may  b'e  remarked  : 

1.  The  deviation  from  the  normal  formula  was  unmistakable.  The 
anode  reaction  was  very  decided,  there  was  no  possibility  of  a  mistake. 
The  chief  difficulty  was  with  the  cathode.  A  low  rumbling  or  roaring 
was  all  the  reaction  that  could  be  obtained  with  Ka.S.  or  Ka.D.  and 
that  only  when  many  elements  were  used. 

2.  The  accompanying  phenomena — dizziness,  pain,  contractions  of 
the  facial  muscles,  metallic  taste,  flow  of  saliva,  perspiration  on  fore- 
head, burning  and  contraction  of  the  muscles  of  the  hand  holding  the 
electrode — were  present,  but  did  not  interfere  with  the  observation  of 
the  reaction  of  the  nerve.     It  is  just,  however,  to  remark  that  this  in- 

used  in  this  experiment  had  no  current  reverser,  consequently  it  was  necessary  to  con* 
tinually  move  the  electrode  to  and  from  the  tragus. 


596  DISEASES   OF  THE   EAR. 

dividual  has  been  accustomed  for  many  years  to  experiment  on  himself 
with  electricity,  and  therefore  would  be  little  liable  to  be  annoyed  or 
distracted  by  their  incidental  phenomena ;  yet  even  he  was  deceived 
momentarily  by  the  rumbling  of  a  distant  wagon.  Constriction  of  the 
throat,  of  which  some  complain,  was  not  experienced. 

The  following  pathological  case  is  of  double  interest,  since  benefit 
to  the  hearing  seemed  to  result  immediately  after  the  galvanic  exami- 
nation. 

Case  CLXVII.  —  G.  K.  B.,  aged  i8,  had  from  his  early  boyhood  suffered  from 
chi-onic  ulceration  of  the  membrana  tympani  with  discharge.  In  the  left  ear  the  drum 
had  disappeared.  The  watch  could  be  heard  only  on  pressure.  There  was  no  tinnitus. 
The  Eustachian  tube  was  pervious. 

Three  years  before  the  right  ear  had  been  sii:iilarly  affected,  and  had  entirely  re- 
covered under  the  influence  of  treatment,  so  that  the  discharge  ceased  and  the  hearing 
was  normal.  At  that  time  Dr.  St.  John  Roosa  saw  the  case  in  consultation  and  con- 
firmed the  diagnosis. 

August,  1870.  The  patient  again  consulted  us  for  his  right  ear,  which  we  found  in 
the  condition  described,  and  which  was  similar  to  that  in  which  we  had  found  it  three 
years  before.  At  this  time  we  decided  to  test  the  galvanic  reaction,  which  we  were 
able  to  do  without  difficulty,  by  the  external  method. 

The  result  was  as  follows  : 

8  El; 


Ka.S. 

Some  rumbling. 

Ka.D. 

((                   cc 

Ka.O. 

No  sensation. 

An.S. 

Rumbling. 

An.D. 

" 

An.O.        No  sensation. 

With  ten  and  twelve  elements  there  was  the  same,  but  louder,  and  with  eighteen 
elements  a  sound  like  the  ringing  of  a  large  bell,  reaction.  When  sixteen  elements 
were  used,  the  patient  experienced  a  sensation  of  hissing  with  An.S.  and  An.D. 

After  various  changes  of  the  current,  a  less  number  of  elements  brought  a  decided 
reaction.  In  order  to  see  whether  the  patient  deceived  himself,  or  whether  the 
sounds  were  produced  by  the  agitation  of  the  water  in  the  ear,  we  applied  the  electrode 
to  the  tragus,  when  disconnected  from  the  battery. 

Immediately  after  the  sitting  the  patient  said  that  he  could  hear  conversation  better. 
The  week  following  the  same  experiment  produced  the  same  result.  During  the  in- 
terval magnesia  had  been  blown  into  the  ear  in  considerable  quantities,  so  as  to  in- 
terfere somewhat  with  the  hearing  power  ;  for  that  reason  it  was  impossible  to  deter- 
mine whether  the  improvement  was  permanent. 

Dizziness  in  this  patient  was  very  marked  and  lasted  by  terms  for  several  days. 

General  The7'apeutical  Results  of  Electrical  Treatment  of  Diseases 
of  the  Ear. — Ir.  the  United  States,  cures  of  deafness,  without  regard 
to  the  patholog)  on  which  the  symptom  of  deafness  depends,  have  oc- 


TINNITUS   AURIUM.  597 

casionally  been  accomplished  by  uneducated  empirics,  wIki  have  treated 
all  forms  of  disease  of  the  ear,  from  inspissated  cerumen  to  disease  of 
the  auditory  nerve,  by  some  unscientific  and  uniform  method  of  faradi- 
zation. 

Duchenne  reports  one  case  by  faradization  of  hysterical  deafness 
of  many  months'  standing  ;  one  caused  by  quinine  ;  one  consecu- 
tive to  an  eruptive  fever ;  one  following  measles ;  one  of  twenty 
years'  standing.  Several  cases  of  nervous  deaf-muteism  were  also 
improved. 

The  conclusions  to  which  he  arrived  are  as  follows :  * 

1.  "That  nervous  hysterical  deafness  is  generally  caused  by  elec- 
trical excitation  of  the  chorda  tympajii  and  movements  of  the  chain  of 
little  bones." 

2.  "That  cases  of  nervous  deafness  consecutive  to  eruptive  and 
continued  fevers  have  been  cured  by  the  same  treatment,  even  though 
they  have  been  of  long  standing,  and,  from  the  fact  of  their  resistance 
to  ordinary  remedies,  have  appeared  to  be  incurable." 

3.  "  That  probably  the  therapeutical  action  of  the  process  of  fara- 
dization is  chiefly  due  to  the  undulations  of  the  labyrinthine  liquid 
produced  by  the  movements  of  the  chain  of  little  bones,  and  conse- 
quently of  ^Q.  fenestra  ovali." 

4.  "That  electric  exploration  of  the  ear  furnishes  no  pathogno- 
monic sign  which  permits  the  prognosis  of  incurability  of  the  deaf- 
ness." 

Subacute  and  Chronic  Inflammation  of  the  Middle  Ear. — As  far 
as  we  can  judge  from  our  own  observations,  old  cases  of  chronic 
inflammation  of  the  middle  ear,  where  the  hearing  power  is  so  much 
impaired  that  a  watch  can  be  heard  only  on  pressure,  offer  an  un- 
favorable prognosis. 

The  best  results  are  obtained  in  those  cases  that  are  just  passing 
from  the  subacute  to  the  chronic  stage.  We  are  inclined  to  the  belief 
that  these  results,  when  they  do  occur,  are  brought  about  by  the 
7nechanical  action  of  the  faradic  current,  on  the  adhesiofis  within  the 
middle  ear.  In  some  even  long-standing  cases  of  chronic  inflammation 
of  the  middle  ear  temporary  improvement  of  hearing  immediately  fol- 
lows faradization  or  galvanization. 

Tinnitus  Aurium. — The  very  frequent  and  very  distressing  symptom, 
Hnnitus  aurium,  and  which  accompanies  so  many  of  the  morbid  processes 
in  the  auditory  apparatus,  is  not  relieved  by  electrical  treatment  as  uni- 

*  Treatise  on  Diseases  of  the  Ear.  Translated  and  edited  by  Dr.  B.  St.  Jobs 
Roosa      Second  American  edition,  1869,  pp.  1,013,  ^>030' 


598  DISEASES   OF  THE  EAR. 

formly  as  d  priori  reasons  would  lead  us  to  expect.  The  capriciousness 
and  uncertainty  of  the  results  in  such  cases  are  partly  to  be  explained  by 
the  fact  that  ti?iniius  aiirium  is  a  symptom  of  such  diverse  and  sometimes 
undiscoverable  pathological  conditions.  Local  galvanization  by  the 
external  method,  or  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic,  sometimes  avail 
for  the  temporary  relief  of  this  affection,  and  in  some  cases  a  more  or 
less  permanent  cure  is  obtained. 

Galvanization  of  the  cervical  sympathetic  affects  the  ear  just  as  it 
affects  the  retina,  through  modification  of  the  circulation  in  the  brain. 
Dr.  Rumbold,  of  St.  Louis,  reports  two  cases  of  tinnitus  aurium,  in 
which  local  galvanization  was  of  great  service.* 

With  reference  to  the  therapeutical  value  of  the  galvanic  current, 
especially  in  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  ear,  Brenner  f  and  Ha- 
gen  J  substantially  agree  to  the  following  propositions : 

1.  The  galvanic  current  is  indicated  not  only  for  those  cases  where 
no  morbid  changes  can  be  diagnosticated,  but  also  in  all  cases,  however 
complicated,  in  which  the  abnormal  reaction  to  the  current  shows  that 
the  nerve  participates  in  the  disease. 

2.  The  galvanic  treatment  may  aid  in  the  absorption  of  morbid 
deposits. 

Fi-om  our  survey  of  the  literature  of  the  subject,  and  from  our  own 
comparative  observations,  we  are  justified  in  these  two  conclusions  : 

First.  The  galvanic  current  is  on  the  whole  of  greater  service,  and  is 
of  greater  promise  in  the  electro-therapeutics  of  the  ear  than  the  faradic. 

Second.  The  results  obtained  in  the  electric  examinations  are  not  uni- 
foi-m  or  always  reliable  guides  to  the  special  method  of  treatment  that 
it  is  best  to  adopt. 

Reasoning  a  priori,  it  would  be  inferred  that  the  reaction  of  hyper- 
esthesia would  call  for  treatment  by  the  anode,  and  the  reaction  of  tor- 
por (anaesthesia)  for  treatment  by  the  cathode ;  but  experience  shows 
that  there  is  no  uniformity  to  this  law. 

Moos,  §  in  the  remarkable  case  to  be  hereafter  cited,  found  that 
the  cathode  at  one  time  exercised  a  temporarily  beneficial  influence  on 
the  subjective  symptoms,  which  usually  disappeared  only  under  the 
anode. 

Erb  11   also,  in  case  of  "  simple  hyperczsthesia  of  the  right  auditory 

*  Archives  of  Electrology  and  Neurology,  May,  1874. 

f  Op.  cit.,  Band  i.,  p.  262. 

:|:  Praktische  Beitrags  zur  Ohrenheilkunde,  Leipzig,  1866,  p.  29. 

§  Archives  Ophthal.  and  Otol.,  vol.  i..  No.  2,  p.  488. 

I  Archives  Ophthal.  and  Otol.,  vol.  i.,  No.  i,  p.  28. 


HYSTERICAL  DEAFNESS.  599 

netve^^  with  '■'•inversion  of  the  ?iormal  formula"  found  that  the  tinnitus 
was  quieted  by  the  closing  of  the  cathode  (Ka.S.)  and  not  by  the  closing 
of  the  anode,  as  would  have  been  expected. 

Still  further,  it  is  not  demonstrated  that  in  many  of  the  cases  of 
hyperjesthesia  that  were  successfully  treated  by  the  anode,  or  of  torpor 
(anaesthesia)  that  were  successfully  treated  by  the  cathode,  the  results 
might  have  been  equally  or  more  successful  if  the  poles  had  been  re- 
versed. The  conclusion  is,  therefore,  that  while  the  general  law  laid 
down  on  page  281,  that  the  positive  pole  is  on  the  whole  the  more  calm- 
ijig  aftd  the  negative  the  more  irritating,  applies  to  the  auditory  nerve 
as  to  other  parts  of  the  body,  yet  it  is  always  liable  to  many  real  or 
apparent  exceptions,  and  in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge  the  rule 
can  never  be  made  an  absolute  or  uniform  guide  in  the  electro-thera- 
peutics of  the  ear. 

Brenner  *  details  eleven  cases  of  diseases  of  the  ear  treated  by  the 
galvanic  current. 

In  one  case  of  thickening  of  the  drum,  the  current  caused  ab- 
sorption. 

In  one  case  of  hypersesthesia,  with  tinnitus  aurium  and  anatomical 
changes  in  the  middle  ear,  the  tinnitus  was  rapidly  cured. 

In  one  case  of  hypersesthesia,  after  the  use  of  quinine  there  was 
recovery. 

In  one  case  of  hypersesthesia,  with  tinnitus  aurium  and  catarrh  of  the 
middle  ear,  the  tinnitus  was  cured. 

In  one  case  of  obstinate  subjective  S3m'iptoms  of- various  kinds  there 
was  improvement  under  great  difficulties  of  application. 

In  one  case  of  noises  in  the  head  and  ears,  of  ten  years'  standing, 
with  important  anatomical  changes  in  the  ear,  there  was  improvement. 

Of  deafness,  two  cases  were  improved,  one  was  much  improved,  and 
one  was  cured.  The  case  which  recovered  was  one  of  facial  paralysis, 
with  anomalous  reaction  of  the  auditory  nerves. 

In  all  the  cases  there  were  anatomical  changes. 

In  some  cases  the  treatment  was  quite  persistent. 

Hysterical  Deafness. — When  deafness  depends  on  simple  hysteria  the 
results  of  electrical  treatment  may  be  very  brilliant. 

Dr.  Moos,  of  Heidelberg,  has  published  a  case  of  recovery  from 
deafness  under  the  influence  of  the  galvanic  current,  which  is  the  most 
remarkable  of  any  which  have  been  scientifically  reported. 

*  Op.  cit.  Band  i.,  2  Abth.,  p.  233  et  seq.  Brenner  also  mentions  the  fact  that 
he  failed  in  seventeen  cases  of  tinnitus.     Loc.  cit.,  p.  235. 


600  DISEASES   OF   THE   EAR. 

Case  CLXVIII. — The  patient,  a  lady  of  nineteen,  after  an  attack  of  acute  articular 
rheumatism  (Feb.  9,  1869),  was  taken  with  symptoms  of  acute  intercraitial  disease  of 
an  hysterical  character.  She  became  completely  deaf  for  noises,  musical  notes,  and 
speech,  and  for  several  weeks  it  became  necessary  to  communicate  with  the  patient  by 
writing.  This  deafness  was  preceded  by  abnorfnal  sensitiveness  of  the  ear,  and  dis- 
tressing acuteness  of  hearing.  Two  weeks  afterwards,  the  ninth  week  of  her  sick- 
ness, the  sensitiveness  had  diminished,  and  her  deafness  was  absolute.  In  the  eleventh 
and  twelfth  weeks  of  the  disease,  she  began  to  suffer  from  hysteria  or  epileptic  attacks, 
lasting  from  a  half  to  one  and  a  half  hours,  from  one  to  three  times  a  day.  These  at- 
tacks were  accompanied  by  loss  of  consciousness,  tetanus,  clonic  cramps,  and  pains  in 
the  back  and  abdomen.    There  was  also  unilateral  hypercBsthesia  of  the  scalp  and  face. 

These  symptoms  were  variously  treated  by  the  galvanic  current.  The  patient  was 
treated  with  the  galvanic  current ;  at  first  daily,  from  May  loth  to  July  27th. 

At  first  there  was,  as  has  been  stated,  a  feeble  reaction  to  the  current.  This  was 
followed,  in  a  few  days,  by  simple  hypercssthesia,  combined  with  a  paradoxical  re- 
action  in  the  ear  not  treated,  and  lastly  hypersesthesia  with  qualitative  change. 
When  the  cure  was  complete  the  normal  formula  of  Brenner  appeared. 

On  the  eleventh  day  of  the  treatment  the  patient  heard  her  own  voice  in  the  left 
ear,  immediately  after  the  galvanic  treatiiient.  Noises  in  the  ear  appeared  which 
were  treated  by  the  anode.  On  the  i8th  and  24th  of  June,  conductibility  of  the 
^ones  was  noticed  for  the  first  time.  July  I2th,  two  months  from  the  beginning  of 
the  treatment,  the  patient  could  hear  the  watch  on  the  right  side  :o  feet,  on  the  left  9 
feet.  The  treatment  now  caused  dizziness,  which  made  it  necessary  to  give  longer 
intervals  during  the  seances,  and  it  was  found  necessary  to  use  very  weak  currents. 
The  patient  was  now  sent  to  Black  Forest,  where  in  six  weeks  she  fully  recovered. 

On  the  29th  of  April,  Dr.  Moos,  an  experienced  aurist,  who  had  once  before  ex- 
amined the  patient,  came  to  the  conclusion  that  there  v^ti's,  perfect  paralysis  of  both 
auditory  nerves.  Th.Q  electric  examifiation,  made  on  the  9th  and  loth  of  May,  gave 
the  followmg  result : — 

Right  Ear.     10  El.  900  cR*  K.S.  — Lively  whirring  sound. 

K.  D.  — Same  gradually  disappearing. 

K.O.  —No  result. 

An.S.—  "       " 

An.D.—  "       " 

An.O.—  "       " 
Left  Ear.      10  EL    400  cR    KS.    — Scratching  of  a  violin. 

K.  D.  — The  same,  lasting  a  short  time. 

K.O.  —None. 

An.S.—     " 

An.D.—     " 

An.O.—     " 

The  ears  were  differently  affected.  On  the  right  side  there  was  '*  paralysis  of  the 
auditory  nerve,  paralysis  of  the  sense  of  touch,  as  well  as  paralysis  of  the  trophic 
nerve,  decubitus  of  the  right  concha."  On  the  left  side  there  was  "paralysis  of  the 
nerve  of  hearing,  long-continued  hypersesthesia  of  the  nerves  of  touch." 

*  Resistances  of  the  rheostate. 


CHRONIC   SUPPURATION   OF  THE  MIDDLE   EAR.  6oi 

Concerning  this  case  we  may  remark  : — 

1.  It  was  unquestionably  a  case  of  hysteria,  of  which  the  rheumatic 
affection  was  the  exciting  cause.  Very  Ukely  some  of  the  cures  of 
deafness  obtained,  now  and  then,  by  electrization,  are  of  a  similar 
character. 

2.  Although  the  element  of  time  should  not  be  ignored,  yet  the  re- 
covery was  mainly  due  to  the  electrical  treatment.  This  is  proved  by 
the  im?nediateness  and  rapidity  of  the  results. 

3.  The  case  establishes,  so  far  as  a  single  case  can,  the  substantial 
correctness  of  the  main  propositions  of  Brenner. 

4.  It  is  not  demonstrated  that  the  exclusive  use  of  either  pole  was 
necessary  to  obtain  the  result,  and  it  is  entirely  probable  that  the 
faradic  current  might  have  been  of  more  or  less  service. 

Deafness  followi7ig  Cerehro-Spinal  Fever. — Our  own  experiments  in 
the  electrical  treatment  of  deafness,  following  cerebro- spinal  fever,  have 
been  entirely  unsatisfactory. 

Moos  *  relates  a  case  of  cerebro-spinal  meningitis  that  was  followed 
by  complete  deafness,  that  gradually  improved  so  that  he  could  hear 
one  or  two  feet.  The  patient  was  troubled  with  tinnitus  aurium  and 
also  with  headache  and  vertigo.  With  the  right  ear  he  heard  nothing ; 
with  the  left  ear  could  hear  the  voice  two  feet.  Temporarily  the  anode 
produced  a  diminution  of  the  subjective  noises.  After  twenty-two  sit- 
tings the  hearing  power  was  raised  to  eighteen  paces  ;  the  noises  and 
giddiness  were  much  diminished. 

Chronic  Suppuration  of  the  Middle  Ear. — We  have  experimented 
somewhat  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  suppuration  of  the  middle  ear  by 
the  local  use  of  the  galvanic  current.  The  experiments  were  made  both 
in  private  practice  and  at  the  Brooklyn  Eye  and  Ear  Hospital  in  con- 
nection with  Drs.  Matthewson,  Newton,  and  Prout.  The  theory  on 
which  the  experiments  were  based  was  that  ulcerous  conditions  in  the 
ear  might  be  treated  electrically  just  like  similar  conditions  in  other 
parts.  Ulcers  on  the  mucous  membrane  do  not  yield  as  readily  to  elec- 
trical treatment  as  ulcers  on  the  surface  of  the  body,  and  do  not  bear 
electricity  as  well;  they  are,  however,  somewhat  susceptible  of  elec- 
trical treatment,  as  is  shown  by  experiments  in  chronic  urethritis  and 
granular  lids. 

The  method  of  treatment  adopted  in  these  experiments  was  to  insert 

an  electrode  with  a  long  narrow  extremity,  covered  with  a  little  cotton, 

into  the  auditory  canal,  through  a  rubber  speculum  ;  the  canal  being  filled 

with  tepid  water.     The  electrode  is  usually  connected  with  the  negative 

♦Archives  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otology,  vol.  ii.,  No.  i.,  p.  332. 


602  DISEASES   OF   THE   EAR. 

pole  of  the  galvanic  current,  though  sometimes  with  the  positive  pole. 
The  circuit  is  completed  by  the  hand  of  the  patient  holding  a  sponge- 
electrode  or  resting  on  a  stationary  electrode.  Only  very  weak  cur- 
rents and  very  short  applications  are  borne,  and  it  is  almost  intilis- 
pensable  to  have  some  kind  of  rheostate,  so  that  the  current  may  be 
gi-adually  shut  on  or  off. 

Under  this  treatment  the  character  of  the  discharge  changes,  and  in 
some  cases  the  recovery  was  certainly  more  rapid  and  satisfactory  than 
it  would  have  been  without  it.* 

*  Vide  Dr.  Roosa,  Treatise  on  Diseases  of  the  Ear,  p.  377. 


CHAPTER  XXXIII. 


MIDWIFERY, 


The  use  of  electricity  in  midwifery  was  first  recommended  by  Ber- 
tholon  and  Herder  (1803).  Kilian  afterwards  used  "galvanic  obstetri- 
cal forceps,"  made  of  two  metals.*  Faradic  currents  were  first  used 
for  bringing  on  labor-pains  by  Hoeniger,  Zyly,  and  Jacoby,  of  Neustadt, 
in  1844.  Since  that  time  the  same  agent  has  been  used  for  this  purpose 
by  Frank,  Dempsey,  Barnes,  Mackenzie,  Tyler  Smith,  Radford,  and 
others. 

The  indication  for  the  use  of  the  current  in  midwifery  is  declared  to 
be  an  adynamic  condition  of  the  uterus,  when  other  conditions  are 
favorable  for  or  necessitate  immediate  delivery.  Dempsey  records  a 
case  where,  after  ergot  in  large  doses  had  failed,  faradization  for  forty 
minutes  produced  uterine  contractions  that  resulted  in  the  delivery  of 
the  child. 

Frank  reports  a  case  of  miscarriage,  from  a  fall,  in  which  faradization 
produced  contractions  of  the  uterus,  and  stopped  the  very  profuse 
hemorrhage.  Mackenzie  succeeded  in  stopping  the  hemorrhage  in  two 
cases  of  placenta  prsevia.  In  one  case  the  current  was  applied  for  six, 
and  in  the  other  for  three  hours. f 

These  observers  claim  that  electricity  acts  more  quickly,  more  uni- 
formly, and  with  less  injurious  effects  than  ergot.J 

Both  M.  De  Saint  Germain  and  Tripier  are  highly  in  favor  of  fara- 
dization in  the  last  stages  of  delivery.  When  the  labor  has  fairly  begun, 
the  pains  coming  on  at  intervals  of  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  Tripier 
faradizes  the  lumbar  region. 

Uterine  contractions  soon  follow  and  occur  more  frequently,  while  the 
dilatation  of  the  neck  takes  place  rapidly.  In  cases  of  confinement  M. 
Tripier  always  faradizes  the  lumbar  region  by  means  of  two  electrodes, 
and  sometimes  he  applies  one  pole  directly  to  the  uterus.      According 

*  Meyer,  op.  cit.,  p.  452. 
f  Quoted  by  Meyer,  op.  cit.,  p.  452. 

X  Simpson  and  Scanzoni,  on  the  other  hand,  deny  the  utility  of  electricity  in  mid- 
wifery. 


604  MIDWIFERY. 

to  his  account  the  placenta  is  expelled  immediately  after  the  foetus,  and 
although  it  was  evident  that  the  child  felt  the  current,  not  the  slightest 
injury  has  ever  been  inflicted.*  During  the  last  two  or  three  years 
there  has  been  a  revival  of  interest  in  the  use  of  faradization  in  mid- 
wifery. Quite  a  number  of  observers  in  different  countries  have 
reported  good  results. 

Dr.  A.  Murray,  of  this  city,  informs  us  that  he  has  treated  eighty- 
two  cases  of  inertia  uteri,  in  second  stage  of  labor,  by  external  faradi- 
zation, and  always  with  good  results. 

He  states  that  it  acts  much  more  speedily  than  ergot.  His  method 
is  to  place  one  pole  on  the  sacrum  and  the  other  over  the  abdomen. 
The  applications  are  continued  for  from  eight  to  ten  minutes. 

Post-Partum  Hemorrhage. — Faradization  has  also  been  used  with 
good  effect  in  post-partum  hemorrhage.  It  rapidly  produces  contrac- 
tion of  the  uterus,  and  thus  may  save  the  life  of  a  patient. 

It  is  to  be  applied  the  same  way  as  before  delivery. 

Some  obstetricians  always  have  a  faradic  apparatus  on  hand,  in  case 
of  parturition. 

Diseases  of  the  Mammary  Gland — Deficient  Lacteal  Secretion. — 
Secretion  of  milk  may  b©  increased  by  electrization.  Two  methods 
of  faradization  have  been  proposed,  one  by  means  of  moist  electrodes 
on  the  gland,  the  other  by  dry  electrodes,  with  a  view  to  excite  the  se- 
cretion of  the  gland  by  reflex  action. 

Successful  cases  have  been  reported  by  Aubert  and  Becquerel.f 
Aubert  cured  one  of  his  cases  by  dry,  the  other  by  moist  electrodes. 
In  the  first  case  the  patient  had  no  milk  three  weeks  after  parturition. 
After  a  delay  of  seven  months  the  treatment  was  applied.  The  third 
apphcation  brought  on  a  milk-fever ;  after  the  fifth,  milk  appeared.  In 
the  other  case  the  mother  was  attacked  by  pneumonia  1 1^  months 
after  confinement.  As  a  consequence  the  lacteal  secretion  ceased. 
Four  faradizations  with  moist  electrodes  filled  the  breasts. 

In  Becquerel's  case  recovery  was  obtained  by  three  applications. 
Similar  results  have  been  obtained  by  other  observers. 

Dr.  Skinner,  of  Liverpool  (quoted  by  Althaus),  reports  a  case  of  a 
lady  who,  while  nursing  her  fifth  child,  suffered  complete  suppression  of 
the  lacteal  secretion,  which  the  Doctor  attributed  to  the  tincture  of  iron 
she  was  taking.  He  applied  the  current  (probably  the  faradic,  which, 
on  account  of  its  greater  mechanical  effects,  would  be  more  indicated 
in  such  cases)  to  the  left  breast.  The  patient  felt  a  rush  of  milk  to  the 
breast,  and  in  a  few  hours  a  full  supply  appeared. 

*  Journal  de  Medecine.  -j-  Quoted  by  Meyer,  op.  cit.,  pp.  451  and  452. 


DEFICIENT   LACTEAL   SECRETION.  605 

The  right,  breast  had  not  been  used  for  some  time,  on  account  of  a 
previous  abscess.  As  a  new  experiment,  the  Doctor  made  two  appHca- 
tions  of  five  minutes  each  to  this  breast,  and  brought  on  as  much  milk 
as  in  the  other. 

Permanent  increase  in  the  lacteal  secretion  under  general  and  localized  faradization. 

Case  CLXIX. — Mrs.  ,  who  was  nursing  her  second  child,  submitted  to  fara- 
dization for  the  relief  of  nervous  prostration  and  insomnia 

The  flow  of  milk  was  scanty  ;  quite  insufficient  for  the  proper  nourishment  of  the 
child.  Under  the  influence  of  general  faradization  the  patient  soon  stated  that  she 
thought  her  milk  was  somewhat  more  abundant,  and  in  subsequent  seances  we  invaria- 
bly ended  by  localizing  the  current  in  both  breasts.  These  attempts  resulted  in  such 
a  decided  increase  in  the  amount  of  milk  secreted,  that  the  infant  found  sufficient 
nourishment  from  the  breast  without  resorting  to  artificial  food. 

It  is  worthy  of  comment,  that  the  left  breast,  which  was  almost  dry  at  the  begin- 
n'ng  of  treatment,  finally  secreted  more  abundantly  tha^n  the  right. 

Dr.  A.  Murray  informs  us  that  he  has  tried  faradization  as  a  galacta- 
gogue  in  thirty-seven  cases.  He  found  it  efficacious  in  about  two-thirds 
of  the  cases. 

Sore  Nipples. — Sore  nipples,  like  ulcers  and  fistul?e  in  general,  may 
be  treated  electrically  by  either  current,  but  the  galvanic  is  preferable. 

Different  forms  of  galvanic  nipple-shields  have  been  devised.  These 
act  like  the  electric  disks,  and  other  body  batteries. 

Dr.   A.   Murray,  of  this  city,  has  devised  a  galvanic  nipple-shield, 
which  he  finds  very  valuable.     It  is  composed  of  silver  and  zinc.     It  is 
of  the  shape  of  a  percussion  cap,  and  the  size  of  a  small  thimble.     This 
shield  is  kept  m  situ  by  strips  of  adhesive  plaster.     The 
milk  trickling  down  the  breast  may  off'er  sufficient  moist- 
ure to  excite  galvanic  action  ;   or  a  small  piece  of  moist- 
tened  lint  may  be  interposed  between  the  nipple  and  the 
shield.     Dr.  Murray  claims  that  when  this  shield  is  worn         Fig.  133. 
for  several  hours,  the  excoriations  rapidly  heal.  1^        ,  q  , 

He  also  uses  this  shield  as  a  prophylactic,  and  for  this     vanic  Nipple- 
purpose  recommends  it  to   be  worn  two  or  three  hours  shield, 
daily  for  two  weeks  or  so  before  confinement. 

Rohland,  of  this  city,  has  devised  a  galvanic  nipple-shield  of  a  dififen 
ent  construction. 

Extra-Uterine  Pregnancy. — In  the  first  case  of  extra-uterine  preg- 
nancy which  it  was  the  fortune  of  Dr.  Rockwell  to  treat,  he  was  asked 
by  Dr.  T.  G.  Thomas,  one  of  the  consulting  physicians,  whether  it  was 
possible  to  readily  destroy  the  life  of  the  foetus  by  the  electric  current. 
He  replied  that  it  could  undoubtedly  be  done,  but  the  important  ques- 
tion, it  seemed  to  him,  was  whether  it  could  be  accomplished  without 


6o6  MIDWIFERY. 

injury  to  the  mother.  This  question  was  answered  in  the  affirmative 
by  the  results  that  followed.  The  case  was  one  of  tubo-interstitial 
pregnancy,  at  the  third  month,  and  terminated  favorably  by  the  expul- 
sion of  the  foetus  and  placenta  through  the  uterus.  The  history  of  this 
interesting  and  remarkable  case  was  carefully  written  out  by  the  at- 
tending physician,  Dr.  Charles  McBurney,  and  published  in  the  New 
York  Medical  Journal,  vol.  xxii.,  No.  3.  At  the  same  time  Dr.  Thomas 
took  full  notes  of  the  case  also,  and  as  they  fully  substantiate  the 
diagnosis  as  first  made  by  Dr.  McBurney,  and  which  was  questioned  by 
some  journals  after  the  appearance  of  his  article,  we  are  glad,  with  Dr. 
Thomas'  permission,  to  give  them  as  follows  : 


Case  of  tubo-interstitial  pregnancy  terminating  favorably  by  expulsion  of  foetus 
and plaeenta  through  the  utertis. 

Case    CLXX. — On  the  second  of  January,  1S7S,  I  was  requested  by  Dr.  Charles 

McBurney  to  see  with  him  Mrs.  A 7-,  a  primipara,  aged  21  years,  who  had  been 

married  on  the  nth  of  October,  1877,  ^"^  ^^.d  been  all  her  life  in  perfect  health. 
She  had  menstruated  for  the  last  time  in  October,  from  the  ist  to  the  5th,  and  at 
the  time  of  her  marriage  had  been  well  for  six  days.  Subsequent  to  marriage  she 
had  not  menstruated,  but  at  irregular  periods,  for  one,  two,  or  three  days,  she  had 
had  slight  sanguineous  discharges.  In  the  latter  part  of  October  tlie  gastric  symp- 
toms of  pregnancy  had  developed  themselves,  and  as  time  passed  on  the  mammary 
symptoms  added  themselves  to  these.  Within  a  month  before  I  saw  her  Mrs.  A.'s 
friends  as  well  as  her  physician  began  to  notice  that  she  looked  badly,  and  this  fact, 
together  with  the  symptoms  which  I  have  mentioned,  induced  Dr.  McBurney  to  advise 
that  a  thorough  physical  investigation  should  be  made. 

Upon  examining  by  touch  he  discovered  to  the  left  of  the  uterus  a  cyst  which  filled 
the  iliac  fossa  and  pressed  the  uterus  over  to  the  right  side  of  the  pelvis.  It  was  under 
these  circumstances  that  he  requested  me  to  see  Mrs.  A.  with  him.  Upon  passing 
the  left  index  finger  up  the  vagina  I  discovered  an  elastic  and  sensitive  cyst  to  the  left 
of  the  pelvis,  filling  the  iliac  fossa  of  that  side  completely.  Placing  the  palm  of  the 
right  hand  over  the  abdomen  externally  and  practicing  enjoined  manipulation,  a  dis- 
tinct rounded  mass  could  be  felt,  which  was  quite  sensitive  to  pressure  and  which 
yielded  very  clearly  the  sensation  of  fluctuation.  This  was  very  closely  connected 
with  the  uterus,  which  could  be  distinctly  mapped  out  lying  along  side  of  and  in  im- 
mediate contact  with  it.  The  uterus  was  smaller  than  this  mass,  and  although 
increased  in  size,  was  not  so  large  as  it  should  have  been  at  or  near  the  third  month 
of  utero-gestation.  Conjoined  manipulation  being  practised  with  one  finger  in  the 
rectum,  under  the  extra-uterine  mass,  the  points  which  I  have  detailed  could  be  made 
out  with  still  greater  certainty,  and  I  even  thought  that  I  got  the  evidence  of  bal- 
lottement,  thovigh  of  this  I  was  not  certain.  ; 

I  arrived  very  positively  at  the  diagnosis  of  extra-uterine  pregnancy,  as  Dr. 
McBurney  had  done,  and  at  my  suggestion  Dr.  T.  A.  Emmet  was  requested  to 
examine  our  patient  later  in  the  day. 

It  was  agreed  that  Dr.  Emmet  should  see  her  alone,  and  that  no  intimation  should 
be  made  to  him  of  the  opinion  at  which  we  had  arrived.    He  did  so,  and  at  once  and 


EXTRA-UTERINE   PREGNANCY.  607 

very  positively  agreed  with  us  in  diagnosis.  The  abdominal  walls  of  our  patient  were 
very  thin,  and  she  was  so  perfectly  manageable  and  so  desirous  of  aiding  us  to  the 
extent  of  her  power  in  arriving  at  a  correct  conclusion,  that  the  shape  of  the  uterus 
and  of  the  mass  which  existed  in  contact  with  it  could  be  mapped  out  with  the  most 
complete  certainty.  The  only  possible  error,  it  seemed  to  me,  which  could  affect  the 
diagnosis  was  this  :  there  might  exist  a  bi-cornate  uterus  and  the  left  horn  might  be 
the  habitat  of  the  foetus.  To  clear  up  this  doubt  and  to  make  the  size  and  position 
of  the  uterus  still  more  certain,  I  met  Drs.  Emmet  and  McBurney  on  the  next  day 
and  exposing  the  cervix  uteri  with  a  Sims'  speculum  cautiously  passed  the  uterine 
sound.  It  was  deflected  decidedly  to  the  right  and  passed  in  for  a  distance  of  be- 
tween three  and  four  inches.  I  turned  it  to  the  left  and  endeavored  very  gently 
and  cautiously  to  penetrate  the  mass  in  the  left  iliac  fossa,  but  it  was  impossible  to 
do  so.  Drs.  Emmet  and  McBurney  then  used  the  sound  so  as  to  satisfy  themselves 
thoroughly  as  to  the  depth  and  position  of  the  uterus  and  its  relation  to  the  cyst  on 
the  left  of  it. 

The  impression  left  upon  our  minds  upon  these  points  is  best  represented  by  the 
following  sketch. 


Fig.  134. 

The  extra-uterine  mass  was  very  slightly  movable,  and  it  diflfered  from  cases  of 
tubal  pregnancy,  which  I  have  had  the  opportunity  of  examining,  in  the  fact  that  it 
seemed  to  be  more  intimately  connected  with  the  uterus  itself.  Dr.  Emmet  thought 
that  by  conjoined  manipulation  he  succeeded  in  getting  balloltement,  I  was  doubt- 
ful whether  I  got  it,  and  I  was  inclined  to  attribute  the  obscurity  as  to  this  point  and 
the  dense  and  rather  nodular  feel  of  the  lower  portion  of  the  mass  to  the  fact  that  the 
placenta  intervened  between  the  finger  and  the  foetus. 

Upon  one  point  connected  with  the  use  of  the  sound  I  am  entirely  positive,  and 
upon  this  I  desire  especially  to  fix  attention.  I  used  the  instrument  so  as  certainly 
to  have  broken  the  foetal  envelopes  and  allowed  the  escape  of  the  liquor  amnii  had 
the  gestation  been  uterine.      The  uterus  was  certainly  empty. 

The  condition  of  affairs  was  now  fully  explained  to  the  relatives  of  the  patient, 
who  left  the  conduct  of  the  case  unreservedly  to  our  discretion. 

The  prognosis  of  this  case  was  at  this  period  by  no  means  so  grave  as  it  sometimes 
is  in  cases  of  a  somewhat  similar  character,  where,  as,  for  example,  in  one  published 
by  myself  about  three  years  ago,  abundant  evidences  exist  that  rupture  is  imminent. 
In  some  cases  it  is  certain,  and  in  all  it  is  highly  probable,  that  rupture  generally 


6o8  MIDWIFERY. 

occurs  in  the  Fallopian  tube  in  tubal  pregnancy  from  contraction  of  this  distended 
muscular  canal,  the  walls  of  which  are  composed  of  tissue  identical  in  nature  with 
that  which  forms  the  uterus.  The  tube  develops  and  grows  as  the  uterus  does  in 
normal  pregnancy  in  an  effort  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  growing  foetal  mass. 
Arrived  at  a  certain  period  of  distention,  the  tube,  acting  as  a  vicarious  uterus,  en- 
deavors to  rid  itself  of  its  contents,  and  after  greater  or  less  effort,  being  resisted  by 
the  constricted  extremities  which  separate  it  from  the  uterus,  on  the  one  hand,  and 
the  peritoneal  cavity  on  the  other,  ruptures  in  its  attempts  to  accomplish  the  result. 
That  a  blow,  fall,  or  effort  of  the  abdominal  muscles,  or  that  mere  hydrostatic  pres- 
sure exerted  by  the  accumulation  of  liquor  amnii  could  and  sometimes  does  cause 
rupture  of  the  foetal  nest  no  one  can  doubt,  but  we  have  evidence  of  the  fact  that  the 
tube  does  contract  with  great  energy  under  the  stimulus  of  distention  in  those 
clonic,  intermittent,  cramp-like,  and  agonizing  efforts  which  often  precede  the  fatal 
issue  in  these  unfortunate  cases.  In  the  case  of  my  own  just  referred  to,  intermit- 
tent pains  over  the  tumor  were  so  severe  that  for  several  weeks  before  removal  of 
the  foetus  by  vaginal  section  the  patient  had  to  be  kept  almost  constantly  under  the 
profound  influence  of  opium  administered  by  the  hypodermic  syringe.  That  these 
"cramps,"  as  the  patient  styled  them,  were  really  due  to  contraction  of  the  tube  was 
readily  ascertained  by  conjoined  manipulation  practised  during  the  existence  of  one 
of  them,  when  the  mass  could  be  felt  contracting,  condensing,  and  hardening  itself. 

The  question  of  treatment  now  came  under  consideration  in  the  consultation,  and 
three  plans  were  fully  canvassed ;  first,  that  of  leaving  the  case  to  nature  and  await- 
ing events;  second,  the  resort  to  removal  of  the  foetus  by  elytrotomy ;  and,  third, 
the  destruction  of  the  life  of  the  foetus  by  passing  through  the  extra-uterine  mass  a 
strong  electric  current.  After  some  discussion  the  last  plan  was  agreed  upon,  no  one 
advocating  the  first.  My  voice  was  strongly  in  favor  of  destroying  the  life  of  the 
embryo  and  leaving  it  intact  in  its  envelopes,  in  the  hope  that  it  might  become  to  a 
certain  extent  absorbed  and  then  encysted.  In  the  case  already  alluded  to,  in  which 
I  removed  the  foetus  by  elytrotomy,  the  urgency  was  so  great  from  distention  and 
contraction  of  the  tube  that  I  did  not  venture  to  resort  to  any  means  which  involved 
delay  or  might  excite  muscular  spasm.  In  that,  too,  the  vaginal  exposure  of  the 
foetal  ball  was  much  more  superficial  and  easily  attainable  than  in  this,  in  v/hich,  as 
I  have  said,  I  had  reason  to  fear  that  the  placenta  intervened  between  the  foetal  body 
and  the  vaginal  wall. 

On  January  3d,  at  2  P.M.,  Dr.  Rockwell  met  Drs.  Emmet,  McBurney,  and  myself, 
bringing  with  him  a  galvanic  battery  of  thirty-six-cell  power,  and  we  proceeded  to 
pass  the  interrupted  current  through  the  mass  for  the  destruction  of  foetal  life. 

The  battery  being  ready,  I  passed  through  the  rectum  a  sponge  electrode  mounted 
upon  an  insulated  handle,  and  placed  it  just  under  the  fcetal  ball.  Then  placing  a 
broad,  fiat  sponge  electrode  over  the  abdominal  face  of  the  mass,  I  pressed  it  down 
with  the  palm  of  the  right  hand,  the  patient  lying  upon  the  back,  and  a  gentle  cur- 
rent was  passed.  The  patient  becoming  soon  accustomed  to  this.  Dr.  Rockwell 
gradually  increased  it,  and  stopped  the  application  at  the  end  of  five  minutes. 

On  the  next  morning  (January  4th),  at  gi  a.m.,  the  current  was  again  passed  with 
a  force  of  twenty-three  cells  for  three  and  a  half  minutes,  and  an  appointment  made 
for  half  past  nine  the  next  morning. 

After  the  first  current  slight  painful  contractions  were  excited  in  the  foetal  envelope 
and  some  tenderness  was. developed  in  all  the  abdominal  muscles,  but  neither  pulse 


EXTRA-UTERINE   PREGNANCY.  609 

nor  temperature  were  affected.  After  the  second,  decided  and  very  painful  contrac- 
tions were  excited,  so  that  opium  had  to  be  freely  used  to  quiet  suffering.  The 
pulse  gradually  rose  to  112  to  the  minute,  and  the  temperature  to  ioi^°.  The 
whole  abdomen  was  tender  to  pressure,  but  none  of  the  symptoms  were  of  such 
character  or  magnitude  as  to  create  apprehensions  of  inflammatory  trouble.  A  dis- 
charge of  blood  from  the  uterus  now  established  itself,  and  continued  to  the  end  of 
the  case. 

On  the  evening  of  this  day  it  was  felt  that  the  death  of  the  foetus  was  in  all  proba- 
bility accomplished. 

On  the  next  day  (January  5th),  at  9  A.M.,  I  met  Drs.  Emmet  and  McBurney. 
We  found  things  in  accordance  with  the  report  of  yesterday,  and  determined  to  await 
events  with  this  preparation  for  the  worst  that  could  befall— everything  was  fully  pre- 
pared in  an  adjoining  room  for  the  immediate  performance  of  gastrotoniy  if  symptoms 
of  rupture  and  extension  of  the  fcetus  into  the  peritoneal  cavity  showed  themselves. 
The  contractions  of  the  tube  were  so  strong  and  often  repeated  that  we  could  not 
divest  ourselves  of  the  fear  that  before  they  could  be  quieted  by  opiates  and  time,  a 
solution  of  continuity  might  occur  at  the  point  of  maximum  distention. 

Palpation  being  carefully  made  at  this  time,  the  uterus  could  be  distinctly  felt  non- 
contractile  and  quiescent  in  its  normal  position,  while  along  side  of  it  the  larger  foetal 
shell  could  be  distinctly  distinguished,  at  times  as  round  and  apparently  as  hard  as  a 
billiard-ball. 

At  11  A.M.  on  this  same  day  (January  5th)  I  received  a  note  from  Dr.  McBurney, 
who  now  remained  with  the  patient  day  and  night,  summoning  me  in  haste,  and  say- 
ing that  things  had  suddenly  and  most  decidedly  changed.  The  tumor  in  the  left 
iliac  fossa  had  greatly  diminished  in  size,  while  the  uterus  had  suddenly  become 
greatly  distended  and  blood  was  pouring  away  from  it  freely.  I  met  him  in  half  an 
hour  afterward,  when  I  discovered  that  this  uterine  tumor  had  likewise  disappeared 
simultaneously  with  the  expulsion  of  a  foetus  and  a  placenta  of  perfect  character.  At 
the  time  that  the  tumor  of  the  iliac  fossa  had  disappeared,  the  patient  herself  noticed 
the  alteration  in  the  relation  of  itself  and  the  uterus,  which  has  been  mentioned 
above,  and  was  struck  by  the  sudden  transference  of  the  seat  of  pain.  When  this 
occurred  Dr.  McBurney,  supposing  that  the  uterus  was  distended  by  blood,  made  a 
vaginal  examination  and  was  surprised  to  find  a  distinct  sac,  like  a  bag  of  water,  pro- 
truding from  the  os  uteri  externum.  Anxious  to  be  certain  if  this  were  the  case,  he 
passed  a  speculum  and  discovered  that  it  was  so.  He  then  punctured  the  sac,  which 
he  found  very  strong  and  resisting,  and  the  foetus  and  placenta  were  soon  expelled. 

The  hemorrhage  now  ceased,  as  did  likewise  all  pain  and  discomfort,  and  the 
patient  did  well.  On  the  next  day  (January  6th)  I  found  her  feeling  very  well  both 
mentally  and  physically.  Throughout  the  course  of  the  case  it  appeared  that  she  had 
fully  understood  its  nature  and  its  dangers,  and  had  calmly  nerved  herself  to  bear 
with  fortitude  whatever  fate  might  be  in  store  for  her.  A  year  or  two  before  this  a 
woman  had  died  from  this  cause  in  a  country  town  in  which  she  was  spending  the 
summer  holidays,  and  village  gossips  had  made  her  familiar  with  the  difficulty.  On 
this  visit  I  examined  carefully  the  uterus  and  late  foetal  nest.  The  former  could  be 
distinctly  mapped  out  and  was  found  to  be  very  slightly  sensitive  to  pressure.  The 
latter  could  be  felt  with  almost  equal  distinctness,  though  now  insignificant  in  bulk 
in  comparison  with  its  size  of  twenty-four  hours  ago,  and  to  the  touch  it  was  exquis- 
39 


6 10  MIDWIFERY. 

itely  sensitive.  The  uterus,  now  no  longer  pressed  into  right  latero-version  by  an 
obtruding  mass  upon  its  left,  had  resumed  its  normal  position  in  the  pelvis.  Fig. 
135  will  convey  an  idea  of  the  impression  left  upon  my  mind  by  this  examination. 


From  this  time  the  patient  progressed  without  any  noteworthy  occurrence  to  com- 
plete recovery. 

The  termination  of  this  form  of  extra -uterine  pregnancy,  by  expulsion  of  the  foetus 
and  placenta  through  the  uterus  (which  is  under  these  circumstances  brought  into 
action  merely  as  a  prolongation  of  the  vagina),  is  by  no  means  unknown. 

The  first  attempt  was  made  with  seventeen  ordinary  zinc-carbon  cells 
freshly  charged.  .Frequent  interruptions  were  made  (about  120  to  the 
minute),  and  excluding  short  intervals  of  rest  the  patient  was  under 
the  influence  of  the  current  about  three  minutes.  The  muscles  of  the 
abdomen  and  limbs  were  somewhat  violently  contracted,  and  some  pain 
was  caused,  but  the  patient  was  perfectly  comfortable  upon  the  cessa- 
tion of  treatment.  The  second  application  was  begun  with  eighteen 
cells,  and  this  number  was  gradually  increased  to  twenty-three. 


The  second  case  upon  which  Dr.  Rockwell  operated  was  in  the 
practice  of  Dr.  C.  E.  Billington,  the  accuracy  of  whose  diagnosis  was 
again  confirmed  by  Dr.  Thomas.  The  result  in  this  case  was  entirely 
successful. 

The  third  case  he  treated  for  Dr.  Bache  Emmet,  who  had  in  con- 
sultation both  Dr.  T.  Addis  Emmet  and  Dr.  T.  G.  Thomas.  Dr. 
Emmet's  account  of  the  case,  with  its  favorable  termination,  may  be 
found  in  the  New  York  Medical  Journal. 

In  the  fourth  case  he  operated  for  Dr.  Everett  Herrick,  the  diagnosis 
being  doubly  confirmed  by  Drs.  Thomas  and  Emmet.     In  this  case 


EXTRA-UTERINE   PREGNANCY.  6ll 

again  the  fcetus  was  effectually  destroyed,  followed  by  the  prompt  re- 
covery of  the  mother. 

At  the  last  meeting  of  the  American  Gynecological  Society  at  Boston, 
Dr.  T.  G.  Thomas  read  an  exhaustive  paper  upon  the  subject,  giving 
the  histories  of  some  twenty  cases  of  extra-uterine  pregnancy  that  had 
fallen  under  his  observation,  together  with  an  account  of  most  of  the 
cases  to  which  allusion  has  been  made,  and  in  which  electricity  was  so 
successfully  used.  In  addition  to  these  Dr.  Rockwell  has  more  re- 
cently seen  and  operated  upon  three  other  cases  of  like  character  that 
have  never  been  reported,  and  which,  if  possible,  even  more  strongly 
confirm  the  incalculable  value  of  the  treatment  in  these  dangerous  but 
somewhat  rare  abnormalities  of  pregnancy. 

The  fifth  case,  which  he  saw  with  Dr.  N.  S.  Westcott,  was  of  a  most 
interesting  and  unusual  character,  from  the  fact  that  with  a  normal 
uterine  pregnancy  was  associated  what  we  have  every  reason  to 
believe  was  a  tubal  or  extra-uterine  pregnancy.  Dr.  Westcott  had 
previously  called  Dr.  Thomas  in  consultation,  and  it  was  at  his  sugges- 
tion that  electricity  was  used.  The  patient,  a  lady,  aged  about  thirty, 
last  menstruated  August  6,  1882.  Subsequently  she  complained  of 
more  or  less  discomfort  and  pain,  with  tenderness  in  the  region  of  both 
ovaries,  but  especially  marked  on  the  left  side.  On  September  i8th 
an  internal  examination  was  made,  and  by  conjoined  manipulation  a 
small  tumor  was  discovered,  about  the  size  of  a  pullet's  egg.  It  was 
situated  some  two  inches  to  the  left  of  the  median  line,  nearly  on  a 
level  with  the  brim  of  the  pelvis,  and  could  be  moved  from  Douglas' 
cul-de-sac  toward  the  margin  of  the  ribs.  The  tumor  gradually  in- 
creased until  it  was  larger  than  a  billiard-ball.  There  seemed  to  be  no 
reasonable  doubt  as  to  its  character,  and  on  October  24th,  the  treat- 
ment by  electricity  was  attempted. 

The  constant  current  was  used,  with  one  pole  introduced  to  the  mass 
through  the  vagina,  and  the  other  over  the  tumor  externally  and  with 
rapid  interruptions.  The  maximum  of  current  strength  employed  was 
eighteen  cells,  or,  to  speak  more  accurately,  as  different  apparatus  vary 
much  in  electro-motive  force,  a  power  of  twenty-four  volts. 

This  operation  was  repeated  on  October  25th,  28th,  and  30th,  caus- 
ing the  tumor  not  only  to  perceptibly  decrease  in  size,  but  to  change 
its  seat  by  an  inch  or  so  as  well.  Since  the  last  treatment  it  has 
gradually  grown  smaller,  until  at  the  present  date  it  can  barely  be  de- 
tected. At  the  same  time  there  is  now  developing  in  the  uterus  a  six 
months'  fcetus. 

The  sixth  case  occurred  in  the  person  of  a  young  unmarried  woman, 


6lla  MIDWIFERY. 

residing  outside  the  city  limits,  and  by  special  request,  and  for  suf- 
ficient reasons,  the  name  of  the  attending  physician  will  not  be  men- 
tioned. From  him  the  following  history  was  obtained  :  Two  weeks 
previously  he  first  saw  the  case  professionally,  and  found  that  she  was 
suffering  much  pain  in  the  right  side,  together  with  irregular  discharges 
of  blood.  The  patient  had  confessed  to  the  possibility  of  pregnancy, 
and  examination  elicited  many  of  the  objective  and  subjective  signs  of 
this  condition.  Nausea  occurred  every  morning,  and  changes  had 
taken  place  in  the  areola.  Digital  examination  revealed  the  fact  that 
the  OS  uteri  was  little,  if  any,  changed  from  its  normal  condition.  By 
pressure  over  the  right  side  it  was  possible  to  feel  a  certain  hardness 
not  present  on  the  other  side,  but  by  conjoined  manipulation,  with  one 
finger  in  the  vagina,  a  distinct  rounded  mass  could  be  felt. 

Examination  per  rectum  revealed  its  presence  even  more  distinctly. 
If  pregnancy  existed — and  of  this  there  seemed  to  be  no  reasonable 
doubt — it  had  advanced  nearly  to  the  fourth  month,  and  as  the  tumor 
was  large,  much  larger  than  in  the  case  just  related,  there  was  evi- 
dently no  time  to  lose.  Dr.  Rockwell  had  brought  with  him  a  suitable 
apparatus,  and  immediately  operated  by  introducing  one  pole  into  the 
rectum,  and  placing  the  other  externally.  On  account  of  the  great  dis- 
tention of  the  Fallopian  tube,  and  the  danger  of  rupture,  he  felt  the 
necessity  of  exercising  the  utmost  care,  and  consequently  made  use  of 
the  interruptions,  with  a  current  strength  of  but  twelve  cells,  or  about 
sixteen  volts.  The  current  would  then  be  quickly  increased  without 
interruption  and  allowed  for  a  moment  to  pass  in  a  continuous  stream. 
The  treatment  was  concluded  by  a  second  application  on  the  follow- 
ing day.  Visiting  the  patient  some  two  weeks  subsequently,  he 
found  that  the  tumor  had  decreased  in  size  at  least  one-half,  and 
at  this  time,  after  the  lapse  of  several  months,  it  may  be  said,  so 
far  as  any  external  evidence  of  it  is  concerned,  to  have  entirely  disap- 
peared. 

The  last  case  is  as  follows  :  On  December  14,  1882,  Dr.  Rockwell 

was  informed  by  Dr.  H.  Marion  Sims,  that  Mrs.  A- ,  a  patient  of 

his,  was  suffering  from  extra-uterine  pregnancy,  and  was  by  him  re- 
quested to  undertake  the  destruction  of  the  foetus  by  electricity. 

Although  married  a  number  of  years,  she  had  never  before  been 
pregnant.  Dr.  Sims,  on  first  discovering  the  possibilities  of  this  con- 
dition, called  in  consultation  Dr.  T.  Addis  Emmet,  who  positively 
confirmed  the  diagnosis.  The  pregnancy  had  advanced  to  the  third 
month,  and  the  tumor,  which  was  about  the  size  of  a  child's  fist,  was 
movable  and  could  be  distinctly  felt  both  from  without  and  within. 


EXTRA- UTERINE   PREGNANCY.  6ll3 

The  size  of  the  enlargement  was  such  that  the  operation  was  urged 
immediately.  For  fear  that  the  cyst  might  be  in  danger  of  rupture 
through  uncontrollable  movements  of  the  patient,  Dr.  Emmet  advised 
the  administration  of  an  anaesthetic. 

Ether  having  been  given  by  Dr.  M.  H.  Nash,  Dr.  Sims  placed  the 
uterine  electrode,  and  shocks  from  a  galvanic  current  of  but  sixteen 
volts  in  strength  were  passed  through  the  foetal  mass. 

The  mildness  of  the  treatment  was  necessitated  because  of  the  un- 
usual nerve-irritability,  and  the  violence  of  the  muscular  contractions. 

Although  it  was  probable  that  the  destruction  of  the  foetal  life  had 
been  effected  at  the  first  seance,  the  operation  was  repeated  on  the 
i8th,  24th,  and  27th  of  December,  for  the  purpose,  first,  of  absolute 
certainty,  and  second,  to  accelerate  the  absorptive  process.  The  con- 
tour and  seat  of  the  tumor  were  not  only  changed  after  the  first  appli- 
cation, but  it  rapidly  decreased  in  size.  The  patient  experienced  no 
unpleasant  effects,  and  within  a  short  time  was  able  to  start  for  Eu- 
rope, 

In  the  treatment  of  extra-uterine  pregnancy,  it  is  an  unportant  point 
to  be  decided,  as  to  the  best  form  of  electricity  to  be  used.  Not  only 
has  galvanism  and  electro-magnetism  been  successfully  employed,  but 
it  is  said  that  the  common  magneto-electric  battery  has  also  proved 
sufficient ;  but  from  both  a  physical  and  physiological  point  of  view,  and 
as  well  through  the  teachings  of  experience,  we  cannot,  for  our  part, 
doubt  that  galvanism  is  preferable  to  the  other  forms.  It  is  more  cer- 
tain in  its  effects.  It  has  a  greater  power  of  overcoming  resistance, 
and  consequently  its  influence  is  felt  deeper  than  the  other  forms. 
Four  important  effects  attend  the  passage  of  the  electric  current 
through  the  living  body,  and  all  these  undoubtedly  enter  as  factors, 
either  in  destroying  the  life  of  the  foetus  or  in  the  subsequent  process 
of  absorption. 

These  effects  may  be  designated  as  mechanical,  physical,  chemical, 
and  physiological. 

The  mechanical  effects  of  the  interrupted  galvanic  current  are  equal 
to  those  of  the  faradic  current,  while  the  physical  effects,  manifested 
by  heat,  and  the  modification  of  endosmose  and  exosmose  are  in  the 
main  the  results  of  galvanic  action. 

By  the  passage  of  the  galvanic  current,  the  endosmotic  phenomena 
may  be  both  stimulated  and  reversed.  The  faradic  current  from  the 
secondary  coil  produces  no  such  effect.  The  current  from  the  inner 
coil  produces  these  effects,  but  in  a  much  less  degree.  Chemical  or 
electrolytic  effects,  again,  are  almost  wholly  the  result  of  galvanic  ac- 


6  lie  MIDWIFERY. 

tion,  and  it  should  be  remembered  that  the  electrolysis  of  organic  sub- 
stances starts  a  process  that  continues  long  after  the  current  ceases  to 
flow.  The  physiological  effects  of  electricity  are  those  which  take 
place  by  virtue  of  the  vital  properties  of  the  body,  and,  unlike  the  other 
effects,  are  only  observed  in  living  substances.  Physiological  effects 
are  manifested  on  the  circulation,  on  secretion  and  excretion,  but  only 
as  absorption  is  effected  does  it  interest  us  here,  and  it  is  quite  evi- 
dent that  the  absorptive  powers  of  the  secondary  current  are  quite 
limited. 

In  any  case  of  tubal  pregnancy,  and  especially  in  those  advanced 
conditions  where  the  tube  is  greatly  distended,  and  there  is  danger  of 
spontaneous  rupture,  the  possibility  of  hastening  this  catastrophe  in 
the  attempt  to  destroy  the  life  of  the  foetus  should  never  be  lost  sight 
of.  The  tubes  themselves  are  but  slightly  supplied  with  muscular  fibre, 
and  the  danger  would  more  especially  arise  from  the  powerful  com- 
pression that  is  liable  to  be  exerted  by  the  abdominal  muscles,  and  the 
effort  should  be  so  to  diffuse  the  current  proceeding  from  the  external 
pole  as  to  produce  the  least  mechanical  effect  possible.  In  regard  to 
the  diagnosis  of  extra-uterine  pregnancy,  it  must  be  confessed  that  it 
is  not  always  an  easy  matter,  and  in  the  cases  just  related  the  question 
may  arise  as  to  its  accuracy.  The  eminence  of  the  gentlemen  associ- 
ated in  the  cases  should  perhaps  be  a  sufficiently  strong  argument  for 
the  correctness  of  the  diagnosis,  but  conclusive  evidence  lies  also  in 
the  effects  of  the  treatment  itself.  The  results  of  the  electrolysis  are 
well  known,  but  in  no  other  form  of  tumor,  cystic  or  otherwise,  is  it 
possible  for  the  galvanic  current,  used  as  described,  to  produce  similarly 
prompt  and  effective  results.  In  regard  to  the  effects  of  electricity  on 
normal  pregnancy,  suggested  by  the  case  of  double  pregnancy  that  we 
have  related,  a  word  may  be  said.  It  is  a  mistake  to  suppose  that 
abortions  are  readily  produced  by  electricity.  Without  the  electrode 
is  introduced  directly  into  the  uterus,  which  would  of  course  be  suffi- 
cient without  the  passage  of  any  current,  the  strongest  treatment  that 
it  is  prudent  to  give  may  prove  insufficient.  Of  this  we  have  had  evi- 
dence in  several  justifiable  attempts  to  bring  on  a  miscarriage.  In  the 
case  just  alluded  to  the  current  was  strong,  applied  by  shocks,  and  in 
close  proximity  to  the  uterus,  affecting  it  not  only  reflexly,  but  in  some 
measure  directly,  yet  the  normal  pregnancy  was  in  noways  disturbed  ; 
and,  so  far  as  concerns  general  applications  for  the  production  of  con- 
stitutional tonic  effects,  we  have  in  many  instances  administered  them 
with  impunity  through  the  whole  course  of  gestation,  and  with  the  most 


EXTRA-UTERINE  PREGNANCY.  6lld 

happy  results.  The  question  may  be  asked,  What  becomes  of  the  foetal 
mass,  after  its  destruction  by  the  electricity?  The  probability  is  that 
it  first  becomes  encysted  and  then  gradually  absorbed.  At  all  events, 
in  all  of  the  foregoing  cases,  the  enlargement  entirely  disappeared 
within  a  comparatively  short  time,  and  was  not  the  cause  of  the 
slightest  discomfort. 


CHAPTER  XXXIV. 

ARTIFICIAL  RESPIRATION  BY  ELECTRIZATION  IN  CASES  OF  APPARENT 
DEATH  FROM  DROWNING,  OR  SUFFOCATION  THROUGH  POISONOUS 
GASES,  OR   IN   ASPHYXIA  OF   NEW-BORN   INFANTS. 

The  process  of  exciting  artificial  respiration  by  faradization  *  is  as 
follows  : 

1.  Let  a7i  assistant  put  the  head,  shoulders,  and  arms  of  the  patient  in 
a  fixed  position,  while  another  stands  ready  to  assist  the  expiratory 
movements  by  pressure. 

2.  Graduate  the  current  to  a  strength  sufficient  to  produce  vigorous 
contractions  of  the  muscles  of  the  ball  of  the  thumb,  and  then  press  the 
sponge  electrodes  (which  should  be  of  large  size  arid  well  moiste7ied) 
firmly  over  the  phrenic  nerves  at  the  outer  borders  of  the  sterno-  cleido- 
mastoid    muscles  and  at  the  lower  end  of  the  scaleni  muscles. 

3.  Interrupt  the  curre7it  (either  by  removing  o?ie  of  the  electrodes,  or 
by  an  interrupter),  about  three  times  a  minute,  while  the  assistant  presses 
firmly  on  the  abdojnen,  pausing  occasionally  to  observe  the  effect. 

4.  If  after  a  number  of  interruptio7is  no  i7ispiratory  7nove7ne7its  ap- 
pear, increase  the  strength  of  the  curre7it. 

In  some  cases  it  is  sufficient  to  put  one  electrode  over  the  phrenic 
nerve  and  the  other  in  the  seventh  intercostal  space. 

Large  electrodes  are  used  so  as  to  affect  the  other  muscles  which 
have  a  share  in  inspiration  (scalenus-anticus  and  sterno-cleido-mastoid) 
simultaneously  with  the  phrenic  nerve.  The  object  of  holding  the 
arms  and  shoulders  in  a  fixed  position  is  to  prevent  the  interference 
which  may  arise  from  the  contractions  of  the  muscles  of  the  arms,  and 
at  the  same  time  to  obtain  the  co-operation  of  the  serratus  and  pectoral 
muscles. 

Prof.  Ziemssen,  who  first  proposed  this  method  of  producing  artificial 
respiration,  advises  the  trial  of  the  galvanic  current   in   those   cases 

*  The  faradic  current  is  usually  employed  for  this  purpose,  although  the  interrupted 
galvanic  current  might  answer  the  purpose. 


IN   OPIUM   POISONING.  *  613 

where  the  irritabiHty  is  lost  to  the  faradic.  The  same  wi-iteT  presents 
a  number  of  successful  results  in  cases  of  poisoning  by  carbonic  acid 
gas  with  this  method  of  treatment  from  his  own  and  other  experience.* 

In  opium  poiso7img  artificial  respiration  by  faradization  may  be  tried 
either  alone  or  in  connection  with  other  methods.  Dr.  Irani  has  re- 
ported a  case  of  opium  poisoning,  which  recovered  on  the  application 
of  one  pole  to  the  neck  and  the  other  to  the  perinseum,  after  tannin, 
coffee,  and  tartar  emetic  had  been  unsuccessfully  employed  for  several 
hours. 

Those  who  attempt  to  produce  artificial  i-espiration  in  emergencies 
are  frequently  unfamiliar  with  the  motor  point  (see  p.  287)  of  the  phre- 
nic, and  therefore  apply  the  pole  in  the  neck  indiscriminately.  A 
medical  acquaintance  informs  us  that  an  attempt  of  this  kind  which  he 
made  in  a  case  of  opium  poisoning  proved  insta.nta7ieously  fatal  to  the 
patient.  Under  ordinary  methods  the  patient  was  recovering,  but  in 
order  to  expedite  the  progress,  faradization  was  tried.  One  pole  was 
placed  on  the  ribs,  and  the  other  somewhere  in  the  neck,  in  order  to 
find  the  phrenic  nerve.  Immediately  the  patient  ceased  to  breathe,  and 
no  further  treatment  availed  to  resuscitate  her. 

This  case,  so  far  as  we  know,  is  unprecedented.  It  is  explicable  only 
on  the  theory  that  the  shock  of  the  sudden  closure  of  the  current  near 
the  nervous  centre  destroyed  the  waning  life  by  concussion. 

This  unique  and  unfortunate  case  should  not  deter  any  physician 
from  resorting  to  the  electric  method  of  artificial  respiration  in  all  cases 
where  it  is  indicated,  any  more  than  the  equally  unique  case  of  blind- 
ness produced  by  the  galvanic  current  (recorded  by  Duchenne)  should 
deter  us  from  galvanizing  the  eyes  and  face. 

Meyer  records  a  successful  result  in  a  case  of  threatened  death  from 
exhaustion  after  diphtheria.f 

Friedberg  |  succeeded  in  restoring  a  child  of  four  years,  asphyxiate 
by  chloroform,  by  this  method,  combined  with  compression  of  the  dia- 
phragm. § 

Many  failures  have  been  made  in  the  attempt  to  produce  artificial 
respiration  by  faradization,  because  the  operators  were  ignorant  of  the 
true  method  of  application,  or  were  not  sufficiently  persevering. 

Dr.  Beard  has  twice  failed  to  resuscitate  dogs  that  were  narcotized  by 

*  Die  Electricitat  in  del  Medicin,  1866,  p.  174  etseq. 
f  Op.  cit.,  p.  431. 

X  Quoted  by  Meyer,  op.  cit.,  pp.  431,  432. 

§  Irritation  of  the  phrenic  nerve  might  be  readily  combined  with  Howard's  method 
3f  artificial  respiration. 


6 14  ARTIFICIAL   RESPIRATION   BY   ELECTRIZATION. 

chloroform,  although  the  applications  were  begun  in  less  than  a  minute 
after  the  heart  ceased  to  pulsate. 

He  failed  also  in  a  case  of  opium  poisoning  in  an  infant  six  weeks  old. 

Some  remarkable  results  have  been  reported  where  life  was  saved  by 
faradization  around  the  neck  and  chest,  kept  up  by  intervals  for  many 
hours. 

Dr.  Allan  McLane  Hamilton,  from  a  number  of  interesting  experi- 
ments undertaken  to  test  the  utility  of  electricity  in  asphyxia,  concludes 
as  follows  : — 

I  St.  That  it  is  useless  to  expect  good  results  if  five  minutes  have 
elapsed  since  life  appeared  extinct. 

2d.  That  the  current  should  be  applied  faithfully  and  steadily ^  one 
pole  being  placed  on  the  ensiform  cartilage,  the  other  on  the  base  of 
the  skull  or  over  the  tracks  of  the  great  nerves  of  the  neck. 

3d.  That  the  faradic  and  interrupted  galvanic  currents  are  the  best. 

4th.  That  the  current  should  be  applied  some  time  after  respiratory 
movements  have  become  regular.* 

Resuscitation  of  New-borti  Childreti. — Successful  experiments  in  the 
resuscitation  of  new-born  children  have  been  made  by  Schulz  and 
Pernice.  The  latter  succeeded  in  three  out  of  five  cases.  In  one  of 
his  cases  the  child  was  born  to  all  appearance  dead.  Restoration  was 
accomplished  in  half  or  three-quarters  of  an  hour  by  the  alternate  use 
of  the  warm  bath  and  faradization  of  the  phrenic  nerve. 

Legros  and  Onimus  f  have  experimented  on  animals — rats,  dogs — 
with  a  view  to  bringing  on  resuscitation  during  syncope  from  loss  of 
blood.  They  used  the  galvanic  current,  placing  the  negative  pole  in 
the  mouth  and  the  positive  in  the  bowels. 

Dr.  Rockwell  has  treated  several  cases  of  suspended  respiration.  A 
new-born  babe  was  to  all  appearances  dead ;  faradization  of  the  phrenic 
nerve  resulted  m  decided  manifestations  of  life  for  a  few  moments 
only.  In  the  case  of  a  lady  who  was  in  a  state  of  asphyxia — from  a 
subcutaneous  injection  of  morphine— faradization  of  the  phrenic  nerve 
excited  respiratory  movements  which  were  repeated  some  twelve  or 
fifteen  times  after  the  current  ceased  to  pass.  He  did  not  succeed  in 
saving  the  patient. 

*  Electricity  as  a  Means  of  Resuscitation.     American  Practitioner,  Oct.,  1S72. 
f  Gaz.  des  Hop.,  No.  53. 


CHAPTER  XXXV. 

DISEASES   OF   THE    HEART   AND    LUNGS= 

Palpitatmi  of  the  Heart. — That  galvanization  of  the  sympathetic 
and  general  electrization  have  a  positively  accelerating  or  sedative 
effect  on  the  action  of  the  heart,  we  have  demonstrated  by  a  large 
number  of  experiments.  (See  Electro-Physiology.)  This  effect  is  pro- 
duced by  the  action  of  the  current  on  the  sympathetic  or  the  pneumo- 
gastric  in  the  neck,  or  in  general  electrization  it  may  also  result, 
secondarily,  from  the  influence  that  the  system  at  large  receives  from 
the  application. 

Cases  of  functional  disturbance  of  the  heart,  associated  with  dyspep- 
sia and  hysteria  and  ansemia,  we  have  found  to  yield  to  general  faradi- 
zation in  a  large  variety  of  instances,  even  when  no  special  attention 
was  directed  to  the  sympathetic  or  the  pneumogastric 

Fliess  experimented  with  the  galvanic  current  in  twenty-four  cases, 
nineteen  of  which  were  functional,  and  five  of  an  organic  character. 

All  the  cases  were  more  or  less  relieved,  even  those  dependent  on 
structural  lesion,  while  the  majority  of  the  functional  cases  were  perma- 
nently cured. 

His  method  of  treatment  was  the  daily  application  to  the  pneumo- 
gastric in  the  neck  of  mild,  descending,  galvanic  currents,  for  one  or 
two  minutes.  Temporary  abatement  of  the  symptoms  followed  each 
application. 

The  treatment  of  functional  palpitation  of  the  heart  is  certainly 
worthy  of  more  attention  than  it  has  thus  far  received  from  electro- 
therapeutists. 

Palpitation  of  the  heart  associated  with  dyspepsia — Umisiial  susceptibility  to  the 
current — Great  improve7ne7it  under  general  faradization. 

Case  CLXXI. — Mr.  B.,  of  New  Jersey,  applied  to  us  March  ist,  1867,  with  the 
symptoms  of  weakness  of  the  stomach  and  liver,  and  also  of  functional  derangement 
of  the  heart.  He  was  tall,  somewhat  spare,  but  of  fair  muscular  development.  His 
occupation  was  that  of  a  farmer,  but  for  some  time  before  he  visited  us  he  had  been 
unable  to  make  any  protracted  exertior-.  He  had  tested  various  kinds  of  internal 
medicines,  and  with  unsatisfactory  results. 


6l6  DISEASES   OF   THE   HEART   AND   LUNGS, 

During  the  first  application  he  was  momentarily  overcome  by  a  feeling  of  faintness, 
but  at  once  rallied,  and  went  away  feeling  stronger  and  brighter.  He  continued  to 
visit  us  two  or  three  times  a  week,  for  nearly  two  months.  The  improvement  was 
slow,  but  very  positive,  with  occasional  temporary  relapses.  The  cardiac  symptoms 
gradually  diminished,  and  his  strength  increased  to  such  an  extent  that  he  was  able  to 
resume  in  part  his  daily  avocation. 

When  he  left  us  his  digestive  functions  were  well  performed,  and  he  had  made  ar- 
rangements to  enter  upon  an  active  and  pleasant  out-door  employment. 

Angina  Pectoris. — The  treatment  of  angina  pectoris  has  ever  been 
unsatisfactory.  The  cases  that  have  fallen  under  our  observation  were 
mostly  of  a  chronic  character,  and  turned  to  electro-therapeutics  as  a 
last  resort.  As  illustrative  of  the  best  result  that  we  have  been  able 
to  obtain  in  the  treatment  of  this  remarkable  disorder,  the  following 
case  is  presented : 

Angina  pectoris — Probably  of  an   idiopathic  character — Recovery  unaer  genera) 

faradization. 

Case  CLXXH. — The  patient  was  a  stout,  vigorous  man,  aged  48,  and  for  eighteen 
months  he  had  been  the  victim  of  violent,  sharp,  shooting  pams,  under  the  sternum,  in 
the  left  shoulder  and  arm.  Frequently  the  neck  would  suffer,  and  occasionally  the  left 
leg.  Physical  exploration  gave  no  evidence  of  organic  disease ;  and  as  it  was  impos- 
sible to  find  any  external  exciting  cause,  we  attributed  the  symptoms  to  idiopathic 
causes.  When  he  moved  more  rapidly  than  usual,  or  over-exerted  himself  in  any 
way,  he  was  liable  to  be  seized  with  a  violent  sense  of  constriction  in  the  chest,  which 
caused  him  to  feel  as  if  about  to  die.  In  a  moment  the  radiating  pains  described 
above  would  follow,  and  compel  him  to  stop  perfectly  still.  His  appetite  and  diges- 
tion were  but  little,  if  any,  impaired ;  yet,  from  the  first,  the  frequency  and  severity 
of  the  attacks  had  gradually  increased.  As  a  rule,  a  paroxysm  occurred  every  day, 
and  frequently  several  times  during  the  twenty-four  hours.  Occasionally,  however, 
a  week  would  pass  without  an  attack. 

We  made  use  of  general  faradization  when  he  was  entirely  free  from  any  uneasi- 
ness. Three  days  elapsed  before  he  agam  came  to  us,  but  during  this  interval  the 
malady  had  not  manifested  itself. 

Before  administering  the  second  application,  the  patient  purposely  brought  on  a 
paroxysm  by  violently  swinging  his  arms  and  bending  his  body.  In  the  midst  of  the 
pain  the  positive  pole  was  suddenly  applied  ouer  the  nipple,  and  a  very  intense  cur- 
rent sent  through  the  body.  With  the  rapidity  of  the  passage  of  the  electricity  itself, 
the  pain  left  him,  and  after  the  seance  had  closed,  he  found  it  impossible,  by  any 
effort  he  could  make,  to  bring  on  another  attack.  At  the  next  visit,  three  days  sub- 
sequently, he  was  able,  by  very  violent  efforts,  to  bring  on  a  paroxysm,  but  of  far 
less  severity  than  before.  Similar  treatment,  by  localized  faradization,  immediately 
relieved  him.  A  few  more  applications  were  given,  but  during  his  visits  to  us  he 
never  succeeded  in  exciting  another  attack,  that  we  might  have  the  pleasure  of  sub- 
duing it.  For  several  months  after  he  was  dischai-ged  as  cured,  he  had  no  return  of 
the  angina. 


CASES   OF   ANGINA   PECTORIS.  617 

Angina  pectoris — Decided  relief  under  central  galvanization — Relapse, 
Case  CLXXIII. — Mr.  H.  M.,  aged  35,  referred  to  us  by  Dr.  Learning,  had  for 
twenty  years  been  a  sufferer  from  cardiac  palpitations,  with  some  of  the  symptoms  of 
angina  pectoris.  The  cardiac  palpitation  seemed  to  have  a  relation  to  the  condition  of 
the  stomach,  being  associated  with  and  apparently  dependent  on  attacks  of  indigestion, 
attended  with  regurgitation  and  pyrosis.  It  was  one  of  those  cases  where  it  was  diffi- 
cult to  determine  precisely  in  what  organ,  or  nerve,  or  nerve  plexus,  the  symptoms 
took  their  origin.  The  patient  was  not  remarkably  intelligent,  but  so  far  as  could 
be  gleaned  from  his  history,  the  attacks  involved  both  the  heart  and  the  stomach,  for 
it  was  certain  that  anything  that  excited  indigestion  often  ushered  in  paroxysms  of 
great  severity.  Organic  disease  of  the  heart  had  been  suspected,  but  Dr.  Teaming, 
a  skilful  and  practised  auscultator,  decided  that  there  was  no  such  lesion.  Medicine 
had  accomplished  but  little  for  the  patient,  and  we  decided  to  use  central  galvaniza- 
tion. The  first  application  was  mild  and  brief,  but  it  caused  much  dizziness,  and  for 
the  moment  alarmed  and  worried  the  patient.  In  a  few  days,  however,  he  began  to 
improve  in  his  symptoms,  and  began  also  to  bear  the  current  better.  For  about  two 
months  the  patient  persevered  in  taking  the  treatment,  and  with  most  decided  im- 
provement. 

While  the  cure  was  not  perfect,  yet  all  his  symptoms  were  so  alleviated,  that  life 
became,  in  a  measure,  enjoyable,  instead  of  a  heavy  and  constant  burden.  Subse- 
quently he  relapsed. 

We  may  have,  as  illustrated  by  the  following  case,  a  retrocession  of 
the  rheumatic  or  gouty  diathesis  to  the  heart,  and,  according  to  some 
writers,  to  the  lungs  also,  producing  an  incurable  organic  lesion  that 
may  result  in  this  neurosis.  A  metastasis  to  the  stomach,  of  either  of 
the  two  diseases  just  mentioned,  may  give  rise  also,  according  to  others, 
to  symptoms  of  cardiac  neuralgia. 

Angina  pectoris  following  repeated  attacks  of  gout — Aggravated  temporarily  by- 
strong  galvanization — Relieved  by  mild  general  faradization. 

Case  CLXXIV. — Mr.  B. ,  aged  52,  was  referred  to  us  by  the  late  Professor  Geo. 
T.  Elliott.  The  patient  was  a  stout,  plethoric  man,  somewhat  advanced  in  years  beyond 
the  middle  period  of  life.  He  was  perhaps  what  might  be  called  a  "  high  liver,"  and 
for  years  he  had  indulged  in  wines  freely,  although  not  to  great  excess. 

He  had  on  two  or  more  occasions  suffered  quite  severely  from  attacks  of  gout  of 
the  great  toe,  and  very  soon  after  recovery  from  the  last  attack,  he  began  to  experi- 
ence slight  symptoms  of  his  present  difficulty.  The  pain  generally  commenced  in 
the  chest,  behind  and  a  little  to  the  left  side  of  the  sternum,  and  extended  to  the 
shoulder  and  do\Mi  the  leg. 

Occasionally,  the  symptoms  would  first  manifest  themselves  in  the  leg,  and  then  ex- 
tend to  the  heart. 

The  paroxysms  were  never  severe,  so  long  as  a  quiet  posture  was  maintained,  but 
the  exertion  of  ascending  one  or  two  flights  of  stairs,  or  walking  a  few  blocks,  almost 
invariably  excited  much  pain,  accompanied  with  a  very  distressing  shortness  of  breath. 
The  patient  remarked,  as  a  singular  fact,  that  while  such  slight  efforts  readily  caused 


6l8  DISEASES   OF   THE   HEART   AND   LUNGS. 

cardiac  distress,  it  was  possible  for  him  to  exercise  quite  violently  with  light  dumb-bells, 
and  yet  suffer  from  none  of  the  evil  effects  that  might  from  analogy  be  expected  to 
follow.  The  first  two  applications,  given  in  November,  1867,  were  followed  by  no 
special  results. 

Ti-eatment  with  a  powerful  faradic  current,  on  a  third  occasion,  considerably  ag- 
gi-avated  the  symptoms.  The  fourth  application,  given  with  a  milder  current,  worked 
an  immediate  change  for  the  better. 

The  pain  was  immediately  dissipated,  and  for  two  days,  until  we  saw  him  again,  he 
was  far  better  than  he  had  been  for  months.  He  walked  a  long  distance  without 
being  at  all  oppressed  in  breathing,  and  at  night  he  was  quite  comfortable,  although 
heretofore  his  symptoms  were,  as  a  rule,  much  aggravated  at  this  time.  On  the  left 
side  of  the  neck,  the  application  excited  pain  that  proceeded  toward  the  chest.  On  the 
right  side,  no  such  effect  was  noticed.  Without  detailing  farther  the  incidents  con- 
nected with  this  case,  we  will  simply  say  that  treatment  by  both  currents,  together  with 
persistent  medication,  accomplished  merely  occasional  and  temporary  amelioration  of 
his  distressing  symptoms.  It  is  true  that  physical  exploration  gave  no  evidence  of  or- 
ganic lesion,  but  in  consideration  of  the  undoubted  gouty  diathesis,  together  with  the 
persistent  character  of  the  symptoms,  there  could  be  no  hesitation  in  declaring  the 
existence  of  some  irreparable  structural  disease.  It  is  impossible  to  account  for  the 
temporary  but  marked  amelioration  that  on  different  occasions  followed  the  applica- 
tions, without  we  refer  it  to  the  mild  anaesthetic  effect  of  the  faradic  current. 

Diseases  of  the  Lungs. — For  diseases  of  the  lungs  electrization  has 
accomphshed  less  than  in  any  other  department.  The  recognized 
gravity  of  phthisis,  together  with  the  a  priori  improbability  that  it  could 
be  directly  cured  by  any  known  methods  of  using  electricity — these 
two  causes  have  deterred  electro-therapeutists  from  making  even  experi- 
mental applications  to  diseased  lungs.  One  author — Bastings,*  of 
Brussels — however,  has  reported  most  astounding  results  from  faradiza- 
tion of  the  muscles  of  the  chest.  If  we  accept  in  good  faith  the  state- 
ments of  this  author,  even  the  second  stages  of  phthisis  may  be  cured 
by  this  method,  which  seems  to  affect  the  lungs  not  directly,  but  in- 
directly, through  the  muscular  development  which  it  causes,  and  the 
greater  amount  of  oxygen  which  it  enables  the  lungs  to  breathe. 

The  amazing  statements  which  the  author  advances,  concerning  the 
cure  of  consumption,  are  entitled  to  more  consideration  than  they 
would  otherwise  receive,  from  the  fact  that  the  fundamental  idea  on 
which  his  treatment  is  based,  namely,  that  faradization  of  the  muscles 
— electro-muscular  gymnastics  —  markedly  increases  their  size  and 
strength,  and  also  improves  the  general  nutrition,  is  eminently  sound 
and  thoroughly  demonstrable,  as  we  have  shown  during  all  our  investi- 
gations in  electro-therapeutics.  ' 

*  Die  Lungenschwindsucht  und  ihre  Heilung  durch  Electricitat.  Translated  from 
the  French  by  Dr.  Silbermann.     Erlangen,  1866. 


CONSUMPTION.  619 

Vaust  *has  experimented  with  the  method  of  Bastingj — electro-mus- 
cular gymnastics — in  growing  children,  who  were  not  affected  with  any 
special  diathesis,  but  who  '■^presented  the  appearance  of  debility,  laih 
guar,  and  lack  of  force  so  frequently  found  among  the  poorer  classes.^'' 

The  results  were  "  wonderful."  Not  only  were  the  muscles  of  the 
chest  greatly  increased  in  size  after  a  number  of  applications,  but  theii 
"  breathing  was  deeper,  their  appetites  better,  and  they  were  more 
cheerful  and  lively." 

After  six  months'  treatment  the  increase  was  still  more  marked  in 
some  of  the  cases.  According  to  our  experience,  the  growth  of  the 
muscles  under  faradization  is  at  first  quite  rapid,  but  subsequently 
much  slower,  and  in  a  few  months  becomes  stationary. 

Bastings  has  used  these  electro-muscular  gymnastics  in  consumption, 
not  with  a  view  to  directly  affect  the  tuberculous  deposit  at  all,  but,  by 
strengthening  the  muscles  of  the  chest,  to  so  improve  the  respiratory 
power  that  more  air  can  be  inspired,  and  so  benefit  result  to  the  healthy 
portion  of  the  lung,  and  indirectly,  through  better  oxygenatio?i  of  the 
blood,  to  a  certain  extetzt  on  the  diseased  portion  and  on  the  whole  system. 

The  method  and  principles  of  treatment  in  all  his  cases  was  substan- 
tially similar — electro-muscular  gymnastics  :  about  half  a  minute  was 
given  to  each  muscle,  and  about  five  minutes  to  each  sitting.  Pro- 
longed treatment  was  found  to  be  injurious. 

The  general  statements  of  the  author  were  confirmed  by  Dr.  Bougard,f 
who  affirms  that  the  patients  remain  cured  for  one,  two,  or  three  years. 

Dr.  Crocq  also  speaks  favorably  of  the  method  of  Eastings,  although 
m  the  treatment  under  his  own  direction  of  the  very  severe  cases  of 
consumption  in  the  St.  John  Hospital  he  obtained  no  positive  results. 

Although  the  beneficial  effects  of  muscular  exercise  in  consumption 
have  long  been  conceded,  }''et,  in  the  present  state  of  the  professional 
mind  on  the  subject,  the  statements  of  Bastings  will  need  more  numer- 
ous indorsements  before  they  are  accepted. 

We  would  suggest  a  method  of  treating  pulmonary  tuberculosis, 
which,  so  far  as  we  know,  has  not  been  used,  but  which  is  surely  worthy 
of  a  trial.  This  method  would  consist  in  external  galvanization  of  the 
diseased  portion  of  the  lung  with  a  mild  stable  current.  The  electric 
current  might  thus  act  on  the  diseased  lung,  as  it  acts  on  inflamed  and 
ulcerated  surfaces  elsewhere. 

*  Medicinisches  Journal,  vol.  38,  Juni  1864,  p.  599.  Sitzung  der  Gesellschaft  fur 
Medicin  und  Naturwissenschaften  zu  Briissel,  vom  2.  Mai  1864.  This  paper  is  pre- 
ientedln  the  work  of  Bastings,  above  quoted,  p.  119  et  seq. 

f  Op.  cit.,  p.  147.     Loc.  cit.,  p.  142  et  seq. 


CHAPTER  XXXVI. 


EXOPHTHALMIC    GOITRE. 


Exophthalmic  goitre  is  so  comparatively  infrequent,  and  its  path- 
ology so  imperfectly  understood,  that  its  therapeutics  have  necessarily 
been  more  or  less  uncertain.  When,  therefore,  the  use  of  electricity  is 
suggested,  the  question  that  first  arises  in  the  minds  of  those  who  have 
but  little  practical  experience  in  methods  of  electrical  treatment,  relates 
to  the  kind  of  current  and  the  details  of  its  application.  In  regard  to 
the  current,  every  physiological  consideration  and  all  experience  points 
to  galvanism  as  pre-eminently  indicated,  and  yet  we  must  bear  testi- 
mony to  the  fact  that  the  faradic  current  is  not  in  every  case  useless. 
The  applications,  however,  must  not  be  local  but  general,  after  the 
method  of  general  faradization,  and  in  a  certain  proportion  of  cases 
where  there  is  anaemia,  with  marked  nervous  irritabiUty  and  physical 
weakness,  benefit  will  certainly  follow,  provided  always  that  the  opera- 
tor will  take  sufficient  trouble  to  appreciate  the  various  steps  of  the 
process  and  make  his  applications  practically  efficient. 

In  the  use  of  the  galvanic  current  upon  which  we  are  mainly  to  rely, 
we  have  obtained  good  results  by  placing  the  cathode  over  the  cilio- 
spinal  centre  above  the  seventh  cervical  vertebra,  and  the  anode  in  the 
auriculo-maxillary  fossa,  gradually  drawing  the  latter  (after  a  few 
moments  of  stabile  treatment)  along  the  inner  border  of  the  sterno- 
cleido-mastoid  muscle  to  its  lower  extremity.  The  second  step  in  this 
process  consists  in  removing  the  anode  to  the  position  occupied  by  the 
cathode,  and  placing  the  latter  over  the  solar  plexus,  using  for  a  minute 
or  so  longer  a  greatly  increased  strength  of  current. 

In  one  case,  failing  after  considerable  effort  to  accomplish  more  than 
a  very  moderate  degree  of  amelioration  of  the  symptoms,  we  made  use 
of  currents  that  were  rapidly  increased  and  diminished  every  few  sec- 
onds, as  described  in  Case  i8t,  with  very  great  benefit. 

Subsequently  to  this  we  came  across  a  case  originally  published  by 
Dr.  Ancona,  in  the  Giornale  Veneto  di  scienze  mediche,  which  had 
escaped  our  notice,  where  an  obstinate  and  severe  case  of  Graves'  dis- 
ease had  been  cured  by  this  method  of  current  interruption.  The  cure 
was  accomplished  only  after  the  administration  of  one  hundred  appli- 


EXOPHTHALMIC    GOITRE.  621 

cations.  Exophthalmic  goitre  is  undoubtedly  of  centric  origin,  and  in 
many  cases  structural  changes  of  the  sympathetic  must  underlie  all  the 
observed  symptoms.  On  the  other  hand,  the  rapid  recoveries  that 
have  been  known  to  follow  the  administration  of  certain  methods  of 
treatment,  render  it  in  the  highest  degree  probable  that  the  symptoms 
may  depend  as  well  on  functional  causes  alone.  Its  onset  and  course 
have  been  so  frequently  and  fully  described  that  it  seems  entirely  un- 
necessary to  attempt  any  detailed  description  of  its  numerous  symp- 
toms other  than  what  will  be  found  in  the  accompanying  cases.  One 
fact,  however,  in  our  own  experience,  that  will  be  noted  as  the  cases 
are  given,  strikes  us  as  worthy  of  a  moment's  attention,  and  that  is,  the 
frequency  of  the  disease  in  its  incomplete  form.  By  this  is  meant  the 
cases  where  the  exophthalmus,  the  thyroid  enlargement,  or  the  cardiac 
symptoms  were  either  absent  or  but  slightly  developed. 

In  three  cases  the  eyes  were  very  little,  if  at  all,  affected,  while  the 
cardiac  palpitation  and  thyroid  swelling  were  very  decided.  In  one 
case  the  pulse  was  but  88,  while  the  other  two  symptoms  were  dis- 
tinctly present.  In  every  case,  however,  that  has  fallen  under  our 
observation,  the  thyroid  was  large  and  pulsating;  and  yet  Trousseau 
and  others  report  cases  which  they  regard  as  true  examples  of  Graves' 
disease,  where  there  was  little,  if  any,  evidence  of  glandular  enlarge- 
ment. 


Exophthalmic  goitre  of  one  year's   standing — Increased  temperature — Recovery 
follows  fifteen  applications  of  galvanism. 

Case  CLXXV. — The  patient,   John  L ,  was  a  pale,  slim  man,  aged  29,  and 

by  occupation  a  compositor.  The  three  cardinal  symptoms  of  the  disease,  viz.  : 
exophthalmus,  swelling  of  the  thyroid  gland,  and  palpitation,  were  present  in  a 
marked  degree,  and  in  addition  there  was  a  want  of  harmony  between  the  move- 
ments of  the  upper  eyelid  and  eyeball,  a  phenomenon  first  observed  by  Von  Graefe, 
and  by  him  regarded  as  pathognomonic. 

The  history  and  antecedents  of  the  case  are  as  follows  :  The  mother,  now  deceased, 
suffered  from  epileptic  seizures  from  the  earliest  remembrance  of  our  patient,  while 
an  older  sister  was  the  victim  of  frequent  and  severe  attacks  of  hysteria.  The  father 
had  been  intemperate,  and  died  of  delirium  tremens.  It  would  thus  seem  that  we 
had  in  this  history  ground  for  a  belief  in  the  importance  of  the  relation  of  hereditary 
influences  to  these  conditions. 

The  health  of  the  patient  up  to  his  twenty-fifth  year  had  been  uniformly  good,  and 
the  only  evidence  of  a  neurotic  predisposition  was  an  occasional  and  unexplainable 
tendency  to  insomnia  for  a  year  or  so  previous  to  the  first  symptoms  of  his  disease. 
We  first  saw  the  man  July  6,  1879. 

During  the  summer  of  1878  he  observed  a  slight  swelling  of  the  thyroid  ;  very  soon 
after,  considerable  palpitation ;  and  later  still,  protrusion  of  the  eyeballs.     It  is  to  be 


622  EXOPHTHALMIC  GOITRE. 

noted  in  passing  that  the  order  of  the  onset  of  the  symptoms  is  unusual,  the  thyroi  1 
enlargement  usually  being  second  in  order  of  development  instead  of  first. 

On  our  first  examination  we  found  the  gland  enlarged  to  about  the  size  of  the  fist 
of  a  child  of  ten  years,  the  pulse  beating  in  frequency,  125  to  the  minute,  while  the 
protrusion  of  the  globe  of  the  eye  was  as  great  as  in  any  case  we  have  seen.  By  sub- 
sequent examination  we  found  that  the  pulse  ranged  from  no  to  130.  On  three  dif- 
ferent occasions,  where  the  axillary  thermometer  was  used,  it  marked  100°,  101°, 
100.4°.  The  appetite  of  the  patient  was  poor,  his  secretions  disordered,  and  his 
general  strength  impaired.  After  some  preliminary  medication  of  a  corrective  natm-e, 
we  gave  the  ordinary  prescription  of  quinine  and  iron,  and  at  the  same  time  began 
the  applications  of  the  galvanic  current 

The  force  and  rapidity  of  the  heart-beats  were  greatly  modified ;  and  accompany- 
ing, or  rather  following,  by  a  week  or  ten  days,  this  subsidence  of  the  violent  palpita- 
tion, there  was  a  very  noticeable  decrease  of  the  exophthalmus.  A  decrease  in  the 
size  of  the  thyroid  was  not  observed  until  some  days  after,  and  disappeared  with  much 
less  rapidity  than  the  other  symptoms.  In  order  to  hasten  the  cure,  we  very  care- 
fully performed  electrolysis  on  two  occasions,  and  with  evident  benefit. 

At  the  date  of  writing,  August  20,  1879,  after  having  received  fifteen  applications, 
the  patient  has,  so  far  as  relates  to  the  palpitation  and  exophthalmus,  entirely 
recovered. 

The  goitre  has  decreased  in  size  fully  two-thirds,  and  is  quite  hard  and  firm,  a 
change  which  is  to  be  attributed,  in  all  probability,  to  a  hyperplasia  of  the  glandular 
tissue  taking  the  place  of  the  dilated  vessels. 

We  place  the  following  case  on  record,  not  only  because  of  the  bene- 
fit accruing  from  treatment,  but  as  illustrative  also  of  two  rare  symp- 
toms in  connection  with  Graves'  disease,  viz. :  ist.  Dilatation  of  the 
pupils.  2d.  Swelling  and  pulsation  in  the  region  of  the  solar  plexus. 
We  are  not,  indeed,  aware  that  any  case  of  Graves'  disease,  in  which 
this  last  symptom  may  have  possibly  been  observed,  has  ever  before 
been  published. 

Accepting  the  theory  of  a  disturbance  of  the  sympathetic  as  a  cause 
of  this  affection,  it  is  not  remarkable  that  its  lower,  as  well  as  its  upper 
ganglia,  should  be  the  seat  of  the  disease,  sufficient  to  cause  a  dilata- 
tion "  of  the  vessels  branching  from  the  coeliac  axis,  analogous  to  that 
observed  in  the  arteries  of  th§  thyroid  gland.  In  consideration  of  the 
rarity  of  this  symptom,  therefore,  it  is  interesting  to  recall  the  fact,  that 
in  eight  autopsies  where  changes  were  observed  in  the  sympathetic  and 
its  ganglia,  they  were  confined  to  the  cervical  portion,  the  thoracic  and 
abdominal  sympathetic  being  entirely  healthy. 

In  this  case  there  must  necessarily  have  been  marked  disturbance  of 
the  lower  gangha,  but  the  complete  and  permanent  disappearance  of 
the  gastric  swelling  would  seem  to  preclude  the  probability  of  the  exist- 
ence of  any  lesion. 


EXOPHTHALMIC   GOITRE.  .623 

In  the  very  few  cases  of  exophthalmic  goitre  in  which  dilatation  of 
the  pupils  has  been  observed,  the  cause  is  supposed  to  be  due  to  a 
"  paralysis  of  the  pupillary  branch  of  the  oculo-motor  nerve,  conse- 
quent on  neuro-paralytic  dilatation  of  the  vessels.  The  isolated  par- 
alysis of  this  branch  (the  other  fibres  of  the  motor  oculi  remaining  un- 
affected) is  referred  by  Stellwag  to  the  fact  that  the  branches  destined 
for  the  pupil  do  not  join  the  other  oculo-motor  fibres  until  after  the 
latter  have  crossed  the  crura  cerebri,  and  that  they  have  been  proved 
to  originate  from  several  centres  of  various  function." 

Exophthalmic  goitre^  with  bilateral  perspiration,  enlarged  pupils,  etc. — Rapid  and 
decided  relief,  but  not  a  perfect  recovery. 

Case  CLXXVI. — Mrs.  G ,  aged  about  40,  came  to  us  for  the  relief  of  an  ex- 
ophthalmic goitre,  May  3,  1876.  The  eyes  were  much  protruded,  the  thyroid  promi- 
nent, and  the  cardiac  palpitation  violent.  The  average  frequency  of  the  pulse  was 
about  115,  but  on  various  occasions  we  found  that  it  was  beating  at  the  rate  of  140 
to  the  minute.  The  patient  was  annoyed  by  profuse  bilateral  perspiration,  the  pupils 
were  enlarged,  and  vertigo  was  a  frequent  symptom.  The  appetite  was  generally 
good,  but  she  complained  of  much  nausea. 

She  referred  to  one  other  symptom,  which,  if  related  to  the  disease  as  an  effect,  as 
it  would  seem,  was  quite  new  to  us.  Subsequent  to  the  development  of  the  three 
cardinal  symptoms,  which  occurred  in  the  following  order — palpitatioai,  thyroid  en- 
largement, exophthalmus,  a  swelling  appeared  near  the  pit  of  the  stomach,  which  in 
size  and  vigor  of  pulsation  was  more  marked  than  the  goitre.  We  may  remark  that 
Dr.  S.  S.  Purple,  of  New  York,  had  attended  the  patient  in  several  confinements,  • 
and  was  cognizant  of  the  disease  in  question. 

Dr.  Purple  informed  us  that  she  had  suffered  much  from  malarial  poison,  to  which, 
together  with  the  effects  of  a  labor  of  some  severity  shortly  previous,  might  possibly 
be  attributed  the  symptoms  in  question.  The  first  signs  of  the  disease  were  manifest 
some  three  years  before  she  came  under  our  observation. 

We  administered  to  this  patient  seventeen  applications,  ten  of  which  were  with  the 
galvanic  current,  locally  applied,  while  seven  were  with  the  faradic  current,  and  were 
more  general  in  their  nature.  Amelioration  followed  very  quickly,  and  at  this  date 
(1880)  the  only  symptoms  of  the  disease  is  a  very  slight  swelling  of  the  thyroid,  and, 
in  a  modified  form,  a  tendency  to  occasional  cardiac  palpitations. 

Exophthalmic  goitre  associated  zuith  spinal  irritation — Approximate  recovery  fol- 
lozus  galvanization  and  general  faradization. 

CaseCLXXVII. — Mrs.  E ,  aged  31,  married,  and  the  mother  of  two  children, 

was  seen  with  Dr.  I.  B.  Read.  She  first  observed  an  appreciable  increase  in  the 
rapidity  of  the  heart's  action  in  the  fall  of  1878.  About  the  same  time,  or  soon  after, 
as  she  was  standing  before  the  mirror,  her  attention  was  called  to  an  increased  ful- 
ness about  the  neck,  and,  upon  passing  her  hand  over  the  part,  she  became  aware  of 
what  she  termed  a  beating  sensation  and  a  softer  feeling.  These  symptoms  increased 
somewhat  rapidly,  until  they  assumed  the  condition  presented  when  the  case  came  to 
us  in  October,  1879.     At  this  time  the  heart  was  beating  at  the  rate  of  120  to  125 


624  EXOPHTHALMIC    GOITRE. 

per  minute,  and  on  exercise  or  under  excitement  it  went  up  to  150  per  minute.  The 
thyroid  enlargement  was  marked,  though  not  enormous,  while  the  eyes  were  quite 
protuberant  and  bloodshot. 

Around  the  neck,  over  the  thyroid  gland,  the  measurement  was  fifteen  inches. 
The  patient  was  chlorotic,  hysterical,  and  nervous  to  the  last  degree,  and  it  was  with 
the  greatest  difficulty  that  she  could  be  induced  to  submit  to  the  necessary  examina- 
tion and  treatment.  The  spine  was  exceedingly  sensiiive  to  pressure  all  along  its 
course,  and  especially  between  the  scapulae,  where  firm  pressure  invariably  caused 
nausea  ;  and  on  the  occasion  of  her  second  visit,  while  running  our  fingers  down  the 
back,  and  lingering  for  a  moment  with  a  somewhat  increased  pressure  over  the  more 
sensitive  portion,  she  immediately  but  quietly  rejected  her  breakfast,  which  had  been 
taken  an  hour  before. 

It  is  to  be  remarked  that  these  evidences  of  spinal  irritation  and  extreme  nervous- 
ness became  manifest  only  after  the  appearance  of  symptoms  indicating  exophthalmic 
goitre.  The  only  cause  which  seemed  to  bear  any  relation  to  the  onset  of  the  disease 
was  the  one  that  has  been  so  frequently  observed,  viz.,  childbirth.  A  short  time  pre- 
viously she  had  suffered  from  a  long  and  tedious  confinement,  but  her  recovery  had 
been  apparently  quite  satisfactory.  We  submitted  her  to  the  usual  methods  of  gal- 
vanization of  the  sympathetic  and  central  galvanization,  and  with  some  benefit.  The 
heart's  action  became  somewhat  more  regular  and  less  frequent,  the  goitre  decreased 
a  little  in  size,  and  the  spine  became  less  sensitive. 

Improvement,  however,  ceased  at  this  point,  and  the  case  remaining  stationary  for 
nearly  a  month  we  attempted  general  faradization. 

We  have  on  several  occasions  pointed  out  the  fact  that  general  faradization  is  often 
most  effective  in  lowering  a  pulse  that  is  rapid,  as  a  resultant  of  nervous  excitement, 
and  increasing  its  strength  as  well,  when  it  is  both  rapid  and  weak  through  nervous 
exhaustion.  This  efTect  upon  the  pulse,  as  experience  shows,  and  as  electro -physiology 
teaches,  is  most  frequently  observed  in  exophthalmic  goitre  after  the  use  of  the  gal- 
vanic curi'ent. 

In  this  case,  hovever,  after  galvanization  had  ceased  to  be  effective,  general  fara- 
dization was  followed  by  a  still  greater  diminution  in  the  frequency  of  the  pulse,  by 
decrease  in  the  thyroid,  and  lessened  sensibility  along  the  spine.  After  twenty-five 
applications  of  general  faradization,  administered  in  the  course  of  two  months,  the 
measurement  of  the  neck  had  decreased  by  two  inches,  leaving  a  very  slight  but  hard 
enlargement  in  place  of  the  larger  and  softer  tumor  that  was  present  at  the  beginning 
of  treatment.  The  frequency  of  the  pulse  decreased  to  about  85  per  minute,  and  was 
not  particularly  susceptible  to  sudden  fluctuations  under  excitement  or  exertion,  while 
she  had  gained  immensely  in  nervous  strength  and  self-control. 

Exophthalmic  goitre  of  two  years'  standing.  —  Treatment  results  in  but  slight 

benefit. 

Case  CLXXVIII.— Miss  M ,  aged  22,  was  seen  with  Dr.  E.  B.  Belden,  Oct. 

18,  1879.  Menstruation  began  at  the  age  of  seventeen,  but  was  scanty  and  irregular 
for  two  years,  after  which  for  awhile  it  appeared  normally.  At  the  age  of  twenty, 
menstruation  again  became  irregular,  and  attended  also  with  cramps  and  considerable 
pain.  At  this  time  appeared  the  first  evidences  of  exophthalmic  goitre,  and  when  we 
saw  her  two  years  subsequently,  the  three  cardinal  symptoms  of  the  disease  were 


EXOPHTHALMIC   GOITRE.  625 

quite  pronounced,  although  moderate  in  degree  compared  to  the  foregoing.  The 
pulse  averaged  about  88  per  minute.  The  eyes  were  slightly  protuberant,  while  the 
neck  measurement  over  the  enlarged  gland  was  fifteen  inches.  Opportunity  was 
afforded  of  seeing  this  patient  but  a  comparatively  short  time,  but  in  the  few  applica- 
tions that  were  given,  the  circumference  of  the  neck  over  the  gland  was  reduced  to 
fourteen  and  one-quarter  inches. 

The  pulse,  however,  became  markedly  modified,  decreasing  to  the  normal  standard, 
72  per  minute. 

As  we  are  recording  this  case,  the  patient  again  calls  at  our  office.  It  is  now  five 
months  since  the  treatment  was  discontinued,  and  the  pulse  is  found  to  be  72,  the 
same  as  recorded  at  that  time.  The  neck  measures  fourteen  and  a  half  inches,  show- 
ing a  slight  increase  during  the  interval,  although  smaller  by  one-half  of  an  inch  than 
it  was  previous  to  submitting  to  treatment. 

An  interesting,  though  not  remarkable  fact,  connected  with  the  case,  is  its  relation 
to  the  menstrual  function.  At  the  age  of  twenty,  when  menstruation  became  irregu- 
lar and  scanty,  the  disease  began  to  manifest  itself.  Two  years  subsequently  the 
diminution  in  the  goitre  and  decrease  in  the  frequency  of  the  pulse  were  simultaneous 
with  a  more  regular  and  altogether  better  performance  of  menstruation.  After  the 
cessation  of  the  treatment  she  remained  better  until  a  short  time  before  this  last  visit 
to  which  we  have  just  alluded,  when  there  was  a  retention  of  the  menses,  followed  by 
some  increase  in  the  size  of  the  thyroid,  and  an  accelerated  action  of  the  heart. 
Through  the  administration  of  medicine,  menstruation  was  established  in  about  a 
week,  resulting  in  a  modification  of  the  symptoms  that  had  been  excited. 

Exophthalmic  goitre. — Pidse  exceedingly  rapid. — Eyes  slightly  prottiberaiit. —  Very 
little,  if  any .^  benefit  folloivs  treatme7it. 

Case  CLXXIX. — Mrs.  C was  seen  with  Dr.  Frank  Wilmuth,   of  Orange, 

N.  J.,  Nov.  17,  1879.  The  enlargement  of  the  thyroid  was  considerable,  but  the 
eyes  were  not  at  all  affected.  The  pulse  was  rapid,  beating  ordinarily  at  125  per 
minute,  but  reaching  160  when  under  excitement. 

When  asleep,  it  was  but  95.  The  patient  was  the  mother  of  two  children,  and 
although  her  last  labor,  four  years  since,  was  somewhat  severe,  it  could  hardly  have 
entered  as  a  factor  in  the  causation  of  the  disease,  since  the  first  evidences  of  cardiac 
disturbance  appeared  three  years  subsequently.  The  symptoms  were  coincident  with 
exhaustion,  following  hard  work  at  house  cleaning.  The  patient  submitted  to  con- 
siderable treatment,  but  her  residence  was  at  such  a  distance  that  the  visits  were 
necessarily  rather  infrequent.  It  is  by  no  means  clear  to  our  mind,  that  the  neces- 
sity of  riding  so  far,  both  before  and  after  each  visit,  did  not  interfere  somewhat  with 
the  efficacy  of  the  treatment.  At  all  events,  no  impression  was  made  upon  the  dis- 
ease, other  than  some  slight  diminution  in  the  rapidity  of  the  pulse. 

Exophthalmic  goitre  in  a  lady  aged  thirty-four. — Interesting  modification  of  the 
pulse-beats  by  galvanizatioit. 

Case  CLXXX. — Miss ,  aged  34,   came  to  us  from  Dr.    James  Collard,   of 

Westfield,  Mass.,  with  a  goitre  of  considerable  size,  but  with  very  slight  protuber- 
ance of  the  eyes.     Pulse,  112.     Menstruation  was  normal,  but  the  patient  was  ex- 
tremely nervous  and  depressed.     Her  mother  has  an  enormous  goitre,  which  has  been 
40 


626  EXOPHTHALMIC    GOITRE. 

developing  for  thirty  years.  Both  brother  and  sister  died  of  hasty  consumption,  and 
five  years  ago  the  patient  herself  had  a  slight  hemorrhage.  The  pulse  was  found  to 
intermit  some  eight  times  a  minute. 

We  sav/  the  patient  but  three  weeks  when  she  was  compelled  to  leave  the  city, 
although  it  is  proposed  to  continue  the  treatment  elsewhere. 

Under  the  short  treatment  that  she  received,  the  pulse  lost  its  intermittent  charac- 
ter and  became  entirely  regular.  At  the  same  time  the  patient  was  rendered  much 
less  nervous. 

Aside  from  this  but  little  was  accomplished.  The  case  is,  however,  especially 
worthy  of  record,  because  of  the  very  interesting  temporary  results  that  followed 
various  applications. 

On  counting  the  pulse  during  the  first  galvanic  application,  no  intermission  was 
detected.  A  few  moments  after  the  removal  of  the  electrodes,  it  intermitted  as  usual, 
eight  beats  to  the  minute.  The  same  results  followed  a  second  application,  with  the 
exception  that  after  the  removal  of  the  electrodes  the  pulse  began  to  intermit  but 
three  or  four  times  a  minute,  and  after  the  fourth  application  it  became  permanently 
rhythmical.  At  one  time  during  the  treatment  the  pulse  fell  to  67  and  so  remained 
for  some  time. 

Exophthalmic  goitre  of  five  years'  duration — Recovery  under  currents  of  galva- 
nism, alternately  increased  and  dii?zinisked. 

Case  CLXXXI. — Miss  C.  H ,  aged  29,  came  to  us  September,  1879,  with  an 

especially  interesting  and  instructive  history,  since  it  illustrates  how  varying  may  be 
the  manifestations  of  a  nervous  diathesis. 

During  childhood  she  had  suffered  long  and  severely  from  St.  Vitus'  dance,  which 
did  not  entirely  disappear  till  menstruation  was  established  at  the  age  of  fourteen. 
From  the  first  this  function  was  performed  irregularly  and  painfully  until  the  age  of 
eighteen,  when  it  suddenly  ceased,  and  for  several  years  she  was  afflicted  with  peri- 
odical hysterical  seizures,  together  with  a  more  or  less  constant  jerking  of  the  head, 
with  a  hesitancy  of  utterance  and  an  occasional  partial  loss  of  consciousness  that 
simulated  attacks  of  hystero-epilepsy.  At  the  age  of  twenty-one  menstruation  again 
appeared,  but  irregularly,  and  at  the  same  time  her  general  health  somewhat  im- 
proved. In  time  her  courses  came  on  more  regularly  and  less  painfully,  but  at  the 
age  of  twenty-four,  after  an  attack  of  malarial  fever,  menstruation  failed  to  reappear. 

It  was  at  this  time  that  she  began  to  be  annoyed  by  an  excessive  palpitation  of  the 
heart  following  exertion,  and  very  soon  her  attention  was  called  to  a  decided  enlarge- 
ment of  the  thyroid.  This  enlargement  gradually  increased,  and  when  we  saw  her, 
about  a  year  subsequently,  it  was  very  large,  soft,  and  pulsating.  The  measurement 
around  the  neck  over  the  tumor  was  sixteen  and  one-quarter  inches. 

The  pulse  beat  at  the  rate  of  no  per  minute — while  the  exophthalmus  was  very 
great. 

After  the  patient  had  been  subjected  for  a  short  time  to  the  usual  external  treat- 
ment by  the  galvanic  current,  but  without  any  special  reference  in  its  direction  to  the 
menstrual  function,  the  courses  appeared  slightly  for  a  day  and  then  ceased.  On  ex- 
amining the  pulse,  however,  it  was  found  that  it  had  decreased  in  frequency  to  some- 
what less  than  100. 

The  same  method  was  repeated  for  some  three  weeks  longer,  when  we  had  the 


EXOPHTHALMIC    GOITRE.  62^ 

pleasure  of  showing  the  case  to  Dr.  P.  B.  Porter.  At  this  time  the  pulse  was 
about  90,  and  the  tumor  had  decreased  but  about  an  inch.  The  e.\ophthalmus  had 
been  only  slightly  influenced. 

Deciding  to  change  the  method  of  treatment,  we  placed  one  electrode  (the  anode) 
directly  behind  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw,  pressing  back  the  sterno-cleido  muscles, 
and  the  other  on  the  back  of  the  neck,  a  little  to  one  side  of  the  sixth  cervical  verte- 
bra. Instead,  now,  of  treating  by  means  of  an  even  continuous  current,  we  brought 
into  the  circuit  a  simple  water  rheostat,  and  by  this  means,  somewhat  rapidly  but 
without  shock,  increased  and  decreased  the  strength  of  the  current  through  a  seance 
of  not  more  than  two  or  three  minutes'  duration.  The  results  of  this  method  of 
treatment  were  soon  manifested  in  a  further  reduction  of  the  pulse,  and  a  gradual 
diminution  in  the  severity  of  the  other  symptoms,  until  after  some  twenty-five  of 
these  applications,  recovery  seemed  complete.  The  pulse  was  75  ;  the  eyes  resumed 
their  natural  position  and  appearance,  while  the  neck — although  somewhat  fuller  than 
normal — measured  but  thirteen  and  three  quarter  inches,  a  decrease  of  two  and  a 
half  inches. 

While  it  is  quite  evident  that  in  this  disease  the  sympathetic  is  at 
fault,  it  is  open  to  question  whether  the  dilatation  of  vessels,  which  are 
such  important  factors  in  causing  the  thyroid  enlargement  and  exoph- 
thalmus,  is  of  a  passive  nature,  due  to  paralysis  of  the  sympathetic,  or 
of  an  active  nature,  due,  on  the  contrary,  to  an  irritation  of  the  dilator 
fibres  which  run  in  the  sympathetic*  Accepting  either  theory,  we 
find  ample  ground  upon  which  to  base  indications  for  the  use  of  the 
galvanic  current.  In  case  we  accept  the  irritant  theory,  the  very 
powerful  sedative  effects  which  may  be  obtained  from  the  remedy  is  a 
sufficient  explanation  of  the  rationale  of  its  use  ;  while  the  fact  that  both 
physiological  investigation  and  clinical  experience  has  shown  that  elec- 
tricity is  the  remedy /(2r  excellence  for  most  forms  of  paralysis,  quite 
clearly  points  to  its  use  in  cases  where  there  is  actual  paresis  of  the  nerve 
itself.  In  addition  to  the  hyperaemia  of  vessels  as  a  cause  of  exoph- 
thalmus,  there  may  be  also  accumulations  of  fat  in  the  cellular  tissues 
of  the  orbit,  which  is  probably  the  main  cause  in  certain  cases  why  the 
protrusion  of  the  eyes  still  remain  prominent  after  a  decided  ameliora- 
tion of  every  other  symptom. 

*  The  suggestion  that  the  artei  ial  dilatation  is  due  to  irritation  of  the  dilator 
fibres  is  offered  by  Benedict,  based  upon  the  experiments  of  Bernard,  Schiff,  Ludwig, 
and  Loven. 


CHAPTER   XXXVII. 

SEQUELS    OF  ACUTE    DISEASES    (DIPHTHERIA CEREBRO-SPINAL    MENIN- 
GITIS  TYPHO-MALARIAL  FEVER). 

The  sequelcC  of  several  acute  inflammatory  diseases,  and  especially 
of  diphtheria  and  cerebro-spinal  meningitis,  are  of  well  known  severity 
and  persistency.  It  is  generally  understood  also  that  electricity  in  some 
form  may  perhaps  be  indicted  in  such  conditions,  particularly  in 
diphtheria,  and  its  use,  which  is  occasionally  attempted,  has  been  fol- 
lowed by  more  or  less  benefit.  We  are  quite  sure,  however,  that  the 
profession  at  large,  in  city  as  well  as  country,  has  a  very  inadequate 
idea  of  the  vast  benefit  accruing  from  the  use  of  this  remedy  in  these 
cases.  Frequent  inquiries  in  regard  to  experience  in  this  direction, 
and  the  lack  of  published  cHnical  reports,  would  seem  to  justify  this 
opinion,  and  suggest  the  propriety  of  detailing  a  few  of  the  more  unique 
and  interesting  histories  that  we  have  collected. 

Diphtheria. — Our  first  experience  in  the  treatment  of  the  sequelae 
of  diphtheria  by  electricity  dates  back  some  ten  years,  when  we  were 
called  by  Dr.  James  Anderson  to  see  an  obstinate  case  of  paralysis  of 
the  vocal  chords  and  the  laryngeal  muscles. 

The  symptoms  yielded  readily  to  treatment,  and  to  the  present  time 
we  have  treated  twenty-four  cases  of  diphtheritic  paralysis,  and  with 
the  exception  of  two,  which  discontinued  treatment  almost  as  soon  as 
begun,  the  results  in  each  were  too  striking  to  permit  of  any  doubt  as 
to  the  efficacy  of  the  remedy. 

Of  the  twenty-two  remaining  cases,  many  of  which  were  of  great 
persistency  and  severity,  nine  were  sent  to  us  at  different  times  through 
the  kindness  of  Drs.  Markoe,  McLean,  Farrington,  and  the  late  Drs. 
Peaslee  and  Gregory. 

Of  the  remaining  thirteen,  a  few  had  been  treated  electrically,  but, 
as  a  rule,  with  little  regularity  or  intelligence,  while  several  others  first 
had  their  attention  called  to  electricity  as  a  remedy  for  their  condition 
by  laymen,  and  so  fell  into  our  hands.  One  of  the  most  interesting 
and  instructive  cases  that  we  have  seen  occurred  in  the  person  of  a 
practicing  physician  of  this  city,  who  had  also  been  under  the  obser- 
vation of  Professor  Loomis,  Dr.  A.  N.  Brock  way,  and  several  others,. 


CASE   OF   DIPHTHERITIC   PARALYSIS.  629 

The  doctor  has  kindly  written  out  the  details  of  his  own  case,  substan- 
tially as  here  given. 

Cardiac  difficulty^  with  partial  paralysis  of  three  months''  standing,  following  diph- 
theria. — Rapid  recovery  tinder  general  faradisation. 

Case  CLXXXII.  — Three  weeks  after  the  disappearance  of  the  diphtheritic  patches, 
paralysis  of  the  pharyngeal  and  laryngeal  muscles  began  to  show  itself,  accompanied 
by  absolute  loss  of  sensibility  of  the  velum  pendulum  palati.  In  consequence,  the 
effort  of  swallowing  was  exceedingly  difficult,  and  regurgitation  through  the  nares 
was  unavoidable  in  the  act  of  drinking.  The  voice  was  altered,  becoming  weak  and 
coarser  in  tone.     Musical  notes  were  impossible. 

At  the  same  time,  and,  indeed,  from  the  tenth  day  of  the  acute  attack,  cardiac 
difficulty,  was  indicated  by  a  very  feeble,  soft,  slow  pulse,  averaging  sixty  per  minute. 

On  one  occasion,  three  weeks  after  the  soreness  of  the  throat  had  entirely  disap- 
peared, and  immediately  following  special  exertion,  the  pulse  quickly  rose  to  160, 
and  as  suddenly  fell  to  32  per  minute,  resulting  in  an  attack  of  angina  pectoris  which 
persisted  for  nearly  three  hours.  This  sudden  fluctuation  of  the  pulse  was  most 
alarming,  and  caused  apprehension  of  immediate  dissolution.  For  over  an  hour  the 
pulse  remained  at  32,  when  it  gradually  increased  until  it  i-eached  58,  whei^e  it  re- 
mained. 

Four  weeks  after  convalescence  from  the  patches,  ciliary  paralysis  appeared,  so  that 
painful  fatigue  was  experienced  in  reading,  etc.  Vision  corrected  by  +38  glasses 
spherical ;  at  the  same  time  the  fingers  became  anaesthetic,  with  tingling,  and  inabil- 
ity to  pick  up  small  objects,  or  to  button  clothing,  etc. 

The  partial  paralysis  extended  to  the  arms,  and  finally  the  legs  were  similarly  af- 
fected, becoming  heavy,  cold,  and  painful  to  the  touch.  Marked  inaction  of  the 
bowels  continued  throughout  the  case ;  micturition  was  not  interfered  with,  but 
there  was  great  numbness  and  increased  sensibility  of  the  external  organs.  For  three 
months  these  symptoms  persisted  without  abatement,  and  were  invariably  increased 
by  the  slightest  exercise. 

The  first  two  or  three  weeks  of  general  faradization  failed  to  produce  any  marked 
change,  simply  giving  for  a  few  hours  a  very  agreeable  sense  of  rest. 

This  was  attributed  entirely  to  the  fact  that  the  patient  exerted  himself  too  m.uch 
to  receive  the  treatment,  as  he  was  compelled  to  ride  several  miles  to  our  office! 

As  soon  as  the  apparatus  was  transferred  to  his  own  house  and  the  treatment  ad- 
ministered there,  improvement  began  immediately,  and  progressed  with  great  rapid- 
ity, so  that  by  the  sixteenth  week  of  the  sequelse  of  the  disease,  all  paralysis, 
except,  perhaps,  the  cardiac,  had  disappeared.  Vision  became  entirely  normal 
before  the  anesthesia  and  paralysis  of  the  limbs  had  disappeared.  Disagreeable 
twitchings  of  the  muscles  of  the  thorax  and  abdomen  presisted  for  several  months, 
and  slight  cardiac  feebleness  remained  for  some  fifteen  months.  The  prospect  that 
the  patient  could  again  engage  in  labor  within  any  reasonable  period  had  been  con- 
sidered exceedingly  unfavorable.  A  very  few  weeks  of  treatment  by  general  faradi- 
zation, rendered  him  easily  equal  to  the  details  of  an  active  practice. 

Dr.  Dahlerup  describes  a  case  of  cardiac  paralysis  occurring  in  a  lad 
who  was  recovering  from  a  diphtheritic  attack. 


630  SEQUELAE   OF   ACUTE   DISEASES. 

The  action  of  the  heart  became  very  rapid,  but  irregular  and  weak. 
Dyspncea  was  present,  together  with  cyanosis  and  orthopnoea,  but  the 
area  of  cardiac  duhiess  was  not  increased.*  Some  improvement  fol- 
lowed the  administration  of  stimulants  combined  with  digitalis,  but  at 
the  end  of  a  week  the  patient  collapsed  and  died.  Although  the  case 
was  said  to  be  one  of  progressive  diphtheritic  paralysis  of  the  heart,  it 
is  not  difficult  to  believe  that  the  prompt  and  proper  use  of  electricity 
might  possibly  have  saved  life. 

Cerebro- Spinal  Meningitis. — The  symptoms  that  follow  an  attack  of 
cerebro-spinal  meningitis,  differ  very  widely  both  in  character  and 
gravity.  We  may  have  first,  incurable  organic  changes  resulting  on  the 
one  hand  in  total  blindness  and  entire  loss  of  hearing,  and  on  the  other, 
m  a  condition  well  illustrated  by  the  following  case  which  we  saw  for 
Dr.  Roosa  some  years  since. 

Probable  organic  changes  following  cerebro-spinal  meningitis. — No  benefit. 

Case  CLXXXIII. — In  1865  the  patient  was  attacked  by  acute  cerebro-spinal 
meningitis.  After  convalescence  he  gradually  regained  a  fair  degree  of  physical 
vigor,  but  was  left  with  a  permanent  impairment  of  certain  phases  of  innervation. 
In  conversation  and  in  action  he  was  perfectly  rational,  and  his  sleep  was  undis- 
turbed, but  during  his  waking  hours  there  was  ever  present  a  sense  of  vacancy ;  "  vast 
and  formless"  ideas  troubled  him  ;  there  was  to  him  an  unreality  in  all  his  surround- 
ings. He  described  a  vibrating  shock  which  would  at  intervals  seem  to  pass  through 
him,  leaving  an  impression  that  seemed  like  "  eternity.^'' 

Tlie  left  pupil  was  dilated  and  insusceptible  to  light  or  other  irritation.  This 
patient  received  benefit  from  no  form  of  treatment.  Time  has  failed  to  do  anything 
for  him ;  to-day  he  is  much  the  same  as  he  was  fifteen  years  ago. 

The  pathological  changes  in  cases  such  as  the  above  cannot  of 
course  be  positively  stated,  but  it  is  probable  that  they  are  analogous 
to  what  have  been  observed  in  certain  cases  of  chronic  basilar  menm- 
gitis,*viz.,  cicatricial  changes,  together  with  induration  of  the  connective 
tissue. 

Another  train  of  symptoms  following  cerebro-spinal  meningitis,  more 
frequent  and,  fortunately,  far  more  amenable  to  treatment,  has  occa- 
sionally fallen  under  our  observation.  The  symptoms  in  all  were  quite 
uniform  in  character,  and  we  present  the  following  as  a  type  of  the 
rest. 

Aggravated  symptoms  persisting  for  iiua  and  one-half  years  after  an  attack  of 
cerebro-spinal  meningitis. — Recovery  under  central  galvanization. 
Case  CLXXXIV. — On  May  20,  1S72,  Mrs  A ,  aged  42,  was  prostrated  by 

*  British  Medical  Journal,  September  27,  1879. 


SEQUELS   OF   CEREBRO-SPINAL   MENINGITIS.  63 1 

an  attack  of  certbro-spinal  meningitis.  It  might  be  interesting  to  detail  its  acute 
course,  but  for  our  purpose  it  will  suffice  to  say  that  the  case  was  exceptional  in  its 
duration  and  severity.  For  six  months  she  was  confined  to  her  bed,  suffering  from 
almost  every  conceivable  symptom  associated  with  this  disease.  She  was  at  first 
under  homoeopathic  treatment,  but  subsequently  came  under  the  care  of  Dr.  A.  S. 
Heath,  of  this  city,  who  attended  her  up  to  the  time  our  advice  was  sought,  April 
10,  1S75.  Two  years  and  a  half  had  elapsed  since  the  more  acute  stage  of  the  dis- 
ease had  subsided,  during  which  time  she  had  submitted  to  various  forms  of  treat- 
ment that  were  apparently  wise  and  judicious,  without  the  least  improvement,  and 
until  the  ordinary  methods  seemed  exhausted.  She  was  able  to  be  about  her  house 
and  occasionally  went  out,  but  she  suffered  without  cessation  from  severe  pain, 
which,  beginning  in  the  eyes,  was  most  pronounced  over  the  back  of  the  head  and 
neck,  and  extended  to  the  lower  cervical  vertebrse.  The  painful  muscular  stiffness  of 
the  neck,  from  which  she  had  suffered  so  terribly  during  the  acute  attack  nearly  three 
years  previously,  had  never  left  her  and  was  a  constant  cause  of  distress.  No  posture 
was  endurable  except  when  the  head  was  thrown  back,  while,  during  occasional 
paroxysms  of  more  than  ordinary  severity,  these  muscular  contractions  would  become 
convulsive.  These  symptoms,  together  with  others,  and  especially  with  a  chronic 
irritation  of  the  intestinal  tract  from  the  mouth  to  the  anus,  incapacitated  the 
patient  for  all  enjoyment  and  the  ordinary  duties  of  her  station.  For  the  symptoms 
more  directly  due  to  the  meningitis,  we  submitted  the  patient  to  central  galvaniza- 
tion; as  a  general  tonic,  and  for  the  relief  of  Iier  digestive  difficulties  due  to  intes- 
tinal irritation  we  employed  general  faradization.  Up  to  June  25,  1875,  a  period 
of  ten  weeks,  fifty  applications  were  administered.  Under  this  treatment  alone  the 
patient  steadily  improved,  and  when  she  left  the  city  for  the  summer  months  she  was, 
to  a  great  extent,  relieved  of  the  most  distressing  symptoms.  Upon  her  return 
treatment  was  resumed  until  complete  recovery.  We  say  complete  recovery.  This 
statement  should  perhaps  be  modified.  At  this  date  she  feels  an  occasional  achmg, 
and  a  slight  drawing  sensation  at  the  back  of  the  head  after  much  fatigue,  but  in 
general  she  has  all  along  enjoyed  a  fair  degree  of  health. 

In  this  connection  we  may  be  permitted  to  call  attention  to  the  fact, 
that  sudden  blows  and  shocks  may  in  certain  cases  result  in  obstinate 
circulatory  derangements  of  the  cerebro-spinal  tract,  associated  with 
symptoms  analogous  to  those  following  cerebro-spinal  meningitis. 

The  above  statement  was  very  strikingly  illustrated  in  the  person  of 
a  lady  sent  to  us  a  few  years  since  by  Dr.  J.  Ellis  Blake. 

Case  CLXXXV. — Some  five  years  before  she  had  fallen  upon  the  sacrum — the 
immediate  effects  of  which  were  severe  pain,  nausea,  and  slight  motor  paralysis  of  the 
extremities.  Recovery  seemed  complete  in  a  few  weeks,  but  shortly  after,  on  taking 
a  severe  cold,  the  same  symptoms  returned,  and  then,  with  the  exception  of  some 
slight  traces,  gradually  disappeared.  Two  years  before  we  saw  her  she  fell  again, 
striking  on  the  hip  with  such  force  as  to  cause  an  aggravation  of  all  the  symptoms 
before  experienced,  together  with  a  peculiar  perversion  of  vision.  All  dark  objects 
appeared  red,  and  it  was  some  time  before  sight  became  natural  in  this  respect.  For 
a  time  she  suffered  from  excessive  hyperaesthesia,  which,  on  subsiding,  was  followed 


632  SEQUELS   OF   ACUTE   DISEASES. 

by  cephalalgia.  The  pain  was  specially  localized  over  the  mastoid  processes,  back  of 
the  head  and  neck,  with  frequent  extension  along  the  entire  length  of  the  spinal  cord. 

The  patient  carried  her  liead  at  all  times  slightly  thrown  back,  and  in  attempting 
to  throw  it  forward  complained,  as  do  patients  suffering  from  the  sequelae  of  cerebro- 
spinal meningitis. 

She  suffered  much  from  insomnia,  and  was  capable  of  but  little  exertion.  From 
June  II  to  August  i,  1877,  the  patient  was  subjected  to  central  galvanization,  re- 
ceiving in  this  time  thirty-seven  applications,  which  to  a  great  degree  dissipated  the 
more  prominent  symptoms  from  which  she  had  suffered  for  years.  In  the  spring  of 
1879  she  complained  of  marked  evidences  of  a  return  of  the  old  symptoms.  The 
same  method  of  treatment  was  employed  as  before,  resulting,  in  less  than  three 
weeks,  in  complete  relief. 

Typho-Malarial  Fever. — When  we  come  to  consider  the  sequelae  of 
either  typhoid  or  malarial  fevers,  we  shall  not,  as  a  rule,  find  the  same 
gravity  or  diversity  of  symptoms  that  often  confront  us  subsequent  to 
the  acute  stages  of  diphtheria  and  cerebro-spinal  meningitis. 

Convalescence  is,  however,  occasionally  very  tedious,  and  we  have 
recorded  not  a  {&\^  such  cases  where  the  tonic  effects  of  general  fara- 
dization, in  hastening  returning  strength,  were  most  distinctly  marked. 
The  symptoms  that  followed  the  subsidence  of  the  fever,  in  the  case 
here  given,  were  not  only  serious  and  obstinate  in  character,  but  so 
entirely  unique,  that  they  seem  to  us  to  be  well  worthy  of  record. 

Case  CLXXXVI. — Mr.  S ,  aged  23,  was  taken  ill  in  June,  1879,  by  an  acute 

attack  of  dysentery,  followed  by  typho-malarial  fever.  In  six  weeks  the  fever  passed 
away,  leaving  the  patient  quite  helpless.  With  returning  strength  he  was  able  to 
leave  his  bed  and  go  into  the  country,  in  the  hope  that,  there  the  convalescence  would 
be  more  rapid.  He  gained  very  little  in  power  over  the  movements  of  the  limbs  and 
body,  and  when  we  saw  him  the  following  September,  through  the  kindness  of  his 
physician,  Dr.  J.  O.  Farrington,  of  Harlem,  the  phenomena  present  were  both 
unique  and  grave. 

It  may,  perhaps,  convey  a  fair  idea  of  the  general  appearance,  to  say  that  the 
whole  body  was  thoroughly  stiff.  The  legs  from  the  hips  down,  could  be  moved  only 
with  difficulty.  The  arms  could  be  raised  from  the  sides  but  a  little  way.  The  head 
and  neck  were  almost  motionless  upon  the  shoulders.  The  right  shoulder  could  be 
moved  slightly  up  and  down ;  the  left  not  at  all.  Deglutition  was  so  much  impaired 
that  solid  food  could  not  be  taken  with  comfort  or  safety. 

There  was  much  wasting  of  the  muscular  tissue,  but  this  was  most  apparent  in  the 
right  thigh,  which  had  decreased  several  inches  in  circumference,  and  in  the  posterior 
portion  of  the  neck  on  either  side,  where  the  trapezius  muscles  immediately  below 
their  occipital  origin  had  atrophied  to  an  alarming  extent.  It  was  found,  on  submit- 
ting the  patient  to  an  electrical  examination,  that  the  farado-muscular  contractility 
of  every  superficial  muscle,  with  the  exception  of  the  abdominal,  was  very  greatly 
impaired.  The  right  trapezius  contracted  slightly  to  a  powerful  current,  but  the  left 
trapezius  failed  to  react  to  any  stimulus.     The  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscles,  which 


SEQUELS   OF   SUNSTROKE.  633 

are  normally  so  susceptible,  contracted  only  under  the  influence  of  a  very  powerful 
current.  There  were  no  sensory  or  other  symptoms  present  especially  suggestive  of 
serious  central  disease,  but  a  strength  of  current  ordinarily  unendurable  could  be 
applied  to  the  back  of  the  neck  without  producing  any  sensation  whatever.  Local- 
ized faradization  or  galvanization  in  a  case  such  as  this,  where  almost  every  muscle 
was  involved,  would  have  been  manifestly  impracticable. 

The  case  called  for  an  impression  more  general  and  powerful  than  can  possibly  be 
obtained  from  mere  localization  of  currents.  General  faradization  was  therefore 
attempted,  and  with  results  that  confirm  the  abundant  testimony  that  has  already  been 
given  of  its  remarkable  efficacy. 

The  affected  muscles  developed  with  astonishing  rapidity.  Deglutition  improved 
immediately,  and  soon  became  natural.  After  a  few  applications,  returning  sensi- 
bility and  contractility  to  the  influence  of  the  current  became  manifest.  Improve- 
ment rapidly  went  on  until  all  atrophy  having  disappeared,  and  the  head,  neck,  and 
limbs  becoming  quite  flexible,  the  patient  was  able  to  resume  an  active  and  laborious 
mercantile  position. 

Although  the  differential  indications  for  the  use  of  the  two  currents 
in  the  sequelje  of  the  diseases  under  consideration  have  been  made 
more  or  less  apparent  in  the  preceding  illustrative  cases,  it  may  be  well 
to  concisely  formulate  them  as  follows  : 

I  St.  For  the  relief  of  the  various  paralytic  symptoms  that  follow 
diphtheria,  whether  cardiac  or  of  the  voluntary  muscles,  the  faradic  cur- 
rent is  almost  always,  if  not  invariably  indicated. 

2d.  The  galvanic  current  here  is  not  only  less  effective  than  the 
faradic,  but  is  frequently  useless,  and  occasionally  harmful. 

3d.  While  localized  faradization  may  prove  sufficient  in  cases  where 
the  symptoms  are  mild  and  restricted  in  extent,  general  faradization 
should  be  used  where  the  paralysis  is  more  general  and  constitutional 
symptoms  are  manifest. 

4th.  In  the  treatment  of  the  sequelse  of  cerebro-spinal  meningitis 
the  galvanic  current,  and  generally  by  the  method  of  central  galvaniza- 
tion, is  indicated. 

5th.  For  these  and  analogous  symptoms  relating  to  the  central  nerv- 
ous system,  the  tnie  constant  current,  or,  in  other  words,  of  so-called 
low  tension  and  increased  quantity,  are  preferable  to  the  ordinary  con- 
tinuous current  of  higher  tension. 

SequelcB  of  Sunstroke. — During  seasons  of  protracted  and  excessive 
heat,  such  as  have  been  notably  experienced  during  the  past  few  sum- 
mers, a  very  large  number  of  persons,  especially  in  our  cities,  are  more 
or  less  injured,  either  by  the  general  depressing  influence  of  the  con- 
tinued high  temperature,  or  by  some  special  exposure,  without  being,  in 
the  ordinary  sense  of  the  word,  sunstriick.  Those  whose  nervous  system 


634  SEQUELS   OF   ACUTE   DISEASES. 

has  been  exhausted  or  disordered  by  the  excessive  use  of  stimulants 
and  narcotics,  by  debilitating  diseases,  and  especially  by  overlabor  or 
excitement  of  the  brain,  are  most  liable  to  be  thus  affected. 

Injuries  thus  produced  may  be  manifested  by  every  variety  of  ner- 
vous disorder — spinal  irritation,  insomnia,  neurasthenia,  neuralgia,  epi- 
lepsy, nervous  dyspepsia,  hysteria,  paralysis,  and,  not  unlikely,  positive 
insanity. 

The  majority  of  such  cases  never  know  the  exciting  cause  of  their 
symptoms  until,  perhaps,  it  is  indicated  to  them  by  the  physician  who 
inquires  into  them.  In  a  number  of  cases  that  have  been  under  our 
care  for  the  above  symptoms  the  solar  heat  was  a  prominent  if  not  a 
principal  cause. 

The  symptoms  may  appear  and  reappear  for  months  and  years  after 
the  original  attack.  There  is  little  doubt  that  there  are  through  society 
thousands  of  such  cases  of  various  grades,  many  of  whom  have  never 
suspected  the  nature  of  their  malady.  The  solar  origin  of  the  symp- 
toms which  we  have  mentioned  may  be  suspected  not  only  when,  as  is 
very  frequently  the  case,  they  can  be  traced  to  some  definite  exposure, 
but  also  when  they  are  observed  to  be  peculiar  to  the  summer,  remit- 
ting wholly  or  partially  in  winter,  or  to  be  especially  aggravated  by 
exposure  to  the  sun,  and  to  be  experienced  only  during  the  daytime. 

Our  best  results  with  electricity  have  been  obtained  in  these  cases 
by  a  combination  of  the  two  methods  of  electrization,  general  faradiza- 
tion and  central  galvanization,  varied  in  some  cases  by  galvanization 
of  the  pneumogastric  and  cervical  sympathetic.  Excepting  those  cases 
which,  by  some  peculiarity  of  temperament,  or  as  a  peculiar  result  of 
the  disease,  cannot  bear  electricity,  the  electrical  treatment  works  ad- 
mirably, whether  used  alone  or  in  connection  with  internal  medication. 
Arsenic  we  give  in  the  form  of  granules,  -g"^  of  a  grain  each,  before 
meals.  We  use  also  zinc  in  the  form  of  oxide  or  phosphide,  and  fat 
in  the  form  of  cod-liver  oil  emulsion. 


Partial  paralysis — Physical  and  mental  depression — The  sequelcB  of  sunstroke — 
Rapid  recovery  itnder  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization. 

Case  CLXXXVII.— Mr.  W.,  aged  55,  consulted  us  in  the  autumn  of  1872.  The 
patient  was  connected  with  one  of  the  prominent  firms  for  the  manufacturing  of  safes 
in  this  city ;  and  while  in  a  western  city,  endeavoring  to  negotiate  certain  sales,  he 
was  suddenly  overtaken  with  faintness,  profound  vertigo,  and  almost  complete  uncon- 
sciousness. This  attack  occurred  on  an  oppressive  July  day,  some  four  months  prior 
to  his  visit  to  us,  and  ever  since  he  had  been  in  an  exceedingly  nervous,  excitable  con- 
dition. Any  considerable  exercise  in  walking  was  invariably  followed  by  unusual 
fatigue,  and  he  was  not  only  incapacitated  from  engaghig  in  any  business  enterprise, 


SEQUELS   OF   SUNSTROKE.  635 

but  an  attempt  to  read  even  the  morning  paper  resulted  in  mental  disquietude  and 
real  exhaustion.  There  was  a  decided  loss  of  power  in  both  lower  extremities,  asso- 
ciated with  a  considerable  degree  of  anaesthesia.  We  submitted  him,  on  several 
different  occasions,  and  at  intervals  of  a  day,  to  general  faradization,  with  the  effect 
of  improving  greatly  his  motor  power  and  of  dissipating  all  numbness.  After  a  time 
central  galvanization  was  alternated  with  the  above  treatment,  and  in  the  course  of 
six  weeks  the  patient  had  so  far  improved  in  his  other  symptoms  as  to  be  fully  able  to 
again  engage  actively  in  business. 

In  the  following  case  the  peculiar  susceptibility  to  stimuli  caused  by 
sunstroke  was  strikingly  illustrated : 

Case  CLXXXVIII. — Mr.  W.,  a  gentleman  about  35  years  of  age,  was  referred 
to  us,  October  16,  1S72,  by  Dr.  A.  B.  Ball.  While  ascending  a  mountain  during  his 
summer  vacation,  he  was  overcome  by  the  excessive  heat.  He  was  not  unconscious, 
and  after  a  short  rest  he  resumed  his  walk.  The  thermometer  at  the  time  was  about 
90°. 

The  attack  left  him  with  a  feeling  of  sensitiveness  in  the  head,  which,  instead  of 
diminishing,  had  increased  until  the  time  that  he  called  upon  us.  During  several 
weeks,  at  intervals  of  a  few  days,  he  had  several  attacks  of  loss  of  motor  power. 

A  prominent  feature  of  his  case  was  his  exceeding  susceptibility  to  stimuli.  A  tea- 
spoonful  of  wine  or  a  whiff  of  a  cigar  caused  him  to  feel  wretchedly. 

We  found  him  on  trial  similarly  sensitive  to  electricity.  Mild  faradization  or  gal- 
vanization caused  a  heightening  of  the  evil  symptoms,  and  the  electrical  treatment 
was  abandoned.  Subsequently  the  patient  was  rapidly  benefited  by  a  sliort  trip  to 
the  seaside.  The  first  breath  of  the  ocean  air  seemed  to  act  on  him  with  the  force 
of  a  specific. 


CHAPTER  XXXVIII. 

MISCELLANEOUS    MEDICAL   DISEASES. 

Intennittent  Fever. — According  to  Tripier*the  electric  bath  and 
statical  electricity  have  been  used  in  certain  cases  of  intermittent  fever, 
both  in  England  and  Sweden,  and  occasionally  with  satisfactory  results. 
The  efficacy  of  the  preparation  of  quinine  in  malarial  disease  has, 
however,  destroyed  most  of  the  interest  that  might  otherwise  have  at- 
tached to  electricity  in  its  therapeutic  relation  to  fevers. 

In  certain  chronic  conditions  of  intermittent  fever,  where  quinine 
and  other  internal  medication  have  proved  unavailing  as  a  means  of 
permanent  relief,  we  have  seen  undoubted  benefit  arise  from  general 
faradization.  It  undoubtedly  acts  in  this  case  like  any  other  stimulat- 
ing tonic  without  any  special  influence  on  the  malarial  poison. 

Inter^nittent  fever —  Temporary  relief  fro??i  quinine — Recovery  nnder  general  fara- 
dization. 

Case  CLXXXVIIIa.— Rev.  Mr.  L.  applied  to  us  for  treatment  in  October,  1867. 
His  general  appearance  presented  all  the  marked  characteristics  of  malarial  influence, 
while  he  complained  of  obstinate  constipation,  loss  of  appetite,  and  a  considerable 
degree  of  insomnia.  One  year  previously  he  was  prostrated  by  an  attack  of  chills 
and  fever,  but  soon  recovered  his  usual  health  under  the  influence  of  quinine.  In  the 
following  July  he  suffered  another  and  more  severe  attack  of  the  tertian,  which  soon 
changed  into  the  quotidian  type  of  the  disease.  During  the  first  ten  days  of  his  ill- 
ness he  took  100  grs.  of  quinine,  but  with  little  apparent  benefit.  Still  further  treat- 
ment by  quinine  interrupted  the  severity  and  regularity  of  the  paroxysms,  but  by  no 
means  effected  a  cure.  For  some  time  before  he  fell  under  our  observation  (Oct.  14, 
1867),  he  suffered  every  few  days  from  what  is  commonly  termed  "  dumb  ague."  We 
immediately  resorted  to  the  most  thorough  form  of  treatment  by  general  electrization 
with  the  faradic  current.  He  was  remarkably  susceptible  to  its  influence,  and  over 
tlie  region  of  the  stomach  and  liver  especially  only  a  very  slight  current  could  be 
borne. 

This  treatment  was  repeated  every  other  day  for  two  weeks.  His  bowels  soon 
became  regular,  his  appetite  improved,  and  after  the  third  application  the  attack 
ceased  altogether.  For  several  months,  at  least,  after  the  cessation  of  treatment  he 
continued  free  from  any  indications  of  returning  symptoms.  Subsequently  he  passed 
from  under  our  observation. 

*  Manuel  d'Electrotherapie,  etc.,  1861,  p.  581. 


MICELLANEOUS   MEDICAL   DISEASES.  637 

A  second  and  third  case,  in  which  the  symptoms  were  less  severe, 
but  fully  as  persistent,  yielded  promptly  and  completely  to  the  same 
method  of  treatment. 

Intermittent  fever  associated  with  anesthesia,  insomnia,  and  great  debility — Ap- 
proximate recovery  in  two  weeks  by  general  faradization. 

Case  CLXXXVIII3. — Miss  C.  S.,  aged  23,  was  placed  under  our  care  by  Dr. 
Geo.  Steinert,  of  Harlem. 

The  patient  had  all  her  life  been  somewhat  feeble  in  health,  but  at  this  time,  and 
for  a  month  previously,  she  had  suffered  from  a  very  decided  impairment  in  her  gen- 
eral condition. 

Every  afternoon  at  4  o'clock  she  experienced  a  very  decided  sense  of  chilliness,  fol- 
lowed by  a  fever  which  lasted  until  5  o'clock  the  following  morning.  The  hands 
were  at  all  hours  exceedingly  tremulous,  and  at  night  especially  her  fingers  became 
quite  anaesthetic.  Her  strength  was  so  far  exhausted  that  she  could  walk  but  a  few 
blocks  without  great  fatigue.  Notwithstanding  these  unfavorable  symptoms  her 
bowels  continued  regular  and  her  appetite  good. 

She  suffered  much,  however,  from  insomnia,  and  was  rarely  able  to  sleep  before  2 
A.M. 

A  single  general  application  of  the  faradic  current  resulted  in  marked  relief  of  the 
condition  of  trembling  and  numbness.  Her  sleep  rapidly  improved  ;  the  periodical 
chill  and  fever  became  less  and  less  marked,  and  soon  disappeared ;  her  strength  de- 
cidedly increased,  and  seven  applications  given  during  two  weeks  resulted  in  an  ap- 
proximate recovery. 

Disease  of  the  Supra-renal  Capsules  (Addison's  Disease).— Owx 
knowledge  of  the  pathology  of  Addison's  Disease  is  very  incomplete. 
In  a  large  proportion  of  cases  the  bronzing  of  the  skin  and  the  pecu- 
liar cachectic  condition  of  the  affection  are  preceded  by  organic  lesion 
of  the  supra-renal  capsules. 

Cases  are  not  wanting,  however,  in  which  post-mortem  examinations 
have  revealed  no  anatomical  lesion  of  the  capsules,  notwithstanding 
the  previous  existence  of  the  most  marked  and  severe  characteristics 
of  Addison's  disease. 

Dr.  Wilkes  states,  "  That  after  some  years'  attention  to  the  subject, 
I  repeat,  with  much  confidence,  that  the  disease  of  the  capsules  in 
Morbus  Addisonii  is  uniform  and  peculiar.  In  all  the  examples  which 
we  have  now  in  our  museum,  amounting  to  thirty-three,  the  disease  is 
of  the  same  nature  in  all."  f 

Of  one  hundred  and  ninety- six  cases  reported  by  Dr.  Greenhow,  the 

*  Guy's  Hospital  Reports.  Vol.  xi.,  1865.  Quoted  from  Aitken's  Practice  of 
Medicine.     Vol.  ii.,  p.  113. 


638  MISCELLANEOUS   MEDICAL   DISEASES. 

suprarenal  capsules  were  found  to  have  undergone  the  characteristic 
morbid  change  in  one  hundred  and  twenty-seven.* 

In  consideration,  therefore,  of  these  facts,  it  is  extremely  probable 
that  certain  organic  changes  in  the  capsule  of  the  kidney,  and  the  pecu- 
liar symptoms  of  the  disease  under  consideration,  are  directly  related  to 
each  other  as  cause  and  effect.  If  the  affection  be  recognized  before 
the  bronzing  of  the  skin  has  taken  place,  it  may  possibly  be  arrested. 

Unfortunately,  however,  it  is,  as  a  rule,  impossible  to  diagnose  the 
disease  before  the  discoloration  of  the  skin  commences,  when  it  is 
generally  acknowledged  to  be  incurable. 

In  regard  to  this  bronzed  discoloration  of  the  skin,  microscopical 
examinations  by  Dalton  and  others,  have  demonstrated  that  it  is  due 
to  pigmentary  granules  in  the  rete  mucosum,  similar  to  those  in  the 
skin  of  the  negro. 

We  give  the  following  details  of  the  remarkable  effects  of  electricity 
in  a  case  of  Addison's  disease  exactly  as  they  appeared  in  the  first 
edition  of  this  work.  After  the  patient  had  approximately  recovered 
his  strength,  he  was  presented  before  the  New  York  Medical  and 
Library  Association,  by  Dr.  Rockwell,  as  an  illustration,  not  as  a  cure^ 
of  a  case  of  disease  of  the  supra-renal  capsules,  but  as  one  of  the  very 
best  illustrations  of  the  extraordinary  tonic  powers  of  general  faradization. 

Most  of  those  present  acknowledged  the  amelioration  of  the  man's 
symptoms  to  be  the  result  of  the  treatment,  but  doubted  whether  there 
was  or  had  been  disease  of  the  capsules.  For  two  years  afterwards  the 
patient  lived  and  enjoyed  during  the  time  all  the  vigor  that  had  resulted 
from  the  use  of  electricity.  Suddenly,  and  without  apparent  cause,  his 
strength  failed  him,  and  within  twenty-four  hours  he  died.  A  post- 
mortem was  obtained  which  substantiated  the  original  diagnosis.  The 
capsule  of  one  kidney  had  entirely  disappeared,  leaving  in  its  stead 
some  calcareous  remains.  The  other  capsule  was  situated  on  the  in- 
ternal border  of  the  kidney  a  little  below  its  normal  seat,  and  was  com- 
posed of  a  cheesy-like  substance — characteristic  of  the  disease. 

The  specimen  was  presented  by  Dr.  Rockwell  before  the  members 
of  the  New  York  Pathological  Society. 

Disease  of  the  supra-7-enal  capsules — Dark  skin — Deficient  secretions — Paralysis  of 

the  left  arm — Loss  of  sexttal  power —  Very  great  improvement  under  general  far' 

adization — Slight  further  improvement  under  galvanization  of  the  sy!?tpathetic. 

Case  CLXXXIX. — The  patient,  a  man  aged  45,  was  referred  to  us  by  Dr.  H. 

H.  Gregory,  of  Harlem,  and  the  diagnosis  of  disease  of  the  supra-renal  capsules  was 

confirmed  by  Prof.  Austin  Flint. 

*  Clymer  in  Aitken's  Practice  of  Medicine.     Vol.  ii.,  p.  no. 


REMARKABLE   CASE   OF   ADDISON'S   DISEASE.  639 

Until  November,  1867,  the  patient  enjoyed  perfect  health. 

About  this  time  he  began  to  observe  slight  symptoms  of  exhaustion.  Soon  his 
appetite  failed  him.  He  became  anaemic,  and  sufTered  from  excessive  fatigue  after  the 
slightest  exertion. 

He  was  confined  to  his  bed  during  the  month  of  January,  when  lie  first  observed 
some  slight  discoloration  of  his  face  and  hands. 

During  the  succeeding  months,  until  August,  1868,  his  general  health  seemed  tc 
improve  somewhat,  so  that  he  was  enabled  to  engage  in  moderate  labor.  At  this 
time  he  suddenly  relapsed  into  a  state  of  utter  exhaustion.  His  skin  became  several 
shades  darker,  and  his  general  appearance  was  that  of  an  ordinary  mulatto. 

His  bowels  became  distressingly  constipated.  Sleep  was  fitful  and  unrefreshing 
His  mouth  and  throat  were  excessively  dry  and  parched ;  indeed,  the  function  of  the 
secretory  organs  generally  was  markedly  impaired. 

The  skin  was  shrivelled  and  dry.  The  finger-nails  were  brittle,  breaking  on  the  ap- 
plication of  a  very  slight  force.  The  left  arm  was  stiff  and  almost  powerless.  It 
could  not  be  bent  beyond  a  right  angle,  nor  lifted  more  than  a  few  inches  from  the 
side.     Lastly,  the  sexual  power  and  desire  were  entirely  lost. 

All  of  these  symptoms  persisted,  with  but  slight  variation,  notwithstanding  an  un- 
interrupted tonic  treatment,  until  June,  1869,  when  the  case  fell  under  our  observa- 
tion. As  the  most  prominent  and  distressing  symptom  of  which  the  patient  com- 
plained was  the  excessive  debility  that  unfitted  him  for  the  slightest  exertion,  the 
results  of  treatment  by  general  electrization  illustrate  more  forcibly  than  in  most  other 
instances  its  remarkable  constitutional  tonic  power.  A  general  application  of  the 
faradic  current  revealed  not  only  a  profound  anaesthetic  condition  of  the  whole  body, 
but  also  an  unusual  general  impairment  of  the  electro-muscular  contractility.  By 
placing  the  negative  electrode  at  the  pit  of  the  stomach,  and  the  positive  on  the 
neck,  a  little  above  the  seventh  cervical  vertebra,  distressing  nausea  was  invariably 
produced. 

The  patient  began  to  amend  from  the  first  day  of  treatment,  and,  after  having  re- 
ceived thirty  general  applications  of  the  faradic  current,  his  condition  at  that  date 
may  be  thus  summed  up : 

I  St.   He  had  long  been  completely  cured  of  his  constipation. 

2d.    Sleep  was  perfectly  sound  and  refreshing. 

3d.  The  dry  and  parched  condition  of  his  mouth  and  throat  was  entirely  relieved, 
and  all  the  secretions  of  the  body  had  increased  in  quantity  and  quality. 

4th.   His  finger-nails  were  restored  to  their  usual  elasticity. 

5th.  He  had  approximately  recovered  the  use  of  his  arm.  This  improvement  was 
manifest  after  the  third  application. 

6th.  The  sexual  organs  had  been  very  decidedly  strengthened. 

7th.  Above  all,  his  strength  and  power  of  endurance  had  progressed  with  the 
above  changes.  At  first  he  was  barely  able  to  crawl  a  single  block  ;  he  could  after- 
wards walk  a  couple  of  miles  without  suffering  unpleasant  fatigue,  and  could  readily 
tngage  in  any  light  labor. 

8th.  In  regard  to  the  bronzing  of  the  skin,  the  change  was  not,  as  yet,  very  marked. 
The  discoloration  seemed  to  be  a  shade  lighter,  and  had  sensibly  receded  on  the 
tides  of  the  fingers  and  hands. 

We  have  referred  to  the  nausea  excited  by  the  electric  current.     Ir 


640  MISCELLANEOUS   MEDICAL   DISEASES. 

view  of  certain  theories  that  have  been  advanced  concerning  Addison's 
disease,  this  fact  is  of  considerable  interest. 

The  semi-lunar  ganglion  and  solar  plexus,  and  also  the  pneumo- 
gastric  and  phrenic  nerves,  supply  nervous  filaments  to  the  capsules. 

In  consideration  of  this  fact,  Dr.  Habershon  and  others  are  of  the 
"  opinion  that  the  more  fully  the  disease  is  known  the  more  completely 
will  it  be  traced  to  the  sympathetic  nerve,"  The  unusual  action  of  even 
a  mild  current  on  that  nerve,  in  producing  nausea,  tends  to  strengthen 
this  conclusion. 

This  annoying  symptom  rapidly  became  less  marked  as  the  patient 
gained  strength  under  the  influence  of  electrization,  and  a  most  power- 
ful current  could  soon  be  applied  without  causing  inconvenience. 

The  patient  was  subsequently  treated  by  galvanization  of  the  sympa- 
thetic, with  some  further,  though  not  marked,  improvement. 

Very  little  scientific  attention  has  been  given  to  the  electro-thera 
peutics  of  diseases  of  the  kidneys,  although  the  organs  are  sufficiently 
accessible  to  electrization.  Most  of  the  recognized  chronic  diseases  of 
the  kidneys  are  of  so  grave  a  character  that  they  have  offered  but  little 
encouragement  for  electrical  experimentation. 

It  is  impossible  to  pass  an  electric  current  through  the  body  in  the 
region  of  the  kidneys  without  directly  aff"ecting  these  organs,  as  is  clear 
from  what  is  known  of  the  conductibility  of  the  tissues,  and  also  from 
clinical  observation.  In  many  instances  patients  have  called  our  atten- 
tion to  the  fact  that  after  general  faradization  the  secretion  of  urine  was 
much  increased, 

CoTnplete  suppression  0/  urine  for  six  days,  foUowing  an  attack  of  gravel — Three 
applications  of  general  faradization  is  followed  by  a  copious  flow,  amouitting 
in  eighteen  hours  to  over  twelve  quarts. 

Case  CXC. — Mr.  S.,  aged  about  50,  and  weighing  some  280  lbs.,  had  for  several 
years  suffered  more  or  less  from  gravel.  In  these  paroxysmal  attacks  the  urine  would 
often  become  completely  suppressed,  but  by  a  warm  bath  and  warm  drink  the  func- 
tional activity  of  the  kidney  invariably  returned  in  a  short  time.  On  one  occasion,  how- 
ever, after  an  attack  of  unusual  severity,  these  ordinary  remedies  completely  failed  to 
re-establish  the  excretion  of  urine.  Dr.  H.  H.  Gregory  was  immediately  called,  and,  in 
conjunction  with  Dr.  W.  H.  Draper,  vainly  endeavored  by  every  means  at  command 
to  relieve  the  suffering  patient.  At  the  end  of  the  sixth  day  but  about  thirty  drops  of 
a  thick  and  bloody  fluid  had  been  passed,  and  Dr.  Gregory  requested  us  to  use  elec- 
tricity. The  patient  was  at  this  time  completely  prostrated  and  very  drowsy,  but  no 
odor  of  urea  conld  be  detected  in  the  breath.  We  decided  to  submit  the  patient  to 
general  faradization,  and  on  Saturday  evening,  the  sixth  day  of  the  suppression,  made 
a  preliminary  attempt.  There  was  so  much  adipose  tissue  to  overcome,  and  the  skin 
of  the  patient  was  so  ej^ceedingly  sensitive,  that  it  was  very  difficult   to  carry  out  the 


SUPPRESSION    OF   URINE — DIABETES.  641 

proposed  treatment  effectually.  On  Sunday  morning  a  second  application,  with  an  in- 
creased strength  of  current,  was  given,  and  again  on  Sunday  evening  at  10  o'clock  the 
treatment  was  essayed  a  third  time.  Two  hours  subsequently  the  patient  felt  a  de- 
sire to  urinate  and  succeeded  in  passing  an  ounce.  In  a  few  minutes  the  desire  to 
urinate  returned,  when  almost  without  cessation  he  passed  an  ordinary  sized  chamber 
full,  and  up  to  six  o'clock  the  same  day  twelve  quarts  were  voided.  From  this  time 
forth  the  kidneys  continued  active,  and  the  patient  recovered. 

An  instructive  feature  in  this  unique  and  interesting  case  lies  in  the 
fact  that,  notwithstanding  a  complete  suppression  for  168  hours,  the 
symptoms  of  uraemia  poison  were  by  no  means  so  decided  as  might  be 
expected.  This  amelioration  can  without  doubt  be  fairly  attributed  to  the 
skilful  management  of  the  attending  physician,  especially  in  the  matter 
of  hot-air  baths,  by  which  the  excretory  function  of  the  skin  was  kept  in 
a  constant  state  of  activity. 

In  relation  to  the  credit  due  to  electricity  for  the  successful  issue  of 
this  desperate  case,  whether  the  symptoms  were  self-limited,  or  whether 
the  treatmeut  by  the  hot-air  baths  and  internal  medication  would  alone 
and  in  good  time  have  brought  about  the  desired  result,  it  is  impossible 
positively  to  decide.  On  the  principle  oi post  hoc  et,  etc.,  it  would  cer- 
tainly seem  as  if  faradization  should  be  regarded  as  the  important  thera- 
peutic factor  employed,  especially  as  its  power  to  increase  the  urinary 
secretion,  both  in  the  healthy  and  diseased  condition  of  the  kidney,  is 
clearly  taught  by  experience. 

Diabetes. — The  supposed  relation  of  this  symptom  to  the  disease  of 
the  brain  suggests  the  propriety  of  treating  it  by  galvanizatioji  of  the 
sympathetic  and  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord. 

Dr.  Wm.  Dickinson,*  who  has  made  post-mortem  examinations  of 
the  brain  and  spinal  cord  of  five  diabetic  patients,  found  the  following 
peculiar  morbid  changes,  which  were  nearly  similar  in  all : — 

1.  Dilatation  of  the  arteries.     This  was  the  earliest  symptom. 

2.  Degeneration  of  the  nervous  matter. 

3.  Cavities  produced  large  enough  to  be  seen  without  the  micro 
scope,  and  which  contained  products  of  nervous  decay. 

4.  These  contents  become  absorbed. 

These  changes  were  found  near  the  arteries  and  throughout  the 
spinal  cord  and  encephalon,  but  especially  in  the  medulla  oblongata 
and  pons  varolii,  f 

*  Medical  Times  and  Gazette,  March  19,  1870. 

\  The  relation  which  has  been  established  by  Calvi  between  diabetes  and  pruritus  of 
the  vulva,  which  is  a  nervous  affection,  would  seem  also  to  speak  for  the  nervous 
cliaracter  of  the  former  disease.     (See  Damon's  Neuroses  of  the  Skin,  1868,  p.  25.) 
41 


642  MISCELLANEOUS   MEDICAL   DISEASES. 

These  investigations  were  confirmed  by  a  most  distingiiishe'd  author 
ity  in  nervous  pathology,  Dr.  Lockhart  Clarke. 

Besides  these  pathological  observations,  there  are  two  general  con- 
siderations which  might  be  adduced  in  favor  of  the  theory  that  diabetes 
is  essentially  a  nervous  disease. 

In  the  first  place,  it  appears,  in  some  instances  at  least,  to  be  brought 
on  by  excessive  mental  excitement  or  worry.  That  it  may  be  produced 
by  concussion  of  the  brain  is,  we  believe,  conceded.  That  there  is  a 
relation  between  diabetes  and  the  base  of  the  brain  has  for  some  time 
been  more  than  suspected. 

Secondly,  the  results  of  some  of  the  therapeutical  measures  would 
seem  at  least  to  indicate  that  this  disease  may  be  favorably  influenced 
through  remedies  that  affect  the  nervous  system.  Prof  Austin  Flint  * 
has  recently  published  reports  of  two  or  three  cases  of  diabetes  that 
were  decidedly  benefited  by  bromide  of  potassium. 

Experience  is  the  best  and  only  test  of  the  strength  of  these  facts  and 
considerations.  The  experiment  of  ceritral  galvanization — including 
the  brain,  spinal  cord,  and  sympathetic — is  surely  worthy  of  a  faithful 
trial,  especially  in  the  early  stages  of  this  affection.  This  treatment 
would  be  none  the  less  indicated  if,  as  some  suppose,  the  pathological 
changes  found  in  the  brain  and  spinal  cord  of  diabetic  patients  are 
merely  the  result  of  the  disease. 

Experimentally  faradization  of  the  liver  might  also  be  tried. 

Semmola  f  has  found  both  temporary  and  permanent  results  from 
faradization  and  galvanization  of  the  pneumogastric.  In  some  cases 
both  the  quantity  of  urine  and  of  sugar  were  diminished.  It  may  be  re- 
marked that  it  would  be  difficult  to  galvanize  the  pneumogastric  without 
also  affecting  the  sympathetic. 

It  is  yet  too  early  to  offer  positive  opinions  in  regard  to  the  electro- 
therapeutics of  this  disease,  but  the  following  cases  are  suggestive  of 
what  may  possibly  be  accomplished  in  the  future. 

Diabetes  MelliUis  of  traumatic  origin  in  an  aged  patient — Rapid  relief  of  all  the 
symptoms,  and  apparent  arrest  of  the  disease  under  central  galvanization — 
Subsequent  attack  of  hemiplegia. 

Case  CXCI. — J.  D.,  a  farmer,  aged  76,  was  referred  to  us  January  30,  1873,  by 
Dr.  J.  H.  Raymond.  The  patient  had  always  been  active,  laborious,  and  well,  unul 
two  years  previous,  when  he  fell  ten  feet  in  a  barn,  struck  and  hit  on  his  side.  Tiiat 
same  night  came  pain  in  the  nipple,  and  a  very  profuse  flow  of  urine.  At  one  time 
he  passed  as  high  as  two  quarts  and  three  pints  daily.     It  was  ascertained  that  the 

*  American  Practitioner,  Jan.,  1870. 

f  Q  loted  by  Althaus,  op.  cit. ,  p.  582. 


CASES   OF   DIABETES.  643 

urine  contained  sugar,  and  by  medical  advice  he  had  adopted  Camplin's  diet,  and 
under  Dr.  Raymond  had  taken  carbonate  of  soda  with  advantage. 

The  symptoms  at  the  time  the  patient  came  to  us  vs^ere  as  follows  : — There  was 
headache,  bad  taste  in  the  mouth;  the  urine  had  a  specific  gravity  of  1024,  and  he 
was  obliged  to  rise  in  the  night  to  pass  water  ;  about  two  quarts  were  passed'daily  ; 
there  was  considerable  muscular  debihty,  so  that  a  short  walk  was  fatigumg. 

On  the  theory  that  the  disease  was  in  the  spinal  cord,  or  at  least  in  some  part  of 
the  central  nervous  system,  we  began  to  use  central  galvanization,  with  immediate 
results.  After  the  first  application  he  began  to  be  stronger,  and  after  a  week  it  was 
no  longer  needful  for  him  to  rise  at  night  to  pass  water.  The  specific  gravity  of  the 
urine  soon  went  down  to  1019,  at  which  point  sugar  could  still  be  detected.  The 
diet  of  the  patient,  and  his  general  manner  of  life,  were  the  same  as  before.  Sugar 
was  never  entirely  expelled  from  the  urine,  but  in  strength  the  patient  so  much 
improved  that  he  could  walk  several  miles  daily.  The  headaches  were  felt  no  more, 
and  the  bad  taste  was  much  mitigated.  He  returned  to  his  home  and  to  his  occupation, 
and  was  able  to  work  more  or  less  for  six  months,  when  he  was  taken  with  hemi- 
plegia. 

Dr.  Bunker  informs  us  that  he  has  similarly  treated  a  case  of  diabetes,  and  has  from 
time  to  time  examined  the  urine  and  estimated  the  quantity  of  urea.  He  has  con- 
firmed the  experience  above  recorded ;  and  besides,  has  shown  what  we  did  not 
attempt,  that  the  quantity  of  urea  diminished  very  markedly  under  the  treatment. 

In  the  following  much  severer  case  the  apparent  results  of  treatment 
were  less  decided  : — 

Diabetes  niellitiis,  two  and  a  half  years'  standing,  apparently  caused  by  a  fall, 
complicated  with  various  nervous  symptoms — Temporary  benefit  from,  central 
galvanization. 

Case  CXCII. — Mrs.  L,,  a  married  lady,  under  middle  age,  was  sent  to  us  March  4, 
1873.  Two  and  a  half  years  before  she  had  a  severe  fall,  which  produced  a  concus- 
sion of  the  spine,  and  laid  her  up  for  a  week.  In  a  few  months  came  on  excessive 
thirst,  constipation,  and  sugar  in  the  urine.  She  had  been  through  various  forms  of 
treatment,  and  confined  herself  to  bran-bread,  and  was  then  drinking  Bethesda  water, 
which  seemed  to  do  her  good.  Her  condition  was  as  follows:  Specific  gravity  of 
urine,  1049  ;  six  gallons  passed  daily  part  of  the  time,  and  when  she  paid  no  regard 
to  her  diet.  Considerable  facial  neuralgia,  great  thirst,  a  feeling  of  aching  and  stiff- 
ness in  legs,  with  pains  resembling  growing  pains ;  insomnia,  partly  owing  to  the  fact 
that  she  was  obliged  to  get  up  several  times  during  the  night  to  pass  water ;  and  ten- 
derness of  dorsal  and  lumbar  vertebrse.  Treatment  by  central  galvanization  faithfully 
used  brought  down  the  specific  gravity  of  the  urine  to  1040,  but  never  lower  than  that, 
enabled  her  to  pass  the  entire  night  without  rising  to  make  water,  and  relieved  many 
of  her  genera/  nervous  symptoms,  and  this  was  all  it  accomplished. 

Cirrhosis  of  the  Liver. — The  pains  that  accompany  this  disease  may- 
be relieved  by  various  electrical  applications,  and  it  is  possible  that  the 
disease  might  be  arrested,  in  some  cases  at  least,  provided  the  treat- 


644  MISCELLANEOUS   MEDICAL   DISEASES. 

nient  was  began  early  and  faithfully  carried  out.  We  have  known  one 
case  to  be  somewhat  benefited  in  this  way. 

Dropsical  Effusions. — Dropsical  effusions  are  susceptible  of  treat- 
ment*by  the  electric  currents,  even  when  they  depend  on  incurable  dis- 
eases of  the  heart,  liver,  or  kidneys.  Galvanization  and  faradization 
may  both  be  tried  with  strong  currents. 

In  oedema  of  the  lower  limbs  we  have  found  both  galvanization  and 
faradization  temporarily  and  sometimes  permanently  efficacious. 

General  dropsy  the  result  of  valvular  heart  disease — Powerful  far adic  currents, 

localized,  greatly  increase  the  secretory  action  of  the  kidneys,  attd  dissipate  the 

dropsical  effusion. 

Case  CXCIII. — December  13,  1870,  we  were  called  to  see,  with  Dr.  Samuel  T. 
Hubbard,  a  lady  aged  about  thirty-five  years,  who  was  suffering  from  general  dropsy. 
The  abdomen  was  enormously  distended,  and  the  lower  limbs  were  double  their  nor- 
mal size.  The  patient  was  a  frail,  delicate  woman,  and  for  years  had  suffered  from 
valvular  disease  of  the  heart  resulting  from  articular  rheumatism. 

The  kidneys  were  almost  entirely  inactive,  so  that  she  voided  not  more  than  a  tea- 
spoonful  of  urine  at  a  time,  and  the  aggregate  quantity  secreted  during  twenty-four 
hours  was  but  a  trifle.  All  that  we  could  hope  to  accomplish  was  to  whip  up  the 
secretory  process,  and  for  thft  purpose  a  faradic  current  of  great  intensity  was  directed 
through  both  kidneys  and  the  lower  limbs.  The  current  was  to  the  patient  hardly  ap- 
preciable, notwithstanding  the  great  strength  of  current  used,  and  yet  the  flow  of 
urine  was  so  increased  that  during  the  next  twenty-four  hours  a  greater  amount  was 
voided  than  she  was  accustomed  to  pass  when  in  her  ordinary  health.  The  applica- 
tions were  repeated  fifteen  times  (the  increased  amount  of  urine  secreted  being  kept 
up)  until  the  water  had  disappeared  from  the  abdomen  and  legs.  This  was  only 
one  of  several  previous  attacks,  and  her  strength  was  so  much  reduced  by  continued 
suffering  that  she  gradually  sank  and  died.  Electrization  evidently  prolonged  life,  and 
by  relieving  the  pressure  on  the  lungs,  much  alleviated  the  distress. 

Bright s  Disease. — Theoretically,  local  galvanization  through  the 
region  of  the  kidneys  and  central  galvanization  ought  to  be  of  service 
in  the  early  stages  of  Bright's  disease.  The  nutrition  of  the  kidneys 
might  thus  be  improved  directly  and  indirectly. 

We  have  not  yet  experimented  as  much  in  this  direction  as  we  could 
wish. 

Dr.  H.  J.  Pratt,  of  Denver,  Colorado,  reports  a  case  of  Bright's 
disease  where  the  galvanic  current  applied  over  the  dropsical  abdomen 
and  general  faradization  resulted  in  relief  of  the  dropsy,  and  in  a  dimi- 
nution of  the  amount  of  albumen  and  of  the  hyaline  casts. 

Rhinitis  {Catarrh). — Subacute  and  chronic  inflammations  of  mucous 
membranes  are  susceptible  of  electrical  treatment — may,  indeed,  be 
permanently  as  well  as  temporarily  relieved  by  it,  though  but  rarely 
does  it  work  an  entire  cure  unless  aided  by  other  measures. 


CHRONIC   RHINITIS— ANOSMIA.  645 

Aside  from  any  chemical  effect  of  the  current,  its  mechanical  action 
alone  would  be  sufficient  to  theoretically  account  for  the  relief  it  gives 
to  inflamed  mucous  membranes.  Stellwag,  speaking  of  irritants  in 
general  in  the  treatment  of  external  inflammations  of  the  eye,  uses  the 
following  language  :  "The  irritation  which  they  set  up  in  the  sensory 
nerves  being  carried  over  to  the  vaso-motor  nerves,  may  cause  a  con- 
traction of  the  calibre  of  the  vessels  when  they  are  in  a  condition  of 
relaxation.  This  is  done  by  the  excitation  and  invigoration  of  the 
atonic  muscular  fibres.  The  resolution  of  the  inflammation  is  favored 
by  the  lessening  or  removal  of  the  congestion,  which  is  one  of  the 
causes  of  the  unfavorable  course."  * 

The  theory  is  fully  plausible  that  electricity  operates  to  a  less  degree 
in  the  same  way,  for  its  primary  effect  is  to  increase  the  amount  of 
blood  in  the  mucous  membrane  to  which  it  is  applied,  and  experience 
shows  that  this  hypersemic  condition  thus  created  soon  passes  away,  f 

The  same  explanation  will  apply  to  the  action  of  electricity  on  all  the 
mucous  membranes — the  eye,  the  ear,  the  pharynx,  larynx,  and  urethra. 
Certainly  the  ultimate  result  of  electrization  is  to  give  tone  to  the  mu- 
cous membranes  as  to  other  tissues  of  the  body.  (For  methods  of 
treatment  of  rhinitis,  see  Anosmia.) 

Catarrh  of  eight  years'  standing —  Complete   and  permanent  recovery  under  local 

galvanization. 

Case  CXCIV. — Mr.  N.,  aged  28,  was  referred  to  us  by  Dr.  D.  B.  St.  John  Roosa. 
For  eight  years  the  patient  had  been  afflicted  with  nasal  catarrh,  of  a  most  persistent 
and  annoying  type.  We  expressed  doubt  as  to  the  efficacy  of  the  electrical  treat- 
ment in  her  case,  and  stated  that  if  it  was  undertaken  it  would  be  necessary  to  be 
most  persevering  in  order  to  test  its  efficacy. 

The  patient  was  willing  and  anxious  to  try  this  or  any  other  method  that  offered 
the  slightest  chance  of  relief,  and  for  nearly  four  months  she  submitted  to  the  pro- 
posed treatment.  From  four  to  six  ordinary  sized  zinc-carbon  cells  were  used,  and 
the  treatment  was  both  external  and  internal.  About  sixty  applications  were  given, 
and  the  result  was  a  complete  recovery. 

Over  four  years  have  now  elapsed  since  this  case  was  first  published, 
but  the  patient  has  never  felt  a  symptom  of  a  return  of  the  diffi- 
culty. 

Anosmia,  or  Loss  of  Sense  of  Smell. — A  very  frequent  result  of  long- 
continued  rhinitis  is  partial  or  complete  anosmia.     The  acute  form  that 

*  Diseases  of  the  Eye.     Translated  by  Drs.  Hackley  and  Roosa,  p.  26. 

\  Golubew  has  shown  that  the  capillaries  of  the  nictitating  membrane  of  the  frog 
contract  transversely  under  the  influence  of  powerful  electrical  shocks.  (Billroth's 
Surgical  Pathology.     Translated  by  Dr.  C    E.  Hackley,  p.  53.) 


646  MISCELLANEOUS  MEDICAL  DISEASES. 

appears  in  the  early  stages  of  severe  cold  usually  passes  away  without 
treatment  on  the  subsidence  of  the  inflammation.  In  some  cases 
anosmia  is  supposed  to,  and  probably  does,  result  from  careless  and  too 
prolonged  use  of  over-irritating  injections.  There  are  various  grades 
of  the  disease,  from  simple  and  scarcely  perceptible  obtuseness  of  the 
smell  to  absolute  inability  to  detect  any  odor  whatever. 
Kerosene,  coffee,  illuminating  gas,  make  no  more  impres- 
sion than  substances  of  a  negative  character. 

Anosmia  may  also  result  from  central  as  well  as  peripheral 
lesion. 

The  t7'eatme7it  of  anosmia  may  be  both  external  and  internal. 
The  external  treatment  is  the  same  as  that  recommended 
for  rhinitis,  except  that  the  current  should  be  much  stronger  ; 
the  internal  treatment  consists  in  the  direct  application  of  a 
metallic  electrode  to  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  nasal 
passages.  We  have  used  for  this  purpose  an  insulated  elec- 
trode, with  a  metallic  bulbous  extremity  that  can  be  run 
some  distance  up  the  inferior  meatus.  An  insulated  Eus- 
tachian catheter,  containing  a  wire  with  a  bulbous  extremity, 
serves  very  well  the  purpose,  or  a  common  silver  catheter, 
Nas^l  El  •.  ^i^i"sulated,  may  be  used  ;  or,  indeed,  any  flexible  metallic 
trode.      electrode  of  proper  size. 

Anosiiiia  existing  six  years — Improvement  uitder  treatment  by  local  faradization. 

Case  CXCV. — Mr.  11.  I.,  a  medical  student,  aged  30,  was  referred  to  us  by  Dr. 
Roosa,  May,  1869.  Some  six  years  previously  the  patient  had  fallen  from  a  horse  and 
sustained  severe  bruises  about  the  head  and  face.  From  that  time  he  had  been  unable 
to  distinguish  any  odor  with  the  exception  of  that  of  fresh-ground  coffee  and  kerosene 
oil. 

A  powerful  application  of  the  faradic  current  was  made  on  either  side  of  the  bridge 
of  the  nose,  near  the  eyes,  enabling  him  in  the  course  of  a  few  hours  to  smell  faintly 
certain  strong  perfumes. 

On  the  following  morning,  however,  he  was  surprised  to  find  himself  able  to  smell 
tobacco  smoke,  camphor,  etc. 

His  sense  of  smell  remained  thus  acute  until  three  or  four  in  the  afternoon,  when 
it  suddenly  disappeared. 

A  second  application  was  followed  by  the  beneficial  result  of  the  first,  and  with 
only  a  partial  relapse,  while  the  third  and  fourth  seances  rendered  him  sensible  to 
most  of  the  ordinary  odoi's. 

Anosmia  associated  with  loss  of  the  sense  of  taste — Recovery  under  localized galvatti- 

zaiion. 
Case  CXCVI. — Mrs.  H.,  sent  to  us  by  Dr.  A.  N.  Brockway,  aged  45,  was  suffer- 
ing from  a  severe  and  chronic  nasal  catarrh,  and  associated  with  this  disease  was  a 
complete  loss  of  the  senses  of  taste  and  smell. 


TOOTHACHE.  647 

It  was  alike  to  the  patient  whether  she  ate  the  most  delicate  morsel  or  the  dryest 
crust,  oj  whether  she  inhaled  the  perfume  of  the  rose  or  the  most  disagreeable  of 
odors.  This  condition  has  existed  for  several  years,  but  under  the  influence  of  the 
galvanic  current,  applied  both  to  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  nasal  passages  and  ex- 
ternally, the  senses  of  taste  and  smell  gradually  returned  to  their  normal  acuteness. 

Toothache  {^Odontalgia). — The  pathological  conditions  that  give  rise 
to  toothache  are  so  various,  and  the  anatomical  difficulties  in  the  way 
to  direct  localization  of  the  current  in  the  affected  nerve  are  so  great, 
that  uniform  results  from  electrical  treatment  cannot  be  expected. 

The  familiar  cause  of  toothache  is  exposure  to  cold.  Although  the 
nerves  connected  with  decayed  teeth  are  more  liable  to  be  affected 
after  such  exposure,  yet  the  nerves  of  any  or  of  all  the  teeth,  even 
when  they  are  perfectly  sound,  may  also  become  hyperaesthetic  and 
cause  exceeding  distress,  either  from  exposure  to  cold,  or  from  anaemia 
or  nervous  exhaustion.* 

The  applications  may  be  external  or  intertial,  either  with  the  faradic 
or  galvanic  currents.  The  galvanic  is  preferable,  since  by  it  we  can 
better  put  the  irritable  nerve  in  a  condition  of  anelectrotonos  (see  p. 
281).  Externally  a  moistened  sponge  electrode  connected  with  the  posi- 
tive pole  may  be  applied  for  a  few  minutes  over  the  seat  of  the  pain, 
while  the  other  is  held  in  the  hand  of  the  patient. 

The  application  may  be  made  internally  by  means  of  a  small  insulated 
electrode,  with  a  metallic  extremity.  (The  nasal  or  laryngeal  electrode 
will  serve  the  purpose.) 

In  both  the  external  and  internal  applications  it  is  well  to  begin  with 
a  mild  current,  and  gradually  increase  it  up  to  the  point  where  the 
patient  can  conveniently  bear  it. 

Ozone  and  Ozonized  Oxygen. — When  sparks  of  electricity  pass  be- 
tween two  metallic  plates,  a  peculiar  odorous  principle  is  developed, 
which  has  been  termed  ozone  (from  o^ra',  to  smell).  This  odor  is  observed 
during  experiments  with  apparatus  for  statical  electricity,  while  the  elec- 
tricity is  passing  from  a  point,  when  a  discharge  from  a  strong  battery  is 
sent  through  a  number  of  sheets  of  paper,  and  also  after  an  object  has 
been  struck  by  lightning.  As  long  ago  as  1785,  Von  Marum  observed 
that  electrified  oxygen  gave  forth  an  odor  much  like  that  which  is  ob- 
served after  a  lightning  stroke.  This  odor  was  usually  described  as  "  sul- 
phurous." Mr.  Schonbein,  who,  in  1840,  first  called  formal  attention  to 
ozone,  first  discovered  that  it  appears  at  the  positive  pole  in  the  elec- 
trolyzation  of  water. 

*  Frommhold  gives  an  interesting  chapter  on  Odontalgia  Rheumatica.  See  his 
F.lectrotherapie  mit  besonderer  Riicksicht  auf  Nerven-Krankheitert,  1865,  p.  404. 


648  MISCELLANEOUS   MEDICAL  DISEASES. 

The  observer  also  found  that  this  peculiar  odoriferous  principle  can  be 
preserved  in  glass  vessels  for  a  very  long  time.  The  odor  may  be  pre- 
vented from  appearing  by  raising  the  temperature  of  the  liquid  to  a 
boiling  point,  and  it  may  be  at  once  neutralized  by  the  addition  of 
quite  small  quantities  of  pulverized  charcoal,  tin,  zinc,  iron,  lead,  an- 
timony, bismuth,  or  arsenic,  by  a  little  mercury,  or  by  introducing  into 
the  substance  red-hot  platinum  or  gold.  It  is  produced  by  the  slow 
oxidation  of  phosphorus.  It  is  disengaged  from  solutions  of  a  number 
of  the  salts,  and  from  diluted  nitric,  phosphoric,  and  sulphuric  acids. 

Mr.  Gann  concluded,  from  his  experiments,  that  this  odor  may  be 
evolved  from  all  metals,  provided  they  are  so  treated  as  not  to  become 
oxidized  or  to  combine  with  other  metals.* 

Tests. — The  test  for  ozone  proposed  by  Schonbein  was  a  paper 
moistened  with  a  solution  of  iodide  of  potassium  and  starch.  The 
ozone  sets  free  the  iodine  and  gives  the  starch  a  deep-blue  color. 

General  Properties. — Ozone  is  active,  intensified  oxygen.  Like 
oxygen,  it  has  a  powerful  oxidizing  action.  It  is  about  half  as  heavy 
as  oxygen,  and,  at  a  temperature  of  290°  (Cent.),  is  changed  back  into 
ordinary  oxygen.     It  is  only  soluble  in  oil  of  turpentine. 

Ozone  exists  in  the  atmosphere  in  greater  or  less  quantity,  which  is 
believed  to  vary  with  the  atmospheric  conditions,  and  to  exert  a  definite 
and  powerful  influence  on  the  health,  although  precise  and  satisfactory 
demonstration  of  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  laws  of  this  influence  is 
yet  wanting. 

According  to  the  experiments  of  Prof.  Schonbein,  Messrs.  Martiguer, 
Marignac,  De  la  Rive,  Becquerel,  Fremy,  and  others,  it  would  appear 
that  ozone  is  only  a  peculiar  form  of  oxygen  produced  by  electricity — a 
change  analogous  to  that  which  the  solar  rays  bring  forth  in  chlorine — 
and  that  its  presence  in  certain  quantities  is  essential  to  health.  Ac- 
cording to  Dr.  Boeckel,  Prof.  Schonbein,  and  Dr.  Billiard,  the  presence 
of  cholera  or  malaria  is  attended  by  the  absence  of  ozone.f  It  is  possi- 
ble that  ozone  has  more  or  less  share  in  the  variations  of  the  physical 
conditions  that  have  been  ascribed  to  changes  in  the  conditions  of  atmos- 
pheric electricity.  Ozone  is  found  to  be  especially  abundant  in  the 
atmosphere  after  a  thunder-storm.  It  is  also  supposed  to  be  produced 
by  decay  and  the  growth  of  plants.  It  destroys  the  impurities  of  the 
air  miasms  by  producing  oxidation.     It  has  been  estimated  that  "a 

*  Lectures  on  Electricity  by  Henry  M.  Noad,  London,  1844,  p.  232. 

f  On  the  Influence  of  Variations  of  Electric  Tension  as  the  remote  Cause  of 
Epidemic  and  other  Diseases.  By  Wm.  Craig,  1864,  p.  424.  See  also  Cornelius 
fox  on  Ozone  and  Antozone,  for  a  resume  of  what  is  known  of  this  subject. 


EFFECTS   OF   OZONE.  649 

volume  of  air  containing  -^q-q  of  ozone  will  purify  540  volumes  of  pu- 
trid air."  In  the  arts  ozone  has  been  utilized  for  bleaching  and  disin- 
fecting. 

Physiological  and  Therapeutical  Effects  of  Ozone. — The  physiological 
effects  of  ozone  have  been  studied  both  on  man  and  on  animals.  It  is 
believed  that  the  bracing  and  inspiring  effect  of  a  clear,  crisp,  and 
sparkling  morning,  is  due  in  part  to  the  great  amount  of  ozone  in  the 
atmosphere.*  When  it  is  held  in  combination  with  oxygen  or  common 
air,  it  acts  much  Hke  oxygen,  but  more  powerfully.  It  affects  the  pulse, 
the  respiration,  and  the  circulation,  in  various  ways,  according  to  the 
quantity  taken,  and  the  temperament  of  the  individual.  In  this  respect, 
it  behaves  like  electricity.  It  has  been  thought  that  ozone  is  formed 
in  the  body  from  the  contact  of  oxygen  gas  with  the  blood,  and  there 
are  those  who  believe  that  it  is  absorbed  with  the  oxygen  in  the  air,  and 
is  carried  into  the  blood,  where  it  takes  part  in  the  process  of  oxidation. 

There  is  a  possibility,  if  not  indeed  a  probability,  that  electricity,  in 
its  passage  through  the  body,  generates  ozone  in  very  minute  quantities, 
through  the  electrolytic  and  other  changes  that  it  produces,  and  the 
theory,  that  the  beneficial  effects  of  electrization  are  in  part  due  to  the 
ozone  thus  generated,  has  some  plausibility.  But  on  all  these  subjects 
very  little  is  known.  Experiments  made  in  the  laboratory  with  ozone, 
artificially  prepared,  are  highly  suggestive.  Catarrhal  symptoms  and 
attacks,  much  resembling  epidemic  influenza,  are  produced  by  long 
breathing  air  laden  with  ozone.  It  is  stated  that  it  would  be  difficult  to 
distinguish  between  the  symptoms  of  influenza  and  the  symptoms  of 
an  over-dose  of  ozone.  Experiments  on  animals  have  shown  that  irrita- 
tion of  the  mucous  lining  of  the  throat  and  nostrils,  with  febrile  symp- 
toms and  congestion  of  the  lungs,  may  be  quickly  excited  by  breathing 
air  containing  a  large  percentage  of  ozone.  If  animals  are,  for  a  long 
time,  subjected  to  ozone,  they  perish.  In  their  susceptibility  to  it, 
however,  they  vary  widely.  A  rabbit,  breathing  air  mingled  with  gVoT 
of  its  weight  in  ozone,  has  died  in  two  hours.  Mice,  breathing  air  about 
^Q^  of  ozone,  have  died  immediately.  Rats  are  more  susceptible 
than  guinea-pigs,  and  guinea-pigs  are  more  susceptible  than  rabbits. 
Pigeons  are  quite  tolerant  of  ozone,  and  frogs  are  proof  against  it,  pro- 
vided they  have  abundance  of  water.  Birds  are  specially  tolerant  of 
this  agent,  as  might  naturally  be  inferred,  since,  in  the  higher  strata  of 
the  air,  where  they  fly,  ozone  is  more  abundant  than  near  the  earth. 

A  convenient  apparatus  for  the  inhalation  of  ozonized  oxygen  is  thai 

*  Dr.  Baldwin   Am.  Jour.  Med.  Sciences,  Oct.,  1874)  gives  observations  that  oo« 

pose  this  theory. 


650  MISCELLANEOUS   MEDICAL   DISEASES. 

of  Siemen's,  which  consists  of  a  glass  tube  lined  with  tin-foil  leaves  that 
are  connected  with  the  current  from  a  powerful  helix,  and  sliglitly 
separated  from  each  other,  so  that  in  passing  from  one  to  the  other  the 
current  is  interrupted  with  sparks.  Through  this  tube  the  oxygen  passes 
from  an  iron  receiver,  and  ozone  is  developed  by  the  action  of  the 
current  at  its  interruptions.  By  this  apparatus  fifteen  per  cent,  of  the 
oxygen  may  be  converted  into  ozone.  A  glass  apartment  may  be  con- 
structed on  the  same  principle,  in  which  the  patient  may  sit  for  a  long 
time  and  slowly  breathe  in  a  natural  manner  the  diffused  ozonized 
oxygen. 

Dr.  C.  Lender,*  of  Berlin,  has  successfully  experimented  with  the  in- 
halation of  ozonized  oxygen  in  the  treatment  of  wounds,  and  has  found 
that  in  malaria  and  various  conditions  associated  with  impure  blood 
and  depraved  nutrition,  its  corrective  and  tonic  effects  are  very  decided. 
In  this  country  the  therapeutic  effects  of  ozone  have  been  studied  by  Dr. 
Sass,  and  with  encouraging  results. 

Anf ozone. — This,  like  ozone,  is  an  active  condition  of  oxygen,  and  is 
produced  in  the  same  way  and  at  the  same  time.  The  fact  that  such  a 
condition  as  Afitozone  might  exist  was  suspected  by  Schonbein  in  1858, 
and  its  properties  have  since  been  studied  by  Meissner,  in  1863  and 
T869. 

Hay  Fever — {^Summer  Catarrh — Rose  Cold — Autumnal  Catarrh. — 
We  have  recently  made  extensive  researches  in  this  strange  disease, 
and  have  shown  that  the  nervous  system  has  more  to  do  with  it  than 
has  been  supposed.  We  have  treated  two  gases  of  the  disease  dur- 
ing the  attack  by  external  galvanization.  In  one  case  considerable  and 
in  the  other  case  very  decided  relief  was  obtained.  Dr.  W.  F.  Hutch- 
inson, of  Providence,  has  succeeded  not  only  in  relieving,  but  in  break- 
ing up  an  attack  by  central  galvanization. 

As  a  prophylactic  a  prolonged  course  of  general  faradization  or  cen- 
tral galvanization  is  recommended. 

Acute  Diseases — Fevers — Convalescence. — General  faradization  and 
central  galvanization  might  be  used  in  acute  diseases  much  more  than 
they  have  been.  When  quinine,  iron,  etc.,  are  used,  these  methods  of 
electrization  should  be  used  both  for  their  sedative  and  their  tonic 
effects.     That  the  pulse  and  temperature,  when  abnormally  high,  can  be 

*  Das  unreine  Blut  und  seine  Reinigung  durch  negativ-electrischen  Sauerstoff 
(Ozon).  Also,  Sauerstoff  und  Ozonsauerstoff,  nebst  ihrer  Anwendung  bei  Verwun- 
deten  nach  einem  im  Berliner  Inhalatoriuna  gehaltenen  Votrage.  Compare  also  Dr. 
A.  H.  Smith's  excellent  paper  on  Oxygen  Gas  as  a  Remedy  in  Disease.  New  York, 
1870. 


FEVER  AND    CONVALESCENCE.  65  I 

reduced  by  general  faradization  and  central  galvanization  we  have 
abundantly  established  by  many  observations,  and  the  greater  tonic 
effects  of  these  methods  of  using  electricity  are  now  conceded  every- 
where. 

The  introduction  of  these  methods  to  the  treatment  of  acute  and  sub- 
acute diseases  offers  a  great  field  for  enterprising  general  practitioners. 

Dr.  Glax  treated  thirty  cases  of  typhoid  fever  by  galvanization  of 
the  cervical  sympathetic,  and  succeeded  in  reducing  the  temperature 
and  diminishing  the  fever. 

In  convalescence  from  any  acute  disease,  general  faradization  and  cen- 
tral galvanization  are  a  great  assistance,  and  have  been  considerably 
used  for  that  purpose  by  ourselves  and  other  observers. 

Obesity. — Obesity  has  been  treated  by  powerful  faradization,  with  a 
view  to  produce  absorption  of  the  adipose  tissue,  and,  it  is  claimed,  with 
some  success.     The  applications  are  directed  through  the  abdomen. 

Chronic  Alcoholism. — Without  attempting  to  consider  the  many 
symptoms  associated  with  alcoholic  poisoning,  or  attempting  to  detire 
the  possible  pathological  changes  that  may  appear  in  the  membranes 
of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord,  we  would  here  simply  call  attention  to  a 
certain  impairment  of  motor  power  in  the  lower  extremities.  This  loss 
of  power  simulates  paraplegia,  but  as  a  rule  is  only  partial  or  incom- 
plete. 

It  is,  however,  sufficiently  distinctive  to  deserve  the  term  of  "  alco- 
holic paralysis,"  and  is  indicative  of  a  condition  more  rooted  and  severe 
than  the  familiar  general  muscular  and  nervous  debility  that  afflicts  the 
habitual  drinker.  While  in  many  cases  of  alcoholic  paraplegia  it  is 
evident  that  certain  pathological  pecuharities  must  exist,  such  as 
chronic  meningitis  of  the  cord,  on  the  one  hand,  and,  on  the  other, 
thickening  of  the  membranes  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord,  together 
with  a  wasting  of  their  substance,  it  is  in  other  cases  as  certainly  evi- 
dent that  no  such  structural  change  is  present.  On  no  other  supposition 
can  we  account  for  the  rapidly  and  permanently  beneficial  effects  that 
so  frequently  follow  the  use  of  electrization  in  cases  of  alcoholic  para- 
plegia. 


ELECTRO-SURGERY. 


CHAPTER   I. 

Electro-surgery  is  that  branch  of  electro-therapeutics  which  includei 
the  electrical  treatment  of  the  diseases  commonly  known  as  surgical. 

Besides  the  four  medical  applications  of  electricity, — localized  fara- 
dization, localized  galvanization,  general  faradization,  and  central  gal- 
vanization— all  of  which  may  be  used  for  surgical  diseases,  it  includes 
galvano-cautery  and  electrolysis,  both  of  which  may  be  regarded  as  pe- 
culiar to  this  department. 

History  of  Electro-Surgery. — The  history  of  surgical  electricity, 
though  to  a  considerable  degree  interwoven  with  the  history  of  electro- 
therapeutics in  general,  is  yet  sufficiently  distinct  to  entitle  it  to  special 
consideration. 

Electro-surgery  was  born  in  one  of  the  darkest  eras  of  electro-thera- 
peutics, the  decade  just  preceding  the  great  discovery  of  induction  by 
Faraday,  in  1831.  The  distrust  and  neglect  with  which  at  this  period- 
especially  electro-therapeutics  was  regarded  by  men  of  science  was  due 
partly  to  the  reaction  that  inevitably  followed  the  extravagant  hopes 
that  had  been  raised  on  the  discovery  and  popularization  of  the  voltaic 
pile  at  the  beginning  of  the  century  ;  partly  to  the  inconstancy  and  un- 
reliability of  the  pile  itself,  partly  to  the  almost  absolute  ignorance  of 
the  profession  concerning  the  indications  for,  the  effects  of,  or  the 
methods  of  using  electricity ;  and  partly  also  to  the  fact  that  it  was  con- 
founded with  mesmerism,  which,  after  creating  absurd  and  wide-spread 
excitement,  had  fallen  into  deserved  and  permanent  neglect. 

It  was  in  the  middle  of  this  era,  in  the  year  1825,*  when  the  cause 
of  electro-therapeutics  seemed  hopelessly  lost,  that  Sarlandiere  f  called 
renewed  attention  to  this  despised  agent  by  proposing  the  employment 
of  electro-puncture,  in  order  to  bring  the  current  more  directly  to  bear 
on  the  deeper  tissues.  The  first  experiments  were  made  with  statical 
electricity. 

The  subject  was  afterwards  studied  by  Magendie,  who  used  electro- 

*  Two  years  previously  (1823)  Prevost  and  Dumas  had  attempted,  with  some  suc- 
cess, the  dissolution  of  calculi  of  the  bladder  in  animals ;  and  many  years  before 
some  surgical  diseases  had  been  treated  electrically,  but  the  subject  was  not  systemati« 
cally  studied  until  1825. 

f  Memoires  sur  I'electro-puncture,  Paris,  1825. 


656  HISTORY   OF  ELECTRO-SURGERY. 

^puncture  with  the  galvanic  current  (galvano-puncture)  in  the  treatment 
of  various  diseases.  At  first  electro-puncture  was  used  medically  more 
than  surgically.  The  treatment  of  aneurisms  by  this  method  was  of  a 
later  date. 

The  idea  of  causing  coagulation  of  the  blood  by  galvano-puncture  was 
originally  suggested  by  Scudamore,  and  in  183 1  Guerard,  Pravaz,  and 
Leroy  d'EtioUes  proposed  the  treatment  of  aneurism  by  this  method, 
which  was  first  practised  by  B.  Phillips,  about  the  year  1832,*  and  after- 
wards studied  by  Liston. 

In  1839  Schuster  successfully  employed  electro-puncture  for  the  treat- 
ment of  hydrocele  and  other  serous  effusions,  and  in  1843  he  reported 
his  successes  to  the  French  Academy. 

In  1839,  ^^d  ^^^  following  year  also,  Crussel,  whose  name  is  so 
prominent  a  figure  in  the  history  of  electro-surgery,  began  his  investiga- 
tions on  electrolysis. f  His  experiments  excited  little  interest  in  the 
profession. 

In  1843,  also,  Steinheil  and  Heider  suggested  the  theory  that  the 
nerves  of  teeth  might  be  killed  by  placing  a  platinum  wire,  heated  by 
the  passage  of  a  galvanic  current,  in  the  cavity,  and  in  1845  Heider 
first  successfully  employed  this  method.  He  used  for  this  purpose 
one  very  large  element  of  Grove.  The  operation  took  but  a  few 
seconds. 

In  1846,  Crussel,  whose  name,  as  we  have  seen,  is  also  to  be  remem- 
bered as  the  founder  of  electrolytic  treatment,  successfully  removed  by 
the  heated  platinum  wire  a  "  large  fungus  h^ematodes,  situated  in  the 
frontal  and  ocular  region." 

In  the  same  year  Petrequin,  of  Lyons,  obtained  successful  results  in 
the  treatment  of  aneurisms  by  galvano-puncture.  The  year  1846  may 
therefore  be  regarded  as  one  of  special  significance  in  the  history  of 
electro-surgery.  About  this  time  also,  the  same  treatment  was  used  by 
Burci,  of  Italy. 

In  1847  Bertani  and  Milani  first  treated  varicose  veins  by  galvano- 
puncture.  In  the  same  year  Crussel  published  his  method  of  treating 
ulcers  by  availing  himself  of  the  electrolytic  powers  of  the  galvanic  cur- 

*  Erichsen's  Surgery,  p.  513. 

f  Frommhold,  Electrotherapie  mit  besonderer  Rucksicht  auf  Nerven-Krankheiten, 
Pest,  1865,  p.  104. 

The  first  experiments  with  electrolysis  were  made  much  earlier  than  this ;  since, 
according  to  Brenner,  Mongiardini  and  Lando  had  used  a  needle-shaped  electrode, 
connected  with  the  negative  pole  (probably  of  a  voltaic  pile,  which  was  then  just  com- 
ing into  notice),  for  the  treatment  of  gangrene.  Deir  applicazione  del  Galvanisino 
alia  tnedicina,  Genovcs^  1803. 


EARLY   HISTORY.  657 

rent.  This  author  observed  that  when  two  metalHc  plates  are  con- 
nected with  the  poles  of  a  galvanic  apparatus,  and  applied  to  the  body, 
very  different  effects  were  produced  at  the  two  poles — the  positive  act- 
ing like  an  acid,  and  making  harder  the  tissue  ;  the  negative  like  an 
alkali,  and  causing  an  increase  of  fluid.  On  the  strength  of  this  ob- 
servation, Crussel  treated  ulcers  and  cancers  by  a  flow  connected  with 
the  positive  pole  of  the  apparatus,  while  the  negative  was  in  the  hand 
of  the  patient.  The  result  of  this  treatment  was  to  cause  a  scab  to 
form,  which  fell  off,  leaving  the  sore  smaller  and  more  healthful  in  ap- 
pearance.    Repeated  treatment  of  this  kind  wrought  cures. 

In  the  same  and  the  following  year,  Crussel  formally  called  the  at- 
tention of  the  profession  to  "the  electrolytic  method  of  cure."  *  For 
the  treatment  of  strictures  another  method  was  subsequently  inves- 
tigated by  Willebrand,  Wells,  Ciniselli,  and  has  recently  been  revised 
by  Scouteten,  Mallez,  Tripier,  and  others.  In  1850  Marshall  sug- 
gested and  successfully  employed  the  galvano-cautery  in  the  treatment 
of  fistulcB. 

In  1852  Baumgarten  and  Wertheimer,  with  the  co-operation  of  Mal- 
gaigne,  successfully  operated  on  an  aggravated  case  of  varicose  veins  in 
the  arm. 

In  1852,  also,  CiniseUi,!  who  still  cultivates  with  distinguished  suc- 
cess the  department  of  electrolysis,  first  established  by  experiment  that 
the  alkalies  appear  at  the  negative,  and  the  acids  at  the  positive  pole. 
His  method  of  demonstration  was  to  lay  a  piece  of  flesh  across  the 
edges  of  two  vessels  filled  with  distilled  water,  and  alternately  con- 
necting each  of  the  vessels  with  a  pole.  The  acids  were  found  m 
the  vessel  containing  the  positive  pole,  and  the  alkalies  in  the  ves- 
sel containing  the  negative.  The  piece  of  flesh  was  shrunken  and 
burned. J 

In  1853  Ellis  first  used  the  heated  platinum  wire  for  cauterization 
of  the  cervix  in  inflammations  and  ulcerations.  In  this  same  year 
Hall  sucessfully  treated  a  case  of  ununited  fracture  by  galvano-punc- 
ture. 

A  great  and  important  impulse  was  given  to  galvano-cautery  by 
Middeldorpff,  who,  in  1854,  published  his  celebrated  work  on  the  subject.  |1 

*  Die  Electrolytische  Heilmethode.  Neue  Med.-Chir.  Zeitung,  1847,  No.  7. 
Med.  Zeitung  Russlands,  1847  and  1848.     Quoted  by  Meyer,  op.  cit.,  p.  474. 

f  Dell'  azione  chimica,  dell'  electricita,  Cremona,  1852. 

X  Brenner,  Untersuchungen  und  Beobachtungen  auf  dem  Gebiete  der  Elektrother- 
apie,  Bd.  ii.,  p.  265. 

II  The  Galvano-Caus-'ic,  Breslau,  1854. 
42 


658  HISTORY   OF   ELECTRO-SURGERY. 

In  1855  Demarquay  removed  a  swelling  of  the  submaxillary  gland 
by  galvano-puncture.  In  the  same  year,  Vergnes  and  Poey  published 
their  experiments  on  the  removal  of  poisonous  metals  from  the  body  by 
the  electro-chemical  bath. 

In  1856  Boulu  caused  resolution  of  tumors  in  a  number  of  cases  by 
magneto-electricity,  applied  by  means  of  metallic  disks.  Two  cases  of 
swelling  of  the  parotid  gland  were  in  this  way  entirely  cured.  In  the 
same  year  Meding  extracted  mercury  from  a. patient  who  had  long 
suffered  from  mercurial  poisoning,  by  means  of  the  electro-chemical 
bath. 

In  1858  and  1859  Zsigmondi  published  the  result  of  his  successful 
experience  with  galvano-cautery  after  the  system  of  Middeldorpfif.  In 
1859,  also,  Delstanche,  Lehmann,  Burdel,  and  Thevissen  reported  suc- 
cesses in  the  treatment  of  hydrocele  hy  far  ado -puncture. 

In  1 86 1  Braun  and  Von  Gruenewald  introduced  the  galvano-cautery 
into  gynaecology,  where  it  has  since  been  employed  for  the  removal  of 
polypi,  excision  of  the  cervix,  and  so  forth. 

Both  in  the  extent  and  the  variety  of  his  operations  in  this  depart- 
ment Middeldorpfif  far  surpassed  all  his  predecessors.  He  devised  a 
powerful,  though  somewhat  bulky  apparatus,  as  well  as  various  burners 
and  loops  for  operating  on  different  parts  and  organs  of  the  body. 

In  1867  Althaus  *  revived  the  attention  of  surgeons  to  the  surgical 
powers  of  electricity,  by  reports  of  successful  experiments  in  the  treat- 
ment of  nsevi  and  tumors  of  various  kinds  by  electrolyzation. 

During  the  past  five  years  extensive  researches  have  been  made  in 
nearly  all  the  prominent  departments  of  Electro-Surgery  by  the  authors 
of  the  present  treatise,  f  The  results  of  the  researches  are  recorded  in 
this  section.  Experiments  made  in  those  departments  of  Electro- Phy- 
siology bearing  on  Electro-Surgery  have  already  been  recorded  in  the 
section  on  Electro-Physiology.  During  the  same  period  the  various 
departments  of  Electro-Surgery  have  been  studied  by  Althaus,  Von 
Bruns,  Byrne,  Groh,  Neftel,  Duncan,  Newman,  Voltolini,  Caldwell, 
Prince,  ourselves  f  and  others. 

Surgical  compared  with  Medical  Electricity. — In  comparing  this  his- 
tory of  surgical  with  that  of  medical  electricity,  we  observe  a  number 
of  interesting  points  both  of  similarity  and  of  contrast.  Surgical  is 
much  younger  than  medical  electricity,  dating,  as  we  have  seen,  from 
1825.  In  neither  department  has  the  progress  been  uniform  or  consistent. 

*  Tumors  and  other  Surgical  Diseases.      1867. 

f  Clinical  Researches  in  Electro-Surgery.  By  A.  D.  Rockwell,  A.M.,  M.D.,  and 
George  M.  Beard,  A.M.,  M.D.     William  Wood  &  Co.     1873. 


SURGICAL   AND   MEDICAL   ELECTRICITY   COMPARED.      659 

Eras  of  extravagant  expectation  have  been  followed  by  eras  of  indif- 
ference, although  with  surgical  electricity  the  contrast  has  been  much 
less  marked  than  with  medical.  The  interest  that  was  aroused  by 
the  introduction  of  electro-puncture  in  1825,  of  electrolysis  and  gal- 
vano-cautery  in  1846-47,  was  followed  by  a  reaction  of  neglect  that 
allowed  the  whole  subject  to  sink  into  nearly  absolute  forgetfulness. 
The  progress  of  surgical  even  more  than  of  medical  electricity  has  been 
impeded  by  want  of  convenient  and  reliable  apparatus,  and  by  this  dif- 
ficulty is  explained  the  fact  that  so  few  workers  have  entered  this  most 
promising  field.  While  the  number  of  experimenters  in  medical  elec- 
tricity, both  in  the  profession  and  out  of  it,  and  in  various  countries,  is 
very  large,  including  very  many  of  the  ablest  writers  of  modern  medical 
literature,  the  practice  of  distinctly  surgical  electricity  has  been  con- 
fined to  a  few,  and  the  authors  by  whom  it  has  been  really  advanced 
could  be  counted  on  one's  fingers. 

Surgical,  unlike  medical  electricity,  has  been  studied  and  pursued 
mainly  by  men  of  science,  and  the  progress  that  has  been  made  in  it 
has  been  much  more  frequently  the  direct  result  of  scientific  observa- 
tion and  experiment.  Those  physicians  who  have  made  eras  in  medi- 
cal electricity  have  done  so  by  improving,  developing,  systematizing, 
and  introducing  to  the  profession  methods  of  treatment  which  either  by 
charlatans  or  others  had  been  substantially  known  and  practised  before 
them.  Sarlandiere,  Stenheil,  Heider,  and  Crussel,  on  the  contrary, 
first  suggested  and  employed  as  well  as  introduced  to  the  profession 
electro-puncture,  galvano-cautery,  and  electrolysis. 

Another  important  distinction  is  this,  that  nearly  all  the  surgical  dis- 
eases for  which  electricity  is  employed  have  been  treated  with  more  or 
less  success  by  other  methods,  while  in  many  of  the  medical  diseases  in 
which  electrization  has  been  most  successful  it  has  been  the  chief,  and 
in  some  the  only  dependence. 

Finally,  it  should  not  be  forgotten  that  the  surgical  successes 
achieved  by  electricity  have  been  of  great  service  to  electro-therapeu- 
tics in  general.  A  surgical  operation  appeals  to  the  eye  and  to 
mechanical  skill,  while  medicine  appeals  more  to  the  higher  and  rarer 
qualities  of  reason  and  imagination.  Many  who  fail  to  comprehend  a 
complex  medical  fact  or  principle  may  be  fascinated  and  carried  to  en- 
thusiasm by  whatever  strikes  the  senses.  Hence  we  find  that  the  sug- 
gestion of  electro-puncture  in  1825  revived  an  interest  in  electricity 
that  its  purely  medical  applications  failed  to  sustain,  and  from  that 
time  to  the  present  the  fortunate  operations  of  galvano-cautery  and 
electrolysis  have  aroused  the  attention  of  many  who  had  no  faith  in 


HISTORY   OF   ELECTRO-SURGERY. 

and  no  comprehension   of  the  remarkable  powers  of  electricity  ovei 
nutrition. 

Temperament  of  the  Patient  less  important  in  Surgical  thaji  in  Medi- 
cal Electricity. — In  medical  electricity,  as  we  have  seen,  the  results  of 
treatment  largely  depend  on  the  temperament.  Some  can  bear  almost 
any  amount  of  electrical  treatment,  others  can  bear  but  a  little,  and 
others  still  can  bear  none  at  all  (see  p.  254).  We  have  seen  in  the 
chapter  on  Hysteria  and  allied  Affections  that  symptoms  for  which 
electricity  is  peculiarly  adapted,  and  over  which  its  greatest  victories  are 
obtained,  sometimes  refuse  to  yield  and  are  indeed  aggravated  when  any 
form  of  electricity  is  used  by  any  mode  of  application,  for  the  reason 
that  the  temperament  of  the  patient  contra-indicates  electricity.  Tem- 
peraments that  will  not  bear  electricity  at  all  or  but  little  are  quite 
frequently  found,  especially  among  the  better  classes.  In  surgical  dis- 
eases that  are  treated  by  distinctively  surgical  applications  of  electrici- 
ty the  temperament  need  not  usually  be  taken  into  account.  Electro- 
surgical  operations  are  of  a  thermal  or  chemical  character,  and  are  not 
dependent  for  their  success  on  the  idiosyncrasy  of  the  patient.  We 
have  seen,  furthermore,  that  the  electro-susceptibility  of  patients  may 
appear  either  in  the  form  of  farado-stisceptibility  or  galvano-suscepti- 
bility — some  who  can  bear  and  be  benefited  by  the  faradic  current, 
cannot  bear  the  galvanic,  and  vice  versa.  In  electro-surgical  operations 
the  possibility  of  these  special  idiosyncrasies  need  not  be  considered. 
It  is  true  that  patients  behave  very  differently  after  electro-surgical 
operations,  that  some  suffer  from  irritative  fever  and  others  do  not, 
and  these  differences  of  effect  may  very  likely  be  due  to  differences 
of  electro-susceptibility,  but  such  differences  are  not  usually  of  suffi- 
ciently serious  importance  to  require  consideration. 


CHAPTER   II. 

ELECTROLYSIS — ITS    NATURE   AND    GENERAL   METHODS. 

The  definition  and  derivation  of  electrolysis,  as  well  as  its  genera] 
laws  and  phenomena,  have  already  been  given  (see  Electro-Ph3'-sics, 
Chapter  IV.).  Its  physiological  relations  have  also  been  presented  in 
considerable  detail  (see  Electro-Physiology,  p.  91).  It  remains  for 
us  here  to  speak  only  of  electrolysis  in  its  surgical  relations,  and  to 
describe  the  rules  and  methods  of  the  various  operations  in  which  it  has 
been  found  of  service.  Electrolysis  in  surgery  is,  however,  so  closely 
dependent  on  electrolysis  in  physics  and  physiology,  that  no  one  can 
intelligently  utilize  and  explain  it  in  operative  procedures  who  does 
not  also  understand  its  physical  and  physiological  relations. 

The  term  electrolysis  is  a  general  one,  and  signifies  decomposition 
by  electricity.  As  such  it  applies  to  the  electrical  decomposition  of  in- 
organic as  well  as  organic  substances,  and  of  animal  tissues,  whether  in 
health  or  in  disease,  living  or  dead.  Practically,  however,  the  term  is 
now  pretty  well  restricted,  in  electro-therapeutical  language,  to  the 
electrical  decomposition  of  morbid  growths,  or  to  parts  affected  by 
chronic  inflammation,  by  means  of  some  form  of  needle  electrodes,  and 
although  more  or  less  electrolytic  action  takes  place  in  all  applications 
of  the  galvanic  current  externally  or  internally,  yet  the  term,  when  ap- 
plied to  any  electrical  operation,  is  understood  to  imply  that  electro- 
lytic action  was  the  leading  effect  sought  for,  and  that  it  was  obtained 
by  needles,  or  at  least  by  some  form  of  metallic  electrode  more  or  less 
pointed  at  the  extremity. 

On  the  other  hand,  when  electrodes  with  very  large  surface  are  used, 
with  a  view  to  chemical  effect,  and  the  transfer  of  fluids  with  absorption, 
the  process  is  called  catalysis.  Catalysis  depends  in  part,  at  least,  on 
electrolysis,  and  the  distinction  between  the  terms,  which  has  been  ob- 
served by  electro-therapeutists  is  practical  rather  than  scientific. 

Theory  of  Electrolysis  of  Morbid  Living  Tissue. — For  electrolysis, 
living  as  compared  with  dead  tissue  has  the  twofold  advantage  that  its 
solutions  are  warmer  and  therefore  better  conductors,  and  that  it  is 
capable  of  the  processes  of  absorption. 


662    ELECTROLYSIS — ITS   NATURE   AND    GENERAL   METHODS. 

When  needles  connected  with  the  poles  of  a  galvanic  battery  are 
inserted  into  a  tumor,  a  threefold  action  is  produced. 

1.  Decomposition  of  its  fluid  Constituents. — Hydrogen  and  alkalies, 
soda,  potassa,  etc.,  go  to  the  negative,  and  oxygen  and  acids  to  the 
positive.  The  special  character  of  these  electrolytic  phenomena  will 
depend  on  the  character  of  the  tumor,  and  the  rapidity  of  the  action 
will  be  proportioned  to  the  relative  amount  of  its  fluid  constituents.  As 
the  body  is  mostly  composed  of  water  holding  salts  of  potash,  soda,  etc., 
in  solution,  it  is  a  good  electrolyte,  and  in  most  of  the  conditions  of  dis 
ease  undergoes  rapid  decomposition.  Scirrhus  and  fibroids,  when  hard 
and  firm,  require  considerable  strength  of  current,  and  are  electrolyzed 
with  comparative  slowness.  Erectile  tumors,  which  are  almost  entirely 
of  fluid  composition,  can  be  electrolyzed  very  rapidly.  Although  elec- 
trolytic action  takes  place  at  both  poles  when  inserted  in  tumors,  as 
when  inserted  in  inorganic  substances,  yet  this  action  on  the  whole  ap- 
pears to  be  the  more  vigorous  and  more  effective  for  causing  absorption 
and  disintegration  at  the  negative  pole,  and  in  practice  this  pole  is 
usually  found  to  be  the  more  efficacious,  although  successful  results  are 
obtained  by  the  positive  pole  or  by  both  combined.  Epithelioma, 
being  largely  composed  of  water,  also  decompose  rapidly. 

Reasoning  from  what  we  know  of  the  electrolysis  of  inorganic  sub- 
stances, it  is  proper  to  assume  that  in  the  electrolysis  of  a  malignant 
tumor,  for  example,  the  many  chemical  substances  of  which  it  is  com- 
posed undergo  manifold  combinations  and  recombinations,  the  precise 
nature  of  which  cannot  well  be  fully  divined,  and  the  practical  effect 
of  which  in  causing  discussion  of  the  tumor  can  only  be  determined  by 
extended  clinical  experience. 

2.  Absorption. — Absorption  may  be  hastened  both  by  the  chemical 
changes  that  take  place,  and  also  by  the  mechanically  irritating  effect 
of  the  needles  and  the  transference  of  the  anions  and  cations.  This 
absorption  takes  place  both  during  and  after  the  treatment.  In  some 
cases  it  is  not  at  all  observed  during  the  operation,  but  goes  on  slowly 
for  weeks  following.  Stimulation  of  absorption  is  especially  marked 
when  electricity  acts  on  hydrocele  and  cystic  tumors. 

3.  Disintegration  and  Atrophy. — As  a  result  of  the  decomposition 
and  absorption,  and  associated  with  them,  the  tissues  become  dried, 
separated,  shrivelled,  and  the  tumor  decreases  in  bulk  and  may  entirely 
disappear.  All  these  processes,  or  rather  the  effects  of  these  processes, 
may  be  distinctly  observed  during  the  electrolysis  of  any  small  wen, 
mole,  naevus,  or  wart,  both  during  and  after  the  operation.  Shortly 
after  the  needle  is  inserted,  the  growth  will  be  seen  to  change  in  color; 


BATTERIES   FOR   ELECTROLYSIS.  663 

the  skin  soon  begins  to  shrivel  and  contract,  Hke  an  apple  when  it  is 
baking.  The  next  day  the  growth  will  be  still  smaller,  and  perhaps 
nearly  or  entirely  obliterated. 

Apparatus  for  Electrolysis. — Electrolytic  action  is  chiefly  obtained 
by  the  galvanic  current,  although  there  is  little  question  that  the  faradic 
current  (both  the  electro-magnetic  and  magneto-electric)  has  more  01 
less  electrolytic  power,  and  the  magneto-electric  current  has  been  used 
in  electro-plating. 

The  magneto-electric  rotary  machine,  as  constructed  by  Saxton  or 
Stohrer,  is  capable  of  producing  electrolysis.*  It  has,  however,  for 
this  purpose,  in  therapeutics  at  least,  no  advantage,  and  decided  disad- 
vantages as  compared  with  the  galvanic  current. 

It  has  been  shown  that  for  the  purposes  of  galvano-cautery  quantity 
with  moderate  tensioii  7vas  required,  and  that  this  was  obtained  by  a 
few  large  elements  ;  for  the  purposes  of  electrolysis  tension  with  mod- 
erate or  fair  quantity  is  required,  such  as  is  obtained  by  a  considerable 
number  of  eleme7its  of  medium  size  (see  chapter  on  Ohm's  Law  in 
Electro-Physics,  p.  66). 

Any  of  the  galvanic  batteries  described  in  the  chapter  on  apparatus, 
can  be  used  for  electrolysis.  The  zinc-carbon  batteries  are  the  best 
for  the  purposes  of  electrolysis,  but  with  the  cabinet  battery  and  with 
most  of  the  combinations  and  modifications  of  Daniell's  cells,  the  elec- 
trolytic action  is  comparatively  feeble,  and  only  answers  for  trifling  oper- 
ations. Deficiency  in  electrolytic  power  in  a  battery  may  to  a  certain 
extent  be  compensated  by  protracted  applications. 

Methods  of  Testing  the  Electrolytic  Batteries. — Batteries  may  be  ap- 
proximately tested  with  a  view  to  ascertaining  their  comparative  advan- 
tages for  electrolytic  operation,  by  the  amount  of  deflection  they  cause 
to  the  needle  of  the  galvanometer  of  known  construction  (p.  40) ;  by 
the  rapidity  and  amount  of  decomposition  which  they  cause  in  simple 
compounds,  such  as  acidulated  water,  iodide  of  potassium,  or  common 
salt,  and  by  their  capacity  for  heating  platinum  wire  (p.  71). 

An  approximate  test  for  the  qualities  that  are  needed  in  electrolytic 
operations  is  found  in  the  decomposition  of  iodide  of  potassium.  The 
rapidity  with  which  this  yields  to  the  current  of  a  battery,  and  the 
amount  of  iodine  evolved  in  a  given  time,  very  fairly  indicates  the 
capacity  of  that  battery  for  electrolytic  purposes.f 

*  See  Frommhold's  Electrotherapie  mit  besonderer  Rucksicht  auf  Nerven-Krank- 
heiten.     Pest,  1865,  p.  104. 

f  In  experimenting  with  galvanic  batteries  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  frequent  ot 
long-continued  connection  of  the  7net<iUic  portirns  of  the  electrodes,  since,  on  accoimt 


664    ELECTROLYSIS — ITS   NATURE   AND   GENERAL   METHODS. 

Needles. — For  producing  electrolysis  in  tissues  beneath  the  skin 
fine  needles  of  gold  or  gilded  steel  are  used.  The  advantage  of  the 
gold  is  that  it  resists  oxidation  better  than  any  other  metal.  Gold 
or  gilded  needles  can,  however,  be  used  only  with  the  negative  pole, 
since  with  the  positive  they  would  be  acted  on.  The  conductors 
may  be  composed  of  two,  four,  six,  eight,  or  more  needles.  The 
needles  may  be  insulated  with  hard  rubber,  or  collodion,  or  shellac, 
for  about  one-third  of  their  length,  so  that  when  introduced  into  a 
tumor  the  skin  may  not  be  acted  on  and  inflammation  excited.  In- 
sulation, however,  is  only  necessary  in  those  cases  where,  as  in  sub- 
cutaneous naevi,  it  is  desirable  that  the  skin  should  not  be  affected 
by  the  current. 

The  shape  of  the  point  is  of  considerable  importance.  Round 
needles  are  introduced  with  difficulty.  The  bayonet-pointed  needles 
are  preferable.  The  common  glover's  needle,  as  sold  in  the  fancy 
stores,  we  have  found  to  be  easier  of  introduction  than  any  other 
form. 

Althaus  has  employed  a  coiiductor,  a  modification  of  which  is  repre- 
sented in  the  following  cut : 


Fig.  137. 
Conductor  for  Electrolysis. 

This  consists  of  a  conducting  wire,  composed  of  a  number  of  small 
wires  twisted,  with  a  number  of  branches,  each  one  of  which  is  so 
arranged  that  it  can  be  attached  to  a  needle  after  it  has  been  introduced 
into  the  part  to  be  treated. 

The  advantages  of  this  arrangement  are  that  one  needle  or  more 
can  be  used,  and  that  the  number  can  at  pleasure  be  increased  01 
diminished  during  the  operation,  and  that  the   needles  can  be  intro- 

of  the  feeble  resistance  thus  offered — metals  being  far  better  conductors  than  the  hu- 
man body — powerful  action  takes  place  in  the  cells  (as  is  shown  by  the  active  evolu« 
tion  of  gases,  attended  with  a  boiling  or  hissing  sound),  which,  if  allowed  to  continue, 
eats  holes  in  and  rapidly  consumes  the  zinc. 


NEEDLES  FOR  ELECTROLYSIS. 


665 


duced  in  any  direction.  In  the  conductor  which  we  have  constructed, 
and  which  is  represented  in  the  cut  (Fig.  137),  the  needles  are  united 
to  the  conducting  wires  by  being  inserted  in  miniature  cups  or  cavities 
at  the  end  of  the  wires. 


I 


Fig.  138. 
Bayonet-pointed  Needles  for  Electrolysis, 
insulated  and  non-insulated  (Kidder). 


Fig.  139. 

Rockwell's  Long  Needle 
for  Electrolysis  of  Uterus 
through  the  Va.gina  or  the 
Walls  of  the  Abdomen. 


666    ELECTROLYSIS — ITS   NATURE   AND   GENERAL   METHODS. 


Flexible  Copper  Wire  for  Con?iecti7ig  the  Needles  in  Electrolytic 
Operatiofis. — These  needles  are  attached  to  connecting  wires  by  fine 
flexible  copper  wire.  Wire  of  this  kind,  it  may  be  remarked,  is  a  mos<- 
convenient  and  almost  necessary  adjunct  to  an  electrolytic  case,  and  to 
the  operating-room  of  the  electro-therapeutist.     It  is  useful  for  many 


Fig.  140. 
Needles  for  Electrolysis,  witli  Rock- 
well's Needle- Holders. 


Fig.  J41. 

Beard's  Long  Cutting  Needles  for 
Electrolysis  of  the  Base. 
(Tiemann  and  Galvano-Faradic  Mfg.  Co.) 


purposes  of  connection,  and  when  thumb-screws  are  out  of  order  or 
broken  off  it  very  well  supplies  their  place. 

Dr.  Murray,  of  this  city,  has  employed  needles  insulated  at  both 
ends,  leaving  an  uninsulated  portion  in  the  middle.  He  uses  these 
needles  in  the  treatment  of  hydrocele  and  cystic  tumors.     They  are 


ELECTROLYSIS   OF   THE   BASE.  66-] 

introduced  so  that  the  insulated  portion  is  on  the  skin,  and  the  unin- 
sulated portion  within  the  tumor. 

Method  of  Introducing  the  Needles. — The  skin  in  some  parts  of 
the  body  is  quite  tough,  and  needles  go  in  with  much  greater  diffi- 
culty than  one  might  suppose.  The  method  of  introducing  a  hypo- 
dermic syringe  is  the  best  method  of  introducing  needles  for  electro- 
lysis. The  skin  may  be  pinched  up  and  kept  tense  with  the  left 
hand,  while  the  right  pushes  in  the  needles  the  required  depth.  If 
it  is  impossible  or  merely  difficult  to  push  the  needles  in  as  far  as  is 
needed,  it  is  better  to  let  on  the  current,  and  allow  a  httle  electro- 
lytic action  to  take  place  around  the  needle.  This  will  loosen  it  at 
the  negative  pole  (though  at  the  positive  it  will  have  the  opposite 
effect,  and  bind  it  close  and  firm).  The  negative  needle  thus  loosened 
can  easily  be  pushed  further  in. 

The  pain  attendant  on  the  introduction  of  the  needles  is,  of  course, 
best  combated  by  full  anaesthesia  or  by  ether  spray  ;  but  there  are 
many  cases  where  aucesthetics  are  hardly  required,  where  ether  spray 
cannot  be  conveniently  used,  and  where  it  is  desirable  to  diminish  in 
some  way  the  pain.  A  mixture  of  ether  and  carbolic  acid  in  equal  parts, 
first  suggested  to  us  by  Dr.  Sterling,  has  a  positively  benumbing  effect 
on  the  part  to  which  it  is  applied.  The  mixture  can  be  localized 
to  a  very  small  spot,  and  the  benumbing  effect  begins  to  be  felt  in  less 
than  five  minutes,  and  lasts  for  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes,  varying  with 
the  amount  used.  It  turns  the  skin  a  little  white.  The  disadvan- 
tage in  its  use  is  that  it  sometimes  makes  a  sHght  sore  afterward. 

The  benumbing  influence  of  the  faradic  current  may  be  utilized  for 
this  purpose  (see  Electro- Anesthesia). 

Eledrolyzing  the  Base. — During  the  past  three  years  we  have  been 
treating  malignant  tumors  of  various  kinds  by  a  method  of  electrolysis 
which  Dr.  Beard  has  termed  working  up  the  base,  or  electrolysis  of  the 
base. 

The  ordinary  method  of  electrolysis  does  not  suffice  for  malignant 
tumors.  It  will  relieve  the  pain,  but  relief  of  pain  can  be  obtained  by 
simple  external  galvanization  without  any  needles.  It  will  cause  a 
certain  reduction  in  size,  but  this  reduction  is  almost  always  limited, 
rarely  exceeding  ten  or  twenty-five  per  cent.  In  some  cases,  not  the 
slightest  perceptible  reduction  is  caused,  even  by  the  most  persevering 
use  of  electrolysis.  When  powerful  currents  are  used,  there  must,  of 
course,  result  more  or  less  destruction  of  tissue  near  the  point  where 
the  needles  are  inserted,  and  by  successive  operations  the  entire  growth 
n>ay  be  broken  down,  or  may  slough  away  after  the  operations  are  dis- 


668   ELECTROLYSIS— ITS   NATURE   AND   GENERAL   METHODS. 

continued,  and  it  is  possible  to  extend  the  operations  far  into  the  base 
and  surrounding  tissues.  Some  of  our  first  cases  were  treated  in  this 
way ;  but  it  is  to  the  last  degree  awkward,  tedious,  and  involves  a  great 
waste  of  time  and  force. 

Method  of  Operating  by  Electrolysis  of  the  Base. — The  patient  must 
first  be  fully  etherized.  The  method  of  operating  on  a  small  tumor  is 
to  first  insert  the  needle  connected  with  the  positive  pole  underneath 
the  tumor  and  near  the  border.  A  similar  needle  connected  with  the 
negative  pole  is  inserted  also  underneath  the  tumor,  and,  if  possible,  at 
some  distance  below  the  base  of  the  growth,  so  that  the  point  emerges 
on  the  opposite  side.  The  current  is  now  gradually  let  on,  and  the 
strength  increased  until  the  electrolysis  becomes  active,  as  will  be  in- 
dicated by  the  yellowish  foam  that  appears  at  the  negative  pole,  gradu- 
ally loosening  the  needle.  As  the  action  increases,  the  negative 
pole  may  be  slowly  worked  from  side  to  side,  with  a  slight  cutting  mo- 
tion, so  as  to  undermine  the  tumor.  The  positive  meanwhile  remains 
in  situ  ;  it  becomes  firmly  adherent  through  oxidation,  and  need  not 
be  removed  until  the  close  of  the  operation. 


Electrolysis  of  the  base  in  a  case  of  scirrhus  of  the  breast  Large  and  long  nega- 
tive needle  manipulated  by  the  operator  in  the  healthy  tissue,  some  distance  from  the 
border  of  the  tumor.  Connection  made  by  ordinary  positive  needle  inserted  near  the 
base  of  the  tumor. 

After  the  tumor  falls  off,  through  the  undermining  of  its  base,  the 
base  itself  can  be  worked  up  in  all  directions  with  the  needles,  or 
with  the  harrow  electrode  that  we  have  devised  for  this  purpose. 
After  the  removal  of  the  growth,  it  is  well  to  change  the  position  of  the 
poles  in  working  up  the  base,  so  that  all  parts  of  the  surface  may 
get  the  benefit  of  the  action  peculiar  to  both  poles. 


INSTRUMENTS   USED   IN   ELECTROLYSIS   OF  THE  BASE,  669 

If  the  tumor  is  a  large  one,  as  an  extensive  epithelioma,  or  scirrhus, 
it  is  better  to  have  it  first  removed  by  the  knife.  The  base  can  then 
be  worked  up  in  the  manner  just  described. 

The  cavity  after  the  operation  has  a  charred  appearance  and  alarms 
the  patient  and  his  friends  unless  they  are  forewarned. 


PlO.  143. 

Electrolysis  of  the  base  of  a  scirrhus  of  the  breast  after  removal  of  the  tumor  by  the 
knife.  Harrow  electrode  connected  with  the  negative  pole  and  long  cutting  needle 
with  the  positive  pole. 

The  time  required  in  an  operation  of  this  kind  ranges  between  ten 
minutes  to  a  half  or  three-quarters  of  an  hour.  Some  swelling  and 
oedema  in  the  surrounding  tissues  follow  the  operation,  but  little  or  no 
pain,  although  the  charred  appearance  of  the  cavity  that  has  been  thor- 
oughly electrolyzed  is  sometimes  quite  formidable. 

Instruments  Requv'ed. — For  this  method  of  working  up  the  base  Dr. 
Beard  has  devised  needles,  or  electrodes,  that  are  quite  different  from 
those  employed  in  the  ordinary  method  of  electrolysis.  The  needles 
are  long,  spear-shaped,  double-edged,  and  tolerably  sharp,  so  that  a  slight 
cutting  action  may  be  combined  with  the  purely  electrolytic  action. 
These  needles  are  not  insulated,  except  in  that  portion  that  is  grasped 
by  the  hand  in  operating.  In  nearly  all  of  these  operations  we  have 
used  the  zinc-carbon  batteries  of  sixteen  or  thirty-two  cells,  and  usually 
those  of  the  Galvano-Faradic  Manufacturing  Company ;  and  when  a 
good  deal  of  work  is  to  be  done  in  a  short  time,  as  in  important  electro- 
lytic operations,  no  batteries  are  better  than  these.  The  various  mod- 
ifications of  Daniell  cells,  which  are  so  excellent  in  central  galvaniza- 
tion, are  not  well  adapted  for  powerful  electrolysis. 

Theory  of  the  Method. — The  most  recent  pathological  investigations 
seem  to  point  pretty  clearly  to  the  view  that  cancer,  whatever  the  dia- 


670  ELECTROLYSIS — ITS   NATURE   AND   GENERAL   METHODS. 

thesis  may  be,  is  a  local  disease,  and  affects  the  adjacent  parts  and  the 
general  system  by  actual  transfer  of  the  cancer-cells.* 

If  we  accept  rhese  views  we  must  also  accept  the  view  that  cancer^ 
whatever  constitidional  treatment  ive  adopt,  should  be  treated  locally, 
and  by  some  method  of  local  treatment  that  acts  not  only  on  the  body  of 
the  tumor,  but  also  and  especially  on  the  snrrotmding  tissue,  and  that  the 
earlier  such  treatment  is  used  the  better  the  prognosis. 

When  we  remove  the  tumor  and  close  up  the  wound,  we  leave  the 
areola  mostly  untouched,  and  shut  up  the  cancer  cells  in  a  soil  best  of  all 
adapted  to  nourish  them.  Hence  we  need  not  wonder  that  the  disease 
recurs  either  immediately  in  or  near  the  place  of  removal,  or  that  the 
cells  wander  to  some  distant  part  where  another  tumor  appears  after 
months  or  years. 

The  morbid  or  semi-morbid  tissues  that  surround  malignant  tumors 
have  been  treated  in  various  ways  by  caustics,  in  substance,  by  caustic 
needles,  and  by  the  actual  and  galvano-cautery.  So  far  as  we  can  learn 
from  the  experience  of  surgeons  who  have  faithfully  tried  any  one  or  all 
of  these  methods,  the  results  are  more  satisfactory  than  the  results  of 
ordinary  treatment  by  the  knife  or  ligature. 

The  theoretical  arguments  that  electrolysis  of  the  base  would  pro- 
duce more  radical  results  than  the  use  of  caustics  are  based  necessarily 
on  our  ideas  of  the  nature  of  the  electric  force  and  of  the  process  of 
electrolysis.  When  electrodes  connected  with  the  two  poles  of  a  gal- 
vanic battery  are  inserted  into  the  animal  tissue,  the  vibrations  of  the 
el-ectric  force  not  only  pass  between  the  electrodes,  but  extend  to  a 
considerable  distance  in  all  directions  from  them,  and  much  further 
than  the  direct  effect  of  caustics  would  reach. 

Advantages  of  the  Method. — i.  Less  liability  to  recurrence  of  malig- 
nant tumors. 

We  have  kept  close  watch  of  a  majority  of  the  cases  that  have  been 
treated  in  this  way  during  the  past  three  years.  In  the  list  of  cases  are 
found  several  epithelioma  of  the  lips  and  face,  and  one  case  of  malignant 
cystic  of  the  neck.  But  one  of  the  cases  of  epithelioma  of  the  lips  and 
face  has  yet  recurred  ;  although  the  time  that  has  elapsed  since  the 
treatment  varies  all  the  way  between  three  years  and  four  months. 
The  case  of  malignant  cystic  has  not  yet  recurred.     It  is  yet  too  early 

*  See  "  A  Lecture  on  the  Structure  of  Cancerous  Tumors,  and  the  Mode  in  which 
Adjacent  Parts  are  invaded,"  by  Dr.  Woodward,  Assistant  Surgeon,  U.S.A.  The 
Toner  Lectures  of  the  Smithsonian  Institute,  Washington,  November,  1873.  See 
aho  the  recent  and  admirable  discussion  on  the  subject  by  Drs.  De  Morgan,  Hutchi- 
son, Paget,  and  others,  in  the  Lancet  for  March  and  April,  1874. 


ADVANTAGES   OF   ELECTROLYSIS   OF   BASE.  6/1 

to  arrange  any  statistics  on  this  subject,  for,  as  every  surgeon  knows, 
some  cases  of  epithelioma  are  permanently  cured  by  the  knife,  and  their 
prognosis  under  ordinary  surgical  treatment  is  better  than  that  of  scir- 
rhus  of  the  breast,  or  indeed  scirrhus  anywhere. 

Some  hopeless  cases— notably  a  case  of  scirrhus  of  the  rectum,  and 
epithelioma  of  the  vagina — we  have  treated  by  this  method  in  order  to 
palliate  the  symptoms  and  prolong  life,  and  with  the  most  interesting  and 
remarkable  results.  Indeed,  we  have  been  as  much  encouraged  by  the 
palliative  effects  obtained  in  these  hopeless  forms  of  malignant  disease 
as  by  the  apparently  radical  cures  of  milder  cases. 

It  follows,  from  the  theoretical  considerations  above  given,  and  ex- 
perience confirms  this  view,  that  the  results  of  this  method  of  working 
up  the  base  will  depend  entirely  on  the  thoroughness  with  which  the  op- 
eration is  performed.  If  the  base  be  but  half  electrolyzed,  if  patches 
of  morbid  tissue  be  allowed  to  remain,  then  there  will  be  a  recurrence, 
in  all  probability,  just  as  after  other  modes  of  operating. 

2.  Less  hemorrhage  than  other  methods  of  operating.  The  reason 
for  this  has  already  been  explained — electrolysis  coagulates  the  blood, 
constricts  the  tissues,  and  slightly  cauterizes  them.  Ordinary  paren- 
chymatous hemorrhage  is  thus  controlled  in  the  most  satisfactory  man- 
ner, so  that  if  a  strong  current  is  used,  neither  sponges  nor  styptics  are 
required. 

3.  Less  liability  to  shock.  We  form  this  judgment  from  protracted 
operations  made  on  patients  in  various  stages  of  debility,  and  in  the 
extremes  of  life,  infancy  and  old  age.  We  have  not  yet  seen  any 
effect  at  all  suggestive  of  shock,  after  very  long  sittings  under  strong 
currents,  even  where  sensitive  localities  were  operated  on.  The 
electric  current  would  indeed  appear  to  be  one  of  the  very  best  anti- 
dotes to  shock,  and  for  a  long  time  it  has  been  known  and  used  as  a 
means  of  resuscitation. 

4.  It  is  followed  by  a  more  satisfactory  heaUng  than  other  operations. 
This  fact  has  been  observed  markedly  in  several  severe  and  hopeless 
cases,  and  has  attracted  the  attention  of  all  the  surgeons  who  have 
seen  the  cases. 

5.  There  is  reason  for  the  belief  that  the  future  will  show  that  septi- 
caemia and  pyaemia  are  less  likely  to  follow  electrolysis  than  other  surgi- 
cal operations.  It  is  more  than  probable  that  electrolyzation,  like 
cauterization,  constringes  the  absorbents  so  that  they  cannot  absorb 
pus. 

6.  To  all  these  facts  must  be  added  the  consideration  that  many 
patients  dread  the  knife — without  reason  it  may  be,  and  without  com- 


6/2   ELECTROLYSIS— ITS   NATURE  AND    GENERAL   METHODS. 

mon-sense ;  but  patients  are  not  expected  to  exercise  reason  or  com- 
mon-sense— and  such  persons  are  willing  to  submit  to  electricity,  how- 
ever employed. 

The  advantages  of  working  up  the  base  by  electrolysis,  as  compared 
with  working  up  the  base  by  caustic,  the  actual  cautery,  or  the  galvano- 
cautery,  are  worthy  of  study. 

Disadvantages  of  the  Method. — i.  It  requires  apparatus  more  or 
less  bulky,  and  they  require  more  or  less  experience  in  their  manage- 
ment. 

2.  Electroljlic  operations  frequently  require  more  time  than  opera- 
tions with  the  knife  or  ligature,  and  in  some  cases  the  operation  must 
be  repeated. 

If  electrolysis  produced  shock,  this  element  of  time  might,  perhaps, 
be  a  serious  one ;  but,  inasmuch  as  it  appears  to  act  as  an  antidote  to 
shock,  and  as  the  stimulus  of  the  current  allows  us  to  prolong  anaesthe- 
sia with  safety,  and,  as  in  many  of  the  cases  where  electrolysis  is  used, 
treatment  by  knife  or  ligature  is  contraindicated,  this  objection  need 
not  deter  us  from  resorting  to  it. 

3.  The  irritative  fever  that  follows  powerful  and  prolonged  electro- 
lytic operations  is  sometimes  severe.  The  parts  around  the  tumor 
operated  on  become  more  or  less  swollen,  but  are  not  usually  painful, 
and  this  swelHng  also  soon  subsides. 

It  is  proper  to  state  that  the  ordinary  method  of  electrolysis,  if 
thoroughly  used  and  repeated  a  sufficient  number  of  times,  may  run  into 
this  method  of  working  up  the  base,  and  in  epithelioma,  at  least,  may 
accomplish  good  results.  The  body  of  the  tumor  may  be  gradually 
broken  and  destroyed  ;  and  then,  in  successive  operations,  the  needles 
may  be  made  to  work  up  the  base  and  surrounding  tissue.  Groh,*  of 
Vienna,  has  used  this  method  with  success  in  quite  a  number  of  cases 
of  epithelioma,  as  well  as  of  sarcomatous  growths.  We  have  used  the 
same  method  in  epithelioma,  and  with  success.  The  method  has, 
however,  the  sufficiently  serious  objection  that  it  first  wastes  the  time 
and  strength  of  the  patient  on  unnecessary  treatment  of  the  tumor,  and 
is  only  successful  in  proportion  as  it  falls  back  on  the  method  of  work- 
ing up  the  base  and  surrounding  tissue. 

^  Die  Electrolysis  in  der  Ckirurgie,  Vienna,  187 1.  Groh  has  also  treated  sarco- 
matous growths  by  very  prolonged  electrolysis,  with  mild  currents.  This  method 
seems  to  have  greater  inconveniences,  without  any  compensating  advantages. 


CHAPTER  III. 


GALVANO-CAUTERY. 


Galvano-Cautery . — Galvano-cantery  is  cauterization  by  a  resisting 
wire  heated  by  the  galvanic  current.  It  is  very  often  confounded  with 
electrolysis,  but  as  we  have  seen  electrolysis  is  the  decomposition  of  a 
compound  substance  by  means  of  electricity.  A  slight  cauterizing  ac- 
tion may  indeed  accompany  electrolytic  operations,  but  it  is  incidental 
merely,  and  is  not  a  part  of  the  electrolysis,  nor  the  end  desired. 

It  is  a  law  of  electricity  that  when  it  passes  through  a  resisting  wire 
it  raises  its  temperature  in  proportion  to  the  resistance  of  the  wire  and 
the  quantity  of  the  electricity  (see  Electo-Physics,  p.  80).  The  wire 
thits  heated  is  capable  of  producijig  cauterizing  effects.  Platinum  offers 
a  greater  resistance  to  the  passage  of  the  electric  current  than  any 
other  metal  except  mercury  and  lead,  and  is  therefore  used  in  galvano- 
cautery.  It  will  be  seen  at  once  that  the  electricity  is  not  applied  to 
the  body,  as  in  the  various  forms  of  electrization,  but  only  the  wire 
heated  by  the  passage  of  the  cui'rent. 

Advantage  of  Galva?w-Cautery  over  the  Actual  Cautery. — The  one 
great  advantage  of  the  galvano-cautery  over  the  actual  cautery  is,  of 
course,  the  fact  that  the  heat  in  the  wire  connected  with  the  battery 
can  be  controlled  at  will.  It  can  be  let  off  and  on,  increased  or  dimin- 
ished at  pleasure  and  instantaneously.  With  the  actual  cautery  such 
control  is  manifestly  impossible. 

Heat  is  heat,  however  obtained ;  and  the  heat  of  a  platinum  wire 
through  which  a  current  is  passing  has  probably  no  advantage  as  such 
over  the  heat  of  a  poker  that  has  been  thrust  into  the  coals.  The 
advantage  lies  simply  in  the  fact  that  in  the  one  case  the  heat  is  under 
the  complete  control  of  the  operator  during  a  long  operation  if  neces- 
sary ;  in  the  other  case  it  is  not  under  such  control. 

Apparatus  for  Galvano-Cautery. — Galvano-cautery  operations  re- 
quire batteries  composed  of  a  few  large  cells.  Rarely  are  more  than 
eight  cells  used,  and  the  best  batteries  can  be  turned  into  one  or  two 
43 


674 


GALVANO-CAUTERY. 


cells.  The  batteries  employed  in  electrolysis  or  in  ordinary  galvaniza- 
tion are  not  available  for  galvano-cautery — vice  versa,  galvano-cautery 
batteries  are  of  but  little  use  in  electrolytic  operations  or  in  ordinary 
galvanization.  The  explanation  is  to  be  found  in  the  chapter  op 
Ohm's  Law  (see  Electro-Physics,  pp.  77-95). 

There  has  been  great  practical  difficulty  in  obtaining  galvano-cautery 
batteries  that  would  be  at  once  sufficiently  powerful  and  conveniently 
portable.  The  original  battery  of  Middeldorpff  was  extremely  heavy 
and  in  every  way  inconvenient,  though,  like  all  combinations  of  Grove's 
cells,  it  was  very  powerful. 

During  the  past  decade,  and  notably  during  the  past  five  years,  the 
progress  in  the  direction  of  portabihty  and  convenience  of  galvano- 


FlG.   144. 

Byrne's  Multiple  Element  Battery  (Shepard  &  Dudley). 


cautery  batteries  has  been  rapid  and  decided.  In  this  department  no 
one  has  labored  harder  or  more  successfully  than  Dr.  John  Byrne,  of 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y.     After  long  and  tedious  experimenting,  he  has  com- 


GALVANO-CAUTERY    BATTERIES. 


675 


pleted  a  galvano-cautery  battery  that  is  as  portable  and  easy  to  manage 
as  any  galvanic  battery  for  electrolysis  or  ordinary  galvanization. 

Batteries  that  are  non-portable,  or  at  least  not  easily  so,  are  also 
made  by  all  the  companies  that  manufacture  electrical  instruments. 
Some  of  them  that  we  shall  describe  are  most  excellent.  Those  who 
make  a  large  use  of  galvano-cautery  will  probably  require  two  kinds  of 
batteries— portable  and  stationary- just  as  they  require  portable  and 
stationary  faradic  and  galvanic  apparatus. 


Fig.  145.  Fig.  146. 

Fig.  145  represents  the  PifFard  galvano-cautery  battery,  and  is  not 
only  reasonably  compact,  but  exceedingly  efficient.  The  box  contains 
six  cells  of  vulcanite  and  a  platform  of  hard  rubber,  to  which  are  fas- 
tened the  zinc  and  platinum  plates.  On  the  top  of  the  platform  are 
seven  conducting  posts,  six  connecting  screws,  and  a  handle  (used  in 
connection  with  the  long  arm)  for  holding  the  elements  when  not  in 
use  and  by  which  they  are  lowered  into,  or  taken  from  the  cells.  For 
the  purpose  of  agitating  the  fluid  and  increasing  the  cautery  power, 
there  are  pivots  on  each  side  of  the  platform,  by  means  of  v/hich  the 
elements  are  readily  moved  with  a  rocking  motion.  The  box  enclosing 
the  cells  is  9  inches  long,  6^  inches  wide,  and  10  inches  high. 

One  of  the  most  successful  attempts  to  combine  a  suitable  degree  of 
strength  with  compactness  and  lightness  has,  perhaps,  been  made  by 
Kidder  in  the  battery  represented  by  Fig.  146.  It  is  composed  of  but 
two  hard  rubber  cells,  with  elements  of  zinc  and  carbon — each  cell 
measuring  sh  inches  in  length,  2^  inches  in  width,  and  will  retain  a 
number  1 9  platinum  wire  at  a  white  heat  for  more  than  a  quarter  of  an 


6^6 


GALVANO-CAUTERY. 


hour.  The  elements  are  made  to  move  o\\  small  wheels  horizontally, 
in  their  relation  to  the  fluid  in  the  cells.  This  is  a  great  improvement 
on  the  old  method  of  blowing  with  an  air-bulb  for  the  purpose  of  pro- 
ducing agitation  of  the  fluid,  and  consequent  increase  of  current 
strength,  and  seems  to  us  to  more  thoroughly  displace  the  battery 
fluid  than  any  other  method.  For  very  prolonged  operations  this  little 
battery  is  hardly  sufficient,  and  should  be  replaced  by  the  larger  form, 
consisting  of  four  cells. 

Byrnes  Multiple  Element  Galva?io -Cautery  Battery. — Byrne's  com- 
bination of  zinc-carbon  elements  is  the  most  compact  and  portable  bat- 
tery for  gal vano- cautery  purposes  yet  constructed,  and  for  its  size  has 
greater  heating  power  than  any  other.  This  battery,  in  its  latest  modi- 
fication, consists  of  zinc-carbon  cells,  in  a  case  six  inches  long,  nine 
inches  high,  and  five  inches  wide.  The  plates  of  each  cell  are  split  up 
into  a  number  of  smaller  plates,  all  of  which  are  contained  in  one  jar 
of  fluid,  and  are  connected  at  the  top.  By  this  arrangement  more  sur- 
face both  of  the  zinc  and  of  the  carbon  is  exposed  to  the  fluid  than 
when  the  plates  are  not  so  subdivided.     Besides  this  arrangement  gives 


Fig.  147. 
Zinc-Carbon  Gal.vano-Cautery  Battery  (Galvano-Faradic  Mfg.  Co.). 


CASE   OF   GALVANO-CAUTERY   BATTERIES. 


^n 


many  corners  and  angles  on  which  the  exciting  fluid  acts  with  greater 
vigor  than  on  smooth  surfaces. 

The  plates  are  very  near  to  each  other,  from  -Jg-  to  -^^  of  an  inch,  so 
that  the  internal  resistance  of  the  battery  is  comparatively  small. 

The  arrangement  is  such  that  one  or  two  cells  can  be  used  as  may 
be  required.  The  heating  power  of  this  small,  light  battery,  is  quite 
remarkable,  and  is  indeed  sufficient  when  well  nurtured  for  a  very  large 
number  of  electro-surgical  operations. 

Dr.  Byrne*  says  that  he  has  found  by  experiment  that  greater  heat 
may  be  obtained  from  120  inches  of  surface  in  the  multiple  element 
(form   (three  inches  by  five)  than  from  378  inches  of  surface  with  ele- 


Fig.  148. 
Galvano-Cautery  Battery  with  handle  and  wire-loop  (Mayer  &  Meltzer,  London). 


ments  four  times  the  size.     While   the  battery  made  of  large  elements 
would  bring  five  inches  of  platinum  wire  to  a  red  heat,  the  multiple 
element  battery  would  raise  the  same  wire  to  a  burning  white  heat. 
*  Electro-Cautery  in  Uterine  Surgery,  p.  67. 


GALVANO-CAUTERY. 


Fig.  149.        Fig.  150, 


Burners  and  Cutting-loops  for  Galvano-Cautery  (Bruns). 
Fig.  149. — Handle  for  Burner,  with  knob  and  spring  for  interrupting 

or  connecting  the  current. 
Fig.  150. — Handle  and  Cutting-loop.  Figs 

Fig.  151. — Handle  for  Cutting-loop  where  only  one  hand  is  at  liberty; 

hand  may  be  employed  in  holding  some  other  instrument,  as 

geal  or  aural  mirror. 
Fig.  152. — Burners  of  various  shapes. 
Fig.  153. — Burner  for  larynx. 
Fig.  154. — Cutting-loop  for  larynx. 

A  B  C 


152-157. 

the  other 
the  laryn- 


FlG.  158, 


Fig.  159       Fig.  160. 


SHEPARD   &.  DUD  LEY.  IM.Y. 

Fig.  161.  Fig.  162.  Fig.  163.     Fig.  164. 


USES   OF   THE   GALVANO-CAUTERY. 


679 


Fig.  173. 


'^'GS.    165. 


I 


Care  of  Galvano-Cautery  Batteries. — In  order  to  attsjn  the  maximum 
of  power  from  galvano-cautery  batteries,  and  to  keep  them  in  good 
working  order,  much  more  care  is  necessary  than  in  the  case  of  ordinary 
batteries  for  galvanization. 

The  reasons  for  this  are  twofold  : 

1.  The  chemical  action  is  very  vigorous  because  the  solutions  are 
strong  and  the  circuit  is  metallic  throughout.  In  ordinary  external 
galvanization  or  in  electrolysis  the  resistance  of  the  body  interposed 
in  the  circuit  is  so  great  that  only  a  small  quantity  of  electricity  can 
be  evolved  (see  chapter  on  Ohm's  Law) ;  hence  the  zinc  is  not  so 
rapidly  consumed. 

2.  The  galvano-cautery  batteries— especially  the  portable  varieties — • 
have  comparatively  little  reserve  power.  If  the  solution  becomes  old 
or  the  plates  become  corroded  badly,  the  heat  generated  may  be  too 
feeble  for  important  operations. 

It  is  therefore  necessary  to  frequently  renew  the  solution  entirely, 
and  not  in  part,  as  is  so  often  done  with  ordinary  galvanic  batteries. 
With  the  portable  zinc-carbon  batteries  it  is  a  great  advantage  to  thor- 
oughly soak  the  carbons  in  tepid  water  after  each  operation. 

A  practical  point  of  much  importance  is  that  when  the  zinc  plates 


68o 


GALVANO-CAUTERY. 


Fig.  174.      Fig.  175.  Fig.  176.     Fig.  177.    Fig.  178.    Fig.  179. 

V  arious  forms  of  handles,  wire-loops,  cauterizers,  and  so  forth,  for  galvano-cautery 

operations  (Shepard  &  Dudley,  Galvano-Faradic  Mfg.  Co.,  and  Kidder). 


rUTrL£.A/.K 

Fig.  180. 

Fig.  181. 

Galvano-cautery  operating  case  (Galvano-Faradic  Mfg.  Co.). 

become  much  worn,  and  the  distance  between  the  carbon  plates  is 
correspondingly  increased,  the  internal  resistance  of  the  batteries  is 
greater  and  the  power  is  diminished. 

Accompanying  Listruments. — In  the  operation  of  galvano-cautery  a 
large  number  of  burners,  loops,  and  handles  is  used.  These  are  of  every 
variety  and  can  be  adapted  by  the  operator  to  the  needs  of  any  spe- 
cial case. 


RULES   FOR   USE   OF   GALVANO-CAUTERY.  68 1 

Uses  of  the  Galvano-Caiitery. — The  special  purposes  for  which 
galvano-cautery  has  been  recommended  and  employed  are  the  follow- 
ing :— 

1.  Removal  of  tumors  of  various  kinds,  in  parts  that  are  not  readily 
accessible  to  the  ordinary  methods  of  extirpation — pediculated  tumors 
of  the  larynx,  polypi  of  the  larynx,  naso-pharyngeal  space,  external 
auditory  canal,  vagina,  rectum,  and  uterus.  Malignant  tumors  in  any 
accessible  position  may  be  removed  by  galvano-cautery  in  order  to 
avoid  hemorrhage. 

2.  Amputation  of  diseased  organs  or  parts  of  organs,  like  the  neck 
of  the  uterus,  the  tongue,  etc.,  as  a  palliative. 

3.  Cauterization  of  ulcers. 

4.  Cauterization  of  chronic  inflammations  of  mucous  membrane,  in 
the  urethra,  nasal  duct,  conjunctiva,  etc. 

5.  Cauterization  of  cancerous  tumors  to  stop  the  hemorrhage. 

6.  Cauterization  of  the  base  and  tissue  surrounding  malignant  tumors 
that  have  been  previously  removed  by  the  knife  or  ligature. 

7.  Cauterization  of  erectile  tumors  so  as  to  cause  coagulation,  ab- 
sorption, and  in  some  cases  sloughing. 

8.  Treatment  of  fistulse,  by  cauterizing  the  fistula  alone,  or  lay  cau- 
terizing surrounding  parts,  or  by  cauterizing  both  the  opening  and  the 
parts  surrounding,  or  by  opening  the  fistula. 

9.  Treatment  of  neuralgia  by  cauterizing  and  killing  the  nerve. 

10.  Treatment  of  prolapsus  uteri  by  cauterizing  with  the  burners  the 
vaginal  walls,  and  thus  causing  inflammation,  suppuration,  and  cicatricial 
contraction. 

Advantages  of  the  Galvano-Cautery. — The  advantages  of  the  galvano- 
cautery  over  the  actual  and  potential  cautery  and  the  ordinary  opera- 
tions by  cutting  instruments,  are  these  : — 

1.  It  can  be  used  on  parts  that  are  not  easily  accessible  to  ordinary 
instruments. 

2.  It  saves  all  or  nearly  all  hemorrhage. 

3.  It  combines  the  after-cauterizing  effect  with  the  other  results  of 
the  operation,  as  is  sometimes  desirable. 

4.  It  is  more  sure  in  its  action,  and  can  be  more  accurately  localized, 
especially  in  cavities,  than  the  ordinary  methods  of  cauterization. 

5.  It  is  but  little  painful  after  the  operation,  and  is  rarely  or  never 
dangerous. 

6.  It  is  followed,  like  electrolysis,  by  a  more  satisfactory  healing  than 
by  the  knife  or  ligature,  and  as  after  electrolysis  there  is  less  liability  to 
pyaemia. 


k 


682  GALVANO-CAUTERY. 

The  one  disadvantage  of  the  galvano-cautery  is  the  difficulty  of 
managing  the  necessary  apparatus. 

This  difficulty  is  now  diminishing ;  the  advances  that  have  recentl) 
been  made  in  this  department  will  bring  the  galvano-cautery  within  the 
reach  of  all  who  are  willing  to  devote  the  amount  of  attention  which 
a  new  department  must  at  first  demand. 

There  is  reason  to  believe  that  in  the  future,  with  accessible  and 
compact  appliances,  the  use  of  the  galvano-cautery  will  be  greatly  ex- 
tended. No  one  can  expect  to  succeed  zvith  the  galva?io- cautery  who  is 
not  to  some  degree  a  master  of  electro-physics. 

Rules  for  the  Use  of  the  Galvano-Cautery. — i.  For  all  large  and  im- 
portant operations  fresh  fluid  should  be  used  in  sufficient  quantity,  and 
the  battery  should  be  in  all  respects  clean  and  in  good  order. 

In  the  use  of  the  galvanic  current  for  ordinary  galvanization,  fluid 
needs  entire  renewal  but  rarely,  and  if  an  evaporation  or  waste  reduce 
the  strength,  simply  pouring  in  new  fluid  into  the  old,  or  pouring  in 
water  alone  will  answer  to  bring  up  the  battery  power  to  the  necessary 
standard. 

2.  Before  beginning  the  operation,  the  apparatus  should  be  in  thor- 
ough preparation.  Our  battery  should  be  tested,  and  the  handles  and 
wires  or  knives  should  be  carefully  overhauled,  so  that  there  may  be 
no  chances  of  bad  connection  or  bad  working  of  the  screws,  wheels,  or 
other  appliances. 

3.  In  all  operations  of  importance  it  is  almost  indispensable  to  have 
an  assistant,  whose  exclusive  duty  it  shall  be-  to  immerse  and  take  out 
the  elements  as  may  be  required  during  the  various  steps  of  the  opera- 
tion, or  to  use  the  bellows  or  air-bulb  to  increase  the  strength  of  the 
current.  The  operator  will  have  all  he  can  do  to  control  the  instru- 
ments in  his  hands. 

4.  The  strength  of  the  current  employed  in  the  operation  should  be 
carefully  adapted  to  the  size  and  length  of  the  wire-loop  or  knife  that 
is  used  in  the  operation.  If  too  great  a  quantity  of  electricity  is  used 
for  the  size  and  length  of  the  wire  loop,  the  wire  may  break  before  or 
during  the  operation — very  likely  very  near  the  close  of  the  operation, 
to  the  annoyance  of  the  operator.  If  too  little  quantity  of  electricity 
is  used,  the  loop  or  knife  will  not  be  sufficiently  heated,  and  will  not 
bum  through  the  tissues,  or  if  the  tissues  are  divided,  hemorrhage 
may  occur. 

As  the  loop  grows  smaller  near  the  end  of  an  operation,  the  quantity 
of  electricity  should  be  diminished  by  raising  the  elements  somewhat 
in  the  solution,  so  that  less  surface  may  be  exposed  (Byrne). 


RULES   FOR   USE   OF   GALVANO-CAUTERY.  683 

Accurate  judgment  in  this  regard  can  only  come  from  careful  and 
repeated  preliminary  experimentation,  and  from  entire  familiarity  with 
i.lie  battery  employed. 

5.  In  the  case  of  malignant  growths  of  all  kinds,  the  heated  wire, 
loop  or  knife  should  go  sufficiently  far  beneath  or  around  the  growth 
as  to  include  healthy  tissue.  In  amputation  of  the  cervix,  for  example, 
the  wire  should  be  placed  above  the  ulcerated  or  indurated  part  so  as 
to  remove  the  entire  cervix,  and  very  much  more  if  the  disease  extends 
far  into  the  body  of  the  uterus. 

In  some  cases  this  would  be  impracticable,  and  then  it  is  necessary 
to  abandon  all  hopes  of  radical  or  permanent  relief,  and  content  our- 
selves with  palliation  merely. 

6.  In  cases  where  the  wire-loop  is  used,  the  traction  on  it  by  the 
wheel  or  other  contrivance  should  be  very  gradual,  and  by  intervals,  so 
that  the  surfaces  of  the  parts  exposed  may  be  thoroughly  cauterized. 
The  temptation  is  to  make  the  operation  brilliant  and  brief,  by  rapidly 
contracting  the  loop.  Those  operators  who  yield  to  this  temptation 
may  be  annoyed  by  immediate  or  secondary  hemorrhage. 

7.  When  the  shape  and  position  of  a  part  to  be  excised  are  such 
that  a  loop  cannot  be  adjusted,  a  groove  should  first  be  burned  around 
the  part  by  the  galvano-cautery  knife  (Byrne). 

8.  The  wire-loop  or  knife  should  be  accurately  adjusted,  and  be  per- 
fectly in  position  before  the  connection  is  made  and  the  current  let 
on. 

9.  The  loop  should  not  be  contracted  until  it  has  passed  into  the 
submucous  tissues,  and  Avhen  passing  through  superficial  or  cellular  tis- 
sue, the  wire  should  not  be  brought  to  a  white  heat  (Byrne), 

10.  hi  protracted  operations,  where  delay  is  necessary  between  the 
different  stages,  the  elements  should  be  raised  out  of  the  solution  when 
the  current  is  not  needed,  so  as  to  rest  the  battery  and  economize  its 
force. 

Adaptation  of  Galvano-Caiitery  to  various  Departme7its. — In  the 
adaptation  of  galvano-cautery  to  any  of  the  special  departments,  one 
needs  to  be  guided  by  the  general  principles  already  laid  down.  The 
efficient  contrivances  and  modifications  of  apparatus,  and  of  modes  of 
operating,  will  depend  on  the  skill  and  experience  of  the  surgeon.* 

Dr.  Byrne  presents  the  following  resume  of  his  operations  with  the 
galvano-cautery,  up  to  December  i,  1872  : 

*  On  the  special  department  of  the  adaptation  of  the  galvano-cautery  to  gynaecology, 
as  well  as  for  valuable  suggestions  in  regard  to  galvano-cautery  in  general,  we  maj 
refer  to  Dr.  Byrne's  work  on  the  Electro-Cautery  in  Uterine  Surgery. 


684  GALVANO-CAUTERY. 

••19  cases  of  epithelioma,  including  cauliflower  cancer. 

11  "         encephaloid,  or  medullary  cancer. 

13  "  catarrhal,    inflammatory,  and  ulcerative  affections  of   the 
cervical  canal  of  uterus. 

5  "  amputation  of  cervix  (non-malignant). 

4  *'  fibrous  and  fibro-cellular  polypi. 

4  "  sessile  fibroid  tumors. 

2  "  deep  ulceration  of  os  and  cervix. 

1  "  intra-uterine  vegetation  (non-malignant). 

2  "  vascular  tumors  of  urethra. 
4  "  granular  urethritis. 

3  "  hemorrhoids. 

I  "  perineo-vaginal  fistula. 

I  '*  lipoma  of  scalp. 

I  "  lipoma  of  cheek. 

I  "  lipoma  of  ear. 

72 

Of  the  thirty  cases  of  malignant  disease, 
17  were  of  the  uterus  alone. 
7     "         '*      uterus  and  vagina. 
3     "         "      perinseum  and  vagina. 
I  was  of  the  left  labium, 
I     "         "      clitoris. 
I     "         "      breast. 

Among  the  nineteen  cases  of  epithelioma,   ' 
7  were  indurated  or  ulcerated  only,  and 

12  were  of  the  vegetating  or  cauliflower  character.     Of  the  latter, 
7       "       "       cervix  uteri  alone. 

3      "      "       perinseum  and  vagina. 

I  was  restricted  to  the  left  labium. 

I  of  the  clitoris." 

Dr.  Thomas  Bryant,  of  London,  has  recently  published  the  results 
of  a  large  variety  of  experiments  with  this  form  of  "  bloodless  sur- 
gery." 

The  cases  of  amputation  of  the  cervix  uteri  with  the  galvano-cautery 
that  have  been  attempted  by  the  surgeons  of  the  Woman's  Hospital, 
with  the  assistance  of  Dr.  Rockwell,  have  proved  entirely  satisfactory. 
In  these  cases,  if  the  platinum  wire  be  of  sufficient  size,  and  the  cutting 
be  done  slowly,  not  a  drop  of  blood  need  be  lost. 

The  galvano-cautery  has  been  used  by  ophthalmologists  for  the  caii- 


RULES   FOR   USE   OF   GALVANO-CAUTERY.  685 

terization  of  granular  lids,  and  inflammations  and  abscesses  of  the  lachry- 
mal ducts.  By  aurists  it  has  been  used  for  the  removal  of  polypi  and 
other  tumors  from  the  external  auditory  canal.  By  laryngologists  it  has 
been  used  for  the  removal  of  nasal  and  naso-pharyngeal  polypi,  for  the 
cauterization  of  granular  inflammations,  for  the  cauterization  and  removal 
of  various  laryngeal  growths,  and  for  tracheotomy.  One  of  the  most 
successful  workers  in  this  branch  is  Voltolini.* 

In  the  rectum  the  galvano-cautery  has  been  recently  utilized  for  oper- 
ation on  fistulae  and  for  the  removal  of  piles.  By  general  surgeons  it 
has  been  used  for  amputation,  and  for  the  treatment  of  epithelioma  and 
other  malignant  growths. 

The  following  operation  by  the  galvano-cautery  is  a  good  illustration 
of  its  value  and  efficiency  : 

Case  CXCVII. — We  were  requested  by  Prof.  James  R.  Wood  to  see  with  him  a 
patient  from  whom  he  had  some  time  before  removed  a  cancer  of  the  lip.  The  man 
was  now  suffering  from  a  larger  growth  of  a  malignant  character,  situated  on  the 
right  side  of  the  neck,  and  adherent  apparently  to  the  hyoid  bone.  The  tumor  was 
so  exceedingly  vascular  that  it  was  thought  not  expedient,  by  Dr.  Wood,  to  use  the 
knife,  and  he  therefore  determined  to  try  the  galvano-cautery.  The  patient  having 
been  etherized  by  Dr.  J.  W.  Hunt,  Dr.  Wood  proceeded  to  dissect  back  the  skin; 
but  the  substance  of  the  tumor  was  found  to  be  so  thoroughly  broken  down,  that  it 
was  resolved  to  extirpate  thoroughly,  without  regard  to  its  covering.  The  circum- 
ference of  the  tumor  was  so  great,  that  instead  of  attempting  to  encircle  the  whole  at 
once.  Dr.  Wood  pierced  it  at  its  base  and  centre  by  a  grooved  director,  and  along 
this  we  thrust  the  free  end  of  our  platinum  wire,  and  as  it  came  out  at  the  opposite 
side,  it  was  fastened  in  the  other  half  of  the  operating  handle,  thus  forming  a  loop 
around  one-half  of  the  tumor  at  its  base.  The  circuit  was  now  closed,  the  loop 
gradually  contracted,  and  the  amputation  of  the  portion  enclosed  speedily  accom- 
plished. The  other  half  of  the  enlargement  was,  in  the  same  way,  readily  cut  away. 
Substituting  now  the  cautery  knife  for  the  wire,  as  much  of  the  underlying  tissue  was 
removed  as  could  be  with  safety  attempted,  owing  to  the  position  of  the  disease. 
During  the  operation  only  an  insignificant  amount  of  blood  was  lost,  and  but  one 
small  artery  called  for  ligation.  No  untoward  symptoms  followed,  and  the  patient 
made  a  good  recovery. 

*  Die  Anwendung  der  galvano-kaustik  in  Innern  des  Kehlkopfesund  Schlundkopfes. 
Wein,  1872.  On  the  Application  of  the  Galvano-Cautery  to  Laryngology.  See  also 
Cohen's  Diseases  of  the  Throat,  1873. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

BENIGN   AND    MALIGNANT  TUMORS. 

The  success  of  the  electrolytic  procedure  in  benign  and  malignant 
tumors  depends  on  the  method  used.  One  may  fail  by  one  process  and 
succeed  by  another,  just  as  in  any  other  surgical  operation.  The  ten- 
dency has  been  to  be  satisfied  with  the  mere  employment  of  galvano- 
puncture,  without  regard  to  the  method,  and  to  accept  the  results, 
whether  favorable  or  unfavorable,  as  serving  to  settle  the  question  of  the 
value  or  uselessness  of  electricity  in  surgery. 

In  electrolysis  everything  depends  on  the  method  ;  and  with  the  same 
method  skill,  care,  and  thoroughness  may  succeed,  when  awkwardness, 
carelessness,  and  inattention  fail  utterly.  The  failure  of  electrolysis  in 
any  form  of  tumor — benign  or  malignant — is  not  to  be  counted  a  re- 
proach until  we  know  the  actual  method  used  and  the  character  of  the 
operator. 

The  errors  that  have  been  and  are  continually  made  in  electrolytic 
operations  begin  and  end,  as  we  have  seen,  in  ignorance  or  forgetful- 
ness  of  the  laws  and  facts  of  electro-physics  and  electro-physiology,  and 
especially  of  the  former.  No  one  can  be  a  scientific  and  successful 
electro-surgeon  without  also  being  more  or  less  of  an  electro-physicist. 

NjEVI ERECTILE   TUMORS — ANGIOMATA — MOTHER'S    MARKS. 

Nsevi  (erectile  or  vascular  tumors)  are  both  cutaneous  and  subcu- 
taneous. The  terms  cutaneous  and  subcutaneous,  however,  simply  in- 
dicate a  difference  in  seat,  but  not  in  kind.  The  two  forms  are  often 
associated,  and  the  wide-spread  dilatation  of  cutaneous  vessels,  attended 
with  little  swelling,  that  are  commonly  called  "  mother  spots,"  are  evi- 
dently similar  in  character  to  the  subcutaneous  variety  to  which  Bell 
gave  the  name  of  aneurism  by  anastomosis.  Erectile  tumors  may  be 
either  venous  or  arterial. 

This  variety  of  tumors  may  be  treated  by  the  ordinary  method  of 
electrolysis,  with  a  good  probability  of  success,  provided  the  conditions 
of  success  are  skilfully  observed. 


ERECTILE   TUMORS.  68/ 

It  is  first  of  all  necessary  to  understand  that  to  cure  all  forms  of 
erectile  tumors  electrolytically  without  leaving  any  scar  or  trace  is 
simply  impossible.  In  many  cases,  and  notably  in  those  of  larger  size, 
and  which  are  partly  cutaneous  and  partly  subcutaneous,  sooner  or 
later  destruction  of  tissue  is  requisite  to  bring  about  a  cure ;  and  de- 
struction of  tissue  after  electrolysis,  like  destruction  of  tissue  after  the 
use  of  other  agents,  is  followed  by  cicatrization. 

When  the  nsevus  is  small  and  superficial,  then  a  mild  electrolytic 
operation  maybe  followed  by  a  shrinking  of  the  tumor,  and  a  rapid  and 
permanent  absorption  of  the  debris  without  any  scar ;  but  such  cases 
can  hardly  be  said  to  constitute  the  majority.  The  scars  following  the 
electrolytic  treatment  of  nsevi  may,  however,  rapidly  disappear ;  at  least 
the  little  patient  may  in  time  entirely  outgrow  them. 

It  is  necessary  to  be  understood,  in  the  second  place,  that  the  elec- 
trolytic operations  for  n^vi,  as  for  other  kinds  of  morbid  growths,  are 
usually  sufficiently  painful  to  require  some  form  of  local  or  general 
anesthesia.  It  is  almost  absolutely  safe  to  give  ether  to  young  chil- 
dren ;  and  the  operation,  even  though  it  be  but  very  short  and  but  little 
painful,  can  be  conducted  far  more  successfully  when  the  child  is  anaes- 
thetized than  when  it  is  not.  With  adults,  and  sometimes  with  children, 
local  anesthesia  by  ether  spray  is  sufficient ;  but  it  is  generally  inferior 
to  general  ansesthesia.  The  struggles  of  the  child  to  get  free,  its  terror 
at  the  sight  of  the  instruments,  can  all  be  saved  by  a  carefully  adminis- 
tered anesthetic.  The  details  of  the  operation  differ  with  the  site  and 
character  of  the  tumor.  Success  has  followed  the  use  of  both  poles  in 
the  tumor,  or  only  one,  while  the  connection  is  made  by  a  sponge-elec- 
trode on  some  indifferent  point.  If  the  tumor  be  small,  and  but  one 
pole  is  used,  it  is  better  that  it  should  be  the  positive,  since  the  clot 
formed  at  the  positive  pole,  though  small,  is  hard  and  firm.  If  the 
tumor  be  large,  needles  connected  with  both  poles  may  be  used. 
Whether  one  or  more  needles  are  to  be  used  depends  on.  the  size  of 
the  tumor,  but  generally  one  needle  connected  with  each  pole  is  suffi- 
cient. If  many  needles  are  used,  it  is  difficult  to  manage  them ;  and 
some  may  fall  out,  and  thus  disturb  the  operation.  It  is  better,  as  a 
rule,  to  take  out  the  needle  at  different  stages,  and  insert  it  in  various 
parts,  until  the  entire  growth  is  acted  upon.  We  have  sometimes  found 
it  of  advantage  to  reverse  the  current  during  the  operation,  so  that  all 
portions  of  the  tumor  may  be  acted  on  by  both  poles.  Insulation  of 
the  needles  is  only  required  in  the  case  of  entirely  subcutaneous  tumors 
— where,  as  in  the  case  of  aneurism,  it  is  desired  to  produce  a  coaguluni 
(which  may  be  slowly  absorbed)  without  injury  to  the  skin. 


BENIGN   AND   MALIGNANT  TUMORS.     • 

The  length  of  the  operation  may  range  between  five  and  twenty-five 
minutes,  according  to  the  strength  of  current  used,  the  size  of  the  needles, 
and  the  size  of  the  tumor. 

The  great  point  in  all  electrolytic  operations  for  naevi  is  to  do  jusi 
enough  without  doing  too  Jtiuch.  If  the  operation  be  not  reasonably 
thorough,  absoption  will  not  take  place,  or  the  tumor  may  recur.  If 
the  operation  be  too  extensive  or  prolonged,  the  destruction  of  tissue 
may  be  greater  than  is  needed,  and  the-  subsequent  cicatrization  may 
amount  to  at  least  a  temporary  deformity.  For  very  large  and  semi- 
cutaneous  or  semi-subcutaneous  naevi,  that  exhibit  a  tendency  to  spread 
in  all  directions,  it  is  necessary  to  place  the  needles  at  or  near  the  base 
of  the  tumor,  and  in  the  surrounding  tissue,  among  the  enlarging  and 
tortuous  vessels,  in  a  manner  somewhat  resembling  the  method  of  elec- 
trolyzing  the  base  of  malignant  tumors.  If  such  tumors  are  treated 
timidly,  no  good  result  will  come,  and  the  operation  may  be  several 
times  repeated  without  satisfaction. 

The  advantages  of  the  electrolytic  procedure  in  nsevi  are  these  : 

1.  In  small  and  superficial  tumors,  the  cure  may  be  effected  with 
httle  or  no  scar.  On  the  face  and  other  exposed  parts  of  the  body, 
this  advantage  is  very  great. 

2.  In  large  nasvi,  and  those  which  are  partially  or  entirely  subcu- 
taneous, the  liability  of  recurrence  would  be  less,  and  probably  the  ex- 
tent of  the  cicatrization  would  be  less  than  after  the  ordinary  method  of 
treating  these  growths. 

Subcutaneous  erectile  tumor  of  the  right  cheek  ;  co?nplete  recovery  follows  electrolytic 

treatment. 

Case  CXCVIII. — In  April,  1871,  Dr.  D.  F.  Reynolds  consulted  us  in  regard  to  the 
case  of  a  little  child  aged  eight  months,  who  was  afflicted  by  a  subcutaneous  erectile 
tumor  in  the  right  cheek.  It  appeared  shortly  after  birth,  and  had  gi'adually  enlarged 
until  the  date  mentioned,  when  it  measured  one  and  a  half  inches  in  width  and  from 
one-half  to  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  depth.  Upon  firm  pressure  the  enlargement 
would  almost  entirely  disappear.  The  patient  having  been  placed  under  the  influence 
of  chloroform,  we  operated  at  Bellevue  Hospital,  in  the  presence  of  Dr.  Frank  Ham- 
ilton and  his  class,  by  introducing  into  the  four  quarters  of  the  tumor  four  small 
gilded  steel  needles  insulated  to  within  one-quarter  of  an  inch  of  the  points.  Two  of 
the  needles  are  connected  with  the  positive  and  two  with  the  negative  pole. 

During  the  passage  of  a  current  of  very  moderate  tension  the  enlargement  gi-adually 
grew  harder  and  more  prominent  as  the  blood  coagulated,  and  at  the  expiration  of 
eight  minutes,  when  the  needles  were  withdrawn,  the  part  was  quite  firm.  The  child 
suffered  no  inconvenience  during  or  after  the  operation,  and  when  seen  the  next 
morning  was  as  well  and  playful  as  usual.  The  process  of  absorption  soon  became 
manifest,  and  in  two  months  three-quarters  of  the  clot  had  disappeared. 


ERECTILE   TUMORS.  689 

From  this  time  there  was  a  most  marked  decrease  in  the  rapidity  of  absorption, 
since  but  two  months  more  were  required  before  the  clot  had  entirely  disappeared. 

A  large  arterial  tumor  in  a  weak,  ill-nourished  child  ;  the  result  of  electrolytic 
treatment  unsatisfactory. 

Case  CXCIX. — Annie ,  a  child  aged  one  year,  was  directed  to  us  by  Dr.  H.  P. 

Farnham.      On  her  back,  over  the  upper  dorsal  vertebras,  we  found  a  large  fluctuating 
arterial  tumor,  nearly  two  inches  in  diameter  at  its  base. 

The  child  was  markedly  anaemic,  and  her  general  condition  was  much  below  par. 

It  was  thought  best,  however,  to  operate,  and  in  the  presence  of  Drs.  Farnham, 
Pinkney,  Grant,  and  others,  the  needles  were  used  in  the  same  manner  as  m  the  pre- 
vious case.  Coagulation  was  readily  produced,  but  owing  to  some  unpleasant  symp- 
toms in  the  respiration  of  the  child  the  needles  were  withdrawn  (as  the  progress  of 
the  case  subsequently  attested)  a  little  prematurely. 

Absorption  set  in  very  slowly  indeed,  and  after  a  few  weeks  its  effects  were  barely 
perceptible.  After  a  couple  of  months  it  was  evident  that  the  circulation  in  one  por- 
tion was  beginning  to  be  re-established,  but  the  mother  refused  to  allow  anythmg 
more  to  be  done  for  the  little  patient.  It  should  be  stated  that  on  the  night  follow- 
ing the  operation,  the  child  was  allowed  to  lie  upon  its  back  with  the  hard  enlarge- 
ment of  coagulated  blood  entirely  unprotected.  Subsequently  a  soft  circular  ring 
was  prepared  and  placed  around  the  tumor,  but  the  irritation  already  caused  by  the 
pressure  was  followed  by  slight  ulceration  and  discharge. 

This,  however,  healed  in  the  course  of  two  weeks,  but  it  undoubtedly  contributed 
towards  the  general  unsatisfactory  result.  The  slowness  with  which  the  absorbing 
process  was  carried  on  is  to  be  attributed  undoubtedly  to  impaired  nutrition,  and  the 
re-establishment  of  the  circulation  mainly  to  the  unfortunate  necessity  of  cutting  short 
the  operation. 

Arterial  erectile  tumor  from  birth  iti  a  child  fifteen  months  old;  complete  recovery 
under  electrolyzation. 
Case  CC. — In  a  little  child  fifteen  months  old,  upon  whose  face,  near  the  angle 
of  the  lower  jaw,  a  small  erectile  tumor  had  existed  from  birth,  electrolysis  was  com- 
pletely successful.  The  patient  was  placed  under  the  influence  of  chloroform,  and 
two  platinum  needles,  insulated  to  within  one-third  of  an  inch  of  the  points,  and 
connected  with  the  positive  pole,  were  introduced  into  the  two  lower  quarters  of  the 
tumor  ;  while  two  steel  needles,  connected  with  the  negative  pole  and  insulated  in  a 
similar  manner,  were  thrust  into  the  two  upper  quarters.  The  current  from  twelve 
medium-sized  cells  of  a  zinc-carbon  battery  was  allowed  to  pass  for  ten  minutes,  at  the 
end  of  which  time  the  coagulation  was  complete.  Absorption  of  the  clot  rapidly 
became  manifest,  and  in  four  months  it  had  entirely  disappeared,  leaving  no  scar. 

In  subsequent  operations  we  have  not  hesitated  to  use  steel  or  gilded 
needles  for  the  positive  pole,  since  the  oxidation  which  these  needles 
undergo  in  all  probability  tends  to  accelerate  coagulation. 
Subcutaneous  erectile  tumor  treated  by  electrolysis  ;  too  strong  currents  used;  sub- 
sequent sloughing. 
Case  CCI. — A  the  request  of  Dr.  Geo.  K.  Smith,  we  operated,  November  22, 
1S71,  on  a  case  of  subcutaneous  erectile  tumor,  just  over  the  inner  angle  of  the  eye 
44 


690  BENIGN   AND   MALIGNANT  TUMORS. 

in  a  child  sixteen  months  of  age.  The  tumor,  which  was  about  the  size  of  a  hazel- 
nut, could  easily  be  compressed.  The  child  was  thoroughly  etherized  with  the  assist- 
ance of  Dr.  F.  H.  Colton,  and  three  insulated  needles  were  inserted  into  the  tumor- 
two  connected  with  the  positive,  and  one  with  the  negative  pole. 

The  current  was  from  sixteen  weak  cells  ;  the  seance  twenty  minutes.  The  coloi 
of  the  tumor  changed  during  the  operation  and  became  hard  through  the  coagulation. 
Subsequently  the  tumor  sloughed  at  certain  points,  and  the  result  was  not  satisfactory, 
since  a  deformity  was  left  that  may  be  permanent. 

The  mistake  we  made  was  in  using  too  strong  a  current  and  unduly 
prolonging  the  operation.  In  our  desire  to  avoid  repeating  the  opera- 
tion, we  went  to  the  other  extreme. 

The  delicate  skin  of  the  child  was  so  affected  by  the  action  of  the 
current  that  sloughing  ensued  in  spite  of  the  insulation  of  the  needles. 
This  mistake  is  one  that  can  be  easily  avoided. 

Dr.  Rockwell,  by  a  somewhat  rare  coincidence,  treated,  within  a  com- 
paratively short  time,  fotu"  widespread  naevi  involving  the  nose.  The 
first  case,  sent  by  Dr.  Lafayette  Ranney,  submitted  to  two  operations. 
The  first  successfully  obliterated  the  dilated  vessels  of  one-half  the 
nose ;  but  circulation  becoming  re-established  in  the  other  half,  a  sec- 
ond operation,  performed  after  an  interval  of  several  months,  resulted 
in  complete  recovery.  The  second  case,  sent  by  Dr.  Stephen  Smith, 
was  apparently  successful ;  but  as  it  passed  from  under  his  observation, 
he  is  uninformed  of  the  ultimate  result.  The  remaining  cases  recovered 
promptly  after  a  single  operation,  and  with  hardly  an  appreciable  scar. 

Drs.  L.  F.  Sass  and  R.  P.  Lincoln,  of  this  city,  have  communicated 
to  us  the  details  of  an  interesting  case  of  successful  treatment  of  a 
venous  erectile  tumor  of  the  neck  : — 

The  patient,  Gen.  K. ,  aged  33,  of  nervous  temperament,  represented  that  in  April, 
1869,  after  a  special  effort  in  public  speaking,  he  felt  a  pain  in  his  neck,  on  the  left 
side.  Six  weeks  later  a  small  tumor  appeared  in  the  locality  of  the  pain,  which  in  a 
few  months  increased  much  in  size.  It  was  subsequently  reduced  by  sulphur-baths, 
cathartics,  tincture  of  iodine,  etc.,  but  returned,  and  in  February,  1870,  was  again 
reduced  by  the  same  treatment,  which  left  him,  however,  exceedingly  weak.  July  4, 
during  the  excitement  of  a  public  reception,  the  tumor  again  appeared,  with  severe 
pain,  loss  of  voice,  and  feeling  of  suffocation,  so  that  death  appeared  imminent  ;  and 
again  it  was  dispelled  by  the  same  treatment.  On  account  of  the  frequency  of  these, 
and  the  exhaustion  that  followed  the  treatment,  the  patient  was  compelled  to  resign 
the  public  position  which  he  held,  and  return  home. 

When  he  came  under  the  observation  of  Drs.  Sass  and  Lincoln,  a  tumor  of  the  size 
of  a  large  goose's  egg  was  found  on  the  left  side  of  the  neck,  in  the  antero-inferior 
portion  of  the  region  defined  by  the  sterno-cleido-mastoid  and  trapezius  muscles  and 
the  clavicle.  The  trachea  was  parted  half  an  inch  to  the  right  of  the  median  line. 
The  tumor  was  rounded,  smooth,  and  readily  compressible  ;  but  after  compression  i' 
returned  to  its  natural  shape. 


GOITRES.  691 

An  attack  of  indigestion,  active  exercise,  or  mental  excitement  of  any  kind,  would 
cause  the  tumor  to  increase  sometimes  to  twice  its  usual  size. 

Sept.  30,  1870,  in  the  presence  of  Drs.  Hammond  and  Hackley,  the  patient  was 
anaesthetized  and  submitted  to  electrolytic  treatment.  Four  gilded  steel  needles,  in- 
sulated to  one-half  or  three-fourths  of  an  inch  from  their  points,  were  introduced  into 
the  four  quarters  of  the  tumor  ;  the  two  upper  being  one  and  one-fourth  inch  apart, 
and  one  inch  above  the  lower,  which  were  one  inch  apart.  The  two  inner  needles 
were  connected  with  the  subdivided  anode,  and  the  two  outer  with  the  subdivided  ca- 
thode. At  first  ten,  then  fifteen  elements  of  a  battery  similar  to  Stohrer's  were  em- 
ployed.    The  strength  of  the  current  was  increased  gradually. 

At  the  expiration  of  fifteen  minutes  the  two  lower  needles  were  disengaged  from  the 
current,  thus  concentrating  the  whole  force  upon  the  two  upper ;  at  the  expiration  of 
fifteen  minutes  more  the  needles  were  removed. 

During  the  operation  all  the  prominence  of  the  tumor  disappeared,  and  a  delicate 
examination  detected  a  hard  mass  in  its  place  ;  not  a  drop  of  blood  escaped  on  the 
removal  of  the  needles.  The  skin  over  the  tumor  presented  a  bright  blush,  and  the 
trachea  had  returned  to  its  proper  position.  The  patient  kept  quiet  for  three  days, 
using  a  cold-water  compress.  At  the  end  of  that  time  the  soreness,  which  had  been 
considerable,  had  nearly  all  passed  away. 

At  the  latest  date,  October  24th,  the  patient  was  well,  and  "  the  induration  in  the 
neck  was  steadily  diminishing  in  size." 

Goitres. — Goitres  are  to  be  treated  by  ordinary  electrolysis  with  shai-p, 
bayonet-shaped  needles,  which  may  be  either  insulated  or  non-insu- 
lated. Needles  that  are  smoothly  insulated  can  be  inserted  through  the 
skin  of  the  neck  without  very  much  more  difficulty  than  non-insulated 
needles ;  but  if  the  insulation  be  roughly  put  in,  the  difficulty  in  inser- 
tion may  be  very  great.  An  advantage  of  non-insulated  needles  is  that 
by  the  action  which  takes  place  in  the  skin  around  it,  the  needle  be- 
comes loosened  at  the  negative  pole,  and  so  can  be  pushed  in  still  fur- 
ther without  difficulty.  For  goitres  of  all  kinds  the  negative  pole  is 
much  preferable  to  the  positive  pole,  just  as  in  cystic  and  fibroid  tu- 
mors. There  is  no  danger  in  inserting  a  needle  even  into  a  small 
goitre  to  a  considerable  depth,  say  one  or  two  inches.  By  great 
carelessness,  it  would,  we  suppose,  be  possible  to  wound  the  carotid 
artery.  We  do  not  usually  employ  an  anaesthetic  in  the  operations  on 
the  neck  ;  we  find  that  the  ether  spray,  or  local  application  of  a  mix- 
ture of  carbolic  acid  and  ether,  equal  parts,  prevents,  to  a  considerable 
extent,  the  fear  of  the  introduction,  which  the  patient  much  dreads, 
and  which  is  really  more  severe  than  the  pain  of  the  electrolysis  after 
the  needles  are  in  position. 

In  a  few  cases  we  have  observed  that  the  needles,  when  inserted  in  a 
goitre,  cause,  by  reflex  action,  pain  in  the  forehead  ;  in  other  cases 
nausea  and  a  tendency  to  faintn*  ss  are  observed.     The  majority  of 


692  BENIGN   AND   MALIGNANT   TUMORS. 

patients  do  not  bear  an  operation  of  more  than  from  five  to  fifteen  min- 
utes, which  may  be  repeated  two  or  three  times  a  week. 

This  purely  electrolytic  treatment  may  be  varied  by  external  galva- 
nization and  faradization  with  strong  currents. 

There  is  no  question  that  external  galvanization  and  faradization  with 
strong  currents,  both  steady  and  interrupted,  will  cause  a  considerable 
reduction  of,  and  sometimes  completely  dissipate  goitres  ;  and  even  when 
these  methods  do  not  cause  any  perceptible  diminution,  they  at  least 
relieve  the  sense  of  pressure,  the  heaviness,  and  the  sense  of  suffocation, 
or  of  choking  that  goitres  often  cause.  External  electrization  alone  is 
not  as  satisfactory  as  electrolysis  with  needles. 

The  prognosis  of  goitre,  under  electrical  processes,  varies  with  the 
nature  of  the  tumor.  Those  which  are  small  and  soft  may  disappear 
entirely  and  permanently.  Those  that  are  large,  provided  they  are  not 
too  hard,  may  also  entirely  disappear.  The  cystic  varieties  also  give  a 
good  prognosis.  Those  that  are  both  very  large  and  very  hard  may 
diminish  a  certain  percentage,  but  they  do  not  entirely  disappear.  The 
best  method  of  estimating  the  results  of  treatment  is  to  take  measure- 
ment of  the  neck.  Almost  all  goitres  will  go  down  more  or  less,  and 
usually  at  the  outset  of  the  treatment.  Afterwards  they  recede  more 
and  more  slowly ;  and,  even  in  those  cases  where  the  cure  is  complete, 
the  last  quarter  will  require  more  treatment  than  the  first  three-quar- 
ters.    This  is  true  of  all  hard  growths  that  are  treated  by  electricity. 

Goitre  of  three  years'  standing — Rapid  reduction  and  approximate  cure  under  gal- 
vano-puncture — External  faradization  with  very  strojtg  currents. 

Case  CCII. — March  30,  1874.  We  were  called  to  treat  a  case  oi  goitre,  where 
the  measurement  around  the  neck  was  sixteen  and  one-half  inches.  The  patient, 
was  a  young  man  twenty-one  years  of  age,  and  the  growth  had  existed  three  years.  The 
tumor  was  moderately  but  not  excessively  hard.  We  commenced  treatment  with 
electrolysis,  the  needle  being  passed  into  the  centre  of  the  tumor.  In  one  week  half 
an  inch  was  gained ;  in  five  weeks  one  and  a  half  inches,  which,  in  effect,  amounted 
to  a  cure.  We  used  only  mild  currents,  combined  with  external  faradizationj  with 
very  strong  currents,  violently  interrupted,  as  suggested  by  Meyer.  The  result,  there- 
fore, was  due  to  the  combined  effect  of  different  kinds  of  electrization. 

The  great  majority  of  cases  of  this  kind  will  become  reduced  ten,  fifteen,  or  twenty 
per  cent.,  and  will  become  stationary.  Even  in  this  case  the  reduction  of  the  last 
quarter  inch  consumed  as  much  time  as  all  the  rest  of  the  cure. 

In  the  above  case — which  may  be  regarded  as  a  type  of  the  more 
successful  results  of  electrical  treatment  in  goitre — the  galvano-punc- 
ture  certainly  accomplished  more  than  the  external  faradization  with 
strong  interrupted  currents.     The  latter  method  did  something,  and  is 


CYSTIC  TUMORS.  693 

worthy  of  trial  in  the  treatment  of  goitre  in  connection  with  galvano- 
puncture. 

Simple  or  adenoid  goitre  in  a  child  aged  fourteen — Relief  of  choking  sensations — 
Steady  decrease  itt  size  under  external  galvanization  and  electrolysis. 

Case  CCIII. — L.  W.,  a  girl  aged  fourteen  years^  first  observed  four  years  since  a 
slight  enlargement  of  the  thyroid  gland.  It  rapidly  increased  in  size  until  December  5,1871. 
When  she  presented  herself  for  examination  it  was  one  and  a  half  inches  in  depth,  and 
two  inches  in  width,  reaching  to  the  anterior  border  of  either  sterno-cleido-mastoideus 
muscle.  The  mass  was  quite  movable  and  did  not  in  any  way  cause  inconvenience, 
excepting  when  she  attempted  to  sing.  Iodine,  both  internally  and  externally,  had 
been  used  without  appreciable  benefit.  For  the  first  two  months  localized  exter?ial 
galvanization  repeated  twice  a  week,  was  alone  tried,  resulting  in  no  diminution  in 
the  size  of  the  swelling,  but  in  a  very  decided  alleviation  of  the  distressing  sensation  of 
strangling,  which  invariably  occurred  whenever  she  attempted  to  sing. 

Subsequently  the  needles  were  introduced,  and  to  this  date  the  tumor  has  steadily 
decreased  in  size,  until,  June  i,  it  was  one-quarter  its  original  size,  and  the  indications 
were  that  it  would  entirely  disappear.  The  needle  (a  small  glover's  needle)  was  in- 
troduced some  twenty  times,  but  as  the  pain  produced  was  very  slight  no  chloroform 
was  used. 

Dissipation  of  a  goitre  of  fifteen  months'  standing  under  external  localized  gal- 
vanization. 

Case  CCIV. — Miss  H.,  a  young  lady  aged  24,  was  directed  to  us  by  Dr.  J.  Ma- 
rion Sims,  Nov.  26,  1872. 

Fifteen  months  before  she  observed  in  the  neck  a  slight  enlargement,  which  grew 
with  considerable  rapidity.  On  examination,  we  found  a  goitre,  that  spread  widely 
all  over  the  anterior  portion  of  the  neck,  extending,  indeed,  beyond  the  outer  margin 
of  either  sterno-cleido-mastoid  muscle.  The  measurement  around  the  most  promi- 
nent portion  was  I4f  inches. 

We  first  attempted  simple  external  localized  galvanization,  with  the  effect  of 
reducing  the  measurement  in  13  seances  to  13  inches.  The  deformity  was  now  barely 
perceptible,  and  decreased  with  characteristic  slowness,  but  finally  completely  disap- 
peared after  some  15  additional  applications.  At  the  close  of  the  treatment,  the 
neck  measured  just  I2f  inches. 

Cystic  Tumors. — Benign  cystic  tumors  may  be  successfully  treated  by 
the  ordinary  method  of  electrolysis.  We  have  treated  a  number  of 
cases,  small  and  large,  and  with  excellent  results.  The  object  of  the 
electrolytic  procedure  in  benign  cystics  is,  of  course,  very  different 
from  the  object  of  the  same  procedure  in  Ucevi.  The  therapeutical 
action  of  the  current  on  cystics  is  somewhat  complex, 

I  St.  The  fluid  is  decomposed.  The  gaseous  products  of  this  decom- 
position sometimes  escape  through  holes  made  by  the  needles. 

2d.  The  walls  of  the  cyst  are  stimulated,  so  that  the  fluid  is  absorbed, 
and  thus  the  tumor  is  caused  to  shrink.  This  is,  in  fact,  the  rationale 
of  electrolysis  in  hydrocele. 


694  BENIGN   AND   MALIGNANT   TUMORS. 

3d.  Decomposition  of  the  walls  of  the  cysts.  This  takes  place,  of 
course,  only  when  uninsulated  needles  are  used.  When  the  needles 
are  insulated  near  to  the  end,  the  walls  of  the  cyst  are  not  acted  on. 

4th.  Evacuation  of  the  fluid  contents  of  the  cyst  without  decompo- 
sition. This  result  may  follow  puncture  of  any  kind,  even  when  no 
electricity  is  used.  It  is  more  likely  to  follow  electrolysis  with  the 
negative  needle,  for  the  reason  that  the  needle,  when  not  insulated, 
acts  on  the  walls  of  the  cyst,  and  enlarges  the  opening  made  by  the 
needle. 

In  operating  on  cystic  tumors  by  electrolysis,  the  best  procedure  is 
to  insert  a  needle  connected  with  both  poles.  The  positive  needle  may 
be  kept  fixed,  while  the  negative  is  worked  in  various  directions,  so  as 
to  act  upon  all  the  inner  surface  of  the  cyst,  and  also  to  enlarge  some- 
what the  hole  made  by  the  needle  in  the  walls  of  the  tumor,  so  as  to 
allow  free  exit  of  the  fluid  or  gases. 

Large,  long,  cutting  needles  are  usually  preferable  when  the  tumor  is 
large ;  but  for  small  tumors  almost  any  kind  of  needle  will  answer. 

A' 


Benign  Cystic   or    Erectile  Tumor,   treated    l)y  ordinary  electrolysis    by  insulated 

needles. 

Cystic  tumor  of  forehead  of  forty  years''  standing  ;  immediate  and  permanent  cure 

by  electrolysis. 

Case  CCV. — Mrs.  H.,  aged  60,  we  first  saw  in  consultation  with  Dr.  A.  W.  Cat- 
lin,  of  Brooklyn,  Nov.  g,  1871. 

For  forty  years  she  had  been  afflicted  with  a  tumor  on  the  forehead,  which,  in  ap- 
pearance and  size,  and  in  its  feel  and  compressibility  at  the  time  we  saw  it,  exactly 
resembled  a  ripe  Isabella  grape.  This  appearance  had  not,  however,  been  constant ; 
Its  size  varied,  and  at  one  time,  after  stooping,  it  had  considerably  enlarged,  and  a  vein 
connected  with  it  and  leading  towards  the  upper  part  of  the  nose  became  swollen  and 
prominent. 

Whether  the  enlargement  was  erectile  or  cystic  was  a  matter  of  doubt.     Dr.  A.  B. 


CYSTIC   TUMORS.  695 

Crosby,  who  saw  the  case  with  us,  regarded  it  as  cystic.  The  pa:tient  haa  refused 
to  submit  to  any  operation  for  the  radical  cure  of  the  tumor — partly  on  account  of 
fear  of  hemorrhage,  and  consequently  had  worn  the  unpleasant  deformity  the 
greater  portion  of  her  life.  Nov.  11,  1871,  with  the  assistance  of  Drs.  Catlin, 
Crosby,  Cooper,  and  Wyckoff,  local  anesthesia  was  used,  and  two  small  insulated 
needles  were  inserted  into  the  tumor  near  the  base,  one  pole  connected  with  the  posi- 
tive and  the  other  with  the  negative  pole  of  ten  cells  of  a  portable  Galvano-Faradic  Co. 
zinc-carbon  battery  (Fig.  61).  Immediately  the  color  of  the  tumor  began  to  lighten, 
through  the  change  of  its  fluid  contents  into  oxygen  and  hydrogen  gases,  and  in  five 
minutes  the  whole  surface  was  almost  colorless,  and  the  tumor  was  much  distended. 
The  needles  were  now  withdrawn  ;  there  was  no  hemorrhage,  but  the  gases  began  to 
escape  at  the  places  where  the  needles  were  inserted.  Dr.  Crosby  now  used  a  little 
pressure,  and  the  tumor  flattened  with  more  escape  of  gas.  Under  repeated  pressure 
still  more  gas  escaped ;  and  in  ten  minutes  from  the  beginning  of  the  operation  the 
tumor  was  perfectly  flattened.  Gradually  the  residuum  of  the  tumor  disappeared, 
and  in  a  few  weeks  scarcely  a  trace  of  the  long-standing  deformity  existed. 

Cystic  tumor  of  the  breast,  possibly  tnaligitant^  treated  by  external  galvanization 
avd  electrolysis — Great  reduction  itt  size,  attd  apparent  cure. 

Case  CCVI. — Mrs.  P.,  a  lady  of  middle  life,  consulted  us,  December  3d,  1873. 
The  patient  had  a  tumor  in  the  left  breast,  of  the  size  of  a  small  orange.  About  two 
months  had  passed  since  it  was  first  observed. 

Both  her  family  physician.  Dr.  Wikoff,  and  another  surgeon  of  eminence  regarded 
the  tumor  as  scirrhous,  and  advised  its  removal. 

The  patient,  we  may  remark,  traced  the  origin  of  the  growth  very  directly  to  a 
severe  bruise  of  the  breast  from  striking  against  a  bed-post.  When  we  first  saw  the 
case,  the  tumor  could  be  easily  felt  and  grasped  between  the  fingers,  and  seemed 
quite  hard.  The  nipple  was  but  slightly  affected,  and  there  was  no  involvement  of 
the  glands  in  the  axilla. 

There  had  been  little  or  no  pain,  the  tumor  had  not  extended  to  the  skin,  and 
there  was  no  discoloration  ;  except  by  examination  the  presence  of  the  growth  would 
hardly  have  been  suspected.     The  growth  was  quite  movable. 

The  patient  was  of  a  very  nervous  temperament,  and  had  suffered  much  from  neu- 
ralgia. In  spite  of  the  lack  of  very  severe  symptoms,  we  concurred  in  the  opinion 
of  her  previous  advisers,  that  the  tumor  was  scirrhous.  The  patient  so  dreaded  the 
thought  of  the  knife  that  she  wanted  to  give  electrical  treatment  a  good  trial. 

We  began  with  local  external  galvanization  with  moderate  currents.  After  one 
week's  treatment  the  tumor  seemed  looser,  softer  in  portions,  and  a  trifle  smaller. 
Subsequent  treatment  added  nothing  to  this  apparent  improvement.  We  therefore 
resolved  to  use  galvano-puncture. 

December  31st,  we  inserted  two  needles  into  the  part  of  the  tumor  that  was  most 
superficial ;  one  needle  was  connected  with  the  positive  and  the  other  with  the  nega- 
tive pole. 

Ether  spray  was  used  before  the  needles  were  introduced.  The  needles  had  not 
been  in  position  more  than  five  minutes  when  a  fluid  as  colorless  as  water  began  to 
flow  out  of  the  places  where  they  were  inserted,  and  on  pressure  the  quantity  that 
came  away  was  much  increased,  and  more  or  less  flowed  out  during  the  whole  opera- 
tion, which  lasted  fifteen  minutes. 


696  BENIGN   AND   MALIGNANT   TUMORS. 

When  the  needles  were  withdrawn,  and  pressure  was  used,  still  more  fluid  exuded, 
and  the  tumor  had  become  reduced  two-thirds  in  size.  The  tumor  was  evidently 
cystic. 

January  2d  and  January  8th,  we  again  operated  with  Dr.  Beard's  long  cutting-needle, 
without  assistance  and  without  anesthesia,  so  as  to  reduce  the  tumor  to  a  minimum, 
and  if  possible  cause  absorption  or  atrophy. 

At  the  second  operation  a  less  quantity  of  fluid  exuded,  and  still  less  at  the  third 
operation.  The  patient  left  for  home.  We  occasionally  hear  from  her,  and,  up  to 
the  date  of  writing,  the  tumor  has  not  resumed  its  original  size,  and  does  not  in  any 
way  trouble  her. 

In  the  above  case  one  of  three  results  are  possible  : 

ist.  The  tumor  may  remain  comparatively  small,  causing  no  annoy- 
ance to  the  patient.  This  result  we  have  seen  in  other  cystic  tumors 
(though  not  in  the  breast),  from  the  same  method  of  treatment  that 
was  adopted  in  the  present  case. 

2d.  The  tumor  may  again  fill  up  with  fluid,  and  may  require  a  repe- 
tition of  the  same  treatment. 

3d.  It  may  take  on  the  scirrhous  form.  It  is,  of  course,  possible  that 
the  walls  of  the  growth  may  already  be  of  a  scirrhous  character.  Even 
if  it  should  prove  to  be  a  scirrhous  growth,  it  would  not  follow  that  re- 
moval would  be  at  once  indicated. 

If  in  the  above  case  there  should  ever  be  a  rapid  and  ugly  recurrence 
of  the  tumor,  with  threatening  indications  of  any  kind,  the  method  of 
electrolyzing  the  base  would  be  indicated,  the  knife  or  the  galvano- 
cautery  being  used  to  remove  the  body  of  the  growth. 

Cystic  tumor  of  the  submaxillary  region^  probably  tnalignant ;  three  operations — 
Electrolysis  of  the  base — Rapid  healing  with  slight  disfigurement — Permanently 
s-uccessful  result. 

Case  CCVII. — Miss ,  a  young  lady  in  her  teens,  was  sent  to  us  March  25, 

1872,  by  Dr.  Wm.  W.  Reese.  The  patient  was  of  a  fragile  constitution,  and  had  be- 
come debilitated  by  confinement  in  the  stifling  air  of  a  manufactory  where  she  was 
employed.  For  one  year  she  had  been  troubled  with  a  tumor  on  the  submaxillary 
region  of  the  left  side,  that  was  at  first  supposed  to  be  simply  an  enlarged  gland.  It 
did  not,  however,  yield  to  the  usual  treatment  that  various  physicians  and  surgeons 
had  given  her,  and  at  the  time  we  saw  it,  it  was  about  the  size  of  an  English  walnut, 
and  was  apparently  encysted.  Lancinating  pains  of  a  tolerably  severe  character 
were  sometimes  felt  in  and  near  the  growth. 

Careful  examination  made  it  pretty  clear  that  the  enlargement  was  cystic  ;  that  a  soft 
substance  was  inside  of  it,  although  the  walls  were  quite  hard.  March  27th,  with 
the  assistance  of  Drs.  Reese  and  Hyde,  we  electrolyzed  a  portion  of  the  growth,  and 
found  that  it  was  really  cystic  and  contained  a  dark,  cheesy  substance.  The  patient 
was  fully  etherized  during  the  operation,  which  lasted  forty  minutes.  Large  and  long 
needles  were  employed,  and  sixteen  zinc-carbon  cells. 


CASE   OF   MALIGNANT   CYSTIC   TUMOR. 


697 


The  operation  was  followed  for  two  days  by  irritative  fever,  but  by  no  other  un- 
pleasant result.  There  was  considerable  sloughing,  but  the  bulk  of  the  growth  re- 
mained as  a  large  unsightly  mass.  April  14th,  we  again  operated  by  workittg  tip  the 
base  of  the  tumor,  undermining  it  and  separating  it  from  the  surrounding  healthy 
tissue.  Dr.  A.  B.  Crosby  assisted  at  the  operation,  and  enucleated  a  portion  of  the 
mass  before  the  needles  were  inserted.  The  irritative  fever  was  slighter  than  after 
the  previous  operation.  An  ulcer  \\  inches  in  length  and  a  half  an  inch  in  depth  re- 
mained— the  surface  presenting,  as  usual  after  electrolytic  operations,  a  charred  ap- 
pearance which  at  first  alarmed  the  patient.  The  subsequent  healing  was,  in  the 
judgment  of  all  the  surgeons,  surprisingly  rapid  and  satisfactory.  Dr.  Crosby,  in  proper 
time,  brought  the  edges  together,  and  thus  expedited  the  reparative  process,  so  that 
at  the  end  of  a  month  only  a  trifling  scar  remained.  At  one  of  these  operations  the 
parenchymatous  hemorrhage  was  excellently  controlled  by  the  action  of  the  current, 
and  no  other  styptic  was  required.  The  patient  had  now  positively  improved  in  her 
general  health,  and  was  free  from  any  sign  of  the  disease.  It  was  hoped  by  all  par- 
ties that  she  would  hear  no  more  from  the  tumor.  It  had  been  suspected  at  the  close 
of  the  operation  that  a  small  portion  of  the  growth  remained,  but  it  was  not  deemed 
advisable  to  protract  the  operation. 

Very  soon  pains  of  quite  a  severe  character  began  to  be  felt  just  beneath  the  skin 
in  the  region  of  the  sublingual  gland  ;  then  followed  swelling,  and  in  a  few  weeks  a 
tumor  as  large  as  a  horse-chestnut,  of  the  same  appearance  and  feel  as  the  previous 
growth.  We  decided  to  operate  again,  this  time  with  absolute  thoroughness  ;  the 
same  surgeons  being  present.  Dr.  Crosby  made  an  incision  and  enucleated  the  growth, 
the  operation  being  completed  by  electrolyzation  with  large  needles  as  before. 

The  work  was  thorougniy  done ;  the  base  was  thoroughly  electrolyzed  (Fig.  193). 
During  the  operation,  a  branch  of  the  facial  artery  was  severed  by  the  needle ;  this  was 
tied  by  Dr.  Crosby.  The  wound  was  treated  as  before  and  with  the  same  result — rapid 
and  satisfactory  healing,  that  has  been  permanent.  The  scar  disfigures  but  slightly, 
while  the  patient  has  improved  in  her  general  health,  and  at  the  date  of  writing,  three 
years  after  the  last  operation,  weighs  much  more  than  at  the  time  of  the  operation. 


Fig.  183. 

Electrolysis  of  the  base  of  the  malignant  cystic  tumor  of  the  neck,  after  removal 
of  the  tumor  by  enucleation.  Long  negative  needle  manipulated  by  the  operator; 
connection  made  by  a  similar  positive  needle  also  in  the  base. 


698  BENIGN   AND   MALIGNANT   TUMORS. 

The  above  was  one  of  the  earlier  cases  in  which  the  method  of  elee 
tro lysis  of  the  base  was  employed. 

Unfortunately  the  tumor  was  not  examined  by  the  microscope.  The 
evidences  of  malignancy  of  the  tumor  were  its  recurrence,  after  enu- 
cleation and  ordinary  electrolysis,  the  facts  that  it  seriously  affected  the 
general  health  of  the  patient,  and  that  her  health  greatly  improved  when 
the  tumor  was  finally  removed. 

Hydatids  of  the  Liver. — Durham  and  Forster*  have  treated  eight 
hydatid  tumors  of  the  liver  with  success  by  electrolysis  at  Guy's  Hospi- 
tal and  the  Royal  Infirmary  for  Children,  Waterloo  Road. 

"In  one  patient,  who  was  under  the  care  of  Dr.  Hilton  Fagge,  and  who  was 
operated  upon  by  Mr.  Durham  in  June,  1868,  the  dulness  in  the  hepatic  region 
measured  seven  inches  vertically,  the  ribs  on  that  side  were  bulged,  and  the  intercostal 
spaces  prominent.  Two  needles  were  introduced  into  the  most  prominent  part  of  the 
swelling,  one  piercing  the  space  between  the  eighth  and  the  ninth  costal  cartilages, 
and  the  other  about  two  inches  behind  it,  between  the  ninth  and  tenth  ribs.  The 
needles  passed  in  to  a  depth  of  two  or  three  inches.  One  of  them  was  evidently  free 
in  the  fluid,  for  it  could  be  moved  about  and  rubbed  against  the  other.  The  posterior 
needle  doubtless  passed  through  the  diaphragm,  as  it  was  jerked  about  by  the  respiratory 
movements.  Both  needles  were  connected  with  the  negative  pole  of  ten  cells  of  the 
battery,  freshly  charged.  The  positive  pole,  connected  with  a  moistened  conductor, 
was  placed  between  and  near  the  needles.  The  current  was  allowed  to  pass  for  twenty- 
five  minutes,  and  dui-ing  this  time  there  was  a  crackling  feeling  under  the  finger  as 
of  emphysema,  owing  to  the  development  of  hydrogen  from  the  liquid  of  the  cyst. 
After  the  operation  there  was  some  pain  for  four  or  five  hours.  In  the  evening  the 
temperature  was  100.9°,  and  the  patient  did  not  sleep  well  that  night.  Next  day  the 
temperature  was  99.6°,  and  on  the  morning  after  it  had  risen  to  101.2°.  At  this  time 
the  hypochondriacal  tumor  had  greatly  disappeared,  and  the  man  expressed  himself  as 
feeling  quite  well.  On  examining  the  right  side  of  the  chest,  however.  Dr.  Fagge 
was  a  little  startled  at  finding  absolute  dulness  behind,  up  to  the  fourth  or  fifth  dorsal 
vertebra ;  and  over  this  extent  of  thorax  there  was  less  vocal  vibration,  marked  tubu- 
lar respiration,  and  segophonic  character  of  the  voice,  which  afforded  conclusive  evi- 
dence of  a  large  effusion  of  fluid.  There  was  very  slight  pain  about  the  points  where 
the  punctures  had  been  made,  but  no  pleuritic  pain.  The  man  lay  on  his  back,  and 
was  quite  comfortable.  The  liquid  had  evidently  been  squeezed  through  the  puncture 
an  the  diaphragm  into  the  pleural  cavity.  The  man  went  on  perfectly  well,  and  the 
chest  symptoms  disappeared  entirely.  Twenty  days  after,  all  traces  of  the  abdominal 
tumor  had  disappeared." 

Fibroids. — Fibroids  are  usually  hard,  and  therefore  slow  to  decompose 
under  electricity.  This  is  true  of  all  fibroids,  wherever  situated, — in  the 
neck  or  any  portion  of  the  periphery,  or  in  the  uterus.  Inasmuch  as  they 
are  not  usually  malignant,  the  method  of  electrolyzing  the  base,  here- 
after to  be  described,  is  not  needed.     They  are  to  be  treated  by  ordinary 

♦Althaus,  op.  cit.,p.  645.     See  also  Med.  Times  and  Gaz.,  Nov.  19th,  1870. 


FIBROIDS,  699 

electrolysis,  needles  connected  with  both  poles  being  inserted  in  the 
tumor.  The  needles  may  be  insulated  or  non-insulated,  according  to 
the  situation  of  the  tumor. 

The  behavior  of  fibroids  after  electrolysis  is  not  generally  satisfactory  ; 
the  amount  of  decomposition,  on  account  of  the  density  and  compara- 
tive dryness  of  the  tissue,  is  but  slight ;  and  the  subsequent  shrinkage 
and  atrophy  is  not  so  marked  as  in  goitres  or  cystic  growths. 

If  a  current  of  sufficient  strength  be  used,  the  patient  being  anaesthe- 
tized, suppuration  may  be  excited,  and,  as  a  result  of  the  destruction  and 
loss  of  tissue,  the  tumor  may  become  somewhat  smaller. 

Recurrent  fibroid  tumor  of  a  yearns  standing — Repeated  Electrolyzations  without 
etherization  and  attended  with  trifling  pain — Arrest  of  Growth — Gradual  de- 
crease in  the  size  of  the  tumor. 

Case  CCVIII. — Mrs.  P.,  a  lady  of  middle  age,  was  directed  to  us  by  Dr.  F.  Win- 
ston in  February,  1871. 

On  examination,  we  found  under  the  right  ear  a  large  tumor,  soft  and  movable, 
and  equal  in  size  to  the  closed  fist.  The  enlargement  was  of  the  recurring  fibroid 
character,  entirely  painless,  but  most  unsightly  in  appearance.  The  patient  first  ob- 
served the  growth  some  ten  years  since,  when  its  size  was  barely  appreciable.  It 
gradually  enlarged  until  it  attained  the  size  of  an  ordinary  hen's  egg,  and  was  removed 
by  the  late  Dr.  Cheeseman. 

A  few  months  subsequently  it  made  its  appearance  a  second  time,  and  steadily  en 
larged,  until  at  the  expiration  of  three  years  its  size  was  somewhat  greater  than  when 
the  first  operation  was  performed. 

It  was  again  removed  by  Dr.  Willard  Parker,  but  in  course  of  time  returned.  The 
patient  was  now  unwilling  to  have  the  operation  by  the  knife  repeated,  and  for  seven 
years  the  tumor  slowly  increased  to  the  size  above  stated. 

To  avoid  any  possibility  of  exciting  an  action  in  the  tumor  that  might  render  it 
truly  malignant  in  character,  we  at  first  made  use  only  of  external  galvanization. 

After  a  dozen  applications  no  change  could  be  perceived  in  its  outward  conforma- 
tion ;  but  that  the  treatment  had  not  been  without  some  effect  was  manifested  from 
the  fact  that  the  head  could  now  be  turned  in  any  direction  without  causing  the  dis- 
agreeable and  sometimes  painful  sensations  that  had  formerly  followed  pressure  of  the 
deep  portion  of  the  growth  on  the  underlying  tissues. 

We  now  decided  to  try  the  ordinary  method  of  electrolysis,  and  accordingly  intro- 
duced, an  inch  into  the  tumor,  a  needle  insulated  to  within  half  an  inch  of  its  point. 
The  application,  alternating  with  external  galvanization,  was  repeated  some  twelve 
times  during  the  course  of  two  months,  and  resulted  in  a  very  decided  alteration  in  the 
shape,  as  well  as  a  marked  diminution  in  the  size  of  the  growth.  After  each  operation 
a  large  quantity  of  free  hydrogen  gas  escaped  through  the  opening  made  by  the  needle, 
followed  by  a  slight  flow  of  blood. 

At  this  time  two  needles  were  used — the  second  one  of  platinum,  and  connected 
with  the  positive  pole.  It  should  be  stated  that  previously  only  twelve  zinc-carbon 
cells  had  been  used,  and  the  current  allowed  to  pass  but  ten  minutes.  We  now  in- 
creased the  cells  to  twenty,  and  permitted  the  needles  to  remaiasome  fifteen  minutes; 


700  BENIGN   AND    MALIGNANT   TUMORS. 

but  when  they  were  withdrawn,  neither  gas  nor  blood  escaped,  and  yet  it  was  abso- 
lutely certain  that  the  current  had  been  passing  every  moment,  and  with  power 
greater  than  in  previous  operations. 

In  a  few  hours  the  tumor  and  tissues  surrounding  it  became  greatly  swollen,  accom- 
panied by  very  considerable  pain. 

The  pain  and  swelling  were  relieved  by  a  poppy  poultice,  but  a  slight  discharge  con- 
tinued through  the  months  of  July  and  August,  during  which  time  treatment  was  in- 
termitted. In  September,  when  the  patient  returned  to  the  city,  the  discharge,  which 
had  ceased  two  weeks  previously,  had  evidently  resulted  in  a  still  further  reduction  of 
the  tumor. 

The  treatment  was  resumed,  and  continued  at  intervals  during  the  ensuing  winter 
and  spring.  The  effect  was  a  slow  but  constant  decrease,  until  it  was  reduced  to 
about  one-third  its  original  size. 

At  one  time  during  an  interval  in  the  treatment  the  patient  observed,  in  a  portion 
of  the  tumor  to  which  the  needles  had  not  been  applied,  a  projection  which  rapidly 
enlarged  until  it  was  one-third  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  extended  downward  into  the 
healthy  tissue  for  more  than  an  inch.  A  single  needle  was  introduced  into  this  un- 
welcome addition,  and  a  mild  current  allowed  to  pass  for  ten  minutes.  The  process 
of  absorption  was  excited,  and  in  two  weeks  this  protuberance  completely  disappeared. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  in  this  description,  that  while  the  growth  was  slowly  but 
steadily  enlarging  before  the  use  of  needles,  it  did  not,  after  the  treatment  by  electro- 
lysis was  begun,  show  the  slightest  disposition  to  increase  in  those  parts  actually  in- 
fluenced by  the  current — although  at  one  time  several  months  elapsed  between  the 
operations.  Subsequently  what  remained  of  the  tumor  was  again  removed  by  Dr, 
Parker. 

While  the  above  case  cannot  be  cited  as  a  brilHant  result  of  electro- 
lytic treatment,  it  is  of  exceeding  interest,  and  has  afforded  many  useful 
hints  that  have  been  of  value  in  other  cases.  The  pain  of  introducing 
the  needles  was  trivial ;  and  the  electrolytic  action,  even  when  it  was 
very  intense,  produced  little  or  no  sensation;  consequently  it  was  at  no 
time  necessary  to  use  chloroform,  and  the  treatment  was  as  readily 
borne  as  if  the  applications  were  merely  external. 

Fibroids  of  the  uterus  are  of  sufficient  importance  to  be  specially 
considered.  They  may  be  treated  electrolytically,  either  through  the 
vagina  or  through  the  abdominal  walls,  according  to  the  position. 

The  danger  of  creating  peritonitis  by  thrusting  needles  through  the 
abdominal  walls  is  but  slight ;  and  if  the  needles  are  well  insulated  by 
rubber,  there  is  really  no  danger.  The  insulated  part  should,  of  course, 
go  beyond  the  peritoneum. 

Dr.  Kimball,  of  Lowell,  reports  excellent  results  from  treating 
fibroids  in  this  way.  Our  own  observations  in  this  direction  have  not 
been  of  the  most  encouraging  nature.  We  have  never  seen  a  large  and 
hard  uterine  fibroid  tumor  disappear  under  electrolysis.  Relief  of  pain, 
of  neuralgia  and  anaesthesia,  and  of  many  of  the  attending  symptoms,  we 


ADENITIS — OVARIAN   TUMORS.  /OI 

have  many  times  obtained,  but  never  a  complete  or  approximate  dis- 
persion of  the  tumor. 

Lipomata  {Fatty  Tumors). — Ordinary  surgical  treatment  with-  the 
knife  is  so  successful  for  fatty  tumors,  that  electrolysis  would  hardly  be 
indicated,  even  if  it  could  accomplish  as  much  and  as  easily  as  the 
knife.  Fatty  tumors  are,  of  course,  benign  ;  and  when  operated  on  do 
not  recur.  Fat  decomposes  slowly  and  with  difficulty,  and  from  our 
first  experiments  on  a  number  of  fatty  growths,  we  were  led  to  be- 
lieve that  secondary  absorptive  effects  would  not,  as  a  rule,  follow  elec- 
trolysis. Dr.  Rockwell's  later  experience,  however,  in  this  direction, 
has  been  more  satisfactory.  By  using  an  increased  number  of  needles, 
more  powerful  currents,  and  by  prolonging  the  operations,  several  of 
these  tumors  have  been  completely  dissipated.  In  every  case  the 
operations  were  rendered  entirely  painless  by  the  use  of  the  ether  spray. 

Ovarian  Tumors. — The  electrolytic  treatment  of  ovarian  tumors  has 
of  late  excited  much  attention,  and  we  can  do  no  better  than  to  give 
briefly  the  conclusions  arrived  at  by  Dr.  Paul  F.  Munde,  in  a  very 
creditable  resum'e^^  of  what  has  been  attempted  and  accomplished  in 
this  department  of  electro-surgery. 

He  finds:  ist,  "That  a  number  of  ovarian  tumors,  reported  on  re- 
liable authority,  have  been  completely  cured  or  permanently  improved 
by  electrolysis — out  of  fifty-one  cases,  twenty-eight  or  about  fifty-five 
per  cent. 

2d,  "  In  a  number  of  these  cases  electrolysis  was  followed  by  dan- 
gerous (thirteen,  or  25.4  per  cent.)  and  even  fatal  results  (nine  out  of 
these  thirteen,  or  17.6  per  cent,  of  the  whole  fifty-one. 

3d,  "  Further,  six  cases  out  of  fifty-one  received  neither  benefit  nor 
injury  from  the  treatment,  and  four  were  only  temporarily  improved; 
total,  ten,  or  19.6  per  cent.  We  thus  have  a  total  of  twenty- three  cases, 
or  forty-five  per  cent.,  in  which  the  electrolytic  treatment  failed  to  ac- 
complish the  object  for  which  it  was  administered 

6th,  "Notwithstanding  these  undoubted  cures,  the  percentage  of 
successes  of  oophoro-electrolysis  (55  per  cent.)  compares  unfavorably 
with  that  of  ovariotomy  (70  to  80  per  cent. ;  Spencer  Wells  78  per 
cent.,  in  1876  as  high  as  91  per  cent.).  And  so  also  do  the  deaths  by 
electrolysis  (17.6  per  cent.)  nearly  equal  those  following  ovariotomy 
in  recent  years  (20  to  30  per  cent,  to  22  per  cent.),  and  far  exceeding 
those  occurring  in  the  last  series  of  fifty-five  cases  of  Spencer  Wells 
(five,  or  9  per  cent.)." 

*  "  The  Value  of  Electrolysis  in  the  Treatment  of  Ovarian  Tumors,"  by  Paul  F. 
Munde,  M.D.,  New  York,  Gynaecological  Transactions,  1878. 


702  BENIGN   AND   MALIGNANT   TUMORS. 

Polypi. — Naso-pharyngeal  polypi  have  been  treated  by  a  series  of 
electrolytic  operations  with  success.  Von  Bruns  records  a  notable  case 
of  this  kind.  As  a  rule,  however,  it  would  be  difficult  to  entirely  cure  a 
naso-pharyngeal  polypus  by  electrolysis,  and  the  treatment  would  be 
very  annoying.  Polypi  in  accessible  localities  are  best  treated  by  the 
galvano-cautery  wire-loop.  \ 

Epithelioma,  Scirrhus,  and  other  Malignant  Growths. — Malignant 
growths  may  be  defined  clinically  as  those  growths  which  are  liable  tc 
recur  after  removal.. 

Under  this  head  may  be  classed  epithelioma,  recurring  cysts  and 
fibroids,  encephaloids,  scirrhus,  and  so  forth.  If  tumors  of  this  kind 
are  to  be  treated  at  all  by  electricity  in  the  hope  of  permanent  relief, 
it  should  be  by  the  method  of  electrolysis  of  the  base  as  already  describ 
ed,  provided,  of  course,  the  tumors  are  sufficiently  accessible. 

Pain  may,  however,  be  relieved,  and  in  some  cases  a  reduction  in 
size  may  be  gained  by  the  ordinary  method  of  electrolysis,  or  by  simple 
external  galvanization  or  faradization  ;  and  by  these  7nethods  also  the 
tumor  may  be  arrested  hi  its  progress  perhaps  for  a  long  time. 

Of  the  different  forms  of  malignant  growths,  the  best  prognosis  for  a 
permanent  cure,  or  for  a  long  deliverance,  is  in  recurring  cysts  and 
fibroids  ;  next  would  come  epithelioma,  of  which  we  have  successfully 
treated  a  number  of  cases,  and  last  of  all  scirrhus. 

Cancers  of  the  neck  of  the  uterus  have  been  removed  by  galvano- 
cautery,  but  not,  so  far  as  we  know,  by  electrolysis  of  the  base. 


Fig.  1S4. 

Removal  of  epithelioma  of  face  by  electrolysis  of  base.   Both  negative  and  positive 
needles  inserted  in  the  healthy  tissue  beneath  the  tumor. 

Epitheliotna  of  the  face,  originating  in  an  old  scar,  six  months''  standiitg,  removed 

by  a  combination  of  electrolysis  of  the  base  and  the  galvano-cautery. 

Case  CCIX. — Captain  D.  was  brought  to  us,   April  27,    1873,  by  Dr.  Fessen- 

den.     The  patient  had  a  tumor  that  appeared  to  be  an  epithelioma,  about  the  size 

of  a  small  walnut,  over  the  zygoma.     It  had  developed  from  an  old  scar  that  had 


EPITHELIOMA.  703 

existed  from  childhood.  When  he  was  first  brought  to  us  the  tumor  had  been  in 
existence  six  months.  It  had  been  treated  by  caustics,  but  rapidly  recurred.  We 
decided  to  treat  the  tumor  by  electrolysis  of  the  base,  combining  with  it  the  galvaiio- 
cautery,  if  necessary  or  convenient,  in  order  to  shorten  the  operation. 

April  30th.  We  operated,  assisted  by  Dr.  Fessenden,  who  gave  the  anaesthetic  for 
ten  minutes,  with  eighteen  zinc-carbon  cells.  We  used  the  long  cutting  needle,  pass- 
ing one  connected  with  the  positive  pole  tinder  the  tumor  near  the  edge,  and  another 
long  cutting  needle  connected  with  the  negative  pole,  also  under  the  tumor,  and 
parallel  to  the  positive  needle.  The  electrolytic  action  was  moderately  strong,  and 
the  growth  was  rapidly  loosened.  The  positive  needle  became  fixed  in  the  tissue 
where  it  was  imbedded,  through  the  oxidization,  as  is  always  the  case  with  the  posi- 
tive needle,  while  around  the  negative  needle  a  yellowish  foam  appeared,  caused  by 
the  mingling  of  the  hydrogen  evolved  with  the  blood.  The  needle  was  very  loose  in 
the  tissue,  and  we  worked  it  slowly  to  the  right  hand  and  left  until  the  tumor  was  un- 
dermined by  the  electrolytic  action,  and  nothing  remained  but  a  portion  of  the  skin. 
We  completed  the  operation  by  a  short  wire  connected  with  Byrne's  galvano-cautery 
battery.  After  the  tumor  was  removed,  we  worked  up  the  base,  partly  with  the 
needles  and  partly  by  the  heated  galvano-cautery  wire. 

Both  needles,  positive  and  negative,  were  plunged  into  the  base  and  edge  of  the 
tumor,  into  healthy  tissue,  until  all  was  bloodless,  charred,  and  dry.  Scarcely  any 
blood  flowed  during  the  operation. 

The  patient  was  soon  able  to  leave  the  operating-room.  Cold-water  dressing  only 
was  used.  Some  sloughing  followed,  and  satisfactory  granulation.  In  six  weeks  the 
sore  had  completely  healed,  with  a  moderate  cicatrix,  and  at  the  date  of  writing, 
Sept.  1st,  1874,  seventeen  months  from  the  time  of  operation,  there  are  no  signs  of 
recurrence.  The  growth  was  examined  microscopically  by  Dr.  Ormiston,  and  by 
him  pronounced  malignant. 

Large  and  painful  epithelioma  of  the  upper  lip  of  several  months''  standing — Re 
moval  by  ordinary  electrolysis  and  the  method  of  working  up  tJie  base — Satis- 
factory healing. 

Case  CCX. — Miss ,  aged  20,  was  brought  to  us  by  Dr.  Corey,  October  23, 

187 1,  to  be  treated  for  an  epithelioma  of  the  upper  lip  that  had  distressed  her  for 
several  months.  At  this  time  the  growth  extended  from  the  median  line  to  the  left 
corner  of  the  lip,  being  about  one  inch  in  diameter  and  one-half  an  inch  in  length. 
The  pain  of  the  growth  was  at  times  very  great,  especially  when  exposed  to  the  cold ; 
the  disfigurement  was  annoying,  and  there  was  an  evident  tendency  to  quite  rapid 
increase.  At  the  base,  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  lip  and  especially  at  the  corner, 
hard  nodules  were  easily  detected  by  the  finger.  With  the  assistance  of  Dr.  Corey, 
and  in  the  presence  of  a  number  of  physicians,  we  electrolyzed  the  upper  portion  of 
the  growth  with  five  small  needles,  three  connected  with  the  negative  and  two  with 
the  positive  pole.  Full  anaesthesia  was  used,  and  the  operation  lasted  twenty 
minutes.  The  needles  were  inserted  directly  into  the  body  of  the  tumor  and  not 
around  the  base.  The  method  of  working  up  the  base,  we  had  not  at  that  time 
begun  to  employ.  The  soft  parts  of  the  tumor  in  the  vicinity  of  the  negative  pole 
decomposed  with  rapidity.  A  yellowish  foam  was  developed,  which,  forcing  its  way 
underneath  the  scab  that  covered  the  tumor,  gradually  lifted  it  up  and  completely 
detached  it  from  the  body  of  the  growth. 


704  BENIGN   AND   MALIGNANT   TUMORS. 

The  parts  presented  the  usual  charred  appearance  after  the  operation,  but  there 
was  little  or  no  pain,  either  in  the  tumor  or  in  the  vicinity.  There  was,  however, 
considerable  irritative  fever,  and  the  face  was  somewhat  swollen.  In  the  course  of  a 
week,  the  portion  of  the  diseased  part  that  had  been  electrolyzed  began  to  contract, 
and  near  the  median  line  healthy  tissue  appeared.  The  lower  part,  that  was  little 
affected  by  the  needles,  remained  as  before.  Nov.  9,  we  again  operated  by  the 
method  of  electrolysis  of  the  base  with  four  negative  and  one  positive  needle  with  the 
same  number  of  cells  (sixteen  zinc-carbon)  and  for  about  the  same  time.  Dr.  Corey 
administered  the  ansesthetic,  and  Drs.  Armor,  Caldwell,  and  others  were  present.  This 
operation  was  more  thoroughly  performed  than  the  previous  one,  but  the  needles 
were  not  inserted  into  the  nodules  or  the  inner  surface,  but  only  into  the  superficial 
parts  of  the  growth.  No  bad.  result  followed,  and  by  Nov.  27th  the  tumor  had 
contracted  to  one-third  of  its  original  size  and  was  healing  rapidly.  The  healing 
process  continued  until  scarcely  any  ti'ace  of  the  disease  remained.  The  healing  was 
almost  perfect  ;  there  was  an  entirely  natural  skin  in  the  region  where  the  tumor  had 
formerly  existed,  and  the  only  cicatrix  was  at  the  corner  of  the  mouth.  Twitches  of 
pain  have  been  felt  in  the  vicinity  of  the  scar,  especially  on  exposure  to  cold,  giving 
rise  to  the  suspicion  that  possibly  that  portion  of  the  growth  was  not  thoroughly 
treated. 

It  is  now  three  years  since  the  patient  was  treated,  and  the  recovery 
may  be  regarded  as  most  satisfactory.  In  reference  to  this  case  it  may 
be  remarked  :  — 

1.  If  the  diseased  mass  had  been  thoroughly  separated  from  the 
surrounding  healthy  tissues  by  inserting  large  needles,  one  operation 
would  have  been  sufiScient,  and  the  cure  would  probably  have  been 
absolute.  This  was  the  first  case  of  the  kind  that  we  had  treated,  and 
we  had  not  then  employed  the  method  of  working  up  the  base,  and  had 
not  devised  the  long,  sharp,  double-edged  needle  which  we  now  employ 
in  the  electrolyzation  of  large  growths. 

2.  There  was  scarcely  any  hemorrhage  or  other  unpleasant  symp- 
toms during  or  after  the  operation,  excepting  the  irritative  fever  of  which 
we  have  spoken. 

Epithelial  cancer  in  a  lady  aged  thirty,  involving  the  rectum,  vagina,  and  exter- 
nal parts — Eleven  operations  by  or  dietary  electrolysis  and  electrolysis  of  the  base  re- 
move the  growths,  alleviate  pain,  a?td  tnodify  very  greatly  the  rapidity  with  which 
the  disease  subsequently  reappears — Subsequent  treatment  by  galvano-cautery  by  Dr. 
Byrne,  with  relief — Death  of  the  patient. 

Case  CCXI. — The  wife  of  a  physician,  aged  about  30,  had  for  eight  years  of  her 
married  life  suffered  from  what  was  supposed  to  be  scirrhus  of  the  rectum,  which  had 
been  removed  by  ligatui^es  at  different  times  and  by  different  surgeons. 

About  three  years  before  we  saw  her,  an  epithelial  cancer  appeared  at  the  entrance 
ofthe  vagina  ;  this  gradually  increased  in  size  and  protruded,  until  October,  1871,  it 
appeared  to  be  about  one-half  as  large  as  a  cauliflower,  and  much  resembled  one  in 


REMARKABLE   CASE   OF   EPITHELIOMA. 


705 


appearance.  The  discharge  was  very  profuse  and  very  offensive  ;  the  pain  terrible  and 
almost  constant.  The  growth  was  evidently  increasing,  and  only  with  difficulty  could 
the  patient  walk  about  the  house. 

A  more  distressing  case  of  disease  of  any  kind  we  had  never  seen.  After  each  re- 
moval of  the  mass  by  the  ligature,  it  would  spring  up  almost  before  the  sight  and  be- 
come larger  than  before.  There  was  about  it  a  rankness,  a  fierceness,  a  malignity, 
quite  unusual.  Like  rampant  weeds  in  rich  soil,  the  more  it  was  cut  off,  the  faster  it 
grew.  Escharotics  of  all  kinds,  as  well  as  cundurango,  had  been  tried,  the  lattei 
remedy  seeming  to  do  injury. 


Fig.  185. 
Epithelioma  of  the  vagina  and  vulva.   Cauliflower  appearance. 


Appearance  of  granulating  base  after  removal  of  a  portion  of  the  epithelioma  of  vagina 
and  vulva  by  electrolysis. 


The  galvano-cautery  had  been  suggested  by  Dr.  E.  R.  Peaslee,  whom  the  patient 
consulted,  and  Dr.  Byrne  had  intended  to  give  it  a  trial,  but  deferred  the  operation 
in  order  to  experiment  with  cundurango.  We  began  treatment  with  external  galva- 
nization in  order  to  relieve  the  pain.  The  first  treatment  accomplished  nothing  ;  the 
third  treatment,  we  connected  an  insulated  rectal  electrode  with  one  pole,  while  the 
45 


706  BENIGN   AND   MALIGNANT  TUMORS. 

positive,  by  means  of  a  wet  cloth,  was  gently  passed  over  the  very  sensitive  surface  of 
the  tumor.  The  patient  was  relieved  of  pain  for  a  whole  night.  Satisfied  with  the 
result,  we  now  resolved  to  use  the  needles. 

With  the  assistance  of  Dr.  Rotton  and  the  husband  of  the  patient,  we  operated 
eleven  times,  with  intervals  of  two  or  three  weeks  between  the  seances.  Full  etheri- 
zation had  been  obtained  in  each  operation. 

We  used  two,  three,  or  four  needles,  according  to  circumstances,  and  both  poles 
were  inserted  into  the  base  of  the  growth. 

The  first  operation,  Oct.  20,  which  lasted  twenty-five  minutes,  removed  one-third 
of  the  growth  ;  and  by  the  end  of  the  third  operation,  all  the  growth  external  to  the 
orifice  of  the  vagina  was  removed. 

Far  up  in  the  vagina  the  diseased  portion  could  readily  be  detected,  spreading  out 
in  all  directions  like  a  watermelon  vine. 

Nov.  15th,  there  was  some  evidences  of  a  reappearance  of  the  external  growth  in 
those  parts  that  were  not  thoroughly  electrized.  Nov.  22d,  operated  again  by  elec- 
trolysis for  half  an  hour. 

Dec.  5th,  operated  again  by  electrolysis  in  connection  with  Dr.  Byrne,  who  by  the 
aid  of  his  speculum  applied  the  galvano-cautery  to  the  portions  of  the  growth  in  the 
vagina.  Jan.  17th,  again  operated  by  the  same  method  for  thirty  minutes.  The  ex- 
ternal ulcer  caused  by  the  removal  of  the  tumor  had  hitherto  been  about  four  inches 
long,  three  inches  wide,  and  one  inch  in  depth,  extending  from  the  middle  of  the 
labia  beyond  the  anus  on  the  right  side. 

This  ulcer  now  began  to  heal  at  the  edges  and  to  contract.  Jan.  6th,  began  tlie 
use  of  nitrate  of  silver,  applied  to  the  ulcer.  Jan.  8th,  the  discharge  which  had  come 
from  the  vagma  was  much  diminished  and  the  ulcer  had  contracted  to  half  the  origi- 
nal size.     Jan.  21st,  operated  by  electrolysis  in  the  vagina  chiefly. 

March  24th,  repeated  the  operation  with  long  needles,  in  the  vagina,  on  some  rag- 
ged portions  of  the  growth.  We  were  now  able  to  ascertain  by  digital  examination 
that  there  was  a  pretty  direct  connection  between  the  growth  in  the  rectum  and  the 
one  in  the  vagina  ;  they  seemed,  indeed,  to  be  extensions  from  a  common  centre. 

The  septum  at  the  base  of  the  tumor  in  the  vagina  was  so  thin  that  we  much  feared 
a  recto-vaginal  fistula,  and  great  care  was  necessary  in  operating,  to  preserve  this  deli- 
cate and  partially  disorganized  tissue  that  separated  the  two  canals.  April  21,  again 
operated  by  electrolysis. 

Subsequently  the  actual  cautery  was  once  used,  in  the  hope  that  perhaps  it  might 
cause  a  more  thorough  drying  up  of  the  profusely  discharging  surface  in  the  vagina ; 
but  the  results  of  its  use  were  unsatisfactory.  The  febrile  condition  that  followed  was 
alarming,  and  the  local  pain  was  terrific  for  several  days  after  the  operation.  During 
the  summer,  local  applications  of  various  kinds  have  been  experimented  with  ; 
among  others,  a  mixture  of  iodine,  iodide  of  potassium,  and  glycerine,  which  was 
employed  at  the  suggestion  of  Dr.  Byrne,  and  with  good  effect. 

During  the  year  the  patient  had  taken  cod-liver  oil,  and  except  by  intervals  has  had 
a  good  appetite.  Twice  a  severe  and  protracted  attack  of  sciatica  has  been  brought 
on,  apparently  by  exposure  to  cold. 

At  one  time  the  patient  was  confined  to  her  bed,  and  was  somewhat  hystericaL 
During  the  summer  the  external  part  of  the  growth  gradually  reappeared,  but  there 
was  no  difficulty  in  urination  or  defecation  ;  and  hence  we  conclude  that  the  portion 
in  the  rectum  has  not  great-ly  enlarged,  and  at  the  last  examination  the  condition  of 


REMARKABLE    CASE   OF   EPITHELIOMA.  707 

the  vagina  was  not  seriously  altered.  We  have  all  along  feared  that  the  disease  would 
extend  to  the  uterus,  but  examinations  made  at  different  times  gave  no  evidence  of 
involvement  of  that  organ. 

The  operations  were  performed  with  a  zinc-carbon  battery  of  eighteen  cells, 
freshly  charged. 

The  constringing  power  of  the  current  was  observed  at  both  poles,  but  most  de- 
cidedly at  the  positive.  After  each  operation  the  surface  presented  a  dark  and  some- 
what cliarred  appearance,  as  though  it  had  been  slightly  burned.  No  large  artery  was 
severed  during  the  operations,  hence  it  was  not  necessary  to  use  either  the  ligature 
or  persulphate  of  iron.  During  the  wmter  of  1873  Dr.  Byrne  twice  operated  on  the 
external  portion  of  the  growth  with  the  galvano-cautery.  The  result  was  a  most 
satisfactory  healing  of  the  external  ulcer.  This  healing  was  much  more  permanent 
than  the  healings  that  followed  electrolysis. 

We  have  given  the  above  case  m  considerable  detail,  because  of  its 
great  interest  to  surgeons,  and  especially  because  it  illustrates  most 
vividly  at  once  the  value  and  the  limitations  of  electrolysis  in  malignant 
tumors.     It  illustrates  : 

1.  The  power  of  electrolysis  to  control  hemorrhage.  The  growth 
was  so  vascular  that  it  bled  quite  profusely  on  the  slightest  touch,  and 
yet,  under  the  various  and  protracted  electrolytic  treatments  to  which  it 
was  subjected,  the  amount  of  blood  lost  was  but  a  trifle. 

2.  The  fact  that  the  electrolytic  treatment  does  not  cause  shock,  to 
the  extent  that  similar  destruction  of  tissue  by  other  methods  would  be 
likely  to  do.  Twice,  when  chloroform  was  employed  as  an  anaesthetic, 
the  pulse  acted  badly  and  compelled  us  to  suspend  the  operation  sooner 
than  we  desired  ;  but  under  etherization  the  needles  were  used  for  half 
an  hour  and  longer  without  causing  any  shock.  The  stimulus  of  the 
current,  with  the  occasional  interruptions  that  are  required,  seemed,  by 
reflex  influence  on  the  central  nervous  system,  to  act  as  an  antidote  to 
shock,  as  it  has  appeared  to  do  in  other  cases. 

3.  Better  heahng,  and  later  reappearance  of  the  growth  than  after  the 
operation  by  ligature  and  caustics.  When  removed  by  ligature  this 
growth  sprang  up  with  great  rapidity — in  the  course  of  a  few  days ; 
even  before  the  eyes,  as  it  were,  it  seemed  to  enlarge,  and  to  develop 
an  offensive  discharge  ;  and  the  base  never  began  to  heal,  even  on  the 
edges.  After  thorough  electrolysis  of  the  base,  this  growth  not  only 
did  not  show  signs  of  recurrence  for  several  weeks,  but  an  external 
ulcer  of  large  size  entirely  healed.  With  the  internal  ulcer  on  the 
feebly  organized  mucous  tissues  of  the  vagina  we  were  not  so  successful, 

4.  The  severe  irritative  fever  that  sometimes  follows  electrolysis. 
After  all  the  operations,  the  patient  was  confined  to  her  bed  for  several 
days,  and  was  more  or  less  distressed  by  inflammation  and  swelling,  not 


708  BENIGN   AND   MALIGNANT   TUMORS. 

only  on  the  edges  of  the  ulcer,  but  at  some  distance  down  the  nates  and 
through  the  labia.  The  swelling  of  the  labia  was  so  great  that  difficulty 
and  pain  were  experienced  in  passing  water.  It  should  be  noted,  how- 
ever, that  after  the  operations  with  the  galvano-cautery  and  the  actual 
cautery,  the  irritative  fever  and  surrounding  inflammation  were  much 
more  decided  and  distressing,  and  for  that  reason  we  returned  to  elec- 
trolysis. 

5.  The  utter  inability  of  even  the  most  thorough  and  repeated  elec- 
trolyzations  of  the  base,  to  permanently  eradicate  the  growth  in  those 
parts  where  it  was  connected  with  the  mucous  membrane.  Although  the 
base  was  thoroughly  worked  up  by  inserting  the  needles  into  the  healthy 
tissue  surrounding  it  so  as  to  completely  cut  off  all  communication  be- 
tween the  natural  and  morbid  parts,  yet  the  disease  extended  from  the 
vagina,  until  quite  distant  parts  were  attacked  and  became  saturated 
with  cancerous  degeneration.  The  external  portion  of  the  growth  con- 
nected with  the  perineum  and  nates  was  apparently  eradicated  as 
thoroughly  and  as  successfully  as  the  cases  of  epithelioma  of  the  lip, 
previously  reported,  and  the  subsequent  reappearance  of  the  growth 
was  due  to  the  extension  of  the  disease  from  the  vagina,  which  part 
could  not  be  thoroughly  aflfected    by  electrolysis. 

6.  The  comparative  value  of  electrolysis  and  galvano-cautery.  The 
healing  after  electrolysis  was  incomparably  more  satisfactory  than  after 
the  ligation ;  but  in  the  course  of  months  the  growth  returned,  appa- 
rently by  extension  from  the  vagina.  The  irritative  fever  that  followed 
the  electrolytic  operations  was  not  observed  to  any  marked  degree  after 
the  use  of  the  galvano-cautery,  and  more  time  elapsed  before  recurrence. 

Take  the  case  all  in  all,  its  long  standing  and  wide  extent,  its  ex- 
cessively rapid  growth  and  still  more  rapid  reappearance  after  operation 
by  ligature,  the  frequent  repetition  of  long  electrolyzations,  and  the 
temporary  benefit  resulting  therefrom,  and  the  opportunity  it  afforded 
for  comparing  the  advantages  of  electrolysis  and  galvano-cautery,  it 
may  probably  be  regarded  as  without  a  precedent  in  electro- surgery. 

Two  general  varieties  of  cancer  of  breast. — In  their  relations  to 
electro-therapeutics  there  would  appear  to  be  two  general  varieties  of 
tumors  of  the  breast ;  one  variety  in  which  all  or  nearly  all  the 
mamma  is  involved,  and  which  is  very  hard,  firm,  and  unyielding,  the 
skin  being  tense,  glossy,  and  indicating  inflammation  and  induration. 
The  variety  is  more  obstinate  and  unyielding  ;  the  pain  may  be  re- 
heved,  but  the  tumors  do  not  grow  smaller  under  the  action  of  the 
current ;  they  can  be  diminished  in  size  or  removed  only  by  actual 
destruction  of  the  tissue. 


SCIRRHUS.  709 

In  the  other  variety  the  tumor  mvolves  but  a  limited  portion  of  the 
breast ;  the  skin  is  not  tense,  but  is  soft  and  yielding,  and  of  the  natural 
color ;  the  growth  is  felt  as  a  nodule  beneath  the  skin,  and  the  pain  is 
not  usually  so  severe  as  in  the  other  variety,  and  the  growth  is  much 
slower.  This  variety  is  the  one  that  is  most  disposed  to  yield  to  elec- 
trical treatment.  Not  only  is  the  pain  relieved,  but  the  tumors  grow 
softer  and  smaller.  In  other  cases  their  advance  is  arrested  by  the 
treatment,  so  that  they  remain  stationary  for  months  or  years. 

Whether  what  we  call,  for  convenience'  sake,  and  for  clinical  reasons, 
only  two  varieties,  are  really  but  different  stages  of  one  variety  ;  whether 
the  latter  may  sometimes  come  under  the  head  of  abscess,  or  of  the 
atrophying  cancer  described  by  Billroth — these  questions  we  resign  to 
the  pathologists  of  the  future. 


Fig.  187. 
Scirrhus  of  the  breast  treated  by  ordinary  electrolysis.      Three  needles  connected 
with  negative  pole  in  body  of  tumor ;  connection  made  by  a  sponge,  the  positive  pole 
at  the  indifferent  point  on  the  lupus. 

Scirrhus  of  the  left  breast  in  a  womait  aged  forty -five — Complete  and  instant  relief 
from  excruciating pain^  and  in  the  course  of  four  days  disappearance  of  one-half 
the  growth  from  one  electrolytic  operation — Retrocession  of  the  disease  to  the 
bowels^  resulting  in  death. 

Case  CCXII. — Mrs.  ,  aged  about  45,  an  inmate  of  Bellevue  Hospital,  was 

affected  with  cancer  of  the  left  breast. 

The  main  portion  of  the  scirrhus  was  the  size  of  an  ordinary  orange,  and  extend- 
ing into  the  axilla  were  a  number  of  cancerous  nodules  of  considerable  size. 

The  surrounding  and  intervening  tissue  was  as  hard  and  unyielding  as  the  tumor 
itself.  The  process  of  suppuration  was  beginning  to  manifest  itself,  and  for  several 
weeks  the  patient  had  suffered  night  and  day  the  most  excruciating  pain  through  the 
diseased  parts.  The  first  operation  was  performed  in  one  of  the  wards  of  the  hos- 
pital, in  the  presence  of  Prof.  Frank  H.  Hamilton  (who  had  requested  us  to  operate 
by  the  electrolytic  method)  and  his  private  class.     The  patient  having  been  etherized. 


7IO  BENIGN   AND   MALIGNANT   TUMORS. 

we  introduced  deeply  into  the  upper  portion  of  the  breast  three  gilded  needles,  and 
with  a  fourth  transfixed  the  largest  of  the  axillary  nodules.  The  positive  pole  (3 
large  moist  sponge)  was  applied  to  the  under  portion  of  the  gland.  No  very  decided 
change  was  manifest  in  the  appearance  of  the  mass  during  the  operation  other  than 
some  puffing  up  of  the  skin,  due  to  the  disengaged  hydrogen  ;  but  very  soon  after  it 
began  to  decrease  in  size,  and  in  one  week  not  only  had  all  the  hardness  of  the  sur- 
rounding tissue  and  all  the  axillary  enlargements  entirely  disappeared,  but  the 
mammary  tumor  had  decreased  in  size  at  least  one-half.  The  most  grateful  relief  the 
patient  experienced,  however,  was  the  complete  and  seemingly  permanent  dissipation 
of  pain.  In  ten  days  we  again  operated,  and  by  the  same  method,  in  the  amphi- 
theatre and  before  Dr.  Hamilton  and  the  regular  class  of  the  college.  On  the  fol- 
lowing day  the  patient  felt  so  comfortable  that  she  left  the  hospital,  and  in  a  week's 
time  presented  herself  for  examination,  when  it  was  found  that  there  had  been  a  still 
further  decrease  in  the  size  of  the  tumor.  She  still  remained  entirely  free  from  pain, 
and  was  delighted  with  the  results  of  the  treatment.  Most  unfortunately,  we  now  lost 
sight  of  the  patient ;  but  a  few  months  subsequently  she  returned  to  the  hospital,  suffer- 
ing from  malignant  disease  of  the  intestine,  of  which  she  died. 

The  following  is  a  condensed  report  of  a  case  treated  by  us  in  co- 
operation with  Dr.  A.  B.  Crosby.  We  give  it  substantially  as  detailed 
by  him  :  *  ^ 

A  case  of  scirrhus  of  the   rectum — Relief  of  symptoms — Satisfactory  healing — 

Death. 

Case  CCXIII.  —  Mrs.  L, ,  aged  60,  a  lady  of  a  nervous,  but,  on  the  whole,  of  a 
healthy  temperament,  came  under  our  care  Nov.  7th,  1871.  For  three  years  she  had 
been  suffering  from  a  tumor  of  the  rectum  that  was  evidently  of  a  malignant  charac- 
ter— such  at  least  had  been  the  opinion  of  the  large  number  of  physicians  and  surgeons 
who  had  seen  the  patient.  Bougies  were  frequently  inserted  and  various  remedies  had 
been  tested — among  others  cundurango,  which  the  patient  thought  afforded  some  relief. 
On  examination,  it  was  found  that  the  growth  extended  about  three  inches  up  the  rec- 
tum, forming  a  hard  ring  and  a  stricture  so  narrow  in  the  upper  portion  as  hardly  to 
admit  the  end  of  the  index-finger.  The  patient  was  tormented  with  flatulence,  and 
the  distress  in  the  region  of  the  tumor  and  of  the  nerves  that  supplied  it  was  very 
great.  The  pain  in  defecation  was  severe,  and  the  passages  were  small  and  very  fre- 
quent. She  was  able,  however,  to  go  about  the  house  more  or  less,  and  occasionally 
rode  out. 

We  began  treatment  by  localized  galvanization  externally  by  various  forms  of  rectal 
electrodes.  By  these  applications,  there  was  a  decided  and  grateful  relief  of  the  pain 
and  of  the  flatulence.  This  relief  continued  so  long  as  this  method  of  treatment  was 
used. 

January  7th,  1872,  Dr.  Crosby  ruptured  the  sphincter  with  the  assistance  of  Drs. 
Reese  and  Ostrander,  who  administered  ether.  We  operated  with  a  zinc-carbon  bat- 
tery on  these  protuberances  by  the  ordinary  method  of  electrolysis.  The  usual  small 
needles  were  used.  The  operation  was  followed  by  some  irritative  fever,  but  the 
patient,  on  the  whole,  bore  it  excellently,  and  the  whole  growth  was  relaxed  sj  that 

*  Archives  of  Electrology  and  Neurology,  May,  1874. 


SCIRRHUS   OF   RECTUM.  7ll 

the  passages  were  easier.  Three  weeks  after  the  operation  the  patient  was  verj 
much  better,  and  went  round  the  house. 

The  operation,  which  lasted  forty  minutes,  including  intermissions  consisted  in 
inserting  one  needle  connected  with  the  positive  pole  into  the  body  of  the  growth, 
while  the  negative  needles  were  run  through  the  base  and  made  to  work  around  the 
inside  of  the  rectum  at  the  base  of  the  tumor,  as  far  as  it  was  deemed  prudent  to  go. 
The  growth  was  mostly  removed  in  this  manner,  and  with  very  little  hemorrhage. 
The  entire  thirty-two  cells  were  employed,  and  the  patient  was  kept  under  ether  for 
two  hours.  Irritative  fever  followed  the  operation  for  five  days.  The  pulse  went  up 
to  1 20.  There  was  some  flatulence  and  pain  in  the  abdomen,  but  no  positive  tender- 
ness. There  was  considerable  urethral  irritation  and  dysuria,  and  the  urine  was 
drawn  by  a  catheter. 

In  a  few  days,  the  patient  was  able  to  discharge  large  and  well-formed  fgeces.  For 
about  a  month,  there  was  some  discharge  from  the  rectum,  but  no  symptoms  of 
pyaemia,  or  of  peritonitis  or  of  cellulitis  that  might  be  feared  from  so  formidable  an 
operation. 

From  May  to  June  there  was  but  little  pain  in  the  rectum  comparatively,  and  the 
patient  was  able  to  walk  about  and  to  go  out. 

May  15th,  the  patient  rode  out  with  comfort,  and  she  strongly  hoped  that  the 
relief  would  be  permanent ;  but  there  were  signs  of  a  recurrence  of  the  growth,  in- 
creasing stricture  and  induration,  and  the  faeces  gradually  became  smaller. 

During  all  this  time,  Dr.  Crosby  was  in  the  habit  of  introducing  sponge-tents  of 
good  size  about  every  week  or  ten  days. 

Dr.  Crosby  being  called  away  July  ist.  Dr.  George  K.  Smith  was  called  in,  and 
suggested  the  use  of  ox-gall  injection  to  soften  the  faeces.  This  suggestion  was  acted 
upon  with  good  results. 

The  patient,  who  was  subsequently  seen  by  Dr.  Colton,  gradually  grew  weaker 
during  the  excessive  heat  of  the  summer,  and  died  October  27th,  1872,  apparently 
from  exhaustion. 

Dr.  Crosby  thus  epitomizes  the  important  features  of  this  case  in  its 
electro-surgical  aspects  : 

"  That  this  growth  was  mah'gnant  was  evident  from  the  history  of  the 
case  and  all  the  symptoms,  and  was  established  by  the  microscopic  ex- 
amination of  Dr.  Spier.  I  am  disposed  to  believe  that  if  the  tumor  had 
been  in  a  position  where  it  could  have  been  more  readily  reached,  and 
where  the  whole  growth  and  the  adjacent  parts  could  have  been 
thoroughly  electrolyzed,  the  results  would  have  been  very  much  better. 
As  it  was,  it  seemed  unjustifiable  to  interfere  too  seriously  with  the  gut, 
lest  we  might  destroy  it  and  produce  recto-vaginal  fistula. 

"  The  stricture  extended  upward,  about  three  inches  above  the  anus, 
and  ranged  from  three-fourths  of  an  inch  to  an  inch  in  breadth. 

"  It  was  only  at  one  point  anteriorly  that  it  extended  higher  than  three 
inches.  At  this  point,  a  little  indurated  tissue  could  not  be  removed 
without  endangering  the  recto-uterine  pouch  of  the  peritoneum. 


712  BENIGN  AND   MALIGNANT  TUMORS. 

"  Whatever,  then,  might  have  been  hoped  in  case  the  removal  had  been 
absolutely  complete,  it  was  certain  that  the  disease  must  continue  to 
develop  in  this  particular  case.  Anatomically,  three  inches  of  the  rec- 
tum— that  is,  that  portion  within  the  perineum — may  be  safely  removed 
by  the  knife  even.  In  the  above  case,  the  spear-pointed  electrodes 
brought  away  a  large  annular  mass  of  scirrhus  when  the  operation  was 
performed. 

"  This  was  followed,  a  few  days  later,  by  the  separation  of  a  large 
annular  slough,  and  the  rectal  wall  was  left  soft  and  free  from  disease, 
except  the  small,  indurated  spot  that  extended  above  the  floor  of  the 
pelvis  and  could  not  be  safely  removed.  It  is  a  fair  question  whether 
if  the  operation  had  been  done  earlier,  radical  improvement  might  not 
have  followed. 

"A  point  of  practical  convenience  was  seen  in  the  method  adopted 
to  reach  the  stricture. 

"  I  first  completely  ruptured  the  sphincter  ani,  so  as  to  induce  com- 
plete relaxation.  A  piece  of  two-inch  lead  pipe,  about  two  inches  in 
length,  with  a  handle  soldered  on  one  side,  made  an  excellent  speculum, 
which  was  pushed  up  to  and  brought  the  stricture  fully  into  view. 

"  Through  this,  it  was  possible  to  carry  the  spear-shaped  electrodes 
through  the  stricture  with  ease  and  certainty,  and  move  them  freely 
around  the  circumference  of  the  bowel. 

"This  case  showed,  what  I  have  witnessed  in  other  cases  treated  by 
electrolysis,  no  primary  shock. 

''  The  irritative  fever  which  followed  was  very  marked  for  some 
days,  but  there  was  no  primary  disturbance,  either  of  temperature  or 
pulse. 

"The  removal  immediately  by  the  electrodes  and  secondarily  by 
sloughing  of  so  much  tissue  necessitated  free  granulation. 

"  The  repair  which  followed  was  unusually  rapid.  In  fact,  in  this 
and  in  other  cases  treated  in  the  same  way,  I  have  been  impressed  with 
the  fact  that  proliferation  is  very  rapid  after  electrolysis. 

*'  In  this  case,  the  granulating  surface  healed  rapidly  and  completely. 
We  anticipated,  independently  of  any  recurrence  of  the  disease,  decided 
contraction  of  the  cicatricial  tissue. 

"  Electrolysis  did  not  save  the  patient's  life,  but  it  was  more  efficient 
than  any  plan  of  treatment  I  have  seen  adopted  in  these  most  distress- 
ing cases." 


SCIRRHUS   OF   BREAST.  /1 3 

Extirpation  of  a  ?nammary  cancer  by  the  knife,  followed  by  complete  destruction  of 
the  underlying  tissue  by  electrolysis — Reappearance  of  the  growth. 

Case  CCXIV. — Mrs.  H.,  a  married  lady,  aged  about  forty,  came  under  our  observa 
tion,  through  the  kindness  of  Prof.  J.  L.  Cabell,  of  the  University  of  Virginia.  The 
patient  was  suffering  from  cancer  (scirrhus)  of  the  left  breast  of  about  the  size  of  an 
ordinary  orange,  and  in  addition  one  of  the  axillary  glands  was  enlarged  to  the  pro- 
portions of  an  ordinary  hickory-nut. 

She  had  observed  while  in  India,  eighteen  years  before,  a  small  lump  in  the  breast, 
but  during  all  the  years  of  her  residence  in  that  climate  it  remained  stationary  and 
never  annoyed  her.  About  eighteen  months  before  we  saw  her,  she  left  India  for  Eng- 
land, and  soon  after  arriving  in  that  colder  and  damper  atmosphere  the  lump  began 
to  enlarge.  During  the  process  of  its  growth  she  has  suffered  from  occasional  neural- 
gic pains,  but  of  no  great  severity. 

On  June  12,  19,  and  28,  1873,  '^^  operated  by  the  ordinary  method  of  electrolysis, 
on  each  occasion  introducing  three  needles.  These  efforts  merely  resulted  in  a  softer^ 
condition  of  the  tumor,  with  possibly  some  slight  diminution  in  size,  and  we  deter- 
mined to  extirpate  the  growth,  and  to  destroy  the  surrounding  tissue  by  the  under- 
mining electrolytic  process.  The  patient  went  to  her  home,  and  in  October  she 
returned  and  submitted  to  the  radical  operation.  Instead,  however,  of  taking  away 
the  tumor  by  the  process  proposed,  we  secured  the  services  of  Dr.  A.  B.  Crosby,  who, 
on  the  eighth  day,  after  the  patient  had  been  thoroughly  etherized  by  Dr.  N.  B. 
Emerson,  quickly  removed  both  the  breast  and  the  enlarged  gland  of  the  axilla. 

We  had  at  hand  an  appliance  consisting  of  some  twenty  points,  projecting  from  a 
metal  plate  an  inch  and  a  half  long,  by  an  inch  in  width. 

This  contrivance,  which  we  call  a  harrow  electrode,  was  placed  on  a  portion  of  the 
surface  of  the  wound,  and  the  operation  was  continued. 

The  needles  penetrated  somewhat  into  the  exposed  tissues,  and  the  electrolytic  pro- 
cess, which  was  at  once  begun,  gave  evidence  of  its  usual  activity.  Hydrogen  was 
developed  in  abundance,  and  the  tissues  changed  in  color  and  consistency,  and  rapid 
and  complete  destruction  followed  to  a  considerable  depth.  By  this  method  the  whole 
of  the  freely  exposed  surface  was  worked  over  and  destroyed,  and  those  portions  that 
were  more  or  less  hidden  were  treated  by  two  or  three  ordinary  electrolytic  needles. 
It  was  necessary  to  observe  some  caution  in  the  regulation  of  the  strength  of  the 
current  and  the  position  of  the  poles,  for  when  the  current  was  increased  above  a  cer- 
tain point,  or,  through  the  position  of  the  poles,  affected  too  directly  the  pneumo- 
gastric  nerve,  the  heart's  action  became  most  markedly  lowered  both  in  frequency  and 
force.  On  modifying  the  influence  of  the  current,  however,  the  circulation  became 
as  strong  as  usual — for  a  moment,  indeed,  there  was  an  increased  vigor  in  the  reaction. 
The  suppuration,  which  was  quite  profuse  for  a  time,  was  followed  by  a  healthy  gra- 
nulating surface,  and  in  ten  days  the  patient  was  sufficiently  recovered  to  return  to 
Virginia,  where  the  healing  process  progressed  favorably  throughout. 

Some  six  months  subsequently  the  growth  began  to  reappear,  and  will  undoubtedly 
destroy  the  patient. 

The  above  history  is  of  interest,  simply  as  an  illustration  of  the 
special  method  of  treatment  employed.  The  case  was  of  many  years' 
standing — for  two  years  the  growth  had  been  constantly  enlarging,  in. 


714  BENIGN   AND   MALIGNANT  TUMORS. 

volving  the  axillary  glands — hence  it  cannot  by  any  means  be  regarded 
as  a  test  case.  Of  the  two  methods  of  treating  scirrhus,  viz.,  the  re- 
moval of  the  growth  by  the  electrolytic  process  alone,  without  the  use 
of  the  knife,  or — as  in  the  case  just  related — extirpation  by  the  knife, 
with  the  subsequent  employment  of  electrolysis  for  the  purpose  of 
destroying  the  reproductive  power  of  the  disease — the  latter  seems,  at 
least  to  one  of  the  authors  of  this  work,  decidedly  preferable. 

By  this  method,  although  two  distinct  operations  are  performed,  less 
time  is  consumed  in  the  operation,  and  it  is  possible  more  effectually, 
and  to  a  greater  depth,  to  destroy  the  underlying  tissue. 

Relief  of  the  pam  of  cancer  by  galvanization. — So  long  as  we  are 
able  to  do  so  little  towards  the  radical  cure  of  the  worst  forms  of  cancer, 
•  it  can  never  be  amiss  to  dwell  upon  any  means  that  will  even  for  a 
time  relieve  the  awful  agony  that  so  frequently  attends  it. 

It  is  not  sufficiently  understood  what  a  magic  influence  an  intelligently 
directed  application  of  the  constant  current  exercises,  as  a  rule,  over 
the  throbbing  pains  of  scirrhus,  especially  of  the  female  breast.  The 
woman  at  Bellevue,  we  referred  to  in  Case  CCIX.,  p.  714,  had 
suffered  most  severely  for  many  weeks.  After  the  first  introduction  of 
the  needles  every  vestige  of  pain  left  her,  and  during  the  two  weeks 
that  she  was  under  observation,  before  leaving  the  hospital,  she  was 
entirely  comfortable.  A  number  of  similar  cases  might  be  recorded, 
but  we  will  offer  only  the  following,  which  is  perhaps  of  more  interest 
than  the  majority : 

An  immense  ulcerating  scirrhus  of  the  breast  attended-  by  the  most  excruciating  and 
constant  agony — No  relief  foUozvs  the  iise  of  the  galvano-caiitery  or  electrolysis, 
but  by  external  galvanization  the  pain  is  kept  almost  entirely  in  abeyance  for 
months. 

Case  CCXV. — In  February,  1873,  Mrs. ,  a  patient  of  Dr.  Everett  Herrick, 

came  to  us,  seeking  relief  from  an  immense  ulcerating  cancer  of  the  breast.  The 
tumor  had  been  removed  more  than  a  year  previously  by  Dr.  W.  H.  Van  Buren, 
but  the  wound  did  not  entirely  heal,  and,  a  few  months  subsequently,  the  ulcerative 
process  began,  and  steadily  progressed.  For  many  months  the  pain  from  which  she 
suffered  had  been  of  unusual  severity. 

By  the  advice  of  her  physicians,  above-named,  she  was  submitted  to  localized  gal- 
vanization of  the  sound  portions  surrounding  the  ulcerating  part,  and  by  frequent 
applications  the  intense  pains  were  for  nearly  four  months  held  in  almost  complete 
abeyance.  At  times,  however,  her  sufferings  were  most  intense,  and  words  fail  to  ex- 
press the  instantaneous  and  absolute  relief  that  invariably  followed  the  treatment.  ^ 
We  v/ould  occasionally  find  her  in  the  morning  suffering  most  acutely.  An  applica- 
tion would  dissipate  the  pains,  and  for  twenty-four  hours  frequently,  and  sometimes 
for  forty-eight,  she  would  move  about  and  rest  in  perfect  comfort.     In  the  latter  part 


SCIRRHUS   OF   BREAST.  /1 5 

(if  May  it  was  observed  that  the  current  did  not  afford  the  same  relief  as  formerly. 
The  character  of  her  sufferings  had,  however,  changed.  In  the  place  of  the  sharp, 
shooting  pains  simulating  neuralgia,  the  distress  consisted  in  a  constant  burning  and 
itching,  which  annoyed  her  more  or  less  until  her  death  some  few  months  subse- 
quently. It  must  be  remarked  that  her  later  sufferings  were  not  to  be  compared  with 
those  which  the  current  so  effectually  allayed. 

Was  the  change  in  the  character  of 'her  pains  the  result  of  the  galvanization,  or  is 
it  probable  that,  if  left  to  nature,  the  characteristic  neuralgic  pains  would  in  the  same 
way  have  been  replaced  by  the  less  distressing  symptoms  of  itching  and  burning  ? 

It  is  impossible  to  say,  but  it  seems  reasonable  to  attribute  the  changed  action  to 
the  influence  of  treatment.  It  is  proper  to  say  that,  during  the  course  of  treatment, 
we  operated  in  the  presence  of  Drs.  Van  Buren  and  Herrick,  by  both  the  galvano- 
cautery  and  electrolysis,  with  the  vain  hope  of  modifying  in  some  degree  the  profuse 
and  offensive  discharge  and  checking  the  rapidity  of  the  ulcerative  process.  This 
case  was  alone  sufficient  to  teach  the  necessity  of  care  in  the  application  of  electricity, 
and  to  confirm  the  statement  that  it  is  not  so  much  electricity  that  relieves  and  cures 
as  the  method  of  using  it.  An  application  too  prolonged,  or  with  a  current  of  too 
great  tension,  would  not  only  fail  to  relieve,  but  on  the  contrary  decidedly  aggi'avate 
the  distress.  The  cathode,  applied  to  the  seat  of  pain,  did  not  relieve  as  did  the 
anode. 

The  pain  was  for  some  time  overcome  by  simple  localized  galvanization,  but  dur- 
ing the  last  weeks  of  treatment  the  applications  were  effectual  only  when  the  elec- 
trodes were  separated  as  far  as  possible. 

Adenitis. — Enlarged  glands  of  the  neck  or  groin  may  be  treated  by 
external  faradization  with  strong  currents,  interrupted  so  as  to  break 
up  the  gfends,  as  recommended  by  Meyer,  or  by  external  galvaniza- 
tion, or  by  electrolysis. 

The  prognosis  is  very  capricious.  In  some  cases  the  enlargements 
diminish  quite  rapidly,  and  entirely  disappear  ;  in  other  cases  they  are 
as  obstinate  as  scirrhus  of  the  breast.  In  one  case  referred  to  us  by 
Dr.  C.  L.  Mitchell,  an  enlarged  parotid  gland  was  treated  at  first  by 
external  faradization  and  galvanization  with  the  effect  of  hastening 
suppuration.  After  the  tumor  was  opened  the  inner  portions  were 
treated  through  the  opening  by  mild  electrolysis,  and  the  tumor  speedily 
disappeared. 


CHAPTER  V. 

ANEURISMS    AND    VARI  *OSE    VEINS. 

In  the  treatment  of  aneurism  the  great  end  sought  is  coagulation.  A 
knowledge  of  the  differential  action  of  the  poles  in  producing  coagula- 
tion is  essential  to  an  intelligent  use  of  electricity  in  treating  aneurism. 
Coagulation  takes  place  at  both  poles  of  the  galvanic  current ;  that 
at  the  positive  pole  being  small,  black,  and  hard  ;  and  that  at  the  nega- 
tive being  larger,  softer,  and  of  a  yellowish  color. 

Aneurisms  may  be  treated,  with  greater  or  less  success,  according  to 
their  size  and  position,  the  condition  of  their  walls,  and  general  health 
of  the  patient,  by  either  of  the  poles,  or  by  both  combined. 

The  best  method  for  the  majority  of  cases,  certainly  for  aneurisms  of 
any  considerable  size,  is.  to  use  both  poles,  and  a  large  number  of  needles 
that  are  insulated,  so  that  the  current  will  not  act  on  the  walls  of  the 
aneurism.  In  the  treatment  of  aneurism,  especially,  careful  insulation  is 
needed.     The  advantage  of  using  both  poles  is  twofold. 

First. — A  double  clot  is  formed,  one  at  the  positive  and  the  other  at 
the  negative  pole.  Although  the  negative  clot  is  soft  and  yielding,  still, 
in  combination  with  the  positive  clot,  it  is  of  decided  service  in  closing 
the  aneurism  ;  and,  so  far  as  we  can  ascertain,  there  is  no  evidence  that 
embolism  is  ever  caused  thereby. 

Secondly.  The  resistance  is  greatly  reduced  by  placing  needles  con- 
nected with  both  poles  in  the  sac,  so  that  the  electrolytic  action  is 
very  much  more  effective  than  when  one  pole  is  placed  on  the  surface 
of  the  body.  The  blood  is  the  portion  of  the  body  that  best  conducts 
electricity  ;  and  when  both  poles  are  inside  of  the  sac,  and  near  to  each 
other,  as  of  course  they  must  be,  a  mild  current  will  cause  vigorous 
electrolysis.  On  the  other  hand,  if  one  pole  be  appHed  by  a  wet 
sponge  to  some  indifferent  point  on  the  surface,  a  strong  current  is 
needed  to  produce  a  clot,  and  a  long  operation  ;  and,  unless  the  sponge 
on  the  surface  is  occasionally  moved,  it  would  cause  great  pain  ;  and  if 
the  patient  is  under  an  anaesthetic,  a  blister  may  be  caused.  As  the 
negative  pole  is  more  painful  than  the  positive,  when  the  positive  alone 


STATISTICS  OF  ANEURISM.  717 

is  in  the  aneurism,  the  negative  on  the  surface  may  be  very  uncomfort- 
able, even  with  a  feeble  current.  We  are  aware  that  tolerably  good  re- 
sults have  been  secured  in  many  cases  of  aneurism,  and  especially  by 
the  English  surgeons,  by  the  positive  pole  alone  ;  but  we  suspect  that 
better  results  might  have  been  obtained  if  both  poles  had  been  inserted 
into  the  sac.  At  all  events  the  use  of  both  poles  should  be  thoroughly 
tested. 

In  the  electrolytic  treatment  of  aneurisms,  as  in  so  many  other  elec- 
trical applications,  it  is  an  advantage  to  have  a  rheostate,  so  as  gradually 
to  let  the  current  on  or  off  without  shock. 

Statistics  of  Aneurism  treated  by  Electricity. — The  published  statis- 
tics of  aneurism  treated  by  electricity  are  of  little  or  no  value,  and  for 
two  reasons  :  i.  They  represent  experiments  made,  in  a  large  percent- 
age of  the  cases,  by  those  who  are  but  little  familiar  with  Electro- 
Physics,  or  Electro-Physiology.  Quite  frequently  the  poles  have  been 
confounded,  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  tell  whether  the  positive  or 
negative  is  used,  and  from  many  of  the  accounts,  it  is  impossible  to 
tell  even  approximately  the  strength  of  current  employed. 

2.  The  statistics  are  derived,  in  part,  at  least,  from  cases  that  are  re 
ported  too  early.  The  temporary  relief  that  results  from  the  coagulum 
formed  in  the  aneurism  by  the  chemical  action  of  the  current  has  been 
interpreted  as  indicating  a  perfect  recovery. 

Some  of  the  cases  hastily  reported  as  cured  probably  died  soon  after, ' 
if  not  before,  the  account  of  their  recovery  was  fully  in  print. 

For  these  reasons  we  omit  all  the  statistics  that  have  appeared  on 
this  subject ;  preferring  the  general  average  opinion,  so  far  as  it  can  be 
obtained,  of  those  surgeons  and  electro-therapeutists  who  are  best  qual- 
ified to  speak  on  this  subject. 

Our  general  conclusion,  derived  from  many  experiments  on  animals, 
from  actual  experience,  and  from  a  comparison  of  the  various  observa- 
tions that  have  been  made  on  the  subject,  is  that  for  those  varieties  of 
aneurism — such  as  the  thoracic,  abdominal,  and  so  forth — that  cannot 
well  be  treated  by  the  old  methods,  and  in  some  cases  for  those  that  are 
accessible  to  other  treatment,  galvano-puncture,  rightly  performed,  may 
be  of  great  service  in  relieving  the  accompanying  symptoms,  in  prolong, 
ing  life,  and  may  now  and  then  achieve  a  radical  cure. 

The  following  case  is  condensed  from  the  published  account  of  Dr. 
Keyes,*  in  co-operation  with  whom  the  operations  were  made  : 

*  New  York  Medical  Journal,  December,  1871. 


7l8  ANEURISMS   AND   VARICOSE   VEINS. 

Aneurism  of  abdotninal  aorta  treated  by  galvano-puncture — Relief  of  symptoms — 
Death  ajzd post-mortem. 

Case  CCXVI. — A  widow,  42  years  of  age,  had  been  afflicted  for  many  months  witb 
a  "swelling  in  her  stomach,"  that  all  the  surgeons  regard  as  aneurism  of  the  superior 
mesenteric,  or  of  the  aorta.  The  patient  was  in  Charity  Hospital.  There  was  pain  in  the 
epigastric  region,  which  was  aggravated  by  movement.  The  tumor,  which  was  about 
the  size  of  the  fist,  was  situated  to  the  left  of  the  median  line,  and  extended  a  little 
below  the  umbilicus.  A  thrill  could  be  detected  at  the  upper  part  of  the  tumor,  but 
not  at  the  lower. 

The  patient  was  gradually  failing. 

The  only  case  of  treatment  of  abdominal  aneurism  by  galvano-puncture  recorded  af 
that  time  was  that  of  an  Italian  nobleman,  a  patient  of  Dr.  Felice  Dell'  Acquia.*  Id 
this  case  the  patient  died  directly  after  the  operation  from  rupture  of  the  aneurismal 
sac,  caused  by  violent  muscular  contractions  while  under  the  influence  of  chloroform. 
Three  needles,  connected  with  a  voltaic  pile,  were  used  for  forty  minutes.  Only  a 
small  coagulum  was  formed. 

March  30th,  1871.  A  hollow  steel  needle  was  cautiously  introduced,  and  connected 
with  the  positive  pole,  while  the  negative  pole  was  applied  externally  by  means  of  a 
sponge.  Only  from  eight  to  twelve  zinc-carbon  cells  were  used.  Drs.  Wood,  Sayre, 
and  Mason  made  digital  compression  to  the  aorta  below  the  umbilicus.  The  needle 
adhered  and  came  out  with  some  difficulty,  but  no  blood  followed.  The  bruit  seemed 
fainter  than  before  the  operation.  No  unpleasant  result  followed  except  some  pain 
that  was  produced  by  the  compression,  and  exhaustion  that  was  produced  by  the 
etherization. 

April  6th.  Operated  as  before,  but  with  two  positive  needles,  insulated  to  within 
a  short  distssce  of  the  points.  One  of  the  needles  was  hollow,  and  was  introduced 
until  the  blood  flowed  through  it.  From  twelve  to  sixteen  freshly  charged  zinc-carbon 
cells  were  used  for  twenty-five  minutes.  The  solid  needle  was  more  acted  on  than  the 
hollow  needle,  being  nearly  destroyed  at  the  non-insulated  extremity.  No  compression 
was  used.  Before  the  operation  two  murmtirs  were  heard ;-after  the  operation,  but 
one.  Patient  suffered  less  than  after  the  other  operation.  Some  irritative  fever  ap- 
peared.    Evidence  of  solidification  of  the  tumor. 

May  4th.  Six  positive  needles  were  introduced ;  three  connected  with  a  zinc-carbon 
battery  of  seventeen  cells  with  larger  plates.  The  current  was  passed  for  forty-one 
minutes.     There  was  no  compression  of  the  aorta. 

June  22d.  Patient  greatly  improved ;  gets  up  and  dresses  herself.  Tumor  quite 
hard. 

Used  two  batteries  as  in  previous  operation.  Eleven  needles  were  used,  and  the 
current  was  passed  sixty-five  minutes.  There  was  less  irritation  after  this  than  after 
the  other  operations.  The  tumor  became  harder,  but  not  smaller,  and  a  murmur 
could  be  heard  only  with  great  difficulty. 

In  spite  of  the  improvement  in  the  condition  of  the  tumor  the  patient  grew  weaker 
and  weaker,  and  died  of  exhaustion,  July  18,  1871. 

Post-7nortem  examination  by  Dr.  Drake  revealed  the  surprising  fact  that  the  patient 
had  three  aneurisjns :  one  of  the  arteria  innominata  about  twice  the  size  of  an  English 
walnut ;  one  of  the  aorta  opposite  the  sixth  and  seventh  dorsal  vertebrae,  about  eleven 

*  Gazzetta  Medica  Italiana,  Lombardia,  No.  28,  1870,  p.  217. 


CASE   OF  ANEURISM — VARICOSE  VEINS.  719 

inches  in  circumference ;  and  the  one  operated  on,  which  was  found  to  arise  from  the 
anterior  wall  of  the  aorta  at  the  origin  of  the  superior  mesenteric.  This  aneurism  was 
about  twelve  and  a  half  inches  in  circumference.  In  all  three  of  the  aneurisms  organized 
light-colored  clots  were  found.  The  one  operated  on  was  less  solid  than  the  others. 
There  was,  indeed,  no  evidence  that  the  galvano-puncture  had  produced  any  perma- 
nent clot.  It  is  possible,  however,  that  it  caused  a  temporary  clot  that  was  wasted 
away  by  the  current  of  blood.  There  is  no  question  that  the  tumor  became  7}iore 
solid  after  the  operation,  and  that  this  solidification  was  attended  with  diminution  of 
the  nausea  and  pain. 

Luigi  Ciniselli  *  has  written  a  monograph  on  aneuris?ns  of  the  tho- 
racic aorta  treated  by  galvano-puncture.  He  speaks  of  twenty-three 
cases.  Of  these  six  recovered,  sixteen  died,  and  in  one  case  the  result 
is  not  known.  Of  the  six  reported  as  cured,  one  relapsed  in  three 
months,  another  in  seventeen  months,  another  in  four  months,  but  was 
again  operated  on,  and  after  eight  months  there  had  been  no  relapse. 
Of  the  remaining  three  cases  one  had  not  relapsed  up  to  nine  and  a  half 
months,  another  had  not  relapsed  at  eight  and  a  half  months,  and  the 
last  remained  well  at  four  and  a  half  months. 

Eyre  has  reported  a  case  of  aneurism  of  the  left  external  iliac  artery 
by_/ar(3;^(9-puncture.  Symptoms  of  inflammation  appeared,  but  after 
seventeen  days  the  tumor  was  firmer,  and  evinced  less  pulsation.  The 
faradic  current,  however,  has  nothing  to  commend  it  for  the  treatment 
of  aneurism. 

Ciniselli  successfully  treated  an  aneurism  of  the  ascending  aorta  in  a  patient  forty- 
six  years  of  age,  by  a  galvano-puncture.  Three  needles,  connected  with  a  voltaic 
pile  of  thirty  pairs,  were  inserted  in  the  third  intercostal  space  where  the  tumor  was 
prominent  and  the  pulsation  strong.  The  operation  lasted  forty  minutes.  After  the 
operation  the  skin  over  the  tumor  was  red.  For  three  weeks  the  patient  kept  his  bed 
and  took  digitalis.     Forty-three  days  after  the  operation  he  left  the  hospital. 

Fifty-eight  days  after  the  operation  only  a  slight  prominence  remained,  and  no  pul- 
sations could  be  seen.  Seventy-eight  days  after  the  operation  the  patient  resumed 
his  occupation,  which  was  that  of  a  coachman. 

Varicose  Veins. — Varicose  veins  were  treated  by  galvano-puncture 
after  the  manner  of  aneurisms  many  years  ago. 

Bertani  and  Milani  experimented  in  the  treatment  of  varicose  veins 
by  galvano-puncture  as  far  back  as  1847.  These  observers  applied  a 
bandage  or  tourniquet  to  the  limb  to  diminish  the  blood  supply  before 
operating. 

*  Sugli  aneurismi  dell'  aorta  toracica  finora  trattati  colla  elettro-puntura.  Miliano, 
1870.  Quoted  in  Dr.  Keyes's  paper  on  Practical  Electro-Therapeutics,  N.  Y.  Medical 
Tournal,  December,  1871. 


720  ANEURISMS   AND   VARICOSE  VEINS. 

Baumgarten  and  Wertheimer  successfully  treated  a  severe  case  of  var- 
icose veins  of  the  upper  extremity  up  to  the  acromion,  whence  the  evil 
seemed  to  spread  over  the  trunk.  The  patient  was  a  young  girl.  The 
limb  had  doubled  in  size. 

"  Baumgarten  and  Wertheimer  introduced  in  three  sittings,  at  an  interval  of  two 
or  three  days  each  time,  about  ten  needles  into  the  most  extended  veins,  placing  a 
conductor  connected  with  the  negative  pole  in  the  hand  of  the  patient,  at  the  same 
time  connecting  all  the  needles  with  the  positive  pole.  The  operation  caused  but 
little  pain.  After  a  few  minutes  the  needles  were  removed,  when,  in  place  of  the 
dilated  veins,  full  resistant  cords  were  felt,  a  sure  sign  of  complete  coagulation. 
After  a  month,  the  greater  portion  of  the  veins  were  obliterated,  and  the  volume  of 
the  limb  considerably  reduced ;  only  then  those  veins,  heretofore  of  normal  size,  be- 
gan to  dilate  a  little,  which  circumstance  can  exercise  no  influence  on  our  opinion  of 
this  modus  operandi^  * 

For  the  treatment  of  varicose  veins  the  positive  pole  would  possibly 
be  better  than  the  negative  or  than  both  together,  and  for  the  reasons 
above  given.  The  space  within  the  enlarged  vein  is  comparatively 
small,  and  the  small  clot  made  by  the  positive  pole  ought  to  be  sufficient 
to  obstruct  the  flow  of  blood.  The  positive  clot  would  have  the  ad- 
vantage of  firmness,  and  embolism  would  be  less  likely  to  follow  than  after 
the  use  of  the  negative  pole. 

*  Meyer,  op.  cit.,  p.  471. 


CHAPTER  VI. 


STRICTURES. 


Strictures  of  the  Urethra. — Electrolysis  for  strictures  was  first  used 
by  Crussel.  The  same  treatment  was  subsequently  employed  by  Wille- 
brand  and  Wertheimer. 

The  method  of  Willebrand  was  to  introduce  to  the  stricture  a  metallic 
'iound,  insulated  up  to  the  tip,  and  to  connect  this  with  the  negative 
pole,  while  the  positive  was  held  in  the  hand  of  the  patient.  The  ap- 
plication was  continued  for  ten  or  twenty  minutes,  and  the  cure  was 
accomplished  in  eight  or  ten  days. 

The  subject  was  afterwards  studied,  though  not  with  special  success, 
by  Jaksch  and  Leroy  d'Etiolles. 

The  first  important  and  successful  results  in  the  electrolytic  treat- 
ment of  strictures  of  the  urethra  were  obtained  by  Mallez  and  Tripier, 
in  1867.* 

Their  method  of  treatment  was  to  introduce  an  insulated  sound  with 
a  metallic  extremity  to  the  seat  of  the  stricture,  connecting  it  with  the 
negative  pole,  while  the  positive  was  applied  to  the  inner  side  of  the 
thigh  by  a  moistened  sponge  electrode. 

At  the  commencement  of  the  operation  the  patient  feels  a  pricking 
sensation.  This  sensation  becomes  less  and  less  marked.  The  me- 
tallic extremity  is  then  passed  along  until  all  parts  of  the  stricture  are 
affected.  After  the  operation  a  catheter  can  be  introduced  without 
difficulty. 

The  operation  lasts  about  five  minutes ;  from  one  to  five  applications 
are  necessary.  In  the  majority  of  the  thirty-one  cases  treated  by  Mallez 
and  Tripier,  as  they  claim,  one  application  was  sufficient. 

The  diameter  of  the  urethra  seems  to  increase  slightly  for  a  few  days 
succeeding  the  operation,  and  in  some  cases  an  eschar  was  thrown  off" 
in  a  few  days  after  the  operation. 

*  De  la  Gu^rison  durable  des  Retr6cissements  de  I'Ur^thre,  par  la  Galvano-Caustique 
Chimique,  Paris,  1867.    The  term  "  chemical galvano-cautery"  used  by  these  authors, 
is  synonymous  with  electrolysis. 
46 


722  STRICTURES. 

Experiments  made  in  Charity  Hospital  by  Drs.  Keyes  and  Beard,*  aid 
the  experience  of  Dr.  Rockwell  in  private  practice,  do  not  entirely 
confirm  the  results  given  by  Mallez  and  Tripier,  although  substantially 
the  same  method  was  used.  The  operation  was  found  to  be  painful 
oftentimes,  and  the  results  not  always  satisfactory,  as  the  following  record, 
which  is  a  fair  sample,  will  show. 

Case  CCXVII. — F.,  aged  forty,  general  health  excellent.  First  gonorrhoea  at 
twenly -second,  second  at  thirty-eighth  year  of  age.  Stream  became  gradually 
reduced  until  Jan.  ii,  1871,  at  which  time  he  had  complete  retention  for  fifteen 
hours,  relieved  by  hot  baths.  The  patient  entered  the  hospital,  and  was  treated 
by  dilatation. 

February  6th. — Examination  detects  the  following  strictures  (orifice  admits  14 
easily)  :  At  orifice,  stricture  (linear)  arresting  No.  14  soft  bulbous  sound.  At  iVA> 
and  a  half  inches,  stricture  (linear)  arresting  No.  12.  At  five  inches,  stricture,  one-third 
inch  long,  arresting  No.  9.  Current  from  ten  cells  was  passed  through  second  stric- 
ture for  five  minutes.  A  good  deal  of  pain  complained  of.  Current  from  ten  '"ells 
was  passed  through  lower  stricture  for  ten  minutes. 

No.  12  bulbous  sound  passed  easily  into  the  bladder  after  the  operation. 

March  4th. — No  slough  has  been  passed.  No.  9  steel  sound  is  grasped  by 
stricture. 

March  15th. — (Using  my  own  instrument  with  steel  bulb  15-I         .) 

Stricture  at  the  orifice  ;  fifteen  cells;  five  minutes  ;  bulb  passed.  Structure  at  two 
and  a  half  inches;  sixteen  cells;  ten  minutes  ;  bulb  passed.  Stricture  at  five  inches; 
sixteen  cells ;  thirteen  minutes ;  bulb  passed.  A  little  blood  was  lost  at  this  opera- 
tion, and  a  good  deal  of  pain  was  felt  afterwards.  No  slough  was  passed.  The 
orifice  swelled  and  became  hard  and  inflamed.  Patient  refused  to  follow  up  the 
treatment  or  to  be  examined  further. 

Dr.  Robert  Newman  reports  far  more  satisfactory  results  in  the 
treatment  of  strictures  of  the  urethra,  f 

The  leading  and  distinctive  features  of  his  method  are  these  :  i.  The  use 
of  very  mi/d  galvanic  currents,  just  perceptible  to  the  patient,  and  from 
three  to  five  minutes  in  duration.  Like  other  observers  he  uses  the 
negative  pole.  The  instrument  should  be  held  loosely  against  the  ob- 
struction, and  no  pressure  should  be  used,  and  no  force  whatever.  2. 
Long  intervals,  from  two  to  four  weeks,  between  the  applications. 

Dr.  Newman  insists  on  a  careful  prehminary  diagnosis  of  the  nature 
and  exact  seat  of  the  stricture.  He  operates  with  bougies  provided 
with  metal  bulbs  of  various  sizes.  Unless  the  stricture  is  too  firm 
or  fibrous  he  uses  a  bougie  which  is  three  or  four  times  larger  than  the 
stricture.     After  he  has  ascertained  by  measurement  the  exact  locality 

*  From  article  of  Dr.  Keyes  in  the  N.  Y.  Medical  Journal,  December,  1871. 

f  Arc/iives  of  Electrology  and  Neurology,  May,  1874,  p.  18. 


CASES   OF   STRICTURE   OF   URETHRA.  723 

of  the  stricture,  he  pushes  a  small  india-rubber  ring  over  the  bougie,  at 
such  a  distance  from  the  end  that  when  the  ring  reaches  the  meatus 
he  will  know  that  the  bulb  is  in  contact  with  the  stricture,  and  then 
he  is  assured  that  the  electricity  acts  only  on  the  stricture. 

Dr.  Newman  regards  a  patient  as  cured  when  a  No.  12  English 
sound  can  be  passed  without  trouble.  He  claims  to  have  treated  in 
this  way  over  thirty  patients,  and  that  his  results  have  been  uniformly 
good,  and  for  the  reason  in  part  that  he  has  selected  his  cases.  He 
does  not  claim  that  all  strictures  can  be  treated  successfully  in  this 
way,  but  states  that  some  of  his  cases  were  bad  and  complicated.* 

Two  strictures — Chancroid — Failure  of  dilatation — Success  with  electrolysis, 

R.  A.,  hotel-keeper,  came  under  treatment  in  March,  1872.  Had  been  treated 
in  the  country  for  stricture  by  dilatation,  with  no  success.  Found  a  chancroid 
in  the  urethra,  which  was  treated  first.  The  two  strictures  were  found  situated  at 
one  and  a  quarter  and  four  and  a  half  inches  from  meatus  respectively. 

March  2.1.  Electrolysis  was  used  with  a  bougie  No.  10,  with  a  metal  bulb  as  ne- 
gative ;  positive  electrode  in  the  palm  of  the  hand.  Ten  cells  of  the  galvanic  battery 
were  used  for  nine  minutes,  and  the  bougie  passed  slowly  through  the  strictures  into 
the  bladder. 

April  14.  The  operation  was  repeated  with  a  bougie  No.  12.  The  patient  has 
been  heard  from  recently,  and  has  not  had  a  relapse. 

One  stricture^  spermatorrhea,  impotence,  melancholia. 

March,  1872. — R.  S.,  a  merchant  of  Philadelphia,  came  to  my  office  in  an 
advanced  stage  of  hypochondriasis,  complaining  of  general  malaise,  spermatorrhoea, 
impotence,  small  stream  of  water,  pain  in  the  urethra,  etc.  A  steel  sound 
No.  12  entered  the  urethra  easily,  but  was  arrested  at  seven  inches.     Sounds  of 

*  Dr.  Newman  gives  the  following  bibliography  of  the  subject : 

Mallez  et  Tripier,  "  Traitement  des  Retrecissements  Uretraux  par  la  Galvano- 
Caustique  Chimique  Negative,  Compte  Rendu  de  I'Acad.  des  Sciences.  Bulletin 
Therapeutique,  Mai  30.     Med.  58. 

Mallez  et  Tripier,  <'  De  la  Guerison  durable  des  Retrecissements  de  I'Urethre  par 
la  Galvano-Caustique  Chimique." 

Althaus,  inGoeschen's  "Deutsche  Klinik,"  No.  34-36,  "Heilungder  Harnroh- 
ren-Stricturen  durch  die  Electrolyse." 

Keyes,  ' '  Electrolytic  Treatment  of  Stricture  of  the  Urethra. "  New  York  Medical 
Journal,  December,  1871. 

Bautisto  Campos:  "  De  la  Galvano-Caustique  Chimique  comme  moyen  du 
Traitement  des  Retrecissement  de  I'Urethre."     Paris,  1871. 

Dutrieux,  "  De  la  Galvano-Caustique  Chimique  dansle  Traitement  des  Rfetrecisse- 
ments  Organic  de  I'Urethre."     Press.  Med.  Beige,  No.  25,  1872. 

Mallez  et  Tripier,  London  Lancet,  October,  1871. 

"Multiple  Strictures  of  the  Urethra  treated  by  Electrolysis,"  by  T.  F.  Frank, 
M.D.,  Medical  Record,  February  2d,  1874,  page  62. 


724  STRICTURES. 

smaller  size  were  all  arrested  likewise  at  the  same  place.  There  is  no  doubt  that  a 
stricture  exists,  and  at  last  a  sound  No.  7  passed  it  with  difficulty.  The  trouble  must 
exist  either  at  the  junction  of  the  membranous  and  prostatic  portion,  or  in  the  lat- 
ter only.  Galvanism  was  used  with  ten  cells.  Bougie  No.  10,  with  the  usual  metal- 
lic end  as  negative  into  the  urethra,  met  the  same  obstruction  at  seven  inches.  The 
positive  pole  was  a  nickel  bulb,  and  grasped  firmly  with  the  closed  hand.  After  five 
minutes  of  electrolytic  current,  the  bougie  passed  the  stricture  slowly  and  slipped  into 
the  bladder.  The  withdrawal  of  the  bougie  was  followed  by  a  thick,  gleety  dis- 
charge. It  seems  that  this  matter  had  accumulated  behind  the  stricture,  irritated  the 
prostatic  portion  and  the  ducts,  and  thereby  was  accessory  to  ci'cating  a  spermator- 
rhoea. On  passing  water,  shreds  came  along  of  a  thick  white  mass,  which  were  the 
product  of  electrolysis.  The  operation  has  not  caused  any  pain,  and  the  patient 
travelled  home  without  unpleasant  feeling. 

April  16.  On  examination  with  a  sound  No.  10,  found  the  stricture  at  the  exact 
place ;  the  sound  passed  the  stricture  after  persistent  and  patient  efforts. 

Then  the  galvanism  was  used  as  before,  with  a  bougie  No.  12  as  negative,  and  with 
the  same  result. 

May  9.  In  Philadelphia,  a  sound  No.  12  could  be  easily  passed  into  the  bladder, 
which  proves  that  the  stricture  is  cured.  The  patient  has  been  kept  under  observa- 
tion for  two  years,  and  has  been  seen  only  two  weeks  since.  He  is  perfectly  well ; 
has  married  since,  and  is  the  father  of  a  healthy  child. 

Case  CCXVIII. — J.  A.,  aged  forty.  Two  attacks  of  gonorrhoea  in  1856  and  1869. 
Orifice  admits  18.  Double  linear  stricture  in  first  half-inch,  admitting  13  bulbous 
sound.  From  one  and  a  quarter  to  six  inches  from  the  meatus  the  whole  urethra  is 
stiff  and  rigid. 

It  grasps  No.  13  steel  sound  throughout.  At  six  inches  a  short  stricture  exists, 
through  which  No.  11  passes  into  the  bladder. 

Feb.  21,  1871.  Steel  bulb  15^;  six  to  sixteen  cells,  gradually  increasing.  First 
stricture  passed  in  one  and  a  quarter  minutes. 

In  half  a  minute  more,  lowest  stricture  was  reached.  In  half  a  minute  lowest  stric- 
ture was  passed.     Some  blood  followed. 

March  4.  Steel  sound  No.  15  passed  into  bladder.  No.  16  was  grasped  and 
would  not  go.     Patient  left  the  hospital. 

Case  CCXIX, — S.  F.  P.,  aged  sixty.  Gonorrhoea  at  eighteen,  another  at  twenty. 
In  1836  he  entered  a  hospital  to  be  treated  for  stricture,  and  was  gi-adually  dilated  to 
12.  In  i860  forcible  dilatation  was  practised  under  chloroform.  He  neglected  to 
pass  instruments  for  himself,  and  had  to  be  treated  again  in  1864,  this  time  by  gra- 
dual dilatation.  Since  then,  he  passes  No.  3  soft  bougie  "  every  time  he  makes 
water,"  but  he  does  not  pass  it  into  the  bladder.  On  examination,  I  find  stricture 
commencing  at  two  inches  from  meatus,  and  continuing  indefinitely  as  far  as  could  be 
ascertained.  Only  a  No.  3  bougie  could  be  passed  into  the  bladder.  Urethra  feels 
(outside)  like  a  fibrous  cord. 

March  16.  Steel  bulb  6;  sixteen  cells;  twenty  minutes ;  no  progress;  battery 
seemed  very  weak. 

Spasmodic  Stricture.- — This  condition  may  be  relieved  by  the  faradic 


STRICTURE  OF  THE  OiSOPHAGUS.  725 

ctirrent,  which  by  its  mechanical  action  probably  has  the  effect  to  relax 
the  parts. 

Dr.  Chadsey*  reports  a  case  of  retention  of  urine,  of  two  days'  standing,  in  1844, 
caused  by  hard  work  and  exposure  to  cold,  that  he  treated  successfully  by  faradization. 
The  stricture  was  about  two-thirds  of  the  distance  from  the  penis  to  the  bladder.  No 
kind  of  catheter  could  pass.  The  positive  pole  of  a  faradic  apparatus  was  applied 
against  the  stricture  for  twenty  minutes  by  means  of  a  knitting-needle  in  a  gum  elas- 
tic catheter.     The  retention  was  completely  relieved. 

Dr.  Chadsey  states  that  he  has  met  with  partial  success  in  other  similar  cases. 

In  this  ease  the  result  was  probably  due,  in  the  main,  to  the  mechan- 
ical elifects  of  the  current,  and  not  to  any  electrolytic  action. 

Stricture  of  the  (Esophagus. — This  terrible  condition  might  very  ap- 
propriately be  treated  by  electrolysis.  Althaus  suggests  that  the  oeso- 
phageal electrode  should  be  applied  to  the  seat  of  the  stricture  and  con- 
nected with  a  negative  pole,  while  the  positive  is  applied  to  the  neck  01 
back.  From  fifteen  to  thirty  cells  would  probably  be  required.  Dr. 
Frank  informs  us  that  he  treated  successfully  a  case  of  spasmodic  stric- 
ture of  the  oesophagus,  by  the  galvanic  current,  applied  by  means  of 
an  oesophageal  electrode. 

•  New  York  Medical  Journal,  February,  1869,  pp.  574,  575. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

UL(  ERS,    FISTULA,  AND   SINUSES. 

Ulcers — Bed-sores. — The  earliest  attempts  to  treat  ulcers  by  elec 
tricky  were  made  by  Crussel,  in  1847. 

The  same  treatment  has  been  used  in  syphilitic  ulcers  by  Kyber,  of 
Cronstadt,  Rosenberger,  of  St.  Petersburg,  and  in  the  majority  of  theii 
reported  cases  with  success. 

Ulcers  may  be  treated  with  both  currents  by  means  of  metallic  disks 
or  plates  covered  with  soft  sponge.  Galvanization  serves  to  cure  in 
such  cases  partly  by  its  electrolytic  effects.  One  electrode  may  be  ap- 
plied to  the  ulcer,  and  the  other  to  the  nearest  large  nerve-branch  ot 
plexus,  or  to  the  sympathetic  or  spinal  cord.  The  applications  should 
not  be  excessively  painful.  In  some  cases  decided  results  may  follow 
a  single  application  of  electricity  to  an  ulcerated  surface.  In  a  case  of 
an  ulcer  in  the  leg  of  a  girl  eight  years  of  age,  one  faradization  with  a 
current  of  moderate  strength  so  improved  the  nutrition  of  the  parts  that 
healing  at  once  commenced,  and  in  a  short  time  entire  recovery  took 
place  without  any  further  treatment.  Ulcers  may  also  be  cauterized  by 
the  galvano-cautery. 

In  the  treatment  of  ulcers,  and  indeed  of  many  conditions,  it  is  a  con- 
venience to  have  one  electrode  kept  in  a  fixed  position  without  the  aid 
of  the  physician  or  of  an  assistant.  For  this  purpose  the  adjustable 
electrodes,  provided  with  a  rubber  belt  which  can  be  passed  around  the 
limbs  or  body,  are  convenient. 

Ulcers  may  also  be  treated  by  prolonged  applications  with  the  so- 
called  "body  batteries."  A  disk  of  zinc  connected  by  a  wire  with  a 
disk  of  silver.  Either  the  zinc  or  the  silver  disk  may  be  applied  over 
the  ulcer,  and  the  circuit  completed  by  one  disk  on  an  indifferent  point, 
or  in  case  there  are  two  ulcers,  one  may  be  covered  with  the  silver  disk, 
and  the  other  with  the  zinc  disk.  These  disks  may  be  kept  in  posi- 
tion and  worn  all  the  time,  or  only  at  night. 

Garrett's  electric  disk  may  also  be  used  for  the  same  purpose. 

The  results  of  these  prolonged  applications  are  most  excellent,  es- 


CASES   OF   ULCERS   AND    FISTULA.  'J2'J 

pecially  in  bed-sores.     We  have  known  them  to  fail,  however,  in  very 
bad  cases,  and  notably  when  great  debility  existed, 

Ittdolent  ulcer  of  the  arm  ;   recovery  under  local  galvanization. 

Case  CCXX. — Mary  H.,  aged  forty,  while  moving,  May  i,  1871,  fell  and  in- 
jured the  arm  immediately  above  the  external  condyle.  The  pain  vt^as  excessive  and 
continued  to  distress  her  for  several  weeks,  when  a  small  ulcer  made  its  appearance  and 
enlarged  until  it  was  two  inches  in  diameter. 

The  patient  applied  for  treatment,  July  18.  The  ulcer  was  covered  with  a  dark- 
colored  scab  three-fourths  of  an  inch,  partly  lifted  from  its  resting-place  by  exuberant 
and  unhealthy  granulations. 

The  scab  was  removed,  and  a  wet  cloth  in  connection  with  the  positive  pole  was 
applied  to  the  diseased  part,  while  the  negative  was  placed  on  an  indifferent  but  ap- 
proximate part.  The  galvanic  current  was  used.  She  suffered  no  more  pain  after  the 
second  seance,  and  as  the  applications  were  repeated  the  ulcer  rapidly  healed,  until 
August  30,  when  the  part  was  covered  by  sound,  healthy  skin. 

Syphilitic  ulcer  ;  recovery  follows  three  operatio?ts  by  electrolysis. 
Case  CCXXI. — Catherine  McK.,  aged  forty,  suffered  three  years  since  from  a 
number  of  syphilitic  tubercles  and  ulcers  about  her  hips,  thighs,  and  vulva.  They  per- 
sisted along  time  and  gave  her  much  annoyance,  but  finally  healed,  with  the  exception 
of  one  on  the  inside  of  the  thigh.  It  was  elevated  nearly  one-half  an  inch  above  the 
burrounding  surface,  was  excessively  painful,  and  discharged  an  offensive  secretion.  A 
needle  counected  with  the  positive  pole  was  passed  through  the  base  of  the  elevation, 
and  a  current  of  moderate  tension  allowed  to  pass  for  a  few  moments.  This  applica- 
tion dissipated  all  pain,  and  after  the'  third  seance,  given  several  weeks  after  the  first, 
soon  healed,  and  the  patient  was  discharged  from  the  Dispensary. 

Anal  Fistula  of  long  standing  treated  by  galvajtization  with  both  poles — Relief 

of  pain. 

Case  CCXXI  I. — A  case  of  fistula,  at  and  near  the  anus  in  a  shoemaker,  was 
brought  to  us  by  Dr.  Russell,  of  Brooklyn.  The  patient  had  a  fistula  with  four  open- 
ings— one  in  the  rump  and  the  others  at  the  border  of  the  anus.  The  origin  of  the 
difficulty  was  local  injury.  The  patient  had  once  been  operated  on  with  the  knife 
without  permanent  relief  Examination  had  made  it  pretty  clear  that  necrosed  bone 
was  the  cause  of  the  fistula,  and  kept  up  the  constant  discharge. 

We  first  electrolyzed  away  with  the  long  cutting  needles  the  painful  protuberances 
at  the  orifice,  near  the  anus.  The  removal  of  these  caused  great  relief,  and  enabled 
the  patient  to  sit  down  and  to  resume  his  occupation.  We  then  placed  long,  polished 
steel  conductors  into  the  opening  in  the  rump,  connecting  them  with  the  negative 
or  positive  pole,  using  the  positive  when  the  hemorrhage  was  greatest.  The  con- 
ductors were  introduced  up  to  the  bone.  Strong  currents  were  borne,  and  great  re- 
lief obtained  of  the  pain  and  uneasiness,  but  no  permanent  cure. 

Galvano-Ozonization. — This  is  a  term  employed  by  Dr.  A.  Murray, 
ot  New  York,  to  designate  the  combined  action  of  ozone  and  the  gal- 
vanic current  in  the  treatment  of  ulcers.     He  claims  that  his  experi- 


728  ULCERS,   FISTULA,   AND   SINUSES. 

ments  show  that  ozone  is  generated  at  the  positive  pole  when  the  gal- 
vanic current  is  applied  to  an  ulcer,  and  that  the  ozone  thus  generated 
has  a  curative  effect  on  the  ulcer,  and  aids  the  other  action  of  the  current. 
For  this  reason  he  regards  the  positive  pole  superior  to  the  nega- 
tive in  the  galvanic  treatment  of  ulcers,  fistulas,  and  so  forth. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


MISCELLANEOUS   SURGICAL   DISEASES. 

Stumps  after  amputation  that  are  slow  to  heal  have  been  successfull)) 
treated  by  electricity,  like  ordinary  ulcers,  by  Dr.  Geo.  K.  Smith  and 
by  Dr.  Snively,  of  Brooklyn. 

Hematocele. — Hasmatocele  of  the  pelvis  or  pudenda,  or  of  other  por- 
tions of  the  body,  may  be  treated  electrolytically,  like  erectile  tumors, 
and  by  ordinary  faradization. 

Gangrene. — Gangrene  may  be  treated  electrically  in  various  ways, 
but  especially  by  electrolysis  and  galvano-cautery. 

Carbuncles  and  Furuncles. — Dr.  Rockwell  demonstrated  long  ago 
that  faradization  was  capable  of  hastening  suppuration,  and  we  have 
frequently  utilized  this  fact  in  the  treatment,  not  only  of  carbuncles 
and  furuncles,  but  of  various  other  forms  of  abscesses.  Dr.  Sass  in- 
forms us  that  a  number  of  years  since  he  used  this  treatment  in  two 
instances  with  good  effect. 

Burns. — Burns  in  a  subacute  stage  might  not  unlikely  be  helped 
toward  recovery  by  faradization  or  galvanization. 

Frost-bite  (Chilblains). — In  the  first  edition  of  this  work  we  stated 
that  we  were  not  aware  that  any  attempts  have  been  made  to  treat  chil- 
blains by  electricity,  but  that  it  certainly  would  not  be  irrational  to  try 
the  power  of  galvanization  in  this  disease.  Successful  results  have  been 
recently  reported  by  various  observers.  Chilblains  are  to  be  treated  like 
ulcers. 

Synovitis. — In  effusions  of  an  acute  and  very  sensitive  character, 
electricity  is  usually  not  indicated,  but  in  the  subacute  and  chronic 
forms  it  is  of  great  efficacy.  The  treatment  should  be  directed  by  the 
cause  and  stage  of  the  disease,  and  by  the  results  of  trial  in  each  case. 

The  treatment  of  those  cases  that  depend  on  rheumatism,  or  hysteria, 
should  be  constitutional  as  well  as  local.  In  some  cases  general 
faradization,  with  special  attention  to  the  affected  joint,  is  sufficient ;  in 
others  the  general  treatment  is  sensibly  aided  by  galvanization  or  fara- 
dization of  the  joint. 


730  MISCELLANEOUS  SURGICAL  DISEASES. 

Whether  the  galvanic  or  faradic  current  is  to  be  preferred  for  local 
applications  can  only  be  determined  by  the  results  of  trial.  Our  cus- 
tom is  to  begin  with  the  faradic  current,  and  to  use  it  so  long  as  benefit 
results,  and  then  to  change  to  the  galvanic.  It  should  be  borne  in 
mind  that  the  greater  chemical  effects  of  the  galvanic  current  are  in 
these  cases  frequently  more  than  counterbalanced  by  the  powerful 
mechanical  action  of  the  faradic.  Stable  increasing  currents  are  to  be 
preferred. 

This  is  one  of  the  conditions  in  which  localized  galvano-faradization 
(see  p.  266)  may  be  tried.  The  electrical  treatment  of  effusions  of 
the  joints  is  much  aided  by  using  the  hands  as  an  electrode,  with  gerx 
tie  but  firm  manipulation.  There  is  no  question  that  under  the  infiu 
ence  of  "  rubbing  "  have  been  wrought  many  important  cures  in  these 
affections. 

Electrolysis  has  been  successfully  employed  in  effusions.  It  may  be 
resorted  to  in  all  obstinate  cases. 

Synovitis  of  t  fie  knee,  complicated  with  hemiplegia — Recovery  under  faradization. 

CaseCCXXIII. — Mr.  Geo.  L.,  aged  35,  stated  that  about  the  ist  of  July,  1S66,  he 
was  sunstruck ;  and  between  the  20th  of  the  same  month  and  the  15th  of  August,  he 
suffered  from  three  strokes  of  hemiplegia,  resulting  finally  in  total  blindness.  His 
sight  gradually  returned,  but  by  degrees  his  shoulders  became  lame  and  stiff,  so  that 
he  could  with  difficulty  use  them.  This  state  of  things  continued  until  about  the  mid- 
dle of  September,  when  both  knees  and  ankles  commenced  to  enlarge.  In  November, 
when  the  patient  applied  to  us  for  treatment,  we  found  him  suffering  from  severe  sub- 
acute synovitis.  Both  knees  were  enormously  swollen,  the  fluid  having  accumulated 
to  such  an  extent  that  the  patellae  projected  forward  mol-e  than  an  inch.  Four  applica- 
tions of  the  faradic  current  were  given,  one  every  day,  but  with  no  marked  effect,  ex- 
cept that  the  lameness  of  the  shoulders  and  ankles  was  much  relieved. 

He  then  left  the  city  and  was  absent  one  week.  On  his  return  the  improvement 
was  found  to  be  very  great.  The  accumulation  of  fluid  in  the  knees  had  almost  entirely 
disappeared,  and  the  swelling  was  reduced  in  proportion.  At  first,  the  strongest  cur- 
rent from  Kidder's  apparatus  made  no  impression,  when  applied  down  the  spine.  The 
legs  were  but  little  sensitive  to  the  electric  stream,  and  the  feet  and  toes,  which  are 
generally  very  readily  affected,  were  remarkably  torpid.  The  applications  were  con- 
tinued on  Dec.  3d,  4th,  5th,  7th,  and  9th,  effectually  removing  this  want  of  sensation, 
and  completely  dissipating  the  remaining  swelling  and  tenderness  of  the  knees. 

Hydrocele. — Electro-puncture  was  first  tried  for  hydrocele  by  Schuster 
in  1839. 

The  method  is  to  introduce  the  needle  into  the  tumor  at  opposite 
sides,  and  so  deep  that  the  points  nearly  approach  each  other.  The 
needles  are  then  attached  to  from  three  to  six  elements  of  a  galvanic 
battery.    The  application  should  be  made  for  five  or  ten  minutes.    OnCj 


SPRAINS  AND   STRAINS.  71^ 

two,  or  three  applications  usually  suffice  to  complete  a  cure.  The 
same  treatment  has  been  successfully  employed  by  many  others. 

Successful  results  from  the  faradic  current  have  been  reported  by 
Burdel,  Deletanche,  Lehmann,  and  Thevissen.  The  galvanic  is  un- 
.doubtedly  the  current  to  be  employed  in  such  cases. 

Hydrocele,  in  short,  should  be  treated  electrically  like  cystic  tu- 
mors. The  great  end  to  be  accomplished  is  not  the  withdrawing  of 
the  fluid,  which  can  be  done  with  the  ordinary  trocar,  but  the  stimulation 
of  the  membrane  of  the  sac,  so  that  absorption  shall  take  place  and  the 
fluid  not  again  collect.  Many  of  the  failures  that  have  occurred  in  the 
treatment  of  hydrocele  have  been  due  to  a  misapprehension  of  this  fact. 
Dr.  Frank  has  combined  the  use  of  galvano-cautery  with  electrolysis  in 
the  treatment  of  hydrocele.  In  some  cases  there  will  be  a  return  of 
the  disease  even  after  electrolysis. 

Sprains  {strains). — Sprains  of  joints  of  all  kinds  may  be  treated  by 
electricity  ;  faradization  and  galvanization  of  the  affected  part  with  a 
mild,  stable,  or  gently  labile  current  are  indicated.  We  have  in  this 
way  treated  all  stages  of  sprains — acute,  subacute,  and  chronic — and 
almost  uniformly,  thus  far,  with  beneficial  or  curative  results.  We 
have  not  been  able  to  decide  which  current  is  preferable. 

Sprains  in  the  acute  stage,  or  just  passing  into  the  subacute  stage, 
should  be  treated  by  very  mild  currents  and  by  short  applications. 

In  such  cases  no  electrode  is  so  agreeable  as  the  hand  of  the  opera- 
tor gently  passed  over  the  painful  part. 

We  have  treated  a  number  of  cases  of  sprains  of  the  wrist  in  patients 
who  are  engaged  in  manual  employments.  In  such  conditions  the  lo- 
calized application  of  the  faradic  current  alone  rapidly  brings  on  the 
recovery. 

Strains  of  muscles  with  rupture  of  fibres,  so  far  as  our  limited  ob- 
servation goes,  do  not  yield  to  electrical  treatment.  In  the  few  cases 
where  we  have  perseveringly  used  faradization  and  galvanization  we 
have  not  been  able  to  see  that  the  slow  improvement  was  in  any  degree 
hastened. 

Laineness  and  swelling  caused  by  a  sprain — Relieved  by  local  faradization. 

Case  CCXXIV. — The  power  of  the  faradic  current  to  allay  irritation  and  relieve 
lameness,  in  cases  of  sprains  or  injuries,  was  well  illustrated  in  the  case  of  a  Mrs.  B., 
directed  to  us  by  Dr.  Kissam.  Her  foot  was  heavily  pressed  upon  by  the  rocker  of  a 
chair,  and  caused  such  ecchymosis,  pain,  swelling,  and  lameness,  that  for  two  months 
she  was  unable  to  walk  more  than  from  her  house  to  her  carriage.  The  faradic  cur- 
rent, applied  over  and  around  the  foot  a  number  of  times,  relieved  most  decidedly  the 


732  MISCELLANEOUS   SURGICAL   DISEASES. 

swelling  and  lameness,  and  enabled  the  patient,  in  a  few  weeks,  to  exercise  in  walking 
without  serious  difficulty. 

Spondylitis  {Potts  Disease). — Spondylitis  is  a  term  that  is  applied 
to  inflammation  of  the  vertebr£e.  Among  its  symptoms  are  at  first 
changes  in  shape  of  the  spinal  column,  obstinate  gastralgia,  or  neuralgic 
pains  in  the  breast  and  various  parts  of  the  body,  and  subsequently  pro- 
jection of  the  diseased  vertebrse,  deformity  of  the  spine,  peculiar  attitude 
and  paralysis,*  sensitiveness  of  certain  vertebrse,  and  spontaneous 
pains  in  the  spine,  f 

The  form  in  which  it  appears  is  in  the  cervical  and  upper  dorsal  verte- 
bra, with  the  symptoms  of  neuralgia  in  the  arm,  or  neck,  or  lower 
limbs.  Some  cases  of  torticollis,  and  even  of  chorea,  may  depend  on 
disease  of  the  vertebra.  Other  symptoms  are  paralysis,  atrophy,  or 
contraction  of  certain  muscles.  In  many  cases  of  inflammation  of  the 
vertebra  the  nature  of  the  disease  is  not  suspected,  because  the  changes 
in  the  form  of  the  spinal  column  and  the  immobility  of  the  vertebra  only 
appear  after  the  morbid  process  had  made  considerable  advance. 

In  making  the  diagnosis  it  should  be  considered  that  the  appearances 
of  the  spine,  which  are  usually  regarded  as  evidences  of  spondylitis, 
may  arise  from  paraly.sis,  or  atrophy  of  the  muscles,  with  contractions 
of  the  antagonists. 

The  treatment  consists  in  galvanization  of  the  affected  vertebra, 
the  positive  pole  being  placed  over  the  seat  of  the  disease,  and  the 
negative  at  some  point  above  or  below.  The  results  are  sometimes 
beneficial. 

Spinal  Curvature. — Lateral  curvature  of  the  spine,  depending  on  re- 
laxation of  the  muscles  and  ligaments,  and  associated  with  general  de- 
bility, is  a  condition  for  which  general  and  localized  faradization  and 
galvanization  of  the  sympathetic  are  well  indicated,  and  in  which  they 
have  wrought  most  important  results.  General  faradization  alone  is 
pretty  sure  to  be  of  service,  both  in  raising  the  tone  of  the  system  and 
in  permanently  relieving  the  curvature.  The  electrical  treatment  may 
be  used  in  connection  with  mechanical  appliances. 

Pseudo-arthrosis  {Ummited  Fracture). — Burman  obtained  a  good  re- 
sult from  electrical  treatment  of  a  transverse  portion  of  the  tibia  and 
fibula.  After  the  lapse  of  a  month  the  bones  had  not  united.  A 
bandage  was  applied  and  a  current  (whether  faradic  or  galvanic  is  not 

*  Seepapei  on  Differential  Diagnosis  of  Diseases  of  the  Spine,  by  Chas.  F,  Tayloff 
M.D. 

f  Benedikt,  op.  cit.,  312. 


HERNIA — MORBUS   COXARIUS.  733 

Stated)  was  applied  for  half  an  hour  by  two  needles.  Suppuration  fol- 
lowed, call  as  was  formed,  and  entire  recovery  took  place. 

Hall  also  obtained  a  successful  result  in  a  fracture  of  the  thigh 
by  the  same  treatment.  The  operation  was  repeated  daily  for  two 
weeks. 

Hahn  also  reports  a  successful  result  from  electro-puncture  in  a  case 
of  fracture  of  the  thigh.  He  used  at  first  magneto-electricity,  and  sub- 
sequently the  galvanic  current.  No  improvement  followed  the  use  of 
magneto-electricity,  while  the  galvanic  current  brought  on  inflammation 
in  six  days.  The  inflammation  thus  excited  produced  a  union  of  the 
fracture  in  ten  days. 

We  treated  a  case  of  ununited  fracture  of  femur  at  the  Long  Island 
College  Hospital.  Insulated  needles  were  used,  and  very  strong  cur- 
rents. Inflammation  was  excited,  and  some  improvement  was  mani- 
fest, but  the  bones  were  so  far  apart  that  it  was  found  necessary  for  the 
surgeons  to  operate  in  the  usual  manner. 

Hernia. — Delaux  reports  a  case  of  incarcerated  femoral  hernia  in  a 
woman  who  refused  to  submit  to  an  operation.  Tumor  disappeared 
after  a  few  applications.  The  first  application  was  directed  to  the  her- 
nia, and  in  the  other  applications  one  pole  was  applied  to  the  hernia 
and  the  other  in  the  rectum.  Before  electrical  treatment  was  tried  the 
patient  was  growing  worse.  Faradization  might  give  tone  to  the  weak- 
ened muscles  in  reducible  hernia,  and  for  this  purpose  we  have  em- 
ployed it  in  a  single  instance ;  of  the  results  we  have  not  been  in- 
formed. 

Morbus  Coxarius  [Disease  of  the  Hip-joint). — This  condition  may 
be  treated  electrically,  in  connection  with  ordinary  mechanical  treat- 
ment, with  a  twofold  object  of  hastening  the  recovery  of  the  lesion 
and  improving  the  general  condition.  The  methods  of  treatment  that 
would  seem  to  offer  most  hope  are  stable  faradization  or  galvanization 
of  the  diseased  joints,  five,  ten,  or  fifteen  minutes  daily,  alternating 
with  general  faradization.  This  treatment  might  be  used  in  connection 
with  the  ordinary  method  by  extension. 

Club-Foot  {Talipes). — In  club-foot  it  is  not  unfrequently  a  great 
advantage  to  combine  faradization  or  galvanization  of  the  partially 
paralyzed  muscles  with  the  use  of  mechanical  appliances  (see  chapter 
on  Infantile  Paralysis). 

Warts. — Warts,  if  they  were  regarded  as  of  sufficient  importance, 
might  be  removed  by  electrolysis  of  the  base,  or  by  the  galvano-cau- 
tery. 

Dissolution  of  Calculi  in  the  Bladder. — The  employment  of  the  gal 


734  MISCELLANEOUS   SURGICAL  DISEASES. 

vanic  current  to  dissolve  calculi  was  proposed  by  Bourier  in  1801,  by 
Morgiardini  and  Lando  in  1803,  and  by  Gruithuisen  in  1813,  but  was 
first  successfully  carried  out  by  Prevost  and  Dumas  in  1823. 

The  theory  of  Prevost  and  Dumas  was,  the  calculus  could  be  made 
to  crumble  by  the  mechanical  effect  of  the  gases  generated  by  the  cur- 
rent. In  their  first  experiment  they  placed  a  fusible  human  calculus 
in  water,  submitted  it  to  the  action  of  a  voltaic  pile  of  120  elements 
for  twelve  hours.  Platinum  wires  were  placed  against  the  calculus,  on 
opposite  sides.  Fine  powder  soon  appeared.  At  the  end  of  the  oper- 
ation the  calculus  was  found  to  have  lost  12  grains  in  weight,  the  origi- 
nal weight  having  been  92  grains.  It  was  again  submitted  to  the  cur- 
rent for  16  hours,  at  the  end  of  which  time  it  was  reduced  to  very  small 
fragments  that  could  have  easily  passed  the  urethra. 

Their  second  experiment  was  made  on  a  fusible  calculus  in  the  blad- 
der of  a  living  bitch,  into  which  warm  water  had  been  injected.  The 
application,  which  lasted  an  hour,  was  repeated  12  times  during  six 
days.  The  calculus  had  become  so  friable  that  the  operation  was  not 
repeated.  Examination  of  the  bitch  after  death  showed  evidence  that 
the  bladder  had  been  injured  by  the  operation. 

In  1835,  Bonnet  proved  that  by  applying  platinum  electrodes  to  the 
opposite  sides  of  a  calculus  in  a  solution  of  nitrate  of  potash,  electro- 
chemical decomposition  ensued,  by  which  nitric  acid  appeared  at  one 
electrode  and  potash  at  the  other.  The  effect  of  these  two  substances 
was  to  dissolve  the  calculus.  Stones  composed  of  phosphate  will  be 
dissolved  on  the  acid,  and  those  composed  of  uric  acid  or  urate  of 
ammonia  on  the  alkaline  side.  Under  this  action,  the  stone,  unless 
very  hard,  becomes  friable  and  falls  to  pieces.  These  experiments 
were  confirmed  by  Bence  Jones,  who  also  found  that  calculi  of  oxa- 
late of  lime  could  be  slowly  dissolved  in  the  same  way.  Neither  of  these 
experimenters  attempted  the  dissolution  of  calculi  in  the  human  blad- 
der. Some  experiments  made  by  Dr.  Rockwell  in  this  line,  and  also 
by  Dr.  Beard,  at  the  suggestion  of  Dr.  Gouley,  did  not  give  very  satis- 
factory results.  The  amount  of  decomposition  of  phosphatic  stone  was 
very  trifling,  even  when  strong  currents  were  used  for  several  hours. 

JElectric  Explorer  or  Probe. — This  apparatus  (Fig.  188)  indicates  at 
once  the  presence  of  metallic  bodies  in  gunshot  wounds. 

Fig.  I  represents  its  natural  size.  Fig.  2  shows  one  of  the  exploring 
sounds.  There  are  generally  two  sounds,  one  stiff,  the  other  flex- 
ible. 

The  trembler  or  needle  is  so  arranged  as  to  resist  all  shocks  and  fulfi] 
the  following  conditions  : — 


ELECTRIC   EXPLORER. 


735 


1.  It  is  very  portable,  and  in  all  possible  positions  can  be  carried  in 
the  vest  pocket,  or  in  the  ordinary  surgical  case. 

2.  It  cannot  be  deranged. 

3.  Three  senses  take  part  in  making  the 
exploration — the  hearing,  the  touch,  and  the 
sight. 

4.  It  indicates  with  certainty  the  presence 
of  a  ball  by  the  movement  of  the  trembler, 
an  effect  which  is  only  produced  wheti  the 
circuit  is  closed  by  a  metallic  body.  Experi- 
ence has  shown  that  the  contact  of  organic 
tissues,  even  with  a  battery  of  15  elements 
(and  probably  with  even  a  greater  number), 
will  not  put  the  trembler  in  vibration. 

5.  The  explorer  indicates  at  the  same  time 
the  depth  at  which  the  ball  is  situated,  and 
in  some  cases  also  the  flexible  sound  pre- 
serves the  form  of  the  canal  through  which 
it  passes. 

The  battery  is  in  a  case  made  of  hard  rub- 
ber. This  holds  the  elements,  zinc  and  car- 
bon, which  fill  only  half.  The  other  half  is 
occupied  by  the  exciting  liquid,  a  solution  of 
sulphate  of  mercury.  When  the  case  is  re- 
versed, or  in  a  horizontal  position,  the  liquid 
flows  on  to  the  element  and  a  current  arises  ; 
when  the  case  is  in  a  vertical  position  the 
metals  are  not  touched  by  the  liquid,  and  Fig  iSS. 

there  is  no  current.*  Trouve's  Electric  Explorer. 


*  The  first  apparatus  for  the  electric  exploration  of  wounds  was  devised  by  M. 
Favre,  of  Marseilles,  of  which  the  following  description  was  given  by  Nelaton,  in  re- 
marks to  his  class  at  the  Hdpital  des  C Uniques:  "Two  conducting  wires  are  placed  in 
a  sheath,  or  the  two  electrodes  may  be  covered  by  an  isolating  substance.  These  wires 
are  in  communication  with  a  battery  of  only  one  couple,  and  a  galvanometer  is  fastened 
on  one  of  the  wires.  If  you  introduce  the  end  of  these  into  a  wound,  the  contact  of 
the  soft  parts,  the  bones,  or  pus,  is  not  sufficient  to  establish  a  current,  but  if  the 
ends  come  in  contact  with  a  metallic  body,  the  needle  of  the  galvanometer  will  rise, 
this  being  a  proof  that  the  circuit  is  complete.  Only  one  couple,  however,  should  be 
used,  so  as  to  avoid  the  decomposition  of  the  iluids  in  the  wound,  which  would  imme- 
diately give  rise  to  a  current."— (/iw.  Jour.  Med.  Sciences,  vol.  xlv.,  1863,  p.  218.) 
During  the  recent  Franco-Prussian  war  an  ^^  Electric  Bullet-seeker,^''  that  strikes  a 
little  bell  when  metallic  connection  is  made,  has  been  successfully  used. 


736  MISCELLANEOUS   SURGICAL   DISEASES. 

Extraction  of  Foreign  Bodies  by  the  Electro-Magnet, — Dr.  Delore  * 
has  suggested  the  electro-magnet  as  a  means  of  extracting  foreign  bodies 
from  the  eye,  urethra,  auditory  canal,  etc.  He  states  that  the  magnet 
has  been  used  for  the  purpose  of  extracting  pieces  of  iron  and  steel 
from  the  eye  since  the  days  of  Fabrice  de  Hilden.  Delore' s  attention 
was  called  to  the  subject  by  an  attempt  which  he  made  to  extract  a 
piece  of  a  pin  from  the  external  auditory  canal.  A  slender  magnet 
was  prepared  by  M.  Fasse,  which  could  be  bent  at  will,  but  it  was 
found  to  be  not  sufficiently  powerful.  Then  M.  Fasse  suggested  the 
idea  of  using  the  electro-magnet  for  this  purpose.  With  this  view  he 
constructed  a  small  electro-magnet,  composed  of  a  stem  of  iron,  with 
a  bulbous  extremity,  and  covered  with  several  windings  of  insulated 
copper  wire. 

The  force  that  is  obtained  is  in  proportion  to  the  strength  of  the 
current  used  to  magnetize  the  iron,  the  number  of  spirals,  and  the 
diameter  of  the  magnet. 

In  order  to  ascertain  how  much  power  was  necessary  to  extract 
needles  from  the  body,  a  number  of  experiments  were  made. 

"  A  needle  embedded  in  the  horny  substance  of  the  hand  to  the 
depth  of  three  millimetres  requires  for  its  extraction  a  traction  of  89 
grammes." 

"  Embedded  sixteen  milli.  deep  in  the  heel  of  a  cadaver  requires  400 
grams." 

"Embedded  four  centimetres  deep  in  the  calf  of  the  leg  it  requires 
400  grams." 

"  If  it  has  perforated  the  cornea  it  must  have  a  traction  of  39 
grams." 

The  advantage  claimed  for  this  method  of  extracting  foreign  metallic 
bodies  is  that  "  it  produces  no  sensation  on  the  surface  of  the  tissues," 
and  also  is  less  liable  to  injure  them  than  forceps  or  probes. 

The  investigations  of  Dr.  T.  R.  Pooley,  of  New  York,  lead  him  to  the 
following  conclusions  :  i.  That  a  steel  or  iron  body  in  the  eye  may  be 
detected  by  a  suspended  magnet  when  the  body  lies  near  its  surface. 
2.  The  presence  and  position  of  such  a  foreign  body  may  most  surely 
be  found  by  making  it  a  magnet  by  induction,  and  then  testing  for  it 
by  a  minute  suspended  magnet.  3.  The  intensity  of  deflection  of  the 
needle  is  proportionate  to  the  depth  of  the  body.  4.  Changes  of  de- 
flection of  the  needle  indicate  changes  of  position  in  the  foreign  body. 

An  interesting  case  is  reported  by  Hardy.f  Forty-eight  hours  after 
the  injury  a  small,  narrow  strip  of  steel  was  seen  resting  on  the  anterior 

*  Translated  from  Lyon  Medical,  in  N.  Y.  Medical  Gazette^  Aug.  20,  1870. 
f  Medical  Times  and  Gazette,  April  13,  1878,  p.  401. 


gruening's  magnet. 


737 


surface  of  the  lens,  so  situated  as  to  be  covered  by  the  iris  unless  the 
pupil  was  dilated.  Only  a  small  part  of  the  lens  behind  the  bit  of  metal 
was  opaque.  Twenty-four  hours  later  the  effect  of  a  powerful  electro 
bar-magnet  outside  the  eye  was  tried.  When  the  pole  of  this  magnet 
had  been  approached  to  a  distance  of  four  inches  from  the  cornea,  the 
chip  was  seen  suddenly  to  spring  away  from  the  lens  to  the 
posterior  surface  of  the  cornea.  On  removal  of  the  mag- 
net the  metal  fell  to  the  bottom  of  the  anterior  chamber, 
and  was  then  extracted  through  an  incision  made  as  for 
iridectomy.  The  lens  became  afterward  opaque  through- 
out, and  was  then  gradually  absorbed, 

Gruen'mg' s  Magnet  (Fig.  189)  for  the  removal  of  parti- 
cles of  steel  or  iron  from  the  vitreous  chamber  is  manufac- 
tured by  John  Reynders  &  Co.,  New  York. 

Several  magnets  are  joined  into  a  bundle,  thus  making  a 
powerful  magnetic  magazine,  and  concentrating  the  greatest 
possible  magnetic  polarity  in  the  least  possible  dimensions. 
A  long  and  delicate  piece  of  malleable  iron  is  fitted  into 
one  extremity  of  the  bundle  of  magnets.  As  shown  in  the 
cut,  the  two  extremities  of  a  number  of  magnetized  steel 
rods  placed  parallel  to  and  at  a  little  distance  from  each 
othei',  are  fitted  into  iron  caps,  one  of  which  is  provided 
with  a  delicate  point  of  malleable  iron  3  mm.  long,  i  mm. 
wide,  and  0.3  mm.  thick.  This  point  is  powerfully  mag- 
netic, sustaining  with  ease  a  weight  of  fifteen  grammes. 
Chips  of  iron  weighing  from  one  to  fifty  centigrammes, 
when  placed  into  the  vitreous  of  recently  enucleated  animal 
eyes,  are  attracted  toward  the  point  at  a  distance  of  i  to 
5  mm.,  and  withdrawn  with  the  greatest  facility.  The  instru- 
ment thus  perfected  equals  Hirschberg's  electro-magnet  in 
efficiency,  but  surpasses  it  in  simplicity  of  construction, 
convenience  of  form,  and  lowness  of  price. 

Electro-Chemical  Baths— Removal  of  Poisonous  Metals 
from  the  Body.—lw  1855  Vergnes  and  Poey,  of  Havana,  re- 
ported to  the  French  Academy  a  method  of  removing  poi- 
sonous metals  from  the  body  by  means  of  the  galvanic  current.  Vergnes, 
while  practising  electroplating  in  1852,  had  brought  an  obstinate  ulcera- 
tion on  his  hands.  He  placed  his  hands  in  an  electric  bath,  connected 
with  the  positive  pole.  In  fifteen  minutes  a  metallic  plate  connected 
with  the  negative  pole  in  the  bath  was  covered  with  gold  or  silver 
from  the  ulcer.     A  few  such  treatments  cured  the  ulcers. 

An  electro-chemical  bath  is  taken  as  follows:    An  isolated  metallic 
47 


a 


Fig.  189. 


738  FARADIC   ANESTHESIA. 

tub  is  placed  on  an  isolated  bench.  The  tub  is  filled  with  water,  acid- 
ulated with  nitric  acid  of  mercury,  gold  or  silver,  and  sulphuric  acid  if 
lead  is  in  the  patient.  The  patient  is  placed  in  the  bath,  and  the  tub 
is  connected  with  the  negative  pole,  while  the  patient  takes  the  positive 
pole,  part  of  the  time  in  the  right  and  part  of  the  time  in  the  left  hand. 
The  current  now  enters  the  arms,  and  passes  through  the  body  to  the 
tub.  The  metal  that  is  extracted  from  the  body  is  found  on  the  sides 
of  the  tub,  in  the  water  in  the  tub,  and  in  the  atmosphere  of  the  room 
from  evaporation. 

These  experiments  were  confirmed  by  Caplin  and  Meding.  Meding 
extracted  mercury  from  a  patient  in  this  way.  Vergnes  employs  elec- 
tro-chemical baths  also  for  introducing  medical  substances  into  the  body. 
The  patient  sits  in  the  bath  containing  the  solution,  and  in  the  position 
described,  and  absorbs  the  substance  while  the  current  is  passing. 
Among  the  remedies  that  Vergnes  employs  for  the  purpose  are  phos- 
phate of  iron  and  nitric  acid.  There  is  little  question  that  the  passage 
of  the  current  through  the  body,  immersed  in  certain  medicated  solu- 
tions, aids  in  the  absorption  of  some  portion  of  the  compound.  This 
whole  subject,  however,  is  yet  in  dispute,  and  will  remain  in  dispute 
until  it  is  carefully  investigated  by  competent  men,  and  all  possible 
sources  of  error  are  guarded  against. 

Faradic  Ancesthesia. — The  benumbing  effects  of  the  faradic  current 
on  the  nerves  may  be  utilized  for  the  production  of  local  anaesthesia. 
(See  Electro-Physiology.)  It  is  only  indicated  for  slight  or  at  least 
short  operations,  such  as  the  opening  of  abscesses,  felons,  buboes,  the 
extraction  of  foreign  bodies  and  of  teeth. 

For  opening  abscesses  a  strong  faradic  current  should  be  directed 
through  the  parts  as  the  incision  is  made.  The  relief  thus  afforded  is 
slight,  but  is  positive,  and  is  not  unworthy  of  a  trial. 

Faradic  anaesthesia  has  been  chiefly  used  in  the  extraction  of  teeth, 
where  it  is  certainly  of  some  service.  The  patient  places  his  foot  in  a 
metallic  slipper,  or  on  a  plate,  or  holds  an  electrode  in  the  hand,  while 
the  circuit  is  completed  as  soon  as  the  forceps  of  the  dentist,  which  is 
connected  with  the  battery,  seizes  the  tooth.  It  is  well  to  connect  the 
forceps  with  the  negative  pole,  because  it  is  the  stronger. 

The  contractions  produced  by  the  passage  of  the  current  are  certainly 
disagreeable,  for  a  current  of  considerable  strength  is  required,  but  the 
pain  of  the  extraction  is  less  severely  felt  than  it  would  be  when  made 
unaccompanied  by  the  current. 

This  method  of  producing  local  anaesthesia  was  at  one  time  somewhat 
popular  among  dentists,  but  partly  on  account  of  the  fact  that  it  is  at 


MISCELLANEOUS  SURGICAL  DISEASES.  739 

best  an  imperfect  method  of  preventing  the  pain  of  the  operation,  partly 
on  account  of  the  mechanical  difficulties  in  the  way  of  its  employment, 
and  partly,  also,  on  account  of  the  popularization  of  nitrous  oxide,  i* 
has  fallen  into  disuse. 

Faradic  anaesthesia  may  be  utilized  for  the  relief  of  the  irritation 
caused  by  the  application  of  caustics  to  the  larynx,  eye,  or  uterus. 

Dr.  A.  Tripier,*  of  Paris,  has  recently  advanced  the  theory  that  faradic 
anaesthesia  is  explained  by  the  interference  of  the  different  impressions 
that  are  made  on  the  nerve.  The  impression  made  by  the  faradic  cur- 
rent first  reaches  the  cerebral  centre,  and  neutralizes,  or,  at  least, 
diminishes,  the  impression  made  at  the  same  time  by  any  other  irritat- 
ing influence.  This  theory  seems  to  us  sensible  and  just.  Dr.  Tripier 
further  recommends  a  return  to  the  practice  of  faradic  anaesthesia  for 
slight  operations. 

Hydro-Electrization. — Dr.  Beard  has  devised  a  method  of  apply- 
ing electricity  by  means  of  a  continuous  stream  or  jet  of  water  flowing 
from  a  metallic  tube — or  one  that  has  a  metallic  orifice — connected 
with  one  pole,  while  the  body  of  the  patient  is  in  any  convenient  way 
connected  with  the  other.  A  jet  or  stream  of  water,  so  long  as  it  is 
not  broken  into  spray,  will  conduct  the  current  from  one-eighth  of  an 
inch  to  one  or  two  inches  from  the  orifice,  according  to  the  size  of  the 
stream,  to  any  part  where  it  may  be  applied.  Contractions  of  muscles, 
and  all  the  effects  of  ordinary  localized  electrization,  may  be  thus  pro- 
duced. 

This  method  of  electrization  is  adopted  for  those  localities  where,  on 
account  of  the  natural  sensitiveness,  or  from  the  nature  of  the  disease, 
ordinary  electrodes,  by  their  mechanical  irritation,  cause  unbearable 
pain,  or  where,  for  anatomical  reasons,  they  cannot  be  applied. 

For  supplying  a  continuous  stream  of  water  we  use  an  ordinary  stiff 
rubber  bag,  which  is  filled  with  water  in  the  usual  way,  by  first  com- 
pressing the  sides  and  exhausting  the  air.  Connected  with  this  bag  we 
use  silver  tubes  of  various  shapes  and  sizes,  provided  with  small  thumb- 
screws for  making  the  connection  with  the  battery,  and  either  insulated 
or  non-insulated,  according  to  the  special  purpose  at  hand. 

The  various  douches  that  are  used  for  the  cavities  of  the  body  may 
be  utilized  for  the  same  purpose,  provided  the  leather  tubes  are  lined 
with  spirals  of  wire,  to  keep  up  the  connection  of  the  current,  or  tht 
tubes  are  composed  of  metal  and  insulated. 

On  this  principle,  and  in  order  to  meet  the  same  therapeutical  in- 
dications for  which  ordinary  electrization  is  employed,  applications  maj 
*  Archives  of  EleclTology  and  Neurology.     May,  1874,  p.  109. 


740        HYDRO-ELECTRIZATION — ELECTRO-MEDICATION. 

be  made  to  the  external  auditory  canal,  and,  in  cases  of  rupture  oi 
ulceration  of  the  membrana  tympani,  to  the  middle  ear,  by  a  straight, 
insulated  tube,  or  by  the  ear  douche;  to  the  conjunctiva  by  a  single 
tube  or  by  the  ear-douche  ;  to  the  nasal ;passages  by  the  nasal  douche 
or  metallic  posterior  nasal  syringe  ;  to  the  pharynx  and  naso-pharyngeaL 
space  by  a  properly  curved  tube  ;  to  the  stomach  by  the  stomach-douche, 
such  as  has  recently  been  used  by  Ploss,  of  Leipsic,  or  by  the  stomach- 
pump  ;  to  the  bladder  by  the  bladder-douche ;  to  the  vagina  and  os  by 
the  vaginal  douche ;  and  to  the  cavity  of  the  uterus  by  the  uterine 
douche ;  to  the  cavities  of  opened  abscesses  ;  to  stumps  that  are  slow  to 
heal,  and  finally  to  all  irritable  ulcers,  wherever  situated. 

Either  the  galvanic  or  the  faradic  current  may  be  used,  and  the  water 
may  be  pure  or  variously  medicated.  Warm  water  conducts  better  than 
cold,  and  is  therefore  preferable,  except  for  those  cases  where  the  tonic 
effects  of  cold  are  indicated.  The  conducting  power  of  the  water  is 
also  increased  by  the  addition  of  common  salt,  and  various  medicinal 
substances  which  are  ordinarily  used  for  the  treatment  of  the  conditions 
for  which  hydro-electrization  is  indicated,  and  may,  therefore,  be  proper- 
ly combined  with  it.  Potter's  hydro-therapeutic  contrivances  are  very 
convenient  for  the  purposes  of  hydro-electrization. 

Electro- Medication. — Long  ago  it  was  contended  by  Fabre-Palaprat, 
Orioli,  and  Vergnes  that  medical  substances  could  be  introduced  into 
the  body  by  means  of  the  galvanic  current,  but  by  Remak,  Rosenthal, 
Tripier,  and  others  their  statements  have  been  discredited.  From  our 
experiments  it  would  seem  that  atropine  might  be  introduced  into  the 
system  by  means  of  the  faradic  current  in  sufficient  quantities  to  slight- 
ly affect  the  pupil. 

Recently  Beer,  of  Vienna,  and  Von  Bruns  *  have  succeeded  in  intro- 
ducing iodine  into  the  dead  and  living  subject,  by  means  of  the  elec- 
trolysis of  iodide  of  potassium.  For  this  purpose  they  have  used  a  glass 
tube,  containing  a  solution  of  iodide  of  potassium  (  i  to  i,  or  i  to  2), 
tightly  corked  at  one  end,  and  at  the  other  covered  with  cloth  or  a 
piece  of  bladder,  and  connected  through  the  cork  with  the  negative 
pole  of  the  galvanic  current  by  a  piece  of  platinum.  The  positive 
electrode  may  be  of  a  similar  construction,  or  an  ordinary  sponge  elec- 
trode. 

If  by  this  arrangement  an  application  be  made  through  the  face— an 
electrode  being  placed  on  each  cheek — for  a  few  minutes,  traces  of 
iodine   can  be  detected  in  the   saliva.     A  good   test  for  iodine  is  disul- 

*  Die  Galvano-Chirurgie  odei  die  Galvanokaustik  und  Elektrolysis  bei  chirui  gischea 
Krankheiten.     Tiibingen,  1S70,  p.  133  et  seq. 


MISCELLANEOUS  SURGIGAL  DlSEASEb.  '      741 

phide  of  carbon,  which  will  detect  one  part  in  1,000,000  par.s  of  water 
by  the  purple-red  color  which  it  produces.  Another  test  is  glycerine; 
which,  mingled  with  iodine  and  electrolyzed,  gives  a  dark-blue  or  black 
line.  The  electrolytic  introduction  of  iodine  has  been  used  in  gland- 
ular swellifzgs  (as  goitre),  effusions  in  the  joints,  periostitis,  and  with 
asserted  success,  after  simple  galvanization  has  failed.  We  have  ex- 
perimented in  this  direction  considerably  without  arriving  at  any  con- 
clusive results. 

The  difficulty  in  all  therapeutical  experiments  is  that  we  are  using 
simultaneously  two  remedies,  iodine  and  electricity,  both  of  which  are 
separately  efficacious  in  producing  absorption. 

Fodalgia. — There  are  certain  obscure  painful  affections  of  the  feet 
that  appear  to  be  sometimes  of  a  nervous  character — a  kind  of  hyper- 
sesthesia — and  sometimes  appear  to  depend  on  actual  injury  of  the 
bones  or  tendons.  The  former  class — of  which  we  have  seen  several 
cases — are  really  medical  cases,  and  are  to  be  treated  by  central  and 
local  galvanization.  The  latter  are  surgical  cases  and  ai  e  to  be  treated 
by  local  applications. 


GLOSSARY. 


Explaration  of  the  terms  used  in  Electro-Therapeutics  (Medical  and  Surgi- 
cal), including  also  many  of  the  terms  of  Electro-Physics  atid  Electro-Phtsi- 
OLOGY. 


With  the  progress  of  the  study  of  Electricity  in  its  relations  to  Physics,  Physi- 
ology,  Practical  Medicine,  and  Surgery,  there  has  arisen  a  new  and  extensive  termi> 
nology. 

The  terms  used,  especially  in  Electro-Therapeutics  and  Electro-Physiology,  have 
been  introduced  by  different  observers,  in  various  countries,  and  in  different  lan- 
guages, and  are  all  necessarily  based  on  an  incomplete  knowledge  of  the  mysterious 
force  whose  phenomena  and  manifold  relations  they  aim  to  describe.  It  was  inevita- 
ble that  a  nomenclature  devised  under  such  circumstances  should  be  more  or  less 
inaccurate  and  confused.  This  inaccuracy  and  confusion  have  been  still  further 
increased  by  the  carelessness  of  writers,  who  have  misunderstood  and  misapplied 
these  terms,  and  greatly  perverted  them  from  their  original  meaning.  It  would  be 
difficult  to  find  any  two  authors  who  entirely  agree  in  their  use  of  terms,  even  of 
those  which  are  most  frequent  and  most  important ;  and  readers  who  are  not  thor- 
oughly familiar  with  all  branches  of  the  subject  in  the  various  languages,  and  with 
the  incorrect  as  well  as  the  correct  phraseology,  are  constantly  bewildered. 

It  is  believed,  therefore,  that  a  list  of  the  words  and  phrases  employed  by  writers 
on  Electricity,  which  should  present  their  original  and  derived  meanings  in  their 
various  combinations,  with  their  correct  and  incorrect  synonyms,  would  be  of  service 
not  only  to  those  who  consult  this  volume,  but  to  all  who  occupy  themselves  with 
the  department  of  Electro-Therapeutics. 

The  need  foi  such  a  list  is  rendered  the  more  imperative  from  the  fact  that  many 
of  the  terms  it  includes  cannot  be  found  in  the  most  recent  dictionaries. 

The  terms  which  we  have  ourselves  introduced,  or  to  which  we  have  given  a  new 
combination  or  attached  a  peculiar  signification,  are  designated  by  a  star  (*).  The 
figures  refer  to  the  pages  in  the  present  work  where  the  terms  to  which  they  refer  are 
explained. 


744  GLOSSARY. 

Amalgamation.  To  coi  ipound  mercury  (quicksilver)  with  another  metal.  In  Electro-Physics,  the 
term  is  usually  applied  to  the  covering  of  the  zinc  plates  with  mercury,  by  first  pouring  over  them 
an  acid  solution  and  then  dipping  them  in  mercury,  or  pouring  it  over  them. 

Anei.ectrotonos.  The  phase  of  dhninished  irritability  which  appears  at  the  positive  pole  when  a 
nerve  is  in  the  electrotonic  condition 

Animal  Electkicity 

Anions.     In  electrolysis  the  electro-positive  substances  that  go  to  the  cathode  (Faraday) 

Anode  (di/a,  upward,  and  66bs,  way).  Where  the  current  enters,  called  a\so  positive  or  coJ>J>er  poU 
(Faraday). 

Antozone 

Apparatus.  A  contrivance  or  combination  for  a  certain  purpose  ;  often  used  synonymously  with 
fiiachine  or  battery.  Strictly,  however,  apparatus  is  applied  only  to  the  more  simple  contrivances, 
and  machine  to  the  more  complex. 

Armatitrhs.  Bars  or  keepers,  which,  when  placed  in  contact  with  the  pole  of  a  magnet,  preserve  its 
magnetism. 

Ascending.     From  periphery  toward  the  centre,  applied  especially  to  the  nervous  system. 

Battery  Current  (see  Galvanic  Current). 

Battery.  Electric  (or  galvanic).  A  series  of  Ley  den  jars,  or  (more  frequently)  cells,  connected 
together.  The  term  is  applied,  however,  to  a  single  cell,  and  incorrectly  also  to  a  machine  or 
apparatus. 

Bound  Electricity.    Electricity  in  the  Leyden  jar. 

Catalysis  yKara,  and  Aiicris,  from  Auw,  to  disengage).  The  absorption,  and  the  accompanymg  trans- 
ference of  liquids  caused  by  the  chemical  action  of  the  galvanic  current  (Remak).  It  is  a  part  and 
result  of  electrolysis. 

Catalytic.     Pertaining  to  catalysis. 

Catelectrotonos.  The  phase  of  increased  irritability  which  appears  at  the  negative  pole  when  a 
nerve  is  in  the  electrotonic  condition 

Cathode  ((cara,  downward,  and  oSds,  way).  Where  the  current  passes  out ;  called  also  negative 
or  zinc  j>ole 

Cations.     In  electrolysis,  the  electro-negative  substances  that  go  to  the  anode  (Faraday) 

Cell  (see  Element). 

Central  Galvanization  * 

Chemical  Galvano-Cauteey  (see  Electrolysis). 

Chronoscope  and  Chronograph  {xpovo<;,  time,  and  a-Koirelv,  to  observe).  Instruments  for  measur- 
ing and  recording  the  velocity  of  the  nervous  force,  electricity,  etc. 

Circle  Galvanic 

Closing  Contractions.     Contractions  produced  at  the  closing  of  the  circuit. 

Coercitive  Force 

Coil  Induction.  Rolls  of  wire  in  which  the  current  is  Induced  by  the  alternate  opening  and  closing 
of  the  circuit,  as  RhumkorfF's  coll  (see  Induction). 

Commutator.     An  arrangement  for  reversing  the  current. 

Condenser.     An  apparatus  for  condensing  a  large  quantity  of  electricity  on  a  small  surface. 

Conducting  Wires.     The  wires  that  conduct  the  electricity  from  the  machine  to  the  electrodes. 

Conductivity  (or  conductlbllity).    That  property  by  which  a  body  conducts  electricity. 

Conductor.    That  which  conducts  electricity.     Sometimes  used  for  electrode. 

Constant  Current.  The  galvanic  current  from  elements  with  two  liquids.  The  constant  batteries 
that  are  best  known  are  those  of  Daniell,  Grove,  and  Bunsen  and  their  modifications  (p.  26). 
Applied  also  to  the  galvanic  current  in  general,  and  used  synonymously  with  continuous.  It  is 
sometimes  prefixed  to  galvanic  current  (constant  galvanic)  in  the  sense  of  -uninterrupted  (see 
Galvanic  Current). 

Continuous.  Constantly  flowing  in  one  direction,  sometimes  used  in  the  same  sense  as  constant  or 
galvanic.  Strictly,  it  should  be  applied  to  the  uninterrupted  galvanic  current,  since  the  faradic 
current  is  always  interrupted  (see  Galvanic  Current). 

Continuous  Electrization.*  This  tei-m  might  appropriately  be  applied  to  the  protracted  applica- 
tions made  by  galvanic  disks,  belts,  chains,  poultices,  etc.,  worn  on  the  body. 

Contractility,  Electro-Muscular.  That  property  of  muscles  that  causes  them  to  contract,  when 
acted  upon  by  the  electric  current.  It  is  to  be  distinguished  from  irritability,  which  It  Includes. 
Eiectro-muscular  irritability  may  exist  in  muscles  that  have  wholly  lost  their  electro-muscular  con- 
tractility (see  Irritability). 


GLOSSARY.  745 

Copper  Pole  (see  Positive  Pole). 

CURKENT  Changer  (see  Current  Reverser). 

Current,  Electric.    The  continuous  discharge  of  electricity  that  results  from  chemical  action,  suchj 

for  example,  as  takes  place  in  any  ordinary  galvanic  cell. 
Current  Increaser.*    A  contrivance  for  increasing  the  strength  of  the  current  ivithout  breaking  tkt 

circuit.     A  form  of  rheostat. 
Current  of  the  Pile  (see  Galvanic  Current). 
Current  Reverser.     An  arrangement  for  reversing  tne  current 

Current  Selector.     A  contrivance  for  bringing  any  desired  number  of  elements  into  the  circuit. 
Cylinder  Machine.     A  form  of  machine  for  generating  statical  electricity. 
Declinometer.     An  instrument  for  measuring  magnetic  declination.     The  mariner's  conijtass  is  a 

declinometer. 
Density.     Compactness.     The  density  of  a  current,  other  conditions  being  the  same,  is  in  proportion 

to  the  smallness  of  the  electrodes. 
Descending.     From  the  centre  toward  the  periphery. 
DiAMAGNETiSM.     That  property  of  bodies  by  which  they  manifest  the  same  magnetic  phenomena  aa 

iron 
Dielectric.    A  medium  through  which  induction  is  propagated. 
DiPLEGic  Contractions 
Dipolar  Arrangement 

Dipping  Needle.     A  needle  for  measuring  the  magnetic  dip. 

Direct  Current  (see  Descending  current),  also  used  ior  galvanic  current  (see  Galvanic  Current) 
Direct  Electrization 

Dry  (or  cutaneous)  Faradization.    Farad'zation  with  dry  electrodes 
Dynamical  Electricity 

Electric  (electrical).     Pertaining  to,  derived  from,  or  containing  electricity. 
Electrics.     Those  substances  which,  when  held  in  the  hand  and  rubbed,  become  electric. 
Electric  Bath 

Electric  (or  metallic)  Brush.    A  wire  brush  used  as  electrode. 
Electric  (or  galvanic)  Disks 

Electric  Hand.    The  hand  used  as  an  electrode  in  electrization. 
Electric  Moxa 

Electric  Points  *  (see  Motor  Points). 
Electrician.     One  who  studies  electricity  in  its /;%j'j/<ra/ relations,  as  in  telegraphy  ;  oftentimes  used 

erroneously  for  electro-therapeutist. 
Electricity  (rjAexTpoi/,  amber) 
Electrify.     This  term  is  usually  applied  to  the  use  of  statical  electricity,  and  is  therefore  synonymous 

with  franklinization.     It  is  used  sometimes  synonymously  with  electrize. 
Electrization.     The  act  of  electrizing.     The  term  includes  faradization,  galvanization,  and  franklini- 
zation, or  the  application  of  statical  electricity. 

For  the  sake  of  uniformity,  and  in  order  to  preserve  the  distinction  between  the  different  methods 

of  application,  electrization  has  in  this  work  usually  been  preferred  to  the  periphrastic  expression 

— the  use  of  electricity. 
Electrize.     To  affect  by  electricity. 
Electro-Anesthesia.*    The  production  of  local   anssthesia  by  the  application  of  electricity.    The 

faradic  current  is  used  for  this  purpose  (on  faradic  ansesthesia). 
Electro-Chemical.     Pertaining  to  electro-chemistry. 
Electro-Chemical  Bath 

Electro-Chemistry.     Electricity  in  its  relations  to  chemistry,  of  which  electrolysis  is  a  branch. 
Electrode  (rjAexTpov  and  oSds,   way).     The  way  by  which  the  positive  and  negative  electricities 

emerge.     The  positive  pole  is  connected  with  the  ftegative  metal  of  the  element,  and  the  negative 

pole  is  connected  with  the  positive  metal. 
Electro-Diagnosis.    The  use  of  electricity  as  a  means  of  diagnosticating  disease  (p.  26S),  called 

also  electro-pathology. 
Electro-Dynamics.    The  phenomena  of  electricity  in  motion.     Especially  applied  to  the  material 

attractions  and  repulsions  of  currents  on  currents,  and  currents  on  magnets. 
Electrology.*    Electricity  in  its  relations  to  Physics,  Physiology,  Pathology,  and  Therapcutica, 

medical  and  surgical. 


746 


GLOSSARY. 


Electrologist.*  One  who  is  versed  in  electricity  in  its  relations  to  Physics,  Physiology,  Pathology, 
and  Therapeutics.  That  is,  Electro-Physics,  Electro-Physiology,  Electro-Pathology  (Electro-Di 
agnosis),  and  Electro-Therapeutics  (Electro-Medicine  and  Electro-Surgery). 

Electrolysis  {ffKexTpov  and  \vo> — through  Avcris,  disengaging).  The  act  or  process  of  decomposing 
a  compound  substance  by  electricity. 

Electrolyte.    A  substance  which  is  susceptible  of  electrolysis. 

Electrolytic,    Pertaining  to  electrolysis. 

Electrolyze.    To  decompose  a  compound  substance  by  the  action  of  electricity. 

EtECTROLYZATiON.     The  act  of  electrolyzing. 

Electro-Magnet.  A  bar  of  soft  iron  which,  under  the  influence  of  the  galvanic  current,  becomes 
magnetic. 

Electro-Magnetism.    The  phenomena  of  magnetism  produced  by  an  electric  current. 

Electro-Medicine.     Electricity' in  its  relations  to  medicine. 

Electro-Medical.     Pertaining  to  electro-medicine. 

Electro-Medication.*  The  introduction  of  medicines  into  the  body  by  means  of  electricity 
(p.  740). 

Electrometer.    An  instrument  for  measuring  the  charge  of  a  battery. 

Electro-mo'.  ive  force 

Electro-motor.    The  metals  that  generate  an  electric  current. 

Electro-Otiatrics.    The  electro-physiology  or  electro-therapeutics  of  the  ear. 

Electro-Pathology  (see  Electro-Diagnosis). 

Klectrophorus.    a  contrivance  for  collecting  electricity  bj'  induction. 

Klectrophorus  Machine 

Electro-Physics.*     Electricity  in  its  physical  relations. 

Electro-Physiognomy  * 

Electro-Physiology 

Electro-Physiological  Anatomy.* 

Electro-Physiologist.     One  who  studies  electricity  in  its  physiological  relations. 

Electro-Puncture.  The  application  of  electricity  (galvanic,  faradic,  or  franklinlc)  by  needlea 
introduced  beneath  the  surface. 

Electroscope.     An  instrument  for  detecting  the  presence  of  statical  electricity. 

Elkctro-Sensibility.*     Sensibility  of  the  body  to  electricity. 

Electro-Surgery.  The  use  of  electricity,  of  any  form,  or  by  any  method  of  application  in  surgi* 
cal  diseases.     It  includes  galvatio-surgery. 

Electro-Susceptibility.*  Susceptible  to  electricity,  including  farado-susceptlbillty  and  galvano- 
susceptibility. 

Electro-Therapeutical  Anatomy  * 

Electro-Therapeutics.  The  use  of  electricity  of  all  forms  to  the  treatment  of  disease.  The  term 
includes  both  medical  and  surgical  electricity  (electro-surgery)  ;  also  galvaiw-tkera-l>eutics  and 
galvafw- surgery. 

Electro-Therapeutist.  One  who  studies  electricity  In  its  Therajiezitical  relations.  Electro-thera- 
peutists are  frequently  and  erroneously  called  Electricians  (see  Electrician). 

Electrotonic.     Pertaining  to  or  derived  from  electrotonos. 

Electrotonos.  The  modification  which  a  nerve-current  undergoes  when  acted  upon  by  the  galvanic 
current 

Electro-Vital.     Pertaining  to  animal  electricity,  which  Is  dependent  on  z/zVa/ processes. 

Element  (couple,  or  pair,  or  cell),  Galvanic  or  Voltaic.  Two  heterogeneous  metals  immersed  in 
acid  solution.  Thus  we  have  Smee-s,  Grove's,  Bunsen's,  and  Daniell's  Elements,  called  also  a 
battery,  although  strictly  a  battery  means  a  series  of  elements. 

Extra  Current.  The  current  which  is  induced  by  any  coil  of  wire  on  the  adjacent  coils  of  the  same 
wire 

Extra-polar.    Not  included  in  the  intra-polar  region  between  the  poles 

Faradic  (Faraday)  current.  The  induced  current  (p.  51).  The  term  is  applied  both  to  the  electro- 
magnetic and  tnagneio-electric  currents,  since  they  were  both  discovered  by  Faraday.  Called 
2X^0  secondary ,  interruj>ted,  induced,  inductive,  to  and  Jro,  indirect,  electro-7nagnetic,  and 
magneto-electric.     In  this  ivork  the  tertn  faradic  has  been  uniformly  adhered  to. 

Faradism.    The  phenomena  of  the  faradic  current.     Sometimes  used  iox  faradization. 

Faradize.     To  affect  by  application  of  the  faradic  current. 

Faradization.    Aflecting  by  application  of  the  faradic  current.     (According  to  our  highest  authorit) 


GLOSSARY.  747 

in  the  orthography  of  this  department  of  terminology — Mr.  William  WheAn—faradaization,  ai 
derived  from  Faraday,  would  be  more  consistent  with  analogy  than  faradization.  The  latter  mode 
of  spelling  the  word  has  the  twofold  advantage  that  it  has  been  long  used  and  is  the  more  simple, 
and  accordingly  we  have  retained  it  in  this  work  and  in  all  our  recent  writings.) 

Far.-^do-contractility.     Contractility  under  the  faradic  current 

Farado-Electrolyzation.*    The  simultaneous  use  of  faradization  and  electrolyzation. 

Far  ADO-PUNCTURE.     Electro-puncture  with  the  faradic  current,  not  much  used. 

Far.\do-susceptibility.*     Subceptibility  to  the  Faradic  current. 

Franklinic.     Pertaining  to  statical  electricity. 

Franklinism  (Franklin).     The  phenomena  of  statical  electricity. 

Franklinization.    The  application  of  statical  electricity. 

Frictional  Electricity.  Electricity  generated  by  friction.  It  is  one  form  of  statical  electricity, 
which  is  tlie  wider  term,  including  electricity  generated  by  pressure  or  cleavage ;  but  the  terms 
are  used  synonymously. 

Galvanic  Apparatus.     Apparatus  for  generating  and  furnishing  the  galvanic  current. 

Galvanic  Belt 

Galvanic  Chain 

Galvanic  Circle.  Two  metals  in  a  liquid — the  galvanic  element,  pair  or  cell  in  action  is  called  also 
a  circuit  or  chain,  A  circle  may  be  single — one  cell  or  pair ;  or  comJ>ound — several  joined  to- 
gether. 

Galvanic  Current.  A  current  generated  by  chemical  action  and  coming  directly  from  the  cell,  pile, 
or  battery  in  which  it  is  generated  ;  distinguished  from  the  faradic  current,  that  is,  induced  on  a 
coil  of  wires ;  called  also  continuous,  constant,  direct,  J/riinary,  current  of  the  pile,  battery  cur- 
rent,  and  ■voltaic  current. 

Galvanic  (or  Electric)  Disks 

Galvanic  Pair  (see  Element). 

Galvanic  Pessaries  (intra-uterine) 

Galvanic  Poultices 

Galvanism.  The  science  which  treats  of  electricity  that  arises  from  chemical  action ;  called  also  vol- 
taic or  dynajnical  (^tcXx'vMr^  or  voltaism.  Physicists  are  of  late  inclined  to  prefer  the  terras  derived 
from  Volta  ;   Physiologists  and' Physicians  generally  employ  the  terms  derived  from  Galvani. 

Galvanization      Affecting  by  application  of  the  galvanic  current. 

Galvanize.  To  affect  by  application  of  the  galvanic  current,  erroneously  applied  to  all  forms  ol 
electrization. 

Galvanist.     One  who  uses  galvanism  (little  used). 

Galvano-CAUSTIC  (see  Galvano-cautery). 

Galvano-cauterism.     The  application  of  the  galvano-cautery  (see  Galvano-cauterization). 

Galvano-Cauterization.  The  act  of  burning  or  searing  by  a  non-conducting-wire,  heated  by  the 
galvanic  current. 

Galvano-cautery.  Cauterization  by  a  resisting  wire  (usually  platinum),  heated  by  the  galvanic  cur- 
rent ;  called  also  ga-lvano-caustic,  or  galvano-causty 

Galvano-CONTRACTility.     Contractility  under  the  galvanic  current. 

Galvano-faradization.*    The  simultaneous  application  of  the  galvanic  and  faradic  currents. 

Galvanometer  (or  multiplier).  An  instrument  for  determining  the  presence  and  direction  and  measur- 
ing the  strength  of  a  current.  It  is  frequently  used  by  electro-therapeutists  in  order  to  ascertain 
the  dose  of  the  galvanic  current  diat  they  are  giving.  It  is,  however,  only  an  approximately  cor- 
rect  guide 

GalvanO-punctuke.     Electro-puncture  with  the  galvanic  current. 

Galvanoscops.  An  instrument  for  indicating  \!cv^  p7-esenceoi  dynamical  electricity  without  determin* 
ing  its  amount. 

Galvano-surgerv.    The  application  of  the  galvanic  current  to  surgery,  a  part  of  electro-surgery. 

Galvano-susceptibility.*     Susceptibility  to  the  galvanic  current. 

GalvanO-therapeutics.  The  application  of  the  galvanic  current  to  therapeutics,  a  part  of  electro 
therapeutics. 

General  Electrization  * 

General  Faradization.*     General  electrization  with  the  faradic  current 

General  Galvanization.*     General  electrization  with  the  galvanic  current 

Hklix.     The  coil  of  wires  of  the  electro-magnetic  apparatus 

Hydro-ElecJ  rization.*    The  application  of  electricity  by  means  of  water  as  an  electrode 


748  GLOSSARY. 

[ncreasing  Current.*  An  application  in  which  the  strength  of  the  current  is  gradually  increased 
without  breaking  the  current,  called  also  sivelling  current. 

Indirect  Electrization 

Induced  (or  Induction,  or  Inductive)  Current.  As  usually  understood,  the  current  which  is  induced 
in  a  coil  of  wires  from  another  coil  through  which  the  current  passes.  Currents  may,  however,  be 
induced  in  any  metallic  conductor  from  any  other  metallic  conductor  that  is  traversed  by  the  elec- 
tric current,  or  from  powerful  magnets,  or  from  the  magnetic  action  of  the  earth. 

Inducing  Current.    The  current  that  gives  rise  to  an  induced  current. 

Induction 

Inductive  (see  Induced  Current). 

Intensity.     Strength  of  currents  erroneously  used  for  tension. 

Insulator  (or  Isolator).    A  bad  conductor  of  electricity. 

Insulated.     Placed  on  non-conducting  supports,  or  covered  with  some  non-conducting  substance. 

Interrupted  Current.  Broken,  intermitted.  The  faradic  current  is  necessarily  interrupted  by  the 
apparatus  that  generates  it.     The  galvanic  current  may  be  either  continuous  or  interrupted. 

Intra-polar.     Between  the  poles 

Ions.     The  constituents  into  which  the  electrolyte  is  decomposed 

Irritability.     That  property  of  organized  substances  that  causes  them  to  respond  to  stimuli. 

Irritability,  Electro-Muscular.  The  property  of  muscular  fibre  that  causes  it  to  be  excited  to 
movement  by  the  electric  current.  Electro-muscular  irritability  may  exist  without  electro-musculai 
contractility ;  that  is,  the  muscles  may  quiver  or  be  spasmodically  excited  by  even  a  mild  current, 
even  when  they  fail  to  contract  under  a  very  powerful  current. 

Irritability,  Primary,  Secondary,  and  Tertiary.  Degrees  of  irritability  that  are  observed  during 
a  stance  of  galvanization 

Labile  Current  (or  application).  An  application  in  which  one  or  both  of  the  electrodes  is  moved  or 
glided  over  the  surface. 

Leyden  Jar.     A  glass  bottle  partially  coated  with  tinfoil,  for  condensing  statical  electricity. 

Local  Electrization.  Application  of  electricity  to  some  part  or  organ,  as  distinguished  from  gen- 
eral electrization,  in  which  the  application  is  made  all  over  the  body.  Local  is  practically  synony- 
mous with  localized  electrization,  although,  strictly  speaking,  localized  implies  that  the  direct 
action  of  the  current  is  confined  to  the  part  to  which  the  application  is  made,  while  local  does  not 
suggest  any  such  meaning.  According  to  this  distinction,  electrization  may  be  local  without 
being  necessarily  localized.  For  the  sake  of  uniformity,  the  term  localized  has  been  generally  ad- 
hered to  throughout  this  work,  to  distinguish  all  local  applications  of  electricity  (see  Localized 
Electrization). 

Localized  Electrization  (p.  351)  (see  Local  Electrization). 

Machine  (Electric  or  Electrical).  Any  mechanical  contrivance  that  generates  any  form  of  electricity  ; 
also  called  electric  aj>paratus,  but  strictly  is  more  complex  than  apparatus.  Thus,  foi  example, 
we  have  Holtz's  machine  for  statical  electricity  ;  Kidder's  machine  for  the  galvanic  and  faradic 
currents,  etc. 

Magnetism.    The  power  which  certain  bodies  possess  of  attracting  iron. 

Magnetization.     The  act  of  magnetizing. 

Magneto-Electricity.  The  current  induced  by  a  magnet,  as  in  the  magneto-electric  or  rotary  appara- 
tus.    It  is  one  form  of  the  faradic  current,  of  which  the  electro-magnetic  is  the  other 

Magnetometer.     An  instrument  for  measuring  magnetic  declination. 

Magnets.     Substances  that  have  the  property  of  attracting  iron. 

Molecules.    The  minute  particles  of  which  bodies  are  composed 

Motor  Points.  Points  on  the  body  where  the  nerves  and  muscles  most  readily  respond  to  electriza- 
tion ;  more  specific  than  electric  points,  which  is  a  general  term,  and  includes  all  forms  of  reaction  tc 
the  electric  current. 

Multiplier.  An  instrument  for  multiplying  or  increasing  a  force — as  heat  or  electricity.  The  term  13 
applied  both  to  \he galvanojneter  SiuA  thermo-multiplier 

Negative  Modification 

Negative  Pole.  Where  the  current  passes  out ;  called  also  zinc-jiole  or  cathode.  The  current  is  fell 
stronger  at  the  negative  than  at  the  positive  pole. 

Negative  Variation 

Nerve-Muscle  Current 

Opening  Contractions.     Contractions  produced  at  the  opening  of  the  circuit 

Ozone 


GLOSSARY.  749 

Paramagnetism.  That  property  of  bodies  by  which  they  manifest  magnetic  phenomena  opposite  and 
corresponding  to  iron 

Peripheral  Electrization.     Electrization  of  the  periphery. 

Peripolar  Arrangement 

Pile-like  Arrangement 

Platinum  (or  Platina)  (from  Spanish  platina,  silver).    A  metal  used  in  electrical  researches. 

Plexus-Nerve  Current 

Polar.     Relating  to  the  poles. 

Polarity  of  Electricity.  That  property  of  electricity  by  which  peculiar  phenomena  of  the  positive  and 
negative  are  exhibited  at  certain  points  (p.  27).  Polarity  of  a  nerve  is  that  condition  of  a  nerve  by 
which  one  part  is  exhibiting  a  positively  and  the  other  a  negatively  electric  state. 

PoLARiZABLE.     Susceptible  of  polarization. 

Polarization.    The  act  of  giving  polarity  to  a  body  in  batteries 

Polar  Method.  The  method  of  application  by  which  the  distinctive  and  differential  action  of  each  pole  is 
obtained,  by  placing  one  pole  over  the  part  to  be  affected  and  the  other  in  some  indifferent  point : 
called  also  u7iipolar. 

Polarize.     To  communicate  polarity  to. 

Polarizing.     Giving  polarity  to. 

Polarizing  Current.     The  current  that  produces  the  electrotonic  condition. 

Poles.  Points  where  magnetism  is  concentrated,  or  where  the  electric  current  passes  in  or  out.  The 
terms  positive  and  negative  are  relative,  not  absolute,  since  their  position  varies  with  the  relative 
position  of  the  electrodes. 

Positive  Modification 

Positive  Pole.     Where  the  current  enters,  called  also  copper  pole  or  anode 

Primary  Current  or  Inducing  Current.  The  current  that  passes  through  the  inner  coil  of  wire  in  a 
helix,  and  that  induces  a  current  on  the  coil  that  surrounds  it  (p.  62).  Used  erroneously  as  synony- 
mous with  galvanic  or  constant  current. 

Protracted  Applications.*  Applications  that  are  made  for  a  very  long  time.  Applications  of  gal- 
vanic belts,  disks,  and  poultices  are  protracted. 

Quality  of  a  Current,  as  distinguished  from  quantity  and  intensity,  refers  to  its  smoothness  or  harsh- 
ness, or  to  the  rapidity  or  slowness  of  interruption. 

Quantity 

Electric  Reaction.  The  phenomena  developed  by  any  part  of  the  body  under  the  influence  o{ 
electricity. 

Reaction  (Galvanic).    (See  Electric  Reaction.) 

Reophore.      An  Electrode. 

Resistance.  The  opposite  of  conductivity.  That  property  of  bodies  that  makes  them  resistor  oppose 
the  passage  of  the  current 

Reverse  Current    (see  Ascending  Current). 

Rheocord.     An  instrument  for  controlling  the  fluctuations  of  the  current. 

Rheomotor     (see  Electromotor). 

Rheotome  (pe'u  TeVcetv,  to  cut).     A  current  breaker 

Rheostate 

Rotary  Machine.     Magneto-electric  machines,  in  which  the  induced  electricity  is  generated  by  turn- 
ing a  crank. 
Secondary  Current.    Thefaradic  current,  called  also  the  interrupted,  induced,  inductive  electro' 
magnetic,  faradic,  etc. 

Sensibility,  Electro-Muscular.     The  peculiar  subjective  sensation  which  is  experienced  by  the  con- 
traction of  a  muscle  under  the  electric  current. 
Shock.     A  sudden  single  discharge  of  electricity,  such  as  is  given  from  a  Leyden  jar,  or  apparatus  for 

statical  electricity. 
Spark,  Electric.     The  spark  that  attends  the  discharge  of  electricity  on  the  passag-  of  the  currenJ 

from  one  conductor  to  another. 
Spinal-Cord  Current 
Spinal-Cord  Muscle  Current 
Spinal-Cord  Nerve  Current 
Spinal-Cord  Plexus  Current 
Spinal-Cord  Root  Current     , 
Stable  Current  (or  application).     An  application  in  which  both  electrodes  are  kept  in   a  lixed 
position. 


750  GLOSSARY. 


Statical  Elf.ctricity.     Electricity  in  rest,  generated  by  friction,  pressure,  or  cleavage 

Strength  of  the  Current 

Swelling  Current  (see  Increasing  Current). 

Tension 

Tetanization.    The  production  of  a  tetanic  state  in  a  nerve  by  passing  a  galvanic  current  through  it. 

Thermo-Electricity.    The  electricity  that  is  generated  by  heating  two  heterogeneous  conductors  at 

their  point  of  junction 
To-and-Fro  Current  (see  Faradic  Curretit). 

Uniform  Current.*    A  current  that  is  kept  at  the  same  strength  during  the  application. 
Unipolar  Method  of  Application.     One  pole  on  the  part  that  is  to  be  affected,  and  the  other  on  some 

indifferent  point ;  called  also  polar  method. 
Uninterrupted.    Unbroken,  continuous  (see  Continuous).    Applied  only   to  the  galvanic  current, 

since  the  faradic  is  always  interrupted  by  the  machine  that  generates  it. 
Unit 

Unpolarizable.    Not  susceptible  of  being  polarized. 
Volta-Electric  Induction  (see  Induction). 

Voltaic  Alternatives.     Changes  in  the  direction  of  the  galvanic  current. 
Voltaic  Pile  or  Battery  (Volta).     A  series  of  elemenXs  so  arranged  that  the  zinc  of  one  element  is  con 

nected  with  the  copper  of  the  other 
Voltaic  Current  (Volta)  (see  Galvanic  Current). 
VOLTAISM  (see  Galvanism).    Although  the  honor  of  giving  the  name  to  electricity  generated  by  chemical 

action  is  really  deserved  both  by  Volta  and  Galvani,  and  has,  to  a  certain  extent,  been  accorac  J  to 

both,  yet  the  term  galvanism  with  its.  derivatives  has  practically  secured  an  ascendancy  which  it  will 

probably  retain. 
Voltameter.    An  apparatus  for  testing  the  strength  of  the  cturent  by  meas\irii.g  the  quantity  of  gas 

given  offin  agiven  time  during  the  decomposition  of  water 
Working uj>  the  Base.*  Electrolysis  of  the  Base  of  tumors. 
Zinc  Pole  (see  Negative  Pole)  ;  called  also  cathode. 


INDEX. 


Abbreviations  in  Electro-therapeutics,  260 

Acute  diseases,  650,  628 

Adenitis,  715 

Addison's  disease,  637 

Adjustable  electrode,  321 

After-effects  of  electrical  treatment,  294 

Acne,  509 

Rosacea,  510 
Ague,  637 

Aldini's  researches  in  Animal  Electricity,  gi 
Alopecia,  515 
Alcoholism,  chronic,  651 
Amalgamation  of  zinc,  25 
Amaurosis,  586 
Amblyopia,  586 
Amenorrhoea,  529 

Prognosis  in,  534 

Cases  of,  534 
Ampere's  theory  of  Magnetism,  51 
Anaesthesia,  446 

Tactile  sensibility  in,  446 

Farado  sensibility  in,  446 

Electro-diagnosis,  448 

Prognosis,  449 

Treatment,  448 

Cases  of,  449 
Anaesthesia,  cutaneous,  509 
Anaesthesia,  electro,  110 
Anaesthesia,  hysterical,  450 
Anatomy,  electro-phj'siological,  153 
Anatomy,  electro-thereapeutical,  283 
Anelectrotonos,  loi 
Anelectrotonos,  theory  of,  103 
Angiomata,  686 
Aneurism,  716 
Aneurism,  statistics  of,  treated  by  electricity,  717 

Cases  of,  718 
Angina  pectoris,  616 
Ani,  prolapsus,  570 
Animal  electricity,  87 

History  of  its  discovery,  90 

Aldini's  researches,  gi 

Humboldt's  researches,  90 

Du  Bois-Reymond's  researches,  91 

Nobili's  researches,  gi 

Matteucci's  researches,  91 

Apparatus  for  studying,  g4 
Anosmia,  645 

Cases  of,  646 
Apparatus  for  electro-therapeutics,  291 
Antozone,  650 
Aphonia,  571 

Prognosis,  575 

Treatment  of,  573 

Cases  of,  576 
Applications  of  electricity,  care  in  details,  240 

Time  of  day  for,  242 

Time  of,  243 


Applications,  Frequency  of,  244 
Prolonged,  245 
Combination  of  methods,  246 

Armatures,  magnetic,  6 

Artificial  magnets,  3 

Arthritis  nodosa,  488 

Artificial  respiration,  612 

Ascites,  644 

Aspermatism,  563 

Asphyxia,  612 

Asthenopia,  584 

Asthma,  496 

Astraphobia,  415 

Ataxia,  locomotor,  474 

Atrophy,  progressive  muscular,  478 
Cases  of,  479 

Auditory  nerve,  galvanization  of,  131 
Reaction  of,  592 
Normal  formula  of,  131 
Changes  of  reaction  in,  592 
Hyperassthesia  of,  592 
Anaesthesia  of,  593 

Bacteria,  action  of  electricity  on,  194 
Baths,  electric,  395 
Baths,  electro-chemical,  737 
Batteries,  galvanic,  30 

Wollaston"s,  38 

Daniell's,  32 

Grove's,  33 

Bunsen's,  34 

Thermo-electric,  63 

Farmer's  thermo-electric,  64 

Cabinet,  309 

European,  326 

Becker-Muirhead,  328 

Marine,  39 

Callan's  iron-zinc,  38 

Gas,  31 

Polarization  in,  30 

Double-cell  constant,  32 

Bunsen's  bichromate,  35 

Walker's  single-cell,  35 

Smee's,  36 

Leclanche's,  37 

Water,  39 
Bed-sores,  726 
Belts  and  chains,  445 

Pulvermacher's,  445 

Galvanic,  44S 
Benign  tumors,  686 
Bioscopy,  electro,  281 
Bladder,  diseases  of,  566 

Paralysis  of,  568 

Dissolution  of  calculi,  733 
Blepharospasm,  586 
Blood,  action  of  electricity  on,  164 
Branch  currents,  29 


752 


INDEX. 


Bright's  disease,  644 

Boils,  729 

Brass  ball,  320 

Brain,  action  of  electricity  nn,  112 

Brenner's  apparatus,  316 

Burners  for  galvano-cautery,  678 

Buboes,  569 

Bunsen's  battery,  34 

Burns,  729 

Byrne's  galvano-cautery  apparatus,  674 

Cabinet  battery,  309 

Calculi  in  bladder,  dissolution  of,  733 

Callan's  iron-zinc  battery,  38 

Cancer  treated  by  electricity,  702 

Cancer,  relief  of  pain  of  by  galvanization,  714 

Carbuncles,  729 

Cataract,  589 

Catarrh,  644 

Catelectrotonos,  101 

Catelectrotonos,  theory  of,  103 

Centrai  galvanization,  376 

Electrodes  for,  380 

Battery  for,  380 

and  localized  galvanization,  383 

and  general  faradization,  384 

History  of,  214 

In  the  treatment  of  skin  diseases,  505 
Cephalalgia,  430 
Cerebral  congestion,  421 
Cerebro-spinal  fever,  630 
Chilblains,  729 

Children,  new-born,  resuscitation  of,  614 
Children,  diseases  of,  545 

Chorea,  545 

Whooping  cough,  545 

Cholera  infantum,  545 

Laryngismus  stridulus,  545 

Marasmus  and  debility,  545 

Incontinence  of  urine,  544 

Vomiting,  545 

Infantile  paralysis,  545 
Chloride  of  silver  battery,  308 
Cholera-infantum,  551  y 

Chorea.  545 

Treatment  of,  545 

Prognosis,  546 

Cases  of,  546 
Chromatogenous  diseases,  514 
Chronic  alcoholism,  651 
Cilio-spinal  centre,  115 
Circles,  galvanic,  22 
Cirrhosis  of  the  liver,  643 
Club-foot,  733 
Coil,  primary,  57 
Coils,  induction,  57 

RuhmkorfPs,  58 
Conduction,  the  converse  of  resistance,  70 
Condenser  of  RuhmkorfPs  coil,  59 
Congestion,  spinal,  421 

Cases  of,  422 
Constant  batteries,  double-cell,  32 
Constipation,  nervous,  521 

Prognosis,  521 

Cases  of,  522 

Internal  applications  in,  523 
Contact  and  chemical  action,  theory  of,  43 
Contractions,  closure,  274 
Contractions,  opening,  274 
Contractions,  muscular,  497 
Contractility,  electro-muscular,  148 
Contractions,  diplegic,  279 

Galvano-tonic,  145 
Convalescence,  651 
Cough,  nervous,  578 
Coughing  produced  by  electrizing  the  pneuraogas- 

tric,  121 
Cornea,  opacities  of,  587 


Coulomb's  theory  of  magnetism,  4 
Cramp,  writer's,  490 
Current,  break,  56 

Extra,  56 

Chemical  action,  the  origin  of,  26 

Derived  or  partial,  or  branch,  20 

Induced,  properties  of,  60 
Curvature,  spinal,  732 
Cutting  loops  for  galvano-cauterj',  678 
Cystic  tumors,  692 

Daniell's  battery,  32 
Deafness,  hysterical,  599 

Following  cerebro-spinal  fever,  601 
Definition  of  electricity,  2 
Derived  currents,  29 
Density,  72 

De  Watteville,  on  the  laws  of  electrotonos,  104 
De  Watteville,   on   the   excitability   of  cutaneous 

nerves,  m 
Diabetes,  641 
Diarrhoea,  chronic,  521 
Digestion,  diseases  of  the  organs  of,  517 

Electro-diagnosis,  517 

General  principles  of  treatment  in,  517 
Diphtheritic  paralysis,  628 
Diplegic  contractions,  279 
Disks,  galvanic,  445 

In  myalgia,  486 
Dose  of  electricity,  236 
Double-cell-constant  batteries,  32 
Drescher's  galvanic  batter}',  313 
Dropsy,  644 

Du  Bois-Reymond's    researches    in  animal   elec- 
tricity, 9 1 
Duchenne  and  Remak,  209 
Duchenne's  apparatus,  327 
Dynamical  electricity,  terminology  of,  51 
Dyspepsia,  519 
Dysmenorrhcea,  529  . 

Membranous,  537 

Due  to  spasm  of  the  os  uteri,  539 
Dysphagia,  from  spasms  of  the  pharynx,  497 
Dysphonia,  cases  of,  577 

Ear,  diseases  of,  590 

Internal  method  of  electrization  of.  591 

External  method  of  electrization  of,  592 

Electro-diagnosis  of  the  diseases  of,  592 

Middle,  chronic  suppuration  of,  601 

Middle,  subacute  inflammation  of,  601 
Eczema,  505 

Effects  of  electrical   treatment,  how  to  judge  of 
the,  247 

Of  localized  electrization,  343 

Of  general  faradization,  364 
Electrical  relation  of  elements,  24 

Treatment,  after-effects  of,  258 
Electricity,  frictional,  8 

Statical,  8,  390 

Distribution  of,  11 

Magneto,  60 

Thermo,  63  - 

Animal,  Reymond's  theory  of,  91 

Statical  tise  of,  390 

Animal,  87 

Induced,  51 

A  mode  of  motion,  27 

Franklinic,  8 

Loss  of,  9 

Polarity  of,  27 

Conversion  of,  into  heat,  29  ' 

Nature  and  definition  of,  2 

In  the  living  man,  92 

Action  of  on  the  skin,  105 

On  the  brain  and  spinal  cord,  112 
On  the  sympathetic  and  pneuraogas- 
tnc.  116 


INDEX. 


753 


Electricity,  action  of  on  the  nerves  of  special  sense, 
128 

On  motor  and   sensory  nerves,    and 

voluntary  muscles,  141 
On  involuntary  muscles,  158 

Effects  of  on  nutrition,  176 

Mechanical,  physical,  chemical,  and  physio- 
logical effects  of,  176 

Effects  on  secretion  and  excretion,  185 
Absorption,  188 

Reflex  effects  of,  188 

In  plants  and  fruits,  194 

General  therapeutical  action  of,  217 

Dose  of,  236 

Cumulative  action  of,  251 

Its  use  by  the  laity,  259 

Fishes,  89 
Electric  machines,  12 
Electric  light,  28 

Baths,  395 

Effects  of,  397 

General  rules  for  giving,  398 

Moxa,  332 

Explorer  or  probe,  734 

Disks,  445 
Electrical  endosmosis,  179 
Electri2ation,  localized,  331 

History  of,  207 

Rationale  of,  221 

Instruments  for,  331 

With  moistened  electrodes,  332 

Details  of  application  of,  335 

Of  plexuses,  nerves,  and  muscles,  341 

Effects  of,  343 

In  its  relations  to  other  forms  of  treatment,  258 

Direct  and  indirect,  333 
Electro-anaesthesia,  no 
Electrochemical  baths,  737 
Electro-bioscopy,  281 

Electro-conductivity  of  the  human  body,  168 
Electro-diagnosis,  268 
Electro-sensibility,  269 
Electro-muscular  contractility,  148 

Sensibility,  14S 
Electro-dynamical  induction,  51 
Electro-magnetic  helix,  53 

Machines,  57 
Electro-magnetism,  51 
Electrodes,  319 

Metallic,  323 

Unpolarizable,  325 

Moistened,  electrization  with,  332 

Brass  ball,  320 

Foot  plate,  347 

Uterine,  S31 

Intra-uterine,  531 

Rectal,  523 

Double  uterine,  531 

Vaginal,  533 

Catheter,  563 

Double  vesical,  567 

Adjustable,  321 

Care  of,  326 

Polarization  of,  31 

Universal  handle  for,  319 

Long  sponge,  320 

Hard  rubber  handle,  320 

Duchenne's,  319 

Stationary,  321 

Spinal,  323 

Current  reverser,  324 
Electro-magnet  in  extraction  of  foreign  bodies,  736 

Negative.  28 
Electro-medication,  740 
Electro-motive  force,  66 
Electro-muscular  sensibility,  148-272 
Electro-physics,  i 
Electrometer,  Thompson's  quadrant,  16 


Electro-pathology,  268 
Electro-physiology,  87 
Electro-physiognomy,  153 
Electro-physiological  anatomy,  153 
Electro-surgery,  655 

History  of,  655 
Electro-therapeutics,  history  of,  198 

Apparatus  for,  291 

Causes  of  failure  in,  374 
Electro-therapeutical  anatomy,  283 
Electrolysis,  definition  of,  45 

History  of,  45 

Terminology  of,  45 

Laws  of,  46 

Theory  of,  49 

Its  nature  and  general  methods,  661 

Needles  for,  666 

Of  living  and  dead  tissue,  180 

Of  the  base,  method  of  operating  by,  668 

Apparatus  for,  663 

Conductor  for,  664 
Electrolyzing  the  base,  667 
Electrophorus,  15 

Electrophorus  machine,  Holtz's,  13 
Electroscope,  gold  leaf,  15 
Electrotonos,  definition  of,  99 

Molecular  theory  of,  99 

Of  muscle,  103 

In  the  living  man,  104 

Practical  bearing  of  its  laws,  104 
Elephantiasis,  514 

Elements,  electrical  relations  of  the,  24 
Endosmosis,  electrical,  179 
Erectile  tumors,  686 
Epithelioma,  702 
Epilepsy,  500 

Cases  of,  500 
Epileptiform  neuralgia,  434 

Cases  of,  435 
Exhaustion,  nervous,  404 
Exophthalmic  goitre,  620 
Extra  current,  56 
Extra-uterine  pregnancy,  605 
Eye,  diseases  of,  581 

Paralysis  of  the  muscles  of,  582 

Electrization  of,  581 

Prognosis  in  paralji^sis  of  the  muscles  of,  582 

Asthenopia,  584 

Amblyopia  and  amaurosis,  586 

Lid,  spasm  of,  586 
Eyelid,  cases  of  spasm  of,  587 
Eye,  opacities  of  the  cornea,  587 

Ptosis,  588 

Mydriasis  and  myosis,  588 

Neuro-retinitis,  588 

Strabismus,  588 

Opacities,  vitreous  humor,  587 

Photophobia,  587 

Cataract,  589 

Facial  neuralgia,  434 

Cases  of,  435 
Facial  paralysis,  467 

Cases  of,  468 
Facial  spasm,  497 

Treatment  of,  497 
Farad.  66 

Faradic  current,  effects  of,  107 
Faradic  anaesthesia,  738 
Faradic  and  galvanic  currents,  comparative  value 

of,  261 
Faradization,  era  of,  207 

Galvano.  266 

Dry  or  cutaneous,  332 
Faradization,  general,  347 

History  of,  211 

Apparatus  for,  350 

Effects  of,  364 


754 


INDEX. 


Faradization,  rationale  of,  370 
Farado-sensibility,  288 

Degrees  of,  288 

As  compared  with  galvano-sensibility,  290 
Farmer's  thermo-electric  battery,  64 
Fatty  tumors,  701 
Feigned  diseases,  316 
Ferrier,  researches  of,  112 
Fevers,  650 

Convalescence  from,  650 
Fever,  intermittent,  637 

Fischer  on  electrization  of  the  sympathetic,  127 
Fishes,  electric,  89 
Fistula,  726 
Flatulence,  527 
Fibroids,  698 
Force,  electro-motive,  66 
Fothergill's  disease,  434 
Foveaux's  battery,  328 
Franklinization,  390 
Franklinic  electricity,  action  of,  107 

Era  of,  199 
Fritsch,  researches  of,  112 
Franklinization,  methods  of,  392 

Apparatus  for,  393 
Frictional  electricity,  8 
Frost-bite,  729 
Furuncles,  729 


Gaiffe,  battery  of,  327 

Galvani's  researches,  43 

Galvanic  batteries,  30 

Galvanic  current,  effects  of,  109 

Galvanic  and  faradic  currents,  comparative  value 

of,  261 
Galvanic  belts  ■ind  disks,  445 

Circuits,  compound,  28 

Circuits,  homogeneity  of,  23 
Galvanism,  19 

Early  history  of,  42 

Era  of,  203 
Galvanization,  central,  376 

History  of,  214 

Of  the  head,  335 

Of  the  sympathetic,  336 

Of  the  pneumogastric,  337 

Of  the  spine,  338 
Galvano-cautery,  history  of,  673 

Apparatus  for,  673 

Uses  of,  681 

Advantages  of,  681 

Advantages  of,  over  the  actual  cautery,  673 

Burners  and  cutting-loops  for,  678 

Rules  for  the  use  of,  682 

Adaptation  to  various  departments,  683 

Byrne's,  674 
Galvano- faradic  Mfg.  Co.,  302 
Galvanic  apparatus,  Drescher's,  313 

Meyer  and  Meltzer's,  327 
Galvano-puncture  in  sciatica,  442 
Galvanometer,  40,  313 

Thomson's  reflecting,  41 
Galvano-tonic  contractions,  145 
Galvanoscopes,  313 
Gas  batteries,  31 
Galvano-faradization,  266 
Galvanometer,  astatic,  41 
Gangrene,  729 
General  faradization,  347 

History  of,  211 

Length  of  applications,  361 

Application  to  spine,  356 

Details  of  its  application  to  different  parts 
of  the  body,  352 

Applications  to  the  neck  and  throat,  353 

Applications  to  the  head,  353 
General  galvano-faradization,  354. 


General  faradization,  applications  to  the  upper  ex- 
tremities, 356 

Applications  to  the  lungs  and  heart,  357 

Applications  to  the  liver,  spleen,  and  bowels, 
357 

Applications  to  the  stomach,  357 

Applications  to  the  female  genitals,  358 

Applications  to  the  lower  extremities,  358 

Effects  of,  364 

Rationale  of,  370 

Persistence  in  treatment,  361 
General  and  localized  faradization,  differential  in- 
dications for  the  use  of,  372 
General  therapeutical  action  of  electricitj',  217 
Genito-urinary  organs,  diseases  of,  559 

Treatment  of,  559 

Electro-diagnosis,  561 
Gleet,  568 

Glosso-laryngeal  paralysis,  464 
Glottis,  spasm  of,  577 
Goitre,  691,  621 
Gonorrhoea,  568 
Gout,  483 

Case  of,  488 

Rheumatic,  488 

Treatment  of,  488 
Graves'  disease,  620 
Grove's  battery,  33 
Gustatory  nerve,  action  of  electricity  on,  139 

Hall's  faradic  machine,  301 

Twenty-cell  battery,  315 
Hay-fever,  650 
Haematocele.  729 
Haemorrhoids,  570 
Hand  as  an  electrode,  362 
Head,  galvanization  of,  335 
Headache,  430 

Prognosis,  430 

Cases,  431 
Heart,  galvanization  of,  160 

Diseases  of,  615 

Palpitation  of,  615 

Cases  of,  615 
Helix,  52 
Hemiplegia,  463 

Cases,  463 
Hemorrhage,  post-pai;tum,  604 
Herpes  zoster,  511 

Frontalis  seu  ophthalmicus,  511 
Hernia,  733 
Hiccough,  498 
Hip-joint,  733 

History  of  central  galvanization,  214 
History  of  electro-therapeutics,  198 

General  faradization,  211 
Hitzig,  researches  of.  112 

Humboldt's  researches  in  animal  electricity,  go 
Hydatids  of  liver  treated  by  electrolysis,  698 
Hydrocele,  730 
Hydro-electrization,  739 
Hydrophobia,  498 
Hydrostat,  302 
Hypochondriasis,  402 

Treatment,  403 

Cases,  403 
Hysteria  and  allied  affections,  399 

Electro-diagnosis,  399 

Treatment,  399 

Prognosis,  400 

Cases  of,  400 
Hysterical  paralysis,  455 
Hysterical  anaesthesia,  450 
Hysterical  deafness,  599 

Ileus,  523 
Impotence,  560 

Causation,  561 


INDEX. 


755 


ipotence,  electro-diagnosis,  561 

I'reatment  of,  561 

Cases  of.  563 
Incontinence  of  urine,  551 
Induced  currents,  different  orders  of,  54 

Properties  of.  60 
Induction  of  a  current  on  itself,  56 
Induction,  statical,  10 
Induction  coils,  57 

Magnetic,  5 

Electro-dynamical,  51 

History  of,  62 
Infantile  paralysis,  552 

Examination  of  muscles.  552 

Early  symptoms,  552 

Electro-diagnosis,  554 

Treatment,  555 

Prognosis.  555 

Cases,  556 
Insanity,  416 

Cases  of,  41S 
Infantum,  cholera,  551 

Interruptions,  slow,  comparative  value  of,  330 
Insomnia,  413 

Treatment,  413 

Case  of,  414 
Intensity  vs.  quantity,  68 
Intra-uterine  electrode,  531 
Intermittent  fever,  637 
Irritation,  spinal,  408 
Isolation,  633 

Involuntary  muscles,  action  of  electricity  on,  158 
Irritability,  restoration  of,  103 

Degrees  of,  136 

How  long  retained  after  death,  141 
Iris,  action  of  electricity  on,  158 
Invagination,  523 

Jar,  Leyden,  16 
Jaundice,  521      • 

Keratitis,  587 

Kidder's  faradic  apparatus,  cut  of,  295 
Galvanic  apparatus,  305 
For  galvano-cautery,  675 
Rules  for  the  use  and  care  of,  297 

Lacteal  secretion,  deficient,  604 
Larynx,  diseases  of,  571 
Laryngismus  stridulus,  577 
Larynx,  external  electrization  of,  571 

Anaesthesia  of,  580 

Hyperaesthesia  of,  379 
Lead  palsy,  453 
Leclanche's  battery,  37 
Leucorrhcea,  529 
Leyden  jar,  16 

History  of,  17 
Leucoderma,  514 
Lichen,  509 

Localization  absolute  of  electricity,  impossible,  345 
Light,  electric,  28 
Liver,  cirrhosis,  643 
Lightning,  fear  of,  415 
Lipomata,  701 
Localized  faradization,  history  of,  207 

Galvanization,  history  of,  209 

Electrization,  331 

Instruments  for,  331 

Details  of  application  of,  335 

Effects  of,  343 
Localized  and  general  faradization,  differential  in- 
dications for  the  use  of,  372 
Locomotor  ataxy,  474 

Electro-diagnosis,  475 

Treatment,  476 

Prognosis,  475 


Locomotor  ataxy,  cases  of,  477 
Lungs,  diseases  of,  618 

Machine,  electric,  Holtz's,  13 

Electro-magnetic,  57 
Magnet,  Gruening's,  731 
Magnets,  artificial,  3,  431 

Shape  of,  6 

Polarity  of,  3 
Magnetic  armature,  6 

Induction,  5 
Magnetism,  2 

Coulomb's,  theory  of,  4 

Of  rotation,  62 

Of  broken  magnets,  4 

Electro,  51 

Ampere's  theory  of,  51 

In  headache,  431 
Magnetization,  6 
Magneto-electricity,  60 

Electric  machines,  301 
Malignant  tumors,  686 
Marasmus,  550 
Maritime  battery,  39 

Matteucci's  researches  in  animal  electricity,  91 
Melanoderma,  514 
Meyer  and  Meltzer's  apparatus,  327 
Mammary  gland,  diseases  of,  604 
Melancholia,  402 
Menorrhagia,  529 
Midwifery,  602 
Migraine,  433 
Milk,  deficient  secretion  of,  604 

Treated  by  electricity,  605 
Miscellaneous  medical  diseases,  637 

Intermittent  fever,  637 

Addison's  disease,  637 

Suppression  of  urine,  640 

Diabetes,  641 

Dropsical  effusions,  644 

Bright's  disease,  644 

Catarrh,  644 

Anosmia,  645 

Odontalgia,  647 

Hay  fever,  650 

Obesity,  651 

Cirrhosis,  643 
Morbus  coxarius,  733 
Motor  points  of  muscles,  283 

Nerves,  action  of  electricity  on,  141 
Mother's  marks,  686 
Moxa,  electric,  332 

Multiple  element  battery,  Byrne's,  674 
Muscle,  electrotonos  of,  103 
Muscular  atrophy,  progresssive,  478 
Muscular  contractions,  497 
Muscular  rheumatism,  486 

Treatment,  486 

Cases  of,  487 
Myalgia,  486 

Mydriasis  and  myosis,  588 
Myosis  and  mydriasis,  588 
Myo-sclerotic  paralyses,  progressive,  482 

Nature  of  electricity,  2 
Naevi  treated  by  electrolysis,  687 
Neck,  applications  to,  353 
Needles  for  electrolj^sis,  664 

Method  of  introducing  for  electrolysis,  667 
Negative  modification,  102 

Variation  of  the  muscular  current,  102 
Nerves,  electrization  of,  341 
Nerve  muscle  current,  341 
Nervous  exhaustion,  404 

Cough,  578 

Dyspepsia,  517 
Neurasthenia,  404 

vs.  anaemia,  404 


756 


INDEX. 


Neurasthenia,  treatment,  404 

Prognosis,  405 

Cases,  405 
Neuralgia,  425 

Klectro-diagnosis,  425 

Treatment,  425 

Prognosis,  427 

Intercostal,  428 

Central,  430 

Cephalalgia,  430 

Facial,  434 

Epileptiform,  434 

Spinal  irritation,  408 

Peripheral,  437 

Gastralgia,  438 

Sciatica,  441 

Angina  pectoris,  616 

Galvanic  belts  and  disks  in,  445 

Cases  of  facial,  434 

Reflex,  444 
Neuro-retinitis,  588 
Neutral  line,  3 

Point,  102 
Nipples,  sore,  605 
Nipple  shield,  galvanic,  605 
Nobili's  researches  in  animal  electricity,  91 
Nutrition,  effects  oi  electricity  on,  176 

Obesity,  651 
Odontalgia,  647 
Oidema,  682 

CEsophagus,  stricture  of,  725 
Ohm's  law,  65 

Opium  poisoning,  paralysis  from,  454 
Ophthalmoscopic  examination  of  the  retina  in  gal- 
vanization of  sympathetic,  124 
Optic  nerve,  action  of  the  galvanic  current  on,  128 
Orchitis,  569 

Case  of,  569 
Ovaries,  irritation  and  congestion  of,  543 
Ovarian  tumors,  701 
Ozone,  647 

Physiological  and   therapeutical  effects  of, 

^       ■      ?49 

Uzomzation,  galvano,  727 
Oxygen,  ozonized,  647 
Ozonized  oxygen.  647 

General  properties  of,  648 

Paralysis,  452 

Accessories  to  electrical  treatment  of,  461 

Time  of  beginning  treatment  in,  461 

Classification,  452 

Rheumatic,  452 

Lead,  453 

Syphilitic,  453 

From  opium  poisoning,  454 

Hysterical,  455 

Central,  458 

Glosso-pharyngeal,  464 

Spinal  sclerosic,  474 

Infantile,  552 

Peripher.al  467 

Facial,  467 

From  pressure,  470 

Reflex,  472 

Calorific,  472 

Progressive  myo-sclerosic,  482 

Agltans,  494 
Pain  of  cancer,  relief  of,  by  galvanization,  714 
Palsy,  shaking,  494 
Paraplegia,  466 

Electro-diagnosis,  466 

I'reatment,  466 

Prognosis,  467 
Paresis  of  muscles  of  eye,  582 

Of  bladder,  568 
Partial  currents,  29 


Pathology,  electro,  268 

Pathophobia,  402 

Pessaries,  intra-uterine,  galvanic,  543 

Petit  mal,  500 

Pectoris,  angina,  616 

Pflueger's  law  of  contraction,  104 

Photophobia,  587 

Physiognomy,  electro,  153 

Physiology,  electro,  87 

Pile,  voltaic,  30 

Dry,  40 
Piles,  570 

Plexus  nerve  current,  341 
Pneumogastric,  galvanization  of,  337 

Action  of  electricity  on,  116 
Poles,  how  to  distinguish,  307 
Podalgia,  741 

Potential  of  the  electric  current,  68 
Polarity  of  the  circuit,  23 
Polarity  of  magnets,  3 

Of  electricity,  27 
Polarization  of  electrodes,  31 
Post-partum  hemorrhage,  604 
Polypi,  702 

Positive  modification,  102 
Pott's  disease,  732 

Primary  coil,  object  of  the  iron  core  in,  57 
Primary  and  secondary  coils,  differential  action  of, 

144 
Probe,  electric,  734 
Pityriasis,  510 
Progressive  muscular  atrophy,  478 

Electro-diagnosis,  478 

Treatment,  478 

Case  of,  479 

Muscular  hypertrophj',  482 

Myo-sclerosic  paralysis,  482 
Prolapsus  uteri,  542 

AnI,  570 
Prostate,  enlargement  of,  569 
Prurigo,  508 
Psoriasis,  510 
Pseudo-hypertrophic  paralysis,  482 

arthrosis,  732 
Ptosis,  588 

Qualitative  changes,  297 
(Quantitative  changes,  297 
Quantity  of  the  electric  current,  74 

Absolute  and  actual,  74 
Quadrant  electrometer,  Thompson's,  16 

Radcliffe,  Dr.  C.  B.,  views  of  animal  electricity, 

93 
Reaction  of  degeneration,  297 
Rectum,  scirrhus  of,  710 
Restorative   effect   of   electrization   on   voluntary 

muscles,  158 
Remak  and  Duchenne,  225 
Reflex  effects  of  electricity,  200 
Remak' s  galvanic  apparatus,  329 
Resistance,  82 

Effects  of  temperature  on,  83 
Rectum,  diseases  of,  628 
Reflex  neuralgia,  444 

Paralysis,  472 
Regurgitation,  526 

Resuscitation  of  new-born  children,  614 
Respiration,  artificial,  664 
Retina,  ophthalmoscopic  examinations  of,  during 

galvanization  of  sympathetic,  124 
Rheostat  of  Mayer  and  Wolfi",  317 

Hydro,  317 
Rheotome,  56 
Rheumatic  paralysis,  452 

Gout,  488 

Treatment,  488 
Rheumatism,  483 


INDEX. 


757 


Rheostat,  42 

Rhinitis,  644 

Ringworm,  513 

Rotation,  magnetism  of,  62 

Rosacea,  acne,  510 

Ruhmkorff's  coil,  58 

Rubber  covers  for  conducting  wires,  325 

Sciatica,  cases  of,  441 

Scirrhus,  702 

Sclerosis,  spinal,  474 

Sea-sickness,  527 

Secondary  and  primary  coils,  differential  action  of, 

144 
Scleroderma,  513 

Sensory  nerves,  action  of  electricity  on,  141 
Seminal  emissions,  559 
Sensibility,  electro-muscular,  148,  272 
Sequelae  of  acute  diseases,  628 

Cerebro-spinal  meningitis,  630 

Diphtheria,  628 

Typho-malarial  fever,  632 

Sunstroke,  633 
Shaking  palsy,  494 
Shape  of  magnets,  6 

Shortening  of  muscles  during  a  contraction.  146 
Siemens-Meidinger  battery,  328 
Siemens  rheostat,  317 
Single  coil  and   separate  coil  faradic   machinns, 

292 
Sick  headache,  433 

Case  of,  433 
Singultus,  498 
Sinuses,  726 
Skm,  diseases  of,  50T 

Treatment  of,  502 

Eczema,  5:15 

Prurigo,  508 

Lichen,  509 

Anaesthesi;i,  509 

Acne,  509 

Rosacea,  510 

Psoriasis,  510 

Pityriasis,  510 

Herpes,  511 

Ringworm.  513 

Scleroderma,  51:; 

Chromatogeiious  diseases,  5x4 

Leucoderma,  514 

Melanoderma,  514 

Elephantiasis,  514 

Alopecia,  515 
Smee's  battery,  36 
Solenoids,  52 
Spark,  electric,  14 
Spasmodic  stricture,  724 
Spasms  of  the  eyelid,  587 

Facial,  497 
Spasmus  glottidis,  577 
Spasmodic  diseases,  490 
Spermatorrhoea,  559 
Sphincter,  paralysis  of  570 
Sphymograph,  experiments  with,  125 
Spinal  congestion,  421 

Case  of,  422 

Cord,  direct  electrization  of,  114 

Current,  341 

Root  current,  341 

Cord,  plexus  current,  341 

Nerve  current,  341 

Muscle  current,  341 

Curvature,  732 
Spinal  irritation,  408 

Differential  diagnosis,  408 

Pathology,  409 
Treatment,  410 

Prognosis,  410 
Cases  of,  410 


Spinal  sclerosic  paralysis,  474 
.Spine,  galvanization  of,  33S 
Spondylitis,  732 
Sprains,  731 
Stammering,  499 
Statical  electricity,  8,  390 

Induction,  10 

Era  of,  199 

Use  of,  390 
Stohrer,  apparatus  of,  327 
Stohrer's  zinc-carbon  battery,  ^28 
Stomach,  action  of  electricity  on,  158 
Strabismus,  588 
Strain,  731 
Stricture  of  the  urethra,  721 

Cases  of,  722 

Of  the  cesophagus,  725 

Spasmodic,  724 
Stumps  after  amputation,  729 
Suggestions  in  regard  to  t.ie  therapeutical  uses  of 

electricity,  226 
Sympathetic,  action  of  electricity  on  crani;d  por- 
tion of,  118 

Nerve,  action  of  electricity  on,  116 

Galvanization  of.  336 

Action  of  electricity  on  the  cephalic,  thoracic 
and  abdominal  ganglia  of,  119 
Sunstroke,  633 
Suppression  of  urine,  640 
Surgery,  electro,  655 

History  of,  655 
Synovitis,  729 

Case  of,  729 
Syphilis,  569 

Talipes,  733 

Temperature   of  electrodes   and    operating-room, 
242 

Increase  of,  after  electrization,  149 
Tension  of  the  electric  current,  68 
Tetanus,  498 
Thermo-electricity,  63 

Electric  batteries,  63 
Thomas,  on  e.xtra-uterine  pregnancy,  605 
Thomson's  quadrant  electrometer,  16 
Throat,   applications  to,  in   general   faradization, 

.353 
Tic-douloureux,  434 
Tinnitus  aurium,  597 

Galvanization  of  sympathetic  in,  598 
Tonics,  definition  of,  218 
Tonic  effects  of  electriciiy,  218 

In  general  faradization,  364 
Toothache,  647 
Torticollis,  492 

Diagnosis  of,  492 

Electric  examination  of,  493 

Treatment  of,  493 

Prognosis,  493 

Cases  of,  493 
Trowbridge,  experiments  of,  93 
Trocar,  Duchenne's,  552 

Noeggerath's,  552 
Tschiiiew,  on  cutaneous  excitability,  iii 
Tubercula  quadrigemina,  direct  electrization   of, 

124 
Tumors,  removal  of  by  galvano-cautery,  683 

Non-malignant,  626 

Erectile,  626 

Malignant.  686 

Cystic,  693 

Fatty,  701 

Ovarian,  701 
Typho-malarial  fever,  sequela  of,  6j-. 

Ulcers,  726 
Unit,  65 


758 


INDEX. 


Unpolarizable  electrodes,  325 
Ununited  fracture,  732 
Urethra,  strictures  of,  721 

Cases  of,  722 

Hyperaesthesia  of,  561 
Urethritis,  chronic,  568 
Urine,  incontinence  of,  551 

Suppression  of,  640 
Uterine  electrode,  531 
Uterus,  faradization  of.  530 

Diseases  of,  prognosis  in,  529 

Enlargements  of,  542 

Prolapsus,  542 

Anteflexion  of,  542 

Retroflexion  of,  542 

Retroversion  of,  542 

Anteversion  of,  542 

Amputation  of  neck  of,  by  galvano-cautery, 
684 

Congestion  of,  542 

Displacement  of,  542 

Atrophy  of,  541 

Fibroids  of,  698 
Uteri  prolapsus,  cases  of,  542 


Vaginal  electrode,  533 

Varicose  veins,  716 

Veins,  varicose,  716 

Vitreous  humor,  opacities  of,  587 

Viscera,  abdominal,  localized  electrization  of,  518 

Volta  constructs  the  voltaic  pile,  30 

Volta's  researches,  43 

Voltaic  pile,  30 

Voluntary  muscles,  action  of  electricity  on,  141 

Vomiting,  526,  551 

Volta  meter,  40 

Walker's  single  cell  zinc-carbon  battery,  35 

Wart's,  733 

Water  rheostat,  317 

Wesley,  Mr.,  201 

Wires,  conducting,  rubber  cover  for,  325 

Whooping-cough,  551 

WoUaston's  battery,  38 

Women,  diseases  of,  529 

Writer's  cramp,  490 

Wry  neck,  492 

Zincs,  how  to  amalgamate,  26